1
1
J
j
1
1
1
/
a
/of
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012 with funding from
LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation
http://archive.org/details/landmagneticelecOOcarn
Plate 1
Station near La Quiaca Observatory,' Argentina
Kiver transportation in Madagascar
Station at Cagigal Observatory, Caracas, Venezuela
Magnetic Stations and Travel Views
2 Station near Funchal, Madeira Islands
4 Pack-train, Cuyaba to Goyaz, Brazil
6 Station near Arequipa, Peru, with Mt.
feet) in background
Misti (20.000
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON
Publication No. 175, Volume VI
1927
W. F. ROBERTS COMPANY
WASHINGTON D C.
RESEARCHES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM
VOLUME VI
LAND MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC
OBSERVATIONS, 1918-1926
MAGNETIC RESULTS, 1921-1926
BY
H. W. Fisk
MAGNETIC, ATMOSPHERIC-ELECTRIC, AND AURORAL
RESULTS, MAUD EXPEDITION, 1918-1925
BY
H. U. SVERDRUP
Published by the Carnegie Institution of Washington
Washington, D. C, October, 1927
CONTENTS
LAND MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC OBSERVATIONS, 1918-1926
PAGE
Land Magnetic and Electric Observations, 1918-1926 1
Introduction 3
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926,1 by H. W. Fisk 5
Summary of land work, 1905-1926 9
Secular-variation stations 13
Descriptions of instruments 19
Reductions to standard instruments. 20
Methods of observation 26
Land magnetic observations, 1921-1926 28
Results of land magnetic observations, 1921-1926 35
Results of land magnetic observations, secondary stations 105
Observers' field reports on magnetic work 109
Special field report 212
Descriptions of stations 225
Magnetic, Atmospheric-Electric, and Auroral Results, Maud Expedition, 1918-19251 309
Introduction 313
Part I. Absolute magnetic observations, 1918-1921, by H. U. Sverdrup and C. R. Duvall 315
Part II. Absolute magnetic observations, 1922-1925, by H. U. Sverdrup 340
Part III. Results of photographic records of declination at Cape Chelyuskin and at Four Pillar Island, by
H. U. Sverdrup 372
Part IV. Observations of the atmospheric-electric potential-gradient, 1922-1925, by H. U. Sverdrup .... 425
Part V. Observations of the aurora, 1918-1925, by H. U. Sverdrup 461
Part VI. Narrative of the expedition, 1918-1925, by H. U. Sverdrup 514
ILLUSTRATIONS1
LAND MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC OBSERVATIONS, 1918-1926
PAGE
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Text-figures 1 and 2 18, 260
Plates 1 and 2 Frontispiece, 108
Magnetic, Atmospheric-Electric, and Auroral Results, Maud Expedition, 1918-1925
Text-figures 3 to 41 328, 329, 330, 331, 348, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 365, 367,
368, 368, 369, 373, 389, 391, 392, 408, 409, 410, 415, 418, 421,
427, 446, 448, 448, 448, 448, 450, 455, 457, 500, 505, 507, 512
Plates 3 to 15 309, 316, 326, 336, 428, 446, 462, 464, 466, 468, 524
1 For detailed lists of contents and of illustrations, see pages 6 to 8 and pages 310 to 312.
IV
LAND MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC
OBSERVATIONS, 1918-1926
By H. W. Fisk and H. U. Sverdrup
LAND MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC OBSERVATIONS, 1 9 1 8- 1 926
INTRODUCTION
This publication is the sixth of the series by the Department of Terrestrial
Magnetism of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, bearing the general title
" Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism."
The results of magnetic observations made at land stations are given in
Volumes I, II, and IV, and are continued in the present publication. Magnetic
and atmospheric-electric observations made at sea aboard the Galilee and, later,
on the cruises of the Carnegie are published in Volumes III and V. Reports on
special researches and constructive work of the Department heretofore published
in the series are indicated in the following brief synopsis of contents :
Volume I — "Land Magnetic Observations, 1905-1910," contains the data
obtained at stations from the beginning of the Department's field work in February
1905 to the end of December 1910.
Volume II — "Land Magnetic Observations, 1911-1913, and Reports on Spe-
cial Researches," contains the results of all magnetic observations made on land
during the three years, January 1, 1911, to December 31, 1913. The titles of the
special reports are: Research Buildings of Department of Terrestrial Magnetism,
by L. A. Bauer and J. A. Fleming; Magnetic Inspection Trip and Observations
during Total Solar Eclipse of April 28, 1911, at Manua, Samoa, by L. A. Bauer;
Results of Comparisons of Magnetic Standards, 1905-1914, by L. A. Bauer and
J. A. Fleming.
Volume III — -"Ocean Magnetic Observations, 1905-1916, and Reports on
Special Researches," presents the final ocean magnetic data obtained aboard the
Galilee in the Pacific Ocean, 1905-1908, and aboard the Carnegie in the Atlantic,
Indian, and Pacific Oceans, 1909-1914, together with the preliminary data from
observations made during 1915 to 1916 on the Carnegie's Cruise IV. The special
reports are : Results of Atmospheric-Electric Observations made aboard the Galilee
(1907-1908), and the Carnegie (1909-1916), by L. A. Bauer and W. F. G. Swann;
Some Discussions of the Ocean Magnetic Work, by L. A. Bauer and W. J. Peters.
Volume IV — "Land Magnetic Observations, 1914-1920, and Special Reports"
contains the results of all magnetic observations made on land during January 1,
1914, to December 31, 1920. The authors and titles of the special reports are:
J. A. Fleming, Construction of Non-Magnetic Experiment Building of the Depart-
ment of Terrestrial Magnetism; H. W. Fisk, Dip-Needle Errors Arising from Minute
Pivot Defects; S. J. Barnett, A Sine Galvanometer for Determining in Absolute
Measure the Horizontal Intensity of the Earth's Magnetic Field; J. A. Fleming,
Results of Comparisons of Magnetic Standards, 1915-1921.
Volume V — "Ocean Magnetic and Electric Observations, 1915-1921,"
presents, besides the main section on the work of the Carnegie, (1) Magnetic Results,
by J. P. Ault, (2) Atmospheric-Electric Results, by J. P. Ault and S. J. Mauchly,
4 Introduction
special reports as follows: The Hudson Bay Expedition of 1914, by W. J. Peters;
Navigation of Aircraft by Astronomical Methods, by J. P. Ault; The Compass-
Variometer, by Louis A. Bauer, W. J. Peters, and J. A. Fleming; The Sunspot and
Annual Variations of Atmospheric Electricity with Special Reference to the
Carnegie Observations, 1915-1921, by Louis A. Bauer; Studies in Atmospheric
Electricity Based on Observations Made on the Carnegie, 1915-1921, by S. J.
Mauchly.
It is a pleasure to acknowledge the cordial and valuable assistance so indis-
pensable to the furtherance of the land magnetic survey received from the magnetic
institutions, the government officials, and diplomatic representatives of the coun-
tries visited, from others in public office, from representatives of various organiza-
tions, and from individuals acting from personal interest. The very abundance
of assistance so received makes impracticable separate acknowledgments. The
Director (Louis A. Bauer), the Assistant Director (John A. Fleming), and the
chief of the Section of Land Magnetic Survey (Harlan W. Fisk) desire also to
express their appreciation not only to the observers whose names appear in this
volume in connection with the records of their work, which are ample testimonials
to their efforts and faithfulness, but also to those who have worked at the less
conspicuous though highly responsible and equally essential tasks of constructing
and maintaining the field instruments and of making the reductions and preparations
for publication, the instrument-makers in the shop, and the computers, revisers,
and tabulators in the office.
V
LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS
1921-1926
By H. W. Fisk
CONTENTS
LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, 1921-1926
PAGE
Summary of land work, 1905-1926 9
Secular- variation stations 13
Descriptions of instruments 19
Magnetometers 19
Dip circles and earth inductors 19
Reductions to standard instruments 20
Magnetic standards adopted 20
Magnetometer corrections 20
Inclinometer corrections 20
Methods of observation 26
Land magnetic observations, 1921-1926 28
Explanatory remarks 28
Concerning geographic positions 31
Observers 34
Distribution of stations 34
Results of land magnetic observations, 1921-1926 35
Africa 35
Abyssinia 35
Algeria (including Algerian Sahara) 35
Cameroun 35
Egypt 35
French Somaliland 35
French West Africa 36
Gold Coast Colony 37
Kenya Colony 37
Liberia 37
Morocco 38
Nigeria 38
Sierra Leone 39
Tanganyika Territory 39
Tunisia 39
Asia 39
Arabia 39
China 39
Indo-China 40
Japan 40
Siberia (including Arctic Sea off coast) . . 41
Straits Settlements 48
Syria (including Palestine) 48
Turkey 48
Australasia 48
Australia 48
New Zealand 58
Europe 58
Belgium 58
Denmark 58
Finland 59
France 59
Germany 59
Great Britain 60
Greece 60
Holland 61
Italy 61
Portugal 61
Spain 61
Turkey 62
North America 62
Canada 62
Central America 63
PAGE
Results of land magnetic observations, 1921-1926
— Concluded
North America — Concluded
Greenland 65
Mexico 66
Newfoundland (including Labrador
coast) 67
United States 68
South America 75
Argentina 75
Bolivia 76
Brazil 76
Chile 79
Colombia 79
Ecuador 80
Guiana 80
Paraguay 81
Peru 81
Uruguay 87
Venezuela 87
Islands, Atlantic Ocean 88
Azores 88
Bahamas 89
Bermuda 89
Canary Islands 89
Falkland Islands 90
Madeiras 90
West Indies 90
Islands, Indian Ocean 92
Ceylon 92
Comoro Islands 92
Madagascar 92
Zanzibar 93
Islands, Mediterranean ! 94
Islands, Pacific Ocean 94
Bismarck Archipelago 94
Cook Islands 94
Ellice Islands 94
Fiji Islands 95
Hawaiian Islands 95
Lord Howe Island 95
Malay Archipelago 95
Marquesas Islands 96
New Caledonia (including Loyalty Is.) . . 96
New Guinea 96
New Hebrides 96
Samoa Islands 96
Society Islands 98
Solomon Islands 98
Tokelau Islands 98
Tonga Islands 98
Tuamotu Archipelago 99
Arctic Region 99
Arctic Sea 99
Results of land magnetic observations, secondary
stations 105
Bermuda 105
July to August 1907 105
July to September 1922 107
Contents
PAGE
Observers' field reports on magnetic work 109
F. C. Brown 109
Madagascar, October 1920 to July 1921 109
Eastern Africa, Western Australia, and
southern Asia, July to December 1921 121
Eastern China, July and August 1922.. . 123
D. G. Coleman 125
Samoa, Ellice, and Tokelau islands, May
to September 1921 125
Fiji Islands, Solomon Islands, and New
Guinea, September 1921 to Janu-
ary 1922 126
Australia, New Zealand, Cook Islands,
Society Islands, Marquesas Islands,
and Tuamotu Archipelago, January
to August 1922. . . •. 130
Queensland, Australia, including special
observations during total solar
eclipse of September 20, 1922 133
New Caledonia, Loyalty, New Hebrides,
and Lord Howe islands, November
1922 to January 1923, and Australia,
January to April 1923 134
Southern and eastern Australia, April
to June 1923 136
Queensland and northern Australia,
July to October 1923 138
Dutch East Indies and farther India,
October to December 1923 139
P. H. Dike 140
Islands in Mediterranean and Mediter-
ranean countries of Asia, June to
September 1922 140
H. W. Fisk and J. T. Howard 142
Bermuda, July to September 1922 142
R. H. Goddard 144
Canada, Labrador, and Greenland, July
1923 to September 1924 144
J. W. Green 149
Bahamas, West Indies, Venezuela, Gui-
anas, Brazil, Argentina, Bolivia, and
Peru, June 1922 to September 1923 149
Mexico, June to August 1924 156
H. R. Grummann 160
West Indies, March and April 1922 160
J. T. Howard 160
West Indies and South America, Decem-
ber 1922 to December 1923 160
Brazil, Peru, and Ecuador, January to
October 1924 165
John Lindsay 168
Mexico and Cuba, June to September
1924 168
Panama and South America, September
1924 to June 1925 170
South America, June 1925 to March 1926 173
Central America, March to July 1926 . . 178
W. A. Love 180
Bahamas, Cuba, Jamaica, and Panama,
June to October 1922 180
Colombia, November 1922 to January
1923 181
Magnetic work and determination of
geographic positions of certain Maya
ruins in Guatemala, February to
April 1923 : 183
Central America, May to November 1923 188
PAGE
Observers' field reports on magnetic work —
Concluded
W. C. Parkinson 192
Northern Africa and Arabia, December
1921 to March 1922 192
Comparison observations at certain
European magnetic observatories,
March to September 1922 194
J. E. Sanders, Jr 196
Azores, Madeiras, Canaries, and Morocco,
May to August 1925 196
Sierra Leone and French West Africa,
August to December 1925 198
French West Africa from Conakry to Co-
tonou by way of the Niger River
and Dahomey, December 1925 to
April 1926 200
Guinea Coast and Nigeria, May to
December 1926 203
J. Shearer 204
Western Australia, October and Novem-
ber 1921 204
Synopses of additional magnetic surveys,
1918 to 1926: Carnegie shore stations;
Pere E. Colin; G. F. Dodwell and A. L.
Kennedy; eclipse parties; Liberian
Boundary Survey; J. E. Sanders, Jr., and
A. H. Kampe; United States Navy; Mac-
Millan Baffin Island Expedition; Mavd
Expedition, 1918-1921; Maud Expedi-
tion, 1922-1925; and standardization
observations 205
Special field report 212
H. W. Fisk, on observations of the Bermuda
magnetic anomaly, 1907 and 1922 212
Descriptions of primary stations, 1907
and 1922 214
Descriptions of secondary stations, 1907 215
Descriptions of secondary stations, 1922 219
Descriptions of stations 225
Africa 226
Abyssinia 226
Algeria (including Algerian Sahara) 226
Cameroun 226
Egypt 226
French Somaliland 227
French West Africa 227
Gold Coast Colony 231
Kenya Colony 231
Liberia 232
Morocco 233
Nigeria 234
Sierra Leone 235
Tanganyika Territory 236
Tunisia ' 237
Asia 237
Arabia 237
China 238
Indo-China 238
Japan 239
Siberia (including Arctic Sea off coast). . . 239
Straits Settlements 240
Syria (including Palestine) 241
Turkey 241
Australasia 212
Australia 242
New Zealand 251
8
Contents
PAGE
Descriptions of stations — Continued
Europe 252
Belgium 252
Denmark 252
Finland 252
France 252
Germany 252
Great Britain 252
Greece 253
Holland 253
Italy 253
Portugal 253
Spain 253
Turkey 253
North America 253
Canada 253
Central America 255
Greenland 259
Mexico 261
Newfoundland (including Labrador
coast) 264
United States 265
South America 268
Argentina 268
Bolivia 270
Brazil 270
Chile 277
Colombia 278
Ecuador 280
Guiana 280
Paraguay 281
Peru 282
Uruguay 283
Venezuela 284
Islands, Atlantic Ocean 285
Azores 285
PAGE
Descriptions of stations — Conducted
Islands, Atlantic Ocean — Concluded
Bahamas 286
Bermudas 287
Canary Islands 288
Falkland Islands 288
Madeiras 289
West Indies 289
Islands, Indian Ocean 294
Ceylon 294
Comoro Islands 295
Madagascar 295
Zanzibar 300
Islands, Mediterranean 300
Islands, Pacific Ocean 300
Bismarck Archipelago 300
Cook Islands 300
Ellice Islands 301
Fiji Islands 301
Hawaiian Islands 302
Lord Howe Island 302
Malay Archipelago 302
Marquesas Islands 302
New Caledonia (including Loyalty
Islands) 303
New Guinea 303
New Hebrides 304
Samoa Islands 304
Society Islands 305
Solomon Islands 305
Tokelau Islands 306
Tonga Islands 306
Tuamotu Archipelago 306
Arctic Region 307
Arctic Sea 307
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATES
Plate 1 — Magnetic Stations and Travel Views Frontispiece
1 — Station near La Quiaca Observatory, Argentina 2 — Station near Funchal, Madeira Islands
3 — River transportation in Madagascar 4 — Pack-train, Cuyaba to Goyaz, Brazil
5 — Station at Cagigal Observatory, Caracas, Venezuela 6 — Station near Arequipa,
Peru, with Mount Misti (20,000 feet) in background.
OPPOSITE PAGE
Plate 2 — Views on Magnetic Expeditions 108
1 — Station near Etah, Greenland 2 — Cable ferry, Quindio trail, Colombia 3 — Station at
Aden, Arabia 4 — Station at Sinky Bay, Bermuda 5 — Station at Rantabe, Madagas-
car 6 — Station at Townsville, Australia 7 — Station at Kalgan, China.
TEXT-FIGURES
Fig. 1 — Regional distribution of magnetic secular-variation data through December 31, 1926, obtained by
the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Carnegie Institution of Washington
(Numbers in circles apply for land work and in squares for sea work. Base-map is that
of J. Paul Goode, copyright by the University of Chicago Press and published with per-
mission)
Fig. 2 — Plane-table survey, Refuge Harbor winter-quarters, MacMillan North Greenland Expedition, 1923-
24
PAGE
18
260
LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, 1921-1926
SUMMARY OF LAND WORK, 1905-1926
Much of the material here published in final form has been supplied in manu-
script to establishments engaged in preparation of magnetic charts or geographic
maps, and to various organizations interested for industrial or commercial purposes
in the results of the surveys conducted by the Department. In addition, it has
been a pleasure to forward to local officials in places where our observers have been
the magnetic data applying to the immediate locality in return for the assistance
which these persons have courteously accorded the Department in its work. In
these ways the immediate needs of the public have, to a considerable degree, been
met in advance of final publication.
The general magnetic survey of the globe, to the accomplishment of which the
Carnegie Institution of Washington, through its Department of Terrestrial Mag-
netism, devoted its energies for many years, has been completed for the major
part of the Earth. While this task has been accomplished largely through the
labors of the Department, these were directed chiefly to the ocean areas and to
those countries or regions for which magnetic data would not otherwise be obtained
promptly. In some regions, required magnetic surveys were accomplished by
cooperation with existing organizations or with interested investigators. Valuable
data in polar regions have been obtained by successful cooperation with the Peary
Arctic Expedition, the Mawson Antarctic Expedition, the Amundsen Arctic expedi-
tions, and the Baffin Land and North Greenland expeditions of Dr. Donald B.
MacMillan.
The observers whose reports appear in this volume have for the most part been
concerned with securing secular-variation data by the reoccupation of magnetic
stations established by previous observers. It has been found practicable also to
visit a few regions not hitherto reached in a course of earlier surveys, for example,
certain portions of the interior of Brazil, the island of Madagascar, the Bahama
Islands, and regions covered by arctic expeditions. Thus, at the end of 1926,
repeat stations fairly well distributed for purposes of secular-variation discussion
had been occupied in the general region of the South Pacific, in Australia and New
Zealand, over all of Central America and South America, throughout the West
Indies, and in parts of Africa including Morocco, West Africa from the mouth of
the Niger to Lake Tchad, and portions of East Africa.
Summaries of the numbers of stations occupied in each country and main
geographical division have been given in preceding volumes, intended to convey a
general idea of the extent of the operations of the Department and at the same
time to indicate approximately the density of distribution of the places at which
observations have been made in the several regions. With the growth of the work,
the accumulation of reoccupations of varying degrees of exactness, and with the
9
10
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
change in the character of the programs at each place, the numbers as carried along
from year to year have to considerable extent lost their original significance.
Accordingly, a new enumeration has been made, in which the numbers of stations
in each of the main geographic divisions are listed on the same basis for each period
represented by the four volumes in which the results at land stations have appeared.
Table 1 gives such a summary of the Department's land-survey work during
1905 to 1926. It differs in some small details with reference to numbers of stations
for Volumes I, II, and IV as given in corresponding tables in those volumes to
conform with the finally adopted method of enumeration of stations.
Table 1 — Summary of Land Operations, 1905 to 1926
Geographical divisions
Stations enumerated
Totals 1905 to 1926
Volume
Stations
Expeditions"
I
1905-1910
II
1911-1913
IV
1914-1920
VI
1921-1926
Africa
389
323
11
42
368
115
77
1
2
64
191
82
284
36
50
248
16
14
2
61
31
481
c405
336
32
139
369
20
33
113
d353
117
24
202
240
203
71
4
75
1,174
1,163
748
134
759
972
316
119
8
261
31
22
23
23
5
43
27
12
3
3
12
1
Asia*
Europe
North America
South America
Islands :
Atlantic
Indian
Mediterranean
Pacific
106
Totals
1,392
970
1,921
1,402
5,685
174
0 Including expeditions engaged in minor operations and special work.
6 Including stations occupied by the Maud in the Arctic Sea off the coast of Siberia.
c Including 41 stations occupied by the Maud during 1918 to 1920 but published in Volume IV.
d Not including 41 stations published in this volume which were occupied during 1918 to 1920; see preceding footnote.
During 1921 to 1926 less attention has been given to extending our knowledge
of magnetic distribution, and more has been devoted to adding to the available
information relating to the annual change in the magnetic elements. The simple
enumeration of stations no longer fully represents either the extent of the Depart-
ment's operations or the density of distribution of the places where observations
have been made in any region. It often occurs that all the stations credited to a
large country or subdivision are grouped within one or two limited areas, so that a
mere statement of the numbers of stations does not properly represent the available
points useful for secular-variation discussion. As explained in another paragraph,
auxiliary stations are frequently established in important places which add to the
value of the work done, and it is desirable to make an enumeration include stations
of this kind under a separate heading.
In order to summarize the work and to take into account the changed condi-
tions, a number of new descriptive designations have been introduced, namely,
locality," "occupation," "reoccupation," "auxiliary station," "secondary sta-
u
Summary of Land Work, 1905-1926 11
tion," "repeat-locality." That the table may be properly interpreted, these are
each defined below.
Station — This designation refers to any position of an instrument used in
magnetic observations and which, in regions of great local disturbance, may be
displaced with reference to another station by but a short distance, either hor-
izontally or vertically. A station is designated "primary" when all three magnetic
elements are determined, except in certain cases as outlined below.
Locality — No fixed rule can be laid down with reference to the distance between
stations regarded as being in the same locality, and each case is decided according
to conditions. In general, a locality is not taken so large that the value of any
element changing normally would have appreciably different values at opposite
limits. The limits for a "proximate" reoccupation have been taken as 5 kilo-
meters, and thus stations as much as 5 kilometers (3 miles) apart are regarded as
being in separate localities. In regions of known local disturbance, as, for example,
in Bermuda, much narrower limits necessarily are taken.
Occupation — A visit of an observer to a locality for making observations is
considered an occupation, whether a complete or only a partial program of observa-
tions has been carried out. Where more than one observer constitutes the party,
only one occupation is enumerated, but where the observers, traveling as separate
parties, reach a locality at or about the same time, the number of occupations is the
number of parties making the observations. For example, when the party from
the Carnegie and a field observer reach a station simultaneously, two occupations
are counted.
Reoccupation — An occupation of a locality previously occupied by a C. I. W.
observer or party is considered a reoccupation. It has not been possible to include a
classification for the reoccupation of stations established by observers of other
organizations, although the number of these constitutes a large and valuable
source of the available secular-variation data. When an observer returns to a
locality which he has himself occupied, it is regarded as reoccupation only in case
other distant localities have been occupied in the interval in general not less than
one month. Exceptions to this rule are made in the case of base-stations, winter-
quarters in the polar regions, observatory sites, and other semipermanent stations,
where observations are made intermittently over long periods. Such stations are
counted as repeat stations (see definition below), but the number of reoccupations
is limited according to circumstances. At permanent observatories, the Washing-
ton Standardizing Magnetic Observatory, and the Watheroo and Huancayo
magnetic observatories, each year's work is counted as a reoccupation, a wholly
arbitrary rule, but reasonable, since secular-change data result. Visits to these
observatories by field parties for comparison of instruments are not regarded as
reoccupations. The limitations with regard to the number of observers or parties
are the same as for an occupation.
Auxiliary station — Whenever an observer makes observations at more than one
station in a locality at the same visit, an extra station is counted, and these are
classified as auxiliary and secondary. An auxiliary station is an extra station at
12
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
which all three elements have been observed. Sometimes, as at observatories,
different positions are used for the determination of the different elements, and
these are combined so as to provide one auxiliary station for the complete program.
Secondary station — Stations employed for the determination of but one or two
of the elements are classed as secondary stations. Exception is made in case of
observatories where two or more piers are provided for separate use of -magneto-
meter and inclinometer, and in a few instances where two or more observers have
divided the program, using different stations for magnetometer and dip circle or
earth inductor. If, however, the same element is observed at both points, as D
and H at one and D and I at the other, a primary and a secondary station are
recorded.
Secondary locality — No use has been made of this class of points, relatively
small in number, at which the observer has been unable to secure observations for
all elements. An occupation is credited to the observer, though only a secondary
station is enumerated.
Repeat-localities — Reoccupations are exact, close, practical, or proximate,
according to the distance of the new station from the former. The reoccupation
is regarded as exact when close enough to employ the previously determined azi-
muths without appreciable error, close when within 30 meters, practical when
within 300 meters, and proximate when at a greater distance up to 5 kilometers or
to the limit regarded as defining the locality.
Table 2 summarizes all of the Department's land results for the past 22 years
by geographical divisions, including station-occupations under the three definitions
and number of repeat-localities and repeat-occupations.
Table 2 — Summary of Land Operations Showing Details of Station-Occupations and of Repeat-Localities, 1905 to 1926
Geographical division
Station-occupations
Repeat-localities
Primary
Auxiliary
Secondary
Number
Occupations
Africa
1,083
782
613
94
600
823
154
94
8
188
25
78
130
57
31
127
117
115
16
0
48
1
13
251
78
9
32
32
47
9
0
25
5
113
64
96
14
79
112
30
4
3
44
2
253
163
250
39
217
304
79
11
6
109
4
Asia1
Australasia
Europe
North America
South America
Islands:
Atlantic
Indian
Mediterranean
Pacific
Antarctic regions
Totals
4,464
720
501
561
1,435
5.685
1 Including stations occupied by the Maud in the Arctic Sea off the coast of Siberia.
Summary of Land Work, 1905-1926
13
SECULAR-VARIATION STATIONS
The distribution of the secular-variation data now available from the observa-
tions of the Department only is shown in detail in Table 3, in which the name of
each locality and the number of times it has been occupied are given. Under the
heading " Continent" in the first column are given the names of the main geo-
graphical divisions, which include island groups as well as continents according to
the classification used throughout the volume. In the second column, headed
"Country," the name of the subdivision appears under which, in some instances, as,
for example, in the West Indies and Central America, a number of countries are
grouped as a matter of convenience. Under the heading "Repeat-localities and
occupations" the name of each locality appears in the form adopted in the Table
of Results and elsewhere in this and preceding volumes. Following the name of
the locality, a number is given which shows the occupations according to the
definitions adopted in the preceding section. The totals for each country appear
in the final columns, while a grand total is given at the end of each main geographic
division or continent.
Table 3 — Details Regarding Repeat-Localities and Occupations for Determination of Magnetic Secular-Variation,
1905-1926
Continent
Country
Repeat-localities and occupations
Totals
Locali-
ties
Occupa-
tions
Africa
Abyssinia
Algeria
Algerian Sahara
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan . .
Angola
Belgian Congo
British South and Cen-
tral Africa
Cameroun
Egypt
Eritrea
French Equatorial Africa
French Somaliland
French West Africa
Gambia
Gold Coast Colony
Kenya Colony
Liberia
Morocco
Mozambique (Portuguese
East Africa)
Nigeria
Sierra Leone
Southwest Africa
Tanganyika Territory . . .
Tripolitania
Tunisia
Uganda
Addis Abeba, 2; Dire Daoua, 2; Hawash, 2
Algiers, 4; Oran, 2
Touggourt, 2
Port Sudan, 3
Benguela, 2; Cabinda, 2; Cassoalala, 2; Huambo, 2;
Loanda, 4; Lobito, 2; Malange, 2; Mossamedes, 2;
Xinguari, 2
Banana, 2; Bolobo, 2; Boma, 3; Elisabethville, 2; Kam-
bove, 2; Leopoldville, 2; Matadi, 2; Ruwe, 2
Broken Hill, 2; Cape Town, 3; Ginginhlovu, 2; Holle-
rivier, 2; O'okiep, 2; Victoria Falls, 2
Douala, 3; Garoua, 3; Olama, 2
Alexandria, 2; Helwan Observatory, 6; Suez, 5; Tor, 3.
Asmara, 2 ; Massaua, 3
Brazzaville, 3 ; Fort Lamy, 2 ; Libreville, 2 ; Port Gentil, 3
Jibuti, 3
Abidjan, 2; Ansongo, 2; Bouake, 2; Bourem, 2; Cona-
kry, 2; Cotonou, 2; Dakar; 2; Gaya, 2; Grand Bas-
sam, 2; Kayes, 2; Koulikoro, 2; Mamou, 2; Matam,
2; Mopti, 2; Niafunke, 2; Niamey, 2; Parakou, 2;
Podor, 2; Save, 2; Segou, 2; St. Louis, 2; Timbuktu, 2
Bathurst, 2
Accra, 3; Kumasi, 2; Sekondi, 3
Kisumu (Port Florence), 2; Makindu, 2; Mombasa, 2;
Nairobi, 2; Nakuru, 2; Voi, 2
Cape Palmas, 3 ; Cuttington, 2 ; Harper, 2
Casablanca, 2; Larache, 2; Mogador, 2; Rabat, 2;
Tangier, 2
Chinde, 2; Mopea, 2; Mozambique, 2
Amar, 2; Ibi, 2; Jebba, 2; Kano, 2; Lagos, 3; Lokoja, 2;
Yola, 2; Zaria, 2
Bo, 2; Freetown, 3; Moyamba. 2
Aus, 2; Gibeon, 2; Keetmanshoop, 2; Seeheim, 2;
Swakopmund, 2; Windhoek, 2
Dar es Salaam, 2; Kilossa, 2; Ngere Ngere, 2; Tabora, 2
Tripoli, 3
Sfax, 2; Tunis, 2
Gondokoro, 2; Kiriba (Rejaf), 2
Totals for Africa
3
4
2
4
1
99
1
3
6'
3
5
3
8
3
6
4
1
2
2
6
6
o
3
20
13
8
16
5
10
3
44
2
8
12
7
10
6
17
7
12
8
3
4
4
113
253
14
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Table 3 — Details Regarding Repeat-Localities and Occupations for Determination of Magnetic Secular-Variation,
1905-1926— Continued
Continent
Country
Repeat-localities and occupations
Totals
Locali-
ties
Occupa-
tions
Asia.
Arabia
Asiatic Russia
China
Australasia.
India
Indo-China
Japan
Siberia (see Asiatic Russia)
Straits Settlements
Turkish Empire, includ-
ing Syria and Palestine
Australia .
New Zealand.
Europe .
Germany
Great Britain. . . .
Greece
Italy
Russia (U.S.S.R.)
Spain
Turkey
Aden, 6; Jidda, 3
Ayon Island (Winter-Quarters 1919-20), 2; Bear Island
(Winter-Quarters 1924-25), 2; Cape Serdze Kamen
(Winter-Quarters 1920-21), 2; Kain-ge-skon, 3; No.
35 (68 N and 165 E), 2; Winter-Quarters 1918-19, 2
Amoy, 2; Canton, 14; Chengchang, 2; Chengchow, 4;
Chinchowfu, 2; Chinkiang, 2; Chuanchow, 2; Foo-
chow, 2; Hangchow, 2; Hankow, 3; Hengchow, 2
Hongkong, 8; Ichang, 2; Kalgan, 2; Kiukiang, 2
Lanchowfu, 2; Liangchowfu, 2; Lukiapang, 2
Mengtsz, 2; Nanchang, 3; Nanking, 2; Newchwang
2; Ningpo, 2; Peking 1907, 4; Peking 1916, 2; Ping
fan, 2; Shanhaikwan, 2; Shiuchow, 2; Sianfu, 2
Soochow, 2; Swatow, 2; Tientsin, 2; Tsinan, 2
Wuchow, 3; Wuhu, 2; Yochow, 2; Yunnanfu, 2
Zikawei, 2
Alibag, 2 ; Dehra Dun ,2
Phantiet, 3 ; Phu Lien, 2 ; Saigon, 3
Sugita, 2
Singapore, 3
Afiumkarahissar, 2; Aidin, 2; Aleppo, 2; Alexandretta,
2; Basra, 2; Beirut, 2; Damascus, 3; Dardanelles, 2;
Horns, 2; Jerusalem, 2; Smyrna, 2
Totals for Asia.
Adelaide, 3 ; Albany, 3 ; Albury, 2 ; Ararat, 2 ; Batchelor,
3; Border Town, 4; Bourke, 2; Brisbane, 3; Broken
Hill, 2; Broome, 2; Bunbury, 3; Burra, 2; Cairns, 2;
Carnarvon, 2; Ceduna, 2; Charleville, 2; Cloncurry,
2; Connel's Creek, 3; Cooktown, 3; Coolgardie, 3;
Cordillo Downs, 2; Cottesloe, 10; Croydon, 2; Cun-
namulla, 2; Darwin, 3; Derby, 2; Dubbo, 2; East
Maitland, 2; Edithburg, 2; Emerald, 2; Eucla, 3;
Farina, 3; Forsayth, 2; Geraldton, 2; Goondiwindi,
2; Goulburn, 2; Harden, 2; Hobart, 3; Hughendsn,
2; Jericho, 2; Katanning, 2; Katherine River, 3;
Latrobe, 2; Lawlers, 2; Leonora, 2; Longford, 2;
Mackay, 2; Maree (Hergott Springs), 3; Meekathar-
ra, 2; Melbourne, 7; Menindie, 2; Merredin, 2;
Moora, 2; Murray Bridge, 2; Narrogin, 2; Norman-
town, 2; Norseman, 2; Northam, 2; Oodnadatta, 3;
Ooldea, 2; Perth, 4; Peterborough, 2; Pine Creek, 3;
Point Charles Lighthouse, 2; Port Augusta, 2; Port
Hedland, 2; Port Lincoln, 2; Port Victor, 3; Red
Hill, 7; Richmond, 2; Rockhampton, 3; Roma, 2
Rottnest Island, 2; Sorell, 2; Southern Cross, 2
Southport, 2; Tambo, 2; Tarcoola, 2; Tenterfield, 2
Thursday Island, 4; Townsville, 3; Wagga Wagga,
2; Watheroo Observatory, 11; Werris Creek, 2; Wil-
cannia, 2; Wongan Hills, 2; Yalata Head, 2
Auckland, 3; Christchurch, 7; Clinton, 2; Eketahuna,
2; Kingston, 2; Mount Victoria, 2; New Brighton, 2;
Queenstown, 2; Rotorua, 2
Totals for Australasia
Postdam, 2
Eskdalemuir, 2; Falmouth, 2; Greenwich, 3; Kew, 7;
St. Anthony, 2
Kephisia, 2
Palermo, 2; Rome, 2; Terracina, 3
Batum, 2; Tiflis, 2
San Roque, 2
Rumeli Hissar, 6
Totals for Europe
38
64
87
14
9
13
101
2
4
3
8
1
2
1
3
11
23
163
226
24
96
250
1
2
5
16
1
2
3
7
2
4
1
2
1
6
39
Summary of Land Work, 1905-1926
15
Table 3 — Details Regarding Repeat-Localities and Occupations for Determination of Magnetic Secular-Variation,
1905-1926— Continued
Continent
Country
Repeat-localities and occupations
Totals
Locali-
ties
Occupa-
tions
North America.
Canada .
Central America.
Greenland
Mexico
Newfoundland (including
Labrador)
United -States
South America .
Argentina.
Bolivia.
Brazil. .
Chile....
Colombia
Ecuador.
Guiana. .
Paraguay
Peru.
Uruguay . .
Venezuela .
Agincourt, 2; Ashe Inlet, 2; Bowdoin Harbor, 1; Cape
Dorset, 2; Cumberland House, 2; Deer's Lake, 2;
Englehart, 2; Fort William, 2; Lac Seul, 2; Long
Falls, 2; Mattawa, 2; Missinaibie, 2; Mistassini, 2;
New Liskeard, 2; North Bay, 4; Ottawa, 2;
Pelican Narrows, 2; Quebec, 2; St. John, 2;
Sydney, 6; Winnipeg, 3
Acajutla, 2; Amapala, 2; Belize, 3; Bluefields, 2; Colon,
13; Corinto, 2; David, 2; El Cayo, 2; Flamenco
Island, 2; Flores, 2; Granada, 2; Grey town, 2;
Guatemala, 3; Managua, 2; Old Panama, 3; Port
Burchard (Casuna), 2; Prinzapolca, 2; Puerto Barrios,
2; Puerto Cortez, 2; San Jose (Costa Rica), 3; San
Jose (Guatemala), 4; San Salvador, 2; Tegucigalpa,
2; Truxillo, 2; Uvita Island, 2; Zacapa, 2
Etah, 2; Godhavn, 2; Godthaab, 2; Holstensborg, 2;
Refuge Harbor, 1
Chihuahua, 2; Guaymas, 2; Hermosillo, 2; Monterrey,
2; Nueva Casas Grandes, 2; Oaxaca, 2; Sabinas, 2
Battle Harbor, 6; Bay of Islands, 3; Gready, 2; Hope-
dale, 2 ; Port Burwell, 3 ; St. Johns, 3 ; West Turnavik, 2
Baldwin, 4; Bronx Park, 2; Cheltenham, 6; Goat
Island, 4; Greenport, 5; Miami, 3; New London, 2;
Norfolk, 2; Presidio (San Francisco, Fort Scott), 2;
San Diego, 5; San Rafael, 4; Washington, 16; Way-
cross, 3
Totals for North America
Bahia Blanca, 2; Cipolletti, 2; Colonia Las Heras, 2;
Corrientes, 2; Florida, 2; La Quiaca, 3; Las Flores, 2;
Mendoza, 2; Mercedes, 3; Monte Caseros, 2; Pilar,
6; Puerto Deseado, 2; Puerto Madryn, 2; Santa
Cruz, 2; Tucuman, 2; Victoria, 2; Zapala, 2
Guayaramerin, 3; La Paz, 6; Oruro, 2; Uyuni, 4
Abuna, 2; Alcobaga, 2; Almerim, 2; Bahia (Jaburu), 2;
Barcellos, 2; Bella Vista, 2; Catalao, 2; Corumba, 3;
Goyaz, 2; Manaos, 2; Obidos, 4; Pernambuco, 3;
Pinheiro, 8; Porto Velho, 4; Registro, 2; Rio de
Janeiro, 2; Rio Grande, 2; Santa Isabel, 2; Santarem,
3; Santos, 2; Sao Paulo de Olivenca (Amazon 14), 2;
Vassouras, 5
Antofagasta, 3; Arica, 4; Calama, 2; Concepcion, 2;
Copiapo, 2; Coquimbo, 3; Coronel, 4; Corral, 2;
Iquique, 3; Puerto Montt, 3; Punta Arenas, 3;
Santiago, 3; Ultima Esperanza, 2; Valparaiso, 3
Bogota, 3; Buenaventura, 2; Calamar, 2; Cartagena,
3; Honda, 2; Neiva, 2; Puerto Berrio, 2; Savanilla, 2;
Tumaco, 2
Esmeraldas, 2; Guayaquil, 4; Quito, 4; Riobamba, 3. .
Bartica, 2; Cayenne, 3; Georgetown, 5; New Amster-
dam, 3; Onverwacht, 2; Paramaribo, 3; Rockstone,
2; St. Laurent (Albina), 2; Wismar, 2
Concepcion, 2 ; Trinidad, 2
Arequipa, 5; Chimbote, 2; Huacho, 3; Huancayo, 2;
Huancayo Observatory (Huayao), 9; lea, 2; Iquitos,
2; Juliaca, 5; La Merced, 2; Lima, 7; Masisea, 2;
Matucana, 2; Mollendo, 5; Oroya, 2; Paita, 2; Pisco,
2; Piura, 2; Puerto Bermudez, 2; San Lorenzo, 3;
Tarma, 2; Yurimaguas, 2
Colon, 3
Barcelona, 2; Barquismeto, 2; Caracas, 5; Carupano,
2; Ciudad Bolivar, 2; La Ceiba, 2; La Urbana, 2;
Maracaibo, 2; Puerto Cabello, 2
Totals for South America
21
26
79
17
4
9.9.
14
2
21
46
69
5
9
7
14
7
21
13
58
217
40
15
60
39
20
13
24
4
65
3
21
112
304
16
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Table 3 — Details Regarding Repeat-Localities and Occupations for Determination of Magnetic Secular-Variation,
1905-1926— Concluded
Continent
Country
Repeat-localities and occupations
Totals
Locali-
ties
Occupa-
tions
Islands, Atlantic
Ocean
Islands, Indian
Ocean
Islands, Mediter-
ranean
Islands, Pacific
Ocean
Antarctic.
Bermuda. . .
Canary
Falkland . . .
Madeiras. . .
St. Helena . .
West Indies
Ceylon
Java
Madagascar
Zanzibar
Crete
Cyprus
Rhodes
Bismarck Archipelago . . .
Cook
Ellice
Fanning
Fiji. .
Hawaiian
Lord Howe
Marianas (Ladrone Is-
lands)
Marshall
New Caledonia (includ-
ing Loyalty Islands)
New Guinea
New Hebrides
Samoa
Society
Solomon
Tokelau
Tonga
Victoria Quadrant
Agar's Island, 3; Ireland Island, 2; Nonsuch Island, 2;
Spectacle Island, 3; St. George, 2
Las Palmas, 4; Santa Cruz, 5
Port Stanley, 2
Funchal, 3
Longwood, 2
Basse Terre, 2; Bridgetown, 4; Charlotte Amalie, 2;
Christiansted, 2; Fort de France, 2; Havana, 5;
Kingston, 6; Kingstown, 2; Matanzas, 2; Pinar del
Rio, 2; Placetas del Norte, 2; Pointe a Pitre (La
Jaille), 2; Port Castries, 2; Port of Spain, 4; Roseau,
2 ; San Fernando, 2 ; Santiago, 2 ; St. Johns, 2 ; Vieques,
3; Willemstad, 2
Totals for islands, Atlantic Ocean
Colombo, 4
Weltevreden, 3
Majunga, 2
Zanzibar, 2
Totals for islands, Indian Ocean
Candia, 2
Larnaka, 2
Rhodes, 2
Totals for islands, Mediterranean
Rabaul, 2
Avarua, 3
Funafuti, 3; Nanomana, 2; Nanomea, 2; Niutao, 2;
Nui, 2; Nukufetau, 2; Nukulailai, 2; Vaitupu, 2
Fanning, 2
Suva Vou, 6
Sisal (Honolulu Observatory), 5
Lord Howe, 2
Guam, 2
Jaluit, 2
Bourail, 2; Lifu, 2; Mare, 2; Noumea, 2; Paagoumene, 2
Buna Bay, 2; Cape Nelson, 2; Ipoteto, 2; Mambare, 2;
Samarai (Kwato), 2; Suau, 2
Vila, 2
Apia, 7; Pago Pago, 3; Tau, 2
Papeete (Fareute Point, Small Coral Island), 8
Aola (Kumbara), 2; Binskins, 2; Faisi, 2; Gizo, 2;
Makambo, 2 ; Salicana, 2 ; Tulagi, 2
Atafu, 2 ; Fakaofu, 2 ; Swains, 2
Neiafu, 2 ; Nukualofa, 2
Totals for islands, Pacific Ocean
Base, 2; Igloo, 2; Commonwealth Bay, 2 -
Grand total for all land work
2
1
1
1
20
44
561
12
9
2
3
2
52
30
80
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
2
4
11
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
6
2
3
17
2
6
5
2
2
2
10
12
2
12
8
14
6
4
109
1,436
A comprehensive exhibit of the general uniformity of distribution of the repeat-
localities is presented by the equal-area map in Figure l,1 upon which the total
numbers of repeat-stations for areas of convenient size are represented by numbers
within circles (the numbers within the squares are the corresponding numbers of
secular-variation positions derived from the ocean surveys).
1 The base used for this figure is the "homolosine equal-area projection" prepared by Professor J. Paul Goode, copy-
right by the University of Chicago and used with permission.
Summary of Land Work, 1905-1926
17
A summary showing the totals of repeat-localities as distributed in the arbitrary
divisions indicated by the heavy lines in Figure 1 is given in Table 4.
Table 4 — Summary to Show Regional Distribution of Secular-Variation Magnetic Data Obtained by the Department of
Terrestrial Magnetism of the Carnegie Institution of Washington through December 31, 1926, Arranged Accord-
ing to Arbitrary Geographical Divisions Indicated on Figure 1
Geograph-
ical divi-
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Region or country
Alaska and Western Canada. . .
Greenland
Eastern Canada 16
Newfoundland and Labrador. . 7
Western United States
Eastern United States
Bermuda
Mexico
Central America 26
West Indies (West) 7
West Indies (East)
Colombia 9
Ecuador 4
Venezuela 9
Guiana 9
Peru 21
Bolivia 4
Brazil (West) 5
Brazil (East)
Chile 14
Argentina 17
Paraguay 2
Uruguay 1
Falkland Islands
Hawaiian Islands 1
Fanning Island 1
Cook Islands 1
Samoa Islands 3
Society Islands 1
Tokelau Islands 3
Tonga Islands 2
Cape Verde Islands
Madeira Islands 1
Canary Islands 2
Europe (West)
Europe (East), Batum and Tiflis.
Mediterranean
Asia Minor 11
Arabia 2
Morocco 5
Algeria 2
Algerian Sahara 1
Tunisia 2
Tripolitania 1
West Africa 22
Gambia 1
Gold Coast 3
Sierra Leone 3
Liberia 3
No. secular-
variation
localities
23
5
8
5
7
33
13
31
30
17
34
1
10
0
3
12
2
3
13
11
32
Geograph-
ical divi-
sion
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Region or country
Nigeria
French Equatorial Africa 4
Cameroun 3
Egypt 4
Sudan 1
Abyssinia 3
Eritrea 2
Somaliland 1
Belgian Congo 8
Angola 9
Uganda 2
Kenya Colony 6
Tanganyika Territory 4
St. Helena Island
Southwest Africa 6
British South and Central
Africa 6
Portuguese East Africa 3
Zanzibar 1
Madagascar 1
North Siberia
South Siberia
India
North China
Middle China
South China 5
Indo-China 3
Straits Settlements 1
Japan
Marshall Islands 1
Marianas 1
East Indies (Java)
Western Australia . .'.
Northern Territory
Queensland
South Australia, New South
Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.
New Zealand 9
Lord Howe Island 1
Bismarck Archipelago 1
Ellice Islands
Fiji Islands 1
New Caledonia and Loyalty
Islands 5
New Guinea 6
New Hebrides 1
Solomon Islands 7
Antarctic
Ceylon
Grand total
No. secular-
variation
localities
15
11
17
12
1
15
6
0
2
13
20
2
1
24
6
21
36
10
29
o
561
18
Land Magnetic Obsekvations, 1921-1926
O CD
3 °
6C 5
08 <S
(11 «"T5
ft
03
a
3 s
03 -O
ft .-
0) <+H
03
O
co
OS .
CD
In
O1
CO
to
If J
M «i n
WD t*
^ ft
to -C
e3
03
73
03 -S .g
i J° -°
^ ^ 33
03 CD 53
S a "2
<u g c
S3
GO
CO
-t— CD
S rt CU
w> 9
5 2°
a m g>
„.gg
°-%'&
a osO
5r o
J«3£
to
cd
>
'3
o I CD
T3-^3
« 3
PIS
DESCRIPTIONS OF INSTRUMENTS
MAGNETOMETERS
Since the publication of Volumes I to V, the Department of Terrestrial Mag-
netism has not made any further material changes in the designs of magnetometers
heretofore used. The designations of the types of magnetometers used for the
work are as follows :
1. The so-called theodolite-magnetometer type in three designs, viz, (a) and (6) of the
Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, similar, respectively, to magnetometers Nos. 3 and 13, and
(c) of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, similar to C. and G. S. No. 20.
2. The Kew type of magnetometer in two designs, with auxiliary theodolites for astronomical
work, viz, (a) the regular design as constructed by Elliott Brothers, similar to No. 73, and (6) the
Magnetic Survey of India design, similar to No. 36.
3. The light and portable type used in the Magnetic Survey of France,2 similar to No. 11.
4. The universal-magnetometer type in three designs, viz, (a) the design of Eschenhagen
and constructed with modifications by Tesdorpf,2 similar to No. 2025 ; (b) the magnetometer-dip-
circle design of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, similar to Nos. 14, 19, 20, 21, and 22; (c)
the magnetometer-inductor design of the same Department, similar to Nos. 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, and 28.
The first three types and design (a) of type 4 have been described and illus-
trated in detail on pages 2 to 7 of Volume I, while designs (6) and (c) of type 4 have
been described and illustrated in detail on pages 5 to 12 of Volume II. Instru-
ments specially adapted for use by the Maud Arctic Expedition are described and
illustrated in Volume IV (p. 8).
DIP CIRCLES AND EARTH INDUCTORS
The dip circles used in obtaining the data given in the present volume were of
the following patterns, of which the first two are fully described and illustrated in
Volume I, pages 7 to 10, and the last in Volume II, pages 7 to 12: (a) the regular
Kew land-pattern as made with slight variations by Dover and by Casella; (6)
the Lloyd-Creak ship-pattern 2 as originally designed by Captain Ettrick W. Creak
and made by Dover with some modifications introduced by the United States Coast
and Geodetic Survey and by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, according
to L. A. Bauer's specifications; dip-circle attachment of universal magnetometer of
type 4 (b).
The types of earth inductor used are fully described and illustrated in Volume
I, pages 10 to 11, and in Volume II, pages 13 to 15, and include: (a) the design
originated by Wild 3 and as modified by Eschenhagen represented in the Depart-
ment's equipment by No. 48 constructed by Schulze and No. 2 constructed by
Toepfer and Son; (6) earth inductor of the type made by the Department of Ter-
restrial Magnetism for the determination of inclination at sea and as represented
by earth inductors Nos. 3, 4, and 7; earth-inductor attachment of universal mag-
netometer of type 4 (c) .
A list of the various dip circles and earth inductors which were used, together
with the needles and their designations, will be found in Table 6.
2 Not in use during 1921 to 1926.
3 H. Wild. Inductions-Inclinatorium neuer Construction und Bestimmung der Absoluten Inclination mit demselben
in Pawlowsk. St. Petersburg, Mem. Ac. Sc, ser. 7, vol. 38, No. 3, 1891.
19
REDUCTIONS TO STANDARD INSTRUMENTS
MAGNETIC STANDARDS ADOPTED
The Department's extensive intercomparisons of magnetic instruments at
Washington, in the field, and at magnetic observatories in all parts of the Earth
have made it possible to refer its data to provisional "International Magnetic
Standards." Such data obtained during 1905 to 1914 were discussed in detail in
Volumes II (pp. 21 1 to 278) and IV (pp. 373 to 475) . The "International Magnetic
Standards," as stated, are provisional and are described fully in Volumes II and IV.
The numerous comparisons with magnetic-observatory standards and with standard
electromagnetic magnetometers indicated that these provisional standards approach
sufficiently close to probable international ones that they may be considered as
fulfilling all practical requirements of a general magnetic survey of the Earth.
The instruments used as standards by the Department during 1921 to 1926
were the same as those used prior to 1921 for results given in Volumes I, II, and IV,
viz, in declination, C. I. W. magnetometer No. 3 with correction on I. M. S. of
— 0' 1 to observed values; in horizontal intensity, C. I. W. magnetometer No. 3 with
zero correction on I. M. S. to observed values; in inclination, earth inductor No. 48
made by Schulze, with zero correction on I. M. S. to observed values.
MAGNETOMETER CORRECTIONS
The corrections of each magnetometer on the adopted standard were deter-
mined at Washington, before and after use of the instrument in the field, and also,
whenever possible, in the field by means of intercomparison with other outfits.
The accuracy of the mean correction is usually within about 0'.2 in declination
and about 0.0001// in horizontal intensity. The tabulated corrections are to be
applied algebraically, east declination being reckoned as positive and west declina-
tion as negative; horizontal intensity is always taken as positive.
It will be noted that for some of the instruments the //-corrections vary with
time ; this is because of gradual change with time during field use in the moment of
inertia, K, of the long magnet system. That such changes take place, particularly
in the tropics and for magnets sheathed with brass, and that in general they are
closely linear with time, is clearly shown by discussion of the results from numerous
intercomparisons at Washington. In some cases the final values of the distribution
coefficients P and Q, or P', which result from compilations of available data through
1920, differ from the values used for the original constants and computations; for
several of the instruments the same remark applies for the final value of logarithm
■k2K. The tabulated //-corrections are shown by Table 5.
INCLINOMETER CORRECTIONS
As in the past for determinations of inclination with the dip circle, the polarity
of the needle is invariably reversed, eliminating any so-called balance-error due to
eccentric position of the center of gravity of the needle. There remains, however,
the error due to irregularity of figure of pivot, and this will vary, in general, with
20
Reductions to Standard Instruments
21
the angle of inclination. Hence the determinations of needle-corrections at a
base-station, however carefully executed, may not necessarily apply to a region of
different inclination. Unfortunately, even when reliable comparison-data were
available, the development of tiny rust-spots on the pivots in the course of field
work, especially in tropical regions, has made it necessary in almost every case to
depend for the corrections upon a critical study of observed needle-differences.
The prime purpose of such a discussion has been to adjust the values obtained from
each of the needles to the mean of all, and to determine upon the allowable ranges
in the inclination results for guidance in rejection of any values. The large accumu-
lation by the Department of well-distributed inclination data during 1914 to 1920
furnished material for some interesting discussions of the effects of minute pivot-
defects (see pp. 359 to 371 of Vol. IV).
Table 5 — Magnetometer Corrections on Adopted I. M. >S. for the Period 1921 to 1926
No. of
mag-
netom-
eter
Correction to observed —
Remarks
Decli-
nation
Horizontal intensity
3
5
6
7
8
8
10
12
13
14
16
17
18
24
25
25
25
26
26
27
27
27
28
156 c
Brunner d
-0.1
-0.2
-0.8
-0.2
-0.7
-0.7
-0.5
-0.2
-0.7
-0.2
6-0.5
-0.3
-0.2
-0.3
-0.2
-0.3
-0.3
6 -0.3
-0.3
-0.3
-0.3
6-0.6
b— 0.2
0.0
+5.4
0.00000//
Standard instrument.
Overhauled in field."
Standard instrument at Watheroo Observatory.
For the year 1921.
From January 1922.
Standard instrument at Huancayo Observatory.
After remaking in March 1922.
After remaking in December 1916.
After overhauling in April 1922.
From May 1921.
From August 1919 to March 1922.
From April 1922 to October 1923.
From 1925 with new inertia determination.
From February 1922 to April 1923.
After remaking April to June 1923 after field accident.
After remaking August 1921.
From January to November 1923, new inertia.
After remaking May 1924, following serious field acci-
dent of November 1923.
From April 1921, new inertia.
For work from May to December 1926.
For 1920 to 1921.
-0.00058//
+0.00016//
-0 00054//
-0.00031//
-0.00032//
+0.00030/Z + (1920.0 -l) 0.000088//
-0.00040//
-0.00100// + (1920.0 -0 0.00012 H
-0 00078//
+0.00013J/ + (1921.5 -t) 0.00031 H
+0.00016//
+0.00011/Z + (1916.17-0 0.00027 H
+0.00024/7+ (1921. 37-<) 0.00068 H
+0.00029// + (1920.0 -t) 0.00040 H
+0.00015// + U922.3 -t) 0.00038 H
-0.00039//
- 0 . 00046//
+0.00011Z/ + (1924.4 -t) 0.00049 H
-0.00093// + U921.8 -t) 0.00016 H
-0.00032//
-0.00006// + (1924. 39-0 0.00049 H
-0.00013// + (1921. 32-0 0.00021 H
-0.0006 H
-0.0037 H
° Corrections subsequently determined from simultaneous field comparisons with other C. I. W. instruments at
Mount Lofty and Port Augusta.
6 Same correction applied for short magnet when used in determining declination.
c Kew type Dover magnetometer belonging to the U. S. Navy Department; corrections as determined at Cheltenham
Magnetic Observatory.
d Brunner magnetometer belonging to the Tananarive Observatory of Madagascar; corrections determined by com-
parisons with C. I. W. magnetometer 13 at the Observatory (see Res. Dep. Terr. Mag., v. 4, pp. 459-461).
On the other hand, the successful and extended use of the Department's design
of field earth-inductor in difficult expeditions has shown it to be an instrument of
relatively high precision in absolute determinations. It is noteworthy that the
numerous intercomparisons, covering extreme ranges in inclination and involving
various types of inductor, show the corrections on standard for inductors to be
practically constant for every value of inclination, and certainly well within the
22
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
limit of accuracy of observation possible with vertical circles of the sizes used.
Accordingly, the practice of the Department is now to abandon the use of the dip
circle in favor of the earth inductor, except in regions of very high inclination for
which the earth inductor is not so well suited primarily because of mechanical
troubles caused by the intense cold. An inspection of the corrections on standard
for various earth inductors and comparison with those for various dip circles, as
given in Table 6, again point forcibly to the desirability of replacing the dip circle
by the inductor wherever possible, both in the field and at observatories.
The inclination corrections adopted for the various instruments, used in the
observations contained in this volume, are given in Table 6; these corrections are to
be applied algebraically, regarding inclination, north end of needle down as positive,
and south end of needle down as negative.
Table 6 also gives the corrections for the compass-attachments of the dip
circles; these corrections are to be applied algebraically to observed results, regard-
ing east declination as positive and west declination as negative.
Table 6 — Inclination Corrections on Adopted International Magnetic Standard for the Period 1921 to 1926
Instrument
Type*
Inclination
Corrections for needle
Tabular
designation
Correc-
tion for
compass
Remarks
No. 4
No. 5
Dover circle 125 . . .
(a)
+55° to +56°
0!0
0!0
125.45
Property of United States Navy.
Used in the survey operations of
the U.S.S. Nokomis in December
1926. In view of the erratic be-
havior of the needles, the means
of observed results are taken
without correction.
No. 1
No. 2
Dover circle 154. . .
(a)
+71° to +86°
+0!6
+0!4
154.12
For period 1918 to 1921 while used
in Asia and the Arctic Sea by the
Maud Expedition. Corrections
determined by comparison with
dip circle 205 in the field and
with earth inductor 48 at Stand-
ardizing Magnetic Observatory,
Washington.
No. 7
No. 8
No. 14X
No. 15X
of 242
of 242
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
+49°
+2!3
No. 14X
-3(6
No. 15X
-i:0
No. 7
of 242
+6!4
No. 8
of 242
177.2X(78)
Corrections computed from analy-
sis of comparison observations
at Kakioka, Japan, August 1922
+58°
-2:2
-0:6
-5(0
+8!0
Corrections determined by analy-
+56
-2.8
-1.0
-5.5
+7.5
sis of observations in north
+54
j +52
■177.2X(78)
China during 1922 and used in
results obtained at Kalgan, Pe-
-4.2
-1.6
-6.4
+6.5
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
+50
-4.2
-2.5
-6.4
+6.6
king, Chengchow, Nanking, and
+48
-3.4
-3.2
-6.3
+7.0
Hankow, July 17 to August 4,
+46
-2.8
-5.9
+7.6
1922.
+44
-2.0
No. 14X
No. 15X
-5.2
No. 7
of 242
+8.0
No. 8
of 242
■
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
+32°
0:0
OlO
OlO
OlO
177.2X(78)
Inclination adopted without cor-
rection for series of observations
at Canton, China, December
1921 to July 1922. Results show
wide variability for individual
needles, and the value of the in-
0 For explanation of types, see p. 19.
Reductions to Standard Instruments 23
Table 6 — Inclination Corrections on Adopted International Magnetic Standard for the Period 1921 to 1926 — Continued
Instrument
Type0
Inclination
Corrections for needle
Tabular
designation
Correc-
tion for
Remarks
compass
Dover Circle 177
clination gradually decreased, as
— Continued
No. 14X
No. 15X
No. 7
of 242
No. 8
of 242
shown by all four needles. No
cause can be assigned for this
decrease, and the mean value
for the whole period of six
months should be used in any
discussion of secular variation.
Needle 15X developed a large
correction on May 2, 1922,
which persisted until the ob-
servations at Chengchow, July
26, 1922.
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
+ 8° to - 4°
0!0
No. 14X
0:0
No. 15X
0:0
No. 7
of 242
0!0
No. 8
of 242
177.2X(78)
Inclination adopted without cor-
rection for Colombo, Aden, Jibu-
ti, and Abyssinia, owing to er-
ratic behavior of individual
needles during August 31 to
October 10, 1921.
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
-17°
o:o
No. 14X
0:0
No. 15X
Oil)
No. 7
of 242
0:0
No. 8
of 242
177.2X(78)
Inclination adopted without cor-
rection for Singapore, Novem-
ber 1921.
— 24°
+3(0
+ i:2
-4:0
-3(0
Corrections determined by analy-
-26
+3.8
0.0
-4.0
-4.0
sis and scaled from smoothed
-28
+4.2
-0.6
-3.8
-4.6
■177.2X(78)
J graph. Used for observations in
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
1 -30
+4.4
-0.8
-3.4
-5.0
Tanganyika Territory and Ken-
] -32
+4.6
-0.5
-3.0
-5.4
ya Colony, East Africa, July 13
-34
+4.6
+0.6
-2.8
-5.2
to August 23, 1921.
-36
+4.6
+2.3
-2.8
-4.6
-38
+4.5
No. 14X
+4.0
No. 15X
-3.0
No. 7
of 242
-3.8
No. 8
of 242
-44°
-3:4
+ l!6
+5:2
-3:8
i
-46
-0.7
+5.2
+0.1
-4.7
-48
-50
0.0
-1.4
-1.9
-1.4
+4.0
+2.0
+2.0
+ 1.2
+ 0.8
+3.2
+4.4
+6.0
-4.7
-4.0
-4.6
-6.0
>177.2X(78)
1 Corrections determined by analy-
■i sis of observations in Madagas-
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
) — O—
-54
{ car, January to June 1921.
-56
-0.6
+2.0
+6.0
-7.6
-58
-2.4
+2.6
+7.2
-7.5
-60
-3.4
+2.8
+6.6
-6.4
-62
-3.0
No. 14X
+3.0
No. 15X
+ 5.4
No. 7
of 242
-5.8
No. 8
of 242
Dover circle 177. . .
(a)
-64°
-0:3
No. 1
+ l!9
No. 2
+2!6
-Oil
177.2X(78)
Corrections determined by com-
parison with earth inductor 2 at
Watheroo Magnetic Observa-
tory, October 24-26, 1921, and
used for observations in Aus-
tralia.
Dover circle 181 . . .
(a)
+42° to +44°
0:0
0(0
181.12
Property of United States Navy.
Used in the survey operations of
the U.S.S. Niagara in 1926. In
view of the erratic behavior of
the needles, the means of ob-
served results are taken without
correction.
0 For explanation of types, see p. 19.
24 Land Magnetic Obseevations, 1921-1926
Table 6 — Inclination Corrections on Adopted International Magnetic Standard for the Period 1921 to 1926 — Continued
Instrument
Dover circle 201.
Dover circle 205.
Dover circle 205. .
Dover circle 223.
Dover circle 226.
Dover circle 241 .
Dover circle 241.
Type"
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(a)
Inclination
-62° to -67°
+71° to +86°
+ 71° to +86°
+ 4° to - 2°
-62° to -67°
+71° to +87c
+71° to +87°
Corrections for needle
No. IX
No. 2X
+i:o
-014
No. 1
No. 2
-0!2
-0:2
No. 3
No. 7
+ l!2
-0:8
No. 1
No. 2
OlO
OlO
No. 3
No. 7
OlO
-i:5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-1.5
No. 4X
0:0
No. 5
-0:i
No. 7
of 178
-0:7
No. 3
of 223
0!0
No. 6X
+0:2
No. 6
-0!2
No. 6
0!0
No. 1 No. 2 No. 5 No. 6
Mean for four needles, 0!0
No. 2A
-1(1
No. 1
No. 2
No. 1A
-0'2
-2:1
-6!l
No. 1
No. 2
No. 5
-0!2
+ i:2
+018
No. 1
No. 2
No. 5
OlO
+0:4
+0:9
No. 6
+0:8
No. 6
-0!5
Tabular
designation
201.1246
205.1256
205.37(7)
205.126(3)
205.37
223.1256
226.12(12)
241.1256
241.1256
Correc-
tion for
compass
+2i:2
-9'
+2:9
■4:0
Remarks
Corrections determined by com-
parisons with earth inductor 2 at
Watheroo Magnetic Observa-
tory, January 4-14, 1921. Used
in Australia during 1921.
Used on the Maud Expedition dur-
ing 1918 to 1921. Logarithms of
total-intensity constants for nee-
dle-pairs 3 and 4, 7 and 8 and 7
and 8 of 178 are 9.57698,
9.57664, and 9.62085 (March
1922).
Used on the Maud Expedition dur-
ing 1922 to 1925. Logarithms of
total-intensity constants for nee-
dle-pairs 3 and 4, and 7 and 8,
are 9.57630 + 0.000673 (i-
1922 . 0) and 9 . 57739 +0 . 000673
(t- 1922.0).
For period August 1922 to Febru-
ary 1924.
For period March 1924 to July
1924.
For period October 1924 to May,
1925.
Used in Liberia beginning Decem-
ber 1922. Corrections deter-
mined by comparisons with
earth inductor 48 at Standardiz-
ing Magnetic Observatory,
Washington.
Corrections determined by com-
parisons with earth inductor 24
at Mount Lofty and Port Au-
gusta, February and May 1923,
and used for observations in
Australia in 1923.
Used on the MacMillan Baffin
Island Expedition of July 1921
to October 1922. The correction
for inclinations from needle 7
deflected by needle 8, — 5! 4.
Logarithm of total-intensity con-
stant for needle-pair 7 and 8,
9.61502.
Used on the MacMillan North
Greenland Expedition of June
1923 to October 1924. The cor-
rections for inclinations from
needle 7 deflected by needle 8
were: +71°, -5(8; +74°,
-513; +76°, -4!3; +78°,
-2:9; +80°, -l!7; +82°,
-l!2; +84°, -l!0; +86°,
— 0(9. Logarithm of total-in-
tensity constant for needle-pair
7 and 8, 9.61553.
" For explanation of types, see p. 19.
Reductions to Standard Instruments 25
Table 6 — Inclination Corrections on Adopted International Magnetic Standard for the Period 1921 to 1926 — Continued
Instrument
Dover circle 242 .
Type"
(a)
Dover circle 242. . .
Brunner .
Earth inductor 2 . .
Earth inductor 3 . .
Earth inductor 3 . .
Earth inductor 5 . .
Earth inductor 6A
Earth inductor 7 . .
Earth inductor 7 . .
Earth inductor 48'
Magnetometer-in-
ductor 24
Magnetometer-in-
ductor 25
Inclination
+71° to +87c
(a)
(c)
4(c)
4(c)
+71° to +87°
Corrections for needle
No. 1
+1:1
No. 1
+i:9
-50° to -55°
All values
All values
All values
All values
All values
All values
All values
All values
All values
All values
No. 2
+0:6
No. 5
-i:4
No. 2
of 240
-0:8
+4!5
OlO
•0:6
■0(3
0.0
-0.5
-0.2
-0.4
0.0
-0.4
0.0
No. 5
-l!2
No. 6
-0:2
No. 6
+0:i
Tabular
designation
242.1256
242.156(2)
Brunner
Correc-
tion for
compass
li:2
EI 2
EI 3
EI 3
EI 5
EI 6
EI 7
EI 7
EI 48
EI 24
EI 25
Remarks
Used on the MacMillan Baffin
Island Expedition of July 1921
to October 1922. The correc-
tions for inclinations from needle
3 of 202 deflected by needle 4 of
202, and from needle 1 of 172
deflected by needle 8 of 202 were
+0!9 and -2!6. The loga-
rithms of total-intensity con-
stants for needle-pairs 3 of 202
with 4 of 202 and 1 of 172 with
8 of 202 were 9.58401 and
9.57078.
Used on the MacMillan North
Greenland Expedition of June
1923 to October 1924. The cor-
rections for inclinations from
needle 3 deflected by needle 4 of
202 and from needle 1 of 172
deflected by 8 of 202 were:
+71 ?2, +5:0 and -3:2;
+85 ?8, +0^5 for the first pair,
the second not being used. The
logarithm of total-intensity con-
stant for needle-pair 3 of 202 and
4 of 202, 9.57351.
Medium-size model of the French
type of dip circle. This circle is
the property of the Tananarive
Observatory at Madagascar and
was used in Madagascar at two
stations reported upon in this
volume. The correction in-
dicated is for the mean of the
two needles and was determined
at Tananarive in November 1920
(see Vol. IV, pp. 459 to 461).
Used since 1918 at the Watheroo
Magnetic Observatory, Aus-
tralia.
Used as standard in conjunction
with magnetometer-inductor 25
at Carnegie shore stations.
For period May 1922 to March
1923 after repairs.
Used since February 1919 at the
Huancayo Magnetic Observa-
tory, Peru.
Used in Bermuda.
Used as standard in conjunction
with magnetometer-inductor 25
at Carnegie shore stations.
For period March 1922 to Septem-
ber 1923.
Standard instrument of the De-
partment since 1907.
Standard inclination instrument at
Carnegie shore stations.
For explanation of types, see p. 19.
Wild-Eschenhagen type, as made by Toepfer and Son, with Department modifications.
Marine type, made by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.
Wild-Eschenhagen type, as made by Schulze.
Designated by maker's number; this instrument is serial No. 1 of the Department.
26 Land Magnetic Obseevations, 1921-1926
Table 6 — Inclination Corrections on Adopted International Magnetic Standard for the Period 1921 to 1926 — Concluded
Instrument
Typea
Inclination
Corrections for needle
Tabular
designation
Correc-
tion for
compass
Remarks
Magnetometer-in-
ductor 25
Magnetometer-in-
Magnetometer-in-
ductor 27
Magnetometer-in-
ductor 27
Magnetometer-in-
4(c)
4(c)
4(c)
4(c)
4(c)
All values
All values
All values
All values
All values
0.0
-0.2
0.0
-0.3
0.0
EI 25
EI 26
EI 27
EI 27
EI 28
For period April 1922 to October
1923 and for 1925.
For period 1925 and 1926.
For period July 1921 to accident
at San Jose, November 1923.
From May 1924 to August 1926.
a For explanation of types see p. 19.
METHODS OF OBSERVATION
The general methods followed, both for the observational and computational
work, as well as the instrumental equipments, have continued the same as described
in Volumes I, II, and IV. The results have been tabulated in accordance with the
conventions already adopted. The interested reader may be referred to Volumes
I, II, and IV, for any desired additional information, also for specimens of observa-
tions and of computations and descriptions of instruments.
With the change of emphasis from securing distribution data for use in con-
structing charts and in theoretical discussions, which called for rapid movement of
the observer in order that the field might be quickly covered, to that of securing
data for secular-variation studies, which permits a wider separation of stations, it
has been possible to expand somewhat the program of observations. In arranging
schedules of stations to be reoccupied, they are placed in three classes according to
the extent of the program desired at each. A series of stations called " class I"
stations is first chosen, consisting of localities easily reached, and spaced at intervals
of 500 to 800 miles, according to circumstances. At these stations, besides the
usual program of observations, the observer spends one day making observations
for diurnal variation in declination and horizontal intensity and one day in inclina-
tion. The observations extend from the early morning to late evening without
interruption, covering the daylight period of the day, usually from 10 to 13 hours.
At a second group of stations designated "class II" stations at points inter-
mediate between the class I stations and usually about 200 miles apart, the observer
repeats the program of observations on a second day, trying as far as practicable to
make the observations for each element fall near the time of its maximum value on
one day and near its minimum on the other. Besides giving some notion of the
possible range of the diurnal change, this method diminishes the chance that the
values of any element may be found at a time of disturbance. At both class I and
class II localities the observer selects a second station, in order to test for possible
existence of local disturbance, and at the same time to protect the secular-variation
series from being broken by building or other disturbing operations in the vicinity.
Reductions to Standard Instruments 27
Only the usual program of observations is carried out at class III stations, which are
usually repeat stations easily visited by travel incidental to reaching class I and
class II stations.
The observations for diurnal variation of declination and horizontal intensity
with the field magnetometer consist of deflection observations at one distance only,
repeated at intervals of 20 minutes. From such observations with instruments of
the type designed and used by the Department, when properly controlled for
temperature, and with care to protect against movement of the instrument during
the progress of the work, both declination and horizontal intensity can be computed.
The observations for diurnal variation of inclination consist simply in making
repeated determinations with the earth inductor at intervals of 20 minutes. Since
the type of the earth inductor used in the field can be relied upon to give values
within 0(2 to 0'5, a sufficiently accurate curve can be derived from those observa-
tions to serve the desired purpose of correcting field observations to the mean of
day when made at long distances from magnetic observatories.
LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, 1921-1926
EXPLANATORY REMARKS
Precisely the same conventions have been followed in the presentation of the
field results obtained during the six years 1921 to 1926 as adopted in Volumes I,
II, and IV. These conventions, briefly recapitulated, are as given in the following
paragraphs.
It has not been deemed advisable to attempt at present to apply corrections to
the observed results on account of the numerous variations of the Earth's mag-
netism, e.g., diurnal variation, secular variation, magnetic perturbations, etc.
Instead, it is believed to be better to publish the observed results as obtained, with
no corrections applied except the reductions to the magnetic standards of the
Department, as fully explained in the section on this subject. It will be noticed,
however, that opposite the magnetic elements appearing in the Table of Results,
the precise date and local mean time of each observation are given. The reader is
thus supplied with the required information in case he may find it necessary to
reduce the observed values to some mean time.
The arrangement of stations is according to the same main geographic divisions
adopted for the previous volumes, with the addition of a group of stations in the
Mediterranean Sea which it seemed expedient to place together, and a division called
Arctic Sea, which was necessary to provide a place for stations of the Maud Expedi-
tion. These are properly classed with land results, although made over the Arctic
basin. The instruments used and the methods of observation were the same as
those at land stations in the Arctic, a condition made possible by the relatively
slow movement of the drift-ice upon which the work was done. These main divi-
sions then are: Africa; Asia; Australasia; Europe; North America; South America;
Islands, Atlantic Ocean; Islands, Indian Ocean; Islands, Mediterranean; Islands,
Pacific Ocean; and Arctic Sea.
These main divisions have not been rigidly followed, and many exceptions will
be noted. The purpose has been to place each station where it would be most
readily found or with stations to which it bears a natural relation. Thus Great
Britain is classed with Europe, Japan with Asia, Greenland and adjacent islands
with North America, instead of being placed in the classification of islands of Atlan-
tic or Pacific. Under each main division there are broad subdivisions, sometimes
comprising a single country, but sometimes grouping several political or physical
divisions for the sake of convenience. In general these subdivisions remain the
same in this volume as in those preceding, but changes which have taken place
make necessary some readjustments. This is particularly true in Asia Minor and
in Africa. It is believed that where such changes have been made the reasons are
self-explanatory and will not interfere with the use of these tables in connection
with the earlier ones.
The tabular entries under these subdivisions are in the order of decreasing
north or increasing south latitude; that is to say, in the order of increasing colatitude
28
Explanatory Remarks 29
counting from the North Pole to the South. When there are stations of the same
latitude, their order is according to increasing east longitude, counting continuously
from the standard meridian of Greenwich, or from zero to 360 degrees.
The question whether to give values of the horizontal intensity, exclusively, or
values of total intensity, was decided, for practical reasons, in favor of the former.
Usually the horizontal intensity rather than the total is observed, and most likely
will continue to be for some years at least. Only in high magnetic latitudes, where
the horizontal intensity is small and hence its observation more or less difficult,
are total intensities generally obtained. Rather than give total intensities, as
derived by computation with the aid of the observed horizontal intensity and
inclination, it is thought a better procedure to compute, in the considerably
smaller number of cases, the horizontal intensity from the observed total-inten-
sity and inclination, the resulting values being italicized in order to reveal their
derivation.
It was also decided to publish the intensities in C. G. S. units.3 In magnetic-
survey work on land the fourth decimal is often uncertain by one or more units and
in ocean work the error may be five or more units in this decimal place. For these
reasons it appears inadvisable for field results to adopt so small a unit as a small
gamma, 7 = 1CH C. G. S. unit; it would be necessary otherwise at times to round
out the observed value by one or more zeros. If the conditions under which an
intensity result was obtained were such as not to warrant publishing the fourth or
fifth decimal, this is shown by stopping with the decimal which indicates the order
of reliability. In general, however, as will be seen, the value to the fifth decimal
is given, but it should be understood that no claim is made as to the correctness of
the last figure ; it has been retained here primarily in order that when all reductions
to common epoch have been applied on account of the magnetic variations, an error
of a unit in the fourth decimal, due purely to computation, will not enter.
The first column in the table is headed "Station"; this gives the name of place
at which the magnetic elements were observed, the spelling adopted being in
accordance with the most reliable information at hand and conforming where
practicable to local usage.
There are some names for which a system of phonetics other than English is
locally used, but which have become well known in their anglicized form. In
these cases the form adopted by American or English authorities has preference to
the local spelling, for example, Timbuktu instead of Tombouctou and Jibuti instead
of Djibouti. Accents and diacritical marks in general are omitted. The acute
accent following the final e in French and Spanish names is usually retained, as is
the tilde over the a in the diphthong ao in certain Portuguese names.
The next column gives the geographical position, latitudes, and longitudes, as
derived in most cases from the observers' local astronomical observations following
the methods already described in Volumes 1 to IV. When the latitudes are the
results of fairly complete circummeridian observations of the Sun, or the means of
3 The capital gamma, I\ was used in Volumes I and II to designate a C. G. S. unit of magnetic intensity; but as it
is not generally used for this purpose, its use was discontinued beginning with Volume III.
30 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
several reoccupations of the same station, or are derived from reliable large-scale
maps, then they are given to the nearest O'l, though it should be distinctly under-
stood that this accuracy is not guaranteed, as even for these cases the error may be
as much as 0'5, and even in some instances a whole minute of arc. When the
latitudes are given only to the nearest minute, there were either no astronomical
determinations, or they may have been incomplete or defective; these values are
usually taken from standard atlases and for some regions may be in error by several
minutes. Owing to the numerous sources of error of a longitude determination,
and especially because of the uncertainty in more or less unexplored countries of,
the adopted chronometer-correction on standard time, the longitude in no instance
is tabulated closer than to the nearest minute of arc. Usually it is derived from
the observers' astronomical observations. Considerable use was also made of
reliable large-scale maps, whenever available, and of standard atlases; the values
in regions but slightly surveyed may be out sometimes by several minutes. By
far the larger part of the stations which appear in this volume consists of reoccupa-
tions of stations whose positions have already been published. The value previ-
ously adopted is usually retained, except when there is good evidence that a revised
value is more accurate.
The date on which the magnetic observations were made will be found in the
fourth column. The following abbreviations have been adopted for the months of
the year: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec. The
values of the magnetic elements will be found in the next columns as observed at the
local mean time, expressed to nearest 0.1 hour, opposite each value. Occasionally
it has appeared desirable, where diurnal variation in any element was observed or
where numerous observations were made during a limited interval, to give the local
mean times of the beginning and of the end of the series and to indicate the number
of determinations from which the mean value is derived by a number inclosed in
parentheses; thus, 9h.l to llh.3 (7) is to be read "the mean is the result of seven
determinations made during the interval 9h.l to 11 h. 3, local mean time, inclusive";
6h.l to 20 h. 3 (dv) is to be read "repeated observations were made regularly at short
intervals from 6h.l to 20h.3, local mean time." For observatories and other fixed
stations, where observations were made frequently, it has appeared desirable to
give only the mean values of the magnetic elements as determined at approximately
the same local mean times on each of the days grouped in the date column (see
entries for Watheroo Observatory, Huancayo Observatory, and Washington
Standardizing Magnetic Observatory).
The local mean times are given according to civil reckoning and are counted
from midnight as zero hour continuously through 24 hours; 16 h, for example,
means 4 o'clock p. m.
The declination and inclination values are in general given in degrees, minutes,
and tenths of minute of arc. For instruments which are not regarded as capable
of yielding great accuracy only the nearest minute is given. The tabulation of
values of the horizontal intensity has previously been explained.
Explanatory Remarks 31
The instruments used are shown in the columns "Mag'r" (magnetometer) and
"Dip Circle." When the number of an instrument in magnetometer column is
italicized, it means that a dip circle has been used in getting the declination by
means of the compass attachment, and that total instead of horizontal intensity was
observed. The instrument used for determination of inclination is indicated in the
column headed "Dip Circle." With the exception of work done in cooperation
with other organizations which have provided their own instruments, and of the
work in the Arctic for which the electric method has not as yet been fully adapted,
the dip circle has been superseded by the earth inductor as the inclination instru-
ment. This is indicated by the letters EI followed by the number of the instru-
ment used. Where no letters are prefixed it is understood that the instrument was
the dip circle indicated by the first group of figures, the following group representing
the needles used for the particular observations standing in the same line, for
example, 205.123 shows that needles No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 were used in dip
circle No. 205, the mean value only being given; 226.12 (12) shows that needles
Nos. 1 and 2 were used in dip circle No. 226, together with needles Nos. 1 and 2
from some other circle as indicated by the parenthesis. Each designation in the
Table of Results will be found with its corresponding interpretation in Table 6
entitled "Inclination Corrections."
CONCERNING GEOGRAPHIC POSITIONS
Full use in theoretical discussions of accurate magnetic observations requires
that the geographic coordinates of stations be known with a fair degree of accuracy
(see Volume I, pp. 22 et seq.). The determination of latitude is comparatively
simple, and in general, as already stated for the methods followed (see p. 30), the
error in this coordinate is usually less than 0! 5, and usually within about 0' 2. The
determination of longitude, on the other hand, is subject to a greater uncertainty.
Unlike the work of the earlier years of the magnetic surveys of the Depart-
ment, a relatively small proportion of the stations in this report is in places for
which no longitude has been previously determined. The requirements of the
work have not justified the added burden of carrying radio equipment for longitude
and time determinations. On one expedition only has that been attempted, and
then for the special cooperative work with the expedition of the Department of Mid-
American Archaeology to Guatemala in 1923 (see report by W. A. Love on pp.
183-188). The usual method has been that of transporting time by means of three
or more high-grade watches, controlled as often as possible either by direct signals
by radio, telegraph, or cable, or by astronomical observations at stations whose
positions have been previously determined.
At all stations, unless prevented by lack of time or by cloudy weather, observa-
tions on the Sun, or on a star, are made to obtain the correction of the timepiece
on local mean time. Night work, such as required by observations of occultations,
or of eclipses of the moons of Jupiter, is usually objectionable, especially in the
tropical regions, where much of the Department's work has been done, on account
of risk to the observer's health and to the success of the expedition. Since, further-
32
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
more, such observations are long and troublesome to reduce, and can only be made
at predicted times, without opportunity for desired repetitions and checks, no very
serious attempts have been made to use occultations, or similar astronomical
methods, for the determination of longitude. Some regions are so well mapped
that the required longitudes may be scaled from the maps with sufficient accuracy;
thus, for the extensive work in Australia, satisfactory geographic positions could be
obtained with the aid of the excellent system of surveys covering most of that
country.
As the result of the experiences gained on numerous expeditions, it is found
that the best of watches often become unreliable when subjected to the trying con-
ditions of a field expedition extending over several months. In such cases, the
longitudes of the most important points as obtained from the best available sources
are accepted, and the intermediate positions are derived, with the aid of the deter-
mined watch-rates, by interpolation.
Table 7 — Land Magnetic Observers, 1921-1926
Observer
Designa-
tion
Observer
Designa-
tion
Observer
Designa-
tion
R. Amundsen"
RA
J. E. Sanders, Jr.
JES
Green and Love
G&L
J. P. Ault
JPA
J. Shearer
JS
Grummann and Johnston
G&J
R. T. Booth
RTB
H. U. Sverdrupa
HUS
Johnston and Cairns
J&C
F. Brown
FB
0. W. Torreson
0WT
Johnston, Cairns, and Torreson
J,C,T
J. Cairns
JC
G. R. Wait
GRW
Johnston, Cairns, and Wait
J.C.W
D. G. Coleman
DGC
W. F. Wallis
WFW
Johnston and Green
J&G
E. Colin*
EC
0. Wisting*
0W
Johnston and Torreson
J&T
J. Courts6
JCo
W. H. Woods
WHW
Johnston and Wait
J&W
L. C. Daves''
LCD
Amundsen and Sverdrup"
A&S
Kennedy and Maddern"
K&M
P. H. Dike
PHD
Ault and Goddard
A&G
Kennedy and Waterford8
K&W
G. F. Dodwell"
GFD
Ault and Skilling*
A&S
Maud Expedition"
MEx
H. W. Fisk
HWF
Booth and Coleman
B&C
Parkinson and Booth
P&B
R. H. Goddard
RHG
Booth and Goddard
B&G
Parkinson, Booth, and Coleman
P,B,C
J. W. Green
JWG
Booth, Goddard, and Kampe
B,G,K
Parkinson, Kidson," and Shearer
P,K,S
H. R. Grummann
HRG
Brown and Shearer
B&S
Parkinson and Little
P&L
H. Hanssen"
HH
Cairns and Torreson
C&T
Parkinson and Shearer
P&S
J. T. Howard
JTH
Carnegie Cruise VI'
CVI
Parkinson and Wait
P&W
G. D. Howell'
GDH
Daves and Bussell"1
D&B
Shearer and Cairns
s&c
H. F. Johnston
HFJ
Daves and Cheeks'1
D&G
Sverdrup and Hanssen"
S&H
A. H. Kampe
AHK
Dodwell and Madderne
D&M
Sverdrup and Malmgren"
S&M
A. L. Kennedy'
ALK
Edmonds and Coleman
E&C
Sverdrup and Wisting"
S&W
E. Kidson"
EK
Fisk and Howard
F&H
Wait and Cairns
W&C
P. Knudsen"
PK
Fisk and Grummann
F&G
Wait and Shearer
W&S
S. E. Latimer*
SEL
Fisk and Wallis
F&W
Wait, Shearer, and Cairns
W.S.C
J. Lindsay
JL
Fleming and Nicholson*
F&N
Wait, Torreson, and Cairns
W,T,C
C. M. Little
CML
Goddard and Howell'
G&H
Wallis and Little
W&L
W. A. Love
WAL
Goddard and Kampe
G&K
Wallis and Wood
W&W
F. Malmgren"
FM
Goddard and Parkinson
G&P
Wisting and Hanssen"
W&H
W. C. Parkinson
WCP
Goddard, Parkinson, and Kampe
G,P,K
Wisting and Malmgren"
W&M
° The observers of the Maud Expedition (Amundsen Arctic Expedition) of 1918-1920, were: R. Amundsen, H. U. Sverdrup, 0.
Wisting, H. Hanssen, and P. Knudsen; those on the expedition of 1921-25, were: H. U. Sverdrup, 0. Wisting, F. Malmgren, 0. Dahl,
G. Olonkin, K. Hansen, and S. Syvertsen.
b Reverend Elie Colin, S. J., Director of the Observatory of Tananarive, Madagascar.
c Lieutenant (j. g.) Jennings Courts, U. S. N., of the U. S. survey vessel Niagara.
d L. C. Daves, C. T. Bussall, and C. G. Cheeks, of the Liberian Boundary Survey.
e G. F. Dodwell, Astronomer, A. L. Kennedy, Assistant Astronomer, C. A. Maddern, and L. M. Waterford, of the Adelaide Obser-
vatory, South Australia.
1 G. D. Howell, of the MacMillan Baffin Island Expedition.
0 E. Kidson, of the Meteorological Office, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.
h Ensign S. E. Latimer, U. S. N., of the U. S., survey vessel Nokomis.
* Professor W. T. Skilling and Professor N. W. Cummings of the State Teachers' College of San Diego, California, assisted with
eclipse observations of September 9, 10, and 11, 1923.
' The observers on Cruise VI of the Carnegie were: J. P. Ault (commanding), H. F. Johnston, R. Pemberton, A. Thomson, H. R.
Grummann, and R. R. Mills.
* J. A. Fleming assisted by Seth B. Nicholson of the Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.
Explanatory Remarks
33
Table 8 — Summary Showing the Geographica
' Distribution of Magnetic Stations
, 1921-1926
Countries and
subdivisions
No. of
stations
C.I.W.
repeat
locali-
ties0
Totals
by
coun-
try
Countries and
subdivisions
No. of
stations
C.I.W.
repeat
locali-
ties"
Totals
by
coun-
try
Pri-
mary
Auxiliary
and
secon-
dary
Pri-
mary
Auxiliary
and
secon-
dary
113
394*
117
24
202
South America
240
203
71
4
75
Abyssinia
3
2
1
1
3
1
24
3
6
3
6
8
3
11
2
1
1
1
15
3
1
3
2
8
1
3
2
1
1
3
1
22
3
6
3
6
8
3
4
2
Argentina
16
4
67
12
11
5
7
3
26
1
9
11
2
26
10
1
4
4
1
16
1
3
15
4
21
12
6
5
7
2
13
1
8
Algeria
Bolivia
Algerian Sahara
Cameroun
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
French Somaliland. . . .
French West Africa. . .
Gold Coast Colony . . .
Kenya Colony
Liberia
Ecuador
Guiana
Paraguay
Peru
Uruguay
Morocco
Venezuela
Nigeria
Islands Atlantic Ocean .
Azores
4
11
5
3
3
1
41
5
3
105
1
2
3
16
6
2
1
1
18
Tunisia. ...
Bahamas
Bermuda
Canary Islands
Falkland Islands
Madeiras
Arabia
4
7
2
1
61
1
9
2
2
303
2
2
6
2
6
1
9
China
Indo-China
West Indies . .
Japan
Siberia0
Straits Settlements . . .
Australasia
Ceylon
1
1
62
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
Java
Madagascar
Zanzibar
Australia .... ....
94
11
12
75
8
Islands Mediterranean.
Europe
Crete
1
1
1
1
1
Cyclades
Belgium
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
Cypress
1
1
Denmark
Rhodes
Finland
France
Germany
2
1
3
1
Bismarck Archipelago.
Borneo
1
5
1
2
8
2
1
1
2
5
8
4
3
3
8
3
2
3
1
Great Britain
Greece
Holland
Cook Islands
2
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
Italy
1
1
1
1
1
Ellice Islands
Fiji Islands
Hawaiian Islands
Lord Howe Island ....
Marquesas
New Caledonia (Loy-
alty Islands)
New Guinea
New Hebrides
Samoa Islands
Society Islands
Solomoan Islands
Tokelau Islands
Tonga Islands
Portugal
Spain
Turkey
North America
1
6
1
1
5
7
1
3
2
7
3
2
Canada
24
41
8
22
10
36
8
18
2
16
2
15
3
31
5
7
5
8
Greenland
Mexico
Newfoundland (Lab-
rador)
United States'*
1.443
" The actual number of reoccupied stations is considerably greater than enumerated, since repeat-stations close together
are counted as one locality and reoceupations of the same station at different times during 1921 to 1926 are counted but once.
6 Including 41 stations published in this volume which were occupied by the Maud during 1918 to 1920 but not pub-
lished in Vol. IV.
c Including stations occupied by the Maud in the Arctic Sea.
d Including stations in the Standardizing Magnetic Observatory of the Departmentof Terrestrial Magnetism at Wash-
ington; only the results with standard instruments (magnetometer C. I. W. No. 3 and earth inductor C. I. W. No. 48) in
connection with the determinations of constants and the standardization of instruments are given.
34 Land Magnetic Obseevations, 1921-1926
In general, a careful analysis of the performance of the time-pieces as shown by
the daily comparisons and the observations for local time will, for short expeditions,
so control obvious changes in mean rate and occasional abrupt changes that watch-
corrections on standard time may be derived which will serve the purpose for which
the observations are made, though falling short of the accuracy desired by the
geographer. For such expeditions the maximum error is often apparently kept
within 5 to 8 seconds, though it will doubtless largely exceed this under unfavorable
conditions.
OBSERVERS
In the last column of the Table of Results the observer, or observers, respon-
sible for the observations are shown, in the case of a single observer, by his initials,
and where two or more have cooperated, by the last initial of each. Table 7 gives
the names of the observers thus designated. Where the observer is not a member
of the regular staff of the Department, a footnote explains his connection.
The original computations of observations are all made by the observers them-
selves in the field. The observers have also frequently taken part in making the
final office computations of one another's observations, but the chief burden of
the final computations has been borne by the following members of the office
personnel: J. P. Ault, Ella Balsam, J. J. Capello, C. R. Duvall, H. M. W. Edmonds,
C. C. Ennis, H. W. Fisk, J. A. Fleming, M. B. Smith, and Emma L. Tibbetts.
Mention should also be made of the efficient services rendered by the instrument-
makers of the Department in the construction and repair of field instruments and
accessories.
DISTRIBUTION OF STATIONS
Some idea of the extent of the land work represented in the Table of Results
may be obtained from the synopsis given in Table 8, showing the geographical dis-
tribution of the stations occupied during the six years.
RESULTS OF LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, 1921-1926
AFRICA
Abyssinia
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Obs'r
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
O '
9 34.9 N
9 01.7 N
9 01.7 N
8 59.0 N
41 53
38 47
38 45
40 13
Sep 15, '21
Sep 11, 21
Sep 12, 21
Sep 13, 21
Sep 8, 21
h h h
17.4
11.2,12.8
9.4,10.7
9.0 to 16.1 (dv)
17.6
o /
0 52.9 W
1 24.8 W
0 59.0 W
0 57.6 W
1 20.4 W
h h
18.6
9.9
16.7 ....
0 /
0 27.1 S
1 35.7 S
1 55.0 S
h h
17.7
11.5,12.5
9.7,10.4
c. g. s.
. 34521
. 34588
.35172
13
13
13
13
13
177.(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(7S)
FB
Addis Abeba, British
FB
Addis Abeba, Catholic
FB
FB
17.9
.34652
FB
Algeria (Including Algerian Sahara)
Algiers, M
Oran
Touggourt
o /
O '
36 48.1 N
3 02
35 44.7 N
359 24
33 07.8 N
6 05
Mar
20,
'22
Mar
20,
22
Mar
20,
22
Mar
21,
22
Mar
17,
22
Mar
17,
22
Mar
7,
22
Mar
8,
22
h h
9.4,11.1
9.3,10.7
8.8, 9.4,10.7
13.6,15.2,16.4
13.9,15.2,17.3
8.7,10.0,11.3
10 14.6 W
10 12.8 W
11 42.2 W
11 46.8 W
9 03.5 W
9 01.7 W
h
h
14
6
14
8
15
1
15
3
15
6
15.8
11
5
11
7
12
9
13
1
lfi
4
16
8
m
8
11
0
O '
52 42.2
N
52 42.2
N
52 43.2
N
51 50.7
N
51 52.4
N
47 38.6
N
47 37. S
N
h
h
c. g. s.
9.9
10.8
.25468
27
9.6
10.4
. 25478
27
9.8
10.4
. 25837
27
14.0
14.9
. 25830
27
14.2
14.9
.27390
27
9.0
9.7
. 27393
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
Cameroun
Garoua, B.
Garoua, A.
9 18.4 N
9 17.6 N
O /
13 24
13 24
Oct
20,
'26
Oct
22,
26
Oct
25,
26
Oct
21,
26
h h h
8.3, 9.6 ...
6.9 to 17.7 (dv)
8.0, 9.2
7 25.8 W
7 17.7 W
7 24.8 W
h h
7.2, 7.4
6.8 to
16.9 (dv)
10.6,10.8
0 55.8 S
0 48.7 S
0 54.4 S
h h
8.6, 9.3
c. g. s.
.32820
26
6.9 to
17.7 (dv)
8.3, 9.0
.32734
.32816
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
,IES
JES
JES
Egypt
Suez
Helwan, N
Helwan, S.
Helwan, H
Tor.
o /
29 57.9 N
29 51.6 N
29 51.6 N
29 51.6 N
28 14.4 N
o
/
32
33
31
20
31
20
31
20
33
36
Jan 17,
Jan 18,
Jan 19,
Jan 8,
Jan 8,
Jan 8,
Jan 11,
Jan 10,
Jan 10,
Jan 10,
Jan 7,
Jan 7,
Jan 7,
Jan 10,
Jan 11,
Jan 11,
Jan 11,
Feb 5,
h h h
14.6,16.0
6.5 to 17.7 (dv)
9.0,10.2
9.3,10.9
11.2,11.5,12.9
15.0,16.3
11.0,12.4
9.6,11.0
11.4,12.8
15.3,16.7
12.9
13.8
0 59.1 W
0 59.0 W
0 58.2 W
1 09.8 W
1 11.9 W
1 11.7 W
1 12.4 W
1 11.8 W
1 13.0 W
1 11.5 W
1 10.2 W
0 46.1 W
h h
17.0,17.2
11.1,11.3
15.8,16.0
16.2,16.4
16.8,16.9
15.2,15.4
15.7,15.9
16.2,16.3
14.6
41 22.0 N
41 18.3 N
41 19.4 N
41 19.7 N
41 20.0 N
41 20.2 N
41 20.1 N
41 20.2 N
38 32.3 N
h h
15.1,15.7
9.3, 9.9
9.6,10.3
11.9,12.5
15.4,16.0
11.3,11.9
9.9,10.6
11.7,12.4
15.7,16.3
14.1
c. g. s.
. 30072
. 30068
. 29946
. 29950
.29944
. 29930
. 29932
.29912
.29932
.30953
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
French Somaliland
Jibuti (Djibouti)
o /
11 34.2 N
O /
43 09
Sep
Sep
5, '21
6, 21
h h h
6.4, 7.8
0 /
0 32.6 W
h h
O /
h h
c. g. s.
13
13
FB
6.8
4 53.7 N
6.8, 7.5
. 35072
177.2X(78)
FB
35
36
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
French West Africa
Latitude
Long
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M..T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Q
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
15
15
15
11
14
14
14
14
14
13
13
13
13
13
12
12
11
11
10
10
10
9
9
9
8
7
7
6
6
5
56.7 N
46.3 N
46.3 N
39.6 N
39.2 N
02.9 N
02.8 N
55.6 N
39.7 N
39.4 N
39.2 N
42.0 N
42.0 N
29.8 N
29.8 N
26.9 N
26.8 N
47.4 N
30.7 N
30.5 N
26.9 N
26.7 N
52.7 N
52.5 N
52.7 N
52.7 N
38.8 N
22.9 N
22.4 N
30.9 N
30.5 N
21.2 N
02.1 N
42 N
42 N
21.5 N
21.5 N
19 N
o /
359 37
356 58
356 58
345 03
345 03
343 31
343 31
356 00
0 30
346 46
346 46
342 34
342 34
355 47
355 47
348 34
348 34
346 22
2 07
2 07
353 43
353 43
352 28
352 27
3 31
3 31
350 06
347 55
347 55
346 16
346 16
2 40
2 31
355 00
355 00
2 25
2 26
355 58
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Feb
Mar
Nov
Nov
Nov
Oct
Oct
Oct
Dec
Oct
Dec
Feb
Feb
Feb
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Feb
Feb
Feb
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Jan
Dec
Dec
Jan
Sep
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Apr
Apr
Jul
Jul
Jul
Apr
Apr
Apr
Jul
22
4
6
8
5
16
17
\H
4
3
24
27
5
6
4
6
8
11
9
7
11
17
IS
19
23
24
21
21
18
2
3
3
4
12
10
11
14
13
13
15
18
9
13
14
10
6
30
31
1
24
19
21
22
23
18
21
21
22
22
27
28
29
26
'26
26
26
26
26
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
25
25
, 26
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
. 26
26
26
h h h
9.3,10.8
13.9,15.2
6.7 to 18.1 (dv)
0
11
12
12
01.6 W
11.1 W
11.3 W
h h
11.3,11.5
17.2,17.5
o /
19 32.3 N
20 13.3 N
h h
9.8,10.4
14.2,14.9
6.7 to
18.1 (dv)
c. g. s.
.32158
.31986
.31934
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
Timbuktu, A
JES
6.3 to
18.1 (dv)
11.6,11.8
14.7,14.8
10.3,10.5
12.6,12.8
11.2,11.3
15.8,16.0
11.4,11.6
10.7,10.8
14.7,14.9
9.5, 9.6
12.2,12.3
17.4,17.6
20 12 . 6 N
20 07.8 N
26 17.4 N
26 16.4 N
26 11.6 N
26 09.2 N
26 15.1 N
18 51.4 N
16 41.4 N
23 20.4 N
23 20.0 N
23 16.4 N
23 32.8 N
JES
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
9.5,10.9
12
16
16
16
17
17
12
10
16
16
Hi
17
17
08.0 W
50.8 W
48.3 W
51.0 W
19.2 W
24.3 W
41.0 W
45.3 W
36.8 W
35.0 W
34.8 W
57.6 W
57.5 W
JES
Timbuktu, B
9.8,10.6
16.1,16.8
7.8, 8.4
10.4,11.0
9.6,10.3
13.2,13.9
16.7,16.9
9.1, 9.7
16.1,16.8
7.4, 8.1
8.1, 8.9
15.5,16.4
6.1 to
17.7 (dv)
. 32038
.30788
. 30820
. 30864
.30784
. 30762
.31604
. 32460
.31114
.31132
.31194
. 30705
.30731
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
JES
15.6.17.1 ..
7.4, 9.5, 9
10.1,11.3 ..
9.3,10.6 ..
12.8.14.2 ..
16.4
8.8,10.0 . .
15.8,17.2 ..
7.2, 8.4 ..
7.7, 9.3 ..
14.9,16.8
.7
JES
Podor, B
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
6.1 to 17.7 (dv)
6.3 to
17.7 (dv)
11.0,11.1
15.9,16.0
10.9,11.1
13.8,14.1
11.6,11.8
9.6, 9.8
16.0,16.1
11.0,11.1
12.7
15.1,15.4
11.0,11.1
13.3,13.5
24 31.8 N
24 24.4 N
24 34 . 6 N
24 25.0 N
15 47.5 N
15 47.4 N
15 47.8 N
19 51 . 0 N
19 47.4 N
19 38.8 N
19 41.6 N
19 45.8 N
11 17.6 N
JES
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
9.0,10.3 ..
12.5,12.7,14
8.6,10.0 ..
16.4,17.8 ..
9.7.11.0 ..
10.0,11.2 ..
13.6,15.1 ..
9.0,10.4 ..
9.7.11.1 ..
.2
17
18
17
13
13
13
16
lti
15
55.4 W
00.0 W
56.4 W
03.4 W
09.4 W
01.0 w
04.4 W
02.7 W
56.8 W
JES
9.3,10.0
13.3,13.7
9.0, 9.7
16.7,17.5
10.0,10.7
10.3,10.9
13.9,14.7
9.4,10.1
10.1,10.8
. 30693
.30712
. 30708
.31950
.31980
. 32020
.31332
.31370
.31498
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
JES
JES
JES
JES
Mopti, B
JES
JES
JES
Kayes, B
JES
JES
JES
Tambacounda
7.0, 8.4 ..
17.6
5.9, 6.9 ..
16.6,17.8 ..
8.8.10.0 . .
9.9.11.1 . .
16.3,17.7 ..
9.4,10.8 . .
9.4 10.9 ..
8.4,10.8 ..
16
10
10
10
10
13
13
13
14
14
48.3 W
32.9 W
32.8 W
33.7 W
31.2 W
56.6 W
57.2 W
56.0 W
41.8 W
44.4 W
7.4, 8.1
17.9,18.3
6.1, 6.6
16.6,17.5
9.1, 9.7
10.2,10.8
16.7,17.4
9.8,10.5
9.8,10.6
9.8,10.5
16.5
.31185
.32466
. 32455
. 32457
. 32506
.31878
.31841
.31832
.31746
.31747
.31753
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
JES
JES
JES
15.9,16.1
10.3,10.5
11.4,11.7
14.0,14.2
11.2,11.4
11.2,11.4
11.4,11.6
11 17.3 N
11 16.6 N
14 29.5 N
14 30.3 N
14 29.6 N
13 56.6 N
13 58.2 N
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
6.5 to
17.7 (dv)
13 58.9 N
EI 26
6.5 to 18.1(dv)
9.5,10.8
14
10
48.2 W
24.6 W
JES
6.5 to
18.1 (dv)
9.8,10.6
.31765
.32471
26
26
11.1,11.3
6.3 to
17.7 (dv)
7 07.1 N
7 09 . 8 N
JES
EI 26
EI 26
JES
6.3 to 18.0(dv)
8.9,10.1
10
10
16
17
16
lti
17
17
18
27.2 W
24 2 W
13.8 W
10.0 W
55.2 W
54.7 W
11.6 W
11.4 W
23.2 W
JES
6.3 to
18.0 (dv)
9.2, 9.8
10.1,10.8
14.2,14.9
14.1,14.7
9.9,10.6
17.1,17.9
14.2,14.8
9.8,10.6
. 32447
.32468
.31516
.31412
.31352
.31352
. 27924
. 28007
. 28626
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
10.7,10.9
11.5,11.7
16.7,16.9
16.4,16.6
11.3,11.5
7 08.4 N
10 35.5 N
11 46.8 N
11 36.6 N
11 36.6 N
JES
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
9.8,11.1 . .
13.9.16.1 . .
13.8.15.0 ..
9.6,11.0 ..
16.7.18.2 ..
13.8.15.1 ..
9.5,10.9 . .
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
16.4,16.6
11.4,11.6
6.5 to
17.4 (dv)
11 06.4 N
11 02.9 N
11 05.9 N
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
6.7 to 17.7 (dv)
15.9,17.3
18
11
11
14
14
14
11
11
12
15
25.4 W
14.2 W
29.0 W
45.0 W
43.7 W
43.9 W
57.8 W
59.0 W
01.6 W
04.8 W
JES
6.7 to
17.7 (dv)
16.4,17.0
7.8, 8.5
16.1,16.8
9.2, 9.8
14.2,14.8
14.7,15.3
8.7, 9.4
9.6,10.2
10.2,10.7
. 28644
. 32032
.31800
.31249
.31272
.31273
.31334
.31360
.31357
. 30780
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
15.3,15.4
9.3, 9.5
14.1,14.3
10.4,10.6
16.1,16.3
16.3,16.5
10.1,10.3
8.8, 9.0
9.4, 9.6
1 25.2 N
1 31. 28
1 08.0 N
1 04.5 N
1 06.8 N
5 23.2 S
5 19.0 S
5 20.7 S
4 28.4 S
JES
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
Save1
7.5, 8.8 ..
15.7.17.0 ..
8.9,10.1 ..
13.8.15.1 ..
14.4,15.6 ..
8.4, 9.7 ..
9.4,10.4 ..
9.9,11.0 ..
JES
JES
Bouak6, B
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
.
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
37
AFRICA
French West Africa — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Grand Bassam, A
Grand Bassam, B
o I
5 11.8 N
5 11.5 N
O /
356 15
356 15
Jul 12, '26
Jul 13, 26
Aug 4, 26
h h h
16.2,17.3
9.4,10.7
9.4,10.7
O 1
15 01.0 W
14 58.8 W
14 54.8 W
h h
14.3,14.5
9.0, 9.2
11.1,11.3
O '
5 06.4 S
5 03.8 S
5 03 . 2 S
h h
16.4,17.0
9.7,10.3
9.7,10.3
c. g. s.
. 30733
. 30790
. 30800
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
Gold Coast Colony
Kumasi, A.
Kumasi, B . . .
Accra, C
Accra, A
Accra, B
Sekondi, 1926
6 41.0 N
6 41.0 N
5 34 . 6 N
5 32.5 N
5 32.5 N
4 56.4 N
o
,
358
26
358
25
359
49
359
49
359
49
358
18
Jun
18,
'26
Jun
20,
26
Jun
22,
26
Jun
17,
26
Jun
10,
26
Jun
11,
26
Jun
11,
26
Jun
5,
26
Jun
6,
26
Jun
4,
26
Jun
26,
26
Jun
26,
26
h h h
15.9,17.0
6.7 to 17.4(dv)
15
9
17
1 . ..
10
7
12
0,12.2
8
0
9
2 ...
14
3
15
2 . . .
15
2
16
5 ...
9
5
10
8 ...
9
8
11
2 ...
9
8
11
2 ...
14
9
O
,
13
39
0
W
13
39
8
W
13
38
5
W
13
15
6
w
13
13
8
w
13
17
2
w
13
17
0
w
13
15
4
w
13
14
8
w
14
10
0
w
14
09
5
w
h h
14.7,14.9
6.6 to
15.8 (dv)
14.4,14.6
15.5,15.7
11.1,11.3
14.0,14.2
14.3,14.5
14.5
2 57.0 S
2 57 . 4 S
2 55.4 S
6 06 . 1 S
5 58.6 S
6 01.6 S
6 00 . 5 S
7 10. 8S
h h
16.2,16.7
6.7 to
17.4 (dv)
16.2,16.8
11.0,11.7
15.6,16.2
9.8,10.4
10.2,10.8
10.2,10.9
16.0
c. g. s.
.31192
.31214
.31202
. 30872
. 30842
. 30862
. 30896
. 30740
. 30684
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
Kenya Colony
Kisumu. . .
Nakuru*. .
Nairobi, B
Nairobi, A
Makindu . .
Voi
Mombasa .
0 05.8 S
0 17.1 S
1 17. 3S
1 17.5 S
2 16. 8S
3 23.8 S
4 03.3 S
o
,
34
45
36
04
36
49
36
50
37
49
38
34
39
41
Aug 15, '21
Aug 16, 21
Aug 12, 21
Aug 11, 21
Aug 19, 21
Aug 20, 21
Aug. 23, 21
h h
7.3, 8.6
10.0,11.3
10.3,11.7
16.7,18.0
10.2,11.5
10.1,11.4
7.7, 8.9
0
3
55
8
W
4
05
0
w
3
51
8
w
3
38
0
w
3
41
2
w
3
54
4
w
3
42
0
w
//
10.5
14.5
15.2
15.8
15.7
15.4
11.5
0
,
23
24
4 S
21
()'.)
4 S
26
00
4 S
25
39
1 S
28
08
7 S
30
12
2 S
31
08
9 S
h
7.7
10.4
10.7.
17.1
10.5,
10.5,
8.0,
h
8.3
11.0
c. g. s.
.31424
13
.31167
13
. 30908
13
. 30900
13
. 30602
13
. 30098
13
.29778
13
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
Liberia
Naama .
Sanoye .
Robert Port (Cape
Mount)
Bushrod Island (Mon-
rovia)
Greenville (Sinu'
Cuttington, A*
Cuttington, B*
7 16 N
6 58.6 N
6 45.3 N
6 21.5 N
5 00.0 N
4 23.3 N
4 23 . 3 N
o
,
350
37
350
01
348
38
349
12
350
05
352
19
352
19
Aug 14, '24
Aug 14, 24
Aug 15, 24
Aug 15, 24
Aug 16, 24
Aug 16, 24
Aug 17, 24
Aug 18, 24
Jul 4, 24
5, 24
6, 24
19, 24
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul 21, 24
Jul 21, 24
Sep 3, 23
Sep 4, 23
Jun 23, 23
Jun 24, 23
Dec 11, 24
Dec 12, 24
Dec 16, 24
Aug 14, 26
Aug 16, 26
Aug 17, 26
Aug 19, 26
h h h
7.8,10.4,17.3
17.4,17.5,17.7
7.3,18.2
7.6 to 17.9(dv)
10 0,12.0,18.4
19.1 to
17.7 (dv)
10.5,13.8
9.7,14.4
6.9, 8.1,16.9
8.5 to 14.5 (dv)
13.3,16.6
13.8
11.1,15.0
11.0,13.3
9.7 ,11 6
15.8,17.1
9.4,10.6
14.4,16.5
16 46.3 W
16 45.5 W
16 44.6 W
16 47.2 W
16 48.8 W
16 48.2 W
16 58.4 W
16 55.8 W
16 57.7 W
16 58.7 W
16 59.6 W
17 41.3 W
17 39.4 W
17 26.6 W
17 24.5 W
17 05.8 W
17 05.4 W
16 55.4 W
15.1
11.0
18.0
11.1
10.0
16.9
17.4
11.6
14.2
14.8,15.0
9.0, 9.2
9.2, 9.4
6.4 to
17.4 (dv)
4 29 . 9 N
4 25.9 N
3 11.2 N
3 19.2 N
3 03 6 N
3 25.8 N
3 19.4 N
1 27.7 S
1 21.1 S
5 21. 8S
5 22.3 S
4 53.4 S
4 52.5 S
h h
8.7, 9.9
7.6 to
17.9 (dv)
9 2,11.6
12.4,14.4
8.5 to
14.5 (dv)
14.0,15.6
12.1,14.3
11.9,12.9
10 3,11.2
16.1,16.8
9.8,10.4
15.6,16.2
c. g. «.
. 30780
. 30758
. 30790
. 30934
. 30896
.31024
. 30789
.30736
. 30734
. 30284
.30321
.30218
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
26
26
26
223
1256
223
223
1256
1256
223
223
1256
1256
223
1256
223
1256
223.1256
223.1256
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
D&C
D&C
D&C
D&C
D&C
D&C
D&C
LCD
LCD
LCD
LCD
LCD
LCD
LCD
LCD
D&B
D&B
LCD
LCD
LCD
JES
JES
JES
JES
* Local disturbance.
38
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
Liberia — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Cuttington, B* — Con-
o /
4 23.3 N
4 22.2 N
4 22.2 N
4 21.6 N
4 21.6 N
O '
352 19
352 16
352 16
352 16
352 16
Aug 21, '26
Sep 1, 26
Sep 2, 26
Sep 9, 26
Aug 27, 26
Aug 30, 26
Aug 30, 26
Aug 25, 26
ft ft ft
6.6 to 17 7 (dv)
15.4,16.7
o /
16 51.7 W
16 54.4 W
16 55.2 W
17 28.1 W
16 46.2 W
16 43.5 W
16 46.3 W
18 50.9 W
ft h
o /
ft ft
6.6 to
17.7 (dv)
15.7,16.4
9.3, 9.9
16.5,17.1
15.6
9.2, 9.9
13.9,14.5
16.6,17.2
c. g. s.
.30266
. 30394
.30434
.31058
.29089
.29118
.29110
. 28029
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
14.7,14.9
8.4, 8.6
15.0,15.2
4 24.4 S
4 25.4 S
5 30.6 S
JES
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
Cape Palmas, C*
9.0,10.2 . .
16.1.17.4 ..
15.2
8.9,10.3 ..
13.6,14.8 ..
16.4.17.5 ..
JES
JES
JES
Cape Palmas, B*
10.9,11.1
13.0,13.2
15.7,15.9
4 43.4 S
4 43.7 S
5 25.2 S
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
Morocco
Tangier, A
Larache, B (El Araish)
Larache, C (El Araish)
Rabat
Casablanca (Dar el
Baida)
Marakech, A
Marakech, B.
Mogador
o /
O '
35 47 . 8 N
354 08
35 12 . 5 N
353 50
35 12.5 N
353 50
34 01 . 5 N
353 10
33 34 . 2 N
352 23
31 37.0 N
352 00
31 37.0 N
352 00
31 31.9 N
350 16
Jul
7,
'25
Jul
10,
25
Jul
10,
25
Jul
16,
25
Jul
17,
25
Jul
17,
25
Jul
30,
25
Jul
20,
25
Jul
21,
25
Jul
24,
25
Jul
22,
25
Jul
27,
25
Jul
28,
25
Jul
28,
25
ft ft
14.3,15.8
8.3,10.4
13.3,15.1
14.0,15.6
8.8,10.2
17.2,18.6
13.3,15.0
6.0 to 18.1 (dv)
9.3,13.9,15.6
13.4,16.0
9.0, 9.2
10.7,10.9
13 05
13 05.
13 07,
13 14.
13 12.
13 30.1 W
13 32.1 W
13 29.4 W
13 29.0 W
14 16.6 W
14 10.0 W
14 13.0 W
ft h
16.9,17.2
11.1,11.3
16.9,17.1
10.8,11.0
11.2
15.8,16.0
6.3 to
18.7 (dv)
16.4,16.6
15.6,15.8
11.4,11.6
52 51.0 N
51 49.0 N
50 50.9 N
50 56.4 N
50 58 . 2 N
47 50.3 N
47 51.6 N
47 43.3 N
48 18.2 N
48 13.5 N
ft ft
14.6,15.4
9.2,10.0
13.7,14.7
14.4,15.2
9.2, 9.8
17.6,18.3
13.7,14.6
6.0 to
18.1 (dv)
14.3,15.2
13.8,14.6
9.6,10.4
c. g. s.
. 25373
.25851
. 25646
.26100
. 26090
.26265
.27108
. 27083
.27092
.26928
.26937
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
Nigeria
Kano, A.
Kano, B . .
Zaria, A. .
Zaria, B. .
Yola, A..
Yola, B..
Jebba, A.
Jebba, B.
Amar
Ibi, A....
Ibi, £....
Lokoja, A
Lokoja, B
Lagos, A.
Lagos, B .
Lagos, C .
12 01.0 N
12 00.6 N
11 06.8 N
11 06.8 N
9 16.3 N
9 16.3 N
9 07.7 N
9 07 . 7 N
8 40.9 N
8 10.8 N
8 10.8 N
7 48.3 N
7 48.3 N
6 26 . 9 N
6 26 . 9 N
6 26.9 N
o
,
8
33
8
33
7
43
7
43
12
28
12
28
4
49
4
49
10
23
9
44
9
44
6
44
6
44
3
24
3
24
3
24
Dec
22,
'26
Dec
23,
26
Dec
27,
26
Dec
21,
26
Dec
10,
26
Dec
10,
26
Dec
11,
26
Dec
11.
26
Nov
1,
26
Oct
30,
26
Dec
4,
26
Dec
5,
26
Dec
6,
26
Nov
11.
26
Nov
11,
26
Nov
13,
26
Nov
14,
26
Nov
15,
26
Nov
23,
26
Nov
24,
26
Nov
25,
26
May
16,
26
May
16,
26
May 24,
26
May 26,
26
May
21,
26
ft ft ft
9.0.10.2
7.2 to 17.4 (dv)
9.5,
13.6,
11.3
14.7
8.
13.
15.
10.
13.
4
5
1
0
4
9.3
10.0
9.5
14.6
16.3
11.4
14.5
10.5
11.1
6.1,
15.2,
7.0,
8.0,
15.1,
6.7,
9.2,
12.7
8.6,
7.4
16.8
8.0
9.1
16.6
7.8
10.3
10.9
6.5 to 17.7(dv)
13.4,14.5
8 20.7 W
8 22.7 W
8 30.1 W
8 46.7 W
8 43.6 W
8 46.0 W
7 34.8 W
7 37.3 W
10 12.9 W
10 11.4 W
10 05.4 W
8 23.5 W
8 42 . 1 W
8 42.2 W
8 39.6 W
9 53.7 W
9 53.8 W
10 10.6 W
11 34.5 W
11 34.5 W
11 47.9 W
11 36.6 W
ft ft
10.6,10.8
6.8 to
17.0 (dv)
11.6,11.8
10.7,10.9
15.8,16.0
11.1,11.2
10.3,10.5
15.7,15.8
16.4,16.6
7.5, 7.6
8.9, 9.1
5.2, 5.4
9.1, 9.3
14.0,14.2
9.4, 9.6
13.5,13.7
10.4,10.6
8.7, 8.9
14.7,14.9
11.4,11.6
6.8 to
17.3 (dv)
14.9,15.0
5 56.8 N
6 00.6 N
6 08.9 N
4 13.9 N
4 14.5 N
4 13.6 N
0 57.9 S
0 57.4 S
0 08.0 N
0 10.0 N
0 10.8 N
1 57.8 S
55.7 S
53.3 S
54.0 S
10.8 S
10.4 S
50.9 S
28.9 S
26.5 S
5 30.3 S
5 29.7 S
ft
9.4,
ft
9.9
7.2 to
17.4 (dv)
10.4,11.0
13.9,14.4
8.6, 9.2
13.8,14.3
15.4,16.0
10.5,11.1
13.7,14.2
9.6,10.2
10.2,10.8
6.6, 7.1
15.8,16.5
7.3, 7.8
8.3 8.8
15.4,16.2
7.0, 7.5
9.5,10.0
14.0
10.0,10.6
6.5 to
17.7 (dv)
13.7,14.2
c. g. 3.
.32731
.32648
. 32782
.32712
.32692
.32690
.32778
.32820
.32140
.32186
.32190
. 32464
. 32262
.32288
.32340
. 32039
.32012
.31747
.31464
.31486
.31451
.31455
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
•Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
39
AFRICA
Siekra Leone
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
0 /
8 29 . 7 N
8 09.2 N
7 57.8 N
O /
346 44
347 32
348 11
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
4, '25
5, 25
14, 25
14, 25
10, 25
11, 25
h h h
14.9,16.4
8.0, 9.5, 9.8
9.3,10.8
16.2,17.6
14.4,16.1,16.4
8.9,10.8
o t
17 40.6 W
17 37.5 W
17 06.2 W
17 06.4 W
17 30.1 W
17 27.6 W
h h
17.5,17.7
10.4,10.6
12.2,12.4
O l
7 16.8 N
7 14.7 N
7 24.7 N
h h
15.3,16.2
8.4, 9.2
9.7,10.5
16.6,17.3
14.8,15.8
10.4
c. g. s.
.31334
.31352
. 30947
. 30920
.31156
.31177
26
26
26
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
JES
Bo
17.0,17.2
11.4,11.6
6 30.6 N
6 24.6 N
JES
JES
Tanganyika Territory
Kigoma
Ujiji
Tabora, A . . .
Tabora, B. . .
Malongwe. . . .
Saranda
Kilimatinde . .
Mazengo
Dodoma
Ngere Ngere . .
Dar-es-Salaam
Kilossa
52.8 S
55.1 S
01.5 S
02.3 S
26.7 S
5 42 . 9 S
5 51. 4S
5 52 . 8 S
6 11. 2S
6 46 . 1 S
6 49.0 S
6 50.3 S
o
,
29
38
29
42
32
48
32
49
33
39
35
01
34
59
34
59
35
46
38
06
39
18
37
00
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
25,
'21
26,
21
28,
21
29,
21
31,
21
1,
21
21,
21
22,
21
23,
21
20,
21
3,
21
13,
21
14,
21
18,
21
h h
10.3,11.6 .
9.6,10.4 .
10.3,11.6 .
10.1.11.4 .
10.0,11.3 .
6.4 to 18.2(dv)
16.3,17.6 .
16.4,17.6 .
7.3, 8.6 .
10.2.11.5 .
9.9,11.3 .
12.6,14.8 .
6.0 to 18.1(dv)
7.4, 9.2
7 08
7 15
6 13
6 13
5 49
5 48.
5 30
5 31.
36.
lti
59.
30.
14.
8
W
6
W
9
W
'.)
W
2
W
0
W
1
W
2
w
4
w
0
w
5
w
x
w
3
w
2
w
h
16.5
11.4
14.9
15.0
15.9
14.8
15.3
10.9
14.7
16.1
11.3
10 9
33 26 . 6 S
33 16.2 S
33 48.4 S
33 53.5 S
34 30.2 S
35 07.7 S
35 22.8 S
35 10.9 S
35 51.9 S
36 49.5 S
36 40 . 4 S
36 44 . 3 S
h h
10.7,11.3
10.0
10.6,11.3
10.4,11.1
10.4,11.0
16.6,17.3
16.7,17.4
7.7, 8.3
10.6,11.2
10.3,11.0
13.0,14.4
7.7, 8.5
c. g. s.
. 28436
13
.28471
13
. 28608
13
. 28630
13
. 28493
13
13
. 28370
13
. 28287
13
. 28324
13
.28256
13
.28071
13
.28144
13
13
. 27935
13
177
177
177
177
177
2X(78)
2X
2X(7S)
2X(78)
2X(78)
177
177
177
177
177
177
2X(78)
2X(7)
2X(7)
2X(78)
2X(78)
2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
Tunisia
Tunis.
Sfax. .
o /
O r
36 45.5 N
10 07
34 43.6 N
10 45
Feb
22,
'22
Feb
22,
22
Feb
26,
22
Feb
26,
22
h h
9.3,10.6
13.7,15.0
9.2,10.4
13.8,15.1
7 47.2 W
7 48.0 W
7 24.9 W
7 26.2 W
h h
11.5,11.7
13.0,13.2
11.4,11.6
13.0,13.3
55.6 N
53.5 N
11.6 N
11.6 N
h h
9.6,10.3
13.0,14.7
9.5,10.2
14.2,14.7
c. g. s.
.25790
27
. 25802
27
.26816
27
. 26806
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
ASIA
Arabia
El Wedj
Yambo
Jidda, B
Jidda, A
Aden, B, Royal Indian
Marine Station
Aden, A*
O '
0 /
26 13.0 N
36 28
24 04.7 N
38 03
21 29.8 N
39 11
21 28.3 N
39 11
12 49.8 N
44 58
12 47.2 N
44 59
Feb
3,
'22
Feb
4,
22
Feb
2,
22
Jan
27,
22
Jan
28,
22
Jan
30,
22
Sep
23,
21
Aug
31,
21
h h h
16.2.17.3 . ..
7.6
13.6.14.4 ...
10.6,14.4,15.
10.4,11.6 ...
12.8,14.3 .. .
7.8,
6.3,
9.0
7.6
o
0
/
14
1
W
0
13
6
W
0
04
4
w
(1
00
6
w
0
01
3
w
0
01
1
E
0
03
9
w
1)
04
7
E
h h
15.3,15.5
13.2
11.6,11.8
14.6,14.8
15.2,15.4
17.5 ....
17.6
35 10.6 N
31 15.9 N
26 33.0 N
26 34.2 N
26 29.6 N
7 58.8 N
8 18.4 N
h h
16.4,17.0
13.9
14.7,15.3
10.8,11.4
13.2,13.7
8.1,
6.7,
8.7
7.3
c. g. s.
.31806
. 32740
.33601
. 33644
. 33642
. 35304
. 35376
27
27
27
27
27
27
13
13
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
FB
FB
China
Kalgan
Peking, 1907.
Peking, 1916.
Chengchow, B
Chengchow, A
o '
o /
40 51.2 N
114 51
39 57.3 N
116 25
39 52.5 N
116 23
34 44.8 N
113 42
34 44.7 N
113 42
Aug 4,
Aug 4,
Jul 31 ,
Aug 1,
Jul 29 ,
Jul 29,
Jul
Jul
26,
26,
Jul 25,
Jul 25,
h h h
8.2, 8.3
12.6.12.7
10.0,12.3
6.3 to 18.3(dv)
10.7.11.5 .. .
13.1,13.2 ...
7.0, 7.1 ...
12.6.12.8 . . .
9.0,10.2 ...
14.4.14.6 ...
3 22.8- W
3 25.2 W
4 14.4 W
4 12.1 W
24.0 W
25.8 W
41.8 W
48.2 W
45.2 W
49.0 W
h h
13.7,18.1
13.4
12.4,17.5
6.2,13.6
11.4
58 33.7 N
57 18.5 N
57 07 . 4 N
50 45.6 N
50 42.8 N
h
9.
15.
10.
6.
18.
11.
15.
9.
14
9.
h
c. g. s.
5,10.1
.28103
13
0,15.6
.28116
13
8,11.5
. 28770
13
5 to
1 (dv)
.28814
13
0,14.8
.28814
13
4
. 28835
13
1, 9.8
.31942
13
7,15.3
.31974
13
3, 9.9
.31936
13
13
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)»
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
* Local disturbance. ' Needle 15X rejected.
40
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ASIA
China — Concluded
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
o /
o /
h h h
o /
h h
o r
h h
c. g. s.
32 03 . 8 N
118 48
Jul 17 ,
'??
7.5, 8.2
2 24.0 W
12.3,17.9
46 43.1 N
7 8, 9 5
33041
13
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
30 37 . 0 N
114 20
Jul 17,
Jul 21,
22
14.2,15.5
12.5,13.8
2 28.8 W
2 07.0 W
14.6,15.2
15 0,15 7
. 33070
34105
13
13
13.3,18.0
44 41.6 N
177.2X(78)
FB
Jul 22 ,
22
6.0 to 18.0(dv)
2 04.3 W
6.3 to
Jul 24,
1921
22
7.7, 7.9 ....
2 01.6 W
17.7 (dv)
8.2, 8.9
.34104
.34114
13
13
FB
FB
23 05.8 N
113 18
Dec 27
10.2,11.5
0 35.0 W
14.8 .
31 56.7 N
10 6,11 2
37268
13
177.2X(78)
FB
1922
Jan 7
9.3
0 36.3 W
11.1
31 55.9 N
9.4 ....
.37261
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Jan 14
10.0
0 34.6 W
16.4
32 01.8 N
10.1
. 37248
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Jan 20
14.6
0 35.6 W
16.6
31 58.4 N
14.6
. 37242
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Jan 28
9.8
0 34.4 W
11.6
31 55.9 N
9.8
. 37256
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Feb 3,
9,
15,
22
15.9,17.2 ....
0 34.7 W
15.0
31 58.5 N
16.2,16.9
.37214
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Mar 1,
8,
15, 22,
28
16.1,17.3
0 35.7 W
15.2
31 55.8 N
16.5,17.0
.37234
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Apr 5,
12,
18,
25
16.2,17.3
0 36.2 W
15.2
31 53.8 N
16.5,17.1
.37234
13
177.2X(78)
FB
May 2,
9,
16,
24
16.4,17.8
0 35.8 W
15.4
31 54.0 N
16.8,17.4
. 37224
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Jun 6
16.6,18.0
0 37.6 W
15.3
31 53.8 N
17.0,17.7
.37214
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Jun 13,
20
14.9,16.1
0 37.2 W
17.4
31 53.2 N
15.3,15.9
.32741
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Jul 3
16.7,17.8
0 36.8 W
15.5
31 50.9 N
17.1,17.6
.37221
13
177.2X(78)
FB
Jul 4
Jul 10
Jul 10
5.8 to 18.1(dv)
6.0 to 9.4(dv)
13.4 to 18.3(dv)
0 36.5 W
0 33.5 W
0 36.4 W
13
13
FB
6.2 to
9.5 (dv)
13.4 to
.37245
FB
23 05.8 N
113 18
Dec 28,
21
10.3
0 37.7 W
9.4
31 56.5 N
18.1 (dv)
10.6
.37264
. 37230
13
13
FB
Canton, B\
177.2X(78)
FB
Dec 29,
21
11.1
0 38.0 W
10.8
.37195
13
FB
Indo-China
Phantiet.
Saigon. . .
10 56 . 2 N
10 46.5 N
108 03
106 42
Dec
28,
'23
Dec
29,
23
Dec
30,
23
Jan
2,
24
Jan
3,
24
Jan
4,
24
h h
9.3,10.7
13.6,15.1
6.8, 8.0
9.7,11.0
13.0,14.2
8.4, 9.6
0 55.
0 57.
0 60
0 45.
0 43.8 E
0 43.2 E
h
h
14
4
14
6
12
6
12
8
11
4
11
6
14
6
14
8
7
8
8
0
5 09.0 N
5 08.0 N
4 43.0 N
4 42 . 0 N
4 42.6 N
h h
c. g. s.
9.7,10.4
.40080
24
14.1,14.8
.40045
24
7.1, 7.6
. 39998
24
10.0,10.7
.40052
24
13.3,13.9
.40106
24
8.7, 9.3
.40040
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Japan
Kakioka Observatory,^!
Kakioka Observatory, B
Kakioka Observatory.C
o /
36 13.8 N
36 13.8 N
36 13.8 N
140 11
140 11
140 11
Aug 17,
Aug 17,
Aug 17,
Aug 18,
Aug 18,
Aug 13,
Aug 14,
Aug 14,
Aug 14 ,
Aug 14,
Aug 15,
Aug 15,
Aug 16,
Aug 15,
Aug 15,
Aug 15,
Aug 16,
Aug 16,
Aug 16,
h h
10.6,11.6
11.9,12.1
12.4,12.6
11.4,11.7 ..
12.0,12.4 ..
12.6,12.9 ..
16.7,17.1 ..
17.0,17.3
17.6,17.8
18.1,18.3,18.5
9.7
5 34.0 W
5 34.0 W
5 34.6 W
5 33.6 W
5 34.8 W
5 35.2 W
5 30.2 W
5 33.4 W
5 34.0 W
5 33.8 W
5 34.9 W
12.9,13.9
14.8
17.6,18.8
7.3 ....
18.8
49 23.2 N
49 24.8 N
49 22.1 N
49 25.0 N
49 23 . 2 N
h h
16.2,18.4
6.2, 7.0
7.7, 8.4
17.6,18.4
10.4,11.2
11.8,12.6
10.2,10.9
11.5,12.2
13.0,13.8
c. g. s.
. 29692
. 29667
. 29680
. 29658
. 29682
. 29686
.29669
.29684
. 29674
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
2 Where several days are grouped in the date column with but single entries of the magnetic elements the values are the means of determinations made at the
given local mean times on each day.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
41
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)1
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Int
ensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 14
o /
78 09 N
78 06 N
77 42 N
77 35.5 N
77 33 . 8 N
77 33 . 2 N
77 32.6 N
o /
106 05
106 45
103 55
105 29
105 43
105 32
105 40
Apr 21
Apr 23
Apr 4
Apr 21
Jul 15
Jul 15
Jul 17
Jul 17
Jul 19
Jul 19
Oct 1
Oct 5
Oct 7
Oct 10
Oct 11
Oct 18
Oct 19
Oct 24
Oct 26
Nov 1
Nov 2
Nov 5
Nov 13
Nov 19
Nov 22
Nov 25
Nov 26
Nov 27
Nov 28
Nov 29
Nov 30
Dec. 2
Dec. 2
Dec. 3
Dec 4
Dec 4
Dec 5
Dec 5
Dec 6
Dec 7
Dec. 7
Dec 9
Dee 9
Dec 10
Dec 10
Dee 11
Dec 12
Dec 12
Dee 12
Dec 13
Dec 13
Dec 13
Dec 14
Dec 16
Dec 16
Dec 16
Dec 17
Dec 17
Dec 17
Dec 18
Dec 18
Dec 18
Dec 19
Dec 19
Dec 19
Dec 20
Dec 20
Dec 20
Dec 21
Dec 23
Dec 23
Dec 23
•19
. 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
19
19
IS
18
18
, 18
18
18
18
.18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
h h h
o /
h h
16.9
15.5
16.6
16.6
15.2
17.5 ....
15.1
17.0 ....
10.4
12.3
o t
85 30 . 2 N
85 38.6 N
85 29 . 5 N
85 23.1 N
85 32 . 2 N
85 32.0 N
85 32.3 N
85 33.0 N
85 33 . 1 N
85 33.0 N
h h
16.6
16.6
15.2
17.5 ....
15.1
17.0
10.4
12.3
C. (j. s.
.04578
. 04699
. 04559
. 04555
. 04668
.04543
. 04536
. 04533
206
205
205
205
205
205
206
205
8
8
205
8
206
8
205
205
8
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.567
205.123
205 . 567
205.123
205.567
PJ£
No. 15
PK
No. 5
OW
ow
No. 16 (Lockwood Is.)
OW
OW
No. 17 (Fram Island) . .
ow
OW
No. 19
OW
OW
No. 4,Winter-Quarters,
11.4
10.8,15.8
26 16.7 E
26 41.9 E
HUS
1918-1919
12.0,16.0
13.3
12.1,15.1
11.5
12.2,16.8
11.6
13.4
15.4 ....
.04592
. 04522
.04537
. O4545
.04582
. 04545
. 04559
. 04533
HUS
13.3
85 33.4 N
205 . 123
HUS
10.9,16.1
26 09.4 E
HUS
11.5
85 33 . 0 N
205.123
HUS
\
11.0,18.0
26 49.0 E
HUS
11.7
13.4
85 33.9 N
85 31.6 N
205.123
205.123
HUS
HUS
11.1
26 49.4 E
HUS
13.9
85 31.8 N
205.12
HUS
10.3
11.9
27 07.8 E
26 45.5 E
8
8
205
206
205
205
8
205
206
205
205
206
8
8
206
8
8
205
8
205
HUS
15.4,17.8
16.8
11.7 ....
15.7 ....
10.8
11.8,16.6
11.0
10.8
10.5
10.7 ....
10.9
. 04606
. 04589
. 04605
.04561
.04574
. 04564
. 04599
.04614
.04548
. 04569
. 04580
HUS
16.8
11.6
15.7 ....
10.8
85 30.0 N
85 29 . 1 N
85 31.8 N
85 30.9 N
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
HUS
HUS
RA
RA
HUS
11.0 ....
10.8
10.5
10.7 ....
10.9
85 30.4 N
85 29.5 N
85 32.7 N
85 31.4 N
85 31.7 N
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205 356
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
12.3
10.4,16.2
26 37.4 E
27 01.0 E
RA
10.9
15.7
11.1
16.2
85 31.5 N
85 28.5 N
85 30.8 N
85 33.6 N
11.5,15.5
10.8,15.7
11.1
11.0,15.7
10.8,11.7
.04533
.04618
. 04574
. 04567
. 04679
RA
205.127
205 . 567
205.123
205 . 567
RA
16.8
10.0,15.1
26 24.1 E
26 43.2 E
RA
RA
RA
10.2,16.4
26 42.8 E
RA
11.2
11 4
10.9
15.7
11.2
15.6
85 30.4 N
85 31.2 N
85 29.9 N
85 30 . 5 N
85 32.3 N
85 26 . 7 N
205.123
205 . 567
205.123
205 567
205.127
205 . 567
RA
RA
10.9,15.8
11.3,16.0
. 04580
. 04594
206
8
206
8
8
205
205
8
8
205
8
8
8
205
205
8
205
205
8
205
205
8
205
205
8
205
205
8
8
8
8
RA
12.0,16.9
27 18.2 E
RA
RA
12.3
14.4
26 23.2 E
26 23.2 E
RA
RA
11.0,12.4
15.4,16.7
85 29.7 N
85 30.4 N
11.0,12.4
15.4,16.7
. 04608
. 04604
205.123
205 . 567
RA
RA
14.4,17.5
9.9,12.6
26 37.9 E
26 24.2 E
RA
RA
11.5
85 31.1 N
11.5
. 04567
205.123
RA
14.7,16.8
9.8,12.7
9.8,12.4
26 30.6 E
26 33.6 E
26 38.7 E
RA
10.6,12.1
10.5,11.8
15 5
.04572
. 04566
. 04581
.04B47
.04559
. 04559
. 04601
. 04558
.04594
. 04637
. 04608
. 04533
.04512
.04568
.04577
.04614
. 04560
.04527
RA
RA
15.5
16.8
85 31.2 N
85 32.3 N
205 . 127
205 . 356
RA
16.8 .
10.4,1
15.4 .
16.8 .
10.5,1
15.4 .
16.8 .
10.4,1
15.8 .
15.8 .
10.4,1
15.1 .
16 7
1.8
1.9
1.8
1.8
RA
9.7,12.5
26 36.8 E
RA
15.4
16.8
85 31.6 N
85 28.9 N
205 . 356
205.127
RA
RA
9.8,12.5 ....
26 33.6 E
RA
15.4
16.8
85 29.5 N
85 28.0 N
205.123
205.567
RA
RA
9.7,12.4 ....
26 35.8 E
RA
15.8
15.8
85 31.2 N
85 35.4 N
205.123
205.567
RA
RA
9.7,12.4
26 53.5 E
RA
15.1
16.7 ....
85 30.7 N
85 30.5 N
205.123
205 . 567
RA
RA
9.7,12.6
9.8
15.7,15.9
16.1,16.3
26 46.1 E
26 58.4 E
26 32.2 E
26 08.5 E
10.4,12.0
10.5,12.0
RA
RA
RA
RA
1 For Siberia the Table of Results includes, in addition to values determined during the years 1921-1926, the values determined during 1918-1920 obtained by the
members of the Maud Expedition; the observations for these data were not in hand at the time of publication of Volume IV giving land magnetic results for 1913-1920.
42
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)1 — Continued
Station
No. 4, Winter-Quarters.
1918-1919-Conh'Tiiied
77 32 . 6 N
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
105 40
Date
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Jan 10
Jan 14
Jan 15
Jan 16
Jan 17
Jan 17
Jan 20
Jan 20
Jan 21
Jan 21
Jan 22
Jan 23
Jan 24
Jan 24
Jan 25
Jan 27
Jan 27
Jan 27
Jan 28
Jan 28
Jan 29
Jan 30
Jan 31
Jan 31
6
7
7
Feb 10
Feb 11
Feb 12
Feb 12
Feb 13
Feb 14
Feb 17
Feb 18
Feb 19
Feb 20
Feb 21
Feb 24
Feb 25
Feb 26
Feb 27
Feb 27
Feb 28
Mar 3
Mar 5
Mar 6
Mar 7
Mar 11
Mar 12
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 17
Mar 18
Mar 19
Mar 20
Mar 21
Mar 24
Mar 25
Mar 27
Apr 4
Apr 7
Apr 9
Apr 11
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
10.5,10.7
9.2 ....
10.6
9.8,11.0
9.9 ....
10.2,12.6
10.5,10.7,10.9
11.1,11.3,11.5
9.8,12.3
26 34.0 E
10.1,10.3
9.9,10.1
9.8,12.2
10.3
11.9
10.1
10.0,10.2
10.1,10.2
10.0,12.7
14.8,17.6
14.9,17.9
9.7,12.8
16.4,16.6
10.2,12.7
14.5,17.2
14.3,17.0
14.7,17.4
14.9,17.4
14.7,17.0
26 49.0 E
28 01.4 E
26 19.8 E
26 50.8 E
26.20.2 E
26 34.6 E
26 36.4 E
26 39.7 E
26 28.4 E
26 39.0 E
26 41.1 E
26 48.3 E
26 20.4 E
26 41.6 E
26 43.8 E
26 32.9 E
26 46 . 1 E
26 25.0 E
26 09.2 E
26 40 . 4 E
26 38.2 E
28 18.8 E
26 53.6 E
26 25.4 E
26 35.2 E
26 26.0 E
25 53.1 E
26 20.4 E
Inclination
L. M. T.
h
11.2
16.3
15.8
16.3
16.0
15.9
16.1
16.4
16.4
16.3
15.2
15.1
12.8
16.2
16.0
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
15.3
15.7
16.0
15.8
16.0
16.2
16.1
15.9
15.9
15.8
15.7
15.7
15.6
15.7
11.2
16.0
11.3
16.1
15.8
15.9
11.4
16.3
11.5
10.8
10.5
11.0
10.4
10.8
10.8
Value
85 32.8 N
85 30.2 N
85 33 . 3 N
85 34.3 N
85 30.2 N
85 31.6 N
85 31.0 N
85 31.0 N
85 32.7 N
85 30.4 N
85 32 . 3 N
85 36 . 0 N
85 35.7 N
85
85
85
34.6
33.5
31.7
N
85 31.5 N
85 33.6 N
85 33.1 N
85 33 . 4 N
85 32.2 N
85 32.1 N
85 32.0 N
85 34.0 N
85 29 . 1 N
85 29.0 N
85 29.2 N
85 29.5 N
85 33.2 N
85 28.3 N
85 32 . 0 N
85 32 . 6 N
85 31.0 N
85 31.5 N
85 28.8 N
85 31.4 N
85 30 . 1 N
85 32.6 N
85 33.5 N
85 36.0 N
85 33.4 N
85 33.6 N
85 42 . 4 N
85 36.1 N
85 34 . 6 N
85 30.5 N
85 41.0 N
85 32 . 8 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
h
11.3
16.9
16.1
11.1
16.2
16.7
16.5
15.1
12.8
16.2
10.5,
16.1
10.4,
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
15.3
15.8
16.0
15.9
10.8,
16.1
16.2
16.2
16.0
15.9
15.8
15.5,
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
11.2
15.6,
16.1
11.5
16.2
15.7
10.4,
12
17
17
12
10.8,12
15.3,16
15.0,16
15.6,16
15.6,16
15.3,16
Value
:. g. s.
04S40
04378
04605
04519
04573
04545
04590
04481
04510
04523
04561
04547
04526
04583
04553
04545
04661
04544
04554
04570
04562
04548
04533
04593
04611
04607
04613
04547
04602
04678
04564
04579
04587
04601
04648
04601
04574
04584
04549
04538
04510
04544
04758
04692
04646
04650
Instruments
Mag'r
205
205
8
205
8
205
8
206
205
205
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
8
205
205
8
205
8
205
8
205
205
205
8
205
205
206
206
205
206
8
205
205
205
205
206
8
205
206
205
Dip Circle
205.123
205.1
205.12
205.12
205.123
205.12
205.567
205
3
205
123
205
205
567
12
205
205
3
7
205
356
205
127
205
567
205
205
356
127
205
567
205
127
205
205
205
123
567
123
205.127
205.356
205 . 567
205.356
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.567
205.3
205.567
205.127
205
356
205
127
205
356
205
567
154
12
154
12
154
12
154
12
154
12
154
12
154
12
154
12
154
12
154.12
Obs'r
RA
RA
OW
HH
S&W
A&H
S&W
A&S
HH
RA
OW
RA
HH
OW
HUS
RA
HH
W&H
RA
RA
OW
RA
OW
RA
RA
RA
OW
RA
RA
W&H
W&H
RA
W&H
RA
HUS
RA
OW
HH
OW
HUS
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HUS
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
HUS
OW
HH
OW
HH
HUS
HUS
OW
HH
S&W
HH
OW
HH
HUS
HH
HUS
HH
HUS
RA
RA
RA
RA
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
43
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)1 — Continued
Station
No. 4, Winter-Quarters
1918-1919-Concluded
77 32.6 N
No. 46, Winter-Quar-
ters 1918-1919
No. 4c, Winter-Quar-
ters 1918-1919
Latitude
77 32.6 N
77 32.6 N
Long.
East
of Gr.
105 40
105 40
105 40
Date
Apr 14,
Apr 16
Apr 18
Apr 21
Apr 24
Apr 28
May 2
May 5
May 7
May 9
May 12
May 14
May 16
May 19
May 21
May 23
May 26
May 28
May 30
Jun 3
Jun 6
Jun 10
Jun 13
Jun 17
Jun 20
Jun 24
Jun 27
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Aug
Aug 11
Mar 7
Mar 10
Mar 11
Mar 12
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 17
Mar 18
Mar 19
Mar 20
Mar 21
Mar 24
Mar 25
Mar 27
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr 28
May 28
May 30
Jul 11
Jul 12
Jul 12
Declination
Local Mean Time
h
14.5,
14.7,
15.0,
15.0,
14.7,
9.7,
9.8,
9.9,
9.8,
9.8,
9.7,
9.8,
9.9,
9.7,
9.5,
9.7,
9.8,
10.0,
9.9,
14.4,
14.5,
10.0,
9.8,
14.8,
14.8,
14.9,
9.4,
14.3,
14.6,
9.9
9.6,
14.6,
14.9,
9.8
h
17.0
17.0
17.2
17.2
16.9
12.1
12.5
11.9
11.9
9.9
12.2
11.8
11.9
12.3
12.3
12.0
12.2
11.9
12.3
12.0
11.6
11.8
12.0
12.2
12.0
16.5
16.7
12.2
12.0
17.0
17.0
17.1
11.5
16.5
16.9
11.8
16.9
17.0
Value
33.4 E
29.0 E
20.4 E
58.9 E
25.6 E
38.0 E
23.6 E
42.7 E
49.5 E
48.4 E
49.8 E
01. 0E
06.0 E
53.7 E
25.8 E
45.3 E
22.1 E
48.8 E
52.0 E
51.4 E
44.7 E
15. 3E
48.6 E
59.6 E
59.0 E
11. 2E
50.3 E
55.0 E
33.0 E
07.6 E
48.8 E
44.7 E
25.8 E
57.6 E
49.0 E
16. 8E
32.4 E
37.6 E
58.3 E
40.9 E
09.1 E
22.2 E
14.5 E
Inclination
L. M. T.
16.2
11.6
11.5
11.6
16.2
11.3
11.6
11.2
11.5
11.5
11.4
15.7
15.8
15.7
16.2
16.6
15.3
16.6
16.1
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.1
11.1
10.8
12.7
Value
85 33.9 N
85 33.9 N
85 33.3 N
85 32.5 N
85 32.2 N
85 31.3 N
85 39.9 N
85 34.0 N
85 34 . 0 N
85 33 . 2 N
85 39.0 N
85 35.2 N
85 33.6 N
85 33.3 N
85 35.6 N
85 27.6 N
85 28.0 N
85 27 . 1 N
85 33.6 N
85 31.0 N
85 33.5 N
85 33.9 N
85 35.0 N
85 34 . 5 N
85 35.2 N
85 33.9 N
85 32.5 N
85 32.4 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
h h
15.1,16.4
15.3,16.5
15.6,16.7
15.6,16.7
15.3,16.4
10.5,11.6
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.7
10.5
10.3
111
lit
11.0
10
1(1
10
10
10
10
10
10.4
10.5
10.4
15.0
15.0
10.6
10.4
15.4
15.4
15.5
10.0
14.9
15.2
10.2
10.1
15.2
15.4
11.3
11.4
11.4
11.7
11.5
11.3
11.4
11.7
11.4
11.5
11.4
11.7
11.4
11.0
11.3
11.4
11.6
11.5
16.0
16.1
11.6
11.5
16.4
16.4
16.6
11 1
16.0
16.4
11.3
16.4
16.5
11.6
11.5
11.7
16.2
11.3
11.3
11.4
11.6
11.2
11.5
11.4
15.7
16.0
11.4
11.5
11.1
11.1
10.8
12.7
Value
c. g. s.
.04532
.04581
.04571
.04632
.04542
.04524
.04519
.04482
.04521
.04558
.04518
.04540
.04521
. 04505
. 04497
.04506
. 04482
. 04493
.04534
.04496
.04512
.04492
.04636
.04496
.04510
.04560
.04654
.04510
.04548
.04526
.04548
.04678
.04484
.04492
.04712
2 . 04495
.04490
.04576
.04532
. U4588
. 04648
. 04667
.04570
.04427
.045 l'J
. 04531
.04545
.04437
.04514
.04566
. 04538
. 04530
. 04500
.04524
.04544
.04552
Instruments
Mag'r
206
206
205
205
206
205
205
205
205
205
206
205
206
205
205
205
Dip Circle
205.12
205 . 567
205.127
205.356
205.127
205 . 356
205.127
205.356
205.127
205.567
205.127
205 . 567
205.12
205.127
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
205 . 567
205.127
154.12
205 . 567
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.567
Obs'r
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
PK
OW
OW
PK
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
J Oscillations only.
44
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)1 — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 4c, Winter-Quar-
ters 1918-1919-Con-
o /
77 32.6 N
77 32 . 1 N
77 32 N
77 30.2 N
77 16 N
77 05 N
76 43 N
76 34 N
76 32 N
76 31 N
76 05 N
73 30.2 N
70 43 . 8 N
70 43.8 N
70 43 . 8 N
70 43 . 2 N
O /
105 40
105 45
102 44
105 34
101 45
106 21
107 03
102 47
101 15
106 13
104 11
80 26
162 30
162 30
162 30
162 25
Jul 22,
Jul 22
Jul 25
Jul 29
Jul 29
Aug 6
Jul 21
Jul 21
Apr 7,
Jul 18,
Jul 18,
Apr 19,
May 24,
May 21,
May 14,
Apr 14,
May 20,
May 16,
Sep 2,
Sep 3,
Oct 2,
Oct 3,
Oct 3,
Oct 3,
Oct 3,
Oct 8,
Oct 9,
Oct 9,
Oct 10 ,
Oct 11,
Oct 13,
Oct 14,
Oct 14,
Oct 14,
Oct 14,
Oct 15,
Oct 15,
Oct 15,
Oct 16,
Oct 17,
Oct 3,
Oct 3,
Oct 3,
Oct 3,
Oct 14,
Oct 14,
Oct 14,
Oct 15,
Oct 15,
Oct 15,
Nov 13,
Nov 14,
Nov 20,
Nov 21,
Nov 22,
Nov 25,
Nov 26,
Nov 27,
Nov 28,
Dec 1,
Dec 3,
Dec 4,
Dec 4,
Dec 5,
Dec 6,
Dec 8,
Dec 9,
Dec 10,
Dec 11,
Dec 12,
Dec 12,
Dec 13,
Dec 15,
Dec 16,
'19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
18
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
h h h
o /
h h
15.2
17.0
10.3
10.3
11.9
15.7 ....
14.9
16.7 ....
16.7
15.3
17.4
16.0
10.6
11.1
11.4
16.9
11.8
11.4
o /
85 26.7 N
85 21.7 N
85 35.2 N
85 35.7 N
85 34.0 N
85 32 . 5 N
85 29 . 6 N
85 30 . 8 N
85 25.5 N
85 00.7 N
84 59.3 N
85 09.4 N
85 24.0 N
85 15.5 N
84 59.7 N
85 03 . 0 N
85 15.6 N
85 03.5 N
h h
15.1
17.0
10.2
10.4
11.9
15.7 ....
14.9
16.7
16.7
15.3
17.4 ....
16.0
10.6
11.1
11.5
16.9
11.8
11.4
16.5,19.3
20 . 0
c. g. s.
.04647
.04714
. 04503
.04495
.04513
. 04543
. 04622
. 04597
. 04673
.05131
.05129
.04967
.04712
.04863
.05125
. 06072
. 04866
. 05070
.07512
.07486
206
205
206
206
206
206
206
206
205
206
206
205
206
206
205
205
205
205
8
206
8
8
8
205
205
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
205
206
8
205
206
8
8
206
205
205
8
8
8
206
8
206
8
8
8
8
8
206
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.123
205.567
205.567
205.123
205.567
205.567
205.123
205.567
205.567
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.567
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
No. 20
ow
ow
ow
No. 6 . .
ow
No. 18...
ow
ow
No. 8
ow
No. 13
ow
No 12...
ow
No. 9
ow
No. 7..,
ow
No. 11. .
ow
No. 10
ow
No. 3 (Port Dickson) . .
No. 360
12.5,20.2
18.2
15.8
10.5,10.7,11.0
11.3,11.8,12.0
14.8,15.1,15.4
15.7,16.0,16.3
12.4
28 41 E
28 48 E
0 13.4 W
0 11.4 W
0 14.4 W
0 15 W
0 15 W
0 14.7 W
HUS
19.4
82 37.7 N
205.123
HUS
HUS
FM
FM
HUS
HUS
HUS
10.3
79 14.0 N
10.2
.10735
205.236
OW
14.5 to
14.5 (dv)
9.0,11.2
9.5 to
9.5 (dv)
0 13.5 W
0 15.1 W
0 12.5 W
MEx3
9.6,10.7
. 10736
HUS
MEx1
11.4,12.4
14.0,15.0
15.8,17.0
9.8 ....
11.5
15.2
. 10744
. 10750
. 10764
.10747
.10748
.10765
HUS
HUS
HUS
9.8 ....
11.5
15.2
79 14.0 N
79 13.9 N
79 12.9 N
205.236
205 . 236
205.236
OW
OW
OW
9.5 to
9 . 5 (dv)
10.4,10.6,11.0
11.3,11.8,12.0
14.8,15.1,15.4
15.7,16.0,16.3
0 12.6 W
0 12 W
0 12 W
0 15.4 W
0 14.5 W
MEx8
No 3606
HUS
HUS
FM
FM
No. 360c
11.6
14.5
16.2
79 14.6 N
79 14.6 N
79 13.0 N
11.6
14.4
16.2
9.4,10.3
11.1,12.1
14.6,15.5
15.1
.10739
. 10734
. 10767
. 10756
.10747
. 10754
.10846
205.236
205 . 236
205.236
OW
OW
OW
HUS
HUS
HUS
No. 360J
15.1
79 06.6 N
205.236
OW
9.5 to 16.5(dv)
0 18.4 W
S&M
11.5
79 06.0 N
11.4
. 10879
205.236
OW
12.7
10.4,12.6
11.5
12.6
11.6
0 13.3 W
0 15.1 W
0 22.5 W
0 16.5 W
0 15.3 W
HUS
11.0,12.0
. 10865
HUS
FM
HUS
FM
12.1
79 07.6 N
12.0
.10850
205.236
OW
9.8
12.8
0 15.3 W
0 17.1 W
FM
FM
11.3
79 06.4 N
11.3 ....
.10872
205.236
OW
12.8
12.8
10.1,12.4
12.7
12.6
12.8
12.2
0 16.7 W
0 15.4 W
0 14.6 W
0 15.2 W
0 13.5 W
0 14.1 W
0 10.8 W
HUS
FM
10.6,11.8
. 10857
HUS
FM
HUS
FM
HUS
11.1
79 07.9 N
11.1
.10845
205.36(3)
OW
12.7
12.9
12.5
14.7
0 26.4 W
0 15.9 W
0 15.7 W
0 14.1 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
3 These 24-hour observations were made by all members of the party in turn.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
45
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)1 — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No 360d — Continued . .
o /
70 43.2 N
•
O /
162 25
*
Dec 17
Dec 18
Dec 18
Dec 19
Dec 20,
Dec 22,
Dec 23,
Dec 25
Dec 26,
Dec 27,
Dec 29,
Dec 30,
Dec 31,
Jan 1 ,
Jan 2,
Jan 3,
Jan 5,
Jan 6,
Jan 7,
Jan 7,
Jan 10,
Jan 11,
Jan 13,
Jan 14,
Jan 15,
Jan 15,
Jan 17,
Jan 19,
Jan 20 ,
Jan 21 ,
Jan 22 ,
Jan 22 ,
Jan 23,
Jan 24,
Jan 26 ,
Jan 27 ,
Jan 28,
Jan 29 ,
Jan 29 ,
Jan 30 ,
Jan 31,
Feb 2,
Feb 3,
Feb 4,
Feb 5,
Feb 5 ,
Feb 6,
Feb 9,
Feb 10,
Feb 11,
Feb 12,
Feb 13,
Feb 13,
Feb 18,
Feb 19 ,
Feb 19,
Feb 20,
Feb 21,
Feb 23,
Feb 24,
Feb 25,
Feb 26,
Feb 27,
Feb 28,
Mar 2,
Mar 3,
Mar 4 ,
Mar 5,
Mar 5,
Mar 10,
Mar 11,
Mar 12,
Mar 12,
'24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
h h h
12.5
o /
0 14.2 W
h h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
8
206
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
205
8
FM
11.2 ....
79 06.7 N
11.2
. 10867
205.36(3)
OW
12.8
12.9
12.3
12.1
12.8
12.9
12.7
12.4
12.8
12.4
12.6
12.4
12.6
11.5
12.4
12.4
0 15.1 W
0 15.2 W
0 19.4 W
0 16.2 W
0 23.1 W
0 15.5 W
0 14.6 W
0 13.4 W
0 12.8 W
0 14.7 W
0 15.3 W
0 14.8 W
0 16.4 W
0 13.0 W
0 15.8 W
0 14.5 W
HUS
FM
10.4,11.8
. 10864
HUS
FM
FM
HUS
HUS
FM
HUS
FM
HUS
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.6
79 08 . 1 N
10.6
. 10844
205.36(3)
OW
12.3
12.4
12.1
10.8
0 13.9 W
0 12.8 W
0 13.2 W
0 14.7 W
0 16.8 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
11.4,12.6
11.1
. 10846
.10838
HUS
11.1
79 08.0 N
205.36(3)
OW
12.9
12.9
12.2
12.9
12.8
0 14.1 W
0 19.7 W
0 28.1 W
0 38.0 W
0 13.6 W
FM
HUS
FM
FM
HUS
11.2
79 08.0 N
11.2
.10840
205.36(3)
OW
12.6
12.5
12.0
14.8
11.0
10.0
0 15.5 W
0 13.5 W
0 20.2 W
0 15.2 W
0 12.8 W
0 16.8 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
HUS
•
10.5
79 08 . 2 N
10.4
. 108 V
205.36(3)
OW
14.9
11.4
9.8,12.0
14.7
11.6
12.6
0 14.5 W
0 16.6 W
0 17.6 W
0 14.9 W
0 14.4 W
0 13.4 W
FM
FM
10.4,11.4
. 10854
HUS
FM
FM
FM
11.2
79 07 . 7 N
11.3
. 10845
205.6(3)
OW
12.8
12.9
9.5
12.6
12.8
0 13.8 W
0 14.2 W
0 37.7 W
0 13.2 W
0 20.1 W
. 0 17.2 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.8
79 08.6 N
10.8
. 10831
205.36(3)
OW
14.7
10.9,11.1
0 19.1 W
0 24.8 W
FM
10.6
. 10843
FM
10.6 ....
79 08.5 N
205.36(3)
OW
11.9
9.9,11.9
12.8
16.4
12.2
12.9
0 15.8 W
0 30.4 W
0 16.0 W
0 16.2 W
0 14.9 W
0 17.1 W
FM
10.5 11.4
. 10806
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
11.2
79 08 . 9 N
11.2
. 10830
205 . 36(3)
OW
12.6
10.0.12.2
12.7
12.6
12.7
0 14.2 W
0 12.8 W
0 09.6 W
0 10.8 W
0 11.9 W
FM
10.6,11.7
. 10855
HUS
FM
FM
FM
10.6
79 08.2 N
10.6
. 10834
205.36(3)
OW
12.4
8.9
9.6
0 14.2 W
0 17.4 W
0 14.0 W
FM
FM
FM
10.9
79 08.6 N
10.9
. 10830
205.36(3)
OW
12.8
0 18.8 W
FM
1
1
1
46
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)1 — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Date
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No 360<2 — Concluded . .
o /
70 43.2 N
70 43.2 N
70 43.2 N
70 03 N
69 56 N
O t
162 25
162 25
162 25
171 15
170 35
Mar 13 , '25
h h h
15.2
9.6,11.6
14.9
14.7
15.6
17.6
11.0
12.7
10.6
o /
0 17.1 W
0 12.4 W
0 18.0 W
0 17.1 W
0 17.6 W
0 14.7 W
0 13.8 W
0 13.7 W
0 10.0 W
h k
o /
h h
c. g. s.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
.. 8
FM
Mar 14
Mar 16
Mar 17
Mar 18
Mar 19
Mar 21
Mar 24
Mar 25
Mar 26
Mar 26
Mar 27
Mar 28
Mar 30
Mar 31
Apr 1
Apr 2
Apr 3
Apr 3
Apr 4
Apr 6
Apr 7
Apr 8
Apr 9
Apr 11
Apr 14
Apr 16
Apr 16
Apr 17
Apr 18
Apr 20
Apr 21
Apr 22
Apr 24
Apr 25
Apr 27
Apr 28
Apr 29
Apr 29
Apr 30
May 1
May 2
May 4
May 5
May 6
May 7
May 8
May 9
May 11
May 12
May 13
May 14
May 14
May 15
May 18
May 19
May 14
May 14
Oct 22
Oct 23
Oct 27
Oct 28
Oct 31
Nov 4
Nov 5
Nov 6
Nov 7
Nov 7
Nov 8
Nov 10
Nov 11
Jun 8
Jun 12
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
20
?0
10.2,11.1
. 10840
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.8 ....
79 08.5 N
10.8
.10837
205.36(3)
OW
12.4
12.8
9.8,11.7
12.3
15.0
11.6
17.1
0 15.7 W
0 10.0 W
0 12.2 W
0 15.9 W
0 15.5 W
0 13.0 W
0 20.4 W
FM
FM
10.3,11.2
. 10830
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.7 ....
79 08.3 N
10.7
.10840
205.36(3)
OW
14.9
10.6
12.5
15.7
9.4
12.4
11.7
11.8,16.7
9.5
0 24.7 W
0 13.2 W
0 16.2 W
0 22.2 W
0 11.6 W
0 15.2 W
0 21.1 W
0 15.2 W
0 13.8 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.7
79 08.0 N
10.7 ....
10832
205.36(3)
OW
9.9
9.6,11.7
12.8
12.3
12.8
17.6
8.9
17.0
0 04.0 W
0 11.0 w
0 14.6 W
0 16.5 W
0 17.5 W
0 16.8 W
0 07.0 W
0 16.1 W
FM
10.1,11.1
. 10830
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
15.3
.10860
205
8
OW
10.5,12.4 ....
0 15.8 W
FM
15.3 ....
79 07.1 N
205.36(3)
OW
12.5
11.2
9.4,11.4
9.6
12.9
8.8
15.2
8.9
12.4
8.9
14.8
8.8
10.0,12.0
0 12.6 W
0 14.9 W
0 13.2 W
0 05.1 W
0 02.3 W
0 11.2 W
0 16.5 W
0 06.2 W
0 26.6 W
0 07.7 W
0 18.7 W
0 06.0 W
0 12.4 W
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
206
8
8
8
206
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
205
206
FM
4
FM
10.0,10.9
. 10835
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.5,11.4
15.2
. 10816
.10842
HUS
15.3
79 07.7 N
205.36(3)
OW
8.8
15.2
8.9
0 07.4 W
0 21.1 W
0 14.0 W
FM
FM
FM
No. 360e
10.7 ....
79 10.1 N
10.7
14.9,15.8
.10813
. 10844
205.36(3)
OW
HUS
No 360/
9.5 to 21.5(dv)
0 12.6 W
S&M
15.5
79 05.2 N
15.5
. 10889
205.236
OW
12.5 to
14.5 (dv)
0 11.2 W
MEx>
10.5
79 06.2 N
10.4
.10866
205.236
OW
12.5 to
12.5 (dv)
0 10.8 W
MEx»
11.7 ....
79 07.5 N
11.7
10.9,12.0
. 10906
. 10853
205.236
OW
HUS
12.5 to
12.5 (dv)
12.5 to
12.5 (dv)
0 10.0 w
0 08.9 W
MEx»
MEx>
No. 32
12.6
3.0 ....
78 20.4 N
78 23.3 N
12.7
3.0 ....
.11680
.11525
205.356
205.123
OW
No. 33
OW
a These 24-hour observations were made by all members of the party in turn.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
47
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)1 — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Obs'r
Dip Circle
No. 31
No. 21 (Ayon Island),
Winter-Quarters 1919
-1920
No. 40 (Ayon Island).
No. 30.
No. 29.
No. 39.
No. 28.
No. 37.
O '
69 54 N
69 52.5 N
69 51.2 N
69 50 N
69 27 N
69 00.8 N
68 55 N
68 36.7 N
No. 36 (Panteleika) ... 68 36. 1 N
No. 34 68 36 N
No. 38.
No. 27.
No. 35.
No. 26
No. 25
No. 53 (Pitlekai)
No. 24
No. 41 (Cape Serdze
Kamen) , Winter-
Quarters 1920-1921
No. 416 (Cape Serdze
Kamen), Winter-
Quarters 1920-1921..
No. 41c (Cape Serdze
Kamen).
No. 41d(Cape Serdze
Kamen).
No. 23
No. 51
No. 22 (Kain-ge-skon)
No. 42 (Kain-ge-skon)
Kain-ge-skon
No. 50
No. 49 (Mass-kan)
68 34.3 N
68 18 N
68 13.6 N
67 49 N
67 15 N
67 06.3 N
67 01 N
66 53.2 N
66 53.0 N
66 53.0 N
66 53.0 N
66 32
66 10
66 03
66 03 N
66 03 N
65 39 N
65 31.2 N
173 30
167 43
167 57
176 30
178 35
167 04
180 31
163.45
161 55
166 00
165 56
182 20
164 52
184 10
185 20
186 29
187 45
188 21
188 21
188 21
188 21
189 00
183 50
189 50
189 50
189 50
183 06
181 25
Jun 6, '20
Oct 29
Nov 5
Nov 12
Nov 19
Jun 18
Jun 16
Jun 17
Jun 4
Jun 2
May 7
May 31
Apr 11
Apr 12
Apr 1
Apr 2
Nov 5
Nov 6
Apr 28
May 27
Dec 24
Dec 31
Jan 1
Jan 7
Jan 21
Jan 24
Jan 28
Feb 4
Feb 11
Feb 18
Feb 25
Mar 3
May 25
May 24
Apr 13
May 22
Apr
Apr
May
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Feb
Jun
Mar
Mar
Nov 29, 20
Dec 1, 20
Dec 2, 20
Dec 6, 20
Jan 7, 21
Jan 12, 21
Jan 13, 21
Jan 19, 21
Jan 22, 21
Jan 25, 21
Apr 26, 21
26, 21
26, 21
18, 20
15, 21
3, 20
9, 20
23, 20
25, 20
5, 20
6, 20
12, 20
13, 20
23, 20
4, 21
30, 22
13, 21
8, 21
17.1,19.2
12.9,14.9
11.5
13.7,16.2
10.1,10.3
10.8,14.7
11.9,15.6
9.0,11.5
12.8
10.1,12.9
11.1
9.9,12.5
11.0,13.6
13.6
9.6,14.1
9.9,12.4
10.8,14.0
10.0,13.5
12.7,14.6
10. o
10.7
11.2
10.7,
10.8,
13.8
13.4
11.2,13.7
13.8,16.6 ..
13.5,17.8
12.3
11.0
12.5
10.9,12.4
3 34.0 E
3 19.0 E
2 25.5 E
h
3.4
11.1
11.4
11.5
11.5
11.3,12.6
20.0
15.8
3.9
4.3
17.1 ....
6.3
0 16.2 W
0 02.6 W
1 17.2 W
1 16.2 W
13.3
17.1
16.8
1 13.5 E
14.4
13.6
15.4
0 52.5 E
0 30.5 E*
0 49.8 E
0 46.2 E
0 52.0
0 47.0
0 54.2
0 47.6
0 42.0
0 50.3
15 03
16 38
16 31
16 36
16 38
16 35
16 32
E
E
0 E
E
0 E
E
16 39.2 E
16 40 E
13 29 E
17 33
17 00
12.2
10.6
14.8
15.2
14.5
15.0
12.5
18.3
13.7
15.4
12.0
11.5
11.9
12.0
12.6
12.2
12.4
10 09 E
15.4
16.1
16.5
13.0
11.6
12.1
12.4
15.6
15.6
12.3
11.9
11.8
13.6
12.4
13.5
7.5
11.7
78 18.0 N
78 20.9 N
78 21.2 N
78 23.4 N
78 19.5 N
78 21.6 N
78 21.0 N
78 18.4 N
78 07.4 N
77 56.0 N
77 36.1 N
77 30.8 N
h
3.4
11.1
11.5
11.5
11.3
17.7,
13.5,
3.9
4.3
13.0,
6.3
14.4,
14.4
15.7
77 32.4 N
77 49 . 2 N
77 48.2 N
77 33.5 N
77 32 . 8 N
77 06.1 N
12.0,14.0
12.5,14.6
14.5
10.3,11.6
9.7,10.9
15.4
11.8
77 08.4 N
11.9
10.6,
12.0
77 10.1 N
77 08.4 N
77 10 . 6 N
77 10.0 N
77 09.0 N
76 40.8 N
76 16.5 N
76 26 . 2 N
76 12.9 N
76 14.0 N
76 13.1 N
76 14.1 N
76 15.8 N
76 15.4 N
76 15.8 N
76 15.2 N
76 16.9 N
76 16.2 N
76 06.0 N
75 35.7 N
75 36.6 N
75 37.3 N
75 35.4 N
75 38.7 N
75 34.8 N
75 38.0 N
75 37.3 N
75 36.9 N
75 35.5 N
75 40.2 N
75 36.8 N
74 56.5 N
74 59 . 2 N
11.6,13.0
14.3,15.6
10.5,13.5
10.5,11.8
11.4,13.5
12.8
10.9,
12.5
18.3
13.7
15.4
11.5,12.8
11.7,11.8
11.5
11.9
12.0
12.6
11.9,13.4
12.2
11.4,12.8
12.4
14.4,15.8
15.2
16.2
16.5
13.0
11.5 ....
12.1
12.5
15.6
15.6
12.3
12.0
11.8
13.7
12.4 ....
13.5
7.5 ....
11.7
c. g. s.
.11585
.11583
.11571
.11609
.11551
.11661
.11593
.11741
.11895
. 12254
.12277
. 12384
. 12033
. 12038
. 12296
.12304
. 12389
.12631
.12732
. 12728
. 12734
. 12734
. 12734
. 12740
.12722
. 12730
.12727
.13047
.13460
.13213
.13409
. 13394
.13380
.13411
.13407
.13346
.13363
. 13352
.13350
. 13352
. 13354
. 13344
.13330
.13339
.13609
.13949
.13929
. 13925
.13969
.13899
.13975
.13899
.13924
.13937
.13819
.13907
.14476
.14460
205
8
206
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
206
205
205
206
205
205
206
8
205
8
206
8
205
206
205
205
206
206
206
206
206
205
205
206
205
205
205.123
205.123
205.56
205.123
205.356
205.12356
154.12
154.12
205.356
205.123
154.12
205.356
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
205.123
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
205.356
205.123
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.123(7)
205.123(7)
205.123
205.123(7)
205.123(7)
205.123(7)
205.123
205.56(7)
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
HUS
HUS
OW
OW
HUS
OW
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
OW
HUS
OW
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
. HUS
HUS
. HUS
HUS
. HUS
OW
OW
OW
HUS
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
HUS
HUS
s&w
s&w
5 Magnetic storm.
48
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast) — Concluded
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 43 (Yan-dang-ai) . .
No. 52
o /
65 30 N
65 28 N
65 01.4 N
64 54 N
64 50 N
64 34 N
64 24 N
O '
188 55
185 55
184 12
187 25
185 25
187 28
186 48
Feb 9, '21
Mar 29, 21
Mar 1, 21
Mar 21, 21
Mar 21, 21
Feb 14, 21
Feb 23, 21
Feb 17, 21
Feb 20, 21
h h h
10.3
o /
15 16 E
h h
11.4
12.6
11.8
14.2
14.2
10.5
12.3
13.9 ....
13.9
o /
75 09.5 N
75 05.5 N
74 15.2 N
74 16.3 N
74 15.5 N
74 40.1 N
74 26.3 N
74 24.9 N
74 13.9 N
h h
11.4
12.6
11.8 ....
13.2
15.2
10.5 ....
12.3
14.0
13.9
c. g. a.
.14266
.14344
.15106
.15076
. 15094
.14772
.14905
.14861
.150 40
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.125
205.36(7)
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
S&W
HUS
S&W
No. 48 (An-ma-la) ....
11.4,16.3
11 34 E
S&W
S&W
No. 44 (Jan-da-ken-
nut)
No. 47
9.6,11.4
16 04 E
S&W
S&W
S&W
No. 45 (Nabba-kotta). .
No. 46 (Emma Harbor)
13.1,14.7
14 29 E
S&W
Straits Settlements
Singapore, Holland
Road
Singapore, Botanical
Gardens
Singapore Observatory
1 19.0 N
1 18.9 N
1 16.2 N
0
'
103
47
103
49
103
49
Nov
29,
'21
Nov
27,
21
Nov
30,
21
Nov
27,
23
Nov
28,
23
Nov
29,
23
h h h
7.1, 8.3
10.0,11.3
10.2,11.4
11.9,15.7,17.0
9.2,10.6
14.1,15.4
0 32 . 2 E
0 35.2 E
0 33.0 E
0 36.7 E
0 35.1 E
0 38 . 1 E
h
h
9
4
14
8
12
3
10
3
10
5
11
0
11
2
15
7
15
8
0
'
17
20
2 S
17
22
6S
17
27
4S
17
33
7S
17
39
2S
17
37
OS
h h
c. g. s.
7.4, 8 0
. 38956
13
10.4,11.0
. 38986
13
10.5,11.1
. 38966
13
16.0,16.7
. 39024
24
9.6,10.3
.39018
24
14.4,15.1
. 38993
24
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
FB
FB
FB
DGC
DGC
DGC
Syria (Including Palestine)
Alexandretta.
Aleppo
Horns
Damascus.
Jerusalem.
36 34 . 8 N
36 13.7 N
34 43.9 N
33 30.3 N
31 47.8 N
0
/
36
11
37
08
36
41
36
19
35
13
Aug
10,
'22
Aug
14,
22
Aug
15,
22
Aug
16,
22
Aug
18,
22
Aug
23,
22
Aug
24,
22
Sep
1,
22
Sep
2,
22
Sep
2,
22
h h h
9.4,11.2
10.1,13.2
5.6 to 17.9 (dv)
9.8,11.7
12.6,14.6
8.3,10.2
13.0,15.4
6.1 to 10.3 (dv)
14.5 to 18.2 (dv)
0 36.7 E
1 12. 2E
1 12.9 E
0 21.2 E
0 42.1 E
0 47.5 E
0 03.1 W
0 00.4 W
0 01.2 W
h h
13.6,13.8
13.9,14.2
6.0 to
17.9 (dv)
9.0, 9.2
8.9, 9.2
12.7,12.9
10.5,10.8
50 47 . 3 N
50 36.0 N
50 35.7 N
48 39.2 N
46 55.2 N
46 52 . 0 N
44 19 . 6 N
h h
9.9,10.8
11.2,12.7
5.9 to
17 . 6 (dv)
10.3,11.2
13.2,14.2
8.8, 9.8
13.5,15.0
c. g. a.
.27102
.27246
.27252
.28191
. 28573
. 28562
. 29404
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
.12
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
Turkey
Dardanelles
Afiumkarahissar
Smyrna
Aidin
0 >
O
,
40 06 . 8 N
26
25
38 46.0 N
30
36
38 27 . 8 N
27
12
37 51.3 N
27
50
Jun
19,
'22
Jun
30,
22
Jun
30,
22
Jul
1,
22
Jun
23,
22
Jun
24,
22
Jun
24,
22
Jul
6,
22
h
,11.3
h h
9.4,11.1
10.0
13.6,15.0
6.0tol8.2(dv)
10.1,11.6
5.9, 9.1
13.6,13.8
8.4, 10.0
1 26
0 31
0 42
0 37
3 W
1 W
2 W
0 W
1 57.8 W
1 56.8 W
2 04.0 W
1 29.6 W
h h
14.7,14.9
7.6, 7.7
13.2,13.4
14.5,14.6
6.6, 6.7
10.6,10.8
54 49 . 4 N
53 26.2 N
53 26.8 N
52 40.9 N
52 41.4 N
52 20.6 N
h h
10.0,10.7
8.9, 9.6
14.0,14.7
10.4,11.2
7.9, 8.6
12.5,13.2
8.9, 9.6
c. g. s.
. 25004
.25798
.25822
.26710
. 26684
. 26701
. 26070
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
AUSTRALASIA
Australia
Thursday Island, B.
10 34.5 S
142 13
Sep , 7, '23
Sep , 8, 23
Sep 8, 23
Sep 9, 23
Sep 10, 23
h h h
16.3,17.6
6.5 to 9.0 (dv)
11.3 to 17.1(dv)
6.3 to 17.2(dv)
4 54.2 E
4 50.4 E
4 52.5 E
4 52.0 E
6.7 to
16.7 (dv)
33 39.6 S
h h
c. g. s.
16.6,17.3
.36625
24
6.2 to
9.0 (dv)
.36621
24
11.6 to
17.4 (dv)
. 36669
24
24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
49
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Obs'r
Dip Circle
Pt. Charles Lighthouse
Darwin
Batchelor
Pine Creek
Katherine River
Cooktown
Cairns .
Derby
Normanton .
Normanton, Secondary
Broome, A
Croydon
Forsayth
Townsville
Port Hedland.
Cloncurry, A .
Cloncurry, B .
Richmond. . . .
Hughenden. . .
Mackay
Rockhampton
Emerald
Jericho
Tambo
Carnarvon . . .
Charleville, A
12 23.4 S
12 26.7 S
13 03.6 S
13 49.6 S
14 26.1 S
15 28.6 S
16 56.0 S
17 17.8 S
17 41.4 S
17 41.4 S
17 58.4 S
18 13.1 S
18 35.1 S
19 14.6 S
20 18.8 S
20 42.4 S
20 42.4 S
20 43.8 S
20 50.4 S
21 08.8 S
23 21.8 S
23 30.5 S
23 35.7 S
24 53.1 S
24 53.2 S
26 24.4 S
130 39
130 50
131 03
131 51
132 17
145 17
145 46
123 38
141 06
141 06
122 14
142 15
143 38
146 50
118 35
140 30
140 30
143 09
144 12
149 11
150 30
148 10
146 08
146 16
113 39
146 14
Oct 4
Sep 21
Sep 22
Sep 24
Oct
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Aug 30
Aug 31
Sep 1
Aug 20
Aug 21
Aug 22
Aug 23
Aug 24
Nov
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Nov 17
Aug
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul 12
Jul 13
Jul 13
Nov 15
Jul 24
Jul 25
Jul 26
Jul 27
Jul 28
Jul 20
Jul 18
Jul 5
Jul 6
Jul 7
Oct 16
Oct 17
Oct 17
Oct 18
Oct 12
Oct 10
Oct 8
Nov 11
Sep 8
Sep 9
Sep 11
Sep 11
Sep 12
'23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
21
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
21
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
21
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
21
22
22
22
22
22
h h h
14.8,16.1
11.4,13.3
5.8 to 16.6(dv)
5.9 to 16.6(dv)
3 25.0 E
3 31.8 E
3 30.8 E
3 32.6 E
14.
7.
14.
12.
11.
11.
8.
14
15.
L0.
8.
14.
9.
18.
13.
7,15.0
8, 9.3
4,15.7
0,13.8
4,13.9
0,14.9
8,10.1
3,16.1
8,17.0
3,11.5
7, 9.8
7 ....
2
4
9,15.3
4,10.0
6,13.6
14.9
5.
13.
11.
10
7.
13.
8, 6.5
7,15.2
0,14.4
2,11.4
2 to 12.2(dv)
8 to 17.2(dv)
37.2
34.9
39.2
36.4
42.8
45.6
43.0
48.6 E
08.7 E
6 04.8 E
6 07.6 E
6 08.0 E
6 07.4 E
2 18.4 E
5 22.9 E
5 20.2 E
5 20.5 E
5 22.5 E
1 59.0 E
5 28.6 E
5 39.7 E
6 29.2 E
6 30.9 E
6 32.8 E
7.2 to 12.1(dv)
13.6 to 16.9(dv)
15.3,16.5
14.0,15.4
6.6 to 17.5(dv)
6.7
6.9 to 17.4(dv)
13.3
9.5
14.0
13.8
9.5
10.5
14.6
8.9
14.4
10.3
16.1
10.5
14.8
14.7
13.5
17.9
10.4
5.9
5.8
14.6
10.8
15.3
15.0
10.6
11.9
15.8
10.2
15.9
11.8
16.2
14.8
16.1
16.0
14.9
11.8
to 17
17.2
Kdv)
6.2 to 17.0(dv)
6 30.6 E
6 33.7 E
0 41.3 E
4 47.0 E
4 45.9 E
4 45.9 E
4 46.6 E
4 09.4 E
5 35.8 E
6 04 . 1 E
6 03.0 E
6 00.8 E
7 09.1 E
7 10.8
7 07.8
8 01.2
8 00.0
8 00.8
8 00.2
7 12.0
6 39.9
6 55.2
2 15.4 W
7 03.2 E
7 01.9 E
7 02.0 E
7 04.6 E
h h
14.2,14.4
10.8,11.0
38 18.4 S
38 27.2 S
h h
15.2,15.8
12.4,13.0
5.6 to
16.8 (dv)
6.0 to
16.7 (dv)
14.1,14.2
9.7, 9.9
14.0,14.2
11.5,11.7
10.6,10.9
10.4,10.6
10.7,10.9
38 28.3 S
39 22.2 S
39 25.4 S
39 26.4 S
40 22.8 S
41 32.0 S
41 22.9 S
41 23.0 S
15.1,15.8
8.2, 9.0
14.8,15.4
13.0,13.6
11.7,13.5
11.3,14.6
9.1, 9.8
14.6,15.8
13.3,13.5
9.8,10.0
10.3,10.4
9.5, 9.6
43 21.8 S
43 23.1 S
43 21.8 S
43 21.6 S
16. 1,
10.6,
9.0,
15.0
9.5
16.7
11.2
9.6
8.8
45 20.6 S
14.3,15.1
8.8, 9.7
13.9,14.6
9.0
,16.0
8.7
13.4
15.6,
8.1 ....
11.4,11.7
10.4,10.6
9.6, 9.8
45 18.8 S
45 18.6 S
45 19.0 S
48 19.2 S
45 54.3 S
46 20.0 S
46 53.2 S
6.1
14.1,14.8
11.3,14.1
10.5,11.1
7.0 to
12.0 (dv)
13.7 to
17.0 (dv)
46 53.9 S
46 52.8 S
7.4
12.1
to
(dv)
17.5
13.4,13.6
52 00.4 S
49 47.6 S
13.6 to
17.2 (dv)
15.6
14.4
16.2
15.2
7.9 to
17.6 (dv)
49 48.6 S
11.4,11.5
11.4,11.5
15.8,16.0
9.2
9.9
14.3
10.8
16.5
15.6,15.8
49 25.8
49 23.9
49 22
49 26
49 14
49 14
49 14
51 34.2
51 32.1
6.6
17.5
13.5
9.8
14,3
14.1
9.8
10.8
14.9
9.2,
14.8
10.7
to
(dv)
14.3
10.5
15.0
9.7
12.1
16.4
12.2
17.3
9.8,10.0
,10.2
,12.2
,16.6
,12.4
51 33.5 S
52 35.2 S
53 01.8 S
54 21.2 S
58 31.2 S
56 16.9 S
10.9,14.5
15.1,15.8
15.0,15.8
13.8,14.6
18.3
10.8,11.5
6.2 to
17.0 (dv)
Charleville, B.
26 24.5 S
146 14
Oct 6, 22
9.7,11.1
7 02.8 E
6.1 to
16.7 (dv)
14.1,14.3
56 16.3 S
56 20.1 S
c. g. s.
. 36057
. 36083
. 36064
. 35732
.35754
. 35679
.35714
.35414
. 35258
. 35279
. 35266
. 35042
. 35066
. 35087
. 35069
.35108
.34318
.34315
. 34332
.33130
.34182
. 34026
.33874
. 33877
. 33860
. 31486
. 33398
.33412
.33641
.33144
. 33064
. 33062
. 33053
. 33008
. 33008
.33012
.32212
. 32226
. 32226
. 31680
.31638
.31070
. 27929
.30182
.30181
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
13
24
24
24
24
13
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
13
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
13
24
24
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
177. 2X>
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
177. 2X'
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 14
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
177. 2X'
EI 24
10.0,10.8
.30154
24
EI 24
EI 24
DOC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
FB
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
FB
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
FB
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
FB
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
i 14X and 15X.
50
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time
Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Obs'r
Dip Circle
Roma .
Cordillo Downs.
o /
26 34.3 S
26 42.9 S
Brisbane .
27 27.1 S
Uodnadatta.
Coongoola.
Cunuamulla.
27 33.1 S
27 39 . 2 S
28 04 . 3 S
Goondiwindi, A
Goondiwindi, B
Geraldton
Leonora
Tenterfield
Marree
Farina, A
Bourke .
Lyndhurst Siding . . .
Watheroo Observatory2
28 33.0 S
28 32.5 S
28 47 . 0 S
28 51.0 S
29 04.1 S
29 39.4 S
30 04.4 S
30 04.9 S
30 17.3 S
30 18.9 S
O /
148 48
140 38
153 02
135 28
145 54
145 42
150 18
150 18
114 37
121 18
152 02
138 03
138 17
145 57
138 21
115 52.6
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep 15
Sep 16
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 21
Sep 21
Sep 21
Sep 22
Sep 22
Sep 22
Aug 26
Aug 28
Aug 29
Aug 29
Aug 30
May 12
May 13
May 14
May 15
Sep 15
Sep 20
Sep 21
Sep 22
Sep 30
Oct 2
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct 24
Oct 26
Nov 10
Nov 19
Aug 23
Jun 7
Jun 8
May 9
May 9
May 10
May 11
May 12
Jun 7
Jun 8
Jun 9
Jun 6
1921
Jan 4,11,
18,25,27
Jan 8
Jan 18
Feb 1, 8,
Feb 15,22
Mar 1, 8,
15,22,
29
h h h
15.9,16.8
9.1
11.5,11.6
14.0,15.4
10.9,11.2
9.6,11.7
9.4,11.2
10.5
10.8 to 17.4 (dv)
17.5
10.4
10. 8 to 17.4 (dv)
17.6
10.3
10.8 to 17.4 (dv)
17.5
14.2,16.1
6.9 to 17.9 (dv)
6.7,17.7
7.2 to 17.5 (dv)
38.7 E
34.3 E
34.1 E
38.6 E
34.4 E
43.4 E
40.8 E
37.3 E
40.8 E
41. 2E
40.7 E
42.4 E
42.1 E
38.1 E
44.1 E
43.4 E
9 03.3 E
9 00.4 E
9 03.0 E
9 04.1 E
h h
15.3,15.5
12.0,12.2
55 57.8 S
55 57.4 S
h h
16.3 ....
9.3,10.2
14.4,15.1
10.3,10.5
55 58.6 S
14.4
57 19 . 3 S
10.2,11.3
10.0,10.8
11.7,11.9
56 29.0 S
14.7,15.7
7.2 to
17.5 (dv)
10.8,12.4 ...
6.7 to 17.1 (dv)
4 13. 6E
4 11. 9E
6.5 to
16.2 (dv)
14.4,14.7
56 29.7 S
58 50.2 S
11.2,12.1
6.9 to 16.9 (dv)
4 13.9 E
6.6 to
17.1 (dv)
58 49 . 3 S
2,16.9 ...
5 to 17 . 5 (dv)
4 to 17.8 (dv)
5 to 17.5 (dv)
2,16.9 ...
8,10.3 ...
5 . . .
5 ...
4 . ..
3 ...
4 . . .
3 ...
2,16
4, 6
0,15
7,11
2,15
7,16
4.15.8
5.12.9
5,13.0,15.2
6,16.2
6 59
6 55
6 58
6 57
6 59
6 52
6 57
6 54
6 58
6 53
6 58
9 09
9 12
3 24
0 31
8 59
2E
2E
3E
2E
IE
4 E
2 E
6E
0E
0 E
4E
8E
2E
8 W
9 W
2E
11.1,11.3
57 53.0 S
6.6 to
17.1 (dv)
15.6,16.5
11.0,11.2
58 18.4 S
16.0,16.5
9.1,10.0
15.5,16.2
14.3,15.1
10.7,10.9
58 17.5 S
14.4,15.1
12.6,12.8
10.9,11.1
11.6
17.0
12.5,12.6
15.8
58 13.7 S
58 14.2 S
62 21.4 S
61 50.5 S
58 19.3 S
60 50.2 S
9,11.9 ...
6,16.0 ...
8,12.7 ...
6 to 17.0 (dv)
5 06.8 E
5 12.0 E
5 48.6 E
5 48.9 E
13.9,14.1
16.5 ....
60 51.6 S
61 15.6 S
13.9,15.2
9.0,10.2
10.0,11.5
13.7,16.0
9.5,13.7'.
9.3,13.5".
9.2,12.7s.
9.4,10.7'.
7 30 . 5 E
7 28.6 E
7 28.6 E
5 58.3 E
4 23.2 W
7.3 to
17.1 (dv)
15.6,15.8
10.7,10.8
61 13.6 S
60 30.4 S
60 30.8 S
23.2 W
24.1 W
4 23.4 W
10.9
8.8, 9.2*
10.2,11.1
8.7, 9.1
8.5, 8.8
8.4, 8.7
8.6, 9.0
61 32.9 S
63 56.3 S
63 55.4 S
63 57.2 S
63 56.6 S
63 56.8 S
63 56 . 3 S
15.1,15.9
14.8,15.6
12.7
13.5,14.8
15.1,15.8
10.4,11.2
15.0,15.7
11.3,12.4
7.5 to
17.5 (dv)
14.2,14.9
9.3, 9.9
10.5,11.2
14.6,15.5
10.5,14.2'
c. g. s.
. 30274
. 30264
. 30274
. 29609
. 29675
. 29880
. 29881
.28881
.28861
.29314
. 29074
. 29094
. 29094
. 29066
.29071
.29128
.29140
. 25790
.26502
. 29034
. 27707
. 27694
. 27444
.27465
10.8,13.0
9.7,10.8
9.9,10.8
. 27772
. 27782
. 27782
. 27244
. 24869
.24876
.24871
.24874
24
24
24
24
24
6
. 6
6
6
6
6
6
6
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
13
18
24
6
24
6
6
24
24
24
6
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
226.12(12)
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
177.2X(78)
201. 4X
EI 24
226.12
EI 24
226.12(12)
226.1
EI 24
EI 24
226.1
EI 2
2 The declination and horizontal-intensity values were determined at station Nm and the inclination values at station Nw.
3 The second observation on January 11 was at 11*. 2; the first observation on Jan 27 was at llh.2.
1 On January 4 the times of observations were at 10h . 2 and 1 lh . 0.
6 The second observations on Jan 11, 18 were at 10h.8 and llh.5; the observations on January 27 were at 14b.l and 15h.7.
6 The second observation on Feb 15 was at 10l>.4.
' The second observations on Mar 8, 22, were at 13h.3 and 12fc.8 respectively.
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DCC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
, DGC
DGC
. DGC
DGC
DGC
FB
JS
DGC
ALK
. ALK
DGC
ALK
. ALK
. ALK
ALK
DGC
DGC
. DGC
ALK
P.K.S
JS
JS '
P&S
P&S
P&S
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
51
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Watheroo Observatory
o /
O I
1921
h h h
0 /
h h
0 /
h h
c, g. s.
30 18.9 S
115 52.6
Apr 5,12,
19,26
9.2,11.2'....
4 21.9 W
9.1, 9.5
63 56.3 S
10.2,11.0'
.24871
7
EI 2
P&S
May 3,10,
24,31
9.6,13.6'°....
4 22.9 W
8.8, 9.1
63 58.0 S
9.7,10.7'i
.24839
7
EI 2
P&S
May 17 «
9.8,13.2
4 24.8 W
8.8, 9.2
64 06.2 S
10.3,11.5
. 24724
7
EI 2
JS
May 21
May 22
Jun 7,14,
9.6,10.8
14.2,15.4
.24793
.24816
7
7
JS
JS
21,28
9.1,10.9
4 21.9 W
8.4, 8.6
63 57.7 S
9.5,10.5
.24845
7
EI 2
P&S
Jul 5,12,
19,26
9.4,11.2"
4 22.5 W
8.4, 8.7
63 57 . 6 S
9.6,10.7"
. 24838
7
EI 2
P&S
Aug 1, 9,
16,23,
30
8.3,10.1"
4 21 9 W
7.5, 8.1"
63 57 . 7 S
8.9, 9.8"
. 24847
7
EI 2
WCP
Aug 12
9.3, 9.6
63 58.0 S
13.0, 13.7
.24827
7
EI 2
WCP
Sep 6,13,
20 27
8. 9,10. 8"
4 22.8 W
8.3, 8.6"
63 58.4 S
9.4,10.5"
.24838
7
EI 2
P&S
Oct 4,11
9.2,11.0
4 25.5 W
8.3, 8.5
63 59 5 S
9.6,10.6
. 24820
7
EI 2
P&S
Oct 17
Oct 18,19
13.3,15.2
13.2,15.1
4 18.3 W
4 18.8 W
13.8,14.8
13.7,14.7
. 24828
. 24834
7
7
JS
10.6,11.0
63 58.4 S
EI 2
JS
Oct 21
Oct 22
Oct 23
Oct 24
Oot 26
Nov 1
Nov 2,15
10.1,10.4
63 59.2 S
EI 2
JS
13.2
10.6,15.018
4 19.2 W
4 22.1 W
7
7
JS
8.8 to 15.0
.24851
WCP
15.4,15.9
63 58.6 S
EI 2
WCP
11.0
. 24848
7
WCP
9.2, 9.9
63 59.2 S
EI 2
GRW
22,30
9.6,11.3"
4 22 4 W
8.4, 8.8
63 59.1 S
10.4,10.8"
. 24838
7
EI 2
I'&W
Nov 8
Nov 9
Dec 6,13,
9.8,10.3
63 59 . 5 S
9.6,11.2
. 24844
7
EI 2
GRW
9.0,11.8
4 20.8 W
GRW
20,27
9.8,11.8
4 23.4 W
8.7, 9.0
63 59.0 S
10.1,11.3
.24835
7
EI 2
W&S
Dec 30
Dec 31
1922
14.8,16.2
9.4,10.7
. 24825
.24840
7
7
GRW
GRW
Jan 3,10,
17,24,
31
9.7,11.420 ...
4 22.9 W
8.9, 9.3"
63 59.2 S
10.3,11.02°
. 24826
7
EI 2
W&S
Feb 7,14,
21,28
9.3,11.6
4 25.2 W
8.5, 8.922
64 00.3 S
9.7,10.9
. 24805
7
EI 2
W&S
Mar 7,14,
21,28,
29
9.8,12.4a
4 22.3 W
9.0, 9.3*1
64 00.4 S
10.4,11.6s3
.24808
7
EI 2
W&S
Apr 4,11
18,25
9.0,11.5
4 22.3 W
8.5, 8.9"
64 01.0 S
9.5,10.7
.24801
7
EI 2
W&S
May 2, 9,
16,23,
30
9.4,11.6
4 21.1 W
8.6, 8.9
64 00.4 S
10.0,11.2
.24805
7
EI 2
W&S
Jun 6,13,
20,27
9.5,11.6
4 21.7 W
8.6, 9.0
64 00.0 S
9.8,11.1
.24811
7
EI 2
W&S
Jun 28
Jul 4,11,
9.0,10.3
.24816
7
GRW
18,25
9.3,11.5
4 21.2 W
7.9, 8.2
64 00.7 S
9.8,11.0
.24798
7
EI 2
W&S
Aug 1, 8,
15,22,
29
9.8,11.6"
4 22.2 W
9.0, 9.3
64 01.0 S
IQ.3,11.228
.24799
7
EI 2
W&S
8 The second observation on Apr 19 was at 13h.0.
• The second observation on Apr 5 was at 13h.6.
10 The second observations on May 10, 24 were at 10h.8 and ICC1. 2.
"The observations on May 3 were at ll11. 1 and 13h.o.
12 Magnetic storm in progress during observations this day.
"The second observation on July 5 was at 13h.2, with a third observation at 15h.4.
" The observations on July 5 were at 13h.7 and 14h.9.
"The observations on Aug 1 were at 13>>.5, 14*. 9 in D; at 13>>.0, 13V2 in J; and at 13>".8, 14>>.6 in H.
" The observations on Sep 27 were at 13i>.3, 15V5 in D and at 13h.8, loVO in H.
17 The observations on Sep 6 were at 13h.2 and 13h. 5.
18 The first observation on Oct 23 was at 7h . 4.
19 The second observations on Nov 15, 22 were at 14V 6 in D and at 13h.9 in H.
20 The first observation on Jan 10 was at 7ll.9 in D and at 8h.4 in H; the second observations on Jan 17 were at 1Q.& in D and 13h.3 in //.
21 The observations on Jan 10 were at 6h.3 and 6h.6.
22 The observations on Feb 7 were at 6h.3 and 6h.7.
2> The observations on Mar 29 were at 13<>.7 and 15V8 in D; at 13>>.0, 13b. 3 in 7; and at 11>>.3, 15>>.4 in //,
24 The observations on Apr 18 were at 6h. 5 and 6h.7.
28 The second observation on Aug 1 was at 14h.0 in D and at 13h.5 in H.
52
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Inte
nsity
Instruments
Station
1
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Watheroo Observatory
O '
O t
1922
h h h
o /
h h
O '
h h
c. g. s.
30 18.9 S
115 52.6
Sep 5,12
8.8,10.9
4 22.7 W
7.7, 8.0
64 00.9 S
9.3,10.5
. 24804
7
EI 2
W&S
Sep 22 , 26
13.4,15.6
4 18.1 W
16.7,17.0
64 01.8 S
14.0,15.2
. 24779
7
EI 2
w&s
Oct 3,10,
17,24,
31
9.2, 10. S28
4 21.4 W
6.4, 6.7"
64 01 . 1 S
9.7, 10. 428
. 24796
7
EI 2
W&S
Oct 4
Nov 7,14,
9 4, 9.8
4 25.3 W
7
JS
21,29
9.1,11.2
4 23.4 W
8.1, 8.4
64 01.3 S
9.7,10.8
. 24805
7
EI 2
W&S
Dec 5,12,
19,26
10.0,11.1". . . .
4 21.4 W
8.9, 9.2'°
64 00.9 S
10.1,10.7"
. 24805
7
EI 2
w&s
1923
Jan 2, 9,
16,23,
30
9.5,11.6
4 22.1 W
8.6, 8.9
64 01.6 S
10.1,11.2
. 24800
7
EI 2
W&S
Feb 6,13,
15,20,
27
9.4,11 3
4 21.9 W
8.7, 9.0
64 02.7 S
9.9,10.9
. 24783
7
EI 2
w&s
Mar 2, 6,
13,20,
27
9.8,11.9"
4 20.9 W
9.1, 9.233
64 03.2 S
10.2,11.5"
. 24776
7
EI 2
w,s,c
Apr 5,11,
17,24
10.0, 11. 4»
4 20.7 W
9.1, 9.4»
64 02.8 S
10.6,10.9"
. 24775
7
EI 2
s&c
May 1, 8,
15,22,
29
9.6,11.6
4 20.7 W
8.8, 9.1
64 02 3 S
10.2,11.2
. 24775
7
EI 2
w,s,c
Jun 5,12,
15,19,
26
9.8,11.7
4 20.8 W
8.7, 9.13»
64 02.5 S
10.2,11.2
. 24784
7
EI 2
s&c
Jun 16
Jul 3
Jul 4
Jul 10,17,
9.3 10.3
. 24779
7
JC
8.8, 9.5
64 03.4 S
EI 2
GRW
8.4,10 .7
4 19.8 W
8.9,10.2
. 24780
7
GRW
24,31
9.4,11.4
4 21.1 W
8.5, 8.9
64 02.7 S
9.9,10.9
. 24784
7
EI 2
w,s,c
Aug 7,14,
21,28
9.8,11.4"
4 20.7 W
8.9, 9.2
64 02.6 S
10.3,11.0"
. 24784
7
EI 2
s&c
Sep 4,11,
18,25
10.2,11.94u.. . .
4 20.8 W
9.1, 9.5
64 02.9 S
10.7, 11. 5«
. 24774
7
EI 2
w,s,c
Oct 2, 9,
16,23,
30
9.7,11.5
4 21.6 W
9.0, 9.4
64 03.9 S
10.2,11.1
. 24760
7
EI 2
s&c
Nov 6,13,
20,27
9.7,11.5"
4 19.7 W
8.9, 9.2«
64 03.5 S
10.2.11.143
. 24774
7
EI 2
w,s,c
Dec 4,11,
I
18,24
10.0,11.6"
4 20.1 W
9.3, 9.6
64 03.1 S
10.5,11.3"
. 24780
7
EI 2
w.s.c
192 J,
Jan 2, 8,
15,29
9.9,11.7"
4 18.9 W
8.9, 9.4
64 03.7 S
10.4, 11. 2«
. 24776
7
EI 2
w,s,c
Jan 21
Jan 22
Feb 5,12,
8.6, 9.2
64 04.2 S
EI 2
OWT
13.5,15.5
4 17.4 W
14.2,15.0
.24778
7
JC
19,26
9.9.11.648
4 19.5 W
8.8, 9.3
64 04.8 S
10.5,11.2"
. 24758
7
EI 2
W.T.C
Mar 4,11,
18,25
9.7,11.7
4 20.6 W
8.9, 9.3
64 04.5 S
10.3,11.1
. 24768
7
EI 2
C&T
28 The second observation on Oct 3 was at llh.8; the observations on Oct 10 were at 14h. 1 and 16h.3; the first observation on Oct 31 was at &>.<}.
27 The observations on Oct 3 were at 9b2 and 9h5; those on Oct 10 were at 16h9 and 17h.2.
28 The observations on Oct 10 were at 14h.6 and 15h.9; the first observation on Oct 31 was at 8h2.
" The second observations on Dec 12, 26 were at 13h8 and 15h.O.
30 The observations on Dec 26 were at llh3 and llh. 6.
51 The second observation on Dec 12 was at 13h4, and the observations on Dec 26 were at 13h.4 and 14h,6.
32 The observations on Mar 2 were at ll11. 4 and 14>>.6; the second observation on Mar 6 was at 14h9.
13 The observations on Mar 2 were at lO'.fl and 10h.9.
31 The observations on Mar 2 and 6 were at 12h.7 and 14h. 1.
35 The first observation on Apr 5 and the second observation on Apr 11 were at 8V5 and 13h,8.
38 The observations on Apr 5 were at 6*>.9 and 7h.2.
37 The first observation on Apr 5 and the second observation on Apr 11 were at 9b2 and 13h.4.
38 The observations on June 15 were at 13h.8 and 14h.2.
38 The second observations on Aug 7 were at 13b . 8 in D, and at 13h . 4 in H .
40 The second observations on Sep 18 were at 13h.9 in D, and at 13h5 in H.
41 The observations on Nov 6 were at 13h2 and loh.6; the second observation of Nov 13 was at 14h.8.
42 The observations on Nov 6 were at 10h9 and llh . 3.
13 The observations on Nov 6 were at 14h.O and 15h2, and those on Nov 13 at 13h2 and 14h.4.
14 The second observation on Dec 18 was at 14h.O in D and at 13h.6 in H.
45 The second observations on Jan 29 in D and H were at 15h.6 and 13h.8 respectively.
48 The second observations on Feb 5 and 26 in D were at 14h.4 and 14<>.5, and in H at 13h.8 and 13h.9.
Results oe Land Observations, 1921-1926
53
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Latitude
Long.
East
Date
Station
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M
. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Watheroo Observatory
O '
0 /
1921,
h h h
o /
h
h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
— Continued
30 18.9 S
115 52.6
Apr 1, 8,
16,22,
29
9.8,12.0".. . .
4 18.6 W
8.7,
9.1"
64 04.5 S
10.4,11.5"
. 24756
7
EI 2
W,T,C
May 6,13,
20,27
9.8,11.7"
4 18.7 W
8.9.
9.3"
64 04.6 S
10.3, 11. 2«
. 24750
7
EI 2
J,C,T
May 21
Jun 3,10,
13.6,
13.9
64 04.2 S
EI 2
JC
17,19,
24
9.6,11.6
4 18.9 W
8.7,
9.0
64 04.5 S
10 1,11.2
24760
7
EI 2
J.C.T
Jul 1, 8,
15,22,
29
9.8,11.6
4 19.1 W
8.7,
9.3
64 04.8 S
10.4,11.3
. 24748
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Aug 1
Aug 5,12,
10.7,11 5
. 24755
7
JC
19,26
9.5,11.1"
4 20.3 W
8.5,
8.9
64 05.0 S
10.0,10.7"
.24754
7
EI 2
J.C.T
Sep 2, 9,
16,23,
30
9.6,11.5
4 20.9 W
8.6,
9.1
64 06.0 S
10.1,11.1
.24741
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Oct 7,14,
21,28
9.4,11.4
4 21.8 W
8.5,
8.9
64 06.2 S
9.9.10.9
. 24737
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Oct 22
Nov 5,11,
9.7,10.6
24734
7
HFJ
19,25
9.2,11.1
4 21.6 W
8.4,
8.7
64 06.4 S
9 7,10.2
. 24738
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Nov 21
Dec 2, 9,
9.4,10.3
. 24752
7
HFJ
16,23,
30
9.1,10.8
4 19 6 W
8.4,
8.7
64 05.9 S
9.6,10.6
.24747
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Dec 24
1925
11.1,11.9
. 24742
7
JC
Jan 6,13,
20,27
9.0,10.8s"
4 19 3 W
8.2,
8.5'»
64 06.4 S
9.5,10.46"
. 24735
7
EI 2
J.C.T
Feb 3,10,
17,24
9.2,11.4"
4 20.5 W
8.4.
8.8
64 07.0 S
9.9,10.9"
24737
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Feb 20
Mar 2,10,
10.4,11.2
. 24734
7
JC
17,24
9 3,11.0
4 19.9 W
8.5,
9.0M
64 06.9 S
10.0, 10. 9«
.24731
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Apr 1, 7,
14,21,
28
9.0,10.5M
4 20.8 W
8.3.
8.6"
64 06.7 S
9.4,10. 1"
. 24729
7
EI 2
J,C,T
May 5,12,
19,26
9.1,11.3"
4 19.2 W
8.4,
8.7
64 07.4 S
9.6,10.3s6
.24721
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Jun 2, 9,
16,22,
30
9.2,10.95'
4 18.2 W
8.4,
8.7"
64 07.3 S
9.8,10.6"
. 24723
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Jul 7,14,
21,28
9 . 1 , 10 . 9
4 19.0 W
8.4,
8.7
64 07.2 S
9.6,10.5
.24721
7
EI 2
J.C.T
Aug 4,11,
18,25
9.1,10.7
4 19.0 W
8.3,
8.6
64 07.5 S
9.5,10.3
. 24727
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Sep 1, 8,
15,29
9.2,11.0
4 19.8 W
8.3,
8.5
64 08.7 S
9.6,10.6
.24712
7
EI 2
J.C.T
Sep 24
9.0, 9.2
4 21.5 W
8.4,
8.6
64 08.0 S
7
EI 2
J&T
Sep 25
Oct 6,15,
9.3,11.2
4 18.6 W
9.8,10.8
. 24674
7
OWT
20,27
9.2,10.9
4 22.1 W
8.4,
8.7
64 09.2 S
9 6,10.5
. 24704
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Nov 3,10,
17,24
9.0,10.7
4 22.0 W
8.3,
8.5
64 09.2 S
9.5,10.3
. 24703
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Dec 1, 8,
15,22,
29
9.2,10.9
4 20.9 W
8.3,
8.6
64 09.6 S
9.6,10.5
.24712
7
EI 2
J,C,T
1926
Jan 5,12,
'...,'
19,26
9.2,1I\Q
4 20.0 W
8.3,
8.6
64 09.4 S
9.8,10.6
.24716
7
EI 2
J,C,T
Feb 2, 9,
16,23
9.2,10.8
4 21.8 W
8.3,
8.5
64 10.6 S
9.6,10.4
. 24677
7
EI 2
J,C,T
47 The second observations on Apr 16 in D were at 14V 7 and in H at 14h. 1: the observations in I on Apr 22 were at 14V 0 and 14V 4.
48 The observations on May 20 in D were at 13V 4 and 15V 2, and in H at 13V 9 and 14V 7; those in I were at 10V9 and 11V2.
49 The second observations on Aug 19 in D and H were at 14V 0 and 13V 5 respectively.
50 The observations in D on Jan 20 were at 14V 4 and 16V 4, those in H at 14V 9 and 16V 0, and those in J at 13''. 5 and 13V 9.
61 The second observation in D on Feb 17 was at 10V4; the observations in H on Feb 17 were at 9V3 and 10V 1.
52 The second observation in i" on Mar 17 was at 8V5; the observations in H on Mar 17 were at 9V2 and 9V9.
63 The second observations in D and H on Apr 21 were at 11V2 and 10h.8 respectively.
54 The observations on Apr 1 were at 11V4 and 11V6.
55 The second observations on May 12 and 19 were at 10V4 and 10V5 respectively.
56 The second observation on May 26 was at 11V0.
57 The observations in H on Jun 9 were at 9V2 and 9V9. Those on Jun 22 were, in D, at 141". 2 and 16V0; in /, at 13V4 and 13V7; and in H, at 15V7 and 16V 6.
54
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Long.
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Latitude
East
Date
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Watheroo Observa-
o t
o *
1926
h h h
o t
h h
o *
h h
c. g. s.
tory — Concluded
30 18.9 S
115 52 6
Mar 1
13.4 to
17.0 (12)
64 09.7 S
EI 2
J,C,T
HFJ
Mar 2
Mar 3
8.0
7.9 to 17.1(8)
4 21.2 W
4 18.2 W
7
8.4 to
Mar 9,16,
16.7(8)
. 24682
7
J&T
23,30
9.0,10.7
4 21.7 W
8.2, 8.5
64 11.1 S
9.4,10.3
.24675
7
EI 2
J&T
Apr 6,13,
20,27
9.1,10.8
4 19.9 W
8.2, 8.5
64 10.4 S
9.6,10.4
.24684
7
EI 2
J.C.T
May 4,11,
18,25
8.9,10.6
4 18.5 W
8.2, 8.4
64 10.3 S
9.5,10.3
.24689
7
EI 2
J&C
Jun 1, 8,
15,22,
29
9.0,11.1
4 18.1 W
8.3
64 09.3 S
9.5,10.6
. 24702
7
EI 2
J,C,W
Jul 6,13,
20,27
8.8,10.7
4 18.0 W
8.3,11.3"
64 09.6 S
9.4,10.3
. 24700
7
EI 2
J.C.W
Aug 3,10,
17,24,
31
8.8,10.5"
4 19.0 W
8.3,10.8"
64 10.2 S
9.3,10.1"
. 24683
7
EI 2
J.C.W
Sep 7,14,
21,28
8.5,10.4 ....
4 19.4 W
8.2,10.6
64 10.9 S
9.1,10.0
.24680
7
EI 2
J.C.W
Oct 5,12,
19,26
8.9,10.8
4 21.0 W
8.4,11.1
64 11.2 S
9.5,10.4
. 24678
7
EI 2
j.e.w
Nov 2, 9,
16,23,
30
8.7,10.3
4 20.6 W
8.3,10.5
64 10.9 S
9.2, 9.9
.24682
7
EI 2
J&C
Dec 7,14,
21,28
8.6,10.3
4 20.8 W
8.2,10.7
64 09.9 S
9.1,10.0
.24702
7
EI 2
J.C.W
Watheroo Observa-
1923
30 18.9 S
115 52.6
Apr 5
Apr 6
Apr 6
Apr 7
13.3,15.1
8.8,10.6
4 16.2 W
4 23.2 W
13.8,14.7
9.3,10.2
.24791
. 24762
7
7
JS
JS
13.5,15.5
4 16.6 W
14.1,15.1
.24790
24
DGC
9.0 to 15.5(4)
4 19.8 W
9.5 to
15.1 (4)
.24776
24
DGC
Watheroo Observa-
30 18.9 S
115 52 6
Apr 9
Apr 9
Apr 10
Apr 10
9.2 to
•
11.6 (6)
13.6 to
64 01.6 S
EI 2
JS
16.1 (6)
6.8 to
64 15.1 S
EI 24
DGC
9.5 (6)
10.2 to
64 03.8 S
EI 24
DGC
1921
14.6 (8)
64 02.1 S
EI 2
JS
Watheroo Observa-
30 18.9 S
115 52.6
Oct 20,21
Oct 22
Oct 23
Oct 24
Oct 24
1923
13.5,15.3
8.9,10.9
16 1 17 5
4 18.1 W
4 26.4 W
4 19 2 W
13.8,14.8
9.3,10.3
16.4,17.1
.24819
.24832
.24834
7
7
7
JS
JS
WCP
8 4 9 7
4 25 6 W
8.7, 9.4
.24842
7
WCP
10.0,11.4,11.7
4 24.8 W
10.4,11.1
.24834
7
WCP
Apr 5
8.5 to 15.1 (4)
4 19.8 W
9.2 to
14.7 (4)
14.1,15.1
. 24773
24
DGC
Apr 6
Apr 7
13 5,15 5
4 17 2 W
.24790
7
JS
9.0 to 15.5 (4)
4 20.0 W
9.5 to
15.1 (4)
. 24777
7
JS
1921
Watheroo Observa-
30 18.9 S
115 52.6
Jan 13
Jan 13
Jan 14
Oct 20,21
Oct 20
1923
9.8,10.5
13.8,14.3
9.5, 9.9
9.2, 9.6
10.3,11.0
63 55.8 S
63 55.6 S
63 56.4 S
63 59.2 S
63 59.4 S
EI 2
EI 2
EI 2
EI 2
EI 2
EK
JS
JS
JS
JS
Apr 9
9.1 to
11.6 (6)
13.6 to
64 13.9 S
EI 24
DGC
Apr 9
16.0 (6)
6.8 to
64 02 7 S
EI 2
JS
Apr 10
9.6 (6)
64 02.2 S
EI 2
JS
68 The second observation on Jul 6 was at 8h.3.
"The second observations on Aug 10 in D, I, and // were at 14&.3, 14h.8, and 13h.7 respectively.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
55
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time
Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Watheroo Observa-
tory Sa — Concluded. .
Ooldea
Cook
Tarcoola
Deakin
Mile-Post 632
Coolgardie
Southern Cross
Werris Creek
Wilcannia
Northam
Eucla
Yalata Head Station
Broken Hill
Cottesloe, A
Ceduna
Dubbo, A*
Dubbo, -B*
Narromine
Menindie
Port Augusta, A
Port Augusta, B .
30 18,0 S
30 27.5 S
30 37 S
30 43.1 S
30 46.0 S
30 49.4 S
30 57.1 S
31 13.6 S
31 21.0 S
31 33.7 S
31 38.6 S
31 43.3 S
31 56.3 S
31 57.8 S
31 59.1 S
32 08.2 S
32 14.3 S
32 14.9 S
32 15 S
32 23.9 S
32 29 . 7 S
32 29 . 7 S
Wellington. . .
East Maitland
Narrogin
Peterborough .
32 33.6 S
32 45.5 S
32 55.8 S
32 56.9 S
115 52.6
131 48
130 25
134 35
128 58
128 25
121 10
119 20
150 39
143 23
116 40
128 53
132 23
141 27
115 45
133 36
148 35
148 37
148 12
142 26
137 46
137 46
148 56
151 35
117 10
138 51
Apr 10, '23
Mar 30
Apr 14
Apr
Apr
May
May
Apr
Nov 14
Nov 15
Nov 16
Nov 11
Nov 12
Aug 22
May 30
May 31
Nov 10
Apr 17
Apr 18
Apr 19
Apr 20
Mar 28
May 20
May 20
May 21
May 23
Oct 30
Mar 23
Mar 24
Mar 25
Mar 26
Jun 15
Jun 14
Jun 12
May 26
May 1
May 1
May 2
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
Jun 16
Oct 23
Nov 7
May 19
May 19
Oct 2
Oct 3
Oct 3
10.4,10.8 ..
15.2
16.1
10.7,14.1 ..
2 55.8 E
2 28.8 E
2 29.5 E
3 55.0 E
15.0,16.5
10.4,14.1
11.5
7.2 to 18.2(dv)
10.8
16.2
15.8
14.6,16.0
10.4,11.9
17.2 E
53.6 E
1 28.4 W
.1
1 31
1 31.5 W
2 12.0 W
2 10.2 W
9 05.2 E
6 54.7 E
10.7,14.5 ..
10.7,12.5 ..
4 35.4 W
I 48.5 E
6.8 to 17.3(dv)
7.0 to 17.2(dv)
9.6,11.3
11.1,12.7
16.0,16.2
9.4
10.1,
9.9,
14.3,
11.5
12.2
15.9
1 46.2 E
1 49.8 E
2 47.9 E
6 03.9 E
6 04.7 E
6 05.3 E
6 02.2 E
4 48.8 W
3 52.4 E
6.9 to 17.7(dv)
6.4 to 16.3(dv)
14.9,16.2
13.9,15.4
10.5,14.8
9.9,12.0
14.8
3 51.0 E
3 50.5 E
7 02.1 E
8 48.6 E
8 45.0 E
6 45.6 E
4 53.3 E
9.3
4 47.7 E
10.9,12.8
14.9,16.9
4 50.6 E
4 52.4 E
15.5,15.7
14.8
9.3
10.9,12.8
14.9,16.9
53.0 E
55.2 E
48.2 E
51.1 E
51. 4E
15.5,15.7
10.3,11.6
12.8,15.5
13.9,16.9
4 51. 7E
8 36 . 4 E
9 33. 4E
5 29.1 W
10.1,12.2
13.0,14.6
15.3,16.8
5 34.1 E
5 38.3 E
5 36.3 E
h h
10.2 to
14.6 (8)
11.1,11.2
64 02.9 S
62 41.4 S
9.9,10.3
16.0,17.4
13.3
13.6,14.1
15.7 ....
62 46.0 S
62 20.4 S
62 53.4 S
11.1,11.8
13.6,13.8
63 13.0 S
15.4,16.2
10.8,11.5
13.9 ....
11.9 ..
63 50.2 S
14.5
11.4 11.8
64 29.1 S
61 11.6 S
10.3 ....
16.7
11.2
14.9,15.7
10.8,11.6
8.6, 8.8
16.6
14.7,14.9
6.6 to
17.4 (dv)
62 20.5 S
65 10.0 S
63 51.1 S
63 51.0 S
11.2,14.1
11.3,12.1
13.7,13.9
14.8,15.0
64 26.5 S
62 41.8 S
6.7 to
17.4 (dv)
10.0,10.9
11.6,12.4
9.3, 9.5
14.6
13.7,13.9
5.9 to
16.8 (dv)
62 40.6 S
65 27.4 S
64 11.2 S
64 12.1 S
9.7,10.9
10.4,11.2
10.4,11.3
14.9,15.6
13.9,14.1
10.8,11.0
9.8,10.0
8.8, 9.0
10.6,11.0
11.3,11.9
14.9,15.1
15.9,16.2
61 58.4 S
62 31.0 S
62 14.1 S
63 19.8 S
64 20.2 S
64 20.4 S
64 20 . 2 S
64 19 . 8 S
6.0 to
16.6 (dv)
15.2,15.8
14.3,15.1
10.8,11.5
10.2,11.0
15.4
9.8
10.2,10.5
10.7.10.9
11.4,11.7
12.0,12.2
10.6
16.1
9.9 ....
11.7
64 19.6 S
64 19.4 S
64 19.7 S
64 19.8 S
64 19.9 S
64 22.0 S
64 20.4 S
64 21.5 S
11.4,12.3
15.4,16.5
11.2
15.6
64 20.8 S
64 20 . 9 S
10.6
11.8
15.8,16.0
16.2,16.4
9.6, 9.8
10.1,10.3
11.3,11.6
11.8,12.0
64 21.2 S
64 20.3 S
64 21.0 S
64 21.2 S
64 22.0 S
64 22.0 S
64 21.9 S
64 22 . 2 S
15.4
9.8
11.4,12.3
15.4,16.5
13.6,13.8
16.0,16.2
62 32 . 5 S
62 21.3 S
66 36.1 S
64 16.0 S
64 15.5 S
64 15.1 S
64 14.8 S
64 14.3 S
10.6.11.4
14.0,15.1
14.5,16.6
10.7,11.8
13.4,14.3
15.7,16.4
c. g. s.
. 26538
. 26290
. 26499
. 26304
. 25937
. 25209
.25211
. 24679
. 24682
. 27487
. 26702
. 24004
. 25572
. 25549
.25264
.26490
. 26496
. 26520
.23843
. 25506
. 25446
. 27595
. 26648
.26751
.26100
.25401
.25413
. 25394
. 25398
.25435
.25385
. 25393
. 25403
. 26504
. 26726
.23016
.25368
. 25390
. 25400
24
6
24
6
24
18
18
18
18
18
24
24
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
6
24
24
6
6
24
6
6
24
24
18
EI 24
EI 24
226.12
EI 24
226.12
EI 24
201. 4X
201. 4X
EI 24
EI 24
201. 4X
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
201. 4X
EI 24
EI 24
24
24
24
24
24
21
24
24
EI
EI
EI
EI
226
226
226
226
24
24
24
24
.12(12)
.12(12)
.12(12)
.12(12)
226
226
.12(12)
.12(12)
226
226
EI
EI
EI
EI
EI
EI
.12(12)
.12(12)
24
24
24
24
24
24
EI
EI
201
226
226
226
226
226
24
24
.4X
.12(12)
.12(12)
.12(12)
12(12)
.12
DGC
DGC
D&M
D&M
DGC
GFD
GFD
DGC
JS
Jg
JS
JS
JS
DGC
DGC
DGC
JS
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
B&S
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
ALK
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
DGC
ALK
ALK
DGC
ALK
ALK
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
ALK
DGC
DGC
JS
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
* Local disturbance.
56
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o '
33 20 . 1 S
33 20.6 S
33 41.0 S
33 41.3 S
33 44 . 5 S
33 44.5 S
34 33 . 6 S
34 42 . 6 S
34 45 . 8 S
34 54 . 8 S
34 58.5 S
34 58.5 S
35 01.2 S
35 05.9 S
35 06.2 S
35 33.7 S
O '
115 37
115 38
138 56
117 34
151 04
151 04
148 22
135 52
149 43
138 36
138 42
138 42
137 36
137 46
147 23
138 35
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Nov
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Jun
Jan
Mar
Mar
Mar
Jan
Mar
Mar
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jan
Nov
Nov
Dec
31 '21
h h h
14.9,16.2
6.0 to 7.0 (dv)
8.0 to 18.1 (dv)
10.6,12.9,13.8
10.5,13.4,13.7
16.1,16.8
o /
5 39.2 W
5 47.1 W
5 44.0 W
5 43.4 W
5 31.7 W
5 29.8 W
h h
17.5
66 32 . 8 S
h h
15.2,15.9
c. g. s.
. 23060
18
18
18
18
18
18
201 . 4X
B&S
1
1
3
2
3,
30
31
31
1
5
20
21
21
6
25
26
19
20
20
25
8
9
26
26
26
27
27
2S
28
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
5
6
6
6
7
8
9
26
26
27
27
27
28
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
5
6
6
6
7
20
21
23
24
27
29
30
21
21
21
21
21
23
23
23
23
21
21
21
21
22
23
22
23
23
23
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
22
24
24
B&S
B&S
201. 4X
B&S
14.8
66 43.2 S
10.9,12.9
16.4
. 22936
. 22952
B&S
B&S
14.9
9.5,12.0
64 42.7 S
64 42.8 S
226.12
226.12
K&M
11.0,11.2,13.6
15.5,15.7,17.3
10.5.13.0
12.5,14.4
9.5
9.2, 9.4
13.3,15.2
10.6,12.6
11.2.13.2
11.8.12.2
10.9,12.4
9.5,10.4
13.5.15.1
11.4.13.3
10.3,11.8
10.2.12.3
5 53.0 E
5 53.5 E
5 51.9 E
4 31.3 W
9 11.4 E
9 09 . 8 E
9 19.8 E
9 15.0 E
9 17.1 E
8 49.6 E
3 15. 6E
3 09 . 2 E
3 15.9 E
9 10.6 E
5 27.2 E
5 26.5 E
14.2,15.1
16.1,17.0
11.2,12.6
13.1,14.1
10.4,11.4
.25152
.25150
. 25107
. 22896
.25977
6
6
6
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
6
K&M
K&M
K&M
11.0
13.4,13.7
66 59.6 S
63 28.6 S
201. 4X
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
B&S
Red Hill, A
DGC
DGC
Red Hill, B
12.7,12.9
13.8,14.0
13.7,13.8
14.0,14.2
14.9,15.1
8.9, 9.1
63 26.6 S
63 28.8 S
63 32.3 S
64 31.4 S
66 23.2 S
66 25.3 S
13.8,14.8
11.0,12.1
11.6,12.9
10.6,11.4
11.3,12.0
13.9,14.7
. 25958
. 25960
.25912
.25253
. 24082
.24100
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Port Lincoln
DGC
DGC
DGC
14.0,14.2
13.9,14.2
12.9,13.3
14.2,14.6
15.4,15.8
11.4,14.8
15.7,16.6
64 33.8 S
12.0,12.9
10.6,11.5
10.7,11.9
.25176
. 23998
. 23980
EI 24
DGC
Adelaide, Botanical
Park
DGC
Mount Lofty, A
66 14.0 S
66 15.9 S
66 13.4 S
66 13.0 S
66 13.8 S
66 13.7 S
226.12
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
226 12
226.12
ALK
DGC
DGC
DGC
ALK
ALK
14.9.15.0
16.0,16.2
9.3, 9.5
10.1,10.2
10.9.11.1
13.6,13.8,14,3
14.4,14.8,15.0
5 00.8 E
4 58.4 E
4 53.2 E
4 53.3 E
4 54 . 5 E
5 02 . 1 E
5 01.9 E
24
24
24
24
24
6
6
24
24
24
24
6
6
6
6
6
24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
ALK
.24127
.24158
.24134
.24142
.24122
. 24134
.24152
.24118
.24140
.24145
ALK
11.2,13.7
15.0
11.6,13.5
14.6,15.6
10.0,11.2
14.1
15.3,16.3
10.0 ....
10.6,11.5
10.7,11.9
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
ALK
ALK
ALK
ALK
Mount Lofty, B
10.2,11.8
10.2,12.3
4 56.0 E
4 54.8 E
13.9,14.2
13.8,14.0
13.1,14.4
15.6
14.7,14.9
15.5,15.8
16.4,16.7
66 12.0 S
66 21.5 S
66 13.8 S
66 13.2 S
66 14.2 S
66 13.8 S
66 14.5 S
226.12
EI 24
226.12
226.12
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
ALK
DGC
ALK
ALK
DGC
DGC
DGC
16.0,16.2
9.3, 9.5,10.1
10.2,10.9,11.1
13.6,13.8
14.3,14.4
14.8,15.0
4 57 . 9 E
4 55 . 2 E
4 55.3 E
5 02.4 E
5 03.8 E
5 03.2 E
6
6
6 ,
24
24
24
6
6
6
6
24
24
24
24
6
ALK
ALK
ALK
DGC
DGC
DGC
11.2
13.7,15.0
11.6,13.5
14.6,15.6
10.0,11.2
14.1,15.3
16.3
10.0
11.8,14.3
.24109
. 24140
.24122
.24130
. 24093
.24138
.24136
.24129
. 23662
ALK
ALK
/
ALK
ALK
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
11.2,14.8
4 42.0 E
ALK
10.4
16.4
66 40.8 S
66 45.0 S
226.12(1)
226 . 12
ALK
Edithburgh
10.3,15.2
10.3,10.9,13.9
13.6,15.4
10.0,12.4
10.8
10.3,10.8
5 00.3 E
5 00.5 E
8 31.2 E
5 37.0 E
5 35.9 E
5 35.2 E
11.0,14.7
. 23582
6
6
24
6
6
6
K&M
K&M
Wagga Wagga
Port Victor
11.2,11.4
14.3
65 11.9 S
66 55.4 S
14.2,15.0
10.6,11.8
. 24845
.23414
EI 24
226.12
DGC
K&W
K&W
K&W
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
57
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o /
36 05.1 S
36 18.5 S
37 17 S
37 33.4 S
37 33.4 S
37 33.4 S
37 49.9 S
41 14.8 S
41 35.9 S
0 /
146 55
140 46
142 57
145 29
145 29
145 29
144 58
146 27
147 08
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
28, '22
h h h
13.6.15.3
16.8
9.6,11.2
14.3,15.8
9.2,10.5
9.0,10.9 ....
10.7,12.6
15.0,16.8
10.7.12.4
10.4,12.2
14.8,16.6
10.3,12.2
14.8,16.6
15.2.17.6
10.8,11.1
11.4,11.8
12.1,12.4
15.4.15.7
16.0,16.3
o /
8 16.8 E
6 14.9 E
6 11.4 E
6 17.6 E
6 07.8 E
7 15.5 E
8 08.0 E
8 12.1 E
8 05.5 E
8 06.0 E
8 13.2 E
8 07.0 E
8 12.2 E
8 15.2 E
8 03.0 E
8 04.6 E
8 07.0 E
8 15.7 E
8 17.2 E
h h
11.1,11.3
o /
66 10.2 S
h h
14.1,14.9
c. g. s.
. 24203
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
EI 24
DGC
16
17
19
20
15
3
3
4
8
6
7
7
15
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
20
20
20
3
3
4
6
6
7
7
14
14
15
15
15
15
20
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
11
13
13
13
13
14
20
20
22
22
23
23
23
24
24
22
23
24
25
25
26
23
23
23
23
23
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
, 22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
DGC
11.5,11.7
9.4, 9.6
67 21.6 S
67 20.0 S
10.1,10.9
14.7,15.4
9.5,10.2
9.6,10.5
11.2,12.1
15.4,16.4
11.1,12.0
11.0,11.8
15.4,16.2
10.9,11.8
15.4,16.2
15.9,16.9
.23333
. 23374
. 23336
.23016
. 22973
. 23020
. 22952
. 22996
. 23007
. 22996
.23015
. 22967
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
16.3,16.5
67 41.2 S
DGC
Toolangi, Magnetome-
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
10.0,10.8
11.7,14.5
15.5,16.3
9.4,10.2
11.1,11.9
.22964
. 22990
. 23023
. 22982
.22968
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
9.6, 9.9
10.3,10.5
10.9,11.2
8 02.9 E
8 04.8 E
8 06.2 E
DGC
DGC
DGC
Too\angi,Inductor Pier .
9.8,10.1
14.3,14.5
9.8,10 0
9.8,10.0
14.2,14.4
9.7, 9.9
14.2,14.3
15.9,16.1
16.5,16.7
. .9.7,10.0
67 42.0 S
67 40.2 S
67 43.2 S
67 41.9 S
67 41.8 S
67 40.8 S
67 40.6 S
67 40.4 S
67 40.5 S
67 42.6 S
67 45.2 S
67 44.4 S
67 43.8 S
67 42.9 S
67 42.2 S
67 41.8 S
67 41.2 S
67 38.8 S
67 38.8 S
67 38.6 S
67 38.8 S
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
10.6,11.0
11.8,12.1
12.6,12.8
12.2,12.4
11.0,11.2
11.7,11.9
12.3,12.6
15.0,15.2
15.6,15.8
16.2,16.4
16.7,16.9
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Toolangi, B
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
11.6,14.2
15.8,16.7
10.4,11.3
10.4,11.3
15.2,16.1
. 23006
. 23034
. 22996
.22978
. 23024
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
DGC
DGC
9.8,11.8
9.8,11.8
12.2.12.4
14.5.16.6
16.9,17.1
9.5,11.8
15.2,15.4
15.8,16.0
9.7,11.6
14.7,16.4
9.8,11.6
15.0,16.8
9.8,11.6
14.6,16.4
10.5.12.7
16.8
10.0,11.7
5.8, 6.6
14.5,15.9
8.5,10.0
8 05.6 E
8 02.6 E
8 09.0 E
8 14.2 E
8 12.8 E
8 03.2 E
8 14.6 E
8 12.7 E
7 51.4 E
8 00.6 E
7 53.2 E
8 02.6 E
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
10.2,11.2
. 22996
DGC
DGC
DGC
Melbourne, Earth- In-
ductor Pier
9.1 9.2
13.8,14.0
9.1, 9.2
13.9,14.1
14.2,14.4
9.0, 9.2
13.8,14.0
13.2,13.4
67 59.2 S
67 59.5 S
68 00.3 S
67 57.6 S
67 57.6 S
67 59.6 S
67 58.4 S
70 40.0 S
10.3,11.1
15.1,15.9
10.3,11.1
15.5,16.3
. 22794
. 22820
. 22802
. 22836
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Latrobe
7 53.6 E
8 02.3 E
9 26.2 E
9 36.7 E
9 26.4 E
9 28.6 E
9 38.3 E
9 25.2 E
10.3,11.1
15.1,15.9
10.9,12.1
. 22800
. 22828
. 20652
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
15.6,15.8
14.0,14.2
70 54.8 S
70 54.9 S
10.5,11.3
14.9,15.6
. 20360
. 20390
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
10.4,10.6
70 55.3 S
8.9, 9.7
. 20398
EI 24
DGC
58
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Sorell
o /
42 47.6 S
42 52.2 S
43 25.9 S
O /
147 33
147 21
147 01
Jan 30, '23
Jan 31, 23
Jan 31, 23
Feb 1, 23
Feb 2, 23
Jan 29, 23
Feb 4, 23
Feb 5, 23
Feb 6, 23
Feb 7, 23
h h h
16.1,16.3
0 /
9 57.6 E
9 52.4 E
9 55.6 E
9 56.0 E
9 52.6 E
8 52.4 E
10 51.9 E
10 49.9 E
h h
0 /
h h
c. g. s.
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
DGC
9.6,11.3 .
13.5,16.0 .
14.2,15.4 .
8.4,10.7 .
10.2,11.8 .
15.9,17.3 .
12.9,13.1
71 52.3 S
10.0,10.9
14.0,15.6
14.5,15.1
9.8,10.4
10.6,11.5
16.3,17.0
. 19650
. 19689
. 19704
. 19657
. 19678
. 18721
EI 24
DGC
DGC
Hobart, D
15.8,16.0
11.1,11.3
14.9,15.0
17.5,17.6
71 52.6 S
71 52.8 S
71 38.6 S
72 37.0 S
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
6.0 to 17.6(dv)
DGC
5.7 to
17.4 (dv)
72 36.6 S
EI 24
6.1 to 17.2(dv)
10 49.0 E
DGC
5.8 to
17.5 (dv)
. 18703
24
DGC
New Zealand
Auckland*.
Rotorua Gardens
Eketahuna
Mount Victoria*
Christchurch, Jarrah
Peg
Queenstown
Cromwell
Kingston
Roxburgh
Clinton
o '
O /
36 51.7 S
174 46
38 09.3 S
176 16
40 39 S
175 43
41 18.7 S
174 47
43 31.8 S
172 37
45 02.4 S
168 42
45 02.6 S
169 14
45 19.6 S
168 45
45 33.9 S
169 19
46 12.6 S
169 26
Mar
8,
'22
Aug
3,
22
Aug
4,
22
Aug
5,
22
Aug
7,
22
Mar
10,
22
Mar
15,
22
Apr
5,
22
Mar
19,
22
Mar
27,
22
Mar
30,
22
Mar
25,
22
Mar
31,
22
Apr
1,
22
Mar
22,
22
h h h
10.6,15.5
15.0,17.0
6.9 to 17.8 (dv)
6.9 to 17.0 (dv)
11.0,15.2
16.0 ....
7.1, 9.2
9.6,11.5
10.2,11.8
9.4,11.2
15.3, 16.8
10.4,12.4
15 43.8 E
15 40.5 E
15 41.8 E
15 43.7 E
15 06.8 E
16 53.7 E
17 06.6 E
17 29.6 E
17 23.9 E
17 33.8 E
17 41.9 E
18 40.8 E
h h
16.9,17.2
14.4,14.6
6.8 to
16.8 (dv)
12.9,13.1
13.2,13.4
15.2,15.5
9.8,10.0
13.9,14.1
14.4,14.9
12.5,12.8
7.9, 8.2
14.3,14.5
62 13.4 S
62 15.4 S
62 14.8 S
63 04 . 2 S
65 25.1 S
66 09.9 S
68 15.8 S
70 01.6 S
70 03.4 S
70 10.2 S
70 19.8 S
70 48.4 S
h h
11.2,15.1
15.6,16.5
7.4 to
16.8 (dv)
11.4,14.9
11.4,12.3
7.9, 8.8
10.1,11.0
10.6,11.4
9.9,10.8
15.8,16.5
10.9,12.0
c. g. s.
.26128
.26102
.26111
. 25474
.24149
.22243
.20920
.20830
. 20798
. 20729
. 20328
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
EUROPE
Belgium
50 47.9 N
50 47.9 N
50 47.9 N
50 47.9 N
4 21
4 21
4 21
4 21
Aug 21, '22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 24, 22
Aug 24, 22
Aug 24, 22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 22, 22
Aug 23, 22
Aug 23, 22
Aug 23, 22
h h h
18.8,19.0,19.4
17.4,17.6,17.7
17.9,18.0,18.2
18.4,18.6,18.7
18.9,19.0,19.2
O /
11 25.2 W
11 28.7 W
11 27.7 W
11 27.5 W
11 27.6 W
h h
O /
h h
c. g. s.
27
27
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
t
WCP
WCP
WCP
8.0, 8.5
9.0, 9.6
10.2,10.6
66 05.0 N
66 05.0 N
66 04.8 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
Uccle Pier NW
11.6,12.2
12.5,13.0
15.4,16.0
16.3,16.9
11.8,12.4
12.6,13.1
. 18856
. 18863
. 18872
. 18876
. 18866
. 18874
27
27
27
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
13.9,15.1
66 02.9 N
EI 27
WCP
Denmark
Rude Skov, Pier DH .
55 50.6 N
12 27
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
5, '22
5, 22
5, 22
5, 22
6, 22
h h h
16.2,16.3,16.5
16.6,16.8,17.0
17.1,17.3
17.5,17.7
8.8, 9.0
7 40.8 W
7 40.1 W
7 39.1 W
7 38.4 W
7 33.2 W
9.5,10.1
c. g. s.
. 17075
27
27
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
• Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
EUROPE
Demark — Concluded
59
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Cirole
Obs'r
Rude Skov, Pier DH
55 50.6 N
55 50.6 N
55 50.6 N
O /
12 27
12 27
12 27
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
6,
6,
20,
20,
20,
6,
6,
6,
6,
6,
6,
20,
'22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
h h h
o *
h h
o /
h h
10.6,11.1
11.7,12.2
14.1,14.7
15.2,15.7
16.2,16.7
c. g. s.
. 17078
. 17072
. 17080
. 17091
. 17096
27
27
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
17.2,17.5
7 32.8 W
WCP
WCP
WCP
Rude Skov, Pier I . . . .
13.9,14.0
14.2,14.4
14.5,14.7
14.8,15.0
15.2,15.3
15.5,15.6
69 03.2 N
69 03.0 N
69 02.9 N
69 02.6 N
69 02.4 N
69 02.7 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
Rude Skov, Stone Pil-
18.0,18.1
7 31.4 W
27
WCP
Finland
Sodankyla, Pier S.
Sodankyla, Pier W.
o /
67 22.1 N
67 22.1 N
26 39
26 39
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
12,
•22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
13,
22
h h h
11.3,19.4,19.6
8.6,10.2,10.4
12.8,13.0,13.4
13.5,15.8,19.8
20.0,20.2,20.4
21. 4E
23.9 E
14.4 E
15.0 E
19.4 E
16.6,16.7
16.9,17.1
18.2,18.4
18.5,18.7
19.0,19.2
19.4,19.6
75 39.6 N
75 39.0 N
75 37.7 N
75 37.4 N
75 37.5 N
75 38.4 N
h h
11.8,19.0
7.4, 8.2
10.8,11.4
11.8,12.4
13.9,14.5
14.8,15.4
c. g. s,
. 12555
. 12562
.12541
. 12536
. 12559
. 12580
27
27
27
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
France
Val Joyeux.
o /
48 49 N
2 01
May 25,
May 25,
May 25,
May 25,
May 26,
May 26,
May 26,
May 26,
May 26,
May 26,
h h h
8.2, 8.9, 9.0
10.4,10.6,11.8
13.6,14.9,15.2
8.3, 8.7, 9.8
10.2,10.4
10.5,10.7
12 30.2 W
12 35.6 W
12 36.1 W
12 30.3 W
12 33.8 W
12 33.7 W
13.0,13.2
13.6,13.8
14.0,14.2
14.3,14.4
14.6,14.7
14.9,15.0
64 42.6 N
64 42.0 N
64 42.2 N
64 42.0 N
64 42.1 N
64 42.6 N
h h
c. g. s.
7.9, 8.6
. 19646
27
9.4,10.1
. 19652
27
10.9,11.5
. 19646
27
13.9,14.6
. 19646
27
7.4, 8.1
. 19658
27
8.9, 9.5
. 19624
27
27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
EI
27
WCP
Germany
Potsdam, TP.
o t
52 23 N
13 04
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
1,
•22
1,
22
2,
22
2,
22
2,
22
2,
22
3,
22
3,
22
3,
22
3,
22
3,
22
3,
22
h h h
10.6,11.2,11.4
11.7,16.4,16.7
14.5,16.6
17.2,17.4
17.6,17.8
17.9,18.1
18.3,18.4
6 35.9 W
6 39.4 W
6 43.6 W
6 34.3 W
6 36.8 W
6 37.2 W
6 37.6 W
14.9,15.1
15.2,15.4
15.7,15.8
16.0,16.2
16.4,16.6
16.8,17.0
66 39.8 N
66 39.4 N
66 39.1 N
66 37.6 N
66 37.6 N
66 37.6 N
h h
14.1,15.1
15.4,16.0
14.8,15.4
15.8,16.3
16.9,17.6
17.9,18.5
c. g. s.
. 18604
.18613
. 18594
. 18601
. 18621
. 18606
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
60
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
EUROPE
Great Britain
Station
Eskdalemuir, Pier 2.
Eskdalemuir, Pier S.
Eskdalemuir, Pier 5 .
GreenwichObservatory,
Intensity Pier
GreenwichObservatory,
Tent 1919
Kew Observatory, Nm
Kew Observatory, Nw .
Kew Observatory, Om
Kew Observatory, Ow
Teddington .
Latitude
55 18.9 N
55 18.9 N
55 18.9 N
51 28.6 N
51 28.6 N
51 28.1 N
51 28.1 N
51 28.1 N
51 28.1 N
51 26 N
Long.
East
of Gr.
O /
356 48
356 48
356 48
0 00
0 00
359 41
359 41
359 41
359 41
359 40
Date
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 20
Sep 21
Sep 21
Sep 25
Sep 25
Sep 25
Sep 25
Sep 25
Sep 25
Sep 21
Sep 22
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 22
Sep 23
Sep 23
Declination
Local Mean Time
10.1,10.4,10.6
10.8,11.1,11.4
14.2,14.4
14.3,14.6,14.8
15.1,15.3,15.6
15.8,16.1
8.8,
9.3,
9.9,
10.4,
14.5,
14.8,
10.8,
11.7,
12.4,
13.0,
11.0,
9.0,
9.4,
10 1,
9.1
9.6
10.2
14.2,14.3
14.7
15.0
11.2,11.6
12.1,12.2
12.6,12.8
13.2,13.3
11.2
13.3,13.6
10.9,11.0,11.6
Value
16 23 0 W
16 23.5 W
16 26.8 W
16 24 4 W
16 25.7 W
16 26.2 W
13 45
13 46
13 47
13 50
13 51
13 51
14 07
14 07
14 08
14 08
14 06
.7 W
.2 W
.3 W
.3 W
.9 W
.3 W
.2 W
.9 W
.2 W
.4 W
.7 W
14 11.6 W
14 08.0 W
Inclination
L. M. T.
10.1,10.3
10.5,10.6
11.0,11.1
11
11.
12
11.4
11.9
12.3
15.8
13.6,13.8
14.0,14.2
14.5,14.6
14.8,15.0
15.2,15.4
15.5,15.7
10.6,10.8
11.0,11.2
11.4,11.6
11.8,12.0
12.2,12.3
12 5,12.6
14 2,14.4
14.6,14.8
15.0,15.2
15.4,15.6
9.0, 9.2
9.4, 9.6
9.8,10.0
10.2,10.4
Value
69 41.2 N
69 40.4 N
69 40.0 N
69 39.9 N
69 39 . 9 N
69 39 . 5 N
69 40.9 N
66 51.8 N
66 51.8 N
66 52.0 N
66 51.0 N
66 51.6 N
66 52.2 N
66 58.2 N
66 58.6 N
66 58.2 N
66 57.9 N
66 56.7 N
66 56 . 8 N
66 55 . 4 N
66 56.5 N
66 56.8 N
66 55 . 9 N
66 56 . 6 N
66 56.2 N
66 56.6 N
66 57.2 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
// h
9.6,10.2
10.7,11.3
11.8,12.3
15.0,15.
9.7,10.3
10.8,11.4
11.9,12.4
14.2,15 0
15.3,15.8
8.6, 9.2
9.5,10.1
11.0,11.6
12.8
9.5,10.2
12.3,13.0
8.7, 9.9
10.4,11.0
14.9,15.5
9.5,10.1
23.6
00.4,00.8
01.7,02.5
Value
c. g. s.
.16608
.16618
. 16655
. 16673
.16641
. 16638
. 16656
. 18430
. 18430
.18428
. 18423
. 18428
.18431
. 18372
. 18396
. 18362
. 18346
. 18389
.18367
. 18446
. 18443
. 18449
Instruments
Mag'r
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
.27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
Dip Circle
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
Obs'r
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
Greece
o /
38 04 . 3 N
O '
23 50
Jul
Jul
11,
11,
'22
22
h h
8.2, 9.9
12.8,14.1
h
o /
2 48.9 W
2 53.8 W
h h
10.5,10.7
52 41.0 N
h h
8.6, 9.4
13.2,13.8
c. g. s.
. 25792
. 25800
12
12
EI 7
PHD
PHD
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
61
EUROPE
Holland
Station
De Bilt, Pier 4 ■
De Bilt, Pier 8 .
Latitude
52 06 N
52 06 N
Long.
East
of Gr.
5 11
5 11
Date
Jun
30,
•22
Jun
30,
22
Jul
1,
22
Jul
1,
22
Jul
2,
22
Jul
3,
22
Jul
3,
22
Jun
30,
22
Jun
30,
22
Jul
1,
22
Jul
1,
22
Jul
1,
22
Jul
1,
22
Declination
Local Mean Time
h h h
10.2,14.8
15.0,16.4
11.6.13.2
15.0,15.2,15.4
12.8,13.0
7.8,10.0
10.1.10.3
Value
11 02.5
11 07.0
11 07.6
11 06.1
11 05.8
10 59.2
11 01.1
Inclination
L. M. T.
17.0,17.3
17.5,17.7
8.7, 8.9
9.0, 9.2
9.4, 9.6
9.8, 9.9
Value
66 53.4 N
66 53 . 6 N
66 56.0 N
66 56.0 N
66 56.3 N
66 56 . 2 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T
h h
10.6,14.5
15.4,16.0
12.2,12.9
14.0,14.7
8.1,
9.0,
8.8
9.6
Value
c. 0. s.
.18332
. 18380
. 18346
. 18361
. 18343
.18332
Instruments
Mag'r
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
Dip Circle
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
Obs'r
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
Italy
Terracina, A .
Terracina, B .
41 17.0 N
41 17.0 N
13 14
13 14
May 17,
May 17,
May 18,
May 18,
May 18,
May 18,
May 16,
May 16,
May 18,
May 18,
May 18,
May 18,
May 18,
h h h
9.4, 9.7, 9.9
10.2,10.5,10.7
9.7, 9.9,10 2
10.4,10.7,11.0
6 41.4 W
6 42.6 W
6 40.2 W
6 41.9 W
h
12.7,
13.6,
6.9,
7.7,
8.4,
9.1,
13.3,
14.2,
7.7
10.3,
11.1,
11.8,
12.4,
h
13.0
13.8
7.2
8.0
8.7
9.4
13.6
14.4
10.8
11.4
12.1
12.6
56 48.0 N
56 48.8 N
56 49.7 N
56 49 . 8 N
56 49 . 7 N
56 49 . 8 N
56 46.4 N
56 47 . 6 N
56 50.1 N
56 47 . 6 N
56 46 . 8 N
56 46.2 N
56 45.5 N
h h
15.2,15.8
16.1,16.7
15.7,16.3
16.6,17.1
c. g. s.
.23752
.23756
. 23768
. 23765
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
Portugal
Coimbra, A .
Coimbra, B
Coimbra, C .
40 12.4 N
40 12.4 N
40 12.4 N
o
,
351
35
351
35
351
35
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
18,
•22
19,
20
19,
22
21,
22
21,
22
17,
22
17,
22
18,
22
18,
22
20,
22
20,
22
20,
22
21,
22
20,
22
20,
22
20,
22
h
12.7,
8.8,
14.2,
13.9,
14.6,
9.1,
12.2,
8.9,
11.9,
h
15.8
11.6,
14.3
14.2
14.7
11.8
14.6
11.4
12.2
12.0
14.6
11.7
15 10.1 W
15 03.9 W
15 06 0 W
15 05.5 W
15 05.4
15 06.6
15 11.6
15 05.9
15 10.2
9.1, 9.8
10.3,10.8
11.3,11.8
13.2,13.7
14.1,14.7
15.0,15.7
58 17 . 2 N
58 17.8 N
58 17 . 2 N
58 16.4 N
58 18.0 N
58 18.5 N
h h
13.9,15.2
9.6,10.9
12.6,13.5
11.7,13.0
10.0,11.1
12.7,13.8
9.7,10.8
.3,10.4
c. g. s.
.23092
. 23074
. 23090
.23091
. 23076
. 23078
. 23078
. 23090
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
wcp
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
Spain
Tortosa, Pier E.
Tortosa, Pier M .
40 19.2 N
40 19 2 N
0 30
0 30
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Apr
Apr
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Apr
Apr
Apr
30,
•22
30,
22
31,
22
31,
22
1,
22
1,
22
30,
22
30,
22
31,
22
31,
22
1,
22
1,
22
2,
22
11.4,13.0
15.9,17.3
11.6,13.0
15.3,16.8
10.7,12.2
14.2,15.5
9.4, 9.8
11 48.8 W
11 41.2 W
11 45.0 W
11 44.2 W
11 45.8 W
11 48.2 W
11 40.4 W
h h
14.4,14.8
15.2,15.4
13.8,14.0
14.6,14.8
12.7,12.9
13.6,13.8
57 38.4 N
57 38.3 N
57 40 . 3 N
57 39.0 N
57 37.8 N
57 37.4 N
11.8,12.7
16.2,16.9
12.0,12.7
15.7,16.5
11.1,11.8
14.5,15.2
.23333
.23298
. 23320
.23315
. 23309
. 23328
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
wcp
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
62
Land Magnetic Observations. 1921-1926
EUROPE
Spain — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
San Fernando, Pier N*.
o /
36 27.7 N
36 27.7 N
36 27.7 N
O
353 48
353 48
353 48
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
11,
11,
11,
12,
12,
12,
12,
8,
8,
8,
7,
7,
8,
8,
10,
10,
10,
'22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
h h h
8.1, 8.3
8.7, 8.8, 9.2
o /
13 40.1 W
13 40.1 W
h h
o /
h h
9.9,10.6
14.3,15.0
15.5,16.0
c. g. s.
. 24960
.24966
. 249.54
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
WCP
14.7,14.9,15.2
15.4,15.6,15.7
15.9,16.0
16.4,16.5
13 48.4 W
13 48.3 W
13 48.2 W
13 45.0 W
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
San Fernando, Pier NE*
10.2,10.5
11.1,11.3
14.5,14.6
16.4,16.7
53 53.2 N
53 52.2 N
53 51.2 N
53 52.5 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
WCP
San Fernando, S*
8.6, 8.9,10.8
11.0,14.4,14.5
15.2,16.3
13 42.0 W
13 47.5 W
13 49.7 W
9.5,10.2
. 24968
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
8.1,- 8.3
9.0, 9.2
53 55.4 N
53 55.0 N
EI 27
EI 27
WCP
WCP
8.4, 8.5
14.6,14.8,15.0
15.2,15.4,15.5
13 43.5 W
13 49.1 W
13 49.4 W
9.0, 9.7
10.8,11.5
. 24930
. 24944
27
27
27
WCP
WCP
WCP
Turkey
Rumeli Hissar.
41 05.3 N
29 03
Jun
8,
'22
Jun
12,
22
Jun
13,
22
Sep
16,
22
h h h
10.5,13.0
6.3 to 18.5 (dv)
11.4,13.2
0 33.2 W
0 34.0 W
0 30.0 W
h h
14.2,14.5
6.1 to
17.8 (dv)
10.3,10.6
o
/
55 46.8 N
55
47
6 N
55
49
4 N
h h
11.2,12.7
6.4 to
18.3 (dv)
c. g. s.
. 24752
. 24779
12
12
11.9,12.8
. 24756
12
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
PHD
PHD
PHD
PHD
NORTH AMERICA
Canada
Camp Clay , Cape Sabine
Albert Harbor
Albert Harbor, Second-
ary
Ponds Inlet
Ponds Inlet, Secondary.
Fox Channel
Baffin Island No. 5. . . .
Baffin Island No. 3
(Noovookuok)
Baffin Island No. 6
Nauwatta
Baffin Island No. 4. . . .
Queen's Cape
Baffin Island No. 1 . . . .
Bowdoin Harbor, Abso-
lute Observatory
78 45.5 N
72 41.5 N
72 41.5 N
72 41.3 N
72 41.3 N
65 52.0 N
65 24 . 4 N
65 23.9 N
65 19.9 N
65.2 N
65.1 N
64 42.0 N
64.4 N
64 23.9 N
o /
285 44
May
7, '24
282 26
Sep
5, 22
Sep
5, 22
282 26
Sep
5, 22
281 58
Sep
6, 22
Sep
6, 22
281 58
Sep
6, 22
279 46
Aug
22, 21
283 19
Apr
4, 22
282 27
Jan
5, 22
284 06
Apr
8, 22
282.4
Jan
1, 22
282.3
Jan
10, 22
281 08
Sep
3, 21
282.5
Dec
12, 21
282 08
Nov
22, 21
Nov
26, 21
Nov
28, 21
Nov
29, 21
Dec
2, 21
Dec
24, 21
Dec
29, 21
Jan
7, 22
Jan
13, 22
Jan
20, 22
Jan
24, 22
Feb
17, 22
h h
16.1,20.7
15.6
12.8
11.1
9.4
12.4
14.2,17.5
11.0,14.8
11.8
14.3
15.1
11.7
11.4,11.6
11.4,11.6
10.8,11.0
11.1,11.3
98 09.1 W
87 50.3 W
91 19.5 W
(51 54 W)
60 08.0 W
63 09.8 W
54 44.0 W
50 45.7 W
52 48
53 03
51 33
51 54
51 40
52 45
51 55
51 58
52 52
52 05.4
52 48.6
h
18.2
15.8
16.8
14.9
13.7
15.4
15.8
13.7
10.5
14.9
10.8
15.5
15.0
19.4
17.4
13.9
14.6
12.9
13.3
12.9
13.5
13.1
13.1
12.4
12.9
13.2
85 54 . 0 N
86 31.0 N
86 21.0 N
86 35.4 N
86 25.8 N
86 19 . 5 N
86 22 . 5 N
(86 11 N)
85 33.0 N
85 35 . 4 N
85 18.7 N
85 58.1 N
85 34.3 N
85 39 . 3 N
85 21
.9 N
85 31.4 N
85 30.1 N
85 28.9 N
85 27.2 N
85 32.7 N
85 32.8 N
85 28.9 N
85 28.4 N
85 42.6 N
85 31.1 N
85 34.5 N
h h
18.2
16.8
13.7
13.7
10.5
14.8
10.8
14.9
15.3,
11.9,13
14.4
12.9
13.2
13.1
13.0
12.9
13.2
17
c. g. s.
04033
03698
03589
04060)
04501
04707
04926
04617
04628
04708
04665
04759
04749
04761
04763
04713
04628
242
16
16
242
241
241
241
241
241
241
242.56(3)
242.5
242.56(1)
242.5
242.56)1)
242.5
242.5
242.12(3)
242.56
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.5
242.56(1)
242.1
242.56
242.12
242.1256(1)
242.1256(1)
242.56(1)
242.12
241.12
241.12
241.12
241.12
241.127
241.127
RHG
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
G&H
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
63
NORTH AMERICA
Canada — Concluded
Station
Bowdoin Harbor, Absc-
solute Observatory —
Concluded
Bowdoin Harbor, B .
Bowdoin Harbor, C .
Bowdoin Harbor, Varia
tion Observatory Site.
Baffin Island No. 7
Baffin Island No. 2
(Shatoito)
Cape Dorset, A
Cape Dorset, B
Araadjuak
Baffin Island No. 8
(Etenilk)
Baffin Island No. 9
(Sabooyak)
Baffin Island No. 9, A
(Sabooyak)
Lake Harbor
Lake Harbor, Second-
ary 1
Lake Harbor, Second-
ary 2
Ashe Inlet, A « . .
Baffin Island No. 10..
Baffin Island No. 11...
Baffin Island No. 12...
Sydney .
Latitude
64 23 . 9 N
64 23.9 N
64 23.9 N
64 23.9 N
64 19.3 N
64 18 N
64 13.6 N
64 13.6 N
64 01.7 N
63 25.7 N
63 03.6 N
63 03.6 N
62 51.3 N
62 51.3 N
62 51.3 N
62 32.8 N
62 24.8 N
62 08.8 N
61 55.3 N
46 08.8 N
Long.
East
of Gr.
282 08
282 08
282 08
282 08
284 50
282 55
283 26
283 26
287 05
287 47
288 45
288 45
290 04
290 04
290 04
289 25
290 56
292 01
293 17
299 48
Date
Feb 24,
Mar 4
Mar 7
Mar 16
Mar 17
Mar 18
Mar 25
Apr 4
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
May 12
May 18
May 19
May 24
May 26
Jun 3
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Aug
Mar
Mar
Mar 9
Mar 16
Mar 17
Mar 18
Apr 25
Apr 26
Apr 27
Sep 9
May 11
Dec 15
Dec 18
Aug 5
Aug 5
May 18
May 22
May 24
May 24
Jun 4
Jun 16
Jun 4
Jun 4
Aug 17
Jun 18
Jun 21
Jun 28
June 29
Jul 25
Jun 30
Jul 2
Declination
Local Mean Time
11.4 ..
12.2 ..
12.4 ..
10.9 ..
12.0 ..
11.4
11.4,
11.5,
12.4,
11.2,
11.9,
11.6
12.0
11.9,
12.0,
11.3,
14.5.
17.7,
11.2,
11.7,
14.5,
11.0,
11.6
11.7
15.9
14.2
14.7
15.8
15.5
11.6
14.8
17.9
14.4
15.1
17.6
13.8
9.8,10.2
15.0
11.1
12.0,12.3
15.1,15.3
16.2
13.3
15.4
10.5
19.0,
14.9
9.7
17.3
13.1
19.3
12.8,16.0
10.7,13.1
Value
51 52.8 W
52 01.5 W
51 57.3 W
52 12.6 W
50 35.3 W
52 16
52 09
52 16
52 43
51 14
51 23
52 06
51 10
52 17
51 06
51 32
53 48
53 11
51 51
52 30
51 41
51 19
.0 W
.5 W
.5 W
.0 W
0 W
4 W
8 W
6 W
1 W
9 W
2 W
1 W
9 W
8 W
52 47.7 W
55 01.1 W
55 17.4 W
54 23.4 W
55 10.4 W
70 26.0 W
50 27 1 W
48 50 2 W
51 58.7 W
50 54.9 W
50 49.2 W
52 45.3 W
51 48.4 W
50 40.9 W
26 10.7 W
26 03.9 W
Inclination
L. M. T.
13.1
12.7
13.3
12.9
12.8
13.1
13.1
12.9
13.4
16.3
12.9
16.1
12.5
13.0
13.7
12.5
12.7
13.3
12.9
14.4
12.7
13.7
16.3
19.3
11.7
13.8
17.2
14.4
16.6
14 1
18.4
11.5
17.5
18.0
21.6
15.6
10.8
18.2
14.0
12.7
14.8
12.0
Value
85 28 . 4 N
85 26 . 1 N
85 29.5 N
85 28.1 N
85 28.7 N
85 28.1 N
85 30 . 8 N
85 26 . 1 N
85 26 . 6 N
85 30.7 N
85 26 . 9 N
85 26
85 28
85 28
85 26
85 35
85 27
85 29
85 25
85 25
85 17
85 26
5N
8 N
8 N
0 N
0 N
5 N
0 N
1 N
8 N
9 N
0 N
84 48.0 N
84 51.8 N
84 44 . 4 N
85 09 . 6 N
84 40.9 N
83 59 . 1 N
83 59.9 N
(83 47 N)
(83 28 N)
83 23 . 3 N
(83 21 N)
(83 35 N)
83 26 . 1 N
82 56 . 8 N
82 34.3 N
82 33.1 N
82 22.7 N
73 59 . 3 N
73 55.5 N
73 57.3 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Value
h h
13.1
12.6
13.3
12.9
12.8
13.1
13.1
13.7,15
12.2,12
12.7,14
12.9 . .
12.6 . .
13.0,14
12.9,14
13.4
16.3
12.9
12.6,14
16.1
12.5
13.7
12.7
13.3
12.9
14.4
12.6
13.7
16.2
19.3
13.8
17.2
14.3
16.6
11.
15.6
10.8
18.2
13.9
14.8
11.9
c. g. s.
04736
04770
047B8
04744
04723
04742
04690
04706
04726
04695
04761
04689
04733
04728
04758
04685
04759
04581
04757
047 18
04781
04751
04741
04812
04770
04930
04754
05384
05330
05045
05587
06252
06233
06783
07188
07674
07567
07744
15616
15569
Instruments
Mag'r
241
16
16
242
242
241
241
241
241
16
16
16
241
16
16
16
241
241
241
241
16
241
242
241
241
242
242
241
242
16
242
242
241
241
242
242
16
242
241
241
Dip Circle
241.127
242.56(1)
242.56(3)
241.127
241.127
241.127
241.127
241.127
241.12567
241 . 12567
241 . 12567
241.12567
241.12567
242 . 56
242.56 (1)
241.12
241.127
241.127
242.56(13)
242.56(13)
241.127
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.56
241.12567
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.5
242.6
242.56(1)
242.6
242.6
242.12
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.56(1)
242.12
241.567
241.567
Obs'r
RHG
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
GDH
GDH
GDH
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
RHG
GDH
RHG
RHG
RHG
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
RHG
RHG
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
GDH
G&H
RHG
RHG
Central America
Xmakabatun
Belize, B* . . .
Belize, A . . . .
17 31.2 N
17 29.4 N
17 28.4 N
0
,
270
46
271
48
271
49
Apr
15,
'23
Feb
12,
23
Feb
8,
23
Feb
9,
23
Feb
10,
23
h h
13.1,14.5
9.8,11.5
10.3,12.0
7.2 to 18.0 (dv)
6 55.2 E
6 23 . 2 E
5 51.8 E
5 50 . 3 E
h h
12.4,12.6
13.1,13.4
14.1,14.6
7.7 to
17.6 (dv)
46 09 . 0 N
46 38.3 N
46 21.3 N
46 20.3 N
h h
c. g. s.
13.5,14.2
.31438
12
10.1.11.2
.31342
26
10.8,11.2
.31634
26
26
6 9 to
18.1 (dv)
.31644
26
EI 7
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
"Local disturbance.
64
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Tim
i Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o /
17 23.8 N
17 10.2 N
16 58.8 N
16 56.0 N
16 56.0 N
16 23.8 N
15 55.8 N
15 55.8 N
15 53.1 N
15 51.3 N
15 44.2 N
14 59.3 N
14 51.4 N
14 50.4 N
14 38.0 N
14 38.0 N
14 06.5 N
14 06 N
14 04.9 N
13 55.5 N
13 41.4 N
13 41.4 N
13 35.2 N
13 24.7 N
13 17.7 N
12 27.2 N
12 09.9 N
12 09.4 N
12 00.1 N
11 59.5 N
11 56.1 N
10 54.9 N
10 00.1 N
9 58.0 N
9 56.6 N
O /
270 22
270 56
270 38
269 49
270 06
273 38
274 02
274 02
274 50
272 03
271 25
270 30
268 31
270 55
269 30
269 30
272 47
276 26
272 48
269 13
270 49
270 49
270 10
276 25
272 21
272 49
273 44
273 44
276 20
276 16
274 03
276 18
276 58
276 55
275 56
Mar 22,
Mar 23,
Feb 22,
Apr 8
Apr 5
Mar 8
Mar 6
Mar 10
Jun 7
May 28
May 28
May 29
May 30
Jun 24
May 23
May 18
May 19
Apr 17
Sep 25
Apr 12
Sep 8
Sep 9
Sep 10
Sep 11
Sep 12
Sep 13
Sep 14
Apr 23
Apr 24
Apr 28
Sep 15
Apr 30
Aug 23
Aug 23
Aug 24
Jul 15
Jul 16
Aug 22
Sep 28
Sep 29
May 4
Aug 11
Aug 11
Aug 12
Aug 12
May 10
Jul 13
Aug 17
Aug 6
Aug 3
Aug 1
Aug 1
Aug 2
Jul 19
Jul 9
Jul 9
Jul 10
Jul 28
Jul 22
Jul 5
Jul 2
Jul 3
Nov 12
Nov 13
Nov 14
"23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
26
23
26
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
26
26
26
23
26
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
26
23
23
23
23
26
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
. 23
23
. 23
23
23
23
, 23
, 23
> 23
, 23
, 23
h h h
17.0,17.3
o /
7 00.0 E
7i h
o /
h h
17.7 ....
c. g. s.
.31515
12
WAL
8.6
45
51.0 N
EI 7
WAL
El Cayo
15.8,17.4
15.6,17.4
15.9,17.7
13.7
13 0,15.3
10.4,13.3
12.7,14.2
12.9,15.1
6 47 1 E
6 55.0 E
6 57 . 4 E
7 06 . 6 E
7 00.0 E
7 01. 5E
6 03 . 2 E
5 55.4 E
12
12
12
12
12
12
27
27
WAL
13.0
45 40.4 N
16.0,16.5
16.3,17.4
14.0
13.8,14.9
10.8,11.6
13.0,14.0
13.3,14.5
.31472
.31502
.31760
.31700
.31723
.31390
.31458
EI 7
WAL
WAL
WAL
11.0,11.5
45
10.1 N
EI 7
WAL
WAL
9.6, 9.9
10.9,11.3
16.6,16.9
12.6,13.0
13.3,13.8
14.1,14.8
16.1,16.5
45
•44
44
44
45
44
43
25.0 N
47.0 N
49.1 N
50.0 N
03.8 N
15.1 N
51.4 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WAL
Truxillo, A
WAL
WAL
6.8 to 17.5 (d\
10.1,11.5
9.9,11.4
10.2.11.5
13.4,15.1
6.7 to 17.7 (d\
9.6,10.6
9.4,11.4
10.6.14.6
10.3.11.7
10.9 to 18.1 (d\
10.7 to 18.1 (d\
10.7 to 18.1 (d\
13.7,15.3
) 5 55.9 E
5 51.3 E
5 47.3 E
6 51.9 E
6 54.4 E
) 6 55.4 E
7 21.4 E
7 19. 8E
7 08.4 E
7 19.8 E
0 7 19.9 E
) 7 20.3 E
) 7 21. 0E
7 21.2 E
7.1, 7.9
10.4,11.2
10.3,11.1
10.5,11.2
13.8,14.8
.31452
.31466
.31366
.31738
.31790
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
WAL
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
9.0, 9.3
12.9,13.3
9.5,10.0
42
41
42
34.9 N
06.8 N
26.0 N
9.8,10.3
9.8,11.0
10.9,14.2
10.6,11.4
.31937
. 32240
.31942
. 32020
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
WAL
JL
WAL
10.0,10.2
41
48.1 N
EI 27
WAL
WAL
EI 27
EI 27
WAL
16.4,16.7
6.8 to
17.7 (dv)
41
41
44.4 N
44.7 N
14.0,14.9
.31990
WAL
7.0 to 17.8 (d\
9.8,11.0
6.1 to 17.2 (d^
) 7 22 . 5 E
7 26.8 E
) 7 27 . 4 E
WAL
6.8 to
18.0 (dv)
10.1,10.7
6.1 to
17.2 (dv)
. 31980
. 31826
.31825
27
27
27
WAL
JL
7.3 to
18.1 (dv)
13.0,13.6
10.0,10.2
11.5,11.7
16.2,16.5
41
41
41
41
41
55.0 N
47.7 N
52.8 N
44.8 N
46.2 N
JL
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
9.8,11.5
10.5,11.7 ....
13.6,15.2
7 19.0 E
7 24 . 4 E
6 25.8 E
JL
10.2,11.2
10.8,11.4
14.0. 14.9
. 32024
.31861
.32120
27
27
27
WAL
JL
WAL
WAL
8.4,10.0
17.3.17.5
12.6,14.4
13.3,14.9
10.2.11.6
8.9,11.2
12.6,14.2
6 25.6 E
5 37.6 E
6 44.5 E
7 40.6 E
7 44 . 2 E
7 49.3 E
7 09 . 7 E
8.8, 9.6
.32136
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
WAL
WAL
10.8,11.4
10.6,11.0
8.4, 8.7
9.2, 9.4
10.9,11.4
15.4,15.6
40
40
40
40
40
49.9 N
46.0 N
45.8 N
52.4 N
55.2 N
55.8 N
6.4, 7.2
13.0,14.1
13.7,14.6
10.6,11.4
10.3,10.8
13.0,13.9
.31534
.31930
. 32448
. 32478
.32310
. 32425
WAL
Tegucigalpa, A
San Jose (Guatemala) . .
San Salvador, A*
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WAL
WAL
WAL
JL
WAL
WAL
7.1, 8.7 ....
10.2,11.8
12.8,14.0
9.8.11.3
13.3,15.0
10.2,11.7
9.8.11.4 .. .
13.7,15.3 . . .
7 15.2 E
6 31.6 E
7 48.0 E
5 37.6 E
6 45.6 E
7 23 . 0 E
6 22 . 0 E
6 28.3 E
7.5, 8.4
10.8,11.5
13.0,13.7
10.2,11.0
13.7,14.7
10.6,11.4
10.2,11.2
14.2,14.9
8.4, 9.1
9.9,11.1
13.0,14.0
6.8, 7.6
10.6,11.4
9.4,10.1
13.0,13.9
13.2,14.0
8.0, 9.0
11.0,12.2
. 32428
. 30980
. 31962
.31534
.31502
.32312
. 32044
. 32100
.32110
.31670
.31929
.31918
.32115
. 32227
. 32628
. 32196
.32212
. 32220
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
WAL
San Salvador, B*
13.6,13.9
10.8,11.1
12.7
11.2,11.8
13.1,13.8
12.6,13.2
11.6,11.8
16.2,16.4
41
11
42
3(1
39
39
39
39
36.2 N
03.6 N
16.4 N
59.8 N
32.2 N
33.1 N
27.6 N
28.7 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WAL
JL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
8.1, 9.4 ....
9.5,11.7
12.6,14.4 . . .
6 28.9 E
5 55.6 E
6 15. 6E
WAL
Bluefields Bluff
12.8,13.2
10.6,10.9
15.2,15.4
40
39
40
25.1 N
58.0 N
01.2 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WAL
WAL
WAL
6.4, 8.0 ...
10.3,11.6 .. .
9.0,10.4 ...
12.6,14.2 . . .
12.8.14.4 ...
7.5, 9.4 ...
10.5.12.5 . . .
6 18.8 E
6 58.8 E
6 08.6 E
4 43 . 8 E
5 48.2 E
5 52.1 E
6 31. 5E
WAL
13.6,13.9
10.8,10.9
11.6,12.1
11.4,11.6
10.4,10.6
14.7,15.4
7.1 to
17.8 (dv)
39
38
37
36
30
36
36
09.6 N
08.2 N
17.1 N
56.1 N
57.6 N
38.2 N
31.1 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
San Jos6, B (Costa
WAL
WAL
7.2 to 17.6 (di
r) 6 26.9 E
WAL
6.9 to
17.7(dv)
. 32208
27
WAL
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
65
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — Concluded
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time
Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
San Jose, C (Costa Rica)
San Jose, Z>(Costa Rica)
San Jose,i?(Costa Rica)
San Jose, A (Costa Rica)
Colon, Washington Hotel
Colon, Sweetwater .
Colon, Limon Point .
Old Panama, A
Old Panama, Auxil-
iary A
Old Panama, B
Old Panama, C
Corozal, A . . . .
Corozal, B . . . .
Ancon Hill. . . .
David, A
David, B
9 56.6 N
9 56 . 1 N
9 56 . 1 N
9 55.0 N
9 22 . 0 N
9 21.3 N
9 19.1 N
9 00.2 N
275 56
275 54
275 54
275 57
280 05
280 03
280 03
280 31
9 00.2 N
9 00.2 N
9 00 . 2 N
8 58.9 N
8 58.9 N
8 57.4 N
8 26 . 3 N
8 25.3 N
280 31
280 31
280 31
280 26
280 26
280 27
277 35
277 34
Nov 15, '23
May 23, 26
May
24,
26
May 25,
26
May 26,
26
May
22,
26
Oct
30,
22
Oct
31,
22
May 30,
26
May
30,
26
May
31,
26
Oct
12,
21
Oct
27,
22
Jun
2,
26
Oct
17,
21
Oct
10,
23
Oct
11,
23
Sep
30,
24
Oct
1,
24
Oct
3,
24
Jun
7,
26
Jun
8,
26
Jun
9,
26
Jun
10,
26
Jun
12,
26
Jun
15,
26
Oct
11,
23
Oct
12,
23
Oct
13,
23
Oct
2,
24
Jun
14,
26
Jun
26,
26
Jun
27,
26
Jun
28,
26
Jun
28,
26
Jun
29,
26
Jun
18,
26
Oct
23,
23
Oct
24,
23
Oct
27,
23
Oct
27,
23
Oct
26,
23
14.3,16.6
10.5,11 7
7.4 to 17.8 (dv)
6 07 . 0 E
6 18.1 E
6 15.4 E
10.6,11.6
12.7
12.4,14.1
6.4 to 16
15.3,15.7
16.8,17.0
12.8,13.0
9.9,11.3
10.7,13.8
9.9,12.1
9.3,10.6
13.2,15.3
6(dv)
13.7,15.2
6.1 to 17.2(dv)
10.6,11.7
5.8 to 17.4(dv)
7 . 0 to 17.1 (dv)
11.3,11.6
12.4,14.0
6.5 to 17.3(dv)
,11.4
,10.7
10.1,
9.3,
15.2 .
10.4,11.7
13.1,14.6
11.3
9.9 ....
8.8, 9.9
12.9,14.4
7.4, 9.4
10.1,11.4
6 12.8 E
6 18.7 E
09.0 E
08.4 E
09.9 E
10.4 E
09.2 E
5 17.5
5 19.6
6 13.9
5 26.2
5 28.8
5 30.0 E
5 28.9 E
5 29.4 E
5 33.0 E
5 36.4 E
5 28.0 E
5 12.0 E
5 13.9 E
18.2 E
11.8 E
42.7 E
37.6 E
40.9 E
42.2 E
44.0 E
20.1 E
05.8 E
6 04.2 E
5 57 . 1 E
11.2,11.5
12.4,12.8
36 43.5 N
36 27 . 8 N
14.7,16.1
10.8,11.4
7.4 to
17.8 (dv)
7.6 to
17.2 (dv)
10.1,10.3
36 30.9 N
36 37.8 N
10.8,11.3
10.5,11.0
37 09.0 N
16.3,16.6
37 31.8 N
12.8,13.7
17.3,18.0
10.9,11.1
12.8,13.0
14.6,15.0
12.6,12.8
11.2,11.4
11.2,11.5
6.8 to
8.8 (7)
12.4,12.6
37 33.6 N
37 04.2 N
37 11.2 N
37 19.7 N
36 49.4 N
37 02.4 N
37 06.1 N
37 07.9 N
11.5,12.0
10.3,11.0
11.2,13.0
11.1,11.8
9.7,10.3
13.6,14.8
14.2,15.8
6.1 to
17.2 (dv)
6.9 to
17.5 (dv)
10.1,10.3
37 04.8 N
37 24 . 3 N
10.9,11.4
5.8 to
17.4 (dv)
7.3 to
14.4 (dv)
37 22.4 N
7.0 to
17.1 (dv)
7.0 to
17.1 (dv)
37 20.1 N
12.8,13.7
6.2 to
17.4 (dv)
6.7 to
17.5 (dv)
12.4,12.7
8.7, 9.0
36 56.0 N
36 59 . 6 N
37 13.8 N
10.5,11.2
9.6,10.3
9.3, 9.6
14.9,15.2
37 43.6 N
37 52.8 N
S.7,
S.2,
8.9
8 4
37 19 . 9 N
37 08 . 6 N
11.3
14.3
9.6
13.3,14.1
7.8, 8.9
8.1, 8.5
11.5,11.6
13.4,13.7
35 11.1 N
35 10.4 N
35 10.5 N
10.4,11.2
c. g. s.
.32212
.32144
.32149
.32184
.31876
.31674
.31707
.31776
.31739
.31647
.31850
.31743
.31682
.31698
.31574
.31566
.31576
.31826
.31843
.31637
.31560
.31396
.31400
.31646
.31615
.31680
. 32432
. 32428
.32218
27
27
27
27
27
26
26
27
27
27
25
26
27
25
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 26
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 26
EI 27
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 7
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
KI 27
EI 27
WAL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
WAL
WAL
JL
JL
JL
CVI
WAL
JL
CVI
WAL
WAL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
WAL
WAL
WAL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
Greenland
o /
O /
h
h h
O '
h h
O t
h h
c. g. s.
Refuge Harbor, Abso-
lute Observatory
78 32.5 N
287 37
Oct
22,
'23
13.0
100 04. 4W
14.1
85 46 . 7 N
14.8 .
.04143
241
241.567
RHG
Nov
10,
23
12.7
15.9 ..
99 36. 0W
14.1
85 45.6 N
14.9 .
.04155
241
241.567
RHG
Nov
16,
23
12.2
16.1
98 36. 2W
13.7
85 46.7 N
14.1 .
.04129
241
241.567
RHG
Nov
Nov
23,
24,
23
23
22.4
2.3
99 47. 9 W
99 47. 1W
241
241
241.567
RHG
0.4
85 48.1 N
0.4 .
. 04093
RHG
Dec
10,
23
13.0
17.7 ..
100 08. 6W
15.5
85 45.7 N
15.4 .
.04119
241
241.567
RHG
Dec
21,
23
1.2
5.7 . .
99 40. 2W
3.6
85 47.4 N
3.5 .
.04130
241
241.567
RHG
Dec
30,
23
15.0
19.2 ..
100 05. 6W
17.2
85 46.3 N
17.2 .
.04148
241
241.567
RHG
Jan
10,
24
15.2
19.6 . .
100 11. 4W
17.6
85 44.8 N
17.6 .
.04177
241
241.567
RHG
66
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Greenland — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Refuge Harbor, Abso-
O 1
O
/
h h h
o /
h h
o t
h h
J g- s.
lute Observatory-Con-
78 32.5 N
287
37
Jan 22
Jan 26
•24
24
1.1, 5.6
14.5,18.6
99 41. 3W
99 58. 5W
3.3 . . .
85 47 . 8 N
85 46.3 N
3.3 ....
16.6
04125
04148
241
241
241.567
241.567
RHG
16.6 . .
RHG
Feb 14
24
14.0,18.3
99 47. 4W
16.3 . .
85 46.7 N
16.3
04145
241
241 . 567
RHG
Feb 25
24
14.3,19.3
99 56. 6W
16.8 . .
85 44.8 N
16.6
04176
241
241.567
RHG
Mar 1
24
13.1,17.0 ....
99 53. 0W
15.0 . .
85 46.8 N
15.0
04141
241
241 . 567
RHG
Mar 6
24
12.8,16.8
100 39. 5W
14.8 . .
85 44 . 9 N
14.8 ....
0417S
241
241.567
RHG
Mar 15
24
13.2,17.2
100 01. OW
15.2 . .
85 46.6 N
15.2
04145
241
241.567
RHG
Mar 28
24
13.2,17.7 ....
99 47. 3W
15.5 ..
85 46.6 N
15.4
04145
241
241 . 567
RHG
Apr 7
24
13.4,17.0
100 57. IW
15.3 . .
85 45.9 N
15.3
04157
241
241.567
RHG
Apr 19
24
13.0,16.2 ....
100 01. 2W
14.7 ..
85 46 . 5 N
14.6
04145
241
241.567
RHG
Apr 26
24
13.3,16.4
99 58. 0W
14.9
85 45.2 N
14.8
04166
241
241.567
RHG
May 3
24
12.8,15.7
100 05. 0W
14.3 . .
85 45.8 N
14.3
04155
241
241.567
RHG
May 5
24
11.2,14.4
100 15. 0W
12.9 . .
85 47.2 N
12.9
04134
242
242.56(3)
RHG
May 17
24
12.3,15.2
100 02. 4W
13.8 ..
85 45.0 N
12.8
04167
242
242.56(3)
RHG
May 27
24
11.5,14.4
101 00 0W
13.0 ..
85 40.9 N
13.0
04220
242
242.56(3)
RHG
Jun 4
24
10.9,13.8
100 06. 6W
12.4 . .
85 40.5 N
12.4
04236
241
241.567
RHG
Jun 13
24
10.9,13.6
100 09. 0W
12.3
85 48.1 N
12.2
04119
241
241.567
RHG
Jun 19
24
10.4,13.4
101 14 4W
12.0 ..
85 54.3 N
12.0
04014
241
241.567
RHG
Refuge Harbor, Varia-
tion Observatory Site .
Etah
78 32 . 5 N
287
37
Aug 18
%'A
11.8
85 47.1 N
241.56
RHG
78 19.5 N
287
18
Aug 10
Aug 11
23
23
11.2,13.0,16.4
10.7,13.2
101 39. IW
101 20 2W
14.7 ..
12.0 . .
86 00.7 N
86 02.9 N
14.7
12.0
08927
03918
241
241
241.567
241 . 567
RHG
RHG
77 20.5 N
288
29
Aug 5
24
9.6,16.3
90 45. 6W
10.5,17
0
85 57 . 6 N
11.0
03994
241
241.567
RHG
Akpani (Parker Snow
Point)
76 06.0 N
76 06.0 N
291
291
42
42
Aug 9
Aug 7
24
24
11.1,12.6
14.2,15.6
82 00. 6W
80 44. 4W
12.3 . .
15.1 ..
85 03 . 6 N
85 00.0 N
12.3
04830
241
241
241.567
241.56
RHG
Akpani, Auxiliary
RHG
Godhavn
69 15.0 N
306
28
Aug 17
24
8.0,11.0
58 48. 6W
9.6 . .
81 40.9 N
9.6
08167
241
241.567
RHG
Aug 18
24
9.4,12.2
59 12. OW
10.9
81 38.5 N
10.9
08195
241
241.567
RHG
66 55.9 N
306
22
Aug 23
Aug 24
24
24
18.2,19.6
11.0,13.4
54 02. 8W
53 46. IW
19.0 . .
12.3 . .
81 38.3 N
81 38.5 N
12.2,18.8
08153
241
241
241.56
241.567
RHG
RHG
Aug 24
24
17.9,19.5
53 48 5W
18.8 . .
81 39.7 N
241
241.7
RHG
64 11.6 N
308
17
Jul 29
Jul 29
Aug 29
23
23
24
10.3,13.1 .. ..
16.0,18.5
12.8,14.4
50 48. 2W
51 00. IW
50 20. 8W
11.8,17
2
79 40.7 N
11.8,17.2
10046
241
241
241
241.567
RHG
RHG
14.1 ..
79 33.1 N
14.2
10105
241.567
RHG
Mexico
Nueva Casas Grandes
Hermosillo
Chihuahua, B*
Chihuahua, A*
Chihuahua, C*
Guaymas, A
•
Guaymas, B
Sabinas, A
Sabinas, B
Monterrey, A
Monterrey, B
Culican
Mazatlan, A .
30 25 . 5 N
29 04.4 N
28 38.9 N
28 37 . 6 N
28 37.6 N
27 55 4 N
27 54.6 N
27 51.4 N
27 51.4 N
25 40.5 N
25 40.5 N
24 47.5 N
23 11.4 N
0
'
252
05
249
03
253
56
253
55
253
55
249
03
249
08
258
54
258
54
259
40
259
40
252
36
253
35
Aug
ie,
'24
Aug
8,
24
Aug
18,
24
Aug
19,
24
Aug
19,
24
Aug
19,
24
Aug
19,
24
Aug
5,
24
Aug
5,
24
Aug
7,
24
Aug
7,
24
Aug
6,
24
Jun
14,
24
Jun
14,
24
Jun
17,
24
Jun
18,
24
Jun
19,
24
Jun
17,
24
Jun
18,
24
Jun
19,
24
Aug
2,
24
Jul
28,
24
Jul
29,
24
Jul-
30,
24
h h h
10.1,11.2
12.5.15.7
13.4.14.8
16.0
7.4 to 9.0 (8)
10.6,11.8
12.6 to 14.2 (8)
13.3,13.5,17.4
6.7, 6.9, 7.1
12.3,13.0,13.6
10.0,11.3
10.4.11.7
14.0, 16.0
13.4.14.8
6.4 to 17.8 (dv)
13.8,15.8 ....
7 . 1 to 17 . 6 (dv)
6.6 to 17.7 (dv)
12.6,13.8 ....
15.9,17.2
6.0 to 17.7 (dv)
12 26.2 E
13 37.7 E
13 03.8 E
14 50.9 E
14 25.5 E
14 21.4 E
14 20.1 E
12 29.0 E
12 34.8 E
12 29.3 E
12 48.0 E
10 31.0 E
10 31.4 E
9 53 . 2 E
9 54 . 1 E
9 54 . 0 E
9 54 . 9 E
9 54.5 E
10 33.0 E
11 03.0 E
11 02.6 E
11.5,11.6
11.3,11.5
12.7,12.8
16.8
10.3,10.4
12.3,15.4
15.9,16.1
9.0,11.3
12.4,12.6
14.5,15.6
11.4,11.6
11.2,11.4
6.3 to
18.0 (dv)
11.2,11.5
11.6,11.7
14.4,14.6
6.3 to
18.0 (dv)
57 49 . 4 N
55 47.8 N
56 21.8 N
55 03.6 N
53 29.0 N
53 29 . 8 N
54 23.4 N
54 22 . 1 N
54 16.0 N
56 40.6 N
56 37.4 N
54 03 . 5 N
54 08.4 N
54 03.6 N
51 26.2 N
49 44.0 N
49 44 . 6 N
10.4
13.0
13.7
16.3
7.6
8.8
10.9
12.8
14.1
14.0
16.6
7.7
12.6
10.3
10.7.
14.6,
13.7,
6.4
17.8
,11.0
,13.4
,14.5
to
(6)
,11.5
to
(6)
,14.6
.17 1
, 8.2
13.3
11.0
11.4
15.5
14.5
to
(dv)
14.3,15.3
6.6 to
17.7 (dv)
12.9,13.5
16.3,17.0
6.0 to
17.7 (dv)
c. g. s.
. 27624
. 28360
. 28252
. 28839
. 29756
. 29758
. 29750
.28850
. 28820
. 28848
. 28844
.29016
.28248
. 28226
. 29368
. 29322
. 29343
. 29286
.30181
. 30590
. 30600
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
26
26
27
27
27
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 27
EI 26
EI
26
EI
27
EI
26
EI
26
EI 26
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JL
JWG
JWG
JWO
JL
JL
JL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
67
NORTH AMERICA
Mexico — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M.T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Mazatlan, B
0
23
22
22
21
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
18
18
18
17
17
11.3 N
14.9 N
08.5 N
31.3 N
58.2 N
58.2 N
44.3 N
44.2 N
41 N
35.6 N
35.6 N
35.2 N
35.0 N
34.8 N
34.8 N
50.9 N
44.8 N
44.8 N
44.8 N
11.7 N
03 N
03 N
31.8 N
09.7 N
09.7 N
03.6 N
03.6 N
o /
253 35
262 08
259 05
255 06
270 24
270 24
256 37
256 37
271 26
259 36
259 36
259 34
259 36
259 35
259 35
269 28
260 49
260 49
260 49
263 55
261 47
261 47
267 21
265 37
265 37
263 16
263 16
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Sep
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Aug
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jul
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jul
31,
22,
17,
18,
25,
1,
2,
3,
5,
5,
18,
19,
18,
18,
18,
19,
19,
7,
15,
15,
12,
12,
13,
13,
12,
15.
15.
24,
27,
27,
28,
1,
28,
28,
30,
1,
27,
26,
27,
27,
28,
16,
1,
1,
2,
4,
11,
4,
30,
1,
1,
2,
'24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
h h h
11.1,12.2
10.2,11.8 I...
16.1,18.2
0
10
9
9
59.0 E
13.4 E
38.9 E
h h
12.6,12.8
8.8, 9.0
o /
49 40.6 N
50 11.0 N
h h
11.4,12.0
10.7,11.4
16.7,17.7
c. g. s.
. 30680
. 30806
. 30776
26
27
27
EI 26
EI 27
JWG
JL
JL
10.6,10.9
14.4,14.6
14.0,14.2
49 22.6 N
47 31.2 N
51 05.2 N
EI 27
EI 26
EI 27
JL
15.3,16.5
15.1
7.4 to 17.7 (dv)
10
6
6
16.6 E
37.1 E
38.2 E
15.6,16.2
7.4 to
17.7 (dv)
.31343
.30071
26
27
27
JWG
Merida, A
JL
8.0 to
18.3 (dv)
50 59 . 8 N
JL
EI 27
7.7, 8.9 ....
10.2,11.3
13.0,14.1 ....
6
6
10
41.2 E
35.0 E
01. 0E
JL
8.0, 8.6
10.4,11.0
13.4,13.8
. 30076
. 30027
.31140
27
27
26
JL
Merida, B
11.5,11.7
51 12.3 N
EI 27
JL
Guadalajara, B
JWG
9.8,10.0
10.6,11.0
12.4
15.8,17.4
8.9,10.2
47 36.8 N
47 40.2 N
47 39 . 5 N
47 42.0 N
47 40.2 N
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JWG
Guadalajara, A
7.8, 8.0, 9.2
10
03.0 E
8.3, 8.9
.31219
26
JWG
JWG
17.2
12.6,13.4
13.6,14.3
9.3,10.8
8.9
10
9
9
6
9
00.6 E
57. 8E
58.8 E
30.0 E
22.5 E
16.3,16.9
13.0,14.0
9.7,10.5
9.3 ....
.31191
.31213
. 30132
.31514
26
26
26
27
27
JWG
JWG
JWG
Chichen Itza
11.3,11.6
50 36 . 8 N
EI 27
JL
Queretaro, C*
JL
Queretaro, Secondary C*
8.9 ....
14.5,14.7
17.7,17.9
8.8,10.6
11.5,12.3
17.2,17.3
47 28.4 N
48 23.0 N
48 22.6 N
48 22.2 N
48 22.0 N
47 40.0 N
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 27
JWG
Queretaro, A*
13.0,14.1
9
08.0 E
16.6,17.2
12.9,13.5
14,1.15.6
10.8
.31038
.31074
.31503
.31380
26
26
26
26
27
27
JWG
JWG
Queretaro, B*
7.7, 8.0, 8.4
12.6
13.4,16.5
10.4
9
9
9
9
14.8 E
07.5 E
15.4 E
38.2 E
JWG
JWG
JL
Queretaro, D*
JL
Queretaro, Secondary D*
10.7
10.9,11.1
48 02 . 2 N
49 21.1 N
EI 26
EI 27
JWG
Campeche
8.3, 9.7
9.5.11.8
13.9,15.7
8.9.10.9
7
9
9
9
21. 6E
16.4 E
17.4 E
15.4 E
8.7, 9.4
10.2,11.2
14.4,15.3
9.5,10.3
. 30745
.31576
.31555
.31574
27
26
26
26
JL
Teoloyucan Observa-
tory, B
JWG
JWG
JWG
13.0 to
15.5 (12)
46 29 . 8 N
EI 26
11.9,15.1,15.5
17.3,17.7 ....
15.3
9
9
9
12. 6E
13.7 E
12.7 E
JWG
Teoloyucan Observa-
tory, Pier A
13.8,14.5
16.0,16.8
15.7,16.4
.31554
.31534
.31552
26
26
26
JWG
JWG
JWG
Teoloyucan Observa-
tory, Pier B
9.7 to
12.2 (12)
10.4,10.8
8.6, 8 9
15.9,16 1
13.1,13.4
11.3,11.6
11.4,11.6
17. 1,17.4
46 30.7 N
46 36 . 4 N
EI 26
EI 27
11.3,12.5
12.8,13.2,13.5
7.2, 7.4, 7.7
10.6,12.4
8.5,14.1
8.4, 8.8, 9.0
8
9
9
32.6 E
14.9 E
17.2 E
JWG
Vera Cruz
13.1,14.0
16.8,17.6
12.5,13.4
.31478
.31390
. 31404
27
27
27
JL
Puebla, A
JL
46 41.1 N
46 40.4 N
46 41.1 N
46 46.7 N
45 41.0 N
45 41.4 N
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
Puebla.fi
Frontera
9
7
8
31. 0E
31.0 E
20.0 E
11.1,11.9
13 1,13.8
14.5,15.4
.31456
.31384
.31680
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
JL
JL
Puerto Mexico, A
JL
JL
14.1,14.4,14.7
8
14.6 E
JL
16.6,17.2
8.8 to
18.0 (dv)
10.8,11.4
17,0.17.7
12.8,13.5
11.1,11.9
.31698
.31690
.31734
.31966
.31992
.32017
JL
8.8 to 18.0 (dv)
10.4,11.8
16.4
7.1, 7.4, 7.7
15.2
10.6,12.4
8
8
8
8
8
8
16. 7E
15.8 E
31. 0E
34.6 E
29.7 E
27.2 E
8.7, 9.0
45 37.8 N
JL
Puerto Mexico, B
Oaxaca, A
EI 27
JL
JL
Oaxaca, B
9.3, 9 6
15.8,15.9
13.1,13.3
43 32.9 N
43 37.6 N
43 35.2 N
EI 27-
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
JL
Newfoundland (Including Labrador Coast)
Port Burwell, B
o /
60 24.8 N
56 32.8 N
O /
295 08
298 19
Aug 13, '22
Aug 13, 22
Aug 28, 22
Aug 20, 22
Aug 20, 22
A h h
11.5.11.8
14.9,15.0
15.8,16.0
18.8.18.9
O /
40 27. 1W
40 09. 5W
h h
13.3
81 33 . 7 N
h h
13.3
c. g. s.
. 08769
241
241
241.12567
RHG
RHG
19.2
17.4
81 34.8 N
77 13.6 N
242.56
241.567
GDH
Nain
41 30. 4W
41 33. 8W
17.5
.12778
241
241
RHG
RHG
* Local disturbance.
68
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Newfoundland (Including Labrador Coast) — Concluded
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time
Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Hopedale, A .
Hopedale, B.
Rigoleti ....
Gready
Cartwright
Battle Harbor, C.
Battle Harbor, D .
Red Bay....
Bonne Bay. .
St. Johns, C.
55 27 . 1 N
55 27 . 1 N
54 10.9 N
53 48 . 2 N
53 41.5 N
52 16.4 N
52 16.4 N
51 43 . 8 N
49 33.5 N
47 34.4 N
299 48
299 48
301 33
303 35
303 02
304 25
304 25
303 34
302 02
307 16
Jul
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Jul
Sep
Aug
Aug
Jul
Jul
Aug
Aug
Aug
Jul
Jul
Oct
Oct
23, '23
6, 24
25, 22
26, 22
26, 22
15, 23
29, 22
3, 21
3, 21
11, 23
12, 23
1, 21
2, 21
30, 22
7, 23
29, 21
6, 22
7, 22
h
15.8,
12.9,
16.0,
h
18.5
14.8
16.5
9.6,10.0
14.2,14.5
10.0,10.3,13.3
38 21
38 32
36 15
36 17
36 18
36 14
0W
3W
7W
5W
7W
8W
h
17.2
13.9
17.3
11.2
11.8
15.8
12.2
14.7,15.8
11.3,13.6
14.0,16.7
34 33
34 27
34 26
8W
8W
8W
12.5
15.3
12.3
14.1,16.4
14.0,14.2 17.2
15.9,18.6
34 30
34 28
34 29
4W
8W
ow
14.8,15.2
10.0,10.2
29 31.
29 33.
1W
4W
15.5
17.3
15.1
16.6
78 25.9 N
78 24.2 N
78 00.0 N
78 02.3 N
h
17.2
11.2
76 33.8 N
77 32.7 N
75 53.8 N
11.8
15.7
12.2
75 51.1 N
75 48.9 N
75 53.8 N
12.5
15.3
75 53.2 N
76 13.7 N
75 21.7 N
73 06 . 0 N
14.7,15
15.5
17.4
15.6
16.6
c. g. s.
11668
11814
13607
12102
13588
13585
13620
13618
13596
13260
14663
15871
241
241
241
242
242
16
241
241
16
241.567
241.56
242.56
242.56(1)
241
567
242
56(1)
242
12(3)
241
567
241
567
242
12
241.567
241.567
242.12
242.56(1)
RHG
RHG
GDH
GDH
GDH
RHG
GDH
G&H
G&H
RHG
RHG
G&H
G&H
RHG
RHG
GDH
GDH
GDH
United States
Deering.
Greenport, Eclipse Ab-
solute Station
Washington (Rock
Creek Park)
Washington, S. M. O.,
Nmi
66 05.5 N
41 06.5 N
38 57 . 5 N
38 57.4 N
197 18
287 38
282 57
282 56
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
9,
9,
12.
Jul 12,
Jul 12,
Jan 13,
Jan 21 ,
Jan 25,
Jan 26 ,
Jan 31 ,
Jun 23,
Jun 24,
1921
Apr 27
Apr 28,
May 14
May 16,
May 20,
May 25,
Jun 3,
Aug 5
Aug 8
Nov 30
1
2
3
5
8
'22
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
21
21
29
17
21,
23
26,
27
4
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
1922
Sep 8
Oct 18
Nov 2
Nov 4
Nov 22
Dec 4
Dec 6
1923
Feb 25
Mar 2
May 29
Aug 4
Aug 6
Aug 7
26
h h h
16.7
11.2,14.3,18.0
11.8,16.0
12.3,15.7
14.4,16.3
9.3,10.9
14.4,15.9
9.5,12.2
14.0,16.4
15.5
9.3-16.3 (6)
11.3-12.3 (4)
9.8,14.0,16.1
9.8-14.6 (7)
8.5-16.1 (dv)
13.3-14.2 (4)
8.3-16.2 (dv)
9.4-16.4 (4)
10.1-11.9 (6)
9.8-15.5 (6)
9.4-15.0 (6)
9.7-16.8 (5)
9.4-15.2 (7)
11.3,16.4
13.7,16.0
9.6-15.8 (6)
15.8,16.2,16.5
12.3,12.6,4*7-5
9.7-15.9 (7)
21 30.1 E
21 36.0 E
21 34.4 E
21 36.0 E
12 20.6 W
12 15.6 W
12 18.8 W
12 17.6 W
3 08. 4W
4 54. 7W
4 56.8 W
4 51.3 W
4 55.0 W
4 54.7 W
4 55.8 W
4 57.0 W
4 56.4 W
4 54.3 W
4 54.4 W
00.5 W
01.5 W
02.4 W
01.1 W
01.8 W
02.7 W
04.1 W
5 04.7 W
5 06.8 W
•r.o
5 0:
'8 W
16.6
13.9 ..
14.0 ..
17.2,17.4
11.6,11.9
14.5,14.8
15.2,15.5
15.2
76 20 . 2 N
76 21.1 N
76 20.8 N
72 29.2 N
72 30.5 N
72 29.4 N
72 28.8 N
71 14.4 N
h h
16.9
12.0,13.7
16.6
13.9
14.0
14.9,15.9
9.8,10.6
14.7.15.5
10.3,11.8
14.7 ....
11.2,13.0
11.2-15.8
10.4-14.8
9.1-16.7
10.9-15.8
9.4-16.0
10.0-15.8
0.4-2 1
15.5 ....
9.9-15.8
9.4-15.9
10.3-14.7
10.6-16.4
10.0-15.7
13.6,15.6
1.5-5.6
1.3-4.7
10.3-15.8
11.4,13.9
c. g. s.
.13310
. 13296
.13318
.13297
.13344
.17451
. 17434
. 17439
. 17430
. 18668
. 18652
. 18678
.18617
.18658
. 18673
. 18695
. 18656
. 18674
.18671
. 18655
. 18598
. 18602
. 18596
. 18594
. 18609
. 18582
. 18595
. 18570
. 18578
205
205
26
26
26
26
16
16
3
3
3
3
205.123
205.123
205.67(3)
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
242.123
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
A&G
A&G
A&G
A&G
A&G
GDH
GDH
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HRG
HRG
HRG
HFJ
J&G
HRG
HFJ
HFJ
HWF
HWF
HFJ
HFJ
WCP
HWF
HWF
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
• The values given for declination at station Washington, S. M. O., Nm, should all be 0'. 1 greater west.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
69
NORTH AMERICA
United States — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Washington, S. M. O.,
Nm1 — Concluded ....
o '
38 57.4 N
38 57.4 N
O /
282 56
282 56
1923
Aug 9,11,
13
Oct 5
Oct 6, 8
1924.
Feb 4,5,7
Feb 13,14
Mar 1, 3
Mar 4
May 23,24
May 26
Sep 24
Oct 8, 9
Oct 15,16
Oct 28,29
Oct 30
Dec 2
Dec 3
Dec 4
Dec 8
1925
Apr 13,14
Apr 13,14,
15
Jul 23 , 24
Nov 10,11,
12
Nov 20,21,
24
1926
Jan 7, 8
Mar 11,12
May 20,21
Jun 21,22
Jul 8
Jul 20
Jul 21
Aug 3, 4
1921
Apr 30,
May 2
May 10,11,
12,13
May 11,12,
13,14
May 27,28,
31
Jun 1
Jun 2
Jun 4
Jun 14
Jun 15,16
Jun 29,30
Jul 5, 6
Jul 6, 7
Jul 26,27
Aug 2, 4
Aug 8
Nov 17,18,
19
Nov 23
Nov 26,28
Nov 29
Nov 30
Dec 7
1922
Feb 21
Feb 23
Feb 23,24
Mar 13,14
Mar 27,28
Apr 1
Apr 24,25
h h h
9.1-16.1 (12)
15.2
10.4-14.5 (6)
10.4-14.1 (7)
10.5-15.0 (9)
9.4-15.8 (6)
9.5-16.1 (6)
10.2-14.8 (6)
10.4,10.7,11.0
9.4-16.5 (6)
9.3-16.1 (7)
9.1-16.1 (6)
9.3-15.6 (6)
14.3,14.7
15.1
11.8-15.6 (4)
9.4
12.4,13.6,14.1
O '
5 07.4 W
5 08.9 W
5 05.1 W
5 06.6 W
5 04.7 W
5 06.5 W
5 06.1 W
5 07.0 W
5 05.0 W
5 07.7 W
5 09.0 W
5 07.1 W
5 07.7 W
5 10.2 W
5 09.1 W
5 08.7 W
5 05.2 W
5 11.2 W
h h
O '
h h
c. g. s.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
HFJ
15.7 ....
9.7-13.8
9.8-15.6
.18572
. 18559
. 18545
OWT
OWT
JWG
JWG
10.0-15.3
10.0-15.7
9.7-15.3
. 18550
. 18545
.18511
RTB
JWG
JWG
JWG
9.9-16.0
10.3-15.2
10.2-15.0
9.8-15.2
. 18493
. 18505
. 18505
. 18494
CML
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
HWF
9.9-17.0
. 18514
HWF
HWF
HWF
9.6-15.2
. 18497
JPA
9.0-16.2 (6)
9.7-15.3 (6)
10.6-15.5 (6)
5 09.4 W
5 11.3 W
5 12.2 W
JPA
9.4-15.8
9.9-16.0
9.9-15.7
9.7-15.1
9 . 6-14 . 9
9.3-15.7
10.2-15.3
. 18489
. 18423
. 18463
. 18436
.18415
. 18434
. 18449
JPA
HWF
HWF
9.2-16.1 (8)
9.4-15.9 (6)
9.8-15.3 (6)
10.8-14.8 (6)
13.5-15.3 (6)
9.7,15.2
10.7,15.9
9.6,15.6 (7)
9.7-15.8 (6)
9.5-16.1 (9)
5 11.9 W
5 13.3 W
5 13.0 W
5 15.6 W
5 18.7 W
5 12.6 W
5 12.0 W
5 14.9 W
4 53.8 W
4 55.0 W
WFW
F&W
WFW
HWF
HWF
11.2,14.0
. 18440
WFW
WFW
9.7-14.7
10.4-15.2
.18417
. 18676
WFW
Washington, S. M. 0.,
Sm1
HWF
HWF
9.9-16.0
10 0-15.9
. 18687
. 18659
HWF
11.0-16.3(6).
10.7
9 3,12.2
4 57.2 W
4 54.7 W
4 56.0 W
HWF
HWF
10.2-16.9
11.3-11.8
. 18663
18659
HWF
HWF
15.9
10.3-14.8 (6)
10.4-15.6 (7)
11.0-14.3 (5)
4 54.1 W
4 54.8 W
4 55.7 W
4 54.4 W
HWF
9.8-15.9
10.3-15 7
. 18677
. 18675
HWF
HWF
'
HWF
9.7,16.3
. 18696
HWF
10.4-15.8 (10)
4 56.9 W
HWF
10.0-15.7
3.5-5.2
9.6-15.6
. 18678
. 18667
. 18620
HWF
HWF
F&G
8.4, 9.4
14.7-15.7 (4)
8.2-14.8 (dv)
4 56.1 W
4 55.0 W
4 54.2 W
HRG
9.6-15.7
9.7-13.8
. 18643
. 18652
HRG
HRG
G&J
10.2-14.5
. 18650
HWF
11.7,11.9
4 57.2 W
HFJ
10.9-14.5
. 18648
HFJ
9.3-15.9 (4)
10.5-15.8 (6)
9.9-16.1 (8)
10.1,10.6,11.0
9.8-15.6 (9)
4 55.7 W
5 01.8 W
4 58.8 W
4 52.7 W
5 01.6 W
HFJ
10.8-15.6 '
10.6-15.2
. 18590
.18619
HWF
HWF
HWF
9 . 8-14 . 6
.18612
HFJ
1 The values given for declination at station Washington, S. M. O., Nm and ,Sm, should all be o! 1 greater west.
70
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
United States — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Washington, S. M. O.,
Sm' — Concluded
38 57.4 N
282 56
Washington. S.M.O., Nc
38 57.4 N
282 56
1922
May 1, 2
May 8, 9
May 22,23
May 22,23,
25
7, 8
16,17
21,23
24
25,26
27,30
27,28,
30
31,
1, 2
1923
Feb 21,22,23
Mar 3
May 29
May 30,31
Jun 12
14
1
Sep
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Jun
Aug
Aug 2
Aug 4
Oct 3
Oct 4
192 J,
Feb 7
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
May 28
May 29
Sep 22,23
13
14
28,29
5
Oct
Oct
Oct
Dec
Dec
10,11
13,14
29,30
4, 5
8
1925
Apr 15,16
Apr
Jul
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov 24
15,16,
18
22,23
12,13,
16
12,13,
14,16
19,20
Jan
Mar
Mar
6, 7
12,13
15
May 19,20
Jun 22,23
24
Jul 8
Aug 4
1921
May 2
May 3
May 18
May 19
Nov 21
Nov 22
Mar 31
Apr 12
h h h
10.8-15.9 (8)
9.5-16.0 (7)
11.4-16.1 (8)
4 58.2 W
5 02.2 W
5 00.4 W
10.1-16.2 (6)
9.8-16.4 (6)
10.1-16.1 (5)
11.0
10.0,11.1,14.3
9.6-16.3 (4)
9.6-15.8 (8)
5 01.0 W
16.9,17.1,17.4
14.9-16.1 (4)
5 01.4 W
5 04.4 W
9.6-16.2 (7)
5 04.9 W
11.4,16.0 . . .
9.6-14.6 (6)
5 05.8 W
5 05.0 W
10.9-16
13.6-14
13.5-15
9.5-15
9.2-15
9.3-14
9.1, 9
9.3-15
9.1-16
9.7-16
9.2-16
9.6-15
9.4-11
2 (6)
2 (4)
3 (6)
6 (6)
9 (6)
9 (7)
5 . . .
9 (6)
(7)
(8)
(8)
(8)
(6)
1 W
6 W
7 W
6 W
6 W
0 W
0 W
5 W
.2 W
.6 W
9.3-16.1 (9)
10.5-16.1 (6)
5 11.3 W
5 13.2 W
9 3-14.5 (7)
5 13 6 W
9.2-16.1 (7)
9.8-15.7 (4)
9.6,10.0 . . .
9.8-15.8 (6)
10.3-14.7 (6)
9.7-12.2 (7)
10.8-15.3 (6)
5 13.5 W
5 12.2 W
5 07.3 W
5 15.7 W
5 16.2 W
5 12.7 W
5 18.4 W
h h
10.0-15.4
10.1-15.0
10.3-14.8
10.8-15.6
10.5-16.0
11.1-15.5
10.0,15.3
10.4-15.7
10.4-16.0
1.1- 4.6
2.8- 5.3
10.5-14.1
9.9-13.7
15.0
10.2-15.1
9.8,11.4
9.7,15.2
10.3-15.8
10.3-15.1
9.6-15.6
9.8-16.0
9.7-15.1
10.5-14.9
10.7-15.3
9.7-15.8
10.1-14.8
10.3-15.5
9.4-15.4
9.8-15.9
10.1-14.5
13.7,14.7
9.7-15.7
9.3-16.1
10 3-15.3
9.7-15.2
10.0-15.8
15.3,16
9.7-11
15.6 ..
10.0-13
10.9-15
9.5-11
71 09
2 N
0 N
6 N
3N
3 N
1 N
11.8-16.2
10.0-14.2
71 12.0 N
71 12.2 N
c. g. s.
. 18625
. 18608
. 18643
. 18565
. 18596
. 18598
. 18596
. 18589
. 18581
. 18594
. 18596
. 18567
. 18556
.18610
. 18581
. 18555
. 18558
18531
. 18535
. 18540
.18518
. 18515
. 18495
. 18490
. 18493
. 1S504
. 18488
. 18479
. 18426
. 18438
. 18462
. 18432
. 18398
. 18435
. 18422
.18421
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
HFJ
HFJ
JWG
JWG
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
HWF
HWF
HWF
HFJ
HFJ
HWF
HWF
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
OWT
OWT
JWG
JWG
JWG
RTB
JWG
JWG
JWG
CML
JWG
JWG
JWG
HWF
HWF
JPA
JPA
JPA
HWF
HWF
HWF
. HWF
WFW
. HWF
. HWF
. WFW
. HWF
. HWF
. WFW
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
1 The values given for declination at station Washington, S. M. O., Nm and Sm, should all be 0'. 1 greater west.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
71
NORTH AMERICA
United States — Continued
Station
Washington, S. M. O.,
Ne — Concluded
Washington, S. M. O.,
S«
Latitude
38 57.4 N
38 57.4 N
Long.
East
of Gr.
282 56
282 56
Date
1922
Apr 13
Apr 25
Apr 26
May 15
May 26
Sep 11
Oct 20
Nov 9
Dec 4,5,
27
20
21
24
May 7
May 8
Oct 10
1924
Mar 6
Mar 7
Apr 11
Apr 12
Apr 14
May 29
May 31
Sep 25
Sep 26
Oct 8
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Dec
1925
Apr 17
Jul
Nov
Nov
Nov
1926
Jan 11
Mar 15
May 21
Jun 29
Aug 5
1921
May 3
May 18
May 20
May 23
Jun 8
Jun 13
Jul 5
Jul 28
Nov 22
Nov 25
Nov 28
Nov 30
Dec 1
Dec 5
1922
Apr 26
May 12
May 15
May 26
Sep 11
Oct 16
18
Oct 24
26
Oct 30
21
9,
10
6,7
29
23
26
2,3
6,7
17,
19,
20
25,
27,
28
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
h h
14.0-15.9
15.3,15.9
9.8-14.2
11.0-15.9
9.9-12.1
9.1-11.9
9.7-11.8
11.3-15.4
10.2-15.5
13.5-15.5
10.4,11.2
10.9-15.5
14.5-16.0
9.2, 9.6
13.6-15.6
9.4-12.5
9.4-11.5
11.8-16.1
9.5-10.7
15.4,15.8
9.4-10.8
13.6,15.6
9.8-15.6
10.1-15.7
9.6,11.6
10.0-10.9
14.4-16.2
10.1-14.3
9.4-11.8
15.0,16.4
9.3-12.7
9.9,11.0
10.3-15.9
13.6-15.6
13.6-15.9
10.0-13,6
9.5-15.9
10.6-16.2
10.0-14.2
9.5,13.8
9.7-16.6
9.6-16.2
10.7-15.4
9.8-16.3
10.6-15.5
10.3-15.7
9.6-16 2
9.6-12.2
12.1
11.2-16.0
10.0-16.0
9.6-16.0
9.4-16.1
9.5-10.3
13.7-16.1
13.5-16.2
9.4-17.3
9 . 4-16 . 3
10.3-14.3
Value
71 11.1 N
71 11.3 N
71 12.1 N
71 11.2 N
71 10.6 N
71 12.6 N
71 13.2 N
71 11.1 N
71 11.9 N
71 11.4 N
71 12.4 N
71 12.6 N
71 13.5 N
71 13.5 N
71 11.9 N
71 11.8 N
71 12.2 N
71 12.2 N
71 13.8 N
71 13.5 N
71 14.8 N
71 13.4 N
71 14.6 N
71 13.4 N
71 14.8 N
71 13.8 N
71 12.9 N
14.0 N
15.0 N
14.1 N
15.3 N
13.5 N
71 14.9 N
71 16.1 N
71 14.5 N
71 15.3 N
71 15.3 N
71 09.8 N
71 13.0 N
71 12.8 N
71 12.4 N
71 09
71 09
71 09
71 10
71 11
71 11
71 11
71 11
71 10
71 10
9 N
.5 N
.8 N
.4 N
.2 N
.2 N
.2 N
.3 N
.5 N
.7 N
71 12.4 N
71 12.1 N
71 12.2 N
71 09.6 N
71 11.4 N
71 12.4 N
71 12.4 N
71 12.2 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
c. g-
Instruments
Mag'r Dip Circle
El
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
El
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
is
El
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
El
48
El
48
EI
48
EI
4N
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
El
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
El
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI
48
EI 48
Obs'r
EI 48
EI 48
HWF
WAL
HFJ
JWG
JWG
HFJ
HFJ
HWF
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
OWT
JWG
JWG
JL
JL
JL
JWG
JWG
CML
CML
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
HWF
JPA
JPA
HWF
HWF
HWF
WFW
WFW
WFW
HWF
WFW
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HFW
HFW
HFJ
JWG
JWG
JWG
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
HFJ
72
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
United States — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Washington, S. M. O.,
o /
38 57 . 4 N
38 57 . 4 N
38 44 . 0 N
38 44.0 N
37 58.6 N
o /
282 56
282 56
283 10
283 10
237 27
1922
Nov 8, 9
1923
May 8
May 29,30,
31
Jun 12,14
Aug 14
Oct 9,10,
11
1924
Mar 6, 7
Apr 9,10,
11
Jun 2
Sep 25
Oct 10,11
Oct 13,14
Nov 3
Dec 5, 6
1925
Apr 17,18
Jul 24
Nov 19, 20
Nov 24
1926
Jan 9, 11
Mar 17
May 22
Jun 28, 29
Aug 6
1921
Jun 14
Jun 16
Jun 17,18
Jul 1, 2
Jul 27,28
Jul 30
Aug 1
Aug 9,10
Nov 23
Dec 8
Dec 9 , 10
1922
Feb 12
Feb 21
Mar 15,16
Mar 28,29
Apr 18,19,
20
May 2,3,4
May 3, 4
May 4,5,6
May 5, 6
May 24,25
1923
Feb 23,24
Aug 15
1924
May 26,27
May 31
Jun 2
1924
Mar 18,19,
20
Mar 20
Mar 21
1924
Mar 19,20,
21
Mar 18, '21
h h h
o /
h h
9.7-16.1
13.1-16.0
9.1-14.7
9.9-14.2
11.6-16.0
9.5-16.3
10.4-13.8
9.7-16.0
10.8-13.6
11.1,14.4
10.0-15.3
10.2-15.8
11.8-14.6
10.0-16.8
9.3-16.4
12.0-14.8
9.5-15.4
13.7,14.6
9.4-11.7
14.0-16.1
9.6-12.0
9.6-15.2
12.2-16.1
9.8-13.8
o r
71 11.6 N
71 11.5 N
71 13.3 N
71 12.4 N
71 11.6 N
71 13.3 N
71 14.0 N
71 12.6 N
71 13.6 N
71 14.6 N
71 14.6 N
71 14.5 N
71 14.0 N
71 13.1 N
71 13.6 N
71 13.5 N
71 15.6 N
71 14.6 N
71 15.6 N
71 15.7 N
71 16.1 N
71 13.6 N
71 14.1 N
71 10.4 N
h h
c. g. s.
EI 48
EI ,48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
EI 48
HWF
HFJ
HFJ
HWF
HFJ
OWT
JWG
JL
JWG
CML
JWG
JWG
v
JWG
HWF
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
WFW
WFW
WFW
HWF
WFW
Washington, S. M. O.,
Em?
HWF
15.7
9.5-16.2 (6)
12.1-16.3 (5)
10.6-16.1 (6)
4 53.7 W
4 53.8 W
4 56.0 W
4 57.4 W
3
3
3
3
HWF
10.0-15.1
10.5-15.3
. 18677
. 18680
HWF
HWF
HWF
10.0-12.1
10.1-11.3
71 11.0 N
71 10.6 N
EI 48
EI 48
HWF
HWF
10.2-16.4
. 18661
3
HWF
13.2-15.2
71 12.6 N
EI 48
HWF
14.2-15.2 (4)
9.8-15.5 (5)
15.7
10.0-11.0 (4)
9.5-16.4 (6)
9.7-16.8 (6)
9.6-15.7 (7)
10.9-16.1 (8)
5 00.4 W
4 56.0 W
4 58.3 W
4 58.0 W
4 59.1 W
5 02.4 W
5 02.5 W
5 02.4 W
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
HWF
11.0-16.0
. 18660
HWF
HRG
HFJ
10.0-15.9
10.4-16.4
10.1-16.0
.18619
. 18633
. 18635
HWF
HWF
HFJ
HFJ
10.3-15.8
. 18637
HFJ
9.7-16.1 (7)
5 02.3 W
HFJ
10.2-15.3
10.0-15.0
1.2- 4.9
. 18634
. 18628
. 18609
HFJ
9.4-16.1 (9)
5 02.6 W
JWG
HWF
10.1-13.8
71 13.2 N
EI 48
HWF
12.0-16.2 (6)
5 08.3 W
10.4-15.2
. 18532
3
JWG
11.5-12.7
9.6, 9.9
71 13.3 N
71 14.0 N
EI 48
EI 48
JWG
JWG
Cheltenham, Bi
8.2-17.0
. 18932
3
3
3
JWG
10.8-16.7 (8)
10.9-16.1 (4)
6 36.0 W
6 36.4 W
JWG
8.5-15.4
. 18932
JWG
Cheltenham, (EI)
8.0-15.1
14.6,14.7
70 59.4 N
62 13.4 N
EI 48
EI 25
JWG
10.5,11.9
18 20.0 W
11.0,11.6
. 24736
25
CVI
2 The values given for declination at station Washington, S. M. O., Em, should all be 0'. 1 greater west.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
73
NORTH AMERICA
United States — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
San Francisco, Fort
0 /
37 48.7 N
37 48.7 N
36 36.2 N
34 46.3 N
34 46.3 N
34 21.3 N
34 21.3 N
34 13.0 N
34 12.7 N
34 12.7 N
32 40.2 N
0 /
237 31
237 31
277 49
275 02
275 02
281 18
281 18
241 56
280 11
280 11
242 46
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
May
May
May
May
Apr
Apr
Aug
Apr
Apr
Apr
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
26, '21
28, 21
28, 21
28, 21
28, 21
1, 21
1, 21
1, 21
2, 21
2, 21
3, 21
3, 21
3, 21
4, 21
4, 21
4, 21
7, 21
8, 21
8, 21
9, 21
10, 21
15, 21
26, 21
28, 21
28, 21
28, 21
28, 21
1, 21
1, 21
1, 21
2, 21
2, 21
3, 21
3, 21
3, 21
4, 21
10, 21
11, 21
14, 21
16, 21
16, 21
17, 21
4, 25
5, 25
2, 25
2, 25
21, 25
21, 25
26, 26
20, 25
20, 25
20, 25
5, 23
7, 23
7, 23
8, 23
9, 23
9, 23
10, 23
h h h
10.8.12.7
13.3,13.4,13.8
14.0,14.5,14.7
15.1,15.3
15.6.15.8
13.0,13.2
13.5,13.7
o /
18 08.0 E
18 05.4 E
18 04.5 E
18 05.2 E
18 05.4 E
18 05.4 E
18 05.8 E
h h
o /
h h
11.3,12.2
9.3,10.1
10.9,11.7
c. g. s.
.24714
. 24738
.24714
5
5
5
26
26
26
26
26
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
9.1,10.0
10.8,11.6
14.1,14.8
. 24740
. 24736
.24727
C VI
C VI
C VI
11.1 to
13.3 (6)
13.9 to
15.2 (6)
62 16.8 N
62 16.1 N
EI 25
EI 26
C VI
13.4,13.6,14.0
14.3,14.7,14.8
15.4,15.6
18 06.8 E
18 06.6 E
18 06.4 E
C VI
9.5,10.6
11.3,12.9
.24729
. 24704
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C VI
C VI
C VI
10.0,11.8
13.9,14.7
15.2
9.4 to
15.3 (7)
13.9,14.6
15.1
10.3 to
14.9 (6)
. 24722
.24725
.24726
.24716
. 24726
. 24739
. 24724
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
9.8 to
15.3 (9)
11.0 to
13.9 (7)
62 15.7 N
62 16.7 N
EI 25
EI 7
C VI
10.5 to 13.5(dv)
10.8.12.7
13.3,13.4,13.8
14.0,14.5,14.7
15.1,15.3
15.6.15.8
13.0,13.2
13.5,13.7
18 06.9 E
18 05.1 E
18 02.5 E
18 01.9 E
18 02.2 E
18 02.6 E
18 03.4 E
18 03.4 E
C VI
25
26
26
26
5
5
5
5
5
C VI
San Francisco, Fort
Scott B
11.3,12.2
9.3,10.1
10.9,11.7
. 24694
. 24728
.24715
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
9.1,10.0
10.8,11.5
14.1,14.8
.24732
. 24730
. 24724
C VI
C VI
C VI
9.4 to
13.3 (10)
13.9 to
15.2 (6)
62 19 . 1 N
62 18.7 N
EI 26
EI 25
C VI
13.4,13.6,14.0
14.3,14.7,14.8
15.4,15.6
18 03.9 E
18 03.1 E
18 03.5 E
C VI
9 . 5 , 10 . 6
11.3,12.9
.24716
.24710
25
25
25
25
C VI
C VI
C VI
10.0,11.8
. 24724
C VI
10.4 to
16.0 (14)
9 2 to
14.4 (9)
62 20 . 0 N
62 18.5 N
EI 25
EI 25
C VI
12.9,13.8
. 24736
5
5
5
5
5
25
25
25
26
26
25
17
26
25
26
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
15.1 to 17.6(dv)
7.9 to 9.4(dv)
15.0 to 17.6(dv)
7.3 to 9.3(dv)
10.2.13.5
6.4 to 17.6(dv)
12.9,15.8
10.3.13.6
14.5.15.7
15.2
15.1
12.6
12.6
14.0
10.4,12.6
10.6
11.4 to 16.4 (6)
12.1
9.2,17.0
9.6 to 16.2(dv)
9.0,17.0
18 02.7 E
18 06.9 E
18 04.3 E
18 08.1 E
1 17.4 W
1 10.2 W
1 47.6 E
1 47.8 E
2 13.1 W
2 34.4 W
15 13.4 E
1 36.2 W
1.38.3 W
1 35.3 W
14 44.5 E
14 37.8 E
14 40.3 E
14 39.1 E
14 45.1 E
14 43.3 E
14 49.2 E
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
14.9,15.2
68 41.4 N
11.4,12.8
6.4 to
17.6 (dv)
13.8,15.0
11.3,11.7
15.0
15.8
15.8
. 20708
. 20736
. 22324
.22318
.21856
.21886
. 25720
EI 25
AHK
11.3,11.6
14.2,14.4
12.9,13.1
66 49 . 4 N
66 47 . 4 N
66 57.0 N
AHK
EI 25
EI 26
EI 26
AHK
Dalton, B
JES
Whiteville, A
JES
Whiteville, B. . .
AHK
Mount Wilson Observ-
atory, Magnetic Ob-
servatory Site
17.6
59 45.2 N
EI 17
F&N
JES
AHK
17.2,17.4
67 02.2 N
14.7,15.9
10.9,12.3
.21766
.26831
EI 26
JES
A&S
A&S
A&S
A&S
A&S
A&S
A&S
74
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
United States — Concluded
Station
Point Loma, A — Con-
cluded
Point Loma, B .
Sweetwater, A .
Sweetwater, B
Tucson, B
Tucson Observatory,
Inductor Pier
Tucson Observatory,
Magnetometer Pier. .
Waycross, A .
Waycross, B.
Jacksonville, A
Jacksonville, B
Bunnell, A . . . .
Bunnell, B
Miami, A
Miami, B
Latitude
32 40 . 2 N
32 40.2 N
32 28.0 N
32 28.0 N
32 14.8 N
32 14.8 N
32 14.8 N
31 14.1 N
31 14.1 N
30 22.2 N
30 22.2 N
29 27.6 N
29 27 . 6 N
25 46.3 N
25 46.3 N
Long.
East
of Gr.
242 46
242 46
259 36
259 35
249 10
249 10
249 10
277 39
277 39
278 20
278 20
278 44
278 44
279 49
279 49
Date
Sep 10
Sep 11
Sep 11
Sep 13
Sep 7
Sep 9
Sep 9
Sep 9
Sep 10
Sep 10
Sep 10
Sep 11
Sep 11
Sep 12
Aug 22
Aug 23
Aug 24
Aug 25
Aug 11
Aug 11
Aug 11
Aug 12
Aug 12
Aug 12
Aug 12
Aug 12
Aug 12
Aug 13
Jun 21
Jun 22
Apr 22
Apr 23
Apr 25
Jun 21
Jun 22
Apr 22
Apr 23
Apr 24
Apr 25
Apr 30
Apr 30
Apr 27
Apr 28
Apr 28
Apr 27
Apr 28
Jun 26
Jun 27
Jun 27
Jun 26
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
h h h
9.6 to 16.2(dv)
10.9 to 16.2(dv)
17.0
8.5, 9.8
13.2,14.4
6.3 to 18.0(dv)
10.1,11.5
8.5, 9.9,10.2
11.4,13.0,14.2
11.1,13.4,13.8
15.2,15.6,16.9
6.0 to 17.7 (dv)
9.7,13.1
6.4tol7.9 (dv)
10.8,12.8
6.0 to 17.5 (dv)
8.5,11.4
11.6,15.1
11.8
0 53.9 E
10.6
0 55.2 E
13.3,15.5
14.8
14.0,16.2
8.9,10.8
15.9
9.3 ....
12.9,13.5
7.3, 7.6
10.4,13.1
14 46.4 E
14 44.8 E
14 47.2 E
14 47.8 E
10 45.6 E
10 47.1 E
10 46.2 E
13 48.3 E
13 43.5 E
13 43.2 E
13 45.9 E
13 44.8 E
1 00.2 E
1 00.0 E
0 52 . 0 E
0 53.8 E
0 50.6 E
0 58.4 E
0 56 . 8 E
0 57 . 1 E
1 00.1 E
1 06 . 0 E
1 00.0 E
1 08.1 E
1 32. 0E
1 38.1 E
1 34 . 3 E
Inclination
L. M. T.
h h
13.8,14.7
9.7, 9.9
10.2 to
16.2 (dv)
16.5,16.6
9.4, 9.7
10.2 to
16.2 (dv)
16.6,16.8
11.1 to
16.2(dv)
16.5,16.7
16.6,16.7
12.6,12.7
6.3 to
18.0 (dv)
12.6,12.8
15.0,15.3
15.7,16.0
16.2,16.5
8.8, 9.1
9.4, 9.7
10.1,10.4
14.5,14.8
13.8,14.2
14 6,15.1
16.6,16.8
6.2 to
18.0 (dv)
15.1,15.6
6.7 to
16.9 (dv)
10.9,11.0
14.0
11.4,11.6
17.2,17.5
17.3,17.6
10.4,10.7
14.5,14.7
16.0,16.4
14.4,14.5
Value
58 24 . 0 N
58 22.8 N
58 24.4 N
58 24.4 N
58 24 . 3 N
58 24 . 1 N
58 23.8 N
58 25.6 N
58 25.2 N
58 23.8 N
61 57.0 N
61 59.3 N
61 57.8 N
59 30 . 3 N
59 30 . 2 N
59 30.0 N
59 29.2 N
59 29 . 2 N
59 28.9 N
63 35.6 N
63 43 9 N
63 43.8 N
63 35.8 N
63 35.7 N
62 42.4 N
62 41.9 N
63 13.3 N
63 14.6 N
62 17.8 N
62 19.0 N
62 20 . 4 N
58 22 . 5 N
58 25.3 N
58 25.7 N
58 23.9 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Val
.8, 9.5
13.6,14.2
6.3 to
18.0 (dv)
10.5,11.2
8.9, 9.4
10.6,11.1
13.1,14.0
11.2
14.2
15.9
6.0
17.7
10.2
6.7
17.7
11.3
6.0
17.5
9.1
13.2
,13.1
,14.8
,16.5
to
(dv)
,11.0
to
(dv)
,12.3
to
(dv)
, 10.5
,14.5
13.5
16.7
13.8,14.5
15.5,16.1
14.7,15.7
9.3,10.2
16.7
9.9,11.4
14.2,15.2
8.2, 9.2
11.1,12.1
c. g. s.
. 26842
. 25676
. 25677
.25660
. 26740
. 26740
.26751
.26751
. 26754
. 26735
. 26737
. 24379
. 24392
.24183
.24172
.24183
. 24424
. 24202
. 24237
. 24253
.24275
.24691
. 24688
.24681
. 24707
.26916
. 26888
. 26903
Instruments
Mag'r
13
13
13
12
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
25
25
26
26
25
26
25
25
25
26
25
26
26
25
25
25
25
26
Obs'i
Dip Circle
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI 26
EI 25
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25.
EI 25
EI 26
A&S
A&S
A&S
A&S
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
JPA
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JES
JES
AHK
WAL
WAL
AHK
AHK
AHK
JES
JES
AHK
JES
JES
JES
AHK
AHK
JWG
JWG
JWG
WAL
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
75
SOUTH AMERICA
Argentina
Station
La Quiaca, 1917
La Quiaca, Magnetom-
eter Pier
La Quiaca, B. .
La Quiaca, C . .
Tucum&n
Corrientes, A . .
Corrientes, B. .
Monte Caseros
Pilar, B
Pilar, Pier 2.
Pilar, Pier 5.
Mendoza, A .
Mendoza, B . . .
Florida, B
Mercedes, A
Mercedes, B . . . .
Bahia Blanca, A
Bahia Blanca, B . . .
Puerto Madryn, A .
Puerto Madryn, B.
Colonia Las Heras .
Puerto Deseado, A .
Latitude
22 06.6 S
22 06.6 S
22 06.6 S
22 06 . 6 S
26 51.1 S
27 28.7 S
27 28.7 S
30 15.4 S
31 40.1 S
31 40.1 S
31 40.1 S
32 53.6 S
32 53.6 S
34 32 . 1 S
34 40.3 S
34 40 . 3 S
38 46.7 S
38 46.7 S
42 45.2 S
42 45.2 S
46 33.1 S
47 45.7 S
Long.
East
of Gr.
294 25
294 25
294 25
294 25
294 46
301 10
301 10
302 22
296 07
296 07
296 07
291 08
291 08
301 29
300 33
300 33
297 44
297 44
294 58
294 58
291 03
294 05
Date
Aug 5, '23
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jan
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug 6
Jan 26
Jan 27
Jan 28
Jan 28
Jan 30
Aug 3
Aug 3
Aug 4
Aug 4
Jan 28
Aug 1
Jul 2
Jul 3
Jul 3
Jun 30
Jul 27
Jul 27
Jul 27
Jul 27
Jul 28
Jan 15
Jan 18
Jan 18
Jan 20
Jan 20
Jan 21
Jan 21
Jan 21
Jan 21
Jul 29
Jul 29
Jul 30
Jan 19
Jan 20
Jan 7
Jan 8
Jan 9
Jan 1 1
Jul 24
Jun 22
Jun 23
Jun 23
Jun 13
Jun 14
Jun 15
Jun 16
May 27
May 28
May 29
May 19
May 16
May 17
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
h h
10.8,12.0
15.0,16.8
8.6,10.1
15.1,16.4
9.6,11.0
6 . 3 to 17 . 3 (dv)
13.6,15.5,15.9
10.4,10.8,14.2
14.3,15.7
12.4,12.7 ..
9.7, 9.9 .
13.1,14.3 . .
9.8,11.3 .
10.4,12.9
14.7,17.1
8.9,11.3
10.5,12.3
9.2,11.4
11.8,13.4
12.1,15.3,15.8
.1, 9.7,12 .3
7.4,10.5
11.0,12.7
7.5,10.1
15.4,16.6
6.3tol7.5(dv;
5 36.4 E
5 38.0 E
5 38.4 E
5 39 . 4 E
5 20.8 E
5 21.6 E
5 36.4 E
5 38.2 E
5 18.7 E
1 53.1 E
1 50.6 E
1 54 . 6 E
1 17.2 E
22.9 E
23.8 E
22.8 E
04.6 E
04.7 E
10.5 E
7 23.3 E
7 23 . 2 E
7 01.9 E
7 07.8 E
6 58.2 E
10 57.4 E
11 00.5 E
8.9,10.3
12.0,13.6
9.7, 9.9
12.2,12.5
9.4,10.4
10.4,11.7
7.3 to 16.4 (dv)
9.3,10.5
9.9,10.1
13.2,13.4
8.6, 9.9
9.7,11.0
10.6,11.9
7.7tol6.6(dv)
10 59 . 0 E
4 08.2 E
4 34 . 3 E
4 36 . 6 E
4 33.6 E
8 06.5 E
8 05 . 9 E
8 04 . 7 E
11 33.2 E
11 37.8 E
11 39.2 E
15 04.9 E
13 41.4 E
13 42.0 E
Inclination
L. M. T.
h h
14.0,14.1
9.8,10.0
10.6,10.8
11.1,12.4
11.4,11.7
12.0,12.2
12.4
6.3 to
17.7 (dv)
16.6,16.9
17.4 ....
13.0,13.2
10.1,10.3
12.6,12.8
11.6,11.7
12.3,12.7
14.3,14.7
15.3,15.9
16.6
8.0, 8.5
Value
12 31.4 S
12 32.4 S
12 31. 6S
12 30.8 S
12 27.0 S
12 29.2 S
12 29.2 S
12 32.5 S
11.7,12.3
12.7,12.8
8.0, 8.2
11.2,11.5
11.8,11 .9
12.2,12.5
16.3 to
17.0 (4)
7.9, 8.2
14.1,14.3
6.6 to
17.5 (dv)
10.9,11.2
11.4,11.5
10.1,10.3
12.8,13.0
9.0, 9.2
13.4,13.6
7.5 to
16.4 (dv)
8.4, 8.7
11.6,11.7
13.8,14.0
10.3,10.6
11.4,11.6
8.5, 8.7
12 33.3 S
19 30.8 S
19 13.5 S
19 10.7 S
19 12.7 S
22 30.7 S
25 39 . 0 S
25 41.2 S
25 42.4 S
25 42.3 S
25 41.2 S
25 34 . 4 S
25 35.4 S
25 48.2 S
25 40.0 S
25 39 . 4 S
25 38.4 S
25 38.9 S
25 39 0 S
28 54 . 8 S
28 53 . 6 S
28 51.6 S
28 07 . 8 S
28 23.2 S
28 25.3 S
28 28.2 S
33 31.8 S
33 30.2 S
33 30.4 S
38 06 . 5 S
38 09 . 3 S
38 11.9 S
42 39 . 6 S
43 34 . 2 S
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Value
h h
11.2,11.7
15.6,16.4
9.0, 9.7
15.5,16.1
10.0,10.7
6.3 to
17.3 (dv)
14.1,15.0
16.4
9.7,11.3
13.7
14.7,15.4
16.2,16.9
13.5,14.1
10.7,11.2
13.4,14.0
10.2,11.0
11.1,12.0
15.4,16.2
9.6,10.4
11.0,11.8
9.8,10.8
12.3,12.9
12.8,14.6
16.3
8.8,10.6
11.4
8.0, 9.9
11 5,12.2
8.0, 9.5
15.7,16.3
6.3 to
17 . 5 (dv)
9.3,10.0
12.4,13.2
10.6,11.2
13.3,13.8
9.6,10.2
10.8,11.5
7.3 to
16.4 (dv)
9.6,10.2
10.6,11.2
15.2,
8.9,
10.1,
15.7
9.6
10.7
11.0,11.6
7.7 to
16.6 (dv)
c. g. s.
. 26483
. 26434
. 24647
. 26458
26431
. 26299
. 26490
. 26456
. 26490
.26477
. 26329
. 25687
. 24680
. 24708
. 24688
.24174
.25117
.25114
.25130
. 24962
. 25007
.25016
.25119
.25126
.25137
.25129
. 24947
. 24972
. 24980
. 25430
. 25463
. 25474
. 24340
. 24387
. 24345
. 24368
. 24732
.24768
.24770
. 25326
.25323
. 25326
.26112
.25884
.25895
Instruments
Mag'r
25
25
25
25
27
27
25
25
25
25
27
25
27
27
27
27
25
25
25
27
27
27
25
25
25
25
27
27
27
27
27
27
25
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
Dip Circle
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
El 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
Obs'r
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JL
JWG
JL
JL
JL
JL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JWG
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
76
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Argentina — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Puerto Deseado, A —
47 45.7 S
47 45.7 S
50 00.9 S
50 01.2 S
53 48 . 1 S
o r
294 05
294 05
291 30
291 30
292 22
May 22, '25
May 23, 25
May 21, 25
May 9, 25
May 9, 25
May 10, 25
May 11, 25
Mar 26, 25
h h h
o /
h h
10.6,10.8
8.0 to
16.8 (dv)
12.5,12.8
15.0,15.2
o /
43 43.2S(?)
43 34 . 5 S
43 38.5 S
45 53.9 S
h h
c. g. s.
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
10.5,11.8
13.1,13.4
13 41.1 E
15 55.8 E
JL
Puerto Deseado, B . . . .
Santa Cruz, A
10.8,11.5
10.4,11.7
13.9,14.5
8.8, 9.5
10.1,10.8
10.0,11.4
. 25843
. 26380
.26361
. 26374
. 26354
. 26436
27
27
27
27
27
27
JL
JL
JL
Santa Cruz, B
8.2, 8.5
9.8,11.1
9.6,11.7
15 52.4 E
15 51.9 E
16 23.0 E
10.1,10.3
8.8, 9.0
13.4,13.6
45 52.7 S
45 54 . 2 S
49 12.1 S
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
JL
Bolivia
Guayaramerin
La Paz, A
La Paz, B
Uyuni, A .
Uyuni, B .
10 48.1 S
16 30.8 S
16 30.9 S
20 28.0 S
20 28.0 S
0
,
294
41
291
47
291
47
293
11
293
11
Mar
10,
'24
Aug
13,
23
Aug
13,
23
Aug
14,
23
Dec
12,
24
Dec
16,
24
Aug
14,
23
Aug
9,
23
Aug
10,
23
Aug
10,
23
Aug
10,
23
10.4
h
11.0
13.7
16.2
10.3
11.5
12.8,14.1
15.7,16.9
9.0,10.0
11.0,12.4
14.1,15.4
13.2 E
47.4 E
47.3 E
46.8 E
40.4 E
5 48.6 E
5 55.9 E
5 57.3 E
5 55.5 E
5 57.1 E
h h
13.1,13.5
11.5,11.7
8.9, 9.1
12.2,12.4
.9 to
.4 (dv)
.4,12.6
13.4,13.7
8.5, 8.6
9.
18.
12.
15.8,16.1
8 03.4 N
3 42.4 S
3 47.6 S
3 37 . 4 S
3 39.5 S
3 45.0 S
9 55.8 S
9 58.3 S
9 56.0 S
h h
14.4,15.7
12.8,13.4
15.5,16.0
10.7,11.3
13.1,13.8
16.0,18.6
11.5,12.1
14.4,15.1
c. g. s.
. 28408
. 27960
. 27894
. 27968
. 27886
. 26900
. 26948
. 26909
28
25
25
25
27
25
25
25
25
25
EI 28
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
JTH
JWG
JWG
JWG
JL
JL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
Brazil
Papagaia Village
Pata
Curumuri
Jawar£ PootoolS Island
Toure Falls
Tapiocawa Rapids ....
Maguary Lighthouse .
Jawar£
Santa Isabel
Miritipoco Island
Takara Rapids
Sao Antonio de Caeho-
eira
Soure
Maracanaquara Rapids
Muraeeka
Barcellos, A
Barcellos, B
Panama Rapids
Porteiro Rapids
Pinheiro, A
Pinheiro, B.
Veado .
0 37 . 0 N
0 24.3 N
0 16.0 N
0 01.9 N
0 01.6 N
0 10.4 S
0 14.8 S
0 16.0 S
0 25.0 S
27.7 S
28.7 S
0 39.9 S
44.0 S
44.6 S
57.4 S
58.2 S
58.2 S
03.7 S
05.1 S
17.9 S
1 17.9 S
1 19.2 S
305 43
306 34
306 07
307 03
306 15
306 19
311 40
306 18
294 58
306 27
307 18
307 31
311 34
306 50
306 52
297 07
297 07
306 54
302 58
311 31
311 31
303 31
Nov
19
'23
Nov
21
23
Dec
3
23
Nov
26
23
Dec
7
23
Nov
12
23
Nov
7
23
Aug
6
23
Oct
29
23
Feb
9
24
Feb
10
24
Feb
10
24
Oct
26
23
Dec
10
23
Dec
12
23
Dec
13
23
Aug
12
23
Oct
17
23
Oct
20
23
Oct
12
23
Feb
4
24
Feb
4
24
Feb
5
24
Oct
5
23
Oct
6
23
Aug
30
23
Apr
18
23
Apr
18
23
Apr
18
23
Apr
19
23
Jul
15
23
Apr
18
23
Apr
18
23
Apr
19
23
Sep
1
23
h h
13.3
10.1
10.4,12.9
10.2
9.8,
15.3,
14.3
10.7
9.8,
11.4
15.5
114
8.3,10.7
10 9,12.4
14.5
10.6
10.0
10
13
12
9
11
13.5
1,11.
3 .. .
15.4
11.2
13.9
17.3
10.9,14.2
15.4
7.6
10.1,14.4
9.8,11.2
6.4 to 17.4(dv)
15.8
9.6,12.3
12.8,14.0
9.6,11.3
6 49.0 W
6 46.5 W
7 35.2 W
7 14.8 W
7 49.2 W
6 41.9 W
6 04.1 W
11 01.0 W
7 00.2 W
1 38.6 W
1 37.0 W
7 10.8 W
7 52.3 W
8 05
10 39
6 20
6 18
1 01
4 44
10 30
.0 W
.6 W
.5 W
.3 W
.8 W
.4 W
.6 W
.2 W
.5 W
.3 W
.8 W
.4 W
10 33.7 W
10 34.6 W
10 31.7 W
10 36.3 W
5 22.2 W
16.0
15.7
8.0
13.2
14.7
13.2,
8.3
13.3,
13.4
13.9
13.8
14.6,14.9
8.0,
8.1,
14.7
9.2,
9.6
15.1,15.3
14.5,14.7
8.2, 8.6
9.2, 9.4
13.7,14.1
15.1,15.6
10.8,11.1
14.6,14.8
7.8 to
17.3 (dv)
7.8, 8.1
27 34 . 7 N
26 30 . 4 N
25 50 . 3 N
24 56.2 N
25 50.2 N
24 35.0 N
25 32.4 N
26 38.4 N
25 10.8 N
24 46 . 7 N
23 18.0 N
24 27 . 2 N
24 30.6 N
24 57 . 8 N
24 57 . 6 N
24 26.6 N
25 13.6 N
22 33.8 N
22 31.2 N
22 34 . 1 N
22 31.4 N
22 35.2 N
22 31.7 N
24 40.8 N
h
13.7
10.8,13.3
10.7
10.2,11.1
11.1
10.7
8.8,10.2
11.3,12.0
14.9
11.1
10.4,11.4
10.4,11.4
13.9,14.7
9.8,10.8
11.8,13.3
15.8,17.0
11.4,13.4
16.0
8.0 ....
10.6,11.6
10.1,10.8
6.6 to
17.4 (dv)
16.2
10.1,11.0
13.2,13.8
10.0,10.8
c. g. s.
. 29328
. 29264
. 29406
. 29274
.29012
. 29272
. 29956
. 29958
.29381
. 29390
.29152
.29198
.29419
. 29290
. 29862
. 29822
. 29858
. 28745
. 28781
. 29258
.29162
.29121
.29119
.29153
.29156
.29378
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
.28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
25
25
28
28
25
28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
'
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 25
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 25
EI 28
EI 28
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JTH
JTH
JWG
JTH
JTH
JWG
JTH
JTH
1 Informed later that iron rails are buried near this spot; see Gujara Mirim, Brazil
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
77
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — Continued
Station
Alraeirim
Oriximina
Obidos, A
Obidos, B
Santarem, A
Santarem, B
San Luis, A
San Luis, B
San Luis, Campo do
Durique
Bocca do Jutahy
Victoria (Rio Xingu) .
Caehoeira Tucuruhy. .
Manaos, B
Manaos, A
Alta Mira
Sao Paulo de Olivenca
Alcobaca
Jatoba
Sao Sebastiao
Sao Felix
Estreeto
Capivara Caehoeira . .
Novo Horizonte
Pernambueo, B
Pernambuco, A
Porto Velho, A
Porto Velho, B
Joazeiro, A. . . .
Joazeiro, B. . . .
Guajara Mirim
Aracaju
Bahia, A
Bahia, B
Colonia Corazon Jesus
Cuyaba, A
Long.
Latitude
East
of Gr.
o /
O /
1 32.0
S
307 32
1 45.7
S
304 OS
1 55.0
S
304 32
1 55.0
s
304 32
2 24.9
s
305 21
2 25.0
s
305 21
2 30.3
s
315 43
2 30.3
s
315 43
2 31.4
s
315 43
2 42
s
293 10
2 53.5
s
308 00
3 01
s
307 45
3 07.6
s
299 58
3 08.5
s
300 00
3 12.5
s
307 48
3 31.
s
290 59
3 45.2
s
310 19
4 51.6
s
307 13
5 48
s
307 24
6 38.8
s
308 01
6 59.1
s
308 17
7 24.3
s
308 46
7 43.6
s
308 49
8 03.6
s
325 07
8 03.7
s
325 06
8 45.6
s
296 05
8 45.6
s
296 05
9 24.1
s
319 29
9 24.1
s
319 29
10 49
s
294 41
10 54.0
s
322 55
13 00.5
s
321 29
13 00.5
s
321 29
15 33.4
s
307 02
15 35.8
s
303 54
Date
Oct 1
Aug 28
Aug 26
Sep 5
Sep 8
Sep 10
Sep 14
Sep 11
May 3
May 4
May 3
May 2
Apr 17
Jul 9
May 16
Mar 1
Apr 10
Jan 24
Jan 26
Jan 26
Feb 19
Feb 21
May 18
Apr 19
Apr 22
Apr 23
May 24
Jun 30
Jul 1
Jul 2
May 30
Jun 1
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
May 11
May 12
May 12
Mar 14
Mar 15
Mar 20
Mar 20
Mar 15
Mar 16
May 25
May 26
May 26
Mar 9
Mar 11
Mar 11
May 31
Jun 1
May 18
May 19
May 20
May 21
Sep 24
Aug 21
Aug 22
Aug 24
Aug 26
Aug 27
'23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
21
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
25
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
10.2,13.1
10.1,11.8
10.5,13.8
12.8,14.7
14.0,17.3
10.4,14.0
7.6 to 17
10.2,11.8
10.0,11.4
14.5,15.7
15.2,16.4
9.8,11.3
7.2, 8.4
12.9,14.9
10.6
8.5,10.9
6(d
v)
10.2,12.5
7.4,17.6
7.8 to 17.9(dv)
9.6,12.0
13.3,15.2
6.8
14.6,16.0
9.6,11.1
10.0,11.8
9.1
7.8, 9.1
9.6,14.4
6.9 to 16.7(dv)
10.4,13.5
10.5
11.1,12.9
6.8 to 17.2(dv)
16.2,17.5
9.7,11.0
14.7,16.0
13.7,15.5
8.8,10.7
7.7
7.9 to 16.8(dv)
9.1,11.4
15.1,15.4,16.6
9.7,10.0
13.3,14.6
10.2,15.4
10.1,11.6
6.8 to 17.8(dv)
13.2,14.6
6.6 to 17.7(dv)
10.0,11.8
9.0,10.3
9.6,11.2
7.0 to 17.7(dv)
7.2 to 17.7(dv)
7 49
5 39
5 44
5 49
6 13
6 15
6 14
6 14
13 07
13 09.
13 09
.6 W
.4 W
.4 W
.0 W
.8 W
.6 W
13 06.4 W
1 14.2 E
8 07.0 W
8 01.9 W
2 27.6 W
2 25.8 W
2 28.4 W
2 28.0 W
2 28.0 W
8 00.0 W
2 55.6 E
9 28.4 W
9 24.4 W
6 38.0 W
18 05
18 02
18 03
1 00
0 57
0 57
.6 W
.5 W
.7 W
.7 W
.2 W
.8 W
.4 W
.4 W
.1 W
.6 W
.6 W
.5 E
.3 E
0 E
0 59.6 E
0 58.6 E
14 54.0 W
14 53.4 W
14 57.8 W
2 32.2 E
16 58.9 W
16 58.4 W
16 02.6 W
16 04.8 W
15 50.8 W
5 57.6 W
3 35.6 W
3 34.9 W
3 35.0 W
Inclination
L. M. T.
h h
8.3, 8.6
8.6, 8.8
16.2,16.5
10.9,11.2
13.0,13.3
9.0, 9.2
8.4, 8.6
11.7,11.9
9.5,16.0
14.4,14.6
13.7,13.9
7.6 ....
10
16.7
8.6
4
8.3
11.8
9.7,10.0
13.3,13.6
13.0,13.4
8.2 to
16.8 (dv)
11.0,11.2
13.1,13.3
8.2, 8.4
13.6,14.8
16.8,17.0
.1, 8.3
9.0,
11.2
8.8,
9.3
9.1
10.0,10.2
11.5,11.7
16.3,16.5
11.4,13.0
14.0
16.6,17.0
13.9,14.2
8.3, 8.6
15.5,15.7
7.5,17.0
8.0 to
16.6 (dv)
14.2,14.4
11.6,11.7
7.9 to
17.8 (dv)
9.4, 9.6
8.1, 8.4
11.5,11.7
7.4 to
17.6 (dv)
7.5 to
17.6 (dv)
Value
23 19.4 N
23 32.6 N
23 08.5 N
23 11.1 N
22 19.2 N
22 21.0 N
22 20 . 1 N
18 33.0 N
18 32.2 N
18 32.5 N
18 25.6 N
20 35.9 N
21 24.8 N
20 57 . 6 N
21 33.1 N
21 33.3 N
21 31.0 N
21 30.3 N
21 33.0 N
21 15.0 N
18 44.4 N
18 47.8 N
18 30.8 N
15 49.0 N
14 15.4 N
14 23.1 N
12 40 N
12 12.2 N
1 08.8 N
1 06.6 N
1 11.5 N
11 41.8 N
11 40.8 N
11 39 . 9 N
3 13.4 N
3 17.8 N
3 13.0 N
7 30.5 N
7 28.3 N
1 21.8 S
3 46.2 S
3 48.1 S
3 57.6 S
1 15.1 S
0 39.3 S
0 39.6 S
0 39.4 S
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
/( h
10.6,12.7
10.5,11.4
11.1,14.3
13.3,14.2
14.5,16.6
10.8,11.8
10.6,11.5
10.4,11.0
14.8,15.4
15.5,16 1
10.2,11.0
8.0 ....
13.4,14.3
9.0,10.6
10.6,12.1
7.8 to
17.9 (dv)
10.1,11 0
13.8,14.7
7.1
15.0,15.6
10.0,10.7
10.4,11.3
10.8
8.2
10.1,11.2
11.0,15.0
14.0,15.0
16.5,17.1
10.0,10.7
15.0,15.7
14.1,15.1
9 3,10.2
7.9 to
16.8 (dv)
9.6,10.9
15.7,16.3
10.4,11 1
13.6,14.3
10.7,12.8
10.5,11.2
13.6,14.3
6.6 to
17.7 (dv)
10.4,11.4
9.4,10.0
10.1,10.8
7.0 to
17.7 (dv)
7.2 to
17.7 (dv)
Value
c. g. s.
.29192
.29316
29296
. 29258
.29134
.29170
.29182
. 28926
. 28904
. 28876
. 28954
. 29967
.28918
.29496
. 29474
. 29453
. 29470
. 28904
. 30405
. 28666
. 28709
. 28827
. 28555
. 28539
. 28390
.28319
.28034
. 27704
. 27750
. 27700
29006
.29016
29002
. 29082
. 26858
. 26864
. 26946
. 28752
. 27096
. 25994
. 26030
. 25933
.26642
. 26936
.26921
. 26908
Instruments
Mag'r
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
25
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
25
25
25
28
25
25
25
25
25
27
27
27
27
Dip Circle
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 25
EI 25
EI 28
EI 28
EI
28
EI
28
El
28
EI
28
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 28
EI 28
EI
28
EI
25
EI
25
i;i
25
EI 28
EI 28
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
Obs'r
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JWG
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JWG
JWG
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JWG
JWG
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
78
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Beazil — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time
Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Cuyaba, B
Cuyaba, C
Presidente Murtinho
Rio Manso
Registro
Serredina
Goyaz, B
Goyaz, A
Bella Vista.. .
Caravellas, B
Caravellas, A
Catalao, A. .
Catalao, B . .
Corumba, D.
Corumba, E.
Uberaba
Victoria, A*. .
Victoria, D* . .
Victoria, B*. .
Victoria, E*. .
Victoria, C* . .
Vassouras, A .
Vassouras, B .
Vassouras, C.
Santos, A .
Santos, B.
15 35.8 S
15 35.8 S
15 39.1 S
15 40.2 S
15 43.1 S
15 53.5 S
15 56.4 S
15 56.6 S
16 59.4 S
17 44.2 S
17 44.4 S
18 10.8 S
18 10.8 S
19 00.1 S
19 00.1 S
19 45.4 S
20 19.9 S
20 19.9 S
20 20.0 S
20 20.0 S
20 20.1 S
22 24.0 S
22 24.0 S
22 24.0 S
23 57 . 5 S
23 57.5 S
303 54
303 54
306 06
304 44
308 13
308 59
309 51
309 52
311 05
320 47
320 47
312 07
312 05
302 21
302 21
312 05
319 40
319 40
319 40
319 40
319 40
316 21
316 21
316 21
313 36
313 36
Aug 25
Sep 2
Sep 18
Sep 9
Sep 10
Oct 2
Oct 8
Oct 17
Oct 15
Oct 16
Oct 18
Oct
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Oct
Oct
Oct
Aug
Aug
Aug
Nov
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jul
Nov 11
Nov 11
Nov 11
Nov 12
Nov 12
Nov 12
Nov 14
Nov 14
Nov 14
Nov 16
Nov 16
Nov 16
Jun
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jul
Nov
Nov 10
Nov 10
Nov 14
Nov 14
Jul 2
Jul 2
Jul 2
Nov 12
Nov 12
Nov 16
Nov 16
Nov 16
Jul 9
Jul 10
Jul 10
Nov 24
Nov 25
Jul 9
h h
7.9, 9.1
8.7,10.2
9.0,10.9
14.9,16.5
8.1, 9.4
7.6, 8.8
10.9,12.7
7.9, 9.3
5.9 to 17.0(dv)
3 33.3 W
3 34.2 W
5 08.2 W
4 02.6 W
5 04.9 W
7 28.2 W
7 57.8 W
8 04.4 W
8 02.5 W
14.
7.
10.
13.
8.
7.
9.
8.
15.
10.
12.
10.
15.
13.
14.
9.
11.
10.
13.
15.
5, 9.1
0,11.5
8,12.7
0,15.3
3, 8.6
9, 9.1
1,14.3
6, 8.9
4,10.6
4,13.6
8,10.2
8, 9.3
9,11.4
8,12.3,
5,16.7
4
5,13.9
7
3
1,14.5
9,16.5
1,10.8
2,13.4
4,11.9
4,15.2
6,17.3
13
3,14.6
8,15.1
4,15.6
2,12.6
6,16.3
0,10.8
0,15.9
0,12.1
4,14.9
0,16.2,16
6,16.8,17
3,16.6
9, 9.8
0,12.5
1, 9.3
4,12.6
2,11.5
8 55
15 13
15 13
15 11
15 13
9 54
9 49
9 56
1 41.
1 38
1 34.
9 55.
14 16.
14 16.
14 18.
14 45.
13 45.
15 01.
15 53.
15 52.
11 44.
11 42
11 44
12 01
12 02
12 04
0 W
4 W
w
w
w
V,
w
w
w
8 W
4 W
6 W
4 W
4 W
3 W
5 W
9 W
3 W
8 W
1 W
4 W
0 W
7 W
6 W
4 W
8 W
12 06.4 W
12 06.2 W
12 05.2 W
11 43.6 W
11 45.0 W
11 43.6 W
12 02.6 W
12 01.4 W
12 02.1 W
12 05.7 W
12 04.4 W
9 37.4 W
9 34.8 W
9 35.6 W
10 01.6 W
9 56.5 W
9 39.4 W
h h
9.3, 9.5
11.2,11.6
7.6, 7.9
0 41.4 S
0 39.3 S
1 06.2 S
h h
8.2, 8.8
9.1, 9.8
9.5,10.5
15.3,16.1
8.0, 8.3
10.6,10.9
7.0, 7.2
10.1,10.4
10.8,11.1
0 57.8 S
0 34.7 N
2 10.4 S
2 42.8 S
2 40.2 S
8.4, 9.1
7.9, 8.6
11.2,12.4
8.3, 9.0
5.9 to
17.0 (dv)
6.7 to
17.9 (dv)
10.6,11.0
13.8,14.0
10.2,10.3
14.4,15.6
9.7,10.0
12.4,12.7
9.5, 9.8
12.2,12.4
15.9,16.2
10.6,10.9
9.6, 9.9
11.6,11.8
9.4,14.1
2 45.6 S
5 07.2 S
11 30.0 S
11 31.8 S
11 33.7 S
7.9, 8.8
10.4,11.1
11.7,12.3
16.2,16.9
7 17.1
7 14.0
7 15.6
6 24.0
6 24.6
6 26.5
10 03.4
16 01.5
16 04.0
7.9, 8.6
13.2,13.7
8.0, 8.6
10.9,11.6
14.3 14.9
9.2, 9.8
8.2, 9.0
10.3,10.9
12.7,13.4
15.8,16.4
10.8,11.0
15 45.0 S
12.9,13.6
15.1,15.3
16 26.2 S
13.4,14.1
15.3,16.0
9.6,10.4
11.6,13.0
10.7,11.5
13.9,14.4
16.1,16.9
10.5,11.5
12.0,12.3
13.4,13.8
16 25.0 S
16 25.0 S
16 26.0 S
8.9, 9.2
9.7,10.0
10.4,10.8
16 23.9 S
16 22.9 S
16 23.0 S
11.5,11.9
13.1,13.4
13.8,14.1
15 54.4 S
15 54.8 S
15 55.2 S
13.2,14.0
15.0,15.8
9.5,10.3
14.5,15.5
10.4,11.7
13.8,14.6
14.1,14.4
14.8,15.0
15.4,15.7
14.4,14.9
15 9
11.6,12.0
13.0,13.4
13.8,14.2
13.9,14.1
10.4,10.6
15 56.8 S
15 56.4 S
15 57.2 S
16 24.6 S
16 23 9 S
16 22.5 S
16 23.8 S
16 23.8 S
16 48.0 S
16 50.1 S
15.6,16.3
11.5,12.2
9.6, 9.8
11.9,12.1
12.5,12.7
17 07.6 S
17 10.0 S
16 54.2 S
7.8, 8.7
13.0,13.7
10.5,11.2
c. g. s.
.26895
.26916
. 26780
. 26794
.26180
.26444
. 26336
. 26350
. 26365
.25886
.25200
.25196
.25164
.25438
.25473
.25418
.26182
.26168
.26157
. 25002
.24396
. 24388
.24379
.24536
. 24902
.24322
. 24322
. 24324
.24252
. 24237
.24224
. 24294
. 24274
. 24336
.24192
.24265
. 24206
.24119
.24132
. 24052
. 24076
.24121
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
25
25
25
25
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
27
27
27
27
27
27
25
25
25
25
25
25
27
27
25
25
25
27
27
25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
•Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
79
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Santos, B — Concluded.
Porto Alegre, A
o /
23 57.5 S
30 02.0 S
30 02.0 S
32 01.5 S
32 01.5 S
o /
313 36
308 46
308 46
307 52
307 52
Nov 24, '25
Dec 4, 25
Dec 5, 25
Dec 8, 25
Dec 7, 25
Dec 12, 25
Dec 13, 25
Dec 13, 25
h h h
11.9,13.1
12.7,14.3
6.1 to 17.6 (dv)
o /
10 00.8 W
4 10.3 W
4 13.2 W
h h
11.4,11.6
11.4,11.6
o /
17 16.1 S
23 36.9 S
h h
12.2,12.8
13.2,13.9
6.1 to
17.6 (dv)
c. g. s.
. 24099
.23744
.23721
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
6.1 to
17.4 (dv)
11.8,12.1
14.9,15.2
9.9,10.1
8.9, 9.1
23 38.6 S
23 38.2 S
26 03.0 S
26 05.3 S
26 08.3 S
JL
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
10.2,11.4
15.4.16.8
10.5.11.9
7.1, 8.4
4 11.7 W
2 45.4 W
2 45.6 W
2 46.8 W
JL
Porto Alegre, B
10.6,11.1
15.8,16.5
10.8,11.5
7.4, 8.0
.23718
.23444
.23450
. 23404
27
27
27
27
JL
JL
JL
JL
Chile
Arica, A
Arica, B
Iquique
Calama
Antofagasta, A
Antofagasta, B
Copiapo, A . . . .
Copiapo, B
Coquimbo, A . .
Coquimbo, B. .
Valparaiso, A . ,
Valparaiso, B
Coronel, A
Coronel, B
Corral
Puerto Montt, A
Puerto Montt, B
Ultima Esperanza, A*
Ultima Esperanza, B*
Punta Arenas, C.
Punta Arenas, A .
Punta Arenas, B .
18 28.6 S
18 28.6 S
20 12.7 S
22 28.3 S
23 38.8 S
23 38.8 S
27 22.0 S
27 22.0 S
29 57.8 S
29 57.8 S
33 04.4 S
33 04.4 S
37 01.9 S
37 01.9 S
39 53.7 S
41 29.3 S
41 29.3 S
51 41.1 S
51 41.1 S
53 09.8 S
53 10.4 S
289 40
289 40
289 50
291 03
289 38
53 10.4 S
289
38
289
43
289
43
288
40
288
40
288
25
288
25
286
51
286
51
286
29
287
04
287
04
287
31
287
31
289
10
289
08
289
08
21,
'24
21,
24
20,
24
24,
24
4,
25
27,
24
29,
24
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Jan
Dec
Dec
Jan 2, 25
Dec 30, 24
Jan 11, 25
Jan 12, 25
Jan 13, 25
Jan 19, 25
Jan 20, 25
Jan 21, 25
Jan 29, 25
Jan 30, 25
Feb 2, 25
Jan 31. 25
Feb 8, 25
Feb 8, 25
Feb 9, 25
Feb 11, 25
Feb 13, 25
Feb 14, 25
Feb 16, 25
Feb 13, 25
Mar 10, 25
Mar 10, 25
Mar 11, 25
Mar 10, 25
Mar 11, 25
Mar 20, 25
Feb 28, 25
Mar 2, 25
Mar 5, 25
Mar 22, 25
Mar 6, 25
h h h
8.0, 9.2 ...
10.2,11.5 . . .
13.0,14.4 ...
9.7,11.0 ...
10.0,11.1 ...
10.0,11.6 ...
6.4 to 17.6 (dv)
6 46.6 E
6 48.2 E
6 48.4 E
7 55.6 E
7 38.8 E
8 38.8 E
8 36.7 E
9.8,11.1
17.3,17.5
9.6, 9.9
9.8,11.5
16.5,16.8
10.3,10.6
10.7,11.8
10.0,11.6
6.4 to 17.2 (dv)
9.5,10.8
11.1,11.3
15.6,15.8
10.6,11.7
11.4,13.1
10.7,11.9
6.3 to 16.4 (dv)
15.3,16.3
12.5,12.6
18.6
15.8,16.9
10.2,11.7
9.8,12.0
6.2 to 17.2 (dv)
6.5 to 17.9 (dv)
10.5,11.8
8 22.0 E
9 35.0 E
9 35.0 E
9 33.3 E
10 45.1 E
10 44.5 E
10 41. 8E
12 51.6 E
12 50.5 E
12 41. 2E
14 55.5 E
14 55.2 E
15 00.0 E
15 22.3 E
15 35.2 E
15 35.3 E
15 36.2 E
18 44.4 E
18 48.7 E
19 34.8 E
18 14.4 E
18 10.3 E
18 11. 8E
18 10.9 E
18 12.0 E
h h
7.6, 7.8
13.2,13.4
10.9,11.1
11.4,11.5
11.5,11.7
13.2,13.3
8 04.1 S
8 00.0 S
8 00.6 S
10 48.1 S
13 58.4 S
16 54.9 S
6.7 to
17.9 (dv)
11.4,11.6
17.9,18.1
12.6,12.8
12.0,12.1
17.3,17.5
12.7,12.8
10.3,10.5
12.7,12.8
6.7 to
17.2 (dv)
11.2,11.4
10.7,10.9
15.4,15.6
10.3,10.5
13.8,14.0
13.4,13.5
7.6 to
18.1 (dv)
14.8,15.0
11.6,11.8
17.3,17.5
10.3,10.4
16 51. 2S
16 52 . 3 S
22 24.4 S
22 16.6 S
22 17.7 S
26 02 . 8 S
25 55.1 S
25 50.0 S
30 03.8 S
30 07.1 S
29 39 . 2 S
34 57.4 S
35 01.5 S
34 55.8 S
38 02.0 S
39 55.8 S
39 58.0 S
39 55.3 S
48 24.3 S
48 24.4 S
15.0,15.2
12.8,13.2
12.6,12.8
48 02.4 S
49 22.6 S
49 26.2 S
7.2 to
17.9 (dv)
49 27.6 S
49 26.0 S
h h
8.3, 8.9
10.5,11.2
13.3,14.0
10.1,10.7
10.3,10.8
10.5,11.2
6.4 to
17.6 (dv)
10.2,10.8
16.3,17.0
10.2,11.4
10.3,11.1
15.4,16.1
11.0,11.6
11.0,11.5
10.5,11.2
6.4 to
17.2 (dv)
9.
11.
16.
6.
17.
9,10.5
6,12.1
3,16.9
10.9,11.4
11.7,12.8
11.0,11.6
3 to
4 (dv)
15.5,16.0
17.7,18.3
10.7,11.3
16.1,16.6
10.6,11.3
10.9,11.7
6.2 to
17.2 (dv)
6.5 to
17.9 (dv)
10.8,11.4
c. g. s.
.27892
. 27922
.27927
.27319
. 26800
. 26774
. 26756
. 26784
.26238
. 26303
.26283
. 26034
.26155
.26162
.25811
.25780
.25870
. 26024
. 26000
. 25998
.26426
.26213
. 26220
. 26224
.26741
. 26723
. 26832
. 26622
.26614
. 26633
.26631
.26613
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
Colombia
o /
10 25.8 N
10 15.4 N
c /
284 27
285 07
Nov 7, '22
Nov 23, 22
Nov 23, 22
Nov 24, 22
h h
10.0,12.1
12.4,14.1
h
o /
3 07.6 E
2 50.0 E
h h
13.0,13.5
9.9,10.2
15.3,15.7
o /
40 25 . 2 N
39 46.0 N
39 46.6 N
h h
10.7,11.7
12.9,13.7
c. g. s.
.31064
.31035
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
WAL
Calamar
WAL
WAL
6.3, 7.8 ....
2 50.8 E
6.7, 7.5
.31011
26
WAL
* Local disturbance.
80
Land Magnetic Obsekvations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
C olombia — Concluded
Station
La Playona
Barranca Bermeja
Infantas
Puerto Berrio
Medellin
Honda
Bogota, A
Bogota, B. . . .
Buenaventura
Cali
Latitude
8 25.6 N
7 04.6 N
6 51.7 N
6 29.0 N
6 14.6 N
5 13.1 N
4 37 . 6 N
4 37.6 N
3 54.1 N
3 26.6 N
Long.
East
of Gr.
282 46
286 09
286 15
285 36
284 25
285 18
285 54
285 54
282 55
283 26
Date
Nov 14 , '22
Nov 15, 22
Nov 29, 22
Nov 30, 22
Nov 30, 22
Dec 2, 22
Dec 7, 22
Dec 11, 22
Dec 18, 22
Dec 23, 22
Dee 24, 22
Dec 25, 22
Dec 26, 22
Jan 14, 23
Jan 11, 23
Declination
Local Mean Time
h h h
12.6,14.5
6.6 to 16.8 (dv)
13.3,15.4
7.4, 9.4
13.4,15.5
9.6,11.3
9.7,11.4
9.8,11.5
12.6,14.5
7.9 to 16.9(dv)
9.4,11.1
10.4,11.7
12.0,14.4
Value
5 16.8 E
5 16.1 E
3 02.4 E
3 05.3 E
2 53.8 E
3 29 . 8 E
3 52.2 E
4 06.8 E
3 41.0 E
3 42.4 E
3 41.9 E
4 55.0 E
5 06.2 E
Inclination
L. M. T.
h h
15.4,15.8
10.0,10.2
13.3,13.6
16.4,16.6
12.4.
12.6,
12.8,
11.6,
12.6
12.8
13.0
11.8
7.6 to
17.1 (dv)
12.8,13.1
13.5,13.7
11.4,11.6
Value
36 05.4 N
35 19.4 N
35 17.6 N
34 59,. 6 N
34 09 . 0 N
33 12.9 N
32 08.7 N
31 06.0 N
31 02.6 N
31 05.6 N
28 48.5 N
28 34.2 N
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Value
h
13.1,
h
14.0
13.7,14.9
7.8, 8.9
14.0,15.0
10.0,10.4
10.1,11.0
10.2,11.2
13.2,13.6
8.1 to
16.8 (dv)
9.8,10.7
10.8,11.4
13.4,14.1
c. g. s.
.31550
.31190
.31206
.31224
.31352
.31660
.31332
.31364
.31384
.31368
.31814
.31730
Instruments
Mag'r
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
Dip Circle
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
Obs'i
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
i
ECUADOB
Quito, A*.
Quito, B* .
Biobamba, A*
Biobamba, B*
Biobamba, C*
Guayaquil . . .
0 13.1 S
0 13.1 S
1 39.5 S
1 39.8 S
1 39.8 S
2 10.8 S
o
t
281
29
281
28
281
18
281
19
281
19
280
09
Oct
1,
'24
Mar
13,
26
Sep
26,
24
Sep
30,
24
Sep
30,
24
Mar
10,
26
Mar
11,
26
Mar
12,
26
Sep
17,
24
Sep
18,
24
Sep
20,
24
Sep
20,
24
Sep
10,
24
Mar
7,
26
h h h
10.8,12.9
10.6,11.6
12.5,14.4
8.7 to 16.8(dv)
9.5,16.6
15.8,17.0
6.3 to 17.3(dv)
11.5,13.7
10.7,14.0
10.4,12.4
16.1 ....
9.9,11.6
9.8,11.2
6 29.3 E
6 31.1 E
6 18.0 E
6 13.9 E
6 18.1 E
6 20.2 E
6 21.2 E
6 42.4 E
6 42.6 E
6 34.0 E
6 40.5 E
7 07.5 E
7 11.6 E
h h
10.1,10.3
15.0,15.2
6.3 to
17.0 (dv)
9.4, 9.5
22 08.7 N
21 05.6 N
21 04.5 N
17 46.6 N
h h
11.2,12.1
10.8,11.3
13.0,13.9
8.7 to
16.8 (dv)
16.1,16.6
6.3 to
17.3 (dv)
12.2,13.2
11.1,13.6
11.0,12.0
16.5
10.3,11.3
10.3,11.0
c. g. s.
.31878
.31842
.32313
. 32296
.32161
.32173
. 33355
. 33350
.31796
.31649
.31812
. 31790
28
27
28
28
28
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JTH
JL
JTH
JTH
JTH
JL
JL
JL
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JL
GUIANA
Georgetown, A . .
Georgetown, B . .
Bartica
New Amsterdam
Paramaribo, C . . .
Paramaribo, A . .
Onverwacht
Saint Laurent, A
Saint Laurent, B
Cayenne, A* . . . .
Cayenne, B
6 48.6 N
6 48.0 N
6 23.8 N
6 16.3 N
5 50.0 N
5 50.0 N
5 34 . 6 N
5 29 . 4 N
5 29 . 4 N
4 56 . 1 N
4 56 . 1 N
o
,
301
51
301
51
301
25
302
29
304
51
304
51
304
50
305
59
305
59
307
40
307
40
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
6, '23
7, 23
7, 23
7, 23
9, 23
9, 23
Mar 17, 23
Mar 19, 23
Mar 20, 23
Mar 17, 23
Mar 19, 23
Mar 20, 23
Mar 21, 23
Mar 30, 23
Mar 31, 23
Mar 30, 23
Mar 31, 23
Apr 9, 23
Apr 10, 23
Apr 10, 23
h h
13.6,15.5
9.2,11.0
10.3.11.5
10.7.12.6
15.3.16.7
5 23.8 W
5 04.9 W
5 48.4 W
10.3,12.1
6 58.4 W
7.0 to 18.0(dv)
9.8,11.2
11.1,12.9
9./, 11. 3
6.8 to 18.1(dv)
9.8,11.6
7.1 to 17.6(dv)
14.4,15.8
9.3,10.6
12.0,14.2
5 27.0 W
5 24.7 W
6 58.9 W
6 58.0 W
7 08.2 W
8 03.6 W
8 06.5 W
8 03.8 W
8 06.3 W
9 16.0 W
9 13.2 W
9 15.4 W
11.8,12.0
17.0,17.3
13.5,13.7
8.8, 9.2
14.1,14.3
17.2,17.5
7.2 to
14.1,14.4
16.2,16.4
11.4,11.6
16.2,16.6
36 41.3 N
36 43.2 N
36 40 . 6 N
36 35.4 N
36 20.0 N
35 32.1 N
18.0 (dv)
35 32 . 4 N
16.7,16.9
35 32.0 N
14.2,14.5
13.7,13.9
35 29.0 N
34 35.8 N
34 34.6 N
34 14.7 N
34 09.0 N
33 47.2 N
h h
14.0,15.0
9.7,10.6
10.6,11.2
11.2,13.0
15.6,16.4
10.8,11.7
7.2 to
18.0 (dv)
10.2,10.8
11.5,12.4
10.1,10.9
6.9 to
18.1 (dv)
10.4,11.3
14.8,15.4
9.6,10.2
12.5,13.4
c. g. s.
.29538
. 29528
. 29555
. 29436
.29377
.29279
. 29289
. 29308
.29242
.29514
. 29499
.29531
. 29285
. 29294
. 28933
28
28
25
28
25
28
25
25
28
25
25
28
28
25
25
28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 25
EI 28
EI 25
EI 28
EI 28
EI
25
EI
EI
28
25
EI
28
EI 25
EI 25
EI 28
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JTH
JWG
JTH
JTH
JTH
JWG
JWG
JWG
JTH
JWG
JWG
JTH
JTH
JWG
JWG
JTH
*Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
81
SOUTH AMERICA
Paraguay
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
San Salvador
Concepcion, A
o /
22 49.4 S
23 24.2 S
23 24.2 S
25 15.5 S
O /
302 28
302 34
302 34
302 26
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
28, '25
19, 25
20, 25
22, 25
21, 25
8, 25
h h h
10.1,11.8
10.6,13.6
7.3 to 17.3(dv)
o t
0 52.2 W
0 39.6 W
0 42.0 W
h h
13.7,13.9
14.0,14.2
o /
12 24.4 S
13 31.2 S
h h
10.8,11.4
11.0,13.2
7.3 to
17.3 (dv)
11.2,11.8
10.7,11 4
c. g. s.
. 25359
.25280
.25277
. 25280
. 24940
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
7.0 to
17.3 (dv)
13.1,13.4
14.1,14.3
13 31.8 S
13 31.0 S
16 09.8 S
JL
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
Concepcion, B
Trinidad (Asuncion). . .
10.9,12.2
10.3,11.7
0 40.0 W
0 03.2 E
JL
JL
JL
Iquitos, A .
Iquitos, B
Chimbote de Amazo-
nas
Paita
Piura, B
Piura, A
Quebrada Puma Yaca. .
Puerto Bermudez, A.. .
Puerto Bermudez, B. . .
La Merced, A
La Merced, B
Tarma
Huncaayo Observatory
Frame
3 45.6 S
3 45.6 S
00 S
04.7 S
11.4 S
11. 7S
16.9 S
10 17.8 S
10 18.9 S
11 03.9 S
11 03.9 S
11 26.0 S
12 02.7 S
Peru
286 45
286 45
289 09
278 54
279 22
279 23
285 10
285 13
285 13
284 39
284 39
284 18
284 40
Apr 26, '24
Apr 29, 24
May 3, 24
May 15, 24
Apr 27, 24
Apr
Aug
Sep
Sep
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
22, 24
30, 24
3, 24
2, 24
13, 24
24, 24
25, 24
26, 24
3, 24
4, 24
5, 24
7, 24
7, 24
Jun 14,
Jun 16,
Jun 17,
Jun 25,
Jun 28,
Jun 29,
Jun 30,
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
2,
6,
9,
11,
12,
13,
13,
Jul 14,
Jul 14,
Jul 18,
Jul 18,
Jul 20,
Jul 25,
Jul
Jul
Aug
Aug
27,
27,
1,
4,
Aug 4,
Aug 8,
Aug 10,
Aug 10,
Aug 15,
Aug 17,
Aug 17,
Aug 18,
Aug 22,
Aug 23,
Aug 25, 21
Aug 29, 21
h h h
9.7,11.6
8. 2 to 17.7 (dv)
8.0 to 17.2 (dv)
13.3,14.2
7.9
13.6,15.4
10.6,14.4
11.3.15.1
10.8
15.9
10.9,12.9
12.4,14.9
14.1
9.6,11.6,11.9
14.6.16.2
9.8,11.6
14.1
15.9,16.4
14.3,14.8
16.3 .
13.6,
9.1
9.2,
10.0
10.7,
11.4
13.8,14.8
13.7 ....
9.7,15.0
9.3
.3,16.7 .
10.5,15.3
9.4,14 9
10.8
9.2,14.6
8.9,15.9
10.1,10.5,16.1
9.2,14.5
9.6,14.4
9.3,14.3
5 06 2 E
5 06 . 6 E
5 06 . 8 E
5 07 . 6 E
4 08.0 E
8 11. 2E
8 10. 8E
12. 4E
49.4 E
15.7 E
16.6 E
19.5 E
40.5 E
38 9 E
37.2 E
58.4 E
14.7 E
15.0 E
13.9 E
16.1 E
12.9 E
14.0 E
12.8 E
14.0 E
8 14.3 E
8 13. 6E
8 13.0 E
8 13.0 E
8 13.2 E
8 14.3 E
8 13.6 E
8 16.1 E
8 13.7 E
8 12.9 E
8 13.9 E
8 13.3 E
8 13.4 E
h h
15.6,15.9
7.7 to
17.4 (dv)
11.2,11.5
9.4, 9.7
10.4,10.8
12.4
10.0,10.2
10.7,11.0
13 6,14.0
17.1 ....
9.0, 9.3
14.2,15.5
11.5
14.2,16 0
9.1, 9.8
110, 11. 4
17 14.4 N
17 12.8 N
17 15.0 N
17 43.0 N
11 18.4 N
11 10.8 N
6 01.2 N
4 19.4 N
4 18.0 N
2 42.2 N
2 46.0 N
2 02.4 N
2 01.7 N
0 30 . 2 N
0 30 4 N
0 31.6 N
0 31 6 N
10.1,11
14.3 . .
7
0
0
31.5 N
33.4 N
9.2,10
13.6 . .
8
0
0
34.0 N
30.6 N
9.3,10
11.4
5
0
0
32.8 N
33.5 N
10.0,10
11.4
8
0
0
31.7 N
30.7 N
10.2 to
14.1 (5)
0
28.7 N
h h
10.1,11.2
8.5 to
17.7 (dv)
14.6
8.2
14.0,15.0
11.0,12.8
11.7,14.8
11.2
16.2
11.2,12.3
13.5,14.5
14.5,15.6
10.2,11.2
15.0,15.8
10.2,11.1
11.0 ....
10.6,11.4
10.6
10.1,15.8
10.1
14 2,16 0
11.8 ....
10.5,14.1
14.5,16.1
10.0,13.9
10.0,14.1
14.0,15.5
10.6,13.8
10.5,13.8
9.9,13.6
c. g. s.
. 30842
. 30872
.30871
. 30433
.31550
.31639
.31612
. 30576
. 29854
. 29866
. 29840
.29858
.29878
.29827
.29948
. 29808
. 29782
. 29786
. 29762
.29806
.29724
. 29799
.29796
.29749
. 29776
.29806
. 29750
.29827
. 29802
.29830
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
10
10
10
10*
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
28
28
28
28
EI 28
EI
28
El
28
EI
28
EI
28
EI
28
EI
28
EI
28
El
28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 28
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI
EI
5
5
EI
EI
5
5
EI
EI
5
5
EI
28
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
W&W
W&W
WHW
W&W
W&W
WHW
WHW
WHW
W&W
W&W
W&W
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
WHW
82
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Peeu — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Int
;nsity
Instruments
Station
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Huancayo Observatory,
0 t
o /
1922
h h h
O f
h h
0 /
h h
c. g. s.
Frame — Concluded. . .
12 02.7 S
284 40
Mar 2, 8,
15,21
8.6,10.9'
8 12.1 E
15. 52
0 34.6 N
9.3.10.31
. 29800
10
EI 5
WFW
Apr 11,18,
25
9.0,11.4'
8 12.3 E
14.2,15.0
0 35.1 N
9.6,10.8
. 29824
10
EI 5
WFW
May 3, 9,
16,23
9.0,11.0*....
8 11. 9E
13.7,14.4"
0 36.4 N
9.5,10.6
. 29792
10
EI 5
W&L
May 17
May 18
May 18
Jun 1, 6,
9.7 to 11.6(4)
8 11. 5E
10
10
10
CML
9.4,11.2
14.0,16.0
.29783
. 29783
CML
CML
13,20,
27
8.6,12.9
8 11. 6E
14.0,14.9
0 37.7 N
9.6,11.2
.29776
10
EI 5
CML
Jul 1
Jul 4,10,
9.3,10.4
0 38.6 N
EI 5
CML
16,24
9.6,13.1
8 11. 6E
13.9,14.7
0 39.0 N
9.6,11.2
. 29784
10
EI 5
W&L
Aug 1, 8,
15,21,
29
8.6,12.5
8 10.6 E
13.7,14.4
0 39.2 N
9.5,11.2
.29785
10
EI 5
CML
Sep 5,12,
18,25
8.8,13.1
8 11.1 E
13.9,14.6
0 39.9 N
9.6,11.4
. 29798
10
EI 5
CML
Sep 20-21
Oct 3,10,
20. 5 to 3.0 (dv)«
8 10.8 E
10
CML
17,24,
30
8.9,13.4'....
8 11.1 E
14.1,14.7
0 39.5 N
9.6,11.3
. 29805
10
EI 5
CML
Nov 6,14,
20,28
8.9,12.0 ....
8 10.8 E
13.7,14.3
0 40.5 N
9.7,11.1
. 29794
10
EI 5
CML
•
Dec 3,10,
18,24,
31
9.1,11.2 ....
8 10.4 E
13.9,14.6
0 41.1 N
9.6,10.6
.29791
10
EI 5
WFW
1923
Jan 8,15,
22,29
8.8,13.1
8 10.5 E
13.9,14.6
0 41.5 N
9.6,11.2
.29805
10
EI 5
CML
Feb 5,12,
20,27
9.1,13.48 ....
8 09.2 E
14.2,14.8
0 42.6 N
9.8,11.3
.29784
10
EI 5
W&L
Mar 5,12,
19,26
9.0,11.89 ....
8 09.0 E
13.9,14.5
0 43.9 N
9.7,11.1
.29818
10
EI 5
CML
Apr 2, 9,
16,23,
30
May 7,14,
8.9,11.7"....
8 09.3 E
13.6,14.2
0 44.1 N
9.7,11.2
. 29830
10
EI 5
CML
21,28
9.3,13.2"
8 08.2 E
13.9,14.6
0 45.4 N
10.0,11.4
. 29770
10
EI 5
CML
Jun 4,11,
18,25
8.8,11.6
8 07.8 E
13.9,14.6"
0 45.4 N
9.8,11.3"
. 29764
10
EI 5
P&L
Jul 2, 9
9.0,11.5'
8 09.0 E
14.0,14.6
0 45.5 N
9.6,11.0
. 29758
10
EI 5
CML
Sep 5
Sep 6
15.6,16.9
8.7,10.0
8 08.6 E
8 05.4 E
16.0,16.6
. 29735
25
JWG
14.0 to
15.2 (6)
0 49.5 N
9.1, 9.7
.29795
25
EI 25
JWG
Sep 6
10.3,11.6
8 05.2 E
10.6,11.3
. 29794
25
EI 25
JWG
1924
Jul 17,18
Jul 17
Jul 18
Jul 18
Jul 21
Jul 21
Jul 23
Jul 23
Jul 27
8.8,10.3
13.5,13.9,15.6
10.5,10.7
8 03.9 E
8 04.6 E
8 02.6 E
9.3,10.0
14.4,15.2
. 29744
. 29722
10
10
10
10
28
28
28
10
WCP
WCP
WCP
14.0,14.8
9.4,10.2
13.8,14.6
9.6,10.6
14.6,15.6
. 29726
. 29735
.29715
. 29740
.29734
JTH
8.9,10.6
13.4,15.0
9.1
14.2,16.0
8 06.3 E
8 06.4 E
8 04.2 E
8 04.8 E
JTH
JTH
JTH
RTB
13.9 to
15.6 (6)
0 55.7 N
EI 5
WCP
Jul 28
9.1 to
11.1 (6)
0 54.4 N
EI 28
JTH
1 The observations on Mar 2 were at 10h.3, 14>>.2 in D, and at ll1". 0, 13h.6 in H.
2 The observations on Mar 21 were at l&.i and 14>>. 1.
3 The second observation on Apr 11 was at 13h.8.
4 The second observation on May 3 was at 13h . 5.
6 There was a second set of observations on May 23 at 15h.O and 15b. 8.
6 One-minute readings during solar eclipse.
7 The second observations on Oct 3 and 24 were at 11.6 and 11.7 respectively.
8 The second observation on Feb 27 was at 1 1* . 4.
9 The second observation on Mar 5 was omitted and on Mar 19 the time of second observation was at 13*. 1.
10 The second observation on Apr 2 was at 13h . 2.
11 The second observation on May 7 was at lib. 8.
12 The observations on Jun 25 were at 10*>.3 and 10h.7 in I, and at 8*. 5 and 9h.4 in H.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
83
SOUTH AMERICA
Pektt — Continued
Long.
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
station
Latitude
East
Date
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Huancayo Observa-
o /
o /
1923
h h h
0 /
h h
0 /
h h
c. g. s.
12 02.7 S
284 40
Jul 16,23,
30
9.1,13.1"
8 05.0 E
13.8,14.2"
0 47.4 N
9.9,11.3
.29770
10
EI 5
CML
Aug 6,13,
20,27
9.2,11.7's
8 04.3 E
13.8,14.3
0 47.9 N
9.9,11.2
. 29790
10
EI 5
CML
Sep 5
Sep 6
15.6,16.9
8.7 to 11.6(4)
8 05.4 E
8 01.8 E
16.0,16.6
9.1 to
.29726
10
WCP
14.0 to
15.1 (6)
0 49.2 N
11.2 (4)
. 29780
10
EI 5
WCP
Sep 10
Sep 11,17,
12.6tol9.1(dv)i«
8 04.2 E
10
CML
24
8.9,10.8
8 03.8 E
10.9,11.21'
0 47.9 N
9.3,10.2
.29812
10
EI 5
P&L
Oct 1, 8,
15,22,
29
9.1,11.5
8 03.4 E
14.0,14.4
0 49.4 N
9.8,11.0
. 29782
10
EI 5
CML
Nov 5,12,
19,26
9.2,11.5"
8 04.6 E
14.5,14.9
0 48.8 N
9.9,11.1
.29794
10
EI 5
CML
Dec 3,11,
17,23,
31
8.8,10.5
8 03.5 E
10.5,10.718
0 51.1 N
9.3,10.2
.29766
10
EI 5
P&L
1924
Jan 8,15,
21,28
8.6,10.2
8 03.2 E
7.2,12.4
0 52.0 N
9.0, 9.8
.29784
10
EI 5
P&L
Jan 22
Feb 4,11,
9.2, 9.5
0 51.8 N
EI 5
CML
18,25
9.2,11.0
8 02.5 E
11.2,11.4"
0 52.3 N
9.6,10.6
.29770
10
EI 5
P&L
Mar 2, 9,
16,25,
31
9.1,11.0 ....
8 02.4 E
11.1,11.420
0 52.6 N
9.6,10.5
.29786
10
EI 5
P&L
Apr 8,14,
•
21,28
9.0,11.0
8 01.9 E
10. 8, 11. 12i
0 53.2 N
9.5,10.6
.29777
10
EI 5
P&L
May 5,12,
19,26
9.0.13.522
8 01.4 E
14.6, 15. 4»
0 54.4 N
9.7,11.3"
.29759
10
EI 5
P&B
Jun 2, 9,
16,23,
30
8.9,10.4
8 01.7 E
10.8,ll.ia
0 55.3 N
9.3,10.1
.29735
10
EI 5
P&B
Jun 24
Jul 7,10,
9.1
0 56.3 N
EI 5
RTB
11,21,
23
Jul 10,16,
9.0.10.924
8 01.8 E
9.6,10.5
.29744
10
P&B
18,21
Jul 10,18,
13.5,15.2
8 01.8 E
10
WCP
21
Jul 7
Jul 25
Jul 25
Jul 26
Jul 28
Aug 3,12
13.9,14.9
.29715
10
WCP
4
13.7,14.0
8.6 to
11.3 (6)
14.1 to
15.7 (4)
13.8 to
15.6 (6)
9.1 to
11.1 (6)
11.2,11.4
0 55.8 N
0 55.3 N
0 54.0 N
0 57.0 N
0 56.3 N
0 55.2 N
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
RTB
WCP
WCP
WCP
9.4,10.6
7 58.9 E
WCP
9.7.10.4
.29738
10
wcp
Aug 18
Aug 19
Aug 20
Aug 25
Aug 26
Sep 1, 8,
10.2,13.4
8 02.8 E
10
10
EGC
13.8,14.7
.29767
EI 5
DGC
13.8,14.3
0 55.7 N
DGC
13.6,15.5
8 01.2 E
14.1,15.0
.29736
10
RTB
9.2, 9.9
0 55.7 N
EI 5
RTB
15,21,29
9.3,11.4s*
8 01.2 E
9.8,11.026
. 29778
10
P,B,C
i' The declination and horizontal-intensity values were determined at station Em, and the inclination values at station Wm.
14 The second observation in D on July 16 was at ll*. 8, and on July 30 there was no second observation in I.
■s The second observation on Aug 27 was at 13h.3.
16 Special observations during total solar eclipse.
17 The observations on Sep 17 were at 13h.5 and 13l>.9.
18 The second observation in D on Nov 5 was at 13h.0; those in I on Dec 11 were at 14h. 1.
"The observations on Feb 4 were at 13h.l and 13h.5; those on Feb 18 were at 13h.8 and 14h.l.
20 The observations on Mar 2 were at 13>>. 0 and 13h.3.
2i The observations on Apr 14 were at l^.S and lS11^; those on April 21 were at 13h.7 and 14>>.l.
22 The observations on May 12 were, in D, at 8^.3, 9h.5; in I, at 7h. 1, 7*>A; in H, at 8h.6, 9h.2. The second observation inZ> on May 19 was at llh.7.
23 The observations on Jun 9 were at 13h.7 and 14h.l. Only one observation was made on Jun 23, viz, at 13h.8.
24 The second observation on Jul 23 was omitted.
26 The observations on Sep 21 were at 13b.3 and 14h.5.
28 The observations on Sep 15 and 21 were at l&.S, 14h.8 and 13h.6, 14h.2 respectively.
84
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Peru — Continued
Long.
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Latitude
East
Date
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Huancayo Observa-
o /
O /
1924
h h h
O '
h h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
tory13 — Continued . . .
12 02.7 S
284 40
Sep 1
Sep 8
Sep 16,17
Sep 21
Sep 29 , 30
Oct 6,13,
7.2, 7.4
14.9,15.3
10.2
9.7,10.0
14.4
0 55.6 N
0 56 . 8 N
0 53.2 N
0 56.6 N
0 54 . 8 N
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
wcp
RTB
DGC
WCP
RTB
20
8.8,10.22'....
8 00.0 E
14. 1,14. 6"
0 55.4 N
9.5,10.4
. 29786
10
EI 5
P.B.C
Oct 17
Oct 27
Nov 7
Nov 10,17
8.6, 8.9
10.2,10.8
0 57 . 2 N
0 57.0 N
EI 5
EI 5
WCP
DGC
13.4,14.9
8 01. 3E
13.7,14.6
. 29724
10
WCP
24
8.9,11.1
8 01.7 E
13.6,14.2"
0 54.8 N
9.6,10.7
. 29759
10
EI 5
P,B,C
Dec 1, 9,
,
15,22,
29
9.0,11.2'°
8 02.5 E
13.8,14.2
0 57.4 N
9.7,10.83°
. 29764
10
EI 5
P,B,C
1925
Jan 5,12,
19,26
9.7,11.0
8 02 . 0 E
13.5,13.9
0 57 . 9 N
10
EI 5
P,B,C
Jan 5,12,
26
Jan 20
Jan 23
9.7,10.8
13.6,14.6
. 29805
. 29702
10
10
10
B&C
RTB
6.7tol3.0 (dv)3'
8 00.7 E
P,B,C
P,B,C
P,B,C
Jan 24
6. 8 to 13.1 (dv) 3i
8 00.2 E
10
Jan 25
Feb 2, 9,
6. 8 to 13.2 (dv)3'
8 01. 0E
10
16,23
9.0.11.032
8 00 . 3 E
14.2,14.4
0 59.6 N
9.3,11.032
.29761
10
EI 5
P&B
Mar 2, 9,
16,23,
30
9.2,10.6
7 59 . 3 E
11 1,11.4"
1 00.4 N
9.6,10.6
. 29753
10
EI 5
P&B
Apr 6,14,
20
9.3,11.1
7 59 . 8 E
13.6,13.9"
1 00.4 N
9.7,10.7
. 29782
10
EI 5
P&B
Apr 23
Apr 27
10.2,10.4
6.6, 6.8
0 59 . 6 N
1 00.5 N
EI 5
EI 5
WCP
6.3, 7.1
7 59.4 E
10
WCP
Apr 28
May 4,11,
14.2,14.8
. 29724
10
WCP
18
8.8,10.835
7 58.6 E
13.4,13.7^
0 59 . 8 N
9.1,10.3
.29735
10
EI 5
P&B
May 25
May 26
.Tun 4, 9,
7.1, 7.3 ....
8 00.3 E
9.3,10.4
. 29746
10
RTB
10.2,10.5
1 00.7 N
EI 5
RTB
15,22
9.2,10.8
7 58.5 E
11.0,11.3"
1 01.4 N
9.6,10.5
. 29749
10
EI 5
G,P,K
.lun 29
Jun 30
Jul 6,20,
10.3,14.8
7 59 . 4 E
11.0,14.0
.29748
10
EI 5
AHK
9.6,10.3
1 02.0 N
AHK
27
9.1,11.6
7 57 . 9 E
14.3,14.9
1 02.1 N
9.8,11.3
.29741
10
EI 5
G&K
Jul 14
Jul 17
Aug 3 , 10
Aug 4,14
Aug 17,24,
13.8,14.5
1 02.0 N
EI 5
AHK
8.5,11.5
8.0,10.9
7 57.4 E
7 59.3 E
9.3,10.9
9.2,10.4
.29714
. 29728
10
10
AHK
B&G
9.4, 9.8
1 03.0 N
EI 5
B&G
31
9.0,11.1" .. .
7 57.6 E
14.4,14.8
1 02.4 N
9.6,11.0
. 29759
10
EI 5
B,G,K
Sep 6
Sep 7,23
Sep 14,21,
9.7,11.8 ....
7 59 . 4 E
10.2,11.3
. 29784
10
AHK
9.6.10.438
1 03.8 N
EI 5
AHK
28
8.4,10.8
7 59 . 4 E
14.0,14.438
1 02.0 N
9.0,10.2
. 29745
10
EI 5
G&K
Oct 5,12,
19,26
7.8,10.8
7 58.7 E
13.8,14.1
1 03.3 N
8.9,10.2
. 29758
10
EI 5
B,G,K
Nov 2, 9,
16,23,
'
30
8.1,10.7
7 58.1 E
14.2.14.7"
1 03.8 N
9.0,10.2
. 29733
10
EI 5
B,G,K
27 The second observation on Oct 6 was at 13h2.
28 The observations on Oct 13 were at 7h. 1 and 7ll.3.
29 The observations on Nov 24 were at ll^.O a 11V3.
3° The observations on Dec 9 were at 12b. 8 an(j I3h 8 in D, and at 13h.O and 13h.5 in H.
31 Special solar-eelipse observations.
32 The observations on Feb 2 were at 13h.4,14i>.9 in D, and at 13h.8, 14k. 6 jn H; those on Feb 23 were at 13h.3 and 13V 5 in D.
33 The observations on Mar 9, 23 were at 13h.6 and 13h,5 respectively.
34 The observations on Apr 14 were at llh.5 and 11V7.
35 The observations on May 11 were at 6b.7 and 7h3 in D, and at 10V4 and 10h.6 in J.
36 The observations on Jun 22 were at 14h . 1 and 14h . 5.
37 The second observation on Aug 17 was at 13h.4.
38 There were no second observations on Sep 21, 23.
38 The observations on Nov 30 were at llh.2 and llh.6.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
85
SOUTH AMERICA
Peru — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Obs'r
of Gr.
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Huancayo Observa-
o '
o /
1925
h h h
o /
h h
o f
h h
c. g. s.
tory13 — Concluded. . .
12 02.7 S
284 40
Dec 8,14,
21,28
8.2,11.0
7 57 . 8 E
14.2,14.0
1 03 . 9 N
9.0,10.5
. 29723
10
EI 5
B,G,K
1926
Jan 4,11,
18,25,
30
8.2,11.2
7 59 . 2 E
13. 8. 14.2"
1 05 . 7 N
9.2,10.8
.29757
10
EI 5
B,G,K
Feb 8,22
8.3,10.5
7 56.9 E
13.7,14.2
1 04 . 1 N
8.8,10.0
. 29726
10
EI 5
B,G,K
Feb 10,11,
19
Feb 15
Feb 16
Mar 1, 8,
14.7,15.0
1 04 . 8 N
EI 5
B&G
7.2,11.7
7 57.2 E
9.3,11 .3
. 29788
10
RTB
9.0, 9.3
1 07.2 N
EI 5
RTB
29
8.2,10.7
7 56.9 E
13.8,14.1
1 05 . 2 N
8.9,10.1
.29731
10
EI 5
B,G,K
Mar 2
Mar 15,21
Mar 16,22
Apr 5,12,
9.1,10.3
9.8,10.9
. 29728
. 29768
10
10
RHG
9.4,11.4
7 57.9 E
B&G
9.2, 9.5
1 09.6 N
EI 5
B&G
19,26
8.4,10.7
7 55.8 E
13.8,14.2"
1 07.3 N
9.0,10 2
.29743
10
EI 5
G&K
May 3,10,
31
8.1,10.6
7 54 . 8 E
14.3,14.7
1 09 . 2 N
8.9,10 1
. 29690
10
EI 5
G&K
May 17
May 18,25
May 24
Jun 8,14
Jun 10
Jun 15
Jun 21,28
14.5,14.8
1 05.6 N
EI 5
RHG
8.7,10.8
7 54.2 E
9.4,10.4
.29711
10
RHG
10.9,11.4
1 10.0 N
EI 5
AHK
7.9,11.3
7 55.3 E
9.6,10.7
. 29698
10
G&K
9.3, 9.7
14.8,15.2
14.2,14.8*
1 09 . 2 N
1 10.8 N
1 10,4 N
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
RHG
RHG
8.7,11.4 ....
7 55.4 E
9.6,10.8
. 29749
10
AHK
Jul 5,12,
19,26
8.8,11.1"
7 53 . 4 E
8.9,11.5«
1 12.4 N
9.4,10.3
.29721
10
EI 5
G,P,K
Aug 2, 9,
17,23,
31
8.9.11.345
7 53 . 7 E
8.7,11.5*
1 12.1 N
9.4,10.5"
.29712
10
EI 5
G,P, K
Sep 7,13,
20,27
9.0,11.2"
7 54 . 4 E
8.8,11.5"
i HON
9.4,10.3
.29740
10
EI 5
G,P, K
Oct 4,11,
15,25
9.0, 9.2'°
7 55.1 E
8.8,11.4"
1 11.9 N
9.2,10.7*'
. 29702
10
EI 5
G&P
Oct 18,21
6.4, 9.6
7 54,8 E
9.9,11.1
1 12. 7N
6.2, 6.7
. 29557
10
EI 5
G&P
Nov 1, 8,
15,22,
29
8.8,11.2**. . .
7 54 . 8 E
8.4,11.6"
1 12.9 N
9.5,10.7^
. 29699
10
EI 5
G.P, K
Dec 6,13,
20,27
9.1,11.1s3
7 55 . 2 E
8.5,11.5M
1 12.9 N
9.6,10.6"
. 29740
10
EI 5
G,P, K
Huancayo Observa-
12 02.7 S
284 40
Sep 2, '23
Sep 3, 23
14.3 to 17.4(4)
11.1 to 17.0(6)
8 05.1 E
8 03.0 E
14.7 to
17.1 (4)
11.4 to
16.7 (6)
.29731
. 29774
HI
10
WCP
JWG
Sep 4, 23
15.6 to
17.4 (6)
0 46 . 0 N
EI 5
JWG
Sep 3,4, 23
Sep 5, 23
8.5,10.5
8 03.6 E
9.8,12.0
. 29808
10
WCP
8.8 to
Jul 11, 24
Jul 14, 24
14.6,16.0
8.8 to 13.1(4)
8 01.5 E
8 01.4 E
10.7 (6)
0 47.9 N
EI 5
WCP
14.9,15.7
9.2 to
11.9 (4)
.29717
. 29752
28
28
JTH
JTH
Jul 15, 24
9.5,11.8
7 59.8 E
9 9,11.5
.29756
28
JTH
40 The observations on Jan 4 were at 15h.4 and 15h.6; those on Jan 30 were at llb3 and llh.7.
11 The observations on Apr 19 were at 16h.O and 16h.6.
42 The first observation on June 21 was at 8h.6.
43 The second observation on Jul 19 was at 9b . 6.
44 The observations on Jul 5 were at 14h6 and 14h.9; those on Jul 19 were at 7h.2 and 9h.8.
45 The second observation on Aug 9 was at 9h7 and on Aug 31 was at 9h.4.
46 The observations on Aug 9 were at 7h.2 and 9h.9, and on Aug 31 were at 7h.2 and 9V6; the second observation on Aug 17 was at 13b.6.
47 The second observation on Aug 17 was at 9h. 1.
48 The observations on Sep 20 were at 7b4 and 9h.3.
48 The second observation on Sep 7 was at 13h.4, and the observations on Sep 20 were at 7h. 1 and 9h.5.
60 The first observation on Oct 11 was at 7h3, and the second observations on Oct 4 and 25 were at llh.0 and llb.2.
51 The second observation in H on Oct 11 was at 8^.9; the observations on Oct 15 were, in I, at 6h6 and 8h.8 and, in H, at 7b.O and 8b.3.
"The observations on Nov 1 were, in D, at 6h.5, 8b.9; in I, at &A, 8h3; in H, at 6h.8, 8h.7. Those on Nov 22 were, in D, at 3b.6, 8h.8; in I, at
and in H at 6h9, 8h5.
"The observations on Dec 13 were, in D, at 11>».3, 13h.8; in I at 10h.9, 14b.O; and in H at llh.5, 13b.5.
h.5, 9b.l;
86
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Peru — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Huancayo Observatory,
o r
12 02.7 S
12 02.7 S
12 04.3 S
o /
284 40
284 40
282 58
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
16,
17
18
23
26
27
29
29
30
30
30
31
31
3
3
4
5
5
6
2
3
3
4
4
5
10
10
11
11
14
15
16
16
27
29
30
30
30
31
31
3
3
4
5
5
6
16
17
18
20
21
'24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
, 24
, 24
, 24
, 24
. 24
. 24
, 24
, 24
. 24
, 24
, 24
h h h
9.0,10.9
8.8 to 15.6(5)
8.8 to 10.7(4)
14.2
o /
8 00.6 E
8 01.1 E
7.59.6 E
8 02.6 E
h h
O 1
h h
9.3,10.5
9.4 to
15.2 (4)
9.1, 9.9
14.6.15.7
c. g. s.
.29747
.29706
.29732
.29715
28
28
28
28
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
13.8 to
15.5 (6)
9.8 to
11.4 (6)
0 54.8 N
0 53.3 N
EI 28
EI 5
JTH
8.8 to 11.6(4)
15.8.16.0
11.1,11.3
15.1,15.8
10.8.11.1
8 01.0 E
7 59.9 E
8 01.2 E
8 00.4 E
8 00.8 E
WCP
9.5,10.4
14.1,14.9
9.1,10.0
13.6,14.5
.29804
.29711
.29802
.29742
10
10
10
27
27
27
27
DGC
DGC
DGC
JL
JL
9.2,10.1
15.0,15.8
.29818
.29734
JL
JL
8.8 to
14.1 (6)
15.1,15.6
14.9
13.5 to
14.6 (4)
15.3,15.7
9.0 to
15.3 (10)
0 56.2 N
0 57.2 N
0.54.8 N
0 54.5 N
0 51.8 N
0 56.4 N
EI 5
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 5
EI 5
DGC
JL
JL
JL
DGC
14.3 to 17.4(4)
8.5,10.5
11.1 to 17.0(6)
8 06.1 E
8 05.4 E
8 05.2 E
DGC
Huancayo Observatory,
Wm
14.7 to
17.1 (4)
8.8, 9.5
11.4 to
16.7 (6)
10.0,12.0
.29745
.29783
.29768
.29800
25
25
10
25
JWG
JWG
WCP
JWG
15.6 to
17.4 (6)
8.8 to
10.7 (6)
0 47.0 N
0 47.6 N
EI 5
EI 25
WCP
9.1.10.7
13.5
9.1,10.9
14.6,16.0
8.8 to 13.1(4)
9.5.11.8
8.9.10.9
13.7 to 14.5(4)
8 02.4 E
8 03.3 E
8 03.4 E
8 03.0 E
8 03.4 E
8 01.9 E
8 02.4 E
8 03.2 E
JWG
9.6,10.3
14.0,15.3
9.5,10.5
14.9,15.7
9.2 to
11.9 (4)
9.9,11.5
9.3,10.5
.29714
.29716
.29776
.29714
.29747
.29753
.29741
28
28
28
10
10
10
10
28
JTH
JTH
JTH
WCP
WCP
WCP
WCP
JTH
9.8 to
15.6 (12)
0 54.8 N
EI 28
8.8 to 16.0(6)
8 02.1 E
JTH
9.5 to
14.9 (4)
9.1,10.0
13.6,14.5
.29761
.29794
.29744
27
27
10
10
10
10
JL
JL
11.1,11.3
15.1,15.8
10.8,11.2
8 02.4 E
8 02.1 E
8 02.9 E
DGC
DGC
9.2,10.1
15.0,15.8
.29812
.29737
DGC
DGC
8.9 to
14.1 (6)
15.1,15.6
15.0,15.4
13.5 to
14.6 (4)
15.3,15.7
9.0 to
15.3 (10)
12.8,13.0
1 00.2 N
0 56.2 N
0 55.0 N
0 55.8 N
0 55.6 N
0 57.5 N
0 10.4 N
EI 27
EI 5
EI 5
EI 5
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
DGC
DGC
DGC
JL
14.0,15.8
6.3 to 16.9(dv)
6.3 to 16.9(dv)
8 31.6 E
8 31.5 E
8 30.0 E
JL
Lima, D
14.6,15.4
6.3 to
16.9 (dv)
6.3 to
16.9 (dv)
. 30034
.30064
.30015
27
27
27
JL
JL
7.4 to
17.6 (dv)
6.7 to
17.3 (dv)
0 06.0 N
0 07.7 N
JL
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
87
SOUTH AMERICA
Peru — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o t
12 04.3 S
12 05.5 S
15 30.0 S
15 30.0 S
16 22.5 S
16 22.5 S
16 23.5 S
16 23.9 S
17 01.8 S
17 01.8 S
O t
282 58
282 49
289 51
289 51
288 27
288 27
288 29
288 29
287 59
287 59
Oct
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Dee
Dec
Dec
Feb
Feb
Feb
Aug
Dec
Feb
Aug
Aug
Aug
Nov
Nov
Nov
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Aug
Nov
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
22,
26,
20,
21,
21,
3,
4,
5,
7,
8,
9,
20,
3,
11,
23,
24,
25,
21,
22,
24,
13,
15,
17,
18,
19,
25,
25,
19,
19,
21,
22,
15,
16,
17,
18,
"24
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
26
26
26
23
24
26
23
23
23
24
24
24
26
26
26
26
26
23
24
26
26
26
26
24
24
24
24
h h h
10.4,13.9
11.8
14.1,16.2
8.6, 9.4
11.4,12.6
10.1.12.6
6.7 to 17.6(dv)
o /
8 33.5 E
9 26.6 E
6 34.4 E
6 33.0 E
6 35.7 E
6 30.4 E
6 26.5 E
h h
13.5,13.7
0 /
0 08.4 N
h h
10.7,12.7
12.2
16.6,17.2
11.7,12.3
c. g. s.
. 30090
.30156
. 28330
.28413
27
28
25
25
25
27
27
EI 27
JL
San Lorenzo Island
(Callao Harbor) ....
JTH
14.3,14.5
9.1, 9.2
3 02.6 S
3 04.4 S
EI 25
EI 25
JWG
JWG
JWG
13.9,14.1
2 54.4 S
11.7,12.4
6.7 to
17.6 (dv)
.28408
.28357
EI 27
JL
6.9 to
17.6 (dv)
11.6,11.8
2 54.8 S
2 52.0 8
JL
EI 27
EI 27
13.9,15.5
6.6 to 17.3(dv)
6 18.9 E
6 21.5 E
JL
14.4,15.1
6.6 to
17.3 (dv)
. 28328
.28331
27
27
JL
6.5 to
18.0 (dv)
13.4,13.6
16.9,17.0
8.8, 9.1
14.3,14.5
2 49.0 S
3 02.4 S
2 56.6 S
2 46.8 S
4 57.8 S
JL
EI 27
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
10.7,12.0
15.2.16.5
10.0,11.3
16.2.17.6
7.1 to 17.5(dv)
6 32.2 E
6 27.0 E
6 22.4 E
7 15.2 E
7 14.0 E
JL
Juliaca, B
11.0,11.7
15.5,16.2
10.2,11.0
16.6,17.2
7.1 to
17.5 (dv)
.28355
.28301
. 28375
. 28392
.28425
25
27
27
25
25
JWG
JL
JL
JWG
8.7, 8.9
14.8,15.0
5 04.9 S
4 58.1 S
JWG
EI 25
EI 27
JWG
11.0,14.4
7.5 to 17.3(dv)
7 09.6 E
7 06.0 E
11.4,14.0
7.5 to
17.3 (dv)
.28442
.28394
27
27
JL
7.6 to
17.5 (dv)
16.8,17.1
6.8 to
17.6 (dv)
6.8 to
17.7 (dv)
4 57.8 S
4 53.4 S
4 47.7 S
4 50.7 S
JL
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
17.5
7 01.0 E
JL
17.9 ....
.28325
27
JL
JL
7.2 to 17.7(dv)
8.0
10.6,11.9
10.0,11.3
10.9,11.9
16.4
10.4,11.6
7 03.5 E
6 58.7 E
7 22.7 E
7 13.6 E
7 10.0 E
7 53.9 E
7 04.4 E
JL
7.2 to
17.7 (dv)
8.3
10.9,11.6
10.4,11.0
11.1,11.6
.28387
.28341
. 28469
.28442
. 28434
27
27
25
27
27
27
27
JL
JL
Arequipa, B
13.0,13.2
13.6,13.7
10.4,10.7
5 11.4 S
5 09.6 S
4 58.9 S
EI 25
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JWG
JL
JL
JL
Arequipa, D
14.5,14.7
6.5 to
17.7 (dv)
11.0,11.3
5 41.6 S
5 35.3 S
6 31.6 S
10.7,11.4
.28238
JL
12.6,14.4
6.6 to 17.3(dv)
7 28.0 E
7 27.2 E
JL
Mollendo, A
13.2,13.8
6.6 to
17.3 (dv)
. 27944
.27961
27
27
JL
7.1 to
17.8 (dv)
12.5,12.6
6 36.9 S
6 28.7 S
JL
EI 27
EI 27
9.9,10.3
7 26.4 E
JL
Mollendo, B
10.6,11.2
.28120
27
JL
Uruguay
Colon, A .
Colon, B.
34 48.3 S
34 48.3 S
303 45
303 45
Dec
22,
'25
Dec
24,
25
Dec
26,
25
Dec
22,
25
h h h
10.8,14.0
5.6tol7.0 (dv)
16.1,17.3 ..
1 57 . 4 E
1 54 . 8 E
1 51. 4E
h h
14.4,14.6
5.8 to
16.7 (dv)
15.6,15.8
28 25. 3 S
28 26.2 S
28 29 . 3 S
h h
c. g. s.
11.2,13.7
.24019
27
5.6 to
17.0 (dv)
. 24003
27
27
16.4,17.0
. 23959
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
JL
JL
Venezuela
Castilletes.
Zapara. . . .
o /
11 50.5 N
10 58.4 N
288 40
288 26
Oct
30,
'26
Oct
31,
26
Nov
1,
26
Jul
28,
26
Jul
31,
26
Aug
26,
26
h
h
h
11
4
9
0
11
0 . .
8
9
10
9 ..
8
8
11
1 ..
10
1
12
8 ..
7
7
10
8 ..
0 37.3 E
0 41. 2E
0 43.9 E
0 56.4 E
0 53. 5E
0 51.8 E
13.6
43 21 N
41 51 N
h h
c. g. s.
12.7
. 29835
156
9.7,10.5
. 29850
156
9.4,10.3
. 29898
156
10.5,11.7
. 30322
156
10.9,12.6
. 30366
156
9.2,10.5
. 30360
156
181.12
181.1
JCo
JCo
JCo
JCo
JCo
JCo
88
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Venezuela — Concluded
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time
Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Obs'r
Dip Circle
Zapara — Concluded .
Maracaibo
Carupano
Isla Pajaro
Caracas, A
Caracas, B
Puerto Cabello
Barcelona, B
Barcelona, A
Barquisimeto
La Ceiba
Ciudad Bolivar, A
Ciudad Bolivar, B .
10 58.4 N
10 40.4 N
10 39.9 N
10 35.9 N
10 30.4 N
10 30.4 N
10 28.7 N
10 08.6 N
10 08.5 N
10 04.8 N
9 28.3 N
8 09.1 N
8 09 . 1 N
288 26
288 25
296 45
288 29
293 04
293 04
291 59
295 18
295 18
290 42
288 57
296 28
296 26
Aug 29, '26
Sep 2, 26
Nov 23, 22
Jan 12, 23
Jan 13, 23
Nov 22, 22
Nov 22, 22
Nov 22, 22
Dec 24, 22
Dec 25, 22
Dec 26, 22
Dec
Dec
Dec
Jan
Jan
Dec
Nov
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
27, 22
14, 22
15, 22
7, 23
7, 23
19, 22
25, 22
14, 23
15, 23
15, 23
20, 23
14, 23
15, 23
16, 23
7.9,10.4
13.2,15.4
12.8,14.6
8.4, 9.8
8.3, 8.8
13.4,14.3
0 52.6
1 16.3
3 17.5
3 13.4
1 12.8
1 08.3
12.6,14.2
6.8 to 17.9 (dv)
1 04.6 W
1 04.7 W
12,8,14.4 .
10.1,11.6 .
6.6tol7.8
15.6,17.4 .
9.9,11.4 .
12.5,14.0 .
15.8,17.0 .
(dv)
9.0,10.5 .
13.6,15.1 .
9.5 to 17.7
14.8,19.1 .
7.8to 17.8
1 09.6 W
0 31.4 W
0 32.3 W
2 19.4 W
2 16.0 W
0 13.2 E
1 11.2 E
2 29.4 W
2 29.8 W
2 29.9 W
2 32.0 W
2 28.6 W
41 50 N
c. g. s.
12.7,12.9
15.6,15.8
10.6,10.8
11.2,11.4
13.8,14.1
16.6,16.8
11.0,11.3
41 08.4 N
42 09.2 N
42 06.3 N
41 10.6 N
41 08.8 N
41 08.4 N
41 29.0 N
8.6, 9.8
13.6,14.3
13.2,14.1
8.8, 9.5
9.7,10.4
15.3,15.9
6.6 to
17.7 (dv)
10.9,11.1
13.0,13.2
13.0,13.8
7.3 to
17.7 (dv)
41 32.3 N
41 34.7 N
41 24.1 N
13.2,14.1
10.5,11.2
13.8,14.0
12.6,12.8
11.3,11.5
15.0,15.2
16.2,
11.4,
16.5
11.7
41 19.2 N
41 19.3 N
40 31.8 N
39 30.0 N
38 50 . 2 N
38 49 . 4 N
16.0,17.1
10.3,11.0
13.0,13.7
16.1,16.7
9.4,10.2
14.0,14.7
15.7,16.6
10.4,10.7
39 01.5 N
. 30382
. 30496
. 29574
. 29595
. 30481
. 30445
. 29952
. 29960
. 29954
. 30109
.29710
. 29729
. 30310
. 30602
. 30107
. 30094
. 30058
156
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
28
28
181.12
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 28
JCo
JCo
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG.
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JTH
JTH
JTH
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Azores
Santa Cruz*
Angra*
Horta*
Ponta Delgada, C*
Ponta Delgada Obser-
vatory, B*
Ponta Delgada Obser-
vatory, Central Pier*
Ponta Delgada Obser-
vatory, Central Pier
+ 7*
Ponta Delgada Obser-
vatory, Earth-Induc-
tor Pier*
Ponta Delgada, A*.
Ponta Delgada, A + 7*.
39 26.8 N
38 38.8 N
38 31 . 6 N
37 47 . 2 N
37 46.4 N
37 46.4 N
37 46.4 N
37 46 . 4 N
37 44 . 8 N
37 44 . 8 N
o
,
328
52
332
47
331
22
334
14
334
21
334
21
334
21
334
21
334
20
334
20
Jun
16,
'25
Jun
14,
25
Jun
18,
25
Jun
15,
25
Jun
12,
25
Jun
3,
25
Jun
10,
25
Jun
2,
25
Jun
2,
25
Jun
2,
25
Jun
2,
25
Jun
2,
25
Jun
8,
25
Jun
10,
25
Jun
1,
25
Jun
8,
25
Jun
2,
25
Jun
8,
25
Jun
10,
25
May 24,
25
May 25,
25
May 25,
25
May
26,
25
May 26,
25
May 26,
25
May 29,
25
May 31,
25
12.8,15.6
7.0, 8.9
15.2,
14.9,
13.1
16.9
16.8
14.0,18.0
9.9,11.8
13.8,15.4
17.0,17.2
14.0
11.0,11.2
8.6,10.9
13.2,13.4
8.1, 9.0
14.5,14.8
21 19.6
18 17.4
18 24.4
19 59.7 W
19 40.1 W
23 28.5 W
23 26.2 W
18 58.6 W
18 59.4 W
18 57.9 W
21 17.8 W
21 15.2 W
21 21.3 W
21 12.5 W
21 21.6 W
h h
16.5,16.7
10.5,10.8
17.8
13.6,13.9
16.4
12.8,13.0
10.7,11.1
11.6,11.8
12.7,13.1
13.6,13.9
14.8,15.1
15.7,16.1
16.6,17.0
16.3,16.8
16.8,17.2
17.5,17.7
12.1,12.4
14.7,14.9
15.2,15.4
67 44 . 2 N
61 35.4 N
61 32.3 N
64 42 . 7 N
60 23.2 N
62 15.8 N
60 02.6 N
60 02 . 4 N
60 04.8 N
60 03.0 N
60 04.3 N
60 06.2 N
60 04 . 0 N
59 54 . 8 N
59 55.9 N
59 55.6 N
59 S8.3 N
59 56.5 N
59 56 . 6 N
h h
14.2,15.1
7.4, 8.5
15.6,16.5
15.4,16.4
13.7,14.6
14.6,17.0
10.4,11.4
12.3,13.1
10.7,13.4
9.2,10.2
10.0,11.0
6.8,17.8
11.0,12.3
c. g. s.
.21976
.22392
. 22426
. 20659
. 22509
.21952
.21922
. 23150
.23136
. 23066
. 23072
. 23074
. 23060
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
89
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Azores — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o /
37 44.8 N
0 /
334 20
May 26, '25
May 27, 25
Jun 4, 25
Jun 6, 25
Jun 6, 25
h h h
o /
h h
16.6
6.4 to
18.4 (dv)
12.0
16.2,16.5
16.9,17.2
o /
60 00.1 N
59 59.2 N
59 59.6 N
60 00.9 N
60 00.8 N
h h
c. g. s.
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
Bahamas
Governor's Harbor
Nassau, C
Nassau, A
Nassau, B
Rock Sound
Fresh Creek
Bight Settlement
Green Cay
Farmer's Cay
Port Nelson
Port Nelson, Secondary
George Town
Galloway
Albert Town
o /
O f
25 12.3 N
283 45
25 05.5 N
282 39
25 04.5 N
282 39
25 04 . 5 N
282 39
24 51.8 N
283 50
24 43.7 N
282 13
24 18.5 N
284 33
24 02 . 0 N
282 50
23 57 . 5 N
283 42
23 38.7 N
285 09
23 38.7 N
285 09
23 30 . 8 N
284 14
23 02.7 N
285 02
22 36.6 N
285 39
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
8,
3,
4,
6,
5,
15,
Jul 10,
Jul 19
Jul
Jul
Aug
Jul
29.
13,
5,
31,
Jul 31,
Aug 4,
Aug 3,
Aug 2,
h h
12.9,15 6
13.
12.
1,15.1
.6,13.1
6.8, 8.4
6.0 to 18.1(dv)
5.9 to 18.2(dv)
9.5,11 6
10.9,14.2
10.5,11.9
9.7,12.4
14.1,15.8
14.2,15.8
7.4 to 18.2(dv)
8.9,10.9
9.0,10.6
8.8,10.8
1 11
0 10
0 09
0 02
0 06
0 06
0 57
0 25
1 17
0 19
0 10
1 31
1 30
0 11
1 03
0 45
t
.2
W
.4
w
.8
w
.8
w
.7
w
.4
w
.3
w
.2 E
.6
w
.0
E
.8
W
.6
W
.6
w
.4
w
.4
w
.6
w
h h
11.4,11.6
11.1,11.3
15.8,16.0
10.9,11.2
13.3,13.6
15.0,15.2
14.0,14.4
13.5,13.8
16.4,16.6
11.0,11.4
12.5,12.6
11.3,11.5
11.6,11.8
58 23.2 N
58 06.2 N
58 07.4 N
58 04 . 6 N
57 55 . 6 N
57 48.2 N
57 50.4 N
57 07 . 6 N
57 06.4 N
56 59 . 2 N
56 41.0 N
56 08.5 N
56 08.2 N
h h
14.5,15.3
13.9,14.8
13.6,14.5
7.3, 8.0
10.0,11.0
11.4,13.8
10.9,
10.3,
14.5,
14.6,
11.6
11.4
15.4
15.4
9.4,10.5
9.4,10.2
9.3,10.4
c. g. s.
. 26482
. 26788
. 26820
. 26849
.26710
. 27007
. 26509
.27256
. 27064
. 26990
.27226
.27315
.27244
26
26
25
25
25
25
25
26
25
26
25
25
26
26
25
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 26
EI 25
EI 26
EI 25
EI 25
EI 26
EI 25
EI 26
WAL
WAL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
WAL
G&L
WAL
G&L
JWG
WAL
G&L
G&L
G&L
Bermuda
St. George* ....
Nonsuch Island*
Ireland Island* .
Agar's Island*. .
Agricultural Station*.
Mont Royal, A*
Mont Royal, C*.
Spectacle Island*
Black Bay*
32 23.1 N
32 20 . 9 N
32 19.4 N
32 17 . 6 N
32 17.5 N
32 16.7 N
32 16.7 N
32 15.6 N
32 15. 3 N
o
,
295
19
295
20
295
10
295
11
295
14
295
12
295
12
295
10
295
09
Aug
H,
•22
Aug
15,
22
Aug
19,
22
Aug
5,
22
Sep
4,
22
Sep
5,
22
Sep
6,
22
Sep
12,
22
Aug
23,
22
Jul
10,
22
Jul
11,
22
Jul
11.
22
Jul
18,
22
Jul
19,
22
Sep
18,
22
Jul
20,
22
Jul
29,
22
Jul
29,
22
Jul
13,
22
Sep
2,
22
Sep
4,
22
Sep
5,
22
Aug
21,
22
Aug
29,
22
h h
13.8,16.4
11.2,13.7
13 3,15.7
11.4,14.8
7.3 to 17.7(dv)
7.5 to 18.1(dv)
ip.9,13.3 ....
15.6,17.7
15.2
10.7,16.7
12.0,14.2
11.8,14.4
12.4,17.3
15.4
12 50.4 W
11 48.6 W
11 30.0 W
12 39 2 W
12 38.7 W
12 37 4 W
14 25.6 W
11 27 8 W
11 28.4 W
11 29.0 W
11 14.0 W
8 21.4 W
8 14.4 W
8 13.6 W
h
12.8
14.5
11.5
15.8
8.9
18.3
8.1
18.7
to
(dv)
to
(dv)
15.1
10.6
17.2
14.2
9.0
14.9,15.6
16.2,16.6
16 1
9.9
9.2
12.7
11.4
17.7
65 04.2 N
65 27.3 N
66 22.7 N
67 55.2 N
67 55.7 N
67 55.5 N
66 17.9 N
66 25.9 N
66 26.3 N
66 25.3 N
66 27.4 N
66 23.8 N
66 23.4 N
65 27 . 9 N
65 28.8 N
65 28.5 N
65 23 N
65 26.5 N
h h
14.2,15.7
11 7,13.3
13.8,15.2
12.2,14.1
7.3 to
17.7 (dv)
7.5 to
18.1 (dv)
11.5,12.9
16 2,17.3
12.7,14.9
15.2,17.7
12.1,14.0
13.6,16.4
17.5
c g. s.
.22418
.21898
.21485
20109
.20120
.20110
. 21538
.21862
.21854
.21966
. 22356
.22114
.22155
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
14
14
17
17
14
14
El
EI
EI
EI
EI 3
EI 3
EI 3
EI
3
EI
6
El
3
EI
3
EI
6
EI
6
EI 6
EI 6
EI 6
14.3d
EI 3
Canary Islands
F&H
F&H
F&H
F&H
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
HWF
JTH
F&H
F&H
F&H
HWF
JTH
JTH
JTH
JTH
F&H
Santa Cruz (La Palma)
Santa Cruz (Tenerife)..
o /
28 41.4 N
28 28.1 N
O /
342 16
343 45
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
3, '25
4, 25
4, 25
5, 25
h h h
10.4,11.9
13.4,13.6
15.2,15.4
7.2, 8.5 ....
O /
20 38.5 W
12 44.0 W
12 42.4 W
12 34.0 W
h h
12.8,13.0
16.0,16.4
O /
52 14.4 N
45 48.6 N
h h
10.8,11.6
14.0,14.8
c. g. s.
. 25776
. 25798
26
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
9.5, 9.6
45 46.2 N
7.5, 8.2
. 25788
JES
* Local disturbance.
1 See also values at secondary stations in Table of Results in Bermuda magnetic anomaly, pp. 105-108.
90
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Canaey Islands — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o /
28 07.7 N
28 07.2 N
O /
344 33
344 33
Aug 8, '25
Aug 13, 25
Aug 15, 25
Aug 17, 25
h h h
10.5,12.8
6.2 to 18.3(dv)
o /
16 06.1 W
16 04.8 W
h h
13.4,13.5
o /
45 15.6 N
h h
11.4,12.5
6.2 to
18.3 (dv)
13.8,14.6
c. g. s.
. 27586
. 27567
. 27530
26
26
26
EI 26
JES
6.3 to
18.2 (dv)
16.6,16.8
45 14.2 N
45 32.6 N
JES
EI 26
EI 26
13.2,15.0,15.2
15 53.7 W
JES
JES
Falkland Islands
Port Louis
Port Stanley, A .
Port Stanley, B.
Port Stanley, C.
Bet ween-the-Rocks .
51 33 S
51 41.2 S
51 41.7 S
51 41.7 S
51 48.2 S
0
/
301
53
302
10
302 07
302
07
301
40
Apr
22,
'25
Apr
3,
25
Apr
4,
25
Apr
6,
25
Apr
7,
25
Apr
8,
25
Apr
9,
25
Apr
10,
25
Apr
14,
25
Apr
14,
25
Apr
15,
25
Apr
18,
25
h h h
11.7,13.4
12.2,15.1
6.6 to 17.7(dv)
6.8 to 17.7(dv)
6.6 to 17.4(dv)
10.6,11.9
16.6
11.3
9.8,11.1
9 13.8 E
9 05.2 E
9 02.2 E
9 02.7 E
9 02.7 E
9 03.6 E
9 02.9 E
9 02.9 E
9 33.0 E
h h
14.9,15.1
11.4,11.6
6.7 to
17.4 (dv)
6.7 to
17.1 (dv)
6.6 to
17.4 (dv)
13.6,13.8
16.3,16.5
11.6,11.8
45 31.8 S
45 42.0 S
45 42.2 S
45 41.4 S
45 40.9 S
45 41.5 S
45 40.8 S
45 50.4 S
h h
12.1,13.0
14.0,14.8
6.6 to
17.7 (dv)
6.8 to
17.7 (dv)
6.6 to
17.4 (dv)
11.0,11.6
10.4,11.0
10.1,10.8
c. g. s.
. 25578
.25563
.25580
.25577
.25577
.25562
. 25568
.25612
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JL
Madeira
Funchal, A*
Funchal, B*
Funohal, C*
Funchal, D* ,.
Havana, C'asa Blanca,
A
o /
O '
32 38.0 N
343 05
32 37 . 8 N
343 05
32 37.2 N
343 04
32 37 . 2 N
343 04
Jun 23, '25
Jun 24, 25
Jun 27, 25
Jun 30, 25
Jun 25, 25
Jun 25, 25
7.9,11.3 ..
13
10.
,15.2
11.9
15
16.0,16.2
9.1,10.8
14.1,15.7
18 39.0 W
18 45.1 W
18 43.2 W
18 44.3 W
15 33.8 W
16 19.6 W
h h
12.4,12.7
16.4,16.7
15.2,15.4
11.7,12.0
17.0,17.2
52 35.9 N
52 42.5 N
51 43.8 N
52 19.6 N
51 39.8 N
h h
c. g. s.
9.9,10.8
. 25696
26
13.7,14.7
. 25736
26
10.7,11.5
.25312
26
26
9.5,10.3
.25388
26
14.5,15.3
.25463
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
JES
West Indies
Havana, Casa Blanca,
B
Havana, Casa Blanca,
Secondary
Havana, Villa
Matanzas
Carenero Cayos
Pinar del Rio
Placetas del Norte, B . .
Placetas del Norte, A . .
Camaguey, B*
23 09.4 N
23 09.4 N
23 09.4 N
23 06.4 N
23 03.6 N
22 55.1 N
22 25.6 N
22 20.9 N
22 18.6 N
21 20.6 N
o
t
277
39
277
39
277
39
277
39
278
27
280
14
276
18
280
22
280
23
282
09
Aug
16,
'22
Aug
17,
22
Sep
19,
24
Sep
20,
24
Sep
22,
24
Sep
23,
24
Aug
17,
22
Aug
16,
22
Aug
30,
22
Dec
23,
26
Aug
26,
22
Sep
2,
22
Sep
2,
22
Sep
3,
22
Sep
4,
22
Sep
4,
22
Sep
9,
22
12.9,15.2 ....
6. 6 to 16.0 (dv)
9.9,11.5
6.7 to 17.2 (dv)
9.5,11.7
13.3,15.1
9.8,11.6
12.7,14.2
12.7,14.4
6.5tol6.
6.9, 8.5
12.6,14.1
13.5,15.1
(dv)
3 19.0 E
3 22.0 E
3 20.8 E
3 19.2 E
3 06.2 E
3 24.4 E
2 48.8 E
4 17.8 E
1 11. 4E
1 13. 8E
1 18.5 E
2 53.8 E
1 15.6 E
k h
10.9,11.1
12.8,13.1
8.2 to
17.8 (dv)
12.8,13.1
6.7 to
14.0 (dv)
15.8,16.0
13.5,13.7
15.6
10.9,11.2
8.2, 8.4
15.5,15.7
11.6,11.7
15.7,15.9
55 04.0 N
55 13.0 N
55 11.6 N
55 17.7 N
55 08.4 N
54 56.4 N
55 10 . 4 N
55 25 N
53 53.6 N
54 56.8 N
54 52.8 N
54 10.0 N
54 06.6 N
13.5,14.6
6.9 to
15.7 (dv)
10.4,11.1
6.7 to
17.2 (dv)
10.5,11.4
13.7,14.7
10.2,11.2
13.1,13.8
13.1,14.0
7.3, 8.2
13.0,13.7
13.9,14.8
c. g. s.
.28381
.28399
. 28244
. 28239
.28142
. 28538
. 28270
.28811
.27966
.27918
.28350
. 28343
26
26
27
27
27
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
EI 26
EI 27
EI 27
EI 27
EI 25
EI 25
EI 26
125.4
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
WAL
WAL
JL
JL
JL
JL
JWG
JWG
WAL
SEL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
91
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
O
/
282
09
284
13
284
284
289
13
52
18
287
48
287
18
287
289
290
287
43
28
23
41
287
282
41
04
290 06
290
289
06
16
291
295
03
05
286
283
282
283
17
33
31
11
283
11
283
11
295
17
295 07
297
298
17
09
298 27
298
38
298 55
299 02
298
46
298 46
300 25
300 25
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
Inclination
L. M. T. Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T. Value
Instruments
Mag'r Dip Circle
Obs'r
Camaguey, A*
Santiago, San Juan
Hill, A
Santiago, San Juan
Hill.B
Guantanamo Bay. . . .
Puerto Plata
Cap Haitien
Gonaives
L'Atallye
La Vega
Sanchez
Port au Prince, A ■ . . .
Port au Prince, B. .. .
Montego Bay
Santo Domingo, A . . .
Santo Domingo, B . . .
Azua
La Romana
Charlotte Amalie
Aux Cayes
Port Antonio
Mandeville
Kingston, Jamaica, A.
Kingston, Jamaica, B . .
Kingston, Jamaica, Sec-
ondary
Christiansted
Frederiksted
Basse Terre
St. Johns
La Jaille
Roseau
Fort de France
Port Castries
Kingstown, St. Vin-
cent, A
Kingstown, St. Vin-
cent, B
Bridgetown, A
Bridgetown, B
21 20.5 N
20 00.2 N
20 00.2 N
19 54.6 N
19 49.0 N
19 46.4 N
19 25.8 N
19 21.7 N
19 14.7 N
19 14.3 N
18 34.2 N
18 34.2 N
18 28.5 N
18 27.8 N
18 27 . 8 N
18 27.7 N
18 24.1 N
18 20.5 N
18 11.3 N
18 11.1 N
18 01. 3N
17 58.9 N
17 58.9 N
17 58.9 N
45.0 N
43.1 N
17.9 N
07.0 N
16.0 N
18.0 N
35.9 N
01.1 N
13 09.2 N
09.2 N
04.8 N
13 04.8 N
Sep 8, '22
Sep 9, 22
Sep 13
Sep 13
Sep 14
Sep 14
Sep 16
Oct 14
Oct 15
Oct 9
Oct 10
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct 19
Oct 21
Sep 18
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 20
Oct 5
Oct 6
Oct 7
Oct 30
Oct 30
Oct 31
Nov 1
Oct 31
Nov 3
Nov 4
Oct 26
Mar 10
Mar 11
Sep 25
Oct 14
Oct 3
Sep 4
Sep 9
Sep 22
Sep 28
Oct 19
Sep 23
Sep 28
Sep 26
Sep 29
Mar 18
Mar 20
Mar 22
Mar 23
Mar 29
Apr 3
Apr 4
Apr 12
Apr 13
Apr 17
Apr 19
Apr 29
Apr 25
Apr 26
Jan 29
Jan 29
Jan 29
Jan 25
Jan 26
Jan 25, 23
h h h
13.6,15.3 ...
7.6, 9.0 ...
13.4,15.0 ...
7.2, 8.6 ...
1 10.2 E
1 17.6 E
0 53.1 E
0 56.4 E
h h
11.1,11.3
7.2, 7.3
12.6,12.8
16.2,16.4
53 53.4 N
53 53.4 N
52 57.2 N
52 55.6 N
4,14.2
6,17.0
8,16.4
0tol7.8(dv)
9.14.4
5,11.5
4,14.0
9 to 18.1 (dv)
8.15.0
3,13.7
2,10.7
8.14.5
1, 8.5
4,11.7
4.12.1
6.16.6
7tol7.0(dv)
0 57.
0 02.
0 49.
1 49.
0 59.
0 54.
0 21.
0 21.
0 44.
1 27.
2 13.
0 26.
0 22.
0 25.
0 26.
2 18.
2 15.
IE
0 W
3 W
0 W
8 W
4 W
11.4,11.6
53 06.9 N
13.6,13.8
15.3,15.5
53 07.4 N
52 56.1 N
h h
14.0,15.0
8.0, 8.6
13.9,14.2
7.5, 8.3
12.8,13.8
16.0,16.7
15.2,16.0
11.6,11.7
52 04.8 N
13.3,14.1
12.8,13.6
9 W
6 W
2 W
0 W
2 W
6 W
9E
IE
15.4,15.6
11.1,11.4
8.2, 8.4
11.4,11.6
52 30.4 N
52 04.8 N
52 16.8 N
50 59.0 N
15.5,15.7
12.6,13.3
51 01.0 N
50 59.2 N
13.3,14.4
12.7,13.4
9.5,10.3
13.2,14.0
9.0,10.0
10.8,11.6
14.9,16.0
7,13.2
7.14.2
4, 8.2, 9.0
1 to 17.6 (dv)
0,14.6
5.17.0
1
6.14.1
8,11.6
7.15.4
1,11.6
4.12.5
0,11.5
3,12.5
0 to 18.0(dv)
8.11.3
6 W
0 W
8 W
0 W
9 W
10.1,10.5
11.3,11.5
16.7,16.8
10.1,10.3
50 05.6 N
51 31.1 N
51 34.8 N
51 34.7 N
15.4,
7.7,
16.1
11.4,11.5
51 32.3 N
1 05
1 04
2 23
4 11
4 14
0 40
2 05
2 38
1 09
1 10
1 10
13.4,14.2
15.8,16.6
10.6,10.9
15.1,15.2
.4 E
.4 E
.5 E
.2 E
.3 E
.8 E
14.0,
16.2
12.6,
14.2
12.9
14.7,15.0
14.0,14.2
13.2,13.5
51 26.4 N
51 39.6 N
51 35.6 N
51 39.1 N
50 31.7 N
50 41.6 N
50 07.0 N
50 03.3 N
12.9,13.7
10.3,11:3
14.1,15.0
10.5,11.2
10.8,13.1
10.4,11.2
10.7,11.5
10.2,11.0
.8,11.7
.7,11.2
1 10.4 E
1 11.4 E
16.2,16.4
12.5,12.7
50 03.7 N
50 05.2 N
14.6,14.9
50 04 . 0 N
10.3,11.4
10.1,10.9
6.6 to 17.5(dv)
1 15.2 E
9.6,11.5
6.7 to 17.0(dv)
10.8,14.1
4 42.0 W
4 43.6 W
4 23.6 W
6.4 to
17.4 (dv)
14.9,15.2
6.8 to
17.4 (dv)
50 04 . 3 N
51 04. 9N
10.1,11.0
14.9,15.1
9.5,11.5
15.0,16.7
5 53.0 W
6 27.8 W
15.0,15.4
50 53.5 N
50 22.4 N
11.3,13.6
9.6
10.1,11.1
15.4,16.3
9.6, 11.4...
10.1
8.2, 8.5 ...
9.3,11.5 ...
11.5,11.8
16.5,16.7
50 43.4 N
49 44.2 N
5 45.8 W
5 54.7 W
5 53.8 W
5 21.8 W
16.8,16.9
48 16.1 N
10.2,11.1
10.9,14.8
9.9,12.0
9.2,10.1,10.9
13.5,15.2,15.9
9.7,11.5
11.4.12.8
6.9 to 17.9(dv)
10.7.12.9
5 06.6 W
4 50.4 W
4 57.1 W
4 45.6 W
6 20.4 W
6 19.8 W
6 19.6 W
14.8,15.0
16.6,16.9
47 17.3 N
47 23.6 N
10.1,10.9
11.6,11.8
16.8,17.0
13.4,14.1
10.5,10.7
45 41.4 N
45 43.2 N
45 41.5 N
45 33.1 N
16.4,16.8
45 32 . 4 N
10.6,11.6
9.6,10.5
13.8,15.6
10.2,11.1
11.7,12.4
7.3 to
17.7 (dv)
11.4,12.4
c. g. s.
.28615
.28572
.28421
.28404
. 28336
. 28332
.27974
.28014
.28718
. 28440
. 28236
.28093
. 28860
. 28856
. 28903
. 29372
.28170
.28164
.28177
. 28226
.28256
.27948
.27940
. 29098
. 28923
.29354
. 29600
. 29578
. 29565
. 29580
. 29570
.27971
. 28057
. 28032
. 28258
.27642
.28115
.28316
. 28502
. 28358
. 28708
. 28684
. 28702
.28642
. 28638
. 28642
26
26
26
26
26
26
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
25
26
26
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
25
25
28
25
25
28
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 26
EI
26
EI
25
El
25
EI
25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 26
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI
EI
26
26
EI
26
El
El
26
26
EI
26
EI
26
EI
EI
26
26
El
26
EI 26
EI 26
EI 25
EI 25
EI 28
EI 25
EI 28
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
WAL
WAL
WAL
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
JWG
HRG
HRG
JWG
WAL
WAL
JWG
JWG
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
WAL
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
HRG
JWG
JWG
JTH
JWG
JWG
JTH
* Local disturbance.
92
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Bridgetown, B — Con-
cluded
o
13
12
12
12
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
04.8 N
07.0 N
06.9 N
06.5 N
50.1 N
40.0 N
40.0 N
40.0 N
18.0 N
16.8 N
16.8 N
05.3 N
O /
300 25
291 04
291 04
291 05
299 04
298 29
298 28
298 28
298 50
298 33
298 33
298 07
Jan
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Jun
Nov
Nov
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
26,
14,
14,
15,
16,
18,
16,
13,
22,
16,
17,
18,
18,
18,
11,
12,
16,
16,
27,
28,
9,
10,
16,
8,
19,
19,
27,
28,
'23
22
22
22
22
26
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
h h h
0 /
h h
7.2 to
18.0 (dv)
13.2,13.4
17.1,17.2
o
45
43
43
30.1 N
26.8 N
29. 7N
h h
c. g. s.
EI 28
EI 25
EI 25
13.8,14.2
0 28.0
W
JTH
Willemstad, A
15.9,16.6
.30107
25
JWG
JWG
6.3 to 17.8(dv)
8.2, 8.6,10.2
12.0
13.7,16.4
15.3,16.8
10.7,12.0
15.1,16.7
6.5 to 18.0(dv)
7.9, 9.1
0 25.3
0 24.2
0 46.8
0 23.7
0 27.8
4 44.9
4 22.2
4 20.8
4 21.2
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
25
25
156
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
JWG
10.9,11.0
43
27.6 N
9.0, 9.8
13.3
15.4,16.0
15.7,16.4
11.1,11.7
15.6,16.4
. 30097
. 29736
. 30060
. 29966
. 29273
.29434
EI 25
JWG
JCo
Willemstad, B
Willemstad, 191S
Toco
13.0,13.4
14.0,14.2
12.3,12.5
43
43
42
23.9 N
22.0 N
32.6 N
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
JWG
JWG
JWG
Port of Spain, A
JWG
JWG
10.5,10.7
14.2,14.3
16.8,17.0
42
42
42
09.5 N
13.4 N
12.4 N
8.2, 8.8
12.7,13.5
.29481
. 29432
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
JWG
JWG
JWG
Port of Spain, B
7.4 to 17.0(dv)
11.4,14.2
9.9,12.9,13.1
4 20.0
4 22.2
4 19.5
w
w
w
28
28
28
28
25
25
28
JTH
15.9
42
13.3 N
12.5,13.7
10.4,11.5
15.6,16.6
. 29442
.29471
. 29446
EI 28
JTH
JTH
JTH
12.6 to 17.3(dv)
6.8 to 18.0(dv)
10.9,16.7
4 22.7
4 22.7
4 19.1
w
w
w
JWG
JWG
Port of Spain, 1905
13.5,14.2
13.6,16.1
.29419
JTH
42
13.2 N
. .EI 28
JTH
10.2,11.8
12.8,14.2
13.4,15.0
14.4,16.4
13.0 to 17.5(10)
9.2
4 20.2
4 31.1
4 21.6
4 19.5
4 06.5
4 04.7
vv
w
w
w
w
w
10.6,11.4
13.2,13 8
13.7,14.5
14.9,15.9
16.9
. 29472
. 29378
. 29380
. 29370
. 29269
25
28
25
28
28
28
JWG
Rio Claro
San Fernando, A
San Fernando, B
11.2,11.5
15.8,16.0
41
41
36.6 N
42.2 N
EI 28
EI 25
JTH
JWG
JTH
JTH
JTH
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Ceylon
Colombo, A
Colombo, C .
2 N
2 N
79 52
79 52
Oct
Oct
10.
h
14.0,
h
15.2
9.6
2 34 6
2 35 2
h
16.7
14.6
4 12.4 S
4 16.4 S
h h
c. g. s.
14 3,15.0
. 38392
13
9.2
. 38446
13
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
Comoro Islands
Dzaoudzi
12 47.2 S
45 17
Jul
6, '21
h
11.2
6 11 6 W
h
13.2
46 09 . 2 S
115
c. g. s.
. 25687
13
177. 2X
FB
Madagascar
Diego-Suarez . .
Boubavato
Ampasimbaria.
Vohemar
Nosi Be *
Anjala
Sambava
Andempona . . .
Analalava
Antalaha
Manakabahiny
Maroantsetra . .
Rantabe
Majunga, B . . .
Andronadrona.
Mandritsara . . .
12 16.4 S
12 29.7 S
12 47.8 S
13 21.2 S
13 24.2 S
13 52.8 S
14 15.5 S
14 35.6 S
14 38.0 S
14 53.6 S
15 14.2 S
15 26.2 S
15 42.3 S
15 43.4 S
15 45.9 S
15 50.8 S
o
,
49
16
49
27
49
39
49
59
48
18
50
06
50
08
50
10
47
45
50
15
50
03
49
43
49
38
46
19
49
12
48
49
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
Apr
Jun
Jul
Apr
Apr
16, '21
17, 21
15, 21
14, 21
11, 21
18, 21
9, 21
7, 21
6, 21
19, 21
5. 21
2, 21
3, 21
1, 21
29, 21
30, 21
1, 21
27, 21
25, 21
6.3, 7.6
14.1
6.7, 7.0,
7.5,15.2
13.2,14.5
12.8,13.6
15.0,16.2
13.3
14.0,14.8
6.5, 7 9
8.2
4, 7.8
8, 8.0
2,11.7
7,14.0
8 to 18.2 (dv)
5
3, 9.6
3 W
4 W
2 W
8 W
4E
4 W
6 W
7 W
6 W
0 W
6 12.
6 50.
5 47.
6 35.
6 35
6 39.
6 00
h
17.2
12.6
9.6
16.7
16.1
10.8
17.2
11.2
13.1
10.1
17.6
9.2
13.4
9.8
13.2
11.3
44 11.4 S
44 49 . 4 S
45 01. 8S
45 55.2 S
45 03.6 S
45 44.2 S
45 51.7 S
47 13.8 S
47 34.2 S
47 27 . 3 S
48 07 . 2 S
48 52.6 S
48 37.2 S
49 50.5 S
49 09 . 8 S
49 31.3 S
h h
c. g. s.
6.7, 7.3
. 25680
13
14.4
.25364
13
7.3, 7.9
.25480
13
8.0,14.9
.24702
13
13.5,14.2
.25316
13
13.1
. 25077
13
15.3,15.9
. 25392
13
13.6
.24795
13
14.4
. 24242
13
6.8, 7.6
.24879
13
6.7, 7.5
.24172
13
7.1, 7.7
.23850
13
9.6,11.4
.23868
13
13.0,13.7
. 23349
13
13
13
10.9
. 23670
8.6, 9.3
.23268
13
177.2X(78)
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
2X
2X(78)
2X(78)
2X(78)
2X(78)
2X(78)
2X
2X(78)
2X(78)
2X(78)
177
177
177
2X(78)
2X(78)
2X(78)
177
177
2X(78)
2X(78)
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
93
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Pointe Sada
Andranokelilalina
Ambodivelatra
Andilamena
0 /
15 59.4 S
16 20.8 S
16 39.3 S
16 43.5 S
17 00.9 S
17 22.4 S
17 25.9 S
17 49.4 S
18 03.8 S
18 09.6 S
18 10.4 S
18 11.1 S
18 30.9 S
18 56.8 S
18 57.0 S
18 57.1 S
19 00.0 S
19 12.9 S
19 20.2 S
19 42.2 S
19 53.8 S
20 05.2 S
20 17.4 S
20 17.7 S
20 23.1 S
20 23.5 S
20 34.3 S
21 03.7 S
21 14.5 S
21 21.1 S
21 24.2 S.
21 27.7 S
21 48.4 S
22 08.6 S
22 18.2 S
22 49.4 S
23 20.8 S
23 49.7 S
23 54.5 S
24 16.6 S
24 37.1 S
24 40.8 S
24 41.2 S
24 59.4 S
25 00.4 S
25 01.7 S
25 02.1 S
25 10.6 S
25 19.1 S
25 34.0 S
25 37.1 S
45 21
48 50
48 39
44 27
48 34
49 23
48 34
48 24
44 03
49 24
44 03
44 07
44 14
48 14
49 05
48 12
44 13
44 26
48 57
44 32
48 47
48 19
44 15
44 15
44 38
48 15
48 30
44 56
48 19
43 31
43 41
44 20
48 10
48 02
47 57
47 49
47 35
47 31
43 40
47 18
47 10
43 55
44 43
45 09
46 33
44 04
46 58
46 02
45 27
45 30
45 08
Jun 26
Apr 22
Apr 21
Jun 24
Apr 19
Sep 21
Apr 17
Apr 14
Apr 15
Jun 20
Sep 15
Sep 16
Sep 24
Sep 29
Jun 21
Jun 18
Jun 17
Apr 11
Mar 21
Apr 10
Jun 15
Jun 15
Jun 13
Mar 19
Jun 11
Mar 15
Mar 16
Mar 17
Mar 13
Jun 8
Jun 8,
Jun 5
Jun 6,
Mar 11
Mar 9
Mar 10
Jun 1
Jun 2
Mar 3
Mar 4
May 26
May 27
May 28
May 29
May 30
Feb 27,
Feb 25,
Feb 24
Feb 21
Feb 18,
Feb 15,
Jan 11
Feb 13,
Feb 11,
Jan 14
Jan 21
Jan 23,
Feb 3,
Jan 15,
Jan 16,
Jan 17,
Feb 8,
Jan 31,
Feb 1,
Feb 2,
Jan 29 ,
Jan 27,
Jan 25,
'21
, 21
, 21
, 21
21
, 21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
h h h
13.5.14.8
12.6,14.0
6.7, 8.1
7.3, 8.6
10.6,12.4
8.6
12.6.13.9
7.9, 9.3
5.9 to 18.2 (dv)
9.5,11.1
o /
6 24.6 W
6 30.8 W
6 58.4 W
7 23.2 W
6 42.3 W
0 38.1 E
3 43.4 W
7 14.0 W
7 11.4 W
7 31.4 W
h h
16.2
15.7
9.3 ....
10.4
16.6
7.9
16.0
10.9
o /
50 06.2 S
49 58.1 S
50 23.7 S
51 17.2 S
50 57.2 S
52 52.3 S
53 01.6 S
51 45.5 S
h It
13.9,14.5
12.9,13.7
7.0, 7.8
7.7, 8.4
10.9,11.6
9.4
12.9,13.6
8.2, 9.0
c. g. s.
. 23086
. 23330
.23062
. 22504
.22803
.22180
. 22694
. 22334
13
13
13
13
13
Br. i
13
13
13
13
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
Brunner '
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
EC
Imerimandroso
Ambatondrazaka
FB
FB
FB
Maintirano, A
15.2
10.2
53 03.0 S
51 45.6 S
10.0,10.8
.21756
177.2X(78)
Brunner '
FB
EC
9.4
15.5
7.4
10.3,11.1,14.6
7 14.1 W
6 50.8 W
7 04.9 W
7 34.7 W
9.4
.22275
Br.>
Br.'
Br.1
13
EC
EC
EC
13.8
11.6
12.7 ....
11.5 ....
10.5
10.7
16.9
52 48.6 S
53 09 . 1 S
53 34.7 S
53 09.2 S
53 01.7 S
53 25.3 S
53 58.8 S
11.4
.21941
177.2X(78)
177. 14X
177. 2X
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(8)
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
12.3
8.5,10.0
6.8, 8.3 ...;
6.9, 8.6
6.0 to 14.1 (dv)
14.5,15.9
10.1,10.9
9.3,10.6
10.6,15.6
14.8,16.1
6.1 to 18.1 (dv)
(8 10 W)
8 15.8 W
11 08.0 W
8 35.6 W
8 17.2 W
8 13.4 W
8 25.4 W
4 29.4 W
8 31.2 W
9 18.0 W
9 17.7 W
8.8, 9.6
7.2, 8.0
7.3, 8.2
14.9,15.6
.21594
.22016
.21360
.21209
177
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
FB
Moramanga, B
FB
FB
Moramanga, A
FB
FB
FB
13.0
13.8
16.6
54 13.1 S
57 24.0 S
54 43.8 S
10.4
9.6,10.3
11.2,15.2
15.2,15.8
.21130
. 20824
. 20895
.21588
177. 2X
177.2X(78)
177.2X(7)
FB
FB
Belo
FB
FB
FB
8.0 ....
15.4
10.3
15.2
15.9
53 42.9 S
53 24.4 S
56 17.7 S
56 16.8 S
55 27.7 S
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177. 2X
177.2X(78)
177. 2X
177. 2X
FB
Ambinanindrano
Morondava, A
Morondava, B
12.7,14.1
6.7, 8.4
16.3,17.0
9 52.8 W
9 13.0 W
9 27.0 W
13.1,13.8
7.1, 8.1
16.6
.21724
. 20302
. 20297
13
13
13
FB
FB
FB
FB
6.9, 8.2
10.4,11.3
6.4, 7.9
10.2,11.6
5.7 to 18.1(dv)
9.6,11.0
6.0 to 18.1(dv)
8.8,10.2
8 55.2 W
11 26.8 W
6 59.2 W
9 30.4 W
9 28.6 W
9 01.3 W
8 57.5 W
9 45.8 W
7.3, 7.9
10.8
. 20506
.21674
13
13
FB
Soavina
13.4 ....
17.9
54 00.5 S
55 56.0 S
FB
FB
6.8, 7.6
10.6,11.3
. 20562
. 20266
13
13
13
13
13
13
FB
Mandabe
16.1
56 01.2 S
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
16.5
56 40.2 S
10.0,10.7
.20473
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
13.4 ....
17.0
56 38.5 S
56 40.1 S
9.2, 9.9
.19913
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
FB
6.8
14.6,16.0
9 44.1 W
9 34.4 W
6.6
14.9,15.7
.19917
. 19953
13
13
FB
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177. 2X
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)2
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
7.4 ....
14.5
10.9
15.7
16.0
9.7
18.3
13.9
14.3 ....
18.3
11.4
14.0
18.3
17.8 ....
56 32.1 S
57 21.4 S
57 11.7 S
56 02.6 S
57 17.4 S
56 29.1 S
57 11.6 S
58 40.1 S
58 09.9 S
58 24.5 S
59 22.0 S
59 16.6 S
59 19.5 S
59 0.5.8 S
FB
Ambinany-Faraony. . . .
Manakara
9.4,10.8
8.6, 9.5
12.8
10.7,14.3
6.5, 8.0
15.3,16.8
9.4,10.8
6.6, 8.2
15.7,17.0
7.9, 9.3
6.7, 8.3
15.3,16.6
15.0,16.3
17.0,18.4 ....
5.8 to 18.1(dv)
10 04.6 W
11 39.2 W
11 48.1 W
13 41.6 W
15 23.0 W
14 46.2 W
11 17.6 W
12 23.8 W
11 52.3 W
11 55.5 W
11 46.4 W
11 42.2 W
11 47.4 W
11 53.1 W
11 54.1 W
9.8,10.5
9.0
13.2
11.1,11.8
6.9, 7.7
15.8,16.5
9.8,10.5
7.0, 7.8
16.0,16.7
8.3, 9.0
7.0, 7.8
15.7,16.3
15.3,16.0
17.3,18.1
. 20370
. 19865
. 20664
. 20554
. 20038
. 20452
. 18862
.19158
. 18988
. 18636
. 18658
. 18556
. 18667
.,18323
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
FB
FB
FB
Farafangana
Vangaindrano
Manambondro
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
FB
Ampanihy
FB
FB
Bevilany
FB
Androka
FB
FB
17.6
10.9
59 55.5 S
59 04.0 S
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
Fort Dauphin
Ambovombe
7.6, 9.2
15.8,17.3
5.8 to 18.1(dv)
12 01.4 W
10 19.6 W
10 24.0 W
8.0, 8.8
16.1,16.9
.18716
. 18306
13
13
13
FB
FB
FB
6.7 ....
10.5 ....
14.9
17.0 ....
SO 18.0 S
59 19.4 S
80 50.2 S
59 31.1 S
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
177.2X(78)
FB
Tsihombe
Faux Cap
Cap Sainte Marie
7.1, 8.5
9.8,11.2
14.1,15.0
13 10.2 W
11 57.9 W
11 40.0 W
7.5, 8.2
10.2,10.9
14.5
. 18424
. 17890
. 18334
13
13
13
FB
FB
FB
Zanzibar
Zanzibar.
6 10.1 S
39 11
Jul 10, '21
h h
7.2, 8.6
4 21.4 W
h h
10.6 . . .
35 30.2 S
h h
7.6, 8.3
c. g. s.
. 28474
13
177.2X(78)
FB
1 Brunner magnetometer and dip circle of the Tananarive Observatory.
2 15X rejected.
94
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, MEDITERRANEAN
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
0 /
37 06.4 N
36 26.6 N
35 19.3 N
34 53.7 N
O t
25 23
28 12
25 09
33 38
Jul
Aug
Aug
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
Aug
14, '22
1, 22
2, 22
2, 22
19, 22
20, 22
21, 22
7, 22
h h h
7.8, 9.4
6.1 to 18.3(dv)
10.8,15.0
o /
2 16.5 W
1 28.1 W
1 28.0 W
h h
9.9,10.0
o /
51 22.6 N
h h
8.2, 9.0
c. g. s.
. 26408
12
12
12
12
12
12
EI 7
PHD
PHD
7.8, 8.1
12.9,13.2
11.2,11.4
50 39 . 8 N
50 38.5 N
49 12.3 N
9.5,10.4
13.8,14.6
9.3,10.2
6.2 to
17.9 (dv)
. 26770
.26798
.27192
. 27205
EI 7
EI 7
EI 7
PHD
PHD
8.8,10.5
6.0 to 18.0(dv)
2 35.8 W
2 35.0 W
PHD
6.0 to
17.6 (dv)
13.3,13.5
49 12.6 N
48 53. 8 N
PHD
EI 7
EI 7
10.2,11.9
0 06.8 E
PHD
10.7,11.6
. 28298
12
PHD
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Bismarck Archipelago
Rabaul .
4 12.7 S
152 12
Dec 5, '21
Dec 8, 21
h h h
10.1,11.7 ...
10.5,14.6 ...
6 10.4 E
6 10.0 E
h h
14.1,14.3
9.2, 9.4
o
/
19
42
4 S
19
42
8 S
h h
c. g. s.
10.6,11.4
. 36386
24
10.9,15.0
. 36380
24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
Cook Islands
Avarua (Tekeu), B*. . .
Avarua (Coral Beach),
C*
Avarua* (Range Lights)
21 11.4 S
21 11.4 S
21 11.5 S
200 15
200 15
200 15
Jul
17,
'22
Jul
10,
22
Jul
10,
22
Jul
12,
22
Jul
13,
22
Jul
13,
22
Jul
15,
22
Apr
16,
22
Jun
19,
22
Jun
20,
22
Jun
21,
22
Jun
22,
22
Jun
22,
22
Jun
27,
22
Jun
30,
22
Jul
3,
22
Jul
3,
22
h h h
10.6,12.7 ...
10.0,11.8
8.7,10.4 ....
15.4,17.0
7.0 to 18.0(dv)
12.4,14.0
10.4,10.6
6.7 to 17.0(dv)
6.8,17.2
7.2 to 17.1(dv)
6.9 to 18.0(dv)
6.6,18.0
7.0 to 17.7(dv)
11 55.1 E
12 33.4 E
12 35.0 E
12 36.0 E
12 35.3 E
11 56.2 E
11 56.1 E
11 58.0 E
11 58.8 E
11 57.7 E
11 59.5 E
11 58.8 E
11 56.7 E
h h
13.8,14.0
10.8,11.1
13.4,13.6
11.5,11.7
11.1,11.3
6.9 to
17.1 (dv)
5.8 to
17.4 (dv)
38 57.4 S
38 34.4 S
38 34.8 S
38 58.6 S
38 57.6 S
38 58.2 S
39 00 . 1 S
h h
11.0,12.1
10.5,11.4
9.2,10.0
15.8,16.6
12.9,13.7
14.2,15.1
7.2 to
17.1 (dv)
7.0 to
17.7 (dv)
c. g. s.
. 32700
. 32879
. 32883
. 32848
.32726
. 32688
. 32679
. 32698
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Ellice Islands
Nanomea Island
Niutao Island
Nanomana Island. . .
Nui Island
Vaitupu Island
Nukufetau Island. . .
Funafuti Island, B . .
Funafuti Island, A . .
Nukulailai
5 40.4 S
6 06.6 S
6 17.6 S
7 15.0 S
7 29.2 S
8 01.7 S
8 31.2 S
8 31.5 S
9 22.1 S
176 08
i77 21
176 20
177 10
178 41
178 20
179 11
179 11
179 50
Sep 14, '21
Sep 15, 21
Sep 13, 21
Sep 9, 21
Sep 12, 21
Sep 8, 21
7, 21
6, 21
Sep 17, 21
Sep 16, 21
Sep 17, 21
Sep 19, 21
Sep
Sep
h h
11.1,13.8
13.1,14.9
10.6,12.6
13.8,15.2
11.5,11.7
10.2,13.1
10.2,13.4
13.3,16.2
13.5,15.2
10.8,14.0
9 18.0 E
9 02.7
8 58.6
9 16.1
9 22.2
9 09.2
9 16.7
9 15.3
9 15.7 E
8 51.4 E
h h
14.5,14.7
11.1,11.3
14.3,14.6
10.6,10.9
14.0,14.3
14.2,14.4
9.7,10.2
12.8,13.0
10.2,10.4
16 34.2 S
15 45.5 S
17 00.4 S
19 04.2 S
19 02.6 S
20 20.2 S
21 14.9 S
21 06.6 S
22 27.8 S
h h
c. g. s.
11.5,13.4
. 35932
24
13.6,14.5
. 36487
24
11.1,12.1
. 36380
24
14.2,15.0
. 36092
24
24
10.7,11.6
.36154
24
10.8,13.0
. 36202
24
13.8,15.8
. 35338
24
"24
24
14.0,14.8
. 35350
11.2,13.6
. 36380
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
* Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
95
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Fiji Islands
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o r
17 36.6 S
18 08.4 S
o /
177 26
178 26
Oct 8, '21
Oct 5, 21
h h h
7.6, 9.2
14.5,16.1
o /
9 57.8 E
10 38.6 E
h h
10.4,10.6
16.7,17.0
0 i
38 01.0 S
38 26.6 S
h h
8.0, 8.9
14.9,15.7
c. g. s.
. 34784
. 34864
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
Suva, Dr. Klotz's Sta-
DGC
Hawaiian Islands
Sisal, Honolulu Mag-
netic Observatory,
Pier A
Sisal, A .
21 19.2 N
21 19.2 N
201 56
201 56
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
18,
'21
18,
21
19,
21
19,
21
21,
21
21,
21
21,
21
22,
21
22,
21
22,
21
22,
21
23,
21
23,
21
15,
21
15,
21
20,
21
20,
21
20,
21
20,
21
21,
21
25,
21
25,
21
8.7, 8.9, 9.4
9.6,10.1,10.2
7.9, 8.1,
8.8, 9.2
8.2
9 56.3 E
9 53.1 E
10 00.5 E
9 59.8 E
9 59.2 E
9.4,10.3
10.8,14.0
14.4,15.1
9.1, 9.3
9.4, 9.6
9.8,10.0
11.6
9.7, 9.9
11.0,11.2
13.3,14.4
14.9,15.3
15.8,16.3
16.8,17.2
39 24.5 N
39 24.2 N
39 25.7 N
39 25.7 N
39 25.4 N
39 25 . 0 N
39 25.5 N
39 25.6 N
39 24.4 N
39 26.3 N
39 28.2 N
39 28.6 N
39 29.0 N
11.0,12.0
15.2,16.0
14.4,15.2
10.4,11.0
9.4,10.4
13.9,14.8
8.6, 9.5
15.0,15.9
c. g. s.
. 28884
. 28868
. 28820
.28810
. 28790
. 28806
. 28832
. 28808
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
Lord Howe Islands
Lord Howe Island .
31 31
159 04
Jan 12, '23
h
6.9,
h
7.7
12 18.7 E
h
7.3,
h
7.4
59 18.8 S
h
7.9
c. g. s.
. 28453
24
EI 24
DGC
Malay Archipelago1
Kudat
Jesselton
Sandakan
Labuan
Bandjermasin
Makassar
Weltevreden (Batavia)
A
Weltevreden (Batavia)
C
Weltevreden (Batavia),
D
6 53.3 N
5 58.4 N
5 51.7 N
5 16.5 N
3 19.7 S
5 08.0 S
6 11.0 S
6 11.0 S
6 11.0 S
o
,
116
50
116
09
118
25
115
17
114
35
119
25
106
50
106
50
106
50
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
9, '23
6, 23
10, 23
8, 23
11, 23
12, 23
12, 23
16, 23
17, 23
8, 23
9, 23
9, 23
Oct 29, 23
Oct 29, 23
Oct 30, 23
Nov 22, 23
Oct 25, 23
Oct 26, 23
Oct 26, 23
Nov 23, 23
Nov 23, 23
Nov 22, 23
h
9.6,11.0
14.4,15.7
8.7,10.0
14.9,16.2
7.0, 7.1
8.9,10.1
9.2, 10.4
8.0, 9.4
12.4,14.1
8.0, 9.1
15. 3
21.2 to 22.6 (6)
1 58.8 E
2 00 . 3 E
2 03.0 E
2 00.4 E
1 57.4 E
1 58.8 E
2 06.6 E
2 05.6 E
2 27.8 E
2 24.2 E
0 52.0 E
h
15. 1,
9.0,
16.0,
10.4,
16.5,
10.5,
h
15.3
9.2
16.2
10.6
16.7
10.7
8.7, 8.9
7.5,
11.3,
7.7
11.5
6 09
0 S
0 S
8 S
5 S
4 S
6 S
24 46.2 S
27 07
27 04
2 S
5 S
k I,
15.6
9 9,10.6
14.7,15.9
9.0, 9.7
15.2,15.8
9.1, 9.8
9.5,10.2
9.1
14.4,15.0
8.3, 8.9
21.4,22.3
23.0,23.8
0.7, 1.5
23.4,24.2
20.0,21.0
21.7,22.6
23.4,24.2
1.2, 1.9
19.7,20.4
c. g. s.
. 39365
. 39399
. 39366
. 39283
. 39362
. 39400
. 38046
. 38027
. 37789
. 37780
. 36838
. 36848
. 36874
. 36878
. 36894
. 36882
. 36870
. 36869
. 36866
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
EI 24'
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
1 The island of Java is included under this group instead of under the general heading, Islands, Indian Ocean, as in Volumes II and III of these Researches.
96
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Malay Archipelago — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Weltevreden (Batavia) ,
E
o /
6 11 S
o /
106 50
Oct 31, '23
Nov 1, 23
h h h
o /
h h
22.8,23.0
0.5 to
1.8 (4)
o /
32 05.0 S
32 04 . 6 S
h h
c. g. s.
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
Marquesas Islands
O f
9 46.6 S
9 48.6 S
o /
221 07
220 58
May 20, '22
May 10, 22
May 12, 22
h h h
10.1,15.3
8.0,10.9
6.5 to 17.8 (dv)
O /
8 49.7 E
11 58 8 E
12 08.4 E
h
h
O 1
h h
10.6,14.9
8.8,10.6
c. g. s.
. 33826
. 32398
24
24
24
DGC
15.4
15.7
21 43.4 S
EI 24
DGC
DGC
New Caledonia (Including Loyalty Islands)
Paagoumene
Lifu Island (Keppanie)
Mar6 Inland (Tatyn) .
Bourail
Noumea
20 29.2 S
20 46.8 S
21 32.6 S
21 37 S
22 16.3 S
o
t
164
11
167
09
167
53
165
29
166
28
Dec
4,
'22
Dec
5,
22
Nov
17,
22
Nov
18,
22
Nov
20,
22
Nov
21,
22
Nov
15,
22
Dec
9,
22
Nov
28,
22
Nov
29,
22
Nov
30,
22
h h h
15.1,16.6
7.5, 9.0
9.5,11.0
5.8 to 18.0 (dv)
5.4 to 17.5 (dv)
12.6,14.0
14.0,15.6
7.1, 9.8
7.9, 9.3
9 22.7 E
9 16.4 E
9 55.7 E
9 57.5 E
9 58.0 E
9 59.6 E
10 30.8 E
10 24 . 9 E
10 25.3 E
h h
14.3,14.6
9.4, 9.6
15.4,15.6
7.1 to
17.6 (dv)
15.9,16.1
11.8,12.1
13.2,13.4
10.3,10.6
7.4, 7.5
45 48.0 S
45 49.6 S
45 31.5 S
45 31.1 S
47 02.8 S
46 43.2 S
47 23.0 S
47 19.0 S
47 23.0 S
h
15.
7.
9.
h
4,16.3
8, 9.2
9,10.7
0 to
0 (dv)
5,15.2
0,13.7
4,15.2
5, 9.4
2, 9.0
c. g. s.
. 33623
. 33648
. 33604
. 33606
. 32737
.33412
.33196
. 33226
.33184
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
New Guinea
Mambare
Tamata Junction
Buna Bay
Cape Nelson
Ipoteto Island . . .
Kwato Island. . . .
Samarai, B
Samarai, A
Suau Island
o /
O /
8 04.3 S
148 01
8 22.1 S
147 50
8 40.3 S
148 25
9 03.3 S
149 17
9 38.0 S
150 01
10 37.3 S
150 38
10 37.3 S
150 40
10 37.4 S
150 40
10 42.2 S
150 15
Jan
2,
'22
Jan
1,
22
Jan
4,
22
Jan
6,
22
Jan
7,
22
Dec
24,
21
Dec
22,
21
Dec
16,
21
Dec
17,
21
Dec
20,
21
h h
14.4,15.8
9.1,10.9
7.3, 8.8
12.4,14.7
12.5,14.2
14.5,16.2
15.2,16.8
10.2,11.7
5 21. 8E
5 17. 3E
5 27.0 E
6 24 . 8 E
4 48.0 E
8 40.0 E
8 35.1 E
5 21.1 E
h h
16.3,16.6
15.9,16.1
9.3, 9.5
15.2,15.4
17.4,17.6
11.2,11.5
16.7,16.9
9.6, 9.9
13.0,13.2
O
/
28 43.9 S
29
04
7S
29
32
4S
29
47
7 S
31
13
5S
J2
40
6 S
32
44
OS
33
12
4S
33
14
6 S
h
h
c. g. s.
14.8
15.4
. 36846
24
9.5
10.5
. 36720
24
7.7
8.5
. 36622
24
24
13.1
13.8
. 36693
24
15.0
15.8
.37152
24
15.6
16.5
.38016
24
10.6
11.4
. 36598
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
New Hebrides
Hog Harbor
Luganville. .
Ringdove. . .
Fila
15 09 S
15 32 S
16 38 S
17 44.3 S
0
/
167
07
167
09
168
10
168
19
Jan 1, '23
Dec 20, 22
Dec 19, 22
Dec 23, 22
Dec 26, 22
Dec 27, 22
Dec 28, 22
9.6,10.4,
14.2,15.2
13.9,15.6
8.7,10.3
7.1, 8.7
14.8,16.2
15.4
8 52.8 E
11 19.3 E
9 40 . 6 E
9 36 . 6 E
9 35.0 E
9 41.0 E
h
h
14
6
14
8
15
9
16
0
15
8
16
0
10
8
11
0
15
8
16
0
9
1
9
3
14
3
14
5
O
/
37
10
6S
57
29
8S
40
06
6S
40
31
0 S
10
34
4 S
40
34
2S
40
32
7S
h h
c. g. a.
15.4,16.1
.35122
24
11.2,15.1
. 35319
24
14.6
. 33974
24
14.4,15.2
. 34732
24
9.1,10.0
. 34767
24
7.6, 8.4
.34738
24
15.2,15.9
. 34728
24
El 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Samoa Islands
Apia, Samoa Observa-
0 /
13 48.4 S
0 /
188 14
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
1, '21
1, 21
2, 21
5, 21
h h h
o /
h
h
O 1
h h
10.9,11.8
14.4,15.4
10.6,11.6
c. g. s.
. 35264
. 35244
. 35259
5
5
5
5
C VI
C VI
C VI
9.8 to 11.6 (6)
10 11. 8E
CVI
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
97
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Samoa Islands — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Apia, Samoa Observa-
tory, A — Concluded. .
0 '
13 48.4 S
13 48.4 S
13 48.4 S
13 48.4 S
13 48.4 S
O 1
188 14
188 14
188 14
188 14
188 14
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
6,
6,
6,
7,
12,
12,
13,
13,
13,
13,
15,
15,
15,
15,
16,
18,
18,
19,
19,
19,
19,
20,
1,
2,
5,
7,
8,
8,
11,
11,
11,
12,
12,
13,
13,
13,
15,
15,
16,
18,
18,
18,
19,
19,
20,
7,
8,
8,
9,
11,
12,
12,
12,
13,
13,
15,
20,
23,
24,
24,
25,
25,
26,
28,
'21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
h h h
0 /
h h
o /
h h
10.2,11.0
13.2,14.0
14.8
9.8,10.6
9.6,10.7
11.7
7.8, 9.0
10.1
11.6,12.2
13.8
c. g. s.
. 35296
. 35282
.35246
. 35257
. 35259
. 35243
. 35226
. 35236
.35216
. 35245
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
5
5
. .24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
8.1, 8.2, 8.6
8.8, 9.2, 9.3
15.7,17.4
15.8 to 17.4 (dv)
10 12.9 E
10 12.3 E
10 13.6 E
10 13. 8E
DGC
24
24
24
DGC
DGC
DGC
10.6,11.6
14.4,14.8
15.4,15.8
10.4 (3)
13.3,13.6
14.0,14.2
14.7,15.0
9.5 to
12.0 (6)
30 01.6 S
30 00.8 S
30 01.4 S
30 00.0 S
30 00.2 S
30 01.0 S
30 01.0 S
29 59.9 S
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 25
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 25
C VI
10.0,10.1,10.9
11.1,11.6,11.8
10 12.1 E
10 12.5 E
25
25
C VI
C VI
C VI
DGC
DGC
DGC
C VI
Apia, Samoa Observa-
tory, B
14.4,15.4
10.6,11.7
. 35244
.35245
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
24
25
5
5
5
5
25
24
24
C VI
C VI
9.8 to 11.6(6)
10 12.3 E
/
C VI
14.0,14.9
9.8,10.8
12.8,15.1
.35216
. 35234
. 35246
DGC
DGC
DGC
10.0,10.3,10.8
11.0,11.6,11.8
10 12.2 E
10 11.3 E
DGC
DGC
14.4,15.6
9.5,10.7
11.7
7.7, 9.0
10.1
12.2,13.8
. 35244
. 35228
. 35226
. 35220
. 35226
. 35222
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
10.2,10.4,10.9
11.1,11.5,11.7
10 12.0 E
10 12.9 E
DGC
DGC
10.7,11.6
30 06.2 S
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 25
EI 7
DGC
10.0 to 11.8(6)
10 12.5 E
5
C VI
14.4,14.9
15.4,15.8
9.8,10.9
11.8 to
15.0 (7)
14.9 to
17.1 (6)
30 03.8 S
30 04.6 S
30 03.6 S
30 02.8 S
30 03.5 S
DGC
DGC
DGC
C VI
C VI
Apia, Samoa Observa-
14.0,14.9
9.8,10.8
12.8,15 1
9.7,11.0
. 35278
. 35248
. 35260
. 35257
5
5
5
5
5
24
24
5
24
24
5
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
10.0 to 11.8(6)
10 08.7 E
C VI
9.6,10.8
11.8 ....
14.3,15.6
7.8, 9.1
10.1 ....
. 35279
. 35293
. 35258
.35272
. 35280
DGC
DGC
C VI
DGC
DGC
10.2 to 11.7(6)
10 09.0 E
C VI
Apia, Samoa Observa-
tory, SB Pier
14.9 to
17.1 (6)
30 04.2 S
EI 25
C VI
Apia, Samoa Observa-
tory, West Pier2
14.9,15.6
14.3,15.0
15.8
10.1,10.8
15.8,16.5
9.3,10.0
11.5,13.2
. 35200
.35212
.35189
. 35227
. 35232
.35199
.35209
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
E&C
11.0,11.8
10 08.0 E
E&C
E&C
9.4, 9.7,11.2
10 10.1 E
E&C
E&C
9.0,10.4
11.0,13.6
10 09.8 E
10 11.6 E
E&C.
DGC
2 West Pier was examined before these observations and found to be magnetic.
98
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Samoa Islands — Concluded
Latitude
Long"
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
Apia, Samoa Observa-
tory, West Pier2 —
o /
13 48.4 S
14 13 S
14 17.0 S
O /
188 14
190 28
189 19
Jun 29, '21
Jun 30, 21
Jul 1, 21
Jul 1, 21
Jul 2, 21
Jul 5, 21
Jul 5, 21
Jul 6, 21
Jul 7, 21
Jul 7, 21
Jul 8, 21
Jul 8, 21
Jul 9, 21
Jul 11, 21
Jul 11, 21
Jul 12, 21
Jul 13, 21
Jul 15, 21
Jul 18, 21
Jul 18, 21
Jul 20, 21
Aug 23, 21
Aug 24, 21
Aug 12, 21
Aug 16, 21
h h h
10.8,12.2
10.9
o /
10 08.6 E
10 10.4 E
h h
0 /
h h
13.4
c. g. s.
.35158
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
5
5
25
25
25
24
25
24
24
24
5
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
DGC
DGC
10.8,12.1
14.4,15.3
10.6,11.6
. 35223
. 35223
. 35226
DGC
DGC
DGC
9.8,10.0,10.4
10.6,11.4,11.6
10 10.2 E
10 09.8 E
DGC
DGC
9.0 to
13.9 (5)
9.8,10.1
14.0
9.8,10.8
12.8,15.1
9.7,11.0
. 35244
.35214
.35221
. 35206
.35212
.35211
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
C VI
DGC
10.0 to 11.8(6)
10 09.0 E
C VI
14.4,15.5
14.3,15.6
11.6,13.8
. 35224
.35218
. 35224
DGC
DGC
DGC
8.1 to 9.3 (6)
10.0,10.1,10.9
11.1,11.6,11.8
10 10.0 E
10 11.3 E
10 11.7 E
C VI
DGC
DGC
11.1,11.8
7.8, 8.7
10.8,11.9
9.6,10.6
.35218
.34474
. 36078
. 36038
DGC
14.4,14.7
9 36.8 E
16.0,16.2
30 54.2 S
EI 24
DGC
DGC
14.3,14.8
14.1,14.5
29 14.0 S
29 14.8 S
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
7.6, 7.9
9 37.4 E
DGC
Society Islands
Point Fareute, A*.
Point Fareute, B. .
Papeete*
Papeete, Secondary
0 /
o /
17 31.5 S
210 26
17 31.5 S
210 26
17 31.8 S
210 27
17 31.8 S
210 27
Apr
24,
'22
Jun
12,
22
Jun
13,
22
Apr
25,
22
Apr
25,
22
h h h
9.4,11.3 . . .
.6, 7.5
9.7, 9.9 ..
o /
10 11.0 E
10 15.9 E
8 23.9 E
h h
13.6,13.8
7.1 to
17.5 (dv)
10.6,10.8
30 54.4 S
30 55.8 S
30 05.0 S
h h
10.1,11.0
7.0
13.6,14.4
c. g. s.
. 32377
. 32378
. 33277
24
24
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Solomon Islands
Faisi Island
Salicana Island . .
Binskin's Station
Gizo
Makambo
Tulagi
Aola
Rere
7 04.4 S
7 26.8 S
7 47.5 S
8 06.0 S
9 04.9 S
9 06.6 S
9 31.2 S
9 33.4 S
o
/
155
53
157
40
156
35
156
51
160
12
160
11
160
30
160
39
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
16,
'21
18,
21
17,
21
15,
21
19,
21
1,
21
7,
21
23,
21
25,
21
9,
21
10,
21
h h
9 . 7 , 11 . 5
10.4,14.3
8.0,10.1
9.8,11.7
7.8, 8.0
10.7,14.5
16.5,18.0
9.9,11.4
12.9,13.0
11.1,13.4
6 56.0 E
7 04.2 E
7 16.3 E
00.1 E
57.2 E
41.6 E
55.0 E
52.8 E
26.0 E
41.8 E
h h
14.1,14.3
9.6, 9.8
11.4,11.6
8.6, 8.9
9.1, 9.3
15.4,15.7
15.6,15.8
13.6,13.8
10.9,11.2
14.0,14.2
25 11.0 S
25 26.6 S
26 32.2 S
26 35.8 S
26 35.6 S
28 00.5 S
27 23.2 S
27 22.1 S
28 34.6 S
28 40.4 S
h h
10.2,11.2
10.8,12.6
8.5, 9.6
9.0,10.2
10.3,11.2
12.1,14.0
16.9,17.6
10.2,11.1
13.3 ....
11.8,13.0
c. g. s.
. 36801
. 36392
. 36543
. 36656
. 36662
. 36532
. 36632
. 36655
. 36078
.36144
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
DGC
Tokelau Islands
o /
8 32 . 2 S
9 23.0 S
11 03 S
O /
187 29
188 45
188 55
Sep 21, '21
Sep 22, 21
Sep 23, 21
h h h
O /
h h
13.0,13.2
13.0,13.2
10.8,11.0
O /
18 37.8 S
20 28.6 S
25 49.6 S
h h
14.2,15.0
10.3,11.1
9.2, 9.9
c. g. s.
. 35356
. 35303
. 33990
24
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
Fakaof u Island
9.8,11.5
8.8,10.2
8 43.6 E
9 12. 5E
DGC
DGC
Tonga Islands
o /
18 39 S
21 07.6 S
O /
186 01
184 47
Sep 30, '21
Oct 3, 21
h h
14.1,16.0
10.8,11.6
h
O t
10 47.4 E
11 18.2 E
h h
13.2,13.4
14.0,14.2
O /
37 58.6 S
41 46.8 S
h h
14.6,15.6
11.9,13.1
c. g. s.
. 34202
. 33600
24
24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
DGC
"Local disturbance.
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
99
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Tuamotu Archipelago
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o /
14 48 S
14 57 S
15 49.4 S
15 57.8 S
O /
221 10
215 26
219 07
219 51
May 25, '22
May 26, 22
May 3, 22
May 31, 22
May 29, 22
h h h
14.0,15.7
0 /
9 45.6 E
h h
0 /
h h
14.4,15.3
c. g. s.
. 33080
24
DGC
8.0, 8.2
10.6,10.8
7.9, 8.1
12.7,13.0
24 56.1 S
26 38.4 S
26 47.0 S
26 37 . 7 S
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
EI 24
DGC
Tikei Island
DGC
Angatau Island
Fakahina Island
9.2,10.9
8.8,11.2
10 28.5 E
10 14.2 E
9.6,10.5
9.9,10.8
. 32992
.33105
24
24
DGC
DGC
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea
No. 351.
No. 352.
No. 350.
No. 358.
No. 353.
No. 357.
No. 359.
No. 355.
No. 354.
No. 356.
No. 239.
No. 238.
No. 234.
No. 349.
No. 348.
No. 347.
No. 235.
No. 240.
No. 233.
No. 346.
No. 241a
No. 2416
No. 237.
No. 236.
No. 345.
No. 242.
No. 243.
No. 244.
No. 232.
No. 230.
No. 344.
No. 231 .
No. 229.
No. 329.
No. 330.
No. 328.
No. 335.
No. 336.
No. 333.
No. 337.
No. 339a
No. 332.
No. 331.
No. 334.
No. 338.
No. 327.
76 44
76 43
76 41
76 39
76 39
76 38
76 36
76 34
76 34
76 30
76 17
76 16
76 12
76 11
76 09
76 09
76 09
76 08
76 07
76 06
76 06
76 05
76 04
76 04
76 02
76 01
76 00
75 56
75 56
75 55
75 54
75 54
75 52
75 49
75 49
75 49
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
0
/
N
144
09
Jun
25, '24
Jun
25
, 24
N
144
06
Jun
26
, 24
N
145
08
Jun
23
24
N
139
28
Jul
25
24
N
144
06
Jun
27
24
N
140
38
Jul
21
24
N
139
00
Jul
30
24
N
144
00
Jun
30
24
N
144
01
Jun
28
24
N
143
58
Jul
2
24
N
163
28
Sep
7
23
N
163
28
Sep
6
23
N
163
58
Aug
30
23
Aug
30
23
Aug
30
23
N
146
11
Jun
10
24
N
149
30
Jun
5
24
N
149
45
Jun
4
24
N
164
00
Aug
31
23
N
163
22
Sep
11
23
Sep
11
23
N
164
05
Aug
27
23
N
150
26
Jun
3
24
Jun
3
24
N
163
19
Sep
12
23
N
163
27
Sep
12
23
N
163
50
Sep
3
23
N
164
02
Sep
1
23
Sep.
.1
23
N
150
49
Jun
2
24
N
163
26
Sep
14
23
N
163
26
Sep
15
23
N
162
59
Sep
17
23
Sep
17
23
N
164
32
Aug
24
23
N
164
51
Aug
21
23
N
152
27
May
19
24
N
164
49
Aug
23
23
N
164
52
Aug
20
23
Aug
20
23
N
154
04
Apr
11
24
N
154
06
Apr
14
24
Apr
14
24
N
154
16
Apr
10
24
N
154
01
Apr
23
24
N
154
02
Apr
24
24
Apr
24
24
N
154
03
Apr
18
24
N
154
03
Apr
25
24
N
154
04
Apr
30
24
N
154
05
Apr
17
24
N
154
07
Apr
16
24
N
154
07
Apr
21,
24
Apr
21,
24
N
154 08
Apr
28,
24
Apr
28
24
N
154
42
Apr
9,
24
h h
16.8,17.3
18.0
17.0
10.8
9.4,11.2
14.7,16.7
9.6,11.6,15.3
17.4
17.1
17.1
17.6
16.7
17.2
16.3
17.6
9.8
17.1
17.0
16.7
9.1
2
21. 9E
16.2
0
36 E
9.8
9.0
4
5
48.9 E
19.6 E
16.9
10.0
17.1
6
0
6
06 . 5 E
36 E
12.6 E
16.9
16.7
6 22.4 E
3 04 . 7 E
16.8
3
41. 9E
17.3
3
36.1 E
16.6
17.8
17.9
3
3
3
40.9 E
51.8 E
45. 8E
17.6
3
33.9 E
17.0
3
04.7 E
1 30 E
1 29 . 9 E
1 09.1 E
0 17 E
1 16 E
0 16 E
1 07 E
1 26.4 E
1 04.7 E
5 59.4 E
0 17 E
3 34.4 E
7 23.1 E
0 31 E
0 40 . 9 E
7 21.3 E
5 52.7 E
3 39 . 0 E
2 30 . 7 E
h
10.6
10.5
10.2
15.7
10.5
10.1
9.9
15.2
16.7
10.4
10.1
10.0
10.8
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.0
10.6
10.1
10.2
10.0
10.5
10.9
10.9
10.5
11.3
10.1
84 32.3 N
84 44 . 3 N
84 28.9 N
84 29 . 8 N
84 44 . 3 N
84 25.8 N
83 36.5 N
83 27.0 N
83 28.1 N
84 07 . 0 N
83 47.7 N
83 43.0 N
83 23 0 N
83 45.6 N
83 13.0 N
83 16.2 N
82 34 . 7 N
82 46 . 9 N
83 01.0 N
82 57.3 N
83 41.8 N
83 47.7 N
83 29.0 N
83 27.3 N
83 27.9 N
83 31.7 N
83 29.1 N
h h
10.6 .. .
10.5
10.2
15.7
10.5
10.0
9.8
9.8,11.0
15.2
16.7
10.4
10.1
10.0
10.8
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.0
10.5
10.1
10.2
10.0
10.5
10.9
10.9
15.7,17.0
10.6
11.3
10.1
c. g. s.
.05557
. 05876
.05619
. 05626
.05384
. 05668
. 06453
.06564
.06612
.06602
. 05999
. 06337
. 06481
. 06696
. 06350
. 06867
.06816
. 07629
. 07325
. 07053
.07118
.06441
.06311
. 06651
.06683
.06779
. 06656
.06616
. 06667
205
8
205
205
205
205
205
8
205
206
205
205
205
205
8
205
205
206
8
8
205
205
8
205
8
205
8
205
205
8
205
8
8
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.123
205.123
205.67(3)
205.2367(3)
205.236
205.123
205.123
205.236
205.123
205.123
205.12
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.236
205.236
205.263
205.17(3)
205.236
205.236
205.236
s&w
FM
FM
HUS
HUS
OW
HUS
S&W
OW
FM
FM
OW
FM
S&W
OW
OW
OW
OW
FM
FM
OW
FM
OW
S&W
FM
FM
FM
OW
FM
OW
FM
OW
FM
FM
OW
OW
FM
HUS
FM
OW
FM
FM
OW
FM
OW
FM
OW
OW
FM
S&M
FM
OW
FM
OW
FM
OW
FM
FM
100
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea— Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 326
o /
75 48
75 47
75 46
75 46
75 46
75 46
75 46
75 43
75 42
75 38
75 38
75 36
75 35
75 34
75 34
75 33
75 32
75 31
75 31
75 30
75 29
75 29
75 28
75 28
75 27
75 26
75 25
75 25
75 24
75 24
75 23
75 23
75 23
75 22
75 22
75 22
75 21
75 21
75 21
75 21
75 20
75 20
75 19
75 19
75 19
75 18
75 18
75 18
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 16
75 16
75 16
75 16
75 15
75 15
75 15
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O
155 02
165 04
153 53
153 54
153 54
162 54
165 18
155 38
154 44
166 29
166 38
166 37
164 18
164 12
166 33
164 57
165 00
164 45
166 31
166 39
163 40
165 28
164 30
165 41
164 55
166 45
163 44
165 10
164 38
167 06
158 03
165 25
167 28
158 00
158 02
167 19
157 47
164 32
166 52
166 53
157 51
158 04
156 22
157 55
158 29
158 04
158 34
158 38
156 26
158 01
158 05
158 15
159 16
164 32
156 30
156 46
158 35
158 59
158 16
158 57
159 11
Apr
Aug
May
May
May
Sep
Sep
Aug
Apr
Apr
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Jul
Jul
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Sep
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jul
Sep
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jul
Dec
Jun
Jul
Dec
Dec
Jul
Apr
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jul
Apr
Dec
Jan
Apr
Dec
Mar
Mar
Dec
Dec
Jan
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Nov
Jun
Jan
Jan
Jan
Mar
Dec
Mar
Mar
Dec
Dec
Nov
Nov
8
15
15
12
14
21
21
11
7
7
5
6
6
3
2
7
6
1
12
13
3
3
17
31
31
24
27
20
26
21
30
25
22
10
10
20
29
23
23
27
28
21
4
18
26
26
27
3
31
24
2
20
24
24
21
22
25
31
28
28
26
17
17
26
21
21
1!)
5
22
22
7
7
19
19
'24
, 23
, 24
, 24
, 24
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 24
, 24
, 24
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
, 23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
23
24
23
24
24
23
24
24
2.3
23
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
24
24
24
24
23
24
24
23
23
23
23
h h h
16.2
18.0
16.1
16.7
o /
1 52.4 E
6 00 . 3 E
2 28.6 E
2 22.0 E
h h
o t
h h
c. g. s.
g
FM
No. 228
8
8
206
205
8
205
205
205
8
206
205
8
206
8
8
206
8
8
205
206
8
206
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
8
8
205
205
8
206
8
205
8
8
206
8
8
205
205
8
8
205
205
8
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
206
8
8
8
205
8
8
205
206
8
FM
No. 343
FM
No. 341
HUS
No. 342
10.2
83 39.5 N
10.2
. 06 463
205.236
OW
FM
No. 245
9.0
5 17.0 E
10.3
10.2
9.8
82 44 . 0 N
82 55.7 N
83 05.8 N
10 . 3
10.2
9.8
. 07372
.07141
. 07062
205.123
205.123
205.236
205.236
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 227
OW
OW
No. 325
16.2
2 21.1 E
FM
No. 340
14.8
10.9
82 56.3 N
82 47 . 2 N
14.8
10.9
. 07236
. 07269
OW
OW
FM
No. 226
16.9
8 58.8 E
No. 225
10.3
82 49.6 N
10.3
.07232
OW
No. 224
17.6
9.7
17.9
17.9
17.1
18.1
9 20 . 8 E
5 53.4 E
5 33 E
8 40.3 E
5 57.6 E
6 39 E
FM
No. 211
FM
No. 210
10.2
82 42.9 N
10.2
. 07387
205.123
W&M
FM
FM
No. 214
11.2
10.4
82 43.4 N
82 40.9 N
11.1
10.4
15.6,16.9
10.4
11.1
11.1
10.2
. 07323
. 07386
.07409
. 07306
. 07329
. 07326
. 07376
205.123
205.123
W&M
No. 209
OW
HUS
No. 215
10.4
11.1
11.1
10.2
82 47.4 N
82 45.3 N
82 45.2 N
82 41.6 N
205.123
205.123
205.67(3)
205.123
HUS
No. 222
OW
OW
No. 246
OW
18.0
21.0
17.9
18.2
17.5
9.1
7 18 E
5 46 E
7 22 E
6 00 E
8 14.9 E
5 23.6 E
FM
No. 203
HUS
No. 207
10 . 6
82 45.6 N
10 . 6
. 07281
205.123
S&W
HUS
No. 221
FM
No. 247
10.7
10.7
10.3,11.5
10.7
10.7
.07404
. 07360
. 07394
S&M
No. 205
82 41.2 N
82 40.1 N
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 212
OW
17.3
5 40.3 E
FM
No. 2 16
10.7
82 35 . 1 N
10.7
. 07491
205.123
OW
No. 286
12.2
17.8
17.1
12.4
2 19.0 E
7 14 E
6 45.7 E
2 20.1 E
FM
No. 206
HUS
No. 218
FM
No. 284
FM
No. 285
15.5
82 43.6 N
15. 5 ....
.07377
205 . 123
OW
No. 217..
18.1
16.4
6 12.3 E
2 17.3 E
FM
No. 324
FM
No 202
10.8
10.7
82 37.3 N
82 33.2 N
10.7
10.7
. 07440
. 07630
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 219 . ....
OW
17.5
6 33.1 E
FM
No. 220
10.7,11.9
9.8
11.6 ....
10.4,11.7
.07488
. 07293
. 07290
.07373
HUS
No 323 .
9.8
11.6 ....
82 46.7 N
82 47 . 4 N
205.236
205.123
OW
No. 287. . .
HUS
No. 297
10.4,11.7
15.6
15.1
1 27.8 E
2 10.4 E
2 38.8 E
HUS
No. 322
FM
No. 281
10.1,11 6
10 . 4
.07383
. 07350
S&M
No. 318. . .
10.4
82 43.4 N
205.236
OW
15.6
2 01.8 E
FM
No 282 . . .
10.3
82 43.1 N
10.3
. 07366
205.123
OW
No. 283. . .
12.8
2 33.3 E
FM
No. 298...
10.3
82 46.2 N
10.3
. 07294
205 . 236
OW
No. 321
15.8
2 04.1 E
FM
No. 320
10.0
82 43.7 N
10.0
. 07338
205.236
OW
15.7
15.7
8.9
17.7
9.0
2 26.4 E
2 19.0 E
2 57.8 E
5 38.3 E
1 20.2 E
FM
No. 319
10.0,11.7
.07356
S&M
No. 266
FM
No. 201
FM
No. 299...
. 07346
FM
No. 296. ..
10.4
82 43.6 N
10.4
205.236
OW
14.9
15.3
9.1
1 35.5 E
2 20.4 E
3 20.0 E
FM
No. 316
FM
No. 274
FM
No. 317. ..
10.4
82 42.2 N
10.4
. 07360
205.236
OW
15.3
9.0
2 07.4 E
2 51.2 E
FM
No. 275
FM
10.8
10.2
82 38.2 N
82 40.0 N
10.7
10.2
. 07453
.07417
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 267
OW
16.4
2 55.6 E
FM
1
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
101
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No 268
o /
75 15
75 15
75 15
75 15
75 14
75 14
75 14
75 14
75 13
75 13
75 13
75 13
75 13
75 13
75 13
75 12
75 12
75 12
75 12
75 12
75 12
75 11
75 11
75 11
75 10
75 10
75 10
75 10
75 10
75 09
75 08
75 08
75 07
75 06
75 06
75 05
75 05
75 05
75 05
75 05
75 04
75 04
75 04
75 04
75 03
75 03
75 02
75 02
74 58
74 58
74 57
74 57
74 56
74 55
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N'
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O /
159 20
159 27
159 31
159 35
158 46
158 50
159 14
163 55
156 32
156 36
156 38
156 45
158 45
159 02'
159 02
156 57
158 38
158 47
159 01
159 42
164 40
157 39
158 37
158 45
157 20
157 21
157 21
157 23
157 38
160 40
157 30
159 39
159 00
159 27
164 48
157 47
159 01
161 20
162 55
164 44
159 01
159 22
164 41
164 43
161 40
161 43
161 46
162 44
158 46
164 15
158 22
164 20
165 00
165 24
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Sep
Sep
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Dec
Dec
Dec
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Dec
Nov
Nov
Jun
Feb
Feb
Mar
Feb
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Nov
Jan
Nov
Nov
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Jun
Jan
Feb
Feb
Nov
Oct
Jun
Mar
Mar
Feb
Feb
Jun
Jun
Nov
Nov
Nov
Oct
Jan
Jan
Oct
Jan
Oct
Jun
Jun
21,
23
24
16
18
17,
3
3
28,
28
31,
28,
28,
1,
2,
17,
17,
12,
13,
13,
4,
4,
4,
14,
14,
10,
10,
14,
26,
26,
15,
8,
8,
12,
12,
16,
18,
19,
14,
14,
6,
12,
12,
30,
30,
22,
22
3,
3,
13,
11,
19,
19,
9,
18,
11,
7,
7,
25,
25,
7,
8,
5,
6,
7,
19,
7,
7,
1,
9,
15,
4,
1,
'23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
24
23
23
24
24
24
24
23
24
24
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
23
24
23
23
23
h h h
0 /
h h
0 /
h h
10.4,11.9
10.2
c. g. s. .
.07455
. 07369
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
206
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
205
206
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
8
205
205
8
205
8
8
206
205
8
205
8
205
205
8
206
8
8
206
8
205
8
205
8
205
205
8
206
205
206
HUS
No 269
10.2
82 42.0 N
205. 123
OW
No 270
9.0
2 57.3 E
FM
No. 265
10.4
82 38.6 N
10.4
. 07482
205.123
OW
No 280
14.8
2 39.6 E
FM
No. 279
10.5
82 44 . 5 N
10.5
. 07350
205,123
OW
No 273
9.0
2 58.2 E
FM
10.6
10.0
82 38.7 N
82 43.0 N
10.5
10.0
.07444
. 07382
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 248... .
OW
15.7
9.0
5 26.9 E
1 29.7 E
FM
No. 301 . .
FM
No. 300. . .
10.3
82 41.8 N
10.3
. 07381
205.236
OW
17.7
1 26.4 E
FM
No 302a . .
10.4
82 41.0 N
10.3
. 07455
205.236
OW
No 3026 . .
8.9
1 32.2 E
FM
No 315
10 . 5
82 38.0 N
10.4
. 07442
205.236
OW
15.4
9.0
2 22 . 9 E
2 44 . 7 E
FM
No 276
FM
No. 277
11.1
11.2 ....
11.2
11.3 ....
82 37.3 N
82 36.9 N
82 42.3 N
82 41.7 N
11.1
11.1
11.2 ....
11.3 ....
15.8,17.0
10.7 ....
.07472
. 07480
. 07380
.07417
.07378
.07419
205.123
205.67(3)
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
OW
No. 303
OW
OW
17.9
1 42.8 E
S&M
No. 314
10.7
82 38.6 N
205.236
OW
20.3
2 20.4 E
FM
No. 312
10.7
82 38.4 N
10.7
. 07422
205.236
OW
19.6
15.0
2 19. 8E
2 42.4 E
FM
No. 278
FM
No. 271
10.3
82 38.7 N
10.3
. 07442
205.123
OW
16.5
2 55.4 E
FM
No. 200
9.8 ....
10.5
82 34 . 0 N
82 37.8 N
9.8 ....
10.5
. 07501
. 07605
205.123
205 . 236
205.236
205.236
205 . 236
OW
No. 305
OW
17.4
20.4
2 08. 8E
2 13. 2E
FM
No. 313
FM
No. 306
10.6
82 35.0 N
10.6
. 07553
OW
No. 293
17.7
1 51. 5 E
FM
No. 294
10.5
82 37 . 2 N
10.5 ....
. 07456
OW
No. 295
8.9
1 57.8 E
FM
No. 292
10.4 . . .
82 41.0 N
10.4
. 07384
OW
14.8
17.6
1 47.5 E
2 10. 2E
FM
No. 304
FM
No. 264
10.3 ....
82 28.3 N
10.3
. 07607
205.123
OW
No. 291
9.0
9.0
1 59.5 E
2 54. 8E
FM
No. 272
FM
10.6
10.2 ....
82 31.6 N
82 33 . 0 N
10.6
10.2 ....
. 07564
. 07624
205 . 123
205 . 236
OW
No. 308
OW
17.9
2 31 . 5 E
FM
No. 310
10.3
82 29.3 N
10.3
.07578
205 . 236
OW
19.8
9.4
2 48.4 E
6 21.0 E
FM
No. 199
FM
No. 290
10.4
10.6
82 32.9 N
82 32.4 N
10.4 ....
10.6
. 07526
. 07602
205.236
205.236
OW
No. 307
OW
17.9
2 28.0 E
FM
10.3
82 26 . 1 N
10.2
. 07645
205.123
OW
No. 255
18.3
4 42.8 E
FM
No. 198
17.3 ....
11.0
82 22.3 N
82 33.7 N
17.3
10.9
. 07705
.07499
205.123
205.236
OW
No. 311
OW
20.9
2 27.9 E
FM
No. 309
10.4
82 28.7 N
10.3
. 07666
205.236
OW
19.8
17.3
17.7
2 54 . 3 E
5 3i?8E
3 57.4 E
FM
No. 196
FM
No. 197
No. 260
15.9
10.4
82 11.0 N
15.9
. 07886
205.123
OW
FM
No. 261
82 22 . 8 N
10.4
.07697
205.123
OW
No. 262
18.0
3 59.2 E
FM
No. 256
10.0
82 13.3 N
10.0 ....
. 07885
205.123
OW
No. 288
9.7
2 14.2 E
FM
15.5
9.9
82 29.4 N
82 14 . 1 N
15.5
9.9
. 07585
. 07844
205.236
205.123
OW
No. 249
OW
No. 289
9.4
2 02.9 E
FM
No. 254
9.9 ....
10.4
10.7
82 08.9 N
82 10.4 N
82 12.6 N
9.9 ....
10.5
10.7 ....
.07916
.07892
. 07862
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 195
OW
No. 194
OW
102
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Oba'r
No 193
O 1
74 55
74 54
74 53
74 50
74 49
74 47
74 45
74 45
74 45
74 43
74 43
74 42
74 42
74 41
74 41
74 40
74 40
74 39
74 39
74 39
74 39
74 38
74 38
74 38
74 29
74 27
74 26
74 26
74 26
74 26
74 25
74 24
74 24
74 22
74 21
74 20
74 20
74 20
74 20
74 20
74 19
74 17
74 16
74 13
74 13
74 12
74 11
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 09
74 07
74 06
74 06
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
0 /
165 31
162 10
161 58
165 42
162 23
165 49
154 26
165 00
165 00
166 20
166 24
166 09
166 22
166 10
166 20
166 09
166 09
165 30
166 13
166 14
166 34
165 40
166 18
166 20
167 26
168 56
167 51
167 51
167 50
167 52
168 46
168 35
169 04
168 31
168 31
168 25
168 26
168 28
168 32
168 35
168 28
169 59
169 30
169 43
169 55
169 46
169 42
169 38
169 45
169 49
169 52
169 58
170 03
170 04
170 13
170 05
170 05
170 16
May 31,
Oct 22
Oct 22
Oct 26
Oct 12
Oct 12
Oct 23
May 29
May 29
May 1
Oct 5
Oct 5
Oct 5
May 8
May 7
May 11
May 11
May 4
May 14
May 14
May 14
May 2
May 25
May 25
Oct 8
May 22
May 22
May 24
Apr 30
Apr 30
Oct 9
May 18
May 19
Apr 27
Apr 27
Mar 28
Apr 20
Apr 23
Apr 25
Apr 21
Mar 30
Apr 2
Mar 26
Mar 26
Apr 4
Apr 18
Apr 12
Apr 13
Apr 11
Apr 6
Apr 6
Apr 9
Apr 9
Apr 16
Apr 16
Feb 20
Feb 20
Mar 24
Mar 23
Feb 19
Mar 21
Mar 20
Mar 19
Mar 17
Mar 16
Mar 8
Mar 13
Feb 23
Mar 12
Mar 10
Mar 10
Feb 24
Feb 17
Feb 12
'23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
, 23
, 23
■ 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
, 23
23
h h h
17.2
o /
6 29 . 0 E
h h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
8
205
8
205
205
8
8
205
8
206
205
205
8
205
8
206
8
205
205
205
8
8
8
205
205
205
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
206
8
8
205
205
205
8
8
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
206
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
206
8
8
205
8
205
205
8
FM
No 257
10.3
82 20.5 N
10.3
.07731
205.123
OW
17.4
3 33.5 E
FM
No 259
10.1
10.4
82 10.5 N
82 03.0 N
10.1 ....
10.4
.07896
.08028
205.123
205.123
OW
No 253
OW
18.1
17.5
5 37.1 E
3 50.7 E
FM
No 258
FM
No 192
11.6
82 02.0 N
11.6
.08022
205.123
OW
17.3
6 03.0 E
FM
No 3396
10.3
11.3 ....
11.3
83 31.6 N
82 04 . 8 N
82 04.4 N
10.3
11.2
11.2
10.5,11.8
11.5
. 06609
.07977
. 07984
.07974
. 08091
205.236
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
No 250a . ,
OW
OW
No 250b
HUS
No 184
11.6
81 57.8 N
205.123
OW
No 183
16.6
5 44.4 E
FM
No 185
11.1
82 00.1 N
11.0 ....
. 08051
205.123
OW
17.0
5 33.1 E
FM
No 182
10.6
10.7
10.7 ....
82 05.6 N
81 59.2 N
81 58.9 N
10.6
10.6
10.6
. 07948
.08077
. 08074
205.123
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
No 186
OW
16.6
16.7
5 40.8 E
5 43.8 E
OW
FM
No 181
FM
No 19 la ....
10.1,11.4
10.9
10.0
10.4
.08080
. 08077
. 08084
. 08043
HUS
No. 1916 (tent)
No 251
10.9
10.1
10.4
81 58.3 N
81 59.2 N
81 59 . 7 N
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
OW
No 189
OW
17.0
17.5
5 35.0 E
5 41.6 E
FM
No 190
FM
No 180
10.0
82 01.5 N
10.0
.08015
205.123
OW
16.6
20.6
5 48.6 E
4 56.4 E
FM
No 252
FM
No 187 . .
10.3
82 03.9 N
10.3
. 07991
205.123
OW
No 188
17.4
5 40.8 E
FM
No 179 . .
10.7
81 54. 0.N
10.7
.08154
205.123
OW
16.5
15.9
6 16.2 E
7 16.6 E
FM
No 165
FM
No 176
10.1
10.5
81 52.0 N
81 47.4 N
10.1
10.4
.08169
. 08263
205.123
205.123
OW
No 178a
OW
No 1786
16.4
15.9
6 28.1 E
6 40.5 E
FM
No 177
HUS
No 166..
10.8
10.8
10.8
81 48.6 N
81 48.5 N
81 43.0 N
10.8
10.8
10.7
.08214
. 08231
.08314
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
No 167
OW
No 164
OW
15.9
15.8
16.5
16.5
6 49.7 E
6 55.8 E
6 43.1 E
6 42.2 E
FM
No 168
FM
No 175
FM
No 172
FM
No 173
10.8
81 44.8 N
10.8
10.1,11.2
10.0
. 08300
. 08248
. 08247
205.123
OW
No 171
HUS
No 169
10.0
81 46.6 N
205.123
OW
15.7
6 49.0 E
FM
No 170 .
10.8
81 47.6 N
10.8
.08230
205.123
OW
16.6
6 47.5 E
FM
No 174
10 . 2
81 46.0 N
10.3
. 08262
205.123
OW
16.3
6 53.5 E
FM
No. 145
11.0
81 40.3 N
11.0 ....
. 08355
205.123
OW
18.3
7 45.7 E
FM
No 163
10.3
81 41.5 N
10.3
. 08336
205.123
OW
No 162
15.6
19.6
15.7
15.8
7 26.8 E
7 37.7 E
7 31.1 E
FM
No 144
FM
No 161
FM
No 160
11.0
81 38.6 N
11.0 ....
. 08367
205.123
OW
No 159
7 03.6 E
FM
No. 158 ....
11.0
81 37.7 N
11.0
. 08384
205.123
OW
No 157
15.6
20.6
7 35.6 E
7 51.6 E
FM
No 153
FM
No 156
10.6
81 38.0 N
10.6
16.0,17.2
.08386
.08348
205.123
OW
No 147
HUS
No 155
15.6
7 46.7 E
FM
No 154
10.5
81 38.4 N
10.5
. 08385
205.123
OW
15.5
7 50.1 E
FM
No 148
10.8 ....
10.1
81 40.7 N
81 32.4 N
10.8
10.0
. 08330
. 08477
205.123
205.1
OW
No. 143
OW
No 140
17 fi
7 54.7 E
FM
Results of Land Observations, 1921-1926
103
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No 149
0 /
74 05
74 05
74 04
74 02
74 01
74 00
73 59
73 54
73 54
73 53
73 52
73 51
73 50
73 42
73 42
73 40
73 39
73 39
73 39
73 36
73 35
73 34
73 34
73 34
73 34
73 33
73 33
73 33
73 32
73 32
73 31
73 31
73 29
73 28
73 28
73 27
73 26
73 25
73 25
73 25
73 25
73 25
73 24
73 22
73 22
73 21
73 16
73 16
73 15
73 15
73 15
73 15
73 15
73 14
73 14
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O /
170 06
170 15
170 10
170 28
170 47
170 32
170 38
170 40
170 49
170 39
170 38
170 39
170 39
171 16
171 25
171 12
170 51
170 54
170 58
169 38
170 06
170 08
170 10
170 10
170 11
169 58
170 24
172 05
172 08
174 25
172 09
172 11
174 26
172 19
173 05
171 07
171 53
171 39
171 44
172 36
173 12
174 21
171 48
172 54
175 05
174 16
173 53
173 54
173 32
173 52
174 01
174 04
174 28
173 32
173 44
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Feb
Mar
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Jan
Dec
Jan
Jan
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
25, '23
k h h
19.7
0 /
7 45.5 E
h h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
8
205
8
206
8
205
205
8
8
205
8
8
8
205
2p5
8
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
205
8
8
205
205
8
8
8
205
8
205
205
8
8
8
8
8
FM
No 141
13
16
6
6
3
3
10
1
7
8
6
5
3
2
30
30
30
28
26
22
23
24
17
17
9
10
12
13
13
11
2(1
6
6
17
19
19
4
4
4
20
23
23
5
16
12
12
12
4
28
2
2
31
15
11
7
29
29
14
31
9
9
18
19
29
29
14
17
17
16
10
30
8
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
, 23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
22
23
23
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
?,?■
11.8 ....
81 35.9 N
11.8
.081,1,3
205.123
OW
No 142
19.8
7 50.5 E
FM
No 152
11.3
81 35.7 N
11.4
.08 440
205.123
OW
19.3
8 02.4 E
FM
No 151..
10.7
81 34.7 N
10.7
.08J,55
205.123
OW
19.6
7 59.8 E
FM
No 139
11.0
11.8 ....
81 33.7 N
81 30.3 N
11.1
11.8 ....
. 08480
.08517
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 150
19.5
17.0
17.2
8 04.3 E
7 48.7 E
7 50.4 E
W&M
No 137
FM
No 138
FM
No 136...
16.3
81 27.3 N
16.3
.08606
205.123
OW
No 135
17.2
7 52.2 E
FM
No 134
11.2
81 26.7 N
11.2
.08611
205.123
OW
No 133
17.4
7 53.7 E
FM
No 132
11.9 ....
11.9
81 12.3 N
81 12.3 N
11.9
11.9 ....
. 08846
. 08834
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
OW
16.4
17.5
7 36.7 E
7 32.0 E
FM
No 131
FM
No 130
11.0 ....
81 13.2 N
10.9
. 08838
205.123
OW
No 127
16.8
7 29.2 E
FM
No. 128
11.4
81 09.5 N
11.4
. 08902
205.123
OW
No 129
16.7
7 16.9 E
FM
No 125
11.1
81 15.9 N
11.1 .....
. 08786
205.123
OW
17.2
17.4
7 14. 3E
7 12. 6E
FM
No 120. . . .
FM
No. 121
10.7
81 09.4 N
10.6
10.6,11.9
10.7
. 08907
.08894
. 08897
205.123
OW
No. 123
HUS
No. 124 . . .
10.7
81 10.7 N
205.123
OW
17.4
15.9
17.4
9.0
7 12.0 E
7 05. 5E
7 05.2 E
7 03. 3E
FM
No 122
FM
No. 126.
FM
No. 119
FM
10.7
81 07.5 N
10.7
. 08929
205.123
OW
No. 110
17.5
8 01. 5E
FM
No. Ill
10.7
81 05.4 N
10.7
. 08938
205.123
OW
14.9
8 03.0 E
FM
No. 83
11.4
11.8 ....
81 05.3 N
81 04.7 N
11.2 ....
12.1 ....
. 08922
.08914
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
OW
18.3
10 15.9 E
HUS
No. 112
11.0,12.3
9.9 ....
. 08940
. 09003
HUS
No. 113
10.0
81 04.4 N
205.123
HUS
17.4
17.8
9.0
8 06 . 9 E
10 21.2 E
8 37.4 E
FM
No. 84
FM
No. 109
205.123
205.67(3)
FM
No. 106
11.8 ....
12.0
81 03.9 N
81 04.6 N
11.6
12.1
. 08925
. 08924
OW
OW
16.3
16.2
17.7
8 55.0 E
7 23.2 E
7 40.4 E
FM
No. 118
FM
No. 114
FM
No. 117
10.3
81 00.2 N
10.2
. 09023
205.12,3
OW
15.0
16.1
7 39 . 0 E
7 42.9 E
FM
No. 116
FM
No. 108
15.9
80 55 . 3 N
15.9
.09101
205.123
HUS
No. 105
16.1
9 03.7 E
FM
No. 85
11.3
11.4
81 01.6 N
80 58.5 N
11.3
11.4
. 08976
. 09053
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 115
OW
16.7
15.6
7 38 . 2 E
8 38.1 E
FM
No. 107
FM
No. 82
10.7
10.6
80 56 . 2 N
80 57.5 N
10.6
10.6
.09016
. 09084
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 86
OW
17.5
18.3
17.3
10 20.7 E
9 42.2 E
9 48. 3E
FM
No. 94
FM
No. 95
FM
No. 99
11.3 ....
80 49.9 N
11.4
.09164
205.123
OW
16.4
9 07.2 E
FM
No. 90
11.2
10.8
80 51.4 N
80 52.4 N
11.2
10.8
.09145
.09127
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 93
OW
17.2
17.0
17.4
16.4
9.2
10 00.8 E
9 58.5 E
10 22.4 E
9 26.0 E
9 32.6 E
FM
No. 92
FM
No. 87
FM
No. 100
FM
No. 103
FM
104
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declinat
on
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No 89
o /
73 14
73 14
73 14
73 14
73 13
73 13
73 13
73 13
73 12
73 12
73 10
73 10
73 06
73 06
73 06
73 05
73 02
73 00
72 58
72 58
72 51
72 50
72 49
72 48
72 42
72 41
72 22
72 19
72 10
72 01
71 58
71 16
70 35
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O /
174 04
174 08
174 28
174 28
173 26
173 34
173 40
173 57
173 41
173 50
175 40
175 40
175 52
175 55
176 07
176 19
176 45
176 58
177 10
184 15
177 14
177 25
180 47
177 36
179 10
179 43
185 36
188 46
188 25
187 20
184 51
184 54
185 40
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Dec
Dec
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Sep
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Aug
Sep
Sep
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
13
15
11
11
2
2
9
9
27
6
6
21
21
24
24
28
28
27
26
26
25
24
22
21
20
30
19
18
18
7
17
13
12
25
9
4
30
16
8
5
'22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
h h h
17.6
18.2
18.0
o /
9 58.0 E
9 56.1 E
9 42.4 E
h h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
8
8
8
205
206
8
205
8
8
8
205
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
206
8
206
. . 8
FM
No 91
FM
No 88a..
11.5,13.0
12.1
11.2
.09172
.09176
. 09201
S&M
No 88b
12.1 ....
11.2
80 49.7 N
80 48.0 N
205.123
205.123
OW
No 101
OW
17.7
9 21. 2E
FM
No 104
11.1
80 49.5 N
11.1 .....
.09182
205.123
OW
18.2
9.7
9.3
9 15.6 E
9 27.2 E
9 29.7 E
FM
No 98
11.0,12.7
.09164
S&M
No 102
FM
11.8
11.5
80 49.3 N
80 49.9 N
11.8
11.5
.09172
.09169
205.123
205.123
OW
No 96
OW
20.1
9 37 . 8 E
FM
No. 97
11.6
80 49.6 N
11.6
.09173
205.123
OW
16.9
9 23.9 E
FM
No. 81a
11.2 ....
80 50. 1 N
11.2
11.0,12.8
.09140
.09179
205.123
OW
No 81b
HUS
No 80
18.0
11 52.8 E
FM
No 79
10.8
10.7
80 50.1 N
81 00.2 N
10.8
10.7
10.0,11.3
10.8
.09163
.09019
.08938
.08914
205.123
OW
18.0
9.0,14.0
11 54.7 E
12 03.8 E
FM
No 78
HUS
No 77
205.123
205.123
OW
No 75
HUS
No 74
10.8
81 04.0 N
OW
No 73
9.1
11 36.2 E
HUS
No 63
12.2
80 51 . 1 N
12.2 ....
.09114
205.123
OW
No 72
8.9
11.2
15.1
11.7
19.2
16.4
15.8,17.8
9.1,110
9.2,11.1
14.7,16.5
14 . 0
14.5.16.1
14.7.16.2
10 42.8 E
10 55.6 E
10 59 E
13 48 E
10 50.7 E
12 12.2 E
13 25 E
16 54 E
19 46 E
19 34 E
18 25 E
15 46 E
15 47 E
HUS
No 71
8
205
205
8
8
205
205
206
205
206
206
205
205
HUS
No 64
16.5
10.5
80 24 . 1 N
80 45.3 N
16.5
10.4
. 09629
. 09249
205.123
205.123
S&W
HUS
No 70
FM
No 66
HUS
No. 65
16.8
10.1
10.2
15.6
15.1
15.3
15.5 ....
9.7
80 34.9 N
80 33.2 N
80 35.7 N
80 21.6 N
80 00.9 N
79 54 . 2 N
79 27.3 N
78 58.6 N
16.7
10.1
10.2
15.6
15.1
15.3
15.5
9.6
.09413
. 09432
. 09398
. 09647
.09917
.10056
.10433
.10893
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
HUS
No 59
HUS
No. 62
HUS
No 61
HUS
No. 60
HUS
No. 58
HUS
No. 57 '
HUS
No. 56
HUS
Results of Bermuda Observations, 1907
105
RESULTS" OF LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, SECONDARY MAGNETIC STATIONS
IN BERMUDA
July to August 1907, by H. W. Fisk
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Station
Name
Daniel's Head
Wreck Hill
Tudor Hill
Whitney Bay
Scaur Lodge .-.
Cricket Ground
Mangrove Bay
Tatem Point
Port Royal Bay
Evans' Bay
Frank's Bay
Wilson's Island
Morgan's Island
Cemetery, Ireland Island
Sailors' Home
Ireland Island6
Challenger Stone
Gibbs' Hill
Spectacle Island, Ab
Spectacle Island, B
Burt Island
Hawkins Island
Nelly Island
Cobbler's Island, A
Cobbler's Island, B
Spanish Point
Agar's Island, C
Agar's Island, Ab
Agar's Island, B .
Small Island No. 1
Dyer Island
Small Island SE. of Fein Island
Clarence Cove
Point Shares
Channel Island
Warwick Church
Cross Roads
Swan's Bay
Ducking Stool, 3
Ducking Stool, 1
Ducking Stool, 2
Mt. Langton (Old Station)
Mt. Langton (New Station) ....
Paget (Crow Lane) Church ....
Poorhouse
Ducking Stool, 4
Crow Lane
Prospect
Crow Lane
Doubtful
Trimmingham Hill
Camden
Doe Bay
Grocery Store
Devonshire Church
Sue Wood Bay
Latitude
north
32
18.39
16.88
16.03
15.60
17.08
18.02
18.64
17.71
15.44
15.66
15.33
15.34
16.28
19.03
18.88
19.40
19.37
15.29
15.58
15.61
16.63
17.28
17.08
18.55
18.53
18.28
17
17
74
62
17.62
17.42
17.27
16 96
18.46
17.58
17.38
16.10
16.41
18.35
18.40
18.40
18.41
18.21
18.21
17.01
18.01
18.38
17.65
17.93
17.66
Longitude
west
of Gr.
17.50
17.69
17.57
18.03
18.37
18.15
64 52.96
53.22
52.74
52.67
52.50
52.38
52.02
51.89
52.31
52.05
51.35
50.63
50.97
50.87
50.68
50.50
50.40
50.42
50.23
50.21
49.67
49.80
49.54
49.22
49.19
49.08
48.65
48.70
48.70
48.97
48 . 73
48.86
48.42
48.52
48.31
48.43
47.45
47.70
47.28
47.24
47.09
47.17
47.17
46.73
46.76
47.36
46.30
46.20
46.03
46.10
45.80
45.45
45.58
45.42
44.85
Date
1907
Jul 18
Jul 18
Jul 23
Jul 24
Jul 19
Jul 18
Jul 17
Jul 18
Jul 24
Jul 23
Jul 23
Jul 23
Jul 10
Jul 15
Jul 17
Jul 15
Jul 16
Jul 24
Jul 22
Jul 22
Jul 10
Jul 13
Jul 11
Jul 13
Jul 13
Jul 10
Aug 6
Jul 6-
Jul 14
Jul 8,
Aug 6
Jul 10
Jul 10
Jul 10
Jul 20
Jul 10
Jul 10
Jul 24
Jul 24
Jul 20
Aug 1
Aug 1
Aug 1
Aug 3
Aug 3
Jul 24
Jul 31
Aug 1
Jul 24
Jul 31
Jul 31
Jul 24
Jul 31
Jul 31
Jul 31
Aug 2
Aug 2
Decl'n west
L.M.T.
h
14.8
17.9
13.8
6.9
9.2
17.0
11.4
14.3
18.1
9.2
15.8
15.9
10.5
16.4
16.7
17.4
13.8
16.7
Various
14.1
8.9
15.5
15.3
16.6
Value
7 32
7.23
9 30
7 53
7 48
7 11
8 25
6 45
8 42
7 52
9 26
9 26
6 39
6 28
7 33
8 54
8 10
10 46
11 08
9 37
10 22
10 27
7 53
8 38
12 45
10 22
11 55
9 50
9 31
9 13
11 11
11 11
10 52
10 12
Inclination and intensity
L.M.T.
10 39
h
14.9
18.2
14.4
15.7
7.5
10.1
17.3
11.8
16.3
12.5
11.4
10.4
14.9
18.2
9.8
11.3
16.1
10.7
17.0
9.2
17.2
17.6
11.8
12.1
14.8
12.7
Various
15.0
12.8
11.
14.
9.
10.
15
12.5
14.3
Incl'n
north
11.7
14.4
11.7
14.2
10.7
12.8
15.7
17.0
15.8
17.6
16.5
13.6
16.8
14.1
14.7
15.5
17.5
16.8
65 04
64 54
64 35
64 34
64 30
65 06
65 04
65 00
64 17
64 31
64 22
64 40
64 20
65 33
65 47
65 41
65 38
64 38
64 48
64 46
65 39
65 31
64 59
66 36
66 18
65 35
66 27
67 14
67 17
65 56
65 59
65 46
66 07
66 42
66 39
64 48
65 28
66 44
66 25
66 20
66 23
66 44
66 49
65 40
66 01
66 48
65.55
65 37
65 50
Hor.
int.
65 43
65 20
65 18
65 06
65 32
65 05
c.g.s.
.2294
.2314
.2344
.2342
.2352
.2310
.2298
.2323
.2346
.2293
.2339
.2338
.2361
.2271
.2258
.2259
.2255
.2350
.2350
.2342
.2291
.2337
.2344
.2199
.2232
.2283
.2194
.2121
.2116
.2306
.2288
.2295
.2236
.2212
.2222
.2385
.2345
.2131
.2168
.2174
.2169
.2181
.2157
.2308
.2255
.2131
.2258
.2255
.2251
Vert.
int.
.2274
.2283
.2284
.2300
.2272
.2309
c.g.s.
.4937
.4940
.4932
.4919
.4927
.4969
.4942
.4978
.4872
.4809
.4869
.4935
.4912
.4992
.4967
.4991
.4974
.4950
.4978
.4967
.5070
.5127
.5023
.5081
.5081
.5023
.5068
.5052
.5056
.5161
.5132
.5106
.5042
.5131
.5137
. 5058
.5135
.49,56
.4959
.4943
.4954
.5068
. 5033
.5099
.5061
.4968
.5046
.4972
.5013
.5032
.4970
.4961
.4951
.4987
.4966
a For information regarding instruments used in these observations, see pp. 212-214.
b Primary station, see Vol. I, p. 95.
Total
int.
c.g.s.
.5444
.5455
.5461
.5447
.5459
.5480
.5453
.5493
.5407
.5326
.5400
.5460
.5450
.5484
.5506
.5486
.5461
.5479
.5519
.5490
.5566
.5635
.5541
.5536
.5549
.5518
.5488
.5490
.5482
.5651
.5618
.5589
.5514
.5588
.5597
.5594
.5645
.5394
.5411
.5406
.5408
.5514
.5475
.5597
.5541
.5407
.5529
.5461
.5495
.5522
.5469
.5461
.5460
.5481
.5477
106
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
/
RESULTS" OF LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, SECONDARY MAGNETIC STATIONS
IN BERMUDA
July to August 1907, by H. W. Fisk — Concluded
Station
Latitude
north
Longitude
west
of Gr.
Date
Decl'n
west
Inclination and intensity
No.
Name
L.M.T.
Value
L.M.T.
Incl'n
north
Hor.
int.
Vert,
int.
Total
int.
57
Bowen Point
o /
20.05
20.29
20. 18
20.03
19.44
19.40
18.83
21.96
20.85
19.79
19.31
19.48
20.11
19.81
19.93
20.30
20.01
20.30
20.09
23.12
22.00
20.16
20.85
20.90
22.29
21.78
28.4
O 1
44.58
44.50
44.33
44.31
44.31
43.71
43.77
42.78
42.54
42.81
43.02
42.80
42.54
42.31
42.12
42.12
41.90
41.78'
41.75
40.90
41.01
40.91
40.03
39.97
39.64
39.24
46.5
1907
Aug 2
Aug 2
Aug 2
Aug 2
Jul 31
Aug 2
Jul 31
Jul 26
Jul 27
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 30
Jul 26
Jul 26
Jul 27
Jul 29
Jul 29
Jul 27
Jul 27
Aug 4
h
o /
h
12.4
10.5
11.1
11.8
13.6
14.9
15.8
17.0
17.9
13.0
14.2
15.1
15.7
12.1
11.4
16.5
11.0
17.4
10.6
16.8
18.2
15.8
11.2
9.6
12.1
9.7
o /
65 03
64 20
64 38
65 08
64 51
64 19
64 53
64 18
64 42
64 23
64 14
64 54
64 27
65 08
64 45
64 58
65 06
64 56
65 08
64 26
64 40
64 52
64 49
64 49
64 30
64 49
65 02
c.g.s.
.2281
.2353
.2331
.2305
.2310
.2316
.2312
.2375
.2309
.2333
.2378
.2332
.2350
.2308
.2335
.2313
.2306
.2303
.2266
.2354
.2321
.2310
.2305
.2303
.2335
.2310
.2268
c.g.s.
.4900
.4894
.4916
.4972
.4917
.4814
.4928
.4930
.4878
.4862
.4922
.4974
.4913
.4976
.4947
.4948
.4967
.4920
.4888
.4922
.4894
.4917
.4899
.4899
.4899
.4911
.4875
c.g.s.
.5404
58
Burchall Cove
10.2
9 24
.5429
59
Bean's Shop
Major's Bay
.5439
60
11.6
13.4
10 58
11 24
.5480
61
Flatts Bridge
.5433
6?
Harrington Road (South)
Spittal Pond
.5342
63
15.6
16.5
10.8
11 04
9 26
10 51
.5444
64
Ferry Point
.5472
65
Walsingham
.5397
66
Harrington Road (East)
Devil's Hole
.5393
67
.5466
68
W. of Mangrove Lake
Harrington Road (Northeast)
.5493
69
.5447
70
Trott's Pond
.5484
71
Tuckerstown (A. M. E.)
Paynter's Hill
.5469
7?
.5463
73
.5476
74
Tuckerstown (North)
.5433
75
.5388
76
77
St. George6
Jones Island
16.0
10 47
.5454
.5417
78
Surf Bay
15.2
8.5
9 44
9 39
9 47
11 04
10 10
8 36
.5432
79
80
Nonsuch Island (Preston's Station)
Nonsuch Island6
.5413
.5412
81
83
Smith's Island
St. David's Lighthouse
.5427
.5424
83
North Rock
.5376
0 For information regarding instruments used in these observations, see pp. 212-214.
b Primary station, see Vol. I, p. 95.
Results of Bermuda Observations, 1922
107
RESULTS" OF LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, SECONDARY MAGNETIC STATIONS
IN BERMUDA
July to September 1922, by H. W. Fisk, Assisted by J. T. Howard
No,
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Station
Name
Wreck Hill
Hog Bay
Scaur Lodge
West Whale Bay
Grove
Bassett's Cave
Polly Dicky Hill
Green's Hill
King's Point, A
Evans' Bay, A
Rockaway Quarry
Rockaway Cave (below) .
Rockaway Cave (above) .
Mangrove Bay
Evans' Bay, B
Rockaway, C
Rockaway, B
Monkey Hole
Jennings' Bay, A
Glebe Point
Jennings' Bay, B
Ring's Point, B
Tucker's Island (West) . .
Frank's Bay (West) ....
Frank's Bay (East)
Tucker's I. Cave (above)
Tucker's I. Cave (below)
Deep Well
Morgan's Island, B
Morgan's Island, A
Port Royal (Church)....
Wilson's Island
Grace Island
Gibbs' Hill
Sinky Bay
Perinchief ' s Bay
Burgess Point
Hawkins Island
Burt Island
Nelly Island
Riddle's Bay
Ports Island
Long Island
Spanish Point.
Main and North Roads .
Spithead
Fern Island
Two Rock
Dyer Island
Agar's Island, a
Agar's Island, b
Agar's Island, c
Agar's Island, d
Agar's Island, e
Warwick Long Bay
Latitude
north
32 16.88
16.17
17.08
15.39
15.84
16.50
15.61
15.33
16.35
15.66
15.88
15.88
15.88
18.64
15.69
15.97
15.93
15.82
15.46
16.21
15.51
16.39
16.30
15.29
15.35
16.31
16.31
15.08
16.23
16.28
15.02
15.35
16.49
15.19
15.05
15.48
16.08
17.28
16.63
17.08
15.86
16.99
17.26
18.28
15.88
16.26
16.96
17.52
17.27
17.61
17.60
17.61
17.63
17.70
15.55
Longitude
west
of Gr.
64 53.22
52.70
52.50
52.46
52.42
52.26
52.22
52.19
52.11
52.05
52.03
52.02
52.02
52.02
52.01
52.01
51.99
51.98
51.98
51.96
51.94
51.83
51.60
51.57
51.38
51.32
51.32
51
51
23
10
50.97
50.81
50.60
50.19
50.16
50.11
49.97
49.87
49.80
49.67
49.54
49.50
49.42
49.08
49.08
49.08
48.90
48.86
48.78
48.73
48.72
48.72
48.66
48.66
48.64
48.66
Date
1922
Aug 30
Aug 30
Jul 27
Aug 30
Sep 9
Sep 14
Aug 30
Sep 9
Aug 30
Sep 11
Jul 21
Aug 31
Sep 15
Sep 15
Jul 27
Aug 31
Sep 9
Sep 15
Aug 31
Sep 11
Sep 13
Jul 27
Sep 13
Sep 9
Sep 13
Sep 14
Jul 21
Aug 31
Sep 14
Sep 14
Aug 31
Sep 14
Sep 8
Aug 30
Jul 21
Sep 8
Jul 27
Jul 21
Sep 8
Sep 8
Aug 9
Aug 8
Aug 9
Sep 16
Aug 8
Aug 8
Jul 26
Jul 17
Jul 17
Aug 9
Aug 8
Aug 9
Aug 5
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Jul 21
Decl'n west
L.M.T.
h
13.7
16.2
10.0
15.6
10.9
10.3
16.7
14.7
14.2
8.3
15 2
17.1
16.6
9.1
17.1
8.0
15.8
9.9
14.5
17.6
8.2
17.2
16.8
9.4
11.0
14.7
14.4
16.9
10.9
10.5
14.9
14.0
15.8
17.1
15.7
9.2
9.8
16.2
9.7
Value
9 18
10 00
12 10
10 16
12 42
11 55
10 36
13 42
9 16
12 05
12 37
11 00
11 03
10 55
10 20
9 23
9 47
8 16
43
55
19
11
27
28
9 09
8 32
10 48
9 32
10 29
9 29
9 39
10 20
11 38
10 16
10 03
10
11
9 44
10 00
Incl'n north
L.M.T.
h
13.6
14.6
16.3
10.3
11
16
11
9
16
. I
.2*
.2
.8*
.8
14.5
13.4*
17.3*
18.2*
14.0
17.0*
14.7*
16.0*
15.4*
16.3*
8.7*
17.2*
8.8*
16.0
10.2*
10.0*
12.2*
9.2*
14.0*
18.2*
9.0
17.6
16.5*
10.2
11.4
12.0*
14 0*
14 5
17.0
11.0
11.0*
15.0
14.2
15.5
17.3
16.3
10.0
10.0
16.3
10.1
Value
65 18
65 21
64 57
64 56
64 56
65 04
64 57
65 00
65 20
65 02
64 12
64 18
64 20
65 47
64 31
63 38
63 35
63 40
63 55
65 09
64 22
64 17
65 12
65 14
64 34
64 35
65 07
64 51
65 02
65 14
65 16
65 46
65 18
65 26
65 06
65 37
66 28
66 07
65 47
65 16
65 44
66 12
66 12
65 05
65 37
67 10
68 16
66 55
65 12
Intensity
L.M.T
15.5
16.0
11.8
15.8
10.0
16.0*
14.4*
14.2
17.3*
18.2*
14.5
16.8
14.3
13.5
15.0
16.7
9.3
17.2
8.5
16.0*
9.9
12.2
14.3
17.8
8.8
17.3*
16.3
9.8
11.2*
11
14
14
17
11
8
5
5*
0*
3*
10.7
15.0*
14.2*
15.3*
17.5*
16.0*
10.0*
16.2*
16.3*
(?)*
(?)*
(?)*
(?)*
(?)*
9.8
Hor.
c.g.s.
.2230
.2239
.2250
.2258
.2214
.2293
.2178
.2265
.2257
.2256
.2191
.2190
.2306
.2316
.2264
.2346
.2187
.2305
.2301
.2193
.2270
.2262
.2277
.2255
.2213
.2225
.2214
.2220
.2215
.2266
.2248
.2225
.2203
.2234
.2279
.2217
.2198
.2175
.2222
.2187
.2170
.2081
.2185
.2025
.2018
.2040
.2039
.2089
.2256
Vert.
c.g.s.
.4860
.4790
.1*10
.4856
.4748
.4992
.4678
.4686
.4690
.4694
.4872
.4594
.4654
.4662
.4574
.4793
.4723
.4805
.4777
.4746
.4771
.4758
.4850
.4842
.4790
.4830
.4920
.4826
.4845
.4883
.4960
.5108
.4975
.4968
.4948
.4917
.4983
.4931
.4784
.4824
.5154
.5221
.5126
.4882
Total
c.g.s.
.5347
.5288
.5311
.5356
.5238
.5493
.5160
.5205
.5204
.5208
.5343
.5089
.5194
.5206
.5104
.5336
.5205
.5329
.5302
.5228
.5283
.5268
.5358
.5342
.5277
.5318
.5395
.5312
.5327
.5383
.5446
.5572
.5441
.5447
.5448
.5394
.5446
.5389
.5275
.5296
.5593
.5620
.5572
.5378
" The instruments used were universal magnetometer 14 supplemented by earth inductor 3 for inclination and compass-variometer 2
for horizontal intensity where times for these observations are marked by asterisks. For additional values of intensity at secondary stations,
see special field report by H. W. Fisk, pp. 212-224.
108
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
RESULTS" OF LAND MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, SECONDARY MAGNETIC STATIONS
IN BERMUDA
July to September 1922, by H. W. Fisk, Assisted by J. T. Howard — Concluded
No.
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
,88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
Station
Name
Warwick Camp
Mill Shares
Warwick Church
Khyber Pass
Channel Island
Deep Bay
Spectacle Island (Paget)
Cricket Ground (Warwick). .
Belmont
Sand Hill
Doctor's Island
Darrell's Wharf
Fairyland
Pittsbay & Spanish Point Roads
Swan's Bay
Northland Road (West)
Southland Road
Northland Road (East)
A. M. E. Chapel
Simmons' Beach
Lazy Corner
South Shore Hill
Paget- Warwick Road
Ducking Stool
Mount Langton
Paget School (colored)
Elba Beach
Paget Church (St. Paul)
Mangroville
Trimmingham Hill, A
Trimmingham Hill, B
Hungry Bay, A
Hungry Bay, B
Devonshire Church
Devonshire Bay
Bowen Point, A
Bowen Point, B
Burchall Cove
Flatts Bridge
Spittal Pond
Bailey's Bay
Holy Trinity Church
Devil's Hole
Canton Point (below)
Canton Point (above)
Joyce's Cave
Mangrove Lake
Shark Hole
Long Bird Island
Trott'sPond
Church Cave (below)
Church Cave (above)
Tuckerstown
St. George Hotel, A
St. George Hotel, B
Latitude
north
32 15.55
17.93
16.09
15.96
17.38
18.38
17.30
16.35
16.68
15.79
17.19
16.86
17.92
18.07
18.35
18.25
16.07
18.20
16.61
16.15
16.41
16.15
16.27
18.39
18.21
16.92
16.45
17.01
17.47
17.30
17.36
17.51
17.33
18.37
18.09
20.10
20.08
20.28
19.44
18.86
20.93
20.74
19.31
19.14
19.14
21.14
19.49
20.31
21.69
19.81
20.2
20.2
20.01
22.90
22.92
Longitude
west
of Gr.
64 48.66
48.46
48.43
48.36
48.31
48 . 23
48.17
48
48
48
.15
13
.10
47.92
47.90
47.89
47.90
47.70
47.65
47.68
47.62
47.62
47.50
47.45
47-37
47.34
47.26
47
47.
46.88
46.73
46.54
46.23
46.09
45.87
45.79
45.44
44.80
44.57
44.49
44.44
44.31
43.73
43.50
43.25
43 . 02
42.93
42.93
42.88
42.85
42.45
42.30
42.31
41.9
41.9
41.90
40.96
40.97
Date
1922
Aug 1
Jul 26
Jul 17
Aug 18
Aug 9
Jul 26
Aug 7
Sep 16
Jul 17
Jul 21
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Aug
Sep 20
Jul 15
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
7
17
26
26
26
26
1
1
15
15
15
Jul 24
Jul 24
Jul 15
Sep 16
15
18
18
Jul 24
Jul 18
Sep 16
Jul 24
Jul 24
Jul 25
Sep 20
Jul 25
Jul 25
Sep 19
Jul 25
Sep 20
Jul 25
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 19
Sep 20
Jul 25
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 19
Sep 19
Jul 25
Aug 16
Decl'n west
L.M.T.
10.7
18.0
15.2
14.2
8.4
8.4
9.7
9.7
17.8
7.0
11.0
9.8
15.6
17.2
17.3
14.7
16.0
16.2
8.6
17.5
16.4
14.0
9.9
16.4
14.1
14.3
10.7
10.2
10.4
Value
11 04
10 22
10 02
12 56
Incl'n north
L.M.T.
10 17
11 39
11 28
11 12
10 15
11 22
10 31
11 04
12 18
12 48
11 57
12 18
13 21
13 13
13 56
14 27
14 19
13 08
12 46
11 28
13 41
11 36
12 33
11 43
13 06
10.8
18.0
17.5
17.5
14.0
10.0
12.0*
12.0
9.0
9
11
9
17.3
17.0*
7.5
11.5
10.0
15.5
17.
17.
14.
16.
16.
.3
.8
.5*
.3
.3
9.0
17.6
16.0*
13.8
10.5
16.5
15.4
13.8
10.0*
14 . 0*
11.0
12.4
11.5*
11.4
14±*
16±*
11.4
Value
66 37
65 18
65 12
67 41
67 33
66 43
66 06
66 35
65 11
67 02
66 11
67 08
67 32
67 18
66 04
65 38
65 41
67 06
67 31
66 09
66 30
66 10
66 36
66 28
66 14
66 17
66 06
65 39
65 31
65 32
65 35
65 32
65 41
64 22
65 50
64 45
65 23
65 41
65 38
64 48
Intensity
L.M.T.
h
(?)*
10.9*
18.0*
16.0
17.5*
13.8
10.2*
12.3
12.0*
8.5*
9.0*
10.3*
9.8*
16.7*
17.4*
16.9*
17.5
17.5
12.7*
(?)*
7.3*
11.7*
10.2*
15.5*
17.2
17.8*
14.3
16.2*
16.2*
17.0*
9.0
17.6*
16.2
12.7
10.0
Hor.
15.8*
16.4*
14.0
10.0*
15.7*
14.0*
11.2
9.0*
9.2*
12.7*
17.3*
10.5
11.9*
11.3
14±*
16±*
10.8*
12.8*
10.8
c.g.s.
.2244
.2122
.2220
.2280
.2129
.2044
.2145
.2229
.2126
.2254
.2146
.2126
.2095
.2080
.2029
.2008
.2260
.2077
.2243
.2262
.2218
.2251
.2239
.2052
.2053
.2211
.2197
.2213
.2134
.2181
.2153
.2158
.2154
.2160
.2190
Vert.
c.g.s.
.2191
.2206
.2181
.2193
.2191
.2186
.2310
.2176
.2180
.2182
.2160
.2315
.2233
.2212
.2177
.2188
.2207
.2274
.2268
.4907
.4826
.4935
.5187
.4946
.4985
.5030
.4910
.4874
.5064
.4815
.4967
.4907
.4964
.4996
.4971
.4954
.4857
.4960
.5000
.5052
.5009
.4932
.4944
.4900
.4902
.4875
.4839
.4816
.4820
Total
c.g.s.
.5346
.'5312
.5436
.5607
.5352
.5427
.5501
.5351
.5369
.5500
.5264
.5391
.5310
.5381
.5466
.5457
.5436
.5272
.5368
.5467
.5509
.5476
.5375
.5392
.5354
.5355
.5333
.5312
.5290
.4803
.4819
.5275
.5294
.4837
.4815
.5308
.5341
.4863
.5330
.4908
.5426
.4829
.4818
.4832
.5311
.5287
.5304
.5327
0 See footnote on preceding page.
Plate 2
• 2
Jo
s
•§*
o o
o §
- be
rs ca .
r~ *. 9
H§-d
.2 <s d
3 "g &*>
r1 += if
- 03 CS
'■" d d
0j O _0
^ '+3 -3
(Tt ^ °?
,« +^ -4^>
Occco
[C
-d
2;
3
o
a
H
^
3
0)
pq
t.
X
k™
w
C<3
W
o
a
>5
_g
o
OQ
<!
•— «
^
cS
_,
/;
o
o
HJ
to
+3
^
X
a
i>
-f
"2 *
J3"
3-9
w § §
d ^ <s
d o a
2-2.2
"■+3 '43 '43
c3 e3 c3
OBSERVERS' FIELD REPORTS
The following reports, or extracts, will give some idea of the conditions under
which the various magnetic surveys and magnetic exploratory expeditions, con-
ducted during the period 1921-1926, have been accomplished. Not infrequently
the reports as submitted by the observers contain information of interest only to
the Department and so have not been given in full. It has been the purpose in
presenting them to retain so much as will enable the reader to judge fairly of the
care, skill, courage, and thoroughness required of the observer in planning and
executing some of the more difficult journeys, as well as the pleasant and unpleasant
experiences incident to the work of collecting the magnetic results published in this
volume. The reports will be found to contain matter of geographic interest and
useful information for those planning excursions into the same fields.
Detailed particulars regarding the stations will be found in the section of this
volume entitled "Descriptions of Stations", where the arrangement is alphabetical
according to country in each of the main geographical divisions, also alphabetically
arranged. The magnetic data are given in the Table of Results in which the
arrangement of the main divisions and the countries or subdivisions under them is
the same as that employed for the descriptions of stations, but in which the stations
themselves are arranged according to latitude.
The arrangement adopted for the observers' reports is alphabetical under the
names of the observers. In order that the itinerary of the observer may be more
readily traced, the names of the stations in the lists appended to each report are
given in a chronological arrangement with dates and geographic positions. In case
observations have been previously made in any locality by an observer of the De-
partment, the name of the station appears in italics.
F. C. Brown, on Magnetic Work in Madagascar, October 1920 to July 1921
This report is conveniently divided into sections as follows :
(1) Majunga to Tananarive. By steamer and launch to Morololo; motor car to
Maevatanana; by carrier caravan to Tananarive.
(2) Tananarive to Tulear. By motor car to Ambalavao ; carrier caravan to Tongo-
bory; river canoe to St. Augustin; outrigger canoe to Tulear.
(3) Tulear to Fort Dauphin. By carrier caravan.
(4) Fort Dauphin to Tananarive. By carrier caravan to Ambilo-Lemaitso ; by
rail to Tananarive.
(5) Tananarive to Diego Suarez. By rail to Moromanga and Anosiroa; by carrier
caravan to Diego Suarez.
(6) Diego Suarez down west coast. By steamer to Ambohibe; carrier caravan to
Maintirano; by outrigger canoe to Tambororano; by sailing lugger to Majunga.
(1) Majunga to Tananarive
In accordance with the Director's instructions of January 10, 1920, supplemented
by letters of subsequent dates, after finishing the African transcontinental expedition
at Beira, the Observer landed at Majunga on October 14, 1920, to undertake an exten-
sive magnetic survey of Madagascar. Majunga is the chief port of the west coast of
109
110 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Madagascar, and is a well laid-out town with two hotels, a cinema, and a number of trading
stores normally well-stocked with provisions and general goods.
After making the necessary observations, on October 20 the fortnightly river steamer
was joined for Maevatanana for the journey to Tananarive. As the wet season on this
coast is from November to May, at this time the river was at the lowest, and sandbanks
and shallows were abundant. We left Majunga in the late afternoon and by midnight
had entered the river channel proper at Maovoay. Soon thereafter the steamer found a
resting place on one of the sandbanks, and at daylight, the tide being low, was high and
dry, so that the passengers were able to take a stroll around her. After the tide had
risen and floated the steamer off, the journey up-stream was continued. This winding
river, whose channel is here about one-half mile wide, is famous in Madagascar for the
number of crocodiles in its waters. Often 50 of the brutes could be counted from the
deck of the steamer.
The following night was passed at Madirovalo, whence a start was made by day-
light, but by 8 o'clock the river had become so shallow that further progress was impos-
sible for the steamer, and the passengers were transferred to two small launches. On
these we continued from noon throughout the night, a most uncomfortable one for all
concerned, with people sleeping on boxes and on the floor, arriving at Morololo at dawn.
At this season launches ascend no further than this point, which is at the junction of the
Betsiboka and Ikopa rivers, though at high water the large steamers go to Maevatanana,
23 kilometers above. The journey therefore was continued by motor car over a good
road, and Maevatanana was reached at 9 o'clock on the evening of October 23. It is a
small town built on the side of a bare, rocky hill, and is said to be the hottest town in
Madagascar. A weekly service of motor cars leaves every Sunday for Tananarive, 345
kilometers distant, but in order to make the desired observations at intermediate places,
I decided to proceed with carriers.
Carriers are obtained from the Administration and are paid 1.25 to 1.75 francs a
day when loaded, and half those rates for the return to their starting-point, empty; this
charge is inclusive, for they provide their own food. Loads must not exceed 25 kilos,
and the favorite method of carrying appears to be for two men to combine their loads
and tie them firmly to a bamboo pole, each taking one end of the pole on his shoulder;
single loads are usually divided into two bundles, which are tied at each end of a short
pole, the bearer then balancing this on his shoulder. Apart from baggage, travel can
be made either by rickshaw or "filanzana." The latter is a seat fixed between two
poles, with a rest for the feet, and is carried by four men; it is usual for white men to
take teams of eight, or at least six bearers, in order that they may relieve each other at
frequent intervals.
The question of food in Madagascar, except for the desert regions of the south and
the most out-of-the-way mountain tracks, is one of no difficulty. Rice forms the staple
food of the majority of the inhabitants, and chickens and eggs can be obtained every-
where. At large villages beef may be had several times a week, so that no great supply
of tinned food need be carried. Rest-houses are found on all main routes, or failing
these a hut is always available, and thus neither a tent nor an elaborate camping outfit
is necessary. A day's stage is about 40 kilometers on the average, representing 8 hours'
march.
From Maevatanana to Mahatsinjo, 144 kilometers, the motor road in general was
followed, but owing to the heat travel was done either by moonlight or in the early
morning and late evening. The first day's march of 34 kilometers is through a country
of bare, rocky hills of most diverse formation, volcanic rocks, basalt, ironstone, quartz,
granite, and limestone. There is neither timber nor vegetation of any kind. At Andriba
an elevation of 2,050 feet is attained, and Mahatsinjo, seated on the shoulder of a grassy
mountain, is 3,050 feet above sea-level. At both these places there are hotels.
Observers' Field Reports
111
On November 1, at Mahatsinjo, the weekly car was joined as far as Ankazobe, 100
kilometers farther south, but owing to a breakdown with the baggage camion, the instru-
ments and gear were sent on by carrier and did not arrive until November 4. The
intervening country is a wilderness of steep-sided grassy mountains and lofty plateaus
with no villages, and elevations of 5,000 feet are reached where the temperature is cool
even in the summer. A stay was made at Ankazobe until November 8 in the hope of
being able to proceed by motor, two cars being under repair in the town, but finally a
start was made for the capital, Tananarive, 105 kilometers distant, with carriers. Ap-
proaching Tananarive the lonely mountain slopes and valleys give way to a succession
of villages and rice-fields ; the former are often very amusing, for the Malgash is at present
in a state of transition, and every style and shape of house can be seen, the result often
being a most sad compromise between the ordinary native cottage and a European house
with verandas. The capital, which was reached on November 10, is a large town built on
the steep slopes of a ridge-like mountain, rising about 1,000 feet above the surrounding
plain given over to rice-fields. Under native rule it was an untidy collection of native
houses, with no roads or sanitation, but now magnificent streets and boulevards have been
built everywhere, and some pretty gardens and "places" laid out. The town is lighted
by electricity, water is laid on, and rickshaws and motors ply for hire in the streets.
There are several hotels and a few large general stores, besides scores of Indian and
Hova traders.
Table 9 shows the names of the stations occupied in the first section of the work,
together with the dates of occupation and the geographic positions. For additional
details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results in Volume IV of this series.
Table 9
No.
Name
Date
Lat.
South
Long. East
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Majunga, A
1920
Oct 18
Oct 15-16
Oct 24
Oct 25
Oct 27-28
Oct 29
Oct 30-31
Nov 4-5
Nov 9
Nov 13-18
Nov 12-16
Nov 22
o
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
42.9
43.4
56.4
56.9
18.4
36.3
44.3
18.9
36.2
55.0
55.0
54.9
o /
46 19
46 19
46 48
46 48
46 56
46 54
47 00
47 06
47 11
47 32
47 32
47 30
Majunga, B
Maevatanana, A
Maevatanana, B
Antsiafabositra
Andriba
Mahatsinjo
Ankazobe
Fihaonana
Tananarive Observatorv, A
Tananarive Observatorv, B
Tananarive
(2) Tananarive to Tulear
On November 12 the intercomparison of instruments was commenced at Tananarive
Observatory, which occupies a hill summit outside the town. Arrangements were also
made for the southern journey to Tulear on the southwest coast, and, thanks to the
courtesy of His Excellency the Governor General, Monsieur Garbit, every facility was
granted, so that the departure was made on November 25 by public motor car for
Antsirabe.
Antsirabe is 165 kilometers south of the capital with which it is connected by
biweekly motor service; a railway is also under construction. Being at an elevation of
5,000 feet, its climate is pleasantly cool, with the added attraction of hot springs and
medicinal baths; it is referred to as the "Vichy" of Madagascar, and promises to become
the health resort of South Africa. After a short journey by rickshaw to Betafo, 23 kilo-
meters distant, to reoccupy Pere Colin's station of 1901, the journey was continued
112
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
southward over the central mountainous plateau to Ambalavao, which marks the end
of the motor road, and is the starting-off point for the bush. Supplies can be obtained
here from the Chinese merchants.
Leaving on December 11 with carriers, the small town of Ihosy was reached in two
days, this place marking the commencement of the Bara country. The Baras are a
pastoral people and can not be made to work. Among themselves they are quarrelsome,
and their chief occupation seems to be cattle-stealing. Though this latter is punishable
by law, the natives regard it as a form of sport, and to have successfully stolen a few
bullocks from another village is a sign of manhood. Anyone who has been convicted
by the Government and sent to prison, or, as the Baras themselves say, "to work for
the white man," is quite a hero on his return.
On December 17 we arrived at Betroka, the capital of the province, 225 kilometers
southwest of Ambalavao. It lies in the middle of a grassy plain, at an elevation of
about 3,000 feet, and is a well laid-out little town, with tree-lined streets and fine gardens
of roses. Supplies are obtainable here from the Chinese merchants. Since November
the wet season had set in and rain fell almost daily, chiefly in heavy thunderstorms.
Travel under such conditions was not pleasant, and southward of Ambalavao rain fell
on some days practically all day long, making it difficult to obtain the necessary astro-
nomical observations. Another difficulty in traveling during the wet season is the
crossing of the numerous rivers. These after a storm become raging torrents which are
quite impassable. Fortunately the water falls almost as rapidly as it rises, so that
sometimes the traveler is delayed but a few hours.
Table 10
No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Name
Antsirabe, A. . .
Betaf o
Antsirabe, B . . .
Ambositra, A . . .
Ambositra, B...
Fianarantsoa, A
Fianarantsoa, B
Ambalavao
Zazafotsy
Ihosy
Lalana
Betroka
Ankatrafay ....
Ampasindrasoa .
Benenitra
Tongobory
Tulear
Date
1920
Nov 26
Nov 27
Nov 28
/Nov 30-
1
2
6- 8
7
10
-13
\Dec
Dec
Dee
Dec
Dec
Dec 12-
Dec 14
Dec 16
Dec 17-19
Dec 21
Dec 22
Dec 23-24
Dec 28
(Dec 31
\Jan2,1921
Lat. South
19
19
19
52.2
50.0
51.9
20 31.8
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
32.4
27.2
27.2
49
12
23.8
55.0
15.9
20
24.0
27.5
32.0
23 21.2
Long. East
47 00
46. 50
47 00
47 13
47 14
47 03
47 02
46 54
46 20
46 07
46 06
46 04
45 38
45 11
45 03
44 17
43 37
Leaving Betroka on December 20 and proceeding westward toward Tulear by the
main path, Benenitra was reached on December 23, the distance being approximately
120 kilometers. A day before reaching Benenitra the path suddenly dropped 1,000
feet from the windy uplands to the valley of the Imaloto River, and the change in tem-
perature was most depressing. The Bara villages passed through were small, though
hospitable. The women usually come out to welcome the white man, who is taken to a
clean hut by the chief. Eggs and chickens are plentiful, and at every village people
offer them for sale. Flies swarm over everything and are most unpleasant. Food
can not be left uncovered for a moment, and taking a meal in a native hut is therefore a
trying experience. At Benenitra it was hoped to be able to find canoes in which to
Observers' Field Reports 113
continue the journey down the Onilahy to St. Augustin at its mouth, but as none was
available, the path to Tongobory was followed with carriers. Christmas day was
spent at the American mission station of Manasoa, and Tongobory was reached on
December 27. Here a canoe was obtained for St. Augustin, where we arrived by night-
fall and spent the evening at the American mission station. On the next day we came
to Tulear, after a pleasant sail of six hours along the coast, inside the coral reef, in an
outrigger sailing canoe. This point marked the end of the second stage of the southern
journey, and during the interval November 25 to December 31, 16 magnetic stations
had been occupied.
Table 10 shows the stations occupied on this section of the southern journey, with
dates of occupation and geographic positions. For additional details see Descriptions of
Stations and Table of Results in Volume IV of this series.
(3) Tulear to Fort Dauphin
Tulear is opposite Durban on the East Africa coast, four days' steam to the west,
and there is occasional steamer communication. It is likely to become the chief port
of southern Madagascar, for the gap in the coral reefs allows large steamers to approach
and gives shelter in bad weather. As there is neither hotel nor rest-house in the town,
however, the traveler must camp in the bush alongside, unless he has friends to accom-
modate him. Here arrangements were made for the next stage of the journey to Fort
Dauphin via Cap Ste. Marie. It is not generally known that southern Madagascar is a
desert and that its vegetation is cactus, poison-bush, and thorn. The Chef de Province
at Tulear, Monsieur Guitou, very kindly sent to the interior post of Betoiky for a caravan
of Mahafaly carriers, their men being considered hard enough to withstand the fatigue
of the first stage to Androka, seven days' march along the coast. Flooded rivers pre-
vented the arrival of the carriers until January 8, and the following day a march was
made back to St. Augustin, 30 kilometers along the coast.
Next morning the party avoided the cliffs to the south of the mouth of the Onilahy
River by sailing in outrigger canoes to a fishing village some 5 miles distant and thence
continuing on foot for two hours over soft sand to the village of Anakao. From here on
until arriving at Androka on January 15 the journey was very fatiguing on account of
the loose sand of which the country is formed. The Sun was almost in the zenith at
noon, and the heat was very great from an hour after sunrise until sunset. Water is
very scarce and, when obtained, is both dirty and brackish, the water-holes being usually
in low depressions where a layer of rock acts as a catchment. The hole may be 6 feet
deep, and the water is scooped out by the native women with a piece of shell. By this
means the filling of a large earthen pot is a lengthy business, and the women spend most
of the morning at the holes. It can be readily imagined that the sudden descent of
some 20 thirsty carriers was an event over which they were not enthusiastic.
Villages were neither numerous nor large. The natives have cattle and flocks of
sheep and goats which apparently thrive on a diet of cactus and thorn scrub. These
Mahafaly are often fine-looking men, tall and well built, with bronze-colored skin and
straight noses. Like the Bara, they avoid all forms of manual labor, and their chief
hobby is collecting other persons' cattle. On January 11, observations were made at
Beheloka, a collection of a dozen miserable huts set down on the sandy shore of Sakoa
Vay. The water here is clean but very brackish. The following night was spent at the
village of Vohombe, which is even more miserable than Beheloka. It is hidden away in
a dense tangle of cactus and thorn, but the chief did not resent our intrusion and offered
a sheep as a present. My men passed a waterless night after a most fatiguing day, for
the water, or rather mud, palatable enough to the good folk of the neighborhood no doubt,
was even too thick and evil-smelling for them. At midnight it rained smartly for half
114 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
an hour, catching everyone unawares, and to add to the irony of the situation it was
afterwards ascertained that this was the first rain for a period of three years. Next
day, January 13, considerable difficulty was experienced in covering the five hours to
Lambeta Massy, a picturesque cave on the coast where there is a spring of fresh water
in the rocks, uncovered at low tide. The majority of the men had straggled in by 1
o'clock, but the last brought news that three carriers had fallen with their loads two
hours' march distant and were "dying," which with a native is a term which covers any
accident or disease from a cut finger to malaria. But on hearing this news three men
were immediately sent in with a water-bag. They returned with the missing men by
evening, and the night was spent at Itampolo after two hours more of weary plodding
through the sand.
Androka is a military post near the mouth of the Uinta River, situated on a sandy
ridge and backed by mangrove flats. Owing to heavy rains in the interior, the river
rose so much on January 17 that by evening a roaring noise of waters was heard, and in
a short time the post was surrounded by water and the Indian trader's village was flooded
out. It was not until January 19 that the journey could be resumed. The flooded
Uinta was crossed by means of a canoe, but not without great difficulty. Owing, how-
ever, to the Menarandra also being in a flooded state, the more direct path could not be
followed, but a march of 88 kilometers inland northeastward was necessitated to Am-
panihy, a military post maintained by the French. The latter river was crossed by a
canoe ferry at Tranoroa, another military post, 33 kilometers distant. Here the Maha-
faly country was left behind and the Antandroy region entered. These latter people
are said to be the descendants of some Bara chiefs who were turned out of their own
country. Thus they resemble in many ways the Bara, though they appear to be inferior
both in physique and intelligence. This tribe lives on the undulating limestone plateau
bounded by the Menarandra and Mandrare rivers, a desert region of cactus and strange
vegetation where sometimes no rain falls for three years. Yet, in spite of this, villages
appear to be numerous, and the natives own large herds of cattle. On January 22 we
arrived at the abandoned military post of Tsimilofo and observations were made there the
same evening, where a government well provided good water, and the next day a halt
was made at the military post of Beloha. In this region travel during the day is very
fatiguing, and therefore a moonlight night was taken advantage of to make the final
stage to Cap Ste. Marie. The village of Betaihboraka was reached next morning and a
guide obtained for the Cape, the baggage and most of the carriers being left behind to
rest at the village. It is said that the Cape has been visited by very few white men, and
it has yet to be thoroughly explored and mapped. Lack of water ordinarily renders
travel almost impossible, but, strangely enough, during my three-day stay in this region
rain fell at frequent intervals, while a gale blew with great force from the southeast.
No latitude observation was obtainable, though a delay was made until nightfall in hopes
of a star. Rain, however, fell continuously and, having neither food nor shelter for the
men, a return was made to camp about midnight.
The question of a supply of water for the carriers having been disposed of by the
rains, there yet remained the problem of food. Owing to the long drought, the prickly
pear (cactus) had withered, thus depriving the natives of one of their chief food supplies.
A little manioc and maize can be grown during the rains, but the former harvest had
been eaten as w611 as the supply set aside for seed. Thus, to carriers already exhausted
by famine and drought, marching with loads was doubly hard. At each stop the men
would consume large quantities of the green fruit of the cactus, which promptly caused
their stomachs to swell like balloons and rendered them totally unfit for marching.
Whenever possible, sheep were bought for them, and in one hour from the purchase time
the only signs of a feast would be a pile of undigested matter cleared out of the stomachs
Observers' Field Reports
115
of the animals and a few bones. A sheep is killed by cutting the arteries in its neck,
though every drop of blood is carefully collected in a calabash. All the entrails, even
the spleen, are eaten, and finally the sheep's skin is toasted over a fire, cut into strips,
and disposed of. Fortunately the animals do not have gqod fleeces, otherwise this
last item in the repast would be rather a woolly one.
Around Cap Ste. Marie the natives, though not actively hostile, are not what
might be termed friendly. The presence of military posts at frequent intervals prevents
trouble, and the traveler is not in danger. At the villages, however, many of the women
and children rush into the bush on the approach of a white man. One's own carriers
do not always act in a manner to inspire the confidence of the villagers. On arrival
they drop their loads and rush off to the nearest hut, enter unceremoniously, and im-
mediately drink up any water or milk that may be lying about or help themselves to
whatever food they see. But this somewhat rough form of "hospitality" appears to
be perfectly understood by their hosts. Any luckless man who, on the approach of a
caravan, is not wise enough to hide himself is promptly set on by the carriers, each
man trying to dispose of his load or at least to have it carried on for him as far as the
next village.
Table 11
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
Name
Beholoka
Itampolo
Androka
Ampanihy
Tsimilofo
Cap Ste. Marie
Faux Cap
Tsihombe
Ambovombe . . .
Bevilany
Fort Dauphin . .
Date
1920
Jan 11
Jan 14
Jan 15-17
Jan 21
Jan 23
Jan 25
Jan 27
Jan 29
Jan 31,
Feb 1-2
Feb 3
Feb 8
Lat. South
23
24
25
24
24
25
25
25
54.5
40.8
01.7
41.2
59.4
37.1
34.0
19.1
25 10.0
25
25
00
02
Long. East
43 40
43 55
44 04
44 43
45 09
45 08
45 30
45 27
46 02
46 33
46 58
Leaving Betaimboraka on January 26, Faux Cap was reached the same evening
after a hard, sandy stage in the pouring rain. There is a gap in the coral reef at this
latter place which permits the entrance of coasting luggers plying between Tulear and
Fort Dauphin. From Faux Cap a cart road leads over the sandhills northward for
30 kilometers to Tsihombe, a military post, where there are Chinese and Indian traders.
During the war this region flourished because of the high price paid for hides, skins, and
"pois du cap" (a sort of soya bean), but now the present slump in trade has affected
even this isolated spot. Leaving Tsihombe on January 29, the journey of some 150
kilometers to Fort Dauphin was completed by February 5, and the southern journey
was ended. It now remained to return northward by the east coast, but as the next
steamer was not due for three weeks, and as the few ports touched were unsheltered
and inaccessible in bad weather, it was decided to continue with carriers.
Table 11 gives list of stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for
magnetic elements, see Table of Results.
(4) Fort Dauphin to Tananarive
Fort Dauphin is a most picturesque place, built on a rocky promontory jutting out
into the sea and terminated by the remains of the fort built by Flacourt, a French adven-
turer, in 1648. His old powder-magazine and the gateway to the fort remain to this
116 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
day. The town is now of little importance, though it is linked with Tamatave by a
monthly coasting steamer.
Leaving Fort Dauphin on February 10, the semi-desert waterless country was
exchanged for a coast where rain fell daily during the greater part of February and
March and where the conditions approximated a tropical rain forest. At Fort Dauphin
the mountains come right down to the coast, but as one proceeds north they recede
gradually until at Farafangana the plain and foothills are over 50 kilometers wide.
The coastal route is both unhealthy and uninteresting; the country undulates and is
covered with clumps of bush and "travelers' palms," the latter being a graceful palm
shaped like a fan. Very wet weather prevailed, and the mosquitoes of an evening were
both numerous and ferocious, particularly so at Vangaindrano, where one must sit in
a sack reaching to the waist if any peace is desired after sundown.
A glance at the map of the east coast will show that it has neither bays nor points
and is unbroken save for the many rivers which, rising in the eastern line of mountains
parallel to the coast, are often less than 100 kilometers long, though, at their mouths,
as much as 5 kilometers wide. No difficulty was experienced in crossing any of these
waterways. On the smaller rivers, canoes are attached to either bank by an endless
rope, so that a ferryman is not necessary, while on the larger ones government ferrymen
are maintained. It is curious that the outrigger canoe is unknown on this coast, for
it would save the traveler much anxiety; to see one's precious instruments placed in
some flimsy "dug-out" which will perhaps be half-full of water by the time the other
bank is reached, not to mention the personal risk in the crocodile-infested water, is
not a pleasant experience. Very few of the rivers are of any consequence, and the bar
of sand at the mouth, erected by joint action of stream and surf, excludes entrance
from the sea for anything but canoes; sometimes the river mouth is quite land-locked,
and on several occasions the party arrived just as flood waters were breaking through.
The question of a sheltered port in this part of the coast is a matter which is now
engaging the attention of the Government. Between Tamatave and Fort Dauphin, a
distance of some 500 miles, there is no sheltered anchorage, and in bad weather the
coastal steamers of the Messageries Maritimes may pass and repass a port several times
before being able to discharge either passengers or cargo. In fair weather the steamers
lie from 1 to 3 miles off the coast and await the barges into which to discharge, but
oftentimes the sea rises suddenly and the barges are lost in attempting to recross the bar.
At Manakara there is a gap in the reef which offers a possibility of this estuary being
made into a port, offering shelter in bad weather. Between Farafangana and Mananjary
are many waterways and creeks, running parallel to the coast and separated from the
sea by a belt of bush often not more than 50 yards wide. These "pangalanes," as they
are termed by the French, are practically continuous, and a few connecting canals have
already been cut through, so that with the completion of others, it will be possible to
travel on the east coast for great distances by canoe.
The work was completed at Mananjary by March 7, and the next day the party
left for Mahanoro, which was reached on March 15 after a detour to the west through
Soavina, 60 kilometers inland. The coast was then followed to the village of Ambilo-
Lemaitso, where the railway turns westward into the interior, and on March 22 the mail
train was joined for Tananarive. The repeat observations at Tamatave of Pere Colin's
observing-points were unfortunately not possible, owing to an outbreak of plague at that
town, which was, of course, promptly quarantined.
The capital was again reached on the evening of March 22 after an absence since
November 25. During the period of four months, 44 magnetic stations had been estab-
lished and a distance of 2,960 kilometers traveled, of which only 750 kilometers had been
made by rail or automobile. A warm welcome back was extended by Bishop Kestell-
Observers' Field Reports
117
Cornish and his wife, of the Anglican mission, whose hospitality was thoroughly enjoyed
through Easter until April 9, the interval being fully occupied with reduction of observa-
tions and arrangements for future work.
Table 12 shows stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for magnetic
data, see Table of Results.
Table 12
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Iabako
Manantenina
Manambondro
Vangaindrano
Farafangana
Nangatsiotra
Manakara
Ambinany-Faraony
Mananjary
Nosivarika
Soavina
Ambinanindrano . . .
Mahanoro
Vatomandry
Andevorante
Date
1921
Feb 11
Feb 13
Feb 15
Feb 18
Feb 21
Feb 24
Feb 25
Feb 27
Mar 3-4
Mar 9-10
Mar 11
Mar 13
Mar 15-17
Mar 19
Mar 21
Lat. South
24
24
23
23
22
22
22
21
21
20
20
20
19
19
18
37.1
16.6
49.7
20.8
49.4
18.2
08.6
48.4
14.5
34.3
23.5
05.2
53:8
20.2
57.0
Long. East.
47 10
47 18
47 31
47 35
47 49
47 57
48 02
48 10
48 19
48 30
48 15
48 19
48 47
48 57
49 05
(5) Tananarive to Diego Suarez
This was a very hurried trip on account of the necessity of joining the S. S. Dupleix
for a journey down the west coast. One can not afford to miss steamer connections in
Madagascar, where it may mean a delay of one to three months awaiting the next boat.
Leaving the capital on April 9, the first 210 kilometers were traveled by rail to Anosiroa
via Moramanga. From Anosiroa the journey north was continued by rickshaw to
Ambatondrazaka and thence along the east shore of Lake Alaotra to the town of Imeri-
mandroso. From Moramanga northward to the lake extends a large plain which at one
time was part of the lake. The soil is very productive, and the swampy areas around the
present lake are naturally utilized for rice fields. The actual lake has now dwindled to
a weed-choked expanse of water 40 kilometers long and with an average breadth of
10 kilometers. Canoes are able to navigate in the channels of open water among the
weeds, and from the northeast corner the Maningory River flows eastward to the sea.
Mosquitoes are, of course, very numerous, and at places the rest-houses fairly hummed
with their angry buzzing throughout the night. The lake region is peopled by the
Sihanaka tribe, a pleasant, docile type of native, who is said to be a mixture of Hova
and Betsimasaraka (a coast tribe), with also a little Arab and European corsair blood.
Beyond Imerimandroso the road enters a lonely mountainous region, climbs steeply
over grassy or rocky mountain sides, and dips suddenly into narrow valleys in which
are streams or swampy rivers; at Ambodivelatra it comes upon forested hills which
continue to Marotandrano, where it makes a steep descent of 1,500 feet; thence it crosses
open country to Mandritsara, a trading center and an important government post lying
in a mountain-inclosed basin at an elevation of some 900 feet. After the cold drizzle of
the hilly plateau, the climate was hot and depressing.
Here an easterly route was taken to the coast. Leaving Mandritsara on April 26,
Amanza, on the eastern limit of the basin, was reached that afternoon. A start was made
by moonlight at 2 o'clock the following morning, and by daybreak a steep ascent of
nearly 2,000 feet was accomplished to the pass over Mount Mahalaina. Thence the
road descended over undulating hills to the Rantabe River at Andronadrona. From
118
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
this point to the sea, a distance of some 80 kilometers, the scenery was very beautiful,
the path winding up and down through the gorge in which flows the river with many
rapids and cascades. The forest is thick and tropical, with feathery, whiplike bamboos
arching across the path and the cries of the lemurs echoing down the gorges.
Ceming down to the west coast of Antongil Bay at Rantabe, the path follows
that coast to the capital of the province at Maroantsetra, thence follows the river gorges
overland, across the pass, and down to the sea again at Antalaha. From this point
the coast was followed to the important port of Vohemar, a trading center exporting
cattle and also precious wood, coffee, and vanilla. Numerous rivers and streams empty
themselves into the sea on this coast, and as in the south, though often only about 50
kilometers long, they open out into large estuaries which must be crossed by canoe.
Near Vohemar are large, grassy valleys in which feed large herds of cattle. Swampy
hollows and the banks of rivers are usually converted into rice fields. Nearing Diego
the country becomes more mountainous, and fantastic limestone crags alternate with
hills which are of volcanic origin. The natives of this region are rather difficult to deal
with at the villages, where it is necessary to bully the chief to obtain wood and water
and food at the rest-houses.
Table 13 ,
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Name
Moramanga, A . .
Moramanga, B. .
Ambatondrazaka
Imerimandroso . .
Andilamena
Ambodivelatra . .
Andranokelllena .
Mandritsara
Andronadrona. . .
Rantabe
Maroantsetra. . . .
Manakabahiny. .
Antalaha
Andempona
Sambava
Anjala
Vohemar
Ampasimbaria . .
Boubavato
Diego Suarez ....
Date
1921
Apr 10
Apr 11
Apr 14-15
Apr 17
Apr 19
Apr 21
Apr 22
Apr 25
Apr 27
Apr 29
1
2-3
5
6
7
May
May
May
May
May
May 9
May 11
May 14
May 15
May 16-17
Lat. South
18
18
17
17
17
16
i6
15
15
15
15
15
14
14
14
13
13
12
12
12
57.1
56.8
49.4
25.9
00.9
39.3
2Q.8
50.8
45.9
42.3
26.2
14.2
53.6
35.6
15.5
52.8
21.2
47.8
29.7
16.4
Long. East
48 12
48 14
48 24
48 34
48 34
48 39
48 50
48 49
49 12
49 38
49 43
50 03
50 15
50 10
50 08
50 06
49 59
49 3.9
49 27
49 16
Antsirane, or, as it is popularly called, "Diego Suarez," situated at almost the
extreme north end of the island, is a port of call for the mail steamers between Mauritius
and France and, besides being a naval base, is the headquarters of the Messageries
Maritimes coasting steamers, which, in normal times, leave about once a month for the
south.
Table 13 shows stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for other
details, see Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
(6) Diego Suarez Down West Coast
The coastal steamer Dupleix, with the Governor-General, who was making a tour of
inspection, left for the west coast ports the day following our arrival at Diego Suarez
on May 16, and thus time was only found to reoccupy the magnetic station established
by Fave in 1887. On May 18 observations were made at Hellville on the island of
Nossi Be, which is of volcanic origin and quite tropical in appearance. Next day, a
few hours' delay at Analalava allowed another French station to be reoccupied, and
Observers' Field Reports 119
thence the journey was continued southward, calling at Majunga, Maintirano, and
Morondava, and finally Ambohibe, where the vessel was left to continue her way to
Tulear. At Maintirano the anchorage is about 2 miles from the surf-bound coast, and
there is no shelter. The sea was quite rough, and for some hours no canoes could reach
the ship and most of the passengers and all the cargo for this place were carried on to
Morondava. Ambohibe was reached on May 25, but disembarkment there would
have been quite impossible had not a large schooner come out for cargo. The steamer
anchored some 2 miles from shore and, though a few canoes got through the surf, they
refused to accept the responsibility of landing a white man. On the departure of the
steamer, the schooner beat to and fro along the coast for two hours and finally got safely
across the bar with a rising tide, the passage through the two lines of surf being quite
thrilling. During the voyage Monsieur H. Garbit, the Governor-General, had been most
interested in the objects of the work and at the various ports touched had asked the
authorities to provide every facility for getting ashore without delay.
The return journey to Majunga from Ambohibe was made first overland with car-
riers and the latter portion in a sailing lugger, during which period 16 magnetic stations
were occupied. On May 27, in the early morning, the carriers arrived from their villages,
singing in unison as they trotted in a compact body over the sand, strong, lusty fellows
all about 6 feet tall, with their hair dressed up into little balls stuffed with tallow and
grease. This mode of hairdressing is best appreciated on a hot day with a wind blowing
from ahead; the traveler, seated in his "filanzana," then gets the full benefit of the stale
greasy smell proceeding from the heads of the two front chair-bearers.
The main route north leads via Manja, a post some 95 kilometers to the east, which
was reached on May 29. Leaving the coast it was necessary to proceed south by a
raised roadway through the mangrove swamps, and in so short a distance as 2 kilo-
meters some 30 bridges were crossed. During the day two arms of the Mangory delta
were crossed by canoe, but on the second day the road soon entered thick mimosa scrub
with clumps of giant baobab trees. These latter are called by the natives "pearls of
the forest" because they are higher than any other tree, but surely they are the ugliest
trees of the world. The fruit is rather tart and is appreciated on a long march when one
is thirsty, while the trunk, shaped like a huge bottle, is nothing more than a mass of
pulp which is valuable for the manufacture of paper. In the north of the island the
weather had been hot, but down in the south the nights were cold and the days sunny
and pleasantly warm at this season.
Continuing northward from Manja on May 30, the post of Mandabe was our next
station, after a pleasant two-day journey over gently undulating country in which
villages are not very numerous, but the people are friendly enough and make up for the
crudeness of their rest-houses by the warmth of their hospitality. Between Mandabe
and Mahabo the same type of country is crossed and very few villages encountered;
the people have large herds of cattle and, like their brothers of the south, consider it
quite lawful to increase the size of these herds at the expense of their neighbors. On
the evening of June 4 the swampy bank of the Morondava River was reached, but,
though its bed was very wide, the actual channel did not exceed 250 yards and was only
waist deep. From Mahabo to the coast at Morondava is a distance of 45 kilometers
through the wooded valley of the river, which is crossed by a ford some 15 kilometers
from the latter place. Here villages are numerous, and a cart road has been constructed
between the two places.
Leaving the Morondava on June 9, a march of seven and one-half hours was made
to the village of Tunitsi, and Belo, a trading center served by sailing-cutters from Moron-
dava, was reached next evening. Beyond Belo, after first crossing some low wooded
hills covered with tombs of Sakalava chieftains, the path soon drops again to the typical
120
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
bush. In one place the forest was particularly dense, and great excitement prevailed
when the chair-bearers succeeded in shaking a young lemur off a sapling on which he had
taken refuge. By evening of the 14th the Manambolo River was reached and safely
crossed by a canoe which was as shallow as a hollowed-out plank. It is necessary to
kneel in a crouched-up position and to remain perfectly still during the crossing, the large
crocodiles visible on the sandbanks not encouraging the traveler to move, even should
he become cramped, as he is almost sure to do. The night was spent at the village of
Abohazo, where the mosquitoes were particularly ferocious. It is at the head of the
river delta, and next day, after a short forest stage, Benjavilo was reached by canoe.
Having reoccupied Pere Colin's station of 1898, a glad departure was made from such
a depressing spot, and after a stage by canoe the mangroves were left behind and a
region of wooded hills entered as far as Cape Kimby, whence the long, curving beach
was followed to Soahanina.
Table 14
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Name
Nosi Be
Analalava
Ambohibe
Anosibe
Manja
Mandabe
Mahabo
Morondava, A
Moronava, B
Belo
Ankororiky
Benjavilo
Tondrolo
Ankatoky
Maintirano, A
Maintirano, B
Marofotsy
Pointe Sada
Majunga, B
Dzaoudzi, Comoro Islands
Date
1921
May 18
May 19
May 26
May 27-28
May 29-30
June
June
June
June
June
June
June 15
June 17
June 18
June 20
June 21
June 24
June 26
/June 30
[July 1
July 6
1-
5-
8
8
11
13
Lat. South
13
14
21
21
21
21
20
20
20
19
19
19
18
18
18
18
16
15
24.2
38.0
21
24
27
03
23
17
17
42
12.9
00.0
30.9
11
03
10
43
59
15 43.4
12 47.2
Long. East
48 18
47 45
43 31
43 41
44 20
44 56
44 38
44 15
44 15
44 32
44 26
44 13
44 14
44 07
44 03
44 03
44 27
45 21
46 19
45 17
At Maintirano news was received that the steamer Dumbea was due to leave Majunga
for Zanzibar on June 29. The overland journey from Maintirano is one of ten days'
hard travel, and therefore it became necessary to continue by sea. A missed connection
with the steamer would have caused a delay of about two months, there being no other
boat scheduled. At Tambohorano a lugger with a cargo of hides and "pois du cap"
was joined, and leaving at daylight next morning a fair wind carried us up the coast to
Marofotsy, which serves as a landing-place for Besalampy, an administrative post some
miles inland. By evening the lugger ran up past Cap St. Andre, which is very low and
sandy and is given a wide berth by coastwise shipping. This whole coast is very danger-
ous, the coral reefs and banks making navigation very difficult. In places it is usual
for the coastal steamers to anchor for the night, there being no light on the coast from
Majunga to Cap Ste. Marie. On June 26 we were contending with tides and head winds
into the bay at Pointe Sada; the following day was spent rolling, becalmed off Cap
Tanjona. A passage on the top of a cargo hatch of a small lugger, with no shelter from
the Sun, is not recommended to tourists.
Finally, on the morning of June 28, the day before the date set for the Dumbea
to sail, we beat into the Bay of Bonbetora up to Majunga, thus ending a voyage of some
500 kilometers by sea. The Dumbea, due the same day, was delayed and finally did not
Observers' Field Reports 121
leave until July 5, reaching Dzaoudzi on Mayotte Island in the Comoro group next
day. A four-hour stay here afforded time to reoccupy the French hydrographic station,
the Administrator very kindly placing his gig and rickshaw and some prisoners at our
disposal. This act was typical of the courtesy and assistance rendered by the French
officials throughout Madagascar.
On arrival at Majunga a telegram of welcome was received from His Excellency
the Governor-General of Madagascar, Monsieur H. Garbit, who also by telegraph
requested all "chefs de province" to give every assistance. Throughout the island all
the administrators, military officers, and "chefs de postes" were most courteous and
hospitable. It was this spirit of cooperation which made possible the completion of the
work.
In all, 266 days were devoted to this work; 96 stations were occupied at a total field
expense of $887, making the cost per station a little more than $9 and the time per
station less than three days. The total distance traveled within the island was nearly
5,000 miles, of which more than one-half was by carrier caravan.
F. C. Brown, on Magnetic Work in Eastern Africa, Western Australia, and
Southern Asia, July to December 1921
On the completion of the Madagascar work, I left Majunga, July 5, 1921, and after
a stop at Dzaoudzi, Mayotte Island, arrived at Zanzibar on July 8. The English port
officer and the director of public works were very cordial and cooperated fully in the
prosecution of my work there. The station was well marked and will be used by the
Admiralty for testing compasses.
The landing regulations at Dar es Salaam are very strict, and one is supposed to
cable in advance for permission to enter the colony. I was able to get ashore on a
temporary pass, and through the courtesy of the chief secretary, I was provided with a
written permit to observe in any part of the Tanganyika Territory. All of the officials
were most courteous and manifested great interest in the work. As at Zanzibar, the
station was well marked and will be used by the Department of Public Works.
On July 16, I left on an overland trip by rail to Ujiji, on the eastern bank of Lake
Tanganyika. Professor J. T. Morrison traveled over the railroad so far as then con-
structed in 1909, and the line of the present railway was intersected at Tabora by the
route followed by Dr. J. C. Beattie on his trip from Victoria Falls to Gondokoro in the
same year. The present expedition was to determine secular variation by reoccupying
stations of these earlier observers and at the same time to complete a chain of distribution
stations across the continent by meeting the line of C. I. W. stations established by D. M.
Wise, who reached the west bank of the lake in 1914 by way of the Belgian Congo.
The trip was made without incident, the stations shown in the appended list having
been occupied, and Dar es Salaam was again reached on August 4. On August 6, I
sailed for Mombasa, Kenya Colony. Professor Morrison traversed the railway line
from Mombasa to Port Florence on Lake Victoria in 1909, observing at a number of
stations, of which I was able to reoccupy 6. Those at Mombasa and at Nairobi were
especially well marked for future reoccupations, the local authorities in each case having
taken an active interest in their preservation. An unfortunate necessity for haste pre-
vented taking additional time for securing local interest at other stations and discharging
the accompanying obligation of supplying the data resulting from the work.
On the afternoon of August 24, I embarked for Aden and found the sea journey on
a comfortable steamer most enjoyable and an agreeable change and rest after the hurried
work in the interior of the past few weeks. Observations in the vicinity of the former
station at Aden were made August 31. The Sun at this season was nearly vertical at
122
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
noon, and the weather was almost unbearably hot. The usual diurnal-variation obser-
vations for the first of the month had to be omitted because of extreme risk of sunstroke
during the exposure of such an extended series through the worst hours of the day. I
left Aden for Jibuti, Italian Somaliland, on September 3, after a delay of almost a day
awaiting steamer's departure. This was unfortunate, because thereby the connection
with the biweekly train to Abyssinia was missed, resulting in an enforced stay of three
days in Jibuti. Observing conditions here are bad at this season. Apart from the
heat and glare, at 7 o'clock each morning a strong northwest wind arises which soon
fills the air with blinding sand; observing is impossible while this lasts.
Table 15
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Name
Zanzibar, Zanzibar
Dar es Salaam, Tanganyika Territory . . .
Kilossa, Tanganyika Territory
Dodoma, Tanganyika Territory
Saranda, Tanganyika Territory
Kilimantinde, Tanganyika Territory. . . .
Mazengo, Tanganyika Territory
Kigoma, Tanganyika Territory
Ujiji, Tanganyika Territory
Tabora, A, Tanganyika Territory
Tabora, B, Tanganyika Territory
Malongwe, Tanganyika Territory
Ngere Ngere, Tanganyika Territory
Nairobi, A, Kenya Colony
Nairobi, B, Kenya Colony
Kisumu, Kenya Colony
Nakuru, Kenya Colony
Makindu, Kenya Colony
Voi, Kenya Colony
Mombasa, Kenya Colony
Aden, A , Arabia
Jibuti, French Somaliland
Hawash, Abyssinia
Addis Abeba, Legation, Abyssinia
Addis Abeba, Mission, Abyssinia
Dire Daoua, Abyssinia
Aden, B, Arabia
Colombo, A, Ceylon
Colombo, C, Ceylon
Watheroo Observatory, Western Australia
Cottesloe, A, Western Australia
Bunbury, A, Western Australia
Katanning, Western Australia
Narrogin, Western Australia
Geraldton, Western Australia
Carnarvon, Western Australia
Port Hedland, Western Australia
Broome, A, Western Australia
Derby, Western Australia
Straits Settlements:
Singapore, Botanical Gardens
Singapore, Holland Road
Singapore, Observatory
Date
1921
July 10
July 13-14
July 18
July 20
July 21
July 22
July 23
July 25
July 26
July 28
July 29
/July 31-
1
3
11
12
\Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug 15
Aug 16
Aug 19
Aug 20
Aug 23
Aug 31
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
/Oct
\Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov 10
Nov 11
Nov 15
Nov 17
Nov 18
Nov 27
Nov 29
Nov 30
5-6
8
11
12
15
23
9
10
23-26
30
31-
3
5
7
Lat. South
10.1 S
49.0 S
50.3 S
11. 2S
42.9 S
51. 4S
52.8 S
52.8 S
55.1 S
01.5 S
02 . 3 S
5 26.7 S
46.1 S
17.5 S
17.3 S
05.8 S
17.1 S
16.8 S
23.8 S
03.3 S
47.2 N
34.2 N
59.0 N
01.7 N
01.7 N
34.9 N
49.8 N
54.2 N
54.2 N
18.9 S
59.1 S
6
1
1
0
0
2
3
4
12
11
8
9
9
9
12
6
6
30
31
33 20.1 S
33
32
28
24
20
17
17
41. 3S
55.8 S
47.0 S
53.2 S
18.8 S
58.4 S
17.8 S
1 18.9 N
1 19.0 N
1 16.2 N
Long. East
39 11
39 18
37 00
35 46
35 01
34 59
34 59
29 38
29 42
32 48
32 49
33 39
38 06
36 50
36 49
34 45
36 04
37 49
38 34
39 41
44 59
43 09
40 13
38 45
38 47
41 53
44 58
79 52
79 52
115 53
115 45
115 37
117 34
117 10
114 37
113 39
118 35
122 14
123 38
103 49
103 47
103 49
Three days are required to reach Addis Abeba from Jibuti by rail, stops for the
night being made at Dire Daoua and at Hawash. At these places the observations were
made during the little available daylight morning and evening. I had hoped to find time
to complete the observations at Hawash on the return, but owing to a delay the place
was not reached until after dark. As the railway was strongly guarded by troops
because of an expected attack on the train by bandits, it would have been unwise to
Observers' Field Reports 123
attempt to work out on the plain by lamplight. At Addis Abeba I was most hospitably-
received by the British minister and plenipotentiary, and considerable interest was
shown by the officers of the legation in the work undertaken. Heavy rains and storms
marked the whole of the four-day stay at the capital, and the observations were made
in mud ankle-deep. September should be avoided by observers visiting this locality,
the rains continuing until the end of the month. The work in Abyssinia was hastened
in the hope of returning to Aden to connect with a steamer leaving on September 19
for Fremantle, Australia. Unfortunately the connecting steamer from Jibuti, instead
of leaving on September 17, was delayed until the 20th, and soon after leaving port ran
aground on a coral reef, narrowly escaping total loss. Fortunately we were but a short
distance off Zeila in British Somaliland, and a fleet of dhows sailed out and took off cargo
to lighten the ship. After 24 hours on the reef the captain succeeded in getting the
vessel into deep water, and we arrived at Aden on September 22, too late for the Austra-
lian connections.
The delay in Aden made possible the occupation of the British Admiralty station of
1909, which is on a saline flat across the harbor. Though difficult of access, the magnetic
values obtained will probably be more nearly normal than those obtained in the town,
where all the C. I. W. stations have hitherto been established. The port officer placed
a launch at my disposal and granted me every assistance.
There being no further direct sailing for Australia for a month, I booked passage
for Bombay, sailing on September 26 and going thence by train to Madras and from
there to Colombo in time to connect with the steamer for Fremantle leaving on October
10, after making a reoccupation of stations established here by the Carnegie.
I arrived at Fremantle on October 20 and at Watheroo on the 22d, where my instru-
ments, which had been in continuous field use since May 1919, were compared with the
observatory standards. At the conclusion of the comparisons a few stations in Western
Australia were reoccupied with Mr. Shearer of the observatory staff in order to furnish
him experience in methods of field observations. Returning to Fremantle, I took passage
on the steamer Charon for Singapore. The numerous stops of this vessel at ports in
Western Australia furnished opportunity for hurried reoccupations of several more
stations from Fremantle to Derby. At Singapore both old stations were reoccupied,
and a new station in a more favorable locality was established. On December 7, I
arrived at Canton, China, where my field work terminated July 1922.
Table 15 shows the list of stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions;
for additional details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
F. C. Brown, on Magnetic Work in Eastern China, July and August 1922
After an extended furlough at Canton, China, during which I had made observations
each week at the magnetic hut on the grounds of the Canton Christian College, I left
on July 11, 1922, for a brief trip in eastern China for the purpose of making a few reoc-
cupations for secular variation on my way to Washington.
Outrunning a threatened typhoon at Hongkong, we came soon into smoother weather
and arrived at Shanghai on July 15. A brief call was made at the Zikawei Observatory
for news of Pere de Moidrey, who was then engaged in a magnetic survey of the coast of
China at the request of the Government, which had been approached on the subject by
the Japanese, who wished the data to make more complete the magnetic survey of Japan
and its dependencies.
The journey to Nanking was made by rail. The original station of 1907 was now
found to be within a few feet of a building, and a new position was secured on the recrea-
tion grounds of the Nanking University.
124
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
The journey to Hankow was by river steamer, whose stops at intermediate points
were never long enough to permit going ashore for observations. In spite of the heat,
the journey up the mighty Yangtse was more enjoyable than sailing through the 1- or
2-mile flood of swirling brown water flowing through a flat country could be expected
to be. We reached Hankow on July 21, though the possibility of being able to do so was
quite unexpected. The region was peaceful, through the failure of military plans of the
contending armies.
The central provinces between Hankow and Peking, though not at war, were infested
with brigands, and consequently there were large movements of troops on the railway.
Foreigners were advised to travel on the biweekly express, which carried sleeping and
dining cars, but this was not possible because of the limited time at our disposal, and the
journey was made on the daily trains, mostly monopolized by soldiers, and most dirty
and uncomfortable in consequence. The tedium was relieved by the amusing manner
in which the occupants of the combination first and second class coach were continually
shifted. The Chinese officer of highest rank would take for himself most of the first-
class space, turning all other officers into the second and third class cars. After perhaps
an hour of this comfort a superior officer would board the train and proceed to turn out
the earlier occupant. Being a foreigner, one is allowed to remain, and with such constant
changes of traveling companions a journey does not lack interest.
Table 16
No.
Name"
Canton, As. . . .
Nanking
Hankow
Chengchow, A . .
Chengchow, B.
Peking, 1916. .
Peking, 1907..
Kalgan
Kakioka Observatory .
Date
1922'
July 10
July 17
July 21-24
July 25
July 20
July 29
July 31-
Aug 1
Aug 4
Aug 13-18
Lat. North
23 05.8
32 03 . 8
30 37.0
34 44.7
34 44 . 8
39 52 . 5
39 57.3
40
36
51.2
13.8
Long. East
113 18
118 48
114 20
113 42
113 42
116 23
116 25
114 51
140 11
0 All of the stations are in China except No. 9, which is in Japan.
After a stay of two days at Chengchow, where we were entertained by the American
Baptist mission, Peking was reached on July 27. Here both the 1907 and the 1916
stations were reoccupied. The former had been plowed over and the marker removed.
The stone at the latter had been removed and a new one inscribed in Chinese and English
was placed by cooperation with the director of the Observatoire Central de Peking,
who expressed a purpose to make observations there annually. There are no magnetic
and few astronomical observations made at the observatory at the present time, though
there is a modern meteorological equipment. A magnetic observer is being trained for
this position at Lukiapang, and it is to be hoped that the critical political and financial
situation in China may not defeat the plans for the establishment of magnetic work here.
Kalgan was visited on August 4. There is now a frequent automobile service
between Kalgan and Urga by the telegraph road, and it is possible to continue by car
to the Siberian Railway.
The journey from Peking to Tokyo was undertaken by rail via Mukden and Seoul,
there being no suitable sailing from Tientsin in early August. It had been announced in
Peking that the Manchurian war lord, Wu Pei Fu, had consented to allow trains to run
through to Mukden, making the journey to Tokyo in four days. Delays causing a
missed connection and a washout extended this time by two days more, and Tokyo was
not reached until August 12.
Observers' Field Reports 125
A very cordial welcome was extended by the authorities of the Central Meteorological
Observatory, and arrangements were made to proceed the next day to Kakioka, where
intercomparisons were made with the observatory standards and with the electric
magnetometer of Professor Watanabe. These were completed, and on August 18 the
party returned to Yokohama. The opportunity of living among the Japanese entirely
in Japanese style was much appreciated. On two nights of our stay there was the
observance of an annual religious festival, with street illumination, dances, and cere-
monies that added to the interest and delight of the visit.
The return to Washington was by way of Vancouver and Minneapolis, and thence
to Washington, where a final comparison of instruments, which had been in the field
since early in 1919, was made on September 7 to 11.
Table 16 shows the stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for
additional details, see Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in the Samoa, Ellice, and Tokelau Islands,
May to September 1921
In accordance with the Director's instructions of May 21, 1921, I left Washington
on May 23, 1921, for Apia, Samoa Islands, where I was to take up the work of reoccupying
a series of stations in Australasia and among the Pacific Islands for secular-variation
data, under the direction of Dr. H. M. W. Edmonds, stationed temporarily at the
Apia Observatory. We arrived at Apia on June 15, and the remainder of the month
and most of July was spent in getting comparisons at the observatory, making com-
parison observations in connection with the standardization of the instruments aboard
the Carnegie, which came to port while I was there, and in making plans for travel among
the islands.
By special arrangement with representatives of the London Missionary Society,
I secured passage on their ship, the John Williams, on a tour of the Ellice and Tokelau
Islands. As the port of Apia was closed because of an epidemic of measles, I obtained
permission to go to Pago Pago, American Samoa, where I remained under medical obser-
vation until August 15, when the vessel was scheduled to arrive. The trip to Pago
Pago from Apia was made in a small native launch, and though it is only 65 miles, it
consumed 18 hours to cover the distance against a stiff head wind. On August 22, I
received a message from Dr. Edmonds that the John Williams was being held at Sydney
because of influenza among her native crew. I immediately secured permission to go
aboard the naval ship Fortune, which was leaving that night for her monthly copra trip
to Manua Island. Arriving at Manua the following day, I succeeded in achieving a safe
landing through the surf with the instruments; and with the help of the only white
inhabitant of the island, a German trader, I located the eclipse station of 1911. The
latter was a difficult task, as the hurricane of 1915 had practically destroyed every tree
and building; however, from the ruins and the information from the natives, I succeeded.
By spending the night in a native hut, and beginning work at daybreak, I completed my
program in time to return to the ship with the last load of copra. The Fortune made
no other stop long enough to secure further observations. Lieutenant Kehler, in com-
mand of the vessel, showed me every courtesy, even to premitting me to share the only
cabin with him.
On Saturday, August 31, the John Williams, 17 days overdue, arrived at Pago
Pago, and we sailed that night for the Ellice Islands, arriving at Funafuti Atoll on the
afternoon of September 6. This island and others of this and neighboring groups are of
low coral formation, having at no point an altitude greater than about 10 feet above the
sea. There are groups of coconut palms, an occasional banana plant, and a few native
huts. The British commissioner and a trader, both of whom live on Funafuti Atoll,
126
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
constitute the white population of the Ellice Islands. The visit of the mission ship
being an annual event, and the vessel being the only one to visit some of the islands,
we were accorded an interesting reception. As we came into view of one of these islands,
we were met by scores of grass-attired natives in long canoes hollowed from tree trunks.
Rowing round and round the ship, they sang and shouted all the time, until we were
near enough to stop, when they left their canoes and swarmed up the sides and all over
the ship. Those who had no canoes would swim out to meet the ship, sometimes a
distance of 2 miles or more.
At each island stop the missionaries went ashore, and with the local native mis-
sionaries, held a church service and conducted the annual school examination, the
latter consuming several hours, depending upon the number of pupils to be examined.
My work had to be adjusted to that of the missionaries, who never knew in advance of
landing how long they would remain. I always went ashore with them, and it was
no easy matter to get ashore with the instruments safe and dry. The process of landing
usually consisted of about a 20-minute row in the whale-boat from the ship to the outer
edge of the reef, where we would transfer to native canoes as the only type of boats able
to successfully ride the enormous surf. Once through the surf we made a second transfer,
this time to the back of a native who would bear us through the rough knee-deep coral
reef to the shore. From my position on the back of a native I had a good view through
the clear water of the brilliant coral formations and the hundreds of young octopi
squirming into the crevices at our approach. At some of the islands I was unable to
carry out the complete program of observations on account of the short time it took for
the missionaries to complete their work. I reoccupied as closely as possible all the
stations established in 1915 in the Ellice and Tokelau groups, and returned to Pago
Pago on September 24.
Table 17
No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Apia, Samoa Observatory . . .
Pago Pago, American Samoa
Tau Island
Funafuti Island, B
Nukufetau Island
Vaitupu Island
Nui Island
Nanomana Island
Nanomea Island
Niutao Island
Funafuti Island, A
Nukulailai Island
Atafu Island
Fakoafu Island
Swains Island
Group of Islands
Samoa Islands.
Samoa Islands.
Samoa Islands.
Ellice Islands . .
Ellice Islands. .
Ellice Islands . .
Ellice Islands. .
Ellice Islands . .
Ellice Islands . .
Ellice Islands. .
Ellice Islands . .
Ellice Islands. .
Tokelau Islands
Tokelau Islands
Tokelau Islands
Date
1921
/June 5-
\July 19
Aug 12-16
Aug 23-24
Sep 6-17
7
8
9-12
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep 13
Sep 14
Sep 15
Sep 16-17
Sep 19
Sep 21
Sep 22
Sep 23
Lat. South
13 48.4
14
14
8
8
7
7
6
5
6
8
9
8
9
11
17.0
13.4
31.2
01.7
29.2
15.0
17.6
40.4
06.6
31.5
22.1
32.2
23.0
03
Long. East
188 14
189 19
190 28
179 11
178 20
178 41
177 10
176 20
176 08
177 21
179 11
179 50
187 29
188 45
188 55
Table 17 shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for further details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in the Fiji Islands, Solomon Islands, and
New Guinea, September 1921 to January 1922
The mission ship, the John Williams, was to remain in port at Pago Pago for several
days, and as the little launch on which I had come over from Apia was again in port, I
decided to return with her to Apia in hopes of catching the monthly New Zealand steamer
for the Fiji Islands. This was a fortunate decision, and I was able to sail, the evening
Observees' Field Reports 127
of my arrival, for Suva, after a hurried conference with Dr. Edmonds, and attention to
passport arrangements, fumigation, banking, and mail details necessary before departure.
En route to Suva, I was able to stop at Nukualofa, Tongatabu Island, of the Tonga
group, September 30, where I had the assistance of two surveyors of the Department of
Public Works, who volunteered to have a permanent marker made for the station and
the position made a part of the public records. Neiafu, Vavau Island, was visited, but
Lifuka had to be omitted, as it was under quarantine at the time. I arrived at Suva,
Fiji Islands, on October 5, and there learned that the connecting steamer for Sydney
would arrive in two instead of four days, as I had been informed in Apia. In the short
time available, I was able to reoccupy the station known as Dr. Klotz's Station, despite
the continual rain, and on the following day, starting at 5 o'clock in the morning, I
went to the Hospital Hill Station with my equipment. The rains had washed the hill-
side until it was too steep to allow a foothold, and the station marker had been washed
out and was found lodged in the debris near the foot of the hill. After wading and
slipping about for an hour, hoping to find a spot for an approximate reoccupation, I was
forced to take refuge from a tropical downpour. As the rain continued, the attempt was
abandoned. The following morning I left Suva for Sydney, Australia. A stop at
Lautoka enabled me to establish a new station about 80 miles west of Suva.
On arrival at Sydney on October 14, I interviewed all the shipping and missionary
agencies which are in communication with or have transportation facilities among the
western island groups of the South Pacific, and decided to take passage on the Burns,
Philp and Company steamer, the Mindini, on October 29, for Tulagi, in the Solomon
Islands. The interval before the sailing of the vessel allowed opportunity for reoccupying
the station at the Red Hill branch of the Sydney Observatory. Magnetic work has
been suspended at this station, owing to shortage of funds and because of the destruction
of the observing hut by the falling of a very large tree some months before. On October
19 the Government astronomer, Dr. W. I. Cook, drove out to the Red Hill station with
me, and with the assistance of the observer-in-charge, we managed to get the tree clear
of the pier, which was found to be undamaged, though the hut which had protected it
was demolished. On the following days I secured observations on the pier with some
difficulty, climbing over the tree trunk throughout the observations.
After a hurried trip by rail to East Maitland, I embarked on the Mindini and
arrived at Makambo, Solomon Islands, on November 7. The reoccupations of the
stations of 1915 were rather difficult, due to the limited time the steamer remained at
each port, and this time was never known in advance, as it was determined by the amount
of copra to be loaded. Generally we anchored off an island at daybreak, and I went
ashore with the first copra boat, climbing down a rope ladder with my instruments.
Once ashore, some time was required to relocate the previous station before work could
be started. In no case did we stay more than one day in a place. About an hour
before the last boat returned to the ship, I was notified, so that work was always being
done against time. Working in this way, and handicapped by the terrific tropical rains,
I reoccupied 6 of the former stations in the Solomon Islands, and returned to Tulagi in
time to connect with the Melusia, another steamer of the same owners, for Rabaul,
Bismarck Archipelago, on November 27.
I arrived at Rabaul on December 3, having made stops at several ports, only one of
which permitted opportunity for work. An arrangement was made to visit the Admiralty
Islands, but on boarding the steamer, announcement was made that the sailing had been
postponed three days. This delay would have made it impossible to return in time to
connect with the Marsina for New Guinea, and the arrangements for the trip were can-
celed. On December 14, I took passage for Samarai, New Guinea, where I arrived two
days later. Here I learned that the vessel used in 1915 to reach the New Guinea stations
128 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
had been taken out of the service since I had left Sydney, on account of the failure of
the gold mines and of the low price of copra. The only means of getting to these out-
lying stations would be by small sail or gasoline launches, and these were not plentiful.
My attempt to charter a small boat met with no success. I did manage to get a very
poor boat to make the Suau Island station, 30 miles distant from Samarai. A man who
had waited at Samarai a month for a chance to get over to the island accompanied me
as passenger and bore one-half the cost of the trip, which was an extremely uncomfortable
one and required three days. In general, the cost of chartering boats, when they can be
obtained at any price, is excessive, and greatly out of proportion to the value of the
work that can be accomplished by them.
I finally learned of what seemed to be an exceptionally fortunate opportunity of
reaching stations along the north coast of the island, to the mouth of the Mombare
at the boundary of German New Guinea, but what in the sequel came near bringing
my expedition to disaster. A 6-ton launch from which the owner, a pearl fisher, had
mysteriously disappeared, was held by the Government pending investigation, and in
the meantime was chartered for short trips. A miner returning to his properties some
distance up the Mombare River would use the launch to transport his supplies and send
it back with its crew of native boatmen. Returning with it, I could make the desired
stops and detours, and it seemed too good an opportunity to miss. Therefore, on
Christmas morning, I went aboard with my contribution to the cargo. The launch
being the first boat in several months, carried the Government mail; she also carried 15
natives belonging to the miner, 4 native boatmen, one native cook, and the miner and
myself, the only white men, and every inch piled high with general cargo. I knew it
would be no pleasure trip, but I did not expect the boat to be so crowded. However,
I threw my mattress on top of a couple of boxes, and proceeded to hang on all the way
to Mombare. The weather was rough, and the engine in charge of the native boy gave
no end of trouble, consuming far more fuel than the old miner had expected. There
were numerous reefs along the coast and no lights, so travel was possible only during
daylight. It was at daybreak on December 29 when we started the ascent of the swampy
tropical river. Hardly had we entered the mouth of the river when we became lodged
on the sand; a wait of five hours brought high tide, and we proceeded until nightfall,
when we camped in midstream, where the sand flies and mosquitoes came through our
nets and made sleep impossible. The following day the launch ran aground a second
time on a sand-bar, and this time all efforts to pull her off were of no avail. We put the
native boys off in the river and made them pull, which they did in mortal fear, as the
river fairly teemed with alligators ; in fact one boy was kept on top of the launch, rifle in
hand, ready to shoot any menacing alligator. At dark we were still fast on the bar, and
it looked as though we should remain until the next flood would raise the water and
deliver us, which at this season might be a month or more. We were 67 miles from the
nearest white man, in a country none too friendly, where the natives deserted their
villages and took to the bush on our approach. In such a manner I spent New Year's
Eve in the middle of the Mombare River.
During the night the unexpected happened. A severe rain passed over us and
along the mountains back of us, so that at 3 o'clock in the morning I felt the launch
make a slight lurch, and, crawling forward from my perch on the boxes, by the light of a
hurricane lamp I saw great masses of foam, and then great logs and debris coming swiftly
down the river. I called the crew, and before dawn we were out of our predicament
and on our way, arriving at Tamata Junction on New Year's Day. The next day the
cargo had been discharged, and the launch turned over to me for the return trip to
Samarai, 350 miles away.
Observers' Field Reports 129
The outward trip had been exciting at times, uncomfortable always; the return
was a continual gamble with fate, with odds all against us. I had quite naturally
accepted the judgment of those familiar with the conditions, in the matter of supplies
and fuel for the trip. Without attempting to place the blame, the fact remains that
I was expected to get that launch back with only 5 cases of benzine and kerosene, whereas
it had required 15 to bring us out. There were no stores or known places where I could
secure fuel; there was no regular sail fitted to the launch. Should I be able to reach
Buna Bay, the nearest white settlement, there was no regular communication, and
overland travel through the jungle, filled with hostile tribes, was out of the question.
To remain was equally impossible. There was but one thing to do, and that is what
we did.
At daybreak we drifted with the current down the river to the sea and headed for
Buna Bay. The sea was rough, and we had constant trouble with the engine. Fortu-
nately, we reached Buna Bay, the first white settlement, on about the last drop of our
fuel. The settlement consists of 5 white men, a magistrate, a miner, and 3 recruiters
of native labor for the plantations. When I arrived at dark, the place had all the appear-
ance of having been deserted. After entering several empty huts, I reached the Govern-
ment hut, and there I found four-fifths of the population still in the grip of a New Year's
celebration. The miner was absent, and I made a native lead me to his hut, 4 miles
inland, where I found him very ill with a fever. He chanced to have 2 tins of benzine
which he sold me, and feeling like a heartless wretch, I took the fuel, and left him to his
suffering, lying there unattended in his dirty, leaky thatch, and hurried back to Buna
Bay. I now had fuel enough so that with good luck I should be able to reach Cape
Nelson, 60 miles farther down the coast, where there is a Government station.
Starting at about 2 o'clock, and being so low in fuel, the boat crew determined to
steer the shortest course directly across the bay. When 20 miles out the engine broke
down and could not be repaired before dark. Then a storm arose. I had the crew rig
a sail out of an old tarpaulin, and a sort of jib out of my observing tent. The storm contin-
ued, darkness came on, we had no compass, but by use of my small pocket compass read by
the light of the flashes of lightning, we retained a general sense of the direction of the
land. The boat seemed to roll almost- completely over, and at all times I had to hold
on with both hands to keep from being washed or thrown overboard. A sudden twist
of the boat and the sail boom snapped square off, and we were completely helpless, with-
out engine, without sail, and a strong wind blowing off shore carrying us farther out into
a sea where vessels never pass and hope of rescue was impossible. One of the drunken
recruiters at Buna Bay had forced himself upon me as a passenger and now became
violently seasick; the boat boys, though good sailors, were terrified and crawled into
the corners to hide, and I had to force them to take down the tent, which was a failure
as a jib, and rig a sea anchor; I also had them drop our tiny anchor in the hope it might
snag a reef and hold us until our engine could be repaired. There was nothing more to
be done but to hold on until morning, when the engine must be fixed. After seven long
hours, the storm abated, and at daybreak land was just visible. It took five hot steamy
hours' work in the engine cabin for me and the engine boy to get one cylinder to work,
and on that we chugged into Cape Nelson at dusk, a second time completely out of fuel.
The settlement at Cape Nelson consists of two white men, a magistrate and an old
trader, neither of whom could supply me with sufficient fuel to carry me to Samarai.
I learned of an old beach comber whose launch had been taken for debt, and on the
chance of getting a little from him, I walked through the bush to his hut. From him I
secured one tin and a gourd full of benzine, his entire supply. The magistrate drained
the tank in his launch to add to my supply, but warned me that the trip to Samarai
could not be accomplished on the fuel on hand, with the engine in its present condition.
130
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
My passenger was now sick with fever and was indifferent whether he went or stayed.
The engine boy told me that he sometimes made the engine run on leaner mixture of
kerosene and benzine, but that it would not always work. There was no telling when
a boat would arrive at Cape Nelson, certainly not for a month, and even then it might
not be able to supply me with fuel. So against the judgment of the Cape Nelson men
I set out at daybreak for Samarai, more than 200 miles distant. Once more using the
tent as a jib, and using a two-thirds mixture of kerosene and benzine in an engine designed
to burn it half and half, we just managed to get into Samarai harbor on January 9; we
did not have fuel enough to reach the wharf.
At Samarai there was still no possibility of getting passage to the remaining stations,
so I decided to go to Port Moresby and visit the points in that vicinity. I was informed,
however, that Port Moresby was under a strict quarantine for measles, and that if I
went there I should have to suffer a 21-day strict quarantine, and thus miss the next
Sydney steamer. I therefore could do nothing but go direct from Samarai to Sydney,
and this I did, arriving in Sydney January 19, 1922.
Table 18
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Name
Neiafu
Nukualofa, Togatabu Island
Suva, Dr. Klotz's Station. . .
Lautoka
Red Hill, A
Red Hill, B
East Maitland
Makambo Island
Aola
Rere, Guadalcanar Island . .
Faisi Island
Binskin's Station
Salicana Island
Tulagi
Gizo
Rabaul
Samarai, A
Suau Island
Samarai, B
Kwato Island
Tamata Junction
Mambare
Buna Bay
Cape Nelson
Ipoteto Island (Secondary) . .
Continent or
Group of Islands
Tonga Islands
Tonga Islands
Fiji Islands
Fiji Islands
Australia
Australia
Australia
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
»
Bismarck Archipelago
New Guinea
New Guinea
New Guinea
New Guinea
New Guinea
New Guinea
New Guinea
New Guinea
New Guinea
Date
1921
Sep 30
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov 10
Nov 16
Nov 17
Nov 18
Nov 23-25
/Nov 15,19
3
5
8
20
21
23
7
9
\Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec 20
Dec 22
Dec 24
1922
1
5- 8
16-17
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Lat. South
18
21
18
17
33
33
32
9
9
9
7
7
7
9
39
07.6
08.4
36.6
44.5
44.5
45.5
04.9
31.2
33.4
04.4
47.5
26.8
06.6
8 06.0
4
10
10
10
10
12.7
37.4
42.2
37.3
37.3
22.1
04.3
40.3
03.3
38.0
Long. East
186 01
184 47
178 26
177 26
151 04
151 04
151 35
160 12
160 30
160 39
155 53
156 35
157 40
160 11
156 51
152 12
150 40
150 15
150 40
150 38
147 50
148 01
148 25
149 17
150 01
Table 18 shows the stations occupied, the dates of occupation, and their geographic
positions; for additional details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in Australia, New Zealand, Cook Islands,
Society Islands, Marquesas Islands, and Tuamotu Archipelago,
January to August 1922
On my return to Sydney from the Solomon Islands and New Guinea, I received a
letter informing me that I should thereafter report direct to the Office as my own chief
of party, instead of to Dr. Edmonds as before, and also instructions under date of Sep-
tember 12, 1921, to cooperate with Dr. J. M. Baldwin, Government astronomer, at the
Melbourne Observatory, in instrument and station comparisons necessary to a transfer
of the magnetic observatory from Melbourne to the new site at Toolangi. I at once
Observers' Field Reports 131
informed Dr. Baldwin that I should be in Melbourne about February 1, and ready to
assist in such program as might be agreed upon.
En route to Melbourne I reoccupied 4 stations of 1911 and 1913 in New South
Wales. At Melbourne a program of approximately simultaneous observations was
arranged at the Melbourne and the Toolangi stations, so that a comparison of instru-
ments was obtained and at the same time a satisfactory station difference necessary for
a transfer of the observatory absolute observations. At the same time the recording
instruments were installed at the new location.
After a conference with Captain Edward Kidson, formerly in charge of the magnetic
survey of Australia for the Carnegie Institution of Washington, I decided to carry out
the work in New Zealand first, and then take up the Society Islands and neighboring
groups. Accordingly I returned to Sydney on February 28, and arrived in Auckland,
New Zealand, on March 6. At Christchurch I met Mr. H. F. Skey, in charge of the
magnetic observatory there, and in consultation with him arranged a list of stations
in the North Island and the South Island for reoccupation. Owing to the infrequent
train service on the New Zealand railroads at that time, the number of stations was
necessarily smaller than I should have desired otherwise, as I wished to finish in time to
connect with the steamer from Wellington for Tahiti, sailing April 11. The month of
March proved a very unsatisfactory one for work, as there were but two really good
days for observations, the others being invariably rainy or cloudy.
I arrived at Papeete, Tahiti, Society Islands, on April 19, 1922, and after attending
to official formalities, and having reoccupied the C.I. W. station there, I received instruc-
tions by cable to visit such island groups in the vicinity as I was able. I found an
opportunity to take passage for the Marquesas Islands on a very small copra schooner
of about 60 tons.
The schooner left Papeete on April 29, with a crew of 4 natives and a Tahitian
captain, 4 native women passengers, and myself. The captain was the only one of the
natives who spoke English, and his vocabulary was very limited. There were no accom-
modations for the passengers, and we were all put together in the one small cabin, but
the bilge stench and the copra fumes made it impossible to stay in the room, so I camped
on the hatch on deck; there was no room to exercise, and the boat rolled so that I had
to hold to something all the time. At noon the hot tropical sun blazed down on us so
that our luncheon of native food could not be enjoyed. The old captain had been
gathering copra for many years, but always in the same island group, where a knowledge
of navigation was not essential. It took him about three hours to work out a simple
longitude, so I took his sights and worked out his positions by the aid of my pocket
chronometer. This pleased the old seaman so much that he gave me his cabin and he
went forward and slept in the forecastle with the crew. This was very fortunate for
me, as we ran into some very bad weather, the deck being awash for four of the ten
days required for the trip.
En route we stopped at Tikei, a small uninhabited island of the Tuamotu group,
and this being the last land seen before reaching the Marquesas, the crew and I went
ashore through the heavy surf and onto the coral reef, where they speared fish and I
got an inclination observation. On May 9 we arrived at Atuona, Hiva Oa Island,
Marquesas Islands, this being at present the seat of government. It had been my
intention to remain with the schooner while she gathered copra among the islands and
thus reach Nukahiva, where the former C. I. W. station was made in 1907. However,
her agents instructed the captain to tie her up at Atuona on account of the continued
low price of copra. There were no hotels in Atuona; however, I was able to secure
quarters in the rear room of a native store. There was nothing I could do but wait the
chance arrival of a trade schooner, which might not be for one, two, or even three months.
132
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
This was on May 10, and by rare good fortune a trade schooner put in on May 13; I
promptly made arrangements to take passage with her as she traded among the Tuamotu
Islands en route to Tahiti. We were supposed to sail on the 15th, but mere tropical
inertia delayed us until the 17th, when after a few hours at sea we were forced by heavy
weather to return to Atuona to remain until the 19th. This schooner, though small,
was somewhat larger than the one I had come out on and was fitted up with a small
store of overalls, hats, axes, calico, perfume, and trinkets to trade with the natives for
copra. As I was the only white man and the only passenger, the captain cleared one of
the shelves of merchandise and gave it to me as a bunk.
We arrived at Puka Puka Island on May 25, and here the captain took 42 native
passengers, men, women, children, with dogs, cats, turtles, pigs, goats, fishnets, and
other belongings, to Fakaina Island, where we arrived on May 29. After long delays
because of calms, the captain decided to omit the remaining islands and steered direct
for Tahiti, where we arrived on June 9. I had spent the entire month of May in reach-
ing a few islands of the Marquesas and Tuamotu groups. To reach by trading-schooners
the remaining island where repeat observations were desired, would require, in the
present condition of the copra market, more than six months' time.
Table 19
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Name
Goulburn
Harden
Wagga Wagga
Albury
Toolangi
Melbourne
Auckland
Rotorua Gardens
Ekelahuna Domain
Christchurch, Jarrah Peg.
Clinton
Kingston
Queenstown
Cromwell
Roxburgh
Mount Victoria
Avarua
Point Fareuta
Papeete (Secondary) ....
Tikei Island
Atuona
Puamau
Puka Puka Island
Fakahina Island
Angatau Island
Point Fareute
Avarua
Avarua, C (Coral Beach)
Avarua, B (Tekeu)
Auckland
Continent or
Group of Islands
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
Cook Islands
Society Islands
Society Islands
Tuomotu Archipelago
Marquesas Islands. . .
Marquesas Islands. . .
Tuomotu Archipelago
Tuomotu Archipelago
Tuomotu Archipelago
Society Islands
Cook Islands
Cook Islands
Cook Islands
New Zealand
Date
1922
Jan 25
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar 22
Mar 25
Mar 27
Mar 30
Mar 31
Apr
26
27
28
3-20
20-24
8
10
15
19
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
May
1
5
16
24
25
3
May 10-12
May 20
May 25-26
May 29
May 31
June 12-13
/June 19-
\July 3
July 10-15
July 17
Aug 3- 7
Lat. South
34
34
35
36
37
37
36
38
40
43
46
45
45
45
45.8
33.6
06.2
05.1
33.4
49.9
51.7
09.3
39
31.8
12.6
19.6
02.4
02.6
45 33.9
41
21
17
17
14
9
9
14
15
15
17
18.7
11.5
31.5
31.8
57
48.6
46.6
48
57.8
49.4
31.5
21 11.5
21
21
36
11.4
11.4
51.7
Long. East
149 43
148 22
147 23
146 55
145 29
144 58
174 46
176 16
175 43
172 37
169 26
168 45
168 42
169 14
169 19
174 47
200 15
210 26
210 27
215 26
220 58
221 07
221 10
219 51
219 07
210 26
200 15
200 15
200 15
174 46
The Tuamotu Islands are similar to the Ellice Islands — mere coral atolls, surrounded
by high red coral reefs, making landings extremely difficult and very dangerous. I had
several good drenchings, but always managed to reach the reef with my instrument
safely. At every island one or more copra boats were capsized in attempting to make
the reef. Only the semiannual mail steamer and occasional trading schooners go to
Observers' Field Reports
133
the Austral Islands, and as I had been instructed to reach the assigned station in Queens-
land, Australia, in time for the total solar eclipse of September 22, I did not attempt to
visit that group. I therefore went back by steamer to Rarotonga in the Cook group.
As sailings from there to New Zealand are monthly, I should have to wait there a month
for the sailing of about July 15. I hoped in this interval to find an opportunity to visit
the Manihiki group. In this hope I was disappointed, as the interisland schooners
were at that time all out and would not return in time to make another trip before I
should have to leave for Australia. I learned that a government steamer was about to
leave for one of the nearer islands, and I presented a letter of introduction obtained for
me by the Christchurch Observatory to the resident commissioner and asked permission
to go along. The permission was refused, and I was forced to content myself with re-
peated diurnal-variation observations until the next sailing for Wellington. On the
arrival of the Maunganui from Wellington to San Francisco, I had the pleasure of
meeting the Director, Dr. L. A. Bauer, returning from an inspection trip after attending
the meeting of the International Geodetic and Geophysical Union at Rome.
Table 19 shows the stations occupied, the dates of occupation and the geographical
positions. For additional details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in Queensland, Australia, Including Special
Observations During the Total Solar Eclipse of September 20, 1922
I arrived from Rarotonga at Wellington, New Zealand, on July 30, 1922, having met
on board Dr. Campbell and Dr. Moore of the Lick Observatory eclipse party. I left
Auckland for Sydney on August 11, arriving in Sydney on the 15th, and had the pleasure
of again meeting Dr. Baldwin, of Melbourne, and the Reverend Dr. Piggott, returning
from their visit to Washington. On arrival at Sydney, plans for the work of the Sep-
tember eclipse were discussed with these gentlemen and with Professor Von Wilier of
the Sydney University.
Table 20
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Werris Creek
Tenter field
Brisbane
Roma
Charleville, A
Coongoola (Eclipse)
Cunnamulla
Charleville, B
Tambo
Jericho
Emerald
Rockhampton
Goondiwindi, A
Goondiwindi, B . . . .
Red Hill, B
Date
1922
Aug 22
Aug 23
Aug 26-30
Sep 2-5
8-12
15-22
Sep
Sep
/Sep 30-
\Oct 4
Oct
Oct
Oct
6
8
10
Oct 12
Oct 16-18
Oct 24
Oct 26
Nov 6
Lat. South
31
29
27
26
26
27
21.0
04.1
27.1
34.3
24.4
39.2
28 04 . 3
26
24
23
23
23
28
28
33
24.
53.
35.
30.
21.8
33.0
32.5
44.5
Long. East
150 39
152 02
153 02
148 48
146 14
145 54
145 42
146 14
146 16
146 08
148 10
150 30
150 18
150 18
151 04
After occupying stations en route, I arrived at Brisbane, where I made extended
observations and completed arrangements for time signals to control the special eclipse
observations. By special courtesy of the officers in charge, I was to have the exclusive use
of the telegraph line from Brisbane to my eclipse station at Coongoola, 500 miles distant,
for 10 minutes on September 19, 20, and 21. This plan was modified later by the decision
of Mr. Fraser, the State time-observer, to organize a party for eclipse photographic
observations at a station about 10 miles west of Coongoola. Signals were received by
134 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
telephone from Mr. Fraser's party, who had a sidereal chronometer from the Brisbane
Observatory, rated nightly by star observations. Unfortunately, an accident to this
chronometer later has introduced a little uncertainty as to the final correction. Crowds
of people came to view the eclipse by special trains, but they were kept entirely away
from my station by the police from Cunnamulla.
Following the eclipse, the month of October was spent in reoccupying widely dis-
tributed stations in Queensland. Going first to Charleville, I went overland across a
desert country to Tambo by automobile, and thence by mail coach to the railway at
Blackall, where I took a train to Jericho. Following the railway eastward, I went to
Emerald, Rockhampton, thence southward through Maryborough to Brisbane. No
work was possible at Maryborough, as by an error of the railway officials my observing
tent and instrument tripods had been taken on to Brisbane. After locating the lost
articles, I went to Goondiwindi to make a reoccupation of the station where Mr. Kidson
had made his eclipse observations, and arrived at Sydney on October 28.
Table 20, shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in New Caledonia, Loyalty, New Hebrides,
and Lord Howe Islands, November 1922 to January 1923, and in
Australia, January to April 1923
I sailed from Sydney on November 9, 1922, on the French mail steamer, the Pctcifique,
for Noumea, New Caledonia, where I arrived November 13. On the following day I
joined the 100-ton copra-gathering steamer for Lifu Island of the Loyalty group, stopping
en route at Mare Island. I arrived at Lifu Island on the 17th and was courteously
given accommodation at the French Protestant mission, as there were no hotels on
the island. The missionary in charge was no stranger to my work, as he had entertained
Mr. Brown on his African expedition in the Cameroun. I rejoined the copra steamer on
her return and two days later arrived again at Noumea.
I next took passage with the monthly mail steamer for Paagoumene on December 1,
where I arrived on the 4th, proceeding later by the same vessel to Bourail, arriving three
days later. The stops en route by this vessel were too short to permit work at any
of the intermediate points. From Bourail, which is the terminus of the only road in
New Caledonia, I went overland to Noumea. On this visit to Noumea I spent time
explaining my work to the local officials, as the suspicion that I was a spy had been com-
municated to the police. I was permitted to leave on the 16th on the Pacifique, which
was sailing for the New Hebrides. By remaining aboard as this vessel gathered copra
I was able to visit three of the 1915 stations. However, the stay at Port Sandwich was
curtailed, owing to bad weather, no passengers being permitted to go ashore, and the
vessel returned to Fila on December 22, when I disembarked, and on the 29th took
passage on the British steamer Makambo for Sydney. En route I was able to stop for
observations at two stations ; at the third, Norfolk Island, the stop was less than one-half
hour and no work was possible. I arrived in Sydney on January 14, 1923.
Traveling by rail to Melbourne, Victoria, I took passage across to Launceton,
Tasmania, and went thence by rail to Latrobe, where I made the first reoccupation
on January 22.
Between my arrival in Tasmania on January 20 and my departure on Feburary 10
I reoccupied 5 stations. The weather was very unfavorable, cloudy and rainy nearly
the whole time. Time was lost in searching for the precise location of the former station
markers, while the extended program of observations called for in the new instructions
for class I and class II stations makes the time at each station much longer than hitherto.
Observers' Field Reports 135
After making two reoccupations in Victoria, I traveled by train to Adelaide, South
Australia, and called on Government Astronomer G. F. Dodwell with reference to
comparisons between my outfit and those at the observatory there. After inspecting
the sites of the former stations at Adelaide, a station for the intercomparisons was
selected at Mount Lofty, 14 miles distant. The comparisons were carried out between
February 26 and March 7, Mr. A. L. Kennedy, assistant astronomer, and former mag-
netic observer in this Department, using the observatory instruments. At the conclu-
sion of the comparisons, I made observations at the old station in the Botanical Park,
while Mr. Kennedy observed at Mount Lofty, in order to obtain the station difference.
The standardization observations completed, and Port Lincoln reoccupied as a
class II station, I took the weekly train on March 21, from Port Lincoln to Ceduna, the
present terminus of the railway. This section was suffering from a severe drought, so
that at Ceduna the amount of drinking-water per person was limited. The journey
required two days to cover 268 miles, over a newly constructed road on which only
second-class accommodations were provided. It was the roughest railway journey I
ever made, the jars and jolts at times making it positively dangerous.
The long class I program was completed here under very trying circumstances.
The time was limited, as the work must be finished in time to join the weekly automobile
mail truck westward. The diurnal-variation observations in horizontal intensity were
made on March 26, the day before my departure, in a very severe dust-storm. The
station was on a sand-hill, where it received the full force of the storm. It was necessary
to keep the tent tightly closed, and even so the instrument was soon covered with a
coating of fine red desert sand. It became very hot and close in the tent, so that between
readings I had to lie face down on the sand until time for the next reading. Fortunately,
toward evening the wind shifted and the dust cleared so that I could get a mark reading.
It was undoubtedly the most strenuous observation day I have ever experienced.
On the following day at daylight I left Ceduna by mail car for Yalata Head Station,
a large sheep ranch, 100 miles distant over a semi-desert country. While there I was
the guest of the manager of the ranch, and reoccupied the station of 1911. I was now
more than a week's overland journey from Adelaide, with no way of proceeding farther
into the desert. The best way seemed to be overland to the water station at Ooldea
on the transcontinental railway, and directly to Perth and Watheroo, reaching Eucla
and other stations along the line on the return. This was further rendered advisable
because of an accident to the pocket chronometer. To take it back to Adelaide would
involve great loss of time, and to await a replacement from Watheroo on requisition by
telegraph was impossible, as there was no accommodation to be had along the railway
while awaiting its arrival.
On March 28 I hired a Ford automobile and undertook the sixth trip ever made by
motor across the desert from Fowler's Bay to the line of the Transcontinental Railway.
The distance is 119 miles, and cost slightly less than a shilling a mile, which was very low,
considering the risk involved and the condition of the track. The driver had a companion
accompany him, as he would not venture on the return trip alone. Food and blankets,
as well as shovels and picks, were provided. Arrangements were made for a searching
party to look for us if not heard from at the end of four days. The track led through
dense mallee scrub, and at times over perfectly level, treeless sand-plains. No human
being was seen in the entire distance, though, despite the complete absence of water,
lizards and snakes, as well as dingoes and foxes, were seen along the route. We had to dig
the car out of the sand on three occasions, and many times we had to push. Ooldea is
merely a water-tank stop on the railway, and here I was guest of the water-tender while
waiting the arrival of the triweekly train for the west.
136
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
I reached Perth on Easter Sunday, and on Tuesday arrived at the Watheroo Ob-
servatory, where I immediately took up the comparison of my instruments with those
of the observatory standards, thus completing the indirect comparison of the C. I. W.
standards with those at Melbourne and at Adelaide.
Table 21 shows stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic positions;
for additional details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 21
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Name
Mare Island
Lifu Island
Noumea
Paagoumene
Bourail
Ringdove
Luganville
Fila
Hog Harbour
Lord Howe Island
Latrobe
Longford
Hobart, D
Sorell
Southport, A
Ararat
Border Town
Mount Lofty, A
Mount Lofty, B
Adelaide, Botanical Park
Port Lincoln
Ceduna
Yalata Head Station. . . .
Ooldea
Watheroo Observatory
Group of Islands
or Continent
Loyalty Islands. .
Loyalty Islands. .
New Caledonia. . .
New Caledonia. . .
New Caledonia. . .
New Hebrides. . . .
New Hebrides. . . .
New Hebrides. . . .
New Hebrides. . . .
Lord Howe Island
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Date
1922
Nov 15
Nov 17-21
Nov 28-30
Dec 4- 5
Dec 9
Dec 19
Dec 20
Dec 23-28
1923
Lat. South
21 32.6
20 46 . 8
Long. East
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
/Jan
\Feb
Feb
1
12
22
23-26
29
30-
2
4- 7
Feb 14-15
Feb 16-20
("Feb 26-
\Mar 9
/Feb 26-
\Mar 7
Mar 8
Mar 19-20
Mar 23-26
Mar 28
Mar 30
Apr 5-10
22
20
21
16.3
29.2
37
16 38
15 32
17 44.3
15
31
41
41
42
09
31
14.8
35.9
52.2
42 47.6
43 25.9
37 17
36 18.5
34 58 . 5
34 58 . 5
34
34
32
31
30
30
54.8
42.6
08.2
56.3
27.5
18.9
167 53
167 09
166 28
164 11
165 29
168 10
167 09
168 19
167 07
159 04
146 27
147 08
147 21
147 33
147 01
142 57
140 46
138 42
138 42
138 36
135 52
133 36
132 23
131 48
115 52.6
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in Southekn and Eastern Australia,
April to June 1923
Upon completion of the comparisons of magnetometer-inductor No. 24 with the
standards at the Watheroo Observatory, I went by rail to a station called Mile-Post
632 on the Transcontinental Railway. Here I joined a camel wagon party for the trip
across the desert to the Eucla telegraph station, situated 78 miles south, on the seacoast.
The wagon was drawn by four camels in charge of two native black Australians, who,
with myself, constituted the party.
The country traversed is perfectly flat salt-bush desert, not a tree being seen in
the entire distance. The novelty of the mode of travel furnished interest to offset the
wearisome monotony of the landscape and relieved the tiresome jolting of the wagon.
At night the dingoes circled about the camp-fire and howled continuously from dark to
daybreak. The blackfellows lay down behind their windbreaks of salt-bush and went
quickly to sleep ; after the first night, I did likewise. At Eucla, a telegraph relay station
given prominence on all maps of Australia, there was a total of 14 inhabitants. Class I
observations were made here April 17 to 20, and then I immediately returned to Mile-
Post 632, where observations were made on April 24. Continuing eastward by the tri-
weekly train to Tarcoola, a defunct mining town in South Australia, I reoccupied the
Observers' Field Reports
137
station of 1914 and went on to Port Augusta, where I again met Mr. A. L. Kennedy and
made further comparison observations with the dip needles of the Adelaide Observatory
instruments.
Leaving Petersburgh and Farina to be reoccupied by Mr. Kennedy, I went northward
on the South Australian Railway to Marree (formerly Hergott Springs) and then took
the fortnightly train to the rail terminus at Oodnadatta, which was designated as a
class I station. The proposed trip to Nilpinna was necessarily omitted on account of
the remote situation requiring elaborate preparation and excessive expense. Fortunately,
I escaped a week's waiting for return of the train by joining the caretaker of a special
stock-train for Adelaide. After a tedious 32-hour ride in a box car, I reached Petersburgh,
where I connected with the passenger train for Broken Hill and Menindie, New South
Wales, and thence by mail coach to Wilcannia. The journey of 200 miles from Wilcannia
to Bourke by auto mail-coach proved to be very slow and trying. The region had been
suffering from a severe drought, there having been no rain for more than two and one-
half years, and the roads had been reduced to deep beds of dust under the heavy camel
and bullock traffic which radiates into the "backblocks" from Bourke, the railway
terminus. When we were about half-way between Wilcannia and Bourke, fortunately
for the country but unfortunately for travelers, the long drought broke; 167 points of
rain fell, and the roads became impassable. The auto-coach bogged time and time
again. We waded through mud about 4 miles to a deserted wool-shed and spent the
night there, covered with some pieces of old woolsacks we found in the place, but not
until we had killed five great centipedes which had also sought the shelter of the wool-
shed. The British Royal Mails have to move despite weather conditions, and in seven
hours we succeeded in moving about 10 miles, when more rain fell and we were forced
again to take shelter, this time in a bogged camel-wagon. With the rain came the
Australian winter. We were muddy, wet, and cold, and I was without bedding; however,
I spent that night, June 5, in the same bed with a very generous though extremely dirty
Afghan camel-driver in his wagon. The next day the three of us stood about a campfire
knee-deep in the cold mud and waited for the liquid road to dry. Shortly before dark
a new high-powered coach came out from Bourke, where the rain had been less, and I
transferred to the new car and arrived at Bourke on the morning of June 7, having been
nearly a week on the track.
Table 22
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Name
Eucla
Mile-Post 632.. .
Tarcoola
Port Augusta, A .
Port Augusta, B
Marree
Oodnadatta
Broken Hill
Menindie
Wilcannia
Bourke
Narromine
Dubbo, B
Dubbo, A
Wellington
Red Hill, B
Date
Apr
Apr
May
May
May
1923
Apr 17-20
24
26
1- 5
1- 5
9
May 12-15
May 20-23
May 26
May 30-31
June 7- 9
June 12
June 14
June 15
June 16
June 25
Lat. South
31
30
30
32
32
29
27
31
32
31
30
32
32
32
32
33
43.3
49
4:-!
29
29
39
33
57.8
23.9
33.7
04.9
15
14.9
14.3
33.6
44.5
Long. East
128 53
128 25
134 25
137 46
137 46
138 03
135 28
141 27
142 26
143 23
145 57
148 12
148 37
148 35
148 56
151 04
On the rail journey eastward toward Sydney I stopped for observations at Nar-
romine, Dubbo, and Wellington, paying particular attention to the distribution in the
138
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
vicinity of Dubbo, where the observations of 1913 indicated a pronounced local magnetic
disturbance. The weather at the last six stations was very unfavorable for observations
due to the breaking of the long drought, each day being either rainy or cloudy. After
a further and final reoccupation of the Red Hill station near Sydney, I obtained passage
on a coastal steamer sailing on June 26, 1923, for Mackay, Queensland.
Table 22 shows the stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for
additional information, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in Queensland and Northern Australia,
July to October 1923
The series of stations outlined for reoccupation in the northern portions of Australia
were found to be much more difficult of access than ten years previous at the time of the
first visit of C. I. W. observers. Many of the towns have disappeared, the train service
where there are railroads is less frequent, coastal service has been curtailed, and oppor-
tunities for getting about by other irregular means have very greatly diminished. I
went from Sydney by coastal steamer as far as Mackay and Townsville, and thence by
rail westward to Cloncurry, the rail terminus, making stops for observations at Hughen-
den and Richmond. I next traveled northward by horse-coach for 300 miles to Nor-
manton on the Gulf of Carpentaria. The journey required five days, during which
70 horses had been used. Only six ranch houses had been passed on the way, and at
each of these the approach of the coach could be distinguished when a dozen or more
miles distant across the barren, treeless plain on account of the huge cloud of red dust
raised by the five coach horses.
Table 23
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Name
Mackay
Townsville
Hughenden
Richmond
Cloncurry, A
Cloncurry, B
Nornianton
Normanton, Secondary . .
Croydon
Forsayth
Cairns
Cooktown
Thursday Island, B . . . .
Katherine River
Pine Creek
Darwin
Batchelor
Point Charles Lighthouse
Date
19SS
July 5- 7
July 10-13
July 16-18
July 20
July 24-27
July 28
Aug 6- 9
Aug 8
Aug 14
Aug 16
Aug 20-24
/Aug 30-
7-10
16
17
21-24,
2
26-27
4
\Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
/Sep
\Oct
Sep
Oct
Lat. South
21
19
20
20
20
20
17
17
18
18
16
08.8
14.6
50.4
43.8
42.4
42.4
41.4
41.4
13.
35.
56.0
15 28.6
10
14
13
34.5
26.1
49.6
12 26.7
13
12
03.6
23.4
Long. East
149 11
146 50
144 12
143 09
140 30
140 30
141 06
141 06
142 15
143 38
145 46
145 17
142 13
132 17
131 51
130 50
131 03
130 39
From Normanton to Croydon, a defunct mining town, the journey was by the weekly
railway train, and the 250 miles overland to Forsayth was made in the Royal Mail
auto truck. From Forsayth a weekly railway train was again available to Cairns,
where I arrived and made observations August 20 to 24. From Cairns I went to Cook-
town by coastal steamer. As the latter is a deserted mining town, I was fortunate in
making connection with the monthly mail steamer for Thursday Island, where I arrived
on September 7. I was able in the limited time to complete class I observations, and
continue westward with the mail steamer to Darwin, Northern Territory, arriving on
Observers' Field Reports
139
September 15. Immediately on my arrival I availed myself of an opportunity to go on
a special race train to Katherine River, the rail terminus, September 16, and returned
to Pine Creek by the same train and made the necessary observations while the train
halted for the rural race meeting at that place. This opportunity was particularly
advantageous, as the regular service is fortnightly. After the regular class I work at
Darwin, I took the scheduled train to Batchelor, joining the train again on its return.
Aside from the trip to Point Charles Lighthouse, it was not practicable to attempt other
excursions from Darwin on account of the distances involved and the lack of transporta-
tion, which present much greater difficulties than at the time of the previous visit in 1914.
Table 23 shows the stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for
additional details, see Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
D. G. Coleman, on Magnetic Work in the Dutch East Indies and Farther India,
October to December 1923
On October 16, I left Port Darwin via the S. S. Marella, arriving at Batavia, Java,
on October 24, where intercomparisons were begun between C. I. W. magnetometer-
inductor No. 24 and the instruments of the Royal Magnetical and Meteorological
Observatory at Weltevreden. Dr. W. A. Visser made the observations with the Observa-
tory instruments during the comparisons on October 25 to November 1. In order to
improve an opportunity of visiting Borneo and Celebes afforded by the sailing of the
Royal Dutch Navigation Company S. S. Meyer, I left Batavia by rail on November 3
for Sourabaya and on the following day from that port took passage for Bandjarmasin,
Dutch Borneo, where a close reoccupation of the Dutch East Indian survey station of
1907 was made. I returned on the same vessel to Sourabaya and there joined the S. S.
Schrodercroon for Makassar, Celebes, at which place another Dutch East Indian station
was reoccupied. From Makassar I returned by boat to Batavia and completed the
intercomparison observations.
Table 24
No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Name
Weltevreden (Batavia), Java, A, C, D, and E
Makassar, Colebes
Bandjermasin, Borneo
Weltevreden, A, C, and D
Singapore, Straits Settlements
Jesselton, British North Borneo
Sandakan, British North Borneo
Kudat, British North Borneo
Labuan Island, British North Borneo
Phantiet, Indo-China
Saigon, Indo-China
Date
1923
Oct 25-
Nov 1
Nov 8- 9
Nov 16-17
Nov 22-23
Nov 27-29
Dec 6,10
Dec 8
Dec 9
Dec 11-12
Dec 28-30
1924
Jan 2- 4
Latitude
6 11 S
5
3
6
1
5
5
6
5
10
08.0 S
19.7 S
11 S
16.2 N
58.4 N
51.7 N
53.3 N
16.5 N
56.2 N
10 46.5 N
Long. East
106 50
119 25
114 35
106 50
103 49
116 09
118 25
116 50
115 17
108 03
106 42
From Batavia I next went to Singapore, Straits Settlements, where I arrived on
November 25 and obtained class II observations at the C. I. W. station of 1922. On
December 1, I sailed from Singapore on the S. S. Delhi for Sandakan, British North
Borneo. After making observations for a class II station on December 8, I returned to
Singapore via the S. S. Selangor and established en route stations at Kudat, Jesselton,
and Labuan, British North Borneo.
From Singapore I next went by steamer to Saigon, French Indo-China, where I
arrived on Christmas Eve, 1923. After securing necessary permits from the French
authorities, I proceeded by rail to Phantiet, where the C. I. W. station of 1912 was
140 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
closely reoccupied as a class II station. The reoccupation of Saigon as a class II station
completed the field work assigned, and I returned to Washington via Suez and Europe,
arriving on March 1.
Table 24 shows the stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for addi-
tional information, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
P. H. Dike, on Magnetic Work in Islands in Mediterranean, and Mediterranean
Countries of Asia, June to September 1922
The instrumental outfit consisted of magnetometer 12, marine earth-inductor
7, and galvanometer 30X in separate cases, 2 chronometers and 2 watches, and
the usual accessories. These instruments were sent to me at Robert College, Con-
stantinople, by the Director, who had taken them with him to Rome, Italy, and the
chronometers were brought over under the personal supervision of Mr. N. O. Meisenhelter,
second officer of the steamship Ossa, from Philadelphia.
My instructions of March 7, 1922, gave a somewhat wide choice of routes to be
followed in securing well-distributed reoccupations of the stations established by W. H.
Sligh in 1910-11. Military operations in Asia Minor rendered it inexpedient to attempt
inland work from Constantinople, and the route toward Palestine and Syria by sea was
chosen. On account of a state of war existing between Greece and Turkey, there were
many obstacles to travel in these regions, and a great many passport visas, letters of
introduction from high commissioners and other officials to officers in command in the
field had to be secured. As assistant and interpreter I engaged Mr. Robert Pasche, a
Swiss, as no native of any of the eastern countries would be allowed to enter all the
countries I hoped to visit. As a graduate of the Engineering School of Robert College,
and on account of his familiarity with the languages of the Near East, he was particularly
well fitted for the position.
Having made observations at Rumeli Hissar, near Robert College, as a class I
station, we went on June 17 to Dardanelles, where we found that all landmarks of the
previous occupation had been destroyed by military operations. At Smyrna, the next
port, a large amount of time was consumed in official formalities required by martial
law. Here we found the station marker had been removed by the natives for fear it
might have been an attempt of foreigners to establish a claim to the ground. A personal
letter from one of the Greek staff in Constantinople to the military governor was the
means of securing for us permission to go inland to Afiumkarahissar (or Afion Kara
Hissar), and other special courtesies. We were met by officers with automobiles and
taken to quarters specially requisitioned for our use, furnished with local transportation,
and interpreters who also acted as guards for our apparatus during the night. As the
station was almost within sight and hearing of the firing at the front line, these provisions
for our comfort and safety were highly appreciated. The destruction of Smyrna and the
intervening territory did not occur until some time after our departure.
After our return to Smyrna, and a short trip to Aidin, we sailed for Piraeus, going
thence to Kephisia, near Athens, where Mr. Sligh made observations in 1911. On
July 12 we took passage from Piraeus to Naxos where observations were made on the
site of an ancient temple, the cylindrical marble base of an old column serving as platform
for the tripod. Having missed the steamer that should have taken us to Crete, and no
sailboat owner being willing to make the trip, we got over to Santorin, and from there
hired a sloop to take us across to Candia, Crete. The harbor at Santorin is the crater
of an ancient volcano with an active cone in the center. When we were ready to start
it became dead calm in this harbor, and great difficulty was experienced in getting out
against a very light head wind which had finally arisen. We reached Candia July 18,
and carried out the class I program. The observations were carried out under excellent
Observers' Field Reports
141
conditions, but with the handicap of a hotel in which it was impossible to sleep, the
observing-tent being a preferable lodging.
At the conclusion of the observations at Candia, it was found that no boat was
available for Rhodes for two weeks, and further, for some reason Mr. Pasche's passport
was missing and it would be impossible for him to proceed without one, so it was advisable
to return to Athens. Before the new passport could be secured, the last steamer for Rhodes
for two weeks sailed, and I proceeded without my assistant, arriving July 29. After
the work was completed I proceeded to Alexandretta. The stops of steamer were not
long enough to permit observations, and furthermore, I did not have Turkish (Kemalist)
visas. At Larnaka, Cyprus, a longer stop was made, and it was possible to reoccupy the
station there.
From Alexandretta to Aleppo I shared the expense of a Ford car with an Armenian
traveling salesman. The trip was a slow one, as we had at least 12 blow-outs on the way,
and once were forced into the ditch by a camel. We arrived at Aleppo on August 11,
and I carried out the class I program in most exhausting heat, the temperature in the
tent mounting nearly to 50 ° C.
Table 25
No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Name
Rumeli Hissar, Turkey . .
Dardanelles, Turkey
Smyrna, Turkey
Afiumkarahissar , Turkey
Aidin, Turkey
Kephisia, Greece ........
Naxos, Naxos
Candia, Crete
Rhodes, Rhodes
Larnaka, Cyprus
Alexandretta, Syria
Aleppo, Syria
Horns, Syria
Damascus, Syria
Jerusalem, Palestine
Rumeli Hissar, Turkey . .
Date
1922
June 8,
12-13
June 19
June 23-24
/June 30 ,
July
July
July
July
1
6
11
14
July 19-21
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Sep
Sep
1- 2
7
10
14-16
18
23-24
1- 2
16
Lat. North
41 05.3
40 06.8
38 27.8
38 46 . 0
37
38
37
35
36
34
36
36
34
33
31
41
51.3
04.3
06.4
19.3
26.6
53.7
34.8
13.7
43.9
30.3
47.8
05.3
Long. East
29 03
26 25
27 12
30 36
27 50
23 50
25 23
25 09
28 12
33 38
36 11
37 08
36 41
36 19
35 13
29 03
The trip from Aleppo to Damascus was made by rail, stopping over 24 hours at Horns
for observations. At Damascus there was a little delay in starting the work on account
of a fever brought on by too much sun. Further delay was caused by non-arrival of
needed supplies. On August 30 I started for Jerusalem by rail, and was obliged to spend
one night at Haifa, arriving the next day, when regular observations were made, followed
on the succeeding day by the diurnal-variation observations in declination.
As my time for returning to Robert College was growing short, it was decided to go
on immediately to Beyrut without stopping at Haifa for observations, traveling by public
automobile up the coast. All through Syria and Palestine at present there are auto-
mobile lines, using principally American cars of the heavier models. The ride from Haifa
to Beyrut is a rough one, the first part being along the sandy beach or in the river bed
with the wheels hub deep in water. Both the instruments and myself had a serious
jolting, and my face bears the scars of a collision with a rib of the automobile top when we
went at full speed over a culvert. Arriving at Beyrut, I learned that the steamer on which
I had engaged passage to Constantinople had advanced its sailing date two days, and I was
obliged to omit observations and go aboard at once.
142 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Fortunately the steamer did not stop at Smyrna, or we should have become involved
in the evacuation of the Greek refugees, which was then beginning, and the trip would
have been extended indefinitely. As it was, I arrived in Constantinople just in time to
take up my duties at the beginning of the college year.
All the stations occupied on this expedition except that at Naxos were repeat stations.
In occupying them I had traveled about 4,200 miles, an average of about 280 miles per
station, the mean time per station being about 6 days. The field expense per station
was about $65. Every possible courtesy had been extended to me in spite of the dis-
turbed condition of the countries where the work was done, particular mention being
deserved by Generals Vlahopoulos and Tricoupis, who were involved in the disaster at
Smyrna soon after our departure.
Table 25 shows the magnetic stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geo-
graphic positions ; for additional details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
H. W. Fisk and J. T. Howard, on Special Magnetic Work in Bermuda,
July to September 1922
We left Washington on the evening of July 2, 1922, en route to Hamilton, Bermuda,
for the purpose of conducting some special investigations of the magnetic anomaly in
those islands, as well as to secure secular-variation observations at points where observa-
tions had been made in 1907 and 1910. Two complete instrumental outfits were provided
for the work, consisting of magnetometer 17 with marine earth-inductor 7, as the first,
and universal magnetometer 14 with Schulz earth-inductor 6 with galvanometer, as the
second outfit. Universal magnetometer 14 was supplied with needles for both dip and
intensity to use if occasion required. In addition to these instruments, compass-vario-
meter 2 was taken for rapid survey for changes in horizontal intensity within limited
fields.
A base-station was first occupied near Mont Royal in Paget West, across the harbor
from Hamilton, where the party made its headquarters. The first task thereafter was
the recovery and exact reoccupation of five primary stations, selected and permanently
marked in 1907. The recovery in each case was believed to be sufficiently exact to meet
the requirements, though recourse was had to measurements in the case of two of the
stations. A large number of secondary stations had been occupied in 1907, and the
recoveries of these were doubtful, though some had been described in sufficient detail
to make recoveries very close. One of the purposes of the expedition was to study
secular changes during the intervening 15 years and to determine, if possible, whether
changes were identical at all points regardless of the absolute values of the elements,
that is, whether there had been any variation in the character of the anomaly. The
results of this study point very strongly to such a change having occurred with respect to
the declination, but with respect to the other elements there is less ground for such a
conclusion.
For studying the question whether any measurable difference in diurnal variation
exists between two stations located in regions having respectively high and low values of
that element, simultaneous observations were carried on by the two observers over the
daylight portions of several days at points so selected as to satisfy that condition. For
the study of the diurnal changes in declination the stations chosen were at the agricultural
experiment farm southeast of Hamilton and at Black Bay in Southampton, near Gibbs'
Hill Lighthouse. Simultaneous observations were made August 22, 24, and 26. For
the study of the changes in inclination a similar arrangement was made between Agar's
Island and Spectacle Island. These observations were made with the two earth-inductors
at 20-minute intervals September 4 and 5. The greatest range in horizontal intensity
was found to exist between the station on Agar's Island and near a villa called Rockaway,
Observers' Field Reports
143
west of Little Sound, in Sandy's Parish. Observations were made at these points Sep-
tember 6 and 12. If a difference in range of variation exists, it is too small to be detected
by the methods used.
It is generally assumed that the soils of the islands have all been derived from the
decomposition of the coral rocks with the additions of vegetable decay, since there are
no visible outcrops of volcanic matter. As the soil in places seems to be the source of
considerable local disturbance, some experiments were conducted to determine whether
the coral rock itself contained sufficient iron in the magnetic form to be appreciable.
The compass-variometer was taken August 2 to a place where a quantity of quarried
coral stone was available in sizes convenient for easy handling. The instrument was
kept in a fixed position and the stones placed in piles of various arrangements around
it, the reading being recorded for each arrangement. Another test for the same purpose
was made in a rock-cut locally known as Khyber Pass. The cut is very narrow, being
from 8 to 10 feet wide at the bottom, and with nearly vertical sides about 25 feet high at
the deepest part. The soil at the top is very light and apparently not in sufficient quantity
to have any magnetic effect. Observations were made August 18 at the bottom and at
the top of this crevasse for comparison. Opportunity to determine whether the rock
in large masses produced any shielding effect was afforded by the limestone caves present
in considerable number. While some of these have been exploited for commercial
purposes and the owners were unwilling that they should be used for experiments of the
sort, there were others not so commercialized and which had the advantage of freedom
from iron fixtures of various kinds present in the commercialized caves. In three of
these, observations were made at the bottom and again as nearly as possible vertically
over the same point, at the surface. In none of these experiments was it possible to
ascribe any effect to the iron components of the coral rock.
Table 26
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name °
Mont Royal, A
Spectacle Island or Hunt's Island
Mont Royal, C
Agar's Island
St. George
Nonsuch Island
Ireland Island
Black Bay
Agricultural Station
Date
1922
July 10-11
/July 13
\Sep 2
July 20
Aug 5
Aug
Aug
Aug
14
15
19
Aug 21,29
Aug 23
Lat. North
32 16.68
32 15 . 58
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
16.68
17.61
23.12
20.86
19.40
15.31
17.47
Long. West
64 47.59
64 50.23
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
47.57
48.70
40.90
40.03
50.50
50.63
45.94
° All these stations except Nos. 5, 6, and 7 were occupied for diurnal variation on other
days than those listed.
A condition was found on the western shore of Little Sound in Sandy's Parish,
extending from Evans' Bay to King's Point, that seemed to warrant detailed study.
During September 10 to 15 a large number of observations, covering this region along
the sound and for a considerable distance inland, were made with the compass-variometer,
supplemented at points of greatest interest with observations with the earth inductor;
from the variometer observations it was possible to sketch the lines of equal horizontal
intensity. It was found that the field changed with a fair degree of uniformity through
about 1,400 gammas in the distance of about one-half mile along this shore, revealing a
center of maximum intensity near Rockaway and one of minimum intensity near Evans'
Bay. (See special report on compass-variometer in Volume V of this series.) A similar
survey was made of a very small area near the base-station at Mont Royal, where there
was evidence of an intense local field and no reason to suspect any artificial source of
disturbance.
144 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Cordial cooperation was received in the prosecution of the work by the civil, military,
and naval authorities in the colony, as well as by private citizens in positions of influence.
Conditions for carrying out such work are favorable during the summer months because
of the small amount of rainy weather and the moderate but refreshing winds. The
smaller number of visitors and tourists during those months also makes the limited means
of transportation more readily available and securing suitable boarding accommodations
less difficult.
The list of secondary stations occupied, together with their geographical coordinates
and the values obtained for the magnetic elements, is given in the Table 26 (a detailed
discussion of the results and of the magnetic anomalies will be published later). The
primary stations, with dates of observations and adopted geographic coordinates are given
in this table. For additional details, see Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
r. h. goddard, on magnetic work in canada, labrador, and greenland,
June 1923 to September 1924
In accordance with preliminary instructions dated June 8, 1923, and instructions
dated June 20, 1923, I was assigned under the command of Dr. Donald B. MacMillan
as a member of his North Greenland Expedition of 1923 to 1924 to take charge of the
magnetic survey and magnetic and electric observatory work undertaken by the Depart-
ment of Terrestrial Magnetism in cooperation with the Expedition.
The instrumental outfit and equipment was as follows : (a) Instruments for observa-
tory use, including magnetograph 5 complete with declination, horizontal-intensity,
and vertical-intensity variometers; quadrant electrometer 19284 and registering
apparatus with silver-chloride batteries and appurtenances for recording the electric
potential of the atmosphere; (b) instruments for field and standardization use, including
Dover dip circles 241 and 242 for determining magnetic declination, inclination, and
total intensity, and bifilar electrometer 20 for potential-gradient observations, with
necessary appurtenances, including two marine chronometers, watches, tents, etc.
The expedition left Wiscasset, Maine, on June 23, 1923, on the auxiliary schooner
Bowdoin after all stores and equipment had been received on board and stowed for sea.
The Bowdoin proceeded from Wiscasset, Maine, to Sydney, Nova Scotia, where magnetic
observations were made in Victoria Park. Water, fuel oil, and fresh meats were taken
on board, and the vessel proceeded on her way northward through the Strait of Belle
Isle and up the Labrador coast as far as Jack Lane's Bay, where Mr. Abraham Bromfield,
the interpreter for the expedition, was taken on board. Various stops were made in the
passage from Sydney to Jack Lane's Bay, owing to adverse weather conditions. Oppor-
tunity was afforded for making magnetic observations at Red Bay, Battle Harbor,
Gready, and Hopedale. From Jack Lane's Bay the vessel was squared away for the
southern end of Greenland, the intention being to water up at Godthaab. On the evening
of July 28 the vessel dropped anchor in Godthaab Havn after a very favorable passage
from Labrador. Magnetic observations were made on the following day. Mention
should be made of the deep impression made on most of the members of the expedition
by the little Danish-Eskimo settlement of Godthaab. The affairs of government are
administered by the Danish authorities in such a manner that prosperity, good health,
and happiness reign in this little settlement of 200 Eskimos. The village is spotlessly
tidy and the natives are clean, healthy, and happy-faced.
From Godthaab the Bowdoin proceeded to Cape York, stopping one night in a small
harbor near the entrance to South Strom Fiord to take on water and to repair a broken
bowsprit. On August 2, 1923, the Arctic Circle was crossed, and that night it was 10
o'clock before the Sun disappeared below the horizon. A meridian altitude of the Sun
at lower culmination was obtained shortly after midnight of August 5, ship time. Despite
Observers' Field Reports 145
the fact that this altitude was very small (2° 35' 30"), the latitude obtained from it
(75° 33' north) was in very good agreement with the ship's position by dead reckoning.
The observer's personal log for that morning reads: "Soon after midnight we began to
encounter open field ice, and by 6 a. m. were working in towards the northeast shore of
Melville Bay through fields of pan ice and small bergs that often sent Mate McCue to
the foremast head. The whole aspect of the land in sight in the distance was one to make
the viewer automatically reach for an extra sweater."
On August 8 the Bowdoin anchored in the fiord at Etah. Magnetic observations
were made at the C. I. W. station established by C. C. Craft in 1908. After a few days
of hunting around for a suitable harbor in which to winter, the Bowdoin dropped anchor
in Refuge Harbor August 17, 1923, and the Expedition began to prepare for the long
winter, the beginning of which was already indicated. Two families of Eskimos had
joined the Expedition a few days before at the request of Dr. MacMillan. The men
were to be our dog drivers and their wives were to help us in making our skin clothing
for the winter. These people busied themselves erecting an igloo (house), hunting walrus
and seal, and helping the Expedition to land its winter's supply of food.
After making appropriate observations with dip circle 241 to determine the magnetic
meridian, the observer started August 18 to stake out the temporary observatory and
to excavate for the pier and building foundations. On the evening of August 22, all the
cement work had been completed and it was none too soon, for the following three days
were cold, stormy ones with strong northeasterly winds and snow. The concrete used
for building foundations and instrument piers, and for tripod bases at the absolute
station, was mixed in the following proportions: One bag of cement, 3 bags of bank
gravel, and 8 pounds of "Cal" (a trade preparation facilitating mixing and placing of
concrete at temperatures below freezing), mixed with sea water heated to a temperature
of 120° F. Before further work was done, the vessel got under way and proceeded to
Peteravik, about 50 miles to the southward, to get a load of walrus meat that our Eskimos
had cached there. The Bowdoin returned to winter-quarters August 28, dropping her
anchor at 10h30m p. m. Construction of the observatory was resumed on the following
day. Throughout the long job of building the temporary observatory under very un-
favorable conditions, Mr. Mix, the wireless operator, worked with the observer, rendering
every assistance possible. From time to time, when Mate McCue was not otherwise
occupied with his duties on the Bowdoin, he also helped in the building of the observatory.
His efforts were particularly helpful when the concrete work was in progress and also
when the roofing was being laid. When the building was ready for the stone-and-bag
walls, the greater part of the personnel of the expedition assisted, finishing that part of
the building on September 15, 1923, in less than two and one-half days.
On the night of September 15 Deneb and Vega and a few more of the brighter stars
were visible at Refuge Harbor. From that time on, the darkness at midnight became
more and more pronounced and the long arctic day was over. With the coming of
darkness, radio communication was again established. Mr. Mix, the operator, had
succeeded in raising Canadian and American amateurs on the passage northward until
the Bowdoin reached the latitude of midnight Sun. Then all "south-bound" transmis-
sion had ceased until the middle of September, when the operator was able to resume two-
way communication. On Sunday evening, September 23, 1923, we were happy to find
it was possible to tune in religious services from Omaha (Nebraska), Dallas (Texas), and
Davenport (Iowa). There were times when practically every word could be under-
stood, but these times, often very brief, were rare. Generally about one word in ten was
understood, so that the mind of the listener was unable to bridge the gaps between words.
In such cases not even the gist of the program was gained. More often than not, it
146 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
was with difficulty that sufficient was understood to allow us to say without question to
what station we were listening.
On September 20 many stars were visible in the rapidly increasing darkness at night,
first-magnitude stars, Polaris, and the stars forming the big dipper being easily recognized.
At this time the harbor began to skim over with ice. Once formed, in a few hours of low
temperature and no wind, this ice rapidly increased in strength and thickness. On
September 28 we were able to walk three-quarters of the way ashore from the vessel.
There were mild days, however, usually accompanied by a fall of large-flaked, soggy
snow, which weakened and rotted the ice so as to make it treacherous for those who
lacked extreme caution. It was not until October 10 that the ice was solid enough to
warrant running the lighting cable from the vessel to the observatory. On October 19,
1923, the observatory went into operation and registered continuously for a period of
eight months the declination, horizontal intensity, and vertical intensity of the Earth's
magnetic field, and the electrical potential-gradient of the atmosphere.
During the eight months that the observatory was in operation, 26 sets of absolute
magnetic observations and five sets of absolute potential-gradient observations were
taken. Latitude, longitude, and azimuth observations were taken at the absolute
station with theodolite 2 in the autumn before the Sun left us and again in the summer
when the Sun had returned. The final revised location of the absolute station is as
follows: Latitude, 78° 32/5 north; longitude, 72° 22/8 west. Magnetic observations
were made at the absolute station approximately three times each month during the
dark period and once each week during the spring and early summer, using Dover dip
circle 241 for all observations with the exception of those made immediately before
and after the spring sledge-trip to Cape Sabine. On this trip a magnetic station was
established at Camp Clay, the 1884 winter-quarters of the ill-fated Lady Franklin Bay
Expedition, under command of General A. W. Greely, then lieutenant in the United
States Army. Dover dip circle 242 was used at Camp Clay; it was compared indirectly,
both before and after the trip, with standard dip-circle 241, the results with the two circles
being referred to the same time by the magnetograms.
The observatory, as previously designed by Mr. Goddard, was constructed in accord-
ance with the specifications and blue-prints supplied by the Department. The observer
found that on the whole the building quite successfully answered the purpose for which
it was intended and at very small expenditure. Considering the number of difficulties
that might have arisen to embarrass the observer, really very little in the way of serious
trouble was encountered in the operation of the observatory. This was largely due to
the very complete equipment which the Department sent for the Expedition's use. For
example, two driving-clocks were sent for each recorder. The original clock of the poten-
tial-gradient recorder, although it would run without a load, was found insufficient to
drive the recording drum; this caused no embarrassment, as there was a reserve driving-
clock to fall back upon. The observer feels that, in all cases where duplicate parts of
apparatus can be sent with isolated expeditions, such as this one, without increasing the
expense beyond reason, it should be done.
The lamp-sockets provided for the 12- to 16- volt, 4-candlepower lamps of the
magnetograph were not found satisfactory and should be replaced by sockets of more
sturdy construction.
Some trouble was experienced in connection with frost crystals collecting within the
conducting tube of the potential-gradient wall-insulator. On February 15 it was found
necessary to remove the wall-insulator and take it to the Bowdoin for inspection. Exces-
sive leaks had been experienced for several days, but weather conditions had hindered
the removal and inspection of the insulator. Upon taking off one side of the conducting
tube there was found a huge ball of frost crystals, filling the tube about a foot from the
Observers' Field Reports 147
inside end of the insulator. These crystals established a contact between the conducting
wire and the walls of the tube, thus grounding the electrometer system. It appeared
that as the relatively warm air from the observatory, containing more or less moisture
due to the combustion of the heating-lamps and the observer's breath while in the passage-
way between the walls of the building, worked out towards the cold outside air, it was
gradually chilled until it reached a temperature at which it was saturated. At this
point the moisture sublimated, and as a result finally grounded the electrometer system.
The tube was cleaned and dried out, the rubber surfaces were polished, and the suphur
surfaces were smoothed up a bit. A jacket of "balsam wool" was lashed about the tube,
and the insulator was once more put in place. Leak-tests showed a leak of 8 per cent
at the end of five minutes, using a charge of +300 volts. It was found necessary to
repeat this cleaning process in April, but on the whole the insulation system worked quite
efficiently under the existing conditions. In the second week of November a pink plant-
growth was discovered on the emulsion side of some of the traces which were in the drying-
rack over the observer's bunk in the forecastle. The same sort of thing was found
growing on the damp under sides of some of the mattresses in the forecastle bunks. Just
what is the nature of the growth no one in the party could say, but it would doubtless be
of interest to students of that form of plant life.
Time-breaks were recorded once per month. An interval of two hours and a break
of five minutes were used; in a few cases it was found more expedient to use a four-hour
interval. A knife-switch located in the Bowdoin's hold made it possible to open and close
the observatory circuit without leaving the vessel. This feature, simple in itself, materially
lessened the work of recording time-breaks over a 24-hour interval during the dark season.
The two electric leads to the observatory were 500 feet long and of rubber-insulated
copper wire, with M4-inch insulation. The electric lamps installed were two 12- to 16-
volt, 4-candlepower lamps in the building and one telltale, 12- to 16-volt, 4-candlepower
lamp in the Bowdoin's hold, all three lamps in series on the 32-volt line. On December 26
another lamp was added to the circuit, making four 12- to 16-volt lamps in series on the
32-volt line. This last lamp was added because the sending apparatus of the Bowdoin's
radio appeared to induce an additional voltage on the observatory lighting-line whenever
the transmitting key was closed. When the ship's station, WNP, was transmitting, the
lamps in the observatory circuit pulsated from normal brilliancy to a much increased
brilliancy. The radio battery and the battery from which the observatory line drew its
power were entirely separate and distinct, so that quite probably the effect was due to
induction from the antenna.
During the winter the actual observing-time for a complete set of dip-circle observa-
tions, including two declinations, inclination with two needles, and total-intensity observa-
tions (loaded dip and deflections), has been as great as five hours. This was due to the
darkness, poor lighting facilities, cold and frosted lenses, and, more often than not, to a
thoroughly chilled observer. The difficulties of observing were much less than in Baffin
Land, when the observer used similar equipment not provided with celluloid covers for
tangent screws, clamping screws, eye-pieces, etc. The advantages of these celluloid
caps can not be over-emphasized for polar work when observations must be made at very
low temperatures. In the spring a complete set of observations was easily possible in
three hours and a quarter. With the return of the Sun on February 20, after an absence
of about 120 days, out-of-door activity on the part of the members of the expedition
increased by leaps and bounds. In one month the length of day and night was equal,
a truly rapid transition, but not any greater than was to take place in the following
month, for on April 20 the Sun came above the horizon not to disappear below it until
August 23 at Refuge Harbor. A change from no direct Sun's rays to 24 hours per day of
148 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
direct sunlight in two months' time is a sufficiently abrupt change to disarrange the
schedule of the most phlegmatic individual.
It was not until May 2 that the first series of absolute potential-gradient observations
was obtained. The site selected for these observations was on the ice at about the center
of Refuge Harbor. In order to relieve the silver-chloride batteries from calibration duty
in the observatory, so as to have them always ready for use in taking observations with
bifilar electrometer 20, three 90-volt units of "B" batteries were made up for calibra-
tion duty. Four 22.5-volt "B" batteries wired in series to form one "90-volt unit"
would generally show a closed circuit voltage very close to the rated amount; the three
made at winter-quarters for observatory use showed 89, 88, and 92 volts, respectively,
when tested with Weston voltmeter 32702 at a temperature approximately +13°C.
It is thought that when the winter potential-gradient records are studied in con-
junction with the wind and weather records a direct correlation will be found to exist
between the abnormally high values of potential-gradient and fresh wind (generally
northeast at Refuge Harbor) laden with fine snow (practically frost crystals) and drift,
blowing past the collector.
In the early summer of 1924 the observer undertook a plane-table survey of Refuge
Harbor and the adjacent coast-line. The work of erecting rock cairns on the prominent
hilltops and at other commanding locations was begun as soon as weather conditions
would permit in the spring. Our Eskimo women were very happy to make the necessary
station-flags of red and white cotton cloth. When they were finished, we had half red
and half white vertically striped flags, half white and half red horizontally striped flags,
white flags with red centers, and red flags with white centers. These flags were tacked
on poles and stuck up in the snow at salient points along the shore-line to act as dummy
rodmen, the survey being almost entirely a one-man undertaking. When the points at
which the flags had been placed had been located on the plane-table sheet, the flags were
moved to new locations, and so the survey progressed. The plane table was somewhat of
a makeshift, but answered the purpose fairly well. An ordinary light camera tripod
with a flat board approximately 12 by 16 inches mounted upon it made the instrument,
which was leveled by means of a pair of levels. The alidade consisted of a 1-inch square
ruling stick with a sight-vane mounted on each end. The engineer, Mr. Jaynes, very
kindly made the sight-vanes from a piece of aluminum which he salvaged from an old
pulley found at Etah near the site of the quarters of the Crocker Land Expedition. The
resulting map covers an area of about 3 square miles and contains about 6 miles of shore-
line (see Fig. 2 with description of station at Refuge Harbor).
On June 20 the magnetic and electric observatory was discontinued, and the task of
repacking the instruments and equipment was begun. By June 25 the work was so
nearly completed that the observer felt free to go to Littleton Island with Engineer
Jaynes, Operator Mix, and two families of Eskimos on an eider-duck and egg hunt. The
Expedition's food supplies were reaching a low ebb at this time, so that additions to the
larder were much needed.
The remaining time to August, when we started southward, flew by rapidly. There
were extra Sun-observations to be obtained, records to be put in a little more finished
state, a few loose ends of the plane-table survey to be picked up, and a few odd pieces of
equipment to be packed or crated.
And then with the thoughts that soon we would be homeward bound came the realiza-
tion that we would be saying good-bye to our Eskimo companions, perhaps forever. For
about a year we had been in intimate contact with these people, with whom we could
converse but little, owing to the fact that neither race thoroughly understood the tongue
of the other, and between us there had grown up a companionship which did not require
a great deal of verbal exchange of ideas in order that it might thrive. We had come to
Observers' Field Reports
149
look upon the Eskimos as our friends and, I believe, they looked upon us as their friends.
The friendships that had been formed were of a rugged, hardy type ; they had been tested
by the rigors of a dark arctic winter, and they were of firmer woof and warp because of
that. It was with a great deal of reluctance, therefore, that we exchanged the last silent
handshakes with our friends of the north.
The passage southward was more or less uneventful, according to the imagination of
the particular individual. Refuge Harbor was left behind August 1, 1924. On the home-
ward voyage opportunity was afforded to make magnetic observations at the following
places: Keate, Akpani, Godhavn, Holstensborg, and Godthaab in Greenland, and a
partial set of observations at Hopedale, Labrador. The Bowdoin arrived at Wiscasset,
Maine, September 20, 1924.
Table 27 gives names of field stations where magnetic and astronomic observations
were made by the Expedition, with dates of occupation and geographic positions.
Table 27
No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Name
Sydney, Nova Scotia
Red Bay, Labrador
Battle Harbor, C, Labrador
Gready, Labrador
Hopedale, A, Labrador. . . .
Godthaab, Greenland
Etah, North Greenland. . . .
Camp Clay, Cape Sabine. .
Keate, North Greenland . .
Akpani, North Greenland.
Godhavn, Greenland ,
Holstensborg, Greenland . . .
Godthaab, Greenland
Hopedale, B, Labrador. . . .
Date
1923
/June 30
\July 2
July 7
July 11-12
July 15
July 23
July 29
Aug 10-11
1924
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
7
5
7, 9
17-18
Aug 23-24
Aug 29
Sep 6
Lat. North
46 08.8
51
52
53
55
64
78
78
77
76
69
66
64
55
43
16
48
27
11
19
45.5
20.5
06.0
15.0
55.9
11.6
27.1
Long. East
299 47.8
303 33.8
304 25
303 30 . 9
299 48
308 17.3
287 18.2
285
288
291
306
306
308
299
44.4
29.3
42.2
26.0
21.8
17.3
48
It is a pleasure to make record of the cordial cooperation and effective assistance
received from Dr. MacMillan and the members of his party (particularly Messrs. Mix,
McCue, and Jaynes). Without this enthusiastic support, the execution of the observer's
instructions would have been much more difficult and certainly less complete.
J. W. Green, on Magnetic Work in the Bahamas, West Indies, Venezuela, Gulanas,
Brazil, Argentina, Bolivia, and Peru, June 1922 to September 1923
The report on the work of this expedition is conveniently presented in four sections,
as indicated in the following synopsis :
(1) The Bahamas and Havana, Cuba, in which Observer W. A. Love assisted.
(2) West Indies, including Haiti, Dominican Republic, Jamaica, and Curacao, and northern
Venezuela.
(3) Trinidad, Barbados and St. Vincent in the British West Indies, the Orinoco, and the north-
ern coast of the three Guianas to Para, Brazil. In this work Observer J. T. Howard assisted.
(4) Along the eastern coast of Brazil, across Argentina and Bolivia to the Huancayo Observa-
tory in Peru.
(I) THE BAHAMAS, JUNE TO AUGUST 1922
In accordance with instructions from the Director dated June 10, 1922, accompanied
by Observer W. A. Love, I left Washington, D. C., June 19 following. My instrumental
outfit consisted of magnetometer-inductor 25, pocket chronometer 50110, and three
watches, together with observing-tent and complete outfit of accessories; Mr. Love's
150 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
consisted of magnetometer-inductor 26, pocket chronometer, and three watches, observing-
tent, and complete outfit of accessories.
Leaving Washington by rail, we first reoccupied the United States Coast and Geodetic
Survey stations at Waycross, Georgia, and Miami, Florida, and established auxiliary
stations at both places, carrying out the class I program at Waycross. From Miami we
crossed to the Bahama Islands, arriving at Nassau on July 1. After observing at Nassau
and at Hog Island near the 1903 station of the Baltimore Geographical Society, a short
side trip was made to the island of Eleuthera on a large gasoline launch which made the
trip every two weeks carrying mail. Mr. Love disembarked at Governor's Harbor, while
I went on to Rock Sound, where the boat remained two days, giving ample time for
observational work. On the return, Mr. Love rejoined us at Governor's Harbor, and we
reached Nassau July 12. The same day permission was secured for Mr. Love to join a
party just starting on a four-day hunting expedition to Green Cay, about 65 miles south
of Nassau. Pending his return, I endeavored to make arrangements for a more extensive
trip through the outer islands of the Bahama group. Transportation on a mail schooner
which made occasional trips was promised, but for some reason the sailing date was
postponed a week or two, and arrangements were finally made to charter a small sailboat
with auxiliary power. In the meantime, Mr. Love had returned from Green Cay and
had then gone with a timber trader to Fresh Creek on Andros Island. Upon his return
from this latter place, preparations were completed for the outer island trip.
The better class of power boats are not available except at prohibitive prices on
account of the demand for such boats in the highly lucrative liquor trade. The boat
finally secured was a 35-foot sloop with gasoline auxiliary engine of 16 horsepower. The
crew consisted of a captain, an engineer, a cook, and a deck hand, all negroes. The
accommodations were of the crudest. The top of a gasoline barrel served as table upon
which we ate our unappetizing meals, prepared under wretched conditions. I spent
all of the ten nights on the deck with the canvas of my observing-tent as bedding and
cover, while Mr. Love endured the discomforts of the cabin, which was also used by the
crew. Our agreement provided that we should pay for all the gasoline and engine oil
required, furnish our own provisions, pay a lump sum of $40 for the subsistence of the
men, and $20 per day for the use of the boat and crew.
The course from Nassau, which we left on the morning of July 27, lay to the south-
east against heavy head winds and rough seas, across the north end of Exuma Sound, to
the southmost point of Eleuthera Island, where we anchored for the night. On the
following day we reached Bight Settlement on Cat Island, where arrangements for obser-
vations were made. Two nights were spent at Port Nelson on Rum Cay in order to
permit a series of diurnal-variation observations in declination. On account of the
approach of rougher weather and the hurricane season, it was considered inadvisable to
cross over to Watling's Island (San Salvador), but the passage to Crooked Island was
made and the night of August 1 spent at anchor there. The following morning we pushed
on to Albert Town on Fortune Island, where the most southerly station in the Bahamas
on this trip was established on August 2. On the return northward we made stations
at Galloway on Long Island, at George Town on Great Exuma, and at Farmer's Cay,
arriving at Nassau late on August 6. A more extended survey was prevented by lack
of a suitable means of reaching more distant places, and by the limit of endurance of the
observers, which was severely tested by this ten-day trip, both having suffered serious
attacks of dengue or "breakbone fever" during the journey, and both being worn out
by the physical hardships imposed by the life on the boat, the poor food, and the loss of
sleep occasioned by roughness of the water in which they were compelled to anchor on
the majority of the nights. We had sailed more than 450 nautical miles, and had made
observations at six different places in the ten days.
Observers' Field Reports
151
Not being able to go directly from Nassau to Havana, we returned to Miami, Florida,
going thence to Havana, where two repeat stations were reoccupied, at one of which the
class I program of observations was followed.
Throughout the work in the Bahamas the most cordial assistance was rendered by
the officials of the colony, and the observers acknowledge their obligation to the resident
commissioners at the outlying points for indispensable assistance.
Table 28 shows the magnetic stations occupied by both observers, their geographic
positions, and the dates of occupation; for further details, see Descriptions of Stations
and Table of Results.
Table 28
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Name
United States:
Waycross, A
Waycross, B"
Miami, A
Miami, B"
Bahamas:
Nassau, C
Nassau, A
Nassau, B
Governor's Harbor °
Rock Sound
Green Cay °
Fresh Creek a
Bight Settlement
Port Nelson
Port Nelson, ° Secondary
Albert Town °
Galloway
George Town "
Farmer's Cay
Cuba:
Havana, Casa Blanca," A
Havana, Villa
Havana, Casa Blanca, Secondary
Date
June
June
June
June
July
July
July
July
July
July
July
July
July
July
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
21-22
21-22
26-27
26
3
4, 6
5,15
8
10
13
19
29
31
31
2
3
4
5
16-17
16
17
Lat. North
31
31
25
25
25
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
23
23
22
23
23
23
14.1
14.1
46.3
46.3
05.5
04.5
04.5
12.3
51.8
02.0
43.7
18.5
38.7
38.7
36.6
02.7
30.8
57.5
23 09.4
23 06.4
23 09.4
Long. East
277 39
279 39
279 49
279 49
282 39
282 39
282 38
283 45
283 50
282 50
282 13
284 33
285 09
285 09
285 39
285 02
284 14
283 42
277 39
277 39
277 39
■ Magnetic observations made by Observer W. A. Love.
(2) HAITI, CURACAO, AND VENEZUELA, SEPTEMBER TO DECEMBER 1922
After completing the work at Havana, Cuba, I turned over to Mr. Love the outfit
assigned to him, and left him to complete the remaining work in Cuba according to
instructions he had already received from the Office. I then went by rail to Santiago de
Cuba, hoping to find transportation direct to Port au Prince, Haiti. In this I was
disappointed, as the monthly boat for that port had sailed two days before my arrival.
As no schooner or chance vessel was available without long delay, I obtained passage on
a steamer bound for Kingston, Jamaica, in the expectation of meeting a vessel advertised
to sail direct from Kingston to Port au Prince about September 1. After waiting until
September 8 for this vessel, information was given out that for lack of sufficient cargo the
sailing to Port au Prince was canceled. However, another vessel sailing direct was
announced for September 12, and with this definite information I was able to use the inter-
vening time in making regular and diurnal-variation observations at the old station,
which would be occupied later by Mr. Love.
I arrived at Porfau Prince, Haiti, on September 16, and after a day spent in attend-
ing to formalities required for entering the outfit and securing police registration, I
established two stations. On September 22 I went to Aux Cayes, a point easily reached
by regular vessels. Having been advised by officers of the United States marines stationed
at Port au Prince that it was impracticable to reach the desired inland station at Las
152
Land Magnetic Obsekvations, 1921-1926
Gaobas at that season, but that an inland trip from Gonaives was feasible, I went by
boat to the latter point, where observations were made on October 2. Hiring a Ford
car, I set out for Hinche, 75 miles distant, but on account of the heavy rains and the
condition of the roads and the streams to be forded, I was only able to go about 40 miles,
to a ranch about 4 miles beyond St. Michel, called L'Attalye, and there the observations
were made. In order to avoid a wait of about 10 days at Gonaives for a boat to take me
around to Cap Haitien, I again hired a Ford car for the trip overland, whence, again by
the same form of transportation, I went to Santiago, Dominican Republic, a distance of
150 miles, arriving October 11. Leaving Santiago, I easily reached Puerto Plata, La
Vega, and Sanchez by rail, then by good fortune I found a boat that took me to La
Romana, and the following day the sugar company's boat took me to Santo Domingo,
arriving on the evening of October 27. The trip to Azua, 145 kilometers distant, and
return was made by automobile, as waiting for regular sailing for that port would involve
a long delay.
Table 29
No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Name
Jamaica:
Kingston, 1906 . . .
Haiti :
Port au Prince, A .
Port au Prince, B .
Aux Cayes
Gonaives
L'Atallye
Cap Haitien
Dominican Republic:
Puerto Plata
La Vega
Sanchez
La Romana
Santo Domingo, A
Santo Domingo, B
Azua
Curacao:
Willemstad, 1913. .
Willemstad, A . . . .
Willemstad, B
Venezuela:
Isla Pajaro
Maracaibo
La Ceiba
Puerto Cabello
Barquisimeto
Caracas, A
Caracas, B
Barcelona, A
Barcelona, B
Carupano
Date
1922
Sep 4
Sep 18-19
Sep 20
Sep 25
2- 3
5
9-10
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct 14-15
Oct 19
Oct 21
Oct 26
Oct 30-31,
Nov 1
Oct 31
Nov 3- 4
Nov 13
Nov 14-16
Nov 16
Nov 22
Nov 23-25
Nov 25-26
Dec 14-15
Dec 19-20
Dec 24-26
Dec 27
1923
Jan 7
Jan 7
Jan 12-13
Lat. North
17 58.9
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
18
34.2
34.2
11.3
25.8
21.7
46.4
49.0
14.7
14.3
24.1
18 27.8
18
18
12
12
12
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
27.8
27.7
06.5
07.0
06.9
35.9
40.4
28.3
28.7
04.8
30.4
30.4
08.5
08.6
39.9
Long. East
283 11
287 41
287 41
286 17
287 18
287 43
287 48
289 18
289 28
290 23
291 03
290 06
290 06
289 16
291 05
291 04
291 04
288 29
288 25
288 57
291 59
290 42
29i3 04
293 04
295 18
295 18
296 45
The monthly sailing for Curacao from Santo Domingo had been discontinued, and
as no other vessel sailing direct was available, I found it necessary to go to San Juan,
Porto Rico, which I was able to do in time to make a good connection with a regular line
steamer for Curacao, arriving at the latter place on November 12. Three stations were
occupied in the immediate vicinity of Willemstad, but it was found impracticable to
attempt observations on other islands of the group. Direct transportation was secured
to Maracaibo, Venezuela, where observations were made on November 23 and 24, after
two days', delay in completing arrangements with officials for the requisite permission.
Observers' Field Reports 153
Through the kindness of the officials of the Venezuela Sun Oil Company, I was enabled
to reach La Ceiba, near the upper end of Lake Maracaibo, on one of their launches, secure
observations there, and return to Maracaibo on the weekly mail steamer the following
day. This accommodation was highly appreciated, as La Ceiba is situated on low,
marshy ground, and is infested with malarial mosquitoes.
A short delay was experienced in reaching Puerto Cabello from Maracaibo, going
by way of Willemstad, Curacao, and a further delay was occasioned by the refusal of
the civil authorities at Puerto Cabello to permit my taking any observations without
an official government permit. It was therefore necessary for me to go to Caracas and
secure permission from the Minister of the Interior before doing the observational work
at Puerto Cabello. Although observations at La Ceiba were completed on November 26,
because of this delay it was December 14 before work was begun at Puerto Cabello. The
remaining stations in Venezuela, including Caracas, which was made a class I station,
were occupied with but the ordinary delays of coastwise travel in that country, and Port
of Spain, Trinidad, was reached January 15, 1923.
The work in Haiti and the Dominican Republic was greatly facilitated by the courte-
sies and assistance rendered by the United States marines stationed on the island, and
especial acknowledgment is made of the personal interest taken by the United States
Minister at Caracas in securing official permission to make observations in Venezuela.
Table 29 shows the stations at which magnetic observations were made, with dates of
occupation and geographic positions; for additional details see Descriptions of Stations
and Table of Results.
(3) TRINIDAD TO PARA, JANUARY TO APRIL 1923
At Port of Spain, Trinidad, I was joined by Observer J. T. Howard, who was to
work with me while acquiring experience in field work before taking up independent work
on the Amazon and tributaries. In addition to the reoccupation of C. I. W. stations at
Port of Spain and San Fernando for secular variation, distribution stations desired by the
Crown Survey Department were occupied at Toco, near the northeast corner of the island,
Rio Claro, in the central part, and Cedros, in the southwestern part. Mr. J. W. Mac-
gillivray, crown surveyor, afforded us every facility for carrying out this work at times
most convenient for us, and the expenses of local travel between these stations and Port
of Spain were defrayed by his office.
From Port of Spain a side trip was made, and C. I. W. stations at Bridgetown,
Barbados, and Kingstown, St. Vincent, were reoccupied for secular variation.
Supplementary instructions of December 23, 1922, provided for a few additional
stations in Venezuela, along the Orinoco River. Accordingly we left Port of Spain
February 10 and reached Ciudad Bolivar February 13, after having been delayed about
30 hours en route by the vessel getting stuck on a sand-bar.
From Ciudad Bolivar the intention was to proceed to San Fernando de Apure and
La Urbana, and possibly as far as San Fernando de Atabapo, but circumstances prevented
any further ascent of the Orinoco. It was the season of low water. Above Ciudad
Bolivar it was possible to navigate only vessels of very shallow draft. There were but
two such vessels in commission at that time, both very small. Furthermore, some
malcontents in the vicinity of La Urbana and San Fernando de Apure had taken advantage
of the difficulty in transporting government troops, due to the low water, and had started
a small revolt. The two small vessels had been commandeered by the Government for
transportation of troops, and the only other available means of transportation was a
chartered sailboat. The time necessary to make the river trip by such means was
so excessive that the project was abandoned, and we returned to Port of Spain.
154
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
From Port of Spain we then proceeded along the coast of British Guiana, Dutch
Guiana, and French Guiana, thence to Para, Brazil, which point was reached April 16.
Six of the stations of 1908 were reoccupied en route, one of which, Paramaribo, was
made a class I station, and the diurnal-variation observations in declination and hori-
zontal intensity were made at a new station at St. Laurent, during an enforced delay wait-
ing for an opportunity to reach Cayenne.
Transportation facilities are meager and unsatisfactory through the regions just
mentioned, and we were particularly fortunate in securing passage on a small tramp
cattle steamer from Cayenne to Para. From the experiences of this trip, it appears that
stations along the north coast of South America are more readily reached by going by
way of the West Indies direct to Cayenne, working westward from there. Vessels of
the Royal West Indian Netherlands Line frequently touch at ports along this coast-line,
westbound, and upon reaching Barranquilla or Puerto Colombia, proceed directly to Europe
without touching at north coast ports on the homeward journey. Communication
between Cayenne and Para is very infrequent, being confined to chance trading-vessels.
Indeed, Para is not easily reached either from Guiana or the West Indies.
The secular-variation station at Pinheiro, near Belem, Para, was jointly occupied as
a class I station, and while Mr. Howard began preparations for his independent Amazon
work, I reoccupied the 1915 station at Alcobaca on the Tocantins River. Returning to
Belem, I left Mr. Howard in charge of the work outlined for him and proceeded southward
on April 25.
Table 30 shows the stations at which magnetic observations were made, with dates of
occupation and geographic positions; for additional details see Descriptions of Stations
and Table of Results.
Table 30
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1,2
13
14
Name °
Port of Spain {1905)
Port of Spain, A
San Fernando, A. . .
Toco
Bridgetown, A
Kingstown
Ciudad Bolivar
Georgetown, B
New Amsterdam ....
Paramaribo
St. Laurent, A
Cayenne, A
Pinheiro, A and B . .
Alcobaca
Date
1923
Jan 16
Jan
Jan
Jan
16-18
19
22
Jan 25-26
Jan 29
Feb 14-20
Mar 7
Mar 9
Mar 17,19-20
Mar 30-31
Apr 9-10
Apr 18-19
Apr 22-23
Latitude
10
10
10
10
13
13
8
6
6
5
5
4
1
3
40.0 N
40.0 N
16.8 N
50.1 N
04.8 N
09.2 N
09.1 N
48.0 N
16.3 N
50.0 N
29.4 N
56.1 N
17.9 S
45.2 S
Long. East
298 28
298 29
298 33
299 04
300 25
298 46
296 28
301 51
302 29
304 51
305 59
307 40
311 31
310 19
° The stations are located in the following countries: Nos. 1 to 6, West Indies; No. 7, Venezu-
ela; Nos. 8 to 12, Guianas; Nos. 13 and 14, Brazil.
(4) PARA TO HUANCAYO OBSERVATORY, PERU, APRIL TO SEPTEMBER 1923
My work in eastern Brazil was to consist mainly of the occupation of certain stations
at which observations had been made by the Brazilian Commission in 1903 and 1904,
and to secure a comparison of my instruments with those in use at the Vassouras Ob-
servatory.
Leaving Belem, Para, on April 28, traveling by coastwise vessel, I reached San
Luis May 2, but on account of a malignant yellow-fever epidemic I was obliged to omit
Fortaleza, which was designated as a class I station. Proceeding by the same class of
vessels, I reached Pernambuco and Bahia, occupying both primary and auxiliary stations
Observers' Field Reports 155
at both ports, the latter being a class I station. Joazeiro, a station of the Commission,
on the Rio de San Francisco, was reached by railway from Bahia, a distance of about
440 kilometers. On the return connection was made with a train for Aracaju on the coast,
where the station of the Commission was also occupied. After a trip by boat to Cara-
vellas, I found it necessary to return to Bahia in order to get passage to Victoria. Vic-
toria was discovered to be in a region of great local magnetic disturbance. An electric-
car line has been built near the station of the Commission and it could not be reoccupied,
but three other well-separated stations were established from which a mean value may
quite probably be taken to represent the normal distribution for the region. I left
Victoria June 25 and arrived at Rio de Janeiro the following day.
At Rio de Janeiro I received cabled instructions to omit the greater part of the work
outlined for central and southern Brazil and proceed to Buenos Aires, because of the
necessity of an ear her return to Washington than was originally intended. After having
compared my instrument with those of the Vassouras Observatory, I established a station
at Santos. I then returned to Rio de Janeiro in order to reach Buenos Aires by an earlier
vessel, and arrived at the latter port July 21. At Buenos Aires I received supplementary
instructions dated June 6, 1923.
Leaving Buenos Aires July 26, I encountered little or no delay in transportation,
and reached Mollendo, Peru, on the Pacific side, August 27, having secured observations
at seven repeat stations en route, including comparison observations at magnetic observa-
tories of the Argentina Meteorological Service at Pilar and La Quiaca. Two stations
were reoccupied in Bolivia, and two in southern Peru. At Mollendo I was able to transfer
directly from the train to a vessel of the Grace Line, and two days later, August 29, I
arrived at Callao and Lima.
The Huancayo Observatory was reached September 1, instrumental comparisons
made during the ensuing four days, following which a series of simultaneous observations
for station difference between the standard observatory piers in the new absolute building
and the station designated as "Frame" were made.
I left Huancayo Observatory September 7, arrived at Lima September 8, sailed from
Callao September 12, and reached New York September 24. Proceeding at once to
Washington, I reported at the Office September 25.
In all, 61 stations were occupied, not counting a few that were occupied jointly
with Mr. Love and Mr. Howard, and the cahiers forwarded under their names. Of
these 61 stations, there were 8 class I stations, 21 class II stations, 12 class III stations,
16 class IV stations, and 4 were comparisons at observatories. Also there were forwarded
from these 61 stations 89 cahiers of results.
The total distance covered from the time of leaving Washington until returning
thereto was 23,811 miles, exclusive of local travel to and from magnetic stations, of which
4,107 miles was travel to and from the field. Of the total distance traveled, 14,889
miles were by steamer, 7,274 miles by railways, 868 miles by automobile, 690 miles by
sailboat, and 90 miles by small launch. The average distance covered per station, includ-
ing travel to and from the field, was 390 miles. Excluding travel to and from the field,
the average distance per station was 323 miles.
The total cost of the entire trip was $4,760.83, an average of $78.05 per station, or
excluding the cost of travel to and from the field, the average cost per station was $71.41.
It is a pleasure to acknowledge the cordial reception and courteous treatment accorded
me at each of the United States consulates visited during the course of the work. My
work in Brazil and Argentina was greatly facilitated by the cordial cooperation of Dr.
Henrique Morize, director of the National Observatory of Brazil, and of Mr. G. O. Wiggin,
chief of the Meteorological Office at Buenos Aires.
156
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Table 31 shows the stations at which magnetic observations were made, with dates
of occupation and geographic positions; for additional details, see Descriptions of
Stations and Table of Results.
Table 31
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Name "
San Luis (Campo do Durique)
San Luis, A
San Luis, B
Pernambuco, B
Pernambuco, A
Bahia, A
Bahia, B
Joazeiro, A
Joazeiro, B
Aracaju
Caravellas, A
Caravellas, B
Victoria, B
Victoria, C
Victoria, A
Vassouras, A, B, and C
Santos, B
Santos, A
Florida, B
Pilar, Pier B
Pilar, Pier 5
Tucumdn
La Quiaca, B
La Quiaca, Magnetometer Pier.
La Quiaca, Station 1917
Uyuni, A
Uyuni, B
La Paz, 1917
La Paz, B
Juliaca, A
Juliaca, B
Arequipa, A
Arequipa, B
Huancayo Observatory, Wm
Huancayo Observatory, Em . . .
Huancayo Observatory, Frame
Date
1928
May 2
May 3- 4
May 3
May 11
May 12
May 18-20
May 21
May 25-26
May 26
May 31-
June 1
June 11-12
June 12
June 21
June 21-22
June 22-23
/June 30-
\July 2
Lat. South
July
July
9
9-10
July 24
July 27-29
29-31
July
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Sep
Sep
Sep
1
3- 4
4- 6
5
9-10
10
13-14
14
20-21
20
23-25
25
2- 5
3- 4
5- 6
2
2
2
8
8
13
13
9
9
31.4
30.3
30.3
03.6
03.7
00.5
00.5
24.1
24.1
10 5.40
17
17
20
20
20
44.4
44.2
20.0
20.1
19.9
Long. East
22 24 . 0
23
23
34
31
31
26
22
22
22
20
20
16
16
15
15
16
16
12
12
12
57,
57
32.
40.1
40.
51.
06.
06.
06.6
28.0
28.0
31.0
31.1
30.0
30.0
22.5
22.5
02.7
02.7
02.7
315 43
315 43
315 43
325 07
325 06
321 29
321 29
319 29
319 29
322 55
320 47
320 47
319 40
319 40
319 40
316 21
313 36
313 36
301 29
296 07
296 07
294 46
294 25
294 25
294 25
293 11
293 11
291 47
291 47
289 51
289 51
288 27
288 27
284 40
284 40
284 40
° The stations are located in the following countries: Nos. 1 to 18 are in Brazil; Nos. 19 to 25
are in Argentina; Nos. 26 to 29 are in Bolivia; and Nos. 30 to 36 are in Peru,
J. W. Green, on Magnetic Work in Mexico, June to August 1924
In accordance with instructions from the Director dated June 7, 1924, I left Wash-
ington, accompanied by Observer John Lindsay, on the evening of June 8, for magnetic
work in Mexico.
We were instructed to proceed directly to Mexico City, stopping en route for observa-
tions only at Sabinas and Monterrey in northern Mexico. We crossed the international
boundary at Eagle Pass, arriving at Piedras Negras on June 12. There we found the
way had been cleared for us through the kindness of Professor Joaquin Gallo, director
of the Observatorio Astronomico Nacional in Mexico City, who had advised the customs
officials of our coming. Our instrumental outfits and personal baggage were passed
through the custom-house with only formal inspection and no delay whatever.
Sabinas was occupied as a class III station and Monterrey as a class I station. Going
thence directly to Mexico City, we were met on Sunday morning, June 22, by Professor
Gallo, director, and Mr. R. O. Sandoval, magnetic observer, of the National Observatory.
Observers' Field Reports 157
Professor Gallo accompanied us to a hotel, and then after breakfast as his guests we had
the very enjoyable experience of visiting the parks and interesting places in the city
with him as our guide.
The following day Professor Gallo secured for us an audience with the Secretario de
Agricultura y Fomento. After explaining the nature of our work to this official, we were
each given a letter calling upon all civil and military authorities in Mexico to give us
every facility and assistance in the work we proposed doing in that country. This
letter proved to be a very great aid in securing permission from local authorities every-
where we went.
Tuesday, June 24, on Professor Gallo's invitation, we visited the magnetic observa-
tory at Teoloyucan, which is 36 kilometers by rail north of Mexico City. A very profit-
able day was spent in looking through the observatory, made particularly enjoyable
by the excellent picnic dinner arranged by Professor Gallo, at which several distinctly
Mexican dishes new to us were served.
The following day, June 25, I went with Mr. Lindsay to Puebla, 210 kilometers
south of Mexico City. After assisting him in locating a station site and in starting the
program of observations, I returned to Mexico City. Mr. Sandoval and I then took
up the intercomparison observations between, the observatory instruments, consisting
of a Dover magnetometer and a Fauth dip circle, and C. I. W. magnetometer-inductor
26, the instrument I was using for field work. Several days were spent making these
comparisons and carrying out the computations.
In view of the fact that Professor Gallo has ordered from the Precise Instrument
Company of Brooklyn a magnetometer-inductor of the type in use in our own field work,
another day was spent in explaining in detail the construction and working principles
of the instrument, and in having Mr. Sandoval make some practice observations with
it. Testing their inductor and the practice observations by Mr. Sandoval were carried
on at the Observatorio Nacional in Tacubaya. During my stay of between two and
three weeks in Mexico City, Professor Gallo gave me every possible assistance and did
everything possible to make my stay in the city pleasant and enjoyable.
By July 11, the work of comparison at Mexico City had been finished, Mr. Lindsay
had returned from the south after completing work at Puebla, and reoccupying the C. I.
W. station at Oaxaca; having completed the necessary computations, we traveled
together to Queretaro and jointly occupied a class II station at that place.
As Mr. Lindsay had now become sufficiently familiar with the work to be able to
continue alone, we separated at Queretaro. Mr. Lindsay went to San Luis Potosi,
Tampico, Vera Cruz, and thence along the Gulf coast to Yucatan, occupying several
additional stations en route, while I proceeded westward, stopping first at Guadalajara.
From Guadalajara to the west coast, a choice of one of two routes was proposed. The
first was to go by rail to Colima and then on to Manzanillo, in case the boat schedules
would permit, and from Manzanillo proceed by steamer to Mazatlan. However, while
in Guadalajara, I learned from the steamship agencies that a vessel was leaving Manza-
nillo on the day I finished observing at Guadalajara and the next vessel for Mazatlan
would be two weeks later. I, therefore, chose the alternate route, which was to go
overland from Guadalajara to Tepic, substitute Tepic for Colima, and proceed to Mazat-
lan by rail.
The trip overland was made in three stages. Leaving Guadalajara early in the
morning of July 22 and traveling by motor stage, I reached La Quemada, 120 kilometers
distant, about the middle of the afternoon. Arrangements were made with a mule
driver for saddle and pack animals to start at daylight the next morning for Ixtlan del
Rio, 70 kilometers distant.
158 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
My traveling companions were three Italians and much bargaining was necessary
between these Italians and the mule driver in order to reach an agreement as to the
charge for each animal. Long before daylight the next morning we were up, had roused
the Chinese proprietor of the "hotel and restaurant," and had eaten some breakfast.
Evidently the mules refused to be caught. Six o'clock came and went. At 7h I was
getting anxious, at 8h I gave them up, and at 9h I was trying to feel resigned to spending
another day with the Chinese host when suddenly, about 9h30m, the driver with the mules
put in an appearance. After some further negotiations, about 10h30m, we finally got
started. Being the rainy season, the trails were bad; the mules were slow and seemed
utterly indifferent as to whether they reached their destination that day or the next week.
We stopped at another Chinese inn by the wayside for lunch, then plodded on. About
5 p. m. I began to suspect that we would not reach Ixtlan del Rio that night. Upon
putting the question to the driver my fears were confirmed, as he answered indifferently,
"manana." However, we had covered the worst part of the trail, had crossed the "Bar-
ranca," a deep gorge into which we descended, and made our way up and out again on
the same side after traversing it for several miles. Toward evening we arrived at the
village called La Barranca, where we were to spend the night. Unfortunately for us,
a half hour earlier, a mule train going in the opposite direction had arrived, and the
rooms were all taken at the so-called hotel. Two of my companions found a room in a
house across the street from the hotel; the third, having a blanket roll, proposed to sleep
on the hotel porch, while I started down the street inquiring at every likely looking house
for a night's lodging. The owner of a small shop accommodated me and by paying one
peso in advance, I secured a very good room with a bed equipped with a mosquito net.
We were up at 4 o'clock the next morning, and after a meager breakfast started in
the gray light of early dawn in a drizzling rain, which, however, did not last long, and at
9 a. m. we reached Ixtlan del Rio without further incident. I was terribly stiff and lame,
being unaccustomed to the saddle. The change from the mule to a seat in the stage, a
Ford truck equipped with seats having some homemade, excelsior stuffed cushions,
seemed a welcome one indeed, for the truck seemed luxurious compared to the homemade
saddle and the mule; but before we reached Tepic, 150 kilometers farther on, I would
have been glad to get out of the truck and back on the mule.
The road was merely a trail, but the driver was an optimist with lots of faith in
that Ford truck. He imagined the road was there, and all right, and drove accordingly.
We left Ixtlan del Rio on this 150-kilometer trip with a badly leaking radiator and not
a single extra tire. Rock-strewn stretches of trail, gullies, swamps, and mudholes were
all alike treated with indifference by the driver of that truck. That my instrument
escaped damage is a miracle, but I had so packed it that it could not bounce, and with
plenty of padding underneath, it came through safely. Toward evening we passed an
autotruck, fitted up as a stage, being ignominiously dragged out of a swamp by five
yoke of oxen, while our car ploughed through under its own power and continued.
As darkness came on, our driver saw the lights of the other stage behind us and set out
to arrive first in Tepic. There seemed to be a loose connection in our lighting system
and our lights were on part of the time and part of the time we drove in darkness. But
"faith will accomplish wonders"; our driver had it and we arrived in Tepic at 8 p. m.,
ahead of the other stage.
From Tepic on there are continuous rail connections and I encountered no further
difficulties of travel. Observations were made at Tepic, Mazatlan, Culican, and Guay-
mas, all on or near the west coast of Mexico. After occupying Hermosillo, I proceeded
directly to Tucson, Arizona, where I arrived Saturday, August 9, and was met by Mr.
A. K. Ludy, observer-in-charge of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey magnetic
observatory.
Observers' Field Reports
159
Intercomparison of my field instruments with those of the observatory was made
here and also a series of observations with the magnetometer for diurnal variation in
declination and horizontal intensity by deflections. I then proceeded to El Paso,
Texas, arriving August 14. Upon inquiry I found that I could reach Nueva Casas
Grandes the next day and return late the following day, and this I did.
Leaving El Paso early in the morning, I encountered little or no delay at the Mexican
custom-house and Casas Grandes was reached at 4 p. m. There being no hotel at Casas
Grandes, I walked back 2 miles to Colonia Dublan, an American colony of Latter Day
Saints, where I found very satisfactory accommodations. Observations were made the
next day, August 16, and completed at 3 p. m., the return train being expected at3h30m.
It came at 6 p. m., and we reached Ciudad Juarez at 2h30m a. m., four hours late.
The next afternoon I left Juarez again and arrived the same evening at Chihuahua,
where observations during the next two days were made. At Sweetwater, Texas, the
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey station of 1910 was reoccupied August 22, and an
auxiliary station was established about a mile to the westward. This completed my
list of stations and I returned to Washington, arriving early in the morning of August 30,
having been absent from the Office 83 days.
Table 32
No.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Sabinas A, B "
Monterrey, A, B a
/TeoloyucanObs'y. B, Pier A
\ Pier B
Queretaro, A, B a C, D
Guadalajara," A, B
Tepic
Mazatlan, A , B
Culican
Guaymas, A, B
Hermosillo
Tucson Obs'y *
Nueva Casas Grandes
Chihuahua, A, B, C
Sweetwater,6 A
Sweetwater, B
State
Coahuila
Nueva Leon . .
/Mexico
Queretaro . . . .
Jalisco
Nayarit
Sinaloa
Sinaloa
Sonora
Sonora
Arizona
Chihuahua. . . .
Chihuahua. . . .
Texas
Texas
Date
1934
June 14
June 17-19
/June 27-
\July 1
July 12-13
July 18-19
July 25-26
July 28-31
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
5- 7
8
11-13
16
18-19
22-24
Aug 25
Lat. North
27
25
51.4
40.5
19 44.8
20
20
21
23
24
27
29
32
30
28
32
32
35
44
31.3
11
47.5
55
04.4
14.8
25.7
38
28.0
28.0
Long. East
258 54
259 40
260 49
259 35
256 37
255 06
253 35
252 36
249 03c
249 03
249 10
252 05
253 56
259 36
259 35
a Observations at stations B at Sabinas, Monterrey, and Queretaro were made by Observer
John Lindsay. See his separate report. c Longitude for Guaymas, B, is 249° 08'
6 Nos. 11, 14, and 15 are in United States; all other stations are in Mexico.
Throughout my work in Mexico I was treated with the greatest kindness every-
where. I was shown numerous courtesies and given every possible assistance by the
Mexican officials. In particular, I wish to mention Senor Francisco Salazar, captain
of the port at Guaymas, and Senor Tomas Fregosa, C. E. , of the cadastral office, Guay-
mas. These gentlemen assisted me in locating a site for a new station at Guaymas and
also placed at my disposal a launch for going back and forth to the island in the bay on
which is located the station of 1906.
The total distance traveled on the entire trip was 8,378 miles, of which 7,999 miles
were by rail, 339 miles by auto stage, and 40 miles by mule train.
The total expense of the trip was $958.12, and 20 stations were occupied in 14
localities. Of these stations, two were for intercomparison of instruments, and three
were class I stations at which diurnal-variation observations were secured.
Table 32 shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation, and geographic
positions; for additional details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
1G0
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
H. R. Grummann, on Magnetic Work in West Indies, March and April 1922
In accordance with instructions of the Director, the observer left New York on
March 4, 1922, on the steamer Fort St. George of the Quebec Steamship Company for
St. Thomas, for the purpose of reoccupying stations in the West Indies, at which the
last previous observations had been made in 1905. The instrumental outfit consisted
of magnetometer-inductor 26 with the usual accessories for field work.
The station previously known as Charlotte Amalie, later called St. Thomas, was
reoccupied on March 10 and 11. Transportation between the islands is infrequent,
especially to and from the smaller and less important ports, but fortunately a schooner
provided passage from St. Thomas to St. Croix, where the 1905 station at Christiansted
was reoccupied on March 18, and a new station established at Fredericksted March
22-23. A Clyde Line freighter furnished transportation to St. Christopher (St. Kitts),
and after the observations at Basse Terre, the Quebec steamer Guiana was available
for the passage to St. Johns, Antigua. Again taking passage on a freighter, the island
of Guadeloupe was reached on April 11. Here the. old station was found entirely un-
suitable, and a new one was selected about 5 kilometers from Pointe a Pitre, on the experi-
mental farm. Dominica and St. Lucia were easily reached by regular sailings, but in
order to reach Martinique without excessive delay it was necessary to employ a sloop.
After the occupation of stations at these last places, illness of the observer made an
immediate return imperative, and accordingly passage was taken for New York on May 1.
Table 33 shows the stations occupied, with the dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 33
No.
Name
Charlotte Amalie, St. Thomas
Christiansted, St. Croix
Fredericksted, St. Croix
Basse Terre, St. Christopher.
St. Joh?is, Antigua
La Jaille, a Guadeloupe
Roseau, Dominica
Port Castries, St. Lucia
Fort de France
Date
1922
Mar 10
Mar
11
18,20
Mar 22,23
Mar 29
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
3- 4
12-13
17,19
25-26
29
Lat. North
18
17
17
17
17
16
15
14
14
20.5
45.0
43.1
17.9
07.0
16.0
18.0
01.1
35.9
Long. East
295 05
295 17
295 07
297 17
298 09
298 27
298 38
299 02
298 55
a About 5 kilometers from the station of 1905.
J. T. Howard, on Magnetic Work in West Indies and South America,
December 1922 to December 1923
(1) as a member of j. w. green's party in west indies and northeastern coast of
south america
In accordance with instructions from the Director dated December 23, 1922, I left
Washington for New York City on December 26 to begin work in South America, first,
under the direction of Mr. J. W. Green as a member of his party and, later, working
independently reporting directly to the Office at Washington.
My outfit consisted of magnetometer-inductor 28, pocket chronometer 50,098, and
three watches, observing-tent, camera, and the usual field accessories. After attending
in New York to the necessary passport formalities, I embarked December 2 on the
Mar aval of the Trinidad Line directly for Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies,
where I arrived on January 7, 1923.
Observers' Field Reports 161
After first calling upon the crown surveyor, Mr. J. W. Macgillivray, who was
greatly interested in this as well as in earlier expeditions of the Department which have
visited Trinidad, I proceeded with observations at the station of 1905 and vicinity until
the arrival of Mr. Green, who was just completing observations along the coast of
Venezuela. Mr. Green arrived on January 15, and our joint operations are further
described in his report (see pp. 153-154).
As the surveying in the wooded portions of Trinidad is done by use of the compass,
the crown surveyor requested that distribution stations be occupied in remote parts of
the island. Over a country of rough topography and covered with rank tropical vegeta-
tion, compass surveys are most expeditious, provided there is little or no local disturbance.
The success of the surveys in Trinidad undertaken in the past by this method indicated
the absence of such disturbance. The presence of two magnetometer outfits by which
simultaneous observations in widely separated parts could be made presented a favorable
opportunity for determining the matter definitely. Stations at Port of Spain and San
Fernando, first occupied in 1905, were reoccupied in January, and new stations at Rio
Claro and Toco were established. On the return of the party from the Orinoco River
trip I made extended observations of declination at Cedros February 27 and 28, while
Mr. Green carried out diurnal-variation observations at Port of Spain, thus securing
simultaneous observations at the two places.
At Bridgetown, Barbados, a class I station was made January 25-26, the diurnal
variation in horizontal intensity and declination being made by Mr. Green while I
made the observations for variation in inclination at an auxiliary station, thereby getting
simultaneous variations of all elements. After completing this work we obtained trans-
portation by means of a small sloop to Kingstown, St. Vincent, where the station of
1905 was reoccupied. Returning to Port of Spain, preparations were made for work on
the Orinoco. Leaving Port of Spain on a Venezuelan steamer, we arrived at Ciudad
Bolivar, Venezuela, after a slow voyage caused by the unusually low stage of water in
the river, which made travel at night impracticable. Here we landed and entered our
outfits after a brief and courteous inspection by the customs officials. We were able to
exactly reoccupy the C. I. W. station of 1913, and, though the station has been given the
name of Ciudad Bolivar in the State of the same name, it is actually across the river in
the State of Bermudez. Further progress up the Orinoco being impracticable, as ex-
plained in detail in Mr. Green's report (see p. 154), we returned to Port of Spain. The
water in the river was lower even than when we came up. The steamer, loaded with
cattle and carrying many passengers, grounded on a bar. Such an accident going
down-stream and the water rapidly falling promised to be a serious matter, but fortunately
with the timely assistance of another boat we were drawn off without great damage.
From Trinidad we sailed to Georgetown, British Guiana, where we reoccupied the
C. I. W. station on March 6 and 7. I reoccupied also the station of 1908 at Bartica
while Mr. Green reoccupied the station of 1908 and 1918 at New Amsterdam as support-
ing stations. We proceeded thence by French mail steamer to Paramaribo ; as a support-
ing station, we reoccupied jointly the station of 1908 at Onverwacht. We then took
passage on a local steamer for St. Laurent on the French Guiana side of the Maroni
River. The formalities of entering our baggage and equipment were very numerous
and difficult; however, once our mission was explained, the military and civil officials
were most cordial and helpful. French Guiana is a penal colony, and the visitor can not
fail to be interested in the various types of men with whom he must deal. The man who
carts his baggage may have been a desperate criminal, or may be a man of education
and culture whose fault has been political. The fishing trade is controlled by Annamese
who have brought with them their peculiar traditions and living habits, while transporta-
tion on the river is largely in the hands of the "bush niggers," descendants of African
162
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
slaves who long ago escaped their Dutch and French masters and have reverted to their
tribal life in the jungle. After reoccupying the station at Cayenne, we fortunately
obtained passage on a cattle boat for Para, Brazil. We jointly reoccupied the station
at Pinheiro as a class I station, after which Mr. Green went to Alcobaca to reoccupy
the station of 1915, and I began preparations for the work on the Xingu River.
Table 34 shows the stations occupied by me with dates of occupation and geographic
positions, those occupied by Mr. Green being given in a table appended to his report;
for additional details, see Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
Table 34
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Port of Spain, 1905, Trinidad. .
Port of Spain, B, Trinidad. . . .
San Fernando, B, Trinidad . . .
Bridgetown, B, Barbados
Kingstown, B, St. Vincent. . . .
Rio Claro, Trinidad
Ciudad Bolivar, B, Venezuela.
Cedros, Trinidad
Georgetown, British Guiana. . . .
Barlica, British Guiana
Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana . . .
Onverwacht, Dutch Guiana. . . .
St. Laurent, B, French Guiana
Cayenne, B, French Guiana. . .
Pinheiro, B, Brazil
Date
1928
Jan 9-10
11-16
19
25-26
29
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
14-16
27-28
6- 7
9
Mar 17-20
Mar 21
Mar 30
10
18-19
Apr
Apr
Latitude
10
10
10
13
13
10
8
10
6
6
5
5
5
4
1
40.0 N
40.0 N
16. 8N
Q4.8 N
09.2 N
18.0 N
09.1 N
05.3 N
48.6 N
23.8 N
50.2 N
34.6 N
29. 4N
56.1 N
17.9 S
Long. East
298 28
298 28
298 33
300 25
298 46
298 50
296 26
298 07
301 51
301 25
304 50
304 50
305 59
307 40
311 31
(2) IN BRAZIL, ON XINGU AND FRESCO RIVERS, MARAJO ISLAND, TROMBETAS, PARU, AND
JARY RIVERS
As Mr. Green, with whom I had been associated, began his work along the eastern
coast, going southward to Argentina, I began preparations for work on some of the
Amazon tributaries along which there had been no previous magnetic observations.
The first of these was the Xingu River, which lies between the Araguaya River on the
east, traversed in 1915 by Observer D. W. Berky, and the Tapajoz on the west, ascended
by Observer Allan Sterling in 1918. The Xingu River is navigable by steamers to
Victoria; from there one goes by mule train over the portage to Alta Mira, avoiding three
large, impassable rapids. At Alta Mira I secured passage on a launch belonging to a local
rubber company to the head of launch navigation at Sao Felix. From this point I was
able to arrange a canoe trip up the Rio Fresco, a tributary of the Xingu, to Novo Hori-
zonte at the edge of the plains or "campos." Long delays occurred on the return to Alta
Mira because of the low stage of the water. Stations were established as opportunities
afforded, both on the outward and return journeys. At Victoria I was fortunately able
to catch a steamer again for Para, where I arrived July 13. The entire trip had taken 64
days, during which nine new stations had been estbalished.
At Para an opportunity was presented of accompanying Mr. Fischer, of the Phila-
delphia Academy of Natural Arts, to the island of Marajo. This expedition started
from Para August 3 and returned August 14, during which time stations were established
at Soure and at Maguary Lighthouse.
As there seemed no present possibility of making the ascent of the Paru River, I
made preparations to proceed up the Amazon. After making observations at Obidos,
an opportunity was found to ascend the Trombetas River about 150 miles to the first
cataract at Porteiro Rapids, three new stations being occupied. I then returned to
Santarem and, after reoccupation of that station, I learned that official permission would
Observers' Field Reports 163
be given for ascending the Paru and Jary rivers. I accordingly returned to Para to
secure the necessary outfit and to make up the party. My party was composed of
native Brazilians except one, who was an American prospector from San Francisco.
We left Para on September 26 for Almeirim, where we picked up two more natives and
the real hard work began.
We had no maps or other reliable information, and the journey was very slow and
laborious on account of the numerous rapids (we encountered 53 on this trip), the first
at Panama Rapids being reached on October 6. On the way we met an old rubber trader,
who gave me a helpful introduction to the Indians and furnished us with very valuable
information and assistance. Guided by the Indians, I arrived on November 26 at the
border of the campos country. Here the guides talked of dangers ahead, of enormous
beasts and savage tribes, and refused to go farther. This point was about 0° 16' north
latitude, and without the assistance of the Indians I could not well proceed. So I
persuaded them to show me the trail across the mountains to the Jary River, which they
said was a two days' journey. I was obliged to abandon my canoes, cable, and heavy
gear, and started across the trail with my Brazilian boys guided by the Indians who
spoke no language but their own. Instead of the expected two days, we walked over a
very rough country for four days. There was no trail, only a very indistinctly blazed
line. Our provisions were about gone, and we lived largely on game, mainly monkeys,
and Indian bread. The streams were small, and there were no fish. Arriving at the
Indian village on the Jary side of the divide, I was able to arrange with the chief to take
us down to a larger place, where canoes could be obtained for the descent to the Amazon.
In accordance with agreement, we arrived at the village of the Chief Creshapee on
the Potinga River. This old chief was a man of distinguished ability who carries on a
trade with the French in Guiana by way of the upper Maroni. He had himself on one
occasion been over to St. Laurent. The tribes of this region deal very little with the
Brazilian traders, preferring rather to trade with the tribes from over the Tumac Humac
range. The Brazilian Indians raise large numbers of dogs, while the Indians of French
and Dutch Guiana raise very few and are willing to pay excellent prices for them in
barter — beads, knives, cloth, etc. After paying Chief Creshapee about all of my remaining
barter for the trip, I proceeded with my observations, while the women of the village
made up a great quantity of a sort of hardtack for provisions on the next stage of the
journey. On the day following, December 4, with my men (five Indians) and two canoes,
we started for San Antonio, a Brazilian rubber-trading post. It was a pleasant trip
down-stream, with few rapids and only one portage. We were well supplied with food,
the climate was pleasant, and the course lay through a rich, untouched country. At
the end of eight days we came to San Antonio, where there is a tremendous cataract, but
the Brazilians have built a good road and burros are provided to carry baggage. Here
I paid off my Indian boatmen, made them presents, and bade them farewell. They
departed in a cheerful mood, and I am sure that a future observer will find a hearty
welcome among them.
The director of the rubber station, Senhor Lopes, received me and my white companion
very cordially and found a house where we could get board while waiting' for the launch.
The Brazilian boys were well sheltered and cared for themselves with food I bought for
their use. On the arrival of the launch on December 16, we were able to proceed down
the river as far as Arumanduba at the mouth of the Jary, built in a half-submerged
swamp, where the houses are set up on posts, and where malarial fever is abundant and
mosquitoes innumerable. At that time the food-supply had run short and we lived
largely on fish, though I managed to secure a few chickens for variety. After a few days'
delay we secured passage for Para, where we arrived December 26. Here the boys
were paid off and the party disbanded. In spite of the continual use of quinine, I had
contracted malaria and was obliged to go to the hospital, where I was on New Year's Day.
164
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
A word of appreciation should be added for the Brazilian boatman. He is tough
and elastic as the rubber with which he commonly deals. He will go anywhere if he
has plenty of farina and tobacco; without either, he is lost. Moreover, as a rule, he
will not steal, though he sometimes twists the facts in his stories. His greatest virtues
are courage and cheerfulness; he sits down to his monkey meat and farina, and chats
happily with his comrades and goes to bed singing, whether or not he knows where his
next meal is coming from.
In the Paru River region it is probable that the lava which overlies the river bed
causes local disturbance. The Indians have a tradition that the river issues from a
circular lake of unknown depth, but the source of their information is uncertain, as they
are afraid to go up there. It is interesting, however, to observe that, while the Trom-
betas, the Cumana, and the Jary are very nearly dry in November, there is an abundance
of very clear water in the Paru. Moreover, it is natural to suppose that the shining,
brittle, red and black enamel which overlies the granite in the valley has flowed down
from its source in the mountains. In the lower river this overlying material is not seen.
Table 35
No.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Name
Cachoeira Tucuruhy
Alta Mira
Jatoba
Sao Felix
Estreeto
Novo Horizonte
C'apivara Cachoeira
Sao Sebastiao
Victoria
Pinheiro, A
Maguary Lighthouse
Soure
Obidos, A
Oriximina
Porteiro Rapids
Veado
Obidos.fi
Sanlarem, A
Santarem, B
Almeirim
Panama Rapids
Muraeeka
Maracanaquara Rapids. . .
Miritipoco Island
Jaware
Tapiocawa
Toure Falls
Papagaia Village
Curumuri
Pata
Jaware Pootoole Island. . .
Takara Rapids
Sao Antonio de Cachoeira
Date
1923
May 16
May 18
May 24
May 30-
June 1
June 8
June 14-15
June 18
/June 30-
\July 2
July 9
July 15
Aug 6
Aug 12
Aug 26
Aug 28
Aug 30
Sep
1
5
8-14
11
1
5- 6
12
17,20
26
29
7
Nov 12
Nov 19.21
Nov 26
Dec 3
Dec 7
Dec 10
Dec 12-13
Sep
Sep
Sep
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
Latitude
01 S
12.5 S
51.6 S
6 38.8 S
6 59 . 1 S
7 43.6 S
7 24.3 S
5 48 S
53.5 S
17.9 S
14.8 S
44.0 S
55.0 S
45.7 S
05.1 S
19.2 S
OS
9S
OS
OS
7S
4S
6S
7S
OS
4S
01. 6N
37.0 N
16. ON
24.3 N
01.9 N
28.7 S
39.9 S
55
24
25
32
03
57
44
27
16
10
Long. East
307 45
307 48
307 13
308 01
308 17
308 49
308 46
307 24
308 00
311 31
311 40
311 34
304 32
304 08
302 58
303 31
304 32
305 21
305 21
307 32
306 54
306 52
306 50
306 27
306 18
306 19
306 15
305 43
306 07
306 34
307 03
307 18
307 31
It is a pleasure to acknowledge the uniformly courteous assistance rendered by
officials and others in position to help with the work of the expedition. Especial mention
must be made of the assistance rendered by the American consul at Para, Mr. George H.
Pickerell, and by Mr. Edgar Chermont and Mr. Bento Chermont.
Table 35 shows the list of stations occupied after leaving Mr. Green's party (all in
Brazil), with dates and geographic positions; for additional details, see Table of Results
and Descriptions of Stations.
Observees' Field Reports 165
J. T. Howard, on Magnetic Work in Brazil, Peru, and Ecuador, January to
October 1924
During 1924, as late as October 27, when I returned to Washington, I continued
work under instructions of December 23, 1922, and supplementary instructions of
November 1923. On the completion of the expedition up the Paru and Jary rivers,, at
the end of December 1923, I was compelled to take hospital treatment at Para, before
going on with the work. As soon as able, I went direct from Para to Manaos, where I
reoccupied the repeat station on January 23, 1924. Here I found the facilities for
working along the major tributaries very meager, and such work as I was able to do was
accomplished with great loss of time, waiting for transportation.
On February 1, I embarked on a launch for a trip up the Rio Negro, one of the
major tributaries entering the Amazon from the north, said to be nearly 40 miles
wide at its mouth and about 10 miles wide at Santa Isabel, about 400 miles up from
Manaos. These great widths are hidden from direct observation because of the numer-
ous large islands which divide the water-course into various channels. The division of
the year into seasons of widely different amounts of rainfall causes a very great change
in the water-level, reported to be as much as 70 feet at Manaos. The water is discolored
by the large amount of decayed tropical vegetation, until it has much the appearance
of coffee where it breaks at the forefoot of the boat. The stations at Santa Isabel and
Barcellos were reoccupied on this trip.
On my return from the north side of the Amazon, I immediately made arrangements
to go to Porto Velho on the Madeira River, the mouth of which, where it enters the
Amazon from the south, is almost opposite that of the Rio Negro. I left Manaos on
March 2, and arrived at Porto Velho on March 6, where I was met by Mr. MacDonald,
of the Madeira-Mamore Railway Company. Porto Velho is headquarters for the rail-
way company. All the buildings are on the company's property, forming the new
town quite separate from the old town, which has much in common with all Brazilian
towns. Active work on the railway began about the time the Panama Canal was nearing
completion, and it is evident that much of the style of building and the methods of
engineering have been adopted from the experience obtained at Cristobal and Balboa.
On the day following my arrival I took the train for Guajara Mirim, on the Bolivian
frontier, arriving there on the night of March 8. Observations were made at Guajara
Mirim on the Brazilian side, and at Guayaramerin on the Bolivian side. The latter is
the original Indian name and means "the little noise" in distinction from larger rapids
farther down called "the big noise." The existence of these two towns, named respec-
tively from the Portuguese and the Spanish, accounts for the variations in the spelling
of the name on maps and in other publications.
I returned to Porto Velho as quickly as possible in order to catch the steamer for a
return to Manaos. But the steamer had met with a mishap and did not come for 18
days. I occupied two stations at Porto Velho, and was obliged to spend a few days in
a hospital, so that it was April 5 when I got back to Manaos.
There is but one steamer per month from Manaos to Iquitos on the upper Amazon
in Peru, and therefore little opportunity for stopping for observations at intermediate
points. I embarked on April 10 on one of the largest of these Amazon steamers, the
Belem, a very comfortable boat, though slow, and planned to take chances on making
observations at wood stations en route. This steamer burned wood and required 10,000
sticks every 24 hours, a considerable quantity when seen in one pile. This wood was
replenished once each day, but as the stops for refueling were generally in the night, or
in a pouring rain, little observational work was possible. Nevertheless, at three stations
I got ashore and did a little work, and at Sao Paulo I got an approximate reoccupation
of an old station.
166 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
On April 24 we arrived at Iquitos, Peru, which I occupied as a class I station.
There was under consideration a government project to build a railway from the Pongo
de Manseriche over to Piura. An English engineer had been sent over from Lima to
go through the upper Maranon and over the Andes on a preliminary survey. The
authorities, learning of my plans to go on through to the Pacific coast, had requested me
to accompany this man, who had no equipment for determining geographical position,
so I waited, expecting to leave on May 9. A local insurrection made it impossible for
us to make use of the navy launch and the project had to be postponed. My delay had
caused me to miss the monthly mail boat up the Ucayali River, and there was nothing
to do but wait for the next one on June 1. On that date I left Iquitos on the launch
Esploradora. It is a big launch, but it was crowded with passengers, all of whom had
to sleep on the deck. There was not much room to walk around at night. Most of
these passengers got off at points en route. Arriving at Bafios, we found a rapid
that the big launch can not pass at low water, so all remaining passengers were transferred
to a very dilapidated craft, by courtesy called a launch. The mail sacks, made of light
material, were carried in a canoe lashed alongside, where they were often splashed with
water, a circumstance not intended to improve the legibility of the letters.
On Friday, June 13 (quite appropriately) the ancient engine broke down, giving an
opportunity for observations at the mouth of a small stream called Puma Yaca. The
next day we came to the remnants of the American colony of Californians who were
persuaded to join in a scheme to raise cotton on the Pachitea River, where a concession
had been obtained by the promoter. But there had been internal dissensions and
nearly all who had means to leave had done so. Finally, on June 15, the old engine
expired with a blaze of fireworks and a great noise, and we started on at the streak of
dawn in one of the canoes. We had been adequately fed on the big launch, scantily fed
on the launch which we had just abandoned, and now we were limited to bananas and
salt fish. To this I was able to contribute a small amount of game. Nine days in the
canoe brought us to Puerto Bermudez, a collection of palm-thatched sheds, the head of
navigation of the Pachitea River. Observations were made at two stations, though the
station of 1912 could not be recovered exactly, because, in 1914, Indians had destroyed
the town and burned the buildings. On June 30 we took mules for the overland portion
of the journey. The first day it poured rain and the first river crossing was impossible.
The mules were unpacked and made to swim over, while our outfit was taken across on
a raft or "baka." After eight days of mule travel we arrived at La Merced, and an auto
bus was taken to the railway at Oroya, whence the journey was quickly made to the
Huancayo Observatory, where I arrived on July 8. Thus the journey from Iquitos to
Huancayo had taken more than five weeks, and was in many ways an unpleasant ex-
perience.
Careful comparisons were made with the standards at the Huancayo Observatory.
These were extended over an unusually long time, because of the extra observations
required of the limited personnel at the observatory. After taking a short vacation and
making observations at Tarma, La Merced, and at San Lorenzo Island near Callao,
passage was taken for Paita, northern Peru, where I arrived on August 29. Here the
climate is perfectly dry and during my stay the wind blew with great force every after-
noon. This was the cause of an unfortunate accident to the earth inductor which pre-
vented further observations for inclination. Nevertheless, I went to Piura and occupied
two stations, /Omitting inclination, and then proceeded to Guayaquil, Ecuador, where I
arrived on September 6.
There was an insurrection or revolution in progress in the interior, and my going
on to Quito was hindered on that account. I finally got to Riobamba on the railway
on September 15, and reoccupied the station there. The region is highly disturbed
Observers' Field Reports
167
and a precise reoccupation was very important. The station was on a little hill which
is the personal property of a man who demanded 50 sucres for the privilege of reoccupying
it. On securing his pledge to see that the station marker was undisturbed, I paid the
price. I then proceeded to Quito, where I interviewed the American minister and
other officials, reoccupied the station as far as possible with my damaged instrument,
and returned to Guayaquil on October 4, 1924. I took passage on October 7 for New
York and arrived in Washington on October 27, after an absence of 22 months.
Table 36 shows the stations occupied in 1924, with dates of occupation and geo-
graphic positions; for additional details see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 36
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Name "
Manaos, A
Barcellos, A
Barcellos, B
Santa Isabel
Manaos, A (see No. 1)
Guajara Mirim
Guayaramerin
Porto Velho, A
Porto Velho, B
Manaos, B (see Nos. 1 and 5)
Bocca do Jutahy
Sao Paulo de Olivenca
Chimbote de Amazonas
Iquitos, A
Iquitos, B
Quebrada Puma Yaca
Puerto Bermudez, A
Puerto Bermudez, B
Huancayo Obseroatory
La Merced, A
La Merced, B
Tarma
San Lorenzo Island
Paita
Piura, 1912
Piura, B
Guayaquil
Riobamba, A
Riobamba, B
Riobamba, C
Quito, B
Quito, A
Date
1924
Jan 24-26
Feb 4
Feb 5
Feb 9-10
Feb 19,21
Mar 9-11
Mar 10
Mar 14-15
Mar 15
Mar 1-
Apr 10
Apr 17
Apr 19
Apr 22
/Apr 26-
\May 15
Apr 27
June 13
June 24-25
June 26
July 10-28
Aug 3- 4
Aug 4- 5
Aug 7- 8
Aug 26
Aug 30
Sep 2
Sep
Sep
Sep
3
10
17-18
Sep 20
Sep 20
Sep 26-27
Oct 1
Lat. South
3
0
0
0
3
10
10
8
08
58
58
25
08
49
48
45
8 45.6
3 07.6
2 42
3 31
4 00.0
3 45.6
3
9
10
10
12
11
11
11
12
5
5
5
2
1
1
1
0
0
45.6
16.9
17.8
18.9
02.7
03.9
03.9
26.0
05.5
04.7
11.7
11.4
10.8
39 5
39.8
39.8
13.1
13.1
Long. East
300 00
297 07
297 07
294 58
300 00
294 41
294 41
296 05
296 05
299 58
293 10
290 59
289 09
286 45
286 45
285 10
285 13
285 13
284 40
284 39
284 39
284 18
282 49
278 54
279 23
279 22
280 09
281 18
281 19
281 19
281 28
281 29
" Of the above stations, Nos. 1 to 12 are in Brazil, except No. 7, which is across the river in
Bolivia; Nos. 13 to 26 are in Peru; Nos. 27 to 32 are in Ecuador.
SUGGESTIONS
Considerable time could be saved and more accurate longitudes determined in
the field if the observer carried a radio outfit. Small powerful sets are now available
which could be carried without adding much weight to the observer's baggage. Much
time could be saved in obtaining signals directly and the constant worry and trouble of
carrying many watches in the field could be done away with. If chronometers and
watches are used, care should be taken to see that they are in good condition before
leaving the observatory, i. e., that they have been oiled and cleaned within at the most
six months. At the best, the pocket chronometer is too fine an instrument for carrying
on mule-back trips, as the chances are that it will stop or have a very irregular rate, due
to the constant jolting.
168 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
John Lindsay, on Magnetic Work in Mexico and Cuba, June to September 1924
In accordance with instructions from the Assistant Director dated June 7, 1924,
I left Washington on June 8 with Mr. J. W. Green, who was chief of party, for magnetic
work in Mexico. My instrumental outfit consisted of magnetometer-inductor 27,
pocket chronometers 50,107, and 260, watches 811, 8282, and 105, observing-tent 38, and
miscellaneous equipment.
We entered Mexico at Piedras Negras, crossing the Rio Grande from Eagle Pass,
Texas. From Piedras Negras we went to Sabinas and reoccupied the magnetic station
of 1907, notwithstanding the extreme heat, the temperature rising to 111° F. The
intendente or mayor of the town was most courteous in extending permission and placing
several policemen and an automobile at our disposal. We thanked him and accepted
the services of one policeman. Sabinas itself was a small "puebla" typical of the
northern Mexican villages, being hot, dry, and dusty. On arrival we moved into the
only hotel, where we were given a large room and told by the senora that there would be
electric light installed "manana;" meanwhile she would see if she could find a candle.
After a night, during which little sleep was possible, due to the heat, noises of animals,
and the clanging of a church bell during the early morning hours, we proceeded to
Monterrey, where a class I station was established.
On June 22, at Mexico City, we were met by Professor Juaquin Gallo, director of
the National Astronomical Observatory, who had very kindly made all arrangements
for our stay. After a conference with Dr. Gallo and Mr. Sandoval, his assistant, Mr.
Green and I proceeded south 131 miles to Puebla. It was decided that I should occupy
Puebla and Oaxaca as class II stations, while Mr. Green returned to Mexico City to
carry out a series of intercomparison observations with the standard instruments of the
observatory. After completing the work at Puebla I proceeded to Oaxaca by rail on
June 29.
At Oaxaca a close reoccupation was made of the C. I. W. station of 1907. Oaxaca
itself was interesting in that it contains an old Spanish cathedral built in 1537, and near
the city is the great tree of Tule, 120 feet in diameter and 160 feet high; here also are the
ruins of Mitla.
I returned to Mexico City and went over my records with Mr. Green for further
suggestions as to my future field work. The comparisons at the National Observatory
having been completed, we left for Queretaro on July 11, where we established a class IV
station and several auxiliary stations in the immediate vicinity on account of local
disturbance.
The methods of carrying out the work of magnetic survey in the field having been
acquired under Mr. Green's direction at stations already occupied, we separated at
Queretaro, Mr. Green proceeding to Guadalajara and northwest Mexico to occupy
several stations before returning to Washington, while I turned eastward, going first
to San Luis Potosi, at which place I obtained a close reoccupation of the Mexican mag-
netic station of 1922. I then proceeded to Tampico, where I established a class IV
station on the grounds of the American hospital about 6 miles from the center of the city.
Much time was saved in selecting the site for my magnetic observations here by an air-
plane trip over the city, given through the kindness of Mr. Mallory. On July 25 I em-
barked on a Ward Line steamer for Vera Cruz, where a new station was established.
On inquiry, I found there were two routes available for the journey from Vera Cruz
to Puerto Mexico, the next stop on my itinerary, one being by rail and the second by
small boat on the Mexican Gulf. The officials at the American consulate strongly
advised me to make the trip by water. Word had been received of the poor condition
of the railroad to Santa Lucretia, where the road from Mexico City by way of Cordoba
Observers' Field Reports 169
joins that across the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. No information was available concerning
the Santa Lucretia-Puerto Mexico portion of the Tehuantepec road, which comprised
the second lap of the overland journey. Bandits had been active in that section and
several trains had been stopped and the passengers robbed and in some cases killed.
However, after hearing the usual "manana" from the captain of the only available
small sailing craft, when I would make daily inquiries as to the date of sailing, I finally
decided on the rail route and left on the train for Santa Lucretia at 6 a. m. on July 29.
The road bed was poor and Pullman cars were not known on the line. The first-class
passengers were a Spanish family traveling with a four-months-old baby, a Senor Laza,
and myself. After a hard day's ride the train was stopped for the night in a swamp
somewhere in the state of Vera Cruz. Senor Laza and I arranged a resting-place by
reversing a wooden bench and adjusting a mosquito net, then, after obtaining some
"tortillas" and "frijoles" from a ragged peon vendor, endeavored to obtain some much
needed rest. The mosquitoes were numerous and the net of little use. The second-class
passengers were walking back and forth endeavoring to avoid the bites of the insects.
Finally, when the confusion made sleep impossible, Senor Laza and I followed the
example of the other passengers in an all night parade.
• The following day at noon, after passing through dense growth and jungle, we arrived
at Santa Lucretia, the junction-point on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. The train for
Puerto Mexico was due at 1 p. m. It arrived at 7 p. m., to the surprise of every one, as
it was not really expected until the following day. Senor Laza and I were now the only
first-class passengers, and boarding the train found four cars having board seats over
which many roaches were running, to add to the discomfort caused by the mosquitoes
and other insects. We both managed to fall asleep, only to be rudely awakened by
the sudden stopping of the train and by a rush of the second-class passengers through our
coach. We immediately thought of bandits, but kept our seats until the rush of peons
had ended. Darkness enveloped everything, as the swaying of the train had extinguished
the oil lamps. Reaching the rear platform, I discovered that a peon had been struck
by the train and both legs severed above the knees. The passengers were unwilling to
offer assistance for fear of being arrested, according to the laws of the country, in case
the man should die. Nevertheless, I rendered such first aid as I was able and placed
the man in the car, where he was taken to Puerto Mexico.
My work at Puerto Mexico was greatly facilitated by Dr. John J. Sparks, the
British consul and by Mr. Paul Weaver, chief geologist of the Aguila Oil Company.
After several days' delay, I obtained passage on a small coastwise boat for Frontera,
arriving on August 15 and establishing a class IV station the following day. I then
left on a river steamer for Ciudad del Carmen. The trip to Campeche was made by sail-
boat, on which, as soon as we lost sight of Ciudad del Carmen, we were met by a thunder-
storm. The lightning was intense and the rough sea was too much for the small craft,
which was tossed upon a sand-bank near Isla Aguada. There we remained until mid-
night, when we finally managed to get afloat again with the assistance of a fishing-boat.
Campeche, which is one of the oldest pueblas in Mexico, was reached the next evening,
August 22.
It was a pleasure to travel on a modern fast train to Merida and on arrival to find
such a pleasant and clean city as the capital of Yucatan. After recovering from a week's
illness, caused by drinking bad water on the boat from Carmen to Campeche, a station
was established on the grounds of the agricultural school at Chuminopolis, a suburb of
Merida. Diurnal-variation series in all three elements were obtained and an auxiliary
station was established.
An inland station was occupied at Chichen Itza, where the archaeological expedition
under Dr. S. G. Morley had commenced operations in the study of the ancient Maya
170
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ruins. As work had been discontinued for the summer, due to the advent of the rainy
season, I met none of the archaeological party. On September 15, I left Progreso on the
S. S. Monterrey for Havana, Cuba. A station was reoccupied at Casa Blanca, and diurnal-
variation observations were made in all three elements.
Throughout the trip every assistance and courtesy was extended by the officials
of the countries visited. The total distance traveled on the trip was 5,550 miles, of
which 4,420 miles were by rail, 790 were by steamer, 300 were by small sailing-boat, and
40 were by automobile. The total time required was 106 days, thus the average time
per station being 5.6 days. Of the total distance, 1,980 miles were traveled in reaching
Eagle Pass, Texas.
Table 37 shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 37
No.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Name"
Sabinas, B
Monterrey, B . . . .
Puebla, A
Puebla, B
Oaxaca, A
Oaxaca, B
Queretaro, B
San Luis Potosi . .
Tampico
Vera Cruz
Puerto Mexico, A
Puerto Mexico, B
Frontera
Campeche
Merida, A
Merida, B
Chichen Itza
Havana, A
Havana, B
Date
1924
June 14
June 17-19
June 26,27
June 28
/June 30-
\July 1
July 2
July 12
July 17-18
July 22
July 27
Aug
Aug
Aug
1-11
4
16
Aug 24
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
1- 5
5
7- 8
19-22
23
Lat. North
27
25
19
19
17
17
20
22
22
19
18
18
18
19
20
20
20
23
23
51.4
40.5
03.0
03.0
03.6
03.6
35.0
08.5
14.9
11.7
09.7
09.7
31.8
50.9
58.2
58.2
41.0
09.4
09.4
Long. East
258 54
259 40
261 47
261 47
263 16
263 16
259 36
259 05
262 08
263 55
265 37
265 37
267 21
269 28
270 24
270 24
271 26
277 39
277 39
" The stations are in the following countries: Nos. 1 to 17, Mexico; Nos. 18 and 19, Cuba.
John Lindsay, on Magnetic Work in Panama and South America, September 1924
to June 1925
Leaving Havana, September 24, 1924, I arrived at Cristobal, on the Atlantic side
of Panama Canal, on September 28 and proceeded to Panama City by rail on the same
day. After obtaining official permission from the Governor of Panama and locating
the C. I. W. magnetic stations at Old Panama, observations were commenced on Sep-
tember 30, during which diurnal-variation observations were obtained for all three
elements. The soil was found to be slightly magnetic, causing a marked station-differ-
ence between the primary and secondary stations. Considerable trouble was caused
by the sudden temperature changes during the diurnal-variation work, although an
extra canopy was used over the tent and other means employed to keep the temperature
of the magnets as nearly constant as possible.
Completing observations, I spent the few remaining days in bringing computa-
tions and accounts to date while waiting for a Grace Line steamer for Lima, Peru.
The voyage was pleasant even when crossing the equator because of the cold Humbolt
Current coming up along the coast from the south. At Callao the steamer anchored
offshore, as is the custom at the ports along the west coast of South America, and the
passengers were taken ashore by small boats or launches.
Observers' Field Reports 171
The hipodromo C. I. W. stations at Lima were reoccupied. Two series of diurnal-
variation observations of horizontal intensity, inclination, and declination were made,
as well as regular observations at both primary and auxiliary stations. Special
interest attaches to the variation curves at Lima, near sea-level, on account of the
opportunity afforded for comparisons with simultaneous magnetograph records at
Huancayo Observatory at about 11,000 feet elevation. A general strike took place
during my stay at Lima and all transportation, including trams, autos, and busses,
ceased. However, I was able to hire a bicycle, so that my observational program was
not interrupted. The two stations occupied at Lima were permanently marked by
concrete monuments.
Arriving at Huancayo, October 28, I was greeted by Mr. Booth, of the observatory
staff. We immediately drove out to the observatory, where I was met by the observer-
in-charge, Mr. Parkinson, and his assistant, Mr. Coleman. Intercomparison observa-
tions were made with the observatory instruments.
Returning to Lima by rail, I proceeded south to Mollendo by steamer, arriving on
November 14. Stations were established at Mollendo, Arequipa, and Juliaca, at sea-
level, 7,500 feet, and 12,000 feet above sea-level respectively. Thus data were secured
which will be used in the study of a possible difference in the values of the magnetic
elements at different altitudes. At Arequipa an unusual range was found in the inclina-
tion curve, the difference between maximum and minimum for the day exceeding 12
minutes.
After leaving Juliaca I proceeded to La Paz, Bolivia, crossing Lake Titicaca by
steamer. This lake is the highest steam-navigated lake in the world, being at an altitude
of 12,648 feet above sea-level. The steamer made voyages across the lake before the
railroad was completed, the parts having been brought from sea-level by mule. Thus
the Indians saw water transportation by steam before they became acquainted with
the railroad. The banks of the lake are cultivated by the natives, and it is interesting
to note the sites of the old Inca ruins on the islands, especially that of the famous Temple
of the Sun. After an attack of mountain sickness, and having completed observations
at Alto de La Paz, I proceeded to Arica, Chile, by rail. The Governor of Arica was
most courteous in extending permission for my observations and in facilitating the work.
Sailing on the S. S. Lautaro, a Chilean steamer, I arrived at Iquique on December
23 and thence made observations along the Chilean coast at Iquique, Antofagasta,
Copiapo, Coquimbo, Valparaiso, Coronel, Corral, and Puerto Montt. From Coronel
south the green grass and the trees and shrubbery are a most pleasing change from the
barren coast to the north, where, due to the lack of rain, there is no vegetation and one
sees only the sand and the bare mountains rising from the shore.
At Puerto Montt, a quaint fishing village and resort, I was awakened in the early
hours of the morning on February 27 by a great clamor and noise caused by the ringing
of all the church bells and fire gongs in the town. On arising and dressing I discovered
that a dangerous fire had started which threatened the entire town, as all the houses
and buildings were constructed of wood. The sight was very unusual, the reflection of
the fire on the water and the snow-covered mountains in the background making a
beautiful though tragic picture. The fire was finally controlled, but not until it had
destroyed several blocks of wooden houses and had left many poor families homeless.
Completing observations at Puerto Montt, I took passage on the S. S. Santiago
for Punta Arenas, the southernmost town in the world. The voyage took eight days and
came near being disastrous. During a terrific storm on a dark night the captain en-
deavored to take the steamer into the inside channels of southern Chile from the Gulf
of Penas, with the result that the vessel was carried onto a rock, where it rested momen-
tarily, partially out of water, until the following wave washed us clear and we headed
172 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
out to sea. The scenery in the channels resembles that of the fiords of Norway. The
snow-covered Andes rise out of the water on each side of the ship and present a most
impressive sight.
At Punta Arenas, the Argentine Meteorological Service station of 1913 was reoccu-
pied and permanently marked, and two auxiliary stations were established, one near the
primary, the other several miles distant, on the grounds of the Jockey Club. The station
at Ultima Esperanza established by Mr. Sterling in 1917 was reached after a 210-mile
trip by a Ford automobile. There are no roads, but simply tracks made by the repeated
passage of automobiles over the ground, which during the rainy season became impas-
sable. Through the hospitality of Mr. Morrison, an "estancia" or sheep ranch owner,
the stay at this inland point was very enjoyable.
On return to Punta Arenas, I obtained passage on a small cattle boat for the Falk-
land Islands. The steamer was flat-bottomed, so that the terrific gales and rough seas
so prevalent in that section of the world made the trip a rather trying one. Our first
port was Rio Grande, on the island of Tierra del Fuego, where I took advantage of the
stop to establish a magnetic station on shore. On return to the ship I found it completely
out of the water, due to the unusually large fall of the tide. This explained the use of
the flat-bottomed boat.
On March 31, 1925, we arrived at Port Stanley, the only town and the seat of govern-
ment of the Falklands. It was very different from the small towns of Latin America,
having the aspect of a small English village. The inhabitants of these islands are
English and are noted for hospitality. In my case they certainly upheld their reputa-
tion. After making diurnal-variation observations at the old British Admiralty mag-
netic station at Navy Point, which is across the bay from Port Stanley, I established
distribution stations at " Between-the-Rocks " and Port Louis. The trips to these two
latter points were made by pack train. The plain is extremely treacherous for riding
because of the many marshes and the generally boggy ground. In order to reach Port
Louis it was necessary to cross the Wickham Heights, a mountain range running across
the west island. The ride was a difficult one on account of gales with snow and hail,
and the steep, rocky trails. At Port Louis, through the kindness of Mr. Robson, I was
able to make an exact reoccupation of a magnetic station which had been established by
the party from H. M. S. Terror in 1832 and which was later occupied by the party from
H. M. S. Challenger in 1876.
Passage was obtained on the freight steamer Laguna for Punta Arenas, where I
changed to an Argentine boat which arrived at Santa Cruz, Argentina, on May 8. From
the latter point I went to Puerto Deseado by sea, and then to Las Heras by rail, reoccupy-
ing Mr. Sterling's C. I. W. station of 1917 at each place. On return to Puerto Deseado I
carried out diurnal-variation observations under the unpleasant conditions of the south-
ern winter, with short daylight hours and low temperature. I was glad to reach Puerto
Madryn at a more northerly latitude on May 26, and after making class II observations,
proceeded by steamer to Buenos Aires, and thence to Bahia Blanca by rail. On return
to Buenos Aires on June 17, I spent several days in bringing my accounts to date, in
planning my contemplated expedition to the north, and in discussing the work with
Dr. Burmeister, the director of the Argentine Meteorological Service.
The total distance traveled on the trip was 12,866 miles, of which 8,585 miles were
by steamer, 3,777 by rail, 420 by auto, and 84 by pack train. The total expense of the
trip was $2,729.39, and 47 stations were occupied in 28 localities. Of these, 12 were
class I stations, 7 were class II, 5 were class III, 3 were class IV, and one was an inter-
comparison station. Thus the average expense per station was $58.07. The total time
required was 267 days, the average time per station being 5.7 days.
Observers' Field Reports
173
Table 38 shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional details, see Description of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 38
No.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Name a
Old Panama, A
Old Panama, C
Lima, D
Lima, E
Huancayo Observatory
Mollendo, A
Mollendo, B
Arequipa, A
Arequipa, B
Juliaca, A
Juliaca, B
La Paz, A
Arica, A
Arica, B
Iquique
Antofagasta, A
Antofagasta, B
Calama
Copiapo, A
Copiapo, B
Coquimbo, A
Coquimbo, B
Valparaiso, A
Valparaiso, B
Coronet, A
Coronel, B
Corral
Puerto Monti, A
Puerto Montt, B
Punta Arenas, A
Punta Arenas, B
Ultima Esperanza, A. . .
Ultima Esperanza, B . . .
Punta Arenas, C
Rio Grande
Port Stanley, A
Port Stanley, B
Port Stanley, C
Between-the-Rocks
Port Louis
Santa Cruz, A
Santa Cruz, B
Puerto Deseado, A
Puerto Deseado, B
Colonia las Heras
Puerto Madryn, A
Puerto Madryn, B
Bahia Blanca, A
Bahia Blanca, B
Date
1924
/Sep 30
\Oct 1
Oct 2
Oct
Oct
Nov
Nov
16-21
22
3- 6
15-17
Nov 18
Nov 21-24
Nov 25
3- 5
3
12,16
21
20
24
27-29
2,1925
30
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
/Dec
\Jan
Dec
1925
Jan 4
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
/Jan
\Feb
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
/Feb
11-12
13
19-20
21
29-30
2
31
8
9
11
13-16
13
28
\Mar 2,5,22
Mar 6
10-11
10-11
Mar
Mar
Mar 20
Mar 26
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
May
3-10
14
14-15
18
22
9-10
May 11
/May 16-17
\May 21-23
May 21
May 19
May 27,28
May 29
June 13-15
June 16
Latitude
9 00 . 2 N
9
12
12
12
17
17
16
16
15
15
16
18
18
20
^23
23
22
27
27
29
29
33
37
37
39
41
41
53
51
51
53
53
51
51
51
51
51
50
50
47
46
42
42
38
38
00.2 N
04.3 S
04.3 S
02.7 S
01. 8S
01. 8S
22.5 S
22.5 S
30.0 S
30.0 S
30.8 S
28.6 S
28.6 S
12.7 S
38.8 S
38.8 S
28.3 S
22.0 S
22.0 S
57.8 S
57.8 S
33 04.4 S
04.4 S
01.9 S
01.9 S
53.7 S
29.3 S
29.3 S
53 10.4 S
10.4 S
41.1 S
41.1 S
09.8 S
48.1 S
41. 2S
41. 7S
41.7 S
48.2 S
33 S
00.9 S
01. 2S
47 45.7 S
45
33
45
45
46
7S
1 S
2S
2S
7S
46.7 S
Long.
East
0
/
280
31
280
31
282
58
282
58
284
40
287
59
287
59
288
27
288
27
289
51
289
51
291
47
289
40
289
40
289
50
289
38
289
38
291
03
289
43
289
43
288
40
288
40
288
25
288
25
286
51
286
51
286
29
287
04
287
04
289
08
289
08
287
31
287
31
289
10
292
22
302
10
302
08
302
08
301
40
301
53
291
30
291
30
294
05
294
05
291
03
294
58
294
58
297
44
297
44
" The stations are located in the following countries: Nos. 1 and 2, Panama; Nos. 3 to 11,
Peru; Nos. 12, Bolivia; Nos. 13 to 34, Chile; Nos. 35, 41 to 49, Argentina; Nos. 36 to 40, Falkland
Islands.
John Lindsay, on Magnetic Work in South America, June 1925 to March 1926
On return to Buenos Aires from Bahia Blanca on June 17, 1925, I proceeded to
Mercedes, 60 miles by rail due west of the capital, to make class II observations, return-
ing to Buenos Aires on June 24. After completing arrangements and supplying myself
174 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
with necessary field equipment, including a .44 Winchester rifle, I started out on the
first leg of a long trip into the interior of Paraguay.
Leaving Buenos Aires on the international train, which is itself very good, though
the road-bed was poor, we crossed over the Parana River by means of a ferry, which
carried the train up the river about 4 miles. The route then followed the general course
of the Uruguay River approximately 350 miles through a lightly wooded country. The
small trees along the river were used for fuel, and at night the sky was lighted by the
glow of many fires where farmers were clearing the brush from their land. Just before
noon on June 30 I arrived at Monte Caseros, my first station, just across from the point
where the boundary between Uruguay and Brazil joins the Uruguay River. After
making the desired observations, I continued northward by rail to Corrientes, on the
Paraguay River. From this time I frequently met persons who remembered Theodore
Roosevelt, as I was now following the route of his famous expedition. At Corrientes I
took passage on the river steamer and after a pleasant trip arrived at Asuncion, the
capital of Paraguay, on July 6.
Asuncion, although the capital of Paraguay, is rather inaccessible. The native
women smoke cigars in the streets; the peons are exceptionally poor, most of them
going about in rags and barefoot; every one drinks "yerba mate" or native tea. I
obtained permission to work on the grounds of the botanical garden at Trinidad, a
suburb, from the director, Dr. Fiebrig, who courteously aided me in locating the 1913
C. I. W. station. On July 16, I continued up the Paraguay River on the S. S. Cuyaba
as far as Concepcion, the second largest town in the republic. When I had completed
my work there I continued northward on a smaller boat to San Salvador in Alto Paraguay,
where I established a class IV station. Through the kindness of the owner, I stayed
at the ranch of Mr. Tibbett, an Englishman, for several days, while waiting for the
river steamer for Corumba. The farther north one goes the wilder the country appears.
During my few days stay at San Salvador we caught several snakes, shot a fox, and had
rather interesting sport shooting "jacarays" or alligators along the river banks. The
tropical heat was becoming intense, which made field work extremely difficult in the
afternoons.
Dr. Roderiquez-Albes, the Brazilian minister at Asuncion, had supplied me with
letters of introduction to the customs officials and to the president of Matto Grosso, so
that on arriving at Corumba, my first Brazilian station, I had no difficulty in getting
my instruments and baggage through the custom-house. This was my first experience
with the Portuguese language, which, despite its similarity to Spanish, had many phrases
to which my ear had not become accustomed, so that my pleasure on meeting Mr.
Ramsey, his son, and Mr. Gow-Smith, all of whom were Americans, was especially
great. Mr. Ramsey, who was formerly a Texas sheriff, had charge of a large cattle ranch
at Descavades, a point some miles north of Corumba. Mr. Gow-Smith, an explorer who
had come down from the Explorers Club of New York to make a study of the Indians
and to visit the unexplored territory in the heart of Brazil, decided to join my expedi-
tion as far as Goyaz. After completing observations at Corumba and dispatching my
trunk with all unnecessary baggage to Sao Paulo, we left August 10 on the small river
steamer for Cuyaba.
The trip took nine days. The boat was poor and extremely dirty. The heat was
intense and the mosquitoes were thick. If the heat had not kept us from using the small
cabin we had obtained, it would have been impossible to sleep in it anyway, due to the
fleas and numerous other insects which infested the place, not to mention the smells
from the galley and the continual grinding of the wood-burning engines. We therefore
used it to store our instruments, rifles, and equipment, while we slung our hammocks on
the deck. There were several civilian passengers, including two women; most of the others
Observers' Field Reports 175
were soldiers who spent their time discussing the revolution which was reported to be
in full swing near Cuyaba. Meanwhile, Mr. Gow-Smith and I discussed our probable
route and spent the remaining hours in playing checkers on a board we had made, using
cartridges for men, trying thus to forget the intense heat and the continual insect pests.
On August 13 we reached the San Lorenzo River and the following day entered the
Cuyaba River. Here our troubles commenced. The river was extremely low and
our boat would no sooner clear one sand bank than it stuck on a second. This necessi-
tated several of the crew wading out with a cable, attaching it to a tree farther up and
across the stream, and by means of a small donkey-engine dragging the boat several
hundred feet farther up the stream. It was a slow, monotonous process.
By this time the food-supply was getting low and we were reduced to the usual rice
and beans and supplied with a kind of hardtack to take the place of bread. We had
reached wild country. The bush was quite dense along the banks of the river and
alligators could be seen along the shore, and monkeys and beautifully colored birds
appeared in the trees.
On August 18 our system of cabling up the river had become useless, the water being
now but 4 feet deep, and we seemed permanently established on the sand. The next
day we transferred to a small motor-boat which had come down from Cuyaba, and
continued our journey northward. By 3 o'clock the motor-boat stuck, so that we had
to change again, this time to native canoes. It was very precarious traveling, as a small
sideward movement might send passengers as well as baggage and instruments into the
water. By midnight we reached a place on the bank which our paddlers told us was the
Cuyaba landing. It was pitch dark. The landing proved to be some rocks at the water's
edge. After much confusion and shouting some one brought a lantern and we arranged
for transportation in an old Ford automobile to the "Great Hotel Gaima." Tired and
hungry, we reached the hotel to find no rooms available. However, after much discus-
sion with the proprietor, I obtained permission to sling my hammock in the room of a
Turk and obtained a disturbed although much needed sleep.
In making a general survey of the town the following day in order to determine the
most suitable location and site for a station, I visited the Catholic priests who had
established a college on the outskirts of the city, at which Padre Ricardo Remetter
was carrying on meteorological observations, and the Brazilian magnetic station estab-
lished on the college grounds in 1904. The site of the station was especially desirable,
being in the shade of a large mango tree and well marked by a small pillar. I established
my main station at this point, making two daily runs for diurnal variation of each element
as well as the usual observations. The heat made the field observations very trying.
The organization of a "comitiva" or pack train for the overland trip to Goyaz
proved to be an extremely difficult task. Almost all of the desirable mules had been
taken over by the Government for the soldiers and the few remaining ones were being
held by the owners at an almost prohibitive price, since the natives there as elsewhere
had the idea that all Americans have an unlimited supply of money. Finally we were
fortunate in meeting Colonel Jao Albino, a Brazilian who was one of Theodore Roose-
velt's guides, and who at this time owned several good mules. After much discussion
he consented to let us hire six animals.
Cuyaba had the appearance of an enterprising little city. Considering its location
so far from centers of civilization and its difficulty of approach, the long river journey
from Corumba being the only available route, many things were noticeable. For
instance, almost every home was supplied with a piano ; there was a rather neat appear-
ing plaza on which the municipal band gave concerts every Sunday evening, when the
parade of sefioritas and jovenes occurred; a cathedral was under construction, and the
moving pictures had found the place.
176 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
After completing the arrangements for our animals, we secured the services of an
Indian guide named Militao, and bought the necessary gear, such as saddles and camp
equipment; then, taking a supply of rice, beans, and coffee to last us approximately four
weeks, we rode off from this outpost of civilization for our trip into the little-known
territory of Matto Grosso and Goyaz on September 5. As we did not leave town until
3 o'clock in the afternoon, by nightfall we had covered only about 12 miles and made
camp by the side of a small pool. We tried sleeping on the ground, but the biting of large
red ants and the numerous mosquitoes kept us wide awake, so we gave that up for our
hammocks, in which we obtained the needed rest. Our animals had been turned loose in
order that they might graze during the night, so that in the morning Militao had to
"campiar" or track them down. At this he proved very efficient, and after the Sun
had been up for an hour we had again started on our eastward trail, and by sundown we
were in sight of a mountain range which was the beginning of the Matto Grosso plateau.
In the morning we passed many large ant hills, some of which were fully 18 feet high. At
the side of the trail that afternoon we stopped to examine a wooden cross, probably
erected for his opponent by the survivor of a fight. In the interior a man's gun is law
and the best man survives.
On September 10 we reached a clearing in the brush known as Rio Manso, con-
sisting of several mud huts and 10 or 12 natives. All interest seemed to be centered
around one of these huts on our approach. After we had made camp by the small
stream we learned that 12 bandits or bad men had arrived a little ahead of our comitiva
and had also decided to spend the night there. These men had been freed from the jail
at Cuyaba by the President of the State on condition that they find and kill Morbeck,
the diamond king, who at that time was in rebellion against the Government, and con-
siderable fighting had taken place between his men and the State troops. The next
day I made magnetic and solar observations and we proceeded on our journey late in
the afternoon.
The following afternoon the 12 bad men overtook our train, and after taking a good
look at our rifles and goodly supply of ammunition, "invited" us to accompany them
on their mission. We spent the next two days with them, and it was with great relief
that we finally parted company, as they headed south in their endeavor to locate Morbeck's
camp, while we took a northerly route. We knew that we were extremely fortunate in
still having our ammunition and food-supply. Two weeks later at Registro we were
told by natives that Morbeck's men had killed all of our late "companheiros."
Our Indian guide, Militao, on the evening of September 15 built a fire which he
kept burning throughout the night, explaining that it was a precaution against wild
animals, but adding that many such fires had been extinguished by the " surcucudof ogo "
snake, which is attracted by the light and beats the fire out with its tail. On September
17 we reached Sangredoura or Presidente Murtinho, where the padres have established
a colony. These priests, entirely isolated from the rest of the world, are accomplishing
a great work in the civilizing of the Bororos, formerly a wild tribe of head-hunting Indians.
I established a magnetic station at the colony while the animals rested and we enjoyed
the hospitality of the priests.
After five days of continuous riding through the Chevante Indian territory, we
arrived at the second colony, which was known as "Colonia Corazon Jesus." The
priests there told us that we were very fortunate in our trip, as the Chevantes are a
savage tribe and consider the white man a deadly enemy. They are also at war with
the semicivilized Bororos. Completing observations, we continued eastward. The
next day we were fortunate in cornering two "ongas" or Brazilian tigers, and I had my
first experience of killing game of this kind. After many days in the thick bush, where
we encountered many varieties of snakes, the deadly tarantula spider, ant-eaters,
Observers' Field Reports 177
"tigers," and many kinds of birds with beautiful plumage, we arrived at Registro on
the Araguaya River, October 1.
While resting the animals a few days I established a magnetic station. After
crossing the Araguaya River on October 4, we proceeded on the trail to Goyaz, arriving
on October 12, having made magnetic observations at Serredina en route. After dis-
posing of our saddles and equipment, I said goodbye to Mr. Gow-Smith, who was anxious
to get to Sao Paulo immediately, and then started diurnal-variation observations on the
former C. I. W. station site at Goyaz, completing the work by October 21.
I then proceeded to Bella Vista, the trip taking two days by Ford automobile over
mountain trails through wooded country. Completing observations at Bella Vista, I
continued my trip southward to Catalao by auto and rail, arriving on October 26, and
reoccupied the station of 1915.
On November 4 I reached Sao Paulo, and after making observations at Uberaba
en route, I obtained my trunk and other baggage, which had been dispatched from
Cuyaba, and proceeded to Rio de Janiero for a conference with the Director of the Brazil-
ian Meteorological Service. At his request I made intercomparison observations at the
Vassouras Magnetic Observatory from November 9 to 16. On my return to Rio de
Janiero I received my first mail in five months, and after reporting the results of the
intercomparison work to Drs. Morize and Lemos, I proceeded southward again to Buenos
Aires, stopping at Santos, Porto Alegre, and Rio Grande, to make observations.
On receiving instructions from the office to proceed to Washington by the west
coast route, I arranged my journey so that I was able to stop at Pilar, the Argentine
Magnetic Observatory, for a set of intercomparison observations, at the request of Dr.
Burmeister, director of the Argentine Meteorological Service. After obtaining diurnal-
variation series at Mendoza, I was able to make good rail connections to the observatory,
where I enjoyed the hospitality of Messrs. Wolf and Lutzo-Holm, director and assistant
director of the observatory.
On January 22, 1926, I left Pilar for La Quiaca to make a reoccupation of the C. I.
W. magnetic station near the Observatory at 12,000 feet elevation. On January 26
a magnetic storm occurred which continued throughout that day and part of the next,
making observations useless. Through the kindness of Mr. Valentiner, the assistant
director of the observatory, I was able to obtain a set of the magnetograph curves
showing the interesting course of the magnetic storm. He was also very glad to obtain
my results, as the absolute instrument at the Observatory had been sent to Buenos Aires
several months before for repairs. He was able to obtain approximate base-line values
from the observations I made.
After crossing Bolivia on the new railroad from La Quiaca to La Paz, I retraced
my former route across Lake Titicaca to Juliaca, where I reoccupied my 1924 stations,
obtaining class I observations. On February 12 I arrived at Arequipa, where I con-
tinued the special study of the interesting and unusual diurnal variation in inclination
and established several new stations at which I obtained the daily curves. Sailing from
Mollendo on the S. S. Palena, a Chilean steamer, I proceeded directly to Guayaquil,
Ecuador. There, through the kindness of Mr. A. Ashton, I was able to reoccupy Mr.
Howard's station and proceed at once to Quito, where a class I reoccupation was
made.
On receipt of cabled instructions to proceed immediately to Guatemala City to meet
Dr. S. G. Morley, in order to cooperate with him by making some special solar observa-
tions at the old Maya ruins at Copan, Honduras, I returned to Guayaquil by rail and
sailed on the S. S. Mantara for Balboa, arriving on March 25.
The total distance traveled on the trip was 10,455 miles, of which 4,830 miles were
by railroad, 3,300 by ocean steamer, 1,050 by river steamer, 100 by lake steamer, 675 by
178
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
mule, and 500 miles by automobile. The total expense of the trip was $3,912.12, and
47 stations were occupied in 29 localities. Of these 10 were class I, 6 were class II,
4 were class III, 7 were class IV, and 2 were intercomparisons. Thus the average field
expense for each locality was about $135. The time required was 278 days, the average
time per station being 5.9 days.
Table 39 shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional details, see Description of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 39
No.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Name "
Mercedes, A, B
Monte Caseros
Corrientes, A, B
Trinidad
Concepcion, A, B
San Salvador
Corumba, D, E
Cuyaba, A , B, C
Rio Manso
Presidente Murtinho..
Colonia Corazon Jesus
Regislro
Serredina
Goyaz, A, B
Bella Vista
Catal&o, A, B
Uberaba
Vassouras
Santos, A, B
Porto Alegre, A, B . . . .
Rio Grande, A, B
Colon, A, B
Mendoza, A, B
Pilar
La Quiaca
Juliaca, A, B
Arequipa, A, B, C
Guayaquil
Quito, A, B
Date
1925
June 22-23
June 30
July 2- 3
July 8
July 19-22
July
Aug
Aug
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Nov
/Nov
28
6, 8
21-22,
24-27,
2
9-10
18
24
2
15-18
23
27-28
1
9-12,
\ 14,16
Nov 24-25
Dec 4-5,7-8
Dec 12-13
/Dec 22,24,
\ 26
1926
Jan 7-9,11
15,18,
19-21
26-28,
30
7-9,11
Jan
Jan
Feb
'Feb
Mai-
Mar
13,15,
17-19.
21-22
7
10-13
Lat. South
34
30
27
25
23
22
19
40.3
15.4
28.7
15.5
24.2
49.4
00.1
15 35.8
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
18
19
40.2
39.1
33.4
43.1
53.5
56. bb
59.4
10.8
45.4
22 24 . 0
23
30
32
57.5
02.0
01.5
34 48.3
32 53 . 6
291
08
31 40.1
296
07
22 06.6
294
25
15 30.0
289
51
16 22.8
10.8
13.1
Long. East
300 33
302 22
301 10
302 26
302 34
302 28
302 21
303 54
304
306
307
308
308
309
311
312
312
313
308
307
44
06
02
13
59
52 b
05
06 b
05
316 21
36
46
52
303 45
288 28 "
280 09
281 28 b
0 The stations are in the following countries: Nos. 1 to 3, and 23 to 25, Argentina; Nos. 4 to
6, Paraguay; 7 to 21, Brazil; 22, Uruguay; 26 and 27, Peru; 28 and 29, Ecuador.
6 Mean of two stations.
c Mean of three stations.
John Lindsay, on Magnetic Work in Central America, March to July 1926
The S. S. Mantara docked at Balboa at 11 p. m. on March 25, the voyage from
Guayaquil averaging 7 knots, due to boiler trouble and poor fuel. On arrival I imme-
diately made inquiries concerning boats to Guatemala and found that the motorship
City of San Francisco was sailing the following day, and that I could arrive at Guatemala
City about April 5 (no definite information is given by any of the steamship companies).
I had missed a fast boat for San Jose which had sailed the previous day. I managed to
obtain passage, a Guatemalan vise for my passport and funds from the bank, to dis-
Observers' Field Reports 179
patch my baggage, to notify the Office and Dr. Morley by cable of my movements, and
was able to reach the dock just before the gangway was lifted. ,
On March 31, at La Union, Salvador, while still on board the steamer, I received
cabled instructions from Dr. Morley to disembark and proceed overland in order to
reach Copan, Honduras, on April 9, the day on which the astronomical observations
were to be made. On landing I had many difficulties to overcome. I had no ready cash
(most of my funds being in letter of credit form), and no vise for Salvador; I found that
a four- or five-day Easter fiesta had commenced, which meant that all banks were
closed, most of the railroads had stopped running trains, and that it was next to impos-
sible to get any of the natives to do any kind of work (they consider it a sin to work on
holidays). However, I managed to make the 5h30m train the next morning (the last
one that ran), and after traveling 12 hours, arrived at San Salvador. No trains were
running to Santa Anna, and only after four hours of search I managed to hire an auto-
mobile at a fairly reasonable price to make the trip directly to Guatemala City. I
will never forget that trip and hope never to experience another like it. The road was
bad, the car overloaded, and at every puebla the road was barred and crosses erected.
By daylight we had passed Santa Anna, and although the road was slightly better, the
car was stoned and we were hooted for driving on Good Friday. Finally, after 24
hours of continuous driving, the trip came to an end and, I had the pleasure of meeting
Dr. Morley and several of his staff at the Grace Hotel at Guatemala City on the night
of April 2.
Dr. Morley left the following morning for Copan, while Mr. Franks and I remained
in Guatemala City in order to obtain the boiling-point apparatus, aneroid barometer,
chronometers, and watches from the post-office. On April 5 we reached Zacapa by rail.
The next morning I obtained a chronometer correction from solar observations, and by
noon Mr. Franks and I had arranged our pack train, consisting of five mules, and set
forth on the trail. On the morning of April 8 we arrived at Copan, Honduras, where I
made observations to determine the azimuth of the line between stelae 10 and 12 at the
ruins, determined the latitude and longitude at both points, the difference in elevation
between them and the elevation of the main ruins at the old Maya Plaza. Then making
a set of magnetic observations at the latter point, I returned to Zacapa on April 17 and
made a close reoccupation of the C. I. W. station of 1907.
Leaving the same afternoon, I reached Guatemala City by rail that night. After
completing class I observations and marking the stations permanently by lettered
concrete monuments, I proceeded to San Jose and reoccupied the C. I. W. station of
1923. On May 7 I sailed for Puntarenas, Costa Rica, on the motorship City of San
Francisco, arriving on May 20. The steamer was delayed at Acajutla for a week, as
the rough seas made loading and unloading impossible and landing very dangerous.
However, on May 10, I got my tent and instrument ashore and made an approximate
reoccupation of the magnetic station there. The tropical heat was oppressive and it was
a relief to reach the higher elevation of San Jose de Costa Rica on May 21. The site
of the C. I. W. station was unsuitable, due to the proximity of a tram line; therefore,
new stations were established on the grounds of the golf club and class I observations
completed, May 26. I obtained passage on a Dutch steamer leaving Porto Limon the
following day and arrived at Colon, Panama, on May 28, where class II observations
were made. Crossing the isthmus by rail, I made my headquarters in Panama. After
a conference with Governor Walker, of the Canal Zone, and Mr. Malsbury, chief of the
Bureau of Surveys, I reoccupied my 1924 stations at Old Panama, and established a
distribution station on top of Ancon hill.
From June 18 to 25, as delegate for the Carnegie Institution of Washington, I
attended the Bolivarian Congress at Panama. Then after establishing two new stations
180
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
at Corozal, I sailed on the S. S. Tivives for New York, arriving at the Office in Washington,
July 12, 1926.
The total distance traveled on the trip was 4,547 miles, 3,640 of which were by
steamer, 617 by rail, 150 by automobile, and 140 by mule train. The total expense of
the trip was $1,390.43, and 14 stations were occupied in 10 localities. Of these 3 were
class I, 2 were class II, 3 were class III, and 2 were class IV stations. Thus the total
average expense per station was $99.32. The time required was 109 days; therefore the
average time per station was 7.8 days.
Table 40 shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional data, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 40
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name °
Copan
Zacapa
Guatemala, A
Guatemala, B
San JosS (Guatemala) . . .
Acajutla
San Jose, E (Costa Rica)
San Jos6, D (Costa Rica)
Colon, Washington Hotel.
Colon, Limon Point
Old Panama, A
Old Panama, C
Ancon Hill
Corozal, A
Corozal, B
Date
1926
Apr 12
Apr 17
Apr 23-28
Apr 30
May 4
May 10
May 26
May 23-25
May 30-31
June 2
June 7-12
June 14
June 18
June 26-28
June 28-29
Lat. North
14
14
14
14
13
13
9
9
9
9
9
9
8
8
8
50.4
59.3
38.0
38.0
55.5
35.2
56.1
56.1
22.0
19.1
00.2
00.2
57.4
58.9
58.9
Long. East
270 55
270 30
269 30
269 30
269 13
270 10
275 54
275 54
280 05
280 03
280 31
280 31
280 27
280 26
280 26
° The stations are located in the following countries: No. 1, Honduras; Nos. 2 to 5, Guate-
mala; No. 6, Salvador; Nos. 7 and 8, Costa Rica; Nos. 9 to 15, Panama.
W. A. Love, on Magnetic Work in the Bahamas, Cuba, Jamaica, and Panama,
June to October 1922
In accordance with the Director's instructions dated June 10, 1922, I left Wash-
ington, D. C, on June 19, 1922, in company with my chief of party, Mr. J. W. Green.
My instrumental outfit consisted of magnetometer-inductor 26, pocket chronometer and
three watches, observing-tent, and complete outfit of accessories. En route to Nassau,
Bahama Islands, the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey stations at Way cross and Miami
were occupied. From Nassau, under Mr. Green's direction, I made trips to Governor's
Harbor on Eleuthera Island, Green Cay, Fresh Creek on Andros Island, and Hog Island,
where stations were established. All other work in the Bahamas, and the reoccupations
of the stations at Havana, Cuba, was in company with Mr. Green, and is described in
detail in his report (page 149).
On August 25, after completion of observations at Havana, in accordance with
my original instructions I was put in charge of work to be carried out in Cuba, Colombia,
and Central America. The stations of 1905 at Pinar del Rio in the western end of Cuba
and at Matanzas were reoccupied as closely as circumstances would permit. At Placetas
del Norte, where the 1909 station was occupied, the alcalde or mayor provided a special
detail of police to keep away the crowd, who thought that I was a geologist and brought
me samples of minerals for examination.
Two stations were established at Camaguey, on the grounds of the Agricultural
College, where Dr. Luoces, the president, courteously assisted in every way possible.
At Santiago the 1909 station was closely reoccupied, and an auxiliary station established
Observers' Field Reports
181
on the summit of the historic San Juan Hill. The stretch between Placetas and Santiago
proved to be magnetically slightly disturbed, possibly because of the character of the
soil, which everywhere was of a red ferrous nature. A new station was established on
the grounds of the U. S. Naval Station at Guantanamo Bay, where the commandant
and officers provided quarters, mess, and facilities for the work.
All points in Cuba can be easily reached by rail or automobile, so that both traveling
and living conditions compare favorably with conditions in North America.
From Santiago passage was engaged on the small steamer for Kingston, Jamaica,
where the station first occupied in 1905 by J. P. Ault and later by other parties was
reoccupied. New stations were established in Jamaica, at Mandeville, Montego Bay,
and Port Antonio, all reached by railroad through the picturesque Jamaican mountains.
The colonial and local authorities of Jamaica were everywhere most cordial and helpful.
Because of the difficult character of the country in which the government surveyors
have to work, declination values are of great interest. No opportunity was found to
reach Turk Island and the southern Bahamas from Jamaica, so that project had to be
abandoned.
On October 23, passage was taken on the United Fruit Company's steamer for Colon,
where I arrived two days later and reoccupied C. I. W. stations at Sweetwater and at
Washington Hotel, the port officials courteously providing a launch for use in Colon
Harbor.
The list of stations occupied while in company with Mr. Green will be found in
Table 28, in connection with his report (see page 151). Additional stations, with dates
of occupation and geographic positions, are given in Table 41; for further details, see
Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 41
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Name "
Pinar del Rio
Matanzas
Placetas del Norte, B. . . .
Placetas del Norte, A . . .
Camaguey, A
Camaguey, B
Santiago de Cuba, A. . . .
Santiago de Cuba, B. .
Guantanamo Bay
Kingston, 1905
Kingston, B
Kingston, Secondary . . . .
Mandeville
Montego Bay
Port Antonio
Colon, Sweetwater
Colon, Washington Hotel
Date
1922
Aug 26
Aug 30
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sop
2- 4
4
8- 9
9
Sep 13-14
Sep 14
Sep 16
/Sep 22,28,
\Oct 19
Sep 23,28
Sep 26,29
Oct 3
Oct 5- 7
Oct 14
Oct 27
Oct 30-31
Lat. North
22
23
22
22
21
21
20
20
19
25.6
03.6
20.9
18.6
20.5
20.6
00.2
00.2
54.6
17 58.9
17
17
18
18
18
9
9
58.9
58.9
01.3
28.5
11.1
21.3
22.0
Long. East
276 18
278 27
280 22
280
282
282
284
284
284
23
09
09
13
13
52
283 11
283
283
9X9.
11
11
31
282 04
283 33
280 03
280 05
" Stations Nos. 1 to 9 are in Cuba; Nos. 10 to 15 are in Jamaica; and Nos. 16 and 17 are in
Canal Zone.
W. A. Love, on Magnetic Woek in Colombia, November 1922 to January 1923
Arriving in Cartagena, Colombia, from Colon on November 3, 1922, I occupied
the 1909 C. I. W. station. I then accepted an invitation of Mr. C. Bekker Hansen, of
the Cartagena Water Works, Ltd., to make a trip with him to a coconut plantation
called La Playona, about 10 miles south of the Panama-Colombia boundary-line. The
trip was made in a 50-foot schooner equipped with an old-fashioned kerosene engine.
182 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
La Playona is only 180 miles from Cartagena, but it required 77 hours to make the
journey. While still in sight of Cartagena the engine failed, and for 30 hours we lay
there becalmed. Conditions on the little boat were not pleasant, crowded as we were,
with the negro crew and native passengers with all their belongings, including cattle,
pigs, dogs, and all descriptions of furniture. There was but little food on board except
what Mr. Hansen and I had brought for our own use. Gradually a slight breeze came
up, and after three days on the Caribbean, we anchored in a small cove, tired, hungry,
and in an irritable humor. The rainy season for that section of the world had set in,
and conditions on the plantation were bad. The manager of the plantation was very
kind to me during the week's stay of the schooner, providing quarters, help, and a horse,
the latter being necessary, as the mess-hall was about 2 miles away from the quarters.
The return to Cartagena was a succession of engine breakdowns and calms.
The trip up the great Magdalena River was next undertaken. Calamar, the first
stop, was reached by rail from Cartagena, and here poor accommodations, the terrific
heat, and swarms of malarial mosquitoes made the stay unpleasant. On November 24,
passage was engaged on the "palatial" river steamer Ivor, propelled by a rear paddle
wheel, as were the early Mississippi River boats. Each cabin contained only a bare
cot, the passengers providing all other necessaries. The heat, mosquitoes, unaccustomed
cooking of characteristic native foods, chiefly of meats, made the journey most uncom-
fortable. An 8-mile current, due to the heavy rains in the interior, was running, and
it took all the pilot's ability to keep the boat in the channel and to avoid the many
snags and uprooted trees brought down by the torrent. A number of stops were made
to repair the damaged paddle, while every three hours it was necessary to tie up to the
bank and load on wood for the burners. Numerous alligators along banks provided
amusement for the passengers, who shot at them from the decks.
A stop for observations at Puerto Wilches was impossible, as the whole section was
submerged, and the trip was continued about 20 miles upstream to Barranca Bermeja,
where the refinery of the Tropical Oil Company is located. The management kindly
provided me with quarters and mess. Home did not seem so far away on Thanksgiving
Day, when a real American turkey dinner was served to all hands. A trip to Infantas,
39 kilometers away, where the company has its oil fields, was made in one of their trucks,
and an auxiliary station established.
From Barranca Bermeja the trip was continued by river steamer to Puerto Berrio,
where the 1909 C. I. W. station was reoccupied. Medellin was reached by a railroad
journey of 14 hours, interrupted where the railroads from the east and west sides of the
divide have not been joined, and all passengers and freight must be transshipped around
by mules and trucks. After official respects were paid, a new station was established
here. The difference between the native people on the coastal regions and those in the
higher altitudes is at once noticeable. The mixed racial type of the low lands, indolent,
ignorant, and careless, is replaced in the higher regions like Medellin by a finer type of an
industrious and highly developed people.
Returning to Puerto Berrio, the trip up the Magdalena River was continued by
steamer to the rapids at La Dorada. Passengers and freight are here transferred to a
railroad running around the rapids to Beltran. En route to Beltran, the C. I. W.
station at Honda was reoccupied. From Beltran the journey was continued by a smaller
type of river boat to Giradot, some 500 miles from the coast, and the last steamer stop
on the Magdalena River.
The trip by rail from Giradot to Bogota is interesting in every respect. One passes
from torrid climate to that enjoyed in the northern states in October. The grade on
this well-built and well-managed road is very steep, three switch-backs being used in one
section. We ascend from banana plantations to coffee fields, and finally into the pine
Observers' Field Reports
183
belts of temperate zones, and one sees apples and peaches for the first time. Over-
coats are put on when the savanna at an altitude of 9,000 feet is reached at Facatativa.
From Giradot to Facatativa the road is a 3-foot gage; thence to Bogota it is a meter
gage, thus necessitating a change for both passengers and freight. Shortly after
leaving Facatativa the road leads on to a broad plain, and one can see miles of fields of
wheat and fine pasture lands bordered with tall eucalyptus trees. The cool atmosphere
is refreshing and exhilarating after the long, hot river trip through the monotonous
jungles. Bogota is a fairly modern city, of which the Colombian speaks with pride.
Observations were made in close proximity to the 1909 C. I. W. station, when cabled
instructions directed me to be in Belize, British Honduras, by February 15.
Accordingly, I left Bogota on January 1, 1923, for Ibague, which was reached by
rail via Giradot, and there, in company with an American coffee buyer and a Colombian,
final preparations were made for the trip to Buenaventura, on the Pacific Coast. Experi-
enced travelers in that section warned us against attempting the Quindio pass over the
Andes at that time of the year, due to the condition of the trail caused by the heavy
rains, but it was decided to go this route. It was not long after leaving Ibague that we
were convinced they were right. The train consisted of three riding mules and three pack
mules. The trail was a perfect quagmire, and time was spent repeatedly in extricating
ourselves and the pack animals from deep mud holes. The "posadas" or houses where
one can find shelter are 12 hours apart, and one must make them or sleep on the narrow
trail with a wall of rock behind and a perpendicular cliff in front. Oxen laden with
Table 42
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
Cartagena
La Playona
Calamar
Barranca Bermeja
Infantas
Puerto Berrio
Medellin
Honda
Bogota, A
Bogota, B
Cali
Buenaventura
Date
1922
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
192S
Jan 11
Jan 14
7
14-15
23-24
29-30
2
7
11
18
23-25
26
Lat. North
10
8
10
7
6
6
6
5
4
4
3
3
25.8
25.6
15.4
04 6
51.7
29.0
14.6
13.1
37.6
37.6
26.6
54.1
Long. East
284 27
282 46
285 07
286 09
286 15
285 36
284 25
285 18
285 54
285 54
283 26
282 55
coffee were met on the trail at intervals, and in some cases it was necessary to retrace
our steps to find a place wide enough to permit the oxen to pass. On the second day
we reached the summit at an elevation of 12,500 feet, and thence the trail steadily
descended until it reached the tropical forests of the Cauca Valley. At Armenia a stop
was made to obtain new mules, as several that we had been using were played out after
two days on the muddy trail. When possible, we would ride in advance of the pack
animals, and on one occasion the pack animal carrying my magnetometer slipped down
hill and went over a small cliff. The mule arose, seemingly unhurt, dragging his load
after him. The accident was seen only by the mule-man, who reported the incident
that evening. The case was badly broken, and the theodolite, although repaired suffi-
ciently to permit its use at Cali and Buenaventura, was badly out of adjustment. After
five days on the trail, we reached Zarzal on the Cauca River, and then an all-night auto
ride brought us into Buga in time to catch the train for Cali. Observations were made
at Cali, and the 1909 station in Buenaventura, which was reached by rail from Cali,
was closely reoccupied. The trip farther south to Ecuador and Peru had to be abandoned
184 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
in order to reach Belize, British Honduras, by February 15. Accordingly, I left Buena-
ventura January 16 and arrived in Colon, Canal Zone, three days later. Direct trans-
portation to Belize was impossible, two routes only being available, one via New Orleans
and the other via Kingston, Jamaica. At Balboa I used preventive measures by taking
inoculations against yellow fever, as the ports of Central America next to be visited
were subject to outbreaks of that disease. After a delay of four days at Kingston, I
secured passage for Belize, where I arrived on February 5, 1923.
Table 42 shows the stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for
further details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
W. A. Love, on Magnetic Work and on Determination op Geographic Positions
of certain Maya Ruins in Guatemala, February to April 1923
After my arrival at Belize, as instructed by cablegram received at Bogota, I received
supplementary instructions dated February 3, 1923, under which I was to cooperate
with a party sent out by Dr. Sylvanus G. Morley, Associate in Middle American Archae-
ology, for the special purpose of determining within an accuracy of one-half minute the
positions of the main group of ruins of Maya cities in the Lake Peten region in northern
Guatemala. These ruins had been previously visited by Dr. Morley and other archae-
ologists, and it was desirable to fix the geographic positions as accurately as possible to
prevent their becoming hidden by the rapid tropical growths and so lost to subsequent
investigators. The light theodolite and methods ordinarily used in magnetic work were
thought to be sufficiently accurate for the desired latitude determination, and for observa-
tions for longitude determination a suitable time control was provided. In such a
region, and so far from reliable signals, chronometers were not to be depended upon,
and it was decided to attempt the use of a radio receiving outfit. As the region in
question was in one of the centers of static disturbance, success lay in the use of a long-
wave receiving-set. Storage batteries were out of the question, and it was uncertain
whether dry batteries would withstand the climatic conditions. The instrument selected
was a standard United States Navy destroyer set with two steps of radio frequency and
one of audio frequency amplification, adapted to wave-lengths from 600 to 25,000 meters,
and modified to use dry instead of storage cells for the A batteries. The dry cell used
was the No. 6 Reserve dry cell of the National Carbon Company, which does not begin
to deteriorate until water has been added, thus making it possible always to have a fresh
supply.
Mr. O. G. Ricketson, the leader of the party, and Mr. J. O. Kilmartin of the U. S.
Geological Survey, who had been assigned to make a topographic survey in the region
about Lake Peten, arrived in Belize from Washington on February 14, 1923, with
the instrumental equipment. This consisted of magnetometer 12 and marine earth-
inductor 7 to replace the instrument damaged by the accident in Colombia, theodolite
12 to be used as a reserve instrument, aneroid barometer and boiling-point apparatus
for altitude determinations, two pocket chronometers and four watches for time control
in case the radio outfit failed, and finally the radio equipment in four boxes of 316
pounds gross weight.
A preliminary trial of the radio outfit at Belize was unsatisfactory, owing partly
to the proximity of the electric plant and partly to the fact that the dry cells used as A
battery were not up to full strength after the addition of water. A second trial on the
following day at the government radio station with the assistance of the native operator
was entirely successful. The entire 500 feet of antenna were put up, and no trouble was
experienced in receiving on all wave-lengths; Arlington, Balboa, Pawtucket, and Nauen
(Germany) were heard distinctly. Late in the evening a concert broadcast from Bir-
Observers' Field Reports 185
mingham, Alabama, was picked up. The operator interpreted the call signals for us, and
gave us much valuable information as to the use and care of the instrument.
Having satisfied ourselves that our equipment was in good order, and having provided
supplies of food and camp necessities, we were ready for the long trip into the bush of
northern Guatemala. A flat-bottomed launch with a kerosene engine was chartered,
and at 7 o'clock in the evening of Saturday, February 17, we shoved off. After 12 hours
we were out of the deep water and had come to a succession of rapids. From Belize to
El Cayo it is about 65 miles on a direct line, but is 180 miles by the continuously winding
Belize River. At the rapids the launch was warped by a line fastened to a tree 100
feet or more ahead and returned to the windlass on the launch, the crew working mean-
while in the water or with poles to keep the boat off the rocks. At one place we tore a
hole in the bottom, but quickly repaired it again by use of a piece of kerosene tin, one of
the crew doing the work under water.
After 49 hours on the river, during which it rained continuously, we landed at El
Cayo. Here the District Commissioner kindly provided quarters for us in the Govern-
ment house, and a place to again try the radio equipment, which as before worked
perfectly. A magnetic and astronomical station was established close to that of 1909,
and marked by a concrete post. This was to be used as a base station, particularly in
case the radio failed. A delay in making the necessary astronomical observations,
caused by the heavy rains, was utilized in securing mules, guides, and help. Finally,
on February 25, the party started for Flores, that little-known place across the Guatemala
frontier. We passed the customs without difficulty, thanks to the geniality of the
newly appointed chief, at Plancha Piedra, on the boundary between the two countries.
It was here that an incident occurred that cast a gloom over the party. From the 21
mules in the train, one of apparently docile temperament had been chosen to carry the
bulky but precious radio instruments. But appearances are deceitful in a mule. No
sooner had the box been placed on his back than he began to plunge and threw it over
his head. It landed on a corner, splitting the case. All thought that to be the end of
the receiver, remembering the operator's caution regarding its delicate mechanism.
Thereafter a man was assigned to that mule, leading him at all times, and clearing a
passage for him through the tangled bush trails. While on the trail all hands arose at
4 o'clock in the morning, so as to start at daybreak. Camp was pitched again about 3
o'clock in the afternoon, while yet there was time for the mulemen to chop down bread-
nut trees for their animals, and to hunt water-holes. The leaves of the bread-nut tree
are the only forage for mules in the jungle.
After six days on this comparatively open trail we reached Trapishe, on the mainland,
across from Flores. Native canoes brought us across the lake to the quaint, picturesque
island town of some 3,000 inhabitants. The party immediately registered with the
military commander of the district, and then called on the governor of Peten to pay their
respects and to secure permission to set up the radio outfit. The governor did not
recognize our credentials and ordered the set to be placed in his office until permission
was secured from the central Government at Guatemala City. Telegrams were imme-
diately sent to the American Minister and to Mr. P. W. Shufeldt, a friend of Dr. Morley's
at Guatemala City, to secure the instruments. Two days passed and no answer came.
Mr. Ricketson then outlined a plan for the work, in accordance with which, after mag-
netic observations were completed at Tayasal, the ruins on the mainland opposite
Flores, I started for the ruins called Itsimte, accompanied by a guide. Itsimte was
reached the next morning, and I set a magnetic station in sight of the pyramid and the
group of wonderfully carved stone monuments scattered throughout the bush. Mag-
netic and astronomical observations were made at this point, using time as carried by
the chronometer and watches from El Cayo, and I returned to Flores. Meanwhile,
186 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
permission had been secured from Guatemala City, and Mr. Ricketson and Mr. Kil-
martin had set up the radio outfit in the Government telegraph office, with practically
all the antennae stretched out over the quartel ; they could pick up no signals what-
soever, but noises in the receivers were terrific. After working all day without success,
and remembering the accident at Plancha Piedra, they concluded that the receiver had
been seriously damaged and sent a cablegram via Guatemala City to Washington to that
effect. On my return to Flores, the apparatus was taken apart, and the condenser
plates, which were out of alignment, were readjusted. That night, to our great joy, the
Arlington time signal was picked up distinctly, and a second cablegram conveying the
good news was sent to Washington. Thereafter, the time signals both from Balboa and
Arlington were received distinctly with but little trouble from static.
The night before we left, the people gave a dance in our honor, the music being
supplied by a native marimba orchestra. Everybody attended, and we were highly
entertained. The mulemen, guides, and help also enjoyed themselves so much that it
was noon the next day before Mr. Ricketson could find them, coming out of the effects,
and start the expedition on its way.
Ten more ruins were to be visited, so, leaving Mr. Kilmartin to his assignment of
making a topographical survey of the Lake Peten region, Mr. Ricketson and I started
for the eastern end of Lake Peten in a dugout canoe propelled by an Evinrude motor
loaned by Dr. Boburg of Flores, while the mules came around by land. Camp was made
at a clearing called Ixpop, and the Arlington and Balboa signals were easily obtained.
The ruins of Ixlu were about 5 miles away and in the thick jungle. A clearing had to
be made for astronomical observations. In order to chop down one tree, it is necessary
to chop down several others to let the first fall, on account of the tangle of vines of all
descriptions. After making astronomical observations, I returned to Remati, where
Mr. Ricketson had moved the camp in my absence. In the dusk we inadvertently
set up the radio instruments over a group of ant-hills, and receiving the signal that night
was torture. Our route was now through the actual jungle. No villages were en-
countered, and we followed as nearly as possible the trails made by chicleros, or natives
who go into the jungle to tap the sapoti tree for its chicle gum, from which chewing-gum
is manufactured. It was through these men that the existence of the ruins was first
brought to the attention of the archeologists. The chicleros work in the rainy season,
and we met but a few belated stragglers. We followed these trails until we came to a
clearing near the ruins to be visited. Near each clearing or camp site made by the
chicleros there was always a water-hole, usually only a swamp, as the streams were rare
in this section. It was on account of this scarcity of water that no camps were made
at the site of the ruins. Man might be able to provide himself with enough for several
days, but mules must have a large quantity every day or they will wander off by them-
selves in search of it. The lack of water was our most serious problem. In this region
less than the usual amount of rain had fallen, and even the swamps were almost dry.
What water we did get was black, stagnant, and repulsive. We boiled this mixture,
made tea with it in an attempt to disguise the taste and odor, and it was thus made to
suffice for the trip.
Three days on the trail brought us to Tikal, where there are many pyramids, averag-
ing 100 to 150 feet high, built of rubble masonry. On top of each there is a limestone
temple of heavy construction, the walls 3 or more feet thick, and the beams of heavy
carved sapoti wood. Considering their age and the climatic conditions, they are in a
wonderful state of preservation. The jungle growth has wrought havoc in the con-
struction of the pyramids, tearing the masonry apart, but the temples in some cases
are intact. Observations here were made on the top of one of the pyramids at the base
Observers' Field Reports 187
of the temple. In the short time permitted at each site it was impossible to obtain
bearings of the chief lines of the ruins as was desired. To open lines of sight and clear
the debris from the pyramids so as to find their exact form, at a place like Tikal, would
be a season's work in itself. Observations were made at Uolantun close by, and the
party proceeded to Uaxactun. Here we found the large aguada or water-hole bone-dry.
Water was then brought to this site in every available utensil and container, and we
remained to work the station while the mules were sent back to the last water-hole, five
hours' riding away, with directions to call for us the second day after. Complete mag-
netic and astronomical observations were made, and radio time-signals received.
Noachtun, our next objective, was three days' riding to the north. We were doubt-
ful about the wisdom of attempting the journey on account of the water question, and
while debating it a chicle train met us coming from the north. They reported that they
had been without water for two days. That settled it, and we began to retrace our
steps to the south, intending to go by way of Nakum and Naranjo to El Cayo. Three
days' riding brought us to Nakum, and two more to Naranjo. Complete observations
for position were made at both places. Leaving Naranjo, we lost the trail, and after ten
hours' wandering, arrived in Benque Viejo, just east of the boundary-line of Guatemala,
instead of at El Cayo. Here we indulged in the luxury of a long-wanted bath in the
river, and after a good night's rest under shelter we were ready to go out again, but the
mulemen were not. It was Easter, and they had to have their fiesta. As a result, we
lost two days waiting for them.
Ucanal was easily reached by following a good trail along the Mopan River. The
heat was intense, 105° F. in the shade, melting the insulation from the wires. A canopy
of palm leaves and canvas was placed over the instruments to protect them from the
heat. A complete set of magnetic and astronomical observations was obtained at this
site. A young jaguar, the only animal of the kind seen on the trip, came too near this
camp and was shot by the guide. Previously, we had seen plenty of monkeys of many
kinds, wild hogs, various species of snakes, besides the deer and wild game in great variety
which replenished our food-supply on many occasions.
We returned to El Cayo, where check astronomical observations were made, and a
new mule train hired for the last stage of the trip. We loaded up with the last of our
provisions and headed for Xmakabatun, where we arrived in five days and made a
complete set of magnetic and astronomical observations. My riding mule became sick
and could not be used. As a result, Mr. Ricketson and I alternated riding and walking
until we had eaten enough of the food to relieve a pack mule of its load and use it for
riding. Xultun is about 10 miles west of Xmakabatun, but it took three days by the
roundabout trails to reach it. Astronomical observations were made at Xultun, and
three days more of riding brought us again to El Cayo, where observations for position
were repeated on April 24. The following day we left El Cayo in a pitpan towed by
a launch, and after a hot, uneventful trip arrived in Belize April 28, 70 days after our
departure on February 17, 1923.
Except for the omitted visit to Naachtun, and the more detailed survey of the align-
ment of the ruins, the expedition had accomplished what it set out to do. The latitude
and longitude of 11 sites of the ancient Maya Empire are now known. The determina-
tion of the longitude with desired accuracy was possible only by use of the radio. On
reaching a clearing, that outfit was set up first, and it was always a problem how to get
enough antenna out. Often this consumed a considerable time, but occasionally it
was only a question of throwing a rope over a limb and hauling the wire up. In some
places we had about 300 feet out, but generally it was less, and in one case only 50 feet.
But withal the set worked admirably, and signals were received daily before and after
astronomical observations. Only the station at Itsimte depends upon time carried by
188
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
watches, and these were corrected by signals received the following day at Flores. By
means of comparisons made twice daily between the various time-pieces carried, it is
believed the desired accuracy of one-half minute of arc has been obtained. The value
of radio in surveys of this kind is unquestioned. The set used in this work functioned
satisfactorily at all times. Static was always bad, but interference from this cause
could be so reduced that every signal was heard without interruption. Probably no
set ever received rougher usage or was subject to such handling and climatic conditions
as this one. Yet it functioned perfectly throughout the trip. The same three vacuum
tubes were used throughout, and the batteries were still good. The only drawback
was its bulk, the complete set making two and one-half mule loads. It is hoped that a
more compact and equally serviceable outfit will be developed, and that a form of loop
antenna can be substituted for the long wire in places where it is impossible to stretch
a wire suitably. Exposed wires should have a covering designed to withstand the high
temperatures often encountered in the tropics. The same is true of the composition
used in the cells of the dry batteries.
Table 43
No.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Name
Belize, A, British Honduras.
Belize, B, British Honduras.
El Cayo, British Honduras. .
Flores (Tayasal), Guatemala
Itsimte, Guatemala
Ixlu,° Guatemala
Tikal,° Guatemala
Uolantun," Guatemala
Uaxactun, Guatemala
Nakum," Guatemala
Naranjo," Guatemala
Ucanal, Guatemala
Xmakabatun, Guatemala. . .
Xultun," Guatemala
Date
1928
Feb 8-10
12
22,
8
6,10
Feb
/Feb
I Apr
Mar
Mar 8
Mar 13
Mar 18
Mar 19
Mar 22-23
Mar 26
Mar 29
Apr 5
Apr 15
Apr 20
Lat. North
17
17
28.4
29.4
17 10.2
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
16
17
17
56.0
56.0
58.6
13.3
10.8
23.8
10.3
07.5
58.8
31.2
30.5
Long. East
271 49
271 48
270 55.9
270
269
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
06.5
48.6
18.3
21.5
23.2
21.6
33.7
44.3
38.2
45.8
35.5
a At these stations no magnetic observations were made.
The greatest care was taken in transporting the instruments. The radio receiver
was placed alone on a mule and received the attention of a man at all times; the mag-
netometer was placed in a large kyack, with the blankets and hammocks to protect it
from bumps against trees and possible falls. The trails were tough and very often had
to be opened with axes and machetes before the instrument cases could pass. Handling
18 mules in the jungle is in itself quite a problem. They would constantly wander off
the trails for a coveted blade of grass, and with almost human intelligence would wedge
themselves between two trees close together, then kick and struggle until free from
their load, scattering it throughout the bush.
Personal discomforts were many. The difficulty of obtaining refreshing drinking-
water has already been described. Immediately on entering the bush we were covered
with the garapates or ticks. Bottle flies and other insects constantly assaulted us, until
our bodies were completely discolored with red and blue bites from which we could get
no relief. As soon as we had adjusted ourselves in camp, we would dive into our ham-
mocks and under the mosquito net to keep out these pests and escape the fleas left by
the chicleros. Owing to the lack of water, baths and shaving were out of the question,
until we struck the Mopan River, a branch of the Belize River. At each site it was
necessary to ride from one to three hours from the jato or camp to a place at the ruins
suitably cleared to permit solar observations, forenoon, noon, and afternoon.
Observers' Field Reports 189
Magnetic elements were determined at five sites, thus giving a fair distribution
over the area covered. Observations for altitude above sea-level by means of aneroid
and boiling-point apparatus were made at each site visited. The distance covered was
approximately 430 miles.
At Belize I was later met by Mr. Kilmartin, who had just finished his assignment.
All the excess equipment was returned to Washington with him, and after all computations
were brought to date, I left Belize on May 15 on the steamship Gansfjord with mag-
netometer 27 and chronometer 50,107 to complete my Central American assignment.
Table 43 shows the stations at which magnetic observations were made, and those
at which only the geographic positions were determined, with dates of occupation and
geographic position; for further details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of
Results.
W. A. Love, on Magnetic Work in Central America, May to November 1923
On the completion of my work in northern Guatemala in cooperation with the expedi-
tion for the study of mid- American archaeology, I resumed my program of reoccupying
magnetic stations under my original instructions of June 10, 1922. It was my intention
to work from Belize, British Honduras, down the Caribbean coast, then to cross over-
land, reoccupy stations accessible from the Pacific side, and go thence into Mexico.
Difficulties in securing suitable transportation made it impossible to carry out this
plan entirely.
The magnetometer and earth inductor used in northern Guatemala had been replaced
by magnetometer-inductor 27 at Belize. By going first to Puerto Barrios, and
thence by a small launch to Puerto Cortez, then by using another launch and an auxiliary
power sailboat, I managed to reach Truxillo, Honduras, on May 26. Travel along this
coast of Central America is rough and uncomfortable, transportation is meager, and to
reach ports along the north coast of Honduras one has to use native launches and sail-
boats with all the attendant inconveniences and close association with a distasteful
assortment of passengers. The only communication with Cape Gracias a Dios and
thence down the Mosquito Coast of Nicaragua was by the infrequent and irregular
chance sailboats. On the strength of hearsay only, I waited a week in Truxillo for a
labor-carrying sailboat to put in from the Cape. It did arrive, and the captain said
that within another week he would return, but in the meantime he was going to Bay of
Islands. I went with him and made a station at Oak Ridge, Roatan Island, but on
returning to Truxillo the captain informed me that he could not go to the Cape. I
next arranged to charter a boat, but had to wait for the owner to find a captain who
knew the coast. Neither boat nor captain ever turned up. A lumber schooner with
cross-ties for the United Fruit Company arrived, and its return seemed assured. In
the interval, opportunity was courteously furnished by the United Fruit Company to
go to Casuna, about 100 miles east of Truxillo, where they were building a railway; and
after establishing a station, I returned and went aboard the lumber schooner. While
waiting for it to sail, a Hamburg-American steamer arrived, and I learned that it would
sail in a few hours for Costa Rica. The steamer had been chartered by the Costa Rica
Red Cross to return about 100 Costa Rican laborers who had been stranded here in
Honduras as I was. The uncertainty of the time required to reach Cape Gracias a Dios,
and the more serious uncertainty of securing transportation beyond that point, led me to
decide to secure transportation on the steamer, if possible. I went out to the steamer
in a launch kindly provided by the fruit company, and arranged for a passage to Port
Limon, Costa Rica, where I arrived on June 30, the entire month having been spent in
the exasperating effort to make the journey from Truxillo. I learned later that the
lumber schooner was three weeks in reaching Cape Gracias d, Dios, that the captain had
190 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
died on the voyage, and that the crew were without food or water for several days; so
Fortune was not altogether unkind to me.
With little delay after making the necessary observations at Port Limon, I embarked
on an auxiliary power schooner for Bluefields, Nicaragua, and thence by the same
schooner I proceeded farther north to Prinzapolca. The rainy season had set in, and
the voyage was exceedingly rough and the weather squally. The sand-bar had closed
the entrance to the Prinzapolca River and we entered the Walpasicsa River, five miles
farther north. By ascending this river 30 miles, we met the Prinzapolca, and then sailed
30 miles down that stream to Prinzapolca, a detour of 60 miles. After a stay of half a
day, we returned as we came. From the mouth of the Walpasicsa we went northward
to the Wawa River, and after crossing a dangerous bar, ascended that stream 20 miles
to a mahogany camp called Wawa Saw-Mill, arriving at 4 p. m. on July 15. Only
incomplete observations were possible here on account of the short stay, as we left the
following morning shortly after daybreak. After reoccupying the station of 1909 at
Bluefields Bluff on July 19, I again took passage on a small sloop for Grey town, which
we entered on July 22, after an exciting passage over the bar with the sea full of hungry-
looking sharks.
During the half day waiting for the boat up the river to Lake Nicaragua, I estab-
lished a station at Greytown. The boat was a flat-bottomed, shallow-draft boat pro-
pelled by a gasoline engine. Travel was slow, due to the swift current and numerous
stretches of rapids. The boat was crowded and one slept in his seat during the night,
there being no room to stretch out. On the third day we reached San Carlos, and left
shortly for Granada on the lake steamer without time for any observations, arriving on
July 27. Observations were also made at Corinto and at Managua, where the work was
greatly facilitated by the officers of the U. S. Marine Corps who were stationed there.
From Corinto passage was taken directly for La Libertad, Salvador, from which place a
25-mile automobile ride brought me to San Salvador. I went to La Union by rail,
chartered a launch to Amapala, the Pacific port of entry of Honduras, on August 17,
and after crossing to San Lorenzo by launch, I reached Tegucigalpa by truck over a good
road 84 miles long. Returning to Amapala, I took passage on the Mexican steamer
Chiapas by way of Corinto, to San Juan, Guatemala, arriving September 1. •
From September 8 to 12, I made special magnetic observations at Guatemala City
in connection with the investigation of the total solar eclipse on September 10. After
the computations of that work had been completed and forwarded to Washington, I
went by rail to Mulna, and there hired an automobile to take me to Quesaltenango.
The road was in wretched condition, and the trip was made in a downpour of rain.
Observations were made at the latter place, where the altitude is about 8,000 feet and
the climate quite cold. The return to Mulna was an interesting experience. The trip
was made in the dawn of early morning, while the country roundabout was brightly
lighted by the fires from the volcano Santa Maria, then in eruption. The wreck of the
regular ship for the south compelled me to proceed to San Jose by rail. After observa-
tions I caught the tourist ship Venezuela direct to Panama, where the station of the
Carnegie party of 1921 was reoccupied.
I took advantage of my visit to Panama to receive special treatment at the hospital
for the malaria that had been troubling me during the past few months. A few days
spent there practically rid me of that trouble, and on October 22 I left Panama on the
small steamer David for Pedrigal, from which port the town of David was reached by
rail. Returning to the canal, I went to San Jose, Costa Rica, by way of Port Limon.
The occupation of this station completed the list of available stations in Central America,
and an unfortunate accident to the instrument made it impossible to go on with the
Mexican work before extensive repairs were made. With the instrument set up for the
Observers' Field Reports
191
latitude observations on a hill outside the city, a sudden gust caught up the hat from
the head of a native who was assisting me with the luggage, and in attempting to recover
it, he ran into the tripod and upset the instrument. On making a report of the affair
by cable to Washington, I was authorized to return with the instrument to the Office
before going on with the Mexican work, and accordingly I left San Jose on November 16,
and reported in Washington on November 26, 1923.
Table 44 shows the stations at which magnetic observations were made, with
geographic positions and dates of occupations; for additional details, see Descriptions
of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 44
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Name
Puerto Barrios, Guatemala
Puerto Cortez, Honduras
Truxillo, A Honduras
Truxillo, B, Honduras
Oak Ridge, Honduras
Casuna (= Port Burchard), Honduras
Port Limon, Costa Rica
Uvita Island, Costa Rica
Bluefields, Nicaragua
Prinzapolca, Nicaragua
Wawa Saw-Mill, Nicaragua
Bluefields Bluff, Nicaragua
Greytown, Nicaragua
Granada, Nicaragua
Managua, B, Nicaragua
Managua, A, Nicaragua
Corinto, Nicaragua
San Salvador, A, Salvador
San Salvador, B, Salvador
Amapala, Salvador
Tegucigalpa, A, Honduras
Tegucigalpa, B, Honduras
Guatemala, A, Guatemala
Guatemala, B, Guatemala
Quesaltenango, Guatemala
San Jose, Guatemala
Old Panama, A, Panama
Old Panama, B, Panama
David, A, Panama
David, B, Panama
San Jose, B, Costa Rica
San Jose, C, Costa Rica
Date
1923
May 18-19
May 23
May 28-29
May 30
June 7
June 24
July 2- 3
5
9-10
July
July
July 13
July 15-16
July 19
July 22
July 28
Aug
Aug
Aug
1-
3
6
Aug 11-12
Aug 12
Aug 17
Aug 22
Aug 23-24
8-14
15
25
28-29
10-11
11-13
23-27
26
Nov 12-14
Nov 15
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Lat. North
15
15
15
15
16
15
9
10
11
13
14
12
10
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
13
9
9
8
8
9
44.2
51.3
55.8
55.8
23.8
53.1
58.0
00.1
59.5
24.7
06
00.1
54.9
56.1
09.4
09.9
27.2
41.4
41.4
17.7
04.9
06.5
38.0
38.0
51.4
55.5
00.2
00.2
26.3
25.3
56.6
56.6
Long. East
271 25
272 03
274 02
274 02
273 38
274 50
276 55
276 58
276 16
276 25
276 26
276 20
276 18
274 03
273 44
273 44
272 49
270 49
270 49
272 21
272 48
272 47
269 30
269 30
268 31
269 13
280 31
280 31
277 35
277 34
275 56
275 56
SUMMARY
In all eighty-six stations were occupied, not counting the few occupied jointly with
Mr. Green in the Bahamas. Of these, ten were occupied while in Mr. Green's party and
six were astronomical stations only for determining the geographic positions in Peten,
Guatemala.
Of the eighty stations, seven were class I stations with eight auxiliary stations, thir-
teen class II stations with nine auxiliary stations, seventeen class III stations, and
twenty-six class IV stations. Special eclipse observations were carried out at Guate-
mala City September 8 to 12 inclusive, under special instructions.
The total distance covered from time of leaving Washington until returning thereto
was 17,633 miles, of which 2,617 miles was travel while in Mr. Green's party and 2,300
miles was travel from the field. Of the total distance covered, 4,543 miles were by
railroad, 10,398 miles by steamer, 1,020 miles by sailboat, 716 miles by launch, 435 miles
by automobile, and 521 miles by mule, 430 of the last being in the Peten trip.
192 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Excluding the work done on the assignment in Peten for geographic position only,
and the travel to and from the field, the average distance per station was 185 miles. Of
the mileage in the field, a good deal was due to doubling back on my original track
caused by transportation difficulties in Central America.
The total cost of the trip from the time I parted with Mr. Green in Havana to my
return to Washington was $3,768.03, not including the expenses of the Peten trip.
Counting only the cost in the field of the magnetic stations occupied while alone,
the average cost per station for 85 stations was about $50, while if the principal station
and its auxiliary in the same vicinity are counted as but one, the cost is about $68 per
station.
Throughout the trip every possible courtesy and assistance was given me, par-
ticularly by the American consular and diplomatic services, and also by many govern-
ment officials and private individuals and concerns, particular mention being made of
the United Fruit Company, the Tropical Oil Company, the Carib Oil Company, and port
authorities of the Canal.
W. C. Parkinson, on Magnetic Work in Northern Africa and Arabia,
December 1921 to March 1922
Acting upon instructions dated August 20, 1921, I handed over charge of the
Watheroo Magnetic Observatory, Western Australia, to Dr. G. R. Wait on December 1,
1921, and left Watheroo the following day, sailing from Fremantle westward by steamer
Mantua on December 9, 1921. The instrumental equipment carried consisted of mag-
netometer-inductor 27, with tripods, observing-tent, pocket chronometer, watches, and
the usual accessories.
My instructions included the reoccupation of the C. I. W. magnetic stations at
Jidda and Tor in the Red Sea. From inquiries made at Bombay it was learned that
it would be more expeditious, and therefore cheaper, instead of transshipping to a trading-
vessel at Aden, as was first intended, to continue to Suez by the Mantua and return to
the Red Sea ports by the Khedival mail steamer. I arrived at Port Said on January 2,
and, while waiting for the Red Sea steamer, proceeded to Helwan Observatory, near
Cairo, where, with Mr. H. Knox-Shaw, the superintendent, a series of comparisons
with the Helwan magnetic standards was carried out between January 7 and 11. Leaving
Helwan on January 14, I proceeded by rail to Suez, where the C. I. W. secular-variation
station was reoccupied on January 17 to 19.
On January 21, I left Suez by the Khedival mail steamer Mansourah, and Jidda,
the pilgrim port for Mecca, was reached on January 25. Upon landing, a visit was
first paid to the acting British vice-consul, Mr. Grafty Smith, who at once offered me
all the assistance in his power. Before any steps could be taken with regard to observa-
tional work, it was necessary to obtain the permission of His Majesty King Hussein of
the Hedjaz, who was, at the time, in Mecca. The permission was sought through
Rushti Bey, the prime minister, who telephoned to His Majesty, and, luckily finding the
King in an amiable mood, received a reply which said, in effect, that he felt highly honored
by my presence and that every facility was to be accorded me in the furtherance of my
important mission. Mr. J. C. Dilley, manager of the Jidda branch of Messrs. Gellatly,
Hankey and Company, offered me hospitality for the duration of my stay, and this
being gratefully accepted, I was free to bring ashore my equipment and undertake
observational work while the Mansourah called at Port Sudan and Suakin and returned
to Jidda. After completing the observations, I planted a permanent marking-stone to
facilitate reoccupations in the future. It may be remarked here that in countries such
as the coastal districts of Arabia or Egypt, where wood for fuel is scarce, it is not advisable
Observers' Field Reports 193
to mark the station with a wooden peg in the hope that it will remain there until some
future reoccupation of the station. A stone pillar offers the best chance of permanency,
but permission from some authority to erect the stone should always be obtained before-
hand, if possible in writing.
The Mansourah returned to Jidda on February 1, and I left by her the same day
to return northward. King Hussein had caused orders to be telegraphed along the
coast that, wherever I wished to land to make observations, I was to be given every
assistance. At Yambo, where I called upon Amir Ali, heir apparent to King Hussein,
at El Wedj, where I was accorded a military reception, and at Tor, the Egyptian quaran-
tine station on Sinai Peninsula, I was able to make observations during brief stops of
the steamer. The work at these three stations was greatly facilitated by the assistance
of the wireless operator of the Mansourah, Mr. C. Sharps, to whom I gratefully acknowl-
edge my obligation.
From Suez I proceeded direct to Alexandria by train, arriving there the evening of
February 6. My time in Alexandria was so taken up with passport matters and in
arrangements for a passage to Tunisia that I found it impossible to do any observational
work there. My intention had been to take a small coasting steamer from Alexandria
to Tripoli, and there to connect with another vessel on to Sfax or Tunis, but the Italian
Consul at Alexandria, in view of the unrest prevailing in Tripolitania at that time,
refused to vise my passport without written authority from Tripoli. As the time
involved in getting this authority, even had it been forthcoming, would have been
considerable, I decided to omit the visit to Tripolitania and endeavor to proceed direct
to Tunisia.
There was no direct connection between Alexandria and Tunis by sea, and I was
advised to ship to Malta, where I should be able to get a steamer to some Tunisian port.
Luckily, after some inquiry, I found a British steamer sailing for Malta on February 11,
and I secured a passage by this vessel, arriving in Malta on February 15. By what
appeared at the time to be a lucky chance, a small vessel was, after an extensive mechani-
cal overhaul, scheduled to leave Malta that day for Tunis, and she was confidently
expected by the owner-captain to arrive in Tunis, 300 miles distant, in something
less than 22 hours. I booked my passage and was all prepared, with the other pas-
sengers, for departure, when we were informed that the engines would require a little
more tuning up and the sailing was postponed until the next day. On the following
day we left Valetta Harbor at about 4 p. m., and two hours later put into Gozo Harbor,
17 miles away, with a broken steam valve. We left Gozo Harbor at about noon on
February 17, and after buffeting a very strong head sea for four hours, the Captain,
acting in deference to the wishes of those of the passengers who were still able to express
themselves, turned the ship once more into Gozo Harbor and remained there until 7h the
next morning, when the storm had to a certain extent abated. At 10 a. m. on Sunday,
February 19, we finally arrived at Tunis.
On February 24 I traveled to Sfax by rail, returning to Tunis the following day,
and on March 1, I left Tunis for Touggourt, an oasis village at the extreme southern
limit of the Algerian railroad system. En route it was found necessary to break the
journey for three days at Constantine, and the enforced spending of a portion of a day
at Biskra, both in going to and coming from Touggourt, enabled me to get a glimpse of
this interesting little town which caters to those tourists who desire to get a first-hand
idea of Saharan desert "atmosphere" without depriving themselves- of the comforts of
a European hotel. I left Touggourt on March 9, arriving in Algiers on March 12.
After visiting the Bouzareah Observatory, Algiers, and arranging for some coopera-
tive observation there, I went to Oran for observations and returned to Algiers the same
evening. On March 19, 1 observed diurnal variation of magnetic declination at the
194
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
magnetic station in the grounds of the Bouzareah Observatory, and on the two following
days I made a series of magnetic observations at the "Moureaux" station nearby,
while M. Baldet, of the Bouzareah Observatory, observed at the observatory station.
I left Algiers in the evening of March 23 by steamer for Marseilles, arriving there in the
morning of March 25, and reached Barcelona, Spain, the following morning. Owing,
however, to a blunder on the part of a railroad porter at Marseilles, my heavy baggage
had been sent to another destination, and a day was consumed in returning to the French
frontier station, where it was held until the customs formalities had been complied with.
Table 45 gives the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 45
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
Helwan Observatory, Egypt
Suez, Egypt
Jidda, A, Arabia
Jidda, B, Arabia
Yambo, Arabia
El Wedj, Arabia.
Tor, Egypt
Tunis, Turrsia
Sfax, Tuni ia
Touggouri, Algerian Sahara
Oran, Algeria
Algiers, M, Algeria
Date
1922
Jan 7-11
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
17-19
30
27-28
2
3- 4
5
Feb 22
Feb 26
Mar 7- 8
Mar 17
Mar 20-21
Lat. North
29
29
21
21
24
26
28
36
34
33
35
36
51.6
57.9
28.3
29.8
04.7
13.0
14.4
45.5
43.6
07.8
44.7
48.1
Long. East
31 20
32 33
39 11
39 11
38 03
36 28
33 36
10 07
10 45
6 05
359 24
3 02
W. C. Parkinson, on Comparison Observations at Certain European Magnetic
Observatories, March to September 1922
On my arrival at Barcelona, after the completion of the reoccupations for secular
variation in northern Africa, I went immediately to the Observatorio del Ebro at Tortosa,
Spain. This was the first of a series of magnetic observatories with whose standards
I was to compare magnetometer-inductor 27, which in turn had been compared with
the standards at Washington and at Watheroo, and would be finally compared at Wash-
ington at the close of the expedition. On the afternoon of my arrival, I discussed with
Father Rodes the program of comparisons to be made. This program was carried out
between March 30 and April 2, and on April 4 I left Tortosa, greatly impressed with
the efficiency and zeal of the staff of the observatory, the good condition of their equip-
ment, and the prompt, but at the same time careful, manner in which the resulting data
are made available for publication.
My next objective was the observatory at San Fernando, near Cadiz, and in order
to reach it I had to travel by a rather circuitous route through Valencia and Madrid,
changing trains frequently en route. I arrived at Cadiz on April 6, and the same after-
noon took my equipment out to the observatory at San Fernando, about 12 miles distant.
Comparison observations were made at San Fernando between April 7 and 12. Mag-
netically, San Fernando is a very disturbed station, owing to the close proximity of
electric-car lines. Partly, I suppose, owing to this disturbance, and because the nautical-
astronomical work of the observatory is of more practical importance, the magnetic
work takes a secondary place. With the equipment used, and under the prevailing
conditions, high observational accuracy is not to be expected.
The route from Cadiz to Coimbra, Portugal, via Seville and Badajos, involved
changing of trains seven times during the 36 hours of travel, but notwithstanding, I
arrived at Coimbra on April 15 with my baggage intact. The same afternoon I took
Observers' Field Reports 195
my equipment out to the Coimbra Observatory and conferred with Dr. Carvalho. In
spite of an inferior instrumental equipment, I found the magnetic work there on a very
satisfactory footing. Although the electric-car lines are not more than 400 meters
distant at the nearest point, yet there is hardly any appreciable effect from them when
making observations at the magnetic station in the observatory grounds. Comparison
observations were made at Coimbra between April 17 and 21, and I left for Paris the
following day by the Lisbon-Paris express.
Acting on supplementary instructions, I interrupted my observatory comparisons
at this point in order to attend the meetings at Rome of the International Geodetic and
Geophysical Union, May 2 to 10, and to assist the Director, Dr. L. A. Bauer, in his duties
as Secretary of the Section of Terrestrial Magnetism and Electricity. This visit also
provided an opportunity for making comparisons with the instruments of the Italian
Magnetic Survey, in cooperation with Professor L. Pallazo, at Terracina, Italy. On the
return to Paris, comparisons were made at Val Joyeux on May 25 and 26, and going
thence to Berlin, I made a series of observations on June 1 to 3 on pier 5 of the Potsdam
Observatory, the station used by Mr. Pearson in 1910. After a short leave of absence,
comparisons were made at De Bilt, near Utrecht, in Holland, and at Rude Skov, Den-
mark. To reach Sodankyla, where the next comparisons were to be made, I went first
to Stockholm, and thence by steamer to Abo, Finland, at which place I arrived on the
morning of July 9. Then followed a railroad journey of about 700 miles to Rovaniemi,
the capital of Finnish Lapland, near the head of the Gulf of Bothnia. Rovaniemi is the
northernmost point of the Finnish railroad system, and the magnetic observatory of
Sodankyla lies about 85 miles farther north by road. Twice a week, when weather
permits, a mail automobile runs from Rovaniemi to Ivalo, a settlement in Lapland
nearly 200 miles distant, passing close to the Sodankyla Observatory. I found on my
arrival at Rovaniemi that there was an automobile scheduled to start that evening at
10 o'clock. At this latitude, of course, there is no darkness in July. Accordingly I
booked my passage, and the start was made punctually at the time advertised. There
were fifteen passengers besides the driver and a postal official, and at the rear of the
auto there was piled a great quantity of mail, parcels, and general merchandise. I had
some difficulty at the outset in convincing the driver that the magnetometer could not
be thrown in with the general cargo, and only decided the matter by carrying it on my
knees for the whole journey. It was well, from the instrumental point of view, that I
did, for though the roads were in very bad order, the driver kept up a consistently high
speed.
I was set down from the auto in the neighborhood of the Sodankyla Observatory
at about 3 o'clock in the morning on July 12. Walking down to the River Kemi from
the road, I could see the observatory on the farther bank, but there was no means of
getting across. The letter announcing the date of my arrival had not been received,
and it was not until nearly four hours later that I was able to make my presence known
and was rowed across to the observatory. After some needed rest, comparisons with
the Sodankyla magnetic standards were begun, being completed the following day,
July 13. The staff of the observatory, Mr. E. Hyyrylainen, his wife, and one aid, deserve
great credit for their operation of the instruments, both magnetic and meteorological,
under rather trying climatic conditions at such an isolated post. Owing to the unre-
liability of the communication, I deemed it advisable at the first opportunity after the
completion of the comparisons, to take the post auto back to the rail-head, and I there-
fore left Sodankyla at midnight on July 13, arriving at Rovaniemi the next morning and
at Helsingfors in the evening of July 15. Here it was my privilege to meet Professor
Melander, Director of the Finnish Meteorological Bureau and chairman of the com-
mittee of the Finnish Academy of Science under whose auspices the Sodankyla Magnetic
196
Land Magnetic Obseevations, 1921-1926
Observatory is operated. I arrived again at Copenhagen on July 20, completing the
comparisons at Rude Skov Observatory the same day, and reached London late in the
following evening.
Beginning on August 1, comparisons were made successively at the Royal Observa-
tory, Greenwich, at the Eskdalemuir Observatory, Scotland, at the Royal Observatory
of Belgium at Uccle, and at the Kew Observatory.
At Teddington, during the early hours of the morning of September 23, in conjunc-
tion with Mr. F. E. Smith, F. R.S., Director of Scientific Research at the British Admiralty,
I made a comparison of values of horizontal intensity obtained with magnetometer-
inductor 27 and the Schuster-Smith electromagnetometer.
On September 30, I sailed from Liverpool for New York, arrived in Washington on
October 9, and reported to the Office the following day.
Table 46 shows the observatories at which comparisons were made, with geographic
positions and dates of the observations. To the list of European observatories have been
added, for the sake of completeness, the Watheroo comparison at the beginning of the
expedition, the comparison at Helwan, Egypt, during the African work, and the com-
parison at Washington, which closed the series. Further details will be given in a special
report on Observatory Standards in a future volume of these Researches.
Table 46
No.
Name
Date
Latitude
Long. East
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Watheroo Observatory, Watheroo, Western Australia.
Helwan Observatory, Helwan, Egypt
Ebro Observatory, Tortosa, Spain
1922
Marine Observatory, San Fernando, Spain
Meteorological Observatory, Coimbra, Portugal .
Terracina, Italy
Val Joyeux Observatory, Villepreux, France
Potsdam Observatory, Berlin, Germany
De Bilt Observatory, Utrecht, Holland
Rude Skov Observatory, Copenhagen, Denmark. .....
Sodankyla Observatory, Sodankyla, Finland
Royal Observatory, Greenwich, England
Eskdalemuir Observatory, Eskdalemuir, Scotland
Royal Observatory, Uccle (Brussels), Belgium
Kew Observatory, Richmond, Surrey, England
National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, England. .
Standardizing Magnetic Observatory, Washington, D. C..
Jan 7-11
Mar 30-
Apr 2
Apr 7-12
Apr 17-21
May 16-18
May 25-26
June 1- 3
June 30,
30 18.9 S
29 51.6 N
40 19.2 N
36
40
41
48
52
27.7 N
12.4 N
17.0 N
49.4 N
23 N
July
July
1- 3
5- 6,20
52 06 . 5 N
July 12-13
Aug
Aug
1- 3
13-16
U. S. A..
Aug 21-24
Sep 19-25
Sep 22-23
55
67
51
55
50
51
51
38
50.6 N
22.1 N
28.6 N
18.9 N
47.9 N
28.1 N
26 N
57.4 N
115 53
31 20
0 30
353 48
351 35
13 14
2 01
13 04
5 11
12 27
26 39
0 00
356 48
4 21
359 41
359 40
282 56
J. E. Sanders, Jr., on Magnetic Work in the Azores, Madeiras, Canaries, and
Morocco, May to August 1925
In accordance with the instructions of the Assistant Director dated April 20, 1925,
I left New York on May 14, and arrived at Ponta Delgada, San Miguel Island, Azores,
on May 23, 1925. My instrumental outfit consisted of magnetometer-inductor 26, two
half-second chronometers, watches, and accessories. I was met aboard the ship at
Ponta Delgada by Colonel F. A. Chaves, Director of the Meteorological Service of the
Azores. In conference with him a plan for instrumental comparisons and reoccupations
of selected stations in the islands was outlined. It was decided to make use of pillars
previously erected by Colonel Chaves, from which known azimuths had already been
determined. In accordance with that plan, complete comparisons were made at Ponta
Delgada, and reoccupations made of Meteorological Service stations on Terceira, Flores,
and Fayal Islands, the party returning to Ponta Delgada June 18. There are but two
Observers' Field Reports 197
boats each month between the islands, and these usually stop one day at each port, but
the stay in port was much shorter on this trip. Only hasty observations at each station
are possible under such conditions unless one is willing to spend two weeks at each island.
It was possible to make observations for declination on this trip only because well-
marked stations were available where marks of known azimuth could be used. Astro-
nomical observations were quite impossible because of cloudiness at this season. In
addition to the clouds at higher altitudes, each day a very heavy fog covers the islands,
often making it impossible to see a mark as close as 30 meters. I was told that from
August to November the conditions in this respect in the Azores are much better.
The native tongue is Portuguese, though one can find many on each island who are
able to speak English. While illiteracy is common, the people are very shrewd when it
comes to bargaining with the foreign traveler. None of the islands have docking facilities
in the harbors for the larger vessels, and it is necessary to go ashore in launches or row-
boats. On these small boats each of the crew will attempt to collect for the passage,
while the proper person to receive payment is the head boatman ashore. Another
difficulty which the traveler must meet is the existence of two money systems, the
insular or "weak" money and the Portuguese or "strong" money. The difference
between the two systems, using the same denominations, is about 20 per cent. Natives
are quick to take advantage of the traveler's ignorance or confusion, to the latter's dis-
advantage. It is best to keep all money in the strong exchange, as the corresponding
value in the weak can be readily calculated.
Throughout the work in the Azores, most courteous and generous assistance was
received from Colonel Chaves and his assistants at the various island stations. He
accompanied me on the trip among the islands and our work was greatly expedited by
the provision of a boat, for which he had made arrangement in advance, waiting to take
us ashore at each stop.
From the Azores I arrived at Funchal, Madeira, on June 22, reoccupied the two
former C. I. W. stations, and left for Morocco on July 4. Here the military authorities
and other officials were most courteous in the assistance given and showed great interest
in the work of the Department. On July 4, I was fortunate in being able to secure
passage direct to Tangier, Morocco, where I arrived at noon on July 6, though rough
weather delayed landing until evening. Magnetic observations at Tangier were made
on July 7 and a start was made by autobus for Larache on the following day. Owing
to mechanical troubles, small cars had to be substituted for the bus when but a short
way out, and as these could not accommodate both passengers and luggage, I returned
to Tangier and made the trip the following day. Building operations made impossible
the exact recovery of the station of 1912 at Larache, where two stations were occupied
on July 10. The following day I left for Rabat. Again finding it impossible to carry
all my baggage, I left the trunk to follow the next day, but was obliged to return for it
after waiting until the 14th.
The conditions in Morocco at this time made entrance into the French zone some-
what difficult. The thoughtfulness of Colonel Chaves in notifying the Chief of the
Meteorological Service in advance of my coming, furnished an introduction that proved
quite helpful. After the holidays of July 13 and 14, the requisite official pass was
obtained, and the C. I. W. station of 1912 was reoccupied. After completing work at
Rabat, I went to Casablanca, and then directly to Marakech, occupying a class I station,
and returning to Mogador on July 26. At Casablanca I found that a steamer was
about to leave for the Canary Islands and that the next was 20 days later. I therefore
abbreviated the work at that station, and sailed for the Canaries on July 31.
Throughout the work in Morocco, all travel was by automobile. There are excellent
roads from Tangier to Marakech and Mogador. There is also a railroad paralleling
198
Land Magnetic Obseevations, 1921-1926
the highway, but it can not compete with the excellent bus lines which operate daily
between all points. In spite of the Riffian difficulties, the coast towns are carrying on
an enormous export trade, Casablanca, according to statistics for 1924, ranking seventh
among the ports of France and her possessions.
The first stop in the Canaries was at Santa Cruz, La Palma Island, not hitherto
visited by observers of the Department. A new station was established there on August
3. The old station at Santa Cruz, Tenerife, was reoccupied August 4 and 5, and that
at Las Palmas, Gran Canaria, on August 7. My instructions called for stations in the
Cape Verde Islands and a reoccupation at Rio de Oro on the west coast of Africa. No
feasible way was found of reaching the Cape Verde Islands from the Canary Islands.
There was one boat a month to Rio de Oro, but the length of the stay there was insufficient
for the desired observations, and absence of opportunity for observations en route
either way made it impracticable to make that trip.
On August 22, I left the Canary Islands for Freetown, Sierra Leone, and arrived
there on August 28.
Table 47 is a list of the stations occupied, with dates of occupations and geographic
positions; for additional details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 47
No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Name "
Ponta Delgada, A
Ponta Delgada, Observatory . .
Ponta Delgada, C
Angra
Horta
Santa Cruz
Funchal, A
Funchal, C, D
Funchal, B.
Tangier, A
Larache, B, C
Rabat
Marakech, A, B
Mogador
Casablanca
Santa Cruz, La Palma Island
Santa Cruz, Tenerife Island. .
Las Palmas, A, B
Date
1925
(May 24-26
\June 6
June 2-10
June 12
June 14,18
June 15
June 16
June 23,24
June 25
June 27,30
July
July
July
7
10
16,17
July 20-24
July 27,28
July 30
Aug 3
Aug 4 , 5
Aug 8-17
Lat. North
37 44.8
37
37
38
38
39
32
32
32
35
35
34
31
31
33
28
28
28
46.4
47.2
38.8
31.6
26.8
38.0
37.2
37.8
47.8
12.5
01.5
37.0
31.9
34.2
41.4
28.1
07.7
Long. East
334 20
334 21
334 14
332 47
331 22
328 52
343 05
343 04
343 05
354 08
353 50
353 10
352 00
350 16
352 23
342 16
343 45
344 33
° The stations are in the following countries or island groups: Nos. 1 to 6, Azores Islands; Nos.
7 to 9, Madeira Islands; Nos. 10 to 15, Morocco; Nos. 16 to 18, Canary Islands.
J. E. Sanders, Jr., on Magnetic Work in Sierra Leone and French West Africa,
August to December 1925
From the Canary Islands I went directly to Freetown, Sierra Leone, arriving there
on August 28. Unfortunately, September is one of the months of maximum rainfall,
and this made the task of securing magnetic observations very slow and difficult. During
the month the stations at Freetown, Bo, and Moyamba were reoccupied. On September
22 I went to Conakry, French Guinea. Here also rain fell constantly. Magnetic
observations were made, but astronomical observations were impossible. I decided,
therefore, to return to Dakar, Senegal, where conditions were not so bad. At Dakar,
slight showers followed by occasional tornadoes late in the afternoon, signified that the
rainy season there was about over. Two weeks were spent in making observations and
preparing for a trip into the interior. I took advantage of my presence at the capital
Observers' Field Reports 199
of French West Africa to secure from the Governor-General, M. Card, a letter of intro-
duction to the lieutenant-governors and administrators throughout French West Africa,
which afterwards proved to be most helpful. The services of Mr. Clarence Macy,
American consul, were of great value in presenting my requests before the government
officials, as well as in arranging the details of my work. I was also fortunate in meeting
Mr. Constant Southworth, an economist from Washington, who also desired to make
a trip into the interior in the course of his investigations of the economic conditions of
the African colonies. It was to our mutual advantage to make the trip together and,
accordingly, we set out by rail from Dakar on October 13, for Kayes on the upper Senegal
River.
Our first destination was Tambacounda, the mid-point of the Dakar-Kayes rail-
way. The train arrived at that station about 3 o'clock in the morning, while all members
of our party were asleep. We were wakened by the noise of the engine in leaving the
station, and were able hurriedly to leave the train with only hand baggage. Other
parts of the equipment had been carried on. It was not until October 19, therefore,
that we were able to finish the work and proceed to Kayes.
At Kayes there was no hotel, and we spent the first night, from the time of our arrival
about midnight, in the railway station. The next day the French deputy very graciously
gave us quarters in one of the government houses. After the conclusion of our work,
arrangements had to be made for our descent of the Senegal River. As the last trip
for the season of the river steamer, the Bani, had been made, it was necessary to go
by native sailboat or "chaland." There were many of these leaving Kayes, but an
owner willing to take white passengers was not so easily found. The space necessary
for two whites, according to the black skipper, was enough for six or seven black pas-
sengers; hence he wanted a good price for our passage. On October 29, we left Kayes
for Matam, French Soudan, on a chaland which carried as fellow-passengers about 30
blacks with their many goats, dogs, monkeys, and sundry other pets.
On November 3, the chaland left us at Matam, and proceeded on down the river.
The administrator gave us the only quarters available, a very small one-room house
which proved to be only large enough for our baggage. This was not a great hardship,
for eating and sleeping under the trees was pleasanter, on account of the heat. Because
of the myriads of mosquitoes it was necessary to eat early and to retire under our nets
before dark. On November 8, we took passage on another chaland for Podor, and this
leg of the journey was one of lasting memory. Throughout the trip we encountered
contrary winds, and our little sailboat was obliged to tack continually in the narrow
river, thereby doubling the distance traveled. Of greater annoyance, however, was the
smallness of the boat, which made it impossible to escape intimate contact with the
countless cockroaches with which the chaland was infested; at night they fairly covered
the walls of the boat and sleep was disturbed by their crawling over our bodies and their
nibbling at our toes. After one week in this craft we arrived, on November 15, at our
next destination, and left without regret the dirty little boat for the clean quarters
given us by the French administrator.
On the three following days observations were made at Podor repeat and auxiliary
stations, and preparations were all made for leaving on the Bani on Sunday morning.
As the steamer was not to leave until 7 a. m. we slept ashore, and arrived at the wharf
with all baggage an hour before that time, only to find that the steamer had left in the
night. It would have been little trouble for the commissaire to have told us the change
in plans, but he did not, and we were apparently doomed to another trip on a native
chaland. On November 27 we secured passage on a large sailboat belonging to one of
the commercial houses. The winds this time were most favorable, so that we arrived
200
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
at St. Louis, at the mouth of the Senegal River, on the morning of December 1, concluding
a trip of 1,000 kilometers on the Senegal River.
Throughout the trip I had been accompanied by Mr. Southworth, whose companion-
ship was greatly appreciated, and to whose valuable services as interpreter I am much
indebted. As cook-boy I had taken a Calaba from Nigeria who rendered fair service.
There were few vegetables to be had, so that chickens, eggs, and rice constituted the
chief items of food, and these were often hard to get. Frequently the natives would
refuse to sell to white men. On approaching several of the villages they retired to their
huts, taking with them their chickens and goats, and declined to come out as long as
we remained in the village. Notwithstanding the great discomfort of some parts of the
journey, there was partial compensation in the opportunity afforded of observing the
living habits of the black people as they were exhibited in the close quarters aboard the
chaland.
Everywhere on the journey most courteous attention and every possible assistance
were extended by the French authorities. Besides invaluable assistance given by his
excellency the Governor-General and by the American Consul, already mentioned, special
mention should be made of the helpful services so freely given by M. Joseph Court,
Secretaire General du Senegal, St. Louis, and M. Jouve, Fonctionnaire at Kayes.
From St. Louis I went at once by way of Dakar to Conakry and completed the
work which had been interrupted by the incessant rain in September. Plans were
here made for undertaking a more extended trip, first to the headwaters of the Niger,
thence down that river by way of Timbuktu to Lagos, Nigeria. After completing
the observations and spending Christmas day with friends at Conakry, I was ready on
December 29 to take the weekly train for Kankan. Just before the train pulled out I
received the season's greetings cabled by the Department, and my mail, which Mr.
Smith, of Elder Dempster Company, was so kind as to send to the train. Thus at the
close of the year I was ready for the extended inland expedition on which I was to reoccupy
stations of Berky and Sawyer along the course of the Niger River.
Table 48 shows the stations occupied, with dates of occupation and geographic
positions; for additional details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Table 48
No.
Name °
Freetown
Bo
Moyamba
Dakar, A, B. . .
Tambacounda .
Kayes, A, B. . .
Matam, A, B. .
Podor, A, B...
St. Louis, A, B
Date
1925
Sep 4, 5
Sep 10,11
Sep 14
6-11
9,11
Oct 18
Oct 21-24
Nov 4- 6
Nov 16-18
Dec 3, 4
/Oct
\Dec
Lat. North
8 29.7
7 57.8
8 09.2
14 42.0
13 47.4
14 26. 86
15 39.3 h
16 39. 46
16 02. 86
Long. East
346 44
348 11
347 32
342 34
346 22
348 34
346 46
345 03
343 31
a The stations are in the following countries: Nos. 1 to 3, Sierra Leone; Nos. 4 to 9, French
West Africa.
b Mean of two stations.
J. E. Sanders, Jr., on Magnetic Work in French West Africa, from Conakry to
Cotonou, by Way of Niger River and Dahomey, December 1925 to April 1926
Sailing from Dakar, I arrived at Conakry December 18, 1925, and completed there
the magnetic observations which had been prevented during September by the continuous
rains. I spent Christmas Day with friends, and December 29 took the weekly train for
Observers' Field Reports 201
Kankan. On arriving there after an intermediate stop for observations at Mamou, it
was found that, because of the low stage of the water, no steamers were going down to
Bamako, French Soudan, and it would be necessary to go overland by automobile. This
overland route lies between Kouroussa and Bamako, a distance of about 400 kilometers,
and the tariff for this trip, often made in a single day, is 2,500 francs, about equal to
the fare by rail to Conakry, by sea to Dakar, and thence to Bamako by rail through
Senegal. Fortunately, the American Mission at Kankan wass ending a camionette to
Bamako to get other members of the Mission for the annual convocation to be held at
Kankan, and passage was secured upon it. While at Kankan an option was secured on
a wooden chaland belonging to the Mission for use in descending the Niger.
Returning at once to Kouroussa from Kankan, a magnetic station was occupied in
time to leave January 7 for Bamako, where we arrived the following evening. Interest-
ing features of this trip were the stop at Yirikiri, where one of the few saw-mills in French
West Africa is located, and where fresh grapefruit and strawberries were to be obtained.
We spent the night at Sigiri at the American Mission, and attended one of their religious
services. It was held in the mission chapel and well attended, though twice interrupted
by the general exit of all, first because of a native dance with tom-toms at the front of
the chapel, and then by a shower of stones on the metal roof overhead (said to be of
common occurrence).
At Bamako, final arrangements for the long descent of the Niger River had to be
made. The navigation company advised either buying or renting a chaland for the
entire trip. But there was none for sale at Bamako, and owners of chalands for rent
would not permit their boats to go below the rapids of Labbezanga. The chaland for
which provisional arrangements had been made at Kankan with the American Mission
was sent for and, while waiting for its arrival, I went to Koulikoro and made magnetic
observations, returning to Bamako January 20. Here I met Mr. Leland Hall, of Harvard
University, who had just returned from a two-months' stay at Timbuktu and who was
anxious to make the trip down the Niger. An arrangement to make the journey together
was fortunate for me, for in addition to being a most amiable companion, Mr. Hall
spoke French easily and rendered valuable service as interpreter. The chaland arrived
from Kankan on the last day of the month, and as the water was too low to pass the
rapids between Bamako and Koulikoro, it was necessary to ship it over the railroad.
We arrived February 5 at Koulikoro and again met the Commandant of the Circle of
Bamako, who was there for the day. He had given valuable assistance in the earlier
preparations and now put me under additional obligation in arrangements for unloading
the chaland and for necessary repairs. These were considerable, as exposure to the Sun
on the rail trip from Bamako had opened the seams and made a complete recalking
imperative. This is usually a ten-day job for the black man; but with two black men
working day and night under constant supervision, the chaland was launched at 2 p. m.,
Sunday, February 7, and at 5h 15m Mr. Hall and I, with Momo, our cook boy, and 14
black punters or laptots, went aboard and the descent was begun.
At Segou, where there is a large cotton-experiment station in charge of an American
agricultural expert, we made an exact reoccupation of the C. I. W. magnetic station of
1913. At Mopti, at the junction of the Bani River with the Niger, where the extensive
rice-growing plantations are protected by dikes extending many miles along the river,
we were not so fortunate, as, because of the growth of the villages, the former station
could not be recovered, and two new ones were established. Beyond Mopti, the green-
ness of the fields began to give way to barren, sandy soil, and it was evident that we were
approaching the sand-dunes of the desert. The first night out of Mopti we had our first
bad luck. We had been traveling both night and day and often ran upon sand-banks
and other obscured obstructions. About 9 o'clock on the evening of February 19 the
202 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
boat ran upon a hidden log. The laptots pushed off and continued down stream. We
had gone to bed, but were wakened a little later with about 10 inches of water in the
bottom of the boat. Upon investigation we found that a large hole had been made in
the bow. The rest of the night was spent ashore, where we were serenaded from time to
time by the hyenas in the bush near at hand. Fortunately, extra tar and oakum had
been placed aboard, so that by noon we had repaired the damage and were on our way
again.
February 24 was spent in reoccupying the magnetic station at Niafunke. We
continued the next morning on the last leg of our journey to Timbuktu, where we arrived
on the last day of the month, three weeks to the hour from the time we left Koulikoro.
In the dry season one must leave the river at Kabara and make the 10 remaining kilo-
meters to Timbuktu by horse; we were able, however, to ascend the canal with the
chaland to our destination. Timbuktu, although still very interesting, is no longer the
mysterious city of days gone by. No longer one of the great Arab teaching centers and
no longer under the rule of the Pasha of Morocco, Timbuktu is now on the decline.
The hospitality, however, with which we had been met at other posts was not lacking
here. We were given rooms in the governor's palace and every courtesy for our personal
comfort and facility for the prosecution of our work by the French officials. We left
this interesting old city with regret March 12 to continue our trip down the Niger. At
11 o'clock we arrived at Kabara by horse, having sent the chaland on ahead, and an
hour later the 14 black laptots poled us out into the stream and took up their paddles.
From Timbuktu on the water is very deep and paddles replaced the poles by which we
descended the shallower waters above.
On the evening of March 20 we arrived at Burem, the first French post after leaving
Timbuktu. We were glad of the opportunity of discharging the Timbuktu laptots, who
were getting restless on account of the length of the trip. Observations were made
here while Mr. Hall got the new crew of laptots ready to go, so that at 1 o'clock we
resumed the descent. We found it advisable to again change laptots as soon as possible,
and so stopped at Gao long enough to take on a new crew for the trip to Ansongo, where
we arrived on the afternoon of March 26.
Observations were made on the following morning while Mr. Hall assembled a new
crew, with which we left in the afternoon for Niamey. Between Ansongo and Tilla-
berry we changed crews three times. The first crew accompanied us to the head of the
rapids of Labbezanga, where we took on the second, who knew the river well from the
village. They carried us only through the rapids, one chute of 100 yards being the most
difficult. The fact that we passed the rapids safely, while an iron chaland just behind us
hit the rocks several times proved that we were fortunate in securing the Labbezanga
men to take us through. The Administrator at Gao had informed us that the village of
Labbezanga was a little hostile to the French at the time, having refused to serve the
Governor-General a short time before. However, when we arrived at Labbezanga we
sent the chief of our crew over to see the chief of the village with a few kola nuts as a
gift, and asked for the laptots to put us through the rapids. Either the kola nuts or a
reputation for treating our men justly, or both, brought the men in a short time, apparently
anxious to serve us, and doubtless they would have been glad to continue had we not
already arranged by telegram from Tillaberry for the crew to be sent up the river to
meet us just below the rapids.
We arrived at Niamey, Niger Territory, April 2, and were cordially received by
the French Administrator. Owing to changes in laying out the village and the construc-
tion of new houses, the former station was impracticable, and two new ones were estab-
lished. After engaging new laptots, we set out on the afternoon of April 4 for Gaya, at
which place our journey by river would terminate. Fortunately, the Government was
Observers' Field Reports
203
in need of a chaland and arrangements were readily made at Niamey for the sale of our
boat, to be delivered to the Government officials upon reaching Gaya. At Gaya, Mr.
Hall, who was eager after ten months in French Soudan to return to France, left immedi-
ately for Cotonou. It had been just two months that we had traveled together from
Koulikoro, and it was with regret that I bade him good-bye after our most enjoyable
journey together. After carrying out the magnetic program at Gaya, I left by the
weekly autobus, April 16, for Cotonou. Intermediate stops for magnetic observations
were made at Save and Parakou. Cotonou was reached April 22.
At Kandi in Dahomey the first rain for several months was encountered. The
quick descent from the sandy, dry regions to the hot and humid coast at Cotonou made
the change in the climate most noticeable, and to this I attribute the return of mild
attacks of fever. The work at Cotonou was completed and I left for Lagos, Nigeria,
May 4. Throughout the journey in French West Africa, every possible courtesy,
private and official, was extended, and every lone post entertained us most hospitably.
Table 49
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name °
Conakry, A, B . .
Mamou, A, B. .
Kouroussa
Koulikoro, A, B
Segou, A, B. . . .
Mopti, A, B. . . .
NiafunkS,
Timbuktu, A, B
Bourem
Ansongo
Niamey, A, B. .
Gaya, A, B . . . .
Parakou
Save
Cotonou, A, B . .
Date
1925-26
Dec 19-23
30-
1
(Dec
\Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar 22
Mar 27
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
6
13-18
10-12
17-19
24
4-8
2- 4
9-14
18
21
27-29
Lat. North
9 30.9
10 22.9
10
12
13
14
15
16
16
15
13
11
9
38.8
52.5
26.7
29.8
55.6
46.
56.
39.
30.
52.
21.
02.1
21.5
Long. East
346 16
347 55
350 06
352 27
353 43
355 47
356 00
356 58
359 37
0 30
2 07
3 31
2 40
31
25
" All stations are in French West Africa,
for A is taken.
Where positions of stations A and B differ, that
There are hotels and buffets along the railroads and the Niger River as far as Kouli-
koro, and traveling is a simple matter. Below Koulikoro from August to January, the
flood season, there is a weekly steamer as far as Timbuktu. But if one is to go below the
latter point it is better to buy or rent a boat at Koulikoro for the entire trip. If pur-
chased, there is usually a ready sale for it at the end of the journey in Niger Territory.
A chaland 12 meters long and about 3.5 meters wide was found ample for two white men
to live aboard. It was quite large enough for two X-type camp-beds to be placed in the
forward half at night, and for two deck-chairs and a folding table in the day. Baggage,
equipment, and supplies were kept aft and still left room for the cook-boy to perform his
duties. One needs the usual camping outfit, except the tent. European goods and foods
can be purchased at all the posts, but it is advisable to purchase these as near the coast
as possible, as the cost of transportation to the interior makes such goods come high.
During the fall and winter months one may obtain fresh vegetables from the splendid
gardens at all the French posts. Chickens, eggs, fish, and fresh milk are usually obtain-
able at the native villages along the river. A rifle and shot-gun (12-bore), while not
necessary, may be carried with advantage, as the number of ducks along the river is
astonishing. These are found delicious at first, though after having eaten a few one
senses a feeling of disgust for all fowl; however, it keeps up the spirit of the laptots to
204
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
add the game to their chop. Deer and antelope are plentiful and delicious. It is always
best to wire ahead for laptots or other required labor, and it is usual to find the request
fulfilled upon arrival. Above Timbuktu an interpreter is not essential, but below that
post one finds few natives speaking French, and an interpreter becomes a necessity.
From the time of leaving Dakar in the middle of December until arrival at Cotonou,
Dahomey, at the end of the following April, 25 stations in 15 localities were occupied,
making the average time for each locality about 9 days and the field cost about $32.
Of about 3,000 miles of travel, 500 were by sea, about 700 by railroad, and the same by
automobile, the remainder being by river chaland. Thus the average travel for each
locality occupied was about 200 miles.
Table 49 shows the stations occupied, with geographic positions and dates of occupa-
tion ; for additional details, see Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
J. E. Sanders, Jr., on Magnetic Work in Guinea Coast and Nigeria, May
to December 1926
Mr. Sanders continued in the field after the work described in the preceding reports
through the remainder of the year 1926. After reaching Lagos, Nigeria, he began a
series of reoccupations westward along the coast of Upper Guinea, but as the rainy
season had set in his progress was greatly hindered. Leaving Lagos May 30, he occupied
stations in 3 localities in Gold Coast Colony, followed by 3 in Ivory Coast, an inland
station at Bouake being included among the latter. Delays because of incessant rains
and occasional attacks of fever, as well as the inevitable delays in securing transportation,
retarded his progress so that it was August 8 when he arrived at Cape Palmas, Liberia.
Known local disturbance in the vicinity of Cape Palmas required the establishment of a
group of stations within a comparatively small area there. Continued unfavorable
weather and infrequent communication made it advisable to omit the proposed visit to
Sino and Monrovia, and he sailed again for Lagos, September 11. Prevented by con-
tinual rains from making further observations, he decided to go at once to the head-
Table 50
No.
1
2
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Name"
Lagos, A, B, C
Accra, A, B, C
Kumasi, A, B
Sekondi, 1926
Grand Bassam, A, B . .
Bouake, A, B
Abidjan
Cuttington, A, B
Cape Palmas, A, B, C
Harper
Garoua, A, B
Yola, A, Bb
A mar
Ibi, A, B
Lokoja, A, B
Jebba, A, B
Zaria, A, B
Kano, A, B
Date
1926
May 16-26
June 4-11
June 17-22
June 26
/July
\Aug
Aug
/Aug
\Sep
Sep
Oct
/Oct
\Nov
Nov
12-13,
4
July 21-22
July 26
14-21
25-
9
1, 2
21-25
30,
1
10-11
Nov 13-15
Nov 23-25
Dec
Dec
Dec
4- 6
10-11
21-27
Lat. North
6
5
6
4
26.9
32.5
41.0
56.4
11.8
42
19
23.3
4 21.6
22.2
17.6
9 16.3
7
9
11
12
40.9
10.8
48.3
07.7
06.8
01.0
ijong. East
3 24
359 49
358 26
358 18
356 15
355 00
355 58
352 19
352 16
352 16
13 24
12 28
10 23
9 44
44
49
43
8 33
° The stations are located in the following countries: Nos. 1, 12 to 18, Nigeria; Nos. 2 to 4,
Gold Coast Colony; Nos. 5 to 7, Ivory Coast, French West Africa; Nos. 8 to 10, Liberia;
No. 11, Cameroun, Where positions of stations A and B differ, that for A is taken.
6 Yola is a proximate reoccupation of Jimeta, 1914.
Observers' Field Reports
205
waters of the Benue River and work down that stream while the stage of the water was
sufficient for navigation. Mr. Sanders accordi gly left for Burutu September 26, took
the river steamer directly to Yola, and made the short overland journey thence to
Garoua, Cameroun, on horseback. He arrived at Garoua, October 17, and after the
completion of the desired observations returned to Yola, and began the descent of the
Benue River, November 3. Stops were made for observations at Amar (November 10
and 11), at Ibi (November 12 to 15), and at Lokoja (November 20 to 26). From Lokoja,
where the Benue River joins the Niger River, he ascended the latter as far as Baro by
river steamer, and completed the journey to Jebba by railroad, going by way of Minna.
Again by means of the railway he went northward to Zaria, where observations were
made, and thence to Kano, near the northern limits of the colony. Here it was found
impracticable to go farther northward and plans were made to start about January 1,
1927, on an overland trip to Fort Lamy on Lake Tchad, and from there to work south-
ward to the Congo River.
The stations occupied are given in Table 50, together with dates of occupation and
geographic positions; for further details, see Table of Results and Descriptions of
Stations.
J. Shearer, on Magnetic Work in Western Australia, October to November 1921
Acting under instruction of the Director, I was detached from the Watheroo Observa-
tory for a month's field work, at first with Mr. F. Brown, and later alone, reoccupying
secular-variation stations in Western Australia. After arriving in Perth on the morning
of October 29 and completing official business, I proceeded to Cottesloe and assisted
Mr. Brown in the reoccupation of the C.I.W. station there. At Bunbury, the next
station visited, evidences of local disturbance were present, so that a new station had
to be chosen, and the usual monthly diurnal-variation observations were made jointly
Table 51
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name
Cottesloe, A . . .
Bunbury, A . . .
Bunbury, B . . .
Katanning . . . .
Narrogin
Northam
Southern Cross
Coolgardie .
Leonora
Date
1921
Oct 30
Oct 31-
Nov 3
Nov 2- 3
Nov 5
Nov 7
Nov 10
Nov 11-12
Nov 14-16
Nov 19
Lat. South
31 59.1
33 20.1
33
33
32
31
31
30
28
20.6
41.3
55.8
38.6
13.6
57.1
51.0
Long. East
115 45
115 37
115
117
117
38
34
10
116 40
119 20
121
121
10
18
with Mr. Brown. Complete observations were made at Narrogin on November 7,
after which Mr. Brown left for Perth, and I proceeded alone to Northam. Leaving
Northam, I turned eastward and visited successively Southern Cross, Coolgardie, and
Leonora, completing work at the last place on November 21. Because of the necessity
of returning to Watheroo within the month, and because of the infrequent train service,
I was obliged to omit two points which were designated for secular-variation observa-
tions, Norseman and Laverton. Leaving Leonora on November 22, I arrived at Perth
the following day and reported back at the Observatory at Watheroo on Saturday,
the 26th.
All the travel had been by rail, the total distance being about 1,700 miles, or the
distance in the field about 1,450 miles, an average of about 180 miles per station. The
206
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
field cost per station was about $25. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the valuable
assistance rendered by the Government Astronomer, H. B. Curlewis, in the matter of
obtaining time signals.
Table 51 shows the stations occupied, with dates and geographic positions; for
additional details, see Descriptions of Stations and Table of Results.
Synopses of Additional Magnetic Surveys, 1921 to 1926
Carnegie Shore Stations — A complete report of the work done on Cruise VI has
been published in Volume V of this series, and that portion accomplished up to the
end of 1920 at shore stations has also been published in Volume IV. The Carnegie
left Washington in October 1919, and after cruising in the Atlantic, the Indian, and
the Pacific oceans, arrived at San Francisco, California, February 19, 1921, where she
remained until March 28 undergoing repairs. She then put in successively at Honolulu,
Hawaiian Islands; at Apia, Samoa Islands; and at Balboa, Canal Zone.
Table 52 shows the stations occupied at each of these ports during the year 1921,
with the dates of occupation and geographic positions. The magnetic results and the
details regarding the shore stations are repeated in this volume for the sake of complete-
ness and will be found under Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
Table 52
No.
Name
Date
Latitude
Long. East
1
2
3
4
5
6
San Francisco, Fort Scott," A, B
1921
/Feb 26-
\Mar 17
Mar 18
Apr 15-25
July 1-20
Oct 12
Oct 17
o /
W 48.7 N
37 58.6 N
21 19.2 N
13 48.4 S
9 21.3 N
9 00.2 N
o /
237 31
237 27
201 56
188 14
280 03
280 31
San Rafael
Honolulu *
Apia *
Colon, Sweetwater
Old Panama, A
a At San Francisco the station at Fort Scott was substituted for that at Goat Island, which
was no longer available.
6 At Honolulu, observations were made at Sisal, Honolulu Magnetic Observatory Pier A,
and stations A and B.
c At Apia, observations were made at the Apia Observatory, North Pier, S. E. Pier, and West
Pier, and at stations A and B.
Fere E. Colin — In the general survey of Madagascar, Mr. Brown found it impossible
to visit Tamatave on the east coast on account of conditions requiring a quarantine
against that place when he reached that vicinity. In order to fill in the gap in the line
of stations along that coast caused by this omission, Pere E. Colin, late director of the
Tananarive Observatory, volunteered to make the observations when opportunity
presented itself. This he was able to do, and he observed at Fenerive also on the same
occasion, and kindly supplied the Department with his results. The dates of these
observations and the geographic positions are given in Table 53. Additional details
are given in the Descriptions of Stations and the Table of Results.
Table 53
No.
Name
Date
Lat. South
Long. East
1
2
1921
Sep 15-29
Sep 21
o /
18 09.6
17 22.4
o /
49 24
49 23
Fenerive
G. F. Dodwell and A. L. Kennedy — The Department has been fortunate in the con-
tinued cooperation of the Government Astronomer, G. F. Dodwell, of South Australia,
Observers' Field Reports
207
and the Assistant Astronomer, A. L. Kennedy. Mr. Dodwell secured some data on a
trip to the western boundary of the state, and Mr. Kennedy made observations during
the eclipse of September 1922, near the northeast corner of South Australia, and carried
out extensive comparison observations with Mr. Coleman at Port Augusta.
The names of the stations, with dates of occupation and geographic positions, are
given in Table 54; additional details may be found in Table of Results and Descrip-
tions of Stations.
Table 54
No.
Name °
Date
Lat. South
Long. East
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Cook
Apr 14-15, 1921
Mav 2- 3, 1921
June 6, 1922
o /
30 37
30 46 0
30 17.3
29 39.4
26 42.9
34 58 . 5
34 54 . 9
32 29 . 7
30 04.4
32 56 . 9
33 41.0
35 01.2
35 05.9
35 33.7
o /
130 25
128 58
138 21
138 03
140 38
138 42
138 37
137 46
138 17
138 51
138 56
137 36
137 46
138 35
Deakin
Lyndhurst Siding
Marree
June 7,1922, May 9,1923
Sep 15-22, 1922
Feb 26-Mar 9, 1923.. . .
Mar 9, 1923
May 1-5, 1923
Mav 9-12, 1923
May 19, Oct 2-3, 1923..
June 20-21, 1924
June 23-24, 1924
Nov 29-Dec 1, 1924....
Cordillo Downs
Mt. Lofty, A
Adelaide, Botanical Park
Port Augusta, A, B
Farina
Peterborough
Burra
Yorketown
Edithburgh
Port Victor. .
° Stations Nos. 1 and 2 were occupied by Mr. Dodwell, the remainder by Mr. Kennedy; C.
A. Madern and L. M. Waterford, of the observatory staff, assisted.
Eclipse Parties — Wherever field parties have been working near the path of totality
of a solar eclipse, the observers have carried out the program of special observations so
far as possible with the field equipment. During the Australian eclipse of September 20,
1922, D. G. Coleman occupied a station in its path at Coongoola, Queensland, Australia,
and the cooperating party of A. L. Kennedy made observations at Cordillo Downs, in
northeastern South Australia. On the same occasion C. M. Little made continuous
observations at Huancayo, Peru, from 20h5 on September 20, to 3*0 September 21, local
time, the Observatory not then being in operation.
At the time of the eclipse of September 10, 1923, W. A. Love was in Guatemala, and
carried out the three-day program, while a special party, consisting of J. P. Ault and
H. F. Johnston, went to Point Loma, California, with apparatus for both magnetic and
atmospheric-electric observations. Cooperation was also arranged by Captain Ault
with observers at Mount Wilson.
A party was organized for observations during the eclipse of January 10, 1925,
under Captain J. P. Ault, who chose a station at Greenport, Long Island, New York.
For this occasion a special temporary observatory was erected and magnetograph instru-
ments installed. These were in charge of R. H. Goddard, assisted by J. E. Sanders, jr.,
while atmospheric-electric recording instruments were established in a second temporary
building, in charge of C. B. Goldsmith.
Liberian Boundary Survey — Arrangements were made with L. C. Daves, the chief
engineer of the Liberian Boundary Survey, to make magnetic observations during the
progress of the work of that expedition. To that end, he and his chief assistant,
C. T. Bussell, were given instruction in the use of instruments which were loaned them,
in November and December 1923. The observations, the records for which have been
received, were made chiefly by Mr. Daves, who was assisted by Mr. Bussell, and by
C. G. Cheeks, who received instruction from Mr. Daves.
208
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Table 55 shows the stations, with dates of occupation and geographic positions;
additional details are given under Table of Results and Descriptions of Stations.
Table 55
No.
Name
Date
Lat. North
Long. East
1
•>
3
4
5
Monrovia (Bushrod Island)
June 23-24, 1923
Sep 3- 4, 1923
July 4-21, 1924
Aug 14-18, 1924
Dec 11-16, 1924
o /
6 21.5
6 45.3
6 58.6
7 16
5 00
o /
349 12
348 38
350 01
350 37
350 55
Robert Port (Cape Mount)
Sanoye
Naama
Sino
J. E. Sanders, Jr., and A. H. Kampe — In April 1925, before undertaking field assign-
ments, observers J. E. Sanders, Jr., and A. H. Kampe carried out observations at a
few of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey stations in southeastern United
States, under the direction of H. W. Fisk. The purpose of the expedition was to obtain
desired secular- and diurnal-variation data in the region visited while securing for the
observers the necessary experience in field practice, with especial reference to methods
for controlling diurnal-variation observations made with field instruments.
The names of the stations, with dates of occupation and geographic positions, are
given in Table 56; additional details will be found in Table of Results and Descriptions
of Stations.
Table 56
No.
Name
Florence, South Carolina
Whiteville, A, B, North Carolina
Wayeross, A, B, Georgia
Bunnell, A, B, Florida
Jacksonville, A, B, Florida
Dalton, A, B, Georgia
Bristol, Virginia
Date
1925
Apr 20
Apr 21
Apr 22-25
Apr 27-29
Apr 30
May 2
May 4, 5
Lat. North
34
34
31
29
30
34
36
12.
21.
14.
27.
22.
46.3
36.2
Long. East
280 11
281 18
277 39
278 44
278 20
275 02
277 49
United States Navy — The officials of the Hydrographic Office of the United States
Navy have arranged to extend their program of magnetic observations in connection
with chart surveys of shore-lines beyond the boundaries of this country. The Depart-
ment has been glad to cooperate in two of these expeditions, one by the U. S. S. Niagara
to the northern coast of Venezuela, on which the magnetic work was done by Lieutenant
Jennings Courts; and the second by the U. S. S. Nokomis to the northern coast of Cuba,
the magnetic work being in charge of Ensign S. E. Latimer.
MacMillan Baffin Island Expedition- — The Department was fortunate in being able
to assign one of its observers, R. H. Goddard, to the expedition organized by Dr.
Donald B. MacMillan for exploration and scientific investigations in Baffin Island.
G. Dawson Howell, Jr., of Dr. MacMillan's staff, was also trained at the Department
in the methods of magnetic field-observations and use of other scientific instruments.
Dr. MacMillan's auxiliary power schooner Bowdoin, of about 63 tons, was outfitted for
the expedition and carried, besides the necessary supplies, the essential materials for
constructing a temporary magnetic observatory in which the magnetograph instruments
were operated. The Bowdoin, with its crew numbering seven men in all, left Wiscasset,
Maine, on July 16, 1921, and made stops at Sydney, Nova Scotia; Bonne Bay, Newfound-
land; Battle Harbor, Labrador; Ashe Inlet, Baffin Island; and at two stations in Fox
Observers' Field Reports
209
Channel before reaching winter-quarters. The objective of the Expedition was the
vicinity of Fury and Hecla Straits. Ice conditions prevented penetrating so far and the
Bowdoin finally anchored for the winter in latitude 64° 24' north and longitude 77° 52'
west, in a natural harbor on the southwest of Baffin Island and named Bowdoin Harbor
by Dr. MacMillan.
The observatory was set up at this place and continuous photographic registrations
of the usual three magnetic elements and the electric potential-gradient were made from
about November 1 to about the middle of June 1922, with the necessary control observa-
tions in the interval. Observations were also made of the tides, polar lights, and meteoro-
logical conditions.
During the time of the December full moon, Mr. Howell made a sledge trip to Cape
Dorset, about 50 miles to the east, and in January traveled northward about 100 miles
to the vicinity of Cape Dorchester. A second trip was made by Mr. Howell in this
region in April, but penetrating inland some 40 miles farther. Early in May he under-
took a sledge journey eastward along the southern coast of Baffin Island to Lake Harbor,
and thence 110 miles farther and return by canoe. He was then able to join the Hudson's
Bay Company's ship Bayeskimo to the north coast of Baffin Island, making observations
at Albert Harbor and Pond's Inlet. Mr. Howell, having been detached from the Bowdoin
for this special work, returned to St. John's, Newfoundland, on the Bayeskimo, making
two stops in Labrador on the way.
On the return voyage of the Bowdoin stops were made at a few points along the
coast, and these were utilized as far as possible by Mr. Goddard for obtaining observations.
Table 57 shows the stations occupied by the party aboard the Bowdoin, with dates
and geographic positions.
Table 57
No.
9
10
11
12
Name
Sydney, Nova Scotia
Bonne Bay, Newfoundland
Battle Harbor, D
Battle Harbor, C
Ashe Inlet, A
Fox Channel
Queen's Cape
Bowdoin Harbor
Cape Dorset, A, B
Port Burwcll, B
Nain
Battle Harbor, D
Date
1921
July 25
July 29
Aug 1- 2
Aug 3
Aug 17
Aug 22
Sep 3
Nov to
June 1922
1922
Aug 5
Aug 13
Aug 20
Aug 30
Lat. North
46 09
49 34
52
52
16
16
62 33
65 52
64 42
64 24
64 14
60 25
56 33
52 16
Long. East
25
25
9S
299 48
302 02
304
304
289
279 46
281 08
282 08
283 26
295 08
298 19
304 25
Table 58 shows the stations occupied by Mr. Howell when on expeditions away
from the Bowdoin, with dates and geographic positions.
Maud Expedition, 1918-1921 — Cooperative arrangements were made with Captain
Roald Amundsen to secure magnetic observations during this expedition in the Arctic
north of Russia and Siberia. The Maud, with a personnel of ten men, left Vardo, Norway,
July 18, 1918, and sailed along the north coast until she had passed Cape Chelyuskin, the
most northerly point of Siberia. Here progress was stopped by the ice on September 13,
and preparations were made for passing the winter about 25 miles east of the cape. During
the stay at this place some sledge journeys were made about Chelyuskin Peninsula, and
late in 1919 the vessel, after much difficulty, was made free from the ice and proceeded
eastward. The attempt to penetrate the drift-ice here and move with it across the polar
210
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
sea was unsuccessful, and quarters for the second winter, 1919-20, were established
at Ayon Island. During this winter Dr. H. U. Sverdrup made some excursions inland,
traveling and living with the nomadic Chukchi, a number of whom were found living at
Ayon at the time of the vessel's arrival. The Maud left Ayon Island on July 6, 1920,
and arrived at Nome, Alaska, on July 27, 1920. After a short stay, the Maud again left
for the Arctic, to make a third attempt to pierce the drifting ice-fields, but was again
frustrated by the unusually large quantity of ice, in struggling with which the propeller
shaft was broken, and a third winter was passed, this time at Cape Serdze Kamen, about
70 miles west of Bering Strait. During this winter, sledge journeys by Dr. Sverdrup
and Mr. Wisting to Holy Cross Bay on the south and to Pitlekai on the north of Chukotsk
Peninsula. The Maud left her winter-quarters on July 1 and arrived at Seattle, Wash-
ington, on August 31, 1921.
Table 58
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Name
Baffin Island No. 1
Baffin Island No. 2
Cape Dorset
Nauwatta
Baffin Island No. 3 (Noovooknok)
Baffin Island No. 4
Baffin Island No. 5
Baffin Island No. 6
Baffin Island No. 7
Amadjuak
Baffin Island No. 8 (Etenilk)
Baffin Island No. 9 (Sabooyak) . . .
Lake Harbor
Baffin Island No. 10
Baffin Island No. 11 ]. .
Baffin Island No. 12
Albert Harbor
Ponds Inlet
Rigolet
Cartwright
St. John's, C
Date
1921
Dec 12
Dec 15
Dec 18
1922
1
5
10
4
8
11
Jan
Jan
Jan
Apr
Apr
May
May 18
May 22
May 24
June 4,
June 18
June 21
June 28-
Sep
Sep
Sep
10
Sep
Oct
-29
5
6
25-26
29
6- 7
Lat. North
64 25°
64 18°
64 14
65 12"
65 24
65 06°
65 24
65 20
64 19
64 02
63 26
63 04
62 51
62 25
62 09
61 55
72 42
72 41
54 11
53 42
47 34
Long. East
282 30 °
282 55 °
283 26
282
282
282
283
284
284
287
287
288
290
290
292
293
282
281
301
303
307
24"
27
18"
19
06
50
05
47
45
04
56
01
17
26
58
33
02
16
a These positions are not sufficiently well determined to warrant an accuracy greater than
0°.l in either latitude or longitude.
(Magnetic data gathered on this expedition were not received in time for inclusion
in Volume IV of this series, and are accordingly published with those of the following
expedition with Land Results of 1921-1926. The more complete narrative will be found
with Dr. Sverdrup's full report on pages 514-524.)
Maud Expedition, 1922-1925 — The Maud left Seattle, Washington, under command
of Captain Oscar Wisting, June 3, 1922, Captain Amundsen having made plans for
explorations by means of an all-metal airplane. The attempt was, as on the previous
expedition, to force the vessel into the ice, this time at a point in the vicinity of Wrangell
Island, and to drift across the Arctic Sea to the vicinity of Spitzbergen. The vessel was
closed in by the ice on August 8 in latitude 71° 16' north, longitude 184° 54' east of Green-
wich. Magnetic observations were made in improvised shelters during the winter,
and while made over the sea, the conditions were such that the results are comparable
with land observations, and they are accordingly included in the Table of Results of
land stations in this volume. The hope to drift northward across the Arctic was
defeated by the occurrence of a series of very heavy winds, which carried the ice, with
which the vessel was drifting, about 100 miles to the south, so that the winter of 1923-24
Observers' Field Reports 211
was spent in the general vicinity of latitude 75° north and longitude 158° east. In
August 1924, the vessel was freed from the ice which had held her for the two winters,
and the attempt was made, in accordance with a radio message from Captain Amundsen,
to get away from the ice and return to Bering Strait. The attempt to pass around the
eastern side of the New Siberian Islands having proven unsuccessful, these islands were
passed on the western side and the mainland was reached at the bay off the Kolyma
River, on August 8, 1924, and after futile attempts to proceed eastward, winter-quarters
of comparative safety were secured close to Four Pillar Island of the Bear Island group.
On July 13, 1925, the ice broke again around the Maud, and it was possible to proceed
eastward, so that on August 22 the expedition was terminated at Nome, Alaska. A
fuller report of this expedition will be found in the report of Dr. Sverdrup, on pages
519-524.
Standardization observations — Wherever feasible, field observers compare their field
instruments with those of other organizations in the regions covered. References to
such occasions will be found under the work of each observer. In 1922, W. C. Parkinson,
on his return to the Office from the Watheroo Observatory, made a trip through western
Europe, for the chief purpose of comparing his instruments with the standards of the
principal European observatories. His itinerary is outlined in detail in his report.
Each field outfit is compared with the standard instrument at Washington before
it is sent out, and again on its return. The results of the observations with the standards
are given in Table of Results under Washington S. M. O. (Standardizing Magnetic
Observatory) ; those obtained by the instrument compared are not given, as a correction
is adopted to reduce them to the values obtained by the standards. In March 1924
J. W. Green took magnetometer 3 and earth inductor 48, the Department's standard
instruments, to Cheltenham to secure a direct comparison with the standards of the
United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. In December 1924, W. E. W. Jackson, of the
Meteorological Service of Canada, visited the Department and made comparisons
between the standards of that service (magnetometer C. I. W. 15, and earth inductor
Toepfer 89) with the Department's standard instruments. Magnetometer-inductors,
made after the C. I. W. pattern, by the Precise Instrument Company, Nos. 102 and 105,
for the Meteorological Office of Argentina, No. 103 for the San Fernando Observatory of
Spain, and No. 107 for the National Observatory of Mexico, were compared at the
Standardizing Magnetic Observatory to determine their correction on the provisional
International Magnetic Standards of the Department.
SPECIAL FIELD REPORT
H. W. Fisk, on Observations of the Bermuda Magnetic Anomaly, 1907 and 1922
Two expeditions have been sent by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism to
Bermuda to study the magnetic anomaly known to exist there. The first of these was
in 1907, the results of which have been published only in part; the second was in 1922,
and is further described in the observer's field report on page 142. In 1905 a detailed
survey of the distribution of the declination was made throughout the entire colony by
J. F. Cole,1 in cooperation with Dr. E. L. Mark of Harvard University, director of the
Bermuda Biological Station. To supplement this valuable work, Dr. Mark invited the
Department to send an observer as a member of the biological party of the summer of
1907 who should make a similar survey to include particularly the values of the magnetic
inclination and horizontal-intensity. In response to this invitation, H. W. Fisk carried
out the survey of 1907, making his headquarters with the party at Agar's Island, and
enjoying the use of the facilities of the station.
The plan of this survey included the establishment of five primary stations at
widely separated places, observations being made with usual field instruments and
stations being permanently marked for use of future expeditions. The results of the
observations at these stations and their detailed descriptions are published in Volume I,
pages 95 and 178. In addition to these primary stations, it was the purpose to make
observations at numerous other points, by a method which would permit of rapid work,
but still yield results of sufficient accuracy, when the large change in the magnetic field
with slight change of position was taken into account. The best instrument available
at that time was a Dover dip circle, having provision for making deflections for the
determination of total intensity by the Lloyd method, and a compass-attachment for
obtaining declination. During a stay of about five weeks, besides the primary stations,
78 supplemental stations were occupied, and eye-observations for diurnal variation of
declination were made on three days. Inclination was determined from the intensity
observations with the deflected dip-needle, which often was used also as a regular dip-
needle. Intensity observations were often abbreviated by the omission of the loaded-
dip observations, but the latter were made often enough to control the changes in mag-
netic moment. Where the means of transportation permitted, a theodolite was carried
in addition to the dip circle and at such times azimuths were obtained for reliable determi-
nations of the declination, except at those stations reached near the middle of the day,
when the position of the Sun was unfavorable. As the distances between stations were
generally short, the observer most frequently walked, carrying the instrument and
tripod. On those days, when the position of the Sun and the state of the weather per-
mitted, approximate declinations were obtained by allowing the image of the Sun to
fall through the slits in the sighting-vanes of the compass attachment. By use of azimuth
tables and corrections obtained by experiment, fair values of declination resulted.
In selecting supplemental stations, an attempt was made to include as many of
those occupied by the Challenger in 1873 as could be identified. Owing to the meager
descriptions and the frequent change of names of islands or localities, close recovery was
seldom possible, though in some cases it is believed close approximations were made.
At the dock-yard the fragment of a stone marker of the Challenger station was pointed
out by an officer, but the presence in the vicinity of structures and loose magnetic material
makes that position of questionable value. Some of the other stations at which fairly
1 Terr. Mag., vol. 13 (1908), pp. 49-56.
212
Special Report, Bermuda Anomaly 213
close reoccupations were made are: Wreck Hill (No. 2), Cricket Ground, Somerset
(No. 6), Barge Island (Spectacle Island, No. 19), Tatem Island (Hawkins Island, No.
22), Spanish Point (Cobbler's Island, A, No. 24), Clarence Cove (No. 33), Ducking
Stool (No. 39 or 40), Governor's Garden (Mount Langton, No. 42).
To identify the points of observation, a descriptive name has been applied, and a
brief description given. To further assist in identification, the geographic coordinates
are given to 0.01 minute of arc in both latitude and longitude, the position being scaled
from the large-scale maps of the Ordnance Survey (6 inches = 1 mile) , which comprise
six large sheets, and show sufficient detail to permit very accurate plotting. No coordi-
nate lines were printed on the maps and these were supplied; the starting-point for the
plotting of these lines was the signal mast at the Ireland Island Dockyard, the position
of which was courteously supplied by Captain H. P. Douglas, R. N., who was in charge
of the resurvey for the revision of the charts in 1922 to 1923. The position given for
this point by Captain Douglas is latitude 32° 19! 51 north and longitude 64° 50! 28
west. Transfer of positions obtained from this point of reference to adjoining sheets
was difficult, some inaccuracy being inevitable because of difference in shrinkage of the
paper for the different sections; it is believed, however, that errors from this source
are of no practical consequence.
The results from the observations of 1907 of the Bermuda magnetic anomaly are
given in the Table of Results (see pp. 105-106).
In 1922 two observers, H. W. Fisk and J. T. Howard, made observations amplifying
the former survey in important particulars. Several regions had been shown by the
results obtained in 1907 to be of particular interest, and detailed attention was directed
to these. The equipment was better adapted for rapid as well as accurate work. The
use of the compass-variometer to determine horizontal intensity quickly at stations
close together, varying according to circumstances from but a few feet to a quarter of
a mile apart, made possible the detailed studies of local conditions not practicable with
the usual field magnetometers. For an account of such work see Volume V, pages 355-
357. The method of observing at supplementary stations found most satisfactory
was as follows. The universal-type magnetometer 14 (see Vol. II, pp. 7-9, for descrip-
tion) was first set up as for deflections, and the four deflection-angles at a single distance
were read. If the position of the Sun and the state of the weather permitted, four
readings of altitude and azimuth of Sun were next made. The mean deflection-angle
and a knowledge of the magnetic moment of the deflecting magnet provided means
for computing the horizontal intensity; the mean magnetic meridian obtained from the
deflections and the altitude and azimuth readings of the Sun supplied the data to deter-
mine the declination. While one observer set up and adjusted the galvanometer on its
tripod, the other replaced the magnetometer by the earth inductor, and a few moments
only were required for finding the value of the inclination. The whole process could be
completed within a half hour. The dip-circle feature of magnetometer 14, both for
inclination and intensity by the Lloyd method, was found much inferior and was not
used at the later stations.
When weather or other conditions were unfavorable, the compass-variometer became
the intensity instrument. It was found desirable to use it in addition to the magneto-
meter at stations where there was a wide range of value in intensity. Occasional com-
parisons with the magnetometer were made to control changes in its calibration which
did not remain constant.
The coordinates of the stations of 1922 were found, as were those of 1907. The
results for the survey in 1922 at the primary stations and at the supplementary stations
are given in the Table of Results on pages 107-108. The values of the horizontal inten-
sity determined by the compass-variometer made in Sandy's Parish, east of Main Road,
214
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
extending from Evans' Bay to King's Point, and the geographical positions, together
with brief descriptions, are given in Table 59.
Table 59— Results of Observations for Magnetic Horizontal Intensity Obtained with Compass-Variometer
Date and
designation
Latitude
North
Longitude
West
Hor. int.
Description
1922
O /
O /
c. g. s.
Sep. 11,
a
32 15.66
64 52.05
0.2177
Evans' Bay, A, repeat, see No. 10.
11,
b
15.69
52.01
.2188
Evans' Bay, B, repeat, see No. 14.
11,
c
15.75
51.98
.2231
Half-way along path from Evans' Bay, B, to Monkey Hole.
11,
d
15.82
51.98
.2275
Monkey Hole, see No. 17.
11,
e
15.87
51.97
.2306
Old quarry south of house at Rockaway.
11,
f
15.93
51.99
.2316
In path above Rockaway, close to Rockaway, B, see No. 16.
11,
0
16.02
51.92
.2331
East of first building north of Rockaway, between water and
house.
11,
h
16.06
51.95
.2332
About 30 feet north of second boundary wall north of Rockaway,
35 feet from the water's edge.
11,
i
16.13
52.00
.2334
About 50 feet south of boundary-line in small bay, the third im-
mediately south of King George's Bay, 35 feet from the water.
11,
J
16.20
52.00
.2320
About 10 feet from water at head of long, narrow bay, the second
south of King George's bay.
11,
k
16.21
51.96
.2339
On end of second point south of King's Point, see No. 19. (The
highest value of horizontal intensity observed.)
11,
I
16.24
52.03
.2315
At head of first bay south of King George's Bay.
11,
m
16.30
51.96
.2319
Near end of point on south side of King George's Bay.
11,
n
16.38
52.02
.2298
Northwest corner of King George's Bay, 25 feet from water's
edge.
Extreme end of King's Point, see No. 21.
11,
0
16.35
51.83
.2295
11,
V
16.37
52.12
.2293
Reoccupation of No. 9.
11,
Q
16.32
52.15
.2300
Road intersection west of King's Point.
11,
r
16.22
52.40
.2262
Top of hill on King's Point Road, about 150 yards from Main
Road.
11,
s
16.19
52.49
.2246
Intersection of Main Road and King's Point Road.
11,
t
15.94
52.31
.2270
On Main Road at entrance to Grove estate.
11,
u
15.85
52.23
.2265
On Main Road at entrance to Rockaway.
Sep. 13,
a
32 15.81
64 52.20
.2226
Opposite small shop near entrance to Rockaway.
13,
b
15.76
52.16
.2237
On Main Road opposite north end of Evans' Pond.
13,
c
15.64
52.14
.2202
On Main Road at junction with road to public wharf at Evans'
Bay.
Half-way between pond and house east of pond, 30 feet north
13,
d
15.72
52.04
.2193
of stable.
13,
e
15.79
52.08
.2212
Point on top of hill one-third way from pond to east-west road.
13,
f
15.83
51.99
.2244
Top of ridge about 100 feet north of house, between sound and
pond.
13,
Q
15.86
52.07
.2259
On ridge at Rockaway boundary, 150 feet southeast of Rock-
away Quarry, see No. 11.
13,
h
15.88
52.03
.2264
On edge above quarry.
13,
i
15.88
52.03
.2266
In quarry, see No. 11.
13,
3
15.89
52.09
.2267
In road to Rockaway opposite quarry.
In addition to the compass-variometer results as given above, values were read at a large number of points in the
vicinity of Mont Royal in Paget; these will be described and discussed elsewhere in connection with special investigations of
local variations in that locality.
Descriptions or Primary Stations, Bermuda, 1907 and 19221
Black Bay, 1922 — South of main road between Black Bay and east end of Wilson's Island, in
old roadway running along high terrace above main road, 14 paces east of boundary wall and about
90 feet (27.4 meters) from road below. True bearing: left clock-tower, 184° 19 '3.
Ireland Island, 1907, 1922 — On Moresby's Plain within small mound surrounded by old stone
coping, 51.7 feet (15.76 meters) and 54.3 feet (16.55 meters) respectively from southeast and south-
west corners of larger platform marked "911 yards", and 71.4 feet (21.76 meters) from north corner
of shed used as players' club-house on the cricket-field. True bearings : left wireless mast at Daniel's
Head, 59° 52'A; right wireless mast, 62° 06:4; west corner target bank west of fort, 202° 37^5.
1 See Res. Dep. Terr. Mag., Vol. I, p. 178, for more detailed descriptions as regards stations of 1907; see also pp. 287-288
of this volume for more detailed descriptions as regards stations of 1922.
Special Report, Bermuda Anomaly 215
Spectacle Island or Hunt's Island, 1907, 1922 — In an open area in western part of the island where
there is quantity of soil, surrounded by trees, but open northward to the sea. True bearings : right
wireless tower at Daniel's Head, 141° 16 !5; left edge tank at Boaz bridge, 159° 14 '1; left clock-tower
at dockyard, 180° 34! 2; vane on Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 351° 28! 2.
Agar's Island, 1907, 1922 — Near west end of low southern portion of island, over marking-stone
set in 1907. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 27° 52'7; old beacon on south side of Two-Rock
Passage, 44° 46 '0; left wireless mast on Daniel's Head, 100° 53 '5; left clock-tower at dockyard,
146° 52:5.
Mont Royal, A, 1922 — On vacant lot once planting-ground east of house at Mont Royal, 18
feet (5.5 meters) west of path leading down to Main Road, 48 feet (14.6 meters) from boundary of
lot where line to lighthouse passes over south gate-post west of house. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill
Lighthouse, 56° 24(9; spire on A.M.E. Chapel, 26° 35(1; north corner Mont Royal, 92° 35 'A; right
wireless mast, 110° 21 '3; flagpole near house on hill, 351° 47'6.
Mont Royal, C, 1922 — On hill under shade of large trees near boundary to Mount Pleasant,
104 feet (31.70 meters) east of Mont Royal, A, on line from south edge of false chimney on north
corner cf Mont Royal produced through station A. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 56°
37 '.2; south edge north chimney on Mont Royal, 89° 23! 7.
Agricultural Station, 1922 — In experiment gardens south of offices, south of east-west cross-
driveway and northwest of old shed surrounded by high hedge, 10 feet (3 meters) south of edge of
cross-road and 76.5 feet (23.32 meters) west of fence bounding grounds on east, under group of trees
which provide shade for greater portion of day. True bearings: north corner at top of chimney on
superintendent's residence, 138° 56 '. 1 ; near corner of farmhouse, 216° 35 '. 5; east corner of same house
217° 53:i; apex of dormer of Southsea, 358° 00! 6.
Nonsuch Island, 1907, 1922 — On top of ridge about 100 meters west of west hospital building,
just west of limit of low scrub that covers that portion of island, about 35 feet (10.7 meters) from
cliff that drops abruptly to sea on northwest, and about 50 meters from water's edge down more
gradual slope to south. The stone left to mark station in 1907 was later found 15 feet (4.6 meters)
northeast of point occupied in 1922 and 10 feet (3.0 meters) north of line from station to roof of
women's ward at hospital. The marker of 1907 was buried beneath pile of loose stones. True
bearings: observation tower called "The Peak", 62° 49!8; left edge of Martello Tower, 110° 38^4;
signal mast Fort George, 156° 14! 5; top of roof of women's ward, 241° 35 '.8; sharp pinnacle in left
portion of Gurnet Rock, 345° 59^7.
St. George, 1907, 1922 — On park lands north of town between Poorhouse and Fort Victoria
26 feet (7.9 meters) west of edge of cut through which road passes northward from park gate, 68
feet (20.7 meters) southwest of boundary stone at north end of cut on east side of road, and exactly
in line with signal mast at Fort George and south edge of Poorhouse, and in line from St. David's
Lighthouse and square church tower on hillside toward town; marked by coral stone coated with
cement in top of which diagonal lines were drawn and lettered "CIW XXII". True bearings:
southeast corner of St. George Hotel, 4° 44!2; south corner of Poorhouse, 59° 52 '6; flagpole at Fort
Victoria, 242° 23 'A; St. David's Lighthouse, 311° 27(2.
Descriptions of Secondary Stations, Bermuda, July and August 1907
(1) Daniel's Head, 1907 — On extreme southwesterly projection of promontory as near edge
as it was convenient to work. True bearing: Somerset church, 329° 20'
(2) Wreck Hill, 1907 — On summit of hill at point 31.5 feet (9.60 meters) southeast from south-
east corner of old pilot lookout house; pilot mast stands about midway on line joining station and
southeast corner of house. Approximate true bearing: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 302° 24'
(3) Tudor Hill, 1907 — Among bushes, as near summit of Tudor Hill as could be attained.
Approximate true bearings: Somerset church, 184° 20' ; Hogfish beacon, 225° 51' ; lighthouse, 289°
39:
(4) Whitney Bay, 1907 — Near south shore of Whitney Bay, in unused roadway marked by
military monuments. A monument stands near fence about 150 feet (46 meters) west of station.
(5) Scaur Lodge, 1907 — On lawn before lodge, 55 feet (16.8 meters) west of wall bounding
grounds along highway, 19 feet (5.8 meters) south of driveway leading into dooryard, and 30 feet
(9.1 meters) east of concrete platform standing near driveway. Approximate true bearing: light-
house, 313° 01 :
216 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
(6) Cricket Ground, 1907 — Near center of south side of Somerset Cricket Grounds or Naval
Recreation Park, 104 feet (31.7 meters) from southeast corner of players' shelter, 63 feet (19.2
meters) from southwest corner of concrete cricket-pitch, and 83 feet (25.3 meters) and 82.5 feet
(25.2 meters) from two large trees standing by wall to southwest and southeast respectively; these
trees are 42 feet (12.8 meters) apart. True bearings: southeast corner of pavilion, 76° 51'; tele-
graph-post in line with cottage chimney, 145° 33'; monument at northeast corner, 244° 58'; nearest
corner of large house, 314° 44!
(7) Mangrove Bay, 1907 — Near extremity of point extending across north side of Mangrove
Bay, in line through signboard on point and central pier of drawbridge between Somerset and Boaz,
about 29 feet (8.8 meters) from bank on north, 55 feet (16.8 meters) from bank on south in line with
wharf, and 12 feet (3.7 meters) northwest of mound used as firing-point in target practice. True
bearings: northwest corner of shed at pier, 26° 02'; signal mast at fort, 239° 25'; east gable of red
roof, 296° 03!
(8) Tatem Point, 1907 — Near extremity of Tatem Point, about 100 feet (30 meters) west of
channel which is filled at high-water, making island of extreme point, about 15 feet (4.6 meters) from
north and south shore-lines, and large flat rock is about 4 feet (1.2 meters) west and smaller one
about the same distance east of station. Approximate true bearings: cathedral at Hamilton,
269° 00'; lighthouse, 328° 44 '.
(9) Port Royal Bay, 1907 — Between Whale Bay and Evans' Bay, in by-road leading from
Whitney Bay station to main road, about half-way up hill from Port Royal Bay, at point where
road forks.
(10) Evans' Bay, 1907 — -Under some trees on west side of Evans' Bay, about 10 rods (50
meters) from end of bay, where by-road runs up hill to some small cottages to west.
(11) Frank's Bay, 1907 — In open space near shore on east side of Frank's Bay, about 20 rods
(100 meters) north of road and east of large residence, at point where there is an old stone house
used as stable. The point is just below where ground begins to slope toward bay.
(12) Wilson's Island, 1907 — West of Port Royal, on shore opposite Wilson's Island, at point
just north of clump of bushes along north side of road.
(13) Morgan's Island, 1907 — -Near eastern extremity of island, about 120 feet (36 meters)
from most easterly point, about 150 feet (46 meters) from shore-line to southward, and 35 feet
(10.7 meters) south of southeast corner of old pit. True bearings: west clock-tower, 190° 50';
Hogfish beacon, 207° 22'; south tower on cathedral, 245° 28'; lighthouse, 325° 37 '.
(14) Cemetery, 1907 — Along west shore, 115 feet (35 meters) west of northwest corner of
cemetery and south of Masonic Building; two cedar trees, 42 feet (12.8 meters) apart are respectively
45 feet (13.7 meters) northeast and 27 feet (8.2 meters) southeast of station, and telephone-pole
stands 12 feet (3.6 meters) northwest. True bearings: flagpole, King's Point, 73° 08'; "T piece,"
138° 04'; magnetic station, Moresby's Plain, 219° 40'; west corner of cemetery, 298° 2T.
(15) Sailors' Home, 1907 — In open space just north of grounds of Royal Sailors' Home, south-
east of old quarry pit, 85 feet (25.9 meters) from line of palings around some wooden buildings to
northeast, and 35 feet (10.7 meters) from stone wall, topped with broken glass, along south. Three
small trees are 15 feet, 10 feet, and 10 feet (4.6 meters, 3 meters, and 3 meters) to southeast, south,
and southwest, respectively. True bearings: center of north entrance to Home building, 5° 36';
west corner of paling, 191° 07'; north gable of building, 304° 03'.
(17) Challenger Stone, 1907 — About 400 feet (122 meters) distant from large steel floating
dock and close to road, over fragment of stone with cemented top flush with surface in place where
building material had been stored, and where ground was thickly strewn with debris containing
much iron. The portion of stone remaining bears the letters " — ENGER — 873". About 75 feet
(23 meters) southward from house (possibly the "Mitchell's Store" of the Challenger description)
and 50 feet (15.2 meters) eastward from fence along cliff overlooking Moresby's Plain. ("Moresby's
Plain" station not visible on account of hill and fence.) True bearings: signal mast, 221° 09';
Hogfish Beacon, 310° 50'; east gable of red roof, 316° 38'.
(18) Gibbs' Hill, 1907 — Near old pilot mast on summit of Gibbs' Hill, about one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.) west of lighthouse, on east edge of abandoned quarry pit, about 25 feet (8 meters)
east of old boundary wall, and about 35 feet (11 meters) from trees and shrubs to southward. True
bearing: lighthouse, 272° 20'.
(21) Burt Island, 1907 — On narrow neck near northwest corner of island, at edge of clump of
cedars about 20 feet (6 meters) southward from group of high rocks, 75 feet (22.9 meters) from water
Special Report, Bermuda Anomaly 217
to northeast and about 200 feet (61 meters) to water westward; the extreme northern point is about
150 feet (46 meters) distant, and an old concrete pier at water's edge is in line with channel south of
Marshall Island. True bearings: lighthouse, 17° 43'; flagpole, Ports Island, 212° 51'; south tower of
cathedral, 243° 41'.
(22) Hawkins Island {Tatem Island of Challenger report), 1907- — At summit above concrete
steps about midway of north side of island, on highest point 25 feet (7.6 meters) south of second
turn of roadway, where line to Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse passes midway between two cedars about 14
feet (4 meters) distant. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 9° 20'; west clock at dockyard,
171° 33'; magnetic station at Agar's Island, 250° 14'; channel range board near World's End, 264° 53'.
(23) Nelly Island, 1907 — Near middle of summit of bare knoll, standing rather higher than
adjacent lands, between two artificial reservoirs, about 10 feet (3 meters) east of highest point of
island. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 16° 19'; magnetic station at Agar's Island, 233° 30'.
(24, 25) Cobbler's Island, 1907 — Station A is near center of island over government marker
about 2 feet (0.6 meters) high with letter "A" and crowfoot on western face. True bearings:
Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 13° 27'; Hogfish Beacon, 233° 02'; flagpole near house on adjacent mainland,
291° 35'. Station B is about 125 feet (38 meters) east along axis of island toward flagpole south of
large stone house on main island. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 13° 45'; flagpole on
mainland, 248° 25'.
(26) Spanish Point, 1907 — ^On Plaice's Point, one of smaller points that are included in large
locality known as Spanish Point, very nearly in line from station on Agar's Island to Commissioner's
House on headland at northern extremity of Ireland Island. Along this line it is 126 feet (38.4
meters) to edge of bank toward southeast and 106 feet (32.3 meters) to edge of bank to northwest,
and about 150 feet (46 meters) to water's edge westerly, measured over ruins of old stone structure.
True bearings : Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 16° 36'; clock-tower at dockyard, 143° 46'; magnetic station
at Agar's Island, 332° 45'.
(30) Small Island No. 1, 1907— At center of small islet, south of Two-Rock Passage, nearest
islet to Long Island in chain joining Agar's Island and Long Island. True bearings: lighthouse,
28° 01'; clock-tower at dockyard, 160° 59'; station at Agar's Island, 225° 31'; station at Dyer Island,
318° 43'.
(31) Dyer Island, 1907 — Approximately 250 feet (76 meters) from western extremity of island,
about 150 feet (46 meters) from north shore, and about 100 feet (30 meters) from south shore. It
is in by-road which runs along top of ridge through sage and cedar brush; line joining Shares Point
station and Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse passes through station. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse,
30° 46'; magnetic station at Agar's Island, 187° 20'; south tower of cathedral at Hamilton, 252° 34'.
(32) Small Island southeast of Fern Island, 1907 — At center of small islet, southeast of Fern
(or Sin) Island, and south of Marshall Island. True bearing: lighthouse, 32° 28'.
(33) Clarence Cove, 1907 — -To westward from landing on rather high, rocky table along water's
edge, 24 feet (7.3 meters) to edge of cliff northward, 108 feet (32.9 meters) to pipe standing out of
ground westward, and 70.5 feet (21.49 meters) to edge of cliff eastward. True bearings: signal
mast, Admiralty house, 40° 12'; clock-tower, 125° 03'; St. David's Lighthouse, 246° 26'; signal mast,
Government House, 282° 27'.
(34) Point Shares, 1907 — On point about 15 feet (4 meters) from water's edge, and about
10 feet (3 meters) from small lone cedar tree. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 30° 51';
magnetic station at Agar's Island, 99° 49'.
(35) Channel Island, 1907 — Near north end of small islet by which is placed range marking
Two-Rock Passage, about midway of northern part, where bare rock meets grass-covered soil, and
southeast of rock sometimes called "World's End"; in line joining station on Dyer Island and south
tower of cathedral. True bearings: lighthouse, 35° 05'; magnetic station at Agar's Island, 125° 03';
south tower of cathedral, 252° 34'.
(36) Warwick Church, 1907 — Across small garden northeast of Warwick Church, on north
margin of by-road where it crosses boundary-line marked by fragments of stone wall.
(37) Cross Roads, 1907 — Observations were made under group of cedars in southeast angle of
intersection of road south of Poorhouse with road marking boundary between Paget and Warwick
parishes.
(38) Swan's Bay, 1907 — West of Swan's Bay, north of road, at point where the rocky margin
between road and sea is unusually wide, north of grove of shrubby cedars, 80 feet (24.4 meters)
218 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
northwest of gateway where cart track leaves road. The cliff is 60 feet (18.3 meters) north, 75
feet (22.9 meters) east, and 150 feet (46 meters) west of station.
(39) Ducking Stool, 8, 1907 — About 81 paces west of Ducking Stool, 1, in line with chimney
near Swan's Bay.
(40) Ducking Stool, 1, 1907 — North of highway west of bathing-pool, 107 feet (32.6 meters)
from end of hedge west of by-road leading to pier, 13 feet (4 meters) west of an old quarry pit, 112
feet (34.1 meters) from top of steps down to landing, and 34 feet (10.4 meters) northwest of sign-
board. True bearings: chimney on house near Swan's Bay, 82° 40! 6, •flagstaff at Admiralty House,
91° 57' .1; clock at dockyard, 114° 28: 1.
(41) Ducking Stool, 2, 1907 — About 225 paces east of Ducking Stool, 1, 21 paces south of
high picket fence, and 40 paces north of road.
(42) Mount Langton (old station), 1907 — Over pedestal in garden, 17.5 feet (5.3 meters) from
wall, and is covered with coating of cement plaster, in top of which is drawn set of grooves to receive
tripod.
(43) Mount Langton (new station) , 1907 — On high knoll in garden just south of west entrance to
grounds, in pathway around western crest of knoll, 67.5 feet (20.6 meters) from wall, along cut on
north, 63 feet (19.2 meters) southwest of pedestal; is 15 feet (4.6 meters) from cedar on east side
of path southward, and 14 feet (4.3 meters) from cedar on west side of path northward, and a little
south of line from pedestal to lighthouse. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 40° 26(0; center
of signal mast (approximate), 161° 25'; chimney on east end of house across valley, 325° 08(4.
(44) .Paget (Crow Lane) Church, 1907 — In meadow west of Paget (Crow Lane) Church, about
50 and 65 paces from east and south sides respectively.
(45) Poorhouse, Hamilton, 1907 — North of Pembroke Poorhouse.
(46) Ducking Stool, 4, 1907 — About 254 paces west of Ducking Stool, 1, in line with chimney
at Swan's Bay.
(47) Crow Lane, 1907 — At eastern extremity of Crow Lane or Hamilton Harbor between water
and road to Salt Kettle, where road makes a turn at southeastern corner of harbor.
(48) Prospect, Hamilton, 1907 — At intersection of two roads southwest of Prospect Camp.
(49) Crow Lane, Hamilton, 1907 — -About one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) from water along road
running east from eastern extremity of Crow Lane Harbor.
(51) Trimmingham Hill, 1907 — In west edge of garden patch on south side of south road,
just east of by-road from Hamilton to Hungry Bay.
(52) Camden, 1907 — Opposite Camden gate, along road running east from eastern extremity
of Crow Lane Harbor.
(53) Doe Bay, 1907 — East of parish-line at Doe Bay.
(54) Grocery Store, 1907 — On middle road east of grocery store.
(55) Devonshire Church, 1907 — In an open space beside road west of Devonshire church.
(56) Sue Wood Bay, 1907 — On south side of road opposite Sue Wood Bay, at east end of row
of palmettos, and near junction with by-road leading northwesterly.
(57) Bowen Point, 1907 — Near extremity of Bowen Point, on narrow ridge between two old
quarries; eastern one is a pit, western one extends down hill to shore; the point is about 20 feet
(6.1 meters) from eastern edge of latter.
(58) Burchall Cove, 1907 — On high point near shore north of Burchall Cove, about 150 feet
(46 meters) from channel entering cove, and about 12 feet (3.7 meters) from very narrow chasm
forming inlet north of cove. The point is about 80 feet (24 meters) from water in cove, measured
down slope.
(59) Bean's Shop, 1907 — On knoll, under two cedars, 82 paces southeast of Bean's Shop, and
33 paces east of road in front of Davis's store.
(60) Major's Bay, 1907— On south side of Major's Bay, in pathway about 10 paces from
water and about 50 paces from west end of bay.
(61) Flatts Bridge, 1907 — East of road and north of bridge, 8 paces west of southwest corner
of small quarry pit, 8 paces southeast of tree, and 30 paces north of north end of wall.
Special Report, Bermuda Anomaly 219
(62) Harrington Road (south) 1907 — On slight elevation south of main road, south of Harrington
Sound, and just north of junction with by-road leading over hill toward Spittal Pond.
(63) Spittal Pond, 1907 — Near east side of military road, about halfway from its juncture
with south road and point where it turns east along pond.
(64) Ferry Point, 1907 — On main island of St. George's, nearly opposite Rogue Island, at point
on old ferry road about 50 paces east of wall bounding War Department lands on east.
(65) Walsingham, 1907 — Near shore on point north of Walsingham Bay.
(66) Harrington Road (east) 1907- — South of road along east side of Harrington Sound, at
intersection with by-road leading to Mangrove Lake.
(67) Devil's Hole, 1907 — Near Devil's Hole, south of intersection of two main roads.
(68) Mangrove Lake, 1907 — West end of Mangrove Lake, at junction with by-road over hill
to Devil's Hole.
(69) Harrington Road (northeast), 1907 — Along road on east shore of Harrington Sound, at
intersection with road leading to Trott's Pond.
(70) Trott's Pond, 1907 — North of Trott's Pond, east of intersection with road running north.
(71) Tucker stown, (A. M. E.), 1907 — South of road leading west from Tuckerstown, and at
junction with road leading to Paynter's Hill.
(72) Paynter's Hill, 1907 — Near summit of Paynter's Hill.
(73) Tuckerstown (west), 1907 — Beside road west of village of Tuckerstown.
(74) Tuckerstown (north), 1907 — On shore north of Tuckerstown and east of Paynter's Hill.
(75) Tuckerstown Landing, 1907 — North of Tuckerstown Landing.
(77) Jones Island, 1907 — On north shore of Jones Island, on margin of sand beach.
(78) Surf Bay, 1907 — On narrow isthmus, very high and apparently formed of drifted sand,
between Castle Harbor and Surf Bay, immediately above sheltered cove and sand beach on Castle
Harbor side. True bearing: St. David's Lighthouse, 220° 36:2.
(79, 80) Nonsuch Island, 1907 — Station B is about 6 feet (2 meters) south of E. D. Preston's
station of 1890, 80 feet (24.4 meters) northwest of flagpole, 56 feet (17.1 meters) from northwest
corner of new kitchen, 100 feet (30.5 meters) from northwest corner of men's ward, 22 feet (6.7
meters) from edge of path to landing, and 67 feet (20.4 meters) from southeast corner of keeper's
house. True bearing: St. David's Lighthouse, 212° 50 '.0.
(81) Smith's Island, 1907 — On east end of Smith's Island, about 4 rods (20 meters) from shore.
(82) St. David's Lighthouse, 1907 — On hillside 76 paces south of St. David's Lighthouse, 47
paces southeast of tank, and 49 paces northwest of corner of Fox's house. True bearing: mast,
Tuckerstown, 48° 37(8.
(83) North Rock, 1907 — At North Rock, at low tide, on shoal slightly awash, a few feet south-
west of main rock. True bearing: extreme left of visible land, 316° 25(2.
Descriptions of Secondary Stations, Bermuda, July to September 1922
(1) Wreck Hill, 1922 — On summit of hill on flat space north of ruins of old fort.
(2) Hog Bay, 1922 — Northeast of Spring Benny Hill on low ground between two fields, on
south side of low graded path or roadway, in line of cedar row near its west end, about 50 meters
west of roadway leading south to some houses on low hill.
(3) &caur Lodge, 1922 — Very close reoccupation of station of 1907. On lawn before the
lodge, 55 feet (16.8 meters) west of wall above road, 19 feet (5.8 meters) south of drive leading to
house and 30 feet (9.14 meters) from concrete platform near driveway.
(4) West Whale Bay, 1922 — In edge of grove of cedars south of roadway leading to beach,
about 100 meters from high water-line.
(5) The Grove, 1922 — Just west of northwest corner of large field, under some unusually large
cedars, about 150 meters south of estate called The Grove, and is reached by turning west from
main road about 250 meters north of Salvation Army Hall.
220 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
(6) Bassett's Cave, 1922 — In pasture land on hillside about 150 feet (45.7 meters) from water's
edge, and 300 meters west of Bassett's Dock.
(7) Polly Dicky Hill, 1922 — On hill about 500 feet (152 meters) west of point where road
turns in to Evans' Bay public wharf, southeast of farm buildings, in bush, about 100 feet (30 meters)
down slope from summit. Lighthouse bears 282° 49' west of south.
(8) Green's Hill, 1922 — On side hill in cart road about 120 meters west of buildings called
Bel Air, west of west end of marsh.
(9) King's Point, A, 1922 — On brow of hill south of road leading to extremity of point, about
30 feet (9.1 meters) west of boundary wall running southward to western extremity of George's Bay.
(10) Evans' Bay, A, 1922 — Over stump 33 feet (10.06 meters) west of road leading to public
wharf, about 50 feet (15.2 meters) from bay, near point where path leading by stone steps up hill
to house joins the road to wharf.
(11) Rockaway Quarry, 1922 — In quarry pit on land belonging to Mr. Adcock, and from which
hard stone is being quarried for road repairing.
(12) Rockaway Cave, 1922 — At mouth and on hill over site of Mr. Adcock's fresh-water cave
near south boundary of his property; also in hole about 20 feet (6.10 meters) below surface at
mouth.
(13) Mangrove Bay, 1922 — Close reoccupation of the station of 1907, 12 feet (3.66 meters)
west of coping of old firing-stand on rifle-range, 29 feet (8.84 meters) from bank to north, and 55
feet (16.76 meters) from bank southeast. True bearings; northwest corner of shed at public wharf
at Mangrove Bay, 27° 23'; signal mast at Ireland Island, 238° 33'; east gable of Paynehurst in
Paget, 296° 18'. '
(14) Evans' Bay, B, 1922 — North of public wharf, in old quarry near bay, about 15 feet (4.6
meters) from west wall of pit.
(15) Rockaway, C, 1922 — On hill west of house across wall in adjoining property, in small
clump of cedars at south corner of cultivated field.
(16) Rockaway, B, 1922 — On hill side, in roadway leading up from house, about 20 meters
above first turn to left, on west side of road, under small cedar.
(17) Monkey Hole, 1922 — Among bushes in footpath above small cove called Monkey Hole.
(18) Jennings' Bay, A, 1922 — Declination observations were made on north side of Main
Road about opposite Jennings' Bay, in bush about 50 meters from road through gap in wall, west of
large field, and opposite a small field lying between two hills on south side of Main Road.
(19) Glebe Point, 1922 — Near extremity of second point south of King's Point, on glebe-lands,
in southeast corner of cultivated garden land.
(20) Jennings' Bay, B, 1922 — At north corner of field opposite end of Jennings' Bay, in scrub
cedars at end of cart trail entered at station A.
(21) King's Point, B, 1922 — Among the bushes on sloping ground at extremity of King's
Point. (Two localities are called King's Point; Nos. 9 and 21 are opposite Tucker's Island.)
(22) Tucker's Island, West, 1922 — Near south shore of island about 200 meters from western
extremity just west of concrete drain from old prison ruins to water's edge.
(23) Frank's Bay, West, 1922 — About 250 meters west along shore from head of bay, in cartway
which leaves Main Road just east of old stone storehouse, about 100 feet (30.5 meters) from the
water and 30 feet (9.14 meters) west of clump of oleanders.
(24) Frank's Bay, East, 1922 — On point at east side of bay, north of Glasgow Lodge, in quarry
pit, 6 feet (1.83 meters) north of quarry wall, and about 100 feet (30.5 meters) from water's edge.
(25) Tucker's Island, Cave, 1922 — On level ground just above entrance to cave, about 20
feet (6.10 meters) north of wire fence along the steep bank at cave's mouth; also within cave on
level area just above water standing at approximately sea-level.
(26) Deep Well, 1922 — In edge of trees at southwest corner of field which lies just east of the
site of deep well.
(27) Morgan's Island, B, 1922 — Near south shore of island somewhat to west of middle of
that side, just west of old concrete oven which is part of prison ruins.
Special Report, Bermuda Anomaly 221
(28) Morgan's Island, A, 1922 — At eastern extremity of island near water's edge, just north
of group of buildings, east of quarry pit.
(29) Port Royal Church, 1922 — Across road west of church under some large cedars, 23 feet
(7.01 meters) from large tree to south and 18- feet (5.49 meters) from one to north, 40 feet (12.19
meters) from wall around church yard.
(30) Wilson's Island, 1922 — On mainland on narrow grassy plot near water's edge north of
Main Road, where line to bridge joining Boaz and Ireland islands touches the eastern edge of
Wilson's Island.
(31) Grace Island, 1922 — On west side of island near center of patch of red earth in slight
depression between high, rocky portions toward north and south ends of island.
(32) Gibbs' Hill, 1922 — In an old quarry pit down slope to south of lighthouse 6.5 feet (1.98
meters) from angle in north wall of pit, and 11 feet (3.35 meters) from west wall. (An artificial
disturbance may arise from nearness of lighthouse to this station.)
(33) Sinky Bay, 1922 — On narrow terrace down steep slope south of Military Road, immedi-
ately above head of Sinky Bay.
(34) Perinchief's Bay, 1922 — North of Main Road, east of house occupied by Mr. White, and
nearly opposite house of Fred Simmons.
(35) Burgess Point, 1922 — On north side of point, about 200 meters east of its extremity, and
50 meters from water's edge, well up slope, among bushes.
(36) Hawkins Island, 1922 — Reoccupation of station of 1907 on hill on north side of island,
25 feet (7.62 meters) south of second road above concrete steps, 14 feet (4.27 meters) north of each
of two trees standing near together apart from other trees. True bearings: Left clock-tower,
Ireland Island, 171° 21'; beacon at east end of Long Island, 266° 32'.
(37) Burt Island, 1922 — Near northwest corner of island, about 100 feet (30.5 meters) from
shore to west, 6 paces from a concrete platform which stands 10 paces from shore to north, and 6
paces from pile of whitewashed stones to eastward. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 17° 14';
left edge of tank on Boaz Island, 138° 22'.
(38) Nelly Island, 1922 — On high knoll between two water-catches near south end of island,
19 paces south of edge of more northerly, and about 150 feet (45.7 meters) northeast of edge of
other. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 15° 50'; beacon north side of Two-Rock Passage,
232° 15'.
(39) Riddle's Bay, 1922 — West of golf club-house on north side of small bay, west of old founda-
tion, south of road, under some small cedars.
(40) Ports Island, 1922 — On slope near southwest corner of island, 15 paces from shore, and
just below footpath. Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse bears 20° 01' west of true south.
(41) Long Island, 1922 — Near eastern end of Long Island, about 300 feet (91.4 meters) from
shore to north and about 150 feet (45.7 meters) from shore to south. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill
Lighthouse, 24° 30'; left clock-tower, Ireland Island, 158° 25'.
(42) Spanish Point, 1922— On Plaice's Point, south of Peter Tucker's Bay, 40 feet (12.19 meters)
southwest of corner of old quarry pit, and 30 feet (9.14 meters) southeast of foundation of old ruins
measured in line to clock-tower on Ireland Island. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 16° 44';
clock-tower in dock-yard, 144° 34'; northwest corner Belmont Hotel nearly in line with station
on Agar's Island, 332° 50'.
(43) Main and North Roads, Warwick, 1922 — On plot of open grass-land in northeast inter-
section of the two roads, about 30 and 50 feet (9.1 and 15.2 meters) from boundary walls to south
and east, respectively.
(44) Spithead, 1922 — About 1,000 feet (305 meters) along the North Road, west of house on
Spithead on by-road turning up hill to south through narrow cut in rock, about 125 feet (38.1
meters) from south side of North Road, directly opposite stable back of farm-house across small field
to westward.
(45) Fern Island, 1922 — Not on Fern Island, but on unnamed island southeast of Fern Island
and south of Marshall Island, near middle of the highest ground. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill
Lighthouse, 32° 44'; left gable of Paynehurst, 278° 43'.
222 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
(46) Two-Rock, 1922 — About 20 paces east of western extremity of small island on south side
of Two-Rock Passage, 25 paces southwest of beacon. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse,
26° 35'; left clock-tower at Ireland Island, 149° 47'.
(47) Dyer Island, 1922 — Near west end of island, in footpath, 83 paces from western extremity*
and about 50 paces from north shore. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 25° 59'; left clock-
tower, Ireland Island, 151° 41'.
(48) Agar's Island, 1922 — -Readings with compass-variometer 2 at following points: (a) on
stone marking primary station; (6) at Carnegie B, 103 feet (31.39 meters) west of primary station;
(c) near east end of low peninsula which forms southern portion of island; (d) about in middle of
low isthmus joining southern portion to main island at foot of hill below quarters; (e) north of
magazine, southwest of laboratory.
(49) Warwick Long Bay, 1922 — South of Military Road, near monument marked "W. D. 15"
where the road leading westward makes a sharp turn to the right, 45 feet (13.72 meters) south of
gap in oleander hedge somewhat east of monument, 40 feet (12.19 meters) down slope from oleanders
to eastward, 30 feet (9.14 meters) north of offset in military trench, and about 30 feet (9.14 meters)
east of branch of trench.
(50) Warwick Camp, 1922 — In same general locality as preceding station.
(51) Mill Shares, 1922 — In roadway above place known as "Undercliff," near south side of
road, at junction with road leading north, about 50 feet (15.2 meters) west of near corner of tank
at foot of small catch. True bearings : Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 28° 21'; flagpole at Undercliff, 54° 53';
northwest spire of cathedral, 280° 11'.
(52) Warwick Church, 1922 — On hill among bushes north of east end of church, 25 feet (7.62
meters) north of offset in wall around outbuilding, 15 feet (4.57 meters) northwest of a cedar tree.
(53) Khyber Pass, 1922 — Near east side of road at. upper end of pass opposite quarry; also
in pass 91 feet (27.74 meters) down hill near east wall, and at point on top of cut directly above
second point.
(54) Channel Island, 1922 — Near center of small rocky islet a short distance southeast of smaller
rock known as "World's End."
(55) Deep Bay, 1922 — East of Deep Bay, about 45 feet (13.72 meters) north of North Road,
30 feet (9.14 meters) east of cliff on east side of bay, and 36 feet (10.97 meters) from cliff over sea
at north. True bearings: flagpole at Admiralty House, 101° 13'; flagpole at Commissioner's House,
Ireland Island, 132° 33'; signal mast at Mount Langton, 278° 49'.
(56) Spectacle Island (Paget Parish), 1922 — On west end of island, about 50 feet (15.2 meters)
east of water's edge.
(57) Cricket Ground, Warwick Parish, 1922 — In roadway near wall on southwest side of cricket
field, about 100 feet (30.5 meters) from Main Road.
(58) Belmont, 1922 — Six paces south of flagpole at entrance to Belmont Hotel from Harbor
Road, more commonly called the North Road.
(59) Darrell's Wharf, 1922 — About 100 feet (30.5 meters) west of Angel's Grotto, 5 paces south
of North Road, behind an oleander hedge, 5 paces north of stone wall, 5 paces west of stone steps
leading up from road, and 12 paces west of boundary-wall of Rosemeath.
(60) Sand Hill, 1922— About one mile west of Paget-Warwick boundary, along South or
Military Road, on sandy hill in pasture lands south of road, about 125 feet (38.1 meters) south of
road, 15 feet (4.57 meters) north of cliff above beach, and about 40 feet (12.2 meters) east of deep
gully leading through from road to sea.
(61) Doctor's Island, 1922 — On highest point of island about 75 feet (22.9 meters) west of small
bath-house. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 44° 26'; left edge tank on Boaz Island, 131° 38 '
(62) Fairyland, 1922 — In lot in northeast angle between Serpentine and Pittsbay roads, 25
feet (7.62 meters) north of wire fence along Serpentine Road and 15 feet (4.57 meters) south of
north corner of fence, and about 10 meters east of gate.
(63) Pittsbay (North), 1922 — About 100 meters east along Spanish Point Road from its inter-
section with Pittsbay Road.
(64) Swan's Bay, 1922 — About 150 meters west of intersection of Northland Road with North
Shore Road, north of road on point where there is more than usual distance to the water, about
Special Report, Bermuda Anomaly 223
20 feet (6.10 meters) north of group of cedar scrubs, about 60 feet (18.29 meters) north of wall
along road and 60 feet (18.29 meters) from cliff above sea.
(65) Northland Road, West, 1922 — On west side of road, on summit of hill, near gateway and
entrance to private grounds; driveway passes along north side of residence to stables and outbuildings
at rear.
(66) Southland Road, 1922 — At intersection of South Military Road and road leading north-
ward passing to east of Southland estate to Main Road at Presbyterian church, and within triangle
formed at this road intersection.
(67) Northland Road, East, 1922 — About 50 feet (15.2 meters) east of Northland Road, south
of summit of hill between Spanish Point Road and North Shore Road, opposite stone shed, in old
overgrown quarry.
(68) A. M. E. Chapel, 1922 — On west side of Paget-Warwick boundary road, at entrance to
A. M. E. chapel.
(69) Simmons Beach, 1922 — On south side of south Military Road, in by-road leading past
Simmons's cottage to path leading down cliff to bathing-beach, between oleander hedge on east and
cultivated field on west.
(70) Lazy Corner, 1922 — In southeast intersection of Paget-Warwick boundary road and
road between Main Road and South Military Road, in group of small cedars.
(71) South Shore Hill, 1922 — On summit of hill on south shore, just west of Paget-Warwick
boundary, among low cedar bushes, north of footpath, and 7 paces northwest of edge of quarry pit.
(72) Paget-Warwick Road, 1922 — On east side of road, about 100 meters north of South Military
Road, 14 paces east of edge of road from point 14 paces north of gateway through wall to George
De Shield's premises.
(73) Ducking Stool, 1922 — North of North Shore Road, 33 paces west of wall in line with west
side of road leading past Mount Langton to Hamilton, 12 paces from north side of road. (A battery
of field guns inclosed by iron fence has been mounted over 1907 station.)
(74) Mount Langton, 1922 — Garden pedestal has disappeared and place is overgrown and
inaccessible; station is near site of pedestal, in roadway, about 10 meters south of edge of cut through
which road to Government House and grounds passes.
(75) Colored School, Paget, 1922 — East of road north of school-house which stands at inter-
section of north-south road with Main Road.
(76) Elba Beach, 1922— South of Military Road opposite Elba Beach, south of Middleton
Hill, where road makes a 45-degree turn, in row of large cedars bordering road, with cultivated field
on low ground to southward.
(77) Paget Church, 1922 — In south corner of open field southwest of chapel of St. Paul's Church,
16 paces from wall along Main Road, and same distance from wall along east side of Valley Road.
(78) Mangroville, 1922 — East of Red Hole where Shore Road makes sharp turn, between road
and shore, 42 feet (12.80 meters) southwest of flagpole standing in triangle in road intersection in
front of Mangroville, 28 feet (8.53 meters) southwest of end of sea-wall, 30 feet (9.14 meters)
northeast of large cedar tree.
(79) Trimmingham Hill, A, 1922 — North of Main Road, just east of summit north of Bellevue
and south of Trimmingham Hill.
(80) Trimmingham Hill, B, 1922 — Near foot of hill, on north side of Main Road, about 300
meters east of station A, about 100 feet (30.5 meters) from road, east of boundary line of trees
between two fields running northward from point opposite old shed with iron roof; house to which
shed belongs stands close to road farther eastward.
(81) Hungry Bay, A, 1922 — North of Main Road, in east corner of field on farm, just east of
Public Garden, about 50 feet (15.24 meters) north of road, in cart track along wall east of which
is dense grove; balustraded wall bounds road on south side.
(82) Hungry Bay, B, 1922 — In pasture on southwest side of mouth of Hungry Bay, about 50
feet (15.2 meters) up slope from water, and about 30 feet (9.1 meters) from wire fence.
(83) Devonshire Church, 1922 — Between Old Devonshire Church and new church, on north
edge of curved road joining them, southwest of group of four large cedars, opposite junction with
intersecting road from south.
224 Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
(84) Devonshire Bay, 1922 — At head of bay, in north edge of roadway, along foot of steep
embankment, about 50 meters west of old house.
(85) Bowen Point, A, 1922 — North of Shelly Bay, west of race-track, south of east end of small
cove, between two old quarry pits 10 paces apart, north one opening into cove and other into water
on the west, 5 feet (1.52 meters) from north edge of latter.
(86) Bowen Point, B, 1922 — In west end of race-course, south of roadway leading east into the
oval within course from point opposite breach in wall opening out to beach on Shelly Bay.
(87) Burchall Cove, 1922 — About 15 feet (4.6 meters) west of road between two cedars, about
100 meters east of 1907 station.
(88) Flatts Bridge, 1922 — North of bridge on east side of road, 4 paces north of footpath,
7 paces west of corner of old quarry.
(89) Spittal Pond, 1922 — North of Military Road, on hill above west end of pond, in cedar
scrub, about 50 feet (15.2 meters) west of edge of planting-ground, about 60 feet (18.3 meters) east
of stone "W. D. 4," under cedar tree about 10 inches (25 cm.) in diameter.
(90) Bailey's Bay, 1922 — South of North Shore Road, west of Bailey's Bay, about 150 feet
(45.7 meters) west of Seaward, in roadway through stone wall entering grove on south side of road.
(91) Holy Trinity (Hamilton Parish) Church, 1922 — On west side of road, opposite west entrance
to church, in semicircular space where carriages turn; declination and azimuth about 40 feet (12.2
meters) south, in edge of banana patch.
(92) Devil's Hole, 1922 — East of Devil's Hole, on east side of Tuckerstown road, 15 paces
northwest of nearest corner of house, 5 paces from road, and 40 paces from sea-wall.
(93) Canton Point, 1922 — On north side of South Shore Road, where road runs close to bank
above shore on south, and where there is high bank of hard limestone on north showing strata of
high coloration at foot and at top of bank.
(94) Joyce's Cave, 1922 — On north side of road, behind clump of bushes to left of sign advertising
Shakespeare's Tempest Cave, just west of deep sink-hole.
(95) Mangrove Lake, 1922 — On south edge of road to Devil's Hole, about one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.) west of Lake, under cedar tree on hill above banana field.
(96) Shark Hole, 1922 — About 150 meters north of sharp turn of road at foot of hill at Shark
Hole at corner of Harrington Sound, on low, flat point west of road, 12 paces west of coping by
roadside, 4 paces from water's edge, and 5 paces west of a tree.
(97) Long Bird Island, 1922 — On west end of island, about one-quarter mile (0.4 km.) east of
end of island, about 200 feet (61 meters) west of point where road enters shallow rock-cut, on south
side of road.
(98) Trott's Pond, 1922 — On Mid-Ocean Golf Course, north of pond where road branches, in
clump of trees, on east side of road.
(99) Church Cave, 1922 — By courtesy of engineer-in-charge of improvements at Mid-Ocean
Golf Course, at sea-level, in unimproved cave known as Church Cave.
(100) Church Cave Hill, 1922 — On hill, as nearly as possible directly over observation-point in
cave; estimated difference in altitude about 125 feet (38 meters).
(101) Tuckerstown, 1922 — In acute angle formed by two roads leading north and south re-
spectively of Trott's Pond, about 160 feet (48.8 meters) west of stones marked "W. D. 99" and
"W. D. 100," respectively.
(102) St. George Hotel, A, 1922 — On hillside north of Hotel, under grove of small cedars.
(103) St. George Hotel, B, 1922— Northwest of station A, in clump of Pride-of-India trees, 40
feet (12.19 meters) north of corner post of tennis-courts, in south edge of roadway that meets road-
way from hotel little further west, 8 feet (2.44 meters) from tree to west, and 16 feet (4.88 meters)
from tree southeast.
DESCRIPTIONS OF STATIONS
As stated in the previous volumes, one of the chief difficulties experienced by
the observers of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, in the reoccupation of
old stations for secular-variation data, has been the lack of necessary information
to permit precise recovery of the point where the previous observations were made.
Owing to the frequent occurrence of local disturbance, it may readily happen that
erroneous secular-variation data will result from non-recovery of exact station.
Accordingly, the observers of the Department are instructed to furnish as complete
descriptions as possible of stations occupied, especially of such as give promise of
future availability. Information additional to that contained in the published
descriptions or copies of station-sketches or of photographs of surroundings will
gladly be furnished those who are interested in the reoccupation of any of the
stations.
The descriptions are given in alphabetical order under the same geographical
divisions as adopted in the Table of Results. The general form followed in the descrip-
tions is: Name of station, year when occupied, general location, detailed location,
distances and references to surrounding objects, manner of marking, and finally
the true bearings of prominent objects likely to be of permanent character. All
bearings, unless specifically stated otherwise, are true ones, and are reckoned con-
tinuously from 0° to 360°, in the direction south, west, north, east. For some
expeditions, owing to the absence of surrounding objects to which reference could
be made and to the nature of the country traversed, the descriptions of stations
naturally could not be made very full or precise; for some stations the data were
necessarily so meager that worth-while descriptions could not be made up at all.
When no mention is made of marking of station, it is to be understood that the
station was either not marked at all or not in a permanent manner. For those
stations which could properly be designated under more than one name, or which
had several names locally, appropriate cross-references have been made.
When distances were measured originally in the English system, the conversions
into the metric system are also given, but inclosed in parentheses, so as to show that
they are converted figures. The following rules have been adopted in the conver-
sions: Distances given to 0.1 foot are converted to the nearest 0.01 meter, 1 foot to
the nearest 0.1 meter, estimated feet or yards to nearest meter, estimated fraction
of a mile to nearest 0.1 kilometer, estimations of more than a mile to nearest kilo-
meter. Short and important reference distances, when measured accurately, have
been converted into nearest 0.1 centimeter; such measurements, however, as, for
example, dimensions of marking-stones, etc., which are not of great importance,
have been converted to the nearest centimeter. When a distance precedes a bear-
ing, this is usually the observer's estimate of the distance from the station to the
mark; such estimates naturally may be largely in error, but nevertheless will be of
value in the future identification of the mark.
225
226
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
Abyssinia
Addis Abeba, British Legation, 1921 — Close reoccupa-
tion of C.I.W. station of 1914, on grounds of
British legation, in large field known as "The Pad-
dock," southeast of main drive of legation,
214 feet (65.2 meters) south of and exactly
in line with northeast post of iron gate opening
into field and ornament on quarters occupied by
Oriental Secretary of Legation, and 202.2 feet (61.63
meters) southeast of fence along main drive;
marked by stone block 10 by 12 by 20 inches (25 by
30 by 51 cm.), its top face left about 1 inch (2.5 cm.)
above surface of ground, and lettered "C.I.W.
1921." True bearings: conical hill of range, 38°
30' .9; south edge of lodge, 200 meters, 71° 06'.1;
north edge of lodge, 74° 48' .5; northeast post of
gate in fence, 158° 36'. 1 ; top of south gable of
legation residence, 400 meters, 215° 41' .1; prom-
inent mountain summit, 351° 39'.0.
Addis Abeba, Catholic Mission, 1921 — Exact reoccupa-
tion of C.I.W. station of 1918, on land belonging
to Roman Catholic Mission School for Girls, just
inside entrance to school grounds, 25 meters south
of gate, and 2.5 meters west of row of eucalyptus
trees on east side of grounds; marked by a block
of stone 6 by 12 by 18" inches (15 by 30 by 45 cm.),
its top face sunk level with surface of ground.
True bearings: west side of east window of white
residence, 800 feet (244 meters), 58° 39'. 1; tall
eucalyptus tree near residence, 59° 33' .0; bottom
of west gate-post of mission, 25 meters, 217° 56' .5.
Dire Daoua, 1921— Slightly south of C.I.W. station
of 1914, at west end of Dire Daoua, near hospital
buildings, in open space southeast of hospital. This
site was covered with material for building. True
bearings: prominent tree on plain, 2 kilometers,
112° 07'.3; southwest corner of stone building in
southwest corner of hospital compound, 112° 46' .8;
east spike on roof of nearby building, 100 meters,
186° 58' .9.
Hawash, 1921 — On level plain near C.I.W. station of
1914, 175 paces northwest of and at right angles to
railway line at a point 300 paces southwest of west
corner of wall around Railway Hotel and 51 paces
northeast of small isolated tree. True bearings:
curve-marking pole on railway line, 0.4 kilometer,
27° 24'.0; top of highest peak of Mt. Fantahli, 16
kilometers, 88° 06'. 2; south edge of railway water-
tank, 0.4 kilometer, 244° 21'.4.
Algeria
Algiers, M, Algiers, 1922 — As in 1912, intercomparison
observations at the Bouzareah Observatoire dAlger
were made at the Moureaux station, designated M,
on leveled space on hillside about 150 meters west
of observatory grounds, and at station 0 in observa-
tory grounds; marked by new peg. True bearings:
ornament on equatorial coude, 200 meters, 261° 26' .8;
Dome de Kouba, 6 kilometers, 322° 46'.7 ; monument
to African soldiers, 2 kilometers, 330° 26' .8.
Oran, Oran, 1922 — Practical reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1912, about 6 kilometers northeast of Oran,
54 feet (16.5 meters) south of south side of road
forming southern boundary of new public park be-
tween main Oran road and cliff, about 200 feet (61
meters) east of edge of cliff, and in line with eastern
edge of road running at right angles to southern
boundary; marked by peg left 3 inches (8 cm.) above
ground, covered by cairn of stones. True bearings:
east gable end of red-roofed cottage, about 1 kilo-
AFRICA
Algeria — concluded
Oran, Oran, 1922 — continued
meter, 3° 32' .2; east edge of cairn on near hill, 25°
15' .5; dome on Oran Cathedral, 53° 34' .9; tower of
Santa Cruz Chapel on mountain near old port, 7
kilometers, 64° 48' .9; lighthouse on extreme head-
land, about 8 kilometers, 98° 02'.9; highest peak of
mountain, about 12 kilometers, 248° 20' .4; base of
sign-post at corner of main Oran road, about 200
meters, 287° 27'.7.
Touggourt, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station
of 1912, about 1 mile (1.6 km.) north of north end
of village, on top of barren roll of hard sand, 662
feet (202 meters) east of nearest point of caravan
route to Biskra, north of sandstone quarry; marked
by wooden peg left 5 centimeters above surface and
covered with cairn of stones. True bearings: cross
on east end of Catholic church in Touggourt, about
1 mile (1.6 km.), 18° 18' .0; spire on tower of Arabic
mosque in Touggourt, about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 24°
32'.8; stone beacon on hill, about three-fourths mile
(1 km.), 92° 06'.4; north dome of Marabout of Za-
wit Imnuawar, about one-half mile (0.8 km.), 218°
38' .8; Arabic mosque of Tebesbest, about three-
fourths mile (1 km.), 300° 45'.0.
Cameroun
Garoua, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station A
is a practical reoccupation of C.I.W. station A of
1919; it is 60 meters northwest of north bank of
Benue River, about 150 meters southwest of Niger
Company's warehouse, about 100 meters west of river
wharf, 48.0 meters south of old customs storehouse,
and 40.0 meters south of nearest native hut at base
of small knoll; marked by peg. True bearings: west
gable of Niger Company's warehouse nearest wharf,
209° 55' .6; stone pier of wharf in Benue River at
water's edge, 248° 36' .0; lone dead tree on south bank
of Benue River, 321° 14' .2.
Station B is a practical reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion B of 1919, the pillar marking which has been
destroyed. It is near middle of military grounds,
about 1.5 kilometer northwest of station A, north of
native market square and west of road to river port,
24.5 meters east of east end of second barricade from
south across training course, and 41.6 meters west of
inner edge of race-track measured on line to small
palm by road 51.3 meters distant; marked by sand-
stone and cement monument 50 by 50 centimeters on
top set flush with surface, lettered "C.I.W. 1926" with
hole in center; a second monument 86.45 meters dis-
tant between race-track and road marks north end of
meridian. True bearings: flagpole at government
bureau, 100° 50' .5; west gable of government house
on highest hill to northwest, 115° 15' .1; northeast
corner of butcher shop, 304° 00' .3; northwest corner
of long building at market, 326° 56' .3.
Egypt
Helwan, 1922 — Observations for declination and horizon-
tal intensity were made on the stone pier in the
small wooden hut, designated H, of the Helwan
magnetic observatory, and on the north pier in the
porch or absolute room, designated N ; inclination
observations were made in the hut and on the south
pier in the porch, designated S.
Suez, Lower Egypt, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1908, 1911, 1914, and 1918, on low, boggy,
salt-desert flat west of town of Suez, on embankment
road leading southwest from town to Asiatic Petro-
Descriptions of Stations
227
AFRICA
Egypt — concluded
Suez, Lower Egypt, 1922 — continued
leum Company, north of road, and 116 meters north
of small brick house at navigation beacon; marked
by brass bolt set in cement in top of sandstone post
20 by 25 by 80 centimeters. True bearings : mosque
in Arbain, 207° 39' .4; mosque in Ibrahim Bey Gili-
dan, 213° 54'.7; mosque of Abul-Eef, 238° 32' .3;
mosque in Port Tewfik, 311° 20'.1; spire of Catholic
church in Port Tewfik, 313° 13'. 2.
Tor, Sinai Peninsula, 1922-^Practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. stations of 1911 and 1918, near extreme point
of curved sand-spit opposite village of Tor and
northwest of quarantine station, about 100 feet (30
meters) north of temporary fisherman's hut. True
bearings: most distant navigation beacon, about 1.5
miles (2 km.), 6° 44'.8; mosque in northwest part of
Tor, about 1 mile (1.6 km.), 218° 03' .4; mosque in
southeast part of Tor, about 1 mile (1.6 km.), 234°
52'.4; flagpole on main quarantine building, about
1 mile (1.6 km.), 285° 45- .4.
French Somaliland
Jibuti (Djibouti), 1921 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1918, on sandy waste land north of Ambouli
Gardens, 3 kilometers south-southwest of town of
Djibouti, 54 meters east of center of road, measured
from point 4 meters north of 3-kilometer post, and 52
meters east of this post, which is a portion of a steel
"I" beam mounted in a square masonry base on east
edge of road, about 150 paces north of northwest cor-
ner of Ambouli Gardens, where road turns to east;
marked by a black stone, its upper face an acute tri-
angle pointed northward, and projecting about 15
centimeters above ground. True bearings: top of
lighthouse tower, 1 kilometer, 29° 49' .6; flagstaff at
residency, 4 kilometers, 201° 05'. 5; prominent mosque
in town, 3 kilometers. 210° 26' .3; eastmost wireless
mast, 2 kilometers, 218° 15'.4.
French West Africa
Abidjan, Ivory Coast, 1926 — A proximate reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1914, about 2.5 kilometers north of
lagoon, about 1 kilometer east of railway station, and
about 400 meters northeast of hotel; it is 33.5 meters
north of center of road leading eastward from railway
station past hotel, 4 meters east of center of first
street east of hotel ; marked by cement brick 20 by
20 by 51 centimeters set even with surface with cross
marking center.
Ansongo, French Soudan, 1926 — A close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1913, near center of level tract of
clay soil, about 100 meters southeast of commander's
residence, about 100 meters northeast of post- and
telegraph-office, about 150 meters northeast of mar-
ket, and about 190 meters west of barracks for Sene-
galese soldiers; it is 31.4 meters, 28.0 meters, and 36.2
meters from thorn trees to southwest, west, and north
respectively; marked by large irregular sandstone
projecting 10 centimeters above surface, having small
indentation in top to mark center. True bearings:
steel telegraph-pole standing against east side of post-
and telegraph building, 61° 31'. 1 ; steel telegraph-pole
to north about 250 meters, 173° 20' .8.
Bouake, Ivory Coast, 1926 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is about 2.5 kilometers northeast of rail-
road station, about 50 meters east of gate into com-
pound inclosing officers' quarters at military camp, 3
meters east of native foot-path, 19.5 meters north of
AFRICA
French West Africa — continued
Bouake, Ivory Coast, 1926 — continued
center of road leading into camp, and 10.0 meters
west of center of road to Bouake ; marked by con-
crete monument 40 by 40 by 80 centimeters lettered
"A-CJ.W. 1926" set with top about 20 centimeters
above surface. True bearings: station B, 250 meters,
22° 21'.5; telegraph-pole in front of Military Bureau,
39° 00' .3; northwest corner of mud soldier barracks,
297° 43'.4.
Station B is about 250 meters southwest of station
A, 29.0 meters southeast of center of road to Bouake,
1 meter south of center of native path to huts of
black soldiers, in line with fence southwest side of
military compound ; marked by concrete monument
40 by 40 by 80 centimeters lettered "B-C.I.W. 1926"
set with top about 15 centimeters above surface.
True bearings: base of flagpole in compound, 150°
59'.8; station A, 202° 21'.5; tip on black soldiers'
round mud hut No. 2, 228° 03'.2.
Bourern, French Soudan, 1926 — A proximate reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1913, on north bank of the Niger
River, about 11 meters north of water's edge, about
200 meters east of river port, about 100 meters south-
east of administrator's residence, about 800 meters
southwest of fort, 6.7 meters south and 10.4 meters
west of thorn hedge which forms right angle east of
station; marked by cross in native brick 15 by 30 by
50 centimeters. True bearings: steel telegraph-pole,
179° 06' .0; flag on fort, three-fourths kilometer, 220°
31'.6; northwest corner of new building, about three-
fourths kilometer, 264° 00' .6.
Conakry, French Guinea, 1925 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is 6.04 meters north of C.I.W.
station of 1914, exact reoccupation being prevented
by the erection of a concrete building whose north
wall stands about 15 centimeters from the point, on
west side of Boulevard Maritime opposite steps to
Treasury, 6.40 meters from northwest corner, and 6.71
meters from northeast corner of concrete house, and
13.05 meters west of curb along boulevard measured
on line tangent to south side of palm tree near curb ;
marked by peg. True bearing: triangulation monu-
ment on west side of boulevard, 199° 02' .7.
Station B is west of Boulevard Maritime, about
two-thirds kilometer south of station A, nearly in
extended line of north curb of Second Avenue, north-
east of concrete house, and about 4 meters from
bank above rocky shore ; it is 10.4 meters from end of
curb on west side of boulevard and 9.35 meters
from coconut palm near end of curb, 3.8 meters
south of palm near shore and 14.0 meters northwest
of palm near west edge of boulevard; marked by
cement post 20 by 20 by 70 centimeters extending
10 centimeters above surface and marked "C.I.W.
1925." True bearings: triangular marker monu-
ment on most northerly point of island, 96° 67'.4;
southwest edge of small concrete building between
boulevard and sea, 190° 21'. 1.
Cotonou, Dahomey, 1926 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1913, north of road to Ouidah, about 125 meters
west of 1-kilometer stone and about 120 meters east
of concrete aqueduct crossing Ouidah road, 400
meters southwest of railroad repair shops, 47.5 meters
west of center of road to Transition Depot de
Dahomey, 16.2 meters north of Ouidah road, mea-
sured along line past coconut palm 9.8 meters dis-
tant ; marked by cement brick 15 by 25 by 60 centi-
228
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
French West Africa — continued
Cotonou, Dahomey, 1926 — continued
meters lettered "C.I.W." with cross marking exact
point and set slightly above surface. True bearings:
tip on native hut among soldiers' barracks (Transi-
tion Depot de Dahomey), 175° 31'.4; flagpole at
bureau compound of Transition Depot de Dahomey,
193° 02'.5.
Station B is on southwest corner of property
belonging to John Holt Company, south of Ouidah
road, about opposite stone one-half kilometer marker
west of town, 65 meters south of center of Ouidah
road, 6.5 meters east of tree in southeast corner of
grove of fir trees, and 9.4 meters from next tree
north. True bearings: flagpole on building of John
Holt Company, 257° 17' .9; flagpole on end of pier in
harbor, 288° 11'.5.
Dakar, Senegal, 1925 — Two stations A and B were occu-
pied. Station A is about 200 yards (183 meters)
southwest of C. I. W. station of 1912, 1913, latter being
no longer desirable on account of presence of mag-
netic material. It is north of town, about 1.8 kilo-
meters east of electric power-house, on point of land
known as Bel-Air, 16 feet (4.9 meters) east of hedge
around field, 30 feet (9.1 meters) north of center of
deep unused road and 43.3 feet (13.20 meters) north
of small iron pin in center of cement marker on
south side of old road ; marked by stone 5 by 5 by 24
inches (13 by 13 by 61 cm.), set with surface about 2
inches (5 cm.) above ground, cross in top marking
exact point. True bearings: flagpole on dome of
governor-general's palace, 11° 09' .2; top of wireless
mast, 26° 57'. 7; point on smoke-stack seen through
opening in bush hedge, 162° 15' .3; signal light on end
of mole in harbor, 345° 24'.2.
Station B is on point of land known as Bel-Air,
about 0.6 kilometer west of station A and about
1 kilometer northeast of electric power-house, about
200 meters northwest of small battery, about 100
meters northwest of by-road leading to small battery,
in an old field surrounded by a bush hedge southeast
of a large sand dune, 6.6 feet (2.01 meters) west of
path through field, 56 feet (17.1 meters) west of east
hedge, 54 feet (16.5 meters) south of north hedge,
and 59.1 feet (18.01 meters) south of tree in north-
east corner of field; marked by a quart bottle buried
flush with ground. True bearings: flagpole on gov-
ernor-general's palace, 4° 40' .8; top of wireless mast,
21° 46' .9; tip on signal lighthouse on mole in harbor,
332° 40' .0.
Gay a, Niger, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station
A is about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) north of Niger
River, on level sandy spot north of government
compound, 33.95 meters and 48.15 meters from north-
east and northwest corners of compound wall respec-
tively, and 22.25 meters north of northwest corner of
kitchen where it joins compound wall; marked by
native sandstone set in mud mortar flush with sur-
face and lettered "C.I.W. 1926," with cross marking
center. True bearings: flagpole on cliff in front of
commander's residence, 87° 38' .4; northwest corner
of market building, 269° 22' .0; flagpole on east
entrance gate to government compound, 324° 47' .7.
Station B is a proximate reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1913, north of Niger River, about 150 meters
southeast of government compound, and about 125
meters southwest of post- and telegraph-office, 12.9
meters southwest of center of raised road, 9.85 meters
southwest of tree at roadside, 13.85 meters south of
tree on near side of ditch, 16.50 meters from lone
tree to southeast ; marked by cross in large flat sand-
AFRICA
French West Africa — continued
Gaya, Niger, 1926 — continued
stone set flush with surface. True bearings: flagpole
on cliff edge near commander's residence, 107° 41'.6;
flagpole on east entrance gate to government com-
pound, 146° 45'. 1; tip on native hut on right side of
road, 309° 40'.7.
Grand Bassam, Ivory Coast, 1926 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is on north side of lagoon,
about 400 meters east of narrow-gage railroad
bridge, across lagoon from pier of Chargeurs Reunis,
between two small inlets, 11.5 meters north of
native foot-path, 26.5 meters west of west corner of
foot-bridge leading to native village, and 23 meters
east of small palm t;ree ; marked by concrete monu-
ment 15 by 15 by 22 inches (38 by 38 by 56 cm.)
lettered "A-C.I.W. 1926" set with top about 3
inches (8 cm.) above surface. True bearings: front
gable on C. G. M. A., 10° 14' .2; gable on lawyer
M. Clement's office, 65° 39'.4; lighthouse, 177° 26' .6.
Station B is south of lagoon, about 400 meters
west of highway bridge, in northward extension of
property line along street passing office of I. T.
Williams and Sons, 200 meters beyond school build-
ing, 16.0 meters northwest and 28.2 meters south-
west of corners of concrete tennis court; marked by
peg. True bearings: telephone-pole in center of
concrete lagoon bridge, 262° 46' .0; west gable of
adjutant's house, 345° 30' .4.
Kayes, French Soudan, 1925 — Two stations, A and B, were
occupied. Station A is in division known as Kayes-
Ville, and is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1913, the portion of the bank where the latter was
located having been carried away by the stream. It
is 10 feet (3.0 meters) from bank of Senegal River,
east of Ballay Avenue, about 0.5 kilometer east of
administration buildings, nearly in line of center of
Rue du Lieutenant Carnier intersecting Ballay Ave-
nue, 58.2 feet (17.74 meters) northeast of sea-wall;
marked by peg. Tine bearings : stone post in corner
of stone fence around orphanage on Ballay Avenue,
108° 06' .8; peak of gable of large house across Sene-
gal River, 123° 28'.2; north edge of lone square con-
crete hut among round straw huts across river, 264°
37'.0.
Station B is in division known as Kayes-Plateau
about one-half mile (0.8 km.) southwest of Station 4,
about midway between the Palais du Government
and the Maison du Fonctionnaires, 2.1 meters north-
west of center of native path, 13.05 meters, 8.05
meters, and 13.35 meters from centers of three trees
on opposite side of path to northeast, east, and south-
oast respectively, 19.25 meters east of nearest of group
of seven locust trees, and 11.4 meters southeast of a
lone tree; marked by peg. True bearings: base of
support of light on west pillar at entrance to palace
grounds, 130° 41'. 8; top north corner of northmost
railroad barracks seen between trees east of path, 0.7
kilometer, 297° 38' .7; south top corner of southmost
railroad barracks, 0.7 kilometer, 310° 35' .3.
Koulikoro, French Soudan, 1926 — Two stations were oc-
cupied. Station A is about 700 meters north of rail-
road, on hill north of two large stone hotel buildings,
20 meters northwest of intersection of road from
depot and road to commandant's residence, 17.65
meters from tree near road, 8.8 meters east of large
tree ; marked by small round hole in top of stone 75
by 75 centimeters, extending 75 centimeters above
the ground, with the letters "S.L." on upper face, this
stone being third of a row of granite and cement
markers extending from the commandant's residence
/
Descriptions of Stations
229
AFRICA
French West Africa — continued
Koulikoro, French Soudan, 1926 — continued
parallel with road, the second of row being 27.10
meters northwest. True bearings: outside edge of
northeast corner post of red brick wall, 32° 23'. 1;
southwest edge of large stone pillar at west end of
gate at entrance to commandant's residence, 220°
17' .3; southeast edge at top of stone hotel, 347° OO'.l.
Station B is an exact reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1913, on the north side of the Niger River,
on a ledge of solid rock on first terrace below com-
mandant's house, 18.2 meters from center of road
leading up-hill, 5.7 meters from lower edge of rock
ledge, and about 60 meters northeast of telegraph
line; marked by a cross in top of granite post 20
centimeters square set in concrete bed, the edge being
lettered "Point Astronomique 1905." Tine bear-
ings: base of flagpole on stone hotel, 55° 41'.2; base
of flagpole on wall of French commandant's res-
idence, 142° 21'.6; south tip of steel-roofed build-
ing along river, 351° 39'. 4.
Kouroussa, French Guinea, 1926 — About 1.25 kilometers
east of railroad station and about 1 kilometer south
of railroad bridge over the Niger River, 250 meters
west of river bank, in open plaza east of the French
commandant's residence, and west of administra-
teur's residence. It is in line defined by six medium-
sized trees, 18.05 meters southwest of southwest tree
of row, 22.0 meters northwest of nearer of two large
trees 11 meters apart, and a group of small newly
planted trees are distributed around the station, 4.8
meters to northeast, 10.1 meters to southeast, 6.68
meters to southwest, and 10.7 meters to northwest,
respectively; marked by peg to be replaced by
cement pillar. True bearings: front tip of gable on
commandant's residence, 72° 46' .2; tip of gable in
most northern large tin building to northwest (engine
house), 146° 26' .6; southwest corner of administra-
teur's residence, 242° 27' .1.
Mamou, French Guinea, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is a practical reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1912, about 1 kilometer south of railroad
and about 200 meters north of old hospital, 19.0
meters west of path to hospital, 21.0 meters and 28.5
meters respectively from two trees to northeast and
east ; marked by peg. True bearings : northwest cor-
ner of ruins of old hospital wall. 13° 05'.2; northeast
gable of railroad station, 185° 42'.7; pinnacle on most
easterly railroad building, 229° 36' .7.
Station B is about three-fourths kilometer north of
railroad in European section of town, about one-
fourth kilometer north of Administrateur's Bureau,
within acute intersection of a harrow road bearing
northeastward with wide road leading up-hill, 7.08
meters south of papaw tree, 7.7 meters southwest of
large tree west of narrow road, and 9.5 meters north-
west of large tree on farther side of narrow road.
True bearings: west gable of tin roof of large store,
9° 33' .9; tip on hut on mountain across railroad, 10°
54'.8; tip on very large hut, 173° 32'.0.
Matam, Senegal, 1925 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1913, on west bank of Niger River, 133.0 feet (40.54
meters) north of brick and concrete monument mark-
ing lot corner, 39.0 feet (11.89 meters) west of center
of Rue de la Poste, and 272.2 feet (82.97 meters)
southeast of southeast corner of new residence of M.
la Coue, a fonctionnaire ; marked by cross in top of
brick and concrete monument 20 by 20 inches (51 by
51 cm.) extending 5 inches (13 cm.) above ground.
True bearings: fourth steel telegraph-pole, counting
AFRICA .
French West Africa — continued
Matam, Senegal, 1925 — continued
west from post- and telegraph-office, 103° 13'. 1 ; south-
east corner of large two-story building on Rue de
la Poste, 164° 02'.6.
Station B is about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) south
of main part of town, about one-third mile (0.5 km.)
southwest of A, over a brick and concrete monu-
ment marking street corner on south side of wide
road south of administrative grounds, and about 150
yards (137 meters) west of intersection of this road
with Rue de la Poste. It is 19.88 meters west of
monument marking corner of grounds of the fonc-
tionnaires, 29.95 meters from monument on street
line running south, and 35.95 meters north of center
of large tree; marked by cross in top of brick and
concrete monument 8 by 8 inches (20 by 20 cm.)
projecting 10 inches (25 cm.) above ground. True
bearings: top of leaning steel telephone-pole, about
400 yards (366 meters), 88° 09' .2; south gable of
administrateur's building, 185° 31'.1 ; gable of two-
story house, 320° 08' .1.
Mopti, French Soudan, 1926 — Two stations were occupied
Station A is about 300 meters north of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1913, on the right bank of Bani River, on
southwest end of strip of land between raised road
from commandant's residence to Mopti and river,
6.70 meters east of edge of river bank, 13.4 meters
west of fourth tree on east side of raised road south
from intersection of road with by-road, and 11.5
meters southwest of first tree from south on west side
of raised road ; marked by roughly constructed cement
pillar placed flush with surface of ground, lettered
"C. I.W. 1926," with cross in top marking center.
True bearings: pinnacle on southwest corner of mud
house near commandant's residence, 201° 58'.7; sta-
tion B, 202° 15'.6; flagpole on military headquarters
in town, 334° 56'.7.
Station B is about 150 meters northeast of station
A, on the right bank of Bani River on strip of land
between river and road parallel to river running from
commandant's residence to village, about midway
between the two places, almost north of intersection
of a by-road with main road, 17.8 meters west of cen-
ter of road, measured from a point midway between
fourth and fifth trees west of road and north of road
intersection, 15.5 meters and 16.3 meters from these
trees respectively, and 3.3 meters from river bank.
True bearings : pinnacle on southwest corner of mud
house near commandant's residence, 201° 55'.9; flag-
pole on military headquarters in town, 352° 32'.3.
Niafunke, French Soudan, 1926 — A close reoccupation
C.I.W. station of 1913, in the yard at rear of French
commandant's residence, 5.0 feet (1.52 meters) north-
east of northeast corner of astronomic pier of 1911.
40.0 feet (12.19 meters) northeast of main part of
commandant's residence measured along line tan-
gent to mud railing of rear steps and passing 2.0
feet (0.61 meter) east of astronomic pier.
Niamey, Niger, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is about 75 meters south of C.I.W. station
of 1913, on summit of bluff overlooking Niger River,
about 350 meters south of Bureau of Subdivision
building, about 130 meters southeast of French res-
idence, and about 150 meters northwest of small
building used as garage, 28.4 meters southwest of cen-
ter of driveway to garage, in a break in line of
acacia trees parallel to drivewav. 6.5 meters and 4.5
meters from nearest tree to northwest and southeast
respectively ; station is to be marked by local authori-
ties by a cement pillar. True bearings: flagpole on
French residence to northwest, 122° 07'. 1 ; flagpole
230
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
French West Africa — continued
Niamey, Niger, 1926 — continued
on Bureau of Subdivision to north about 350 meters,
174° 00' .9; east edge of pillar near east end of wall
around cliff edge, 346° 30' .5
Station B is on top of plateau on east bank of
Niger River, 24.3 meters south of center of road to
Zinder, about one-fourth kilometer east of Bureau of
Subdivision building, nearly in line with the east side
of large white building used as travelers' quarters
and 18.3 meters south of small tree near roadside.
True bearings: flagpole on Bureau of Subdivision
building, 83° 05' .2; tip of first hut among soldiers'
barracks, 170° 02'.2; tip of post at southwest corner
of cemetery wall, 311° 04'.8.
Parakou, Dahomey, 1926 — A close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913 in angle bounded on north by road
to Nikki and on west by road to Save, about 200
meters southeast of French residence, and about 50
meters northeast of post-office, 38.25 meters east of
northeast corner of school building, 20.0 meters south
of road to Nikki, measured along line through small
mango tree at roadside 11.35 meters distant, and 13.9
meters southeast of large mango tree. True bear-
ings: edge of east gate-post at entrance to French
residence, 115° 07'. 6; northeast edge of government
store and school building on north side of Nikki
road, 161° 16'.0.
Podor, Senegal, 1925 — Two stations, A and B, were occu-
pied. Station A is probably 10 or 15 meters south-
west of de Vanssay's station of 1895, near the north-
west corner of a street intersection, southwest of fort,
4.95 meters northeast of brick monument marking
street line and lot corner and over which C.I.W.
observations were made in 1913 (an exact reoccupa-
tion being prevented by erection of a mud wall) ; it
is 9.9 meters west of mud fence between military
grounds and street, and 25.50 meters northwest of
brick and cement monument marking northeast cor-
ner of street intersection; marked by peg. True
bearings: flag support on south top edge of main
building at fort, 210° 08'. 1 ; northeast corner of build-
ing of Colonial Transit Company at water-front, 298°
07'.2; pinnacle on red-tile roof of building of Oldani
Merchants on water-front, 317° 20' .6.
Station B about 1 kilometer southwest of main vil-
lage and station A, about one-fourth kilometer south-
east of residence of commandant, and about 40 meters
east of hospital compound near bank of river, 10.5
meters southwest of nearer of two trees, 15.7 meters
west of tree near river bank, and 8.0 meters from
tree to south ; marked by quart bottle placed mouth
up flush with surface. True bearings : southwest cor-
ner of small kitchen south of doctor's office, 79° 18'.1;
north pinnacle of two on commandant's residence,
135° 52' .0.
St. Louis, Mauretania and Senegal, 1925 — Two stations
were occupied. Station A is a close reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1912, about 2 kilometers north
of main bridge connecting Senegal and Mauretania,
on west side of Little Senegal River in Mauretania,
about 1 kilometer north of military hospital, about
one-half kilometer southeast of rifle range, about
one-fourth kilometer southeast of foundations of two
houses near palm grove ; it is 68 meters west of river
bank, 9.35 meters north of a concrete marker, 8.0
meters southeast of nearest of four bunches of cac-
tus; marked by peg. True bearings: west edge at
top of tall brick smokestack on point extending into
river, 227° 08' .2; spire of church on Sohr Island, 324°
13' .0; flagpole on lighthouse, 355° 57'.0
AFRICA
French West Africa — continued
St. Louis, Mauretania and Senegal, 1925 — continued
Station B is in Senegal, on east side of Big Sene-
gal River, on Sohr Island, in center of first large open
space northeast along river from big bridge, bounded
on east and south by large marigot, about 200 meters
north of walled cemetery, roughly in line approx-
imately parallel with river bank joining two cement
markers, being 25.65 meters southwest and 6.95
meters northeast of these markers respectively; it is
25.55 meters southeast of a third marker and 1.4
meters southwest of native path ; marked by a quart
bottle buried mouth up flush with surface. True
bearings: west edge at top of tall brick smokestack
on point extending into river, 164° 09' .6; spire on
church on Sohr Island, 357° 50' .9.
Save, Dahomey, 1926 — A practical reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913, about 100 meters south of French
residence in line with west end of building, 14.5
meters west of center of shaded walk running south-
ward from residence, about 40 meters east of north-
south road to Sabarou, 10.00 meters southwest of
fourth tree on west side of shaded walk counting
from residence, and 12.45 meters northwest of fifth
tree, marked by rough granite stone with cross in top
and extending 50 centimeters above surface. True
bearings: southwest edge near top of French res-
idence, 166° 23' .4; northwest edge of small granite
stone building used as store and about 100 meters to
northeast, 216° 10' .9.
Segou, French Soudan, 1926 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is an exact reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1913, up river from boat-landing between Hotel de
Passage and river, 10.0 meters north from mud fence
around hotel, 74.0 meters southwest of upper end of
river gage, and southwest from pillar "Service Geo-
graphique Mission Astronomique" marked by cross
in top of native stone 20 by 15 by 40 centimeters
placed in center of concrete block 1 by 1 meter flush
with ground. True bearings: tall steel tower across
Niger River, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 224° 24' .2; station
B, 239° 17' .5; flagpole on building of Deves-Chaumet
nearest river, 239° 28' .6.
Station B is on the south bank of the Niger River,
about 350 meters east of station A, northeast of
the French commandant's residence, 4.5 meters from
water's edge, 18.45 meters northwest of nearer of two
large trees east of wide native path, 30.3 meters
northeast of northeast corner of large stone wall
extending from commandant's residence to river;
marked by native brick 10 by 15 by 30 centimeters
flush with surface with cross marking point. True
bearings: station A, 59° 17'.5; tall tree on opposite
bank of Niger River, 142° 25'.9; steel tower on rock
pier on opposite side of river, 223° 49'.4.
Tambacounda, Senegal, 1925 — About one-third mile (0.5
kilometer) northeast of railroad station, on summit
of hill, on west side of main road to Gambia, opposite
administrator's palace, over cement pillar marking
north side of intersection of street from west, 16.5
meters west of wall of palace yard, 20.95 meters north-
west of southwest corner of large pillar north of en-
trance gate; marked by cement pillar, 11 by 11 centi-
meters, extending 11 centimeters above ground, being
the north pillar of two 30 meters apart, set by road
surveyors to mark the street intersection. True bear-
ings: northmost of four small spires on railroad build-
ings, 29° 27'.6; northwest corner of adjutant's
residence, 188° 02'.5 ; east spire of two on administra-
tor's palace, 277° 2W2.
Timbuktu, French Soudan, 1926 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is north of circular garden in
Descriptions of Stations
231
AFRICA
French West Africa — concluded
Timbuktu, French Soudan, 1926 — continued
government square, south of government palace,
about midway between two small trees, 17.8 feet (5.42
meters) and 23.3 feet (7.10 meters) from tree to
southwest and northeast respectively, 97.4 feet (29.70
meters) south of southwest corner of mud wall around
government palace, 84.6 feet (25.79 meters) southeast
of southeast corner of wall around post-office, and
54.8 feet (16.70 meters) north of pillar in wall around
circular garden; marked by brick and cement pillar
buried somewhat below surface, lettered "C.I.W.
1926" with cross marking center. True bearings:
post on southwest corner of Fort Bonnier, 8° 34'.4;
pinnacle of old mosque, 114° 50' .4; flagpole on Poste
de Police, 303° 51'.4; telegraph-post in center of
street 357° 29'.9.
Station B is a practical reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913, about 100 meters west of commander's
residence, 14.0 feet (4.27 meters) south of center of
astronomic pillar and 23 feet (7.01 meters) southwest
of monument to Lieutenant Bonnier. True bearings :
west corner of top of large lone building, 5° 40' .4;
pinnacle on old Moorish mosque, 228° 41'.4; post on
northwest corner of Fort Bonnier, 302° 37' .6.
Gold Coast Colony
Accra, 1926 — Three stations were occupied. Station A
is a close reoccupation of the C. I.W. station of 1914,
on golf-links, midway between the seashore and the
main road to Christiansborg, 175 meters southwest
of second bungalow from the cross-roads, 18.5 meters
west of road leading from main road to seashore,
and 8.5 meters south of tee No. 8 of golf-course ;
marked by concrete pillar 20 by 20 by 75 centimeters
inscribed "C.I.W. 1926." True bearings: tip on
lighthouse, 50° 23'.5; spire on Church of England,
64° 42'.4; flagpole on Secretariat, 110° 53'.3; peg at
station B, 122° 40'.1.
Station B is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1919, on the Victorian golf-course just north
of the ninth fairway, in line with fence on east side
of Public Works Department offices, 70.5 meters
southeast of the southeast fence corner and across
the main road to Christiansborg from these offices,
and 24.15 meters south of the southwest edge of con-
crete base of rainfall gage; marked by concrete pil-
lar 20 bv 20 by 75 centimeters inscribed "C.I.W.
1926." True bearings: dome of lighthouse, 43° 05' .2;
spire on Church of England, 50° 55'. 2; dome on
post-office building, 61° 25'.2.
Station C is about 3.5 miles (5.63 km.) northeast
of Accra on West Ridge at military cantonments,
300 meters west of officers' mess house, 75 meters
south of governor's lodge, and 45 meters south of
Circle Road to cantonments. It is 28.60 meters
south-southwest of cement pillar marking governor's
lodge triangulation point of the Gold Coast Survey
and in line with this pillar and spire on Basel (now
Scottish Mission) church in Christiansborg, and 8.35
meters northwest of small cement property beacon;
to be marked by cement pillar. True bearing of
Scottish Mission church spire as furnished by GoM
Coast Survey, 21° 44'.6.
Kumasi. 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station A
is about 50 feet (15.2 meters) south of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1914, on ridge in European section, about 1
mile (1.6 km.) south of central part of town, on
northeast edge of polo-grounds in line between two
Gold Coast Survey monuments, 24.50 meters south of
monument or northeast edge of polo-grounds, marked
AFRICA
Gold Coast Colony — concluded
Kumasi, 1926 — continued
"GCS.CTS2," and 175 meters north of monument
on southwest edge of grounds, marked "GCSCTS-
135," 25.6 meters and 28.7 meters respectively south-
west of two royal palms near edge of grounds;
marked by Gold Coast Survey monument 8 by 9 by
12 inches (20 by 23 by 30 cm.) marked "GCS.CSI"
set with top 10 inches (25 cm.) beneath surface of
ground. True bearings: flagpole at bungalow of
chief commissioner of Ashanti, 40° 06'.8; flagpole
in front of old fort, 181° 52' .6; cross on Basel Mis-
sion church in Kumasi, 200° 22'.4.
Station B is about one-third mile (0.5 km.) north-
west of A near southeast end of proposed polo-
ground, 8.8 meters northwest of boundary of lot
between bungalow of chief justice and that of
district commissioner, 24.4 meters northeast of
large tree at north corner of commissioner's lot,
and 40.8 meters west of northwest corner of serv-
ant's house on chief justice's lot; marked by cross
in top of concrete block 4 by 8 by 20 inches (10
by 20 by 51 cm.) set with top 4 inches (10 cm.)
above surface. True bearings: left edge of pro-
vincial commissioner's house, 69° 49'.4; steel tele-
phone-pole on north-west end of proposed polo-
ground, 113° 32'.2; left edge of servant's house,
237° 16'.8.
Sekondi, 1926— About 2 miles (3.2 km.) northeast of
Sekondi, northwest of road to Chamah, on property
belonging to Dr. Marsters, one-half mile (0.8 km.)
east of Nyiasia, at top of round knoll, 27.6 meters
east of southeast corner and 30.0 meters northeast
of southwest corner of bungalow occupied by Mr.
Courtiss; marked by concrete monument 8 bv 8 bv
24 inches (20 by 20 by 61 cm.) lettered "CI.W.
1926" set with top about 2 inches (5 cm.) above
surface. True bearings: flagpole on old fort in
Sekondi, 17° 43'. 1 ; flagpole of West African Lighter-
age, 23° 41'0; southeast corner of bungalow of Mr.
Courtiss, 108° Ol'.O.
Kenya Colony
(Note: Earlier occupations of repeat stations in this
section were listed under British East Africa, in
Volume I of this series.)
Kisumu, 1921 — About 100 feet (30 meters) southeast of
C. I.W. station Port Florence of 1909, east of rail-
way station, 250 yards (229 meters) southeast of
cotton ginnery, in range with its northeast end and
highest point of a ridge to northwest, 196.2 feet
59.80 meters) north of southeast veranda-post of
Indian store, 153.4 feet (46.76 meters) east of nearest
telegraph-pole and 41 paces from road to southeast.
True bearings: bottom of east veranda -post of
Indian store, 19° 54'.6; northeast end of roof of
cotton ginnery, 139° 33' .3; prominent tree across
gulf, 3 miles (5 km.), 162° 55' .8; top of prominent
rock at east end of range, 236° 54'.3; front gable
of Indian store, 287° 24'.3.
Makindu, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1909, in thick thorn scrub about 100 yards (91
meters) southwest of new railway residences, 410
yards (375 meters) southwest of railway station, on
prolongation of short roadway leading directly from
station building. True bearings: prominent tree, 3
miles (5 km.), 145° 56'; top east edge of railway
water-tank, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 219° 17' 5-
west spike on roof of northmost of two red-roofed
residences, 600 feet (183 meters), 228° 45' .7: large
rock on summit of saddle-backed hill, 304° 28'.
232
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
Kenya Colony — concluded
Mombasa, 1921 — About 150 feet (45.7 meters) southwest
of English Point, Mombasa, C. I.W. station of 1909,
9 paces north of point in path 250 paces northeast
of English Point, and 27 paces beyond point where
light railway crosses path ; marked by concrete block
12 inches (0.3 meter) square, and standing about
2 feet (0.6 meter) above surface, its top face lettered
"C.I.W. 1921." True bearings: top of east corner
of wall of old fort, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 16°
17'.6; top of Vasco da Gama monument, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 28° 08' .8; northmost of two wireless
masts, 2 miles (3 km.), 95° 12'.9; ornamental urn
on southeast comer of high-school, 133° 09'.0; coco-
nut palm in direction of navigation mark, 47 feet
(14.3 meters), 152° 44'.
Nairobi, 1921 — Two stations were occupied. Station A
is probably about 30 yards (27.4 meters) south of
the C.I.W. station of 1909, southeast of railway
station, 82 paces east of road, and 150 feet south-
east of corner pole of transmission line.
Station B is on open grassy land between White-
house Road and Fifth Avenue, about one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.) southwest of general post-office, 203
paces southeast of Treasury and 37 paces southwest
of water channel; marked by a concrete pillar 4
feet (1.2 meters) high, 18 inches (46 cm.) at base
and 9 inches (23 cm.) at top, lettered "C.I.W. 1921,"
erected by Land Survey Department. True bear-
ings: bottom of northeast concrete pillar of Secre-
tariat buildings, 22° 24' .5; cross on west end of
church, 95° 04'. 0; tip of roof of Treasury building,
153° 43'.5; east gable of Scotch church, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 169° 56'. 1 ; top of post-office clock-
tower, 205° 48' .4; top of church-steeple, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 244° 34' .4.
Nakuru, 1921— Near the C.I.W. station of 1909, north
of railway, opposite east end of station house, and
350 yards (320 meters) north of site of former fence
inclosing station and sidings. True bearings: top
of church-steeple, 900 feet (274 meters), 44° 35'.3;
lone tree on skv-line, 5 miles (8 km.), 98° 12'.6;
flat peak on ridge, 15 miles (24 km.), 290° 28' .6;.
geodetic beacon on hill, 5 miles (8 km.), 314° 22' .7;
spike on front gable of eastmost railwav residence,
600 feet (183 meters), 354° 13' .1.
Port Florence, 1921 — See Kisumu.
Voi, 1921— Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of 1909,
on grassy flat southeast of railway inclosure, 117
paces northeast of junction of two paths 90 paces
north of river bank and 300 paces southeast of
railway along path toward river which crosses tracks
106 paces east of railwav inclosure. True bearings:
bottom of cliff-like hill, 15 miles (24 km.), 76° 05' .6;
southmost pillar of water-tank, one-fourth mile (0.4
km.), 79° 58'. 8; northeast corner of flat roof of
railway rest-house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km), 91°
19'.8; flagstaff at government station, 1 mile (1.6
km.), 113° 16' .5: south end of roof of railway native
quarters, 127° 20' .2; rockv summit of highest hill,
3 miles (5 km.), 167° 56\
Liberia
Bushrod Island (Monrovia), Montserrado, 1923 — On
Bushrod Island, 5 kilometers north of Monrovia.
225 kilometers southeast of mouth of St. Paul
River, 100 meters southeast of Parini Farm, and
100 meters from high-water mark on the beach ;
marked by empt3' .30 caliber cartridge shell sunk
in top of concrete block 24 by 30 by 80 centimeters,
AFRICA
Liberia — continued
Bushrod Island (Monrovia), Montserrado, 1923 — cont'd,
lettered "C.I.W. 1923" and set in an irregular mass
of concrete about 1 cubic meter in volume buried
flush with ground. The station is identical with
a primary control station of the Boundary Survey
designated as "MAG." True bearings: monument
in Monrovia, 5 kilometers, 15° 53'.7; south mast
French wireless, 6 kilometers, 16° 36'. 1; spire in
Monrovia, 17° 45' .4; conspicuous palm tree, 1.6
kilometers, 151° 49'.
Cape Palmas, Maryland County, 1926 — Because of the
large local disturbance known to exist in the vicin-
ity of Cape Palmas, several stations were occupied.
These are: station A on Russwurm Island; station
B, immediately across channel from A; station C,
west of B in vicinity of lighthouse; and Harper,
on north side of Hoffman River. Two stations were
also established at Cuttington, about 8 miles
(13 km.) northeast of Harper. See separate de-
scriptions of Cuttington and Harper.
Station A, on Russwurm Island, is a close re-
occupation of C.I.W. stations of 1914 and 1919,
on level space on top of rocky ridge, about mid-
way between east end of island and its highest
point, about 6 meters north of barren rocks of
south side of island and 2 meters south of dense
vines and bush on north side of island; marked
by rough stone about 18 by 22 by 14 inches (46
by 56 by 36 cm.) extending about 8 inches (20
cm.) above surface, lettered "C.I.W." with cross
marking center. True bearings: tip on lighthouse,
129° 24' .6; flagpole on front of Elder Dempster's
bungalow and office, 173° 52'.2; north spire of
two on Protestant Episcopal church, 234° 47'.9;
south spire on Protestant Episcopal church, 235°
05'.6.
Station B is near the shore opposite station on
Russwurm Island, 10 meters southwest of fresh-
water spring, on grassy spot surrounded by solid
rocks, 2.4 meters, 1.2 meters, and 1.7 meters from
rock to east, south, and west respectively, about
25 meters east of small sandy beach, and south of
south end of old rock wall in rear of homes of two
Liberians across street from Elder Dempster's bunga-
low; marked by peg. True bearings: sham pointed
pinnacle-shaped stone on west end of Russwurm
Island, 40° 27' .0; split between two huge rocks on
east end of Russwurm Island, 348° 38' .4.
Station C is about 100 meters southwest of light-
house near extremity of cape, about 15 meters north
of edge of rock on shore of channel, near edge of
grassy plot. 3 meters and 5 meters from youner oil
palms southwest and southeast respeotivelv ; marked
by peg. True bearings: pinnacle-shaped rook on
west end of Russwurm Island, 4° 15'.6; tip on light-
house. 215° 44' 6; southeast corner of girls' mission
school, 241° 35' .0.
Cuttinaton, Man/land County. 1926 — Two station's wf>re
occupied. Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1919, on grounds of Cuttington College,
68.0 meters south of southwest, corner of Epiphany
Hall, 20.1 meters southwest of southwest corner of
president's cottage, east of path passing front of
Epiphany Hall, 10.1 meters north of center of middle
one of three large mango trees ; marked by rough flat
native stone set even with surface, lettered on top
"C. I.W." with cross marking center. True bearings:
split in center of middle of three large mango trees
to south, 13° 31' .4; northwest corner of Epiphany
Hall at the ground, 162° 00' .8; southwest comer of
main foundation of president's cottage, 189° 54' .7.
Descriptions of Stations
233
AFRICA
Liberia — continued
Cuttington, Maryland County, 1926 — continued
Station B is on grounds of Cuttington College on
crest of narrow ridge, east of Epiphany Hall, 5.4
meters north of center of path to Hope Cottage, 9.4
meters south of center of narrow footpath leading
northeast to college gardens, and 8.5 meters west of
intersection of two paths; marked by rough native
stone set even with surface lettered "C.I.W. 1926"
with cross at center. True bearings: south gable of
president's cottage, 28° 53' .5; south edge of abut-
ment at south end of Epiphany Hall, 51° 49' .1 north
edge of abutment at north end of Epiphany Hall,
76° 57'.1. See Cape Palmas.
Greenville (Sinu), Sinu, 1924 — Close reoccupation of
' C.I.W. station of 1913-14, on sandy beach, about
35 meters north of north edge of west end of street
terminating at Government custom-house at its east
end. True bearings : highest peak of rock off point, 990
meters, 26° 52' .2; tangent to Grand Butu Point, 6
nautical miles (11.1 km.), 117° 58' .7; southern and
larger of two cotton trees, about 100 meters, 219° 18';
astronomical station, 1.8 kilometers, 357° 23'. 1; Sinu
lighthouse, 1.8 kilometers, 358° 00' .5.
Harper, Maryland County, 1926 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1919, in cleared field on north side
of Hoffman River, on military grounds, about 150
meters west of commanding officer's house, about 90
meters northeast of beach nearly in line between north
side of commanding officer's house and stranded
"Yaroba," 29 meters south of three-stemmed bread-
fruit tree, and 80 meters north of tall Ronnier palm
standing north of road; marked by barrel-shaped
block of cement extending 15 inches (38 cm.) above
surface of ground, lettered "C.I.W. 1926" with cross
in center. True bearings: light on top of Elder
Dempster's bungalow, 4° 23'.3; tip on lighthouse, 17°
07'.4; tall Ronnier palm, 21° 31'.5; spire on Method-
ist church, 329° 56' .4.
Monrovia, Montserrado — See Bushrod Island.
Naama, Montserrado, 1924 — South of town at the south-
west corner of the District Commissioner's compound
on the south side of the road; marked by cross in a
metamorphic stone, 25 by 30 by 110 centimeters, set
to project 5 centimeters above ground. True bear-
ings: Yepaulo triangulation station, 107° 45'.0; large
tree near market, about 250 meters, 111° 48'; large
tree north of town, about 300 meters, 178° 47' • stake
at east edge of compound, about 90 meters, 220 49" '.5;
large tree southeast of town and at east edge of Man-
dingo quarter, about 200 meters, 252° 33'.
Robert Port (Cape Mount), Montserrado, 1923 — On low
marshy ground on east side of lagoon at edge of man-
grove, about 350 meters northeast of A.I.C. factory,
about 100 meters northwest of most northern group
of native huts, about 20 meters northeast of canoe
landing and trail to native village, and 9.5 meters
from high-water line; marked by hardwood stake
driven flush with ground. True bearings: flagstaff
on R. A. Sherman's uptown house, 63° 09' .0; 'flag-
staff in front of Masonic building, 70° 20' .4; flag-
staff at custom-house, 79° 20'.5; point of Tamielo
Island, 147° 18'; north palm of two at point of
Tamielo Island, 147° 56' .4.
Sanoye, Montserrado, 1924— At west edge of Govern-
ment compound, 230 meters along the road leading
north 15° east from native village, and 63 meters
west of road at right angles ; marked by cross in top
of diorite stone, 25 by 30 by 60 centimeters, set flush
with ground. Bearings not taken to buildings in the
AFRICA
Liberia — concluded
Sanoye, Montserrado, 1924 — continued
compound, as compound is to bei moved and build-
ings rebuilt within a few months. True bearings:
Bong triangulation station, 13.9 kilometers, 48° 42' .1;
flagpole on native house in Sanoye, 360 meters, 346°
34' .0; white trunk of tree on north slope of hill, 2
kilometers, 350° 00' .0; JTJ triangulation station, 2.65
kilometers, 350° 37'. 7.
Sino, 1924 ('also spelled Sinu) — See Greenville.
Morocco
Casablanca (Dar el Baida), 1925 — A practical reoccupa-
tion of C. I.W. station of 1912, about 3 kilometers
south of Casablanca, east of 3-kilometer mark on east
side of road to Bourouska, near center of field belong-
ing to an old Arab and behind some native stores,
about midway between hut belonging to owner of
field and white concrete house farther east, in front
of which are three white pillars; it is 2 meters from
southeast corner of mound apparently an old house
foundation and 38 meters north of center of native
road meeting road to Bourouska at right-angles
between native stores and group of concrete native
houses south of intersection. True bearings: left edge
at rear of concrete houses south of road, 33° 25' .0;
most easterly of three wireless towers, 167° 20'. 1 ;
tallest Moorish mosque, 2 kilometers, 245° 42'.6.
Larache (El Araish), 1925 — Close reoccupation of Laraish
B 1912, Laraish A being unavailable, about 1 kilo-
meter southwest of town square, in an old garden
spot partly surrounded by cactus hedge, just opposite
the soldier barracks, about 225 meters southwest of
the residence of the Duke of Vernes, not visible from
station, 8 meters from hedge on north, 12.5 meters
west of wooden fence, and 28 meters from hedge on
south of garden. True bearings: spire on lighthouse,
89° 02'.4; center one of three ornaments on Hotel
Diasturias, 216° 29' .2.
Station C is about 200 meters southwest of station
B, on public ground, formerl}- property of Mr. Guag-
nino, 6 meters east of path, 32.5 meters southeast of
telephone-pole on sunken ground, 38 meters from
next pole to south (lighthouse is seen about midway
between these two poles) ; marked by peg. True bear-
ings: spire on lighthouse, 93° 57'.4; station B, 211°
19M); center one of three ornaments on Hotel Dias-
turias, 213° 44' .5.
Marrakech, 1925 — Two stations were occupied about 2
kilometers west of Marrakech on road to Minara
Gardens. Station A is near east edge of an old field,
about 200 meters north from intersection of north-
south road with main road, and 9.5 meters west of
center of north-south road, in line of row of china-
berry trees along edge of field, 3.7 meters and 6.2
meters from trees in row to north and south respec-
tively; marked by stone 20 by 20 by 61 centimeters
marked "C.I.W. 1925," with hole at center. True
bearings; tip on green roof of water-house in Minara
Gardens, 61° 25' .4; spire on mosque of Koutoubia,
247° 33'.1.
Station B is 66.6 meters southwest of station A, 8.6
meters south of an east-west irrigation ditch, 24.6
meters east of base of group of palms near north-
south ditch, and 6.9 meters northeast of a bunch of
bamboos. True bearings : tip on green roof on water-
house in Minara Gardens, 61° 07'.3; mosque of Kou-
toubia, 247° 40' .5; station A, 249° 43'.4; mosque 278°
07'.9.
Mogador, 1925 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1912, about 2.5 kilometers along shore north of Moga-
234
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
Morocco — concluded
Mogador, 1925 — continued
dor, on Moorish grounds known as Taffa, outside the
Marrakech gate and between caravan route and sea-
shore, 99 meters south of well near seashore which is
in direct line to rock in sea farther north, about 86
meters from beach and about 85 meters northwest of
near corner of brick warehouse, 2.8 meters from bank
on west, and 6.1 meters from bank on north; marked
by concrete block, 15 by 20 by 56 centimeters with
cross cut in top buried flush in sand and packed in
place with small stones. True bearings: tower of
Smaa in Mogador, 44° 17'.2; seaward edge of well
near shore, 199° 56' .3; seaward edge of Moorish house,
4 miles, 241° 01 '.0; northeast corner of small concrete
hut attached to back of larger hut, 75 meters, 283°
51'.4.
Tangier, 1925 — Since the exact position of stations A and
C could not be identified, a new station designated C
was established as near the old location as possible,
on property formerly owned by Mr. Levison, about
midway between the Levison residence and Jew's
River, ,about 75 meters below rock wall marking south-
east boundary of Mr. Levison's present property,
about 100 meters south of concrete hut on cliff east
of house of British consul and about 50 meters south-
west of concrete hut farther down slope near mouth
of river, on ridge of a terrace, 53.5 feet (16.31 meters)
northwest of second, and 28.0 feet (8.5 meters) south-
west of third cedar in first row of cedars below prop-
erty wall, counting from south. True bearings: right
top of concrete hut on sea cliff, 149° 18' .3; left cor-
ner at top of concrete hut down slope, 208° 28' .7;
Moorish castle across harbor seen over top of small
red-topped hut near cliff, 251° 33' .8; right top of
square front of concrete hut on opposite side of Jew's
River at right of a group of exposed rocks, 273°
56' .6.
Rabat, 1925 — Station of 1912 was closely reoccupied,
about 2.5 kilometers south of center of city on prop-
erty of M. Leriche, near southwest corner of field
bounded on south and west by cactus hedge, east
of road to Rabat, adjacent to junction with road
leading south to home of M. Leriche, 47 feet (14.3
meters) north of cactus hedge along south bound-
ary, 100 feet (30.5 meters) from hedge along west
boundary of field, 112 feet (34.1 meters) from south-
west corner of field, and 67 feet (20.4 meters) west of
pear tree; marked by stone 20 by 20 by 61 centi-
meters, buried flush and marked "C.I.W. 1925." True
bearings: tower of Mulai Sleiman, 94° 15'.6; tower
of Hassani, 184° 16' .7; flagpole on house of M.
Leriche, 321° 28' .9.
Nigeria
Amar, Muri, 1926 — On north side of Benue Rivei*at river
port near village of Amar, about 300 meters west of
former C.I.W. station of 1914, 7.0 meters north from
top of high river bank, and 3.0 meters east of path
leading to village of Amar.
Ibi, Muri, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station A
is on government grounds about three-fourths mile
(1.2 km.) from river port, 20.6 meters north of center
of main road near government rest-house, in front of
police station, and in line of south side of rest-house
foundation extended 46.45 meters east of southeast
corner ; to be marked. True bearings : southeast cor-
ner of foundation of government rest-house, 61° 25' .2 ;
north gable of Niger Company's bungalow, 205°
33'.6; northeast comer of doctor's bungalow, 310°
05' .4.
AFRICA
Nigeria — continued
Ibi, Muri, 1926 — continued
Station B is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1914. On property of Sudan United Mis-
sion, between north-south raised road leading to
Benue River and a hedge along west boundary of
compound, at opening of hedge, 3.5 meters east of
center of road, 26.2 meters north of cement beacon
marking southwest corner of mission compound,
and 12.4 meters south of center of driveway enter-
ing west side of compound; to be marked. True
bearings: southwest corner of main bungalow in
mission compound, 222° 31' .1; northwest comer of
iron store-building in compound, 246° 37'.4.
Jebba, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station A is
on hill east of railway station in compound of
government rest-house, 37.5 meters northwest of
northwest corner of rest-house, 11 meters southwest
of center of old walk, nearly in line with two nut
trees, 1.9 meters northwest of the nearer and 4.5
meters northwest of farther tree. True bearings:
right gable of two on southeast end of railway en-
gineer's bungalow, 133° 32'.1; flagpole on east edge
of hill, 167° 09'.9; southwest comer of rest-house,
304° 32'.4.
Station B is a practical reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1914. On hill nearest south end of rail-
road bridge, west of point where north road reaches
summit and east of Niger Company's bungalow, 4.0
meters west of main gravel walk parallel with hilltop,
6 meters north of walk entering Niger Company's
compound, 11.5 meters south of walk to tennis-court,
and 22 meters north of small tree at west side of
main gravel walk ; marked by circular pile of stones.
True bearings : east gable of Niger Company's bunga-
low, 51° 59'.3; railway rail at southeast comer of
tennis-court, 125° 51 '.4; southwest corner of railway
station, 278° 59' .7.
Kano, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station A is
a reoccupation of C. I.W. station of 1914, about 1.5
kilometers northeast of raijway station, north of Bom-
pai road, about 400 meters northwest of Kano Club
house, 75 paces north of boulder 10 meters high
standing north of Bompai road, within cluster of
boulders, 3 meters west of large boulder, 2.2 meters
north of small boulder, 6.5 meters southeast of north-
east end of boulder 11 meters long, 5 meters wide,
and 1.5 meters high; marked by Nigerian Survey
beacon with point of arrow in top marking exact
point. True bearings: fork of small acacia tree, 66°
41' JO; west chimney of two on French Company's
bungalow, 68° 57' .2; steel telegraph-pole on north
side of Bompai road, 326° 42'.2.
Station B is about 300 meters south of Kano Club
house, east of Bompai road, 12.0 meters east of east
boundary of polo grounds, in line with east edge of
raised side of foundation for stands extending north
15.6 meters from its northeast corner, and 20.45
meters northeast of its northwest corner; marked by
Nigerian Survey beacon numbered 169 with small
hole in top. True bearings: steel telegraph-pole, 53°
58' .0; flagpole on railway station in Kano, 60° 37'.4;
east post supporting net on tennis-court of Kano
Club, 190° 39'.7.
Lagos, 1926 — Three stations were occupied. Stations A
and B being exact reoccupations of C.I.W. station
of 1914, and station C is close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1915. Station A is 20 chains (402 meters)
north of Lagos Observatory, about 3 miles (4.8 km.)
from port of Lagos, in subdivision called Ikoye, about
one-half mile (0.8 km.) east of tennis-club, about one-
Descriptions of Stations
235
AFRICA
Nigeria — continued
Lagos, 1926 — continued
third mile (0.5 km.) southeast of home of Dr. Mar-
tin, over a pier about 1 meter high, marked "220P.
IKP." True bearing: plumb-line over line-marker
(station B), 180° 00' .2. It was found that cross
marking station is in top of an iron bar 1 inch (2.5
cm.) in diameter and not less than 12 inches (30 cm.)
long.
Station B is over pier marked "265P. IKP," which
is north end of meridian line of Southern Nigerian
Survey, south end being pier described as station A,
6 chains (120.7 meters) distant. True bearing: pier
220P. IKP (station A), 0° W2.
Station C is about 2.5 miles (4 km.) northeast of
Lagos, 31.5 meters north of metaled road to Ikoye
opposite new barracks for black soldiers, and about
200 meters east of cemeteries, about 250 meters south
of lagoon, on line through two cement pillars 60
meters apart marked "200P. IKP" and "651. PB,"
27.5 meters east of latter or more easterly one. True
bearing: west wireless mast in Lagos, 72° 50\8.
Lokoja, Kabba, 1926 — Two stations were occupied which
are proximate reoccupations of C. I.W. station of
1914. Station A is at north corner of golf course
across avenue south from marine officers' bungalow,
31.2 meters northwest of northwest corner of veranda
pillar of station magistrate's office, 10.2 meters west
of nearest of three mango trees at boundary of golf
course, 15.2 meters southwest of mango tree near ave-
nue, within fork formed by two paths, 10.4 meters
from path to north and 4.1 meters from path to east;
marked by cement brick 15 by 15 by 30 centimeters
set flush with surface, with cross in top. True bear-
ings: northwest corner of bungalow number 14, 50°
34'. 1; flagpole in marine bungalow compound, 198°
07'. 1; northwest corner of police office building, 295°
39'.4; northwest corner of magistrate's office, 335°
00' .2.
Station B is at west end of golf-course, southwest
of golf-house, beyond small stream which cuts across
west corner of golf-course, 18 meters southwest of
gravel path along west side of stream, 18.8 meters
east of southeast end of bunker, and 2.5 meters west
of large tree; marked by cement brick 20 by 20 by
50 centimeters set flush with surface with cross at
center. True bearings: flagpole at marine bungalow,
254° 20' .6; flagpole at residence, 337° 09'.3.
Yola, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station A is
south of polo-grounds, in northeast corner of medical
officer's compound, 15.0 meters south of center of
road along south side of 'polo-grounds, 12.5 meters
west of center of narrow walk along east side of com-
pound, and 10.1 meters southeast of center of drive-
way leading to medical officer's residence ; marked by
rough stone extending 6 centimeters above surface
of ground with cross marking center. True bear-
ings: southeast corner of medical officer's residence,
49° 12'.0; east gable on small tin-roofed house on
north side of polo-grounds, 162° 50* .9; flagpole at
residence north of polo-grounds, 200° 06' .5.
Station B is in Yola-European reservation on
recreation field and is 19.75 meters east of north-
east corner of concrete tennis-court in line with
north edge. True bearings: southeast corner of
medical officer's residence, 45° 05' .8; flagpole at res-
idence, 169° 55'.5; center of sun-dial in front of pro-
vincial officer's bureau, 330° 02'.4.
Zaria, 1926 — Two stations were occupied. Station A is
a practical reoccupation of C.I.W. station of 1914, at
southeast corner of golf-links, about 300 meters west
AFRICA
Nigeria — concluded
Zaria, 1926 — continued
of railway property fence, nearly west of point mid-
way between railway rest-house and bungalow of
foreman of works, and at south edge of fairway to
golf-green nearest railway property; marked by con-
crete brick 20 by 20 by 35 centimeters, extending 15
centimeters above surface. True bearings: right edge
of monument to Nigerian soldiers killed in World
War, 91° 07' .9; survey triangle marker on high hill,
138° 09/ .2; west gable of railway station, 252° 43'.6.
Station B is about 350 meters west of A at south
end of golf-links, about 175 meters southwest of only
mud bungalow on links, about 150 meters north of
main road, within a circular arrangement of trees,
10.5 meters southeast of only mango tree in the circle,
15 meters northeast of path through circle, and 40
meters southwest of fourth tree from native path.
True bearings: steel telegraph-pole, 35° 48'.4; north-
west corner of court-house, 331° 41'.6.
Sierra Leone
Bo, 1925 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of 1912,
about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) north of railway
station, in compound of United Methodist Mission,
about 300 feet (91 meters) west of chief mission-
house, about 200 feet (61 meters) west of small ten-
nis-court, 70 feet (21.3 meters) southwest of lone oil-
palm tree, 75 feet (22.9 meters) west of native tree,
130 feet (39.6 meters) northwest of nearest guava
tree, and 60 feet (18.3 meters) east of line of high
bush which is present west boundary of mission
grounds; marked by cross in top of stone projecting
1 inch (2.5 cm.) above ground. A similar stone was
placed 130 feet (39.6 meters) southeast, under and 5
feet (1.5 meters) east of trunk of the nearest guava
tree in the orchard. True bearings: lone palm, 1
mile (1.6 km.), 78° 46' .0; oil palm, 250 yards (229
meters), 187° 05'.8; oil palm, 70 feet (21.3 meters),
210° 42' (approx.) ; second stone marker, 130 feet
(39.6 meters), 317° 27'.2.
Freetown, 1925 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of
1912, on parade grounds on King Tom Peninsula,
about 1% miles (2.4 km.) by road west of Freetown.
It is 148 feet (45.1 meters) north of Freetown road
through parade ground, opposite the football-field,
112.2 feet (34.20 meters) northeast of northeast cor-
ner of concrete cricket alley, 183 feet (55.8 meters)
southwest of large cotton tree ; marked by native
brick, 8 by 10 by 20 inches (20 by 25 by 51 cm.) let-
tered "C.I.W. 1925," and set 2 inches (5 cm.) below
surface. Two crosses cut in the north end of the con-
crete cricket alley are in line joining station with
northeast corner of stone guard-house. True bear-
ings: southeast corner of concrete cannon-house, 48°
03'.8; northeast corner of guard-house, 61° 00' .5; tip
on north wireless tower, 266° 19' .9; north flagpole of
two on African East Trading Company, 269° 13' .8.
Moyamba, 1925 — Practical reoccupation of C. I.W. station
of 1912, about one-half mile (0.8 km.) east of railway
station, about 150 yards (137 meters) west of new
building of United Brethren mission, about 100 yards
(91 meters) north of huts used as barracks by court
messengers, 100 feet (30.5 meters) from middle of
road on southwest, 42 feet (12.8 meters) west of pa-
paw tree at corner of Creole cemetery, and 18 feet
(5.5 meters) west of road along front of this ceme-
tery; marked by cross and letters "C.I.W. 1926" in
top of concrete block set in concrete. A second con-
crete block with cross cut in top was placed about
200 feet (61 meters) southwest of magnetic station in
236
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AFRICA
Sierra Leone — concluded
Moyamba, 1925 — continued
comer of mission compound just outside of mission
fence. True bearings : small tree used as north gate-
post of Creole cemetery, 185° 40' .4; tip of most east-
erly of messenger barracks, 330° 12' .8; second con-
crete block, 332° 12'.
Tanganyika Territory
(Note: Earlier occupations of repeat stations in this sec-
tion will be found listed under German East Africa
in Volume I of this series.)
Dar-es-Salaam, 1921 — On coast east of Governor's palace,
between main road along water-front and beach,
135.8 feet (41.39 meters) north of northeast corner of
former German magnetic observatory, in which the
C.I.W. observations of 1909 were made, and 38.1
feet (11.61 meters) east of center of main road;
marked by stone block, 6 by 6 by 18 inches (15 by
15 by 46 cm.), firmly embedded in a mass of coral
rock and cement, its top face left slightly above
surface of sand, and lettered "C.I.W. 1921." True
bearings: northeast corner of observatory, 9° 26' .9;
red tower at south end of meteorological observa-
tory, one-fifth mile (0.3 km.), 118° 16' .0; distant
point of land, 5 miles (8 km.), 171° 34' .5; top of
lighthouse tower, 2 miles (3 km.), 239° 21'. 4; east-
most point of land, 10 miles (16 km.), 269° 33' .8;
navigation mark on rock, 2 miles (3 km.), 274° 04' .7;
signal-staff on pilot's house, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
333° 51'. 6.
Dodoma, 1921 — On public common between railway line
and market place, on west side of main road leading
from boma (government post) to market place, 36.5
feet (11.13 meters) west of hedge on west side of
main road, measured from point 210 paces north of
railway-line crossing, and 22 feet (6.7 meters) east of
foot-path; marked by a rough block of granite, its
top face projecting slightly above surface of ground.
True bearings: bottom of north arm of railway sig-
nal, 250 yards (229 meters), 57° 26' .3; east end of
roof of market building, 180 paces, 190° 10' .2; west
gable end of railway station, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
311° 33' .0; top of chimney appearing above roof of
boma, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 352° 45' .2.
Kigoma, 1921 — On open grassy slope southeast of railway
terminus and northeast of Afrika Hotel, 264.1 feet
(80.50 meters) west of southwest corner of fence
around residence of Belgian contractor, and 71 feet
(21.6 meters) south of southmost of two mango trees
in line; marked by a cement block 6 by 6 by 24
inches (15 by 15 by 61 cm.), its top face buried 3
inches (8 cm.) below surface and covered with a
cairn of rock. True bearings: top of red-roofed
house on hill, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 59° 09'.0;
wireless mast, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 105° 52' .5 ; flagstaff
outside terminus, 600 feet (183 meters), 111° 37'.2;
top of chimney on railway station, 120° 15'.3; south-
most of two mango trees, 194° 49' ; top of front gable
of contractor's residence, 239° 54' .6.
Kilimatinde, 1921 — In small level clearing on hillside,
about 600 feet (183 meters) northeast of residence of
district political officer in northeast corner of market
place, just east of kopje of granite boulders, and 41
paces north of prominent bushy tree. True bearings:
prominent bushy tree, 24° 46'; south veranda-post
of prison, 800 feet (244 meters) , 39° 57'.8; south cor-
ner of political officer's residence, 62° 19' .4; top of
prominent baobab on hillside, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 359°
03'.7.
AFRICA
Tanganyika Territory — continued
Kilosa, 1921 — About 47 paces north of C.I.W. station of
1909, on west side of main road leading north from
railway station, just beyond north end of native vil-
lage and just south of point where small road turns
off northwest into bush to residence of Captain Turn-
ley, about 670 paces north of railway station, and 9
paces west of main road; marked by peg to be
replaced by stone by local authorities. True bear-
ings : south edge of tower of house on hillside, 1 mile
(1.6 km.), 37° 10' .0; north gable end of residence on
hill, 1,000 yards (914 meters), 64° 17'.9; large baobab
tree, 150 feet (46 meters), 179° 41'; mimosa tree, 62.5
feet (19.05 meters), 268° 46' .2.
Malongwe, 1921— On grassy flat about 600 feet (183
meters) north of railway station, and in line with its
western side, about 150 feet (46 meters) east-north-
east of native water-hole, 13 paces west of native
path from village to railway statioD, and 4 paces
south of path leading from water-hole to small vil-
lage to east. True bearings: east end of roof of rest-
house, 21° 11'. 7; top of stone at west end of roof of
railway station, 33° 06'. 1 ; large baobab tree, 800 feet
(244 meters), 200° 29'; large baobab tree, 800 feet
(244 meters), 288° 20'.
Mazengo, 1921 — On plain about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.)
south of Government post of Kilimatinde, on grassy
flat just north of village of Mazengo, at a
point 800 feet (244 meters) northwest of and in line
with large baobab tree on western outskirts of village
and northwest corner of northmost hut, 305 paces
north of chief's hut, 40 paces from native path on
east, and 16 paces from main path to Kilimatinde on
west. True bearings: baobab tree on western out-
skirts of village, 54° 07' ; prominent baobab tree on
summit of hill, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 156° 25'.
Ngere Ngere, 1921— About 100 feet (30 meters) south of
C.I.W. station of 1909, southeast of railway station,
about 100 paces southeast of road running parallel to
railway, south of native huts and east of path to rail-
way station at a point where path begins descent to
bed of small stream. True bearings: top of south
edge of store at intersection of paths, 123° 08' .9;
bottom of east corner of veranda platform of store,
220 feet (67 meters), 132° 30'.1; top of east side of
railway water-tank, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 161°
30'.3.
Saranda, 1921 — On alluvial flat, 10 paces northwest at
right angles from main road leading north from rail-
way station at a point 445 paces along road from rail-
way, where road is joined by a cart track from large
iron store-shed northeast of railway station. True
bearings: east end of roof of large store-shed, 600
feet (183 meters), 15° 59\5; west end of roof of rail-
way station, 36° 51'.8; signal on railway, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 72° 58' .8; east end of roof of residence,
1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 130° 41 '.7; prominent tree on
distant kopje, 10 miles (16 km.), 311° 54M.
Tabora, 1921 — Two stations, A and B, were occupied.
Station A is about one-fourth mile (0.4 kilometer)
north of C.I.W station of 1909, and three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.) north of boma, in a grove of mango
trees in angle formed by Boma and Herrmann
streets, about 500 feet (152 meters) north of Kaiser-
hof Hotel, 70 paces north of north side of Herrmann
Street measured from a point 130 paces east of its
junction with Boma Street, and 67.4 feet (20.54
meters) from northeast mango tree of grove. True
bearings: ornament on top of Kaiserhof Hotel, 1°
07' .7; most easterly of two chimney-stacks of railway
Descriptions of Stations
237
AFRICA
Tanganyika Terkitory — concluded
Tabora, 1921 — continued
works, one-half mile (0.8 km), 197° 01'.9; northeast
mango tree of grove, 211° 26'; bottom of west sup-
port of water-tank, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 251°
24' .7; south end of roof of railway station; one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 264° 08' .4.
Station B is on open grassy place south of bom a,
277 feet (84.4 meters) south of southeast corner and
in line with east wall of boma and 5 paces north of
foot-path; marked by a concrete block, projecting
one foot (30 cm.) above ground, and lettered
"C.I.W., 1921," a drill-hole indicating exact point.
True bearings: bottom of southwest corner of
boma wall, 400 feet (122 meters), 142° 03' .9; top of
chimney of building inside boma, 300 feet (91
meters), 154° 40' .9; bottom of southeast corner of
boma wall, 190° 23' .5; top of north edge of tower
of large residence, one-fourth mile (0.4 kilometer),
298° 07'.4; north end of roof of residence, 300 yards
(274 meters), 329° 37' .3.
Ujiji, 1921 — On open land between main street and
west wall of Government post and exactly in line
with northwest wall of post, 83.85 feet (25.557
meters) northwest of flagstaff, 117.7 feet (35.88
meters) from northwest corner of Government post,
and 112.45 feet (34275 meters) west of center of
astronomical pillar outside gate. True bearings:
prominent palm-tree in native town, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 67° 40'; cleft in rock on hills, 4 miles
(6 km.), 98° 00' .4; southwest corner of building,
300 feet (91 meters), 156° 42'.6; northwest corner
of Government post, 248° 36' .9; astronomical pillar,
284° 08' .0; flagstaff, 335° 59' .2.
Zanzibar, Zanzibar, 1921 — See under Islands, Indian
Ocean.
Tunisia
Sfax, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.W. station of 1911,
west of Sfax, on eastern edge of cart-track along mud
wall surmounted by cactus hedge, joining main road
to Gabes about 400 meters south of La Louise oil
and soap factory, near north corner of uncultivated
field, 8.1 meters southwest of top of mud wall running
northwest and southeast, 7.9 meters southeast of
ruined mud wall running northeast and southwest
and dividing cultivated and uncultivated fields, and
12.8 meters south of top of south corner of mud wall
surmounted by cactus hedge; marked by stone post
about 5 centimeters square, flush with surface of
ground. True bearings: north finial on red-roofed
house, about 600 meters, 125° 32'. 1 ; lightning-rod on
chimney of soap factory, about 600 meters, 200° 13'.6;
minaret of Palais de Justice in Sfax, about 3 kilo-
meters, 240° 25' .5.
Tunis, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of
1911, southwest of Tunis, near shore of small lake on
road to Sedjoumi, about 200 meters north-northeast
of Sedjoumi School, 7.5 kilometers from western gate
(Bab-el-Allonch) of Tunis, in line with and between
lone palm-tree and boundary-stone marked "80,"
19.5 meters north of lone palm-tree, and 18 meters
southeast of center of ditch on southeast side of cart-
track running from main road towards lake; marked
by tent-peg left 5 centimeters above surface of
ground. True bearings: base of telegraph-pole on
school, 18° 40' .9; tall chimney on hills, about 8 kilo-
meters, 206° 02' .3; spire on mosque on hill, about
8 kilometers, 235° 17'2.
ASIA
Arabia
Aden, 1921 — Two stations were occupied. Station A is
about 350 feet (106.7 meters) east of C.I.W. station
of 1914 and 1918, no longer available, about 200 feet
(61.0 meters) east of Queen Victoria Monument, on
eastern part open space called "Crescent," in line
with west side of square house adjoining Hotel Con-
tinental on west, 198 feet (60.4 meters) south of south
corner of Bank of India, 145.79 feet (44.44 meters)
southeast of center of base of lamp-standard, 178.88
feet (54.52 meters) north of west wall of square
house west of Hotel Continental ; marked by a stone
12 by 12 by 20 inches (30 by 30 by 51 cm.) its upper
surface slightly above ground and lettered "C.I.W.
1921." True bearings: crown on Queen Victoria
Monument, 88° 4tf .6; top of clock-tower, 102° 37' .0;
nearby lamp-standard, 147° 13' .4; south corner of
National Bank of India building, 197° 12'.2; Sham-
sham signal-staff, 318° 17'.8.
Station B is the British Admiralty magnetic sta-
tion of 1909 on Arabian mainland, across Aden Har-
bor, about 2.5 miles (4.0 km.) north of Prince of
Wales Pier, 110 paces north of scattered scrub just
above high-water mark on shore, exactly in line with
the two wireless-station masts to east, and almost in
line with war memorial and a small white mosque
immediately south of it at Prince of Wales Pier;
marked by a concrete block 6 by 6 by 24 inches (15
by 15 by 61 cm.), left projecting 6 inches (15 cm.)
above surface of ground. True bearings: minaret at
Sheikh Othman, 5 miles (8 km.), 210° 40" .0; wireless
masts, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 274° 28' .6; Sham-sham sig-
nal-mast, 3 miles (4.8 km.), 323° 55'.0; clock-tower,
2.5 miles (4.0 km.), 344° 51'.0; signal-station, 3 miles
(4.8 km.), 351° 39'.8.
El Wedj, Hejaz, 1922— About one-haif mile (0.8 km.)
northeast of landing jetty, near head of natural har-
bor, about 300 feet (91 meters) south of caravan
route from El Wedj to interior and about 120 feet
(37 meters) north of high-water mark. True bear-
ings : left edge of base of beacon tower, about three-
fourths mile (1 km.), 10° 33' .5; spire on near mosque
in El Wedj, about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 56°
42' .7; lowest visible point of wireless mast, about
one-third mile (0.5 km.), 105° 17' .0; conspicuous
gravestone under cliff, about three-fourths mile
(1 km.), 231° 01'2.
Jidda, Hejaz, 1922 — Two stations were occupied. Station
A is an exact reoccupation of C.I.W. station of 1918
and a close reoccupation of that of 1911, near ob-
servation spot of British Admiralty, about 1.5 miles
(2.4 km.) southeast of Jidda, near center and highest
point of a low sandy reef named Jezirat el Mifsaka.
True bearing: minaret in western part of Jidda 212°
36'.8.
Station B is about one-half mile (0.8 km.) north-
west of Jidda, between northwestern shore of shallow
inlet and golf-links, in line with mast on Karakon
(Hejaz Admiralty building) and tall minaret of
Manara Mosque, and about 300 feet (91 meters)
from normal high-water mark; marked by sandstone
and cement post 23 by 23 centimeters with cross in
top. True bearings: base of wireless mast at Eve's
Tomb, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 288° 36'.7; base of
flagpole at barracks, 308° 04' .0; mosque at Maraba
Sherif, 320° 57' .4; top of Manara Mosque, 345° 49U;
left edge of chimney at condenser, 359° 00'.7.
Yambo, Hejaz, 1922 — On open ground, about one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.) along shore southwest of landing
jetty, and about 100 feet (30 meters) from high-water
mark. True bearings: base of wireless mast, 174°
238
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ASIA
Arabia — concluded
Yambo, Hejaz, 1922 — continued
02'.7; navigation beacon, about three-fourths mile
(1 km.), 256° 51'.2; left edge of house on small
island, about 4 miles (6 km.), 342° 24' .7.
China
Canton, As and Bs, Kwangtung, 1921, 1922— The non-
magnetic huts erected in 1914 as base stations for
the survey of China were reoccupied; near southeast
corner of campus of Canton Christian College, on
parkway about 165 feet (50 meters) south of Res-
idence 20 or Jackson Lodge, hut A being 89 feet (27.1
meters) south of B. True bearings from pier As:
cross on wall at east end of Residence 20, 190° 00' .4;
top of Whampoa Pagoda, 267° 28' .2; true bearings
from Bs: cross on pillar near west end of Residence
20, 192° 42'.6; top of Whampoa Pagoda, 267° 31'.5.
Chengchow, Honan, 1922 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is about 6 feet (1.8 meters) north of
C.I.W. station of 1907, 1909, which can not be
occupied because of construction of a wall over the
spot, nearly south of a residence at Southern Baptist
Mission, in southeast corner of tract formerly used
as a burial-ground, 6 feet (1.8 meters) north of mud
wall bounding tract on south, in line with south wall
of compound to eastward, and 16 paces west of
southwest corner. True bearing: west gable of
residence at Mission (Mr. Herring's), 166° 29* .3.
Station B is about 450 yards (412 meters) north-
east of C.I.W. station of 1907, 1909, in foreign ceme-
tery, a small high-walled inclosure southeast of Mr.
Lawton's residence in compound of American Baptist
Mission, near east edge of small circular plot near
center of cemetery, 48 feet (14.6 meters) south of
east pillar of gate, 94.3 feet (28.74 meters) southeast
of northwest corner of cemetery wall; marked by
hollow gray stone 7 by 7 by 24 inches (18 by 18 by
61 cm.) with Chinese ornamentation on sides. True
bearings: taller of two factory chimneys, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 13° 52'.0; telegraph-pole visible
through wall, one-third mile (0.5 km.), 14° 16' .9;
northwest corner of cemetery wall, 141° 08' .3; inner
side of east brick pillar of gate, 194° 52' .2; near end
of a Chinese roof, 200 feet (61 meters), 238° 37'.3.
Peking, 1907, Chihli, 1922— About 3 feet (0.9 meter) west
of C.I.W. station of 1907, 1909, 1915, in northeast
corner of Tartar city, near Lama temple, within
observatory grounds of Russian Ecclesiastical Mis-
sion (Chinese name "Pei Kuan"), 36.1 feet (11.00
meters) west of southwest corner of brick observing-
tower which carries sunshine bulb. Observatoire
Central de Pekin cooperated in placing marker, which
is a granite stone 7.5 by 7.5 by 27 inches (19 by 19
by 69 cm.), its top face left projecting 3 inches (8
cm.) above surface of ground, lettered "C.I.W.:
O.C.P. 1922," and also with name of Peking Ob-
servatory in Chinese characters. True bearings:
bottom of chimney-stack at flour-mill, 600 feet (183
meters), 204° 52'.8; bottom of northwest corner of
sunshine tower, 267° 13'.
Peking, 1916, Chihli, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1916, in former public park, now cultivated
land, about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) northwest of
north gate of entrance to Temple of Agriculture
inclosure, which is opposite Temple of Heaven and
separated from it by main road leading from south
gate of Peking to Chien Yang Men (front gate of
Tartar city), 37 feet (11.3 meters) from tree to south-
west, and 30 feet (9.1 meters) from tree-stump to
northeast. True bearings: top of water-tower, 74°
ASIA
China — concluded
Peking, 1916, Chihli, 1922 — continued
57' .8; tower in Legation quarter, 220° 41'.3; west
ornament on Temple of Agriculture, 341° 04' .9.
Hankow, Hupeh, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1916, in central field of race-course, back
of eastern end of German concession, near north-
western side of course, west of golf-course, 25 paces
northeast of inner corner of steeple-chase hurdle near
half-mile post, and 32 paces east of a point on inner
rail of trial track measured toward half-mile post;
marked by stone embedded below ground in block of
concrete, portion above ground measuring 8 by 8 by
8 inches (20 by 20 by 20 cm.), and lettered "C.I.W.
1916, M. Sta." True bearings: half-mile post of
course, 98° 31'.7; tip of cupola on club-house, 339°
59' .8; weathercock on tower of stables, 358° 30' .0.
Kalgan, Chihli, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, in compound of former mission of Rus-
sian Greek Church, now in ruins, which is located
about 1 mile (1.6 km.) beyond north gate of city, on
south side of main road of pass into Mongolia, about
one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) west of Russian post-office,
in open space in west half of compound, in line with
east edge of square stone platform of former kiosk,
and 33.2 feet (10.12 meters) north of its northeast
corner; marked by a rough block of stone, its apex
buried about 3 inches (8 cm.) beneath surface of
ground. True bearings: northeast corner of plat-
form of kiosk, 20° .0; vertical axis of Chinese charac-
ter on wall, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 271° 38' .3;
chimney of house on hillside, one-fourth mile (0.4
km.), 273° 05'.9; bottom of northeast corner of
ruined church, 299° 52'.5.
Nanking, Kiangsu, 1922 — About 400 feet (122 meters)
northwest of C.I.W. station of 1907, near middle of
recreation ground of Nanking University, in align-
ment with buttresses on north end of Y.M.C.A. build-
ing, and those of the east side of chapel, 191.7 feet
(58.43 meters), and 187.7 feet (57.21 meters) from the
nearest buttress of the two buildings respectively,
and 55.3 feet (16.86 meters) south of inner edge of
running track measured along line of east side of
chapel extended; marked by stone 7 by 7 by 27
inches (18 by 18 by 69 cm.) set with top 6 inches
(15 cm.) beneath surface, a cross indicating exact
center. True bearings: northeast buttress of chapel
at bottom, 00° 49' .4; flagstaff on Cooper Hall, 30°
14' .8; northeast corner of northmost pillar of large
dormitory, 53° 30'.1; bottom of northeast buttress
of Y.M.C.A. building, 91° 23' .9; ornament on tower,
one-half mile (0.8 km.) 171° 17'.5; end of roof of
house, 348° 07'.5.
French Indo-China
Phantiet, Cochin China, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1912. In public park opposite
Ecole de Plun-Ex-Circle (old hotel), about 75 feet
(22.9 meters) east of 1912 station, on east side of
main road from railroad station to river bridge, on
slight knoll near center of triangle formed by main
road to railroad and intersecting park paths, 42.5
feet (12.95 meters) northeast of corner of concrete
base of telegraph-pole, 48 feet (14.6 meters) east of
hedge fence along main road, and 130.2 feet (39.68
meters) northwest of north corner of cement curb of
well; marked by stake projecting 6 inches (15 cm.)
above ground, used for tying horses. True bearings :
ornament on west end of building seen across river,
one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 65° 43'.7 right edge of
schoolhouse, 135° 40/.9; west corner of concrete well-
curb, 326° 40'.6.
Descriptions of Stations
239
ASIA
French Indo-China — concluded
Saigon, Cochin China, 1924— Proximate reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1912. In midst of open country
used as native burial ground, lying northwest of main
city along Rue du General Lize and just over Saigon-
Cholon city limits, 116.5 feet (35.51 meters) south of
Rue du General Lize, measured from point midway
between sixth and seventh trees counted west from
Rue de Thu Thann, at a point in line with south
edge of lone prominent rectangular concrete tomb
and 100 feet (30.5 meters) west of southwest corner
and 101.0 feet (30.78 meters) west of northwest cor-
ner; marked by round oak peg driven just below sur-
face of ground. True bearings: left edge of smoke-
stack toward Cholon, 5 miles (8 km.), 1° 21'.8; left
edge of left wireless mast, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.),
105° 48' .0; near corner of left target base at fort,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 197° 20' .2; right edge of concrete
tomb, 234° 55' .8; tip of spire on prominent church,
2 miles (32 km.), 263° 04' .2.
Japan
Kakioka Observatory, Tokyo, 1922 — Intercomparison ob-
servations were made at station A, the. absolute
house in which there are two piers, one for magneto-
meter and one for inclination observations, and at
two tent stations, station B, which is 50.5 feet (15.39
meters) southeast of southeast corner of absolute
house, and station C, which is 31.7 feet (9.66 meters)
south-southwest of southwest corner of absolute
house.
Siberia
An-ma-la, 1921— See No. 48.
Ayon Island, 1919-20— See Nos. 21 and 40.
Cape Bering, 1921— See No. 48.
Cape Serdze Kamen, 1920-21— See No. 41.
Emma Harbor, 1921— See No. 46.
From Island, 1919— See No. 17.
Holy Cross Bay, 1921— See No. 49 (Mass-kan) and No.
50.
Jan-da-ken-nut, 1921 — See No. 44.
Kain-ge-skon, 1921, 1922— See Nos. 22, 42, and 54.
Lockwood Islands, 1918, 1919 — See Nos. 4 and 16.
Machu-a-am River, 1919, 1920— See No. 35.
Mass-kan, 1921— See No. 49.
Nabba-kotta, 1921— See No. 45.
Panteleika, 1920— See No. 36.
Pitlekai, 1921— See No. 53.
Pokincha River, 1919, 1920— See Nos. 34 and 38.
Port Dickson, 1918— See No. 3.
Rauchu-an River, 1920 — See No. 39.
South Head, 1921— See No. 43.
Station No. 3 (Port Dickson), 1918 — Southwest of radio
station. True bearings: radio mast, 241° 33'; con-
spicuous stone on summit of hill seen beyond small
island, 267° 01'. Mound of stones was built upon
site of station.
Station No. 4, Winter-Quarters, 1918-1919— Off north
coast of Chelyuskin Peninsula are two small islands,
called Lockwood Islands by Fridtjof Nansen, in
latitude 77° 35'N and longitude about 105° 40' east
ASIA
Siberia — continued
Station No. 4, Winter-Quarters, 1918-1919 — continued
of Greenwich. Large cairn was built on north-
eastern island and contains full information regard-
ing winter-quarters of the Maud during 1918-19,
and place where magnetic observations were made.
Winter-quarters were 7 kilometers south 40° east
from cairn on shore of bay opening to northwest.
Magnetic observatory (designated station No. 4)
was erected 14 meters from water, on eastern shore,
which runs south-southwest to north-northeast for
about 1.5 kilometers and almost at middle of this
stretch. Wooden post on which magnetometer was
permanently mounted during winter of 1918-19
was left in place; this post was driven as far down
as frozen ground permitted, and at conclusion of
work was surrounded with stones and covered with
copper plate inscribed "Magn. obsv. Maud expedi-
tion 1918-1920." Two arrows engraved on plate
show south and direction of mark. Mark was
driftwood log, built in cairn on top of small cape
about 600 meters distant. Astronomical station is
about 40 meters south of magnetic observatory and
is also marked with wooden post driven into ground,
surrounded by stones and covered by copper plate.
Station No. 4b was 16 meters north 47° east of
station No. 4.
Station No. 4c was 26 meters south 3° west of
station No. 4.
Stations Nos. 6 to 15, 1919 — As it was impossible to
erect any permanent marks to indicate stations, no
descriptions suitable for relocation purposes can be
given. Approximate latitudes and longitudes are all
derived from sextant observations, checked by dead
reckoning which was kept up on sledge-trips; longi-
tudes depend upon adopted value of 105° 40' east
of Greenwich for station No. 4. Station No. 13 was
located on sea-ice, about 5 kilometers from coast;
the others are on land.
Station No. 16 (Lockwood Islands), 1919 — On north-
eastern of the Lockwood Islands, close to cairn of
Expedition, 7 kilometers north 40° west from sta-
tion No. 4.
Station No. 17 (Fram Island), 1919— On middle of Fram
Island, 2.8 kilometers north 30° east from station
No. 4.
Station No. 18, 1919 — Under hills, 4.9 kilometers south
28° west from station No. 4.
Station No. 19, 1919 — On sea-ice, 3.5 kilometers north
70° west from station No. 4.
Station No. 20, 1919— On low ridge of clay, 2.2 kilo-
meters south 66° east from station No. 4.
Station No. 21 (Ayon Island), Winter-Quarters, 1919-
1920 — On ice close to where the Maud was frozen
in off coast of Ayon Island in latitude 69° 52' .5 and
longitude 167° 43' east of Greenwich, and about 13
kilometers north of shallow strait separating Ayon
Island from mainland there is small river in deep
valley. (On older maps island is indicated as being
divided into two parts where this valley lies, which
is a mistake and which has been corrected on newer
maps.) Approximate location of the Maud was 2.5
kilometers directly off coast at point about 4 kilo-
meters to south of this valley at first and only creek
extending some distance inland.
Stations Nos. 22 to 33, 1920— Positions of stations Nos.
22 to 33 were derived from chart of Siberian Coast,
published by Russian Marine Department (Hydro-
240
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ASIA
Siberia — continued
Stations Nos. 22 to 33, 1920— continued
graphic Division) in 1914. On sledge-trip on which
these stations were occupied, distance wheel was
used with sledge and positions which, on account
of character of coast, were difficult to derive from
charts, were obtained by applying measured dis-
tance from nearest conspicuous point. This chart
seems to be very reliable; values and scaled longi-
tudes are in perfect agreement with those the Ex-
pedition determined by means of chronometers.
Positions given should therefore be correct within
1 or 2 miles. No descriptions can be furnished ex-
cept for station No. 22, which is the same as that
occupied in 1921 and described as station No. 42.
Station No. 34, 1919 — About 3 kilometers south of en-
trance to narrow valley leading directly toward
conspicuous cone-shaped mountain; this valley is
tributary of Pokincha River which flows from east
to west in latitude 68° 39'N and is about 6 kilo-
meters east from edge of forest and south of point
where deep valley from northeast meets Pokincha.
Station No. 35, 1919, 1920 — Situated across mountains,
south of station No. 34, on first timbered ridge
west of northwestern top of low range of hills,
rising above forest limit, and limiting open basin of
Machu-a-am River.
Station No. 36 (Panteleika), 1920 — At Siberian village
Panteleika, about 25 kilometers east of Nijne
Kolymsk, on slope about 200 meters east-northeast
from southeastern house in village. True bearing:
spire of partially-built church 88° 48' .6. Ground was
frozen, so no mark could be erected, but Russian
trader in Panteleika promised to drive down pole
to mark station in summer.
Station No. 37, 1920 — In large forest; no description
possible.
Station No. 38, 1920 — About 4 kilometers southwest of
station No. 34, on ridge separating valley in which
station No. 34 was located from smaller valley to
west.
Station No. 39, 1920 — About 500 meters south of small
river which parallels Rauchu-an River about 12
kilometers to southwest and is between it and moun-
tain Keedleely-gool. Valley is broad, but small
river follows north side and flows close to steep hill
before turning northeast at junction with another
river; station is about 4 kilometers from turn.
Station No. Ifl (Ay on Island), 1920 — In middle of per-
fectly smooth plain about 200 meters south of small
creek referred to in description of station No. 21.
Station No. 41 (Cape Serdze Kamen), Winter-Quarters,
1920-21— Stations b, c, and d were all close to-
gether at northern end of sand-spit separating small
lagoon and small open bay south of Cape Serdze
Kamen, about 30 meters from small creek which
runs to sea and forms northern boundary of sand-
spit, and about 30 meters from sea. Some native
tents are usually located on northern part of sand-
spit. Station No. 41 is about 400 meters northeast
of others and on accumulated snow slope covering
steep coast.
Station No. 42 (Kain-ge-skon), 1921 — On flat ground
above beach 100 meters west of large whale-verte-
bra, which natives worship, and southwest of most
western of stores and houses built by trading com-
panies southwest of native village.
ASIA
Siberia — concluded
Station No. 43 (Yan-dang-ai), 1921 — In small open creek
about 70 meters southwest of trading company
store on small plain, about 10 meters above sea-
level, and about 200 meters northwest of native
village Yan-dang-ai, which is called South Head by
traders.
Station No. 44 (Jan-da-ken-nut) , 1921 — On southwest
side of steep cape, 3 kilometers east of native vil-
lage Jan-da-ken-nut at place where coast turns
abruptly to northeast; about 40 meters from shore-
line and 100 meters from small brook.
Station No. 46 (Nabba-kotta), 1921 — Seventy meters
west-northwest of European house built by native at
Eskimo village called Nabba-kotta, on smallest of
islands north of Indian Point.
Station No. 46 (Emma Harbor), 1921 — Fifty meters
south of southwest corner of two large storehouses
east of Russian Government building.
Station No. 47, 1921 — No description.
Station No. 48 (An-ma-la), 1921 — In western part of
native village An-ma-la at Cape Bering, 115 meters
southwest from east corner of western of two, stores
and 120 meters southwest from east corner of eastern
store. True bearing: top of pinnacle on mountain
side, 47° 51'.
Station No. 49 (Mass-kan), 1921 — Northeast of small
native village Mass-kan at Holy Cross Bay, 60
meters north of newer and farther of two houses
belonging to traders.
Station No. 60, 1921 — At middle of entrance to broad
valley running north from east end of sand-spit
on south side of low ridge closing eastern part of
entrance; sand-spit is about 70 kilometers long and
extends eastward off coast from Holy Cross Bay.
Station Nos. 51 and 52, 1921 — No descriptions.
Station No. 63 (Pitlekai), 1921 — Approximately same as
observatory station occupied by A. E. Nordenskiold
during wintering of the Vega, 1878-79, close to na-
tive tent-village Pitlekai, about 100 meters from top
of mound and 60 meters from shore, this being
location of observatory pointed out by old native
woman; according to natives, Nordenskiold had left
pole with an inscription here, but nothing was found
of it. Coast here is generally very low, with few low
mounds on which native tents are placed.
Station No. 54 (Kain-ge-skon), 1922 — Practically a re-
occupation of stations Nos. 22 and 42 of 1921, being,
however, 6 meters west of the large whale-vertebra.
Winter-Quarters, 1918-19— See No. 4.
Winter-Quarters, 1919-20— See No. 21.
Winter-Quarters, 1920-21— See No. 41.
Yan-dang-ai, 1921 — See No. 43.
Straits Settlements
Singapore, Botanical Gardens, 1921 — On east shore of
Cluny Lake, about 70 feet (21 meters) northwest of
1918 station. True bearing: left edge of large resi-
dence north of lake, 600 feet (183 meters), 161° 37' .0.
Singapore, Holland Road, 1921 — About one-half mile (0.8
km.) east of C. I.W. station of 1918, on flat summit
of small hill rising directly from south side of Hol-
land Road, about midway between milestones 5% and
5% from Singapore, opposite private road of Block
E of U. P. Rubber Estate, and 23 paces from western
Descriptions of Stations
241
ASIA
Straits Settlements — concluded
Singapore, Holland Road, 1921 — continued
crest of hill. True bearings: prominent tall tree on
hill, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 33° 43' .3; top of telegraph-
pole on Holland Road with double insulators, 250
feet (76 meters), 218° 50' .0; flagstaff on residence of
Sultan of Johore, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 276° 54' .0; flag-
staff on Mount Faber, 4 miles (6 km.), 324° 55'.6.
Singapore, Observatory, 1921, 1923 — On summit of Mount
Faber, about 2.5 miles (4.0 km.) southwest of town,
near docks, on west side of roadway on summit of
hill, about midway between signal station and ob-
servatory residence, and 67.8 feet (20.67 meters)
south of telephone-pole, over block of granite, 11
by 3 inches (28 by 8 cm.), projecting 19 inches (48
cm.) above surface of ground, southeast face of
which is inscribed with letter "M" painted red, a
small hole 2.5 inches (6 cm.) from southwest side
of top face indicating exact point. True bearings:
telephone-pole, 165° 00' .4; top of Fort Canning
lighthouse, 3 miles (5 km.), 229° 26' .3; top of
steeple of St. Andrews Cathedral, 3 miles (5 km.),
234° 42'.8; top of tower of town hall, 2.5 miles
(4 km.), 239° 26'.8.
Syria (Including Palestine)
(Note: Earlier occupations of repeat stations in this
section are included under Turkish Empire in Vol-
ume I of this series.)
Aleppo, Aleppo, 1922 — About 400 meters west of C. I.W.
station of 1910, site of which was covered with
military structures, in park called Sebil, north of
city, on east side of Aleppo-Alexandretta Road,
behind stone structure used as cafe, on outcrop of
rock partly covered with soil, 32.5 meters west of
stone building, 7.40 meters east of west wall of in-
closure, and 26.15 meters north of south wall ;
marked by block of stone 30 centimeters square,
embedded in shallow layer of soil, the exact point
marked by shallow hole in top of stone. True
bearings: flagstaff on officers' quarters, new bar-
racks, 218° 32' .2; minaret of old Turkish barracks,
289° 33'.3; minaret of Lulkubire mosque, with large
dome, 316° 19'.4; minaret of Akaba mosque, most
westerly in town, 337° 33'.7.
Alexandretta, Adana, 1922 — About 2.5 kilometers south-
west of C.I.W. station of 1910, site of which is now
occupied by military warehouses and railway tracks,
on estate of Mr. Cattoni on Aleppo Road, just be-
yond Orthodox cemetery and Church of St. George,
in open field, about 75 meters west of inclosure
surrounded by ancient wall said to be a fortification
built by Alexander the Great, 22 paces north of
shallow ditch separating two fields, and 24.7 meters
10° north of west from corner of a cow-shed ; marked
by tent-peg driven flush with ground. True bear-
ings: signal-tower on lighthouse, 162° 38'.8; cross
on tower of Roman Catholic church, 203° 44' .4;
minaret in town, 219° IV 2.
Damascus, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station
of 1910, southeast of city, on plain lying between
Greek Catholic cemetery and large olive grove, both
inclosed by mud walls, in southeast corner of plain,
25 meters east of northeast corner of large stone
vault in ancient neglected cemetery situated on hill
rising abruptly from plain, 15.5 meters north of
northwest corner of mud wall, 11.6 meters north-
west of two large stones that serve as foot-bridge
across irrigation ditch, and 2.8 meters west of ditch ;
marked by black stone, 19 by 22 by 50 centimeters,
ASIA
Syria (Including Palestine) — Concluded
Damascus, 1922 — continued
its upper end 2 inches (5 cm.) below surface of
ground, the exact point being marked with a drill-
hole in center of upper end. True bearings: cross
on mausoleum in cemetery, 120° 36' .4; minaret of
Grand Mosque, 122° 55' .9.
Horns, 1922 — Practical reoccupation of C. I.W. station of
1910, on plain between railroad station and citadel,
a huge earth fortification in southern part of town,
in plowed field, east of railroad station, and south-
west of cross-roads and fountain in middle of road
leading from Homs to railroad. True bearings:
central line of light seen through chimney cap on
railway buffet building, 82° 07'. 1; tip of large square
minaret, 225° 33' .9; smaller square minaret seen
almost over corner of wall of south inclosure, 242°
49' .3.
Jerusalem, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1910, on road leading to Mount of Olives, in
southern part of field belonging to American Colony,
about 400 yards (366 meters) almost due east and
back of Sheikh Jera'ah Mosque, about 200 yards (183
meters) northeast of Mohammed Salah's house, 31.7
meters northwest of east corner of stone wall inclos-
ing field, 16 meters north-northwest of corner of
wall, and 65 paces east-northeast of corner of wall.
True bearings: minaret, 89° 20' .4; staff on distant
spire, 92° 26' .2; German hospice tower, 284° 25'. 1;
Russian tower on Mount of Olives, 308° 44' .4.
Turkey
Afiumkarahissar, Brusa, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1910, about 1% miles (2 km.) east
of railroad station, northwest of road leading from
railroad station to marble quarries, and on east
bank of small muddy, sluggish stream called Akar,
4.60 meters south of edge of stream, and 8.20 meters
southwest and 17.80 meters east, respectively, of
stumps of willow trees in former row extending along
bank of stream; marked by square gray stone 20
centimeters on a side and 55 centimeters deep, pro-
jecting about 4 centimeters above ground, a drill-
hole marking exact point. True bearings: minaret
on mosque with double dome in Afion, 67° 50'. 1 ; tip
of last vertical rock of spur of rock extending into
plain to west of town, 111° 38'.3; minaret in Sipsin,
158° 58'.4.
Aidin, Smyrna, 1922 — North of town of Aidin, on west
bank of small stream called Evthon, about 24.5
meters west of site of 1910 station which is now in
stream-bed, 8.2 meters northwest of end of remnant
of stone wall, 11.4 meters southeast of entrant angle
at base of retaining-wall under cliff, and 38.90 meters
southwest of large plane tree near south end of ruins
of coffee-house. True bearings: end of cemetery wall
on cliff, 261° 50' .2; north edge of wooden house
across stream, 280° 05' .3; portion of east edge above
dormer-window of first house east of ruins of munici-
pal building (Konak), 357° 34'.?.
Dardanelles, Bigha, 1922 — Practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1910, about 2.5 miles (4 km.)
south of town, on east side of road which fdllows
shore of strait to this point and then continues south
through country, on plateau about 300 meters east
of main road, about 30 meters from place where hill
begins to slope toward road, west of top of high hill
whose magnetic bearing is 260°, and 24.3 meters,
29.9 meters, and 26.2 meters from three trees, whose
magnetic bearings are 250°, 305°, and 55°, respec-
tively ; marked by a stone roughly triangular, about
242
Land Magnetic Obsebvations, 1921-1926
ASIA
Turkey — concluded
Dardanelles, Bigha, 1922 — continued
20 centimeters on a side, 25 centimeters deep, set
flush with ground, sharp point of triangle marking
point. True bearings: minaret in village, 32° 27'.6;
tip of land at European side of entrance to strait, at
water-line, 69° 02'; clock-tower in Dardanelles, 180°
16'. 4; northwest corner of farmhouse, 600 meters,
283° 01'.
Smyrna, Smyrna, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1910, in suburb called Bairakli, south of
house of Elias Petroklilos, east of retaining-wall of
dry stones, and north of rock-bordered path leading
to house of Vredos Petroklilos, just southeast of
threshing-floor, and 18.20 meters west and 5.05
meters northwest, respectively, of olive trees. True
bearings: church tower in Smyrna, 35° 06' .2; tip of
dome on church, 35° 29'.9 ; notch between twin peaks
across gulf, 56° 04'. 1; iron eross on church on Bai-
rakli, 118° 41'.
AUSTRALASIA
Australia
Adelaide (Botanical Park), South Australia, 1923 — Close
reoccupation of C.I.W. station of 1911. In Botani-
cal Park, about 280 yards (256 meters) from Bo-
tanical Gardens, about 220 feet (67 meters) east of
top of river bank, 256 feet (78.0 meters) northeast
of large blue-gum tree, 84.8 feet (25.84 meters)
northeast of left edge of bench near Victoria Drive,
136.2 feet (41.51 meters) south of lone white post
near drive, and about 860 feet (262 meters) south
from iron gates on opposite side of road from park
gates; marked by wooden peg driven flush with
ground. True bearings: center of hole in blue-
gum tree, 34° 50' .7; left edge of left bench support,
62° 73' .5; left edge of left bench support across
road, 123° 23' .7; near corner of base of lone white
post near road, 184° 17'.4; near corner of first stone
fence-post to left of gate across Hackney Road,
210° 50'.7.
Albury, New South Wales, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
CI.W. station of 1913, in Botanical Gardens on open
green with many trees, lying between Dean Street
and bowling-green, 70 feet (21.3 meters) from row
of trees south of walk parallel to Dean Street, 62
feet (189 meters) and 78 feet (23.8 meters) re-
spectively from nearest points of paths to north-
west and southeast, 72.5 feet (22.10 meters) from
water-tap near edge of path to northwest, and 100.6
feet (30.66 meters) from water-tap to east-south-
east. True bearings: top of flaestaff seen on bowl-
ing-green club-house, about 250 feet (76 meters)
35° 30'. 1 ; ton of standpipe on last house to left
of row on hill, 69° 15'.9.
Ararat, Victoria, 1923 — Station of 1911, was closely re-
occupied near center of recreation grounds of asy-
lum, east of concrete cricket-pitch and 39.5 feet
(12.0 meters) and 67 feet (20.4 meters) from its
north and south ends respectively; marked by tent-
neg driven flush with surface of ground. True
bearines: center of white railwav-crossine post, one-
third mile (0.5 km), 17° 21'.5; gable of brick build-
ing, one-fourth mile (0 4 km.), 86° 43'.3; flagpole
on nsvlum tower. 248° 15'.8; near chimney on stone
building, 308° 10' .1.
Batchelor. Northern Territory, 1923 — Exact reoccuDation
of CI.W. station of 1914 and close reoccupation of
CJ.W. station of 1912. On ridge south of gov-
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Batchelor, Northern Territory, 1923 — continued
eminent experiment farm, about 150 yards (137
meters) southeast of ruins of men's quarters, aBout
100 yards (91 meters) northwest from manager's
old quarters, 15 feet (4.6 meters) south of old
buggy track, and 9.5 feet (2.9 meters) northwest of
tall tree marked with cross 6 feet (1.8 meters)
above ground; marked by cement block 9 by 9
inches (23 by 23 cm.), with "CI.W. 1914" on top
and covered with cairn of stones. True bearings: top
of center gable of stable, 134° 49'.3; right gable of
stable, 138° 41'.9; leftmost ornament on manager's
house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 148° 45' .5.
Border Town, South Australia, 1923 — Station of 1916
was closely reoccupied on race-course reserve just
east of track, 105 paces southeast of No. 1 furlong
post, 143 paces northeast of No. 2 furlong post, 210
yards (192 meters) southwest of 182%-mile post on
railway, and 220 yards (201 meters) from near rail
of railway; marked by 2 by 4-inch (5 by 10 cm.)
post left 6 inches (15 cm.) above ground. True
bearings: center, near ground, of distant railway
signal-post, 235° 57M ; center of 182%-mile post, 245°
20'.9; north corner post of small cemetery surrounded
by iron railings, 267 paces, 303° 22'. 6.
Bourke, New South Wales, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
CI.W. station of 1913, in water-works reserve, on
bank of Darling River, between Cullie and Cobar
streets, 50 feet (15.2 meters) from southeast fence,
87.5 feet (26.67 meters) from east corner at Cullie
and Wartumurtie streets and about 230 feet (70
meters) northeast of water-tower; marked by tent-
peg. True bearings: left edge of chimney of engi-
neer's cottage, 36° 10'.8 ; center bottom of left sup-
port of water-tower, 67° 34'.3; center of chimney of
pump-house, 101° 13'. 0; near chimney of house, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 340° 36'.8.
Brisbane, Queensland, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.
W. station of 1913 and 1914, in Victoria Park, on
slope below Children's Hospital, 206.5 feet (62.94
meters) from corner of Children's Hospital fence
at intersection of streets and 263.7 feet (80.38
meters) from southeast corner of Courrier Ward of
hospital ; marked by sandstone post 6 by 6 by 15
inches (15 by 15 by 38 cm.), sunk 1 inch (3 cm.)
below ground, and lettered on top "CI.W. 1913."
True bearings: right cross on convent, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 6° 17' .1 ; edge of fence bounding Children's
Hospital at intersection of streets, 155° Ol'.O; south-
east edge of Courrier Ward, 196° 12'.2; center top
of rear tower of museum, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.),
294° 41'.8; top of St. Paul's Church steeple, three-
fourths mile (1.2 km.), 350° 57'.8.
Broken Hill, New South Wales, 1923 — Exact reoccupation
of C I.W. station of 1911, west of town, about 1 mile
(1.6 km.) from post-office and one-half mile (0.8 km.)
north of Silvertown Tramway's Sulphide Street sta-
tion, 25.2 feet (7.68 meters) south of center of west-
ern football-oval, 320 feet (97.5 meters) east of pa-
vilion, 214 feet (65.2 meters) and 157 feet (47.9
meters) respectively, southeast and northwest from
asphalt cycle-track encircling football-oval, and 288
feet (87.8 meters) southwest of right goal-post;
marked by jarrah peg 2 by 3 by 20 inches (5 by 8 by
51 cm.), driven flush with surface of ground. True
bearings: right edge of north railway water-tank,
one-half mile (0.8 km.), 34° 26' .8; gable and flagstaff
on pavilion, 96° 41'.5; near gable of stone house on
hill, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 163° 51'.4; right edge
of right goal-post, 223° 47M.
Descriptions of Stations
243
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Broome, A, Western Australia, 1921 — Close reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1914, in low scrub about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) west of jetty and one-half mile
(0.8 km.) south of wireless station, 204 feet (62.2
meters) from west end of north arm and 210 feet
64.0 meters) from west end of south arm respective-
ly of cattle lead joining cattle race on jetty. True
bearings: wireless mast, 171°25'.7; near gable of
large red building, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 226° 09'.8;
signal-mast on shore, one-third mile (0.5 km.), 239°
14'.9.
Bunbury, A, Western Australia, 1921 — About 80 feet (24.4
meters) west of C. I.W. station of 1914, and about
116 feet (35.4 meters) west of that of 1912, on grassy
thoroughfare connecting Wellington and Princep
streets, between Roman Catholic reserve and public
cemetery, at a point 27.5 feet (8.38 meters) and 23.4
feet (7.13 meters) from fences on east and west sides,
of thoroughfare, respectively, 79.3 feet (24.17 meters)
from northeast corner of cemetery fence, and 53.25
feet (16.23 meters) from fence post on top of rise to
north; marked by jarrah stake, 3 by 2 by 12 inches
(8 by 5 by 30 cm.), driven 1 inch (3 cm.) below sur-
face of ground. True bearings: west spike on pa-
vilion in showgrounds, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.),
164° 41'.6; top of lighthouse tower, three-fourths
mile (1 km.), 195° 21\2; bottom of flagstaff at
signal-station, three-fourths mile (1 km.), 196° 34' .8;
southwest corner of Roman Catholic reserve, 350°
48' .3.
Bunbury, B, Western Australia, 1921 — Near middle of
recreation ground at Forrest Park, a large open space
surrounded by wooded bush, about 1.5 miles (2.4
km.) southeast of town, 24.5 feet (7.47 meters) east
of southeast corner of and in line with south edge
of cement cricket-pitch in center of park ; marked by
jarrah stake, 2 by 2 by 24 inches (5 by 5 by 61 cm.),
its top face left about 1 inch (3 cm.) below sod.
True bearings: southeast corner of cricket-pitch, 75°
43'; bottom of southmost support of scoring-board,
150 yards (137 meters), 80° 18' .5; leftmost of two
ventilators on roof of red building, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 120° 32'.6; southwest veranda-post of
sports pavilion, 133 paces, 138° 06'.8; northmost
veranda-post of house behind large tree, 315° 55'.4.
Burra, South Australia, 1923 — In part of Burra known as
Kooringa, in football-ground owned by the corpora-
tion, 100.7 feet (30.69 meters) from northeast wall,
106.0 feet (32.31 meters) from southeast wall, 137.8
feet (42.00 meters) north of near gate-post of gate
in southeast wall, 58.4 feet (17.80 meters) east of
notched post in fence surrounding oval, and 37.8 feet
(11.52 meters) northwest of nearest pine tree; marked
by 2 by 3 inch (5 by 8 cm.) jarrah peg, left flush
with soil, a copper nail-head marking exact point.
True bearings: gable end of house, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 7° 18'.4; ornament on left end of
lower school building, 900 feet (274 meters), 71°
12'.7; center of right-hand post of main gate, 275 feet
(83.8 meters), 90° 57' .3; center of near face of chim-
ney of old smelter, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 108°
20' .8; gable of large shed in football-ground, 450 feet
(137 meters), 149° 11'.9; top of southeast corner of
walls, 146.1 feet (44.53 meters), 284° 44' .6.
Cairns, Queensland, 1923 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1912, on southwest outskirts of town, on
lot No. 167, reserved for recreation ground, at corner
of Alpin and Severn streets, west of cement cricket-
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Cairns, Queensland, 1923 — continued.
pitch; 124.2 feet (37.86 meters) and 138.5 feet (42.21
meters), respectively, southwest and west of nearest
corners; marked by wooden peg driven just below
surface of ground. True bearings: near corner of
house east of Severn Street, 900 feet (274 meters),
162° 55' .0; near corner of anteroom of corner house,
300 feet (91 meters), 210° 09' .0; spike on top of
harbor lighthouse, 1% miles (2.4 km.), 286° 25'.5;
left edge of left iron support of city gas-tank, 1%
miles (2.4 km.), 288° 08' .2.
Carnarvon, Western Australia, 1921 — Close reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1914, on town common on north
side of creek, about 800 feet (244 meters) north-
northeast of Gascoyne Hotel, 64 paces from north
end of small foot-bridge over creek along line from
right edge of Gascoyne Hotel. True bearings: right
gable of Gascoyne Hotel, 24° 15'.0; top of light-
house tower, 3 miles (5 km.), 103° 06'.0; spike on
red-roofed house, two-thirds mile (1 km.), 268° 38'.4.
Ceduna, South Australia, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1911, on small sand rise about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) south of hotel, about one-half
mile (0.8 km.) north of railway station, 94.5 feet
(28.80 meters) west of road-peg numbered "13-14,"
and 147 feet (44.81 meters) northwest of road-peg
numbered "14-21/' True bearings: near gable of
house painted black and white, 2 miles (3 km.), 42°
21'.7; center of mooring-post on end of jetty, one-
third mile (0.5 km.), 133° 33'.0; ornament on front
gable of Murat Bay Hotel, 177° 46' .9; center of
steeple on Methodist church, 189° 49' .4.
Charleville, Queensland, 1922 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913, now Oon private property between
Edward and Galatea streets, in second lot facing
Edward Street southwest of Mr. McWha's house, 186
feet (56.7 meters) from survey-peg at southeast cor-
ner of Mr. McWha's property, 5.3 feet (1.62 meters)
northeast of west wooden fence, 31.2 feet (9.51
meters) southeast of north wooden fence, and 61
feet (18.6 meters) southwest of east wire fence;
marked by hardwood peg sunk just below ground.
True bearings: left edge of house, 174° 36'.9; gable
of brown house, 250 feet (76 meters), 250° 26'.6;
outer edge of right veranda-post, 250 feet (76
meters), 306° 21'.6; top of telegraph-pole, 1,200 feet
C366 meters), 322° 12'.1.
Station B is on football-grounds, near northeast
street entrance, 94.0 feet (28.65 meters) southwest
of center of south post of wagon gate, 83 .7 feet (25.51
meters) southwest of post in fence-line and 18.0 feet
(5.49 meters) northeast of post of inner fence of
foptball-field, both posts and station being in line
with fence on southeast side of street leading to
wagon gate, and 44.8 feet (13.65 meters) east of water-
pipe; marked by tent-peg driven flush with ground.
True bearings: left edge of house on piles, 500 feet
(152 meters), 94° 27' .5; left gable of brown and
white house seen over fence, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
161° 47' .9; north veranda-post (center) of Mr. Mc-
Wha's house near C. Y.W. station of 1913, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 186° 43'.8; left corner of top of first
telegraph-pole on street leading to wagon gate 400
feet (122 meters), 233° 02' .3; left gable of brown
house, 300 feet (91 meters), 340° 27' .7.
Cloncurry, Queensland, 1923 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is close reoccupation' of C. I.W. station of
1913, on southeast end of town reserve, north of
244
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Cloncurry, Queensland, 1923 — continued
cemetery, and west of Sheaffe Street, 396 feet (120.7
meters) northeast of northwest corner and 530 feet
(161.5 meters) northwest of northeast corner of cem-
etery reserve; marked by peg. True bearings: east
gable of cottage, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 28° 23'.6;
near gable of cottage, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 59°
37'.5; left gable of engine shed, 298° 33' .5; left gable
of railway station, 320° 23' 2; center of cross on
Catholic church, 450 yards (411 meters), 336° 56' .2.
Station B is 191 paces west of station A, 97.6 feet
(29.75 meters) east of small tree, 238.6 feet (72.72
meters) southeast of southeast corner of fence inclos-
ing city pound, and 299 feet (91.1 meters) south-
southeast of survey-peg "P-R"; marked by peg.
True bearings: near gable of cottage, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 27° 52' .5: east edge of sign-board on
pound fence, 107° 40'.7; Station A, 275° 48'.5; center
of lone tombstone near north side of cemetery, 307°
34' .9.
Cook, South Australia, 1921 — On flat limestone plain,
1,000 feet (304.8 meters) north of east-west railway
line; marked by peg and cairn of stones. True
bearings: east edge of tank over artesian bore, 26°
53' .8; center of gable of large engine supply-tank
opposite railway station, 360 paces, 41° 40' .3; distant
signal, 71° 01'.8; north edge of galvanized iron car-
riage-shed, 134° 04' .3; center of top of distant signal-
post, 281° 32' 2; northeast edge of elevated iron
tank, 286° 17'.7; near signal east of railway station,
330° 27' .2; right edge of signal-wire post, 358° 36' .7.
Cooktown, Queensland, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1912 and 1913. On open grassy
slope east of town between lines of Hogg and How-
ard streets, 44 feet (13.4 meters) from charred milk
tree, and 453 feet (138.1 meters) east-southeast from
southeast corner fence-post of house in block between
Garden and Kimberly streets; marked by a 7 by 7
by 18 inches (18 by 18 by 46 cm.) cement block left
level with the surface, with inscription "C.I.W.
1923" cut on top and covered by cairn of stones.
True bearings: peak of roof of house on hill, 1 mile
(1.6 km.), 26° 07' .4; center of gable on hospital
veranda, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 62° 28' .4; south-
west corner of house, 470 feet (143 meters), 122°
20'. 1 ; center of right ventilator on State School,
three-eighths mile (0.6 km.), 152° 16'.4; base of
flagstaff on Grassy Hill, one and one-half miles
(2.4 km), 181° 28M.
Coolgardie, Western Australia, 1921 — Close reoccupa-
tion of C.I.W. station of 1912, in reserve lands on
north side of town, in section bounded by Toorak,
Moran, MacDonald, and Jobson streets, 117.8 feet
(35.91 meters) southwest and 111.6 feet (34.02
meters) northwest of centers of two prominent gum
trees respectively; marked by a tarred jarrah peg
sunk 2 inches (5 cm.) below surface of ground. True
bearings: right edge of reservoir on hill, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 213° 00' .2; left gable of Presbyterian
church, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 299° 32'.0; cross on
right gable of Catholic church, one-fourth mile (0.4
km.), 330° 07'. 1 ; center of, cross of left gable of con-
vent, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 345° 28' .0.
Coongoola, Eclipse, Queensland, 1922 — In town reserve
section of large open paddock northwest of Coon-
goola railway station, 675 feet (205.7 meters) south-
west of survey peg at northwest corner of Block I,
Lot 10, and 674 feet (205.4 meters) northwest of sur-
vey peg at northwest corner of Block II, lots 10 and
11 marked by a 4 by 4 inch by 3.5 feet (10 by 10 by
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Coongoola, Eclipse, Queensland, 1922 — continued
107 cm.) cypress post left 1 inch (3 cm.) above sur-
face of ground, with letters "C.I.W., 1922" burned
upon top, a hole marking exact station center. True .
bearings: middle of railway signal-pole, one-third
mile (0.5 km.), 224° 22'.8; survey peg corner of
Block I, 241° 46' .6; left edge of railway ware-shed,
1,200 feet (366 meters), 289° 14' .5; north gable of
railway station, 1,500 feet (457 meters), 307° 39' .5;
survey peg corner of Block II, 310° 54' .2.
Cordillo Downs, South Australia, 1922 — Close reoccupa-
tion of CI.W. station of 1914, on low, flat ground
east of water-course of Pollatuckera water-hole, 150
feet (45.7 meters) south of cleared track to Arabury,
and 300 feet (91 meters) east of east edge of water-
course; marked by mulga peg projecting 3 inches
(8 cm.) above ground and surmounted by pile of
stones 1 foot (30 cm.) high and 2 feet (61 cm.) in
diameter. True bearings: north side of small win-
dow of wool-shed, one-third mile (0.5 km.), 99° 21'.3;
foot of southern aerial mast, one-fourth mile (0.4
km.), 108° 50' .6; center of concrete pier near home-
stead, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 117° 4V 2; foot of
northern aerial mast, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 118°
17' .2; near corner of chimney of homestead, 1,500
feet (457 meters), 121° 44' .4; south side of chimney
stack of wool-scouring plant, 1,200 feet (366 meters),
126° 48' .2; pumping-rod of northern windmill, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 127° 57'.6.
Croydon, Queensland, 1923 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1912, on unoccupied ground between
hospital and race-course reserves, about three-fifths
mile (1 km.) south of railway station; marked by
new peg 3 by 2% by 18 inches (8 by 6 by 46 cm.).
True bearings: southeast corner of hospital fence,
342 feet (104.2 meters), 68° 09'.7; ventilator on top
of hospital, 108° 55' .0; northeast corner of hospital
fence, 385 feet (117.3 meters), 149° 34'.5; right edge
of railway water-tank, 168° 43'.0; center of mine
chimney, 210° 6'.9; east gable of school, 223° 01'4.
Cottesloe, A, Western Australia, 1921 — Exact reoccupa-
tion of C. I.W. station of 1914, in Government Edu-
cational Endowment Reserve, northeast of junction
of Grant and Marmion streets, 240.5 feet (7330
meters) northeast of sign-post at southwest corner
of reserve, and 160.2 feet (48.83 meters) north of
telegraph-pole on north side of Grant Street. True
bearings: edge, of fence near quarry, three-fourths
mile (1 km.), 23° 26' .6; top of sign-post at corner of
Grant and Marmion streets, 51° 36' .6; spike of
front gable of house on hillside, one-third mile (0.5
km.), 120° 40' .6; ornament on roof of nearby house,
150 yards (137 meters), 263° 13' .5.
Cunnamulla, Queensland, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1913, in southwest corner of race-
course reserve, 343.5 feet (104.70 meters) from south-
west corner; marked by hardwood peg driven flush
with ground. True bearings: southwest corner of
reserve, 72° 44'. 0; center of near cross on church, 1.3
miles (2 km.), 80° 59'.0; right gable end of F. Hob-
son and Company's store, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 90° 38'.4;
left end of tower on roof of store, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
100° 37' .9; near gable of railway shed, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 135° 26' .8; northwest corner of race-
course reserve, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 185° 37'.4;
southeast corner of reserve, 285° 45'.0.
Darwin, Northern Territory, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station Port Darwin of 1912 and Darwin of
1914. West of Botanical Gardens and near north
Descriptions of Stations
245
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Darwin, Northern Territory, 1923— continued
end of Mindil Beach, 55 feet (16.8 meters) northwest
of center of old road running southwest through
avenue of coconut palms measured from a point in
center of roadway 62 feet (18.9 meters) southwest of
intersection with center of roadway running south-
east, 121.6 feet (37.06 meters) southwest of V-marked
jungle tree, and 133.5 feet (40.69 meters) north of
northmost coconut palm ; marked by a 10 by 10 by
36 inches (25 by 25 by 91 cm.) concrete pier labeled
"C. I.W. 1923," with a bamboo pipe embedded to
mark exact center. True bearings : center of ventila-
tor on house at Milly Point, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 36°
31'.2; center of Point Charles Lighthouse, 15 miles
(24 km.), 105° 06' .2; extreme edge of East Point,
2y2 miles (4 km.), 153° 30' .4; center of near iron
post of road culvert, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 234°
21'.4.
Deakin, Western Australia, 1921 — On flat limestone plain
north of east-west railway-line, northeast of Deakin
railway siding, and 255.4 feet (77.85 meters) true
north of center mark of portable-transit pier, 3 by
2 by 1.5 feet (0.9 by 0.6 by 0.46 meter), the western-
most of three slate-topped concrete piers 20 feet
(6.1 meters) north of railway-line used in determina-
tion of boundary in 1921 between South Australia
and Western Australia; marked by peg and small
cairn of stones.
Derby, Western Australia, 1921 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1914, on flat, open ground north-
east of Derby Hotel, in line with front edge of
northwest balcony of hotel, and in range with two
posts 8 feet (2.4 meters) high and about 500 feet
(152 meters) apart, marking race-course track. True
bearings: bottom of near post of race-course, 350
feet (107 meters), 239° 49'.5; right edge of water-
tank, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 309° 55' .3.
Dubbo, A, New South Wales, 1923 — Close reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1913, near New South Wales
astronomical station, on top of rise about 1.5 miles
(2 km.) west of town, in paddock south of main
road which crosses Macquarie River, marked by
hardwood peg left 2 inches (5 cm.) above ground
and covered with cairn of stones. True bearings:
astronomical station, 129.5 feet (39.47 meters), 34°
23'.0; trigonometric station, 10 miles (16 km.), 248°
41'.5; near corner of brewery, 2 miles (3 km.), 326°
22'.3.
Dubbo, B, New South Wales, 1923 — Close reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1913, in park southwest of
Great Western Hotel, 288.5 feet (87.93 meters) south-
west of northeast corner and 154 feet (46.9 meters)
west of east fence of park; marked by peg. True
bearings: east gable of high-school, one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.), 7° 56' .6; white pole in front of house, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 37° 14'.4; right edge of north-
west chimney of railway station, one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.), 129° 26' .2; left edge of lamp-post at north-
east corner of park, 219° 59'5.
East Maitland, New South Wales, 1921 — Close reoccupa-
tion of C. I.W. station of 1913, in east half of large
park on rise in southern part of town, south of south
corner of William and Park streets, 397 feet (121.0
meters) from north corner post of park, and 226 feet
(68.9 meters) from northwest fence; marked by peg
driven flush with ground. True bearings: near gable
on former church, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 25°
18'.2; lamp-post at north road corner of Rouse and
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
East Maitland, New South Wales, 1921 — continued
William streets, 117° 41'.0; belfry of Anglican church,
500 feet (152 meters), 170° 48'.8; center of north
corner park post, 200° 21'.8; center of ornament on
front of Wesleyan church, 1,000 feet (305 meters),
209° 48'.0; center of bottom of cross on near end of
Catholic church, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 257° 44' .2.
Edithburgh, South Australia, 1924 — Exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1911. In triangular shaped por-
tion of park land immediately west of township, 700
yards (640 meters) west-northwest of large stone
house near jetty, 300 yards (274 meters) north-north-
west of stone shop on corner of main street, 131 feet
(39.9 meters) northeast of hedge fence bordering
Yorketown road, approximately 350 feet (106.7
meters) west of wire fence along street to eastward;
marked by jarrah peg sunk a little below surface.
True bearings: brick corner of white-roofed house,
200 yards (193 meters), 108° 14'.1; east gable of
public school, 400 yards (357 meters), 211° 05' .8;
spire of Anglican church, 272° 18'. 3; ornament on
large stone house near jetty, 700 yards (640 meters),
293° 52'.3; gable ornament on institute, 400 yards
(356.76 meters), 325° 39'.5.
Emerald, Queensland, 1922 — Practical reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1913, in public park reserve con-
taining race-course, 252.2 feet (76.87 meters) from
southwest corner of reserve, and 217.6 feet (66.32
meters) from spike in foot of post at small gate
opposite hospital; marked by tent-peg driven flush
with ground. True bearings: center of veranda post
on house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 14° 40'2; top
of left center ventilator on hospital, 300 feet (91
meters), 67° 22'.4; right edge of back of grandstand,
250 feet (76 meters), 295° 03' .5; near gable of house,
three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 345° 00'.8.
Eucla, Western Australia, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1911 and 1914, on open ground east
of settlement, 192.8 feet (58.76 meters) east of corner
of fence opposite old telegraph offices and quarters,
about 300 feet (91 meters) southeast of near corner
of billiard-room, and about 1 foot (0.3 meter) south
of point in range with east-west fence; marked by
tent-peg driven flush with sand. True bearings : north-
west corner of goods-shed on sand-hills, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 18° 12'.0; front gable of Mr. Ton-
kin's house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 97° 43' .2; near
corner of billiard-room, 149° 40' .6.
Farina, A, South Australia, 1923 — Exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1911 and 1914. On small knoll in
northeast corner of police paddock west of town,
about 1 mile (1.6 km.) west of railway station, about
one-half mile (0.8 km.) due west of Exchange Hotel,
594 feet (181 meters) west of east fence of paddock,
and 637 feet (194.2 meters) from north fence; marked
by jarrah peg left flush with ground and surmounted
by a small cairn of stones. True bearings: gable of
pump-house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 230° 10' .5;
west gable of public school, 279° 56' .8; west gable of
English church, 288° 56'.8; west gable of red-roofed
house, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 312° 13'.4.
Forsayth, Queensland, 1923 — Practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1912, on open country northwest
of township, between terminus of railway and school-
house, northeast of two high knobs at west end of
range of hills, south of school gully, 7 paces west
from center of Georgetown Road, and 100 paces
northeast of Joe Lee's stock-yard ; marked by a gum-
246
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Forsayth, Queensland, 1923 — continued
tree post 4 by 4 by 60 inches (10 by 10 by 152 cm.)
left 2 feet (0.6 meter) above ground. True bear-
ings: left ventilator on schoolhouse, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 132° 39'.2; near gable of Mr. Fitzsimmon's
house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 218° 59'.0; left
veranda-post of Goldfields Hotel, one-half mile (0.8
km.), 296° 10' .2.
Geraldton, Western Australia, 1921 — Near the C. I.W.
station of 1912, over jarrah peg 3.5 inches (9 cm.)
square, projecting 2 feet (0.6 meter) above ground,
on summit of broken sand ridges opposite public
cemetery, on east side and southeast of north end
of Eastern Road, about 80 yards (73 meters) east of
northeast corner of cemetery, and about 15 yards
(14 meters) southwest of sandy cart-track leading
southeast from north end of Eastern Road. True
bearings: bottom of left side of base of water-tank,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 11° 55'. 1 ; westmost peak of range,
10 miles (16 km.), 179° 54' .4; near gable end of red-
roofed shed on hillside, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 221°
24'.8; telegraph-pole, 50 feet (15.2 meters), 237° 33'.6.
Goondiwindi, Queensland, 1922 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is exact reoccupation of E. Kid-
son's eclipse station of September 21,1922, near
southwest corner of recreation park, 105.5 feet (32.16
meters) northeast of corner post, 66 feet (20. 1 me-
ters) south-southeast of lone tree, and 105.4 feet
(32.13 meters) southwest of near corner of brick pier
of the Melbourne Observatory eclipse expedition;
marked by white-wood peg driven flush with ground,
surrounded by three redwood tripod pegs driven
flush with ground. True bearings: ornament on roof
of house, 200 feet (61 meters), 87° 17'.6; center of
ornament on front of house on corner, 400 feet (122
meters), 195° 16' .6; center of top cross on convent,
1,000 feet (305 meters), 257° 45' .3; center of near
cross on convent, 258° 26' .2; right edge of water-tank,
750 feet (229 meters), 272° 34' .6; center of near
ventilator on roof of house, 750 feet (229 meters)
344° 55'.7.
Station B is close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1913, in northwest corner of race-course and show-
ground reserve, 385 feet (117.3 meters) southeast of
northwest corner post of reserve, 146.6 feet (44.68
meters) north-northeast of east post of corral gate,
and 133 feet (40.54 meters) from permanent north-
east corner post of corral ; marked by peg. True
bearings: center of left ventilator on railway station,
one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 9° 51'.4; near gable of
barn, 200 feet (61 meters), 17° 52' .4; center of north-
west corner post of reserve, 153° 21'.2; right ventila-
tor on barn, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 288° 02' .5;
near gable of grandstand, 200 feet (61 meters), 356°
18'.4.
Goulbourn, New South Wales, 1922 — Close reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1913, in northeast half of Vic-
toria Park, near west corner, 141 feet (43.0 meters)
from center of hedge fence along street on north-
west side of park, and 260 feet (79.2 meters) east of
nearest gate-post at gate to street ; marked by round
wooden peg. True bearings: near corner of nearest
gate-post, 78° 48' .8; top of church spire, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 279° 17'.4; ornament on near gable
of large yellow brick house on hill, about 1.5 miles
(2.4 km.), 326° 38' .6.
Harden, New South Wales, 1922 — Practical reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1913, near southwest corner of
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Harden, New South Wales, 1922 — continued
Murrumburrah Park, 141 feet (43.0 meters) north-
northeast of west wagon gate-post, in line with and
133 feet (40.5 meters) east of near corner of north
tennis-court boundary fence, and 160 feet (48.8 me-
ters) southwest of southwest band-stand support
post, which stands in line with northeast post. True
bearings: center of tall iron smoke-stack, about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 83° 56' .2; center of spire on
Catholic church across valley, about one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.), 102° 06' .5; ornament on top of band-stand,
236° 36'.4; spike on wind-gage on Methodist church,
about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 341° 36' .1.
Hergott Springs, South Australia, 1922, 1923 — See Marree.
Hobart, D, Tasmania, 1923 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1914, in inclosure near rear entrance to
Government House, 120 feet (36.6 meters) north of
north face of old hexagonal observatory, 79 feet (24.1
meters) and 70.7 feet (21.55 meters) northeast of
south and east corners respectively of square sand-
stone shed, 26 feet (7.9 meters) southwest of north-
east wood boundary fence, 25 feet (7.6 meters) west
of lone tree near gate, and 41.5 feet (12.65 meters)
northwest of lock on right gate-post of gate opening
into inclosure; marked by peg. True bearings: left
edge of stone shed, 58° 19'.3; right edge of antenna
pole on hill, 1,700 feet (518 meters), 120° 36'.7; near
gable of small red house across Derwent River, 2
miles (3 km.), 192° 36' .0; near gable of large house
across Derwent River, 2 miles (3 km.), 193° 57'.0.
Hughenden, Queensland, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1913, in large water reserve on west
bank of Flinders River, 209.5 feet (63.86 meters)
east from railway siding, 150 feet (45.7 meters) south-
west of telegraph-pole, and 298.5 feet (91.0 meters)
northwest of survey peg marked "R-R" at northwest
corner of Uhr Street and street leading to hospital ;
marked by wooden peg driven flush with ground.
True bearings: spike on water-tower, one-eighth mile
0.2 km.), 11° 24'.0; near gable of slaughter-house,
135° 03' .2; survey peg "R-R," 299° 59'.8; center of
front cross on Roman Catholic church, one-third
mile (0.5 km.), 329° 05'.0.
Jericho, Queensland, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1913, in stock and camping reserve, north
of town, 244 feet (74.4 meters) northwest of north-
west corner of fence inclosing railway grounds, and
473 feet (144.2 meters) from inclosure at Edison
Street crossing; marked by tent-peg driven flush
with ground. True bearings: end post of stock-load-
ing chute, 700 feet (213 meters), 245° 02' .5; spike on
far end of railway station, 321° 49' .8; near gable of
railway station, 325° 13'.8; left veranda-post of cot-
tage, 750 feet (229 meters), 358° 42'.6.
Katanning, Western Australia, 1921 — Exact reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1912, one-half mile (0.8 km.)
northeast of railway station, in recreation grounds
(town lot 416) previously used as agricultural show-
grounds, 150.5 feet (45.87 meters) from survey post
at east corner, 103.5 feet (31.55. meters) from fence
running northeast-southwest, and 55.0 feet (16.76
meters) from south corner of tennis-court. True
bearings: top left edge of railway tank, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 39° 28' .8; bottom of flagstaff on turret of
K. G. Hostel, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 56° 37' .4;
south corner of fence around tennis-court, 65° 13' .5.
Katherine River, Northern Territory, 1923 — Exact re-
occupation of C. I.W. station of 1912 and 1914. In
Descriptions of Stations
247
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Katherine River, Northern Territory, 1923 — continued
horse paddock of Katherine telegraph-station, 451.5
feet (137.62 meters) northeast of east corner of
masonry tower supporting telegraph-wire, and 98
feet (29.9 meters) north of lone gum tree; marked
by new wooden peg. True bearings: bottom of
right iron pole on tower near office, 60° 58' .5; right
edge of iron pole on far tower across river, 93° 56' .2 ;
near gable of linesman's cottage, 500 feet (152 me-
ters), 169° 16'.2; west corner post of stockyard, 400
feet (122 meters), 196° 30' .2.
Latrobe, Tasmania, 1923 — CJ.W. station of 1914 was re-
occupied in neighborhood of Tasmanian Magnetic
Survey station in western part of race-course reserve,
on north side of road to Deloraine, 18.5 feet (5.64
meters) east of right gate-post and 23.6 feet (7.19
meters) northeast of left gate-post of west fence,
54.6 feet (16.64 meters) northwest of small double-
t ranked wattle tree, and about 389 feet (119 meters)
north of south fence; marked by peg. True bear-
ings : right edge of rock on Mount Roland, 17.5 miles
(28.2 km.), 30° 05' .6; left edge of chimney on double
house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 76° 17'.5; right
edge of white cottage next to red cottage, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 80° 40' .6; left edge of red cottage on
hill, taken near chimney, 2 miles (3 km.), 110° 03'.1.
Leonora, Western Australia, 1921 — Practical reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1914, about 4 miles (6 km.)
northwest of Leonora, near Lawlers Road, about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) northeast along Four-Mile
Creek, between two arms of creek, on bank of south
arm, 1,219 feet (372 meters) from east corner of
foot of Four-Mile Well ; marked by jarrah peg 5.5
by 3 inches (14 by 8 cm.), standing 1 inch (3 cm.)
above surface, and lettered "C IW." True bearing :
left edge of leftmost tank on St. George Hill, 166°
21'.6.
Longford, Tasmania, 1923 — About 6 feet (2 meters)
northeast of C.I.W. station of 1913, in recreation-
ground reserve, about 158 feet (48 meters) southeast
of Tasmanian Magnetic station, a concrete block set
6 inches (15 cm.) below ground, 187.5 feet (57.15
meters) south of south corner of dressing-shed, 185.5
feet (56.54 meters) southwest of fence corner near
gate, and 225.0 feet (68.58 meters) west of fence cor-
ner south of almshouse ; marked by sandstone block
3% by 7 by 8 inches (9 by 18 by 20 cm.), lettered
"C. I.W. 1923" on top, a hole marking exact station
center, left flush with ground. True bearings: near
corner of sports dressing-shed, 186° 54' .0; near cor-
ner of fence near gate, 215° 08' .8; near corner of
almshouse, 350 feet (107 meters), 288° 32'.2; right
ledge of chimney on cottage, 331° 12' .8.
Lyndhurst Siding, South Australia, 1922 — On flat ground
northeast of Lyndhurst railway station, within sta-
tion-yard reserve, and 43.0 feet (13.11 meters) south
of notched post on northern boundary fence
measured 247 feet (75 meters) along fence from rail-
way-line; marked by aluminum peg sunk level with
ground. True bearings: foot of telephone corner-
post, 124.2 feet (37.86 meters), 29° 42' .2; gable of
ticket office 32° 32'.1 ; south corner of station-master's
house, 35° 11'.6; top of nearest telegraph-pole, num-
bered 527, 119° 03' .6; corner post of railwav yard,
262° 59' .4; near gable corner of hotel, 293° 02' .4.
Mackay, Queensland, 1923 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1913, in small triangular showground
reserve between Albert and Alfred streets, west of
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Mackay, Queensland, 1923 — continued
Milton Street, 256 feet (78.0 meters) from southeast
corner of reserve, and 134.5 feet (41.00 meters) from
south fence of reserve; marked by hardwood peg.
True bearings: center of second veranda-post from
right on house, 800 feet (244 meters), 11° 18' .8;
gable of city brewery, 800 feet (244 meters), 64°
38' .3; near corner of shed in north end of reserve,
206° 39' .2; top of wind- vane on Apostle Church, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 256° 16'.2; center of tower on
school, about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 278° 14' .9.
Marree, South Australia, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1911 and 1914, on open ground, on
south side of railway, about 180 feet (55 meters)
southeast of fence surrounding block containing
Great Northern Hotel, about 300 feet (91 meters)
southwest of fence bounding railway property, and
200 feet (61 meters) east of nearest corner of Wil-
son's butcher shop; marked by aluminum peg flush
with ground. True bearings: gable ornament on Wil-
son's butcher shop, 73° 51' j0; near corner of Great
Northern Hotel, 157° 56' .7; center top of semaphore,
450 feet (137 meters), 213° 05' .2; near gable of rail-
way running shed, 500 feet (152 meters), 246° 14'.3;
top of distant semaphore, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.),
292° 25'.8.
Melbourne, Victoria, 1922 — Incident to the removal of
the observatory from Melbourne to Toolangi, on
account of disturbances from electric cars at the for-
mer location, simultaneous observations were made
at both places. All three elements were observed on
the earth-inductor pier in the absolute house at
Melbourne Observatory. The fixed mark is a brass
tag on the wall of the main office building, 120 feet
(36.6 meters), and its bearing is 273° 11'.4.
Menindie, New South Wales, 1923 — Close reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1913, on north bank of Darling
River, in large recreation reserve bounded by Pruella
and Holding streets, 80.5 feet (24.54 meters) east of
gate-post at west corner of reservation, 58 feet (17.7
meters) southeast of fence along Holding Street,
104.5 feet (31.85 meters) southwest of west corner of
target stand, and 219.7 feet (66.96 meters) north of
survey post inscribed "Park" near river; marked by
hardwood peg. True bearings: near corner of chim-
ney of Crown Hotel, 104° 57'.4; spike on rear end of
roof of town hall, 165° 18'.4; west gable of vestibule
of Roman Catholic church, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.),
170° 33'.6; left edge of chimney of house at east end
of park, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 227° 34'.4.
Mile-Post 632, Western Australia, 1923 — On level desert
south of Transcontinental Railway line, 179.5 feet
(54.71 meters) south of first iron telegraph-pole east
of water-tank and ninth east of mile-post 632, 416.5
feet (127.0 meters) east of east side and in line with
north side of railway house No. 49 ; marked by hard-
wood peg. True bearings : near gable of railway house
No. 49, 82° 35'.5; center of iron telegraph-pole to
left of west railway semaphore, one-half mile (0.8
km.), 87° 09' .0; top of ninth iron telegraph-pole east
of mile-post 632, 173° 39'.5; center of first iron tele-
graph-pole to right of east railway semaphore, one-
half mile (0.8 km.), 259° 55' .5
Mount Lofty, South Australia, 1923 — Intercomparison
observations were made at two stations near Flinders
Tower on summit of Mount Lofty. Station A is
141.5 feet (43.13 meters) north-northeast of north-
east corner of underground concrete water-tank. 132.8
feet (40.48 meters) southeast of base of Flinders
248
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Mount Lofty, South Australia, 1923 — continued
Tower, measured from a point directly under door,
and 79.5 feet (2453 meters) southeast of southwest
corner of summer house; temporarily marked by
aluminum peg driven flush with ground, to be
replaced by stone pier. True bearings: right edge
of door of house in valley, 3 miles (5 km.), 97° 33'.2;
upper left outside corner of tower door, 123° 21'.9;
right gable of stone building, in line with station B,
3 miles (5 km.), 250° 30' .9.
Station B is 55.1 feet (16.79 meters) east-northeast
from station A, and 108.6 feet (33.10 meters) south-
east of southwest corner of summer house; marked
by aluminum peg driven flush with ground, to be
replaced by stone pier. True bearings: upper left
outside corner of tower door, 150 feet (46 meters),
108° 02'.6; right gable of stone building, 3 miles (5
km.), 250° 30' .9.
Narrogin, Western Australia, 1921 — Exact reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1912, about one-half mile (0.8
km.) northwest of railway station, near southeast
corner of general sports and agricultural show-
grounds, 77.5 feet (23.62 meters) west of east fence,
and 16.2 feet (4.94 meters) east-northeast of end pine
in row of pine trees; marked by jarrah peg driven
3 inches (8 cm.) below surface. True bearings: cross
on Roman Catholic church, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
0° 26M ; tip of spire on judges' box, 300 yards (274
meters), 97° 56' .7; survey post in southeast corner of
ground, 239 feet (72.8 meters), 342° 39' .0.
Narromine, New South Wales, 1923 — About one-half
mile (0.8 km.) south of railway station, near north-
east corner of sports grounds, 68 feet (20.7 meters)
northwest of government survey peg near wagon
gate, 43.5 feet (13.26 meters) east of double-trunk
tree, and 64.5 feet (19.66 meters) southeast of north-
east corner fence-post; marked by peg. True bear-
ings: near corner of chimney of house, one-quarter
mile (0.4 km.), 67° 20' .8; east gable spike on Gillis-
pie mill, one-half mile (0.8 km,), 181° 12' .6; near
gable of brown house to left of cemetery, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 322° 46'.0.
Normanton, Queensland, 1923 — Exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1912, on spur of rise about three-
fourths mile (1.2 km.) southeast of town and about
1 mile (1.6 km.) south of wharf at foot of Lans-
borough Street; marked by jarrah peg projecting
slightly above ground. True bearings: cross on left
end of Catholic church, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.),
75° 38' .4; center of Divisional Board's Hall, three-
fourths mile (1.2 km.), 127° 06' .6; near corner of
small stone building at hospital, one-third mile (0.5
km.), 348° 19' .4. Inclination was also measured at a
secondary station 97 paces south.
Northam, Western Australia, 1921 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1912, in public park and gardens
reserve now used as golf links, about midway be-
tween River Avon and Clarke Street, and in line
with fence on southwest side of east sanitary plot,
about 395 yards (361 meters) southeast of survey
post at Clarke Street corner, at which line to sta-
tion makes an angle with side of Clarke Street of
39°, 195.8 feet (59.68 meters) from edge of large gum
tree to north, and 149.0 feet (45.42 meters) from
edge of large gum tree to southeast; marked by
round stake. True bearings: center of Morrell's
tomb, 2 miles (3 km.), 259° 30' .3; lower fork of large
gum tree, 309° 28' ; chimney-stack, three-fourths mile
(1 km.), 314° 43' .4; top of gable of church, three-
fourths mile (1 km.), 332° 56'.3.
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Oodnadatta, South Australia, 1923 — Exact reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1911 and 1912, west of police
station, which is about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.)
west of railway station, and west-northwest of school,
and 265.5 feet (80.93 meters) west of nearest corner
of police stable; marked by an earthenware pipe 36
inches (91 cm.) long and 4 inches (10 cm.) in
diameter, filled with cement and lettered "C.I.W.
1923," left just level with surface of ground. True
bearings: near gable of metal house in Afghan
Town, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 41° 41'.5; trigo-
nometric station on hill, 3 miles (5 km.), 183° 35' .6;
near gable of railway car-sheds, 249° 12' .0; near cor-
ner of police stable, 262° 17'.0; near gable of police
station, 283° 15'.5; top of south railway semaphore,
one-half mile (0.8 km.), 312° 44'.6.
Ooldea, South Australia, 1923 — Proximate reoccupation
of C.I.W. station Ooldea Bore of 1914. On south
side of transcontinental railway, in range with and
77 feet (23.5 meters) west of north side of station-
master's house, 56 feet (17.1 meters) east of east
tennis-court fence, and 62.6 feet (19.08 meters) south-
west of southwest corner of hall; marked by tent-
peg. True bearings: west railway semaphore, 86°
02'. 0; center of iron telegraph-pole in range with
lamp-post, 200 feet (61 meters), 152° 47'.6; north
side of station-master's house, 256° 53' .6; near edge
of northwest sheep-chute south of side track, 321°
54'.4.
Peterborough, South Australia, 1923 — Close reoccupation
of C.I.W. station Petersburg of 1911. In park
reserve, at north end of Jervois Street, about one-
half mile (0.8 km.) north of town hall, 275 feet
(83.8 meters) from road fence to south, 284 feet (86.6
meters) northwest of westernmost pillar of park gates,
54.0 feet (16.46 meters) from base of small fir tree to
south, 57.9 feet (17.65 meters) northwest of corner
post of row of posts surrounding football ground,
and 40.0 feet (12.19 meters) west of sixth post
(notched) from corner post; marked by jarrah peg 4
by 2 inches (10 by 5 cm.), sunk flush with ground.
True bearings: north edge of chimney of house, one-
half mile (0.8 km.), 256° 27' .6; ornament on gable of
house, 900 feet (274 meters), 296° 12' .9; east side of
railway semaphore, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 322°
20'.6; near edge of west gate pillar, 328° 07' .0.
Petersburg, South Australia, 1923 — See Peterborough.
Pine Creek, Northern Territory, 1923 — Close reoccupa-
tion of C. I.W. station Pine Creek of 1912 and Pine
Creek A of 1914. On ant-bed flat on township-
reserve southeast of police station, 171 feet (52.1
meters) and 263 feet (80.2 meters) respectively from
south and east corners of fence around police station ;
marked by wooden peg. True bearings: center of
ornament on east end of police shed, 150° 21'.8;
right edge of railway water-tank, 267° 57' .8; north
corner of hotel, 284° 26'.6.
Point Charles Lighthouse, Northern Territory, 1923 —
Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of 1914. Within
lighthouse reserve, about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.)
east of lighthouse inclosure, and about 160 feet (49
meters) south of edge of cliff, 94 feet (28.7 meters)
southwest of survey peg "R 44" at northeast corner
of reserve, and 202.5 feet (61.72 meters) southeast of
northwest corner of plantation fence. True bear-
ings: left edge of chimney on cottage, 93° 06' .8;
right bottom edge of lower white section of light-
house, 97° 16'.
Descriptions of Stations
249
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Port Augusta, South Australia, 1923 — Two stations were
occupied during intercomparison of instruments. Sta-
tion A is a very close reoccupation of station of 1914 ;
on small sand hill on highest part of park lands, east
of transcontinental railway cut, south of track to
cricket-ground, and west of cricket-ground; marked
by 6-inch (15-cm.) earthenware pipe filled with con-
crete with an aluminum peg embedded at center, and
lettered "C.LJV. 1923 A." True bearings: top of
railway water-tank, 1,400 feet, (0.4 km.) 27° 37'. 5;
base of spire on town hall, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
108° 01'.8; base of brewery spire with weather-vane,
1110 46' .0; center of gable of cathedral, 162° 03'.8;
east edge of roof of Pastoral Hotel, 349° 44' .5.
Station B is 46.3 feet (14.11 meters) west of sta-
tion A on line to base of spire on town hall ; marked
by a wooden peg.
Port Hedland, Western Australia, 1921- — In sports ground,
a large fenced inclosure on south side of main road
running east, one-half mile (0.8 km.) east of rail-
way station, 35.62 feet (10.858 meters) east of south-
east corner and in line with south edge of cement
cricket-pitch; marked by jarrah stake 2.5 by 3.5 by
24 inches (6 by 9 by 61 cm.), driven 3 inches (8 cm.)
below surface of ground. True bearings: bottom of
signal-staff on light-tower, one-third mile (0.5 km.),
54° 41'.2; south edge of cricket-pitch, 80° 15'; cross
on church, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 82° 35' .3; east
gable of Ang-Qua store, 600 feet (183 meters), 144°
14' .4; left edge of engine-shed, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 271°
52' .4.
Port Lincoln, South Australia, 1923 — Station of 1911 was
closely reoccupied; in small park south of football
oval, northwest of school grounds, 133 feet (40.5
meters), 144 feet (43.9 meters), and 156 feet (47.6
meters) respectively from fences to northeast, south-
east, and southwest of park, west of path passing east
of football oval, 17 feet (5.2 meters) west of large
bush east of path, and 33 feet (10.1 meters) northeast
of north corner of tennis-court in south corner of
park; marked by peg. True bearings: ornament on
east gable of house west of football oval, 134° 13' .6:
center of bottom of stone ornament on front of
Methodist church, 277° 06'.2; Flinders Monument
on distant hill, 309° 31'.4.
Port Victor, South Australia, 1924 — Exact reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1911 and 1914. On hill about
2 miles (3.2 km.) northwest of town in southeastern
part of reserve known as Glassonbury's Quarry, 103.5
feet (31.55 meters) from south fence, and 136.5 feet
(41.61 meters) from fence on east bordering main
road; marked by an aluminum pin three-fourths
inch (1.9 cm.) in diameter and 10 inches (25 cm.)
long driven through center of jarrah peg and covered
with pile of stones. True bearings: west corner of
small white house on hill, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 187°
00' .9; highest chimney of old tower, 2 miles (3.2
km.), 262° 23' .4; flagpole on square church-tower, 2
miles (3.2 km.), 285° 03'.3; foot of flagpole on
Granite Island, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 295° 44'.9; rear
gable of church, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 320° ll'.O; notice
board on Rosetta Head, 3 miles (4.8 km.), 349° 55' .6.
Red Hill, New South Wales, 1921 — The two stations
previously used in 1906, 1913, 1915, and 1916 were
exactly reoccupied at Red Hill branch of Sydney
Observatory at Pennant Hill. Station A is on the
stone pier formerly within magnetic hut, before
hut was badly damaged by a falling tree. True
bearing: white dial on sandstone pier, 200 feet (61
meters), 250° 49' .4.
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Red Hill, New South Wales, 1921 — continued
Station B is on grounds of observatory, 93 feet
(28.3 meters) northeast of stone pier; marked by
wooden stake 2 by 4 by 10 inches (5 by 10 by 25 cm.)
driven flush with ground. True bearing: top right
edge of stone pier at station A, 26° 12'.8.
Richmond, Queensland, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1913, in or near old water reserve
on Fhnders River, 158 feet (48.2 meters) and 166
feet (50.60 meters) respectively from west and south
corner support posts of Mr. W. H. Smith's cottage;
marked by wooden peg driven flush with ground.
True bearings: near corner of ventilator over post-
master's house, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 0° 12' .7;
right edge of ventilator over court-house, 1° 44' .2;
survey peg at north corner section XXXV, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 63° 25' .5; near gable of Mr.
O'Keefe's new cottage, 149° 27'.2; center of ornament
on Mr. W. H. Smith's cottage, 238° 58' .5; left venti-
lator over Federal Palace Hotel, two-thirds mile
(1.0 km.), 358° 37' .7.
Rockhampton, Queensland, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1913 and 1914, in recreation reserve
between railway and Lion Creek Road, 396.5 feet
(120.85 meters) from post of railway fence at north
corner of reserve at Exhibition and Lion Creek
roads, 160.5 feet (48.92 meters) from northeast
boundary fence, and 42 feet (12.8 meters) and 44.5
feet (13.56 meters) respectively northeast of sixteenth
and seventeenth posts of railway right-of-way fence,
counted from north reserve corner; marked by tent-
peg driven flush with ground. True bearings: top of
ventilator on jail, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 13°
58' .4; center of turret on top of house on hill seen
over high railway embankment, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
36° 48' .5; center of bottom of ornament on new
stable near gable, 500 feet (152 meters), 90° 44' .3;
right edge of red railway post at north corner of
reserve, 396 feet (120.7 meters), 153° 29' .4; bottom
of flagstaff on roof of pavilion, 205° 36' .5; east cor-
ner railway post of reserve, 300° 38'. 1; top of rail-
way signal-pole, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 322°
46'.4.
Roma, Queensland, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913, in recreation reserve, 166.5 feet
(50.75 meters) north of corner of reserve at north-
west end of Queen Street, and 23.5 feet (7.16 meters)
from gum tree which bears approximately 23° west
of south ; marked by hardwood peg driven flush with
ground. True bearings: center ornament on roof of
hospital shed, 0.4 mile (0.6 km.), 44° 00' .5; near
gable of yellow house near corner of reserve, 1,400
feet (427' meters) , 239° 5/'.0; center of turret on
courthouse, 0.4 mile (0.6 km.), 330° 08'.8; center of
top cross on convent, 0.4 mile (0.6 km.), 356° 46' .5.
Sorell, Tasmania, 1923 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913, on hill north side of main Sorell-
Bellerive road, 0.3 mile (0.48 km.) east of eleventh
milestone from Bellerive, about 400 feet (122 meters)
northwest through scrub up hill from old fence gate,
nearly opposite gate across by-road leading to
Lewis's, 107 feet (32.6 meters) northeast of hollow
burnt tree of 8.7 feet (2.65 meters) girth taken 1
foot (0.3 meter) above ground, and 56.6 feet (17.25
meters) northeast of gum tree of 6 feet (1.8 meters)
girth; marked by tent-peg. True bearings: trigo-
nometric station on Mount Rumney, 5.6 miles (9.0
km.), 43° 46' .5; near gable of buildings, 5 miles (8
km.), 54° 35'.4; right edge of lone large tree near
top of hill, 300 feet (91 meters), 135° 11' .5; center
of left gate-post having brace, 262° 43' .5.
250
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Southern Cross, Western Australia, 1921 — Exact reoccu-
pation of C. I.W. station of 1912, in large recreation
ground north of railroad and in line with east fence
of old small Wesleyan cemetery within Reserve No.
8904, Block No. 554, 100 feet (30.5 meters) north of
northeast corner of cemetery; marked by jarrah peg
sunk just below ground. True bearings: left edge
of water-tank on hill, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.) 59° 46' .4;
top of belfry of Church of England, three-fourths
mile (1 km.), 79° 52'.3; center of front of Com-
mercial Hotel, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 91° 06' .0.
Southport, A. Tasmania, 1923 — On small flat on ridge
behind Southport Hotel, 44.2 feet (13.47 meters)
southwest of C.I.W. station of 1914, 10.2 feet (3.11
meters) southwest of nearest point of fence, and 19
feet (5.8 meters) northwest of west end of hawthorn
hedge; marked by peg. True bearings: edge of ledge
on extreme right point of land, 5 miles (8 km.) , 323°
17'.8; north corner of near roof of hotel, 300 feet (91
meters), 327° 31'.0; right gable of kelp shed on small
island, 3 miles (5 km.), 345° 10' .8; center of spar
beacon, 2% miles (4 km.), 355° 32' .3.
Tambo, Queensland, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913, in southwest corner of dam reserve,
at corner of Arthur and Barcoo streets, 169 feet (51.5
meters) from southwest corner post of reserve, and
78.5 feet (23.92 meters) from fence bounding south
side of reserve; marked by hardwood peg. True bear-
ings: spike on near end of roof of house, 12° 36' 2;
southwest corner post of dam reserve, 46° 35' .2 ; center
of bottom of veranda-post in front of door at rear of
house, 75° 53' .9; northeast corner of dam reserve,
197° 53'.1; southeast corner of dam reserve, 500 feet
(152 meters), 261° 08' .7; near gable of near building
at Tambo station, 1.5 miles (2 km.), 283° 26' .1.
Tarcoola, South Australia, 1923 — Proximate reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1914, near center of railway
reserve north of transcontinental railway, 152 paces
northwest of northwest corner of railway station, in
line with west end of bake-shop south of railway,
162 paces southwest of southeast veranda-post of
Wilglen Hotel, and 44 feet (13.4 meters) east of lone
leaning tree; marked by peg. True bearings: cen-
ter of top of first railway signal-pole west of depot,
56° 02'. 5; northeast corner of schoolhouse, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 120° 41'.7; southeast corner,
near roof, of Wilglen Hotel, in range with iron tele-
graph-pole, 223° 11'.3; near corner of annex to Wil-
glen Hotel, in range with southeast hotel veranda-
post, 224° 03' .4; northwest corner of railway bake-
shop, 353° 45' .0.
Tenterfield, New South Wales, 1922 — Exact reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1913, near southeast corner of
Douglas and Bulwer streets, in Tenterfield Golf Park,
320 feet (97.5 meters) from northwest corner fence-
post, and 98 feet (29.9 meters) from west fence;
marked by hardwood peg projecting above ground.
True bearings: left edge of chimney on cottage, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 37° 04' .2; ornament on turret
of Mr. Ried's house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 145°
41'.0; northwest corner post of park, 171° 50' .5.
Thursday Island, B, Queensland, 1923 — Close reoccupa-
tion of station of 1912. In golf recreation reserve
north of Summer Street, and east of road leading to
slaughter-yards, near south end and within oval
cycle-track, 131.6 feet (40.11 meters) and 151.2 feet
(46.09 meters) from two trees within the cycle track
to south and southeast, respectively; marked by
wooden peg. True bearings: bottom of flagstaff
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — continued
Thursday Island, B, Queensland, 1923 — continued
visible over Metropole Hotel, one-half mile (0.8
km.), 25° 48' .8; bottom of right edge of flagstaff at
white school, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 44° 40' .9;
top of ventilator on house near aboriginal school,
500 feet (152 meters), 299° 13' .2.
Toolangi, Victoria, 1922 — Simultaneous observations were
made at Melbourne Observatory, and at Toolangi,
the site to which the observatory was to be removed.
Station A is pier in north end of absolute house.
True bearing: hole in a brass tag on a tree 260 feet
(79.2 meters) distant, 205° 00' .6. Station B is 14.1
feet (4.3 meters) north of A and is marked by a
wooden post with a brass spike in top (to be re-
placed later by a more permanent marking), 91.3
feet and 85.2 feet (27.84 meters and 25.97 meters)
respectively from southeast and southwest corners
of variation building. Same fixed mark is used as
at A, and its bearing is 205° 00' .6. Station / is the
inclination pier in absolute house.
Townsville, Queensland, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1912, 1913, on land reserved for
defense purposes, on old golf-links west of Isley
Street, north of its intersection with Eyre Street,
345.5 feet (105.31 meters) north of fence-post at
south corner of intersection, 290 feet (88.4 meters)
north-northwest of fence-post at east corner of inter-
section, and about 350 feet (107 meters) southeast
of southeast corner of shed on old golf-links ; marked
by local survey peg with numbers 3/4 cut on sides
and left flush with ground. True bearings: right
ventilator over bishop's palace, 48° 37' .7; bottom of
right flagstaff over fort, 230° 18' .0; top of ventilator
over school, 1% miles (2.8 km.), 324° 57' .3; center of
water-pipe on house, 1% miles (2.8 km.), 334° 38' .7;
center of trunk of tree on Castle Hill, 1% miles
(2.0 km.), 356° 32'.5.
Wagga Wagga, New South Wales, 1922 — In common on
north side of Murrumbidgee River, about one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.) east of bridge over river, 158 feet (48.2
meters) south of second telegraph-pole from near end
of bridge, and 75 feet (22.9 meters) north of
large gum tree in line with second telegraph-pole.
True bearings: center of stand-pipe in front of
Schrenberg store sign, about three-fourths mile (1.2
km.), 26° 25'. 1; center of left post under bridge,
about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 76° 48' .8; near
gable of shed seen across small branch stream, about
one-half mile (0.8 km.), 241° 11'.7; center of cross
on near end of stone church on west side of street,
about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 342° 53'.2.
Watheroo Observatory, 1921-1926 — The regular absolute
observations for control of magnetograph records
were made on piers Nw and Nm, and supplemental
observations chiefly for comparisons of instruments
were made at piers Sw and Sm. Detailed descrip-
tions of these positions will be found with the report
of magnetograph records.
Wellington, New South Wales, 1923 — About 1 mile (1.6
km.) west of post-office, within Wellington show-
ground race-course, 204 paces southwest of fence-
corner on road to Wellington, 145.6 feet (44.38
meters) east of ^-mile post, which is in line with
judge's stand, and center gable of grand-stand to
west and tank on hill to east; marked by hardwood
peg. True bearings: near gable of ground-keeper's
house, 4° 49' .6; center gable of grand-stand, 98° 59'. 1;
center of spire on Catholic church, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
Descriptions of Stations
251
AUSTRALASIA
Australia — concluded
Wellington, New South Wales, 1923 — continued
250° 53' .9; left edge of large cement tank on hill,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 278° 54M.
Werris Creek, New South Wales, 1922 — Close reoccupa-
tion of C.I.W. station of 1913, east of railway sta-
tion, on north end of long hill, in open ground be-
longing to Messrs. Doyle Brothers, 239 feet (72.8
meters) southeast of southeast corner of new school
grounds, 6 feet (1.8 meters) northwest of lot survey
peg numbered 18, 70.4 feet (21.5 meters) west of east
fence-post in range with peg, and 92.5 feet (28.2
meters) east of post at northeast corner of paddock ;
marked by a New Zealand redwood tent-peg driven
flush with ground. True bearings : ornament on east
gable of new house, 500 feet (152 meters) 9° 51'.6;
near corner of Railway Cooperative Institute, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 102° 56' .0; east gable of
schoolhouse, 400 feet (122 meters), 127° 27'.6; fence
post at northeast corner of school grounds, 500 feet
(152 meters), 163° 24' .4.
Wilcannia, New South Wales, 1923 — Exact reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1913, in Bourke Park, 73 feet
(22.2 meters) west of Myers Street fence, and 165
feet (50.3 meters) northwest of post at corner of
Myers and Hood streets ; marked by hardwood stake
2 by 3 by 25 inches (5 by 8 by 63 cm.) driven flush
with ground. True bearings: right corner of race-
course grand-stand, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 83°
11'.7; center of bottom of spike on Presbyterian
church belfry, one-eighth mile (0.2 km.), 283° 06' .9;
center of fence-post at corner of Myers and Hood
streets, 288° 22'.7; cross on near end of Anglican
church, 270 feet (82 meters), 314° 36'.5.
Yalata Head Station, South Australia, 1923 — Close re-
occupation of C.I.W. station of 1911, at Yalata
Homestead, the head station of Fowler's Bay Sheep
Station, about 7 miles (11 km.) north of township
of Yalata, at Fowler's Bay, at a point in line with
eastern edge of station house and 289.5 feet (88.24
meters) from corner of garden wall on same line;
marked by iron-bark peg. True bearings: left gable
of wool-shed, 109° 47' .2; right edge of station house,
161° 36'.7; right edge of ruins, 221° 17' .7.
Yorketown, South Australia, 1924 — Near southwest cor-
ner of Memorial Recreation Ground, 94.5 feet (28.80
meters) from notched post on inner west fence, and
92.8 feet (28.29 meters) from notched post on inner
south fence. These notched posts are 171.4 feet
(52.24 meters) and 169.0 feet (51.51 meters) respec-
tively from fence-post at southwest corner. Marked
by an inverted glass bottle set a little below surface.
True bearings: ornament on nearest gable of red-
roofed house, 900 feet (274 meters), 15° 24' .6; cross
on church-tower, 900 feet (274 meters), 120° 35' .3:
nearest gable of pavilion, 250 feet (76 meters), 189°
59* .2; top comer of telephone-pole, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 247° 18' .2; windmill, 1.5 miles (2.4
km.), 317° 45' .4.
New Zealand
Auckland, North Island, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1906, near highest point of Domain,
99.3 feet (30.27 meters) north of center hole of
Transit of Venus pier, and 98.2 feet (29.93 meters)
from and parallel to its south edge ; marked by hard-
wood peg, 3 by 2 by 20 inches (8 by 5 by 51 cm.),
driven flush with ground, and with arrow cut on its
face. True bearings: trigonometric station on sum-
AUSTRALASIA
New Zealand — Continued
Auckland, North Island, 1922 — continued
mit of Mount Eden 32° 45M ; finial on near church
steeple on Kyber Pass Road, 77° 20' .8; edge of
south window in football shed, 1,000 feet (305
meters, 120° 47'.9; flagstaff on church to right of
Winter Garden building, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 131° 30' .2;
trigonometric station on mountain across harbor, 5
miles (8 km.), 221° 08'.6.
C hristchurch, Jarrah Peg, South Island, 1922 — Exact
reoccupation of former C.I.W. station, in grounds of
Christchurch Magnetic Observatory, between office
building and absolute house, 12.14 meters north of
northeast corner of absolute house and 14.10 meters
northeast of northwest corner; marked by jarrah
peg sunk flush with ground, and containing brass
tack at true center, surrounded by three jarrah
tripod pegs.
Clinton, South Island, 1922 — In police paddock behind
police station, 47.5 feet (14.48 meters) east of near-
est point in west fence, 54 paces south of nearest
point in north fence, 177 feet (53.95 meters) south-
west of fence-post in line with flagpole on left end
of railway station, and 40 feet (12.2 meters) north of
south corner-post of paddock. True bearings: orna-
ment on near end of cottage, about 300 feet (91
meters), 51° 45' .2; ornament on west end of railway
station, about 600 feet (183 meters), 209° 42' .2;
center of lone insulator on iron telephone-pole seen
over stock-yards, about 500 feet (152 meters), 317°
23' .9. The site of the New Zealand Magnetic Sur-
vey station and the C. I.W. station of 1916 is
probably within 60 feet.
Cromwell, South Island, 1922 — In sports-ground, about
500 yards (457 meters) north-northeast of New Zea-
land Magnetic Survey station, in line with the two
north posts of east and west football-goals, 33.7 feet
(10.27 meters) east of north post of east goal, 38.7
feet (11.80 meters) northeast of south post of east
goal, and 1642 feet (50.08 meters) south of last post
in fence between sheds and small race-track; marked
by small wooden peg driven flush with ground. True
bearings: gable of barn seen on point near main
street, about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 17° 39' .0; gable of
cottage across corner roads from sports-ground, about
1,000 feet (305 meters), 80° 12' .9; gable of largest
shed in sports-ground, 250 feet (76 meters), 144°
08' .7.
Eketahuna, North Island, 1922 — In Domain, about 75
feet (23 meters) northwest of west corner of north
football-goal and about 75 feet (23 meters) north-
east of last fence-post in fence in front of grand-
stand; marked by small wooden peg driven flush
with surface. This is a practical reoccupation of the
station of 1916.
Kingston, South Island, 1922 — On ledge of mountain,
about 250 feet (76 meters) above level of Lake
Wakatipu, 68 paces northwest of wire fence behind
Lake Wakatipu Hotel, and about 50 paces southeast
from high rock cliff. True bearings: left edge of
near shed at jetty, about 300 feet (91 meters), 240°
01'.9; right edge of lone house (Mr. McLean's) in
valley, about 2 miles (3 km.), 314° 14'.4. Station is
a close reoccupation of New Zealand Magnetic Sur-
vey station of 1900 and about one-half mile (0.8 km.)
north of that of C. I.W. 1916.
Mount Victoria, North Island, 1922 — Close reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1916, on eastern side of ridge
extending from Mount Victoria to Mount Albert,
overlooking Lyall Bay, about one-half mile, (0.8 km.)
252
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
AUSTRALASIA
New Zealand — concluded
Mount Victoria, North Island, 1922 — continued
from Mount Albert, in a paddock east of road lead-
ing from Constable Street along top of ridge north
to Mount Victoria, just north of first wicket gate.
True bearings: flagstaff on Mount Victoria, 193°
51'.4; cross of signal-mast, 300° 53'.2. The mag-
netic observations made at this station in 1922 were
seriously affected by proximity of electric cars.
Queenstown, South Island, 1922 — About 1 mile (1.6 km.)
east of town along the lake front, 45 feet (13.7
meters) north of center of Peninsula Street, 46.8
feet (14.26 meters) and 50.4 feet (15.36 meters)
respectively from the nearest point and from south-
east corner of fence about a pine plantation west-
ward across Adelaide Street, and 60.5 feet (18.44
meters) southwest of fence-post standing at west
edge of deep gully; marked by a brass tack in top
of stake 2 inches (5 cm.) in diameter. True bear-
ings: near gable on Mr. Vizzard's house, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 93° 12' .2; near gable on far slaughter-
house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 270° 54' .9; near
gable of house on point across lake, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.) 307° 55' .7. This is a close reoccupa-
tion of New Zealand Magnetic Survey station of
1900 and about 60 meters west of CI.W. station of
1916.
Rotorua Gardens, North Island, 1922 — In government
gardens, about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) east of
main bath buildings, 83 feet (25.3 meters) south-
southeast of far side of road measured southward
from road along a line touching easternmost ex-
tremity of rock crust around first blow-hole south
of road from main bath building, 27 feet (8.2 meters)
south of this extremity and 114 feet (34.8 meters)
northwest of nearest edge of Lake Rotorua; marked
by wooden peg flush with surface. True bearings:
center of steeple on main bath building, 69° 58' .9;
ornament in front of chimney on near gable of
white house to right of main bath building, 86° 55'.3;
right edge of lone flat red shed seen across lake,
about 3 miles (5 km.), 312° 43' .8. Station of 1916 is
in football-field east of military hospital.
Roxburgh, South Island, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
New Zealand Magnetic Survey station, in Roxburgh
domain, just north of sports-ground, 78 paces east
of gate to north of sports-ground, 138.2 feet (42.12
meters) north of wire fence along north side of
sports-ground, and 148.1 feet (45.14 meters) north-
west of peak in stile over wire fence; marked by
wooden peg 2 inches (5 cm.) in diameter and 8
inches (20 cm.) long, driven flush with ground
True bearings: center of right football goal-post at
west end of field, about 250 feet (76 meters), 10°
33' .7; near gable of cottage seen across road, about
300 feet (91 meters), 130° 57'.8; left edge of near
corner of chimney on Mr. Bailey's house, about
1,000 feet (305 meters) 160° 11'.9.
EUROPE
Belgium
Uccle, 1922 — Comparison observations were made with
the standards of the Royal Observatory, at Uccle,
near Brussels, using the piers upon which observa-
tions are made for control of magnetographs. The
declination station, designated Park Station, is a
stone pillar in center of path leading southwest from
absolute observatory, and about 65 meters distant
from it. Pier NW and Pier W are in the Absolute
EUROPE
Belgium — concluded
Uccle, 1922 — continued
observatory. Inclination observations were also made
on Pier G, which is the galvanometer pier of the
observatory, 115 centimeters north of Pier W.
Denmark
Rude Skov, 1922 — Intercomparison observations with
Rude Skov Observatory (near Copenhagen) were
made on piers regularly used for absolute observa-
tions to control the magnetograms. Declination and
horizontal intensity observations were made on Pier
DH in small absolute house, and inclination observa-
tions were made on Pier I in large absolute house.
Finland
Sodankyla, Finnish Lapland, 1922 — Intercomparison ob-
servations were made at standard piers of Sodankyla
Magnetic Observatory. Declination and horizontal
intensity were observed on Pier S, and inclination on
Pier W.
France
Vol Joyeux, 1922 — Comparison observations with stand-
ards of the Val Joyeux Observatory (near Paris)
were made on the pier regularly used for observa-
tions to control the magnetograph, a stone pillar
in small hut about 40 meters west of main observa-
tory building.
Germany
Potsdam, 1922 — Observations at the Potsdam Magnetic
Observatory were made on the Trigonometric Pier,
designated TP; this is a stone pillar in a wooden
pavilion having open sides situated north of the
absolute observatory.
Great Britain
Eskdalemuir, Scotland, 1922 — Comparison observations
with the standards of the Eskdalemuir Observatory
were made as in 1915 in east and west magnetic huts.
Each hub contains three piers lying in a magnetic
east-to-west line, numbered 1 to 6 from west to
east; declinations and intensity observations were
made on Pier 2 in the west hut and on Pier 5 in the
east hut. Inclination observations were made on
Pier S in the west hut.
Greenwich Observatory, England, 1922 — Comparison ob-
servations with the standards of the Royal Observa-
tory at Greenwich were made for declination and
inclination at the Tent 1919 station, which is in in-
closure around absolute magnetic observatory, 20
paces south-southeast of southeast corner of ob-
servatory, and as in 1915 and 1919, horizontal-inten-
sity observations were made on center of Intensity
Pier in absolute house.
Kew Observatory, England, 1922 — Comparison observa-
tions with the standards of Kew Observatory were
made on the piers regularly used by the observatory
for the control of magnetographs, which are the
middle and west piers in the old absolute house,
designated Om, and Ow, respectively. The middle
and west piers of the new absolute house designated
Nm, and Nw, respectively, were also used.
Teddington, England, 1922 — Horizontal intensity com-
parison observations with the Schuster-Smith mag-
netometer were made at the magnetometer house of
the National Physical Laboratory. The CI.W.
Descriptions of Stations
253
EUROPE
Great Britain — concluded
Teddington, England, 1922 — continued
instrument was mounted on center of plaster-of-paris
pier, 2.87 meters southeast of center of pier on which
the Schuster-Smith instrument rests.
Greece
Kephisia, 1922— Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of
1911, east of Kephisia, at place called Kephalari,
where National Observatory of Athens has made
magnetic observations, about 200 meters south of
water-works, east of new concrete reservoir, 13.7
meters N 30° W from most northerly of two small
pine trees, and 12.1 meters east of wire-netting fence
surrounding newly planted grove. True bearings:
tip on church belfry, 20° 00' .2; north finial on
pavilion in front of hotel, 92° 01' .8; base of weather-
vane on brown stone house, 119° 01'.7; west edge
of factory tower, 157° 59' .7; notch in mountain, 359°
20' .8.
Holland
De Bilt, 1922 — Comparison observations with the stand-
ards of the De Bilt Magnetic Observatory (near
Utrecht) were made on the regular observing piers
of the observatory, designated Pier 4 and Pier 8.
Italy
Terracina, 1922 — Comparison observations with the field
instruments of the Italian Magnetic Survey were
made at two stations on foreshore, about 1 mile
(1.6 km.) west of harbor, and about 500 meters west
of site of 1913 comparisons. Station A is about 112
meters from high-water mark and about 77 meters
west of stone building with thatched roof, used for
storing rifle-practice equipment. True bearing: land-
ward edge of tower on headland, 15 kilometers, 61°
44'.3. Station B is about 112 meters from high-
water mark and 27 meters east of station A. True
bearing: landward edge of tower on headland, 15
kilometers, 61° 47'.6.
Portugal
Coimbra, 1922 — Three stations were occupied. Stations
A and C are the observing piers in the absolute
house of the Coimbra Observatory, C being 3.15
meters due south of A. Station B is a stone pier
outside absolute house, in line with stations A and
C and 4.85 meters from station C, surrounded by a
stone wall about one-half meter thick and 1 meter
high.
Spain
San Fernando, 1922 — Intercomparison observations were
made on piers of magnetic observatory at San Fer-
nando, near Cadiz, and at a secondary station, desig-
nated S, about 2 meters from south wall of building
and almost in line with Pier N and a cross painted
on a wall about 500 meters distant. Declination and
horizontal intensity observations were made on Pier
N, about 2 meters from north wall of observatory,
and inclination observations on Pier NE, about 2
meters from northeast wall.
Tortosa, 1922 — Intercomparison observations were made
at Ebro Observatory, situated on an elevation on
western outskirts of village of Roquetas, about 2
kilometers northwest of town of Tortosa. Declina-
tion and horizontal intensity observations were made
on Pier M, and inclination observations on Pier E.
EUROPE
Turkey
Rumeli Hissar, Constantinople, 1922 — Exact reoccupation
of station of 1911, on heights above Rumeli Hissar,
near Armenian cemetery and west of Robert Col-
lege, on small bluff at west edge of meadow land,
21.5 meters east of northeast corner of most south-
easterly group of five white marble tombs inside
cemetery, 17.3 meters southeast of center of cross
on marble slab over grave, and 17.5 meters south of
center of cross on marble slab over grave; marked
by drill-hole in top of marble column 19 centi-
meters in diameter and 57 centimeters long, set flush
with ground. True bearings: lone tower on Mash-
lak Road, 96° 26' .5; east edge of tower on khedive's
palace, 230° 02' .5.
NORTH AMERICA
Canada
Albert Harbor, Baffin Island, 1922 — In valley with high
cliffs on either side, facing ocean, southwest of Albert
Island, and east-northeast of Hudson's Bay Com-
pany's post at Ponds Inlet; marked by low cairn.
True bearings: cross on grave of F. Borkenhauser,
the taller and southernmost of two grave crosses,
side by side, 96° 27'.4; beacon on high knob just
above station, 154° 09' .4; beacon on highest peak of
Albert Island, 240° 46'.5.
A secondary station, B, to test for local disturb-
ance, was occupied, 200 paces west of main station.
Amadjuak, Baffin Island, 1922 — At Hudson's Bay Com-
pany's post, 208 feet (63.4 meters) true north 16°.8
east of left-hand corner (as observer faces it) of
powder-magazine ; indicated by a stone cairn in true
azimuth 113°.8. True bearing: boulder edge on left
of cleft in rock ridge, 177° 47' .7.
Ashe Inlet, A, Baffin Island, 1921 — Exact reoccupation
of C. I.W. station A of 1914. On big island near
north shore of Hudson Strait; on east side of inlet,
about 23 meters west and 5 meters north of ruins of
frame house, about 40 meters north of shore-line, and
35 feet (10.7 meters) above high water; marked by
drill-hole 2 centimeters in diameter in rock. True
bearings: Tyrrel's beacon, 85° 25'.6; beacon on east
side of harbor entrance, 309° 47' .6; beacon on Rabbit
Island, 337° 33'.7.
Baffin Island No. 1, Baffin Island, 1921 — About 15 miles
(24 km.) east along coast from Bowdoin Harbor
Observatory, and about 1 mile (1.6 km.) inland.
Baffin Island No. 2 (Shatoito), Baffin Island, 1921 — On
coast, about 20 miles (32 km.) west of the Hudson's
Bay Company's post at Cape Dorset.
Baffin Island No. 3 (Noovookuok), Baffin Island, 1922 —
On south shore of northernmost cape of Fox Land,
about 6 miles (10 km.) east of point of Cape
Dorchester.
Baffin Island No. 4, Baffin Island, 1922 — On coast, about
30 miles (48 km.) south of station Baffin Island
No. 3.
Baffin Island No. 5, Baffin Island, 1922 — No description.
Baffin Island No. 6, Baffin Island, 1922 — About 6 miles
(10 km.) north of bottom of bay south and east of
Cape Dorchester.
Baffin Island No. 7 (Kiyetakyook), Baffin Island, 1922 —
On outside one of a number of small islands about
4 miles (6 km.) from mainland.
254
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Canada — continued
Baffin Island No. 8 (Etenilk), Baffin Island, 1922— Near
top of narrow point southeasterly of Hudson's Bay
Company's post at Amadjuak. True bearing:
Eskimo cairn, pole set in rocks, 2 miles (3 km.),
240° 59'.4.
Baffin Island No. 9 (Sabooyak), Baffin Island, 1922 — On
small island one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) from main-
land, about opposite west end of Big Island, and
across harbor from shore running approximately
east by south (magnetic), about one-half mile (0.8
km.) distant, on rough rocky place about 25 feet (8
meters) from bottom of bay east of a narrow tickle.
True bearing: west side of knob on rock ridge, 117°
59'.4.
Secondary station, Baffin Island No. 9A, is on ice
just off shore.
Baffin Island No. 10, Baffin Island, 1922— Along coast
east of Hudson's Bay Company's post at Lake Har-
bor. True bearing: an Eskimo cairn, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.) distant, 345° 10'.
Baffin Island No. 11 — On low, narrow central portion of
island about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) long and
about 125 yards (114 meters) wide, lying about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) east of a larger island, and
about one-third mile (0.5 km.) west of island called
Noodloo by Eskimos, which is about 1 mile (1.6
km.) long, and lies about 2 miles (3.2 km.) west of
mainland; marked by stone cairn built a short dis-
tance magnetically south of station. True bearing:
easterly edge at bottom of balanced boulder on
ridge, 9° 04' .4.
Baffin Island No. 12, 1922— About 25 miles (40 km.) west
of Resolution Island, in a small hollow below the
highest point on eastern side of small islet measuring
about 300 yards (274 meters) from north to south
and about 400 yards (366 meters) from east to west,
and lying about 1% miles (2.4 km.) south of main-
land ; about 50 yards (46 meters) from eastern shore
of islet, 33 paces north of cairn on hill. True bear-
ings: eastern end of islet, 207°. 6; brow of low head-
land at west end of small island, 253° 09'.; cape, 2
miles (32 km.), 286°. 6; cape, 9 miles (14 km.),
289° .1; southern extremity of Resolution Island, 25
miles (40 km.), 292°.6.
Bowdoin Harbor, Baffin Island, 1921, 1922— At winter-
quarters of the MacMillan Baffin Land Expedition,
Bowdoin Harbor, in southeastern Baffin Island,
approximately 50 miles (80 km.) west of Hudson's
Bay Company's post at Cape Dorset.
The magnetic and electric observatory established
by the Expedition was a temporary building built
with stone walls covered with outside snow walls,
with long axis of building in magnetic east and west,
about 40 feet ( 12 meters) above mean sea-level, near
shore, and directly south of schooner Bowdoin,
which was frozen in the ice.
The absolute station is 140 feet (42.7 meters)
approximately true southwest of west corner of
stone wall of magnetic and electric observatory;
marked by a cairn of rocks 20.5 feet (6.25 meters)
from station in line towards cairn on hill. True
bearings: cairn of stones with long slab of laminated
rock set vertically in middle on round hill, three-
fourths mile (1.2 km.), 333° 13'.0; cairn of rocks on
ridge, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 323° 42' .9.
Station B is 140 feet (42.7 meters) about south-
east of absolute station. Station C is 357 feet (108.8
meters) north of station B, 321 feet (97.8 meters)
northeast of absolute station, and 248 feet (75.6
NORTH AMERICA
Canada — continued
Bowdoin Harbor, Baffin Island, 1921, 1922 — continued
meters) magnetic east of east outer stone wall of
variation observatory building.
Station observatory site is at point which was
made the southwest corner of inner "beaver-board"
observing-room of variation observatory building.
Camp Clay, Ellesmere Island,, 1924 — At the starvation
camp of Lady Franklin Bay Expedition of 1884, on
northeast coast of Bedford Pirn Island, about mid-
way between point of Cape Sabine and Cocked Hat
Island. Station is south of boulder bearing
Memorial Tablet of National Geographic Society,
which is south of Cross Lake, and the walls of
Greely Hut, on Cemetery Ridge just north of row of
depressions where dead were buried, 8 paces west of
a big boulder; marked by small rock cairn. True
bearing: boulder on sky-line, 343° 20' .4.
Cape Dorset, Baffin Island, 1921, 1922— Station A
occupied December 1921, near Hudson's Bay Com-
pany's post south of Parson's Harbor, 135 feet (41.2
meters) 10° magnetic west of north from nearest
corner of main building, 107 feet (32.6 meters) 67°
west of magnetic south from flagpole, and 32 feet
(9.8 meters) 46° west of magnetic north from near-
est corner of powder-house.
Station B, occupied in August, 1922, is northeast
of station A, 272 feet (82.9 meters) east of flagpole,
and 147 feet (44.8 meters) north of powder-house;
marked by tent-peg with cross in top covered with
small cairn of rocks. True bearings: beacon on hill,
48° 46' .2; beacon across harbor, 156° 00' .5.
Fox Channel Ice Station No. 1, 1921 — Observations made
while tied up to ice floe.
Lake Harbor, Baffin Island, 1922 — Southwest of Hudson's
Bay Company's post, on a level bit of sand on hill-
side, 6 feet (1.8 meters) from bottom of cairn on
line from southwest corner of church produced
northwestwardly through cairn. This cairn is about
42 inches (1.1 meters) high on bed-rock 195 feet
(59.4 meters) 105° west of magnetic south from
southwest corner of westerly extension of post man-
ager's house, and 273 feet (83.2 meters) 10° west of
magnetic north from northwest corper of chancel of
church. Station is marked by pine stake left about
1 inch (2.5 cm.) above ground.
Two stations, Secondary 1 and Secondary 2, were
occupied to test for local disturbance. The former
is on ice about one-third mile (0.5 km.) from main
station, and the latter is about 300 yards (274
meters) from main station in opposite direction.
Nauwatta, Baffin Island, 1922 — About 50 miles (80 km.)
north of Bowdoin Harbor and about 10 miles (16
km.) north of station Baffin Island No. 4, on a
peninsula extending 2 to 3 miles (3 to 5 km.) west-
ward, about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) east of
seashore, and east of a narrow lake about three-
fourths mile (1.2 km.) long; there is a cairn of rocks
some distance southwest of station.
Ponds Inlet, Baffin Island, 1922 — Station is about 1.300
feet (396 meters) west of Hudson's Bay Company's
post, Ponds Inlet, and 27 paces from high-water mark.
True bearing: flagpole on house of manager of post
211° 45'.
A secondary station about 1,300 feet (396 meters)
southwest of main station along beach was also
occupied.
Queen's Cape, Baffin Island, 1921 — On west coast of
Baffin Island, in Fox Channel, at first anchorage north
Descriptions of Stations
255
NORTH AMERICA
Canada — concluded
Queen's Cape, Baffin Island, 1921 — continued
of Bowdoin Harbor and second north of Cape Dor-
set, on rocky headland from which compass bearing
of next point to north up coast is north 60° east and
of next point to south down coast is south 40° west,
at a point well above high-water mark and sloping
stony beach, on flat shelf on south side of round flat
plateau, ending in small rocky points and two ledges
that are awash at high water and form islands at
low water, making good anchorage ; marked by small
rock cairn. True bearing: rock cairn, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 236° 03' .3.
Sydney, Nova Scotia, 1921, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1914, which was a close reoccupa-
tion of the station of 1905, 1908, and 1909. On
highest point in western portion of Victoria Park
northwest of city and about 1 mile (1.6 km.) south
of iron foundries, within race-track about 85 paces
northeast of stump of willow tree, about 109 paces
south of wooden signal-tower, and about 12 feet (3.7
meters) east of line joining stump and tower. True
bearing: spire on Sacred Heart Church, 305° 54' .0.
Central America
Acajutla, Salvador, 1926 — Proximate reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1909, near center of well-defined
promontory, about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.)
south of pier, 10 meters from edge of cliff at north
side of promontory, and 8 meters and 6 meters from
edge of cliff to westward and southward respectively ;
marked by peg. True bearings: extreme west end
of shed on outer end of pier about three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 140° 17'.1; tip of flagpole in front of
steamship company's office, 167° 03' 2; gable of
wooden building about 500 meters, 243° 50' .2.
Amapala, Honduras, 1923 — Practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1909. On hill south of road to
cemetery branching from street to wharf, in barbed-
wire inclosure covered with large rocks and gravel,
belonging to Senor Enrique Streber, 40.3 feet (12.28
meters) north-northwest of northwest corner of lone
tile-roofed house, 27.5 feet (8.38 meters) south of
fence along road, 7.5 feet (2.29 meters) east of ditch
leading to house, 60.5 feet (18.44 meters) southeast
of a 5 by 4 foot (1.5 by 1.2 meters) rock projecting
3 feet (0.9 meter) above surface, and 8 feet (2.4
meters) southeast of a smaller rock; marked by a
1 by 2 inch (3 by 5 cm.) stake driven flush with sur-
face. True bearings: cupola on Rossner's store by
harbor, 154° 38' .4; cross on small church in town,
155° 29'.2.
Ancon Hill, Panama, 1926 — On top of Ancon Hill near
center of grass plot, west of loop at end of military
road leading to hill-top, 32.5 feet (9.91 meters)
southeast of concrete bench-mark of United States
army on east edge of road; marked by drill-hole in
top of concrete marker set slightly above surface.
True bearings: center of black and white marker in
canal, 52° 28' .8; lighthouse across canal, 91° 12'.8;
southwest corner of hut, 307° 55'.6.
Belize, British Honduras, 1923— Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1909, in southern part of town, on grounds
of governor's house, 125 feet (38.1 meters)
south of flagstaff in front of house, 26.5 feet (8.1
meters), 11.5 feet (3.5 meters), and 84 feet (25.6
meters) from palm trees to northeast, east, and
south, respectively, and 17 feet (52 meters) from
northwest corner of boat-house; marked by 3-inch
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
Belize, British Honduras, 1923 — continued
(8-cm.) wooden stake set flush with ground. True
bearings: right edge of flagpole in front of governor's
residence, 197° 34'.8; spire on St. Mary's Church,
204° 01'.9; base of flagpole on United Fruit Com-
pany's building, 229° 35' .8; light arm at Fort George,
236° 57' S.
Station B is in extreme northern end of town, just
outside of quarantine station and north of barracks,
30 feet (9.1 meters) west of gate to quarantine sta-
tion, 15 feet (4.6 meters) north of curve in road, 75
feet (22.9 meters) northeast of wooden shelter at
concrete target range, and 49.5 feet (15.09 meters)
southeast of north end and 46.6 feet (14.20 meters)
east of south end of culvert; marked by 3 by 2 inch
(8 by 5 cm.) peg driven flush with ground. True
bearings: gable of wireless operator's house, 16°
18' .3; spire on Wesleyan church, 353° 41'.0.
Bluefields, Nicaragua, 1923 — In cemetery in southern end
of town, about 14 feet (42 meters) north of north-
west corner of hedge running along south boundary
of cemetery, 34.3 feet (10.45 meters), 7.9 feet (2.41
meters), and 11.1 feet (3.38 meters), respectively,
from monuments to southeast, south, and southwest,
and 32.8 feet (10.00 meters) south of lone lime tree;
marked by stake driven flush with surface, its center
designated by brass tack. True bearings: spire of
cathedral, 133° 31'.0; northwest edge of first house
to east, 214° 23'.9.
Bluefields Bluff, Nicaragua, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1909. On east slope of hill on
which is located home of collector of customs, 37.5
feet (11.43 meters) east of north edge of gate lead-
ing into grounds, 92.0 feet (28.0 meters) southeast of
corner of stone wall at northeast corner of property,
and 77.5 feet (23.62 meters) northeast of corner of
fence at southeast corner of property; marked by
stake driven flush with surface. True bearing: tip
of lighthouse, 292^ 13' .7.
Casuna, Honduras, 1923 — Northwest of United Fruit
Company's railroad-construction camp known as
Casuna, about 100 yards (91 meters) northwest of
main barracks, 75.0 feet (22.9 meters) northeast of
path leading to sea, 88 feet (26.8 meters) southwest
of wire fence, 70.5 feet (21.5 meters) southeast of
edge of soil and beach, and 101 feet (30.8 meters)
north of outhouse ; marked by surveyor's peg 2 by 2
inches (5 by 5 cm.), projecting 6 inches (15 cm.)
above surface. True bearing: gage-board on water-
tank, 31° 53' .6.
Colon, Limon Point, Panama, 1926 — On west shore of
Limon Bay, about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) south
of Limon Point on beach known as Camp No. 6, 20
meters southwest of water-line; marked by stake 3
feet (0.9 meter) long projecting 6 inches (15 cm.)
above surface. True bearings: left smoke-stack of
two, 225° 28' .5; left wireless mast 227° 56' .3; right
wireless mast, 229° Ol'.l.
Colon, Sweetwater, Panama, 1921, 1922 — Practical reoc-
cupation of station of 1915 and proximate reoccupa-
tion of station established in 1907 and closely
reoccupied at later dates, across bay due west of
Cristobal, on north side of Sweetwater Inlet, about
170 paces north along shore from foot-bridge, located
with reference to a group of palms, three of which
form an equilateral triangle about 20 feet (6.1
meters) on each side, 11.6 feet (3.54 meters) north-
east of north tree nearest shore, and with reference
to an 8-inch (20-cm.) water-main, 78.2 feet (23.83
256
Land Magnetic Obsekvations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
Colon, Sweetwater, Panama, 1921, 1922 — continued
meters) north 55° east from joint between pipes
numbered 698 and 2170, which is thirty-first joint
north of large valve near foot-bridge, and 69.5 feet
(21.18 meters) east of seventh joint farther north,
which is at south end of pipe numbered 4505;
marked by a rough coral block set flush with sur-
face (brass-bound tripod stakes driven flush were
left in position). True bearings: south end of bridge,
6° 20'; Galatea Point, 231° 02'.9; left edge of Wash-
ington Hotel, 247° 54' .0; top of left wireless tower,
251° 27' .8; top of right wireless tower, 252° 18'.7;
pilot's signal tower behind pier 6, 261° 25' .3.
Colon, Washington Hotel, Panama,, 1922 — Close reoccu-
pation of C.I.W. station of 1915, 1916, on grounds
east of Washington Hotel, in Bolivar Street near
where it ends at sea-wall, and north-northwest of
Christ Episcopal Church, 8.97 meters east of eastern
wall of hotel grounds at fourth pillar, 20.7 meters
southeast of pillar at junction of hotel wall and
sea-wall, 23.9 meters southwest of pillar at end of
sea-wall, and 31.4 meters northwest of lamp-post at
nearest corner of church; marked by hardwood peg
2 inches (5 cm.) square, with a brass stud in center.
True bearings: light on east end of west breakwater,
145° 09'.9; light on west end of east breakwater,
157° 18' .2; east end of east breakwater, 203° 09' .7;
lamp-post at northwest corner of church, 323° 45' .5.
Co-pan, Honduras, 1926— About 400 feet (122 meters)
east of center of Great Plaza at Maya ruins on top
of mound No. 3 according to plan published by
Department of Mid- American Archeology; marked
by a cut stone 8 by 8 by 18 inches (20 by 20 by 46
cm.) buried so as to project about 4 inches (10 cm.)
above surface, with cross marking center. True
bearings: rod held on mound No. 16, 960 feet (293
meters) 11° 57'.4; south spire of Copan church, 1.5
miles (2.4 km.), 86° 11'.7; north spire of Copan
church, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 86° 43' .2; stela 10, 2.62
miles (4.21 km.), 94° 13'.9; stela 12, 1.37 miles (2.20
km.), 290° 12' .3.
Corinto, Nicaragua, 1923 — Practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1909. Across bay from town of
Corinto, on beach, just south of sand-bar exposed
at low tide, 60 paces southwest of base of high bluff
upon which stands house of Sefior Antonio Lopez,
and 8 feet (2.4 meters) back of high-water mark;
marked by 2-inch (5-cm.) round stake set to within
4 inches (10 cm.) of surface. True bearings: gable
of U. S. consulate, 160° 31'.8; cupola of church in
Corinto, 173° 54' .6; lightning-rod on Sefior Lopez's
house, 237° 03'.7.
Corozal, Panama, 1926 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is at top of small hill, northeast of bar-
racks of Tenth Signal Company, about 150 meters
southeast of army post headquarters building;
marked by hole in cement marker 6 inches (15 cm.)
square on top extending slightly above surface.
True bearings: triangulation station, 69° 29' .6; tri-
angulation station on mountain, 133° 18' .6; left
wireless tower at Balboa, 337° 31' .8; right wireless
tower at Balboa, 337° 54' .4; naval signal-station on
hill, 344° 45'.8.
Station B is northwest of station A, 33.2 meters
northwest of lone tree at foot of small hill, 11 meters
northeast of footpath from headquarters to Tenth
Signal Company's barracks, marked as at A. True
bearings: left edge of electric-light pole, 93° 07' .8;
tip of flagpole, 107° 30' .4; gable of Tenth Signal
Company barracks, 328° 17' .4.
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
David, Panama, 1923 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1907, in plot of ground owned by Sefior Halfen, north
of Iglesia del Carmen just west of town plaza, 31.6
feet (9.63 meters) from wire fence on north, 51.5 feet
(15.70 meters) from fence on west, 101.7 feet (31.00
meters) from wall of sheds used formerly as moving-
picture hall on east, 129.5 feet (39.47 meters) north-
west of northeast corner of church, 61.5 feet (18.75
meters) northeast of northwest corner of church, and
66.7 feet (20.33 meters) north of west corner of side
door of church; marked by stake with copper tack.
True bearings: northwest corner of church, 60° 45' .5;
outside edge of porch post of hotel, 322° 12'.6.
Station B is over monument No. 1 marking south
end of meridian line established by U. S. Army
Engineer Corps in southeast corner of plaza facing
government building and bounded on northwest side
by railroad, 732 feet (2231 meters) northwest of
south edge of house in southwest corner of block to
east, and 81.2 feet (24.75 meters) northwest of corner
of house in northwest corner of block diagonally
opposite; monument is a 10-inch (25-cm.) square
concrete post with one-half-inch (1-cm.) iron bolt
in center, the whole projecting about 6 inches (15
cm.) above surface. True bearings: southwest edge
of house, 123° 00' .2; vertex of letter V in sign
"David" on railroad station, 180° 48'.4.
El Cayo, British Honduras, 1923 — Practical reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1909, east of \illage and about
150 yards (137 meters) west of river, on a small
knoll at junction of two paths leading to river, and
about 50 yards (46 meters) east of small clump of
trees; marked by concrete block 6 inches (15 cm.)
square, projecting 4 inches (10 cm.) above surface,
and marked "C.I.W. 1923." True bearing: flagpole
in district commissioner's yard, 4° 47M.
Flores, Guatemala, 1923 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1909 on peninsula of Tayasal, on shore of
Laguna Peten, west of trail to El Cayo, and opposite
street on island of Flores leading down from church,
in yard occupied by two native huts, 61.1 feet (18.62
meters) south of southwest corner of hut nearest
trail, 30 feet (9.1 meters) east of eastmost palm tree,
45 feet (13.7 meters) north of lake shore, and 49.6
feet (14.12 meters) west of wire fence; marked by
3-inch (8-cm.) peg driven to within 4 inches (10 cm.)
of surface. True bearings: west gable of barracks
in Flores, 9° 38' .0; west gable of house on west end
of Flores Island, 18° 23' .3; northwest corner of partly
constructed hospital on island in lake, 321° 32' .5.
Granada, Nicaragua, 1923 — Practical reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1909. In western part of town,
north of Calle 5, and in property lying northwest
of masonry viaduct over a deep ravine where road
crosses into Calle 5, 36.5 feet (11.12 meters) south-
west of southwest fence corner, 42.6 feet (12.98
meters) southeast of southeast corner of house, and
45.0 feet (13.7 meters) north of edge of ravine;
marked by a 2-inch (5-cm.) stake driven to within
4 inches (10 cm.) of surface. True bearings: gable
of roof of hospital, 85° 05'.9; cross on San Fran-
cisco Church, 286° 08' .1; spire on small cupola in
front of Mercedes Church, 341° 19' .5.
Greytown, Nicaragua, 1923 — Proximate reoccupation of
CJ.W. station of 1909, which was inaccessible
owing to floods. In public plaza at west end of town,
between Calle Real and St. John's Masonic Ceme-
tery, 160.0 feet (48.77 meters) north of gate of
Descriptions of Stations
257
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
Greytown, Nicaragua, 1923 — continued
cemetery, 140.0 feet (42.67 meters) south of south
rail of abandoned tram-line along Calle Real, and
250.0 feet (76.20 meters) northeast of northeast
corner of house by cemetery; marked by stake set
flush with surface. True bearing: northwest cor-
ner of bodega by river, 236° 46' .9.
Guatemala, Guatemala, 1923, 1926 — Two stations were
occupied on ground used for public baths called "El
Tuerto" at eastern extremity of Calle Oriente 10
(C.I.W. station 1909 was near north corner of
grounds, but is unsuitable for reoccupation) . Sta-
tion A is at the southwestern end of grounds, near
west edge of west branch of road leading south
past office, 21 feet (6.4 meters) south of junction
with east branch, at point on extension of
center line of Calle Oriente 11, 115 feet (35
meters) northeast of northeast corner of hut and
northwest of deep arroyo; marked by concrete
monument 8 by 8 by 24 inches (20 by 20 by 61
cm.) lettered "C.I.W. 1926 A" set so as to project
about 3 inches (8 cm.). True bearings: south wire-
less tower (tower was moved in 1924), 58° 13' .7;
north wireless tower, 59° 30' .3; cross on San Fran-
cisco Church, 91° 31'.7; San Domingo Church spire,
116° 00' .0; tip on sentry-box on southwest corner of
Fort Matamoras, 225° 39'.9.
Station B is at extreme southeast corner of grounds,
108 paces east of station A, 125 feet (38 meters)
north of bank of arroyo, at intersection of road
running north to water-tank with road along arroyo ;
marked by concrete monument 8 bv 8 by 24 inches
(20 by 20 by 61 cm.) lettered "C.I.W. 1926 B." True
bearings: south wireless tower, 58° 22'.8; north wire-
less tower, 59° 37' .6; San Domingo Church spire,
108° 52' .9; southwest sentry-box of Fort Matamoras,
223° 08' .0.
Itsimte, Guatemala, 1923 — About 250 yards (229 meters)
east of range of hills, and east of small field, on
small cleared knoll, about 750 feet (229 meters)
northwest of group of monuments in high bush at
base of pyramid, 14 feet (4.3 meters) south of
southwest corner and 22 feet (6.7 meters) southwest
of southeast corner respectively of hut, and 5 feet
(1.5 meters) northeast of limestone rock upon which
a cross is cut to indicate station. True bearings:
brass screw in lone ceybo tree, 100 feet (30.5 meters)
high and 3 feet (0.9 meter) in diameter, 136 feet
(41.5 meters), 249° 13'.2.
Ixlu, Guatemala, 1923 — On plaza at northwest corner of
pyramid, 17 feet (5.2 meters) north of group of
three monuments lying in a row ; marked by a 2-foot
0.6-meter) stump projecting 1 foot (0.3 meter)
above surface. True bearing: cross blazed on tree,
91 feet (27.7 meters), 319° 25' .9. (No magnetic ob-
servations at this station.)
Managua, Nicaragua, 1923 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1909. In eastern part of city, on triangular plot
bounded by roads separating property of Napoleon
Rey from that of Santos Remedios, 60.0 feet (18.29
meters) southeast of gable-roofed gate leading into
Remedios property, near northwest apex of plot,
17.6 feet (5.36 meters) northeast of fence-line on
Remedios property, and 80.5 feet (24.54 meters)
southwest of apex of plot in direction of Napoleon
Rey's house, and 75 feet (22.9 meters) from south-
east apex; marked by stake 2 by 2 inches (5 by 5
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
Managua, Nicaragua, 1923 — continued
cm.) set flush with surface. True bearings: flagpole
on fort "La Loma," 55° 58M; stack of electric plant,
199° 01'.8; south gable of Napoleon Rey's house,
256° 37' .7.
Station B is in southern part of town, in large
field lying between Campo de Marte occupied by
the U. S. Marine Corps and base of high hill upon
which is located Nicaraguan fort "La Loma," 477.5
feet (145.54 meters) south of sentry-box on west
side of main entrance to Campo de Marte, 290 feet
(88.4 meters) east of road leading to La Loma, and
550 feet (168 meters) north of base of hill; marked
by 2-inch (5-cm.) stake driven flush with surface.
True bearings: flagpole on fort on hill, 25° 48'.1;
east wireless tower, 171° 43' .9; stack of electric
plant, 233° 56' .5.
Nakum, Guatemala, 1923 — At south base of pyramid
known as "Pyramid TJ," about 20 feet (6.1 meters)
southeast of very large monument standing on end.
(No magnetic observations at this station.)
Naranjo, Guatemala, 1923 — On southeast corner of pyra-
mid about 50 feet (15 meters) high, just south of
pyramid with hieroglyphic stairway. (No magnetic
observations at this station.)
Oak Ridge, Honduras, 1923 — Between road running be-
tween beach and shore of back inlet, just beyond
sheds of old canning-plant and end of bulkhead,
47.0 feet (14.33 meters) southwest of west corner of
shed, 55.4 feet (16.89 meters) southwest of south cor-
ner of shed, 12 feet (3.6 meters) southwest of edge
of inlet, and 8 feet (2.4 meters) northwest of edge
of road; marked by post driven to within 6 inches
(15 cm.) of surface. True bearings: gable of Thomp-
son residence across inlet, 105° 17'.4; west gable of
McNab residence and store across inlet, 185° 00' .4.
Old Panama, Panama, 1921, 1923, 1924, 1926— Three sta-
tions were occupied. Station A, occupied in 1921,
1923, 1924, and 1926, is on site of ruins of old city of
Panama, about 8 miles (14 km.) east of Ancon, 72.5
feet (22.1 meters) west of southern corner of ruined
square cathedral tower, the most prominent ruins in
old Panama, and in line with that face of tower
which is toward sea; marked by a 10-inch (25-cm.)
brass-bound tripod peg driven flush with ground.
True bearings: extreme east end of Taboguilla
Island, 6° 38' (approx.) ; gable of house on Culebra
Island, almost in line with coconut palm on beach
which is 133.5 feet (40.69 meters) distant, 23° 46' .2;
gable of restaurant and bar 69° 21' (approx.) ; south-
west corner of old cathedral tower, 258°.
Station B, occupied in 1923, is about 100 feet (30
meters) north of shore, and north of small gully,
129.6 feet (39.50 meters) southeast of station A, 53.1
feet (16.18 meters) south of nearest edge of old wall
of cathedral nearest tower, and 70.0 feet (21.34
meters) northeast of east post of two near beach,
about 14 inches (35 cm.) in diameter with 1-inch
(2.5-cm.) iron bolt in center; marked by round rock
6 inches (15 cm.) in diameter, set flush with surface,
its center being marked by a cross. True bearings:
extreme left edge of Taboguilla Island, 6° 41'.8;
gable of house on Culebra Island, 23° 57' .4 ; gable of
restaurant and bar 85° 42'.8; telephone-pole by con-
vent, 120° 03' .9; station A, 131° 45'.
Station C, occupied in 1924 and 1926, is 156.0 feet
(47.55 meters) west of A, 54.0 feet (16.46 meters)
east of paved automobile road, and 36 feet (11.0
meters) northwest of small wooden sentry-box;
258
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
Old Panama, Panama, 1921, 1923, 1924, 1926— cont'd
marked by wooden stake driven flush with ground.
True bearings: extreme east point of Perico Island,
6° 27' ; gable of nearby restaurant and bar, 50° 08' ;
northwest corner of old cathedral tower, 253°. 7.
Port Ldmon, Costa Rica, 1923 — On hill north of main part
of town just west of 15-foot (4.6-meter) cut made
by continuation of street on which stands cathedral,
about 300 yards (274 meters) northwest of two fuel-
oil tanks of United Fruit Company, 250 feet (76
meters) northeast of northeast corner of house of
a dairy farm, 175.0 feet (53.3 meters) east of large
tree, 20.0 feet (6.10 meters) south and 38.0 feet (11.58
meters) north of lime trees, respectively, and 250
feet (76 meters) west of northwest corner of house
across cut; marked by stake driven flush with sur-
face. True bearings: east wireless tower, 273° 21'.3;
west wireless tower, 275° 58'. 1; tip of light on Uvita
Island, 284° 03'.9; highest stack of power-house, 312°
19'.4.
Prinzapolca, Nicaragua, 1923 — Practical inoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1909. At southern end of town on
east bank of Prinzapolca River, in swampy pasture
belonging to Mr. James Harrison, just southeast of
his house, 40.2 feet (12.25 meters) south of barbed-
wire fence on north boundary, 80.5 feet (24.54
meters) east of wire fence on west boundary, and
250 feet (76.2 meters) northwest of lone tree;
marked by stake driven flush with surface. True
bearings: lower north edge of north stack of saw-
mill, 19° 13'.2; tip of flagstaff of Eden Mining Com-
pany, 100° 41'.6; tip of staff of wharf building, 141°
55' .0; base of staff on comandancia, 194° 57' .3;
west gable of house, 291° 42'.6.
Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, 1923— Practical reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1909. On tract of low land east
of harbor, about 250 yards (229 meters) north of
United Fruit Company's commissary, 95 feet (29.0
meters) east of path leading to commissary, 27 feet
(8.3 meters) west of vertex of acute angle made by
two intersecting drainage ditches, and 132.5 feet
(40.39 meters) northeast of near corner of concrete
fountain on path to commissary; marked by peg
driven flush with surface. True bearings: staff on
comandancia, 78° 17' .2; base of flagpole by harbor,
95° 19' .3; right-hand edge of railroad concrete
water-tank, 307° 35' .3.
Puerto Cortez, Honduras, 1923 — On property of Senor
Lefebre northeast of hotel, on east edge of sandy
fill, 62.7 feet (19.11 meters) northeast of plank cross-
ing over ditch running east and west, 59.9 feet (18.26
meters) east of barbed-wire fence on west boundary
of property, 60.9 feet (18.56 meters) southeast of
southeast corner of negroes' quarters and 9.3 feet
(2.84 meters) west of edge of fill; marked by stake
set flush with surface. True bearings: south edge
of south stack of power-house, 101° 19'.4; gable of
lone house, 105° 55' .3.
Quesaltenango, Guatemala, 1923 — On government prop-
erty in eastern part of city, southeast of sports and
athletic field called El Hipodromo, in extension of
line of street leading to city, 160 paces southeast of
board fence around race-track, measured toward
opening in barbed-wire fence on southeast side of
property 69 paces distant, 23.7 feet (7.22 meters) east
of bank of shallow gully measured along line toward
cross on church; marked by square peg. True
bearings: cross on large dome of cathedral, 77° 36'.9;
tip of Central American Monument, 80° 52'.7; cross
on church in northern section of city, 89° 44'.2.
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
San Jose, Costa Rica, 1923, 1926 — Four stations were
occupied. Station A, occupied in 1926, is a close
reoccupation of C. I.W. station of 1907, about 700
feet (213 meters) west of railway, and about 450
feet (137 meters) south of church of San Francisco
de Guadelupe, and about 400 feet (122 meters)
south of car line.
Station B, occupied in 1923 is on sloping ground
just west of southwest corner of National Peniten-
tiary, located on hill north of Torres River and over-
looking town, 301.0 feet (91.74 meters) northwest of
southwest sentry-box on wall, and 247.0 feet (75.29
meters) west, measured at right angles to fifteenth
buttress of wall, counting from southwest sentry-box;
marked by round stake. True bearings: gable of
padre's house, 67° 16' .7; base of vane of National
Theater, 337° 10' .0; stack of Espafia Martinez y
Compania, 338° 25'.7; dome of cathedral, 342° 13'.8;
flagstaff of telegraph building, 346° 40' .9.
Station C, occupied in 1923, is about 200 yards
(183 meters) north of station B, down slope of hill
toward river, 133.5 feet (40.69 meters) northwest of
northwest sentry-box on wall surrounding peni-
tentiary, and 61.0 feet (18.59 meters) west of barbed-
wire fence running north from sentry-box to river;
marked by round stake projecting slightly above
surface. True bearings: spire of La Mercedes church
in San Jose, 17° Ol'.O; spire of church in San
Domingo, 166° 34'.8.
Station D, occupied in 1926, is at southwest cor-
ner of grounds of golf club, 10 meters east of row of
trees on west boundary and 10 meters north of row
of trees on south boundary; marked by peg. True
bearings: left edge of club-house, 186° 51'.3; right
edge of telephone-pole, 228° 36'.9; left edge of hut,
276° 41'.8.
Station E, occupied in 1926, is on grounds of
golf club, 116 paces northeast of D, 5 meters east of
tall hedge, and 15 meters south of hedge making
angle with hedge to east. True bearings: left tip
of radio mast, 118° 30'.1; telephone-pole, 186° 22'.0;
right edge of hut, 336° 33' .0
San Jose, Guatemala, 1923, 1926— About 100 feet (30
meters) west of C.I.W. station of 1909, 250 feet (76
meters) west of road parallel to railroad and pass-
ing west of Hotel California leading to com-
andancia by the sea, and 220 feet (67 meters)
northeast of thatched shed; marked by peg. True
bearings: gable of Pier Company's quarters, 18°
00'.5; flagpole on new (1926) train-shed, 328° 28' .3;
flagpole on United States consulate, 337° 10' .5;
highest gable of roof of comandancia, 353° 34' .9.
San Salvador, Salvador, 1923 — The C.I.W. station of
1909 being unavailable, two stations, A and B, were
occupied in southeastern part of city, just west of
Parque Modelo. Station A is on first level of hill
rising in two steps about 80 feet (24 meters) above
auto road running around its base, about 250 paces
northeast of concrete tank on top of hill, 8.5 feet
(2.6 meters) south of north edge of hill overlooking
city, and 18.0 feet (5.5 meters) north of south edge
overlooking fort and agricultural school; marked by
stake 2 by 2 inches (5 by 5 cm.) set to within 4
inches (10 cm.) of surface. True bearings: spike on
water-tank, 65° 16' .8; spire of clock-tower of red
church, 151° 38'.1; east spire of church, 181° 53' .6;
spire of large dome of cathedral, 211° 44'.8; top cen-
ter of west wireless tower, 292° 13'. 0; south edge of
turret of fort, 321° 17' .2.
Station B is on second rise of hill, between station
Descriptions of Stations
259
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — continued
San Salvador, Salvador, 1923 — continued
A and concrete tank, in center of small path lead-
ing up hill to tank, 103 paces northeast of tank, 15.0
feet (4.57 meters) from south edge of hill, and 20.0
feet (6.10 meters) from north edge; marked by 2-
inch (5-cm.) round stake driven to within 4 inches
(10 cm.) of surface. True bearings: spike on con-
crete tank, 48° 08'.5; center of clock-tower of red
church in town, 158° 13' .5; top center of west wire-
less tower, 283° 24'. 9; south edge of turret of fort,
312° 31'.0.
Tegucigalpa, Honduras, 1923 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is practical reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1909. In vacant plot lying north of the
quartel and comandancia close by Quaserique
Bridge over Tegucigalpa River, 90.7 feet (27.65
meters) north of Calle 13, 132.5 feet (40.39 meters)
east of street on west side of plot, 147.5 feet (44.96
meters) west of paved street which is first street west
of San Lorenzo Road, and 54 feet (16.5 meters) south
of intersection of two paths crossing plot diagonally;
marked by a 2-inch (5-cm.) stake set flush with sur-
face. True bearings: center of door of lone house
on hill, 160° 42'.5; tip of cone on church, 205° 52' .2;
tip of obelisk of monument to Central American
Republic, 253° 01' 2.
Station B is in northwestern part of city, on east
side of Tegucigalpa River, on rocky hill belonging
to Mr. Gilbert, about 100 yards (91 meters) south-
east of remote control station of Tropical Radio
Company, formerly called Mira Mesi, 250 feet (76
meters) west of fence-line around Gilbert house, 12
feet (3.7 meters) south of north crest of hill, and 6
feet (1.8 meters) north of south crest of hill; marked
by a post 3 by 2 inches (8 by 5 cm.) driven to
within 6 inches (15 cm.) of surface. True bearings:
gable of National Theater, 6° 48' .8; cross on church
near river, 10° 50' .4; top center of west wireless sta-
tion, 5 kilometers, 22° 01'.2; southeast edge of new
quarters of remote control station, 200° 16' .4;
weather-vane of house on hill northeast of city, 320°
59'.6.
Tikal, Guatemala, 1923 — On Pyramid No. 1, on south-
west corner of 4-foot (1.2-meter) ledge running
around base of temple 135 feet (41.15 meters) above
ground. (No magnetic observations at this sta-
tion.)
Truxillo, Honduras, 1923 — Two stations were occupied
Station A is close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1909. On hard clay strip of soil running along beach
just below northeast corner of old fort on hill, about
300 paces along road leading from railroad station to
Carib Town, 45.0 feet (13.72 meters) west of ditch
leading to sea, 18.0 feet (5.49 meters) northwest of
barbed-wire fence at base of hill, and 4.8 feet (1.46
meters) southeast of border-line of clay soil and
sandy beach; marked by peg driven flush with
surface. True bearing: water-tank at Puerto Cas-
tilla, 7 miles (11 km.), 169° 02'.3.
Station B is on top of small hill southeast of and
overlooking main part of town, east of street running
south from Steiner's Hotel and winding path leading
from street at a point near a culvert, 60 feet (18.3
meters) from west edge and 80 feet (24.4 meters)
from east edge respectively of crest of hill, 45.8 feet
(13.96 meters) northeast of large tree, and 472 feet
(14.39 meters) southeast of large tree; marked by
stake driven flush with surface. True bearing: tip
of nearest church steeple, 83° 16' .5.
NORTH AMERICA
Central America — concluded
Uaxaclun, Guatemala, 1923 — In "aquada" known by
name of "Biunbonal," midway across northern end,
on line of sight running between two cities.
U canal, Guatemala, 1923 — In clearing known as "Sal-
spuede," about 300 yards (274 meters) from main
ruins in a southeast direction, 150 feet (46 meters)
due west of Mopan River at a point where a clearing
has been made to water's edge.
Uolantun, Guatemala, 1923 — At west side of pyramid, 30
feet (9.1 meters) south of two monuments lying
together at base of pyramid. (No magnetic observa-
tions at this station.)
Uvita Island, Costa Rica, 1923 — About 150 feet (46
meters) southwest of C. I.W. station of 1907, now
unsuitable owing to erection of new steel light-
house. On hill, about 250 feet (76.2 meters) west
of lighthouse, 23.8 feet (7.25 meters) west of north-
west concrete footing of wing of abandoned quaran-
tine hospital, 18.7 feet (5.70 meters) north of north-
west footing of main building of hospital, about
25 feet (7.6 meters) from north edge and about 35
feet (10.7 meters) from west edge of crest of hill;
marked by stake projecting 4 inches (10 cm.) and
marked by copper tack. True bearings: smoke-
stack of railroad power shop, 74° 27' .0; center top of
west wireless tower, 108° 20' .0; center top of east
wireless tower, 109° 56' .6; gable on north house of
hospital, 113° 32M ; tip of light on island, 265° 33'.5.
Wawa Sawmill, Nicaragua, 1923 — On east bank of Wawa
River, at camp known as The Boom, in center of
path running along river at a point 100 yards (91
meters) south of office and store of Mr. Beer;
marked by stake driven flush with surface. True
bearing: southeast edge of outhouse in rear of Mr.
Beer's office, 221° 18'.8.
Xmakabatun, Guatemala, 1923 — At entrance to ruins
just west of first pyramid on left-hand side approach-
ing ruins, on Plaza No. 1, about 50 feet (15 meters)
northwest of first monument of series scattered on
plaza.
Xultun, Guatemala, 1923 — In a "jato" or clearing of
Don Urrita, among a large number of mounds and
small pyramids within a radius of one-half mile
(0.8 km.) (No magnetic observations at this sta-
tion.)
Zacapa, Guatemala, 1926 — Practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1907, about one-fourth mile (0.4
km.) east of railway station, south of new road to
old Zacapa, 40 feet (12.2 meters) north of center of
new road near highest point of conspicuous knoll, 3
meters southwest of lone cactus ; marked by peg with
brass ferrule. True bearings: figure 1 of scale of
gage on large tank at railroad, 46° 40' .0; left belfry
tower of cathedral in Zacapa, 250° 38'.3; right
belfry tower, 251° 22'. 3; tower at entrance to ceme-
tery, 263° 06' .8.
Greenland
Akpani (Parker Snow Point), 1924 — At Parker Snow
Point, about 4 miles (6.4 km.) east of Conical Rock,
and about 30 miles (48 km.) west of Cape York, at
an Eskimo settlement where there are generally a
few families to hunt walrus and akpa (birds which
breed in cliffs here). Main station is on grassy
slope above mossy bog, at foot of talus slope;
marked by a tent-peg and a small pile of stones
over the peg. True bearing: Vertical face of cliff
on southwest side of harbor entrance, 49° 49'.8.
260
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
Descriptions of Stations
261
NORTH AMERICA
Greenland — continued
Akpani (Parker Snow Point), 1924 — continued
An auxiliary station was occupied on beach just
above high-water mark where beach is covered
with small boulders and gravel ; marked by a small
cairn of waterworn stones. True bearing: vertical
face of cliff on southwest side of harbor entrance,
52° 04' .4. (This place should be distinguished from
a settlement having the same name on Saunders
Island.)
Etah, 1923 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1908. About 400 feet (122 meters) north of extreme
end of Reindeer Point, due north of coal depot, 55.4
feet (16.89 meters) south of bottom of ledge of rock,
and 97.8 feet (29.81 meters) east of foot of vertical
stratum of rock in ledge on west; marked by a pile
of rocks. True bearing : step in cliff to left of John's
Glacier, 283° 28' .7.
Godthaab, 1923, 1924 — Close reoccupation of H.M.S.
Bulldog station of 1860, on small island in northern
arm of Godthaab Havn, near center of island and at
about highest point; marked by a tent-peg with a
cairn erected over peg. True bearings: cairn on
hill, 1.4 kilometers, 15° 50' .0; rod on cliff west of
anchorage, 41° 16'.2; right edge at base of cairn, one-
half kilometer, 133° 42'.2.
Godhavn, Disco Island, 1924 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1908. In a small valley south of
village and wharf between two ledges of rock on an
area best suited for driving pegs and erecting tent;
marked by tent-peg under a cairn of stones, and
witnessed by two 1-inch holes about 1 inch deep in
adjacent outcropping ledges, one at 82 feet (2.5
meters) west in a small hog-back ledge, and the
second in small outcrop 8.6 feet (2.6 meters) south.
True bearings: middle of base of flagstaff, 10° 18' .5;
flagpole on bluff across harbor, 232° 09' .3; center at
base of main flagpole, 232° 17'.2; vertical edge of
cliff above step, 244° 03' 2.
Holstensborg, 1924 — Probably about one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.) east of C.I.W. station of 1908; north of
village on southern side of mouth of fiord, on a
small patch of level ground, 112 feet (34.14 meters)
northeast of corner of little stone powder-magazine
painted white, and 73 feet (22.25 meters) southeast
of wooden triangle painted red which is front range
of pair of anchorage ranges, rear range being tri-
angle painted on ledge about 82 paces east of sta-
tion; marked by tent-peg covered by cairn of stones.
True bearings: top of short staff on roof of powder-
magazine, 57° 38' .0; beacon on island off south
entrance 81° 38' .8; cairn on mountain-top across
fiord, 171° 25' 2.
Keate, Northumberland Island, 1924 — On southeast side
of Northumberland Island overlooking Whale Sound,
east of a glacier having fresh lateral moraines, the
only glacier on south side of island, east of a sum-
mer stream, 25 paces northeast of a boulder near
mouth of stream, and 35 paces west of boulder near
some meat caches; marked by a tent-peg and
small cairn of rocks over the peg. True bearing:
end of Cape Parry, 17 miles (27.4 km.), 352° 25'.6.
Refuge Harbor, 1923, 1924 — Winter-quarters of the Mac-
Millan North Greenland Expedition, on northwest
coast of Greenland, in a natural harbor on Smith
Sound at the entrance to Kane Basin, about 20
miles (32 km.) north of Etah. A temporary vari-
ation observatory was constructed in which magneto-
graph instruments were operated during the winter,
with absolute observations made in an outside sta-
NORTH AMERICA
Greenland— concluded
Refuge Harbor, 1923, 1924 — continued
tion. True bearings from absolute station: night
cairn, 4° 04'.1; boulder cairn on hill at north
entrance to harbor, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 96°
35'.1. The absence of natural objects of reference
makes a detailed description of position impossible,
but the general location is well shown by the topo-
graphic sketch made by the observer and included
with his report (see Fig. 2).
Mexico
Campeche, Campeche, 1924: — West of main section of
town in an open space west of an old fort and north
of a large park or plaza, about 450 feet (1372 meters)
from shore-line of Bay of Campeche, 268.0 feet (81.69
meters) southwest of southwest corner of fort, 147.5
feet (44.96 meters) southeast of southeast corner of
an old building; marked by cross in irregular stone
buried about 4 inches (10 cm.) below ground. True
bearings: top of dome of pavilion, 33° 10' .9; left
spire of cathedral, 241° 01'.3; right spire of cathedral,
242° 43'.4.
Chicken Itza, Yucatan, 1924 — Amidst the old Maya
ruins between Temple of Castillo and temple of the
Tigers, 237.0 feet (72.24 meters) west of center of
bottom step of the Castillo mound, 207.4 feet (63.22
meters) north of center rod of nearby windmill, and
185.5 feet (56.54 meters) southwest of prominent
tree; marked by cross and letters "C.I.W. 1924"
cut in top of stone set to project 4 inches (10 cm.)
above ground. True bearings: southeast corner of
wall of Temple of the Tigers, 108° 57'.1 ; prominent
tree, 180° 48'.7; southwest corner of Castillo mound,
309° 59M ; center rod of windmill, 358° 02'.7.
Chihuahua, Chihuahua, 1924 — Three stations were occu-
pied. Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station A of 1906, about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.) south-
west of center of city and about one-third mile (0.5
km.) southwest of Guadalupe Church, in open space
southeast of an old abandoned fort, 60 feet (18.3
meters) northeast of northeast high stone wall sur-
rounding fine residence, 17 feet (5.2 meters) south-
east of line of northwest stone wall extended, and
about 180 feet (54.9 meters) southwest of adobe wall
surrounding a large garden on opposite side of
street. True bearing: cross on Guadalupe Church,
222° 49'2.
Station B is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion B of 1906, in eastern part of city, 358.5 feet
(109.27 meters) south of southerly corner of Gustabo
A. Madero Hospital formerly the Porfirio Diaz, 221.2
feet (67.42 meters) from easterly corner of a build-
ing to northwest and in direct line of front of this
building extended; marked by cross cut in top of
existing cement boundary monument about 9 inches
(23 cm.) square extending about 12 inches (30 cm.)
above ground. True bearings: tower of Trinity or
American church, 1 mile (1.6 km.) 43° 50M ; left
tower of cathedral, 1 mile (1.6 km.) 60° 36'.0; higher
of two towers on residence, 200 meters, 148° 01'.6;
flagstaff on hospital, 200 meters, 169° 31'.8.
Station C is about 200 yards (183 meters) west
of A, across a deep gulch, on open land 128 feet
(39.0 meters) south of the outer edge of trench sur-
rounding old abandoned circular fort built of adobe
and stone. Observations were made over an exist-
ing stone and mortar boundary monument, about 14
by 22 inches (36 by 56 cm.) and extending 16 inches
(41 cm.) above ground. True bearings: tip of water-
tank at railroad, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 205° 35' .4; right
262
Land Magnetic Obsekvations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Mexico — continued
Chihuahua, Chihuahua, 1924 — continued
tower of cathedral, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 224° 58' .6;
cross on Guadalupe Church, 231° 05'.9.
Culican, Sinaloa, 1924 — About 1 mile (1.6 km.) south of
cathedral in city, on land belonging to Catholic
Church, about 75 meters east of a chapel on a hill
which is approached from north by a long series of
broad cement steps, and 15 feet (4.6 meters) north
of line of north front of chapel extended; marked
by cross cut in firmly embedded stone projecting
slightly above ground. True bearings: left spire of
cathedral, 175° 25'.2; right spire of cathedral, 175°
26' .3; tip of dome on cathedral, 176° 37' .9.
Frontera, Tabasco, 1924 — One mile (1.6 km.) north of
main plaza, in northeast corner of baseball field, 51
feet (15.5 meters) from tree to northwest, 50 feet
(15.2 meters) from tree to northeast, and 48 feet
(14.6 meters) from wooden fence on east side of
baseball field; marked by quart bottle buried 6
inches (15 cm.) below the surface. True bearings:
flagpole over entrance to baseball field, 10° 22'.1 ;
top of chimney on sawmill, 59° 17'.4.
Guadalajara, Jalisco, 1924 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is about 2.5 miles (4.0 km.) northwest
of city on open land just south of American suburb
Colonia Seattle, on east side of boundary ditch or
trench, 23.8 feet (7.25 meters) northeast of nearest
monument of a group of three boundary monu-
ments, 31.0 feet (9.45 meters) from monument west
of ditch, 28.6 feet (8.72 meters) irom center of
smaller monument in bottom of ditch, 10.5 feet
(3.20 meters) east of edge of ditch, and 53 feet (16.2
meters) west of center of slightly graded roadway;
marked by cross cut in rough stone buried slightly
below surface of ground. True bearings: tip of
isolated tower, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 45° 05' .7; tip of
small dome between two tall towers on church at
Zapopan, 111° 52'. 1; spire of village church three-
fourths mile (1.2 km.), 263° 41'.9; right spire of
cathedral, 2.5 miles (4.0 km.), 324° 13' .0.
Station B is about 200 meters north and slightly
east of A, east of deep gulch, 22.6 feet (6.89 meters)
southeast of nearer and larger of two boundary
monuments, 28.1 feet (8.56 meters) from second
monument in bottom of ditch, and 94 feet (28.7
meters) west of center of slightly graded roadway
leading from Guadalajara to Colonia Seattle ; marked
by notch cut in upper edge of fragment of sandstone
buried slightly below surface of ground. True bear-
ings: tip of isolated tower, 43° 37'.8; tip of dome
between two towers on church in Zapopan, 104° 54' .5 ;
spire of village church, 272° 47'.8; right spire of
cathedral, 326° 14M.
Guaymas, Sonora, 1924 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is nearly 2 miles (3.2 km.) west of city
along only road in that direction, 63 feet (19.2
meters) north of center of road nearly opposite a
small house in a cluster of trees, 123.2 feet (37.55
meters) northwest of hydrant for filling tank wagons,
and 103 feet (31.4 meters) from pipe-line measured
at right angles; marked by cross and letters "C.I."
cut in top of firmly embedded stone projecting about
5 inches (12.7 cm.) above ground. True bearings:
sharp finger of rock on mountain, about 5 kilo-
meters, 36° 01'.3; tip of cupola on residence of Dr.
Carlos Gutierrez, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 267° 00' .5; cleft
in top of finger rock projecting from left wall of
mountain, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 329° 52'.9.
Station B is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1906, on small island in the harbor about 3
NORTH AMERICA
Mexico — continued
Guaymas, Sonora, 1924 — continued
miles (5 km.) east of town, 60 yards (55 meters)
from southwest side and 90 yards (82 meters) from
northeast side of island, about 180 paces southeast
of foot of steep, rocky face of Morro Ingles, now
more frequently called "El Morito", 100 paces east
of east end of a rock fill about 6 feet (2 meters)
high, 50 feet (15 meters) wide, and 80 yards (73
meters) long, extending eastwardly from Morro
Ingles. True bearings: tip of left tower of cathedral,
2.5 miles, (4.0 km.), 107° 30' .2; tip of right tower
of cathedral, 107° 45'.0; right side of tall chimney
just to right of water-tower in Empalme, 4 miles
(6.4 km.), 211° 00' .5; tip of lighthouse tower at
west end of Isla de Pajaros, 3 miles (4.8 km.),
354° 25' .6.
Hermosillo, Sonora, 1924 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1906, in eastern part of town, near north-
east corner of Parque Francisco I. Madero, formerly
Parque Ramon Cerral, 104.2 feet (31.76 meters)
west of northwest corner of new brick normal school,
17.7 feet (5.39 meters) south of line of north wall
of school extended, 37.6 feet (11.46 meters) south of
line of trees along south side of driveway, 27.0 feet
(8.23 meters) and 13.3 feet (4.05 meters) respectively
from orange trees to southeast and northwest, and
14.8 feet (4.51 meters), 22.0 feet (6.71 meters), 23.4
feet (7.13 meters), and 16.2 feet (4.94 meters)
respectively from date-palm trees to northeast,
northwest, southwest, and southeast. True bearings:
pinnacle rock at right side of flat top of rocky hill in
eastern part of town, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.),
53° 41'.0; electric-light pole at west end of park, 200
yards (183 meters), 82° 09'.1; point of rock on
mountain seen just to right of southwest corner of
new brick normal school, 5 miles (8 km.), 320°
22' .3.
Mazatlan, Sinaloa, 1924— Two stations were occupied.
Station A is about one-half kilometer south and
slightly west of central part of town, about 150
meters northeast of meteorological and seismological
observatory, near center of shoulder of hill inclosed
by second sharp turn of old road leading down from
observatory to Mazatlan; marked by cross cut in
rough stone set to project about 2 inches (5.0 cm.)
above ground. True bearings: tip of lighthouse
tower, 11° 48' .7; left tower of cathedral, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 193° 26' .0; right tower of cathedral,
194° 15' .8.
Station B is about 229 meters south and
slightly east of A, about 150 meters southeast of
meteorological observatory, about 50 paces north of
old cannon on the point overlooking the sea and
almost in direct line with its barrel, and 87 feet (26.5
meters) northwest of remains of old stone wall;
marked by cross in center of rough stone set to
project slightly above ground. True bearings: tip
of lighthouse, 15° 01'.2; left spire of cathedral, 190°
33' .5; right spire of cathedral, 191° 18' .0.
Merida, Yucatan, 1924 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is located on grounds of Agricultural
School in Chuminopolis, a suburb east of Merida,
about 4 miles (6.4 km.) from main plaza, in a field
east of main buildings, and 248.4 feet (75.71 meters)
east of a stone gate-post; marked by cross cut in
stone 6 by 14 by 28 inches (15 by 35 by 71 cm.),
lettered "A" and set flush with ground. True bear-
ings: distant windmill, 191° 35'.3; left edge of water-
tank, 221° 11'.3.
Station B is 210.2 feet (64.07 meters) north of A;
marked by cross cut in top of stone flush with
Descriptions of Stations
263
NORTH AMERICA
Mexico — continued
Merida, Yucatan, 1924 — continued
ground. True bearings: distant windmill, 192° 00' .6;
second windmill, 233° 45' .2.
Monterrey, Nueva Leon, 1924 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is a practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1907, on grounds of city water-
works, about 1 mile (1.6 km.) west of central part of
town, near northwest corner of reservoir inclosure
which is used also as golf course, 95.4 feet (29.08
meters) from fourth post from corner along north
fence, 65.1 feet (19.84 meters) from seventh post
from corner along west fence, and 53.8 feet (16.40
meters) from palm tree to southeast ; marked by
cross in rough stone set to project about 1 inch (2.5
cm.) above ground. True bearings: tip of tower on
brewery, 1 mile (1.6 km.) 231° 14'.2; dome of Trinity
Church, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 266° 17'.2; tall church
spire in Monterrey, 289° 26' .0; dome of cathedral, 1
mile (1.6 km.), 291° 59' .2.
Station B is 155.0 feet (47.24 meters) southeast of
A ; marked by cross cut in rough stone set flush with
ground. True bearings: tip of tower on brewery,
230° 23'.6; spire of Trinity Church, 265° 25'.7; tall
church spire, 289° 01'.9; tip of central dome of new
cathedral, 291° 27'.9; church spire, 307° 13'.3.
Nueva Casas Grandes, Chihuahua, 1924 — Close reoccu-
pation of C.I.W. station of 1906, on land belonging
to Mexican and Northwestern Railway, 210 paces
northeast of railway station, 150 paces east of the
railway measured from point 25 paces north of
water-tank, 200.0 feet (60.96 meters) west of line of
buildings on east side of open square, 207.3 feet
(63.18 meters) northwest of northwest corner of one-
story brick store, and 124.0 feet (37.80 meters) from
adobe wall surrounding yard of new adobe "house
to north. True bearings: vertical side, near bottom,
of cleft in mountain, 11° 47' .4; flagstaff on cuartel,
53° 20' .0; tip of water-tank, 77° 50' .5; vertical wall
of mountain, 116° 29' .3.
Oaxaca, Oaxaca, 1924 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1907, west of town on west bank of Oaxaca
River, 48 feet (14.6 meters) north of road leading to
San Juanita Cathedral, and 12 feet (3.7 meters)
south of irrigation ditch; marked bv cross and let-
ters "C.I.W. 1924" cut in top of rock set flush with
ground. True bearings: flagstaff, statue of Juarez,
three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 207° 09' .2; dome to
left of cathedral, 229° 15' .6; cross on cathedral, 242°
51'.6; dome to right of cathedral, 249° 42'.4.
Station B is 150 feet (45.7 meters) across the
Oaxaca River from A on direct line to cross on
cathedral and 21.5 feet (6.56 meters) from river
bank; marked by cross cut in small irregular rock.
True bearings: dome to left of cathedral, 228° 01 '.6;
cross on cathedral, 242° 51'. 6.
Puebla, Puebla, 1924 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is on Guadalupe Hill, about 2 miles (3.2 km.)
east of central part of city and about one-half mile
(0.8 km.) southeast of city water-works tower. It is
28 paces northwest of an old fort on top of Guada-
lupe Hill and 128 feet (40.0 meters) northeast of
winding road leading up to fort; marked by cross
and letters "C.I.W." on top of stone set flush with
ground. True bearings: church spire, 36° 06'.3; left
tower of cathedral, 52° 32' .7; steeple of fort on dis-
tant hill, 89° 36'.0; top of water-works tower, 121°
19'.3.
Station B is 338 feet (103.0 meters) from A and in
direct line to left tower of cathedral; marked by
cross in stone projecting slightly above ground.
NORTH AMERICA
Mexico — continued
Puerto Mexico, Vera Cruz, 1924 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is north of main town, on north
end of a small rise on hill about one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.) west of main lighthouse and approximately
20 feet (6.1 meters) from north edge of this rise;
marked by cross cut in top of rough stone set to
project 2 inches (5 cm.) above ground. True bear-
ings: distant telegraph-pole, 176° 43'.2; top of main
lighthouse, 269° 49'.5; right corner of house on hill,
356° 08' .2.
Station B is 88.6 feet (27.01 meters) south 34° 16'
east from A, on south end of same rise, and 155.0
feet (47.24 meters) northeast of more northerly of
two palm trees; marked by cross in rough stone set
flush with ground. True bearings: distant telegraph-
pole, 175° 56' .5; top of main lighthouse, 264° 22'.2;
top of distant lighthouse, 317° 21' 2.
Queretaro, Queretaro, 1924 — Four primary and two
secondary stations were occupied. Station A is
about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.) west of center of city on
a low hill locally known as "Cerro de las Cam-
panias," the place of execution of Emperor Maxi-
milian in 1867, on northwesterly rim of circular
summit and 80 yards (73 meters) northwest of a
small memorial chapel which stands at foot of steep-
est part of hill on southeasterly side; marked by
cross in flat, oblong stone firmly embedded flush with
ground. True bearings: tip of dome on small
country church, 95° 32' .9; tip of bell-tower on small
church, 162° 37'.6; cross on dome to left of bell-tower
on cathedral, 270° 31'.0; cross on dome of large
bell-tower of cathedral, 271° 55' .9; spire to left of
dome on Santa Rosa Church, 291° 47' .4.
Station B is about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) south
and slightly east of A, 115 feet (35.05 meters) west
of a dirt road leading up to Maximilian's tomb on
hill, 83 feet (25.3 meters) northwest of conspicuous
rock pile, and 322 paces south of Maximilian's tomb ;
marked by cross cut in rough stone set to project
2 inches (5.1 cm.) above ground. True bearings:
station A, 165° 32'.4; spire on extreme left round
dome, 253° 35' .3; central church in Queretaro, 266°
05'.4; extreme right church in Queretaro, 281° 31'.6.
Station C is a close reoccupation of Mexican sta-
tion of 1922 and is about 2 miles (3.2 km.) east and
slightly north of station A, northeast of city, on
Canada Road, on grounds of chapel of San Isidro, 87
meters north of chapel, and about 150 meters south
of Queretaro River. True bearing: lightning-rod on
top of large brick chimney, 103° 00' .0. Inclination
was observed at Secondary C, 30 feet (9.14 meters)
west of C, in line with lightning-rod.
Station D is about 1 mile (1.6 km.) southwest of
A, at extreme southerly edge of town, three squares
west of street leading to the central plaza, and near
the northerly edge of a very wide roadway. True
bearing: spire of small church visible through open-
ing in trees, 190° 06' .6. Inclination was observed at
Secondary D, 30 feet (9.14 meters) from D in line
with spire of small church.
Sabinas, Coahuila, 1924 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a practical reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1907, in open square in north corner of town,
about one-third mile (0.5 km.) northwest of railway
station, and about 430 yards (393 meters) southwest
of a spur of railroad, 141.5 feet (43.13 meters) from
westerly corner of adobe dwelling, 128.5 feet (39.17
meters) from wire fence across road to northwest,
96.0 feet (29.26 meters) from picket fence to south-
east, and 98.8 feet (30.11 meters) from corner of
adobe wall around inclosure ; marked by cross in
264
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
Mexico — concluded
Sabinas, Coahuila, 1924 — continued
large rough stone set nearly flush with ground. True
bearings: ventilator on brewery, one-half mile (0.8
km.), 162° 21'.2; ball on weather-vane, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 332° 47' .0.
Station B is 51.5 feet (15.70 meters) from A and in
direct line to ventilator on brewery.
San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi, 1924 — Close reoccupa-
tion of Mexican station of 1922, in center of large
patio of Industrial Military School, 1,200 meters
south of cathedral on paved road leading to
Sanctuary of Guadalupe, 144.5 feet (44.04 meters)
southeast of east corner of shed along north brick
wall of patio, and 126.5 feet (38.56 meters) northwest
of corner of old wall; marked by cross and letters
"C. I.W. 24" in top of well-cut stone projecting 3
inches (8 cm.) above ground. True bearings: top
of left edge of battlement, 14° 41'.3; telegraph-pole
seen over roof of school, 58° 42' .7; left side of dis-
tant telegraph-pole, 228° 48' .4; left edge of chimney,
285° 39'.3.
Tampico, Tamaulipas, 1924 — Six miles (9.7 km.) north-
east of center of town, in extreme northeast part of
Gorges Hospital grounds, 38.0 feet (11.58 meters)
southeast of fifteenth post of northwest fence, and
97.5 feet (29.72 meters) north of southeast corner of
one of the hospital buildings; marked by cross cut
in top of irregular stone set 5 inches (13 cm.) below
surface of ground. True bearings: corner of house,
131° 37'.3; chimney on distant house, 197° 30'.7;
flagpole on Mexican hospital, 336° 19'.4.
Teoloyucan, Mexico, 1924 — Three stations were occupied
for intercomparisons at the National Magnetic
Observatory of Mexico. Pier A and Pier B are in
absolute house and are regular magnetometer and
earth-inductor piers respectively.
Station B is 23.4 meters east of absolute house in
path leading from variometer buiiding to entrance
of grounds. All three stations are in line with north-
west corner of church tower whose true bearing is
276° 41'.0.
Tepic, Nayarit, 1924 — In small park at western edge of
town nearly in extension of center of Calle de Lerdo,
185.0 feet (56.39 meters) west of corner of buildings
on north side of Calle de Lerdo, 181.5 feet (55.32
meters) from corner of building on south side of this
street, and 101.8 feet (31.13 meters) east of fence
beyond driveway west of park; marked by cross cut
in rough stone set flush with ground. True bear-
ings: left spire of cathedral, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
287° 14'.9; right spire of cathedral, 288° 06' .4.
Vera Cruz, Vera Cruz, 1924 — About 3 miles (4.8 km.)
south of center of town, approximately one-half
mile (0.8 km.) south of amusement park, Villa del
Mar, on beach on prominent sand-bank covered
with grass and shrubbery, approximately 300 yards
(274 meters) east of telegraph-line, 150 feet (45.7
meters) from the shore-line, and 15 feet (4.6 meters)
west of eastern edge of sand-bank ; marked by bottle
buried 6 inches (15 cm.) below surface. True bear-
ings: top of wireless tower, 124° 49' .8; top of main
lighthouse, 154° 57' .8; beacon-light on island, 226°
Ol'.l.
Newfoundland
Battle Harbor, Labrador, 1921, 1922, 1923— Station C of
1914 was exactly reoccupied in 1921 and 1923 in a
hollow extending northwest and southeast near cen-
ter of Battle Island, about 500 feet (152 meters) east
NORTH AMERICA
Newfoundland — continued
Battle Harbor, Labrador, 1921, 1922, 1923— continued
of English church, about same distance north of
wireless telegraph station, and about 15 feet (5
meters) east of a natural step in rock about 2 feet
(0.6 meter) high; marked by shallow drill-hole
in the rock, and three shallow holes for the tripod
legs. True bearings; tower of lighthouse on Double
Island, 318° 36'.1; north gable of wireless station
house, 336° 53' .0.
Station D of 1914 was exactly reoccupied in 1921
and 1922, 75.9 meters northwest of station C very
nearly in reversed azimuth of lighthouse on Double
Island, on highest point of Battle Island, 250.4
meters northwest of middle of gable of wireless
operator's house; marked bv a 1-inch (3-cm.) drill-
hole in solid rock with 3 shallow drill-holes for tri-
pod legs. True bearing: tower of lighthouse on
Double Island, 318° 46' .3.
Bonne Bay (Woody Point), 1921 — A little east of nar-
row lane leading north from village, west of light-
house with flashing red light, on Woody Point, and
nearly in line with lighthouse and steeple on red
roof of Church of Good Shepherd. Spire of Method-
ist church bears 38° 11' west of magnetic south.
Cartwright, Labrador, 1922 — On shore, opposite Hudson's
Bay Company's post. Bottom of flagpole at Por-
ter's station bears 20° 00' east of magnetic north.
Gready, Labrador, 1923 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1914, and according to statements of old
men living; there, an exact reoccupation of station
of S. W. Very of 1881 though the drill-hole marking
the point was about 4 inches deep instead of 10%
inches as reported for 1881, on Little Gready Island,
24 feet (7.3 meters) northeast from northeast corner
of the agent's house and 10 feet (3.0 meters) south
of south end of nearest fish flake ; marked by a drill-
hole 4 inches (10 cm.) deep in solid rock. True
bearings: flagstaff, 5° 19* .8.
Hopedale, Labrador, 1923, 1924— The station of 1923,
called station A, was a close reoccupation of that
of 1914, which was not permanently marked; that
of 1924, called station B, was at very nearly the
same point. On ledge about 200 yards (183 meters)
east of Moravian Mission, a short distance east of
the highest point of the exposed rock, and south of
pool of water in depression of ledge; station A not
marked. True bearings from A: beacon west of
mission, 94° 42'.1; mission church, 103° 27'.3; beacon
on hill, 135° 49'.6. Station B, within 10 feet of sta-
tion A, was marked by three 1-inch (2.5-cm.) drill-
holes for tripod and a small rock cairn over center.
Nain, Labrador, 1922 — Close reoccupation of United
States Coast and Geodetic Survey station of 1881,
about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) north 15° east from
flagstaff in front of mission house, and near some
large boulders known as Martin's Stein, on shelf of
dry, gravelly soil, bordered by lower marshy strip a
few hundred yards in width on which is a windlass
for hauling up boats, at point 13.6 feet (4.14 meters)
from juniper post marking station of 1881 and 12.4
feet (3.78 meters) from large boulder southwest of
juniper post on line joining middle of boulder and
post. True bearing: small boulder on hill across
harbor approximately on line bisecting angle between
old capstan and small lone house on shore, 323°
29'.0.
Port Burwell, B, Labrador, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station B of 1914, on west shore of Port
Burwell, on neck of land between harbor and a salt-
Descriptions of Stations
265
NORTH AMERICA
Newfoundland — concluded
Port Burwell, B, Labrador, 1922 — continued
water pond, and west across harbor from Hudson's
Bay Company's post; marked by charred stick
covered by cairn of stone 1.5 meters high. True
bearing: low beacon on rock east of point of land,
218° 09'.9.
Red Bay, Labrador, 1923 — On northern side of Saddle
Island, on mossy ground, 15 paces above high-water
mark where grass ends and gravel beach begins, 16
paces east of small inclosed garden of lighthouse
keeper; marked by juniper peg driven nearly flush
with surface of moss and covered with a small rock
cairn. True bearings: right edge of lighthouse tower,
60° 24' .9; base of stick on rock cairn across harbor,
93° 04' .0; Methodist church spire across harbor, 197°
07'.4.
Rigolet, Labrador, 1922 — In a small clearing of ever-
green trees, 120 yards (110 meters) from Hudson's
Bay Company's cook-house, and 40 feet (12.2
meters) from high-water line; marked by pine
stake driven 2 feet (0.6 meter) into ground and pro-
jecting 1 foot (0.3 meter) above ground. True bear-
ings: Burns Cove beacon on northern side of bay,
one and three-fourths miles (2.8 km.), 221° 18' .4;
western corner of house near water's edge at Hud-
son's Bay Company's fishing-station at Lister Point
on southern side of bay, 4 miles (6. km.), 240° 06' .0;
Hudson's Bay Company's cook-house, northern cor-
ner, on harbor side of bell-tower, 294° 00' .0; flagpole
at lowest section visible over roof of small house,
303° 10'.5.
A secondary station established about three-
fourths mile (1.2 km.) from main station, across
harbor towards Burns Cove beacon, indicated local
disturbance.
St. Johns, C, Newfoundland, 1922 — Exact reoccupation
of C.I.W. station C of 1909, 85 feet (25.9 meters)
from center of stone marking 1881 station, 86 feet
(26.2 meters) from north fence, 129.9 feet (39.60
meters) from west fence;, and 169^.3 feet (51-60 meters)
from northwest corner of fence ; marked by standstone
block lettered "C. I.W. 1909" on top, a hole at center
defining exact position. True bearing: Congrega-
tional church spire, 5° 09' .5.
United States
Bristol, Virginia, 1925 — Station of United States Coast
and Geodetic Survey was exactly reoccupied, on
campus of Virginia Intermont College, about 30 feet
(9 meters) east of center of cemented driveway,
measured from point 106 feet (32.3 meters) along
driveway from pillars at entrance, 127.7 feet (38.93
meters) nearly due south of southwest post at front
steps of main building; marked by limestone post
projecting about 2 inches (5 cm.) above surface and
lettered "U.S.C.&G.S. 1898." True bearings: left
edge of chimney on rear of church, one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.), 1° 48'.2; distant flagpole, 1.5 mile (2.4
km.), 8° 01'.6; church spire seen at left of entrance
to grounds, 37° 48' .4; southwest corner of east build-
ing of college above stone course, 200 feet (61
meters), 235° 48' .2; top of railroad water-tower, 279°
46' .3; right edge of stack of Columbia Paper Com-
pany, 299° 56'.5; flagpole on public school, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 337° 36' .0. Unlettered stone near
hedge bounding grounds marks meridian line, and is
120.5 feet (36.73 meters) south of station.
Bunnell,^ Florida, 1925 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is an exact reoccupation of United States
Coast and Geodetic Survey station of 1920, in an
NORTH AMERICA
United States — continued
Bunnell, Florida, 1925 — continued
open field near southeast side of extension of Lam-
bert Avenue, at point about 700 feet (213 meters)
southwest of railroad, 69 feet (21.0 meters) south-
west of pasture fence, 45 feet (13.7 meters) west, and
23 feet (7.0 meters) north respectively from two
large pine trees; marked by concrete post, 8 by 8 by
32 inches (20 by 20 by 81 cm.) projecting about 5
inches (13 cm.) above ground and having bronze
disk in top. True bearings: approximate center of
large post in northwest corner of field, 88° 55' .1;
front left edge of tallest brick building west of rail-
road station, 242° 28'.1; tip on water-tank, 263° 16' .0;
northwest corner of Rose Inn, 294° 39'.7.
Station B is 328.7 feet (100.19 meters) west of sta-
tion A near middle of field, 55.0 feet (16.76 meters),
and 116.5 feet (35.51 meters) respectively from north
and south boundary fences, and 76 paces from west
fence. True bearings: approximate center of large
post in northwest corner of field, 96° 57'; tip on
water-tank, 263° 15'.3; west gable of Rose Inn, 281°
00'.4.
Cheltenham, Maryland, 1924 — Observations were made
on pier B% of the Cheltenham Magnetic Observatory
of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, this
being the pier regularly used by instruments com-
pared with Cheltenham standards for declination
and horizontal intensity. Inclination observations
were made at station designated El' , consisting of a
non-magnetic framework erected around the pier
upon which the standard earth-inductor is per-
manently mounted.
Dalton, Georgia, 1925 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is an exact reoccupation of United States
Coast and Geodetic Survey station of 1911, in city
park north of court-house, 29 feet (8.8 meters) south
of center of path running west from fountain, 21.6
feet (6.58 meters) east of oak tree on street line
west of park, 41.8 feet (12.74 meters) north of sweet-
gum tree, 35.2 feet (10.73 meters) southwest of
maple tree, and 30.6 feet (9.33 meters) west of
small oak tree ; marked by granite post 6 by 6 by 24
inches (15 by 15 by 61 cm.) with magnetic-station
marker of United States Coast and Geodetic Survey
set in top. True bearings: north meridian stone,
179° 59' .8; southwest corner of graded school, 191°
05'.2; southwest corner of Methodist church above
pilaster, 292° 43'.0; northeast corner of court-house
on date stone, 324° 09'.2.
Station B is on grounds of Fort Hill school east
of railway station, about one-half mile (0.8 km.)
east of station A, 166.1 feet (50.63 meters) west of
northwest corner of main school building, 72.2 feet
(22.01 meters) north of near edge of concrete walk
leading up to front of building, 50.3 feet (15.33
meters) southeast and 41.8 feet (12.74 meters) north-
east respectively from two large pine trees; marked
by block of Georgia marble, 8 by 8 by 14 inches
(20 by 20 by 36 cm.) set flush with surface of ground,
and lettered on top "C.I.W. 1925." True bearings:
spire on Copeland Home, 65° 35' .7; spire on county
court-house, 87° 10' .4; southeast edge at window
level of bell-tower on Methodist church, 88° 36'.3;
spire on Baptist church, 101° 56' .7; left edge of
water-tower at top, 149° 34' .3; left edge at ground
of flagpole in front of school, about 100 feet (30.5
meters), 302° 42' .6.
Deering, Alaska, 1922 — About three-fourths mile (1.2
km.) west-northwest of Deering, on southern shore
of Kotzebue Sound, 25 meters southwest from line
along grass-covered ridge northwest from southeast
266
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
United States — continued
Deering, Alaska, 1922 — continued
corner of small shed for storing powder, called the
"powder-house," measured at right angles from a
point 35 meters from powder-house. True bearings:
telephone-post, 20° 36' .2; double mountain, 20° 06' .9;
southeast corner of powder-house, 43 meters, 275°.
Florence, South Carolina, 1925 — The United States Coast
and Geodetic Survey station of 1912, designated A,
is about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.) northwest of center of
city, and about 1,200 feet (0.4 km.) southwest of
Darlington branch of the Atlantic Coast Line Rail-
road, on experiment farm of Clemson College. As
this station was in a cultivated field used in a special
seed test for cotton, a new station, B, was chosen
90 feet (27.4 meters) east of station marker on line
toward Mr. Gregg's house in an uncultivated lane
between two one-acre plots, 13.0 feet (3.96 meters)
northwest of stake marking south corner of plot east
of old station, 243.1 feet (74.10 meters) southeast of
fence along roadway south of gin-house measured
from a point about 400 feet (122 meters) southwest
of bell-tower, or about 200 feet (61 meters) north-
east of east end of laborer's cabin. True bearings:
lightning-rod on south end of Mr. Gregg's house,
one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) 271° 25' .3; court-house
spire, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.) 317° 54'.4.
Greenport, Long Island, 1925 — Special observations were
made during the total solar eclipse of January 24,
1925, in an open field belonging to Mr. Tasker, about
1 mile (1.6 km.) northwest of Greenport, Long
Island. Two temporary buildings were erected, one
to house the magnetograph and potential-gradient
electrograph, and the second was erected to shelter
the electric instruments. Magnetic observations
were made at a tent station between these two
tejnporary buildings, 76 feet (23.2 meters) north-
west of northwest corner of former and 102 feet (31.1
meters) southeast of southeast corner of latter build-
ing. True bearings: right edge at top of smoke-stack
on power house, 11° 43'. 3; southwest corner of
atmospheric-electric observatory, 126° 48' .3; right
edge of right chimney of Mr. Tasker's house, 172°
23' .8; flagpole on school, 327° 09'.3.
Jacksonville, Florida, 1925 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is an exact reoccupation of United States
Coast and Geodetic Survey station of 1920, near
northeast comer of fair-grounds, on east slope of
sandy hill, 41 feet (12.5 meters) south of north
boundary fence, about 100 feet (30 meters) east of
ruins of burned building nearly opposite east end of
race-track; marked by rough gray granite stone, 6
by 8 by 26 inches (15 by 20 by 66 cm.) with small
hole in top to mark center. True bearings: center
of chimney at brewery (seen through grand-stand),
37° 51'.4; tip on distant water-tank, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
51° 40' .8; tip on church bell-tower, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
53° 14' .3; east edge of flagpole on fair-building, 600
feet (183 meters), 352° 54' .4; Weather Bureau tower
on Graham Building, 353° 49' .4.
Station B is about 125 paces south of station A
on line to flagpole on near end of fair-building,
about 50 feet (15 meters) northeast of center of
driveway, measured from point at curve of drive-
way and in line with extreme left corner post of
grand-stand, 62.0 feet (18.89 meters) southeast, and
45.5 feet (13.9 meters) southwest respectively from
two large pine trees. True bearings: extreme left
corner post of grand-stand, 37° 13' .0; extreme right
corner of post of grand-stand, 54° 41'. 4; station A,
172° 53'.8; gable of house at southeast corner of
NORTH AMERICA
United States — continued
Jacksonville, Florida, 1925 — continued
street intersection, 285° 13' 2; flagpole on north
tower at main entrance to fair-grounds, 343° 18' .1;
flagpole on near end of fair-building, 352° 52' .7.
Miami, Florida, 1922 — Two stations, A and B, were occu-
pied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of United
States Coast and Geodetic Survey station of 1915, in
southeast section of Royal Palm Hotel Park, near
intersection of 14th Street and houlevard along
beach, 59.6 feet (18.17 meters) north of edge of walk
along 14th Street, and 55.6 feet (16.95 meters) west
of edge of walk along boulevard; marked by lime-
stone post 7 by 7 by 18 inches (18 by 18 by 46 cm.)
set flush with ground and lettered "U.S.C.&G.S.
1903." True bearings: lower center north wireless
tower across Biscayne Sound, 243° 56' .4; Flagler
monument, 248° 51'. 6; tip of water-tower, 259° 28'.8;
flagstaff on south tower of Hardie's casino, 274° 23' .2.
Station B bears 18° 21'. 0 west of south from sta-
tion A and is distant 176.6 feet (53.83 meters), 73.5
feet (22.40 meters) south of curb line on south side
of 14th Street measured from a point 122 feet (375
meters) west of west edge of boulevard; marked by
concrete coping block 8 by 8 by 24 inches (20 by 20
by 61 cm.) set flush and lettered "C.I.W. 1922."
True bearings: staff on McAllister's Hotel, 179° 14' .4;
lower center of north wireless tower across Biscayne
Sound, 243° 36' .6; Flagler monument, 248° 12' .0;
spike on water-tower, 258° 56'.9.
Mount Wilson, Ether Point, California, 1923 — Observa-
tions were made on the easternmost pier of four
concrete piers within a sheet-iron building on Ether
Point on the grounds of the Mount Wilson Observa-
tory. Before the eclipse observations of September 9,
the height of the pier was increased by adding 12
inches (30.5 cm.) of concrete, making the height of
the pier 3.5 feet (1.07 meters). The instrument was
fastened to the top of this pier by means of plaster
of Paris. True bearings: azimuth station, 0° 31'.7;
south edge of center strut, 150-foot tower, 54° 01'.6.
(This station was used for variation observations
only, the absolute values being uncertain on account
of the large amount of magnetic material present.)
Azimuth station is about 500 feet (152 meters)
south of Ether Point.
Mount Wilson, California, 1926 — Station designated
Magnetic Observatory Site was occupied at site
tentatively adopted for small variation observatory
about 125 feet (38 meters) south of the 75-foot
tower, about 30 yards (27 meters) north of the
northeast corner of the Observatory laboratory.
True bearings: San Antonio peak, 259° 12'.6; south
point of roof of laboratory, 337° 49' .4; flagstaff, 348°
30' .0.
Point Loma, California, 1923 — Three stations were
occupied on the military reservation of Fort
Rosecrans on Point Loma, on small plateau just
south of the old Spanish lighthouse. Station A is
about 150 feet (46 meters) southeast of old range-
finding house and 125 feet (38 meters) northwest of
old flagpole. True bearings: west edge of window
on old Spanish lighthouse, 172° 47' .8; spire on light-
house, 173° 14' .0; tower, Naval Air Station, North
Island, 224° 40' .8; south tower, Coronado Hotel,
259° 36' .8.
Station B, at which absolute inclination observa-
tions were made, is 3 feet (0.9 meter) southeast of
station A, and was used as the inclination station
during eclipse observations.
Station C is 97 feet (29.6 meters) southeast of sta-
Descriptions of Stations
267
NORTH AMERICA
United States — continued
Point Loma, California, 1923 — continued
tion A and was used to determine variations in hori-
zontal intensity during eclipse observations in con-
junction with declination observations at station A.
No absolute observations were made at station C.
San Francisco (Fort Scott), California, 1921 — Two sta-
tions were occupied in the military reservation of
Fort Scott. Station A is in vacant plot of ground
north of parade-ground, about 415 feet (126 meters)
south of large barracks building ; marked by a pine
stake. True bearings: base of flagpole in front of
Fort Scott Headquarters, 7° 04' .7; light on Point
Stewart, west end of Angel Island, 201° 20M; light-
house on Alcatraz Island, 242° 30' .0; campanile at
University, 248° 31'. 6.
Station B is 86.8 feet (26.45 meters) northeast of
station A on line toward lighthouse on Alcatraz
Island, in line with northwest side of fourth house
facing beach road and about 800 feet (244 meters)
distant, and nearly in line with west side of lower
large barracks; marked by hole in top of a granite
post 6 by 6 bv 18 inches (15 by 15 by 46 cm.), with
letters "C. I.W. 1921" cut in top surface. True bear-
ings: base of flagpole in front of Fort Scott Head-
quarters, 9° 27'. 0; lighthouse on Lime Point, 169°
38'. 5; light on Point Stewart, west end of Angel
Island, 201° 11'.6; lighthouse on Alcatraz Island, 242°
30' .0.
Son Rafael, California, 1921 — Exact reoccupation of
United States Coast and Geodetic Survey station of
1897 and C.I.W. station of 1905, 1908, and 1916, 1.1
miles (1.8 km.) west-northwest of county court-
house, on eastern slope of hill about 375 feet (114
meters) east of water company's reservoir; marked
by marble post 8 by 8 by 48 inches (20 by 20 by 122
cm.), projecting about 24 inches (61 cm.) above sur-
face of ground, and lettered "U.S.C. and G.S." on its
west vertical face, "MAG. STA." on its south face,
and "1897" on its east face, with a cross on upper
face marking exact point. True bearings: meteor-
ological station on Mount Tamalpais, 26° 58' .4;
flagpole on county court-house, 289° 46' .3.
Sweetwater, Texas, 1924 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is an exact reoccupation of United States
Coast and Geodetic Survey station of 1910, in south-
eastern part of city, near southeast corner of prop-
erty of Sweetwater Mineral Springs Company, 89.6
feet (2731 meters) from east fence, 80.6 feet (24.57
meters) from south fence, 97.5 feet (29.72 meters)
directly back (southeast) of cottage used as hospital
in front of which is the Mineral Springs Company's
water-tank ; marked by brass screw in center of con-
crete post set flush with ground. True bearings: city
stand-pipe, 1 mile (1.6 km.) 72° 28' .9; flagstaff seen
over left slope of hospital roof, one-half mile (0.8
km.), 129° 13'.5; short flagstaff seen near right slope
of hospital roof, 131° 44'.3; right of two ornaments
on residence, one-half mile, (0.8 km.), 147° 38'.3.
Station B is about 1 mile (1.6 km.) due west of
A, west of city, on open land just north of 90-meter
square reservation on which stand-pipe for city
water is located. It is 435 feet (133 meters) north of
base of stand-pipe, 102.5 feet (3124 meters) east of
center of road along west side of plot, and 599.7
feet (182.79 meters) from northwest corner of small
Mexican church in direct line with north end of
this church extended to west; marked by cross cut
in rough stone set flush with ground. True bear-
ings: low steeple on residence, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 222°
40'. 3; flagstaff at southeast corner of court-house,
NORTH AMERICA
United States — continued
Sweetwater, Texas, 1924 — continued
1 mile (1.6 km.) 229° 23' .2; tip of oil-tank at Texas
and Pacific Railroad, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 233°
43' .9; cross at north end of Mexican church, 257°
10' .5.
Tucson, Arizona, 1924 — Three stations designated
Magnetometer Pier, Inductor Pier, and B were
occupied for intercomparisons at the Tucson Mag-
netic Observatory of the United States Coast and
Geodetic Survey. The two piers are in the absolute
house and station B is outside, about 40 feet (125
meters) from Magnetometer Pier in direct line with
the observatory azimuth mark.
Washington, Rock Creek Park, 1921 — In northern part of
the District of Columbia in large open field in Rock
Creek Park, south of residence of Rudolph Kauff-
mann on Military Road N.W., about one-half mile
(0.8 km.) east of office of Department of Terrestrial
Magnetism, about 105 paces south of boundary stone
on south side of Military Road and about 36 paces
east of largest of pine trees in northeast corner of
group in hollow. True bearings: Cathedral tower,
22° 30' .3; east edge of east chimney on distant house,
38° 52'.9; south gable of Kauffman stable, 171°
24' .5; iron lamp-post at northeast intersection of
Daniel Road and Military Road, 227° 45' .3.
Washington, S. M. 0., 1921-1926 — Observations made in
connection with standardizing of magnetic instru-
ments at Washington were made in the Standard-
izing Magnetic Observatory (description of this
building will be found in Volume II of this series,
pages 199-200). Observations for horizontal inten-
sity were in general made both with instrument
compared and standard instrument, each on its own
tripod at stations designated Nm and Sm, although
on a few occasions brick pier in east bay of build-
ing designated Em was used. For inclination, piers
Ne and Se were used, with an occasional substitution
of Em. In all cases there was an exchange of sta-
tions to eliminate station difference and observa-
tions with instrument compared and standard were
as nearly simultaneous as different type of instru-
ments used would permit. As reference mark for
declination, a collimator was erected near north
boundary of grounds of Department.
Waycross, Georgia, 1922, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is United States Coast and Geodetic
Survey station of 1908 and 1917 which was exactly
reoccupied in 1922 and closely reoccupied in 1925,
marking stone having been plowed out the previous
year; it is on grounds of Piedmont Institute about
1 mile (1.6 km.) northeast of center of town, 191
feet (58.2 meters) northeast of northeast . corner of
main college building, 50.6 feet (15.42 meters), and
79.1 feet (24.11 meters) from south and east corners
respectively of east frame dormitory, 128.6 feet (39.20
meters) west of small live-oak tree in east corner
of grounds; marked by cement post about 24 inches
• (61 cm.) long set flush and lettered on top "C.I.W.
1925" with fragment of original marble slab 2 by 6
inches (5 by 15 cm.) with letters "U.S." on top and
"1908" on one side set in top projecting about 2
inches (5 cm.) above cement. True bearings:
upper-left edge of water-tower, 59° 07'.5; court-
house spire, 72° 20' .9; east edge of main college
building, 73° 48'.9; northwest edge of main college
building, 104° 24' .0; southeast edge of frame build-
ing at top of brick foundation, 50 feet (15.2 meters),
128° 12'. 1 ; right edge of chimney at roof, white
house opposite southeast corner of campus, 22° 55'.7.
268
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
NORTH AMERICA
United States — concluded
Waycross, Georgia, 1922, 1925 — continued
Station B is 312.5 feet (9525 meters) southwest
of station A, 70.4 feet (21.46 meters) north of small
live-oak tree on direct line from tree to south corner
of arched doorway at southeast end of main college
building, 143.1 feet (43.62 meters) south of south
corner of main building, and 124.3 feet (37.89 meters)
northwest of fence on opposite side of Scruggs
Street; marked by pitch-pine post 6 inches (15 cm.)
in diameter with brass screw in top, set 2 feet (61
cm.) below surface. True bearings: center of live-
oak tree, 5° 58'; left edge of water-tower, 59° 58' .5;
left edge main college building, 156° 36' .4; right edge
main college buildmg, 191° 20' .4; station A, 227"
09' .3; west corner of house across Scruggs Street,
352° 54'.4.
Whiteville, North Carolina, 1925 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of
United States Coast and Geodetic Survey station
of 1898, near southeast corner of court-house grounds,
33 feet (10.1 meters) southwest of southwest cor-
ner of hotel, 4 feet (1.2 meters) north of north edge
of cement sidewalk, and 10 feet (3.0 meters) north-
east of anchor-pin for telephone-pole; marked by
stone lettered "N.C.G.S., U.S.C.S. 1898," projecting
about 3 inches (8 cm.) above ground. True bear-
ings: east edge at roof ridge of cupola of Baptist
church, 4° 01'. 0; northeast corner of frame building
seen behind Oscar High building, 106° 21' .0; north-
east corner of Oscar High building, 119° 03'.2; north
meridian stone, 179° 59' .7; northwest corner of
Powell residence, 337° 42' .7.
Station B is on open lot about one block south of
station A nearly in line with east edge of cupola on
Baptist church, about 34 paces east of sidewalk
along street to court-house, 16.5 feet (5.0 meters)
south of ditch along south side of street, 30 feet
(9.1 meters) southeast and 23 feet (7.0 meters)
southwest respectively from two large trees in row
bordering street, and 47.6 feet (14.51 meters) south
of center of man-hole cover in middle of street.
True bearings: east edge at roof ridge of cupola of
Baptist church, 4° 01'.2; station A, 184° 01'.9; east
edge of chimney on bungalow, 600 feet, (183 meters),
345° 50' .2.
SOUTH AMERICA
Argentina
Bahia Blanca, Buenos Aires, 1925 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is a practical reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1919, in field about 10 kilometers
south of Bahia Blanca and about 1 kilometer north-
west of the port of Engineer White, in west exten-
sion of street passing two squares north of rail-
road station, about 300 meters west of nearest
building in town, about 150 meters southeast of
shack (erected about 1923), 66.0 meters north of
crooked wooden fence-post, and 151 meters west of
north-south wire-fence; marked by peg. True bear-
ings: spike on railroad signal-tower, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 17° 20' .0; left side chimney near grain
elevator, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 69° 02'.8; cathedral
spire in Bahia Blanca, 182° 18'.2; tower of muni-
cipal building in Bahia Blanca, 187° 32' .8; left side
of chimney near grain elevator at railroad station,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 330° 20' .2.
Station B is about 200 meters west-northwest
from A, 87.0 meters north of wire fence, and 38.0
SOUTH AMERICA
Argentina — continued
Bahia Blanca, Buenos Aires, 1925 — continued
meters west of wire fence leading to shack; marked
by peg. True bearings: left edge of chimney near
elevator, 65° 52' .2; cathedral spire in Bahia Blanca,
183° 03' .3; tower of municipal building in Bahia
Blanca, 188° 21'.8; left edge of chimney near grain
elevator at railroad station, 329° 59' .4.
Colonia Las Heras, Santa Cruz, 1925 — Close reoccupa-
tion of CI.W. station of 1919, east of town and
southwest of locomotive shed, about 250 meters
south of water-tank at railroad track, in open field
30.5 meters east of wire fence; marked by peg.
True bearings: left side of small chimney, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 48° 39'.5; spike on water-tank, 176°
59' .9; top of railroad signal, 300 meters, 231° 03' .5.
Corrientes, Corrientes, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1913, southeast of main town in San Mar-
tin Park, 197 feet (60.0 meters) east of wire fence
bordering Santa Fe Street, 301 feet (91.7 meters)
south of small wooden house with peaked roof,
and southwest of football-field; marked by peg.
True bearings: right edge of cement house, about
400 meters, 106° 47' .0; center church spire of three,
3 miles (4.8 km.), 180° 51'.9; gable of Aero Club
hangar, 600 meters, 310° 15' .7.
Station B is nearly due north of A, 153 feet (46.6
meters) east of wire fence bordering east side of
Santa Fe Street, 120 feet (36.6 meters) northeast
of small wooden house with peaked roof, and 12
meters west of west side-line of football-field;
marked by peg. True bearings: right edge of
cement house, 69° 17'.8; center church spire of
three, 180° 57'.8; gable of Aero Club hangar, 326°
34'.8.
Florida, B, Buenos Aires, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W station B of 1920, in southeastern part of
vacant block bounded on north by Calle Llavallol,
on east by Calle Coronel Rossetti, on south by
Calle Urquiza, and on west by Calle Bias Perera,
107.3 feet (32.70 meters) west of concrete fence base
at east side of inclosure, and 104.5 feet (31.85
meters) north of fence base at south side; marked
by large green-glass bottle buried inverted, the cen-
ter of bottom marking exact spot. True bearings:
minaret on nearest flagstaff on house, 9° 41'.6; spire
of Mr. Wiggin's former residence, 78° 03' .1; venti-
lator on house, 184° 16'. 1; spire of church, 257°
44'.3.
La Quiaca, Jujuy, 1923, 1926 — In 1923 the station of
1917 was closely reoccupied, and comparison
observations were made on Magnetometer Pier in
the absolute house of the observatory, with an
auxiliary station, B, outside in line with azimuth
mark. In 1926 observations were made on Mag-
netometer Pier and station C near eastern boundary
of observatory grounds.
Station 1917 is about 100 meters south of Meteor-
ological Observatory in line with extreme west wall
of observatory kitchen, about 120 meters northeast
by east from absolute observatory, and 0.8 meter
south of south side-line of street leading east into
town. True bearings : extreme right edge of observa-
tory building, 189° 31'.6; ornament at left end of
roof of railway storehouse, 287° 00' .3; left knob at
entrance to cemetery, 358° 52'.8.
Magnetometer Pier is most easterly pier in non-
magnetic absolute building of Meteorological
Observatory and used for absolute declination and
horizontal intensity observations. Station B occu-
Descriptions of Stations
269
SOUTH AMERICA
Argentina — continued
La Quiaca, Jujuy, 1923, 1926 — continued
pied in 1923 is 60 meters east of base of magneto-
meter pier on line toward an azimuth mark in
azimuth 276° 33'. Station C used in 1926 is in line
from pier toward center upright of windmill in plaza,
39 meters west of wire fence, and 43 meters north of
an east-west fence. True bearing: Center upright of
windmill on plaza, one kilometer, 268° 53'2.
Mendoza, Mendoza, 1926 — Two stations were occupied,
near Argentine Meteorological Office station of 1914,
and C.I.W. station of 1917, in Parque San Martin
(also known as Parque del Oeste). Station A is 65
meters east of drive on which confiteria faces, 41
meters southwest of second drive and 87 meters
north-northwest of third drive which encircles La
Rotunda; marked by peg. True bearings: letter "Y"
over door of confiteria, 77° 58'.8; ornament on band-
stand, 309° 40' 3.
Station B is 33 meters southwest of A, on line
with south side of and 80 meters east of southeast
corner of confiteria; marked by peg. True bearings:
left edge of wooden pavilion, 95° 36' .8; ornament on
band-stand, 300° 29' .8.
Mercedes, Buenos Aires, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is a practical reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1919, in quinta belonging to Sefior
Bernardo Rocca, about 600 meters southwest of bar-
racks and about 200 meters west of two small brick
houses, 92 meters east of north-south fence, and 103
meters north of east-west fence outside a row of
small trees; marked by peg. True bearings: brick
chimney, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 206° 15' .8; cathedral
spire, 1.8 miles (2.9 km.), 212° 12'.0; water-tank at
barracks, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 241° 59'. 6; flagpole on
large house, 342° 04'.4.
Station B is about 200 meters from A on bearing
169° 04'.9, 11.0 meters east of north-south fence on
property of Senor B. Rocca; marked by peg. True
bearings: cathedral spire 214° 26' .3; water-tank at
barracks, 250° 52' .8; flagpole on house, 344° 02'.0.
Monte Caseros, Corrientes, 1925 — Practical reoccupation
of CI.W. station of 1913, within football-field on
municipal property on open bank of river, east of
town, in line with west side of Uruguay Street, 186
paces west of edge of river, 177 paces south of corner
of fence which incloses last house on west side of
Uruguay Street, and 6.0 feet (1.8 meters) south of
north side-line of football-field; marked by peg.
True bearings: church spire in Monte Caseros, 1 mile
(1.6 km.), 145° 20' .0; right edge of red brick house,
0.2 mile (0.3 km.), 194° 24'.5; left spire of church
in Santa Rosa, Uruguay, 3 miles (4.8 km.), 283° 27' .0.
Pilar, Cordoba, 1923, 1926 — Intercomparison observations
were made on grounds of Pilar Observatory of
Argentine Meteorological Office. Station B is
practically an exact reoccupation of C. I.W. sta-
tions of 1911 and 1917, the small frame building
having been renovated and the pier reset recently.
Station D is the regular absolute observatory in
which declination and horizontal intensity were
observed at Pier 6, and inclination at Pier 2. The
observatory azimuth mark at corner of tennis-court
bears 94° 36M from Pier 5 of station D, and 100°
13'. 1 from station B.
Puerto Deseado, Santa Cruz, 1925 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is a close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1919, in open pampa just outside and
east of town, about 600 meters northeast of railroad
station, about 400 meters northwest of large freezer
(built since 1919), and 124 paces northwest of wire
SOUTH AMERICA
Argentina — concluded
Puerto Deseado, Santa Cruz, 1925 — continued
fence inclosing field near railroad; marked by center
of top of rough native stone projecting 10 centi-
meters. True bearings : left side of elevated tank at
railroad, 150 meters, 9° 14'.3; left corner of railroad
station, 33° 45' .9; beacon-light, 36° 15' .2; center of
large chimney, 600 meters, 74° 5D'.6; Penguin Island
Lighthouse, 5 miles (8 km.), 326° 13'.1.
Station B is northwest of A about 7 paces south-
west of line to Penguin Island Lighthouse and on
extension eastward of center line of road into town;
marked by an irregular native stone. True bearings:
left side of elevated tank at railroad, 180 meters, 5°
19' .2; left side of large chimney of freezer, 307° 22'.2;
Penguin Island Lighthouse, 326° 10' .4.
Puerto Madryn, Chubut, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1919, northwest of main part of town, on
crest of small rise south of shallow valley 300 meters
wide and across valley from cemetery, west of house
formerly used as Argentine meteorological station,
and 145 paces northwest of and in line with small
brick house and spire of bath-house on beach;
marked by a bone driven like a peg flush with
ground. True bearings: beacon-light, 4 miles (6.4
km.), 192° 51'.6; point of land, 6 miles (9.7 km.),
294° 01'.2; spire on large house, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
350° 40' .8.
Station B is 70 paces nearly due west of A ; marked
by a bone driven like a peg flush with ground. True
bearings: beacon-light, 4 miles (6.4 km.), 193° 36' .3;
top of water-tank, 1% miles (2.0 km.), 324° 45' .4;
spire on large house, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 345° 43'.3.
Rio Grande, Tierra del Fuego, 1925 — About 1 mile (1.6
km.) northwest of the large meat freezer at Rio
Grande and about 450 meters southwest of Menendez
Company's pier. It is 97.5 feet (29.72 meters) south
of a wooden telegraph-pole and practically in line
with side of custom-house (policia maritima) ;
marked by peg. True bearings: wireless mast,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 158° 51'. 1; flagpole on custom-
house, 400 meters, 229° 00' .6; right edge of chimney
at freezer, 306° IV 3.
Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is a close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1919, in small open field forming main
plaza of town, about 400 meters southwest of church,
46.3 meters southwest of near corner of base of
monument, 33 meters from fence bounding south-
west, and 48 meters from fence bounding southeast
side of field; marked by wooden stake. True bear-
ings: right edge of small chimney pipe, 300 meters,
164° 23'.5; church cross, 225° 17' .9; cross on monu-
ment in cemetery, 0.8 kilometer, 356° 24'. 1.
Station B is about 400 meters southwest of A,
west of dirt road which is main track to pampa, 159
feet (48.46 meters) west of southwest corner of small
shack, and 225 feet (68.58 meters) southwest of
southwest corner of small house; marked by peg.
True bearings: near gable of house, 400 meters, 189°
17' .6; church cross, 500 meters, 255° 11 '.3; cross on
monument in cemetery, 2.4 kilometers, 346° 40' .8.
Tucumdn, Tucumdn, 1923 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1917, on grounds of "Escuela Agricultura
Federal," about 75 meters southeast of house
formerly used by superintendent, 78 meters north of
second fence-post of gate in south fence, and in line
with right edge of this fence-post and right edge of
nearby white house to south, 42.4 meters south of
southern row of big trees, and 11.4 meters east of
line of row of small trees along east side of road.
270
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Bolivia
Guayaramerin, Beni, 1924 — At turn of road in front of
house occupied by Dr. Lima, Brazilian consul, near
northeast corner of pasture used for football field,
19.1 feet (5.82 meters) from fence corner, 22.3 feet
(6.80 meters) from nearer gate-post, and about 12
feet (4 meters) from road; marked by granite rock
set nearly flush with ground, lettered "CI.", a cross
marking point. True bearing: point on Madeira-
Mamore water-tank, across river, 185° 01'.2.
La Paz, La Paz, 1923, 1924 — Two stations designated A
and B were occupied in 1923, and station A was
reoccupied in 1924. Station A is an exact reoccupa-
tion of C.I.W. station of 1917, about 6 kilometers
west from central part of La Paz at Alto de La Paz,
located on level pampa 1,400 feet (427 meters) above
the city. It is one-half mile (0.8 km.) southeast of
Guaqui and La Paz railway station and near western
end of golf-course, 35 meters east of curved dirt
bunker and about 5 meters north of axis of its
eastern end extended; marked by cross in rough
native stone set nearly flush with the ground. True
bearings: right-hand wireless tower of Viacha, 43°
32'. 1 ; extreme right edge of Guaqui and La Paz rail-
way station, 157° 27'.1 ; right edge of stone depot 220°
10\3; central of three highest peaks of Ulimani, 40
miles (64 km.), 290° 59' .3; tip of Murillo Monu-
ment, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 296° 13'.7.
Station B is about one-fourth kilometer south of
A, on opposite side of golf-course fairway, about 1
meter north of axis of second dirt bunker, 33.5
meters from its west end, and 20 paces from edge of
roadway to southwest; marked by cross cut in
naturally embedded rock projecting slightly above
ground, with letters "C.I." cut roughly in rock near
cross. True bearings: right-hand wireless tower of
Viacha, 43° 11 '.0; right edge of stone railway sta-
tion, 218° 44' .5; tip of Murillo Monument, 282°
30'.4; central one of three highest peaks of Ulimani,
290° 39' .8.
Uyuni, Potosi, 1923 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is exact reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1917, about one-half kilometer northwest of plaza,
within triangle formed by intersection of three roads
or trails, 24.5 feet (7.5 meters) from edge of road
to northeast, 56 feet (17.1 meters) from edge of road
to south, 43.5 feet (13.3 meters) from edge of road
to west, and 34.4 feet (10.5 meters) north of line
extended of row of poles through center of main
east-west street of town; marked by deep cross cut
in top of limestone rock projecting about 1 inch (3
cm.) above ground. True bearings: point on distant
mountain range between two more rounded ones,
128° 53'.8; sharp point on mountain range, 210°
46' .7; central point or tip of church tower, 295° 36' .3;
south side of chimney at railway shops, 295° 52' .9;
base of flagstaff on tower of post-office building, 309°
12'.3.
Station B is 152.8 feet (46.57 meters) northwest of
station A in direct line from flagstaff on tower of
post-office building through station A, 57 feet (17.4
meters) from road to northeast, 124 feet (37.8
meters) south of inner point of division of road into
two slightly diverging roads, and 24.0 feet (7.32
meters) north of line extended of row of poles
through center of main street of town; marked by
deep cross cut in top of soft limestone rock set flush
with surface of ground. True bearings: point on
mountain range between two more rounded ones,
128° 53' .8; sharp point on mountain range, 210° 54' .9;
central tip of church tower, 296° 47' .7; base of flag-
staff on post-office building and station A, 309° 12' .3.
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil
Alcobaga, Para, 1923 — About 100 feet (30 meters) south
of probable location of C.I.W. station of 1915, on
railroad property, west of Tocantins River, about 80
yards (73 meters) west of two houses on ridge just
back of terminal of railroad yards along river bank,
260 feet (795 meters) west of a line from northeast
corner of house belonging to Martius Carvalho
(formerly owned by Jose Monteira) to southwest
corner of next house north, measured from a point 90
feet (27.4 meters) north of first house toward large
prominent tree on hill to westward ; marked by rough
stone 22 inches (56 cm.) long, projecting 2 inches
(5 cm.) above surface, and lettered "C.I.," a cross
marking exact point. True bearings: large lone
sumahuma tree, 206° 16' 2; porch post at southeast
corner of house, 246° 19'.6; left-hand edge of north-
east corner of Martius Carvalho's house, 285° 44' .0;
tree one-half mile (0.8 km.) distant just above large
limb lower down than the rest on right side of
trunk, 330° 58' .4.
Almeirim, Para, 1923 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W. sta-
tion of 1918. On left bank of Amazon River, in
village of Almeirim, between church and jail and
in front of intendencia, 39.4 meters southeast of
southeast corner of small wing of church, 47.0 meters
northwest of north corner of jail, and 39.6 meters
northeast of west cement post at top of old concrete
incline to pier; marked by stone about 8 by 10
inches (20 by 25 cm.) on top, lettered "CI.W." with
point marked by cross. True bearings: southeast
corner of intendencia building, 63° 32' .7; point on
west gate-post, 319° 17' .4.
Alta Mira, Para, 1923 — Near south end of street facing
river, on top of bank, 79.2 feet (24.14 meters) north-
east of northeast corner of public cemetery wall,
61.1 feet (18.62 meters) southeast of southeast cor-
ner of last house on street, and 12 feet (3.7 meters)
south of path leading to river; marked by circular
concrete block about 16 inches (41 cm.) in diameter,
extending at center about 4 inches (10 cm.) above
ground lettered "C. I. 1923," a brass cartridge shell
set flush with concrete marking exact point. True
bearings: left edge of middle window of most
easterly house across Xingu River, 251° 43'.2.
Aracaju, Sergipe, 1923 — On Santo Antonio hill, on land
belonging to city, 58.0 feet (17.68 meters) and 67.1
feet (20.45 meters) from northeast and northwest
corners respectively of small chapel standing on
brow of hill, 89.0 feet (27.13 meters) east of south-
east corner of new residence, and 30.3 feet (9.24
meters) southeast of concrete base of rain-gage
support; marked by large rough stone 22 inches (56
cm.) long, set flush with surface of ground, and
lettered "C.I. 1923," a cross near center marking
exact spot. True bearings: single spire of large
church, 326° 00' .4; left spire of church, 335° 28' .0;
right spire of same church, 335° 39' .7; left dome of
old church, 337° 38' .4; right dome of same church,
337° 43'.4.
Bahia, Bahia, 1923 — Two stations were occupied. Station
A is on grounds of meteorological station, about 3
kilometers south of city, on way to suburb called
Rio Vermelho, in roadway between experimental
plots of land east of buildings, 60.7 feet (18.50
meters) east of northeast corner of building called
"living quarters," marked by rough stone buried 2
inches (5 cm.) below surface, with notch in upper
sharp edge. True bearings: tip of tower of large
house, 150° 35' .0; tip of dome of Sao Bento Church
Descriptions of Stations
271
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Bahia, Bahia, 1923 — continued
in Bahia, 161° 31'.7; main cross on cathedral in
Bahia, 171° 16' .9.
Station B is about 125 yards (114 meters) west-
southwest of station A, near southwest corner of
grounds of meteorological station, in driveway pass-
ing along west side of residence building, 94.7 feet
(28.86 meters) south of southwest corner of game
building, 45.6 feet (13.90 meters) north of east gate-
post at end of driveway, and 11.4 feet (3.47 meters)
northeast of eucalyptus tree ; marked by rough stone
buried 5 inches (13 cm.) below surface of roadway,
a chiseled notch in upper sharp edge marking exact
spot. True bearings: cross at south end of Eglesia
Sao Lazeru, 72° 14' .7; cross at north end of Eglesia
Sao Lazeru, 73° 37' .5; flagstaff on living quarters,
249° 03'.1.
Barcellos, Amazonas, 1924— Two stations were occupied.
Station A is close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of
1913, in village of Barcellos, on right bank of Rio
Negro, northeast of and across road from large
building marked "1MB 1918," 129 feet (39.3 meters)
northwest of west end of bridge across most westerly
creek, 53.5 feet (16.30 meters) northeast of large
almond tree, and 25,5 feet (7.77 meters) south of
edge of river bank; marked by concrete block 8 by
8 inches (20 by 20 cm.) on top, lettered "CIW 1924,"
exact point marked by brass cartridge shell set in
concrete, and extending about 1 inch (3 cm.) above
ground. True bearings: northwest corner of build-
ing marked "1MB 1918," 72° 18' .3; south edge of
door-frame of house farthest east, 299° 45'.2.
Station B is on a small knoll about 200 feet (61
meters) northwest of station A, about 25 feet (8
meters) south of river bank, 47.6 feet (14.51 meters)
northeast of corner of house occupied by Intendente,
and 57.2 feet (17.43 meters) east of lamp-post in
front of house; marked by large rough chunk of
granite set flush with ground, faced up square with
concrete, exact point being marked by a brass
cartridge shell flush with concrete. True bearing:
south edge of door-frame of most southerly house
in town, 300° 37' .6.
Bella Vista, Goyaz, 1925 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1915, near center of town square, 65 .9*
meters southwest of middle of door of church Sen-
hora da Piedade, 64.8 meters northeast of northwest
corner of house of Vincente Bonifacio, and 52.7
meters north of northeast corner of jail; marked by
peg. True bearings: left edge of jail, 3° 58' .9; right
edge of house of Vincente Bonifacio, 52° 09' .4; right
edge of church of Senhora da Piedade, 214° 48'.1.
Bocca do Jutahy, Amazonas, 1924— Observations were
secured in village of Jutahy, half mile (0.8 km.) east
of mouth of Jutahy River, at a point across street
from post-office, on bank of Amazon River and on
westward side of small stream crossed by bridge.
True bearing: gable of house 239° 17'. 6.
Cachoeira (Tucuruhy), Para, 1923 — In open place in
brush, 60 feet (18.3 meters) southeast of building;
marked by tent-peg.
Capivara Cachoeira, Para, 1923 — On west bank of Rio
Fresco, about 300 feet (91 meters) above head of
Capivara Cachoeira or rapids, on large flat sand-
bank which is submerged during winter months,
about 15 feet (5 meters) from edge of water on upper
end of sand-bank.
Caravellas, Bahia, 1923 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is an exact reoccupation of Brazilian
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Caravellas, Bahia, 1923 — continued
Magnetic Commission station of 1904, near south
side of large open level field formerly called "Campo
Grande," about 300 feet (91 meters) from river bank
122.0 feet (37.19 meters) west of bread-fruit tree,
114.0 feet (34.75 meters) northwest of double tree,
190.6 feet (58.09 meters) northeast of large mango
tree in a fence-line, and 166 paces from center of
narrow-gage railway connecting Caravellas with
Ponte de Areia ; marked by pier erected by Brazilian
Magnetic Commission, exact point being cross
chiseled in copper plate on pier just before letter
"M" in "Meteorologia." True bearings: left orna-
ment of two on roof of building at wharf, 118° 57'. 8;
right ornament of two on building seen just over
right slope of dwelling, 136° 46'. 1 ; ornament at east
end of roof of dwelling-house, 160° 20' .8.
Station B is near north side of campo, 319 paces
northeast of station A, 190.4 feet (58.03 meters)
southwest of concrete curbing of large shallow well,
and 340 feet (103.6 meters) west of another weli
housed over; marked by hardwood post 5 inches (13
cm.) in diameter, 3 feet (0.9 meter) long, set flush
with surface, brass screw near center marking exact
spot. True bearings: station A, 22° 02'.3; ornament
on roof over three gable windows at east end of
roof of large dwelling house, 83° 25' .8; spire of
Catholic church, 102° 02.'3; ornament on east gable
of roof of house at west side of campo, 107° 50' .9.
Cataldo, Goyaz, 1925— Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is a close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of
1915, about one-half kilometer southeast of railroad
station, and 62.3 feet (18.99 meters) west of south-
east corner of Meteorological Observatory inclosure;
marked by cross in rough stone. True bearings:
center cross of three on hill, one-half kilometer, 36°
17'.9; large cross in cemetery, 2 kilometers, 127°
25' .9; cross on chapel of St. John, 4 kilometers, 184°
31'.0.
Station B is 144.2 feet (43.95 meters) southwest
of A; marked by cross in rough stone. True bear-
ings: center cross of three on hill, 37° 31'.3; cross on
chapel of St. John, 185° 00'. 0; weather vane in
Meteorological Observatory inclosure, 213° 28' .8.
Colonia Corazon Jesus, Matto Grosso, 1925 — On Cuyaba-
Goyaz trail at a colony conducted by Catholic
priests for Bororo Indians, in center of main yard of
colony, 50.4 meters southwest of the southeast corner
of large building used by priests, 20.1 meters west
of a large wooden cross, and 30.8 meters east of
Indian hut; marked by peg. True bearings: point
on rock on hillside, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 19°
22' .4; cross on hillside, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 133° 13'.6;
southeast corner of building used by priests, 216°
56'.2.
Corumba, Matto Grosso, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station D is a close reoccupation of C. I.W. sta-
tion A of 1913 and 1914, about 25 meters north of
north bank of Paraguay River opposite town about
250 yards (229 meters) west of a sunken iron barge,
on land submerged at very high water, 79.9 feet
(24.35 meters) south of a tree stump ; marked by peg.
True bearings: center of letter "I" over doorway of
electric-light plant, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 3°
12'.6; right edge of black smoke-stack of brewery,
one-half mile (0.8 km.) 41° 33'.0; church spire, one-
third mile (0.5 km.), 311° 53'.5.
Station E is 143 feet (43.6 meters) north of A and
63.0 feet (1920 meters) north of tree stump used in
locating A; marked by peg. True bearings: center
272
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Corumba, Matto Grosso, 1925 — continued
of letter "I" over doorway of electric-light plant, 5°
04'.6; right edge of black smoke-stack at brewery,
40° 31'.3.
Curumuri, Para, 1923 — In -village at west end of trail
from Alta Paru to Alta Jary rivers, about 3 miles
(5 km.) up Curumuri Creek from Paru River, about
one-half mile (0.8 km.) north up trail from boat
landing, and about 400 feet (122 meters) south of
chief's hut at edge of forest.
Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, 1925 — Three stations, designated
A, B, and C, were occupied. Station A is an exact
reoccupation of the Brazilian Meteorological Service
magnetic station of 1904, on grounds of the Salesiana
College, under and on the west side of a large mango
tree; marked by a copper plate on a brick pillar 3.4
feet (1.04 meters) high and 0.91 feet (0.28 meter)
square. The copper plate bears the inscription:
Directoria de Meteorologia \A, Com. Mag.
D = 0° 31' 24" NE I=0°.6786 H = 0.2717
Lt. = 15° 35' 49" S Lg.=56° 05' 52" W.G.
A. Silvado e C. Castro, 1904-1905
Auxiliary astronomical station is 15 feet (4.6 meters)
southeast of this pillar. True bearings from pillar:
left edge of white house, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
96° 40' .5; auxiliary station and point on east wall of
college grounds, 335° 01 '.4.
Station B is about 250 meters south and slightly
east of A, 29.2 meters west of east stone wall of
grounds, 27.9 meters north of south stone wall of
grounds, and 7.0 meters east of small tree; marked
by peg. True bearings: point on south wall, 34°
52' .6; weather-vane on observatory, 212° 31'.8.
Station C is at the northern extremity of the city
on a large flat open square, 221.0 meters southwest of
the southwest corner of a dwelling-house, and 198.0
meters northwest of northwest corner of stone house ;
marked by peg. True bearings: telephone-pole,
164° 51'.2; right edge of dwelling-house, 227° 44' .3;
right edge of stone house, 330° 33' .3.
Estreeto, Para, 1923 — On small farm located on left
river bank, 26 feet (7.9 meters) from northeast cor-
ner and 21 feet (6.4 meters) from northwest corner
of storehouse, the most northerly farm building;
marked by large granite block about 12 by 12 inches
(30 by 30 cm.) on top, projecting 2 inches (5 cm.)
above ground and lettered "C.I.," a cross marking
exact point.
Goyaz, Goyaz, 1925 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1915, in Fountain Square, 31.5 meters southwest of
northwest corner of public fountain, and 12 meters
west of path running through the square; marked
by peg. True bearings : left corner of police station,
1° 52' .5; cross in front of Santa Barbara Church, 149°
33'.4; left edge of public fountain, 231° 21'.5.
Station B is about 1 kilometer northwest of sta-
tion A on northern outskirts of town at foot of Santa
Barbara hill, on west side of Rua Cementario or
Passo do Patrio, northeast of cemetery, and 34.3
meters northwest of pole No. 22 of the Goyaz-Sao
Paulo telegraph-line; marked by peg. True bear-
ings: cross in front of Santa Barbara Church, 70
meters, 126° 18' .3; left edge of police station, 1 kilo-
meter, 332° 16' .1; left side of distant white house, 2
kilometers, 358° 28' .4.
Guayara Mirim, Matto Grosso, 1924 — In open plaza two
blocks south of Hotel Dondon, south of and on same
street as house occupied by engineers of railway
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Guayara Mirim, Matto Grosso, 1924 — continued
company, at a point 20 feet (6.1 meters) east of
path, 107.7 feet (32.82 meters) from corner of paling
fence, and 166.1 feet (50.63 meters) south of south-
east corner of telegraph office; marked by cement
block 8 by 8 inches (20 by 20 cm.) on top, lettered
"CI 1924," exact point being marked by brass cart-
ridge shell set flush with concrete. True bearing:
point on water-tower, 23° 02'.1.
Jatoba, Para, 1923 — At small cassava plantation on east
bank of Xingu River immediately above Jatoba
Rapids, 12 feet (3.7 meters) to left of path leading
from landing to house, 73 feet (22.2 meters) west of
nearest corner of house, and 54 feet (16.5 meters)
southwest of large palm tree in direct line to corner
of shed under which farinha is made; marked by
granite stone about 12 by 12 inches (30 by 30 cm.)
on top, set flush with ground, lettered "CI.," exact
center indicated by cross.
Jaware Pootoole Island, Para, 1923 — On first large island
below mouth of Pootinga River, on sand beach at
extreme up-stream end of island.
Jaware, Para, 1923 — On clearing between Jaware and
Cumarateea creeks, about 5 miles (8 km.) from
Paru, about 150 feet (46 meters) from house.
Joazeiro, Bahia, 1923 — Two stations were occupied under
large trees on island in Sao Francisco River, midway
between opposite towns of Joazeiro and Petrolina.
Station A is about 175 Teet (53 meters) from
northern shore and about 100 feet (30 meters) from
southern shore of island, 9.3 feet (2.83 meters) from
double tree to northwest and 34 feet (10.4 meters)
from tree to northeast; marked by large rough stone
about 2 feet (0.6 meter) long and about 7 inches
(18 cm.) square, set slightly beneath surface, a cross
about 2 inches (5 cm.) down on south-sloping upper
face marking exact spot. True bearings: base of
flagstaff on right tower of railway station in Joazeiro,
7° 28'.7; left spire of church in Petrolina, 221° 23'.9;
right spire of same church, 222° 19' .6; left tower of
church in Joazeiro, 317° 53'.5; right tower of same
church, 318° 33' .8.
Station B is about 150 yards (137 meters) east of
station A, 14 feet (4.3 meters) southeast of close
cluster of three trees, 22.2 feet (6.77 meters) west of
nearest of four large trees, 25.4 feet (7.74 meters)
north of large double tree, and 103.6 feet (31.58
meters) northwest of northwest corner of house;
marked by large rough stone set just below surface,
a cross about 4 inches (10 cm.) from highest edge of
stone on northerly sloping upper face marking exact
spot. True bearings: base of flagpole on right
tower of railway station in Joazeiro, 22° 57'. 4; flag-
pole on office building of Via<;ao Fluvial Sao
Francisco, 52° 39' .4 ; left spire of church in Petrolina,
211° 07' 2; right spire of same church, 212° 17'.8.
Maguary Lighthouse, Marajo Island, Para, 1923 — On
sand beach, 186 paces west-southwest of lighthouse,
and north of and directly in front of keeper's house,
40 feet (12.2 meters) northwest and 45 feet (13.7
meters) northeast respectively of two large hard-
wood stumps; marked by wooden stake 3 inches (8
cm.) in diameter and 4 feet (120 cm.) long, project-
ing 1 foot (30 cm.) above sand. True bearing: most
southerly upright brace on superstructure of light-
house, 273° 30' .8.
Manaos, Amazonas, 1924 — -Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a close reoccupation of station I of 1918,
in suburb called Mono dos Educanos, southeast of
Descriptions of Stations
273
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Manaos, Amazonas, 1924 — continued
city and across bay from end of Rua dos Andrades,
in street leading to right from top of hill toward
Rio Negro, about 150 feet (46 meters) from house
marked "Villa Cavalcante 1912," about 20 feet (6
meters) from center of street, about 10 feet (3 meters)
south of small trail branching off down hill, and
about in line between two mud huts; marked by
marble block 36 by 7 by 7 inches (91 by 18 by 18
cm.), lettered "C.I.W. 1923," left projecting 2 inches
(5 cm.) above ground. True bearings: right edge
of large brown house, 0° 12'.4; square church-tower
with white top, 128° 34' .2; dome of opera-house,
151° 40'.2.
Station B is about 1 mile (1.6 km.) north and 2
miles (3.2 km.) west from station A. This is a
close reoccupation of station II, 1918, which is in
the plaza in front of Instituto Benjamin and directly
in front of a chalet having elaborate marble gate-
posts, 201 feet (61 meters) from the wall of Instituto
Benjamin and 102 feet (31 meters) from left gate-
post at entrance to chalet grounds; marked by a
section of unglazed drain-pipe set flush with ground
and filled with concrete, exact point marked by a
brass rifle shell. True bearings: base of flagpole on
English hospital, 91° 19' .2; ornament on Instituto
Benjamin, 162° 47' .0; flagpole on red and white
house, 244° 41' A
Maracanaquara Rapids, Para, 1923 — On sand beach on
rocky island directly opposite lower end of portage
trail around rapids, on left bank of river.
Miritipoco Island, Para, 1923 — On small sandy island
northwest of Miritipoco Island in Miritipoco Rapids.
True bearing: distant tree, 266° 54M.
Muraeeka, Para, 1923 — On left bank of Paru River about
4 hours' paddling above first big rapids (Muraeeka
Rapids), about 40 feet (12 meters) from edge of
bank immediately below camping place about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) below large island, the first
above rapids and lying at sharp bend where river
after flowing southward turns abruptly westward;
marked by large, rough stone projecting about 4
inches (10 cm.) above ground and squared stake
about 4 feet (1.2 meters) high driven alongside, and
witnessed by peeled pole about 15 feet (4.6 meters)
high set on edge of bank.
Novo Horizonte, Para, 1923 — In middle of unused street
south of the main street and at right angle to river
front, 30.8 feet (9.39 meters) west of large tree stand-
ing in street, 29.6 feet (9.02 meters) and 35.8 feet
(10.91 meters) respectively from northeast and
northwest corners of nearest house on south side of
street; marked by granite rock, 6 by 8 inches (15 by
20 cm.) on top, set one inch above surface and
lettered "C.I." with cross marking exact point. True
bearings: left gable of last house on front street,
102° 13'.5; right edge of church door, 273° 47'.5.
Obidos, Para, 1923 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is about 40 feet (12 meters) north of C.I.W.
station of 1918. In south part of Praza do Bom
Jesus used as football-field, and almost directly in
front of gate of barracks, 145 feet (44.2 meters)
northeast of southeast corner of house at corner of
Justo Chermont and Santa Anna streets, 132 feet
(40.2 meters) northeast of third window from south
end of same house and in line between window and
sharp pyramid on wall of barracks yard, 316 feet
(96.3 meters) southwest of door of barracks and in
line with center of barracks door and corner of
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Obidos, Para, 1923 — continued
building visible through door, marked by concrete
block about 12 by 18 inches (30 by 46 cm.) on top,
set 6 inches (15 cm.) under ground, and lettered "CI.
1923," exact point being marked by cartridge shell
in cement. True bearings: cross on church, 130°
35'.2; point on west end of barracks, 199° 16' .7; point
on east end of barracks, 230° 35' .4; northeast corner
of house on Justo Chermont Street, 325° 15' .9.
Station B is on high bank of Amazon River, north
of football-field facing St. Anna's Church, and about
one-tenth mile (0.2 km.) west of station A, on small
bare knoll immediately north of larger wooded knoll,
and 154.8 feet (47.18 meters) west of most westerly
house of row on west side of football-field; marked
by concrete block about 8 by 8 inches (20 by 20
cm.) square on top, lettered "C.I. 1923," with
exact point marked by brass screw. True bearings:
top of right gate-post of cemetery, 157° 45'.3; cross
on Bom Jesus Church, 210° 03' .9; center of ball on
spire of St. Anna's Church, 250° 33'.3.
Oriximirw, Para, 1923 — In north end of village, on open
space in front of old Church of St. Antonio, on
tongue of land between two short ravines, 44.1
feet (13.44 meters) from southwest corner and 45.9
feet (13.99 meters) from southeast corner of veranda
in front of church, and about 20 feet (6.1 meters)
east of lamp-post at head of most westerly ravine;
marked by large stone, point of which is about 8 by
12 inches (20 by 30 cm.), protruding about 1 inch
(3 cm.) above ground, lettered "C. I. '23," exact
point being marked by cross cut in stone. True
bearing: cross on new Church of St. Antonio, 302°
16' .0.
Panama Rapids, Para, 1923 — At foot of Panama Rapids,
first rapids in Paru River, nearly in center of island
just above first drop, probably under water in winter
months. True bearing: palm tree on small island up-
river, 141° 21'. 6.
Papagaia Village, Paru No. 8, Para, 1923 — In center of
small rocky island in middle of Paru River, about
one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) above village of Aparai
Indians known as Papagaia.
Pata, Pootinga River, Para, 1923 — On cultivated ground
back of Pata Village, also known as village of Chief
Creshapee, about 200 feet (61 meters) northeast of
chief's hut. This is the first village found in ascend-
ing the Pootinga River, which flows into the Jary
River at about 00° 05' north latitude. True bear-
ing: tall stake at right of chief's hut, 58° 45'.6.
Pernambuco, Pernambuco, 1923 — Two stations were occu-
pied about 4 kilometers west and 2 kilometers south
of station of 1913. Station A is an exact reoccupa-
tion of C. I.W. station of 1919 at old Derby, directly
in front of middle entrance to Escola des Artifizes
and 106 meters east of its lower steps, 93.5 meters
north-northeast of corner of wall on south side of
Derby, and 49.7 meters west of rock formerly used
as anchor for flagpole guy-line; marked by sharp
pointed stone buried 2 or 3 inches (5 or 8 cm.) below
surface of ground. True bearings: tip of tower on
Governor's residence, 51° 06' .7; flagstaff at north end
of building, 118° 24' .6; northeast corner of school
building, 119° 21'.9; ball gable-ornament over red
gable, 259° 02' .8.
Station B is about 250 meters northwest of station
A on low-lying land close to small river, at back end
of residence property belonging to Senhor Jose
Cezar Cantinho, formerly known as old Dantas house
and now occupied by Professor A. E. Hays of
274
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Pernambuco, Pernambuco, 1923 — continued
Collegio Americano Baptista, 49.13 meters southwest
of southwest corner of residence, 3.0 meters south of
line of south side of residence ; marked by large rough
stone set almost flush with ground, a cross marking
exact spot. True bearings: ornament at east end of
red house, 150 meters, 111° 45' .3; ornament at right
corner of house, 137° 06'.3; central ornament on
facade of house, 166° 26'.8; staff at east end of roof
of house, 200 meters, 327° 58' .6.
Pinheiro, Para, 1923 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is exact reoccupation of Brazilian Magnetic
Commission station of 1903, and CI.W. station A
of 1910, 1911, 1914, 1915, 1918, and 1919. In front of
Church of St. Sebastian, 69.5 meters west of its
southwest corner, 62.8 meters north of near side of
shore end of government wharf and about 10 meters
west of edge of steep river embankment ; marked by
concrete blocks 28 centimeters square by 4.5 centi-
meters thick built to a height of 76 centimeters, on
top of which is a copper plate bearing data of
Brazilian observations. Exact point is at edge of
copper plate directly over second "R" in "DIREC-
TORIA," 8.9 centimeters from southeast edge of
block and 11.8 centimeters from northeast edge.
True bearings: large brick chimney in Para, 1° 36' .3;
top of ornament on top of Para water-tower, 2° 49' .6 ;
ornament on far gable of pier-house, 42° 12'.
Station B is 15.6 meters south of station A, in
direct line with large, broad chimney in Para ; marked
with new hardwood tent-peg. True bearings: large
chimney in Para, 1° 35' .8; top of ornament on water-
tower, 2° 49' .2; base of wind-vane on church in Pin-
heiro, 272° 46' .2; lamp-post, 356° 02' .7.
Porteiro Rapids, Para, 1923 — On east bank of Trombetas
River, at foot of Porteiro Rapids and head of launch
navigation, about 30 feet (9.1 meters) east of deep
hole caused by eddy in river at high water, and 11.8
feet (3.60 meters) from southeast corner and 11.1
feet (3.38 meters) from southwest corner of more
northerly of two huts; marked by large hard stone
tapering to a flat top about 6 by 6 inches (15 by 15
cm.), projecting about 1 inch (3 cm.) above ground,
and lettered "C.I.," the exact point being marked by
cross cut in stone.
Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul, 1925 — Two stations
were occupied. Station A is about 2 miles (3.2 km.)
east of 1904 station of Brazilian Magnetic Commis-
sion, which was unsuitable for reoccupation, on
grounds of Porto Alegre College (American), on
hilltop to southeast of town, in northern part of
campus, 8.0 meters from north fence, and 77.2
meters northeast of northwest corner of main col-
lege building ; marked by drill-hole in granite post set
to project 4 inches (10.2 cm.) ; bove ground; top of
the stone marked with letters "CI.W. 1925." True
bearings: northwest corner of main college building,
35° 42' .8; church spire, 4 miles (6.4 km.) ; left church
spire of two, 4 miles (64 km.), 91° 18'.2; spire to
left of prominent black building, 2 miles (3.2 km.),
135° 45'.6.
Station B is 78.6 meters west-southwest of A, 49.3
meters northwest of northwest corner of main college
building, and 39.1 meters southeast of east gate-post
in north fence of college grounds; marked with
granite post as at A. True bearings: church cross,
38° 40' .3; left church spire of two, 91° 41'.4; spire
to left of prominent black building, 138° 31'.8; north-
west corner of main college building, 321° 33' .3.
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Porto Velho, Amazonas, 1924 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is close reoccupation of C. I.W. sta-
tion of 1917, east of steel water-tanks behind man-
ager's house and west of church under construction,
in direct line with southwest wireless mast and down-
pipe of most westerly steel water-tank, 296 feet (90.2
meters) southeast of most easteily water-tank, about
150 yards (137 meters) northeast of Hotel Brasil,
and about 10 feet (3 meters) east of path; marked
by concrete block projecting about 3 inches (8 cm.)
from earth, lettered "CIW 1924," exact point being
marked by brass cartridge shell set in concrete. True
bearings: southeast wireless mast, 133° 04'.7; most
easterly wireless mast, third section from top, 150°
01'.7; cross on small church, 323° 56'.1.
Station B is on north side of road, 411.7 feet
(125.48 meters) north of station A and in direct line
with station A and most easterly wireless mast, about
20 feet (6 meters) south of path, 45 yards (41
meters) east of small white house, and 30 yards (27
meters) west of large unpainted house; marked by
concrete block set almost flush with ground, lettered
"CI.W. 1924," exact point being marked by brass
cartridge shell set flush with concrete. True bear-
ing: fifth section from top of most easterly wireless
mast, 150° 01'.7.
Presidente Murtinho, Matto Grosso, 1925 — At a telegraph
station on the Cuyaba-Goyaz line, inhabited by an
Indian colony and commonly known as "Sanga-
douro." It is near center of main courtyard, 32.5
meters west of southwest corner of nuns' building,
52.9 meters east of northeast corner of most north-
erly hut of row occupied by priests, and 24.3 meters
south of a wooden fence inclosing cattle pen;
marked by peg. True bearings: left trunk of lone
tree on horizon, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 2° 58' .6; right
edge of most northerly hut, 98° 50' .6; right corner
of building occupied by nuns, 281° 49' .3.
Registro, Matto Grosso, 1925 — Practical reoccupation of
CI.W. station of 1915, at east end of street known
as "Rua "Doctor Morbeck," about 70 meters west of
Araguaya River, 45.0 meters south of last house on
north side of street and 55.5 meters northwest of
northwest corner of small shed; marked by a bone
28 centimeters long, set flush with ground. True
bearings: left edge of doorway at end of street, 300
meters, 37° 30' .2; right edge of tree trunk, 114° 23'.8.
Rio Grande, Rio Grande do Sul, 1925 — Two stations were
occupied near site of station of Brazilian Magnetic
Commission of 1904, on low ground east of gas-tank
and south of Rua Marechal Floriano. Station A is
about 150 meters south of south line of Rua
Marechal Floriano ; marked by peg. True bearings :
right edge of cornice on top of large chimney, 1 mile
(1.6 km.), 57° 19' .0; church spire, one-half mile (0.8
km.), 103° 37'.2; northwest corner of two-story
building, 300 meters, 166° 58' .6; left edge of chimney,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 331° 49'.6.
Station B is a close reoccupation of CI.W. sta-
tion of 1913, 105 yards (96 meters) northwest of A
and 67 yards (61 meters) south of south line of Rua
Marechal Floriano; marked by peg. True bearings:
right edge of cornice on top of large chimney, 50°
50' .7; church spire, 93° 54' .3; northwest corner of
two-story building, 173° 52'.6; left edge of chimney,
331° 57'!2.
Rio Manso, Matto Grosso, 1925 — At a telegraph station
about 108 kilometers east of Cuyaba, on the Cuyaba-
Goyaz trail, on a clear open space 48.2 meters south
of the southwest corner of telegraph station, 34.1
Descriptions of Stations
275
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Rio Manso, Matto Grosso, 1925 — continued
meters north-northwest of northwest corner of mud
house, and 34.4 meters north-northwest of northeast
corner of same mud house; marked by tip of bull's
horn buried 10 centimeters below surface of ground.
True bearings: left edge of trunk of distant tree,
about 1 mile (1.6 km.), 23° 29'.0; left edge of tele-
graph station, 169° 18' .4; right edge of hut, 250
meters, 247° 27'.8.
San Luis, Maranhao, 1923 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is north of city, across river and tidewater
channel, in grounds of "Asylo de Mendicidade" in
charge of Masonic Lodge, 123.8 feet (37.73 meters)
southwest of southwest corner of main building, and
132.5 feet (40.39 meters) northeast of northeast cor-
ner of superintendent's residence; marked by rough
stone about 20 inches (51 cm.) long, set almost flush
with surface, and lettered "C. I," a cross marking
exact point. True bearings: dome of prominent
church building, 2° 41'.5; left spire of cathedral, 23°
04' .2; right spire of cathedral 23° 17' .5; spire of
church at Praia Genipapero, 335° 50' .3.
Station B is 230.7 feet (70.32 meters) southwest of
station A, in direct line with station A and right
spire of cathedral and 84.1 feet (25.63 meters) south-
southwest of southeast corner of superintendent's
house; marked by a building tile about 10 centi-
meters square and 30 centimeters long, set flush with
surface of ground, a cross marking exact spot. True
bearings: dome of large prominent church, 1° 43' .9;
left spire of cathedral, 23° 03'.9; right spire of
cathedral, 23° 17'.5; spire of church at Praia de
Genipapero, 332° 37' .2.
San Luis, Campo do Durique, Maranhao, 1923 — Near
center of Campo do Durique, and is found by
measuring 122.7 feet (37.40 meters) from an obe-
lisk eastward along line through obelisk from
center of east entrance to quartel to a point, and
thence southward 39 feet (11.9 meters) toward cen-
tral ornament over arched gateway; marked by peg
driven flush with ground. True bearings: central
ornament over arched gateway, 11° 26' A; cross on
church near southwest corner of campo, 36° 47'. 9;
cross on church near northwest corner of campo,
135° 00' .0.
Santa Isabel, Amazonas, 1924 — Close reoccupation of
CJ.W. station of 1913. On Tapuraquara Island,
opposite village of Santa Isabel, in open field
used as pasture south of two houses, about 200 feet
(61 meters) southwest of tall palm tree, 98 feet
(29.9 meters) northeast of most southerly palm tree,
and about 20 feet (6 meters) northwest of line
drawn between the two, and 102 feet (31.1 meters)
southeast of large tree; marked by concrete block
7 by 7 inches (18 by 18 cm.) on top, lettered "C.I.
1924," exact point marked by brass cartridge shell
set in concrete, and projecting about 1 inch (3 cm.)
above ground. True bearing: west gable of house
with iron roof on south bank of river, 4° 21'. 0.
Santarem, Para, 1923 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is about 100 feet (30.5 meters) southeast
of C. I.W. station of 1918, in Praza Republicana,
west of Concepcion Church, about 99 feet (30
meters) southeast of station of 1918, 104.9 feet
(3197 meters) southeast of southeast corner of tile
building on north of Praza near river, 140.0 feet
(42.7 meters) west of northwest corner of large house
on east side of Praza, and 119 feet (36.27 meters) and
117 feet (35.66 meters) north of two large trees
respectively on south of Praza; marked by concrete
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Santarem, Para, 1923 — continued
block 9 by 9 by 16 inches (23 by 23 by 41 cm.), let-
tered "C. I.W.," the exact point marked by large
copper rivet flush with concrete. True bearings:
wireless mast, 84° 17' .9; cross on Concepcion Church,
242° 59'.3.
Station B is at southern extremity of street called
Travessa Barao do Rio Branco, lying between con-
vent grounds and cemetery, 10 feet (3 meters) south
of line joining corner of cemetery and corner of
convent grounds, 34.4 feet (10.48 meters) southwest
of corner of cemetery, and 38.9 feet (11.85 meters)
southeast of corner of convent grounds; marked
by concrete block 18 inches (46 cm.) deep and
about 9 by 9 inches (23 by 23 cm.) on top,
extending about 1.5 inches (4 cm.) above ground,
and lettered "C.I.W. 1923," the exact point being
marked by a large copper rivet set flush with
concrete. True bearing: base of cross on Concepcion
Church, 170° 20M.
Santos, Sao Paulo, 1923, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied in 1923 and reoccupied in 1925. Station A is
at Sao Vicente, a suburb west of Santos, on grounds
of Santos Golf Club, about 1 kilometer north of
village, on low, flat-topped ridge running east and
west across middle of grounds, 10.3 feet (3.14 meters)
northeast of most northerly of group of large trees,
59.6 feet (18.17 meters) from tree bearing south 40°
east, 1003 feet (30.57 meters) from tree bearing south
60° east, and 112.4 feet (34.26 meters) northwest of
hole No. 1 of golf-course; marked by granite stone
6 by 6 by 24 inches (15 by 15 by 61 cm.), set flush
with ground, and lettered "C.I.W. 1923," a drill-
hole at center marking exact spot. True bearings:
right-hand side of chimney of glass factory in Sao
Vicente, 2° 08'. 1; northwest corner of club-house
near foundation, 8° 39'.9; central raised portion of
facade on house, VA miles (2.0 km.), 357° 53' .6.
Station B is 397.6 feet (121.2 meters) east of sta-
tion A, at east side of golf grounds, 15 feet (4.6
meters) southwest of hedge running from northwest
to southeast, 64.9 feet (19.78 meters) northeast of
hole No. 3, 30 feet (9.1 meters) southeast of east end
of bunker close to hedge, and 159 feet (48.46 meters)
northeast of nearest of large trees on ground ; marked
by granite post, 6 by 6 by 24 inches (15 by 15 by 61
cm.), set almost flush with surface of ground, and
lettered "CJ.W. 1923," a drill-hole at center mark-
ing exact spot. True bearings: central raised por-
tion of facade on house, 1% miles (2.0 km.), 1° 47' .4;
right-hand side of large brick chimney of glass fac-
tory in Sao Vicente, near top, 9° 58' .5; northeast
corner of club-house, near foundation, 27° 36' .9; sta-
tion A, 95° 32'.9.
Sao Antonio de Cachoeira, Para, 1923 — About 10 feet
(3.0 meters) north of path leading from director's
house to river.
Sao Felix, Para, 1923 — On bank of Rio Fresco near its
junction with Xingu River, to left of path leading
from boat-landing, in open space between street
and top of river bank, 35.9 feet (10.94 meters) west
from west post of south end of bridge across small
stream, 22 feet (6.7 meters) southwest of top of
small stream bank, and 30 feet (9.1 meters) south-
east of top of river bank; marked by hard granite
stone about 8 by 10 inches (20 by 25 cm.) on top,
lettered "C. I." True bearings : north edge of south
window of most southerly house in Front Street, 36°
06' .4; base of crooked tree across Xingu River, 72°
54'.6.
276
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Sao Paulo de Olivenga, Amazonas, 1924 — On south bank
of Amazon River, and almost directly across river
from C.I.W. station of 1910 (Amazon 14) of which
it is a proximate reoccupation ; on a high hill north-
east of house at end of street occupied by priests of
mission, about 500 feet (152 meters) directly west
of bakery and 20 feet (6 meters) from river bank.
True bearing: right edge of door of bakery, 278°
16' .0.
Sao Sebastiao (Xingu River), Para, 1923 — On west bank
of Xingu River, on high hill directly back of main
building, on grassy spot near middle of hill, about
40 feet (12 meters) from edge of bluff; marked by
granite rock, set so as to project 2 inches (5 cm.)
above ground, and lettered "C. I.," the exact point
being indicated by a cross. True bearing: right
edge of middle window of largest house across Xingu
River, 205° 49- .7.
Sao Vicente, Sao Paulo, 1923 — See Santos.
Serredina, Goyaz, 1925 — At a fazenda about midway
between Registro and Goyaz, approximately 50
meters south of the Cuyaba-Goyaz telegraph line,
45 paces north and slightly west of the northeast
corner of a small house with thatched roof, 30.2
meters east of large tree, and 13.5 meters southwest
of small tree; marked by bone. True bearings: left
edge of left palm tree of two on horizon, 1.5 miles
(2.4 km.), 50° 14'.2; highest peak on mountain, 3
miles (4.8 km.), 281° 49' .4; left edge of window of
house with thatched roof, 342° 10'.2.
Soure, Marajo Island, Para, 1923 — In open space between
front street and river, 64.1 feet (19.54 meters) south-
east of concrete post at south side of entrance to
concrete dock; 45.6 feet (13.90 meters) south of
lamp-post at end of dock paving and in line with
lamp-post and Centenario Monument, and 49.1 feet
(14.97 meters) northeast of hollow iron post used as
mooring for steamers; marked by concrete block
about 18 inches (46 cm.) deep and 14 inches (36 cm.)
square on top, set flush with ground and lettered
"C. I. 1923," the exact point marked by brass cart-
ridge shell set flush with concrete. True bearings:
east gable of white house across river, 93° 34' .2; east
gable of roof of old dock, 153° 38'.9; cross on large
tombstone in cemetery at north end of town, 164°
53'.2.
Takara Rapids, Para, 1923 — On rocks at down-stream end
of portage trail around second big rapids above
mouth of Jary River, on right bank about 100 feet
(30.5 meters) east of portage trail, and about 33
feet (10.1 meters) south of large boulder lying on
flat space on rocks near bank of river; marked by
cross cut in rock.
Tapiocawa Rapids, Para, 1923 — On small rocky island
near western bank of Paru River, nearly opposite
upper end of portage trail around rapids, above
mouth of Tapiocawa Creek.
Toure Falls, Para, 1923 — At up-stream end of portage
trail around Toure Falls, on right bank of Paru
River, on flat rocks, submerged part of year, about
100 feet (30.5 meters) down stream below camping
place.
Vberaba, Minas Geraes, 1925 — On hill west of main
section of town, near center of Largo (Square) Don
Edwards, 31.0 meters west of northwest corner of
Meteorological Observatory inclosure, 14.6 meters
northeast of north corner of base of large wooden
cross, and 37.5 meters southwest of building line on
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — continued
Vberaba, Minas Geraes, 1925 — continued
Rua Merceis; marked by cross cut in rectangular
stone buried flush with ground. True bearings:
gable of distant house, 3.5 kilometers, 266° 36' .8;
cathedral spire in Uberaba, 2 kilometers, 313° 59' .2;
right edge of church cross, 200 meters, 337° 11' 3.
Vassouras, Rio de Janeiro, 1923, 1925 — Intercomparison
observations were made in absolute house of
National Observatory of Brazil about 1 mile (1.6
km.) northeast of Vassouras. Observations for
declination and horizontal intensity were made on
piers A and B, and for inclination on piers B and C.
True bearings: azimuth of pillar from Pier A, 146°
40.7; azimuth of pillar from Pier B, 148° 04M.
Veado, Para, 1923— On steep bank of Lake Irapecu, in
flat bare space in front of shed just south of main
place of business, 20.2 feet (6.16 meters) southeast
of southeast corner of main house, and 4.2 feet (1.28
meters) east of center of east end of shed. True
bearing: right edge of south door of house across
arm of lake, 261° 34'.0.
Victoria, Esperitu Santo, 1923 — Three stations, A, B, and
C, and two secondary stations, D and E, were
occupied, on account of the large local disturbance,
across ship channel, south of city, on land surround-
ing residence property of Joao de Deus Netto. Sta-
tion A is in middle of roadway on hillside sloping
down from front of house, 124.8 feet (38.05 meters)
and 142.7 feet (43.49 meters) from northwest and
southwest corners respectively of house, and 4.5 feet
(1.37 meters) north of extension of line of north side
of porch ; marked by a native granite stone set flush
with surface of grass-covered roadway. True bear-
ings: electric light standard over main entrance to
governor's residence, 117° 29'.3; dome of state build-
ing, 124° 12' .6; tip of tower on cathedral, 133° W.2;
tip of tower on Egreja Rosario, 154° 15'.5.
Station B is about 120 paces southeast of station
A, 29 paces east of a point on line of east side of
residence of Senhor Netto 65 paces south of south-
east corner, and 38.3 feet (11.67 meters) north of
cross cut in top of most westerly of cluster of
boulders on point of hill; marked by large granite
stone, the upper end being almost exactly an 8-inch
(20-cm.) equilateral triangle, projecting about 2.5
inches (6 cm.) above ground, a cross near center
marking exact spot. True bearings: ornament at
northeast corner of governor's residence, 119° 52' .0;
tip of dome on state building, 126° 14' .8; tip of
dome on Monastery of Villa Velha, 273° 01'.3.
Station C is about 265 paces south of station A,
near southerly end of an oblong hill, 48.7 feet (14.84
meters) nearly due south of cross cut in center of
large rock 5.5 feet (1.68 meters) long, 16 to 20 inches
(41 to 51 cm.) wide, and extending about 12 inches
(30 cm.) above ground, the western terminal of out-
cropping ledge, 60 feet (18.3 meters) north of scrubby
tree, and 40 feet (12.2 meters) west of dense cluster
of brush ; marked by large native stone, the rounded
upper end being set so as to project about 1 inch
(2 cm.) from ground, a cross cut near center mark-
ing exact spot. True bearings: central ornamental
pyramid on fa?ade of cathedral, 144° 44' .8; tip of
tower on church, 161° 28' .4; station A, 187° 20'; orna-
ment at left corner of house on mountain, 273° 05' .0.
Station D is 189.3 feet (57.70 meters) north 14°
13' .0 east of station A.
Station E is 120 paces south 34° 39' .0 west of sta-
tion A.
Victoria (Rio Xingu), Para, 1923 — In open field used as
pasture land west of street, 59.0 feet (17.98 meters)
Descriptions of Stations
277
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — concluded
Victoria (Rio Xingu), Para, 1923 — continued
south of southwest corner of blacksmith shop, 51.0
feet (15.54 meters) west of southwest corner of
harness shop, and 51.3 feet (15.64 meters) southeast
of large post at jog in pasture fence; marked by
concrete block 10 by 12 inches (25 by 30 cm.), pro-
jecting about 1 inch (3 cm.) from ground, let-
tered "C.I. '23," the exact point being indicated by
a cross. True bearings: right edge of right door-
frame of small building used to shelter acetylene-
gas generator, 258° 10'.8; north gable of house called
"chalet," 345° 04' .2.
Chile
Antojagasta, Antojagasta, 1924— Two stations were oc-
cupied. Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1917, about 150 meters east of railroad,
and almost due east of Calle Bolivar, in saddle just
east of prominent point on third ridge south of large
wooden cross which stands on a stone base, 3 meters
from summit of small knob to north, 5 meters and
6 meters respectively from summits of small knobs
to southeast and southwest; marked by cross in
rough stone. True bearings: tip of right wireless
mast, 2.5 miles (4.0 km.), 31° 14' .0; church tower,
2 miles (3.2 km.), 121° 14' .4; large wooden cross,
150 meters, 190° 29' .8.
Station B is 270 feet (82.30 meters) southwest of
station A and on second ridge south. It is 6 meters
west of center of small knob and 10.7 meters north
of a second small knob ; marked by a cross in a
rough native stone. True bearings : tip of right wire-
less mast, 30° 24'.1; church tower, 123° IV 2; large
wooden cross, 220° 23' .4.
Arica, Tacna, 1924 — Two stations were occupied. Station
A is a close reoccupation of C. I.W. stations of 1913,
1914, and 1917, on sandy plain about 1.5 kilometers
northeast of town, 120.2 feet (36.64 meters) south-
west and 124.1 feet (37.83 meters) northwest of west
and southwest corners respectively of cemetery wall ;
marked by cross in rough native stone, about 12 by
12 by 24 inches (30 by 30 by 61 cm.). Former mark
had been lost in drifting sand. True bearings: flag-
pole on square tower in front of pest-house, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 7° 11'.2; monument on Morro
Hill, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 75° 16' .7; flagpole on
barracks, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 159° 06' .8.
Station B is 267.5 feet (81 53 meters) south-south-
west of A, 80.2 feet (24.45 meters) west of west
corner of garden fence at cemetery entrance and
58.2 feet (17.74 meters) northwest of edge of paved
road leading to cemetery; marked by inverted glass
bottle buried flush with the ground. True bearings:
flagpole on square tower in front of pest-house, 7°
08' .3; windmill, 40° 48'.4; church tower, 87° 35' .2.
Calama, Antojagasta, 1925 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1912. About 2 kilometers south of town.
in southwest corner of clearing about 200 meters
west-southwest from corner of fence on east side of
road, 63.5 meters at right angles west of that fence,
and 42.2 meters south and slightly east of a mud
and stone monument, used as a landmark and
known as a "Mojon"; marked by inverted glass
bottle buried flush with ground and covered with
small stones and sand. True bearings: neak on
water-tank at Du Pont's, 3.5 kilometers, 26° 46' 6:
neak of house roof in Calama. 2.5 kilometers, 191°
59'. 1 ; flagpole on house in Calama, 2.5 kilometers,
200° 12' .6.
SOUTH AMERICA
Chile — continued
Copiapo, Atacama, 1925 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1917. About one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) south-
east of railroad station, in pasture surrounded by
ruins of mud wall, southwest of Calle Carera and
between Calle Alamada and Calle Rancagua, 32.6
meters northeast of southwest wall, 6.0 meters north-
west and 8.0 meters southwest of irrigation ditch
which forms an angle east of station; marked by
cross in well-cut stone 12 by 12 by 24 inches (30
by 30 by 61 cm.) buried flush with ground. True
bearings: cross on church, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
41° 53'.3; left edge of office of American Smelting
Company, 275° 12' .8; most easterly mountain peak,
5 miles (8 km), 357° 35' .4.
Station B is 135.9 feet (41.42 meters) east of A,
nearly on line joining A and left edge of office of
American Smelting Company; marked as at A. True
bearings: cross on church, 46° 42' .4; left edge of
office of American Smelting Company, 275° 13' .7.
Coquimbo, Coquimbo, 1925 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a practical reoccupation of C. I.W. sta-
tion of 1917, southeast of town, northwest of ceme-
tery, on beach, on ground which was formerly the
foundation of a "quinta" or ranch-house and which
is about 3 feet (0.91 meter) higher than the sur-
rounding beach. It is 19.0 feet (5.79 meters) from
the northwest edge of this foundation, 20.5 feet
(6.25 meters) north of palm tree, and 43.1 feet
(13.14 meters) west of tree northeast of palm tree;
marked by cross cut in native stone about 30 centi-
meters square, set flush with ground. True bearings:
cross on hill behind Coquimbo, 1 mile (1.6 km).
151° 25'.9; monument in La Serena, 9 miles (14.5
km.), 231° 02' .2; left wireless tower, one-half mile
(0.8 km.), 269° 26' .8; right wireless tower, 273°
44' .2; spire on large house, one-half mile (0.8 km).
300° 18' .4. All former houses were completely
destroyed bv the tidal wave of 1922.
Station B is 161.0 feet (49.07 meters) from A in
direct line to monument in La Serena, 105.0 feet
(32.00 meters) north of east corner of foundation of
old "quinta"; marked by cross in rough stone set
flush with ground. True bearings: cross on hill
behind Coquimbo, 149° 57' .6; monument in La
Serena,_231° 02' .2; left wireless tower, 270° 24'.6;
right wireless tower, 274° 45' .8; spire on large house,
302° IV 2.
Coronet, Conception, 1925 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is practical reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion A of 1918, on sandy plain about 1 kilometer
southeast of town, about 200 meters northwest of
former slaughter-house, approximately in line with
slaughter-house and chimney of soap factory, about
75 meters west of wagon road, on small flat knoll
about 2 meters high and almost bare of vegetation,
and nearly in line with fence at west side of second
street east of soap factory; marked by peg. True
bearings: right side of chimney at Lota Lighthouse,
24° 57'.8; corner of house at Puchoco Lighthouse,
3 miles (4.8 km.). 107° 07' .6; chimney of soap factory,
1 kilometer. 154° 51'.2; gable of slaughter-house,
200 meters, 321° 14' .6; gable of house, 200 meters.
336° 15'.2.
Station B is 84 feet (25.60 meters) southwest of A
and on line to right side of chimney at Lota Light-
house ; marked by ' peg. True bearings : right side
of chimnev at Lota Lighthouse, 24° 57' .8; chimnev
of soap factory, 156° 21'.7; gable of house, 332° 40' .5.
Corral, Valdivia, 1925 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1913. In small clearing on promontory
278
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Chile — continued
Corral, Valdivia, 1925 — continued
about 250 yards (230 meters) southwest of oil refin-
ery, 8 paces east of path, and 13 paces from
shrubbery which forms south edge of clearing;
marked by cross cut in rock 30 by 30 centimeters
square. True bearings: tower of Resguardo, 1.5 miles
(2.4 km.),' 25° 56' .2; flagpole on house on hill,
2.5 miles (4.0 km.), 246° ll'.O; left edge of left
smoke-stack at steel foundry, 2 miles (3.2 km.) 343°
09'.6.
Iquique, Tarapaca, 1924 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1917. On Serrano Island, about 250
meters southeast of lighthouse, and near south edge
of irregular plat in center of island, 5 8 meters north
of south edge of plat, and 22 meters southwest of
center of low pile of stones; marked by cross in
rough native stone, about 2 feet (0.6 meter) square,
by 3 feet (0.9 meter) deep. True bearings: tip of
lighthouse, 250 meters, 155° 17' .7; cross on church,
1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 268° 00' .4; cross on cathedral,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 287° 44' .0.
Puerto Montt, Llanquihue, 1925 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1919, on northeast extremity of Tenglo
Island in open grass-plot, about 100 meters north of
three large red buoys, 16.5 feet (5.03 meters) north
of wooden stockade fence which incloses new large
wooden house, 40.1 feet (12.22 meters) west of
barbed-wire fence inclosing grass-plot; marked by
peg covered with stones. Former marks could not
be found, the house and fence having been removed.
True bearings: flagpole on mainland, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 110° 04'.8; church tower, 1 mile
(1.6 km.), 173° 47' .8; church at plaza, 1 mile (1.6
km.), 212° 15' .6; church tower, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.),
223° 55' .5.
Station B is 120 feet (36.58 meters) west-north-
west of A in line with flagpole on mainland ; marked
by cross cut in small rough native stone. True
bearings : near gable of small house by hillside, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.), 44° 58' .9; flagpole on main-
land, 110° 04/8; church tower on mainland, 175°
43'.5.
Punta Arenas, Magallanes, 1925 — Three stations were
occupied. Stations A and B are near C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1919 and the Argentine Meteorological
Office station of 1913, on hill southwest of town,
about 3.5 miles (5.6 km.) from plaza Munoz
Gamero, in district known as Miraflores. Station
A is in a field near edge of a small rise and is 84.5
feet (25.76 meters) northwest of a barbed-wire fence
along Calle Barrio and practically on line with
wooden fence running along southside of Calle Mira-
flores, now only a path extending southeast from
Calle Barrio; marked by drill-hole in center of
dressed marble monument, 8 by 13 by 24 inches (20
by 33 by 61 cm.) projecting 2 inches (5 cm.) above
ground and lettered "C. I.W .A. 1925" on top. True
bearings: left of six wireless masts, 5 miles (8 km.),
218° Ol'.l; church cross at plaza, 3.5 miles (5.6 km.),
230° 09' .8; spike on red-roofed house on beach, 1
mile (1.6 km.), 256° 36'.2.
Station B is 75.9 feet (23.13 meters) southwest of
station A on line with left of six wireless masts, 30.5
meters northwest of barbed-wire fence along Calle
Barrio ; marked with marble monument as at A, sub-
stituting the letter B for A. True bearings: left of
six wireless masts, 5 miles (8 km.) , 218° Ol'.l ; church
cross at plaza, 3.5 miles (5.6 km.), 230° Ol'.O; spike
on red-roofed house near beach, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
SOUTH AMERICA
Chile; — concluded
Punta Arenas, Magallanes, 1925 — continued
255° 33' .4; extreme left point of island, 4 miles (6.4
km.), 306° 01'.2.
Station C is about 2 miles (3.2 km.) north and
slightly east of plaza Mufioz Gamero, on the grounds
of the hipodromo or race-course of Punta Arenas.
In the northeast corner of the football-field, 84.5
feet (25.76 meters) from the northeast goal-post and
228.0 feet (69.49 meters) east of inner wooden fence
surrounding the race-track; marked by peg. True
bearings: church spire, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 39° 18' .4;
flagpole on grand-stand, 300 meters, 76° 43' .8; left
of six wireless masts, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 212° 56' .6;
right edge of house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 282°
24'.8.
Ultima Esperanza, Magallanes, 1925 — Two stations were
occupied. Station 4 is a close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1919, at Puerto Bories 400 meters
north of the Sociedad Explotadora's sheep freezer in
open field at foot of small hill and about 400 meters
northwest of the Bories wireless station. It is 16.54
meters southeast of wooden sheep-race, 25.9 meters
southwest of top of large rock, and 24.30 meters
northwest of wooden fence; marked by cross cut
in rough native stone about 30 centimeters square
at top, buried flush with ground. True bearings:
top of right side of left chimney at freezer, 4° 04' .6;
top of right side of right chimney at freezer, 9° 00" .4;
telegraph-pole, 400 meters, 221° 37' .7; right gable
wireless office, 303° 26' .2; flagpole at freezer, 350°
41'.3.
Station B is 39.0 meters south 41° 38' .7 west from
A, 7.16 meters southeast of sheep race, 17.68 meters
northeast of wooden fence; marked by cross cut in
rough native stone buried flush with ground. True
bearings: right side of right chimney at freezer, 3°
lO'.l; flagpole at freezer 338° 48' .0; right side of left
chimney at freezer, 357° 42' .8.
Valparaiso, Valparaiso, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1917, about 8 kilometers southeast of
Valparaiso, between two roads out of city which
unite near Miradero O'Higgins monument, on well-
defined level spot on top of very prominent ridge
about 250 meters northwest of and below monu-
ment, 7 meters from north edge, 5.5 meters from
east edge, 10 meters from south edge, and 8 meters
from west edge of level spot; marked by cross cut
in rough native stone about 15 centimeters square
on top. True bearings: white stone on hillside, 1
mile (1.6 km.), 72° 11'.5; peak on house in Val-
paraiso, 8 kilometers, 153° 13' .6; letter A on O'Hig-
gins monument, 341° 09' .8.
Station B is 162.0 feet (49.38 meters) northwest
of A, 16.4 feet (5.00 meters) southeast of a tree and
18.6 feet (5.67 meters) northeast of a second tree;
marked by cross cut in rough native stone about 22
centimeters square on top. True bearings: left
white monument at end of road in valley, 3 miles
(4.8 km.), 176° 47' .0; telephone-pole, one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 262° 25' .3; station A, 325° 06' .0.
Colombia
Barranca Bermeja, Santander, 1922 — On property of
Tropical Oil Company, in outfield of baseball-field,
on continuation of first-base foul-line about 200 feet
(61 meters) east of first base, 92 feet (28 meters)
north of northeast stone pier supporting house near-
est gully running north and south through property,
and 50.7 feet (15.45 meters) northwest of fourth
Descriptions of Stations
279
SOUTH AMERICA
Colombia — continued
Barranca Bermeja, Santander, 1922 — continued
fence-post east of house; marked by 1 by 2 inch (3
by 5 cm.) surveyor's peg driven flush with ground,
its center designated by a brass screw. True bear-
ings: gabTe end of last house in row by river, 81°
49'.3; base of figure 7 on tank No. 7, 255° 53' .6;
lower right edge of right stack of power-house, 291°
53' .2; tip of tall flagpole in front of club-house, 334°
56'.8.
Bogota, Cundinamarca, 1922 — Two stations, A and B,
were occupied. Station A is about 120 feet (36.6
meters) northwest of C. I.W. station of 1909 and
1914, in field owned by Senor Montana, east of Calle
26, about one-half mile (0.8 km.) north of cemeteries,
in small section of field about 200 feet (61 meters)
square, inclosed by wire fence on three sides, 125
feet (38.10 meters) southwest of southwest corner
of hut inclosed by wire fence, 45 feet (13.7 meters)
east of ditch, and 25 feet (7.6 meters) north of wire
fence; marked by stake driven flush with surface of
ground. True bearings: top of brick stack of factory,
240° 58'.2; tower of Iglesia de la Monserrate, 312°
5VA.
Station B is about 200 feet (61 meters) northwest
of station A, in northwest corner of southeast section
of field divided off by wire fences, 22.1 feet (6.74
meters) south of east-west fence, and 53.4 feet (16.28
meters) east of north-south fence; marked by
wooden stake. True bearings: gable of house, 124°
25' .2; brick stack of factory, 245° 17' .4.
Buenaventura, El Valle del Cauca, 1923 — Close reoccu-
pation of C.I.W. station of 1909, on left side of road
running parallel to harbor as far as All-America
Cable station, in small basin about 150 yards (137
meters) north of cable station, just below and south
of top of ridge on which are ruins of concrete struc-
ture, 38 feet (11.6 meters) northeast of road, and
20.3 feet (6.19 meters) southeast of concrete post
nearest road and cable station; marked by round
boulder set flush with surface of ground, a drill-hole
designating center. True bearing: cupola of church,
167° 50M.
Calamar, Bolivar, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1909, in pasture field belonging to Miel
family, next to large cattle ranch, and on side of
railroad farthest from river, west of second gate
reached by following railroad north from railroad
station, in clearing about 200 feet (61 meters) from
gate and 50 feet (15 meters) north of south fence;
marked by wooden stake. True bearings: right top
edge of tall stump, 200 feet (61 meters), 93° 52'.8;
telegraph-pole beyond curve in railway, 214° 59' .8.
Cali, El Valle, 1923 — On property of brewery, on north
bank of Cali River, about 200 yards (183 meters)
west of brewery buildings, about 250 feet (76
meters) north of bank of ravine through which river
flows, 63.2 feet (19.26 meters) south Of wire fence
beside small stream, 88.2 feet (26.88 meters) north-
west of base of very large tree, and about 75 feet
(23 meters) southwest of intersection of wire fence
and stream; marked by wooden stake. True bear-
ings: base of spire on church, 2° 32'.7; electric globe
at entrance to Majestic Hotel, 299° 07' .5; vane on
dome of cathedral, 301° 31'.8.
Cartagena, Bolivar, 1922 — Approximate reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1908, 1909, which could not be
recovered because of a swamp, on small mound
close by end of Fort La Tenaza nearest rock break-
water, outside residential district Cabrero, and about
SOUTH AMERICA
Colombia — concluded
Cartagena, Bolivar, 1922 — continued
150 feet (46 meters) northwest of C. I.W. station of
1908, 1909, 32 feet (9.8 meters) south of corner of
wall nearest breakwater, and 15 feet (4.6 meters)
measured perpendicularly to wall; marked by
irregular stone with drill-hole in center. True bear-
ing : lighthouse, 49° 51' .6.
Honda, Tolima, 1922 — About 100 yards (91 meters) south
of C.I.W. station of 1909, on top of higher of two
terraces facing railroad, in direct line of Carrera 12A
running east and west through town, 29 feet (8.8
meters) east of path leading up to hill, 50 feet
(15 meters) west of edge of terrace facing railroad,
98.9 feet (30.14 meters) northeast of northeast cor-
ner of native house, and 38 feet (11.6 meters) south-
west of southwest corner of stable; marked by 2-inch
(5-cm.) peg, driven flush with surface of ground.
True bearing: top of church tower, 344° 55' .6.
Infantas, Santander, 1922 — On property of Tropical Oil
Company at Infantas, the headquarters for well-
drilling operations, in mule corral at base of high
hill upon crest of which are located the various
camp buildings, about 400 feet (122 meters) south-
west of southeast corner of saddle house, 35.0 feet
(10.67 meters) west of base of lone tall tree stump,
and about 100 feet (30 meters) west of roadway;
marked by peg. True bearings: southeast corner of
saddle house, 199° 11'.8; right gable of ventilator
on director's house, 235° 52' .0; gable of mess-hall,
269° 55' .0.
La Playona, Choco, 1922 — On coconut plantation La
Playona, connected with the Cartagena Water-
Works, Ltd., on west shore of Gulf of Urabia, about
15 miles (24 km.) south of Panama-Colombian
boundary line, and about 7 miles (11 km.) south of
Acandi, the nearest town, 47 paces north of north
gate in wall surrounding house, and 17 paces south
of shore-line; marked by a 3 by 3 inch (8 by 8 cm.)
post 3 feet (0.9 meter) long, projecting 6 inches
(15 cm.) above ground, to be replaced by a con-
crete post. True bearings: rock in sea known as
"Sugar Loaf Rock," 10 miles (16 km.), 150° 45'.4;
northeast post of veranda of office, 349° 54' .4.
Medellin, Antioquia, 1922 — On top of small hill, near
intersection of continuations of Bomboma and
Heraldo streets, in line with Heraldo Street, 60 feet
(18.3 meters) north of path continuing Bomboma
Street, 20 feet (6 meters) south of edge of bank of
gully through which runs small stream, 12 feet (3.7
meters), and 32 feet (9.8 meters) from cactus hedges
east and west respectively; marked by stake driven
flush with surface of ground. True bearings: center
of base of Christ statue on hill, 23° 54' .0; cross on
southwest tower of university, 164° 10* .2; right edge
of stack of factory, 221° 25' .4; base of cross on high
steeple of church, 277° 03'.2.
Puerto Berrio, Antioquia, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1909, on flat top of small hill 100
feet (30.5 meters) high south of hotel, occupied by
three houses of employees of Antioquia Railroad, 24
paces east of west edge of bank of Magdalena River.
10 paces west of east edge of river bank, and 101
paces southwest of southeast corner of wire fence
around railroad quarters; marked by a 2-inch (5-cm.)
square peg. True bearings: gable end of rear house,
202° 16' .6; gable end of front house, 210° 53' .6; left
gable of house at edge of hill, 257° 15' .4 ; right gable
of house at edge of hill, 260° 01'.6.
280
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Ecuador
Guayaquil, Guayas, 1924, 1926 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1916, on "Hacienda Atarazana"
managed by Mr. Higgins, half mile (0.8 km.) north
of city reservoir on Santa Ana hill, on level plain
and on bank of a broad, shallow ditch, about 75
yards (69 meters) east of road, about one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.) west of river, 328 yards (300 meters)
east of windmill and 21.5 yards (19.7 meters) east of
tree which is almost in ditch; marked by concrete
monument one meter long, 25 centimeters square,
projecting about 8 centimeters above ground, let-
tered "C.I.W. 1924," exact point marked by cross.
True bearings: windmill center, west of road, 84°
40' .4; second telephone-pole north of ditch, 137°
35'.0; tallest pole on Santa Ana hill, 330° 05' .6; left-
edge of ventilator on house on reservoir, 339° 26' .8.
Quito, Pichincha, 1924, 1926 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A of 1924 is a close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1908 and 1916. On hill called
Ichimbia, east of city, about 600 yards (0.5 km.)
northeast along top of hill by road from large house
of Antonio Herrera formerly owned by Julio Teran,
at highest point of road and near remains of some
old mud pillars, 20 feet (6 meters) east from only
pillar remaining on east side of road. True bear-
ings: pillar on hill, 64° 17' .3; spire on Santo
Domingo church, 89° 22' .4; waterfall across valley,
116° 24' .8; right edge of small house on hill, 337°
14'.4.
In 1926 station A was closely reoccupied, exact
reoccupation being impossible, since the station was
not marked in 1924 and the mud pillars have disap-
peared. Owing to poor visibility the marks used in
1924 could not be seen. Station was marked by cross
in stone set flush with ground. True bearings: center
of power-line structure on hill, 4 miles (6 km.), 0°
22M; monument on hill, 4 miles (6 km.), 91° 48' .7;
right edge of small house on hill, 3 miles, (4.8 km.),
342° 46' .6.
Station B is about 2 miles (3.2 km.) west of sta-
tion A, on grounds of "Escuela de Artes y Officios"
3.7 meters south of edge of bank of ravine across
from prison and north of "Escuela de Carpinteria,"
northeast of foot of wall of old reservoir; marked
by concrete post 30 inches (76 cm.) long and 10
inches (25 cm.) square, lettered "C. I.W. 1924,"
extending 2 inches (5 cm.) above ground, exact
point marked by cross. True bearings: monument
on hill, 92° 43' .9; iightning-rod on tower of prison,
188° 29'.8; right edge of house on hill east of prison,
233° 26' .0; San Roque church, 286° 54' .6; Santo
Domingo church, 299° 13' .3.
Riobamba, Chimborazo, 1924 — Three stations were occu-
pied. Station A is probably an exact reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1916. On highest point of a
small unnamed hill, about 1,800 feet (550 meters)
northwest from water-tanks located on a hill called
Cerro (or Loma) del Quito, about one-half mile
(0.8 km) northwest of railroad station, 24.2 meters
northeast of a large boulder and 17.2 meters east of
a smaller boulder; marked by a marble-topped
concrete monument, 3 feet (0.91 meter) long and
8 inches (20 cm.) square, reinforced with copper
wire, projecting slightly above ground and lettered
"C.I.W. 1916," exact point marked by a cross. True
bearings: gable of distant house, 16° 50' .5; east cross
on Mount Cualacal, 63° 30' .0; spire of San Alfonso
Church, 309° 52' .2; left-edge of water-tank, 312°
08'.4; cathedral tower, 314° 26' .9.
Station B is about 1,500 feet (0.5 km.) south from
station A, on municipal property, about 1,000 feet
SOUTH AMERICA
Ecuador — concluded
Riobamba, Chimborazo, 1924 — continued
(0.3 km.) northwest of Hotel Metropolitano and 84.4
feet (25.7 meters) southeast from Meteorological
Observatory, about 12 feet (3.7 meters) south of
road leading from gate of grounds to observatory,
80 paces frorn^ gate1 and in line between the south
corner of observatory and flagstaff used as mark;
marked by marble-topped concrete post, 3 feet (0.91
meter) long and 8 inches (20 cm.) square, set almost
flush with ground, lettered "C.I.W. 1924," exact
point marked by cross. True bearings: right edge
of right water-tank, 243° 29\3; flagpole on residence,
297° 49'.4.
Station C is 155.9 feet (47.52 meters) southwest of
station B, nearly on line through station B to right
edge of right water-tank whose true bearing is 243°
28' .6.
Guiana
Bartica, British Guiana, 1923 — Near hospital landing at
junction of Essequibo and Mazaruni rivers, about
60 feet (18 meters) northeast of station of 1908,
nearly in line of extension northward of street pass-
ing hotel between rows of mango trees, 14 feet (4.3
meters) south of large mango stump on river bank,
15 feet (4.6 meters) north of edge of street at point
west of bend and about 24 feet (7.3 meters) east of
intersection of street passing hospital; marked by
cross^ in granite stone bearing letters "CI 23." True
bearings: right gable of south part of hospital, 51°
00' .0; east gable of cottage, 99° 16' .8; right gable of
house across Essequibo River, 1.5 miles (24 km.),
203° 59'.0. a,
Cayenne, French Guiana, 1923— Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1908 and 1918. In public roadway south
of Botanical Gardens in eastern part of town, 236
meters south of south garden gate, 10 feet (3 meters)
east and 31.5 feet (9.6 meters) west of edges of
ditches beside roadway, nearly in line between two
meridian monuments, each about 42 by 42 centi-
meters, and 45 centimeters high, 29.58 and 26.18
meters from north and south monuments respec-
tively; marked by copper rod 1.5 centimeters in
diameter, projecting 1 centimeter from center of
concrete slab 1.54 meters square. True bearings:
hole in south meridian monument, 0° 03'.7; east
side of east gate-post at south entrance to Botanical
Gardens, 167° 05'.5; hole in north meridian monu-
ment, 179° 55' .9; center of westerly gate-post at
southeast corner of Botanical Gardens, 206° 29\5.
Station B is 83.0 feet (25.30 meters) south of sta-
tion A, in direct line with station A and east edge of
east pillar of south garden gate, and 18.6 feet (5.67
meters) east of square concrete post across ditch.
True bearings: west edge of west leg of wireless
tower, 161° 19' .8; east edge of east pillar of south
garden gate, 167° 05' .9.
Georgetown, British Guiana-, 1923 — Two stations were
occupied. Station A is exact reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1918, in grounds belonging to
and south of Botanical Gardens, near center of
former D'Urban race-course, 36 meters north of
drainage canal along inside of course in old graded
roadway which crossed course at right angles, 50.0
meters north of wire fence along south side of field,
17 meters west of fence which crosses field from
north to south, about 4 meters west of ditch along
east side of roadway; marked by concrete block 6
by 6 by 24 inches (15 by 15 by 61 cm.) projecting
Descriptions of Stations
281
SOUTH AMERICA
Guiana — continued
Georgetown, British Guiana, 1923 — continued
slightly above ground and lettered "C. I.W. 1918,"
on top. True bearings: base of wind-vane pole on
office, 128° 38' .6; ball on lower wind-vane, 128°
59* .6; ventilator on west end of Queen's College,
284° 2C.6.
Station B is about 850 feet (259 meters) north-
west of station A and about 300 feet (91 meters)
southeast of C. I.W. station of 1913, east of super-
intendent's house, near eastern end of small inclosure
used as pasture lot, 32.5 feet (9.9 meters) from
hedge to north, 56.8 feet (17.3 meters) from hedge to
east, and 81.4 feet (24.81 meters) southeast of gate-
post at entrance to lot; marked by hexagonal
granite stone about 8 inches (20 cm.) in diameter
and 3.5 feet (1.07 meters) long, projecting about 6
inches (15 cm.) above ground, and lettered "C.I.",
a cross near center marking exact spot. True bear-
ings: east gable of superintendent's house, 102° 46' .7;
center of anemometer support on Botanical Building,
106° 05' .3; ball below weather-vane on botanical
building, 106° 28' .1.
New Amsterdam, British Guiana, 1923 — Exact reoccu-
pation of C.I.W. station of 1908 and 1918, north of
city, on grounds of lunatic asylum, near northeast
comer of large quadrangle used as playground and
athletic field, 110 feet (33.5 meters) northwest of
• nearest corner of superintendent's residence, 71.4
feet (21.76 meters) south-southeast of a 28-inch
(71-cm.) tree, 45.3 feet (13.81 meters) southwest of
a 20-inch (51-cm.) tree at corner of tract, and 91.5
feet (27.89 meters) nearly due north of 28-inch
(71-cm.) tree opposite driveway to superintendent's
residence across road; marked by a 3-inch (8-cm.)
brass screw near center of wooden post 6 by 6 by 24
inches (15 by 15 by 61 cm.) set flush with ground.
True bearings: tip of water-tank left of east end of
stockade, 23° 45' .4; northeast corner of stockade,
25° 03' .4; outer corner of northwest foundation pier
of Victoria block, 72° 16'.4; tip of square ventilat-
ing cupola on A block, 76° 33' .8; tip of hexagonal
cupola on C block, 83° 30' .6.
Onverwacht, Dutch Guiana, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1908, at village on railway, about
30 kilometers south from Paramaribo station, 4 feet
(1.2 meters) south of path to cemetery running
north at right angles to main path with turnstile at
entrance leading westward from store, 82 feet (250
meters) north of main path, and 18 feet (5.5 meters)
south of edge of forest; marked by large bottle set
neck-up somewhat below surface, also by hardwood
stake projecting about 1 foot (0.3 meter) above
ground, 8 inches (20 cm.) from station. True bear-
ings: spire of church with wind-vane, 311° 56' .0;
spire of church with cross, 322° 36' 2.
Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana, 1923 — Two stations, A and C ,
were occupied. Station A is an exact reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1908 and station A of 1918, near
river, east of city, on tract of ground formerly used
as cricket-field, 12 feet (3.7 meters) south of edge of
ditch along north boundary of field, 105 feet (329
meters) from center of reference stone 23 inches
(58 cm.) long, projecting about 5 inches (13 cm.)
above ground, set at ditch bank, 35 feet (10.7 meters)
from center of embankment between two ditches,
measured from point 124 feet (37.8 meters) west of
nearer of two royal palm trees growing on center
embankment, and 216 feet (65.8 meters) east of
nearer of two canal gates; marked by original hard-
wood post, 6 by 6 by 24 inches (15 by 15 by 61 cm.)
SOUTH AMERICA
Guiana — concluded
Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana, 1923 — continued
set flush with ground, a brass bolt in top marking
exact spot. True bearings: east gable of public
works building, 53° 52'.1; left spire of Catholic
church, 86° 03' .7; right spire of Catholic church, 86°
32'.7; south gable of district commissary, 95° 07'. 7;
station C, 326° 02' .3.
Station C is 2115 feet (64.55 meters) southeast of
station A, and 33 feet (10.1 meters) north of bridge
crossing ditch; marked by large granite rock set
flush with ground and lettered "C. I.", a cross mark-
ing exact point. True bearings: spire on court-
house, 74° 17' .8; left gable of commissary, 114° 09'.5.
St. Laurent, French Guiana, 1923— Two stations were
occupied. Station A is in plot of ground used as
athletic field in eastern part of village, on extension
of center-line of Rue Marceau, west of hedge of
bamboo behind which runs a light tramway for
push cars, 134.1 feet (40.87 meters) southeast of
iron lamp-post set in concrete base, standing in
center terminus of street, and 34.2 feet (10.42
meters) southwest of westerly football goal-post at
southerly end of field; marked by granite stone
about 24 inches (61 cm.) long and about 7 inches
(18 cm.) square, set flush with ground and lettered
"C. I.". True bearings : ornament at east gable of
small house, 54° 19' .9; ball at base of cross on
Catholic church, 192° 39* .9; ornament at east gable
of Mr. Gougis' residence, 205° 55'.7.
Station B is 177.7 feet (54.16 meters) south of sta-
tion A, in direct line with station A and east orna-
ment on roof of Mr. Gougis' house, and 74.8 feet
(22.80 meters) north of barbed-wire fence running
east and west; marked by granite stone 24 by 6
by 18 inches (61 by 15 by 46 cm.), lettered "C.I,"
exact point indicated by cross. True bearings: east
gable of market building, 184° 46' .5; west ornament
of Mr. Gougis' house, 204° 41'.0; east ornament of
Mr. Gougis' house, 205° 55' .0.
Paraguay
Concepcion, 1925 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion A is a practical reoccupation of C. I.W. sta-
tion of 1913, on waste land east of town, about one-
third mile (0.5 km.) northeast of church, 65.3 meters
southeast of southeast corner of fence inclosing
small lot (north lot of two), 38.3 meters northeast
and 2.8 meters south of two small trees respectively;
marked by bone projecting 2 inches (5 cm.) above
ground. True bearings: spike on left end of large
building, 54° 09' .8; left edge of church steeple, 57°
42' .2; left edge of native house, 200 meters, 90°
iy.0.
Station B is 905 meters east of A, 22.6 meters
north of a wire fence, and 8.0 meters north-north-
west of a dead tree-trunk; marked by bone project-
ing 1 inch (2.5 cm.) above ground. True bearings:
spike on left end of large building, 64° Ol'.O; left
edge of church spire, 65° 17' .3; left edge of native
house, 100° l(y.8; station A, 112° 38' .6.
San Salvador, Alto Paraguay, 1925— On ground formerly
used as meat-packing plant of Armour Company,
three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), east of Paraguay
River, on hill about one-half mile (0.8 km.) east of
buildings of old packing plant, 42.2 meters northeast
of northwest corner of fence inclosing manager's
house, and 7.4 meters south of wooden electric-light
pole; marked by peg. True bearings: lightning-rod
on tall chimney, one-half mile (0.8 km.) 99° 32' .9;
center edge of water-tank, one-half mile (05 km.),
282
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Paraguay — concluded
San Salvador, Alto Paraguay, 1925 — continued
121° 55'.0; lightning-rod on large building, one-
eighth mile (02 km.), 355° 32' .8.
Trinidad (Asuncion), 1925 — Probably about 50 meters
southeast of C. I.W. station of 1913, in Trinidad, a
suburb of Asuncion, near top of small hill in field of
Botanical Gardens, north of path leading from rail-
road station to home of director, practically in line
between two tall palm trees, 9.3 meters southeast
of one and 20.4 meters northwest of the other, and
77 paces southeast of corner of cement house;
marked by cross in rough native stone projecting 4
inches (10.2 cm.) above ground. Former station
could not be reoccupied, due to construction of
cement house nearby. True bearings: right edge of
red-roofed house, 5 miles (8 km.), 64° 33' .4; chim-
ney of house, 600 meters, 161° 22' .9; windmill,
3 miles (5 km.), 307° 40' .2.
Peru
Arequipa, Arequipa, 1923, 1924, 1926 — Two stations, A
and B of 1912 and 1917, were reoccupied in north-
east part of grounds of Arequipa branch of Harvard
Astronomical Observatory, about 5 kilometers north-
east of Arequipa. Station A is 10.67 meters and
19.5 meters from north wall and east wall
respectively, 19.24 meters northeast of northeast cor-
ner of building over 13-inch telescope, and 24.4
metersi north of northeast corner of transit room;
marked by deep cross in limestone rock about 16
inches (41 cm.) square and 7 inches (18 cm.) thick,
buried about 16 inches (41 cm.) below surface of
cultivated garden. True bearings: right spire of
Caima church, 31° 35'.1; tip of dome of smaller
church, 39° 35' .9; spire of Pancarpata church, 332°
54' .8.
Station B is 15.2 meters east of station A, in
northeast corner of inclosure, 4.1 meters from north
wall, and 4.75 meters from east wall; marked by
limestone post 6 by 6 by 14 inches (15 by 15 by 36
cm.), set so that the top is about 14 inches (36 cm.)
below surface of cultivated garden, a cross marking
exact spot. True bearings: tip of dome of small
church in Arequipa, 39° 44' .3; spire of church across
vallev, 333° 01'.7; ball on tower of house in valley,
336° 35' .5; church spire in Carmen Alto, 358° 32'.6.
In 1926 two new stations designated C and D were
established. Station C is southeast of stations A
and B on grounds of the Arequipa Golf Club, east
of main part of city, 30 meters east of cliff edge at
river bank, and 60 meters north of the southwest
corner of club-house. This station was not com-
pletely occupied and was abandoned owing to
prospective construction of high-voltage power-line
nearby. True bearings: southwest corner of club-
house, 13° 30* .4; church spire in Arequipa, 44° 45' .2;
church spire in Arequipa, 71° 41'.6; southwest cor-
ner of director's residence at Harvard Observatory,
163° 23' .6.
Station D is in an open cultivated field about
5 kilometers southeast of observatory, and about 1
kilometer southeast of C, nearly in line with stations
A and C, about 275 meters north of a dry river bed,
58.0 meters north of a one-story stone house, and 3
meters easit of an irrigation ditch; marked by brass
tack in peg driven flush with ground. True bear-
ings: Yanaguara church spire, 2 miles (3.2 km.), 103°
22* .5; southwest corner of director's residence at
Harvard Observatory, 162° 34'.1; right spire of San
Antonio Church at Miraflores, 2 miles (3.2 km.),
308° 22M.
SOUTH AMERICA
Peru — continued
Chimbote de Amazonas, Loreto, 1924 — On south bank
of Amazon River, at cattle ranch and wood station
for river steamer, on highest point of hill on which
ranch house is located, and about 150 feet (46
meters) east of house.
Huancayo Observatory, 1921-1926 — Absolute observa-
tions for control of magnetograph records have been
made weekly at the regular observing-piers of the
observatory since its completion in 1922, prior to
which occasional observations were made in a small
building called "Frame." Occasional observations
have also been made by field observers of the
Department who have visited the observatory for
the purpose of making comparison of instruments.
A full description of the observatory will appear
with the publication of the magnetograph results.
Iquitos, Loreto, 1924 — Proximate reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1910. Two stations were occupied on
football-field in southwest corner of Plaza 28 de
Julho. Station A is 119.3 feet (36.36 meters) north
from doorsill of only brick house in vicinity, 60
paces northwest from white stone public toilet house,
306 feet (93.3 meters) west from lamp-post, which
is almost in direct range with ball on monument in
northeast corner of plaza; marked by concrete block
8 by 8 inches (20 by 20 cm.) on top, lettered "C.I.W.
1924," exact point marked by brass rifle shell. True
bearings: cross on church, 228° 37' .6; ball on monu-
ment, 265° 09' .1.
Station B is 271.7 feet (82.82 meters) from sta-
tion A and in direct line to ball on monument, 34
feet (10.4 meters) west of lamp-post nearly in line
with monument; marked by concrete block, 7 by 7
inches (18 by 18 cm.) on top, exact point marked by
brass rifle shell.
Juliaca, Puno, 1923, 1924, 1926 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1912 and 1917, in the pampa, one-half
mile (0.8 km.) southwest of town, in line with inner
edge of west wall and 42.0 feet (12.80 meters) north
of north wall of ruins of old mud and stone house,
and 66 paces east of edge of road running along west
side of pampa; marked by stone 8 by 8 by 20 inches
(20 by 20 by 51 cm.), set so as to project about 1
inch (3 cm.) above ground, a cross marking exact
spot. True bearings: tip of water-tank at railroad
vards, 216° 19' .4; gable over entrance to tennis-club
grounds, 217° SCO; cross on La Merced Church, 223°
19'.0; northeast corner porch-post at extreme left of
residence, 273° 01'. 8.
Station B is 265.3 feet (80.86 meters) southwest of
station A in direct line from cross on La Merced
Church through station A; marked by rough stone
about 18 inches (46 cm.) long set so as to project
about 2 inches (5 cm.) above surface, a cross mark-
ing exact spot. True bearings: tip of water-tank at
railroad yards, 217° 08' .4; gable over entrance to
tennis-club grounds, 219° 08' .4; cross on La Merced
Church, 223° 19\0; corner porch-post at extreme left
of residence, 266° 31'.2.
La Merced, Junin, 1924 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1912, in a cornfield between town and river, two
streets east of main street of town, on a high bank,
above river, about 300 yards (274 meters) east of
church, 200 yards (183 meters) north-northeast of
building of Sociedad Filarmonica, and about 50 feet
(15 meters) west of edge of bluff; marked by con-
crete block about 12 inches (30 cm.) square and
set 6 inches (15 cm.) below surface. True bearings:
Descriptions of Stations
283
SOUTH AMERICA
Peru — continued
La Merced, Junin, 1924 — continued
northeast corner of Filarmonica building, 32° 17' .3;
northwest corner of Dr. Pinto's house, 71° 30M.
Station B is a close reoccupation of the 1912 dip
station, in front and 52 feet (15.8 meters) from the
door of old Filarmonica building, forming north
apex of a triangle with third and fourth trees along
lane leading from building, being 12 feet (3.7 meters)
from each tree; marked by concrete block 8 inches
(20 cm.) square, lettered "CI.W. 1924," exact point
being marked by bottle-neck embedded in concrete.
True bearing: northeast corner of church just above
stone foundation, 159° 57'.4.
Lima, Lima, 1924 — Two stations were occupied. Sta-
tion D is a close reoccupation of C. I.W. station B of
1918, inside of race-course or hipodromo of Jockey
Club of Lima about 2.5 kilometers southwest of
palace, 120 meters south of grand-stand, and 48.0
meters south of finishing-post on race-track; marked
by brass rod in middle of cylindrical concrete monu-
ment which is 18 inches (46 cm.) in diameter and
2.5 feet (0.76 meters) long set flush with ground.
True bearings: cross on church dome, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 127° 12' .6; flagpole on pavilion,
200 meters, 199° 19'.7; wireless tower, 5 miles
(8 km.) ; 215° 07'.7; left spike on Spanish Arch, one-
half mile (0.8 km.), 235° 46' .5.
Station E is a close reoccupation of CI.W. sta-
tion C of 1918, 48.77 meters southwest of D, and
44.9 meters northwest of center of flower garden;
marked by brass rod in concrete as at A. True
bearings: cross on church dome, 131° 51'.8; flagpole
on pavilion, 202° 51'.7; wireless tower, 215° 09' .4.
Mollendo, Arequipa, 1921 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is a close reoccupation of C. I.W. 1917
station, one-half mile (0.8 km.) north of dock, one-
eighth mile (0.2 km.) west of main street, south of
town cemetery. It is slightly west of line of south-
east fence of cemetery, 83.6 feet (25.48 meters)
south of southeast corner of cemetery, and 195.0 feet
(59.44 meters) northwest of stone inclosure; marked
by bottle buried 6 inches (15 cm.) below ground.
True bearings: cross on hill, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 149°
08' .4; spike on red roof, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.),
216° 15'.5; left spire of church, 1 mile (1.6 km.),
322° 38' .4.
Station B is 402 feet (122.5 meters) west of A
and 130 feet (39.6 meters) south of southwest cor-
ner of cemetery; marked by bottle buried 6 inches
(15 cm.) below ground. True bearings: cross on
hill, 155° 01'.9; left spire of church, 318° ll'.l.
Paita, Piura, 1924 — Exact reoccupation of CI.W. sta-
tion of 1912. On bluff east of town, on town side
of new cemetery on bank of deep gully, 486 feet
(148.1 meters) southwest of northwest corner of
cemetery and 2.7 feet (0.82 meter) northwest of
point in line with northwest wall of cemetery;
marked by cross cut in boulder 7 inches (18 cm.)
in diameter and projecting 3 inches (8 cm.) above
ground. True bearings (1912 values): base of cross
on plain, 10° 06' .3; flagpole on custom-house, 105°
17' .7; center of cross over cemetery gate, 268° 59* .8.
Piura, Piura, 1924 — Two stations were occupied. Station
A is a close reoccupation of CI.W. station of 1912,
in middle of dry bed of Piura River, about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) north of bridge and opposite
largest of group of three houses on west bank of
river. True bearing: light-post at west end of
bridge, 8° 03' .5.
Station B is about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.)
SOUTH AMERICA
Peru — concluded
Piura, Piura, 1924 — continued
northwest of station A, southwest of railway sta-
tion and directly south from wireless tower, at edge
of bushy scrub, in line with west fence around rail-
way yards and 244.7 feet (74.58 meters) south from
concrete base of wireless tower; marked by concrete
post one meter long, 30 centimeters square, and
extending 20 centimeters above ground, lettered
"CI.W. 1924," exact point marked by a cross. True
bearings: point of ornament on north ventilator,
Marconi office, 33° 07' .6; base of cross on watch-
tower half mile (0.8 km.) west of town, 90° 53' .3;
head of nearest angel with trumpet on church tower,
273° 52'2.
Puerto Bermudez, Junin, 1924 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is a close reoccupation of CI.W.
station of 1912; on top of high bank on west side
of Pichis River, about one-third mile (0.5 km.) from
wireless station, 50 yards (45.7 meters) northeast of
northeast corner of remains of old house of Gumer-
cindo Rivero. This location is up river a short
distance from buildings of present Rivero planta-
tion and about half mile (0.8 km.) north of sta-
tion B.
Station B is on west bank of Pichis River near
mouth of small creek which joins river about 600
feet (183 meters) above wireless station, almost in
front of building formerly used as a government
commissary, 66 feet (20 meters) from north end of a
section of stone paving and 12 feet (3.7 meters)
toward river from edge of paving; marked by gran-
ite stone about 10 inches (25 cm.) square and about
same in depth set slightly below surface, lettered
"CI.W. 1924." True bearings: left edge at bottom
of top section of southwest wireless mast, 95° 44' .6;
center of east leg at bottom section of north wire-
less mast, 135° 29' .0.
Qucbrada Puma Yaca, Loreto, 1924 — On right bank of
Pachitea River, about 15 miles (24 km.) below
Puerto Leguia, on gravel beach, about 150 feet (46
meters) down-stream from mouth of a creek called
Quebrada Puma Yaca.
San Lorenzo Island (Callao Harbor), Lima, 1924 — About
60 feet (18 meters) north of CI.W. station of 1908,
1912, and 1914, on small bay formed by a rocky
point, near building marked "Deposito de explo-
sivos," directly in front of door of underground
magazine, about 10 feet (3 meters) from edge of
water at high tide, and 20 feet (6.1 meters) from
edge of road. True bearings: flagpole on Caleta
Paraiso, 325° 17'.7.
Tarma, Junin, 1924 — Close reoccupation of CI.W. sta-
tion of 1912. South-southeast of town on slightly
rising ground near base of mountain, about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) south-southeast from cathedral,
and 31 feet (9.4 meters) from large painted cross;
marked by concrete block about 8 inches (20 cm.)
square, cross in the center marks exact point. True
bearing: cross on cathedral, 164° 12'.5.
Uruguay
Colon, Colegio Pio, Montevideo, 1925 — Two stations
were occupied. Station A is a close reoccupation
of CI.W. station of 1913 and 1919, on grounds of
Colegio Pio, in path between cultivated fields, 56.2
meters south of center of doorway of old astronomi-
cal observatory building, 38.0 meters southeast of
east comer of small brick building, 43 meters north-
west of telephone-post standing 7.1 meters from wire
284
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
SOUTH AMERICA
Uruguay — concluded
Colon, Colegio Pio, Montevideo, 1925 — continued
fence; marked by peg. True bearings: spire on
college chapel, 221° 26' .7; right edge of brick build-
ing, 264° 31'.9; left side of telephone-pole, near base,
321° 23'.3.
Station B is about 90 meters northwest of A, 46.0
meters northwest of north corner of small brick
building, and in center of footpath between culti-
vated fields; marked by peg. True bearings: spire
on college chapel, 232° 22' .7; right edge of small
brick building, 291° 58' .0; left edge of telephone-
pole, 319° 06' .8.
Venezuela
Barcelona, Anzoatequi, 1923 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1913, in northwestern part of town, about
6 blocks north and 2 blocks west of northwest cor-
ner of main plaza, in direct line of row of houses.
True bearings: cross on lone house, 126° 48'. 1; left
tower of twin towers, 303° 49' .4; right tower, 304°
30'.2.
Station B is about one-half mile (0.8 km.) north-
west of main plaza and about one-fourth mile (0.4
km.) northwest of hospital and ruins of old fort, 250
paces northwest of station A, 760.4 feet (231.77
meters) southeast of lone house and almost in line
with front line of house extended, and about 20
paces northeast of edge of cactus jungle; marked by
tapering hardwood stake 28 inches (71 cm.) long, 3
inches (8 cm.) in diameter at lower end, set with
large end down, top projecting about 5 inches (13
cm.) above ground, a brass screw marking exact
point. True bearings: cross on house, 133° 12' .8;
left tower of twin towers, 302° 54' .0; right tower,
303° 24'.8; tip of tower of church at main plaza,
320° 4F.8.
Barquisimeto, Lara, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1912, about three-fourths kilometer north-
northeast of church, on first elevated ground beyond
edge of town, 37 meters east of easterly edge of
small stone quarry, 26 meters east of easterly edge
of smaller excavation, 97 paces east of road passing
just west of quarry, 7.2 meters south-southwest of
nearly buried fragment of petrified tree and 4 meters
west of center of depression which is 5 meters south
of approximate center of piece of petrified tree;
marked by fragment of hard stone about 36 centi-
meters long, projecting about 5 centimeters above
ground, a notch in sharp upper edge marking exact
point. True bearings: head of statue on left of two
similar domes, 7° 20M; knob on right dome, 7° 43' .9;
tip of dome seen just to left of right wireless tower,
19° 17' .0; tip of dome of San Juan Church, 42°
27'.0; base of cross on monument, 309° 08'.8; spire
of small church, 355° 05' .2.
Caracas, Federal District, 1922 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1905, 1912, 1913, and 1914, on same hill
as observatory, 63.2 feet (19.26 meters) northeast of
northeast corner of observatory, 33.6 feet (10.24
meters) northeast of center of round instrument-
pier, 43 feet (13.1 meters) east of center of large
boulder, and 49 feet (14.9 meters) southeast of cen-
ter of large rectangular pier; marked by hole in top
of marble post 3.5 by 6 by 27 inches (9 by 15 by 69
cm.) projecting about 2 inches (5 cm.) above ground
and lettered on top "C.I. 1905." True bearings:
apex of gateway to large inclosure, 175° 02'.8; east
spire of Pantheon Nacional, 240° 14' .8; clock tower
SOUTH AMERICA
Venezuela — continued
Caracas, Federal District, 1922 — continued
facing Bolivar Square, 259° 48' .3; south spire of
church in eastern edge of city, 268° 42'.5.
Station B is on observatory grounds, about 300
feet (91 meters) southwest of station A, on low hill-
top, 193.0 feet (58.83 meters) west of southwest cor-
ner of observatory, 54.0 feet (16.46 meters) south-
east of telephone-pole 32 feet (9.8 meters) from
edge of road embankment to north, and 20
feet (6.1 meters) from edge of road embankment to
south; marked by rough stone about 4 by 8 by 24
inches (10 by 20 by 61 cm.), projecting about 2
inches (5 cm.) above surface, a cross near center
marking exact point. True bearings: spire of small
church, 138° 10\2; apex of gateway to large
inclosure, 177° 12' .4; spire of church just south of
capitol building, 264° 32' .0; north spire of large
church in eastern part of city, 267° 31' .8; south spire
of large church in eastern part of city, 267° 42'.2.
Carupano, Sucre, 1923 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1913, west of central part of town, 190
feet (57.9 meters) southwest of southeast corner of
cemetery, and 128 feet (39.0 meters) south of south
wall of cemetery, measured from junction with
stone partition wall; marked by large angular stone
about 26 inches (66 cm.) long, projecting 4 inches
(10 cm.) above ground, notch in sharp upper edge
marking exact spot. True bearings: base of cross
over cemetery gateway, 175° 39'.0; ball at top of
lighthouse, 182° 52'.0.
Castilletes, Guajira, 1926 — On western shore of entrance
to lagoon, on an area free from undergrowth, about
150 yards (137 meters) south-southeast from tide-
gage house of Caribbean Petroleum Company;
marked by brass screw in top of cement marker
and witnessed by a timber 2 by 4 inches (5 by 10
cm.) about 10 paces due south. True bearings:
stake on hill across lagoon, about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.),
137° 18' .0; peak "Nellite" in highest visible range,
177° 51'.7; signal in Castilletes village, 230° 27' .5.
Ciudad Bolivar, Bolivar, 1923 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1913. On north side of Orinoco River in
State of Bermudez almost directly across from cen-
tral part of city, near second group of large boulders
below village of Soledad, 40.1 feet (12.22 meters)
north of deep cross cut in top of boulder about 12
feet (4 meters) long, extending about 4 feet (1.2
meter) out of ground, of lighter color than others
in group, this cross being in range between station
and cross on church ; marked by granite stone 3 by 8
by 26 inches (8 by 20 by 66 cm.) lettered "CI.",
with cross at center, set so as to project about 1 inch
(3 cm.) above ground, and with much larger end
down. True bearings: flagstaff at corner of govern-
ment building at Bolivar Square, 1° 28' .4; short
standard at top of telegraph tower on south side of
river, 11° 22'.0; short standard at top of telegraph
tower on small island near middle of river, 42° 35'. 1 ;
cross on tower of Catholic church, 355° 29/.6.
Station B is near bank of river, 75 feet (22.9 meters)
directly west of station A, about 40 feet (12 meters)
southeast of shed; marked by granite stone about
8 by 10 inches (20 by 25 cm.) on top, projecting
1 inch (3 cm.) from ground, and lettered "C.I. '23,"
a cross marking exact point. True bearings: top
point of telegraph tower west of church, 10° 01'.3;
top of cross on tower of Catholic church, 354° 22' .2.
Isla Pajaro, Zulia, 1922 — On small uninhabited island,
about 150 meters long, 25 meters wide, rising 3 or 4
Descriptions of Stations
285
SOUTH AMERICA
Venezuela — concluded
Isla Pajaro, Zulia, 1922 — continued
meters above level of lake, about 9 kilometers south-
east of Maracaibo, near opposite shore and about
1 kilometer southeast of Isla Providencia on which
leper colony is isolated, at a point on island 58.5
meters from southern end, 17 meters from easterly
side, and 7 meters from westerly side; marked by
post 56 centimeters long and 9 centimeters in
diameter, a small copper nail marking exact spot.
True bearings: left tower of cathedral, 122° 12' .6;
right tower of cathedral, 122° 20' .3; tall church-
steeple in Maracaibo, 123° 24' .6; tip of octagonal
cathedral-tower in Maracaibo, 124° 39' .2; tip of
tower at leper colony on Isla Providencia, 159° 13' .0.
La Ceiba, Trujillo, 1922 — About 350 meters south of
railway station, near shore of lake, 30.0 meters south
of crooked palm tree, about 25 meters south of
C. I.W. station of 1912. The general location is
unsuited for a permanent station.
Maracaibo, Zulia, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1912, on government land, in plain north-
west of town, about 3 kilometers from wharf end of
tram-line, about 180 meters at right angles northeast
from tram-line at only cut between Maracaibo and
Bella Vista, east of wide sandy trails, 39.50 meters
east of fence-line across sandy road, and 27.0 meters
south of thorny tree; marked by hardwood stake.
True bearings: center of windmill, 73° 39' .5; central
main casting on windmill, 181° 27' .2.
See also Isla Pajaro.
Puerto Cabello,, Carabobo, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1912, south of town in line with
front wall of cemetery and 183.76 meters east of its
northeast corner, and 23 meters west of southwest
corner of shack inclosure formed by rough, split
bamboo palings; marked by stone about 5 by 25 by
50 centimeters, projecting about 5 centimeters above
surface of ground. True bearings: flagpole on fort
on hill, 80° 42' .7; base of pole on far end of meat
cannery, 197° 41'.9; base of pole on near end of
meat cannery, 199° 29'.7; base of pole on northwest
corner of new part of cannery, 199° 58' .9.
Soledad, Bermudez, 1923 — See Ciudad Bolivar.
Zapara Island, Maracaibo, 1926 — Near fishing village on
west side of Zapara Island which is about 3 miles
(4.8 km.) southeast of east end of San Carlos Island,
about 300 yards (274 meters) from west shore of
island; marked by cement post. True bearings: left
edge of Pescadores Island, 13° 34'.6; cross on Taos
Island, 74° 39M; native shack at head of lagoon,
151° 43'.8; blazed tree 60 paces west of lagoon; 213°
37' .1.
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
AZOBES
Angra, Terceira, 1925 — Observations were made on the
non-magnetic pillar established by the Meteor-
ological Service, on grounds of old Fort Sebastian,
about 0.5 kilometer east of Angra, in front center
of inclosure, about 10 meters from sea wall and
about 15 meters from building on inland side. True
bearings: top seaward edge of lighthouse across har-
bor, 26° 44' .3; geodetic marker on Monte Brazil, 40°
17'.2.
Horta, Fayal, 1925 — The magnetic observation pillar on
grounds of Meteorological Observatory at Horta was
occupied, about 30 meters east of north end of
observatory and about 10 meters northeast of La
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Azores — continued
Horta, Fayal, 1925 — continued
Place pillar. It is of marble and unlettered. True
bearing: clock tower, 192° 31' J..
Ponta Delgada, San Miguel, 1925 — Observations were
made on pillars established by Colonel C. A. Chaves,
director of Meteorological Service of the Azores,
within walled inclosure at rear of his residence. Sta-
tion A is a pillar 5.2 meters from south wall of gar-
den built for azimuth and magnetometer observa-
tions. True bearings: mean of two crosses on near
low wall of garden, 159° 59' .0. (These two crosses
represent the line of collimation with vertical
circle right and left respectively of instrument used
by Colonel Chaves, when sighted on the mark on
distant mountain, too high to be observed with
magnetometer telescope, and often obscured by
fog.)
Station A + 7 is station A with a block placed
on the top to raise observer's instrument 7 centi-
meters to the height of the instrument of Colonel
Chaves on the same pier, because of intense local
disturbance.
Station A A is pier within non-magnetic hut, 11.4
meters east of station A, 6.3 meters from east
wall and 6.9 meters from south wall of garden.
Ponta Delgada, C, San Miguel, 1925 — Reoccupation of
pillar erected by Colonel C. A. Chaves, director of
Meteorological Service of Azores, and called Pico
do Vigario, about 10 kilometers along road north-
west from city, near southwest corner of pasture
about 0.8 kilometer along unimproved road north
of main road, about 0.25 kilometer east of British
wireless station, 25 meters southeast of wall along
road and 10 meters northeast of ditch along south-
west side of pasture. A block 7.8 centimeters thick
was placed on pillar to raise instrument to same
height as that used by the Meteorological Service.
True bearings: northwest corner of dwelling at
wireless station, 78° 38' .0; marker on Pico do
Vigario, 185° 25'.7.
Ponta Delgada, Observatory, 1925 — Observations were
made on grounds of Magnetic and Seismological
Observatory of San Miguel. The exterior pillar of
observatory has been designated station B, and is
on observatory grounds, 6 kilometers north of city
on plateau known as Faija de Cima, south of path
leading from residence to absolute house, 50.97
meters southeast of central pillar of absolute house,
and about equally distant from direct-reading and
photographic-magnetograph rooms. Pillar is of
marble, 1.2 meters in height, which was increased by
use of block 7.8 centimeters thick to raise C. I.W.
magnetometer 26 to height of observatory magneto-
meter 28. True bearings: copper nail in conduit
near thermograph building (for use with magneto-
meter), 177° 31'.7; geodetic marker on Pico do
Arrenegado, 177° 32' .3.
Central Pillar is in absolute house and Central
Pillar -f- 7 is the same pillar with block 7 centi-
meters in thickness to raise magnetometer 26 to
same height as that of magnetometer 28. True
bearing: geodetic marker on Pico do Arrenegado,
180° 38' .0. (Two crosses on marble tablet in wall
about 30 meters distant for use with magnetometers
and when distant mark is obscured bear respectively
180° 23'.0 and 180° 53'.0, the mean being that of
the distant mark.)
Earth-Inductor Pier in absolute house was also
used for inclination observations during intercom-
parison of instruments.
286
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Azores — concluded
Santa Cruz, Flores, 1925 — Observations were made on
most easterly of three magnetic observing pillars
on grounds of Meteorological Observatory; this
pillar is of marble and has been designated by the
Director of the Meteorological Service as "Pillar A,"
about 40 meters west of wall around observatory
building, and about 30 meters south of wall along
road leading from town. Block of wood 7.8 centi-
meters thick was used on pier to raise magneto-
meter 26 to height of that of magnetometer 28 used
by Meteorological Service. True bearings: stone
marker of Diabelha, 56° 10'.3; round knob on chim-
ney top, 250 meters, 79° 07'.3; stone marker of
Fontainhas, 147° 34'.0.
Bahamas
Albert Town, Fortune Island, 1922 — On rocky point,
about 94.5 feet (28.80 meters) northeast of island
commissioner's house and about 17 feet (5 meters)
southeast of edge of cliff, approximately in center of
projection of street running in front of commis-
sioner's house, and about 44 feet (13 meters) north-
east of government rain-gage; marked by brass
nail in stake driven into crack in natural rock, 1 foot
(0.3 meter) beneath surface, the whole being covered
by small pile of rocks. True bearing: small orna-
ment on roof of house across road, 257° 36' .4.
Bight Settlement, Cat Island, 1922 — West of roadway in
front of commissioner's office and residence, about
60 feet (18 meters) east of tide-water, 26.9 feet
(8.20 meters) west of fence along front of grounds
and 43.1 feet (13.14 meters) north of nearest edge
of heavy concrete base of flagpole standing near
entrance upon small wharf almost directly in front
of gate leading to commissioner's office; marked by
concrete post 6 by 6 inches (15 by 15 cm.), lettered
"C.I.W. 1922" and set flush with ground. True
bearings: base of cross on small church, 155° 40'.5;
easterly one of two small dormer gables in north
side of roof of Otis Young's residence, 316° 46' .5.
Farmer's Cay, Exuma Island, 1922 — On grounds of small
church on low hill about 100 yards (91 meters) west
of beach, near back of lot, 7.8 feet (2.38 meters)
north of Australian pine tree, and 37.9 feet (11.55
meters) and 43.7 feet (13.32 meters) from southwest
and northwest corner of church respectively ; marked
by cross cut in natural stone embedded in ground.
True bearing: small ornament on apex of roof of
house, about one-eighth mile (0.2 km.), 283° 09' .6.
Fresh Creek, Andros Island, 1922 — On commissioner's
grounds, between ocean and point on roadway about
300 yards (274 meters) up from dock, 35 feet (10.7
meters) north of flagpole, and 9.3 feet (2.84 meters)
east of point on line connecting southwest corner
of commissioner's residence and northeast corner of
jail, 44.1 feet (13.44 meters) from residence and 73.3
feet (22.34 meters) from jail, and 19.2 feet (5.85
meters) east of southeast corner of small concrete
structure; marked by limestone block 6 by 8 by 6
inches (15 by 20 by 15 cm.), buried with top sur-
face 1 foot (0.3 meter) from surface of ground, a
cross marking exact spot. True bearings: west edge
of ruined house, three-fourths mile (2.4 km.), 141°
13' .8; east edge of ruined house, 142° 54' .0; tip of
peaked roofed house, three-fourths mile (2.4 km.),
151° 07' .6.
Galloway, Long Island, 1922 — On southwesterly side of
island, near beach, about 150 yards (137 meters)
southeast of stone beacon and post bearing anchor-
age light at entrance to trail leading across to
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Bahamas — continued
Galloway, Long Island, 1922— continued
Clarencetown. True bearing: light-post at point
about 4 feet (1.2 meters) above ground, 126° 58' .6.
George Town, Exuma Island, 1922 — In southern corner
of irregular-shaped public park, 11.0 feet (3.35
meters) west of almond tree near large cactus hedge,
33.4 feet (10.18 meters) southwest of large pine tree
inside of hedge, 49.0 feet (14.94 meters) northeast of
almond tree standing by roadway, about 125 feet
(38.10 meters) southeast of memorial monument,
and about 43 feet (13 meters) from tide-water line;
marked by limestone block 6 by 6 by 18 inches (15
by 15 by 46 cm.), set flush with ground, center
marked by hole. True bearings: east ornament on
roof of town jail, 152° 49' .3; pyramid-shaped bea-
con, 2 miles (3 km.), 189° 09' .8.
Governor Harbor, Eleuthra Island, 1922 — On part of
island called "Main," connected by concrete cause-
way to main part of town which is located on small
key, in yard of house owned by Mr. Moss, 30.3 feet
(9.24 meters) north of gate to street, 31.7 feet (9.66
meters) southeast of west corner of yard, and 43.6
feet (13.29 meters) west of west corner of residence
next north of entrance, about equidistant from two
landings cut into causeway, about 60 feet (18 meters)
back from edge of causeway, 103.5 feet (31.55
meters) northeast of corner of south landing, and
83.1 feet (25.33 meters) southeast of corner of north
landing; marked by limestone block, 6 by 6 by 8
inches (15 by 15 by 20 cm.), set with top surface
about 2 inches (5 cm.) below surface, with cross cut
one-half inch (1 cm.) in top. True bearings: cross
on Episcopal church, 9° 40'. 2; ornament of north
end of Hayne's Library, 14° 21'.1; south gable of
Methodist church, 25° 01'.2; north gable of Meth-
odist church, 26° 38'.5; gable of Baptist church, 52°
52'.5; light on point of cay, 62° IV 3.
Green Cay, 1922 — On uninhabited island, about 65 miles
104.6 km.) due south of Nassau, about 120 feet (37
meters) in from north side of cay, generally used
as anchoring place by hunting parties, about 300
yards (274 meters) east of sand spit projecting about
100 feet (30 meters) into ocean, in low depression
about 10 feet (3 meters) deep, running along north
side of cay, and about 220 yards (201 meters) north-
east of fresh-water well in coral rock formation;
marked by bottle buried 6 inches (15 cm.) below
surface.
Nassau, New Providence, 1922 — Three stations were
occupied. Station A is about 1 mile (1.6 km.) west
of Nassau on grounds of Fort Charlotte, 94.6 feet
(28.83 meters) south 25° west of tree growing on
low retaining-wall, 157.7 feet (48.06 meters) south-
east of southeast corner of obelisk west of main
fort; marked by granite slab 7 by 10 by 20 inches
(18 by 25 by 51 cm.) set flush with large surface
uppermost and having a cross at center. True bear-
ings: tip of lighthouse on Hog Island, 204° 15' .8;
flagstaff on Hotel Lucerne, 265° 50* .6; weather-vane
on public library 270° 05' .4; base of flagpole at Fort
Fincastle, 279° 5V 2;
Station B is a secondary station established for
observing diurnal variation in declination, in direct
line toward lighthouse on Hog Island from station
A and distant 78.9 feet (24.05 meters).
Station C is on Hog Island, a narrow island
directly across bay, one-half mile (0.8 km.) north
of Royal Victoria Hotel in Nassau, about 120 feet
(37 meters) from north edge and 80 feet (24 meters)
from south edge of island, in natural clearing about
Descriptions of Stations
287
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Bahamas — concluded
Nassau, New Providence, 1922 — continued
200 feet (61 meters) northwest of southwest bound-
ary post of crown reservation on east end of
island ; marked by granite block 6 by 12 by 24 inches
(15 by 30 by 61 cm.) set with top about 6 inches
(15 cm.) above surface and marked by a cross.
True bearings: base of rod on cupola on Royal
Victoria Hotel, 13° 21'.0; tip of square in masonic
emblem on Masonic Temple, 26° 21'.4; center of
top truss on east wireless tower, 59° 04' .0; tip of
obelisk at Fort Charlotte, 65° 48' .9; base of spire on
church steeple, 315° 03' .4.
Port Nelson, Rum Cay, 1922 — On public ground, op-
posite easterly edge of small landing-wharf, about
9 feet (3 meters) east of extension of line length-
wise through center of wharf, 83.0 feet (25.30 meters)
northeast of foot of flagpole, and 37.2 feet (11.34
meters) south of edge of drainage canal belonging
to salt works; marked by soft limestone rock about
6 by 10 by 18 inches (15 by 25 bv 46 cnO,
set in ground and lettered roughly "C.I.W. 1922."
True bearing: sign-post near partially completed
dwelling about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) distant,
289° 0&2.
Diurnal-variation observations in declination were
made at a secondary station 14.0 feet (4.3 meters)
west of primary station on extension of line from
sign-post through station.
Rock Sound, Eleuthera Island, 1922 — In south part of
village, near south end of small park adjoining
cemetery, about 25 yards (23 meters) east of high-
water mark on beach, 33.0 feet (10.06 meters) south-
east and 19.8 feet (6.04 meters) northeast respec-
tively of gumalimas trees, and 53.4 feet (1628
meters) northwest of stone wall at northerly end of
cemetery; marked by pint bottle buried with neck
just below surface of ground. True bearings: east
gable of pineapple packing house at small wharf, one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) 152° 18' .7.
Bermuda *
Agar's Island, Pembroke, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1907 and 1910, on south end of
island about 150 feet (46 meters) from western
extremity of spur extending westerly toward Two-
Rock Passage, about 35 feet (11 meters) from
south shore, and about 60 feet (18 meters) from
shore of shallow cove north of spur; marked by
coral stone, covered over with cement, in which
the diagonals are marked, the intersection of the
diagonals being the precise point. True bearings:
Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 27° 52'.7; navigation beacon
on south side of Two-Rock Passage, 44° 46' .0; left
wireless mast at Daniel's Head, 100° 53' .5; left clock
tower at dock-yard, 146° 52'.5.
Agricultural Station, Paget, 1922 — In southern part of
public gardens of agricultural station, east of Point
Finger Road and south of Main Road, about 1 mile
(1.6 km.) southeast of Hamilton, south of super-
intendent's residence and office buildings, 10 feet (3.0
meters) south of edge of cross-road intersecting main
drive leading south from offices, 76.5 feet (23.32
meters) west of fence bounding garden on east,
northwest of store-house within hedge of high shrub-
bery, 8.0 feet (2.4 meters) northeast of cedar tree,
and 8.4 feet (2.56 meters) southwest of a second
1 For descriptions of points where secondary observa-
tions were made in 1907 and in 1922, see pages 214-224.
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Bermuda — continued
Agricultural Station, Paget, 1922 — continued
tree near cross-road. True bearings: north corner at
top of chimney of superintendent's residence, 138°
56'. 1; near corner of farm house, 216° 35'.5; east cor-
ner of same house, 217° 53' .1; apex of dormer of
"Southsea" on south side of Main Road, 358° 00' .6.
Black Bay Southampton, 1922 — In an unused roadway
which leaves Main Road at foot of first hill west of
Black Bay nearly opposite east side of Wilson's
Island, and runs eastward nearly parallel with Main
Road higher up hillside, about 100 paces west of
junction of the two roads, 14 paces east of boundary
wall running up hill at right angles, at point where
cut for road forms a vertical wall about 11 feet
(3.4 meters) high on south side, ground sloping
steeply to Main Road about 90 feet (27.4 meters)
distant to north and about 20 feet (6 meters) below;
it is 19 feet (5.8 meters) from face of this vertical
wall measured from point where letters "CIW XXII"
were cut in the coral rock toward clock-tower at
dock-yard; marked by rough coral stone marked
on top with diagonal lines and letters "CIW." True
bearings: right wireless tower, 147° 13' .7; left clock-
tower at dock-yard, 184° 19'.3.
Ireland Island, Sandy's, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1907. On low flat area called
Moresby's Plain, used as a naval recreation ground
on western side of island, on a small mound sur-
rounded by an old stone coping originally used as
a firing stand in target practice, 51.7 feet (15.76
meters) and 54.3 feet (16.55 meters) respectively
from southeast and southwest comers of larger plat-
form marked "911 yards" standing on south bank of
small cove, and 71.4 feet (21.76 meters) from north
corner of small shelter used as players' club-house
on cricket-field. True bearings: spire of Somerset
church, 46° 51'.8; left wireless mast at Daniel's Head,
59° 52'.4; right wireless mast, 62° 06' .4; west cor-
ner target bank west of fort, 202° 37' .5; signal mast
at fort, 242° 07' .7; left tangent at top of chimney
in dock-yard, 305° 56' .1.
Mont Royal A, Paget, 1922 — On vacant lot belonging to
Dudley Conyers, east of Mont Royal, which is
situated south of Main Road and east of road along
boundary between Paget and Warwick parishes, 18
feet (5.5 meters) west of path leading down to Main
Road, 48 feet (14.6 meters) east of boundary line of
Mont Royal property measured along a line toward
Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, and 56 feet (17.1 meters)
from boundary measured toward chimney on north
corner of house ; marked by hole in top of flat build-
ing-stone set flush with surface. True bearings:
spire on A.M.E. chapel, 26° 35' .1; Gibbs' Hill
Lighthouse, 56° 24'.9; north corner of Mont Royal
residence, 92° 35' .4; right wireless mast, 110° 21'. 3;
flagpole near house on small hill, 351° 47.6.
Mont Royal C, Paget, 1922 — On vacant lot between
Mont Royal and Mount Pleasant, in Paget West,
south of Main Road and just east of road on bound-
ary between Paget and Warwick parishes, in an open
space among large trees, 104 feet (31.70 meters) west
of Mont Royal A measured along line through sta-
tion A to chimney on north corner of house at
Mont Royal. True bearings: Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse.
56° 37' 2; south edge of chimney on north comer of
house at Mont Royal, 89° 23'.7.
Nonsuch Island, St. George's, 1922— The coral stone with
a group of brass nails to mark center at C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1907 was not found until after observations
288
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Bermuda — concluded
Nonsuch Island, St. George's, 1922 — continued
had been made at a point 15 feet (4.6 meters) south-
west. On top of ridge about 100 meters west of
west building of quarantine hospital, just west of
limit of low, dense scrub that covers that portion of
island, about 35 feet (10.7 meters) from high, abrupt
cliff above shore on north of island, and about 50
meters from shore to south down a more gradual
slope; a point 15 feet (4.6 meters) from station on
line to gable of woman's ward is 10 feet (3.0 meters)
southeast of stone marking station of 1907. True
bearings: observation tower called "The Peak," 3
miles (4.8 km.), 62° 49\8; left edge of Martello
Tower, 3 miles (4.8 km.), 110° 38' .4; signal mast at
Fort George, 3 miles (4.8 km.), 156° 14' .5; peak of
roof at woman's ward at hospital, 100 meters, 241°
35' .8; sharp point near middle of high rock in sea,
one-half mile (0.8 km.), 345° 59' .7.
St. George, St. George's, 1922 — Probably an exact reoc-
cupation of station of 1907, though coral stone left
to mark that station was so badly weathered as to
prevent positive identification in a naturally stony
soil. North of town in unimproved park reserve
between poorhouse on west and military barracks
on east, within a triangular area bounded on east by
road through a deep cut leading directly to town,
and two diagonal roads on northwest and south-
west which meet the main road north and south of
station respectively and intersect between station
and poorhouse; it is 26 feet (7.9 meters) west of
edge of cut, and 68 feet (20.7 meters) southwest of
a boundary stone standing east of road at north end
of cut and directly in line past south side of poor-
house to signal mast at Fort George. The azimuth
line from station to St. David's Lighthouse passes
over square tower of chapel lower on hillside in
north edge of town. Marked by a coral stone 6 by
6 inches (15 by 15 cm.) covered with cement, hav-
ing diagonals drawn in top and letters "C IW XXII."
True bearings: southeast corner of St. George Hotel,
4° 44' .2; south corner of poorhouse, 59° 52'.6; flag-
pole at Fort Victoria, 242° 23'.4; St. David's light-
house, 311° 27' .2.
Spectacle Island (Hunt's Island), Southampton, 1922 —
Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station of 1907. Near
center of western part of island in a low circular
opening among small trees where soil is deep enough
to permit setting tent; two cedars, 9 feet (2.7
meters) apart somewhat larger than those surround-
ing station are 18 feet (5.5 meters) and 22 feet (6.7
meters) to southeast, a clump of bushes is 12 feet
(3.7 meters) west of station, and edge of dense
thicket is about 25 feet (7.6 meters) to eastward.
True bearings : right wireless tower at Daniel's Head,
4 miles (6.4, km.), 141° 16'.5; left edge of tank at
Boaz bridge, 159° 14' .1; left clock-tower at dock-
yard, 180° 34'.2; right clock-tower, 180° 41'.6; vane
on Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, one-fourth mile (0.4
km.), 351° 28' 2.
Canary Islands
Las Palmas, Gran Canaria, 1925 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is a close reoccupation of stations
of 1912 and 1915, about midway between Port de la
Luz and Las Palmas, directly west of Hotel Metro-
pole on a level plot of ground belonging to Elder
Dempster Company, near edge of cliff, at second
sharp turn in Jones's Road which leads to summit
of hill, west of intersection with road which con-
tinues westward, 32.6 meters northeast of northeast
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Canary Islands — concluded
Las Palmas, Gran Canaria, 1925 — continued
corner of stone foundation, 53.7 meters south of
stone marker beyond road numbered "A-53;"
marked by cross cut in natural stone. True bear-
ings: signal staff on lighthouse at Isleta, 199° 57' .9;
center of corner chimney on Hotel Metropole, 270°
21'.5; cross on convent, 291° 44' .2; spire on church
in Las Palmas, 314° 33' .5.
Station B is a little more than 1 kilometer west of
station A reached by continuing west along Jones's
road across valley to second hill where road' to bat-
tery meets concrete irrigation canal, thence south 0.5
kilometer to line of white stone markers; it is on
east side of mound of red clay, 21.9 meters west of
canal, 13.95 meters north of marker A-35, measured
from point on wall of canal 20.5 meters from near
edge of marker. True bearings: tall chimney on
lone house on hill, 51° 45' .2; signal light on end of
mole at port, 223° 37' .4; left edge of white marker
A-35, 359°.
Santa Cruz, La Palma, 1925 — About 3 kilometers north
of wharf in city, on property belonging to British
consul, near south corner of old tennis-court, about
30 meters below home of consul, 7.0 meters from
inside edge of low wall northwest of court, 3.5
meters from outside edge of wall to southwest and
4.2 meters from outside edge of wall to southeast of
court. True bearings: seaward edge of home of
Jose Acosta, 13° 45' .0; south spire on front of
home of Armando Yanes, 28° 25' .2.
Santa Cruz, T'enerije, 1925 — Exact position of C. I.W.
station of 1911, 1914, 1915 being unavailable, observa-
tions were made about 100 feet (30.5 meters)
farther south near center of rectangular level area
about 90 meters east of Hotel Quisisanna, about 15
meters northeast of point where footpath joins drive-
way, 39.6 meters southwest of lone palm near
excavation for new building, 6.0 meters southeast of
terrace and 4.7 meters from wall along southeast
boundary of area above new driveway. True bear-
ings : tall spire on front of new church beyond town,
21° 58' .7; flagpole on hotel, 127° 16' .2; west wire-
less tower, 343° 18'.7.
Falkland Islands
Between-the-Rocks, East Falkland, 1925 — Also called
"Half-Way Rocks," on camp or pampa owned by
Falkland Islands Company, about 5 miles (8 km.)
northwest of Fitzroy, southwest of track from Mount
Pleasant to Fitzroy, on clear space near center of
group of small rocks; marked by cross cut in top of
rough native stone. True bearings: right edge of
rock, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) 14° 07' .4; Mount
Pleasant peak, 8 miles (13 km.), 104° 21' .1.
Port Louis, East Falkland, 1925 — Exact reoccupation of
British Admiralty station, Erebus and Terror, 1842,
and Challenger, 1876; on point between two bays,
north of farm buildings of Falkland Island Com-
pany, about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) southeast
of farm house of Mr. J. Robson, about 100 meters
southeast of ruins of old French fort; marked by
stone monument, 8 by 12 inches (20 by 30 cm.) pro-
jecting 1 foot (30 cm.) above ground, protected by
a copper cover upon which is inscribed the follow-
ing: "Magnetic Observing Station, H.M.S. Erebus
and Terror, 1842, dip 52° 26', also of H.M.S. Challenger,
1876, dip 48° .00." True bearings: extreme west
point of island, 4 miles (6 km.), 232° 29' .2; east
gable of farm house, 4 miles (6 km.), 359° 50M.
Descriptions of Stations
289
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Falkland Islands — concluded
Port Stanley, East Falkland, 1925— Three stations were
occupied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1913, and is "variation station" of
British Admiralty; it is on ridge at Navy Point
across harbor from town of Stanley, in saddle be-
tween two clusters of outcropping rocks; marked by
square stone projecting about one foot (30 cm.) with
piece of marble set in top, with word "variation"
engraved and hole to mark center. True bearings,
gable of slaughter-house, 2 miles (3 km.), 8° 42' .4;
cathedral spire, 43° 44' .5; lighthouse, 5 miles (8 km.),
242° 52' .8; left wireless mast of two, 4 miles (6 km.),
300° 55' .9; right wireless mast of two, 4 miles (6
km.), 302° 27' .9.
Station B is exact reoccupation of C. I.W. station
B of 1913; on hillside southwest of governor's res-
idence, in slight depression north of clump of gorse
bushes, 21.2 meters south of wire fence inclosing pad-
dock. True bearings: right wireless mast of seven,
3 miles (5 km.), 103° 45'.2; weather vane on town
hall, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 264° 21M; cathedral
spire, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 270° 49'.6.
Station C is probably an exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station C of 1913 as a wooden stake was
found corresponding to its position by measurement ;
it is south 2° 51'.4 west of station B distant 50.5
meters and higher up on hillside, 45.0 meters north
of south fence of paddock. True bearings: right
wireless mast of seven, 3 miles (5 km.), 104° 34' .4;
weather-vane on town hall, 260° 41'.6; cathedral
spire, 268° 17' .1.
Station B and C were left unmarked. Both will
be marked by Colonial Engineer with brass bolts set
in concrete posts, and record will be made in his
office.
Madeiras
Funchal, 1925 — Four stations were occupied. Station A
is a close reoccupation of former C.I.W. station near
north center of drill-ground in Quartel de Infanteria
27, 66.3 feet (20.21 meters) from concrete wall at
back of drill-ground, 49.5 feet (15.09 meters) from
near corner of concrete base of wooden post at left
end of row near southwest wall, and 34.8 feet (10.61
meters) from near corner of concrete base of second
wooden post from right of row along northwest end
of ground; marked by peg. True bearings: spire
on Catholic church, 314° 33'.2; outside edge of far
pillar of entrance gate, 326° 40* .5.
Station B is about one-third mile (0.5 km.), south
and a little east from station A, in Funchal football-
park, 0.8 kilometer east of wharf, on south side of
Campo do Almirante Pass along seashore, near south-
west corner of park, 37.8 feet (11.52 meters) from a
three-foot sea-wall, 54.3 feet (16.55 meters) from
board fence at west end of park, 16.5 feet (5.03
meters) outside playing field boundary-fine at west
goal-posts, and 46.3 feet (14.11 meters) southeast of
nearest tree of row near west fence ; marked by peg.
True bearings: southeast edge of Campo Grande
store across street, 220° 51'.2; tip of cupola on fort
by sea, 280° 35'.9.
Station C is a reoccupation of station C of 1914
as close as possible from measurements, on level
spot about 18 meters above sea, about 0.2 kilometer
east of large fish cannery, about 5 kilometers east
of town, 33.5 feet (10.21 meters) south of retaining
wall, and 45.6 feet (13.90 meters) southwest of near
corner of concrete hut whose right edge is in line
with Brazen Head, Sail Rock being seen a little
farther to right. Fragments of stone scattered about
were found to be highly magnetic. True bearings:
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
Madeiras — concluded
Funchal, 1925 — continued
left edge of brick smoke-stack 20 feet (6 meters)
above ground, 74° 31'.3; left edge at top of main
chimney at fish cannery, 106° 03' .0; tip on point at
Brazen Head, 8 kilometers, 268° 06'.1.
Station D is about one-fourth kilometer southwest
of station C and south of fish cannery, 100 feet (30.5
meters) from near smoke-stack, 69 feet (21.0 meters)
east of south end of a rock ditch, 70 feet (21.3 meters)
from cliff at south, and 40 feet (12.2 meters) from
cliff to east. True bearings: left edge at top of near
chimney, 127° 47'; station C, 245° 34' .8; top right
edge of concrete hut, 247° 47' .2; tip on point at
Brazen Head, 267° 44' .6.
West Indies
Aux Cayes, Haiti, 1922 — On gendarmerie rifle-range,
about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) east of town,
between trail and beach, 216.0 feet (65.8 meters)
northwest of southwest corner of small stone storage
house, 32 feet (10 meters) south of south edge of
low embankment used as firing position of rifle-range
about 25 feet (8 meters) from edge of trail, and 32
feet (10 meters) from approximate beach-line;
marked by irregular stone of hard flint set almost
flush with surface of ground, lettered roughly "O. I.W.
1922," a cross near center marking exact spot.
True bearings : tip of hexagonal cupola on house near
boat-landing, 70° 47'.0; tip of tower on Bureau du
Port, 79° 41' .3; tip of tower on International Hotel.
88° 22' .0.
Azua, Dominican Republic, 1922 — About 1 kilometer
north of reservation for reservoir, known as "Resoli
Hill," about 70 feet (21 meters) above level of
town, 75 feet (23 meters) from driveway to south, 59
feet (18 meters) from edge of driveway west, at a
point opposite branch driveway, about 400 feet (122
meters) north of reservoir, and 134 paces west of
supply pipe-line; marked by cross in top of natural
stone firmly embedded, the part showing above
surface being nearly circular and about 8 inches
(20 cm.) across, and extending about 1 inch (3 cm.)
above surface of ground. True bearings: tip of
dome on church, 2° 46' .2; tip at extreme right of
four on square tower on same church, 4° 47' .2;
westerly point on tile roof of new schoolhouse, 348°
42'.7.
Basse Terre, St. Christopher, 1922 — In Botanic Garden at
west end of town, north of circular sunken garden
near gardener's office, 26.0 feet (7.92 meters) south
of southwest corner of stone catch-pit, 18.8 feet
(5.73 meters), 29.2 feet (8.90 meters), and 33.5 feet
(10.21 meters) from trees to west, northwest,
and north respectively, and 9.5 feet (2.90 meters)
north of stone marking station of 1905 which could
not be reoccupied because a flower bed had been
built close to it on the south. True bearings: nearest
gable of nearest low house across hedge outside of
garden, property of Mr. Perkins, sr., 118° 33' .6; orna-
ment on house gable, just visible over boundary
hedge of garden, 2 miles (3.2 kilometers), 172° 49\8;
gable of gardener's office, 200 yards (183 meters),
260° 56M.
Bridgetown, Barbados, 1923 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is an exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1908, in old Naval Hospital grounds,
northeast of Marine Hotel, now called Pomeroy
Hotel, 26.8 feet (8.17 meters) nearly north of Transit
of Venus pier, and 121.8 feet (37.12 meters) west of
inside corner in stone wall along eastern boundary
of grounds; marked by drill-hole in top of a lime-
290
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Bridgetown, Barbados, 1923 — continued
stone post 6 by 10 by 20 inches (15 by 25 by 51 cm.),
marked "CI. 1908" and projecting slightly above
ground. True bearings: staff at east end of roof of
house, 21° 25' .9; tip of ventilator at extreme right
of house seen to right of Pomeroy Hotel, 83° 08' .3;
flagpole on Seaview Hotel, 93° 27'.3; flagpole on
sugar-mill, 237° 35' .9; extreme left pyramidal point
on tower of sugar-mill, 237° 47'. 1.
Station B is 271.2 feet (82.66 meters) north-north-
east of A and almost in line between A and large tree
near wall, about 90 feet (27 meters) north-north-
west of remains of old cistern, 81.4 feet (24.81
meters) south and 106.2 feet (32.37 meters) west of
wall around property; marked by large stone pro-
jecting about 2 inches ( 5 cm.) above ground, and
lettered "C.L," a cross indicating exact point,
True bearings: flagpole in line with station A, 21°
25' .9; base of wind- vane on Hotel Pomeroy, 53°
29' 6; left corner of chimney of gray stone house,
156° 48' .8.
Comaguey, Cuba, 1922 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is on grounds of the Agricultural College,
about 6 kilometers south of city, on nsth to creek
between cattle paddock and open field, and about
600 feet (183 meters) southeast of elevated water-
tank in paddock ; marked by granite block 6 by 8 by
6 inches (15 by 20 by 15 cm.), set flush with surface,
the center being designated by a cross. True bear-
ings: top of gage on water-tank, 147° 07' .6; top of
west edge of west door of cow-shed, one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.), 180° 02' .3; gable of residence, one-half mile
(0 8 km.), 262° 29' .2.
Station B is 400 feet (122 meters) northeast
of station A, on path to creek, about 15 feet (4 6
meters) east of northeast corner of paddock, and 10
feet (3 0 meters) east of wire fence ; marked by
rough granite block 6 by 8 by 4 inches (15 by 20 by
10 cm.), set flush with surface, its center designated
by a cross. True bearings: station A, 12° 48' 8;
gaee on water-tank. 450 feet (137 meters), 92° ITS:
gable of pig-shed, 500 feet (152 meters), 136° 48'.5.
Cap Haitien, Haiti, 1922 — In approximate center of
parade-ground of marine encampment, directly in
line with south end and 175.7 feet (53.55 meters) west
of nearest corner of middle one of five barrack
buildings, and 260 0 feet (79.2 meters) south of base
of flagpole set in concrete directly in front of "Head-
quarters" at center of north side of square; marked
by cement sewer-tile filled with concrete and set flush
with ground, a half-inch (1-cm.) hole near center
marking exact spot, and letters "C. I." cut roughly
in top. True bearing: base of cross on Catholic
church, 247° 54' .6.
Carenero Cayos, Cuba, 1926 — A station for inclination
only on one of the outlying cays off the mainland
of Cuba, and described only by latitude and longi-
tude and its plotted position on the chart of the
United States Hydrographic Office.
Cedros, Trinidad, 1923 — At triangulation station of Trini-
dad surveying system known as "Fullerton Trig.
Station," in village of Fullerton. west of Cedros, on
highest point of hill west of end of Fullerton Road,
a branch of Perseverance Road leading out of
Cedros, on clear space in coconut grove open to
north and east towards ocean, about 30 feet (9
meters) south of edge of high cliff, and 20 feet
(6 meters) northwest of edge of hill ; marked by
concrete post, about 6 inches (15 cm.) square. True
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Cedros, Trinidad, 1923 — continued
bearing: gable on warden's house in Cedros, about
three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 268° Ol'.O.
Charlotte Amalie, St. Thomas, 1922 — Exact reoccupation
of C. I.W. station of 1905, on side of hill, among
masonry ruins of old sugar-mill, on premises of Mr.
A. H. Lockhart, about 1 mile (1.6 kilometer) east of
town, 70.5 feet (21.49 meters) southwest of ruins
of walls of stone house, and 70 feet (21 meters)
northwest of uprooted tree; marked by cement post
of 1905, on which hole at center is still distinguish-
able. True bearings: mast at signal station over-
looking harbor entrance (Fort Cowell), 53° 33' .0 ;
mast on Bluebeard Castle, 97° 04'. 1 ; tip of roof on
Blackbeard Castle, 107° 23'. 6; northwest corner of
ruins, 239° 58'.
Christiansted, St. Croix, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of
station of 1905, near wharf in plot used as park,
northwest of old fort used as police station, in
group of coconut trees, 82 feet (25.0 meters) south-
west of nearest corner of radio hut which obscures
New Fort Lighthouse from station, and 80 feet (24.4
meters) east of center of band-stand in line with
St. Croix Club, 36.1 feet (1100 meters), 24.9 feet
(7.59 meters), and 38.2 feet (11.64 meters) respect-
ively from three coconut trees along walk to west-
ward, the last and most northerly of which is in line
with distant point of land; marked by bronze tri-
angulation marker of the United States Coast and
Geodetic Survey upon which ia stamped "C. I. Mag-
netic 1905" the center being at the middle of the first
E in the word GEODETIC. True bearings : left edge
of post-office, 33° 58' ; gable of store across square at
No. 1 Church Street, 65° 12' .8; far gable of St. Croix
Club seen through band-stand, 105° 01'.2; east gable
on pilot's house on island in harbor, 173° 15' .3; left
edge of police station, 232° 12'; right edge of police
station, 315° 06'.
Curagao, Curacao Island, 1922 — See Willemstad 1918, A
and B.
Frederiksted, St. Croix, 1922 — In north end of triangular
plot of ground owned by city and used as play-
ground, northeast of police headquarters and jail,
east of and in line with north wall of first building
south of municipal tennis-courts, 27 feet (8.2 meters)
from nearest tree to south, 22 feet (6.7 meters) and
23 feet (7.0 meters) respectively from nearest trees
to northeast and northwest, 51.5 feet (15.70 meters)
and 45 feet (13.7 meters) respectively from two
nearest trees on road to west ; marked by coral rock
post, 3 inches (8 cm.) by 5 inches (13 cm.) projecting
about 4 inches (10 cm.) from surface of ground and
set on bed-rock coral, with "C. I. 1922" cut in top
of marker. True bearings: pole at southwest corner
of playground, 150 feet (46 meters), 5° 25'; north
wall of buildings across road, 85° 16'; center of top
of ruin of stone windmill, 165° W.9; flagpole on east
end of St. Gerald Hall, 295° 53' .2; Catholic church
spire, 303° 43' .4.
Fort de France, Martinique, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1905, in grounds of military hos-
pital in northeastern part of town, about 75 feet (23
meters) west of walk leading to doctor's office from
main entrance, 26.0 feet (7.9 meters) southeast of
tree at corner of small garden bordered by trees, and
56.5 feet (17.22 meters) and 42.5 feet (12.95 meters)
respectively from first tree west and first tree north
of corner; marked by a stone 6 by 8 inches (15 by
Descriptions of Stations
291
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Fort de France, Martinique, 1922 — continued
20 cm.) on top and lettered "C.I. 1905." True bear-
ing: letter V in word "Vestiare" over door, 197°
24' .8.
Gonaives, Haiti, 1922 — On gendarmerie rifle-range, about
1 mile (1.6 km.) due south of town, on low mound
rising slightly above surrounding flat about 50 feet
(15 meters) east of extension of center line of Rue
Republicaine, about 50 feet (15 meters) west of west
end and approximately on extension of longitudinal
axis of embankment at firing position of range;
marked by stone of flint about 4 by 12 by 24 inches
(10 by 30 by 61 cm.) set almost flush with surface of
ground, with hole drilled to mark exact spot. True
bearings: tip of tower on city hall or Hotel du Ville,
178° 10' .7; base of flagstaff on tower of Centennial
Building, 181° 32'.0; Geological Survey signal station
on low mountain, 190° 05' .8; tip of tower on Catho-
lic church, 190° 23' .6.
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, 1922 — On grounds of U. S. naval
station, about 1 mile (1.6 km.) south of transmitting
wireless station, on No. 1 rifle-range, between 400-
yard and 500-yard line, 51 feet (15.5 meters) east of
marker No. 30, and 14.6 feet (4.45 meters) south of
marker No. 24 of the 500-yard line; marked by
cement block 5 inches (13 cm.) square, set flush with
surface, the center designated bv a drill-hole and
marked with letters "C.I.W. 1922." True bearings:
top of staff on south wireless tower, 129° 41'.6; top
of staff on north wireless tower, 134° 09'.4; flagstaff
on house on point, 176° 44'.1.
Havana, Casa Blanca, Cuba, 1922, 1924 — Three stations
were occupied. Station A, occupied in 1922 and in
1924 is an exact reoccupation of United States Coast
and Geodetic Survey station "Las Cabanas," on
military reservation of Morro Castle, about 300
yards (274 meters) north of Cuba)n National Observa-
tory, measured along trail leading to a peon's house,
about 150 feet (46 meters) southwest of peon's house,
and 12 feet (4 meters) north of boundary monument
6 feet (2 meters) high, the first one seen on going
north toward sea from observatory; marked by
northern cross of two about 6 feet (2 meters) apart,
cut into natural rock. True bearings: northern edge
of Cabanas Fortress, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.),
76° 32'.3; tip of Morro Castle light, 105° 06' .0; spike
on water-tank, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 262°
25' .5; ornament on cupola on Quarantine Hospital,
one-half mile (0.8 km.), 299° 14' .8; gable of roof on
Quarantine Hospital, 301° 11'.3. In 1922 diurnal
variation in inclination was observed at a secondary
station about 50 feet (15 meters) from station A.
Station B, occupied in 1924, is 252 feet (76.8
meters) northwest of A and 351 feet (107.0 meters)
southeast of southeast corner of barracks: marked
*by cross cut in surface stone., True bearings:
Morro Castle light, 105° 28' .2; spike on water-tank,
264° 02'.4; flagpole on observatory, 338° 16' .2.
Havana, Villa, Cuba, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1905, 1908, and 1916, designated as Havana,
Villa, in suburbs of Havana, about 3 kilometers
south of main buildings of Colegio de Belen, at
the Villa Asuncion de los Jesuites, about 100 meters
west of seismic observatory, on concrete observing-
pier about 1.4 meters high; marked by intersection
of three foot-screw grooves on top of pier. True
bearing: eastern tower of railway station, 177° 22' .9.
Kingston, Jamaica, 1922 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is the United States Coast and Geodetic
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Kingston, Jamaica, 1922 — continued
Survey station of 1905, and C. I.W. station of 1908
and 1914, about 2 miles (3 km.) west of Kingston on
road to Spanish Town, on farm owned by Mr. A. L.
Keeling, known as Greenwich Farms, on Kingston
side of harbor directly opposite Port Royal. It is
about 250 feet (76 meters) from shore and easily
seen from vessel on entering harbor; it bears south
69° 08' west from guango tree 32 inches (81 cm.) in
diameter and 230.5 feet (70.25 meters) distant, and
south 30° west from second guango tree 138.6 feet
(42.24 meters) distant, about 120 paces northeast of
ruined building near shore; marked by stone, 6 by 6
inches (15 by 15 cm.), set in 1905, on which the drill-
hole is still visible, but lettering has been obliterated.
True bearings: tip of Lookout Tower at Port Royal,
29° 24' .0; Plum Point Lighthouse, 323° 28'.3.
Station B is 179.6 feet (54.74 meters) north 77°
03' .8 east from station A, 60 feet (18 meters) south-
west of large guango tree, 42 feet (12 8 meters) from
a lignum vitae tree, about 275 feet (84 meters) south
of wire fence in front of residence; marked by
cement block projecting about 5 inches (13 cm.) and
marked "C.I.W. 1922." True bearing: Lookout
Tower, 29° 5P.2.
A secondary station for diurnal-variation observa-
tions was established under guango tree 46.7 feet
(14.23 meters) from station B in extension of line
from Lookout Tower.
Kingstown, St. Vincent, 1923 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is an exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1905, on grounds of agricultural experi-
ment station, east of post-office and public offices, in
division of grounds allotted for use of grammar
school, 127.4 feet (38.83 meters) southeast of south
corner and 157.4 feet (47.98 meters) south of east
corner of school building ; marked by stone 12 by 12
by 24 inches (30 by 30 by 61 cm.) set flush with
ground and lettered "C.I. 1905," a cross marking
center. True bearings: flagpole on house, 20° 10'. 1;
small gable over doorway of house, 345° 54' .9; flag-
pole on stone house, 347° 49' .6.
Station B is 82.5 (25.15 meters) nearly north of
station A, directly in front of small steps near east
corner of school building and 78 feet (23.8 meters)
distant, about 12 feet (3.7 meters) south and south-
east respectively from two palms and 5 feet (1.5
meters) northeast of a third palm; marked by cross
cut in top of stone lettered "C. I. 1923." True bear-
ing: base of cliff at water-fine about 8 miles (13 km.)
distant, 21° 34' .9.
La Jaille, Guadeloupe, 1922 — About 5 kilometers north-
west of Pointe a Pitre, on lawn of experiment farm,
about midway between gardener's office and north-
south road leading off main highway between Pointe
a, Pitre and Basse Terre, between two circular flower-
beds in front of gardener's office, 91 feet (27.7 meters)
east of largest tree near office, and 31.2 feet (9.51
meters) south of large breadfruit tree; marked by
3-inch (8-cm.) stake of paletofier wood, a shingle-
nail marking exact point. True bearings: middle
girder of south wireless mast, 70° 57' ; high near gable
of gardener's office, 101° 07'; near corner of two-
story house, 145° 26'; gable of house, 282° 26' .8.
La Rotnana, Dominican Republic, 1922 — Directly south
of wharf, in lot southeast of manager's residence,
west of cement wall, 39 feet (11.9 meters) north of
wire fence, over cement monument flush with sur-
face of ground, marking southerly end of base-line
292
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
La Romana, Dominican Republic — continued
established by United States Hydrographic Survey,
the north monument being 870 feet (265 meters) dis-
tant just north of steps leading down from street to
wharf. True bearing: north monument of base-line,
170° 45'.6.
Las Cabanas, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey
station — See Havana, Casa Blanca.
L'Atallye, Haiti, 1922 — On land belonging to United
West Indies Corporation, about 3 miles (4.8 km.)
east and a little north of village of St. Michel, on
pasture land about one-fifth mile (0.3 km.) south-
east of ranch house, 205.6 feet (62.67 meters) south-
east of northeast corner and 236.4 feet (72.05 meters)
east of southeast corner of uncompleted concrete
granary; marked by concrete post 12 by 12 by 26
inches (30 by 30 by 66 cm.) extending about 2 inches
(5 cm.) above surface of ground, and lettered roughly
"C.I.W. 1922." a brass screw near center marking
exact spot. True bearings: southeast corner of mill
just below eaves, 65° 20' .3; left-hand edge of mill
smoke-stack, 69° 02'.9; southeast corner of granary,
4 feet (1.2 meter) above ground, 98° 49' .9; north-
east corner of granary, 4 feet (l.2 meter) above
ground, 123° 35'.4.
La Vega, Dominican Republic, 1922 — In pasture-lot on
south bank of stream flowing just north of town, at a
point about 80 feet (24 meters) from bank of
stream and about 300 feet (91 meters) west of and
almost directly opposite abutment supporting south
• end of bridge over stream on highway into town
from north, 11.6 feet (3.54 meters) southwest of
double mango tree, 34.8 feet (10.61 meters) west of
nearer of two royal palm trees about 5 feet (1.5
meters) apart, and 39.0 feet (11.89 meters) southeast
of double lignum vitse tree; marked by hardwood
stake. True bearings: cleft in rock on mountain
top, 12 miles (19 km.), 88° 54' .7; first vertical truss
at west side of south end of bridge, 265° 05'. 1.
Mandeville, Jamaica, 1922 — On property of Bell Hotel,
on hill about 500 feet (152 meters) east of hotel,
about 200 feet (61 meters) east of stone wall running
north and south, 27.8 feet (8.47 meters) south of
stone wall running east and west, and 80.5 feet (24.54
meters) northwest of stone mound used in target
practice ; marked by irregular stone set flush with
surface, its center designated by drill-hole. True
bearings: gable of house, 58° 23' .3; gable of house,
on higher ground, 79° 18' .0; east gable of house on
top of hill, 346° 15' .6.
Matanzas, Cuba, 1922 — On grounds of Chapel of Mon-
serrate, about 2 miles (3 km.) northwest of city, on
high hill facing Yumuri valley, 98.8 feet (30.11
meters) west of northwest corner and 114.5 feet
(34.90 meters) northwest of southwest corner of
chapel, 79.1 feet (24.11 meters) north of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1905, and 11.9 feet (3.64 meters) south of
north stone wall ; marked by flat stone slab lettered
"C.I.W. 1922." True bearings: tip of pyramid-
shaped house, 2 miles (3 km.), 116° 05' .4; north
doorway of house across Hershey railroad, 207 36' .4;
old C.I.W. station, 328° 21'.8.
Montego Bay, Jamaica, 1922 — On property known as
Jarrett Park, about 1 mile (1.6 km.) southwest of
town, 119.7 feet (36.48 meters) southeast of southwest
corner of fence inclosing tennis-courts, 35 feet (11
meters) south of cluster of lime and logwood trees,
and 10.4 feet (3.17 meters) north of rock 7 by 2 feet
(2 by 0.6 meters) embedded in ground; marked by
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Montego Bay, Jamaica, 1922 — continued
hardwood peg 2 inches (5 cm.) square and 15 inches
(38 cm.) long, its center designated by a brass screw.
True bearings: west side of house on hill, 3 miles
(5 km.) 46° 06' .8; ornament on roof of house on hill,
one-half mile (0.8 km.), 264° 04' .3; lower west edge
of iron stack of sugar-mill, one-half mile (0.8 km.),
327° 17'.8.
Pinar del Rio, Cuba, 1922— About 400 yards (366
meters) due north of C.I.W. station of 1905, which
could not be reoccupied because of buildings on the
site, on hill in northwest section of city, facing deep
valley extending toward Sierra Mountains, on pri-
vate grounds, about 300 yards (274 meters) north of
military stables, and about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.)
northeast of Spanish colonia or sanitarium; marked
by limestone block 4 by 6 by 12 inches (10 by 15
by 30 cm.) , set flush with surface, its center designated
by cross. True bearings: gable of Spanish colonia,
58° 46' .5; tip of highest peak in mountain range,
3.5 miles (5.6 km.), 97° 09' .7; east edge of Bishop's
residence in town, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 334° 55' .2;
base of high wireless staff at point where it joins
supports, 356° 40'.7.
Placetas del Norte, Cuba, 1922 — Two stations, A and B,
were occupied, being close reoccupations of stations
of 1908-09 designated as Placetas A and Placetas
respectively. Station A is in northwest corner of
open field bounded by Quinta del Sur on north and
Central del Sur on west, about 200 feet (61 meters)
from north street, about 250 feet (76 meters) from
west street, and about 20 feet (6 meters) north of
path running diagonally across field; marked by
granite block 8 by 6 by 6 inches (20 by 15 by 15 cm.),
set flush with surface, center designated by cross.
True bearing : north edge of square chimney of
sugar-mill, 3 miles (5 km.), 313° 35' .9.
Station B is in southwest part of town, on grounds
of market plaza, in corner bounded on southeast and
southwest by street called Segunda del Oeste and
Cuarto del Sur respectively, about 135 feet (41.2
meters) southwest of south corner of market
building, and 30 feet (9.1 meters) northeast of
center of Cuarto del Sur, and 60 feet (18.3 meters)
northwest of center of Segunda del Oeste; marked
by cement block 5 by 5 by 12 inches (13 by 13 by 30
cm.), set flush with surface and lettered "C.I.W.
1922." True bearing: northwest corner of old build-
ing distinguished by archway over sidewalk, 350 feet
(107) meters, 208° 28' .0.
Port Antonio, Jamaica, 1922 — On property known as
Olivier Park, about three-fourths mile (1.2 km.)
east of town, facing Eastern Harbor, about 200 feet
(61 meters) east of mouth of Caneside River, and
44.5 feet (13.56 meters) south of lone almond tree
on shore ; marked by bulletwood peg 2 inches (5 cm.)
square and 12 inches (30 cm.) long, with its center
designated by a brass screw. True bearings: north-
east corner of nave of cathedral, one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.) 101° 27' .3; spike on court-house roof,
1 mile (1.6 km.), 125° 32' .9; tip of cupola on Hotel
Litchfield, 1.5 mile (2.4 km.), 140° 26' .5; Navy Island
Beacon, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 171° 42'.7; Grant's Rock
Beacon, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 199° 57'.0;
north range pole, 100 yards (91 meters), 266° 26' .6;
south range pole, 200 yards (183 meters), 329° 26'.1.
Port au Prince, Haiti, 1922 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is on grounds of United States Marine
Corps aviation field, about 1 mile (1.6 km.) north of
Descriptions of Stations
293
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Port au Prince, Haiti, 1922 — continued
central part of city, near north side of landing field,
about 75 feet (23 meters) east of point from which
twin towers of cathedral appear in line, 649 feet
(197.8 meters) north of northwest corner of air-
plane machine-shop, and about 20 feet (6 meters)
south of cactus hedge; marked by concrete post
about 8 inches (20 cm.) square, set almost flush with
surface of ground and having set in top a brass plate
stamped "Carnegie Institution of Washington, 1922,"
a brass screw in cement marking exact spot. True
bearings: tip of church steeple, 9° 44' .9; right tower
of cathedral, 16° 14' .7; spire of San Josef Church, 51°
23' .8; station B, 290° 24'.
Station B is 534 feet (162.8 meters) east of station
A, 693 feet (211.2 meters) northeast of northeast cor-
ner of airplane machine shop, and about 20 feet
(6 meters) south of cactus hedge; marked by con-
crete post about 8 inches (20 cm.) square, set almost
flush with surface of ground and having set in top
a brass plate stamped "Carnegie Institution of
Washington, 1922," a brass screw in cement marking
exact spot. True bearings: spire of church, 18° 18' .0;
left tower of cathedral, 22° 41'.1 ; right tower of
cathedral, 22° 49'.1; spire of San Josef Church, 58°
15'.3.
Port Castries, St. Lucia, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1905, in Botanic Garden, northeast
of town, 40 feet (12 meters) south and 23 feet
(7 meters) north of two drainage gutters, 53.5 feet
16.30 meters) and 46.5 feet (14.17 meters) southwest
of trees at north and south ends respectively of a
crescent-shaped flower-bed, and 88.5 feet (26.97
meters) and 82.8 feet (25.24 meters) respectively
from large trees to north and south. True bearings:
pole on gable of house, 44° 39' .4; estimated center
smoke-stack on lime factory, 68° 49'; gable of Mr.
Gordon's house, 205° 01'; left tangent of summer
house, 311° 59'.
Port of Spain, 1905, Trinidad, 1923 — Exact reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1905, in grounds of Agricultural
Experiment Station, just west of extreme northwest
corner of Queen's Park Savannah, and near end of
St. Clair Electric Car Line, near west gate of grounds,
65.2 feet (19.87 meters) from west fence and 58 feet
(17.7 meters) from south edge of roadway passing
superintendent's office. This station is not suitable
for further reoccupations and old stone-marker was
moved to station A in 1923.
Port of Spain, Trinidad, 1923— Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is in Queen's Park Savannah, about
one-third mile (0.5 km.) north of Queen's Park
Hotel, 732.0 feet (223.11 meters) northwest of
"Savannah Referring Mark," used by Crown Survey
office, and at intersection of meridian line with
azimuth line extended from referring mark to spire
of Laventille Roman Catholic Church; marked by a
hole in top of limestone post 6 by 6 by 30 inches
(15 by 15 by 76 cm.), lettered on top "C.I. 1905,"
set flush with surface of ground. True bearings: tip
of tower of college building, 73° 48' .5; tip of dome
on large house, 98° 49' .4; spire of Laventille Roman
Catholic Church, and "Savannah Referring Mark,"
307° 48'.0; church spire seen at left of grandstand,
341° 39'. 1; tip of dome on government office build-
ing, 351° 42' .8.
Station B is in northeast part of Queen's Park
Savannah, on stone known as "Savannah Referring
Mark," just south of group of six large palms, and
in line between station A and Laventille Church
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Port of Spain, Trinidad, 1923— continued
spire; marked by stone about 15 inches (38 cm.)
square, projecting 6 inches (15 cm.) above ground,
the exact point being marked by a hole in a small
copper plate set in a depression in stone. True
bearings: spire of Laventille Church, 307° 48' .0; spire
of Trinity Church, 352° 43'.1.
Puerto Plata, Dominican Republic, 1922 — Within grounds
of old fort on point at entrance to harbor, at foot
of hill on which main building stands, 32.8 feet
(10.00 meters) west of wall along east side of in-
closure, 67.5 feet (20.57 meters) north of scrub
sea-grape tree at tide-water mark, and 83.0 feet (25.30
meters) east of southeast corner of concrete hand-
ball-court ; marked by block of concrete 8 by 8 by 24
inches (20 by 20 by 61 cm.), set almost flush with
ground and lettered'C. I., 1922," with cross on top.
True bearing : highest point on large rock about one-
half mile (0.8 km.) out from shore, 155° 24'.1.
Rio Claro, Trinidad, 1923 — On grounds of Public Works
Department, in plot of open ground, almost in front
of warden's house, and about 20 feet (6 meters) west
of road ; marked by concrete post 6 by 6 by 24 inches
(15 by 15 by 61 cm.), with brass plate set in top.
True bearings: cross on Baptist church, 32° 38' .7;
staff on left end of Public Works office, 164° 10' .4.
Roseau, Dominica, 1922 — In Government Botanical Gar-
den, on grass plot roughly 500 feet (152 meters)
square used for playing cricket, 190.5 feet (58.06
meters) southeast of station of 1905, and 197.0 feet
(60.04 meters) southeast of flagpole in front of small
cricket-house at edge of lawn in northwest part of
Harden ; marked by hard granite stone, 6 by 6 by 12
inches (15 by 15 by 30 cm.), set flush with ground,
with drill-hole marking exact point. True bearings:
right edge of Catholic church, one-fourth mile (0.4
km.), 42° 44' .2; gable of dormer-window on hospital,
94° 37' .9; C.I.W. 1905 magnetic station, 95° 09' .9;
flagpole in front of cricket-house, 125° 50'; anemo-
meter on hill, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 296° 58' .9.
St. Johns, Antigua, 1922 — At top of knoll in Victoria
Park, east of two roads branching northeast and
southeast from east end of High Street, 85 paces west
of west fence of botanic garden, and 125 paces west
by north from station of 1905; marked by concrete
pillar 9 inches (23 cm.) by 11 inches (28 cm.) on top
and inscribed "C.I.W. 1922." True bearings: light-
house, two-thirds mile (1.0 kilometer), 17° 49M ; pole
at signal station on Rat Hill (leper colony), 1.5
miles (2.4 kilometers), 108° 26' .0; north steeple of
Catholic church, one-third mile (0.5 kilometer), 117°
11'.5; chimney of old sugar-mill, 1.5 miles (2.4 kilo-
meters), 183° 09' .2.
St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, 1922 — See Charlotte Amalie.
Sanchez, Dominican Republic, 1922 — On land belonging
to Samana and Santiago Railway, on point about 40
feet, (12 meters) above sea-level, about 500 feet (152
meters) east of end of tracks at Sanchez, and almost
directly in front of house No. 7 of railway company,
about 20 feet (6 meters) from brow of hill to west,
11 feet (3 meters) from beginning of south slope,
17 feet (5 meters) from east slope, and 72 feet (22.0
meters) south of foot of large tree having spreading
and irregularly shaped trunk at base; marked by
rough stone about 22 inches (57 cm.) long, with
V-shaped top lettered on one face "1922" and on
other "CJ." True bearings: tip at apex of roof at
north end of wharf building, 54° 18' .5; tip of orna-
294
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — continued
Sanchez, Dominican Republic, 1922 — continued
ment at south end of roof of billiard and club room
of Samana and Santiago Railway, 114° 20'.5; small
ornament on apex of roof at north end of British
Vice-Consulate, 115° 18' .3; corner porch-post nearest
sea of residence, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 292° 04' .5.
San Fernando, Trinidad, 1923 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is exact reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1905, in southwestern part of government
pasture and recreation grounds known as Paradise
Savannah, about one-half mile (0.8 km.) south of
town, about 400 feet (122 meters) west of armory,
on hill near big tree, and about 250 feet (76 meters)
from fence on west ;' marked by stone, 6 by 6 by 36
inches (15 by 15 by 91 cm.), set so as to project
about 5 inches (13 cm.) above the ground, and
lettered on top "C.I. 1905." True bearings: spire
of Anglican church, 228° 51'.5; spire of Wesleyan
church, 243° 41'.4.
Station B is 56.9 feet (17.34 meters) from A,
directly in line from it toward spire of Anglican
church. True bearings: spire of Anglican church,
228° 51'.8; spire of Wesleyan church, 244° 03' .7.
Santiago dc Cuba, Cuba, 1922 — Two stations were occu-
pied. Station A is exact reoccupation of main C.I.W.
station of 1909, on top of San Juan Hill, about 3
miles (5 km.) east of city, about 230 feet (70
meters) south of monument erected in memory of
American soldiers, and 30 feet (9.1 meters) north
of intersection of west and south trench lines; mark-
ed by cement block with deep drill-hole in center,
projecting about 6 inches (15 cm.) above surface of
ground. True bearings: flagpole in Raja Yaga
grounds, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 154° 36' .6; flagpole in
Agricultural grounds, three-fourths mile (1.2 km.)
166° 0(K.4; stack of mill, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 311° 58' .4.
Station B is about 400 feet (122 meters) south 34°
27' .9 west of A on San Juan Hill, about 200 feet (61
meters) south of ruins of old foundation, about 15
feet (5 meters) west of path running south along
top of hill, and 25 feet (8 meters) east of wire fence
inclosing Agricultural College grounds; marked bv
concrete block 5 by 5 inches (13 by 13 cm.), set flush
with surface and marked "C.I.W. 1922." True
bearings: flagpole in Raja Yaga grounds, 164° 50' .3;
tin of Fort Memorial. 650 feet (198 meters), 226°
27M; stack of mill, 297° 10' .3.
Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic, 1922 — Two stations
were occupied. Station A is on grounds of Domini-
can receptoria or receivership of customs, about
three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) west of main part of
city, 157.8 feet (48.10 meters) southeast of southeast
corner of main building, 69.0 feet (21.03 meters')
northeast of northeast corner and 112.5 feet (34.29
meters) west of northwest corner respectively of two
houses; marked by rough flintstone rock set flush
with surface of ground and having cross cut in top to
mark exact spot. True bearings: tower on dwelling.
7° 48' .3; tower on similar dwelling. 10° 10' .5; left
wireless tower just above platform at base of upper
single steel pole, 326° 35' .2: right wireless tower at
corresponding point, 334° 57' .3.
Station B is on grounds of Dominican receptoria.
395 4 feet (99.19 meters) west of station A, 122.6 feet
(.37 37 meters) southwest of southwest corner of main
building. 74 3 feet (22 65 meters) northwest of north-
west corner of dwelling-house, and 39.0 feet (11.89
meters) east of fence alone roadway; marked bv
cross cut in top of rough flintstone set flush with
ISLANDS, ATLANTIC OCEAN
West Indies — concluded
Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic, 1922 — continued
surface of ground. True bearings: right wireless
tower, 329° 47' .2; tower on dwelling, 355° 01' .8; tower
on similar dwelling, 357° 42' .3.
Toco, Trinidad, 1923 — At trigonometrical station No. 120
of Trinidad Survey Department, on summit of hill
about 75 feet (23 meters) above village, and nearly
north of junction of Toco main road with Paria main
road; marked by concrete block 12 by 12 by 24
inches (30 by 30 by 61 cm.), projecting about 2
inches (5 cm.) above surface of ground, and having
brass plate with center mark and bearing number
120. True bearings: Cocorite trigonometrical sta-
tion, 44° 29' .2; Galera Lighthouse, 280° 29' .8.
Willemstad, Curagao Island, 1922, 1926 — Three stations
were occupied designated 1913, A, and B. The first
is a close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of 1913,
south of town on coral bar connected with western
suburb, about 150 yards (137 meters) north of wire-
less telegraph station. True bearings: base of flag-
pole on church, 226° 52'.9; west gable of American
Consulate, 242° 47' .5; flagpole at south end of baths,
310° 04' .9.
Station A, also reoccupied by U.S.S. Niagara in
1926, is on grounds of old military hospital, about
three-fourths mile (1.2 km.) west of docks, 370 feet
(112.8 meters) northwest of northwest corner of
main building, 68 feet (21 meters) north of sandy
road, and slightly west of projected line of fence
running north down hill from old fort; marked by
concrete post about 8 inches (20 cm.) square, pro-
jecting 4 inches (10 cm.) above surface of ground,
and lettered roughly "C.I.," a brass screw marking
exact spot. True bearings: delivery pipe from tank,
just below platform, 16° 28' .2; tip of water-tank at
new military hospital, 134° 47' .4; tip of left tower
of Catholic church, 268° 15' .6; tip of right tower of
Catholic church, 268° 26'.6; tip of water-tank near
windmill on grounds of institution, 293° 03' .4.
Station B of 1922 is on grounds of old military
hospital, 800 feet (244 meters) southeast of A, east of
rock wall about 3 feet (0.9 meter) high surrounding
building directly in front of entrance to grounds at
a point exactly in line with middle of north wall
and 118.1 feet (36.00 meters) southeast of its north-
east corner; marked by concrete post 9 inches (23
cm.) square, set 16 inches (41 cm.) in ground and
projecting 4 inches (10 cm.) above. True bearings:
tip of water-tank, 73° 52'.6; small cross at rear end
of Catholic church, 252° 59'.4; tip of left tower of
Catholic church, 255° 54' .8; tip of right tower of
Catholic church, 256° 21' .2; prominent flagpole, 279°
23' .4.
ISLANDS INDIAN OCEAN
Ceylon
Colombo, 1921 — Two stations were occupied in western
part of grounds of Colombo University, in Cinnamon
Gardens off Buller's Road. Station A is an exact
reoccupation of C.I.W. station A of 1911 and 1918,
108 feet (32.9 meters) southwest of fence, 164.0 feet
(50.0 meters) southwest of southwest corner of office
building, and 80.6 feet (24.57 meters) west of ther-
mometer shelter; marked bv concrete block 5 inches
(13 cm.) square on top and lettered "C.I.W. 1911."
True bearings: north corner of lunatic asylum, 55°
41' 2; left corner near eaves of cricket-club grand-
stand, 123° 29' .5; lower tip of small white spike over
east gable of Grasmere, the surveyor-general's bunga-
low, 177° 26'.0; nearest corner of office building, 212°
07'.
Descriptions of Stations
295
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Ceylon — concluded
Colombo, 1921 — continued
Station C is an exact reoccupation of C. I.W. sta-
tion C of 1911 and 1920, 84.62 feet (25.79 meters)
from station A in the direction of the spike on gable
of surveyor-general's bungalow.
Comoro Islands
Dzaoudzi, Mayotte Island, 1921 — Near probable site of
French hydrographic station of 1900, about 2 kilo-
meters east of Dzaoudzi, on shore, just above a small
cove, about 100 meters west of northwest corner of
native village, northwest of cattle park and low hill
between native village and sea, and 0.5 kilometer
north of Boulevard des Crabbes. True bearings:
navigation mark on main island, 10 kilometers, 28°
25'.2; prominent peak, 10 kilometers, 37° 48'.0; bot-
tom of wireless mast, 2 kilometers, 105° 39'.3; south
ornament on roof of Messageries residence, 2 kilo-
meters, 108° 17' .2.
Madagascar
Ambatondrazaka, 1921 — In abandoned rice-field on north
west outskirts of town, about 150 meters west of
main road to Imerimandroso, at point in line with
north side and 35 paces west of bend toward south-
west of cart road skirting northwest quarter of town,
and 28 paces south of irrigation ditch running north-
west across fields. True bearings: tomb on round
hill above town, 4 kilometers, 2° 46' .4; lamp-post at
cross-roads, 500 meters, 51° 06'. 1 ; north gable of
railway station, 500 meters, 95° 44'.0; top of distant
peak, 10 kilometers, 230° 31'.1 ; telegraph-pole with
stay at fork in road, 200 meters, 257° 55'.6; cement
pillar on main road, 150 paces, 289° 14'. 8.
AmbinardndranO:, 1921 — On river bank, about 0.5 kilo-
meter northeast of town, 100 paces along road to
Mahanoro from its junction with main road to
town and road going north to Morolamba, 17.30
meters east of northeast corner-post of bridge across
river, and 5 paces south of road to Mahanoro. True
bearings: near gable of house of mission, 1 kilo-
meter, 10° 11'.7; sign-post at junction of roads, 90
meters, 81° 15' .0; northeast pole of bridge, 101° 38' .9;
summit of isolated rocky peak, 1 kilometer, 176°
38'.7.
Ambinany-Faraony, 1921 — On sea-front, 32.60 meters and
31.10 meters south of southwest and southeast ver-
anda-posts respectively of rest-house, and 14 paces
west of coast line. True bearings: telegraph-pole
with stay, 90 meters, 32° 52' .0; southwest veranda-
pole of rest-house, 180° 34' .4; southeast veranda-pole
of rest-house, 192° 15' .4; telegraph-pole across river,
1 kilometer, 198° 20\6.
Ambodivelatra , 1921 — In clearing northeast of village and
east of government rest-house, at a point in line
with southwest side of rest-house and 41.30 meters
southeast of its southeast corner. True bearings:
southeast corner of rest-house. 109° 43' .4; promi-
nent white tree at foot of mountain, 1 kilometer,
115° 57'.5; telegraph-pole on pass over hill, 1 kilo-
meter, 200° 01'.7.
Ambohibe, 1921 — On sandy flat behind government
post, about 150 meters east of residence of Chef de
Poste, about 100 meters south of house occupied by
native governor, and 38.00 meters south of south
corner of fence of native governor's compound.
True bearings: cross on church, 350 meters, 42°
28'. 1 ; north gable end of mission residence, 300
meters, 58° 38' .0; south veranda-post of residence,
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Ambohibe, 1921 — continued
106° 49' .3; south gable of native governor's house,
175° 27'.9.
Ambovombe, 1921 — In west apex of triangular shaped
piece of grass-land between rest-house and school,
about 100 meters west of administrator's residence,
40.35 meters southwest of south corner of fence
around rest-house, 56.40 meters northwest of north-
west corner of foundation platform of school, 4
paces from road to south and 7 paces from road to
north; marked by hardwood stake 15 centimeters
in diameter and 1.6 meters long, projecting about
60 centimeters above surface of ground. True
bearings: point where Tsihornbe road crosses ridge,
5 kilometers, 87° 29' .7; near corner of rest-house
compound 219° 49' .7; west gable of administrator's
residence, 248° 21'.2; northwest corner of platform
foundation of school, 326° 03' .7.
Ampanihy, 1921 — On low, scrub-covered ridge, about 1
kilometer northeast of government administrative
post, about 400 meters northeast of "Place Publique,"
200 meters north of Protestant church, about 80
meters west of main road to Bekily, and about 50
meters west of large prominent baobab tree ; marked
by pillar of limestone rocks, 90 centimeters high and
30 centimeters square, with coating of cement on
top face. True bearings: near gable of doctor's
house, 1 kilometer, 47° 00'. 1 ; geodetic beacon on
Mount Ejaba, 10 kilometers, 95° 42' .6; large baobab
tree on sky-line, 1 kilometer, 208° 03' .3; north edge
of nearby baobab tree, 270° 04M.
A?npasimbaria, 1921 — On river-bank, north of village, 47
paces west of government rest-house, and 24 paces
southeast of lone tamarind tree; marked by rough
block of granite, 15 by 15 by 65 centimeters, left
projecting 15 centimeters above surface of sand.
True bearings: tamarind tree, 114° 28' .8; east peak
of range to north, 10 kilometers, 149° 27'.0; signal
station at east end of low island, 6 kilometers, 174°
03'.7; tree on beach, 500 meters, 233° 12'.8; bottom
of northwest pillar of rest-house, 271° 39' .4.
Andempona, 1921 — On grass-land, about 230 meters south
of government rest-house in village, and between
main path to Antalaha and swamp west of path, 15
paces east of edge of swamp, and 50.30 meters west of
telegraph-pole marked "1378." True bearings: north
end of Table Mountain, 8 kilometers, 3° 29'. 1 ; south
gable end of rest-house, 182° 06' .3; telegraph-pole
numbered 1378, 254° 13' .1; south end of Table
Mountain, 358° 56'.1.
Andevorante, 1921 — Close reoccupation of Pere Colin's
station of 1892, on sand-dunes of Ambatojanahary,
at north end of town, about 50 meters south of Lon-
don Mission Church, and 5.75 meters southeast of
most southerly of five upright stones marking Mal-
gash tomb. True bearings: top of south stone of
tomb, 138° 47'; south end of roof of London Mis-
sion Church, 202° 07' .9; north end of ridge-pole of
house, 100 meters, 302° 03' .3; bottom insulator of
telegraph-pole with stay, 90 meters, 350° ll'.l.
Andilamena, 1921 — At north end of town, on open space
across diagonal road southeast of government rest-
house, 35.10 meters and 46.70 meters from southeast
and southwest corners respectively of fence around
rest-house, 18 paces east of diagonal road, and 11 paces
from road to east. True bearings: southwest corner
of rest-house fence. 128° 32' .7; southeast corner of
rest-house fence, 159° 18' .9; spike on watch-tower.
296
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Andilamena, 1921 — continued
350 meters, 252° 10' .2; tomb with horns, 3 kilometers,
292° 28' .2.
Andranokelilalina, 1921 — In small clearing at edge of
forest, about 80 meters west-southwest of government
rest-house, and 50 meters west of main road through
village. True bearing: top of telegraph-pole with
stay, second pole south of rest-house, 60 meters, 349°
26'.3.
Androka, 1921 — On Terrain Domainale, a large piece
of grass-land between native village and sea, about
250 meters south of Poste Administratif, between
two shady trees near south end of village, 19.90
meters from tree to west, 19.50 meters from tree to
east, and 8 paces south of path. True bearings:
north trunk of tree, 62° 37'.; near gable of Indian
store, 500 meters, 159° 43' .2; southwest corner of
fence of Poste Administratif, 165° 10' .5; northwest
veranda-post of office, 230 meters, 172° 33' .9; tree,
249° 38'.
Andronadrona, 1921 — On slightly sloping spur on steep
hillside, about 60 meters northwest of government
rest-house, 6 paces south of old road descending to
rest-house. True bearings: white tree on hillside,
1 kilometer, 37° 08' .2; northmost visible telegraph-
pole, 300 meters, 92° 42' .9; north end of roof of rest-
house, 305° 54' .6; telegraph-pole with stay across
valley, 300 meters, 316° 16' .8.
Analalava, 1921 — Near station of French Hydrographic
Service of 1904, on sandy beach, 500 meters south
of pier, 200 meters northwest of offices of Chef de
Province, 39 paces southwest of road from govern-
ment office to beach, and 8 paces from high-water
mark. True bearings : west edge of island in bay, 10
kilometers, 97° 47' .9; north end of pier, 181° 32' .4;
near gable of wharf building, 400 meters, 206° 38'. 1 ;
south end of office of Chef de Province, 294° 55' .2.
Anjala, 1921 — On hill slope north of government rest-
house and south of swamp, practically in line with
east side of rest-house fence, about 50 meters north
of rest-house, and 30 paces from northeast corner of
fence. True bearings: north gable end of roof of
rest-house, 6° 49'.6; top of conical mountain, 30
kilometers, 62° 36' .6; top of telegraph-pole with stay,
60 meters, 125° 35' .6; lone tree on hillside, 1.5 kilo-
meters, 159° 50' .6.
Ankatoky, 1921 — On open space, about 60 meters south-
west of government rest-house, and 62 paces south-
west of northwest corner of rest-house fence, whose
true bearing is 212° 40'.7.
Ankororiky, 1921 — At village of Ankororiky, on coast
path between Belo and Benjavilo, one and one-half
days' march north of Belo, just northwest of village
clearing, 13.70 meters southeast of large sacrifice-
pole under large tree, and 9 paces north of path
leading northwest from village. True bearing: top
of sacrifice-pole, 135° 37' .7.
Anosibe, 1921 — In low scrub west of village, between two
native paths which unite about 25 meters west of
west edge of village clearing, 1 pace from each.
Antalaha, 1921 — Near center of public park, about 100
meters west of flagstaff near post-office, 24.70 meters
southeast of solitary mango tree, and 125 paces
northwest of road bounding park on southeast;
marked by cement block 10 by 10 by 50 centimeters,
its top face lettered "C.I.W." and projecting 5
centimeters above surface of ground. True bear-
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Antalaha, 1921 — continued
ings: mango tree, 122° 43'. 1; ornament at west end
of residence, 250 meters, 158° 52'. 1; cross at east end
of Catholic church, 150 meters, 220° 42'.0; hand-
rail of bridge on road from southeast, 317° 53' .5.
Antsirane, 1921 — See Diego-Suarez.
Beheloka, 1921 — In scrub about midway between beach
and hut of chief of village, 8 paces north of and 120
paces southeast along path leading from beach to
chief's hut. True bearings: west end of ruined house
of former fort, 0.6 kilometer, 50° 53' .6; north end of
roof of chief's hut, 80 meters, 310° 18' .2.
Belo, 1921 — At extreme eastern end of Boulevard de
Residence, north of rest-house, about 300 meters
east of administrator's residence, in middle of street,
near edge of cliffs overlooking river, 36.07 meters
east of east face of sun-dial (known as "Sphinx") on
pillar in street in front of residence of Chef de la
Garde Indigene. True bearings: northwest corner
fence around rest-house, 21.75 meters, 46° 13' .6;
northwest edge of sun-dial, 75° 30' .7; tree at south-
east corner of fence around Garde Indigene's resi-
dence, 26.55 meters, 97° Ol'.O; telegraph-pole with
stay, on river flat, 0.8 kilometer, 253° 23'.9; tree on
distant ridge, 8 kilometers, 302° 55'.2.
Benjavilo, 1921 — Near Pere Colin's station of 1898, at
edge of palm scrub, about 350 meters north of
government rest-house, 60 meters east of beach, and
just northwest of cluster of native huts at extreme
north limits of settlement now abandoned as a
military post. True bearings: north gable end of
rest-house, 00° 04' .6; veranda post of government
school building, 358° 37' .8.
Bcvilany, 1921 — South of native village, near north
entrance to narrow lane through cactus scrub, 24.20
meters southeast of southeast corner of rest-house,
2 paces and 4 paces from native paths to east and
west, respectively. True bearings: near corner of
rest-house, 132° 27' .0; shady tree in village, 187 paces,
150° 50' .2.
Boubavato, 1921 — In open space in middle of village,
27 paces north of government rest-house, and 18
paces east of mango tree. True bearings: mango
tree, 82° 49'. 1; lone palm tree, 3 kilometers, 114°
34' .4; village flagstaff, 40 meters, 292° 51'.9.
Cap Sainte Marie, 1921 — Northwest of Cap Sainte Marie,
about 2 kilometers south of Bay of Vatomangy, on
edge of cliff about 145 meters above sea, about 100
meters northeast of extremity of headland locally
known as "Santa Marie." The southern extremity
of the island could not be reached, as no trail through
the cactus and thorn scrub could be found; the
station selected is found by following native trail
about one hour's march south of Betaimboraka to
old government rest-house, thence about 4 kilo-
meters southwest to cliff where trail turns ab-
ruptly southward along cliff about 1 kilometer to
station. True bearings: conical hill on coast, 10
kilometers, 131° 27' 1 ; edge of cliff across bay, 6 kilo-
meters, 134° 05'.5; conspicuous white rock on cliff
near point where trail turns southward, 1 kilometer,
158° 27' .5.
Diego-Suarez, 1921 — Near the French Hydrographic
Service station of 1887, 11.5 meters southwest of
meridian-pillar, and 18.95 meters north of northwest
corner of residence of port captain; marked by
local authorities with stone block projecting several
centimeters above surface of ground, its top face
lettered "C.I.W." True bearings: northwest corner
of port captain's residence, 13° 14' .4; top of signal-
Descriptions of Stations
297
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Diego-Suarez, 1921 — continued
tower, 60 meters, 29° 56' .4; cleft in distant crag on
ridge, 10 kilometers, 128° 05' .0; south comer of
meridian-pillar, 234° 04' .6; filalao tree, 5 paces, 266°
31'.
Farafangana, 1921 — On sea front, east of office of chief of
province, 47.15 meters east of northeast corner and
in line with north side of wall around office and 29.30
meters northeast of low spreading tree; marked by
a pyramidal stone of cement 12 by 14 by 53 centi-
meters, firmly embedded in a mass of rocks and
cement, its top face left 12 centimeters above sur-
face of ground, and a hole in center indicating exact
point. True bearings: northeast comer of wall
around office, 80° 15M ; southeast pillar of office of
chief of province, 60 meters, 57° 31'.8; top of naviga-
tion mark on point, 500 meters, 332° 08' .0; block-
house at military camp, 1 kilometer, 341° 55' .5.
Faux Cap, 1921 — On line of sand-dunes running parallel
with road to Cap Sainte Marie, about 200 meters
north of military post, at a point about 25 meters
northeast of junction of main roads to Tsihombe
and Cap Sainte Marie, 24 paces east of main road
to Tsihombe and 16 paces west of branch road. True
bearings: northeast corner of military post, 337°
18'.7; north gable of residence of post, 348° 08' .5.
Fenerive, 1921 — In large field surrounded by trees, 60
meters east of Catholic mission and 100 meters south
of Catholic church, 1 kilometer west of beach.
(See note under Tamatave.)
Fort Dauphin, 1921 — At geodetic station, on east side
of path between cemetery and militia camp and
about 150 meters northeast of camp; marked by
geodetic mark, a cement pillar 50 centimeters square
standing 65 centimeters above surface of ground,
center of top face of which is indicated by intersec-
tion of eight cross lines, north side of face bearing
inscription "4th Comp. Legion 1898." True bearings:
rock at point across bay, 0.5 kilometer, 38° 41'.6;
near gable of government school, 0.5 kilometer, 93°
08'. 1; cross on Roman Catholic church, 0.5 kilometer,
101° 56' .6; geodetic beacon on Mount St. Louis, 8
kilometers, 134° 29'.5; sharp point on high peak, 10
kilometers, 149° 47M; north gable of north mission
residence, 0.5 kilometer, 338° 39\6.
Hellville, 1921— See Nosi Be.
Iabako, 1921 — Southwest of village, on grass-land
between main road and native track leading south
to water, and 20.05 meters southwest of west corner
of rest-house. True bearings: prominent tree on
ridge, 2 kilometers, 26° 20' .3; cliff on mountain,
8 kilometers, 138° 03'.5; west corner of rest-house,
242° 36' .5.
Imerimandroso, 1921 — -On grassy hill slope at north end
of town, 48.50 meters northwest of northwest
veranda-post of rest-house. True bearings: tree on
hill across Lake Alaotra, 12 kilometers, 145° 18' .2;
northeast veranda-post of rest-house, 60 meters, 304°
18' .9; northwest veranda-post of rest-house, 317°
01'.3.
Itampolo, 1921 — In middle of open sandy space east of
abandoned military post, in line with south wall of
fort, and 77 paces east of its southeast corner. True
bearings: loophole in southwest corner of fort, 80
meters, 84° 42' .7; southeast comer of wall around
fort, 85° 19" .6; northeast corner of barrack building,
120 meters, 112° 48' .9; tree on distant ridge, 5 kilo-
meters, 241° 08' .3.
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Mahabo, 1921 — In town, near middle of public grounds
north of district office and west of post-office, at
point in line with south wall of kitchen behind post-
office and 35.02 meters west of its southwest corner,
12.00 meters east of large Latanier palm, and 9.15
and 10.40 meters northwest of northwest and north-
east pillars respectively of small pavilion occupying
center of grounds. True bearings: Latanier palm,
111° 52'. 1; northwest veranda-post of rest-house,
60 meters, 211° 20' .8; west end of roof beam of post-
office, 40 meters, 242° 09' .0; south side of kitchen of
post-office, 269° 23'.7; south post of gateway to resi-
dence, 300 meters, 289° 19.9; northeast pillar of
pavilion, 327° 19'.6; outer edge of west gate-post of
district office, 60 meters, 356° 10\6.
Mahanoro, 1921 — On grounds of Anglican mission, at
north end of town, near middle of small open play-
ground between church and residence of missionary
in charge, about 100 meters west of residence, 20.85
meters northwest of eucalyptus tree at junction of
paths, and 30.00 meters west of eucalyptus tree on
path. True bearings: cross at south end of church,
150 meters, 41° 19' .6; south side of doorway of
mission residence, 260° 51' .6; eucalyptus tree on path,
268° 36' .7; eucalyptus tree at junction of paths, 287°
31'.9.
Maintirano, 1921 — Two stations were occupied. Station
A is in middle of public square around which are
grouped post-office, school, and government offices.
True bearings: fork formed by two tamarind trees,
32.90 meters, 11° 13'.3; north gable of post-office,
100 meters, 67° 55' .8; tree behind school compound,
300 meters, 168° 21'.3; northwest comer of com-
pound, 98 paces, 224° 00' .3; telegraph-pole with
stay on corner of square, 291° 52'.1 ; telegraph-pole,
43.15 meters, 329° 51'.7.
Station B is near site of Pere Colin's station of
1898, on river bank, just southwest of old abandoned
military post, 20 paces west of line of mangroves,
41 paces east of high-water mark on river bank, and
6 paces north of native path.
Majunga B, 1921 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.W. station
of 1920, on beach, in line with north side of admin-
istrator's residence, 9.65 meters from cross cut in sea-
wall 60 centimeters above ground; marked by block
of limestone whose exposed portion is 8 by 8 by 8
centimeters, bearing cross in top, with three letters
"C.I.W.", on three sides, respectively. True bear-
ings: southmost electric-light pole at end of sea-wall,
2° 33' .2; lighthouse at Katsepe, 10 kilometers, 93°
20' .3; light-standard in sea-wall, 200 meters, 358°
12' .4.
Manakabahiny, 1921 — On low hill in bush, about 150
meters northwest of government rest-house in vil-
lage, about 40 meters northwest of isolated grain hut
at north end of village, and about 50 meters west of
main path from Maroantsetra to Antalaha. True
bearings: white tree in valley, 400 meters, 19° 52'.5;
highest peak to west, 2 kilometers, 103° 27M; dis-
tant telegraph-pole with stay, 1 kilometer, 180° 48'.1 ;
telegraph-pole by main path, 50 meters, 251° 29'.1.
Manakara, 1921 — On grassy sand-dune between govern-
ment rest-house and temporary government office,
33 paces southeast of southeast corner of office, 33
paces northeast of northwest veranda-pole of rest-
house, and 18 paces south of coconut palm. True
bearings: telegraph-pole with stay, 100 meters, 16°
34'. 1; northwest veranda-post of rest-house, 40° 31'.7;
tree on ridge, 4 kilometers, 90° 15' .6; southeast cor-
ner of government office, 151° 56' .6.
298
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Manambondro, 1921 — On small piece of level ground
part way up hill on which village is situated, between
rest-house and main road north to Vangaindrano,
about 50 meters west of rest-house, and 2 paces west
of native path running down hill to stream from
village. True bearing: prominent tree in village,
1 kilometer, 70° 29' .8.
Mananjary, 1921 — On sand spit at extreme southern end
of town, midway between ocean on east aud river
on west, in line with east fence of meteorological
station and 56.62 meters south of its southeast cor-
ner, and 92.45 meters south of flagstaff; marked by
slab of cement with rounded top, 1.35 meters high,
42 centimeters wide and 10 centimeters thick, firmly
embedded in sand and strengthened with pieces of
rock at base, the whole cemented together and pro-
jecting 50 centimeters above surface of ground, a
black painted cross on top face indicating exact point,
and an inscription on west face reading "C. I.W.
Station Magnetique." True bearings: left gable of
bungalow up river, 3 kilometers, 65° 09' .4; V-shaped
gap between two trees, 2 kilometers, 70° 28' .2; bot-
tom of flagstaff, 184° IV 2; southeast corner of fence
around meteorological station, 198° 23' .2.
Manantenina, 1921 — On summit of low hill north of
military post, about 200 meters north of captain's
residence, 2 paces south of path and 43 paces east
along path from its junction with main road at a
point 72 paces north of bridge over stream; marked
by slab of gneiss, projecting about 1 meter above
surface of ground. True bearings: north gable of
captain's residence, 16° 35' .8; top of church steeple,
500 meters, 49° 05' .5; top of monolith near coast,
2 kilometers, 337° 47' .8; large monolith of Malgash
tomb, 1 kilometer, 351° 09' .7; east edge of pagoda
in grounds of residency, 356° 54' .4.
Mandate, 1921 — In town, near middle of public square,
an open space lying between market building and
rest-house, at a point in line with west line of ver-
anda-posts of rest-house and 35.95 meters north of
north veranda-post, and 24.30 meters south of large
tamarind tree. True bearings: northwest veranda-
post of rest-house, 17° 15' .4; southwest veranda-post
of market building, 61 paces, 156° 20' .2; tamarind
tree, 181° 46'.8.
Mandritsara, 1921 — On low hill, about 1.5 kilometers
east of government post, exactly in line with north
fence of French cemetery, and 17.50 meters south-
west of its northwest corner. True bearings: flag-
staff at militia camp, 2 kilometers, 30° 11'.8; spike on
east end of roof of residence, 2 kilometers, 38° 31'. 0;
north end of roof of Protestant church, 1.5 kilo-
meters, 58° 20' .3; summit of rocky peak, 5 kilo-
meters, 121° 03' .8; northwest corner of cemetery
fence, 249° 35' .8; top of north gate-post of cemetery,
40 meters, 307° 13' .4.
Mangatsiotra, 1921 — On river bank, at south end of
village, 27 paces southwest of most southerly house
of village, and 20 paces north of bank of river. True
bearings: telegraph-pole across river, 0.5 kilometer,
26° 11'.3; stayed telegraph-pole on river bank, 250
meters, 50° 23' .5; stayed telegraph-pole north of
village, 192° 41'.5; rock in middle of river, 150
meters, 337° 41'. 9.
Manja, 1921 — On southwest side of public square, a large
open space south of compound containing office of
Chef de District, at a point in line with southeast
fence of inclosure outside of compound and 46.75
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Manja, 1921 — continued
meters southwest oft its south corner, 26.45 meters
northeast of northeast veranda-post of school, and
10.60 meters north of north side of main road. True
bearings: southwest corner of outer fence around
district office, 80 meters, 160° 20' .0; east side of gate-
way to district office, 60 meters, 194° 31'. 5; south
corner of outer fence of district office, 213° 41'. 1;
tree at east end of public square, 100 meters, 313°
41'.7.
Maroantsetra, 1921— Near middle of triangular lawn
formed by cross-roads at southeast corner of resi-
dency grounds, 22.08 meters south of southeast
corner of fence of residency grounds, 51.50 meters
east of lamp-post opposite south gate, 15 paces from
west apex of lawn, 4 paces and 3 paces from edge of
road to north and south respectively; marked by
wooden post with inscription, "Place des Obser-
vations Magnetiques 1921." True bearings: bottom
of lamp-post outside of south gate, 97° 00' .2; top of
east gate-post of residence, 120° 09' .0; southeast
corner of residency fence, 199° 09' .7; northwest
veranda-post of public works department, 80 meters,
261° 37' .6; signal-mast on beach,, 300 meters, 320°
24'.9.
Marojotsy, 1921 — On beach, about 150 meters southwest
of southmost hut of village, 100 paces from high-
water mark on beach, and 23 paces west of west
bank of small water channel which is flooded at high
tide. True bearings: top of white rock on beach,
1 kilometer, 87° 51'.4; end of point, 1.5 kilometers,
92° 55' .5; flagstaff at village, 200 meters, 226° 36' .9;
near gable of government rest-house, 300 meters,
279° 42' .7.
Moramanga, 1921 — Two stations were occupied. Station
A is on south side of market place, west of public
gardens at a point 35.65 meters south of the south-
east corner and in line with east side of middle one
of three south market-buildings, and 55.75 meters
southeast of southwest corner of southwest market-
building; marked by a cement stone 20 by 20 by 60
centimeters, its top face projecting 12 centimeters
above surface of ground, and lettered "C. I.W."
True bearings: spike at west end of roof of residence,
60 meters, 41° 31' 4; southwest pillar of southwest
market-building, 140° 16' .8; southwest pillar of
central one of south market-buildings, 40 meters,
170° 37' .2; southeast pillar of central one of south
market-buildings, 189° 53' .2; front gable of hotel,
250 meters, 198° 32' .3; right window of ticket office
at race-course, 300 meters, 358° 28'.9.
Station B is near Pere Colin's station of 1892, on
pass over mountain of Tangaina, on grassy bank at
north side of motor road, about 60 meters east of
telegraph-pole which stands immediately above rail-
way tunnel about 40 meters below and 13.40 meters
west of kilometer stone "117.5." True bearings:
top of telegraph- pole on pass, 109° 39' .9; prominent
tree on hilltop, 1 kilometer, 280° 45' .9; tree on
mountain side, 1 kilometer, 286° 27' .5; kilometer
stone "117.5," 293° 44'.2.
Morondava, 1921 — Two stations! were occupied. Station
A is at extreme east end of town, just east of grounds
of residence of Chef de Province, over cross cut in
center of top of cement-faced brick pillar, 45
centimeters square, standing 90 centimeters above
surface of sand, constructed in 1914 by French
Hydrographic Service, 32.33 meters south of flag-
Descriptions of Stations
299
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Morondava, 1921 — continued
staff, and 28.60 meters east of east fence of residency
grounds. True bearings: inner side at bottom of
north post of residence gateway, 28° 04' .6; flagstaff,
183° 54' .7; northwest edge of out-building of school
250 meters, 294° 51'. 6.
Station B is on waste land just southeast of large
inclosure forming camp of company of Malgache
Tirailleurs, about 300 meters south of station A, 8
paces southwest of foot-path at a point 88 paces
southeast of south corner of camp inclosure. True
bearings: south end of roof of powder-magazine, 100
meters, 99° 38' .7; south corner of fence around mili-
tary camp, 90 meters, 146° 02' .4; south gable of
school building, 350 meters, 189° 52' .5.
Nosi Be, 1921 — Near the French hydrographic station of
1899, on small piece of flat grass-land above Point
Ankotsokotse, 3.90 meters south of center of road to
Ambanoro, and 8.10 meters north of large mango
tree on point. True bearings: west side of trunk of
mango tree, 36° 29' .2; front ornament on roof of
house across bay, 600 meters, 97° 07' ,7; south edge of
navigation beacon on Fever Point, 600 meters, 321°
08' .0; near gable of sanatorium, 5 kilometers, 341°
17' .0.
Nosivarika, 1921 — Near southeast corner of large com-
pound of government school, at point in line between
north side of center doorway of school and south post
of gateway in hedge on main street, 41.75 meters east
of northeast veranda-post of school, and 14.85 meters
west of south post of gateway in hedge. True bear-
ings; southeast veranda-post of school, 42° 10' .4;
northeast veranda-post of school, 78° 48' .0; south
post of gateway in hedge, 242° 47' .7; palm tree, 0.5
kilometer, 276° 23' .5; southeast corner of compound,
30 paces, 304° 30' .7.
Pointe Sada, 1921 — Near French hydrographic station of
1899, at high-water mark on small sandy beach
under low cliffs of small cove, about 50 meters south
of Pointe Sada. True bearings: large tree across
Baly Bay, 9 kilometers, 109° 47' .5; Cape Ampara-
faka, 9 kilometers, 122° 07' .4; tree on edge of cliff, 50
meters, 192° 55' .2.
Rantabe, 1921 — On public square around which are
grouped school, market, and rest-house, in middle
of path leading to rest-house, 15.75 meters west of
north gate-post of rest-house, and 20.60 meters north-
west of flagstaff at office of Chef de Canton. True
bearings: southwest veranda-post of school, 80
meters, 98° 56' .4; south end of wooded island in
bay, 20 kilometers, 227° 06' .0; northwest corner of
rest-house fence, 30 paces, 233^ 52' .8; north side
of gateway of rest-house, 15.75 meters, 279° 39' .6;
flagstaff at office of Chef de Canton, 323° 39'. 3.
Sambava, 1921 — At southeast corner of town, at extreme
south end of wide grassy street on which are situ-
ated residence of Chef de Poste, militia camp, and
government rest-house, 37.65 meters south of large
tree in middle of street, and 13.15 meters northeast
of corner of fence at south end of street. True
bearings: telegraph-pole, 70 paces, 24° 18' .6; spike
on red-roofed house, about 120 meters, 131° 16' .2;
flagstaff in street in front of residency, 250 meters,
151° 40' .7; nearby tree, 154° 45'.
Soavina, 1921 — On hilltop south of village and 12.00
meters southwest of government rest-house, a build-
ing of palm and thatch. True bearings: bend in road
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — continued
Soavina, 1921 — continued
on hillside, 1 kilometer, 73° 15' .0; south corner of
rest-house, 197° 04' .7; east corner of rest-house, 20
meters, 216° 57' .5.
Tamatave, 1921 — In middle of race-course 175 meters
south of governor general's house, about 150 meters
south of station established by Pere Colin, S. J., in
1892. True bearing: north edge of civil prison, 500
meters 68° 59' .2.
(Note: Owing to* inability of C.I.W. observer to
visit Tamatave because of quarantine, observations
there and at Fenerive were made later by Pere Colin
and the results kindly forwarded to the Department
with permission to incorporate with report on survey
of Madagascar.)
Tondrolo, 1921 — On open land at north end of village,
just northwest of cattle kraal, and 47 paces west of
sacred tree on side of main path to Maintirano.
True bearings: prominent tree on distant ridge,
5 kilometers, 111° 29' .4; sacred tree on side of main
path, 259° W3.
Tsihombe, 1921 — In center of large public space about
150 meters north of government offices; marked by
large block of gneiss, its upper end roughly shaped
to form a stone 20 centimeters square, projecting 50
centimeters above surface of ground. True bearings :
east side of large baobab tree at base, 150 meters,
151° 28' .4; west comer of Indian store, 250 meters,
303° 16' .5; west end of roof of residence of adminis-
trator, 300 meters, 305° 55' .0; north gable of govern-
ment school, 150 meters, 327° 15' .6.
Tsimilojo, 1921 — On open space south of abandoned
military post, about 50 meters south of rest-house
for travelers, and 15.50 meters west of large tree near
cattle yard. True bearings: telegraph-pole No. 2288,
131 paces, 85° 15' .4; east end of roof of rest-house,
181° 42' .8; large tree near cattle yard, 258° 01'.5.
Vangaindrano, 1921 — Near middle of public square, east
of Poste Administratif, 12.85 meters east of flagstaff,
in line with east side and 35.40 meters northeast of
northeast pillar of market building ; marked by block
of gneiss 10 by 10 by 50 centimeters, its top face
left projecting about 5 centimeters above surface of
ground, and cross cut to indicate exact point. True
bearings: tomb on low hill, 1 kilometer, 28° 01' .6;
bottom of northeast pillar of market building, 35°
01'.7 ; bottom of flagstaff, 74° 31' ; northwest pillar of
market building, 50 meters, 79° 30' .2; south end of
roof of residency, 250 meters, 93° 04' .0; steeple of
church, 400 meters, 221° 30' .4; north gable of hospi-
tal, 250 meters, 324° 44' .0.
Yatomandry, 1921 — About 600 meters southeast of Pere
Colin's station of 1900, which was no longer avail-
able for reoccupation on account of buildings, on
low sand-dune east of Boulevard Maritime, in line
with south side of tract reserved for new residency,
135 paces east of its southeast boundary stone, and
70 paces west of high-water mark on beach. True
bearings: top of rock in sea, 700 meters, 13° 40M ;
north end of post-office, 500 meters, 86° 33'. 1 ; south-
east boundary stone of residency grounds, 99° 42' .0;
high telegraph-pole, 500 meters, 187° 06' .2.
Vohemar, 1921 — North of town, on beach, at extreme
northern end of Rue des Dames at its junction with
road running northeast from wharf, about 0.5 kilo-
meter north-northeast of administrator's residence,
12 paces from high-water mark, and 6 paces west-
northwest of track leading to water's edge from
300
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN
Madagascar — concluded
Vohemar, 1921 — continued
north end of Rue des Dames. True bearings: dis-
tant peak, 25 kilometers, 122° 52' .8; top of cliff across
bay, 15 kilometers, 151° 37M; west end of largest
of three islands in bay, 3 kilometers, 166° 23' .6;
channel buoy, 250 meters, 207° 03'.
Zanzibar
Zanzibar, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1909, in west corner of Recreation Park, 186 feet
(56.69 meters) from Mnazimoja Road, measured
at right angles from point 327 feet (99.67 meters)
southeast along road from point opposite southeast
side of memorial to General Matthews, 339 feet
(103.3 meters) east-southeast of south apex of
triangular inclosure around memorial, and 419 feet
(127.7 meters) northeast of angle in cemetery
wall ; marked by cement block 6 by 6 inches (15 by 15
cm.) by 3 feet (0.9 meters), its top face sunk about
1 foot (0.3 meter) below turf, a sink-hole indicat-
ing exact point. True bearings: bottom left,
side of Matthews Memorial, 108° 05' .0; top of
steeple of English Cathedral, one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.), 182° 42' .6; clock tower of government
stables, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.), 185° 13' .8; stack
of destructor, one-third mile (0.5 km.), 199° W.6;
bottom of wireless mast, one-third mile (0.5 km.),
199° 51'.0.
ISLANDS, MEDITERRANEAN
Candia, Crete, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1911, in northeast corner of olive grove on
terrace rising several feet above surrounding fields,
about 200 meters southwest of wall surrounding
cemetery and Church of St. Constantine, just south
of north edge of terrace, about 45 meters northeast
of northwest corner of stone house, and about 45
meters northwest of northeast corner; marked by
square gray stone, projecting 5 centimeters above
ground, 20 centimeters square and 60 centimeters
deep, the exact point marked by drill-hole in top.
True bearings: northwest corner of stone house, 23°
04' .9; point of dome on St. Minas, 159° 19'.1; yellow
minaret, 174° 26'.3; cross on dome of St. Constan-
tine, 223° 30* .5.
Larnaka, Island of Cyprus, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1910, in central part of park owned
by municipal government of Larnaka, south of city,
6.43 meters south of pine tree, 9.33 meters southeast
of pine tree, and 5.93 meters east of eucalyptus tree;
marked by tent-peg driven flush with ground. True
bearings : minaret in town, 198° 20'. 1 ; southwest cor-
ner of powder-magazine wall, 342° 01'.9.
Naxos, Cyclades, 1922 — On summit of peninsula forming
part of north side of harbor, in midst of ruins of
ancient Greek temple of which only massive marble
portal remains standing, over center of more easterly
of two marble disks, 145 centimeters in diameter, set
horizontally in ground, 19.4 meters southeast of west
edge of portal, and 19.3 meters south of east edge
of portal. True bearings: tip of mountain across
bay, 42° 19' .6; cross on shrine on mountain side,
267° 09* .2 ; flagstaff on square tower of Catho-
lic church, 318° 15' .9; cross on church south of
village, 340° 42' .8.
Rhodes, Island of Rhodes, 1922 — About 1.5 kilometers
south of CJ.W. station of 1910 unsuitable for reoc-
cupation, about 200 meters south of signal-tower of
steel lattice-work on summit of hill known as Mont
ISLANDS, MEDITERRANEAN
concluded
Rhodes, Island of Rhodes, 1922 — continued
Smith, near center of third terrace below road fol-
lowing crest of hill, and south of path along north
wall of terrace leading to group of small stone build-
ings occupied by Turkish family; 28.5 meters south-
east of olive tree in northwest corner of terrace, 18.9
meters from next tree south, and 17.0 meters east
of third tree; marked by tent-peg driven flush with
ground. True bearings: east edge of semaphore
tower, 194° 47' .6; staff on low tower on ruined house,
200 meters, 291° 02' .8; round brick chimney near
sea, 296° 09' .2; sharp point on tower on distant hill
crest, 354° 12' .2.
ISLANDS PACIFIC OCEAN
Bismarck Archipelago
Rabaul, New Britain Island, 1921 — Practical reoccupation
C. I.W. station of 1915, in copra plantation about
one-third mile (0.5 km.) south of large Nord
Deutscher Lloyd jetty, at a point east of fourth row
of coconut palms from shore and north of second
row of palms north of road to swimming-pool,
about 290 feet (88 meters) west of road running
nearly parallel to shore, about 145 feet (44 meters)
east of high-water mark, and 56 feet (17 meters)
north of road leading to swimming-pool; marked by
redwood board 1 by 4 by 12 inches (3 by 10 by 30
cm.), left 1 inch (3 cm.) above surface of ground.
True bearings : right edge of north corner bath-house
support, about 200 feet (61 meters) 76° 06' .8; gable
on middle large shed of 3 sheds across bay, about one
and three-fourths miles (2.8 km.), 107° 27'.0; near
gable of red shed across bay, about 2 miles (3 km.),
139° 58' .0; near gable of nearest metal copra-shed,
about 350 feet (107 meters), 221° 43' .8.
Cook Islands
Avarua (Rarotonga Range-Lights) , 1922 — About 1 kilo-
meter east of C.I.W. station of 1906, about 1 mile
(1.6 km.) eastward along beach from Avarua wharf,
roughly in line with Puce Point range-lights, 134.6
feet (41.0 meters) east from base of sea range-light
(green), and 125.8 feet (38.3 meters) west of base of
land range-light (red) ; marked by cement pillar, 12
by 18 by 48 inches (30 by 46 by 122 cm.), exact center
of station being marked by bamboo pipe, and let-
tered "C.I.W. 1922," left 6 inches (15 cm.) above
surface of coral beach. True bearings: left edge of
shed on beach, about 1,000 feet (305 meters), 73°
12' .8; left edge of Donnell's store, about 2 miles
(3 km.), 84° 51'.5; right edge of Donnell's store, 85°
20' .9; sea range-light, 95° 32' .8; land range-light, 282°
31'.0.
Avarua B (Tekeu)., 1922 — On coral beach, about 1 mile
(1.6 km.) east of Avarua wharf, in grounds of Mr.
Tekeu's house and in range with its west veranda-
posts, 72 feet (21.9 meters) north-northwest of center
post of thatch hut near beach, 72 feet (22 meters)
from high-water mark, 171.5 feet (52.27 meters)
southeast of red or seaward range-light, and 265.5
feet (80.93 meters) west-southwest of center of
CJ.W. cement marker for Rarotonga Range-Lights
station; marked by hardwood stake 2 by 4 by 8
inches (5 by 10 by 20 cm.), with letters "C. I.W."
cut on north face, and driven flush with sandy
beach. True bearings: right edge of Donnell's
store, about 2 miles (3.2 km.), 86° OS' .2; top of
wireless-station antenna, about 5 miles (8.0 km.),
86° 59'.8; right edge of pier marking C.I.W.
Rarotonga Range-Lights station, 242° 00' .5.
Descriptions of Stations
301
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Cook Islands — concluded
Avarua C (Coral Beach), 1922 — On coral beach, about
1 mile (1.6 km.) east of Avarua wharf, 911 feet (277.7
meters) east of base of red seaward range-light, about
800 feet (244 meters) east of CI.W. Rarotonga
Range-Lights station, 36 feet (11.0 meters) south of
high-water mark, and 18.5 feet (5.64 meters) west of
small iron-bark tree standing alone on beach;
marked by a 4 by 3 by 36 inches (10 by 8 by 91 cm.)
hardwood post left 3 inches (8 cm.) above surface,
bearing "CI.W." cut in north face in 2-inch (5-cm.)
letters, and "CI.W." cut in top in 1.5-inch (4-cm.)
letters, middle period being exact center of station.
True bearings: extreme top point of seaward range-
light, 89° 26' .3.
Ellice Islands
Funafuti Island, 1921 — Two stations were occupied.
Station A is exact reoccupation of CI.W. station
of 1915, on -main island of Funafuti atoll, between
beach and path to village, 112.3 feet (34.23 meters)
north of north corner of wire fence surrounding
office and residency and 27.1 feet (8.26 meters) from
rock border of new path leading from residency to
mission-house and village; marked by wooden stake
flush with ground. True bearings: center of flag-
pole on governor's dock, 68° 10' .2; northwest extrem-
ity of Meulitefala Island, about 5 miles (8 km.),
162° 08' .0; left edge of post on veranda of near
corner of doctor's house, 227° 34' .8; far edge of post
on east corner of veranda of office, 349° 20' .5.
Station B is close reoccupation of CI.W. station
of 1915, on foreshore of coral beach, about one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.) northeast of Funafuti Island station
A, 36 feet (11.0 meters) northwest of nearest point
of path, about 55 feet (16.8 meters) southeast of
nearest point of beach, 81 feet (24.7 meters) north-
northwest of north corner of stone square inclosing
graves, and 82 feet (25.0 meters) southwest of wire
fence around Mr. O'Brien's house; marked by
round wooden peg driven flush with ground. True
bearing: top of crane-mast on Allen's wharf, about
700 feet (213 meters), 52° 26' .0.
Nanomana Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of CI.W.
station of 1915, on foreshore near landing-place on
west coast of island, about 30 feet (9 meters) east
of edge of sandy beach, and 121 feet (36.9 meters)
west of southeast corner of base of flagstaff ; marked
by wooden peg driven flush with ground. True
bearings: right edge of near corner of veranda of
pastor's house, 220° 19' .2; near gable of church, 300
feet (91 meters), 250° 18' .7; southeast corner of flag-
staff base, 263° 20'.7.
Nanomea Island, 1921 — About 250 feet (76 meters) east
of C I.W. station of 1915 which could not be
recovered because of growth of coconut trees, in
center of path leading from landing-place on west
side of island, 91 feet (27.7 meters) southwest of west
corner of church, 76 feet (23.2 meters) northwest of
north corner-post of pastor's veranda, and 52.4 feet
(15.97 meters) and 49.3 feet (15.03 meters) respec-
tively from east and north corners of base of flag-
staff; marked by wooden stake 1.5 feet (0.45 meter)
long and 2 inches (5 cm.) in diameter driven flush
with ground. True bearings: base of foundation
at south corner of fourth hut beyond path inter-
secting path from landing-place, 220° 58' .0; west
corner of church, 248° 56' .0; south corner of church,
290° 55' .9.
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Ellice Islands — concluded
Niutao Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of CI.W.
station of 1915, on southwest coast on sandy beach
in front of group of huts near church, in line with
northwest side of hut which stands about 50 feet
(15 meters) southeast of pastor's house, 79 feet (24.1
meters) southwest of west corner of same hut, 89
feet (27.1 meters), 71 feet (21.6 meters), and 110 feet
(33.5 meters) respectively from east, south, and west
corners of pastor's house, and 156 feet (47.5 meters)
southeast of flagstaff ; marked by wooden peg driven
just below surface of ground. True bearings: right
edge of door of church, 206° 02'.1 ; west corner of hut
to southeast of pastor's house, 229° 08'. 1.
Nui Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of CI.W. station
of 1915, near landing-place on west shore of island,
101 feet (30.8 meters) north of stone base of white
flagstaff, 74 feet (22.6 meters) south of point where
black flagpole stood in 1915, 71 feet (21.6 meters)
southwest of northwest corner of large meeting-house
and post-office, 33 feet (10.1 meters) northwest of
southwest corner of meeting-house, 142.0 feet (43.28
meters) northwest of northeast corner of meeting-
house southeast of flagstaff, 13.6 feet (4.15 meters)
southeast and 6 feet (1.8 meters) northeast respec-
tively of coconut trees; marked by wooden peg
driven flush with ground. True bearings: northwest
corner of foundation of large meeting-house, 201°
22' .7; northeast corner of foundation of meeting-
house southeast of flagstaff, 330° 54' .7; left top of
base flagstaff, 348° 59' .6.
Nukujetau Island, 1921— About 75 feet (22.9 meters)
west of station of 1915 now submerged by encroach-
ment of sea, on sandy foreshore of beach, in front
of village at north end of island, 88.9 feet (27.10
meters) northeast of northwest corner of base of flag-
staff, 60.6 feet (18.47 meters) east-southeast of south-
east corner of jail, 76 feet (23.2 meters) southeast of
northeast corner of jail, and about 50 feet (15
meters) from edge of foreshore ; marked by a wooden
peg driven flush with ground. True bearings: point 4
inches (10 cm.) above lower northwest corner of
base of flagstaff, 12° 36'. 1 ; extremity of near end of
first island to right of village, 320° 48' .7.
Nukulailai, 1921 — Close reoccupation of CI.W. station
of 1915, on northwest shore of island, 49 feet (14.9
meters) east of mean high-water mark, 109 feet (33.2
meters) north of northwest corner of stone base of
flagstaff, 142 feet (43.3 meters) west of nearest point
of path leading to pastor's house, and about 500 feet
(152 meters) southwest of church; marked by a tri-
angular-shaped stake driven flush with ground. True
bearings: northwest base of flagstaff, 8° 47' .3; south-
east corner of base of church, 254° 32' .8.
Vaitupu Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, on foreshore, about 600 feet (183
meters) south of flagstaff at landing-place on west
side of island, 100 feet (30 meters) west of roughly
defined path leading from landing-place to south
side of island, and 211.6 feet (64.50 meters) southwest
of store; marked by wooden peg driven flush with
ground. True bearings: northern extremity of Vai-
tupu Island, 150° 04' .7; near end of gable on store,
204° 49' .6.
Fiji Islands
Lautoka, Viti Levu Island, 1921 — On grounds of Colonial
Sugar Refining Company, about one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.) east of wharf, in center of path leading
302
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Fiji Islands — concluded
Loutoka, Viti Leva Island, 1921 — continued
from wagon-bridge to coal-yard, 80.3 feet (24.48
meters) south-southeast of second tree along road
west of wagon-bridge, and 286.5 feet (87.32 meters)
southwest of inner southwest corner of cement
foundation of wagon-bridge. True bearings: lone
palm tree on top of red clay hill to rear of sugar-
mill, 2 miles (3 km.), 6° 52' .4; right edge of south
wagon-bridge rail, 240° 22'. 9; right top edge of high-
est mountain visible from station, 310° 19' .9; left
edge of tall brick smoke-stack on sugar-mill, 1,000
feet (305 meters), 346° 05'.5.
Suva, Dr. Klotz's Station, Viti Levu Island, 1921 — Exact
reoccupation of C.I.W. station of 1915, on reserve
fronting harbor, about 70 feet (21 meters) and
100 feet (30 meters) south of south and east corners
respectively of cable station, and 68 feet (21 meters)
west of north corner of balcony of town hall ; marked
by earthenware drain-pipe 15 inches (38 cm.) in
diameter set by Survey Depaitment, 52 feet (15.8
meters) from town hall. True bearings: beacon on
Lami River reef, one and one-fourth miles (2.0 km.),
138° 24' .5; finial on lower lighthouse, 150° 15'.
Hawaiian Islands
Sisal, Honolulu Magnetic Observatory, Oahu Island, 1921
— Observations were made on Pier A in absolute
house, Honolulu Magnetic Observatory, of United
States Coast and Geodetic Survey, and station A
was exactly reoccupied. Station A is outside observ-
atory inclosure, 18.46 meters north of Pier A in
line with north meridian-mark which is distant 2,800
feet (853 meters), on level coral plain 6.4 meters
north of stone wall surrounding inclosure; marked
by wooden peg with copper tack at precise point.
True bearings: trigonometric staff on mountain,
148° 30'.5; V-cut in mountain, 160° 02'.3; north
meridian-stone, 180° 00' .0.
Lord Howe Island
Lord Howe Island, 1923— Approximate reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1915, on top of small lone knoll
east of Watson's Landing, on south side of island, 55
feet (16.8 meters) southeast of near corner of sheet-
iron boat-shed, and about 30 feet (9.1 meters) from
near edge of sandy beach along lagoon. True bear-
ings: right edge of top section of signal flagpole at
Watson's Landing, 300 feet (91 meters), 123° 06' .9;
left edge of top section of common flagpole, 200 feet
(61 meters), 212° 54' .0.
Malay Archipelago
Bandjermasin, Borneo, 1923 — Close reoccupation of
Batavia Observatory magnetic station of 1918. In
grounds of Hotel Bandjer between tidal canal and
driveway leading to rear of hotel, 11.6 feet (3.54
meters) east of first coconut tree southwest along
canal from rear hotel building west of drive, 53.6 feet
(16.34 meters) southwest of west corner of same
building, and 66.5 feet (20.27 meters) and 60 feet
(18.3 meters) respectively, west of north and west
comers of rear hotel building east of drive. True
bearing: left edge of white fence across canal, 500
feet (152 meters), 59° 02' .0.
Jesselton, British North Borneo, 1923 — About 5 miles
(8 km.) west of town, upon golf course, near east
edge of first rise in front of golf pavilion, 35 feet
(10.7 meters) east of center golf-hole of green No. 9,
75.6 feet (23.04 meters) south of rubber tree num-
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Malay Archipelago — concluded
Jesselton, British North Borneo, 1923 — continued
bered 332, and 40.6 feet (12.37 meters) west of rubber
tree numbered 320; marked by wooden tent-peg
driven just below turf. True bearings: center of
veranda gable on paymaster's house, one-fourth mile
(0.4 km.), 23° 36'. 1; right edge of north concrete pier
of school, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.) 72° 47' .5; left
edge of governor's house, one-fourth mile (0.4 km.),
211° 28' .6; right edge of lone house on hill, one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 317° 39' .3.
Kudat, British North Borneo, 1923 — On police parade-
ground, about 1,000 feet (305 meters) west of wharves,
west of tennis-court, 24.5 feet (7.47 meters) east of
south post of east football goal and in line with
south posts of both football goals, 121.6 feet (37.06
meters) south of base of official flagstaff mounted on
concrete cylinder, 59.0 feet (17.98 meters), and 78.2
feet (23.84 meters) from northwest and southwest
corners respectively of white wooden fence surround-
ing tennis-court.
Labuan, Labuan Island, 1923 — On large open plot in
front of government rest-house, 134 feet (40.8 meters)
east of east edge of stone breakwater, and 305.6 feet
(93.1 meters) south of southeast corner and in line
with east side of rest-house; marked by wooden
stake 1.5 inches (3.8 cm.) in diameter and 24 inches
(61 cm.) long, driven flush with ground. True bear-
ings: near corner of government English school, 147°
35' .4; right edge of rest-house, 198° 47' .8; gable of
house on point, 5 miles (8 km.), 313° 09' .9; top of
harbor-beacon, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 348° 58' .9.
Makassar, Celebes, 1923 — Close reoccupation of magnetic
station of Royal Magnetical and Meteorological
Observatory, Batavia, Java. In north end of park,
opposite Oranje Hotel, 125 feet (38.1 meters) south
of black and white iron telegraph-pole which is in
range with tree and west wall of east wing of
hotel, and 204 feet (62.2 meters) southwest of base
of flagstaff in northeast park corner. True bearings:
center of gable on base of monument surrounded by
iron fence, 94° 13' .8; top of spike of wind-vane on
church spire, 500 feet (152 meters), 285° 50' .1; near
spike on gable of lone house in park, 900 feet (274
meters), 358° 18'.4.
Sandakan, British North Borneo, 1923 — About 5 miles
(8 km.) from town, on links of Sandakan Golf Club,
north of road, on narrow strip of ground bounded on
north, east, and south by gully, 259 feet (78.9
meters) west of hole in golf-green No. 6, and 398
feet (1213 meters) north of hole in golf -green No. 3;
marked by tent-peg driven flush with ground. True
bearings: top of insulator on telegraph-pole on hill
south of road and near top of east flight of steps,
0° 37' .4; right edge of concrete pier of golf club-
house near roadside, 58° 05' .4; right edge of wire-
less mast, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 89° 17' .7; right
edge of house with thatch roof, 500 feet (152 meters),
230° 33'.4.
Weltevreden (Batavia), Java, 1923 — Intercomparison
observations were made in absolute house of Royal
Magnetic and Meteorological Observatory. Decli-
nation observations were made on declination pier D,
horizontal intensity on piers A and C, and incli-
nation on inclination pier E.
Marquesas Islands
Atuona, Hiva Oa Island, 1922 — On Noire Point near Taa
Hu Ku Harbor, on summit of ridge between harbor
and village of Atuona, near center of rough semi-
Descriptions of Stations
303
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Marquesas Islands— concluded
Atuona, Hiva Oa Island, 1922— continued
circle of about 300 feet (91 meters) radius formed
by road around Noire Point and about 200 feet
(61 meters) above sea-level; marked by wooden
tent-peg. True bearings: gable of white copra-shed
near Teachoa Point, about 3.5 miles (5.6 km.), 40°
07' .9; near comer of Maxwell's store, about three-
fourths mile (1 km.), 260° 03' .2; lone rock at extreme
right of Motane Island, 25 miles (40 km.), 314°
34' .0.
Puamau, Hiva Oa Island, 1922— About 500 yards (457
meters) east of Catholic mission, on Puamau or
Perigot Bay, about 100 feet (30 meters) east of
westernmost edge of rock ledge lying between coral
beach and sea, about 25 feet (8 meters) from base
of high cliff, and in center of trail running along
shore to east of Puamau village; marked by tent-
peg driven flush with ground. True bearings: cross
on Catholic church seen over barn, about one-fourth
mile (0.4 km.), 93° 21'.7; north gable of Protestant
church, about one-half mile (0.8 km.), 120° 49'. 1;
near gable of south copra-shed, 261° 13'.2.
New Caledonia (Including Loyalty Islands)
Bourail, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1915, on north shore of Bourail River, near its mouth,
121 feet (36.9 meters) north-northeast from beacon-
shed with V-shaped wind-shields, and about 270 feet
(82 meters) northwest of small stone jetty; marked
by a 4.5 by 3 by 24 inch (11 by 8 by 61 cm.) hard-
wood, wedge-shaped post left flush with surface of
ground. True bearings: top of near beacon, 25°
09' .2; top of lighthouse across bay, three-fourths
mile (1.2 km.), 138° 40' .0; right gable of Port de
Mei, 300 feet (91 meters), 252° 46' .4; right edge of
post on jetty at ground, 270 feet (82 meters), 300°
43M.
Chepenehe, Liju Island, 1922 — See Lifu Island.
Keppanie, Lifu Island, 1922 — See Lifu Island.
Lifu Island (Keppanie), 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1915, 156.5 feet (47.70 meters)
northwest of top step of landing-place in northeast
corner of Sandal Bay, on west coast of Lifu Island,
on concave top of small mound about 26 feet (7.9
meters) northeast of small lagoon forming natural
landing harbor, and in line with two permanent
benches along water-front; marked by a 5 by 5 by 18
inch (13 by 13 by 46 cm.) cement block marked on
top with letters "C.I.W. 1922," left 1 inch (3 cm.)
above ground. True bearings: left edge of Protest-
ant church across bay, 10 miles (16 km.), 11° O^;
statue on Mekitapune Church, 3.5 miles (5.6 km),
76° 36' .2; left edge of belfry of Eacho Church, 1.5
miles (2.4 km.), 102° 28' .4; near edge of yellow lime
building used as post-office, 600 feet (183 meters),
159° 42' .3; top of right gate-post in front of mission-
ary's house, 450 feet (137 meters), 205° 05' .4; spike
on gable of house, 900 feet (274 meters), 268° 05' .8.
Mare Island (Tatyn), 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1915, on flat open space used by
natives as a playground, about one-half mile (0.8
km.) along road running north from landing-place
in Tatyn Bay, on west coast of Mare Island, 63 paces
west of mouth of lime-oven and 10 paces east of
rough lime pillar used as channel marker and in
line between the two, and 46 paces south of south-
west corner of wooden fence around coconut grove.
No bearings were measured; those of 1915 were:
extreme edge of cliff at south end of bay, 8 miles
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
New Caledonia (Including Loyalty Islands) — concl'd
Mare Island (Tatyn), 1922 — continued
(13 km.), 32° 097; extreme edge of cliff at north end
of bay, 3.5 miles (5.6 km.), 119° 06'.; near gable of
residency, 1 mile (1.6 km.), 352° 02'.
Noumea, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1915, in valley east of zigzag road leading from town
up to signal-station, 132 feet (40.2 meters) east of
lamp-post standing in road about 200 feet (61
meters) above its last sharp turn, and 90.6 feet (27.62
meters) west up hill from a survey peg standing
3 inches (8 cm.) above surface of ground; marked
by hardwood post 5 inches (13 cm.) in diameter,
with cone top left 4 inches (10 cm.) above ground
and covered with a cairn of stones. True bearings:
top of center beacon-pole on hill, 1,000 feet (305
meters), 19° 13'.8; base of flagpole at signal-station,
three-fourths mile (1.2 km.), 173° 44' .5; near gable
of hospital on hill, 1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 308° 42'.6;
spike on center of front of military barracks,
1.5 miles (2.4 km.), 328° 59' .8.
Paagoumene, 1922 — Exact reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, on plain west of winding sheds and
buildings of Chrome Mining Company, in line with
northwest fence of cemetery, 121.7 feet (37.10 meters)
northeast of north corner-post of cemetery fence,
and 176 feet (53.6 meters) north-northeast of east
corner-post of cemetery fence; marked by wooden
post projecting about 3 inches (8 cm.) above ground
and covered with cairn of stones, to be replaced by
a cement pier. True bearings: top of beacon-pole
on hill, one-half mile (0.8 km.), 44° 43' .8; top of
north corner of cement tombstone marking a
Japanese grave at east end of second row of tombs,
130 feet (40 meters), 47° 40' .6.
New Guinea
Buna Ba'y, 1922 — Practical reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, on foreshore, about 900 feet (274
meters) northeast of jetty, 135 feet (41.1 meters)
northwest of near edge of path from jetty to
residency running nearly parallel to shore, and 90
feet (27.4 meters) from high-water mark. True
bearings: right center post on veranda of B. N. G.
store about one-half mile (0.8 km.), 47° 09' .2;
extreme point of land to left of Buna Bay, about
3 miles (5 km.), 130° 12'.4; spike on porch of
Mr. Oates's house, about 450 feet (137 meters), 350°
42' .0.
Cape Nelson, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, at extremity of steep cliff about
500 feet (152 meters) east of jetty, 75 feet (23
meters) south of base of flagpole in front of res-
idency, and about 33 feet (10 meters) southeast of
nearest point of zigzag path leading from jetty up
face of cliff to residency. True bearings: east gable
of easternmost B.N.G. hut across bay, about 1 mile
(1.6 km.), 12° 44' .8; tower beacon on side of hill,
about 1 mile (1.6 km.), 70° 20' .3; left corner of
residency porch at roof, 138 feet (42.1 meters), 162°
11'.3.
Ipotcto Island, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, about 20 feet (6 meters) from high-
water mark at southeastern extremity of island, on
sandy spur, 9 feet (3 meters) from each of two trees
which are 5 feet (1.5 meters) apart.
Kwato Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, on south side of island, at east end of
flat, northeast of jetty and boat-shed, 60 feet (18.3
meters) northwest of high-water mark, 35 feet (10.7
304
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
New Guinea — concluded
Kwato Island, 1921 — continued
meters) southeast across small spring from tree with
dense foliage, and 37 feet (11.3 meters) southwest
from westernmost coconut palm of four at eastern
end of flat. True bearings: left edge of flagpole
seen over shed, about 550 feet (168 meters), 50°
48' .0; right end gable of mission store, about 300
feet (91 meters), 71° 53' .0; point on extreme end of
Cape Rogie, about 2 miles (3 km.), 308° 55' .0.
Mambare, 1922 — Close reoccupation of C. I.W. station
of 1915, on foreshore near landing-place, about 250
feet (76 meters) northwest of government hut, 15
feet (4.6 meters) south of mean high-water mark,
and 15 feet (4.6 meters) from edge of low grassy
swamp which is filled at high tide. True bearings:
extremity of Warsong Point, about 2.5 miles (4 km.),
146° 57'.3; left edge of boatshed, about one-half
mile (0.8 km.), 233° 44'.5; near corner of govern-
ment hut seen over swamp, 302° 13' .1.
Samarai, 1921 — Two stations were occupied. Station A
is close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of 1915, at
northern apex of equilateral triangle the base of
which is made by two breadfruit trees 32.6 feet (9.94
meters) apart, near middle of northern end of narrow
southern portion of recreation reserve. True bear-
ings: right gable of near police quarters, 0° 33' .2;
right gable of far police quarters, about 300 feet
(91 meters) 8° 48' .3; left corner of roof of pavilion,
about 220 feet (67 meters), 93° 30' .6; near corner of
Robinson's monument, about 450 feet (137 meters),
162° 05' .8; near gable of house, about 210 feet (64
meters) , 263° 17' .8.
Station B is practical reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, on northeast side of island, about one-
fourth mile (0.4 km.) along path running from jetty
southeastward around edge of island. True bearings:
left edge of shed on end of jetty, 141° 39' .4; right
end of house with metal roof across bay, about
4 miles (6 km.), 279° 34' .5.
Suau Island, 1921 — Within one-half mile of C.I.W. Suau
Harbor station of 1915, on northeastern side of
island, near landing-place, 70 feet (21.3 meters) south
of high-water mark, 43 feet (13.1 meters) north of
near base of stone wall running along foreshore in
front of village, and 45 feet (13.7 meters) east-north-
east of center of double tree. True bearings: inner
edge of post of roof of hut, 140.6 feet (42.85 meters),
28° 09' .5; lone tree on extremity of point across bay,
about 2 miles (3 km.). 84° 41' .8; left edge of near
corner of native hut, 341° 33' .9.
Tamata Junction, 1922 — At head of navigation of
Tamata Creek, southeast of landing-place at Whit-
ton's old store, in thick swamp grass on top of first
point of high bank projecting into creek, 130.6 feet
(39.81 meters) southeast of southeast corner of
Whitton's old store, 18.7 feet (5.70 meters) south-
southeast of small softwood tree on river bank, and
34.6 feet (10.55 meters) northeast of large softwood
tree; marked by 18-inch (46-cm.) round hardwood
stake driven flush with ground. True _ bearings :
inner side of ornament on left end of Whitton's old
store, 115° 49'.1; right edge of northeast corner
veranda-post on store, 139 feet (42.37 meters), 130°
39' .8.
New Hebrides
Fila, Sandwich Island, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1915, near top of hill at rear of
post-office building, 111 feet (33.8 meters) northeast
of northwest corner of wire fence surrounding
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
New Hebrides — continued
Fila, Sandwich Island, 1922 — continued
Protestant church and British residency offices,
93 feet (28.3 meters) north of nearest point of same
fence, 25 feet (7.6 meters) north of center of tree,
and 53.5 feet (16.31 meters) southeast of northeast
corner post of fence at rear of post-office; marked
by a 6 by 6 by 18 inch (15 by 15 by 46 cm.) cement
pier with "C.I.W. 1922" on top, a hole marking
exact station center, left level with ground. True
bearings: ornament on front steeple of Protestant
church, 600 feet (183 meters), 1° 55'.2; right edge
of house, 600 feet (183 meters), 21° 14' .2; center of
lower section of flagpole at British residence, 1.5
miles (2.4 km.), 52° 59' .5; right edge of post-office
building, 800 feet. (244 meters), 88° 46' .2; center of
top of lower section of flagpole in front of French
offices, 800 feet (244 meters), 168° 04' .9.
Hog Harbor, Santo Island, 1923 — On west shore of Hog
Harbor near landing-place of mission station,
between native and mission boat-houses and beach,
20 feet (6.1 meters) and 23 feet (7.0 meters) from
the nearest corners of these houses respectively, and
23.6 feet (7.19 meters) from near wooden rail of track
leading to mission boat-house, among coconut trees,
one in direct line to nearest point on beach being
distant 25 feet (7.6 meters) and one on line pass-
ing between boat-houses being distant 15 feet (4.6
meters) ; marked by stake 2 by 3 by 24 inches (5 by
8 by 61 cm.) driven flush.
Luganville, Santo Island, 1922 — On beach at right of
Balland and Son's jetty, in clearing between mana-
ger's house and sea, in line with south face of first
store building southeast of large copra-shed, and in
line with and 105 feet (32.0 meters) southeast of
right edge of left brick steps leading to veranda of
manager's house ; marked by broken tent-peg driven
flush with ground. True bearings: right edge of left
brick steps leading to manager's house, 144° 45' .9;
near gable of house to rear of second store, 500 feet
(152 meters), 231° 53' .6; right edge of store front,
taken near ground, 600 feet (183 meters), 258° 03' .0;
right edge of next to last stone pier of jetty, 800 feet
(244 meters), 292° 54' .2.
Ringdove, Epi Island, 1922 — Near beach south of
landing-place in front of Zeitler and Hagen Planta-
tion store, 108.5 feet (33.07 meters) south along
beach from flagpole, in line with and 88 feet (26.8
meters) west of right edge of Mr. Hagen's residence ;
marked by tent-peg left 1 inch (3 cm.) above
ground, to be replaced by hardwood peg and cement.
True bearings: left edge of Protestant mission on
island across harbor. 3 miles (5 km.), 158° 06' .6;
right edge of Mr. Hagen's residence, 289° 19' .4.
Vila, Sandwich Island, 1922— See Fila.
Samoa Islands
Apia, Samoa Observatory, Upolu Island, 1921 — Five
stations were occupied, two in absolute observatory,
N Pier and SE Pier, and three in observatory
grounds, West Pier, A, and B. Station A is 50.51
feet (15.40 meters) from northwest corner and 48.53
feet (14.80 meters) from southwest corner of concrete
base of atmospheric-electric laboratory, 26.82 feet
(8.17 meters) north of rain-gage and 25.87 feet (7.89
meters) southeast of near corner of meteorological
shelter ; marked by cement post 7 by 7 by 30 inches
(18 by 18 by 76 cm.). True bearings: church steeple
across bav, 43° 28' .8; church steeple across bav, 95°
46' .6; gable of house on Faleuli Point, 114° *01'.2;
Descriptions of Stations
305
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Samoa Islands — concluded
Apia, Samoa Observatory, Upolu Island, 1921 — cont'd
northeast corner of Gauss House in Observatory
grounds, 340° 23' .0.
Station B is 50.32 feet (15.34 meters) south 95° 46' .C
west of station A, in line with A and church steeple,
51.12 feet (15.58 meters) from rain-gage, and 26.10
feet (7.96 meters) from square pier north of abso-
lute observatory; marked by brass-bound tripod
pegs.
Pago Pago, Tutuila Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1911 and 1916, on parade-ground
of Fita-Fita barracks at United States naval station
in Pago Pago Harbor, at a point 162.6 feet (49.56
meters) west of bottom of northwest edge of jail,
and 55.5 feet (16.92 meters) northeast of northwest
corner of enlisted men's barracks ; marked by a
peg driven flush with ground. True bearings : north-
east edge of old schoolhouse, 127° 12'. 1 ; center of
base of flagstaff on Poyer school, 192° 49' .0; north-
west edge of pillar on wireless house, 219° 54' .0;
southwest edge of jail, 269° 08M. The enlisted
men's barracks have an iron roof, and have been
erected since the previous occupation.
Tau, Manua Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1911, about 40 yards (36.6 meters)
southwest of point where old flagpole stood, about
500 feet (152 meters) south of ruins of Queen
Vaitupu's house, about 219 feet (66.8 meters) north-
east of southeast edge of ruins of small house, 26.0
feet (7.92 meters) northwest of breadfruit tree, and
73.5 feet (22.40 meters) southwest of center post of
native hut. True bearing: top of shaft on tomb of
Queen Margaret, 352° 01'.4.
Society Islands
Papeete, Tahiti Island, 1922 — Close reoccupation of
C. I.W. station of 1916, in eastern corner of govern-
ment land used as experiment tract, just south of
Botanical Garden, about 107 meters southeast of
gardener's house, 56 meters northeast of ruins of
windmill pump, 47 meters southeast of north fence,
15.2 meters west of east fence, and 9.4 meters north
and 6.1 meters south respectively of two coconut trees.
Declination observations were made at a secondary
station 20 feet (6.1 meters) southeast of principal
station. True bearing from secondary station: right
edge of south wooden window in gardener's house,
146° 05' .0.
Point Fareute. Tahiti Island, 1922 — Two stations were
occupied, both being close reoccupations of former
C.I.W. station A, occupied in April, is on coral
beach, east of site of old arsenal on Point Fareute,
360 feet (109.7 meters) north of northeast corner
of iron bridge across stream, and 60 feet (18.3 meters)
east of present changeable mouth of small stream.
True bearings: north gable of yellow house. 28° 05' .4 ;
near corner of same yellow house, 32° 02' .9.
Station B. occupied in June, is somewhat eastward
of A. which could not be recovered on account
of shifting sand. True bearing: north gable of
yellow house, 30° 55' .8.
Solomon Islands
Aola, Guadalcanar Island, 1921 — In grounds of residence
of Aola District Commissioner. 143.8 feet (43 83
meters) northeast of base of flagpole and in range
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Solomon Islands — continued
Aula, Guadalcanar Island, 1921 — continued
with flagpole and north corner of residence sleeping-
room, 133.5 feet (40.69 meters) east-southeast of east
extension wall of large meeting-hut, 111.7 feet (34.05
meters) southeast of near concrete post on edge of
meeting-house shore path, and 34 feet (10.4 meters)
northwest of base of near hedge along residence
path to shore; marked by long tent-peg, to be re-
placed by cement marker by District Commissioner.
True bearings: base of flagpole in residence yard,
35° 43' .3; gable of easternmost copra-shed on Barra
Island, about 2 miles (3.2 km.), 253° 13' .6; left
gable of house on Lever's Point, Guadalcanar Island,
about 1.5 miles (2 km.), 266° 16' .5.
Binskin's Station, Binskin's Island, 1921 — Probably with-
in 10 feet (3 meters) of C.I.W. station of 1915,
near southeast corner of small island occupied by
Mr. Binskin, about one-half mile (0.8 km.) east
of Bagga Island, on narrow coral path lined with
coconut trees running parallel with east shore of
island, 110.2 feet (33.59 meters) northeast of north
corner of easternmost copra-shed with tin roof, 115.8
feet (35.30 meters) north-northeast of east corner of
same shed, 66.5 feet (2027 meters) north-northwest
of center of easternmost coconut tree in line with
inner edge of path, and 45 feet (13.7 meters) west-
southwest of nearest point of sea-wall; marked by
small wooden peg flush with ground, to be replaced
by cement marker. True bearings: near gable of
copra-shed on inner side of path near pier, about
700 feet (213 meters), 129° 25' .2; spike on top of roof
on Mr. Binskin's house, about 800 feet (244 meters),
143° 26' .9; tall tree on Fairway Island, about 1
mile (1.6 km.), 330° 37' .6.
Falsi Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of CXW. station
of 1915, on southeast side of path leading from wharf
to native quarters, 270 feet (82.3 meters) northeast
of near end of store building, and 18 feet (5.5
meters) from near edge of path ; marked by wooden
peg driven flush with ground. True bearings: north
gable of lone hut on Shortland Island, about three-
fourths mile (1 km.), 39° 22' .9; north edge of near
roof of Burns, Philp and Company's store, about
275 feet (84 meters), 58° 24' .5;* right edge of
center post under house on hill, 250 feet (76 meters).
138° 08' .2; south edge of south porch post of native
quarters, about 700 feet (213 meters), 235° 23' .2;
near gable of lone hut on Poporang Island, about ]
mile (1.6 km.), 322° 22' .3.
Gizo, 1921 — In the immediate vicinity of C. I.W. stations
A and B of 1915, neither of which could be identi-
fied, on coral path running eastward from wharf and
store of Burns, Philp and Company toward govern-
ment offices, between first and second small streams
crossing path after leaving wharf, 139 paces south-
east of metal copra-shed, 188 feet (57.3 meters)
northwest along path from inner west edge of foun-
dation of foot-bridge over small stream with flood-
gate, 10 feet (3.0 meters) north and 5 feet (1.5
meters) south respectively from base of hedge fence
bordering path, and 26 feet (7.9 meters) east
of center of prominent curved coconut palm standing
in path. True bearings: ornament on near gable
end of shed on Shelter Island, about 2 miles (3 km.),
187° 22' .8.
Makambo Island, 1921 — Exact reoccupation of C. I.W.
station of 1915, at foot of hill northeast of wharf,
98 feet (29.9 meters) west of southwest corner of
306
Land Magnetic Observations, 1921-1926
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Solomon Islands — concluded
Makambo Island, 1921 — continued
tennis-court, in line with east side of shed used for
native quarters, and 171 feet (52.1 meters) north-
northeast of its northeast corner ; marked by wooden
peg driven flush with ground. True bearings: top
of wireless mast at Tulagi, about 1% miles (2.8
km.), 23° 19' .8; near gable of Chinaman's store,
about 300 feet (91 meters), 133° 54' .8.
Rere, Guadalcanal- Island, 1921 — On mainland of Guadal-
canar Island, on Gibson's Plantation, about 300 feet
(91 meters) southwest of southwest corner of coora-
shed at landing-place, 68 feet (21 meters) south of
high-water mark, and 98 feet (29.9 meters) east of
northeast corner and in line with north side of
native hut. True bearings: extreme edge of shore
of harbor to left, about 2.5 miles (4 km.), 130° 44' .5;
near corner of small white house on small island
across bay, about 3 miles (5 km.), 173° 03'.7; near
gable of copra-shed at landing-place, 231° 17' .5.
Salicana Island, Manning Strait, 1921 — Close reoccupa-
tion of C.I.W. station of 1915, on south shore of
island, about 250 feet (76 meters) west of new jetty,
in center of narrow trail running west from jetty
along foreshore, about 75 feet (23 meters) west along
trail from westernmost tidal stream, about 5 feet
(2 meters) east of point where trail enters bushes,
and about 5 feet (2 meters) from high-water mark;
marked by wooden peg driven flush with ground.
True bearings: near gable of thatch hut behind
copra-shed, about 400 feet (122 meters), 256° 39' .2;
tall tree on small reef, about 1.5 miles (2.4 km.),
287° 52' .2.
Tulagi 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station of
1915. near western end of shelf between high cliffs
and shore-line, about one-fourth mile (0.4 km.)
along path westward of jetty, within second inden-
ture of cliff from jetty, about 300 feet (91 meters)
east of Hollise Brothers' engineering works, about
300 feet (91 meters) northeast of government offices
located on high cliffs, 21 feet (6.4 meters) southeast
of road, 30 feet (9.1 meters), 43 feet (13.1 meters),
39.8 feet (12.1 meters), and 30 feet (9.1 meters)
respectively, from centers of coconut trees northwest,
west-northwest, southwest, and southeast, and 18.4
feet (5.61 meters) west of third concrete road-marker
from post-office; marked by a 2 by 3 by 24 inch (5
by 8 by 61 cm.) hardwood stake, with arrow cut
in north side, left 1 inch (3 cm.) above surface of
ground. True bearings: ornament on near gable
end of Mr. Laycock's house on hill, about three-
fourths mile (lkm.), 143° 32' .3; gable on right end
of large shed on Makambo wharf, about one and
three-fourths miles (2.8 km.), 200° 45' .1; center of
flagstaff on near gable of storekeeper's house on
top of hill on Makambo, one and three-fourths miles
(2.8 km.), 213° 31' .1; left leading-beacon, about
2 miles (3.2 km.), 235° 19'.8; right leading-beacon,
about 2.5 miles (4 km.), 261° 47U.
Tokelau Islands
Atafu Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. station
of 1915, on coral beach in front of pastor's house at
south end of island, 191 feet (58.2 meters) southwest
of flagpole seen through trees, and 217 feet (66.1
meters) southwest of west corner of veranda of pas-
tor's house; marked by a wooden peg driven flush
with ground.
Fakaofu Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W.
station of 1915, near northern extremity of island, at
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Tokelau Islands— concluded
Fakaofu Island, 1921 — continued
center of northeast corner of path around island near
shore, in line with and 7 feet (2.1 meters) from inner
western edge, 15.3 feet (4.66 meters) south of south-
west corner of hut, 40.6 feet (12.37 meters) and 49.9
feet (15.21 meters) respectively from west and south
corners of hut to northeast, and 25 feet (7.6 meters)
and 30 feet (9.1 meters) respectively from north and
west corners of hut to east; marked by a wooden
peg 2 inches (5 cm.) in diameter driven just below
surface of path. True bearings: west corner of hut,
235° 01'. 7; lone tree across lagoon, 5 miles (8 km.),
299° 15' .5.
Swain's Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of C.I.W. sta-
tion of 1915, on west coast of island near landing-
place, 20 paces north of lone coconut tree in line with
kausunu tree at landing-place, about 300 feet (91
meters) east of high-water mark, and about 700 feet
(213 meters) northwest of new copra-drying shed.
True bearings: gable of near end of copra-shed, 318°
52' .8; outer edge of top window in copra-shed, 319°
26' .0.
Tonga Islands
Nciaju, Vavau Island, 1921 — Close reoccupation of
C.I.W. station of 1915, on grass plot in front of
Free Church and northeast o' jetty, 50.5 feet (15.39
meters) northwest from north corner of pier mark-
ing station of Australian Eclipse Expedition of 1911,
192 feet (58.52 meters) from point on church fence
in range with church belfry, and 50.5 feet (15.39
meters) north from westernmost tree of a row
standing east and west, next tree of row being a few
feet southeast of eclipse-pier; marked by peg driven
flush with surface of ground. True bearings : near cor-
ner of Burns, Philp & Co. store, 16° 30' .2; right edge
of chimney on house near landing-place, 85° 49'.4;
spike on house north of station and across road, 153°
45' .0; outer southeast leg of cement belfry in front
of church at height of church fence, 216° 13'.2.
Nukualofa, Tongatabu Island, 1921 —Close reoccupation
of C.I.W. station of 1915, on grass plot at rear of
post-office, in range between south corner of post-
office and easternmost tree of third row of trees
standing parallel to shore, 139.5 feet (42.52 meters)
southwest of west corner of post-office wall,
168.3 feet (51.30 meters) southwest of south corner
of post-office wall, and 25.2 feet (7.68 meters) east-
northeast of tree referred to; marked by a 2 by 4
inches (5 by 10 cm.) beveled survey-peg, which is
to be replaced by a cement block flush with ground,
the position to be entered on official records of
island survev. True bearings: left ornament on roof
of store behind treasury, about 900 feet (274 meters),
43° 34' .4; left edge of iron rail around signal-pole,
about 300 feet (91 meters), 190° 07' .1; base of west
corner of wall of post-office, 240° 02'. 1 ; base of south
corner of wall of post-office, 257° 22'. 1 ; ornament on
far gable of Victoria Memorial Hall, 900 feet (274
meters), 354° 20'.4.
Tuamotu Archipelago
Angatau Island, 1922 — Near landing-place on northwest
side of island, on coral foreshore, 183.3 feet (55.87
meters) west of Mr. Marshall's copra-shed seen
through coconut trees, about 200 feet (61 meters)
from present high-water mark on coral beach, and
about 20 feet (6 meters) west of young coconut
trees. True bearings: lone post seen on beach, about
600 feet (183 meters), 204° 36' .1; near gable of
Descriptions of Stations
307
islands, pacific ocean
Tuamotu Archipelago — continued
Angatau Island, 1922 — continued
Mr. Marshall's copra-shed seen through trees, 232°
51'.3.
Fakahina Island, 1922 — Near landing-place on northwest
side of island, about 250 feet (76 meters) south-
southwest of navigation light-pole, and 75 feet (23
meters) from high-water line of coral beach. True
bearing: left edge of base of navigation light-pole
seen over young coconut trees, 197° 00'.9.
Puka Puka Island, 1922 — Near landing-place on north
side of island, on coral foreshore, 30 paces from high-
water line, and 142 paces southwest of hut near flag-
pole. True bearing: near gable of hut near flagpole,
234° 57'.8.
ISLANDS, PACIFIC OCEAN
Tuamotu Archipelago— conceded
Tikei Island, 1922 — On coral foreshore near northeast
side of small uninhabited island, about 250 feet (76
meters) from high-water mark, and 9 feet (2.7
meters) southwest of north edge of scrub brush.
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea
Stations in this division are mainly designated by
number and are described only by their latitudes and
longitudes, which are given in the Table of Results.
They are classed among land stations, as land methods
of observation were employed, though they were estab-
lished on drift-ice.
Descriptions of Arctic stations in Canada, Greenland,
Siberia, and Alaska will be found under those headings.
Plate 3
The "Maud"
MAGNETIC, ATMOSPHERIC-ELECTRIC, AND
AURORAL RESULTS, MAUD
EXPEDITION, 1918-1925
By H. U. Svebdbup
309
CONTENTS
MAGNETIC, ATMOSPHERIC-ELECTRIC, AND AURORAL RESULTS. MAUD EXPEDITION, 1918-1925
PAGE
Introduction 313
Part I — Absolute Magnetic Observations,
1918-1921, by H. U. Sverdrup and C. R. Du-
vall 315
Instruments 315
Methods of observing 317
Observatory work 317
Field work 318
Reductions to standard instruments 319
Magnetic standards adopted 319
Instrumental constants, corrections, and com-
parisons 320
Memoranda regarding formulas for intensity-
computations 324
Tests of dip needles for pivot-defects 325
Magnetic observations, 1918-1921 326
Explanatory remarks . . , 326
Observers 327
Distribution and geographic positions of sta-
tions 327
Results of magnetic observations, Maud Expedi-
tion, 1918-1921 '. 332
Asia 332
Siberia 332
Europe 336
Russia 336
Descriptions of stations 336
Asia 337
Siberia 337
Europe 338
Russia 338
Secular-variation data 339
Part II — Absolute Magnetic Observations,
1922-1925, by H. U. Sverdrup 340
Instruments 340
Methods of observing 340
Work in the drift-ice, 1922-1924 340
Work at winter-quarters, 1924-1925 342
Reductions to standard instruments 343
Magnetic standards adopted . . 343
Instrumental constants, corrections, and com-
parisons 343
Magnetic observations, 1922-1925 347
Explanatory remarks 347
Magnetic disturbances 347
Observers 349
Distribution and geographic positions of sta-
tions 349
Isomagnetic charts 353
Results of magnetic observations, Maud Expedi-
tion, 1922-1925 356
Arctic Regions 356
Arctic Sea 356
Asia 361
Siberia 361
North America 364
United States 364
Secular-variation data 369
Descriptions of stations 370
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
PAGE
Part III — Results of Photographic Records
of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin and
at Four Pillar Island, by H. U. Sverdrup 372
Records of declination at Cape Chelyuskin,
October 1918 to August 1919 372
(1) Instruments and observatory 372
Declination scale-value 373
Base-line values 374
Hourly values of declination 370
Mean monthly values of declination.. . . 377
Diurnal variation of declination 387
Diurnal variation derived from all days 388
Diurnal variation on days of different
magnetic character 390
Fourier constants 393
Absolute daily ranges and daily maxi-
ma and minima 394
Records of declination off Four Pillar Island,
December 1924 to May 1925 396
Instruments and observatory 396
Declination scale-values 397
Base-line values 399
Hourly values of declination 399
Mean monthly values of declination 405
Diurnal variation of declination 407
Diurnal variation derived from all days . 407
Diurnal variation on days of different
magnetic character 410
Fourier constants 411
Absolute daily ranges and daily maxima
and minima 412
Relation between the occurrence of aurora bo-
realis and magnetic storms 413
Comparison of diurnal variation of declination
at neighboring stations 419
Part IV — Observations of the Atmospheric-
Electric Potential-Gradient, 1922-
1925, by H. U. Sverdrup 425
Instruments and methods 425
(1) General remarks 425
Calibration of electrometers and tem-
perature-effect 425
Methods of observing during the winter
1922 to 1923 426
Recording quadrant-electrometer 426
Installation and operation of the record-
ing electrometer 428
Reduction-factors 429
Tables of results 431
Discussion 438
(1) Relations between meteorological fac-
tors and atmospheric-electric poten-
tial-gradient 439
Potential gradient and snow-drift .... 439
Sign of the charge of the drift-snow . . . 446
Potential gradient and wind-direction . 450
Potential gradient during snowfall. ... 451
Potential gradient during fog or haze. . 451
Potential gradient and cloudiness 451
Potential gradient and relative hu-
midity 452
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(a)
Q>)
(c)
(d)
(•)
(/)
(g)
310
Contents
311
PAGE
Part IV — Observations of the Atmospheric-
Electric Potential-Gradient, 1922-
1925, by H. U. Sverdrup— Conducted
Discussion — Concluded
(h) Potential gradient and temperature .... 452
(i) Selection of meteorologically undis-
turbed days 452
(2) Variations of the potential gradient 453
(a) Monthly variation 453
(6) Diurnal variation 454
(3) Results of harmonic analyses 456
(4) Relation between the potential gradient
and the aurora 458
(5) Comparisons with other observations. . . . 459
Part V — Observations op the Attrora, 1918-
1925, by H. U. Sverdrup 461
Introduction 461
Classification of aurora 462
Photographs of aurora 462
Methods of observation 464
Tables of results 465
Discussion 488
(1) Auroral character-number 488
(2) Characteristic features depending upon
the geographic position of the observing
station 499
PAGE
Part V— Observations of the Aurora, 1918-
1925, by H. U. Sverdrup— Concluded
Discussion — Con eluded
(3) Auroral frequency 499
(4) Percentage-occurrence of aurora of dif-
ferent grades of brightness and of
different forms 500
(5) Occurrence of aurora in the sky 501
(6) Characteristics of arches and coronas 502
(7) Periodicity of the aurora 503
(a) Annual period 503
(b) Variation of the auroral frequency dur-
ing the night 504
(c) Variation during the night in the fre-
quency of various forms 506
(d) Movement over the sky 508
(e) Variation of characteristics of arches . . . 510
(/) Periodicity of the aurora corresponding
to the period or rotation of the Sun. . . 510
Summary of the results 511
Part VI — Narrative of the Expedition, 1918-
1925, by H. U. Sverdrup 514
Expedition of 1918-1921 514
Expedition of 1922-1925 519
ILLUSTRATIONS
Plate
Plate
Plate
Plate
Plate
Plate
Plate
PLATES
opposite page
3— The Maud 309
4 — Theodolite Magnetometer 8 316
1 — Assembled magnetometer and appurtenances 2 — Theodolite of magnetometer 3 and
4 — Special clamping-device, open and closed 5 — View to show outside operating-
screw and clamp-lever of clamping-device
5— Dip Circle 205 and Pivot-Test Apparatus 326
1 — Compass-attachment mounted 2 — Intensity needles mounted for deflections 3 —
Modified compass-attachment for use after 1922 4 — -Apparatus for tests to deter-
mine pivot-defects
6 — Typical Views on the Maud Expedition 336
1 — The Maud at Maud Harbor 2 — Captain Amundsen observing with magnetometer
3 — Captain Wisting observing with dip circle at Station 5, April 1919 4 — Dog-sledge
used for transportation 5 — Winter-quarters at Maud Harbor, 1918-1919, absolute sta-
tion and registering-house at right, auxiliary station at left, Maud in center 6 — Mag-
netic station at Panteleika, Siberia, April 1920; showing method of setting up tent
7 — Potential-Gradient Equipment used on the Maud Expedition 428
1 — String- and leaf-electrometers with accessories 2 — Assembly of electrometer, baffle-cham-
ber, and wall-insulator 3 — Post-insulator with cover removed 4 — Insulator mount-
ed in jig for recasting sulphur insulation 5 — Inner and outer members of baffle-
chamber 6 — Aluminum-leaf electrometer and protecting cap 7 — Assembled post-
insulator
8 — Views on the Maud Expedition 446
1 — Ice-crack through Observatory 2 — Atmospheric-electric station on ice 3— Potential-
gradient collector and "solar observatory" 4 — Ice near vessel, June 1924 5 — Per-
sonnel of the Maud Expedition during 1922 to 1925 6 — Declinograph and housing
7 — Observing atmospheric potential-gradient 8 — Recording electrometer and housing,
showing frost conditions 9 — Electrometer and tripod
9— Auroral Types Photographed off North Coast of Siberia, 1918-1924 462
1 — Intense glow, upper part showing transition to curtains 2 — Typical waving curtain,
weak streamer to left 3 — Moving curtain (blurred by rapid motion), faint glow to
right 4 — Typical curtain with wave-like structure, weaker aurora to left 5 — Cur-
tains tending to ellipses 6 — Curved curtain, weak streamers to right 7 — Cur-
tains, partly-developed concentric ellipses 8 — Typical corona, converging streamers
lower part, band-aurora upper
312 Illustrations
OPPOSITE PAGE
Plate 10— Auroral Types Photographed off North Coast of Siberia, 1918-1924 464
1 — Arches and curtains 2 — Western end of arch shown in Figures 3 and 4 3 — Middle
part of arch shown in Figures 2 and 4 4— Eastern end of arch shown in Figures 2 and
3 5 — Rapidly moving curtains causing blurred effect 6 — Glow with tendency to
form bands 7 — Western part of narrow arch 8 — Narrow intense curtain, weak
corkscrew-shaped curtain to left
Plate 11— Auroral Types Photographed off North Coast of Siberia, 1918-1924 466
1 — Middle part of arch, curtain below 2 — Lower part of broad arch 3 — Rapidly
moving curtain 4 — Arch tending to moving curtains 5 — Curtains 6 — Curtain
photographed 4 minutes later than Figure 7 7 — Curtain photographed 2 minutes
later than Figure 8 8 — First of three photographs (Figs. 6, 7, and 8) showing rapid
changes in curtain
Plate 12— Auroral Types Photographed off North Coast of Siberia, 1918-1924 468
1 — Glow, western end of arch to right 2 — Lower ends broad arches 3 — Corkscrew-
shaped curtains 4 — Corkscrew-shaped curtain 5 — Arch and glow 6 — Curtain
7 — Western ends arches 8 — Curtains, elliptic form
Plate 13— The Maud at Nome 524
TEXT-FIGURES
PAGE
Fig. 3 — Arctic regions showing route and winter-quarters of the Maud Expedition, 1918-25 328
Fig. 4 — Distribution of Maud's magnetic stations on Chelyuskin Peninsula 329
Fig. 5 — Distribution of magnetic stations in the vicinity of Maud's winter-quarters during 1918-19 330
Fig. 6 — Distribution of the Maud's magnetic stations in northeastern Siberia 331
Fig. 7— Map showing drifts of the Maud, 1922-24, of the Karluk, 1913-14, of the Jeannette, 1879-81, and
part of the drift of the From 348
Fig. 8 — Distribution of the Maud's stations 56-82 350
Fig. 9 — Distribution of the Maud's stations 83-264 351
Fig. 10— Distribution of the Maud's stations 265-350 352
Fig. 11 — Distribution of the Maud's stations 351-359 353
Fig. 12 — Distribution of the Maud's stations 360-360/ near Four Pillar Island 354
Fig. 13 — Lines of equal magnetic declination, Arctic Sea off north coast of Siberia, epoch 1925.0 355
Fig. 14 — Lines of equal magnetic horizontal-intensity C. G. S. unit, Arctic Sea off north coast of Siberia,
epoch 1925.0 365
Fig. 15 — Lines of equal magnetic inclination, Arctic Sea off north coast of Siberia, epoch 1925.0 367
Fig. 16 — Magnetic declination to the nearest 0°.l and isogonics, locally-disturbed region on Siberian shelf . . 368
Fig. 17 — Magnetic horizontal-intensity to gammas (0 . 00001 C. G. S.) and isodynamics, locally-disturbed region
on Siberian shelf 368
Fig. 18 — Magnetic inclination and isoclinics, locally-disturbed region on Siberian shelf 369
Fig. 19 — Control of scale-values for declination variometer at Cape Chelyuskin 373
Fig. 20 — Diurnal variation of magnetic declination at Cape Chelyuskin, mean for April 1918 to March 1919
and means for summer, April to September 1919, and winter, October to March 1918-19 389
Fig. 21 — Diurnal variation of declination at Cape Chelyuskin, days with magnetic character-numbers 0, 1, and
2, for winter and for summer 391
Fig. 22— Diurnal variation of declination at Cape Chelyuskin, days with magnetic character-numbers 0, 1, and
2, for mean of year 392
Fig. 23 — Diurnal variation of declination at Four Pillar Island, all days, October 1924 to May 1925 408
Fig. 24 — Diurnal-inequality range and average departure of magnetic declination at Four Pillar Island, all
days, October 1924 to May 1925 409
Fig. 25 — Diurnal variation of declination at Four Pillar Island, days of magnetic character-numbers 0, 1,
and 2, December 1924 to May 1925 410
Fig. 26 — Magnetic correlation with auroral character 415
Fig. 27 — Auroras and magnetic disturbances 418
Fig. 28 — Diurnal variation of magnetic declination at some Arctic stations 421
Fig. 29 — Plan and elevations of recording electrometer for atmospheric potential-gradient registrations 427
Fig. 30 — Snow-drift and atmospheric potential-gradient, Maud results, winters 1922-24 446
Fig. 31— Atmospheric potential-gradient and wind-velocity records for Greenwich day February 13, 1924. . . 448
Fig. 32 — Atmospheric potential-gradient and wind-velocity records for Greenwich day February 16, 1924. . . 448
Fig. 33 — Atmospheric potential-gradient and wind-velocity records for Greenwich day February 22, 1924. . . 448
Fig. 34 — Atmospheric potential-gradient and wind-velocity records for Greenwich day March 21, 1924 448
Fig. 35 — Diagrammatic sketch illustrating method of determining electric charge on snow 450
Fig. 36 — Diurnal variation of atmospheric potential-gradient, basis of Greenwich mean time, meteorologically
undisturbed days for winter and for quarter-years centering on December and March .... 455
Fig. 37 — Daily variation of atmospheric potential-gradient, showing simultaneous predominant 24-hour wave
for the Carnegie results, all oceans, 1915-21, and for Maud drift-ice and Arctic-Coast
observations, three winters, 1922-25 457
Fig. 38 — Auroral variations with latitude off north coast Siberia 500
Fig. 39 — Variation of auroral frequency at night off Siberian coast, three winters, 1922-25 505
Fig. 40 — Type-occurrence and type-variation of aurora off Siberian coast 507
Fig. 41 — Auroras off Siberian coast, 1922-25, and 27-day recurrency earth-currents at Ebro Observatory,
1922-24 513
MAGNETIC, ATMOSPHERIC-ELECTRIC, AND AURORAL RESULTS,
MAUD EXPEDITION, 1918-1925
INTRODUCTION
The cooperation between the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Carnegie
Institution of Washington and the Maud Expedition was initiated April 5, 1918, at a
conference in the office of the Director of the Department between Captain Roald
Amundsen, Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, Dr. Louis A. Bauer, J. A. Fleming, and W. J. Peters, to
discuss the most suitable type of magnetic instruments for Captain Amundsen's con-
templated Arctic expedition with the Maud. Dr. Bauer offered to place such instru-
ments at the disposition of Captain Amundsen. The instruments decided upon were
altered in the instrument-shop of the Department according to suggestions from Captain
Amundsen, Dr. Nansen, and Mr. Peters, and in the spring of 1918 they were sent to
Norway, together with tools and materials for repairs, stationery, forms, tables for
computations, and other accessories.
The instruments were used extensively during the first part of the Expedition from
1918 to 1921, when the Northeast Passage was completed from west to east. In 1921
the Maud sailed from Bering Strait to Seattle for repairs and the writer had then the
good fortune to take them to Washington, D. C, for comparison. During five months,
while the writer was connected with the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, the
absolute magnetic observations obtained during 1918 to 1921 were reduced and discussed
by C. R. Duvall of the Department and him, and a preliminary report was published.1
In the spring of 1922 there were taken to the Maud the same and additional instruments,
together with new supplementary equipment, all loaned by the Department. A large
number of observations were secured during the drift of the vessel with the ice from
1922 to 1924 and at the winter-quarters of 1924-25. When the Maud returned in 1925
to Seattle, the writer had again the good fortune to take the instruments to Washington.
It was then his privilege, after a brief visit to Norway, to be a Research Associate of
the Carnegie Institution of Washington, assigned to the Department of Terrestrial Mag-
netism to prepare the results of the field work for publication.
The present report contains results and discussions of the magnetic and atmospheric-
electric observations and registrations and of the auroral observations, as well as a
general narrative of the Expedition. The photographs of the aurora are to be more
closely examined and discussed later. The discussions have generally been confined to
results of the Maud Expedition only, in order to make them available to others at the
earliest possible time.
The ten-years' cooperation between the Department and the Maud Expedition
greatly benefited the scientific work of the Expedition, and it is a pleasure to make
record of the obligation of the Expedition to the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.
In the first place, the writer wishes to thank Director Louis A. Bauer for the generous
and whole-hearted support he has rendered the Expedition during all these years and for
the deep personal interest he has taken in its work. The writer has also to thank Assist-
ant Director J. A. Fleming, who always was ready to give the Expedition the benefit of
his wide experience when the instrumental equipment was to be decided upon and whose
unfailing interest and critical advice was of the greatest value when preparing the
present report under his supervision. Cordial thanks are due also all other members
of the staff of the Department who have assisted, especially Messrs. Ault, Fisk, Duvall,
Ennis, and Goldsmith, and Miss Balsam.
1 See Terr. Mag. vol. 27 (1922), pp. 35-56.
313
314 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Every credit must be given to the comrades on board the Maud, who performed their
arduous duties regardless of personal discomfort and whose enthusiastic cooperation
made possible the accumulation of the data. The part each one took in the successful
execution of the magnetic and electric program is evident from the special reports, but
here mention should be made especially of Captain Oscar Wisting, who was in command
of the vessel from 1922 to 1925.
Last but not least, respectful thanks are to be expressed to the chief of the Maud
Expedition, the man who, following his plans with persistent energy, organized the
Expedition and conducted it personally from 1918 to 1921, giving us in those years an
inspiring example of unselfish devotion to scientific work, Captain Roald Amundsen.
Part I— ABSOLUTE MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, 1918-1921
By H. U. Sverdrtjp1 and C. R. Duvall2
Instruments
As the result of the conference at Washington, D. C, in April 1918 (see p. 313),
certain minor modifications were decided upon in the C. I. W. instruments to be supplied
by the Department for the magnetic observations on Captain Amundsen's proposed
"Maud Expedition." These modifications, none of which altered the fundamental
design of the instruments, were based upon the following considerations, resulting par-
ticularly from the Arctic experiences of Dr. Nansen, Captain Amundsen, and Mr. Peters :
(a) Difficulties arising from extreme cold, such as condensation from lamps and the proximity
of the uncovered face and hands as well as from the breath, the lack of delicate touch, and the nec-
essity of wearing mitts; these difficulties, of course, apply chiefly to the work in winter.
(6) Any one instrument should have the least possible number of parts to be assembled, thus
permitting rapid unpacking and assembling, and dismounting and repacking.
(c) All clamping screws, tangent screws, and other metal parts of the instrument which must
be touched with bare fingers during adjustment, or observation, should be suitably covered with non-
conducting materials; such covers should also be made of sufficient size to facilitate delicate clamping
and adjustment with numbed fingers.
(d) All glass lying between the observer's eye, and the graduation, scale, or object that he must
read or observe, should be readily accessible for removal of condensation. (For observations in
extreme cold it is necessary to refrain, as much as possible, from breathing on the instrument.)
C. I. W. magnetometer 8 and Dover dip circle 205 (see Plates 4 and 5) were selected
as instruments most nearly answering the requirements specified by Captain Amundsen.
The magnetometer is of the type fully described in Volume I of the Researches of
the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism (pp. 3-5). It combines the best features of
the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey pattern3 and that of the Magnetic Survey
of India.4 To eliminate as far as possible questions arising because of irregularities in
shape, the magnets are perfect hollow cylinders of such dimensions as to make the
second distribution coefficient theoretically zero; they are inclosed in aluminum sheaths
which carry the optical and centering arrangements. The graduated scale for declination
work is on the glass diaphragm in the magnetometer telescope. The suspension used
is a phosphor-bronze ribbon. The torsion is readily removed by a torsion plummet
with graduated rim, read by a secondary lens which may be turned into the optical sys-
tem of the magnetometer telescope. The deflection bar is of brass, in one piece and
practically rectangular in cross-section. The long magnet has an internal diameter
of 0.75 cm., an external diameter of 1.00 cm., and a length of 7.50 cm. The horizon-
tal circle is 12.5 cm. in diameter. The short magnet has an internal diameter of 0.61
cm., an external diameter of 0.82 cm., and a length of 3.50 cm.
The C. I. W. Dover dip circle 205 is the regular land pattern as formerly made by
A. W. Dover, of New Charlton, Kent, England.
The above instruments were modified and altered by providing celluloid covers for
all parts subject to handling in use and adjustment in the field. The hood connection
between the magnetometer telescope and house was altered so as to eliminate the neces-
sity of fitting the hood to the telescope when assembling the instrument. This was
1 In charge of scientific work on the Expedition and Research Associate of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.
2 Expert computer of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.
3 Hazard, D. L. Directions for magnetic measurements. United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington,
D. C, pp. 53-55, 1911.
4Fraser, H. A. D. The unifilar magnetometer of the Magnetic Survey of India. Terr. Mag., vol. 6, pp. 65-69,
1901. See also Hazard, D. L., I. c, pp. 59-60.
315
316 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
accomplished by the addition of a spherical-ended cap on the objective end of the tele-
scope, arranged to make contact with a velvet-lined concave mounting attached to the
magnetometer-house (this arrangement is similar to that used on the later types of
C. I. W. magnetometers). Celluloid grips were also mounted on the reversing bar-
magnets of the dip circle. The arresting device for the compass-attachment of the dip
circle was altered by an eccentric mechanism to facilitate clamping and unclamping of
the needle. Accessories with the dip circle included compass-attachment, two pairs of
dip needles (Nos. 1, 2, 5, and 6), two pairs of intensity needles (Nos. 3 and 4, 7 and 8),
besides one pair of dip needles (Nos. 9x and lOx) to serve for practice observations as
well as for possible emergency use. A special lifting device was made by which the dip
needles could be lifted off the agate supports and turned face about without opening the
magnet-house; however, as its operation seemed to involve some danger of accident to
the needles, this attachment was removed from the instrument before it was sent away.
A more detailed idea of the modifications may be obtained by an inspection of Plates
4 and 5, which show various views of the magnetometer and dip circle.
The accessory equipment supplied by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism
for the magnetic work included three tripods — one for magnetometer 8, one for dip circle
205, and the third for use in connection with astronomical observations; three magnetic
observing-tents, containing no iron fastenings of any kind; three good watches; mis-
cellaneous tools, materials, etc.; various small accessories; forms for recording magnetic
observations of various kinds, together with some forms for astronomical observations
and some miscellaneous forms; miscellaneous books relating to terrestrial magnetism,
earth-currents, atmospheric electricity, etc.; complete instructions for observations
with the different instruments and general instructions for the magnetic work, with
special attention paid to the difficulties the Expedition would meet on account of large
magnetic disturbances and severe weather conditions.
In May 1919, a new device was added to magnetometer 8. Experience had shown
that with numbed fingers it was extremely difficult to take out or hang in the magnet of
the magnetometer without breaking the suspension fiber. Mechanic Sundbeck, of the
Expedition, therefore, constructed a clamping and lifting fork, which could be handled
from the outside of the magnet-house. This fork can be closed around the suspension
hook for the magnet, which then may be lifted so that the suspension-fiber is slackened
and the magnet can be removed from or suspended in the stirrup without any risk of
breaking the fiber. Sundbeck's device had only the drawback that a hole, which had
to be filled with cotton, was made in the magnet-house. This deficiency was corrected,
and some small improvements were added to Sundbeck's device, at the Department of
Terrestrial Magnetism, Washington, D. C, in February 1922 (Figs. 3 and 4 of PJate 4
show this clamping device and its mounting in the magnet-house).
In addition to the instruments from the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, the
Expedition had also Dover land dip circle 154, with one pair of dip needles (Nos. 1 and
2), and a photographic registering declinometer made by Max Toepfer and Son, Potsdam.
Registering magnetic instruments were generally not included in the equipment of the
Expedition, because in the drifting ice it would not be possible to use them on account of
the perpetual movement of the ice, but this declinometer, which was the property of the
Expedition, was taken along in the expectation that it might be used at occasional
shore stations, e. g., at winter-quarters. ,
For astronomical work the Expedition had three sextants, five theodolites of
different sizes, three chronometers, and fifteen watches (inclusive of three supplied by
the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism).
Plate 4
Theodolite Magnetometer 8
1 Assembled magnetometer and appurtenances
3 and 4 Special clamping-device, open and closed
2 Theodolite of magnetometer
5 View to show outside operating-screw and
clamp-lever of clamping-device
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921 317
Methods of Observing
The magnetic observations were made in accordance with instructions from the
Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. The
methods used are given in detail in Volumes I, II, and IV of the Researches of the De-
partment (see particularly pp. 13-41 and specimen observations, Vol. I). The experi-
ences of the Expedition's observers in making magnetic observations in the Arctic do not
differ essentially from those of observers on former expeditions, but it may be useful to
review them briefly. For convenience, the observations at the temporary observatories
at winter-quarters, and those made at field stations or on sledge-trips, are discussed
separately.
OBSERVATORY WORK
At the end of September 1918 a magnetic observatory was built on shore (station
No. 4). It was built of drift-wood logs and planks, with wooden or copper nails, and was,
therefore, perfectly non-magnetic. To keep the temperature as high as possible, the
inside was lined with canvas, and snow was thrown over the house. Due to the insulating
capacity of the snow, the temperature in the observatory only occasionally sank below
— 25° C, while outdoors it might be as cold as about —40° C, for weeks at a time.
The dimensions of the observatory were 3 by 4 meters, and the height to the ridge-
pole 2.8 meters. In the room two wooden piers were placed at a distance apart of 1.8
meters. They were driven as far down in the ground as the frost permitted, and had no
connection with the floor. The magnetometer was placed on the front pier and the dip
circle on the back pier. During observations, all magnets not in use were placed on a
snow-pillar 10 meters in front of the house. Both instruments were permanently
installed by the end of November. The magnetometer was kept mounted on the same
pier until August 11, 1919, but the dip circle was used for field work after April 1, 1919.
From the beginning of March, observations were made occasionally at two auxiliary
stations close to the observatory.
During the winter, the observatory was lighted by a gaslight lamp of the "Lux"
pattern, which also develops considerable heat. All iron parts of the lamp had been
replaced with parts of copper or brass. The vernier readings were made by means of
small electric lamps, the current being supplied by a dry-cell battery which had to be
taken on board after each observation in order not to get too cold. The same battery
was also used for illuminating the mark for declination observations, which was used
in the dark season. This mark was simply a small electric lamp which was fastened
on top of a staff in front of the observatory and could be lighted from the inside of the
observatory. During the period of daylight, a pole placed in a cairn at about 600 meters
distance was used as a mark.
The observatory-house was torn down April 1, 1919, and a square tent 2 by 2 meters,
made of light canvas, was placed on the wooden floor; thus no artificial illumination was
needed. At this season the tent had the advantage of being much warmer than the
house. Even on a wholly overcast day the temperature inside the tent might be 10° C.
higher than outside, while on a clear day with sunshine the temperature might be 25° C.
higher.
The greatest difficulty experienced on account of the low temperature during the
winter was in the manipulation of the magnetometer when the lightest phosphor-bronze
fiber (designated "Grade 0") was used for suspension. It seemed that the fiber was
affected by the low temperature in such a way that it broke more easily, because several
times it was broken at the beginning of the observations before the fingers were cold and
numbed. The "grade-0" fiber, therefore, had to be replaced with a heavier grade. In
May 1919, Mechanic Sundbeck, of the Expedition, constructed the clamping and lifting
318 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
fork mentioned on page 316, after which it was possible to use the finest fiber at any
temperature.
The formation of frost on the instrument was often troublesome. At a reasonable
temperature the frost formation could be avoided by not breathing against any part of
the instrument, but at low temperatures the frost formed as soon as the face came close
to the instrument, so that the observer had to constantly scrape the frost away from
verniers, etc. This, of course, made the observations longer and added to the disagree-
ableness of working with bare fingers at temperatures of —25° to —30° C. The magnetic
instruments supplied had, however, one advantage over the other instruments in that all
screwheads, etc., of metal had been replaced with celluloid ones. During observations in
intense cold the fingers get so close to the point of freezing that the least touch of metal
feels like touching a flame, and leaves a white, frozen spot on the finger. To touch the
non-conducting celluloid is much less disagreeable, and can usually be done without
freezing the finger.
Some trouble was anticipated in the behavior of the watches at low temperatures.
It was found that some of the watches, perhaps on account of the quality of the oil
used in them, behaved very satisfactorily, despite the great changes in temperature.
That magnetic disturbances often caused difficulties need hardly be mentioned.
Sometimes the disturbances were so violent that the observations had to be broken off
because the magnet disappeared from the field of view time after time.
Included in the instructions from the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism was
a memorandum in which attention had been called to the possibility that under certain
circumstances it might be desirable to abbreviate the observations, and special instruc-
tions for abbreviated observations had been worked out. However, it was never found
necessary to curtail any set, because with moderate magnetic disturbances it was just as
easy to get a full set as a half one, and besides, the ordinary observations never took such
a long time that the low temperature became unbearable. The results thus confirm
previous experience, namely, that magnetic observations can be carried out without
serious difficulty under Arctic conditions in an observatory of primitive construction.
During the winter of 1918 to 1919, the photographic declinometer was mounted in
a long, low building attached to the observatory, from which it could be entered. The
whole building was buried in snow, so the temperature did not sink below —20° C. in
the registering room. In spite of this, it was not possible at first to make the clock
which drives the drum work properly, but this difficulty was overcome by removing all
oil by a benzine bath and then applying a small quantity of kerosene as lubricant. The
registrations were kept up from November 10, 1918, to July 31, 1919, with only occasional
interruptions.
FIELD WORK
The general experience on this Expedition was that magnetic field work in the
Arctic can only be carried out successfully in spring and summer. In the fall and in the
winter much bad weather and short daylight make it almost impossible to take magnetic
observations in the field, even though it is feasible to travel in these seasons.
The kinds of instruments which may be used in the field depend upon the means of
transportation. If the observer travels with reindeer, an ordinary field equipment,
including an observing-tent, may be taken along, so the conditions in the favorable
seasons will be the same as for ordinary field work. But for travel with dog sledges the
conditions are different, and ordinarily the weight of equipment carried has to be reduced
as much as possible. The most suitable instrument for carrying on a dog sledge is the dip
circle with compass-attachment, but without tripod. On the sledge- journeys under-
taken by this Expedition the dip circle, instead of being placed on a tripotl, was mounted
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921 319
on top of the instrument-box, which has been provided with three brass grooves for the
foot-screws. All magnets and accessories were taken out of the instrument-box of the dip
circle before placing the instrument upon it. The steel pins in the hinges were the only
magnetic material in the box. Thorough examination and test at the Department of
Terrestrial Magnetism in December 1921 showed that the steel pins for the cases of both
dip circles 205 and 154 were slightly magnetic, but that the effect upon dip needles and
compass was entirely negligible. The steel pins were replaced by non-magnetic pins in
December 1921, before assignment of the instruments for future work of the Expedition.
On calm days a pier of snow-blocks was built and the instrument placed on top of
this, thus making it possible for the observer to stand in a half-upright position. But
on windy days the instrument-box had to be pressed down into the snow behind a low
protecting snow-wall, and the observer had to lie down to make the observations. In the
winter of 1920 to 1921, the field observations were generally made in a small three-cor-
nered tent, which was also used by the observers personally. The instrument-box, with
the instrument on top, was placed directly on the snow, and this, in connection with the
small size of the tent, caused some inconvenience. It was always found that the arrange-
ment with the instrument on top of the box, placed directly on hard snow or on a snow-
pier, was absolutely stable.
In the spring of 1919 a special program was decided upon to insure obtaining ap-
proximately simultaneous observations at field stations and at the winter-quarters
station. This scheme was carried out for the work in 1919 but could not be kept up the
two following years; in 1920 all instruments were used for field work, and in 1921 there
was a lack of observers.
It will be noted that no declinations were determined at most of the field stations.
This was because Messrs. Wisting and Hanssen were unfamiliar with the use of the theo-
dolite for determination of azimuth. During January 1922, the peep-sights of the
compass-attachment of dip circle 205 were modified in the instrument-shop of the
Department of Terrestrial Magnetism in such a way that it will be possible to sight
the Sun directly, or to use a shadow-method for determination of azimuth in future work.
If, in addition, a sextant observation for local time is made, the true azimuth of the Sun
may be computed, and thus all necessary data for determination of the declination will be
available.
Reductions to Standard Instruments
magnetic standards adopted
The International Magnetic Standards (designated I. M. S.) as defined in Volume
II of the "Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism," pages 211 to 278 (see
also Volume IV, pp. 395-475) have been adopted for the results contained in this report.
The instruments used as standards by the Department and with which the instru-
ments of the Expedition were compared are as follows: In declination, C. I. W. mag-
netometers with correction on I. M. S. of — O'l to observed values; in horizontal intens-
ity, C. I. W. magnetometer 3 with zero correction on I. M. S. to observed values; in
inclination, earth inductor 48, made by Schulze, with zero correction on I. M. S. to
observed values. Magnetometer 8 and dip circle 205 were compared with these instru-
ments in Washington by the method of simultaneous observations, with exchange of
stations, in April 1918 and in November and December 1921. Dip circle 154 was not
available for the comparison in Washington in 1918, and its corrections depend upon
field comparisons with dip circle 205 and upon comparison observations made in Wash-
ington in November 1921.
320
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
INSTRUMENTAL CONSTANTS, CORRECTIONS, AND COMPARISONS
The instrumental constants for C. I. W. magnetometer 8 supplied the Expedition and
used throughout the computations are shown in the following summary:
Constants of C. I. W. Magnetometer 8
Scale value: 1 division = l!48
Deflection-distances and horizontal-intensity constants, magnets 8L and 8S, at 20° C
r = 22.511 cm; log (7 = 6.25574 r = 30.012 cm; log C = 5. 87612
r = 25. 012cm;" (7 = 6.11642 r = 35. 006cm;
r = 27.510cm;" (7 = 5.99076 r = 40.006cm;
At t°, log (7 = log <720+ (20° -00. 0000235
Table of {20° -t) 0.0000285 in units of 5th decimal for values of (20° -t)
" C = 5. 67378
(7 = 5. 49867
(20° -t)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Remarks
00
0
2
5
7
9
12
14
16
19
21
The coefficient of linear expansion
10
24
26
28
31
33
35
38
40
42
45
for the deflection bar for 1°
20
47
49
52
54
56
59
61
63
66
68
centigrade is assumed to be
30
70
73
75
78
80
82
85
87
89
92
0.0000189
Temperature coefficient for magnet 8L: g = 0.000299
Induction coefficient for magnet 8L: n = mh = 2.99; for m = 475 (h = 0.0063)
Distribution coefficients magnets 8L and 8S: P= +15.29; Q= —461
Table of moments of inertia, K\ for inertia-bar 8, and K for magnet 8L and its suspension
Temp. C.
LogKi
LogK
Log TT2K
Remarks
0°
10
20
30
40
2.37055
070
086
101
117
2.37496
506
516
526
536
3 . 36926
36
46
56
66
The value of log K depends on determinations
made with inertia-bars C. I. W. 8 and 10, April
28, 29, 1918; the weight of magnet 8L and
stirrup determined April 27, 1918, was 51.195
grams
Table of temperature and induction corrections for magnet 8L
Values of log (ligAi)
Values of log ( 1 +u — J
\ mf
9 = 0.000299 for magnet 8L
iu=mfc=2.99 for magnet 8L
(«-«.)
log[l-q{t'-t)]
(t'-t)
" [l+Q(t-ts)]
H
lo«(l+Mf)
log —
m
Cent.
t'-t = -: t-ts = +
t'-t = +: t-ts = -
1°
+0.00013
-0.00013
5.80
0 . 00008
2
026
026
5.90
010
3
039
039
6.00
013
4
052
052
6.10
016
5
065
065
6.20
021
6
078
078
6.30
026
7
091
091
6.40
033
8
104
104
6.50
041
9
117
117
6.60
052
10
130
130
6.70
065
11
143
143
6.80
0.00082
12
156
156
13
168
169
14
181
182
15
194
195
16
207
208
17
220
221
18
233
234
19
246
247
20
+0.00259
-0.00260
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
321
Memoranda regarding use of magnetometer in high magnetic latitudes — As the value of horizontal
intensity, H, decreases, deflection angles at the various distances will increase. It will be possible
to use the distances 30, 35, and 40 cm. throughout the Expedition, except where very small values of
H prevail, when it will probably be necessary to use only 35 and 40 cm., because of the very large
and therefore unstable deflection angle at the distance 30 cm. As the value of H decreases, the
period of oscillation for the magnet 8L will increase with probably an increasing uncertainty of
accuracy in the determination of the time of one oscillation.
Memoranda regarding formula for intensity computation from magnetometer observations — The
above constants are based on following reduction formulae:
TT ir*K H C
mH = -=$■ — = -. •
1 2 to sin u
T is the time of one oscillation corrected for rate of chronometer, torsion, temperature effect, ampli-
tude, and induction; K is the moment of inertia and m the magnetic moment of the oscillating mag-
net and suspension; u is the mean deflection angle, and C the constant, corrected for change in length
of brass deflection-bar with temperature, which involves the deflection distance r, induction coeffi-
cient ju, and distribution coefficients P and Q, thus:
C =
<^j)
"(»*)
Corrections on I. M. S. for C. I. W. magnetometer 8 — The results of standardizations
at Washington of C. I. W. magnetometer 8 before and after the work reported upon are
in excellent agreement. The observed corrections on I. M. S. with particulars as to the
comparisons and the adopted mean corrections which have been applied to obtain the
data given in the Table of Results are shown in Table 1 .
Table 1 — Corrections on I. M. S. for C. I. W. Magnetometer 8
Date
Stations
Com-
pared
with
No. Sets
(I.M.S.-
-C.I.W. No. 8)
Observers
D
H
D
Prob-
able
error
AH
H
Probable
error
Apr. 24,25,\
26,27, 1918/
Nov. 29,30,]
Dec.8,9,loJ
1921 J
Mean values
Sm and Nm, Washington
Sm and Em, Washington
M3
M3
12
17
6
C
-0(7
-0.7
±0:i
±0.1
- 0 . 00033
- 0 . 00029
±0.00003
±0.00008
(H. W. Fisk
\D. M. Wise
H. W. Fisk
\ H. R. Grummann
[H. U. Sverdrup
(I.M.S.-C.I.W. No. 8)a
-0.7
-0.00031
° The corrections are to be applied reckoning east declination and horizontal intensity as positive and west declination
as negative.
The above corrections for observed declinations are those applying for complete
determinations, using magnet 8L. The declination may be obtained also from the
deflection observations made in the determination of horizontal intensity, provided
mark-readings are made before and after such observations. Throughout the 1918-
1921 work, declinations were determined from observations with magnet 8L, but for
purposes of record the correction on I. M. S. of observed declinations with magnet 8$
deflected by magnet 8L may be noted as follows:
For declinations determined from deflection-observations in connection with mark-readings,
the collimating tube of the magnet 8>S being kept at all times erect in its stirrup, the corrections are :
For magnet 8L erect in its stirrup in deflection-box and magnet 8/S erect in its
stirrup suspended, for mean value from deflection east and west of suspended
magnet, for all distances + 1° 32'
322 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
For magnet 8L inverted in its stirrup in deflection-box and magnet 8<S inverted
in its stirrup suspended, or mean value from deflections east and west of sus-
pended magnet, for all distances +0° 07'
These corrections apply with an accuracy of one minute to reduce values deduced from deflec-
tions only on the east or only on the west for any deflection distance from 25 to 40 cm.
Corrections on I. M. S.for C. I. W. Dover dip circles 205 and 154
(a) The correction on I. M. S. of observed declination by compass-attachment of dip
circle 205, as determined at Washington, D. C, April 28, 29, 1918, mark-readings (mean
direct and reversed sights) made with peep-sights was —2 '2, east declination being
reckoned as positive. It was, however, necessary to modify the balance of the compass-
needle in the field and in reassembling the instrument the original adjustment was not
maintained. Accordingly, the correction was determined from observations made in
comparison with magnetometer 8 at station No. 41 on January 18, 19, 1921 (+21 '8),
and again on April 26, 1921 (+20'6), the mean adopted value for (I. M. S. — dip-circle
compass 205) being +21 '2. This correction has been applied to all observed values to
give the data as shown in the Table of Results.
Upon the return of the instrument to Washington it was found that the magnetic
moment of the needle had diminished greatly; after remagnetization and readjustment
of the peep-sights, the correction on' I. M. S. determined December 1, 1921, was found
to be —0(8, in substantial agreement with the correction obtained at Washington in
1918 when originally adjusted. The screw-clamp for needle was then replaced by a lever-
clamp and the sights were modified (see Fig. 3 of Plate 5) so that azimuth could be
determined by sighting on the Sun or other celestial body or by projecting the shadow
of one sight-wire on a white background at bottom of the second sight- wire. The value
of (I. M. S. — dip-circle compass 205) determined in February 1922, subsequent to these
modifications, was +3'.
(b) The corrections on I. M. S. for observed inclinations by dip circle 205 as determined
at Washington, D. C, are shown in Table 2. To determine whether there was any
material change in corrections for values of inclination at field stations, the differences of
various determinations by the several needles at field stations were tabulated. A least-
square adjustment of these differences gave the following values : (No. 1-No. 2) = +0'2,
104 values; (No. 1-No. 3) = +1(3, 80 values; (No. 1-No. 5)= -Oil, 5 values; (No. 1 -
Table 2 — Corrections on I. M. S. in Inclination for C. I. W. Dover Dip-Circle 205
Date
Station
Com-
pared
with
No.
sets
(I. M. S.-C. I. W. 205) for needle
Observers
1
2
5
6
3
7
7l78
Apr. 28, 29,30, \
1918 /
1918 to 1921
Nov. 26,28,30,1
Dec.l, 3,5,6,7, [
1921 J
N, and Se, Washington
Field (I = +74° to +86°)
S<, and Em, Washington
EI 48
6
-0:2
-OU
-0:i
-0.1°
(-5.9)c
-0(3
-0.2
-0(9
+ 1.2°
-0.2
-2:i
-0.8"
-1.5
-1.1°
-0.4
fj. P. Ault
H. W. Fisk
[A. Thomson
A,H,S, andW *
(H. W. Fisk
\H. U. Sverdrup
EI 48
12 d
-0.2
+0.1
AHnntpH va'"°= «* 'T M S . — C T W. 20.
})
-0.2
-0.2
-0.1
-0.2
+ 1.2
-0.8
-0.7
a These values depend upon adopted values of corrections for needles Nos. 1, 2, and 6 and compilation of adjusted
mean needle differences as observed in the field.
6 See page 327 for names of observers.
c Rejected because of development of pivot-defect shown by 1921 tests (see p. 325).
d Six sets only at Em for deflected needles 3, 7, and 7 of 178.
Absolute Magnetic Obseevations, 1918-1921
323
No. 6) =0J0, 5 values; (No. 1-No. 7) = -0i7, 19 values; (No. 5-No. 3) = 4-1 'A, 20 values;
(No. 5-No. 6) = +0Jl, 58 values; (No. 5-No. 7)= -016, 37 values; (No. 1-No. 7 of
178) = — 0'9, 7 values. Thus it appears that the behavior of the dip needles 1, 2, and 6
was substantially the same for the region of inclination observed ( + 74° to +86°) as at
Washington (+71?1) and that for needle 5 it was substantially the same in the field as
at Washington in 1918. Apparently a pivot-defect developed in the axle of No. 5
between time of completion of field work and tests at Washington on return (see page
325 regarding this matter). As the polarity of the deflected needles is not reversed in
the intensity observations and the balance-error, therefore, is not eliminated, the adopted
corrections for the deflected needles are those values resulting from observed field differ-
ences, using corrected values with needles 1, 2, 5, and 6 as standard, except in case of
needle 7 of 178, in which case mean correction as determined from field work and at
Washington in 1921 is used.
Corrections on I. M. S. in inclination for Dover dip-circle 154 — As dip circle 154, be-
longing to the Expedition, was not brought to Washington until 1921, no comparisons
on I. M. S. were obtained before the Expedition set out. Complete comparisons were
made at Washington in November 1921. Comparison observations, approximately
simultaneous, were made between dip circles 205 and 154 at stations Nos. 4 and 46 during
March and April 1919. The resulting mean corrections on I. M. S. adopted from com-
pilation of the field results and of the comparisons at Washington in November 1921 are
given in Table 3.
Table 3 — Corrections on I. M. S. in Inclination for Dover Dip Circle 154
Date
Station
Compared
with
No.
Sets
(I.M.S.— DC 154)
for needle
Observers
1
2
Mar. 7 to Apr. 1
28, 1919 /
Nov. 25, 26, \
1921 /
Nos. 4 and 46 a
Se and Em, Washington
DC 205
EI 48
10
6
-0.7
+ 1.8
-0.9
+ 1.6
(H. U. Sverdrup
\0. Wisting
fH. W. Fisk
\H. U. Sverdrup
Mean adopted values (I. M. S. — DC 15
4)
+0.6
+0.4
° Assuming station-difference negligible.
Intensity -constants for C. I. W. Dover dip circle 205 — The intensity-constants based on
I. M. S. for dip circle 205 were determined for the intensity-needles 3 and 4 and 7 and 8
in 1918 and again in 1921 at Washington. The intensity-constant for needle-pair 7 and
8 of dip circle 178, which was sent to the Expedition in 1920, was determined at Washing-
ton in 1921. In order to control possible changes of the intensity-constants, values for
the constants were also determined from observations made in the field at stations Nos.
4, 46, 4c, 41, 416, 41c, and 4 Id. These field determinations are all based on intensities
observed by magnetometer 8, except for needle-pair 7 and 8 of dip circle 178. For the
latter, the standard intensity for the comparison depended upon results obtained at each
station with dip circle 205, using needle-pair 3 and 4 before and after observing with 7
and 8 of 178. The results of the various determinations of intensity-constants are shown
in Table 4. It will be noted that for needle-pairs 3 and 4 and 7 and 8 the field values con-
firm the mean values as determined before and after the Expedition at Washington. In
view of the uncertainties in the field determinations, such as lack of strict simultaneity
and necessity of assuming station-differences as negligible, the mean values as determined
at Washington for these two pairs are used. In the case of needle-pair 7 and 8 of 178,
324
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
however, it seemed wiser to adopt the field determination, since the six sets give quite
consistent results.
As stated above, the observers of the Expedition found it convenient to observe
loaded dip and deflections at all stations, thus eliminating any uncertainty that would
otherwise be involved in the determination of the loaded dip or of the deflection-constant
to be used at the epoch of observation. In this connection it is interesting to note the
following changes in the logarithms of the loaded dip and of the deflection-constants as
determined at Washington, the differences being given as corrections of the 1921 on the
1918 values: Loaded dip, +0.01022 and +0.02698 for needle-pairs 3 and 4" and 7 and
8 respectively; deflections, —0.01310 and —0.02415 for needle-pairs 3 and 4 and 7
and 8 respectively.
Table 4 — Intensity-Constants Based on I. M. S. for C. I. W. Dover Dip Circle 205
Date
Station
Compared
with
No.
sets
Logarithm of combined constant C
for total-intensity needles
Observers
3 and 4
7 and 8
7 and 8
of 178
Apr. 28,29,30, 1918
May 30, July 11,12,
22,25,29, 1919
Mar. 24,27, Apr. 24,
28, July 12,29,
Aug. 6, 1919
Apr. 26, 1921
Dec. 1, 2, 6, 1920,
Jan. 12,19,25,1921
Nov. 26,28, Dec. 1,
2, 7, 1921
Sm and Nm, Washington
>Nos. 4 and 4c °
VNos. 4 and 46 or 4c a
Nos. 41c and 41d a
Inos. 41 and 416
>Se and Em, Washington
/M 3
\EI 48
/M 8
\DC 205
/M 8
\DC 205
/M 8
\DC 205
/DC 205
\ .34
/M 3
\EI48
1 6
I 6
1 7
| 1
1 6
| 6
9.57770
(9.57655)
9.57594
f J. P. Ault
\h. W. Fisk
(A. Thomson
A and W b
A.H.S, and W b
SandW6
H. U. Sverdrup
/H. W. Fisk
\H. U. Sverdrup
(9.57652)
(9.57767)
9.62085
9.62140
9.57626
9 . 57735
Adopted value log C
9.57698
9.57664
9.62085
a Assuming station-difference negligible and interpolating adopted value for intensity to time of observation with dip
circle.
6 See page 327 for names of observers.
MEMORANDA REGARDING FORMULAS FOR INTENSITY-COMPUTATIONS
If 7 = inclination; 7' = loaded inclination; U\ = deflection angle; u = I—I'; F = total intensity;
H = horizontal intensity; m= magnetic moment of loaded needle; dt = loaded-dip constant at t° C;
Cdt = deflected-dip constant at t° C ; C = combined constant independent of temperature ; ts = standard
temperature adopted (20° C) ; and K and K\ = constants involving weight used in loaded needle,
distance between needles during deflection-observations, distribution, and induction coefficients;
then
. Ci, = — = F sin u sec I'=H sec I sin u sec V
mt
Cdt=Kimt=F sin Ui = H sec I sin ux
C = VKKi = FVsin u sin u\ sec I'—H sec iVsin u sin ux sec I'
or conversely
F = Cit esc u cos /' = Cdt csc Mi = CVcsc u esc wi cos /'
log C,, = log Clt3-(t°-f)q
log Cdf = log Cdt+(fe-f)q
where q is the effect for a 1-degree change in temperature on log Ci or on log C<j. The usual value
of q for intensity-needles similar to those of dip circle 205, viz, 0.00010 for 1° centigrade, was used.
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
325
(It is much preferable and requires but little extra time to observe both loaded dip and deflections,
as log C is very nearly constant and requires no temperature correction. Log C is, furthermore,
free from effect due to change with time in the magnetic moment of the deflecting needle.)
Every precaution should be taken to avoid unnecessary alterations in the magnetization of the
intensity-needles. The needles should be invariably replaced in their boxes in position as indicated
by the letters in the boxes and with faces toward letters; they should never be allowed to touch
each other and should never be placed near enough to the bar magnets to be affected by them.
The original computations of dip-circle intensity-observations were made, using the dip-needle
corrections and intensity-constants as originally determined at Washington. To avoid the labor
of recomputation, differential formula? for corrections on computed values of intensity on account
of changes arising from the finally adopted values of the respective corrections and constants were
deduced. These are shown in Table 5.
Table 5 — Corrections on Computed Values of Total Intensity, F, and Horizontal Intensity, H, for Changes in Log Constant and in Inclination, I
Eh
£>
S
3
*3
c
a
o
3
Corrections on computed values
Combined loaded dip and deflections
Loaded dip only
Deflections only
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
AF
AH
AF
AH
For change in C
-J- FA (log C)
M
-J-tf A(logC)
M
. 2.30 F A(log C)
[0.362] FA(logC)
2.30 if A (log C)
[0.362] H A (log C)
For change in I
- - cot u F AI
- [tan I + - cot u] H AI
- 14.5 cot u F AI
- [1.163] cotu F AI
- 29 . 1 [tan / + - cot u\ H AI
- [1 . 464] [tan I + - cot w] H AI
For change in C;
~ F Adog Ci)
M
± H A(log Ci)
2.30 FA (log Ci)
[0.362] F A (log C;)
2.30 H A (log Ci)
[0.362] ffAdogC;)
For change in /
— cot u F AI
For change in Cd
~FA(logC4)
^ H A(log Cd)
2.30 FA (log Cd)
[0.362]FA(logCd)
2.30 # A(logCd)
[0.362]ffA(logCd)
For change in 1
0
- tan I H AI
0
0
-29.1tan/#A7
- [1.464] tan I UAI
COS2 / Cl
- 29 . 1 cot u F AI
- [1 . 464] cot u F AI
- 29.1 — l~r—H*AI
COS2/C;
-[1.464] lTnWAI
cos2 1 Ci
In the general formulae (1) and (2) M is the modulus of common logarithms, F, H, AF, and AH
are in same unit, either gammas or C. G. S., A(log C), A(log Ci) and A(log Cd) are in same unit as
their respective constants, and A7 is in radians.
In formulae (3) and (4), arranged for numerical work, F and H are in C. G. S. units, AF and AH
are in gammas, A(log C), A (log Ci), and A(log Cd) are in units of the fifth decimal of the logarithms,
and AI is in minutes. In the second line for both (3) and (4) the first line is repeated, except that
the logarithm of the constant factor is written in brackets. Each difference expressed by a A in
these formulae, such as AH, AI, A (log C), etc., is defined as corrected value minus original value.
TESTS OF DIP NEEDLES FOR PIVOT-DEFECTS
The correction determined for needle 5 of dip circle 205 by comparisons at Washing
ton in 1918 was — O'l, while that determined by comparisons after return of the instru-
ment in 1921 was —5'. 9; the corrections for the other three needles, however, showed no
material changes. Apparently this large difference in the correction for needle No. 5
was caused by some change which took place in the interval. From a careful inspection
of the readings made in the several positions of Circle and needle, using the means of six
sets, and comparing with the mean dip as determined by the earth inductor simultane-
ously, it was discovered that there had been no material change in the behavior of the
needle with end B north; but with end A north, in the position circle face west and needle
face east, the correction had changed by an amount approximating 1°.
Special tests were then carried out by Messrs. Fisk and Sverdrup, first by means of
observations in different ex-meridian planes, and later by using two large Helmholtz coils
mounted on a pier in the standardizing observatory of the Department in such a way
that the Earth's horizontal field could be modified as desired (see Fig. 4 of Plate 5). The
results of these tests indicate that the large correction to needle 5 at the inclination
of the Washington station was due to a pivot-defect of the sort described by H. W. Fisk
326 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
in his paper entitled "Dip-Needle Errors arising from Minute Pivot-Defects".5 As
already stated, it appears that this defect developed since the earlier comparisons, but
inasmuch as the tests made by means of the Helmholtz coils show that its extent is limited
to values of inclination less than those obtained at the field stations, and since the needle
in all other positions behaves normally, no account is taken of the comparisons of 1921
in adopting the correction for needle 5 (see Table 2).
Tests similar to those applied to needle 5 were then made by Messrs. Fisk and Sver-
drup of all needles assigned to dip circles 205 and 154, using the Helmholtz coils to vary
the inclination throughout the range expected on the forthcoming voyage of the Expedi-
tion, that is, from about +74° to +88°. These tests show that, at the time of the com-
parisons, there were no pivot-defects which would sensibly affect the determinations of
inclination to be made by the Expedition.
Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
explanatory remarks
Precisely the same conventions have been followed in the presentation of the field
results obtained during the four years 1918 to 1921 as adopted in Volumes I, II, and IV
of the Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. These conventions,
briefly recapitulated, are as given in the following paragraphs.
It has not been deemed advisable to attempt at present to apply corrections to the
observed results on account of the numerous variations of the Earth's magnetism, e.g.,
diurnal variation, secular variation, magnetic perturbations, etc. Instead, it is believed
to be better to publish the observed results as obtained, with no corrections applied
except the reductions to the magnetic standards of the Department (see p. 319). The
reduction to a common epoch can be undertaken more advantageously later. It will be
noticed, however, that opposite the magnetic elements appearing in the Table of Results
(pp. 332*-336), the precise date and local mean time of each observation are given, thus
supplying the required information for reducing the observed values to some mean
period. The tabular entries are in the order of decreasing north latitude.
The question whether to give values of horizontal intensity exclusively or values of
total intensity was decided in favor of the former. The horizontal-intensity values in-
dicated in italics are derived from the observed total-intensity values and the observed
inclinations.
The intensities are published in C. G. S. units. The fourth decimal may be fre-
quently uncertain by one or more units. It will be noted that the values are given to the
fifth decimal, but it should be understood that no claim is made as to the correctness of the
last figure ; this figure is retained primarily in order that when all reductions to epoch have
been applied on account of the magnetic variations, an error of a unit in the fourth deci-
mal, due purely to computation, will not enter.
The headings for the columns of the Table of Results are self-explanatory. The
following abbreviations have been adopted for the months of the year: Jan, Feb, Mar,
Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec. For stations near the meridian 180° east
of Greenwich the dates are reckoned from that meridian without regard to the inter-
national date line. Local mean times are expressed to the nearest 0.1 of an hour of each
value and are given according to civil reckoning, being counted from midnight as zero
hour continuously through 24 hours; 16h, for example, means 4 o'clock p. m. The
declination and inclination values are, in general, given in degrees, minutes, and tenths
of minute of arc. The values of declination resulting from compass-observations are
given to the nearest minute only, as the results can not be considered of greater precision
6 Res. Dep. Terr. Mag., vol. IV, pp. 35&-372.
Plate 5
Dip Circle 205 and Pivot-Test Apparatus
1 Compass-attachment mounted
3 Modified compass-attachment for use after 1922
2 Intensity needles mounted for deflections
4 Apparatus for tests to determine pivot-defects
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
327
than the nearest minute. The instruments are designated in the instrument columns
as follows: Under "Mag'r," 8 for magnetometer 8, and 205 for dip circle 205, when 205
was used for either declination or horizontal intensity; under "Dip Circle," 205 with
numbers following to indicate the numbers of needles used for dip circle 205 [needle 7
of circle 178 is indicated by being inclosed in parentheses, thus, 205.56(7) ], and 154
with numbers of needles following for dip circle 154.
OBSERVERS
In the last column of the Table of Results, the observer responsible for the obser-
vations is shown by his initials. When the observations were made jointly by two
observers, the fact is shown by combination of their last initials. Table 6 shows the
observers and their designations.
Table 6 — Magnetic Observers, 1918-1921
Observer
Designation
Observer
Designation
R. Amundsen
H. Hanssen
P. Knudsen
H. U. Sverdrup
RA
HH
PK
HUS
OW
Amundsen and Sverdrup. . . .
Sverdrup and Hanssen
Wisting and Hanssen
A&S
S&H
S&W
W&H
O. Wisting
A large part of the original computations was carried out in the field by H. U. Sver-
drup. The final computations and revisions were made by H. U. Sverdrup and C. R.
Duvall, with some assistance from H. W. Fisk of the Department of Terrestrial Magnet-
ism. Subsequent to the final revision of the results, the data from independent com-
putations of the astronomical observations of 1920 as carried out at the Astronomical
Observatory of the University of Christiania under the direction of Professor J. Fr.
Schroeter were received ; these results agreed with the astronomical computations already
made, thus serving as an additional check.
DISTRIBUTION AND GEOGRAPHIC POSITIONS OF STATIONS
Figure 3 shows the route of the Maud from Norway to Bering Strait. Figures
4, 5, and 6 show the positions of the stations on the Chelyuskin and Chukotsk peninsulas.
Three of the stations, Nos. 4, 21, and 41, are close to the winter-quarters of the Maud
during the winters 1918-19, 1919-20 and 1920-21, respectively. For these stations, the
latitude has been determined within an accuracy of O'l. The values of the longitudes
are probably accurate within 2' of longitude more or less. They have been determined
by means of chronometers whose corrections on Greenwich mean time were obtained by
time signals before the departure from Norway July 15, 1918, and on the arrival in Nome
August 4 and 6, 1920, and whose rates had been ascertained by numerous observations
at the winter-quarters. At station No. 4 the longitude determinations by means of the
chronometers were checked by observations of the moon. At stations Nos. 21 and 41
the agreement between the determinations of the Expedition and the longitude derived
from the chart of the north coast of Siberia, issued by the Russian Department of Marine
(Hydrographic Division) in 1914, is a good check. This chart is corrected according to
the results from the Russian Hydrographic Expedition to the Arctic Sea by the ice-break-
ers Taymyr and Vaigach in 1911 to 1913, and is very reliable, according to the experience
of the Expedition.
The positions of stations Nos. 5 to 15 on Chelyuskin Peninsula and Crown Prince
Alexei Islands are all derived from sextant observations which have been checked by
the dead-reckoning kept on the sledge trips. The latitudes therefore are accurate
328
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
4)
C
•"" *
^^
3
<*-.
>,
M
a
o
CO
.0
°?
O
00
T-H
•w
03
<4-l
"O
a
0)
u
rC
"C
a
o>
•r-»
W
-a
03
TS
s
O
c
-a
*!
>>
XI
<u
.d
c
-*->
fe
r
o
6
^
CO
fl3
3
is
O"
a
(i)
a)
a
o
a
c
"O
-o
IN
03
i
+3
i— <
3
O
a
-*->
hi
^-
fl
-
73
o
O
cw
-^
131
JS
U
o
M
-G
o
TS
o
>,
"1
M
1
-a
A
a)
+j
es
o
o
s
-a
c
H
■M
on
i— i
op
1—t
*<-l
o
(D
-t-i
3
o
«
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
329
within less than V, but errors in the longitudes, which depend upon the rates of the
watches used, may be larger. The longitudes are all computed on the assumption that
the adopted value for station No. 4, viz, 105° 40' E, is correct.
The positions of stations Nos. 16 to 20, in the vicinity of station 4, have been ob-
tained by a simple triangulation.
'02° I04.<'E.0FGREENWICH 106°
Fig. 4 — Distribution of the Maud's magnetic stations on Chelyuskin Peninsula
For stations Nos. 22 to 33, along the north coast of Siberia from Bering Strait to
Ayon Island, the positions have been derived from the Russian chart of the coast, which
has already been mentioned. On the sledge-trip during which these stations were oc-
cupied, a distance-wheel was always used, attached to the sledge. At places which were
difficult to identify on the chart, the distance, according to the distance-wheel, from the
nearest conspicuous point was used to find the position. The positions thus obtained
have probably no greater errors than about 1' in latitude and 3' to 4' in longitude.
At stations Nos. 34 to 40, astronomical observations were made by theodolite. The
errors in the latitudes, therefore, are not more than 0 '. 5, but the errors in the longitude
may be larger, because the longitudes depend upon watches which were carried in the
field for seven and one-half months. However, numerous observations made at the same
stations from time to time, at intervals of about six days, show that the one watch which
330
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
was always carried on the body of the observer held its rate astonishingly well; so the
longitudes are certainly not more than 5' wrong.
105 30 E.OF GREENWICH
Fig. 5 — Distribution of magnetic stations in the vicinity
of the Maud's winter-quarters during 1918-19
At stations Nos. 42 to 53, the values of latitude and longitude have been partly
taken from the Russian chart of the coast and partly determined by observations. The
positions observed by the Expedition show this chart to be reliable along the east coast
of the Chukotsk Peninsula, and along the south coast as far as Cape Bering; west of
Cape Bering, however, it is inaccurate.
The results of the magnetic observations obtained during 1918 to 1921 are given in
the Table of Results (see pp. 332 to 336).
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
331
332
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Results of Magnetic Observations, Maud Expedition, 1918-1921
ASIA ,
Siberia — (Including Arctic Sea off Coast)
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 14
o /
78 09 N
78 06 N
77 42 N
77 35.5 N
77 33.8 N
77 S3. 2 N
77 32.6 N
0 '
106 05
106 45
103 55
105 29
105 43
105 32
105 40
Apr 21,
Apr 23
Apr 4
Apr 21
Jul 15
Jul 15
Jul 17
Jul 17
Jul 19
Jul 19
Oct. 1
Oct 5
Oct 7
Oct 10
Oct 11
Oct 18
Oct 19
Oct 24
Oct 26
Nov 1
Nov 2
Nov 5
Nov 13
Nov 19
Nov 22
Nov 25
Nov 26
Nov 27
Nov 28
Nov 29
Nov 30
Dec 2
Dec 2
Dec 3
Dec 4
Dec 4
Dec 5
Dec 5
Dec 6
Dec 7
Dec 7
Dec 9
Dec 9
Dec 10
Dec 10
Dec 11
Dec 12
Dec 12
Dec 12
Dec 13
Dec 13
Dec 13
Dec 14
Dec 16
Dec 16
Dec 16
Dec 17
Dec 17
Dec 17
Dec 18
Dec 18
Dec 18
Dec 19
Dec 19
Dec 19
Dec 20
Dec 20
Dec 20
Dec 21
Dec 23
Dec 23
Dec 23
Jan 2
Jan 8
'19
19
19
19
19
19
19
, 19
19
19
18
, 18
, 18
, 18
■ 18
, 18
, 18
, 18
18
, 18
18
18
18
, 18
18
, 18
18
18
, 18
, 18
18
18
, 18
18
, 18
, 18
18
, 18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
h h h
o /
k h
16.9
15.5
16.6
16.6
15.2 ....
17.5
15.1
17.0
10.4
12.3
0 t
85 30.2 N
85 38.6 N
85 29 . 5 N
85 23.1 N
85 32.2 N
85 32.0 N
85 32.3 N
85 33.0 N
85 33.1 N
85 33.0 N
h h
c. g. s.
154.12
154.1
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.567
PK
No. 15.. .
PK
No. 5
16.6
16.6
15.2
17.5 ....
15.1 ....
17.0
10.4
12.3
. 04578
. 04699
04569
.04666
.04568
.04543
. 04536
. 0453S
205
205
205
205
205
205
206
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
205
8
OW
OW
No. 16 (Lockwood
OW
OW
No. 17 (Fram Island).
OW
OW
No. 19
OW
OW
No. 4, Winter-Quar-
ters 1918-19 . .
11.4
10.8,15.8
26 16.7 E
26 41.9 E
HUS
12.0,16.0
13.3
12.1,15.1
11.5
12.2,16.8
11.6
13.4
15.4
.04592
. 04522
. 04537
. 04545
. 04582
.04545
. 04559
.04533
HTJS
13.3 ....
85 33.4 N
205.123
HUS
10.9,16.1
26 09 . 4 E
HUS
11.5 ....
85 33.0 N
205.123
HUS
11.0,18.0
26 49 . 0 E
HUS
11.7 ....
13.4 ....
85 33.9 N
85 31.6 N
205.123
205.123
HUS
HUS
11.1
26 49 . 4 E
HUS
13.9
85 31.8 N
205.12
HUS
10.3
11.9
27 07.8 E
26 45.5 E
8
8
205
206
206
205
8
206
206
206
206
206
8
8
206
8
8
206
8
205
HUS
15.4,17.8
16.8
11.7
15.7
10.8
11.8,16.6
11.0
10.8
10.5
10.7
10.9
.04606
. 04589
. 04605
. 04561
. 04574
.04564
. 04599
.046I 4
.04548
.04569
.04680
HUS
16.8
11.6
15.7 ....
10.8
85 30.0 N
85 29.1 N
85 31.8 N
85 30.9 N
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
HUS
HUS
RA
RA
HUS
11.0 ....
10.8 ....
10.5
10.7
10.9
85 30.4 N
85 29.5 N
85 32.7 N
85 31.4 N
85 31.7 N
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.356
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
12.3
10.4,16.2
26 37.4 E
27 01.0 E
RA
11.5,15.5
10.8,15.7
11.1
11.0,15.7
10.8,11.7
.04533
.04618
. 04574
.04567
. 04579
RA
10.9 ....
15.7
11.1
16.2
85 31.5 N
85 28.5 N
85 30.8 N
85 33.6 N
205.127
205.567
205.123
205.567
RA
16.8
10.0,15.1
26 24 . 1 E
26 43.2 E
RA
RA
RA
10.2,16.4
26 42.8 E
RA
11.2
11.4
10.9
15.7
11.2
15.6
85 30.4 N
85 31.2 N
85 29.9 N
85 30.5 N
85 32.3 N
85 26.7 N
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.567
205.127
205.567
RA
RA
10.9,15.8
11.3,16.0
.04580
. 04594
205
8
205
8
8
205
206
8
8
205
8
8
8
206
205
8
205
206
8
205
205
8
205
205
8
206
205
8
8
8
8
206
RA
12.0,16.9
27 18.2 E
RA
RA
12.3
14.4
26 23.2 E
26 23.2 E
RA
RA
11.0,12.4
15.4,16.7
85 29.7 N
85 30.4 N
11.0,12.4
15.4,16.7
.04608
.046O 4
205.123
205.567
RA
RA
14.4,17.5
9.9,12.6
26 37 . 9 E
26 24.2 E
RA
RA
11.5
85 31.1 N
11.5
. 04567
205.123
RA
14.7,16.8
9.8,12.7
9.8,12.4
26 30.6 E
26 33.6 E
26 38.7 E
RA
10.6,12.1
10.5,11.8
15.5
. 04572
. 04566
. 04581
. 04547
.04559
.04559
. 04601
. 04558
. 04594
. 04637
.04608
.04533
.04512
.04568
. 04577
. 0461 4
.04560
.04527
RA
RA
15.5
16.8
85 31.2 N
85 32.3 N
205.127
205.356
RA
16.8 .
10.4,1
15.4 .
16.8 .
10.5,1
15.4 .
16.8 .
10.4,1
15.8 .
15.8 .
10.4,1
15.1 .
16.7 .
1.8
1.9
1.8
1.8
RA
9.7,12.5
26 36.8 E
RA
15.4
16.8
85 31 . 6 N
85 28.9 N
205.356
205.127
RA
RA
9.8,12.5
26 33.6 E
RA
15.4
16.8
85 29.5 N
85 28.0 N
205.123
205.567
RA
RA
9.7,12.4
26 35.8 E
RA
15.8
15.8
85 31 . 2 N
85 35.4 N
205.123
205.567
RA
RA
9.7,12.4 ....
26 53.5 E
RA
15.1
16.7
85 30.7 N
85 30.5 N
205.123
205.567
RA
RA
9.7,12.6
9.8
15.7,15.9
16.1,16.3 ....
26 46.1 E
26 58.4 E
26 32.2 E
26 08.5 E
10.4,12.0
10.5,12.0
RA
RA
RA
RA
11.2
16.3
85 32.8 N
85 30.2 N
11.3
. 04540
205.123
205.1
RA
RA
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
333
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast) — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 4 Winter-Quar-
ters 1918 19 Cont
o /
77 32 6 N
o /
105 40
Jan 9,
Jan 10
Jan 14
Jan 15
Jan 16
Jan 17
Jan 17
Jan 20
Jan 20
Jan 21
Jan 21
Jan 22
Jan 23
Jan 24
Jan 24
Jan 25
Jan 27
Jan 27
Jan 27
Jan 28
Jan 28
Jan 29
Jan 30
Jan 31
Jan 31
Feb 1
Feb 3
Feb 3
Feb 4
Feb 5
Feb 5
Feb 6
Feb 6
Feb 7
Feb 7
Feb 10
Feb 11
Feb 12
Feb 12
Feb 13
Feb 14
Feb 17
Feb 18
Feb 19
Feb 20
Feb 21
Feb 24
Feb 25
Feb 26
Feb 27
Feb 27
Feb 28
Mar 3
Mar 5
Mar 6
Mar 7
Mar 11
Mar 12
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 17
Mar 18
Mar 19
Mar 20
Mar 21
Mar 24
Mar 25
Mar 27
Apr 4
Apr 7
Apr 9
Apr 11
Apr 14
Apr 16
Apr 18
'19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
, 19
19
, 19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
, 19
h h h
o /
h h
15.8
16.3
16.0
15.9
16.1
o /
85 33.3 N
85 34.3 N
85 30.2 N
85 31 . 6 N
85 31.0 N
h h
e. g. s.
205.12
205.12
205.123
205.12
205.567
OW
HH
16.9
16.1
11.1
16.2
■ .04578
.04605
.04519
.04573
305
8
SOS
8
205
8
205
8
205
S&W
10.5,10.7
26 49.0 E
A&H
S&W
9.2
28 01.4 E
A&S
16.4
85 31.0 N
205.3
HH
10.6
26 19.8 E
RA
16.4
85 32.7 N
16.7
.04646
205.123
OW
9.8,11.0
26 50.8 E
RA
16.3
15.2
85 30.4 N
85 32.3 N
16.5
.04690
205.567
205.12
HH
OW
9.9
10.2,12.6
26 20.2 E
26 34.6 E
8
8
205
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
205
8
8
205
206
8
205
8
205
8
205
206
206
8
205
206
205
206
205
205
8
205
205
205
205
205
8
205
205
205
205
HUB
RA
15.1
12.8
85 36.0 N
85 35.7 N
15.1
12.8
.04481
. 04610
205.3
205.7
HH
W&H
10.5,10.7,10.9
11.1,11.3,11.5
26 36.4 E
26 39.7 E
RA
RA
16.2
85 34.6 N
16.2
10.5,11.8
16.1
.04523
.04561
.04547
205.356
OW
9.8,12.3
26 34.0 E
RA
16.0
85 33.5 N
205.127
OW
10.1,10.3
9.9.10.1
9.8.12.2
26 28.4 E
26 39.0 E
26 41. IE
RA
RA
10.4,11.7
16.1
.04526
.04683
RA
16.1 ....
85 31.7 N
205.567
OW
10.3
11.9
26 48.3 E
26 20.4 E
RA
RA
16.1
16.1
85 31.5 N
85 33.6 N
16.1
16.1
.04553
.04645
205.356
205.127
W&H
W&H
10. i
26 41.6 E
RA
16.1
85 33.1 N
16.1
. 04661
205.567
W&H
10.0,10.2
10.1,10.2
26 43.8 E
26 32.9 E
RA
15.3
85 33.4 N
15.3
.04644
205.127
HUS
RA
15.7 ....
16.0
15.8
85 32.2 N
85 32.1 N
85 32.0 N
15.8
16.0
15.9
10.8,12.1
16.1
16.2
16.2
16.0
15.9
15.8
15.5,17.0
15.7 ....
15.7
15.7
15.7 ....
11.2
15.6,17.1
16.1
11.5
16.2
15.7 ....
.04554
. 04670
.04662
.04548
.04533
. 04593
.04611
. 04607
.04613
.0454T
.04602
. 04678
. 04664
.04679
.04587
.04601
.04648
.04601
.04574
.04684
.04549
205.123
205.567
205.123
OW
HH
OW
10.0,12.7
26 46.1 E
HUS
16.0
16.2
16.1
15.9
15.9 ....
15.8
85 34.0 N
85 29.1 N
85 29.0 N
85 29 . 2 N
85 29.5 N
85 33.2 N
205.127
205.356
205.567
205.356
205.123
205.567
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
14.8,17.6
26 25.0 E
HUS
15.7 ....
15.7
15.6
15.7
11.2
85 28.3 N
85 32.0 N
85 32.6 N
85 31 . 0 N
85 31.5 N
205.123
205.567
205.3
205.567
205.127
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
14.9,17.9
26 09.2 E
HUS
16.0
11.3
16.1
15.8
15.9
85 28.8 N
85 31.4 N
85 30.1 N
85 32.6 N
85 33.5 N
205 . 356
205.127
205.356
205.567
154.12
OW
HH
OW
HH
HUS
9.7,12.8
26 40.4 E
10.4,12.1
.04538
8
HUS
11.4
16.3
11.5
10.8
10.5
11.0
10.4
10.8
85 36.0 N
85 33.4 N
85 33.6 N
85 42.4 N
85 36.1 N
85 34.6 N
85 30.5 N
85 41.0 N
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
OW
HH
16.4,16.6
26 38.2 E
8
S&W
HH
OW
HH
9.7
28 18.8 E
8
HUS
HH
10.2,12.7
26 53.6 E
10.8,12.1
.04510
8
HUS
10.8
85 32.8 N
154.12
HH
14.5,17.2
14.3,17.0
14.7,17.4
14.9,17.4
14.7,17.0
14.5,17.0
14.7,17.0
15.0,17.2
26 25.4 E
26 35.2 E
26 26.0 E
25 53.1 E
26 20.4 E
25 33.4 E
26 29.0 E
26 20.4 E
15.3,16.6
15.0,16.4
15.6,16.3
15.6,16.9
15.3,16.5
15.1,16.4
15.3,16.5
15.6,16.7
.04544
.04758
.04692
.04646
.04650
.04532
.04581
.04571
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
HUS
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
334
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast) — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 4, Winter-Quar-
ters 1918 19 — Con
o /
77 32 6 N
77 32 . 6 N
77 32 . 6 N
O /
105 40
•
105 40
105 40
Apr 21,
Apr 24,
Apr 28,
May 2,
May 5,
May 7,
May 9,
May 12,
May 14,
May 16,
May 19,
May 21,
May 23,
May 26,
May 28,
May 30,
Jun 3,
Jun 6,
Jun 10,
Jun 13,
Jun 17,
Jun 20,
Jun 24,
Jun 27,
Jul 1,
Jul 3,
Jul 8,
Jul 11,
Jul 12,
Jul 15,
Jul 17,
Jul 18,
Jul 19,
Jul 21,
Jul 22,
Jul 25 ,
Jul 29 ,
Jul 31 ,
Aug 6,
Aug 11,
Mar 7 ,
Mar 10,
Mar 11,
Mar 12,
Mar 13,
Mar 14 ,
Mar 17,
Mar 18,
Mar 19,
Mar 20,
Mar 21,
Mar 24,
Mar 25,
Mar 27,
Apr 4,
Apr 7,
Apr 9,
Apr 11,
Apr 14 ,
Apr 16,
Apr 24,
Apr 28,
Apr 28,
May 28,
May 30,
July 11,
Jul 12,
Jul 12,
Jul 22,
Jul 22 ,
Jul 25
Jul 29 ,
Jul 29 ,
Aug 6,
'19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
h h h
15.0,17.2
14.7,16.9
9.8.12.1
9.9
10.1
9.7.12.5
9.7,11.9
9.8,11.9
9.7, 9.9
10.1,12.2
9.9
9.7.11.8
9.8.11.9
9.9,12.3
9.8,12.3
9.8,12.0
9.7.12.2
9.8,11.9
9.9.12.3
9.7,12.0
9.5.11.6
9.7,11.8
9.8,12.0
10.0,12.2
9.9,12.0
14.4,16.5
14.5,16.7
10.0,12.2
9.8,12.0
14.8,17.0
14.8.17.0
14.9.17.1
9.4,11.5
14.3,16.5
14.6,16.9
9.9
9.6,11.8
14.6,16.9
14.9,17.0
9.8
O 1
25 58.9 E
26 25.6 E
26 38.0 E
28 23.6 E
29 42.7 E
26 49.5 E
26 48.4 E
26 49.8 E
27 01.0 E
27 06.0 E
26 53.7 E
27 25.8 E
26 45.3 E
27 22.1 E
26 48.8 E
26 52.0 E
26 51.4 E
26 44.7 E
27 15.3 E
26 48.6 E
26 59 . 6 E
26 59 . 0 E
27 11.2 E
26 50.3 E
26 55.0 E
25 33.0 E
26 07.6 E
26 48.8 E
26 44 . 7 E
26 25 . 8 E
25 57 . 6 E
25 49 . 0 E
27 16.8 E
26 32 . 4 E
25 37 . 6 E
26 58. 3 E
26 40 . 9 E
26 09.1 E
26 22 . 2 E
27 14 . 5 E
h h
o /
h h
15.6,16.7
15.3,16.4
10.5,11.6
c. y. s.
.04632
. 04542
.04524
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
10. 3, 11. a
10.3,11.4
10.3,11.4
. 04529
.04482
.04521
RA
RA
RA
RA
10.7,11.7
10. 5, 11. £
10.3,11.5
10.4,11.4
10.5,11.7
11.0 ....
10.4,11.4
10. 3, 11. £
10.4,11.4
10.5,11.7
10.2,11.4
10.1.11.C
10.3,11.?
10.4,11.4
io. 5, ii. e
10. 4, 11. f
15.0, 16. C
15.0,16.1
io. 6, ii. e
10.4,11.;
15.4,16.4
15.4,16.4
15. 5, 16. <
10.0,11.1
14. 9, 16. (
15.2,16.4
10.2 ...
10.1, 11. £
15.2,16.4
15.4,16.;
. 04558
.04518
.04540
.04521
.04505
.04497
.04506
.04482
.04493
.04534
. 04496
.04512
. 04492
.04636
. 04496
.04510
.04560
.04654
.04510
.04548
. 04526
. 04548
> . 04678
.04484
.04492
.04712
.04495'
.04490
.04576
.04532
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
RA
No. 46, Winter-Quar-
ters 1918-19
16.2
11.6
11.5 ....
11.6
16.2
11.3 ....
11.3
11.4 .:..
11.6 ....
11.2 ....
11.5 ....
11.5 ....
11.4 ....
15.7 ....
15.8
15.7 ....
16.2
16.6
15.3 ....
16.6
16.1 ....
11.3 ....
11.4
11.5 ....
11.1
11.1
10.8
12.7
15.2 ....
17.0
10.3
10.3 ....
11.9
15.7 ....
85 33.9 N
85 33.9 N
85 33.3 N
85 32.5 N
85 32.2 N
85 31 . 3 N
85 39.9 N
85 34.0 N
85 34.0 N
85 33.2 N
85 39.0 N
85 35.2 N
85 33.6 N
85 33.3 N
85 35.6 N
85 27.6 N
85 28.0 N
85 27.1 N
85 33.6 N
85 31.0 N
85 33.5 N
85 33.9 N
85 35.0 N
85 34.5 N
85 35.2 N
85 33.9 N
85 32.5 N
85 32.4 N
85 26.7 N
85 21.7 N
85 35.2 N
85 35.7 N
85 34.0 N
85 32.5 N
205.12
205.567
205.127
205.356
205.127
205.356
205.127
205.356
205.127
205.567
205.127
205.567
205.12
205.127
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
205.567
205.127
154.12
205.567
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.123
205.567
205.567
OW
11.6
11.5
11.7
16.2
11.3
11.3
11.4
11.6
11.2
11.5
11.4
.04528
. 04538
.04548
.04567
.04570
. 04427
.04519
. 04531
. 0454S
. 04437
.04514
205
206
205
205
205
205
205
205
206
205
205
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
HH
OW
15.7
. 04556
205
HH
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
PK
16.0
11.4
. 04538
.04530
205
206
OW
OW
No. 4c, Winter-Quar-
ters 1918-19
PK
11.5
11.1
11.1
10.8
12.7
15.1
17.0
10.2
10.4
11.9
15.7
.04522
.04500
.04524
. 04544
.04552
.04647
.04714
.04503
. 04495
. 04513
. .04543
205
205
206
205
296
205
206
206
205
205
205
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
1
1
1
1 Oscillations only.
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
335
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast) — Continued
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'i
OW
ow
pw
bw
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
HUS
HUS
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
HUS
HUS
ow
ow
HUS
ow
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
OW
HUS
OW
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
OW
OW
HUS
No. 20
No. 6
No. 18
No. 8
No. 13
No. 12
No. 9
No. 7
No. 11
No. 10
No. 3 (Port Dickson)
No. 32
No. 33
No. 31
No. 21 (Ay on Island),
Winter-Quarters
1919-20
No. 40 (Ayon Island)
No. 30
No. 29
No. 39
No. 28
No. 37
No. 36 (Panteleika) . .
No. 34
No. 38
No. 27
No. 35
77 32.1 N
77 32 N
77 30.2 N
77 16
77 05
76 43
76 34
76 32
76 31
76 05
73 30.2 N
70 03
69 56
69 54
69 52 . 5 N
69 51.2 N
69 50 N
69 27 N
69 00 . 8 N
68 55 N
68 36.7 N
68 36 . 1 N
68 36 N
68 34.3 N
68 18 N
68 13.6 N
No. 26
No. 25
No. 53 (Pitlekai) ....
No. 24
No. 41 (Cape Serdze
Kamen), Winter-
Quarters 1920-21.
No. 416 (Cape Serdze
Kamen), Winter-
Quarters 1920-21 . .
No. 41c (Cape Serdze
Kamen)
No. 41<2 (Cape Serdze
Kamen)
No. 23
No. 51
67 49 N
67 15 N
67 06.3 N
67 01 N
66 53.2 N
66 53.0 N
66 53.0 N
66 53.0 N
66 32
66 10
105 45
102 44
105 34
101 45
106 21
107 03
102 47
101 15
106 13
104 II
80 26
171 15
170 35
173 30
167 52
167 57
176 30
178 35
167 04
180 31
163 45
161 55
166 00
165 56
182 20
164 52
184 10
185 20
186 29
187 45
188 21
188 21
188 21
188 21
189 00
183 50
Jul
Jul
Apr
Jul
Jul
Apr
May
May
May
Apr
May
May
Sep
Sep
Jun
Jun
Jun
21,
21,
7,
18, 19
18, 19
19, 19
24, 19
21 .
14,
14,
Oct 29
Nov 5
Nov 12
Nov 19
Jun 18
Jun 16
Jun 17
Jun 4
Jun 2
May 7
May 31
Apr 1 1
Apr 12
Apr 1
Apr 2
Nov 5
Nov 6
Apr 28
May 27
Dec 24
Dec 31
Jan 1
Jan 7
Jan 21
Jan 24
Jan 28
Feb 4
Feb 11
Feb 18
Feb 25
Mar 3
May 25
May 24
Apr 13
May 22
20, 19
16, 19
2, 18
3, 18
8, 20
12, 20
6, 20
Nov 29, 20
Dec 1, 20
Dec 2, 20
Dec 6, 20
Jan 7, 21
Jan 12, 21
Jan 13, 21
Jan 19, 21
Jan 22, 21
Jan 25, 21
Apr 26, 21
Apr 26, 21
Apr 26, 21
May 18, 20
Mar 15, 21
12.5,20.2
18.2
17.1,19.2
12 9,14.9
11.5
13.7,16.2
10.1,10.3
10.8,14.7
11.9,15.6
9.0,11.5
12.8 . . .
10.1,12.
11.1
9.9,12.5
11.0,13.6
13.6
9.6,14.1
9.9,12.4
10.8,14.0
10.0,13.5
12.7,14.6
10.5
10.7
11.2
10.7,
10.8,
11.2,
13.8
13.4
13.7
13.8,16.6
13.5,17.8
28 41
28 48
3 34.0 E
3 19.0 E
2 25.5 E
h
14.9
16.7
16.7
15.3
17.4
16.0
10.6
11.1
11.4
16.9
11.8
11.4
19.4
12.6
3.0
3.4
11.1
11.4
11.5 ....
11.5
11.3,12.6
20 . 0
15.8
3.9 ....
4.3 ....
17.1 ....
6.3 ....
29.6 N
30.8 N
25.5 N
00.7 N
59 . 3 N
09.4 N
24.0 N
15.5 N
59.7 N
03.0 N
15.6 N
03.5 N
37.7 N
20.4 N
23.3 N
18.0 N
78 20
78 21
78 23
78 19
78 21
9 N
2 N
4 N
5 N
6 N
h
14.9
16.7
16.7
15.3
17.4
16.0
10.6
11.1
11.5
16.9
11.8
11.4
16.5,19
20.0
12.7
3.0
3.4
11.1
78 21.0 N
.4 N
.4 N
78 18
78 07
77 56.0 N
77 36 . 1 N
77 30.8 N
0 16.2 W
0 02.6 W
1 17.2 W
1 16.2 W
11.5
11.5
11.3
17.7,18
5,14
.9 . .
.3 . .
13.0,14
6.3 .
14.4
13.
3.
4.
15.7
13.3
17.1
16.8
77 32.4 N
77 49 . 2 N
77 48.2 N
1 13.5 E
14.4
13.6
15.4
77 33.5 N
77 32.8 N
77 06.1 N
12.0,14.0
12.5,14.6
14.5
10.3,11 6
9 7,10.9
15.4
0 52.5 E
0 30.5 E 2
0 49 . 8 E
0 46.2 E
0 52.0 E
0 47.0 E
0 54 . 2 E
0 47.6 E
0 42.0 E
0 50.3 E
12.2
77 08.4 N
10.6
14.8 ....
77 10.1 N
77 08.4 N
15.2
14 5
77 10.6 N
77 10.0 N
11.8
11.9
10.6,12.0
15 03
15.0
12.5
18.3
13.7
15.4
77 09.0 N
76 40 . 8 N
76 16.5 N
76 26 . 2 N
76 12.9 N
16 38 E
16 31 E
16 36.0 E
16 38 E
16 35.0 E
16 32 E
16 39 . 2 E
16 40 E
12.0
11.5
11.9
12.0
12.6
76 14.0 N
76 13.1 N
76 14.1 N
76 15.8 N
76 15.4 N
12.2
12.4
76 15.8 N
76 15.2 N
12.3
13 29
15.4
16.1
16.5
13.0
70 16.9 N
70 16.2 N
76 06.0 N
75 35 . 7 N
11.6,13 0
14.3,15.6
10.5,13.5
10.5,11.8
11.4,13.5
10.9,12.8
12.5
18.3
13.7
15.4
11.5,12.8
11.7,11.8
11.5
11.9
12.0
12.6
11.9,13.4
12.2
11.4,12.8
12.4
14.4,15.8
15.2
16.2
16.5
13.0
c. g. *.
. 04622
. 045.97
. 04673
.0.51 SI
.05129
. 04967
.04712
. 04863
.05125
. 05072
. 04856
. 05070
.07512
.07485
.11680
.11525
.11685
. 11583
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
.11571
.11609
.11561
.11601
.11593
.11741
.11895
. 12254
. 12277
. 12384
. 12033
. 12038
. 12290
. 12304
. 12389
.12631
205
205
205
205
205
8
205
8
8
8
8
205
12732
. 12728
. 12734
. 12734
. 12734
. 12740
. 12722
. 12730
. 12727
.13047
. 13450
.13213
.13409
.13394
.13380
.13411
. 13407
. 13346
.13353
.13352
.13350
.13352
. 13354
.13344
.13330
.13339
.13609
.13949
8
8
8
205
206
205
205
206
205
205
205
205
8
205
8
206
8
205
205
205
205
205.123
205.507
205.507
205.123
205.507
205.567
205.123
205.567
205 . 123
205.123
205.123
205.567
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.56
205.123
205.356
205.12356
154.12
154.12
205.356
205.123
154.12
205 . 356
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
205.123
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
154.12
205.356
205.123
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.123(7)
205.123(7)
205.123
205.123(7)
205.123(7)
205.123(7)
205.123
205.56(7)
205.123
205.123
2 Magnetic storm.
336
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ASIA
Siberia (Including Arctic Sea off Coast) — Concluded
Station
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Local Mean Time Value
Inclination
L. M. T.
Value
Hor. Intensity
L. M. T.
Value
Instruments
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 22 (Kain-ge-skon)
66 03 N
O /
189 50
No. 42 (Kain-ge-skon)
No. .50
No. 49 (Mass-kan) . . .
No. 43 (Yan-dang-ai)
No. 52
No. 48 (An-ma-la) . . .
No. 44 (Jan-da-ken-
nut)
No. 47
No. 45 (Nabba-kotta)
No. 46 (Emma Har-
bor)
66 03 N
65 39 N
65 31 . 2 N
65 30 N
65 28 N
65 01.4 N
64 54
64 50
64 34
64 24 N
189 50
183 06
181 25
188 55
185 55
184 12
187 25
185 25
187 28
186 48
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Feb
Mar
Mar
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
3, '20
9, 20
23, 20
25, 20
5, 20
6, 20
12, 20
13, 20
23, 20
4, 21
13, 21
8, 21
9, 21
29, 21
1, 21
21, 21
21, 21
11.0
17 33 E
10.9,12.4
10.3
10 09 E
15 16 E
11.4,16.3
11 34 E
Feb 14, 21
Feb 23, 21
Feb 17, 21
Feb 20, 21
9.6,11.4 ..
16 04 E
13.1,14.7
14 29 E
h
11.6
12.1
12.4
15.6
15.6
12.3
11.9
11.8
13.6
12.4
7.5
11.7
11.4
12.6
11.8
14.2
14.2
10.5
12.3
13.9
13.9
36.6 N
37.3 N
35.4 N
38.7 N
34.8 N
38.0 N
37.3 N
36.9 N
35.5 N
40.2 N
56.5 N
59.2 N
09.5 N
05.5 N
15.2 N
16.3 N
15.5 N
74 40.1 N
74 26.3 N
74 24.9 N
74 13.9 N
h
11.5
12.1
12.5
15.6
15.6
12.3
12.0
11.8
13.7
12.4
7.5
11.7
11.4
12.6
11.8
13.2
15.2
10.5
12.3
14.0
13.9
c. g. s.
.13929
. 13925
. 13969
. 13899
.13976
. 13899
. 13937
.13819
.14476
.14460
.14266
■14344
. 15106
.15076
. 15094
.14772
.14905
.14861
.15040
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.356
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.125
205.36(7)
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
OW
HUS
s&w
s&w
s&w
HUS
S&W
s&w
s&w
s&w
s&w
s&w
s&w
EUROPE
Russia
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
o '
69 41.5 N
69 39.8 N
O f,
60 12
60 24
Aug 12, '18
Aug 13, 18
Aug 15, 18
Aug 15, 18
h h h
15.0,18.1
10.1
11.6,14.4
16.6
o /
20 07.8 E
20 25 . 4 E
19 56.8 E
19 50.0 E
h h
o /
h h
16.0,17.4
12.2
12.5,13.9
17.6
c. g. s.
.10912
.10878
.10910
.10941
8
205
8
205
RA
12.0
78 40.8 N
205.123
RA
RA
17.6
78 37.4 N
205.123
RA
Descriptions of Stations
In general, the topography of the regions in the neighborhood of the stations, the
absence of prominent marks and buildings, and the meteorological conditions prevailing
made infeasible detailed descriptions such as would permit precise recovery of all the
points. It is hoped that the following descriptions, although necessarily meager, will
suffice, in connection with the maps and narrative (see Figs. 3 to 6 and p. 514), for
possible future reoccupations to determine secular variation.
The descriptions are given in numerical order under the geographical divisions
■adopted in the Table of Results. The general form followed in the descriptions is:
Number of station according to the order of occupation by the Expedition; local name, if
any, of station in parentheses; general and detailed location with distances and references
whenever possible; manner of marking, and, finally, the true bearings of prominent ob-
jects likely to be of value. All bearings, unless specifically stated otherwise, are true
ones, and are reckoned continuously from 0° to 360° in the direction south, west, north,
east. When no mention is made of the marking of a station, it is to be understood
that the station was either not marked at all or not in a permanent manner.
Plate 6
Typical Views ox the "Maud" Expedition
1 The Maud at Maud Harbor 2
3 Captain Wisting observing at Station 5, April, 1919 4
5 Winter-quarters at Maud Harbor, 1918-1919; absolute 6
station and registering-house at right, auxiliary
station at left, Maud in center
Captain Amundsen observing with magnetometer
Dog-sledge used for transportation
Magnetic station at Panteleika, Siberia, April 1920;
showing method of setting up tent
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
337
ASIA
Siberia
Station No. 3 (Port Dickson), 1918 — -Southwest of radio
station. True bearings: radio mast, 241° 33';
conspicuous stone on summit of hill seen beyond a
small island, 267° 01'. A mound of stones was
built upon site of station.
Station No. 4, Winter-Quarters, 1918-1919— Off north
coast of Chelyuskin Peninsula are two small islands,
called Lockwood Islands by Fridtjof Nansen, in
latitude 77° 35'N and longitude about 105° 40' east
of Greenwich. A large cairn was built on the north-
eastern island and contains full information regard-
ing the winter-quarters of the Maud during 1918-
1919, and the place where the magnetic observations
were made. The winter-quarters were 7 kilometers
south 40° east from the cairn on the shore of
bay opening to the northwest. The magnetic
observatory (designated station No. 4) was erected
14 meters from the water, on the eastern shore, which
inns south-southwest to north-northeast for about
1.5 kilometers and almost at the middle of this
stretch. A wooden post on which the magnetometer
was permanently mounted during winter of 1918-
1919 was left in place; this post was driven as far
down as the frozen ground permitted, and at con-
clusion of work was surrounded with stones and
covered with a copper plate inscribed "Magn. obsv.
Maud expedition 1918-1920." Two arrows en-
graved on the place show the south and direction
of mark. The mark was a driftwood log, built in
cairn on top of small cape about 600 meters distant.
The astronomical station was about 40 meters south
of magnetic observatory and is also marked with
a wooden post driven into the ground, surrounded
by stones and covered with a copper plate.
Station No. 46 was 16 meters north 47° east of
station No. 4.
Station No. 4c was 26 meters south 3° west of
station No. 4.
Stations Nos. 5 to 16, 1919 — As it was impossible to erect
any permanent marks to indicate the stations, no
descriptions suitable for relocation purposes can
be given. The approximate latitudes and longi-
tudes are all derived from sextant observations,
checked by the dead reckoning which was kept
up on the sledge-trips; the longitudes depend upon
the adopted value of 105° 40' east of Greenwich for
station No. 4. Station No. 13 was located on the
sea-ice, about 5 kilometers from the coast; the others
are on land.
Station No. 16 (Lockwood Islands), 1919 — On north-
eastern of the Lockwood Islands, close to the cairn
of Expedition, 7 kilometers north 40° west from
station No. 4.
Station No. 17 (Fram Island), 1919— On the middle of
Fram Island, 2.8 kilometers north 30° east from
station No. 4.
Station No. 18, 1919 — Under the hills, 4.9 kilometers
south 28° west from station No. 4.
Station No. 19, 1919- — On the sea-ice, 3.5 kilometers
north 70° west from station No. 4.
Station No. 20, 1919— On a low ridge of clay, 2.2 kilo-
meters south 66° east from station No. 4.
Station No. 21 (Ayon Island), Winter-Quarters, 1919-
1920 — On the ice close to where the Maud was
frozen in off coast of Ayon Island in latitude 69°
5215 and longitude 167° 52' east of Greenwich.
About 13 kilometers north of shallow strait separ-
ating Ayon Island from the mainland there is a
small river in a deep valley. (On older maps the
ASIA
Siberia— Continued
Station No. 21 (Ayon Island), Winter-Quarters, 1919-
1920— Continued
island is indicated as being divided into two parts
where this valley lies, which is a mistake and
which has been corrected on newer maps.) The
approximate location of the Maud was 2.5 kilo-
meters directly off the coast at a point about 4
kilometers to the south of this valley at the first
and only creek extending some distance inland.
Stations Nos. 22 to 83, 1920 — The positions of stations
Nos. 22 to 33 were derived from the chart of the
Siberian coast, published by the Russian Marine De-
partment (Hydrographic Division) in 1014. On the
sledge-trip on which these stations were occupied,
a distance-wheel was used with the sledge and posi-
tions which, on account of the character of the coast,
were difficult to derive from the charts, were ob-
tained by applying the measured distance from the
nearest conspicuous point. This chart seems to be
very reliable; the scaled latitudes always agreed
within a fraction of a minute with observed values
and the scaled longitudes are in perfect agreement
with those the Expedition determined by means of
chronometers. The positions given should there-
fore be correct within 1 or 2 miles. No descrip-
tions can be furnished except for station No. 22, which
is the same as that occupied in 1921 and described
as station No. 42.
Station No. 34, 1919 — -About 3 kilometers south of en-
trance to narrow valley leading directly toward
conspicuous cone-shaped mountain; this valley is a
tributary of the Pokincha River, which flows from
east to west in latitude 68° 39' N. and is about 6
kilometers east from the edge of the forest and south
of the point where a deep valley from the northeast
meets the Pokincha.
Station No. 35, 1919, 1920 — Situated across the moun-
tains, south of station No. 34, on the first timbered
ridge west of the northwestern top of low range of
hills, rising above the forest limit, and limiting the
open basin of the Machu-a-am River.
Station No. 36 (Panteleika), 1920 — At Siberian village
Panteleika, about 25 kilometers east of Nijne
Kolymsk, on slope about 200 meters east-northeast
from southeastern house in village. True bearing:
spire of partially-built church, 88° 48! 6. The
ground was frozen, so no mark could be erected, but
a Russian trader in Panteleika promised to drive
down a pole to mark station in the summer.
Station No. 37, 1920 — In a large forest; no description
possible.
Station No. 38, 1920 — About 4 kilometers southwest of
station No. 34, on the ridge separating the valley
in which station No. 34 was located from a smaller
valley to the west.
Station No. 89, 1920 — About 500 meters south of a small
river which parallels the Rauchu-an River about 12
kilometers to southwest and is between it and the
mountain Keed-leely-gool. The valley is broad,
but the small river follows the north side and flows
close to a steep hill before turning northeast at junc-
tion with another river; the station is about 4 kilo-
meters from the turn.
Station No. 40 (Ayon Island), 1920 — -In middle of per-
fectly smooth plain about 200 meters south of small
creek referred to in description of station No. 21.
338
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ASIA
Siberia — Continued
Station No. 41 (Cape Serdze Kamen, Winter-Quarters,
1920-1921 — Stations b, c, and d were all close
together at northern end of sand spit separating
small lagoon and small open bay south of Cape
Serdze Kamen and about 30 meters from the small
creek which runs to the sea and forms the northern
boundary of the sand spit, and about 30 meters from
the sea. Some native tents are usually located on
the northern part of the sand spit. Station No. 41
was about 400 meters northeast of the others and on
the accumulated snow slope covering the steep coast_
Station No. 42 (Kain-ge-skori) , 1921 — -On flat ground
above the beach 100 meters west of a large whale
vertebra, which the natives worship, and southwest
of the most western of stores and houses built by
trading companies southwest of native village.
Station No. 43 (Yan-dang-ai), 1921 — In small open creek
about 70 meters southwest of trading-company
store on small plain, about 10 meters above sea-level
and about 200 meters northwest of native village
Yan-dang-ai, which is called South Head by the
traders.
Station No. 44 {Jan-da-ken-nut), 1921 — On southwest
side of steep cape, 3 kilometers east of native village
Jan-da-ken-nut at place where coast turns abruptly
to northeast; about 40 meters from shore-line and
100 meters from small brook.
Station No. 45 (Nabba-kotta), 1921 — Seventy meters
west-northwest of European house built by native
at Eskimo village called Nabba-kotta, on smallest
of islands north of Indian Point-.
Station No. 46 (Emma Harbor), 1921 — Fifty meters
south of southwest corner of two large storehouses
east of Russian Government building.
Station No. 47, 1921 — No description.
Station No. 48 (An-ma-la), 1921 — -In western part of
native village An-ma-la at Cape Bering, 115 meters
southwest from east corner of western of two stores
and 120 meters southwest from east corner of eastern
store. True bearing: top of pinnacle on mountain
side, 47° 51'.
Station No. 49 (Mass-kan), 1921 — Northeast of small
native village Mass-kan at Holy Cross Bay, 60
meters north of newer and farther of two houses
belonging to traders.
Station No. 50, 1921 — -At middle of entrance to broad
valley running north from the east end of sand spit
on the south side of low ridge closing eastern part
of entrance; the sand spit is about 70 kilometers long
and extends eastward off coast from Holy Cross Bay.
Stations Nos. 51 and 52, 1921 — No descriptions.
ASIA
Siberia — Concluded
Station No. 53 (Pitlekai), 1921— Approximately same as
observatory station occupied by A. E. Nordenskiold
during the wintering of the Vega 1878-1879,
close to native tent-village Pitlekai. It was about
100 meters from top of mound and 60 meters from
the shore, this being location of the observatory
pointed out by an old native woman; according to
the natives, Nordenskiold had left a pole with an
inscription here, but nothing was found of it. The
coast here is generally very low, with a few low
mounds on which native tents are placed.
Cross References to Stations in Siberia
An-ma-la, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 48.
Ayon Island, Siberia, 1919-1920— See Nos. 21 and 40.
Cape Bering, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 48.
Cape Serdze Kamen, Siberia, 1920-1921— See No. 41.
Emma Harbor, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 46.
Fram Island, Siberia, 1919 — See No. 17.
Holy Cross Bay, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 49 (Mass-kan)
and No. 50.
Jan-da-ken-nut, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 44.
Kain-ge-skon, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 42.
Lockwood Islands, Siberia, 1918-1919 — See Nos. 4 and
16.
Machu-a-am River, Siberia, 1919-1920 — See No. 35.
Mass-kan, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 49.
NabSa-kotta, Siberia, 1921— See No. 45.
Panteleika, Siberia, 1920 — See No. 36.
Pitlekai, Siberia, 1921— See No. 53.
Pokincha River, Siberia, 1919-1920— See Nos. 34 and 38.
Port Dickson, Siberia, 1918 — See No. 3.
Rauchu-an River, Siberia, 1920 — See No. 39.
South Head, Siberia, 1921— See No. 43.
Winter-Quarters, Siberia, 1918-1919 — See No. 4.
Winter-Quarters, Siberia, 1919-1920— See No. 21.
Winter-Quarters, Siberia, 1920-1921— See No. 41.
Yan-dang-ai, Siberia, 1921 — See No. 43.
EUROPE
Russia
Station No. 1 (Vaigach, or Waigatsch), 1918 — Southwest
of south end of narrow isthmus extending between
bay and lake, at base of short spur of land jutting
into sea westward.
Station No. 2 (Khabarowa), 1918 — Close reoccupation of
station of August 1, 1893, of "Norwegian North
Polar Expedition." On left bank of river, between
river and coast, in extension of side nearest river
of old chapel, 12 meters down-stream from nearest
corner. True bearings: indentation on low moun-
tains on east coast of Yugor Schar, 15 to 20 kilo-
meters, 259° 10'. 6; a second indentation less con-
spicuous than former, 257° 43 '. 5.
Khabarowa, Russia, 1918 — See No. 2.
Vaigach, Russia, 1918 — See No. 1.
Waigatsch, Russia, 1918 — See No. 1.
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
339
Secular-Variation Data
Previous observations of the magnetic elements in the general region covered by the
Expedition during 1918 to 1921 were made by A. E. Nordenskiold on the Vega Expedi-
tion during 1878 to 1879, and by Nansen during the Norwegian North Polar Expedi-
tion of 1893 to 1896. Table 7 shows the data obtained for the several magnetic elements
by previous observers and by the Maud Expedition, together with the resulting values
for mean annual change. It had been hoped also to obtain annual-change values at
Cape Chelyuskin, but Nordenskiold's station there was apparently in a locally-disturbed
area, his value for declination being 129° 09' east; it was not feasible, therefore, to get any
reliable secular-change data by comparing his results with values interpolated for his
position from stations occupied on the Maud Expedition. The data for the Maud
Expedition values at St. Laurent Bay and Konyam Bay are obtained by interpolation
for the first case from values at stations Nos. 42 and 43, and in the second case from
values at stations Nos. 44 and 45.
Table 7— Secular-Variation Data
Station
Latitude
Long,
east of Gr.
Authority
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor.
int.
Value
Annual
change
Value
Annual
change
Value
Annual
change
Port Dickson ....
Khabarowa
Pitlekai
St. Laurent Bay.
Konyam Bay. . . .
0
73
69
67
65
64
30 N
40 N
06 N
35 N
50 N
o /
80 26
60 24
186 29
189 16
187 03
Nordenskiold
Amundsen
Nordenskiold
Nansen
Amundsen
Nordenskiold
Amundsen
Nordenskiold
Amundsen
Nordenskiold
Amundsen
Aug
Sep
Jul
Aug
Aug
Mar
Apr
Jul
Feb
Jul
Feb
1878
1918
1878
1893
1918
1879
1921
1879
1921
1879
1921
o
26
28
17
25 E
43 E
07 E
'
O
82
82
55 N
38 N
/
c.g.s.
.08007
. 07503
.115.58
. 11448
. 10920
. 13188
.13213
.14178
. 14210
. 14725
. 14810
c.g.s.
3.4 E
0.4 S
-.00013
77
78
77
76
75
75
75
74
38 N
37 N
01 N
26 N
55 N
16 N
10 N
32 N
- . 00007
-.00021
19
19
15
20
54 E
42 E
03 E
24 E
4.2 E
2.4 N
6.6 W
0.8S
+ .00001
0.9 S
+ .00001
17
52 E
0.9 S
+ . 00002
Part II— ABSOLUTE MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, 1922-1925
By H. U. Sverdrup
Instruments
In March 1922 the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Carnegie Institu-
tion of Washington supplied Captain Roald Amundsen's Maud Expedition with the
same instruments which previously had been used on this Expedition from 1918 to 1921,
namely, C. I. W. magnetometer 8 and Dover dip circle 205. General information re-
garding these instruments, and descriptions of modifications which were made to render
them more suitable for work in the Arctic, are given in Part I. The accessory equipment
which is mentioned in that report remained on board the Maud and was supplemented
in 1922 by one pocket chronometer, miscellaneous forms for recording magnetic observa-
tions, and miscellaneous supplies.
In addition to the instruments from the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, the
Expedition had also Dover land dip circle 154, with one pair of dip needles (Nos. 1 and 2),
and a photographic registering declinometer made by Max Toepfer and Son, Potsdam.
Registering magnetic instruments generally were not included in the equipment of the
Expedition, because in the drifting ice it would not be possible to use them on account
of the perpetual movements of the ice, but this declinometer, which was the property of
the Expedition, was taken along in the expectation that it might be used at occasional
shore stations, e.g., at winter-quarters.
For astronomical work the Expedition had two sextants, including one sextant with
artificial horizon loaned by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, four theodolites
of different sizes, three chronometers, one pocket chronometer, and seven watches, the
pocket chronometer and one watch being supplied by the Department of Terrestrial
Magnetism.
Methods of Observing
The magnetic observations were made, as previously, in accordance with instructions
for land magnetic work prepared by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the
Carnegie Institution of Washington. The methods used are given in detail in volumes I,
II, and IV of the Researches of the Department (see particularly pp. 13-41 and specimen
observations, Vol. I). The previous experience of the Expedition's observers was that
magnetic observations could be carried out without serious difficulties under Arctic
conditions in an observatory of primitive construction. The experience during the
years 1922 to 1925 confirms this, but in the drift-ice special precautions had to be taken to
secure reliable results and prevent damage to instruments. It may be useful to review
these briefly and also to discuss the arrangements for magnetic observations at winter
quarters of 1924-1925.
WORK IN THE DRIFT-ICE, 1922-1924
In the drift-ice the magnetic observations were taken on the ice at a sufficient dis-
tance from the ship to be outside of the range of the disturbing influence of the iron masses
on board. During the first few months and the last few weeks in the drift-ice the obser-
vations were taken under the open sky; from October 11, 1922, to June 26, 1923, in a
house built of ice-blocks, and from July 3, 1923, to July 2, 1924, in a tent on the ice.
The greatest difficulty encountered during magnetic observations in the drift-ice
arises from the perpetual movements of the ice-fields. The ice-floes are frequently
turning, making fixed orientation of an instrument impossible when referred to the geo-
340
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925 341
graphical coordinates. The movements are, however, seldom so rapid as to influence the
dip-circle observations of inclination and total intensity. These observations, accord-
ing to instructions, were taken with the instrument oriented in the magnetic meridian.
Before beginning observations the direction of the magnetic meridian was determined
by the compass of the dip circle; this determination was repeated after the observations
in order to ascertain whether any appreciable turning of the ice-floes had taken place
during the observations. The results of the two determinations would generally agree
within less than one-half degree, but in summer, when spaces of open water gave the ice
greater freedom of motion, turning of a few degrees might take place during the one
and one-half hours which ordinarily were required for the complete observation. No
corrections to the observed values arising from such errors in magnetic-meridian setting
have been applied, since they always have been too small to be considered. The observa-
tions of the horizontal intensity by means of magnetometer 8 were never seriously
affected by turning of the ice-floes and could be taken in the ordinary way, but special
arrangements were necessary to obtain trustworthy observations of declination.
At a land station the azimuth of a mark sighted with the telescope of the magnetic
instrument remains unaltered as long as the positions of instrument and mark are the
same, but in the drift-ice the azimuth of a mark is constantly subject to change on ac-
count of the movements of the ice-fields. In October 1922, when the routine magnetic
work was to begin, we tried to observe the magnetic declination between two astronomi-
cal determinations of the azimuth of the mark, interpolating the value of the azimuth
for the moment of the magnetic observation. The astronomical observations were,
depending upon weather conditions, taken at intervals of one to four days. We soon
found, however, that this method was unsatisfactory, because the azimuth of the mark
might change several degrees in the time-interval between the two determinations, and
we were unable to ascertain whether the movement which caused the change was of a
continuous or intermittent character. Thus, interpolated values were always doubtful.
However, we could eliminate every uncertainty arising from the motion of the ice by
observing the azimuth of the mark simultaneously with the observation of the declina-
tion. This was accomplished by placing the magnetic and astronomic instruments at a
suitable distance apart and having the magnetic observer use the astronomical theodolite
as a mark while the astronomical observer determined the azimuth of the magnetic instru-
ment, that is, the true direction of the line joining the two instruments. In nearly all
cases when observing declination with magnetometer 8 the azimuth of the mark was
determined strictly simultaneously; occasionally, however, there was a time-difference
of less than one-half hour between the magnetic and astronomical observations. In all
the latter cases the preceding and following change in azimuth during one or more days
was small, and it has been assumed that the change was negligible for the half-hour inter-
val between the magnetic and astronomical observations. When the declination was
observed with the compass of dip circle 205, the true south meridian was determined by
sighting on the Sun, thus eliminating the use of a terrestrial mark.
In this connection it may be mentioned that the only extensive series of declinations
observed under similar conditions is the one taken during the drift of the Fram across
the Polar Sea during 1893 to 1896. l On that Expedition the magnetic and astronomic
observations were taken by the same observer. When he used a terrestrial mark, he
always determined the azimuth of the mark before or after the magnetic observation. It
is not probable that any serious errors are introduced by the movements of the ice in
the inevitable time-intervals between the observations, but it is obviously of advantage,
on the other hand, to take the observations simultaneously if two observers are available.
» Aksel S. Steen, Terrestrial Magnetism. Scientific Results, Norwegian North Polar Expedition, 1893-1896, No. VII.
342 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
The circumstance that the ice in the vicinity of the ship might break at any time
caused some inconvenience. It was inadvisable, therefore, to leave any instruments
mounted on the ice, and after each observation they were always dismounted and taken
on board the ship. Magnetometer 8 is packed disassembled in its ordinary instrument-
case, but in 1922 the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism supplied the Expedition with
a special case in which the completely assembled magnetometer could be carried, thus sav-
ing the observer the task of putting the instrument together and taking it apart before
and after an observation. No special carrying-case was needed for the dip circle, because
this instrument is placed assembled in the ordinary instrument-case. The carrying
back and forth of the instruments, placing them in position, leveling, and adjusting
them added to the time required for the observations and to the discomfort of the observ-
ers at low temperatures.
The other difficulties encountered were of the ordinary kind met with in the Arctic.
The formation of frost on eyepieces and verniers was, as previously, very troublesome,
but was now overcome by heating the ice-house or the tent with a Primus stove, all iron
parts of which had been replaced by parts of copper or brass. This heating in the coldest
season did not bring the temperature in the ice-house or tent above —15° to —20° centi-
grade, but it made the air dry and kept the instruments entirely free from frost. The
stove was not used when observing declination with the magnetometer, because this
observation took a short time and could be completed even at —40° centigrade without
great inconvenience to the observer and also because the special clamping and lifting fork
(see Part I) greatly facilitated the manipulation of the magnet. In summer all needles
of dip circle 205 had to be carefully wiped and dried after each observation in order to
prevent rusting, which, on account of the dampness of the air, was threatening to dam-
age them. However, two of the needles (Nos. 1 and 2) developed pivot-defects and had
to be replaced by others.
The behavior of the watches, which were subjected to great changes in temperature,
was satisfactory and caused no trouble. The rapidity of the temperature changes of the
observer's watch was greatly diminished by carrying the watch in a small and tight
wooden box provided with a glass window.
WORK AT WINTER-QUARTERS, 1924-1925
During the winter of 1924 to 1925 the Maud remained ice-bound 5 miles to the
north of the small Four Pillar Island of the Bear Island group. The ice broke and the
position of the ship changed several times in the fall, making the conditions in September
and October 1924 similar to those in the drift-ice, but from October 20, 1924, to the end
of June 1925 the ice remained so quiet that the conditions were practically the same as on
solid ground. We were, however, so far from the coast that the danger of the ice break-
ing up always had to be considered, for which reason our arrangements for the magnetic
observations were necessarily of a temporary character. In the middle of November a
square tent 2 by 2 meters, previously used at Cape Chelyuskin from April to July 1919,
was set up on the ice and used for absolute observations. The photographic recording
declinograph was mounted in a light-proof wooden box inside of one of the observing tents
supplied by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. The registrations were continued
from November 1924 to May 1925, with several interruptions due to formation of frost
and to difficulties in making the clock driving the drum run properly. Before beginning
the registrations, a few diurnal series of the declination were secured by eye-observations,
a magnet-reading being taken every minute during 15 minutes of every hour.
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
343
Reductions to Standard Instruments
magnetic standards adopted
The International Magnetic Standards (designated I. M. S.) as defined in Volume
II of the "Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism," pages 211 to 278
(see also Vol. IV, pp. 395-475), have been adopted for the results contained in this report.
The instruments used as standards by the Department, and with which the instru-
ments of the Expedition were compared, are as follows: In declination, C. I. W. magne-
tometer 3 with correction on I. M. S. of — 0' 1 to observed values; in horizontal intensity,
C. I. W. magnetometer 3 with zero correction on I. M. S. to observed values; in inclina-
tion, earth inductor 48 made by Schulze with zero correction on I. M. S. to observed
values. Magnetometer 8 and dip circle 205 were compared with these instruments in
Washington by the method of simultaneous observations with exchange of stations in
April 1918, in November and December 1921, and in November 1925. Field compari-
sons between magnetometer 8 and dip circle 205 were carried out by the same method
in October 1924 and May 1925. Dip circle 154 was compared with earth inductor 48
in Washington in November and December 1921, but no comparison was undertaken in
1925, since this dip circle had not been used in the field during 1922 to 1925.
INSTRUMENTAL CONSTANTS, CORRECTIONS, AND COMPARISONS
Full details regarding the instrumental constants on which the computation of the
results by magnetometer 8 contained in this report is based are given on pages 320 to 322.
Corrections on I. M. S. for C. I. W. Magnetometer, 8 — The observed corrections on
I. M. S. for C. I. W. magnetometer 8, with particulars as to the comparisons and the
adopted corrections which have been applied to obtain the data given in the Table of
Results, are shown in Table 8. The results of the comparisons in 1918 have also been
entered in this table to show the agreement.
Table 8 — Adopted Corrections on I. M. S.a for C. I. W. Magnetometer 8; Corrections of February 18, 1926 (Constants of
May 1, 1918)
Date
Station
Com-
pared
with
No. sets
(I. M. S.-C. I. W. 8)
Observers
D
H
D
Probable
error
AH
H
Probable
error
Apr. 24,25,26,
27, 1918
Nov. 29, 30, Dec.
8,9,10, 1921
Nov 10,11,12,
13,14,16,1925
Washington,
Sm and Nm
Washington,
Sm and Em
Washington,
Sm and Nm
|m 3*-
|M 3b
|m sh
12
17
13
6
6
6
t
-0.7
-0.7
-1.07
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
-0.00033
-0.00029
- 0 . 00035
±0.00003
±0 . 00008
±0.00007
/H. W. Fisk
\D. M. Wise
H. W. Fisk
<H. R. Grummann
|H. U. Sverdrup
/H. W. Fisk
\H. U. Sverdrup
Values adopted, 1
922 to 1925
-0.7
-0.00032
a International Magnetic Standards as defined in Vol. II, Res. Dep. Terr. Mag., pp. 270-273; the corrections are to be
applied reckoning east declination and horizontal intensity as positive and west declination as negative.
6 (I. M S.-C. I. W. 3) = — 0 ' 1 in D and 0 . OOOOOtf in H, constants of December 12, 1910.
It will be noted that the adopted value of the correction on I. M. S. for observed
declinations deviates slightly from the mean correction resulting from the last two
comparisons. The value resulting from the first two comparisons has been retained,
because the last comparison was obtained under disturbed conditions.
The above corrections for observed declinations are those applying for complete
determinations using magnet 8L. The declination may be obtained also from the deflec-
tion-observations made in the determination of horizontal intensity, provided mark read-
344
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ings are made before and after such observations. This method was used once. The
corrections on I. M. S. for observed declinations with magnet 8$ deflected by magnet 8L
are noted as follows:
For declinations determined from deflection-observations in connection with mark-readings,
the collimating tube of the magnet 8»S being kept at all times erect in its stirrup, the corrections are :
For magnet 8L erect in its stirrup in deflection-box and magnet 8S erect in its stirrup
suspended, for mean value from deflections east and west of suspended magnet,
for all distances +1° 32'
For magnet 8L inverted in its stirrup in deflection-box and magnet 8$ inverted in its
stirrup suspended, for mean value from deflections east and west of suspended
magnet, for all distances +0° 07'
These corrections apply with an accuracy of 1 minute to reduce values deduced from deflections
only on the east or only on the west for any deflection distance from 25 to 40 cm.
Corrections on I. M. S. for C. I. W. Dover dip circle 205
(a) The correction for observed declination by compass-attachment after the sights of
the compass were modified in February 1922 was found to be from observations in
February 1922 at Washington subsequent to modifications (I. M. S.— dip-circle com-
pass 205) = +3'.
At Deering, Alaska, the declination was observed July 9 and 12, 1922, both with
magnetometer 8 and compass of dip circle 205. Two observations were taken with both
instruments in such a manner that the mean time of the observations agreed. From
these observations, after reducing the declinations observed by magnetometer 8 to
I. M. S.2 we find, July 9, 1922 (I. M. S.-dip-circle compass 205) = -5!4; July 12,
1922 (I. M. S.-dip-circle compass 205) = -10'6; mean -8:0.
On October 3, 1924, a complete intercomparison between magnetometer 82 and dip-
circle compass 205, comprising twelve sets with each instrument and exchange of stations,
was carried out; this comparison gave (I. M. S.— dip-circle compass 205)= —9(3. No
determination of the correction was made after the return to Washington in 1925.
The dip-circle compass 205 was used for determining the declination during brief
intervals in the summers of 1923 and 1924. Considering that the comparisons in July
1922, and on October 3, 1924, were carried out in the region where the observations
with dip-circle compass 205 were taken and giving the latter greater weight, we adopt
for all field observations (I. M. S. — dip-circle compass) = —9'.
(6) Corrections for observed inclinations as determined at Washington are shown in
Table 9.
Table 9— Corrections on I. M. S. in Inclination for C. I. W. Dover Dip Circle 205 Determined at Washington
Date
Station
Com-
pared
with
No.
sets
(I. M. S.-C. I. W. 205) for needle
Observers
1
2
3228
6
3
7
Nov 26,28,30,
Dec 1,3,5,6,7,
1921
Nov 19,20,21,
24, 1925
[Washington,
| Se and Em
Washington,
Sm and Nm
JEI 48 a
[EI 48 "
12
6
-0.2
+0.1
+0.4
-0.2
+0.8
/
-0.2
-5.3
-1.5
-1.7
fH. W. Fisk
\H. U. Sverdrup
(H. W. Fisk
\H. U. Sverdrup
° (I. M. S.-C. I. W. 48) =0^0.
Needles 1 and 2 developed pivot defects during the field work and had to be rejected.
To determine whether there was any material change in corrections at field stations,
the differences of various determinations by the several needles at field stations were
2(1- m. s.-c i. w. 8) = -0f7.
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
345
tabulated. The mean differences were formed for two periods, the first from August
1922 to December 1923, inclusive, being the period in which needle 1 was still used, and the
second period from January 1924 to May 1925, inclusive. The following values were found
August 1922 to December 1923:
(1-2) = +014, 138 values; (l-3223) = +0:5, 7 values
(1-6)= 0.0, 7 values; (1-3) = +0.2, 138 values
(1-7)= -1.5, 7 values
January 1924 to May 1925:
(6-2) = +0f3, 55 values; (6-3223) =
(6-3) =-1.2, 74 values; (6-7) =
-0'6, 21 values
— 1.4, 3 values
A closer inspection of the differences here tabulated shows that for short time-inter-
vals they run irregularly, except the difference (6 — 3), for which we find after January
1924 the following:
Differ-
ence
Jan and
Feb 1924
Mar and
Apr 1924
May to
July 1924
Oct to
Dec 1924
Jan to
May 1925
(6-3)
-o:i
-0:9
-018
-2(4
-116
Considering the small values and the various signs of the corrections to dip needles
1, 2, 3223, and 6 before departure and after return, and, furthermore, the uncertainty
regarding the conditions in the field which appears in the variation of the differences
between the needles, it seems justifiable to apply no corrections on I. M. S. to the inclina-
tions observed with needles 1, 2, 3223, and 6. To inclinations observed with deflected
needle 3 no correction on I. M. S. is to be applied until the end of February 1924, but
a correction of — 1 CO is to be applied from March to July 1924 and of — 2 '.0 from October
1924 to May 1925. To inclinations observed with deflected needle 7 a correction on
I. M. S. of — 1'5 is to be applied during the whole period. The adopted corrections are
shown in Table 10.
Table 10 — Adopted Corrections on I. M. S. in Inclination for C. I. W. Dip Circle
205 for August 1922 to May 1925
Period
(I.M.S.-C.I.W. 205) for needle No.
1
2
3223
6
3
7
Aug 1922 to Feb 1924
Mar 1924 to July 1924
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
/
0.0
0.0
0.0
t
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-1.5
-1.5
-1.5
Oct 1924 to May 1925
Intensity-constants for C. I. W. Dover dip circle 205 — The intensity-constants based
on I. M. S. for dip-circle 205 were determined in Washington for intensity-needles 3
and 4 and 7 and 8 in 1921 and again in 1925.
Observations in the field were taken with needles 3 and 4 at all stations, for which
reason the constants of these needles are most important. Pair 7 and 8 were occasionally
used together with 3 and 4. The constants of the needles can be computed from field
observations in cases where the intensity has been observed simultaneously with mag-
netometer 8. The various determinations are summarized in Table 11.
The values of the constants determined for needle-pair 3 and 4 in Washington and
computed from field observations are compiled above. At four field stations the stations
346
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
were not exchanged, for which reason it is necessary to assume that the station-
differences here are negligible. The values derived on this assumption are placed in par-
entheses. The last two comparisons in the field were carried out under favorable cir-
cumstances, all necessary precautions having been taken, and, therefore, can be given
great weight.
Table 11 — Summary of Intensity-Constant Determinations on Basis of I. M. S. for C. I. W. Dover Dip Circle 205
Date
Station
Compared
with
No.
sets
Logarithm of combined
constant C for total-
intensity needles
Observers
3 and 4
7 and 8
Nov 26, 28,
Dec 1, 2, 7, 1921
Oct 27, 1922
Nov 11, 1922
May 25, 1923
Oct 5, 1923
Oct 14, 15,
1924
May 14, 1925
Nov 19,20,21,
24, 1925
Washington,
Se and Em
81
88
191
250
360 and 360c
360e and 360d
Washington,
Sm and Nm
|m 3 and EI 48
M 8
M 8
M8
MS
M8
M 8
W 3 and EI 48
(i
1
1
1
1
6
2
6
9.57626
(9.57865)
(9.57671)
(9.57737)
(9.57748)
9 . 57822
9 . 57853
9 . 57769
9 . 57735
H. W. Fisk and H. U. Sverdrup
H. U. Sverdrup and 0. Wisting
H. U. Sverdrup and 0. Wisting
H. U. Sverdrup and O. Wisting
H. U. Sverdrup and O. Wisting
H. U. Sverdrup and 0. Wisting
H. U. Sverdrup and 0. Wisting
H. W. Fisk and H. U. Sverdrup
(9.57780)
9 . 57875
These comparisons show a great increase over the determination of the constant
in 1921, and a steady increase, furthermore, is indicated by the results of the other
field comparisons, except the very first one. The second determination of the constant
in Washington at the end of November 1925 also shows an increase since November
1921, but gives a smaller value than the last two field determinations. The instrument,
however, had been subjected to rough handling during transportation from Seattle to
Washington in October 1925, the glass of the magnet-house having been broken, and
for this reason it appears inadvisable to use the results of the last determination for
the reduction of the field observations. A very small displacement of the support
of the agate bearings, or of the vertical circle, would account for the change in the
constant which apparently took place between May 14 and November 20, 1925.
In view of these circumstances, the adopted constant will be based on the deter-
minations at Washington in November 1921 and the field determinations in October
1924 and May 1925. Assuming that the observed change has been gradual, we shall
adopt, where t is the epoch of observation
Needles 3 and 4 on basis I. M. S.: log C = 9.57630 + 0.000673 (t - 1922.0)
Needle-pair 7 and 8 was only compared once in the field, without exchange of sta-
tions ; the pair was practically not used. The determinations in Washington show a simi-
lar increase of the constant as for needle-pair 3 and 4, indicating that the two pairs have
changed materially in the same way. We, therefore, shall adopt values corresponding to
those adopted for needle-pair 3 and 4, namely
Needles 7 and 8 on basis I. M. S.: log C = 9.57739 + 0.000673 (t - 1922.0)
Both loaded dip and deflections were observed at all stations, for which reason the
values of the loaded-dip constant and the deflection constant, which are subject to
changes because of variations in magnetic moment, are not required for the compu-
tations.
Regarding formulae for intensity-computations and differential formulae for applying
corrections on computed values of total and horizontal intensity for changes in the inten-
sity-constant and in inclination, see page 324.
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925 347
Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
explanatory remarks
Precisely the same conventions have been followed in the presentation of the field
results obtained during the four years, 1918 to 1921, as adopted in Volumes I, II, and IV
of the Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. These conventions,
briefly recapitulated, are as given in the following paragraphs.
It has not been deemed advisable to attempt at present to apply corrections to the
observed results on account of the numerous variations of the Earth's magnetism, e.g.,
diurnal variation, secular variation, magnetic perturbations, etc. Instead, it is believed
to be better to publish the observed results as obtained, with no corrections applied,
except the reductions to the magnetic standards of the Department, as fully explained on
page 319. The reduction to a common epoch can be undertaken more advantageously
later. It will be noticed, however, that opposite the magnetic elements appearing in
the Table of Results the date and local mean time of each observation are given, thus
supplying the required information for reducing the observed values to some mean period.
The tabular entries are in the order of decreasing north latitude. If several stations lie
in the same latitude, they have been arranged in order of decreasing east longitude.
The question whether to give values of horizontal intensity exclusively or values of
total intensity was decided in favor of the former. The horizontal-intensity values
indicated in italics are derived from the observed total-intensity values and the
observed inclinations.
The intensities are published in C. G. S. units. The fourth decimal may be fre-
quently uncertain by one or more units. It will be noted that the values are given to
the fifth decimal, but it should be understood that no claim is made as to the correctness
of the last figure; this figure is retained primarily in order that when all reductions to
epoch have been applied on account of the magnetic variations an error of a unit in the
fourth decimal, due purely to computation, will not enter.
The headings for the columns of the Table of Results are self-explanatory. The
following abbreviations have been adopted for the months of the year: Jan, Feb, Mar,
Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec. For stations near the meridian 180°
east of Greenwich the dates are reckoned from that meridian without regard to the Inter-
national date line. Local mean times are expressed to the nearest 0.1 of an hour of
each value, and are given according to civil reckoning, being counted from midnight as
zero hour continuously through 24 hours; 16 h, for example, means 4 o'clock p. m. The
declination and inclination values are, in general, given in degrees, minutes, and tenths
of minute of arc. The values of declination resulting from compass-observations are
given to the nearest minute only, as the results can not be considered of greater precision
than the nearest minute. The instruments are designated in the instrument columns
as follows: Under "Mag'r," 8 for magnetometer 8, and 205 for compass-attachment of
dip circle 205; under "Dip Circle," 205, with numbers following to indicate the numbers
of needles used for dip circle 205 [needle No. 7 of circle 178 is indicated by being inclosed
in parentheses, thus, 205.56(7) ].
MAGNETIC DISTURBANCES
In a few cases, observations of declination were discontinued because violent mag-
netic disturbances made readings impossible. For the sake of record, the locations,
dates, and times when this happened are entered in Table 12.
It may be added that observations with dip circle 205 also were discontinued several
times on account of disturbances, but these cases have not been compiled, because it is not
possible to decide whether the disturbances were of a magnetic or mechanical character.
348
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
349
OBSERVERS
In the last column o£ the Table of Results the observer responsible for the observa-
tions is indicated by his initials. When the observations were made by two or more
observers, the fact is shown by combination of their last initials. The declination obser-
vations with magnetometer 8 were generally taken by F. Malmgren, assistant scientist,
the inclination and total-intensity observations with dip circle 205 by Captain O. Wisting,
and the horizontal-intensity observations with magnetometer 8 by the writer, who also
took some of the other magnetic observations and all of the astronomic observations.
When eye-observations for diurnal variation were taken at winter-quarters in October
and November 1924, all members of the Expedition participated.
Table 12 — Observations of Declination Discontinued on
Account of Magnetic Disturbance
Lat.
north
Long,
east
Date
L. M. T.
o /
o /
h m
72 48
177 36
Oct
17, 1922
23 16
74 26
167 52
Apr
21, 1923
7 40
75 38
166 40
Aug
4, 1923
17 20
75 13
159 02
Dec
10, 1923
9 05
75 18
156 28
Jan
23, 1924
15 22
75 19
156 22
Jan
24, 1924
14 53
All original computations were carried out in the field by the writer, who also has
made the final revisions, with some assistance from H. W. Fisk, of the Department of
Terrestrial Magnetism.
DISTRIBUTION AND GEOGRAPHIC POSITIONS OF STATIONS
Figure 7 shows the route of the Maud to and from the drift-ice, the route of the drift,
the position of the two land stations occupied before entering the drift-ice in 1922, and
the location of the winter-quarters of the Maud during 1924 to 1925. Figures 8, 9, and
10 show the positions of the stations occupied when drifting with the ice-fields. It may
be noted that the numbers of the stations begin with 54, continuing the series of numbers
from the period 1918 to 1921. A few numbers occur twice, partly because they refer to
simultaneous observations at stations only a few meters apart and partly on account of
mistakes in the original records. A few numbers are lacking, because the observations at
these stations were incomplete and have been rejected.
Observations taken on the same days have been entered as taken at the same station,
though the distance between the actual places of observation, because of exceptionally
rapid drift, may be as great as two or three miles. The distance is, however, generally
less than one mile and, since a reliable estimate of this distance is difficult, no attempt
to take it into account has been made.
In the drift-ice all astronomical observations were taken by theodolite, and the cor-
rections and rates of the chronometers were checked by wireless time-signals. The
observed latitudes and longitudes, therefore, are generally correct within 0'2 and 0(5,
respectively. In summer the accuracy is somewhat smaller, partly because a smaller
theodolite was used and partly because the melting of the ice made leveling difficult.
Furthermore, the positions in summer had to be determined by observing the Sun. Be-
tween the two necessary observations a time-interval of three to six hours elapsed, and
the correction for estimated drift in this time, to be applied to the result of the first obser-
vation, was sometimes uncertain.
350
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
351
The observations of the magnetic declination were taken simultaneously with the
astronomical observations and, therefore, can be referred to an accurately known position.
This, however, does not apply to the inclination and intensity observations, which oc-
casionally were taken on the same day as the astronomical observations, but at another
time and occasionally on days when no observations for position could be obtained. In
the latter case the position of the magnetic station was determined by linear inter-
polation between the two nearest observed positions. Considering the uncertainty of
this interpolation, due to the irregularities of the drift, and, furthermore, the lack of
simultaneity between magnetic and astronomical observations taken on the same day, the
positions of all magnetic stations in the Table of Results are given to the nearest minute
of latitude and longitude only. On days with astronomical observations they will gen-
erally be correct within one minute of latitude, corresponding to three minutes of longi-
tude, but the errors of the interpolated positions may be larger and may amount in
exceptional cases to five and fifteen minutes, respectively.
165° 170"
Fig. 9 — Distribution of the Maud's stations 83-264
It seems possible to interpolate with a higher degree of accuracy by taking into ac-
count the influence of the wind during the time-interval between two astronomical observa-
tions. There exists a marked relation between the direction and velocity of the wind and
the direction and velocity of the drift. The most reliable way of interpolating, therefore,
might be to compute the drift for the time-interval between the preceding astronomical
observation and the magnetic observation by means of the resulting wind-vector in
352
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
this time-interval, assuming that the relation between wind and drift was the same in
this interval as in the whole time between the preceding and the following astronomic
position. This relation can be found by comparing the resultant wind-vector in the
time between the astronomical observations with the drift which can be derived from the
observed positions.
150° " 155°
Fig. 10 — Distribution of the Maud's stations 265-350
A study of the relation between wind and drift is to be undertaken later, and op-
portunity may then be taken to compute the drift of the Maud as accurately as possible
by deriving the position at noon every day by means of the method outlined above. The
positions determined by linear interpolation will probably deviate more or less from those
derived from considerations involving the wind, but it is expected that the discrepancy
generally will be less than two minutes in latitude and six minutes in longitude and only
exceptionally amount to five minutes and fifteen minutes, respectively. The study of the
relation between wind and drift, however, will take a long time, and the results will not
be of great importance to the results of the magnetic observations. These are so numer-
ous that the accidental errors arising from the linear interpolation can be eliminated
by forming group means, and an uncertainty of one or two minutes in the single positions
is of no consequence. Therefore, in this report it has been decided to publish as the
positions of stations the positions observed or determined by linear interpolation on the
same day, but at different times, although these may be modified eventually for these
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
353
days in later reports published after the compilations of wind effects have been made
and applied.
'30°E.Gr.
135°
140°
Fig. 11 — Distribution of the Maud's stations 351-359
The positions of land stations Nos. 54 and 55, as well as station No. 360 (winter-
quarters of 1924 to 1925) are accurately determined. It will be noted that the dis-
tances between stations Nos. 360, 360a, 3606, 360c, and stations Nos. 360d, 360e, 360/,
are small (see Fig. 12) ; the three stations of each group are close to each other, some being-
auxiliary stations used for intercomparison of instruments.
The results of the magnetic observations obtained during 1922 to 1925 are given in
the Table of Results (see pp. 356-364).
ISOMAGNETIC CHARTS
All results contained in this and Part I, except those from the region around Cape
Chelyuskin, have been entered on charts and the isomagnetic lines for the declination, the
horizontal intensity, and the inclination have been drawn, utilizing other sources when-
ever available.
The isogonics for the epoch 1925.0 are represented in Figure 13. It will be noted
that the lines are full-drawn along a strip a few hundred miles from the coast and that
they also are full-drawn over Alaska and part of the Siberian coast. In these regions
354
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
the lines are based on the actual observations. Where the lines are interpolated or extra-
polated they are dashed. The isogonics over Alaska have been taken from the chart
of the variation of the compass for 1925 by the United States Hydrographic Office.
West of Bering Strait the isogonics are based mainly upon the results of the Maud
Expedition, but in addition several Russian observations have been used, mainly in the
region west of the 165th degree of longitude, east of Greenwich.
70°
44
I62°I5 EJSn
42-
20'
=i
25'
30
360,360bl360c
360d,360e,360f
70°
44'
42'
40'
38
40'
38'
l62°l5'E.Gr
20'
o.
Scale
2 3
25'
4 5 Km,
30'
Fig. 12— Distribution of the Maud's stations 360-360/
near Four Pillar Island
These Russian observations are entered on the latest charts of the Siberian coast
issued by the Russian Hydrographic Office and, according to statements on these charts,
are reduced to epoch 1911.0. The values which have been used when drawing the iso-
gonics in Figure 13 are contained in Table'13. The geographic positions of the stations
have been taken from the Russian charts. On these charts the information is entered
that the secular change of the declination in the region of the New Siberian Islands is
— 6' to —8' per year. At the station Pitlekai, the secular change between 1879 and 1921
was found to be — 6'6 per year (see p. 339). According to this, the secular change in
the entire region west of Bering Strait has been assumed to be —6' per year. A cor-
rection of —6' a year, therefore, has been applied to all values, both to the Russian values,
which are referred to epoch 1911.0 and to the results from observations of the Maud
Expedition between the years 1920 to 1925. The adopted value of the secular variation,
— 6' per year, appears to be fairly correct. Five of the Russian stations in Table 13,
Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, and 12, are not far from stations of the Maud Expedition and the reduced
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1918-1921
355
356
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Results of Magnetic Observations, Maud Expedition, 1922-1925
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 351
o t
76 44
76 43
76 41
76 39
76 39
76 38
76 36
76 34
76 34
76 30
76 17
76 16
76 12
76 11
76 09
76 09
76 09
76 08
76 07
76 06
76 06
76 05
76 04
76 04
76 02
76 01
76 00
75 56
75 56
75 55
75 54
75 54
75 52
75 49
75 49
75 49
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 48
75 47
75 46
75 46
75 46
75 46
75 46
75 43
75 42
75 38
75 38
75 36
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O /
144 09
144 06
145 08
139 28
144 06
140 38
139 00
144 00
144 01
143 58
163 28
163 28
163 58
146 11
149 30
149 45
164 00
163 22
164 05
150 26
163 19
163 27
163 50
164 02
150 49
163 26
163 26
162 59
164 32
164 51
152 27
164 49
164 52
154 04
154 06
154 16
154 01
154 02
154 03
154 03
154 04
154 05
154 07
154 07
154 08
154 42
155 02
165 04
153 53
153 54
153 54
162 54
165 18
155 38
154 44
166 29
166 38
166 37
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jul
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jun
Jun
Jul
Sep
Sep
Aug
Aug
Aug
Jun
Jun
Jun
Aug
Sep
Sep
Aug
Jun
Jun
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Jun
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Aug
Aug
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Apr
Aug
May
May
May
Sep
Sep
Aug
Apr
Apr
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
25
25
26
23
25
27
21
30
30
28
2
7
6
30
30
30
10
5
4
31
11
11
27
3
3
12
12
3
1
1
2
14
15
17
17
24
21
19
23
20
20
11
14
14
10
23
24
24
18
25
30
17
16
21
21
28
28
9
8
15
15
12
14
21
21
14
7
7
5
6
6
3
2
'24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
24
24
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
h h h
16.8,17.3
18.0
17.0
10.8
9.4,11.2
0 /
1 30 E
1 29.9 E
1 09.1 E
0 17 E
1 16 E
h h
10.6
o /
84 32.3 N
h h
10.6
c. g. s.
. 05557
205
8
8
205
205
205
205
205
205
8
8
206
8
8
205
206
206
206
205
8
205
8
205
205
8
8
8
206
8
206
205
205
8
8
205
205
8
206
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
206
205
8
8
8
205
8
206
8
206
8
8
8
8
8
205
206
8
205
206
205
8
206
205
8
206
8
205.236
S&W
FM
No. 352
FM
No. 350
HUS
No. 358
10.5
10.2
15.7
10.5
10.1
84 44.3 N
84 28.9 N
84 29.8 N
84 44.3 N
84 25.8 N
10.5
10.2
15.7
10.5
10.0
. 05376
.05619
. 06626
. 05384
. 05668
205 . 236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
HUS
No. 353
ow
No. 357
No 359 . .
14.7,16.7
9.6,11.6,15.3
0 16 E
1 07 E
HUS
S&W
No. 355
OW
No 354 . .
17.4
17.1
1 26.4 E
1 04.7 E
FM
No 356
FM
No 239
9.9
83 36.5 N
9.8
. 06453
205.123
OW
No 238 ....
17.1
5 59.4 E
FM
No. 234
15.2
16.7
83 27.0 N
83 28.1 N
9.8,11.0
15.2
16.7
10.4
10.1
. 06564
.06612
. 06602
. 06999
. 06337
205.123
205.67(3)
S&W
OW
OW
No. 349
10.4
10.1
84 07.0 N
83 47.7 N
205.2367(3)
205.236
OW
No. 348
OW
No 347 ....
17.6
16.7
0 17 E
3 34.4 E
FM
No 235
FM
No 240 .
10.0
83 43.0 N
10.0
. 06481
205.123
OW
17.2
7 23.1 E
FM
No. 233...
10.8
10.1
83 23.0 N
83 45.6 N
10.8
10.1
. 06696
. 06350
205.123
205.236
OW
No. 346
16.3
17.6
9.8
17.1
0 31 E
0 40.9 E
7 21.3 E
5 52.7 E
S&W
FM
No 241a
FM
No 2416
FM
No. 237. .
10.2
83 13.0 N
10.2
. 06867
205.123
OW
No 236
9.1
2 21. 9E
FM
10.3
83 16.2 N
10.3
.06816
205.123
OW
No 345
16.2
0 36 E
FM
No. 242.
10.0
82 34.7 N
10.0
. 07629
205.12
OW
No 243
9.8
9.0
4 48.9 E
5 19.6 E
FM
No 244
FM
10.6
10.1 ....
82 46.9 N
83 01.0 N
10.5
10.1
. 07325
.07053
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 232
OW
No 230
16.9
10.0
17.1
16.9
16.7
6 06.5 E
0 36 E
6 12.6 E
FM
No 344
HUS
No 231
FM
No 229
10.2
82 57 . 3 N
10.2
.07118
205.123
OW
6 22.4 E
3 04.7 E
FM
No 329
10.0
83 41.8 N
10.0
.06441
FM
No 330
205.236
OW
16.8
3 41.9 E
FM
No. 328. . .
10.5
83 47.7 N
10.5
.06311
205.236
OW
No 335
17.3
3 36.1 E
FM
No 336
10.9
10.9
83 29.0 N
83 27.3 N
10.9
10.9
. 06661
. 06683
205.236
205.17(3)
OW
OW
No 333
16.6
17.8
17.9
3 40.9 E
3 51.8 E
3 45.8 E
FM
No 337
15.7,17.0
.06779
S&M
No 339a
FM
No 332 ....
10.5
83 27.9 N
10.6
. 06666
205.236
OW
No 331
17.6
3 33.9 E
FM
No 334
11.3
83 31.7 N
11.3 ....
.06616
205.236
OW
17.0
3 04.7 E
FM
No 338 ....
10.1 ....
83 29 . 1 N
10.1
.06667
205.236
OW
17.0
16.7
16.2
18.0
16.1
16.7
3 39.0 E
2 30.7 E
1 52.4 E
6 00.3 E
2 28.6 E
2 22.0 E
FM
No 327
FM
No 326
FM
No 228
FM
No 343
FM
HUS
No 342 ....
10.2
83 39.5 N
10.2
.06463
205.236
OW
9.0
5 17.0 E
FM
10.3
10.2
9.8
82 44.0 N
82 55.7 N
83 05.8 N
10.3
10.2
9.8
.07372
.07141
.07052
205.123
205.123
205.236
OW
No 227 ....
OW
No 325
OW
16.2
2 21.1 E
FM
No 340
14.8
10.9 ....
82 56.3 N
82 47.2 N
14.8
10.9
.07236
. 07269
205.236
205.123
OW
No 226
OW
16.9
8 58.8 E
FM
No 225
10.3
82 49 . 6 N
10.3
.07232
205.123
OW
No. 224...
17.6
9 20.8 E
FM
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
357
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 211
o /
75 35
75 34
75 34
75 33
75 32
75 31
75 31
75 30
75 29
75 29
75 28
75 28
75 27
75 26
75 25
75 25
75 24
75 24
75 23
75 23
75 23
75 22
75 22
75 22
75 21
75 21
75 21
75 21
75 20
75 20
75 19
75 19
75 19
75 18
75 18
75 18
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 17
75 16
75 16
75 16
75 16
75 15
75 15
75 15
75 15
75 15
75 15
75 15
75 14
75 14
75 14
75 14
75 13
75 13
75 13
N
N
-N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
o /
164 18
164 12
166 33
164 57
165 00
164 45
166 31
166 39
163 40
165 28
164 30
165 41
164 55
166 45
163 44
165 10
164 38
167 06
158 03
165 25
167 28
158 00
158 02
167 19
157 47
164 32
166 52
166 53
157 51
158 04
156 22
157 55
158 29
158 04
158 34
158 38
156 26
158 01
158 05
158 15
159 16
164 32
156 30
156 46
158 35
158 59
158 16
158 57
159 11
159 20
159 27
159 31
159 35
158 46
158 50
159 14
163 55
156 32
156 36
156 38
Jul
Jul
Aug
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Sep
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jul
Sep
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jul
Dec
Jun
Jul
Dec
Dec
Jul
Apr
Jun
Jul
Jul
Jul
Apr
Dec
Jan
Apr
Dec
Mar
Mar
Dec
Dec
Jan
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Nov
Jun
Jan
Jan
Jan
Mar
Dec
Mar
Mar
Dec
Dec
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Sep
Sep
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
7,
6
1
12
13
3
3
17
31
31
24
27,
20
26,
21,
30,
25,
22,
10,
10,
20,
29,
23,
23,
27,
28,
21,
4,
18,
26,
26,
27,
3,
31,
24,
2,
20,
24,
24,
21,
22,
25,
31,
28,
28,
26,
17,
17,
26,
21,
21,
19,
5,
22,
22,
7,
7,
19,
19,
21,
23,
24,
16,
18,
17,
3,
3,
28,
28,
31,
28,
28,
1,
•23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
23
24
23
24
24
23
24
24
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
24
24
24
24
23
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
h h h
9.7
17.9
17.9
17.1
18.1
o /
5 53.4 E
5 33 E
8 40.3 E
5 57.6 E
6 39 E
h h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
8
205
8
8
206
205
8
205
206
206
205
206
205
205
206
8
8
206
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
8
205
205
8
8
205
205
8
8
8
205
8
206
8
206
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
206
8
8
8
206
8
8
205
205
8
8
205
8
206
8
205
8
205
205
8
8
206
8
205
FM
No. 210
10.2
82 42.9 N
10.2
.07387
205.123
W&M
No. 223
FM
No. 213
FM
No. 214 t
11.2
10.4
82 43.4 N
82 40.9 N
11.1
10.4
15.6,16.9
10.4
11.1
11.1
10.2
.07323
. 07386
.07409
.07306
.07329
.07325
.07375
205.123
205.123
W&M
No. 209
OW
HUS
No. 215
10.4
11.1
11.1
10.2
82 47.4 N
82 45.3 N
82 45.2 N
82 41.6 N
205.123
205.123
205.67(3)
205.123
HUS
No. 222
OW
OW
No. 246
OW
No. 208
18.0
21.0
17.9
18.2
17.5
9.1
7 18 E
5 46 E
7 22 E
6 00 E
8 14.9 E
5 23.6 E
FM
No. 203
HUS
No. 207
10.6
82 45.6 N
10.6
.07281
205.123
S&W
No. 204
HUS
No. 221
FM
No. 247
10.3,11.5
10.7 ....
10.7
.07404
. 07360
.07394
S&M
No. 205
10.7
10.7
82 41.2 N
82 40.1 N
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 212
OW
17.3
5 40.3 E
FM
No. 216
10.7
82 35.1 N
10.7
.07491
205.123
OW
No. 286
12.2
17.8
17.1
12 4
2 19. 0E
7 14 E
6 45.7 E
2 20.1 E
FM
No. 206
HUS
No. 218
FM
No. 284
FM
No. 285
15.5
82 43.6 N
15.5
.07377
205.123
OW
No. 217
18.1
16.4
6 12. 3E
2 17. 3E
FM
No. 324
FM
No. 202
10.8
10.7
82 37.3 N
82 33.2 N
10.7
10.7
. 07440
. 07530
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 219
OW
17.5
6 33.1 E
FM
No. 220
10.7,11.9
9.8
11.6
10.4,11.7
. 07488
. 07293
. 07290
.07373
HUS
No. 323
9.8
11.6
82 46.7 N
82 47.4 N
205.236
205.123
OW
No. 287
HUS
No. 297
10.4,11.7
15.6
15.1
1 27.8 E
2 10.4 E
2 38.8 E
HUS
No. 322
FM
No. 281
10.1,11.6
10.4
.07383
.07350
S&M
No. 318
10.4
82 43.4 N
205.236
OW
15.6
2 01.8 E
FM
No. 282
10 . 3
82 43.1 N
10.3
. 07366
205.123
OW
No. 283
12.8
2 33. 3 E
FM
No. 298
10.3
82 46.2 N
10.3
.07294
205.236
OW
No. 321
15.8
2 04.1 E
FM
No. 320
10.0
82 43.7 N
10.0
. 07338
205.236
OW
15.7
15.7
8.9
17.7
9.0
2 26.4 E
2 19.0 E
2 57.8 E
5 38.3 E
1 20.2 E
FM
No. 319
10.0,11.7
.07356
S&M
No. 266
FM
No. 201
FM
No. 299
FM
No. 296
10.4
82 43.6 N
10.4
.07346
205.236
OW
14.9
15.3
9.1
1 35.5 E
2 20.4 E
3 20.0 E
FM
No. 316
FM
No. 274
FM
No. 317
10.4
82 42.2 N
10.4
. 07360
205.236
OW
15.3
9.0
2 07.4 E
2 51.2 E
FM
No. 275
FM
10.8
10.2
82 38.2 N
82 40.0 N
10.7
10.2
.07463
.07417
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 267
OW
16.4
2 55.6 E
FM
No. 268
10.4,11.9
10.2
.07455
. 07369
HUS
No. 269
10.2
82 42.0 N
205.123
OW
No. 270
9.0
2 57.3 E
FM
No. 265
10.4
82 38.6 N
10.4
. 07482
205.123
OW
No. 280
14.8
2 39.6 E
FM
No. 279
10.5
82 44.5 N
10.5
. 07350
205.123
OW
No. 273
9.0
2 58.2 E
FM
10.6
10.0
82 38.7 N
82 43.0 N
10.5
10.0
.07444
. 07382
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 248
OW
15.7
9.0
5 26.9 E
1 29.7 E
FM
No. 301
FM
No. 300
10.3
82 41.8 N
10.3
.07381
205.236
FM
17.7
1 26.4 E
No. 302a
10.4
82 41.0 N
10.3
.07455
205.236
3W
358
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 3026 '
o /
'5 13
f5 13
75 13
75 13
rs 12
75 12
75 12
75 12
75 12
75 12
75 11
75 11
75 11
75 10
75 10
75 10
75 10
75 10
75 09
75 08
75 08
75 07
75 06
75 06
75 05
75 05
75 05
75 05
75 05
75 04
75 04
75 04
75 04
75 03
75 03
75 02
75 02
74 58
74 58
74 57
74 57
74 56
74 55
74 55
74 54
74 53
74 50
74 49
74 47
74 45
74 45
74 45
74 43
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
o /
156 45
158 45
159 02
159 02
156 57
158 38
158 47
159 01
159 42
164 40
157 39
158 37
158 45
157 20
157 21
157 21
157 23
157 38
160 40
157 30
159 39
159 00
159 27
164 48
157 47
159 01
161 20
162 55
164 44
159 01
159 22
164 41
164 43
161 40
161 43
161 46
162 44
158 46
164 15
158 22
164 20
165 00
165 24
165 31
162 10
161 58
165 42
162 23
165 49
154 26
165 00
165 00
166 20
Feb 2,
Mar 17,
Mar 17,
Dec 12,
Dec 13,
Dec 13,
Feb 4,
Feb 4,
Feb 4,
Mar 14,
Mar 14,
Mar 10,
Mar 10,
Deo 14,
Nov 26,
Nov 26,
Jun 15,
Feb 8,
Feb 8,
Mar 12,
Feb 12,
Jan 16,
Jan 18,
Jan 19,
Jan 14,
Jan 14 ,
Feb 6,
Nov 12,
Jan 12,
Nov 30,
Nov 30,
Feb 22,
Feb 22,
Mar 3,
Mar 3,
Jun 13,
Jan 11,
Feb 19,
Feb 19,
Nov 9,
Oct 18,
Jun 11,
Mar 7,
Mar 7,
Feb 25,
Feb 25,
Jun 7,
Jun 8,
Nov 5,
Nov 6,
Nov 7,
Oct 19,
Jan 7,
Jan 7,
Oct 1,
Jan 9
Oct 15
Jun 4
Jun 1
May 31
Oct 22
Oct 22
Oct 26
Oct 12
Oct 12
Oct 23
May 29
May 29
May 1
Oct 5
Oct 5
Oct 5
May 8
24
24
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
24
23
23
24
24
24
24
23
24
24
24
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
23
24
22
2c
2'c
2Z
21
2:
2C
2;
2:
2;
2;
, 2;
, 2'
, 2!
, 2;
, 2.
, 2.
h h h
8.9
0 /
1 32.2 E
h h
0 /
h h
e. g. a.
8
206 .
8
8
205
205
205
206
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
206
206
8
8
205
8
205
8
206
8
8
206
8
8
205
205
8
206
8
8
205
205
8
205
8
205
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
206
205
8
206
206
206
8
206
8
206
205
8
8
206
8
206
206
206
8
206
FM
No. 315 '
10.5
32 38.0 N
10.4
.07442
205.236
OW
15.4
9.0
2 22.9 E
2 44.7 E
FM
No. 276 '
FM
No 277
11.1
11.2
11.2
11.3
82 37.3 N
82 36.9 N
82 42.3 N
82 41.7 N
11.1
11.1
11.2
11.3
15.8,17.0
10.7
.07472
.07480
.97380
.07417
.07378
.07419
205.123
205.67(3)
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
OW
No 303
OW
OW
1 42.8 E
S&M
No. 314
10.7
82 38.6 N
205.236
OW
2 20.4 E
FM
No. 312
10.7
82 38.4 N
10.7 ....
.07422
205.236
OW
15.0
2 19.8 E
2 42. 4E
FM
No. 278
FM
No. 271..
10.3
82 38.7 N
10.3
.07442
205.123
OW
2 55.4 E
FM
No. 200
9.8 ....
10.5
82 34.0 N
82 37.8 N
9.8
10.5
.07501
.07506
205.123
205.236
OW
No. 305
OW
17.4
20.4
2 08.8 E
2 13.2 E
FM
No. 313
FM
No. 306
10.6
82 35.0 N
10.6
.07663
205.236
OW
No. 293
1 51.5 E
FM
No. 294
10.5
82 37.2 N
10.5
.07466
205.236
OW
No. 295
8.9
1 57.8 E
FM
No. 292
10.4
82 41.0 N
10.4 ....
.07384
205.236
OW
14.8
1 47.6 E
2 10.2 E
FM
No. 304
FM
No. 264
10.3
82 28.3 N
10.3
.07607
205.123
OW
No. 291
9.0
1 59.6 E
2 54. 8E
FM
No. 272
FM
10.6
10.2
82 31.6 N
82 33.0 N
10.6
10.2
.07664
.07624
205.123
205.236
OW
No. 308
OW
2 31. 5E
FM
No. 310
10.3
82 29.3 N
10.3
.07678
205.236
OW
9.4
2 48.4 E
6 21. 0E
FM
No. 199
FM
No. 290
10.4
10.6
82 32.9 N
82 32.4 N
10.4
10.6
.07626
.07602
205.236
205.236
OW
No. 307
OW
17.9
2 28.0 E
FM
No. 263
10.3
82 26.1 N
10.2
.07645
205.123
OW
No. 255
18.3
4 42.8 E
FM
No. 198
17.3
11.0
82 22.3 N
82 33.7 N
17.3
10.9
.07705
.07499
205.123
205.236
OW
No. 311
OW
20.9
2 27.9 E
FM
No. 309
10.4
82 28.7 N
10.3
.07666
205.236
OW
19.8
17.3
2 54.3 E
5 34.8 E
FM
No. 196...
FM
No. 197
15.9
82 11.0 N
15.9
.07886
205.123
OW
No. 260...
17.7
3 57.4 E
FM
No. 261
10.4
82 22.8 N
10.4
.07697
205.123
OW
No. 262
18.0
3 59.2 E
FM
No. 256
10.0
82 13.3 N
10.0
.07886
205.123
OW
No. 288
9.7
2 14.2 E
FM
15 5
9.9
82 29.4 N
82 14.1 N
15.5
9.9
.07685
.07844
205.236
205.123
OW
No. 249
OW
No. 289 .
9.4
2 02.9 E
FM
No. 254
9.9 ....
10.4
10.7 ....
82 08.9 N
82 10.4 N
82 12.6 N
9.9 ....
10.5
10.7 ....
.07916
.07892
.07862
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 195
OW
No. 194
OW
No. 193
t 17.2
1
6 29.0 E
FM
No. 257...
10.3
82 20.5 N
10.3
.07731
205.123
OW
t 17.4
!
3 33.5 E
FM
No. 259
10.1
10.4
82 10.5 N
82 03.0 N
10.1
10.4
.07896
. 08028
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 253
!
OW
t 18.1
i 17.5
J
5 37.1 E
3 50.7 E
FM
No. 258
FM
No. 192
11.6 ....
82 02.0 N
11.6
.08022
205.123
OW
1 17.3
t
6 03.0 E
FM
No. 3396
10.3
11.3 ....
11.3 ....
83 31.6 N
82 04 . 8 N
82 04.4 N
10.3
11.2
11.2
10.5,11.8
11.5 ....
.06609
.07977
.07984
.07974
.08091
205.236
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
No 250a
{
OW
J
OW
No 2506
}
HUS
}
11.6
81 57.8 N
205.123
OW
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
359
ARCTIC region
Arctic Sea — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 183
o r
74 43
74 42
74 42
74 41
74 41
74 40
74 40
74 39
74 39
74 39
74 39
74 38
74 38
74 38
74 29
74 27
74 26
74 26
74 26
74 26
74 25
74 24
74 24
74 22
74 21
74 20
74 20
74 20
74 20
74 20
74 19
74 17
74 16
74 13
74 13
74 12
74 11
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 10
74 09
74 07
74 06
74 06
74 05
74 05
74 04
74 02
74 01
74 00
73 59
73 54
73 54
73 53
73 52
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
166 24
166 09
166 22
166 10
166 20
166 09
166 09
165 30
166 13
166 14
166 34
165 40
166 18
166 20
167 26
168 56
167 51
167 51
167 50
167 52
168 46
168 35
169 04
168 31
168 31
168 25
168 26
168 28
168 32
168 35
168 28
169 59
169 30
169 43
169 55
169 46
169 42
169 38
169 45
169 49
169 52
169 58
170 03
170 04
170 13
170 05
170 05
170 16
170 06
170 15
170 10
170 28
170 47
170 32
170 38
170 40
170 49
170 39
170 38
May 7
May 11
May 11
May 4
May 14
May 14
May 14
May 2
May 25
May 25
Oct 8
May 22
May 22
May 24
Apr 30
Apr 30
Oct 9
May 18
May 19
Apr 27
Apr 27
Mar 28
Apr 20
Apr 23
Apr 25
Apr 21
Mar 30
Apr 2
Mar 26
Mar 26
Apr 4
Apr 18
Apr 12
Apr 13
Apr 11
Apr 6
Apr 6
Apr 9
Apr 9
Apr 16
Apr 16
Feb 20
Feb 20
Mar 24
Mar 23
Feb 19
Mar 21
Mar 20
Mar 19
Mar 17
Mar 16
Mar 8
Mar 13
Feb 23
Mar 12
Mar 10
Mar 10
Feb 24
Feb 17
Feb 12
Feb 25
Feb 13
Feb 16
Mar 6
Mar 6
Mar 3
Mar 3
Feb 10
Mar 1
Feb 7
Feb 8
Feb 6
Feb 5
'23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
h h h
16.6
o r
5 44. 4E
h h
o /
h h
c. g. s.
8
205
8
205
205
205
8
8
8
206
206
206
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
205
8
8
206
205
206
8
8
8
8
206
8
206
8
205
8
206
8
205
8
206
8
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
206
205
8
8
206
8
205
8
205
8
206
8
8
8
205
8
FM
No. 185
11.1
82 00.1 N
11.0
. 08051
205.123
OW
17.0
5 33. IE
FM
No. 182
10.6
10.7
10.7
82 05.6 N
81 59.2 N
81 58.9 N
10.6
10.6
10.6
. 07948
.08077
. 08074
205.123
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
No. 186
OW
OW
16.6
16.7
5 40.8 E
5 43.8 E
FM
No. 181
FM
No. 191a
10.1,114
10.9
10.0
10.4
. 08080
. 08077
. 08084
.08043
HUS
No. 1916 (tent)
10.9
10.1 ....
10.4
81 58.3 N
81 59.2 N
81 59.7 N
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 251
OW
No. 189
OW
17.0
17.5
5 35.0 E
5 41.6 E
FM
No. 190
FM
No. 180
10.0 ....
82 01.5 N
10.0
.08016
205.123
OW
16.6
20.6
5 48.6 E
4 56.4 E
FM
No. 252
FM
No. 187
10.3
82 03.9 N
10.3
.07991
205.123
OW
No. 188
17.4
5 40.8 E
FM
No. 179
10.7
81 54.0 N
10.7
.08154
205.123
OW
16.5
15.9
6 16.2 E
7 16.6 E
FM
No. 165
FM
No. 176
10.1
10.5
81 52.0 N
81 47.4 N
10.1
10.4
.08169
.08253
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 178a
OW
No. 1786
16.4
15.9
6 28.1 E
6 40.5 E
FM
No. 177
HUS
No. 166
10.8
10.8
10.8
81 48.6 N
81 48.5 N
81 43.0 N
10.8
10.8
10.7
.08214
. 08231
.08314
205.123
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 167
OW
No. 164
OW
15.9
15.8
16.5
16.5
6 49.7 E
6 55.8 E
6 43.1 E
6 42. 2E
FM
No. 168
FM
No. 175
FM
No. 172
FM
No. 173
10.8
81 44.8 N
10.8 ....
10.1,11.2
10.0
.08300
.08248
.08247
205.123
OW
No. 171
HUS
No. 169
10.0
81 46.6 N
205.123
OW
15.7
6 49.0 E
FM
No. 170
10.8
81 47.6 N
10.8
.08230
205.123
OW
16.6
6 47.5 E
FM
No. 174
10.2
81 46.0 N
10.3
. 08262
205.123
OW
16.3
6 53. 5 E
FM
No. 145
11.0
81 40.3 N
11.0
. 08355
205.123
OW
18.3
7 45.7 E
FM
No. 163
10.3
81 41.5 N
10.3
.08336
205.123
OW
No. 162
15.6
19.6
15.7
7 26.8 E
7 37.7 E
7 31. IE
FM
No. 144
FM
No. 161
FM
No. 160
11.0
81 38.6 N
11.0
.08367
205.123
OW
No. 159
15.8
7 03.6 E
FM
No. 158
11.0
81 37.7 N
11.0
.08384
205.123
OW
No. 157
15.6
20.6
7 35.6 E
7 51.6 E
FM
No. 153
FM
No. 156
10.6 ....
81 38.0 N
10.6
16.0,17.2
.08385
.08348
205.123
OW
No. 147
HUS
No. 155
15.6
7 46.7 E
FM
No. 154
10.5 ....
81 38.4 N
10.5
. 08886
205.123
OW
15.5
7 50.1 E
FM
No. 148
10.8
10.1
81 40.7 N
81 32.4 N
10.8
10.0
. 08330
.08477
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 143
OW
No. 140
17.5
19.7
7 54.7 E
7 45.5 E
FM
No. 149
11.8 ....
81 35.9 N
11.8
.08443
FM
No. 141
205.123
OW
No. 142
19.8
7 50.5 E
FM
No. 152
11.3
81 35.7 N
11.4
.08440
205.123
OW
19.3
8 02.4 E
FM
No. 151
10.7
81 34.7 N
10.7
.08466
205.123
OW
19.6
7 59.8 E
FM
No. 139
11.0
11.8
81 33.7 N
81 30.3 N
11.1
11.8
. 08480
.08517
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 150
19.5
17.0
17.2
8 04.3 E
7 48.7 E
7 50. 4E
W&M
No. 137
FM
No. 138
FM
No. 136
16.3
81 27.3 N
16.3
. 08606
205.123
OW
No. 135
17.2
7 52.2 E
FM
360
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ARCTIC REGION
Arctic Sea — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No 134 .
o /
73 51
73 50
73 42
73 42
73 40
73 39
73 39
73 39
73 36
73 35
73 34
73 34
73 34
73 34
73 33
73 33
73 33
73 32
73 32
73 31
73 31
73 29
73 28
73 28
73 27
73 26
73 25
73 25
73 25
73 25
73 25
73 25
73 22
73 22
73 21
73 16
73 16
73 15
73 15
73 15
73 15
73 15
73 14
73 14
73 14
73 14
73 14
73 14
73 13
73 13
73 13
73 13
73 12
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
0 /
170 39
170 39
171 16
171 25
171 12
170 51
170 54
170 58
169 38
170 06
170 08
170 10
170 10
170 11
169 58
170 24
172 05
172 08
174 25
172 09
172 11
174 26
172 19
173 05
171 07
171 53
171 39
171 44
172 36
173 12
174 21
171 48
172 54
175 05
174 16
173 53
173 54
173 32
173 52
174 01
174 04
174 28
173 32
173 44
174 04
174 08
174 28
174 28
173 26
173 34
173 40
173 57
173 41
Feb
Feb
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Jan
Dec
Jan
Jan
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Nov
Dec
Dec
Nov
Nov
3, '23
h h h
o t
h h
11.2
o /
81 26.7_N
h h
11.2 ....
c. g. s.
.08611
205
8
206
205
8
8
206
8
206
8
206
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
8
205
8
206
8
206
206
8
8
206
8
8
8
205
206
8
8
8
206
8
8
206
8
205
205
8
8
206
205
8
8
8
205
8
206
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
206
205
8
205
8
8
8
205
206
8
205.123
OW
No. 133
2
30
30
30
2S
26
22
23
24
17
17
9
10
12
13
13
11
20
6
6
17
19
19
4
4
4
20
23
23
5
16
12
12
12
4
28
2
2
31
15
11
7
29
29
14
31
9
9
IS
19
29
29
14
17
17
16
10
30
8
13
IS
11
11
2
2
9
9
27
6
6
21
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
22
22
22
22
22
. 22
22
22
22
22
, 22
22
22
22
23
22
23
23
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
??
17.4
7 53.7 E
FM
No. 132
11.9
11.9
81 12.3 N
81 12.3 N
11.9
11.9
.08846
.08884
205. 123
205.67(3)
OW
OW
16.4
17.5
7 36.7 E
7 32.0 E
FM
No. 131
FM
No. 130
11.0
81 13.2 N
10.9
.08838
205.123
OW
No. 127
16.8
7 29.2 E
FM
No. 128
11.4 ....
81 09.5 N
11.4 ....
.08902
205. 123
OW
No. 129
16.7
7 16.9 E
FM
No. 125
11.1
81 15.9 N
11.1
.08786
205.123
OW
17.2
17.4
7 14. 3E
7 12.6 E
FM
No. 120
FM
No 121 .
10.7 ....
81 09.4 N
10.6
10.6.11.9
10.7
.08907
.08894
.08897
205.123
OW
No. 123. . .
HUS
No. 124..
10.7
81 10.7 N
205.123
OW
17.4
15.9
17.4
9.0
7 12.0 E
7 05.5 E
7 05.2 E
7 03.3 E
FM
No. 122
FM
No. 126
FM
No. 119
FM
10.7
81 07.5 N
10.7
.08929
205.123
OW
No. 110
17.5
8 01. 5E
FM
No. Ill
10.7
81 05.4 N
10.7
.08988
205. 123
OW
14.9
8 03.0 E
FM
No 83. .
11.4
11.8
81 05.3 N
81 04.7 N
11.2
12.1
.08922
.08914
205. 123
205.67(3)
OW
OW
18.3
10 15.9 E
HUS
No. 112
11.0,12.3
9.9 ....
.08940
.09008
HUS
No. 113
10.0
81 04.4 N
205.123
HUS
17.4
17.8
9.0
8 06.9 E
10 21.2 E
8 37.4 E
FM
No. 84
FM
No. 109...
FM
No 106 .
11.8 ....
12.0
81 03.9 N
81 04.6 N
11.6
12.1
.08925
.08924
205.123
205.67(3)
OW
OW
16.3
16.2
17.7
8 55.0 E
7 23.2 E
7 40.4 E
FM
No. 118
FM
No. 114...
FM
No. 117
10.3
81 00.2 N
10.2
.09028
205.123
OW
15.0
16.1
7 39.0 E
7 42.9 E
FM
No. 116
FM
No. 108 .
15.9
80 55.3 N
15.9
.09101
205.123
HUS
No 105
16.1
9 03.7 E
FM
No. 85 ....
11.3 ....
11.4
81 01.6 N
80 58.5 N
11.3
11.4
. 08976
.09053
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 115.. .
OW
16.7
15.6
7 38.2 E
8 38.1 E
FM
No 107
FM
No. 82
10.7
10.6
80 56.2 N
80 57.5 N
10.6
10.6
.09016
. 09084
205.123
205.123
OW
No 86
OW
17.5
18.3
17.3
10 20.7 E
9 42.2 E
9 48. 3 E
FM
No 94 ....
FM
No. 95 . .
FM
No. 99
11.3
80 49.9 N
11.4
. 09164
205.123
OW
16.4
9 07.2 E
FM
No 90 . .
11.2
10.8
80 51.4 N
80 52.4 N
11.2
10.8
.09145
.09127
205.123
205. 123
OW
No. 93
OW
17.2
17.0
17.4
16.4
9.2
17.6
18.2
18.0
10 00.8 E
9 58.5 E
10 22.4 E
9 26.0 E
9 32.6 E
9 58.0 E
9 56.1 E
9 42.4 E
FM
No 92 ....
FM
No 87
FM
No 100
FM
No. 103..
FM
No 89...
FM
No 91
FM
No. 88a
11.5,13.0
12.1
11.2 ....
.09172
.09176
.09201
S&M
No. 886..
12.1
11.2 ....
80 49.7 N
80 48.0 N
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 101
OW
17.7
9 21.2 E
FM
No 104
11. 1
80 49.5 N
11.1
. 09182
205.123
OW
18.2
9.7
9.3
9 15.6 E
9 27.2 E
9 29.7 E
FM
No 98 .
11.0,12.7
.09164
S&M
No 102
FM
11.8
11.5
80 49.3 N
80 49.9 N
11.8
11.5
.09172
.09169
205.123
205.123
OW
No. 96
OW
20.1
9 37.8 E
FM
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
361
ARCTIC region
Arctic Sea — Concluded
•Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 97
o /
73 12
73 10
73 10
73 06
73 06
73 06
73 05
73 02
73 00
72 58
72 58
72 51
72 50
72 49
72 48
72 42
72 41
72 22
72 19
72 10
72 01
71 58
71 16
70 35
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
o /
173 50
175 40
175 40
175 52
175 55
176 07
176 19
176 45
176 58
177 10
184 15
177 14
177 25
180 47
177 36
179 10
179 43
185 36
188 46
188 25
187 20
184 51
184 54
185 40
Nov
Nov
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Sep
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Aug
Sep
Sep
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
24,
24,
28,
28,
27,
26,
26,
25,
24,
22,
21,
20,
30,
19,
18,
18,
7,
17,
13,
12,
25,
9,
4,
30,
16,
8,
5,
•22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
h h h
o /
h h
11.6
0 /
80 49.6 N
h h
11.6
c. g. s.
.09173
205
8
206
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
205
8
205
8
8
205
205
8
8
205
205
205
206
205
205
205
206
205.123
ow
16.9
9 23.9 E
FM
No. 81a
11.2
80 50.1 N
11.2
11.0,12.8
.09140
.09179
205.123
OW
No. 816
HUS
No. 80
18.0
11 52.8 E
FM
No. 79
10.8
80 50. 1 N
10.8
.09163
205.123
OW
18.0
9.0,14.0
11 54. 7E
12 03.8 E
FM
No. 78
HUS
No. 77
10.7
81 00.2 N
10.7
10.0,11.3
10.8
.09019
.08938
.08914
205.123
OW
No. 75
HUS
No. 74
10.8
81 04.0 N
205.123
OW
No. 73
9.1
11 36.2 E
HUS
No. 63
12.2
80 51 . 1 N
12.2
.09114
205.123
OW
No. 72
8.9
11.2
15.1
11.7
19.2
16.4
15.8,17.8
9.1.11.0
9.2.11.1
14.7,16.5
14.0
14.5.16.1
14.7.16.2
10 42.8 E
10 55.6 E
10 59 E
13 48 E
10 50.7 E
12 12.2 E
13 25 E
16 54 E
19 46 E
19 34 E
18 25 E
15 46 E
15 47 E
HUS
No. 71
HUS
No. 64
16.5
10.5 ....
80 24.1 N
80 45.3 N
16.5
10.4
. 09629
.09849
205.123
205.123
S&W
HUS
No. 70
FM
No. 66
HUS
No. 65
16.8
10.1
10.2
15.6
15.1
15.3
15.5
9.7 ....
80 34.9 N
80 33.2 N
80 35.7 N
80 21.6 N
80 00.9 N
79 54.2 N
79 27.3 N
78 58.6 N
16.7
10.1
10.2
15.6
15.1
15.3
15.5
9.6
.09413
.09432
.09398
.09647
.09917
.10056
.10433
.10893
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
205.123
HUS
No. 59
HUS
No. 62
HUS
No. 61
HUS
No. 60
HUS
No. 58
HUS
No. 57
HUS
No. 56
HUS
ASIA
Siberia
No. 360.
No. 3606.
No. 360c.
No. 360a".
O t
70 43.8.N
70 43.8 N
70 43.8 N
70 43.2 N
o /
162 30
Oct
2, '24
Oct
3, 24
Oct
3, 24
Oct
3, 24
Oct
3, 24
Oct
8, 24
Oct
9, 24
Oct
9, 24
Oct
10, 24
Oct
11, 24
Oct
13, 24
Oct
14, 24
Oct
14, 24
Oct
14, 24
Oct
14, 24
Oct
15, 24
Oct
15, 24
Oct
15, 24
Oct
16, 24
Oct
17, 24
162 30
Oct
3, 24
Oct
3, 24
Oct
3, 24
Oct
3, 24
162 30
Oct
14, 24
Oct
14, 24
Oct
14, 24
Oct
15, 24
Oct
15, 24
Oct
15, 24
162 25
Nov
13, 24
Nov
14, 24
Nov
20, 24
Nov
21, 24
Nov
22, 24
Nov
25, 24
Nov
26, 24
h h ft
15.8
10.5,10.7,11.0
11.3,11.8,12.0
14.8,15.1,15.4
15.7,16.0,16.3
12.4
14.5 to
14.5 (dv) ..
9.0,11.2 ..
9.5 to
9.5 (dv) ..
9.5 to
9.5 (dv)
10.4,10.6,11.0
11.3,11.8,12.0
14.8,15.1,15.4
15.7,16.0,16.3
9.5tol6.5(dv)
12.7
10.4,12.6
11.5
12.6
0 13.4 W
0 11.4 W
0 14.4 W
0 15 W
0 15 W
0 14.7 W
0 13.5 W
0 15.1 W
0 12.5 W
0 12.6 W
0 12 W
0 12 W
0 15.4 W
0 14.5 W
0 18.4 W
0 13.3 W
0 15.1 W
0 22.5 W
0 16.5 W
10.3
9.8
11.5
15.2
11.6
14.5
16.2
15.1
11.5
79 14.0 N
79 14.0 N
79 13.9 N
79 12.9 N
79 14.6 N
79 14.6 N
79 13.0 N
79 06.6 N
79 06.0 N
10.2
9.6,10.7
11.4,12.4
14.0,15.0
15.8,16.0
9.8
11.5
15.2
11.6
14.4
16.2
9.4,
11.1,
10.3
12.1
14.6,15.5
15.1
11.4
11.0,12.0
c. g. s.
.10736
. 10736
. 10744
.10750
. 10764
.10747
.10748
. 10766
.10739
. 10734
. 10767
. 10756
. 10747
. 10754
. 10846
.10879
. 10865
8
8
8
205
205
8
206
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
205
205
8
205
206
8
8
206
205
205
8
8
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
8
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
205.236
HUS
FM
FM
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
MExi
HUS
MEx»
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
OW
OW
MEx'
HUS
HUS
FM
FM
OW
OW
OW
HUS
HUS
HUS
OW
S&M
OW
HUS
HUS
FM
HUS
1 These 24-hour observations were made by all members of the party in turn.
362
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ASIA
Siberia — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No 360d — Continued . .
o r
70 43.2 N
•
o /
162 25
Nov 27,
Nov 28,
Dec 1,
Dec 3,
Dec 4,
Dec 4,
Dec 5,
Dec 6,
Dec 8,
Dec 9,
Dec 10,
Dec 11,
Dec 12,
Dec 12,
Dec 13,
Dec 15,
Dec 16,
Dec 17,
Dec 18,
Dec 18,
Dec 19,
Dec 20,
Dec 22,
Dec 23,
Dec 25,
Dec 26,
Dec 27,
Dec 29,
Dec 30,
Dec 31,
Jan 1,
Jan 2 ,
Jan 3,
Jan 5 ,
Jan 6 ,
Jan 7,
Jan 7,
Jan 10,
Jan 1 1 ,
Jan 13,
Jan 14 ,
Jan 15,
Jan 15,
Jan 17 ,
Jan 19,
Jan 20,
Jan 21,
Jan 22,
Jan 22,
Jan 23,
Jan 24,
Jan 26 ,
Jan 27,
Jan 28,
Jan 29 ,
Jan 29 ,
Jan 30,
Jan 31 ,
Feb 2,
Feb 3,
Feb 4,
Feb 5,
Feb 5,
Feb 6,
Feb 9,
Feb 10,
Feb 11,
Feb 12,
Feb 13,
Feb 13,
Feb 18,
Feb 19,
Feb 19,
'24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
h h h
11.6
o /
0 15.3 W
h h
0 /
h h
c. g. s.
8
205
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
205
8
FM
12.1
79 07.6 N
12.0
.10850
205.236
OW
9.8
12.8
0 15.3 W
0 17.1 W
FM
FM
11.3
79 06.4 N
11.3
. 10872
205.236
OW
12.8
12.8
10.0,12.4
12.7
12.6
12.8
12.2
0 16.7 W
0 15.4 W
0 14.6 W
0 15.2 W
0 13.5 W
0 14.1 W
0 10.8 W
HUS
FM
10.6,11.8
. 10857
HUS
FM
HUS
FM
HUS
11.1
79 07.9 N
11.1
. 10845
205.36(3)
OW
12.7
12.9
12.5
14.7
12.5
0 26.4 W
0 15.9 W
0 15.7 W
0 14.1 W
0 14.2 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
11.2
79 06.7 N
11.2
. 10867
205.36(3)
OW
12.8
12.9
12.3
12.1
12.8
12.9
12.7
12.4
12.8
12.4
12.6
12.4
12.6
11.5
12.4
12.4
0 15.1 W
0 15.2 W
0 19.4 W
0 16.2 W
0 23.1 W
0 15.5 W
0 14.6 W
0 13.4 W
0 12.8 W
0 14.7 W
0 15.3 W
0 14.8 W
0 16.4 W
0 13.0 W
0 15.8 W
0 14.5 W
HUS
FM
10.4,11.8
. 10864
HUS
FM
FM
HUS
HUS
FM
HUS
FM
HUS
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.6
79 08.1 N
10.6
. 10844
205.36(3)
OW
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.1
10.8
12.9
12.9
12.2
12.9
12.8
0 13.9 W
0 12.8 W
0 13.2 W
0 14.7 W
0 16.8 W
0 14.1 W
0 19.7 W
0 28.1 W
0 38.0 W
0 13.6 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
11.4,12.6
11.1
.10846
. 10838
HUS
11.1 ....
79 08.0 N
205.36(3)
OW
FM
HUS
FM
FM
HUS
11.2
79 08.0 N
11.2
. 10840
205.36(3)
OW
12.6
12.5
12.0
14.8
11.0
10.0
0 15.5 W
0 13.5 W
0 20.2 W
0 15.2 W
0 12.8 W
0 16.8 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
HUS
10.5
79 08.2 N
10.4
. 10845
205.36(3)
OW
14.9
11.4
9.8,12.0
14.7
11.6
12.6
0 14.5 W
0 16.6 W
0 17.6 W
0 14.9 W
0 14.4 W
0 13.4 W
FM
10.4,11.4
.10854
FM
HUS
FM
FM
FM
11.2
79 07.7 N
11.3
.10845
205.6(3)..
OW
12.8
12.9
12.3
9.5
12.6
12.8
0 13.8 W
0 14.2 W
0 37.7 W
0 13.2 W
0 20.1 W
0 17.2 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.8
79 08.6 N
10.8
. 10831
205.36(3)
OW
14.7
10.9,11.1
0 19.1 W
0 24.8 W
FM
FM
10.6
79 08.5 N
10.6
. 10843
205.36(3)
OW
11.9
0 15.8 W
FM
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
363
ASIA
Siberia — Continued
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 360d — Concluded . .
0 /
70 43.2 N
o /
162 25
Feb 20,
Feb 21
Feb 23
Feb 24
Feb 25
Feb 26
Feb 27
Feb 28
Mar 2
Mar 3
Mar 4
Mar 5
Mar 5
Mar 10
Mar 11
Mar 12
Mar 12
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 16
Mar 17
Mar 18
Mar 19
Mar 21
Mar 24
Mar 25
Mar 26
Mar 26
Mar 27
Mar 28
Mar 30
Mar 31
Apr 1
Apr 2
Apr 3
Apr 3
Apr 4
Apr 6
Apr 7
Apr 8
Apr 9
Apr 11
Apr 14
Apr 16
Apr 16
Apr 17
Apr 18
Apr 20
Apr 21
Apr 22
Apr 24
Apr 25
Apr 27
Apr 28
Apr 29
Apr 29
Apr 30
May 1
May 2
May 4
May 5
May 6
May 7
May 8
May 9
May 11
May 12
May 13
May 14
May 14
May 15
May 18
May 19
•25
, 25
, 25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
h h h
9.9,11.9
12.8
16.4
12.2
12.9
o /
0 30.4 W
0 16.0 W
0 16.2 W
0 14.9 W
0 17.1 W
h h
o /
h h
10.5,11.4
c. g. s.
. 10806
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
11.2
79 08.9 N
11.2
. 10830
205.36(3)
OW
12.6
10.0,12.2
12.7
12.6
12.7
0 14.2 W
0 12.8 W
0 09.6 W
0 10.8 W
0 11.9 W
FM
10.6,11.7
. 10855
HUS
FM
FM
FM
10.6
79 08.2 N
10.6
. 10834
205.36(3)
OW
12.4
8.9
9.6
0 14.2 W
0 17.4 W
0 14.0 W
FM
FM
FM
10.9
79 08.6 N
10.9
. 10830
205.36(3)
OW
12.8
15.2
9.6,11.6
14.9
14.7
15.6
17.6
11.0
12.7
10.6
0 18.8 W
0 17.1 W
0 12.4 W
0 18.0 W
0 17.1 W
0 17.6 W
0 14.7 W
0 13.8 W
0 13.7 W
0 10.0 W
FM
FM
10.2,11.1
. 10840
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.8
79 08.5 N
10.8
.10837
205.36(3)
OW
12.4
12.8
9.8,11.7 ....
12.3
15.0
11.6
17.1
0 15.7 W
0 10.0 W
0 12.2 W
0 15.9 W
0 15.5 W
0 13.0 W
0 20.4 W
FM
FM
10.3,11.2
. 10830
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.7
79 08.3 N
10.7
.10840
205.36(3)
OW
14.9
10.6
12.5
15.7
9.4
12.4
11.7
11.8,16.7
9.5
0 24.7 W
0 13.2 W
0 16.2 W
0 22.2 W
0 11.6 W
0 15.2 W
0 21.1 W
0 15.2 W
0 13.8 W
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.7
79 08.0 N
10.7
. 10832
205.36(3)
OW
9.9
9.6,11.7
12.8
12.3
12.8
17.6
8.9
17.0
0 04.0 W
0 11.0 W
0 14.6 W
0 16.5 W
0 17.5 W
0 16.8 W
0 07.0 W
0.16.1 W
FM
10.1,11.1
.10830
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
15.3
.10860
OW
10.5,12.4
0 15.8 W
FM
15.3
79 07.1 N
205.36(3)
OW
12.5
11.2
9.4,11.4
9.6
12.9
8.8
15.2
8.9
12.4
8.9
14.8
8.8
10.0,12.0
0 12.6 W
0 14.9 W
0 13.2 W
0 05.1 W
0 02.3 W
0 11.2 W
0 16.5 W
0 06.2 W
0 26.6 W
0 07.7 W
0 18.7 W
0 06.0 W
0 12.4 W
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
205
8
8
8
FM
FM
10.0,10.9
. 10835
HUS
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
10.5,11.4
15.2
. 10816
. 10842
HUS
15.3
79 07.7 N
205.36(3)
OW
8.8
15.2
8.9
0 07.4 W
0 21.1 W
0 14.0 W
FM
FM
FM
364
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ASIA
Siberia — Concluded
Latitude
Long.
East
of Gr.
Date
Declination
Inclination
Hor. Intensity
Instruments
Station
Local Mean Time
Value
L. M. T.
Value
L. M. T.
Value
Mag'r
Dip Circle
Obs'r
No. 360«
o /
70 43.2 N
70 43.2 N
66 03 N
o /
162 25
162 25
189 50
May 14, '25
May 14, 25
Oct 22, 24
Oct 23, 24
Oct 27, 24
Oct 28, 24
Oct 31, 24
Nov 4, 24
Nov 5, 24
Nov 6, 24
Nov 7, 24
Nov 7, 24
Nov 8, 24
Nov 10, 24
Nov 11, 24
Jun 30, 22
h h h
o /
h h
10.7 ....
0 /
79 10.1 N
h h
10.7 ....
14.9,15.8
c. g. s.
.10813
. 10844
SOS
8
8
SOB
8
205
8
205
8
8
8
205
205.36(3)
ow
HUS
No. 360/
9.5to21.5(dv)
0 12.6 W
S&M
15.5
79 05.2 N
15.5
.10889
205.236
OW
12.5 to
14.5 (dv)
0 11.2 W
M Ex'
10.5
79 06.2 N
10.4
.10866
205.236
OW
12.5 to
12.5 (dv)
0 10.8 W
M Ex'
11.7 ....
79 07.5 N
11.7 ....
10.9,12.0
. 10905
. 10853
205.236
OW
HUS
12.5 to
12.5 (dv)
12.5 to
12.5 (dv)
12.5
0 10.0 W
0 08.9 W
17 00 E
M Ex'
M Ex'
No. 54 (Kain-ge-skon)
13.5
75 36.8 N
13.5
.13907
205.123
HUS
1 These 24-hour observations were made by all members of the party in turn.
NORTH AMERICA
United States
No. 55 (Deering) .
66 05.5 N
197 18
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul
8,
'22
9,
22
9.
22
12,
22
12,
22
12,
22
h h
16.7
11.2,14.3,
h
18.0
0 /
21 30.1 E
21 36.0 E
11.8,16.0
21 34.4 E
12.3,15.7
21 36.0 E
h h
16.6 ...
13.9 ....
14.0
76 20.2 N
76 21.1 N
76 20.8 N
h h
c. g. s.
16.9
.13310
8
12.0,13.7
.13296
8
16.6
. 13318
205
8
13.9
. 13291
205
14.0
.13344
205
205.123
205.123
205.67(3)
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
HUS
values agree very well. In the foregoing the minus sign signifies westward movement
of the magnetic needle.
No corrections for diurnal variation have been applied to the results from the Maud
Expedition, but this circumstance is probably of small importance. When discussing
the diurnal variation of the declination at Four Pillar Island (Station No. 360), it will
Table 13 — Values of the Magnetic Declination for Epoch 1911.0 Entered
on Charts of the Siberian Coast Issued by the Russian Hydrographic Office
No.
Station
Geographic position
Declination
at 1911.0
North
Lat.
East
Long.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Seal Bay
o /
75 24
73 55
74 15
70 05
69 39
67 07
66 09
74 26
74 04
73 00
72 45
72 12
71 40
o /
137 00
136 15
140 20
170 25
162 15
185 30
190 10
120 00
126 00
133 30
150 00
155 00
129 00
O /
3 50 E
1 03 W
2 06 W
5 47 E
0 15 E
15 04 E
18 19 E
5 00 E
0 00
3 30 W
1 00 W
0 00
3 30 W
Stolbovoj Island
Mali Island
Cape Shelagski
Cape Medvyezhi
Kolyuchin Bay
Whalen
At Sea
Do
Do
Do
Do
Do
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
365
366
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
be shown that the range of the diurnal variation is very small in the region between 160°
east and 170° west longitude and around 70° north latitude, so small indeed, that the cor-
rection to the middle of the day rarely will exceed 0?1 to 0?2. This amount is smaller
than deviations which are caused by magnetic disturbances. Whether the diurnal varia-
tion is so small at a greater distance from the coast, where observations were taken
from 1922 to 1924, is an open question, but here numerous observations are made at
different hours of the day, for which reason the effect of the diurnal variation ought to be
practically eliminated.
The isogonics in Figure 13 show a few features to which attention may be drawn.
The observations during the drift of the Maud and the observations along the coast
agree very well. The dashed lines, joining the full-drawn lines over the shelf and over
the coast, represent always direct continuations of the full-drawn lines.
Comparing the isogonics in Figure 13 with the isogonics in the chart of the "Variation
of the Compass for 1925" published by the United States Hydrographic Office or with
the "Curves of Equal Magnetic Declination for 1922," published by the Royal Observatory,
Greenwich, we find that the isogonics in Figure 13 differ greatly from the two other sets
in the whole region west of Bering Strait. The greatest discrepancy is found in the
vicinity of the New Siberian Islands where the declination according to the above named
sources is 10° east but according to our results 2° west, a difference of 12°. The region
with west declination has a much greater extension than given on the charts of the United
States Hydrographic Office or of the Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
A comparison of the declination values scaled from Figure 13 and Spencer Jones's
revised polar chart of 19223 is given in Table 14.
Table 14 — Comparison of Declination Values Scaled
from the Maud's and Jones's Isogonic Charts
(East Declination +)
No.
Lat.
north
Long,
east
S=Maud
chart
1925.0
J = Jones
chart 1922
S-J
o
o
O
o
o
1
65
180
8.1 E
8.0 E
+0.1
2
65
195
19.6 E
19.0 E
+0.6
3
70
165
1.0 E
2.0 E
-1.0
4
70
180
11.2 E
9.8 E
+ 1.4
5
70
195
22.4 E
21.6 E
+0.8
6
70
210
33.7 E
35.0 E
-1.3
7
75
135
1.2 E
7.9 E
-6.7
8
75
150
1.1 w
7.0 E
-8.1
9
75
165
5.6 E
10.0 E
-4.4
The course of the isogonics indicates beyond doubt the existence of extensive locally-
disturbed regions at great distances from the coast. One region is found in latitude 76°
north and between longitudes 163° and 168° east and another in latitude 75° 45' north
and longitude about 155° east. The depth of the sea in the first region is between 50 and
70 meters, in the second, about 40 meters. In both regions the depth is so small that mag-
netic deposits or rocks at the bottom of the sea may be responsible for the disturbances.
The lines of equal horizontal intensity and inclination (Figs. 14 and 15) cover a
smaller area than the isogonics, because no observations were available from the region
of the New Siberian Islands. The lines over Alaska are taken from the United States
Hydrographic Office charts for 1925, but for the whole region west of Bering Strait they
are based on the observations of the Maud Expedition. No correction for secular or
3 The revised isogonic polar chart for 1922 by H. Spencer Jones, formerly of the Greenwich Observatory, is published
in the December 1923 number of the Geographical Journal (see pp. 419—423, and opposite p. 476).
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
367
368
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
diurnal variation are applied to these. The first is known only for Pitlekai, where it is
so small that it is of no importance for the period 1920 to 1925 in which the observations
were made, and no data are available bearing upon the latter.
160
165 E
170"
Fig. 16 — Magnetic declination to the nearest 0°.l and isogonics, locally-disturbed region on Siberian shelf
The lines of horizontal intensity and inclination agree generally with the correspond-
ing lines on the charts of the United States Hydrographic Office and of the Royal Observa-
tory, Greenwich, for 1925 and 1922 respectively. Furthermore, we find that the regions
in which the course of the isogonics indicates local disturbances are characterized also
by disturbed values of the horizontal intensity and of the inclination.
Fig. 17 — Magnetic horizontal-intensity to gammas (0.00001 C.G.S.) and isodynamics, locally-disturbed
region on Siberian shelf
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925
369
Figures 16 to 18 have been prepared in order to show that the disturbed course of the
isomagnetic lines in about 76° north latitude and 165° east longitude is substantiated by
a great number of observations. In these figures are entered the observed values, cor-
rected for secular change in the case of declination. The isogonics are drawn for intervals
of 1°, the lines of horizontal intensity for intervals of 100 7, and the lines of inclination
for intervals of 10'. The observations are so numerous that the uncertainty as to the
course of the lines is not great. The disturbed character of the region is evident from
the lines for all three elements, thus leaving no doubt as to the reality of this feature.
Fig. 18 — Magnetic inclination and isoclinics, locally-disturbed region on Siberian shelf
Secular- Variation Data
After the present report was completed, there was received a Russian publication,4
containing data of great importance. The publication, issued by the Commission for
the Exploration of the Republic Yakutsk, communicates the hourly observations of the
declination made by the Russian Polar Expedition of E. v. Toll during the winters of
1900 to 1901 and 1901 to 1902 and the absolute magnetic observations of this and some
other Russian expeditions. It contains also a highly valuable summary of all magnetic
observations which have been made in the Republic Yakutsk, beginning with those of
the Great Northern Expedition of 1736 and ending with the observations of the Maud
Expedition in 1920 and of N. Evgenov in 1921. By means of the last compilation it is
possible to determine the secular change of the declination within two regions which are
represented on the isogonic chart in Figure 13, namely, the regions of the New Siberian
Islands and between Kolyma River and Ayon Island. Very few of the stations are exact
reoccupations of old stations, but combinations of neighboring stations give concordant
results. Three station-pairs in the region of the New Siberian Islands give, as indicated
in Table 15,5 an annual secular-change of — 8'1, while eight station-pairs in the Kolyma-
Ayon district yield —8 '4, both in the 90 years from 1820 to 1910. These values are
4 Travaux de la Commission pour l'Stude de la republique autonome sovietique socialiste Yakoute, Tome II; E. W.
Stelling, D. A. Smihnov, N. V. Ross. Recueil d'observations magn6tiques, faites en Yakoutie. Leningrad, 1926.
6 The station numbers are as given in tabulation in report per footnote 1.
370
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
larger than the value of — 6' per year, which was used above in order to reduce to epoch
1925.0 the observations which on the Russian charts were referred to epoch 1911.0.
This circumstance is, however, of small importance to the isogonic chart, because the
reduced observations agree very well. The period for which the corrections are applied
(14 years), is so short that an error of 2' in the secular change has small influence only
on the course of the isogonics. A matter of greater importance is that the value given
for the declination at Seal Bay, Kotelnoj, Station l,4 evidently refers to epoch 1902.0 and
not, as stated on the charts from which it was taken, to epoch 1911.0. The value for
1925.0, therefore, should have been more than 1° lower than the value used in the iso-
gonic chart, but even this circumstance would not change materially the isogonics over
the New Siberian Islands.
Table 14a — Secular Change of Magnetic Declination in the Regions of the New Siberian Islands {1822-1912)
and of the Kolyma-Ayon District (1821-1925)
Region
New Siberian Islands
Station
Lat.
Long.
No.
north
east
o /
o /
66
73 55
136 16
66
73 54
136 08
76
72 00
139 59
79
71 52
140 30
84
72 31
141 22
84
72 31
141 22
Observer
Anjou
Neupokoev
Anjou
Skvortsov .
Anjou
Skvortsov .
Year
1822
1912
1822
1909
1822
1909
Declination
12
1
6
4
09 E
03 W
38 E
31 W
07 E
09 W
Mean average annual change for region of the New Siberian Islands .
Kolyma-Ayon Dis-
trict
93
70
42
162 08
94
70
42
162 02
106
70
03
170 36
106
70
05
170 36
147
68
42
160 51
149
68
32
160 57
151
68
57
161 15
152
68
47
161 18
153
69
31
161 43
154
69
34
161 54
163
69
38
162 48
167
69
41
162 23
176
68
37
165 12
177
68
34
165 56
185
69
10
167 18
184
69
01
167 04
186
69
43
167 30
188
69
51
167 57
Wrangell
1821
Sverdrup
1925
Wrangell
1823
Sakharov
1911
Wrangell
1821
1909
1822
Wrangell
Selov
1909
Wrangell
1822
Selov
1909
1822
Wrangell
Selov
1909
1822
Wrangell
Amundsen. . . .
1920
1909
Amundsen.
1920
Wrangell
1821
Amundsen. . . .
1920
14 06 E
0 12 W
18 03 E
5 48 E
12 30 E
0 32 W
12 30 E
0 01 W
13 30 E
1 02 E
12
1
14
1
3
2
18
3
05 E
15 E
00 E
13 E
42 E
26 E
30 E
26 E
Mean average annual change for region of the Kolyma-Ayon District.
Average
annual
change
-8.8
■7.7
-7.7
-8.1
-8.2
-8.3
-8.9
-8.6
-8.6
-7.5
-7.8
-6.9°
-9.1
-8.4
8 Omitted in the mean value.
Descriptions of Stations
The stations occupied in the drift-ice naturally can not be described. The same
applies to the stations at winter-quarters 1924 to 1925, which were located on the ice five
miles off Four Pillar Island (see Fig. 12). There remain for description only station 54,
Kain-ge-skon, Siberia, and 55 at Deering, Alaska. Station 54 (Kain-ge-skon) is a close
Absolute Magnetic Observations, 1922-1925 371
reoccupation of stations 22 and 42 of the Expedition. It is located six meters west of
the large whalebone, mentioned in the descriptions of stations 22 and 42, because natives
had placed their tents on the locations previously occupied. Station 55 (Deering) is
about 1.2 km. from Deering, on the southern shore of Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, to the
westward of a small wooden shed, used for storing powder and called "the powder-house."
Station 55 was occupied, 43 meters true 85° northwest of the southeastern corner of the
powder-house. The location can also be found by walking 35 meters toward the north-
west from the house, following the grass-covered ridge on which the house is built, then
turning at right-angles to the left and proceeding 25 meters. The location was not
marked, because the grou»d was frozen and no permanent mark could be driven into it.
Part III— RESULTS OF PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDS OF DECLINATION
AT CAPE CHELYUSKIN AND AT FOUR PILLAR ISLAND
By H. U. Sverdrup
Records of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin, October 1918 to August 1919
(1) instruments and observatory
Continuous registrations of the magnetic elements, as already stated, were not
included in the program of the scientific work of the Expedition, as such registrations
could not be carried out successfully on the drifting ice because the movement of the
ice would make a permanent orientation of the instruments impossible. The Expedition,
however, in 1913 had procured a small photographic recording-declinograph of the "Arc-
tic" type made by Max Toepfer and Son, Potsdam, and this instrument was taken along
in the expectation that it might be used if the Expedition should have to establish winter-
quarters on the coast. The distance between magnet and recording drum, both of which
were mounted on a solid brass bar, was of the order of 600 mm. The circumference of
the drum was 300 mm. and the clock was regulated to make 1 hour correspond to 11.8 mm.
of record. The width of the recording paper was 98 mm. The magnet was suspended
by a very heavy quartz fiber.
Following the northern coast of Siberia toward the east, the progress of the Expedi-
tion was stopped by the ice September 13, 1918, 25 miles east of Cape Chelyuskin, where
the vessel froze in and where the Expedition was obliged to spend one year, the vessel
being released September 12, 1919. Shortly after the arrival at the place selected for
winter-quarters, a magnetic observatory was built on shore of driftwood logs and planks.
Attached to and with entrance from the observatory a long, low building was con-
structed, and the photographic declinograph was mounted in the end farthest from
the observatory. ' The whole building was buried in snow, so that the temperature did
not fall below —20° centigrade in the registration room. In spite of this, it was not
possible at first to make the clock which drives the drum work properly, but this diffi-
culty was practically overcome by removing all oil by means of a benzine bath and
applying a small quantity of kerosene as a lubricant.
The instrument was mounted October 3, 1918, and taken on board preparatory to
proceeding, August 9, 1919. The records, however, are not complete for this whole
period, partly on account of the difficulties in making the clock run and partly because
some records were spoiled by formation of frost or by light entering the recording room
after the snow had melted in the summer.
In attending to the instrument, the writer was assisted by Captain Helmer Hanssen,
P. Knudsen, and G. Olonkin. The greater part of the absolute observations of the
declination for determining the base-line was taken by Captain Roald Amundsen.
The records were not scaled in the field; they were only developed and the times of
beginning and ending and of occasional breaks, as well as proper remarks, were entered.
In the fall of 1919, when the Expedition proceeded to the east, the records were packed
in a water-tight parcel addressed to the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Mag-
netism of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, and, together with other scientific
records, were intrusted to two men who were to carry them to the Russian wireless sta-
tion at Port Dickson, about 600 miles southwest of Cape Chelyuskin, for despatching
thence to their final destination. The journey to be undertaken by these two men did
not seem more hazardous than that the Maud was to undertake, but they did not reach
their goal. Three years later, in 1922, the body of one of the men was found by a
372
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 373
Russian expedition, which also found the parcel containing the magnetic records. These
were forwarded to the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Car- •
negie Institution of Washington, who received them March 31, 1923.
Fig. 19 — Control of scale-values for declination variometer at Cape Chelyuskin
(2) DECLINATION SCALE-VALUE
In 1918 the writer had had no experience in the registration of magnetic elements,
and for this reason the important determination of the coefficient of torsion of the
quartz fiber used in the declinograph for suspending the magnet was neglected. Before
scaling the records the scale-value, therefore, had to be determined by means of the base-
line observations. Fortunately, the recording instrument remained unchanged during
a period of five months, in which a large number of absolute determinations of the declina-
tion were carried out, ranging between 25° 49' and 29° 33'. These observations were
utilized for determining the scale-value by means of the corresponding values of the ordi-
nate of the curves and the absolute values of the declination. A few of the values had
374 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
to be omitted, because the declination was changing so rapidly during the observation
that the corresponding value of the ordinate of the curve could not be ascertained on
account of the uncertainty introduced by the small time-scale of the record. There re-
mained 77 values which are represented graphically in Figure 19. In this figure the
straight line was computed by means of least squares to fit the values; it is to be noted
that this line agrees very well with the observed quantities. The agreement is very satis-
factory, considering the ragged appearance of the magnetograms and the uncertainty as
to simultaneity introduced by the small time-scale. From this line it is found that 1 mm.
= 11 '18. This value has been adopted as the scale-value.
It is possible to obtain a rough check of this value by means of determinations of the
torsion of the quartz fiber, which were carried out in November 1924 at Four Pillar Island.
/
At this station we found -r— r = 1.622.
f-h
Considering that the horizontal intensity at this station was 0.1084 c. g. s., while at
Cape Chelyuskin it was only 0.0455 c. g. s., we find at the latter station as an approximate
value
* = 1.622X^^ = 3.864.
f-h *-"—~ 455
The distance from the lens to the sensitized paper at Cape Chelyuskin was 596 mm. The
distance R which enters in the usual formula for the scale-value
cot 17 j \
ed~ 2R \f-h)
is, according to H. M. W. Edmonds,1
m I c
R-D~z -3-3
where D = distance from back of lens to magnetogram, and m, I, and c are thicknesses of
movable mirror, lens, and cylindrical lens, respectively. Since our distance, 596 mm.,
was measured from the front of the lens to the magnetogram, we may regard that as
equal to the distance R, neglecting the small difference between the quantities I and
( q + q- + o )• We therefore find
e, = ^y~X3.864 = n(14
in very close agreement with the adopted value.
This low sensitivity was very well suited to the conditions at Cape Chelyuskin,
where the diurnal range of the declination frequently exceeded 10°, corresponding to 67
mm. on the records. In two cases the light from the mirror went off the paper, but
the extreme value in both cases could be extrapolated, because the curve had the form
of a sharp peak.
(3) BASE-LINE VALUES
An inspection of the observers' notes and of the declinograms shows that the base-
line has been changed on several occasions. It remained at first unaltered from October
3 to 28, but at the end of October the clock driving the drum had to be taken on board
and cleaned, and when it finally could be replaced, November 4, the instrument was read-
justed. From November 4, 1918, to January 28, 1919, the adjustment remained un-
altered, but on January 28 the base-line was slightly changed, because the instrument
1 "Formula for scale-value determination of declination variometer," Year Book Carnegie Inst. Wash. No. 22 (1923)
p. 252.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 375
was jarred. After this, no change took place until June 28. During the last period of
the registration, from June 28 to August 9, under summer conditions, the thawing of the
ground frequently threw the instrument out of level, necessitating readjustments, which
led to changes in the base-line values.
The absolute observations of declination are summarized in the Table of Results on
pages 332 to 334. The number of observations is small during the months of October
and November 1918, because Captain Amundsen, who had intended to take the mag-
netic observations, was prevented from doing so by a broken arm. From December
1918 the number is very satisfactory.
Table 15 — Declination Base-Line Values at Cape Chelyuskin
Date
L.M.T.
Base-line
Date
L.M.T.
Base-line
Date
L.M.T.
Base-line
1918
h
o /
1919
h
o t
1919
h
o /
Oct 5
10.8
20 11
Jan 31
12.2
19 53
May 14
9.8
19 47
5
15.8
29
Feb 1
10.3
48
16
10.1
54
18
11.0
11
3
11.9
51
16
12.2
46
18
18.1
41
6
10.0
61
19
10.0
50
26
11.1
20
6
7
12
10.2
10.2
10.0
59
57
57
23
23
28
9.8
11.9
9.8
51
56
53
Nov 5
11.8
19 48
Dec 2
12.4
37
12
12.7
55
28
12.3
54
3
10.4
42
20
17.6
41
30
9.8
53
3
16.2
44
27
14.9
49
30
12.0
53
4
16.8
28
27
17.9
53
Jun 3
9.7
56
5
10.0
44
Mar 11
9.7
55
3
12.2
58
5
15.1
40
11
12.8
52
6
9.8
52
6
10.2
39
20
9.7
59
6
11.9
52
6
16.4
41
24
10.2
58
10
9.9
59
9
12.0
37
24
12.7
61
10
12.3
56
9
16.9
56
27
14.6
57
13
13.0
59
16
9.8
38
27
17.2
54
17
9.5
59
16
12.4
36
Apr 4
14.3
49
17
11.6
58
17
9.7
36
4
17.0
53
20
9.7
52
17
12.5
30
7
14.7
49
20
11.8
51
18
9.8
35
7
17.4
60
24
9.8
56
18
12.5
32
9
14.9
53
27
10.0
52
19
9.7
44
9
17.5
58
27
12.2
48
19
20
12.4
9.7
30
39
11
11
14.7
17.0
55
54
Jill 11
10.0
19 46
20
12.4
35
14
14.5
60
11
12.2
45
23
9.8
47
14
16.4
58
12
9.8
48
23
15.7
38
16
14.7
61
12
12.0
48
23
23
15.9
16.1
45
53
16
18
17.0
15.0
53
60
Jul 15
14.8
11 48
23
16.3
42
18
17.2
57
15
17.0
45
1919
21
15.0
55
17
14.8
43
Jan 15
10.5
40
21
17.2
61
17
17.0
43
15
10.7
43
24
14.7
57
18
14.9
39
17
9.2
52
24
16.9
55
19
9.4
56
20
10.6
37
28
9.8
56
19
11.5
54
21
9.8
9.9
40
43
28
May 2
12.1
9.9
56
41
23
Jul 21
14.3
16 27
24
10.2
41
5
10.1
50
21
16.5
31
24
12.6
39
7
7
9.7
12.5
51
51
22
25
14.6
9.9
31
32
.Tan 28
9.8
12.3
19 47
43
9
9
9.7
11.9
56
58
28
Jul 31
14.5
16 39
29
10.1
44
12
9.8
52
31
16.9
44
29
12.4
45
12
11.9
53
Aug 6
14.9
32
31
9.8
53
6
17.0
34
The base-line values, which are computed by means of these absolute observations,
have been compiled in Table 15, where horizontal lines indicate that changes of the base-
line value have taken place. It will be noted that the base-line values are entered to the
nearest minute. The minutes are, however, always uncertain within two or three units
376
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
and occasionally eight to ten units, because the ordinates could not be read with a higher
accuracy than 0.2 to 0.3 mm., corresponding to two or three minutes of arc, and because
the small time-scale made it difficult to determine exactly the simultaneous value of the
ordinate of the curve corresponding to the observed declination, and when the declination
was changing rapidly a small uncertainty in the time would introduce large errors. In
Table 16 the periods during which the base-line remained unchanged and the adopted
base-line values are shown. These adopted values, which are the mean of the observed
values for each period, are given to the nearest minute, because the values can scarcely
be regarded as having a higher degree of accuracy. Using values computed to 0.1
minute in the present case would introduce an imaginary accuracy only.
Table 16— Ad
opted Base-line
Values at
Cape Chelyuskin
Period
Adopted
base-line
From
To
Date
L.M.T.
Date
L.M.T.
h
h
o r
Oct 3, 1918
12
Oct
28, 1918
24
20 22
Nov 4, 1918
16
Jan
28, 1919
9
19 40
Jan 28, 1919
9
Jul
1, 1919
9
19 54
Jul 8, 1919
17
Jul
15, 1919
9
19 47
Jul 15, 1919
9
Jul
21, 1919
9
11 47
Jul 21, 1919
9
Jul
29, 1919
11
16 30
Jul 29, 1919
11
Aug
9, 1919
9
16 37
(4) HOURLY VALUES OF THE DECLINATION
The instrument was not provided with means for supplying hourly time-marks;
but the times when the slit of the lamp was uncovered after a new paper had been placed
on the drum and the times when the slit was covered before the paper was changed, were
noted and occasionally a time-mark was made in the middle of the record by covering the
slit of the lamp for a few minutes. By taking into consideration the times of beginning
and ending, it was ascertained that the clock kept a fairly constant rate from day to day
and the occasional time-marks served as a check on the rate of the clock during 24 hours.
The rate was found to be so constant that the interval from the times of beginning and
ending to the nearest full hours could be computed, assuming one hour of time to cor-
respond to 11.8 mm. The nearest full hours were then marked on the base-line, and by
dividing the space between them in equidistant intervals every hour was marked. Ver-
tical hour-lines from these marks divided the curves into the proper number of intervals.
For each hourly interval the mean ordinate was read by a glass scale so adjusted that
the areas bounded by the trace above and below the line of the glass scale were equal.
These mean ordinates thus were centered on the half-hours. The adjustment to equal
areas frequently could not be made with accuracy greater than 0.5 mm. in cases when
the mean ordinate, on account of the ragged appearance of the curve and the reading of
the mean ordinate, was not accurate to more than 0.2 to 0.3 mm. The mean hourly
declinations, therefore, when the curve is smooth, have an uncertainty of 2 to 3 minutes
of arc, and when the conditions are very disturbed the uncertainty may reach 10 minutes
of arc.
Table 17 contains the mean hourly values of the declination centered on the half-
hours as derived from the declinograms. The time used is L. M. T. The longitude of the
station is 105° 40' east of Greenwich, corresponding to a time-difference from Greenwich
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 377
of 7h 02 m 40 s. Neglecting the small difference of 2m 40s, the tables may be regarded as
giving the mean hourly values of declination referred to G. M. T. by subtracting 7 hours
from the time as expressed in L. M. T.
No special remarks are given to explain the vacant spaces in the tables. These are
due to the clock having stopped, to the record having faded out on account of frost form-
ing on the lenses, or to the records having been spoiled by light entering through cracks
in the primitive observatory.
The mean values at the right or at the bottom of the tables are derived from the
days on which complete values for 24 hours have been available. The mean values are
given to the nearest minute only because of the errors of single values and, still more,
because of the uncertainty of the base-line values.
. (5) MEAN MONTHLY VALUES OF DECLINATION
In Table 18 the mean monthly values of the declination are compiled. The left
part of the table contains the mean declinations derived from all days and from the days
in each month which have been given the character-numbers 0, 1, and 2, while the number
of days are given in the right part. From this part of the table it is seen that only
the months of February and March are complete. For the other months the number of
day, is sufficient to give fairly reliable values of the declination, except for August, which
is represented by 6 days at the beginning of the month only. The absolute values for
the months October, July, and August are, however, less accurate than the others, because
the adopted base-line values for these months depend upon a small number of deter-
minations.
The whole series is too short to permit any definite conclusions regarding annual
variation of the declination. A glance at the second column of Table 18 shows that the
declination is greater in winter than in summer, but if only the months November to
June, for which the values are most reliable, are considered, this difference practically dis-
appears. The only conclusion which seems justified is that no conspicuous annual
variation is found.
The series is also far too short to give any information regarding the secular change in
declination, and no observations have been made previously at this station from which
the secular change can be derived. It is, however, not likely that the secular change at
Cape Chelyuskin is large, because the region to the west has increasing, while the region
to the east has decreasing, easterly declination. To the west of Cape Chelyuskin the
secular variation has been determined at Teplitz Bay in Franz Josef Land (81° 47 '5 N,
57° 59' E), where W. J. Peters and J. A. Fleming2 found an annual increase of 7'. 5 in the
period 1900 to 1904, and at Port Dickson (73° 30' N, 80° 26' E), where, according to the
results of the Maud Expedition (see p. 339), the increase from 1878 to 1918 amounted
to 3 '4 per year. To the east the secular change has been determined at Pitlekai (67°
06' N, 186° 29' E), where a decrease of 6(6 per year from 1879 to 1921 was found (see
p. 339). The distance from Cape Chelyuskin to Pitlekai is, however, very large, but ac-
cording to recent maps issued by the Russian Hydrographic Office and confirmed by the
observations of the Maud Expedition, the secular variation of declination is —6' to —8'
per year also in the region of the New Siberian Islands, which are about as far east of
Cape Chelyuskin as Franz Josef Land is west. It is, therefore, probable that the secular
variation is small at Cape Chelyuskin.
The mean value of the declination, derived directly from all days or from the weighted
monthly means, is 26° 49' east for epoch 1919.2.
The grouping of the mean daily values of the declination according to the magnetic
character of the day brings out the fact that the declination has the greatest east value
* The Ziegler Polar Expedition, 1903-1905. Scientific Results, p. 305.
378
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 17 — Hourly Values of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin,
[26° East Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
0t_ih
lh_2>>
2'"-3''
3h_4h
4h_5h
5M5h
6h_7h
7h_gh
8k-9>>
gh_ioh
10fc-llh
llfc-121"
12b-13''
13t-14h
14h_15h
1918
t
/
/
t
/
/
>
>
/
t
/
/
t
/
/
Oct 3
[12
15
29
4
84
29
73
84
109
138
163
110
30
49
71
.40
15
5
26
5
29
51
138
116
122
120
54
51
51
45
49
43
48
42
29
6
49
80
71
107
127
118
137
137
51
29
46
42
42
51
29
7
40
71
93
85
106
127
108
98
32
18
39
51
49
41
40
8
13
14
15
[96
83
72
95
121
92
60
56
55]
[65
62
61
59
52
40
46
[60
76
96
66
60
61
59
55]
[61
61
51
30
17
16
58
40
83
82
76
72
70
97
73
62
43
81
70
65
98
17
127
72
138
81
96
79
72
73
86
96
62
46
49
60
83
18
56
62
93
96
151
161
155
111
61
62
55
40
51
30
29
19
45
85
90
85
198
111
142
98
53
56
63
53
40
42
39
20
51
65
72
73
75
195
194
136
80
22
41
48
51
50
18
21
62
63
105
98
96
96
140
169
106
49
51
49
50
41
30
22
80
53
62
103
118
107
95
85
85
68
46
39
29
29
38
23
73
93
80
83
88
96
140
68
58
56
58
58
51
50
37
24
72
79
71
96
106
135
142
138
49
42
51
29
30
12
40
25
51
53
62
125
119
85
94
128
118
72
60
50
50
51
48
26
27
[51
61
50
60
50
56
47
51
41
50
49
82
68
51
58
68
63
59
61
61
28
Mean. . . .
1918
51
53
50
62
78
101
79
71
55
51
51
51
50
51
42
61
64
84
89
103
113
116
102
66
52
53
49
46
41
42
Nov 4
5
41
47
54
54
90
176
194
58
37
41
43
41
37
37
31
6
44
44
49
51
56
65
55
43
43
47
47
43
43
41
41
7
[39
51
54
51
51
51
51
51
50]
9
[39
40
41
10
51
51
54
63
96
109
74
44
46
40
35
37
35
31
30
11
4
38
48
118
143
176
186
118
87
45
24
11
- 3
7
31
12
157
98
132
199
145
154
105
105
63
- 13
9
22
30
9
18
13
84
163
94
165
94
129
87
29
20
(26)
(37)
(48)
54
54
96
14
59
265
20
40
43
40
44
20
15
20
31
37
40
43
40
15
33
1
120
108
170
74
139
109
38
37
16
34
38
20
18
16
176
71
109
78
98
160
194
93
51
40
41
9
11
29
46
17
70
66
98
110
115
118
98
76
60
29
29
31
30
30
34
18
74
88
65
60
64
64
66
54
44
40
34
33
30
30
30
19
40
46
79
85
66
51
54
85
51
43
30
19
30
24
36
20
21
[29
41
35
40
30
39
39
37
50
33
50
54
50
49
47
45
43
43
43
22
97
54
71
104
66
76
50
48
49
37
36
36
33
39
40
23
41
48
51
40
134
222
174
120
85
85
65
75
65
81
47
24
29
39
73
85
113
85
64
56
66
50
51
44
33
31
31
25
54
125
108
109
78
63
70
66
40
31
38
31
35
37
39
26
85
65
55
56
78
54
45
47
54
51
45
43
40
39
43
27
40
40
59
48
65
104
122
63
59
49
43
31
30
40
39
28
38
54
54
51
53
54
54
50
43
43
41
41
40
39
41
29
40
51
58
68
54
132
118
54
41
43
43
41
41
37
36
30
Mean ....
1918
[41
127
85
65
43
29
38
31
33
37
62
71
71
83
89
103
97
66
49
39
37
36
35
35
38
Dec 1
9
108
89
84
124
124
109
81
[61
41]
21
30
31
31
28
2
50
85
150
109
317
220
189
98
28
31
33
34
35
39
38
3
43
43
59
75
87
54
45
43
41
40
46
43
36
30
58
4
[64
57
74]
[31
35
40
31
37
26
5
[34
57
65
54
104]
[40
40
40
39
38
40
6
44
44
46
46
48
43
49
46
45
43
43
41
43
43
43
7
33
33
51
57
45
47
37
43
44
43
40
31
39
40
31
8
18
107
120
97
167
183
120
134
128
67
39
29
54
48
94
9
108
78
85
76
87
176
185
104
48
51
40
30
34
28
20
15
16
[31
40
30
40
34
35
38
37
36
35
40
63
55
56
53
65
43
44
48
43
17
68
66
119
109
135
118
51
43
41
45
40
39
34
31
34
18
38
105
94
91
113
98
43
58
43
37
40
53
40
39
41
19
31
90
67
65
74
119
154
132
95
54
31
29
30
31
28
20
55
6
43
143
120
98
83
43
61
76
34
31
24
28
30
21
8
60
90
85
95
179
150
63 .
53
39
35
31
38
30
21
22
46
118
106
79
87
81
79
77
50
45
18
20
0
24
33
23
19
29
40
99
128
128
150
138
140
91
35
20
7
31
11
24
- 29
73
74
38
71
118
145
99
31
31
33
33
31
29
27
25
28
71
57
57
76
86
79
55
43
36
38
40
37
29
20
26
87
31
98
134
210
265
110
108
38
65
44
34
13
43
40
27
86
70
76
97
263
288
139
105
107
61
51
44
44
44
40
28
41
49
54
54
49
46
46
45
44
44
45
44
44
43
45
29
48
48
43
44
63
48
55
50
45
44
44
43
43
41
38
30
60
50
55
51
44
47
44
44
44
43
40
40
41
43
44
31
Mean ....
44
45
51
60
74
78
76
46
37
34
31
33
37
35
37
42
64
75
79
110
118
95
74
57
48
37
35
33
36
36
( )=Interpolated.
[ ]=Not used in the mean.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 379
October S, 1918, to August 9, 1919
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Day
15b-16»>
16^17h
17^18'-
i8k-i9>>
19^20h
20h-21''
21>>-221>
22fc-23!>
23h-24>"
Magnetic
character
Mean
Maximum
Minimum
Range
1918
t
/
/
/
r
/
t
-
/
/
h m
/
h m
/
/
Oct 3
4
4
19
26
15
29
33
29
39
37
37
41
39
26
40
51
49
- 16]
20
2
55
6 58
283
1 04
- 44
327
5
30
31
18
27
38
19
28
40
27
2
52
5 30
212
0 43
- 66
278
6
49
42
38
29
42
40
40
49
49
1
62
6 18
236
2 30
26
210
7
8
13
14
15
16
42
38
39
36
71
36
7
39
61
1
57
5 43
174
21 16
- 12
186
45
50
50
49
45
51
51
82
49]
25
39
43
- 22
- 4
- 4
6
- 41
- 27
40
- 47
- 80
7
- 36
78
76
51]
41
2
45
19 15
464
19 31
-146
610
17
37
38
61
19
43
25
- 82
69
123
2
64
23 10
530
21 41
-186
716
18
29
30
38
38
7
21
- 10
40
49
2
61
21 08
514
21 51
-119
633
19
35
51
47
43
50
4
85
7
48
2
62
21 44
541
22 36
- 87
628
20
28
50
48
18
43
40
39
7
85
1
64
6 00
385
22 35
-156
541
21
50
41
43
47
47
58
- 10
19
29
1
64
6 55
263
21 32
- 61
324
22
40
37
20
103
42
39
59
50
69
1
62
18 19
230
17 01
+ 1
229
23
40
50
27
18
57
- 49
- 4
21
35
1
54
6 42
175
20 10
-208
383
24
30
42
7
29
4
- 9
4
30
50
1
53
6 03
182
20 40
-139
321
25
42
40
29
12
40
40
29
22
30
1
60
3 57
230
18 19
- 17
247
26
27
51
50
51
51
50
50
51
50
48
50
40
49
49
43
37
41
51]
29
0
55
1 55
116
23 02
- 4
120
28
Mean ....
1918
41
40
40
15
- 16
- 49
101
57
57
1
49
21 32
292
20 04
-205
497
38
36
33
30
37
14
21
38
50
57.4
302
- 89
391
Nov 4
5
30
[37
35
38
35
39
37
40
31
41
39
41
40
36
41
40]
43
1
55
5 58
295
15 38
25
270
6
7
9
10
41
43
43
43
41
38
21
39
30
0
44
22 15
152
22 29
- 44
196
40
31
40
23
31
26
31
23
39
17
34
- 2
31
- 15
40
4
87]
18
0
38
21 14
165
21 02
-104
269
11
84
59
43
28
18
7
- 16
- 6
7
2
52
21 00
441
20 51
-138
579
12
56
123
33
74
29
- 5
- 66
7
51
2
64
2 57
410
21 38
-216
626
13
109
137
98
96
112
31
- 38
85
43
2
77
3 09
162
21 48
-149
311
14
21
18
63
89
30
19
14
40
48
2
46
1 38
474
20 02
- 32
506
15
43
45
31
30
25
87
193
- 7
7
2
59
4 08
330
23 58
-186
516
16
54
40
56
41
98
67
18
- 2
- 27
2
65
0 14
422
0 02
-180
602
17
45
40
45
67
- 76
- 13
— 7
- 6
9
1
46
18 55
210
19 56
-169
379
18
17
1
40
27
18
5
- 22
- 2
' 0
1
36
20 30
143
20 57
- 84
227
19
40
30
31
31
29
7
68
- 22
51
1
42
21 34
180
22 04
- 66
246
20
21
28
39
34
37
30
31
29
20
31
28
33
29
33
7
37
37
43]
76
1
40
20 07
230
21 19
- 40
270
22
39
41
43
43
41
39
37
35
44
0
50
3 01
173
22 35
20
153
23
54
75
20
- 46
- 35
- 35
- 46
18
- 1
1
56
5 15
328
20 11
-115
443
24
20
50
51
9
9
- 12
t
23
23
2
43
22 08
354
22 28
- 74
428
25
40
43
43
43
43
41
40
43
63
1
55
23 59
321
11 40
6
315
26
44
44
43
44
38
40
46
55
18
1
49
0 14
155
23 39
- 13
168
27
40
40
41
43
43
57
51
30
43
0
51
6 19
143
21 38
- 24
167
28
43
38
31
29
54
54
- 5
19
43
1
42
20 25
261
20 03
- 55
316
29
30
41
40
31
36
30
20
40
41
0
49
6 02
208
21 41
16
192
30
Mean .
1918
40
41
43
54
31
65
97
65
— 7
1
6 09
427
23 08
- 58
485
44
48
42
38
30
25
17
22
30
50.3
265
- 77
342
Dec 1
43
64
29
37
-59
- 38
- 22
78
118
2
51
22 46
291
19 56
-167
458
2
45
43
44
41
39
43
43
50
51
o
77
4 43
507
0 23
- 4
511
3
85
63
99
9
10
30
9
- 2
49
1
46
17 42
150
18 55
- 35
185
4
5
6
29
43
43
31
41
43
34
41
43
59
41
43
30
43
41
19
44
41
84
43
41
58
43
39
- 15]
44]
33
0
43
4 00
51
23 45
30
21
7
41
20
31
31
29
38
28
87
29
1
40
22 31
174
23 21
- 25
199
8
43
6
- 13
-24
87
- 38
0
5
7
1
62
5 11
330
20 25
-136
466
9
59
187
107
31
51
97
16
8
- 46
2
69
17 14
293
23 32
-102
395
15
16
37
43
31
41
26
43
31
41
40
33
14
41
1
87
- 11
- 6
7]
28
1
44
21 26
165
22 19
-114
279
17
39
46
28
31
43
54
25
30
18
1
54
23 22
243
22 58
- 95
338
18
29
17
35
30
31
31
36
40
39
1
51
5 07
150
16 56
0
150
19
48
75
43
20
54
- 22
120
20
10
2
58
21 02
332
20 44
- 52
384
20
33
40
33
41
41
28
40
18
112
2
53
23 37
562
1 32
- 54
616
21
29
46
43
28
50
40
24
- 12
23
1
52
5 22
296
22 20
- 81
377
22
40
30
33
35
39
39
35
31
24
1
49
1 38
299
9 51
- 44
343
23
24
65
100
49
65
38
33
9
- 69
2
58
16 52
238
23 10
-158
396
24
33
40
28
31
18
28
- 4
30
40
1
44
1 33
211
0 27
-110
321
25
1
9
36
29
41
7
274
64
- 49
2
49
21 07
612
23 54
- 84
696
26
33
31
57
54
140
96
34
24
25
2
76
5 05
489
0 03
- 69
558
27
41
44
46
48
48
50
43
31
30
2
79
5 17
536
1 50
- 36
572
28
46
45
44
41
47
54
47
46
46
0
46
3 06
63
15 08
37
26
29
40
36
40
53
45
44
30
40
54
0
45
23 21
85
21 12
8
77
30
43
44
43
41
43
43
43
43
43
0
45
0 19
88
22 49
38
50
31
Mean. . . .
40
31
29
21
15
30
- 3
34
34
1
40
20 18
216
21 05
- 44
260
40
46
44
33
41
34
43
31
28
53.3
277
- 56
334
( )=Interpolated.
[ l=Not used in the mean.
380
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 17 — Hourly Values of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin,
[26° East Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
Oh_ih
lh_2h
2h-3'>
3h_4h
4h_5h
5h-6h
6h_7h
7h_gi>
&k-9*
gh_!0h
10^-1 lh
llh-12l>
121-131'
13L141'
14^-15 h
1919
/
1
/
/
t
t
/
/
/
/
/
f
/
/
/
Jan 1
78
49
81
96
95
44
38
43
36
31
33
29
31
28
29
2
75
45
55
67
60
54
28
38
39
34
36
33
35
31
40
3
4
[43
46
44
47
45
44
43
43
41]
[ 51
29
34
39
28
5
84
35
140
174
93
105
199
154
48
78
30
9
28
30
30
6
50
35
51
87
98
160
208
85
90
21
17
20
28
36
35
7
39
51
71
107
129
153
68
67
28
31
20
24
23
28
35
8
17
60
70
76
84
71
75
94
63
25
15
17
21
36
35
9
95
60
56
58
87
83
115
118
84
30
30
28
31
39
33
10
37
63
74
69
54
53
54
45
39
39
41
41
41
40
41
11
34
64
65
65
97
76
43
40
41
38
39
40
40
41
41
12
40
49
50
50
56
59
59
59
47
36
36
37
40
35
33
13
51
80
73
51
37
41
37
38
51
20
13
23
20
- 13
19
14
- 10
- 4
21
31
43
56
64
54
60
41
31
48
44
60
30
15
33
65
71
66
53
43
44
41
41
41
44
44
39
26
18
16
39
45
56
74
76
124
84
41
54
39
35
30
27
33
33
17
223
14
53
86
114
99
83
66
69
78
109
20
8
13
23
18
19
20
[43
56
83
80
95
165
127
63
136
81]
[28
24
8
19
18
33
19
29
- 16
- 25
39
71
107
137
100
65
44
25
18
21
29
8
54
85
76
125
134
128
71
60
44
18
25
17
9
22
37
55
41
44
93
87
85
120
70
30
29
19
31
25
23
23
58
54
94
90
97
85
123
87
65
41
31
17
17
20
24
24
24
19
63
70
61
73
46
40
41
39
37
31
31
31
29
25
28
45
50
57
60
70
107
63
65
47
28
18
24
23
29
26
28
38
50
57
61
51
49
48
44
38
34
33
31
35
36
27
26
45
50
51
46
43
54
43
41
41
38
33
30
29
29
28
45
47
49
69
79
67
63
54
48
45
41
42
38
35
41
29
44
45
52
121
153
109
94
112
97
68
32
34
34
27
24
30
31
Mean. . . .
1919
[53
51
62
112
79
136
55
57
50]
[61
42
31
27
24
32
48
42
61
75
80
83
82
70
55
41
34
28
29
30
30
Feb 1
83
81
134
107
123
98
99
101
75
59
35
34
34
10
23
2
43
33
79
71
91
85
81
109
62
34
37
40
38
34
37
3
- 10
40
65
126
100
132
156
78
65
50
23
32
37
41
33
4
- 90
0
52
90
79
76
142
70
39
45
10
7
23
36
43
5
-110
13
79
68
88
132
119
147
109
4
50
3
29
23
27
6
27
67
32
53
57
77
64
47
59
47
36
21
31
36
29
7
53
61
51
58
90
98
122
44
51
42
33
41
43
41
44
8
52
62
57
68
58
55
63
91
82
46
42
43
44
43
42
9
67
62
65
57
54
50
56
53
52
49
50
48
45
45
44
10
44
83
123
111
132
101
49
60
53
49
49
48
42
44
44
11
62
59
57
53
57
58
53
45
45
44
45
44
44
42
38
12
47
49
53
55
57
45
45
45
47
45
45
44
44
43
39
13
48
59
58
58
42
43
44
44
49
43
44
43
44
35
31
14
70
55
37
68
79
111
139
121
199
180
65
23
32
27
21
15
29
44
45
124
98
68
99
120
67
68
28
30
29
33
38
16
53
68
54
99
148
169
190
178
121
25
37
27
1
25
27
17
43
34
67
120
146
147
64
65
51
32
27
30
31
22
34
18
42
57
55
93
103
141
90
37
37
28
29
28
27
35
32
19
31
58
79
103
120
187
150
97
43
30
31
30
31
33
25
20
45
43
45
50
64
91
111
88
77
42
30
20
18
22
23
21
36
43
48
65
57
63
77
109
199
183
109
54
21
20
7
22
90
57
103
82
124
246
133
148
85
79
58
14
31
7
30
23
- 9
67
133
73
79
121
156
207
111
79
35
34
33
1
37
24
87
68
112
134
173
126
157
133
153
87
53
41
27
32
31
25
23
40
45
59
77
77
86
73
70
63
55
53
45
43
37
26
33
42
49
57
54
85
101
110
101
87
67
49
37
32
23
27
20
37
90
74
72
80
99
56
78
84
76
60
39
4
1
28
Mean. . . .
34
35
53
129
146
62
107
82
190
73
39
77
75
80
12
34
51
69
82
92
101
102
91
85
61
44
36
35
32
30
[ ] = Not used in the mean.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 381
October 3, 1918, to August 9, 1919— Continued
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Day
ls^-ie""
i&'-n*
V7*-l&>
is^-wi-
19b-201'
20>>-21>>
21k-22l>
22lu-23h
23h-24>>
Magnetic
character
Mean
Maximum
Minimum
Range
1919
/
/
f
/
/
/
f
/
f
/
h m
f
/» m
/
i
Jan 1
36
40
28
29
34
34
37
35
56
1
45
0 32
202
17 57
16
186
2
3
4
40
41
31
34
33
35
41
43
43
1
42
0 08
174
19 43
26
148
51
56
21
4
123
- 35
4
- 13
23]
5
51
27
34
108
44
31
40
84
60
2
72
7 06
483
23 04
-279
762
6
27
76
57
51
87
- 24
77
38
18
2
60
19 40
505
20 21
-234
739
7
40
50
90
67
65
95
74
26
45
1
60
5 30
268
23 19
- 6
274
8
26
54
43
51
41
98
28
25
17
2
48
20 42
643
0 31
- 91
734
9
40
31
37
28
41
50
43
37
27
1
53
0 17
274
23 54
- 21
295
10
43
43
41
43
45
44
35
40
43
1
46
22 58
162
0 56
- 46
208
11
34
31
29
31
41
43
67
20
35
0
46
21 33
196
0 11
- 16
212
12
33
27
31
43
33
37
34
65
63
0
44
22 28
176
22 46
14
162
13
68
63
23
- 4
29
43
31
34
21
1
35
1 40
153
18 06
- 41
194
14
46
49
39
87
43
81
28
63
40
1
44
18 42
162
0 43
- 82
244
15
29
28
30
23
55
25
37
40
34
1
40
1 42
90
14 02
- 33
123
16
34
23
24
9
18
- 35
- 14
- 11
185
2
43
23 44
621
20 14
- 64
685
17
18
19
20
29
4
9
51
140
33
46
46
4
2
59
0 03
572
23 25
- 82
654
8
24
34
40
44
38
29
35
20
14
172
43
54
116
- 12
10
21]
126
2
47
23 43
615
1 43
-114
729
21
9
36
36
43
31
40
41
- 10
25
1
47
7 09
251
22 42
-115
366
22
31
33
43
26
41
31
30
29
33
1
45
4 03
178
8 48
- 72
250
23
28
18
28
23
44
44
40
31
73
1
51
0 30
254
0 41
- 54
308
24
31
31
34
36
20
31
- 1
3
28
1
35
1 42
240
1 05
- 95
335
25
25
28
26
33
40
39
43
34
31
0
42
6 12
126
23 58
6
120
26
34
35
35
37
40
43
39
39
45
0
41
4 32
84
23 03
23
61
27
29
28
28
28
28
31
30
29
30
0
36
4 45
84
19 42
20
64
28
33
34
22
32
35
29
14
34
33
0
43
22 16
164
22 03
- 45
209
29
30
31
22
22
21
30
21
35
44
44
45
1
55
3 50
235
17 14
7
228
23
21
23
34
34
9
1
- 7
- 1]
Mean. . . .
1919
34
36
34
39
43
38
40
33
46
47.1
276
- 55
332
Feb 1
54
77
63
146
90
147
77
33
23
2
75
19 02
324
23 23
-130
454
2
35
51
63
46
- 10
131
74
32
62
2
57
23 38
353
23 59
-112
465
3
51
64
25
54
114
52
32
23
110
2
62
23 48
366
9 04
- 86
452
4
42
40
34
21
115
51
64
24
- 64
2
40
6 57
212
23 40
-350
562
5
43
43
35
37
79
111
53
- 17
- 12
2
48
21 05
333
0 09
-225
558
6
38
23
62
47
44
65
45
55
34
1
46
2 03
134
2 44
- 51
185
7
44
44
44
44
44
43
43
46
49
1
53
6 09
179
9 30
- 1
180
8
37
34
34
40
45
45
50
34
33
0
50
7 40
123
23 27
- 35
158
9
43
42
41
43
43
43
43
42
39
0
49
0 18
95
23 38
32
63
10
44
43
40
41
42
41
54
40
44
1
59
2 54
190
0 40
25
165
11
42
42
43
43
43
40
42
43
45
0
47
1 20
75
15 34
34
41
12
53
39
35
35
34
34
37
33
23
0
43
4 26
61
23 34
11
50
13
22
20
18
21
22
- 1
- 22
- 2
- 1
1
32
1 55
182
21 16
- 35
217
14
12
23
23
65
65
33
23
21
32
<>
64
9 26
335
22 30
- 25
360
15
33
23
24
1
48
33
33
34
65
o
51
3 12
277
1 58
-157
434
16
29
29
65
31
57
43
54
58
12
2
67
19 50
391
23 31
-166
557
17
43
36
50
121
38
31
27
32
20
2
55
5 10
232
23 13
- 49
281
18
34
37
49
48
35
23
95
- 26
12
2
48
21 04
317
22 11
-177
494
19
34
37
43
43
42
42
42
37
40
1
59
5 09
246
1 00
- 24
270
20
21
22
22
37
11
25
13
23
23
0
40
22 55
171
21 46
- 12
183
21
31
32
25
190
34
- 11
- 1
- 12
43
2
59
18 39
547
22 27
- 74
621
22
12
22
25
23
21
12
31
63
- 11
2
62
5 37
390
23 30
-104
494
23
- 2
29
59
90
33
21
- 71
27
45
2
58
7 58
544
21 09
-303
847
24
33
34
44
38
41
38
40
38
48
2
74
4 40
390
12 55
11
379
25
41
44
45
45
45
42
34
37
38
0
51
6 38
93
0 03
- 8
101
26
33
35
22
34
24
45
3
24
33
1
49
20 42
157
21 12
- 64
221
27
18
2
- 7
23
33
42
43
43
42
1
46
2 31
177
17 22
- 36
213
28
Mean ....
14
34
48
83
22
12
2
- 1
13
2
59
8 49
466
8 20
- 77
543
33
36
38
53
45
44
34
28
30
53.6
263
- 78
341
[ 1 = Not used in the mean.
382
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 17 — Hourly Values of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin,
[26° East Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
0h_ih
lh_2h
2h-3h
3h_4h
4b_5h
5h-6>>
6h-7h
7h_gh
8h-9t>
9>>-l0b
10h-llh
11>>-121>
12l>-13h
13h-14''
14h-15l>
1919
f
i
/
f
/
/
/
/
/
/
f
/
>
/
/
Mar 1
38
77
69
79
83
93
113
220
79
48
53
48
30
33
20
2
51
75
30
112
68
82
69
51
57
34
32
34
21
29
23
3
50
65
142
117
112
146
219
72
75
44
24
34
34
21
34
4
53
67
53
72
100
92
95
113
82
54
24
29
19
23
8
5
52
110
91
62
88
90
68
68
45
32
34
41
24
41
34
6
68
75
65
68
108
99
211
154
143
102
- 47
20
32
34
34
7
34
39
57
118
148
190
123
121
162
68
68
37
23
23
21
8
38
40
149
101
111
113
78
71
79
59
51
23
28
23
23
9
57
48
101
101
68
54
57
63
72
58
41
38
34
32
32
10
65
59
57
48
45
48
51
54
54
51
52
50
45
39
35
11
45
48
45
55
45
47
48
50
53
49
45
43
37
31
16
12
32
42
38
43
47
65
51
57
50
73
68
51
14
15
15
13
35
51
47
87
100
123
101
56
47
48
49
44
38
33
33
14
38
48
83
112
95
107
109
111
62
73
65
34
10
20
14
15
38
33
93
131
90
124
68
(62)
(54)
(42)
34
34
34
29
20
16
11
23
48
63
89
111
68
87
91
87
34
37
51
21
15
17
35
57
'67
67
93
90
149
188
112
111
176
132
45
132
33
18
49
50
51
52
57
63
60
57
55
53
57
49
44
43
41
19
45
45
62
59
53
65
55
53
51
45
45
44
40
35
34
20
- 28
1
72
49
163
199
221
147
118
92
45
42
34
20
12
21
9
75
73
124
112
557
223
75
212
134
154
90
98
20
1
22
31
78
57
82
136
154
188
223
168
112
37
52
47
- 19
35
23
64
62
112
108
142
142
164
123
79
124
54
18
15
24
49
24
- 20
45
65
79
68
70
70
54
57
62
63
49
44
23
25
25
33
25
59
79
102
120
114
82
90
81
72
55
34
5
17
26
9
50
65
44
109
92
112
100
.88'
62
35
23
23
32
21
27
27
47
105
68
79
82
73
89
57
51
45
47
43
34
27
28
- 1
34
57
54
55
63
70
72
57
42
25
37
51
34
23
29
43
43
78
79
120
102
102
68
42
47
34
49
38
35
25
30
71
39
43
115
128
99
142
221
134
62
40
44
37
34
33
31
Mean ....
1919
32
22
54
50
88
79
94
148
162
91
62
21
19
23
18
36
51
71
80
93
115
109
100
87
67
51
44
35
30
25
Apr 1
23
34
54
93
102
90
123
68
55
52
45
48
43
34
23
2
37
50
42
102
101
70
67
57
62
54
48
44
33
32
28
3
47
49
49
55
68
60
60
57
58
57
52
47
45
34
34
4
38
37
50
55
59
57
59
59
59
60
55
58
45
33
37
5
40
41
47
50
47
53
59
58
52
50
49
48
42
40
34
6
41
42
47
55
68
72
68
57
55
52
49
48
34
38
21
7
7
35
52
57
57
71
90
208
72
30
45
37
4
27
25
8
37
34
45
43
57
151
123
61
12
94
69
59
33
14
0
9
34
59
63
79
81
136
109
103
91
67
68
54
42
22
1
10
35
54
60
79
113
212
216
172
148
75
58
32
23
23
1
11
69
54
79
80
92
156
118
68
65
69
59
31
34
34
25
12
42
82
90
83
87
134
148
119
122
83
46
33
34
25
1
13
14
48
55
87
89
88
79
100
90
70
53
45
38
34
34
14
34
41
61
74
101
70
69
68
59
57
54
45
40
34
31
15
44
35
35
55
52
57
55
57
57
55
51
47
37
34
29
16
38
42
48
51
68
157
91
79
79
60
53
48
39
23
3
17
63
57
55
104
146
101
134
133
151
84
104
58
57
34
41
18
31
77
57
132
212
123
114
112
107
101
132
192
17
39
39
19
- 7
98
77
79
170
163
119
57
88
141
52
31
37
38
20
20
28
68
77
117
78
97
196
190
110
74
59
30
34
33
9
21
99
71
64
223
246
198
166
107
94
61
48
45
15
27
5
22
33
44
57
94
113
166
169
190
120
89
111
39
33
23
12
23
24
25
[32
52
48
59
75
112
184
55
59
57]
[58
41
54
49
43
32
33
32
23
~25
33
58
92
113
101
90
70
62
59
54
26
32
39
57
60
67
74
63
60
57
57
54
48
44
38
32
27
34
44
55
60
70
68
68
65
68
64
45
37
40
34
27
28
52
57
53
79
126
90
129
82
52
49
45
44
34
40
38
29
23
34
27
79
74
79
64
60
58
61
45
48
43
23
23
30
Mean. . . .
11
32
101
73
78
93
90
85
65
45
42
43
35
23
12
36
51
59
83
97
106
104
93
77
67
58
50
35
31
22
( ) = Interpolated. [ ] — Not used in the mean.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 383
October 3, 1918, to Augmt 9, 1919— Continued
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Day
ls^-ie*
16b-17l>
17h-l9'
is1"-^
19k-20k
20^-21''
2lh-22h
22b-23h
2311— 241"
Magnetic
character
Mean
Maximum
Minimum
Range
1919
/
,
/
/
/
/
/
/
t
/
h
m
/
k
m
1
/
Mar 1
32
54
43
42
-114
- 32
- 2
- 1
23
2
47
7
34
490
19
20
-241
731
2
35
30
32
17
164
- 67
23
- 52
29
2
41
19
13
499
20
28
— 192
691
3
38
7
23
34
84
112
-• 99
-124
207
2
61
20
54
426
22
55
-366
792
4
10
21
37
32
133
71
12
- 12
23
2
50
6
58
134
22
03
-237
371
5
30
38
33
33
23
53
44
- 2
33
1
49
1
24
347
22
15
- 55
402
6
38
38
39
46
44
23
23
28
42
2
62
7
30
443
10
46
- 62
505
7
37
35
34
46
44
42
37
58
38
1
67
5
48
420
11
57
- 8
428
8
7
13
- 21
27
41
41
27
73
49
1
52
2
35
265
17
30
- 94
359
9
32
42
40
43
42
42
43
36
39
1
51
3
04
157
23
42
10
147
10
35
34
40
39
40
39
38
40
41
0
46
0
09
99
16
40
31
68
11
13
14
23
34
33
37
41
34
38
0
39
8
28
68
15
52
4
64
12
20
21
33
42
29
13
31
7
43
1
38
9
42
131
22
36
- 21
152
13
30
29
32
33
35
31
29
22
64
1
50
23
08
216
22
58
14
202
14
12
23
19
- 15
- 15
- 39
1
- 10
9
2
40
21
17
238
21
22
-141
379
15
10
34
10
38
42
40
37
23
15
2
47
3
05
337
17
37
- 73
410
16
8
1
12
23
- 66
- 44
- 27
1
23
1
32
4
58
158
19
26
- 89
247
17
23
0
- 1
8
21
39
47
43
44
1
71
7
40
238
17
32
- 34
272
18
37
40
43
44
44
40
43
45
34
0
48
22
57
127
23
39
10
117
19
33
27
23
31
30
32
18
- 8
5
0
38
23
22
98
23
00
-105
203
20
23
32
33
2
- 10
- 32
- 84
1
- 20
2
47
6
06
424
21
14
-231
655
21
59
65
14
40
79
35
11
13
- 44
2
93
5
40
846
23
49
-274
1120
22
37
1
34
98
- 3
-116
- 9
0
44
2
61
19
31
598
19
42
-285
883
23
33
37
11
- 15
0
- 30
- 1
- 22
25
2
55
3
20
352
21
54
-121
173
24
33
30
34
42
43
40
37
34
34
1
45
4
00
111
13
56
- 1
112
25
22
24
3
- 24
4
13
20
11
72
1
46
23
05
331
23
49
- 80
411
26
32
9
30
25
28
18
27
4
20
1
44
4
57
157
22
08
- 22
179
27
23
23
21
21
1
- 10
- 10
22
23
1
41
2
12
187
21
10
- 44
231
28
44
43
5
21
44
14
- 32
13
74
2
37
20
07
287
22
18
-124
411
29
12
35
29
13
35
12
9
29
18
2
46
3
11
237
20
51
- 80
317
30
23
5
22
18
1
24
18
- 18
- 11
2
55
7
33
323
0
01
-148
471
31
Mean ....
1919
28
28
- 19
14
27
- 60
- 48
14
31
2
41
20
18
372
20
42
-222
594
27
27
23
27
29 v
12
10
10
34
49.7
294
-106
400
Apr 1
20
21
9
45
32
33
33
22
28
1
47
6
30
199
17
40
- 5
204
2
27
27
29
23
29
34
34
23
10
1
44
4
05
163
21
11
- 17
180
3
28
31
27
32
34
23
25
- 9
23
0
41
21
45
92
22
38
- 68
160
4
45
34
10
28
10
34
23
- 5
42
1
41
20
22
154
21
58
- 88
242
5
34
34
34
34
35
38
35
39
40
0
43
6
50
72
14
53
24
48
6
- 6
- 12
11
20
- 5
9
12
- 10
19
1
33
23
36
169
16
15
- 51
220
7
23
13
34
38
32
23
29
34
39
2
45
7
25
292
0
03
- 77
369
8
12
12
21
- 18
- 5
23
23
20
23
2
39
18
04
333
18
22
- 85
418
9
- 3
- 6
3
14
12
1
- 37
25
37
1
44
5
34
149
21
20
-161
310
10
1
12
- 1
9
23
33
7
21
23
1
60
5
57
320
21
34
- 1
321
11
14
12
20
15
35
35
- 8
- 13
3
1
48
0
43
257
21
48
- 80
337
12
- 7
14
24
9
- 6
- 18
- 64
- 35
- 12
1
43
1
48
212
21
15
- 89
301
13
29
23
25
28
31
29
32
35
38
1
50
8
05
123
16
42
12
111
14
30
27
27
25
33
34
35
38
40
0
47
4
38
132
18
18
18
114
15
27
25
20
24
24
27
25
13
22
0
38
3
57
65
22
56
— 7
72
16
13
0
13
21
23
- 11
- 26
- 80
- 10
1
34
5
29
192
22
37
-172
364
17
24
11
9
- 52
-191
- 44
- 32
49
42
2
47
22
27
241
19
52
-383
624
18
25
13
7
39
44
38
4
- 8
- 20
2
68
4
35
330
22
30
-132
462
19
25
13
— S
110
12
40
31
34
32
2 i
61
4
37
328
17
36
- 42
370
20
28
22
23
11
13
42
35
23
- 10
1
58
7
01
337
23
48
- 54
391
21
O
- 18
1
- 21
- 21
1
19
9
- 21
2
59
4
00
646
19
38
-126
772
22
23
24
25
14
15
- 2
23
34
20
1
12
27
1
60
5
56
276
17
40
- 59
335
21
20
12
12
23
21
■ 12
14
30
10
9
13
- 2
12
- 65
4
33]
25
1
43
5
31
163
22
51
- 29
192
26
28
27
27
27
23
34
19
12
22
0
42
5
20
90
22
58
- 9
99
27
27
16
11
21
22
28
30
22
20
0
41
5
05
77
22
42
- 1
78
28
23
20
23
23
33
31
23
21
31
1
50
6
08
176
22
03
7
169
29
22
22
10
0
21
22
9
17
- 16
1
35
3
04
90
23
13
- 50
140
30
Mean ....
14
- 3
12
23
14
4
18
23
34
1
40
3
00
168
20
49
- 35
203
19
15
16
20
13
21
12
12
19
46.5
209
- 63
272
( 1=Interpolated.
f ]=Not used in the mean.
384
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 17 — Hourly Values of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin,
[26° East Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
Oh-lh
lh-2b
2t-3l"
3h_4h
4h_5h
5h-6h
6h-7h
7h_8h
S^k
gh_ioh
10h-llh
lll-l 2b
12>'-131>
13k- i4b
14h_i5h
1919
/
/
f
r
/
>
t
/
/
/
f
,
/
/
f
May 1
38
45
55
68
100
114
73
79
45
48
45
45
39
31
27
o
31
38
57
58
64
65
100
88
57
111
. 99
- 10
- 1
28
28
3
28
42
32
93
187
158
104
164
214
201
190
181
198
120
87
4
- 8
29
47
82
132
192
228
157
79
65
31
43
34
33
23
5
58
34
42
168
200
246
153
162
146
242
59
79
52
23
- 13
6
37
52
57
77
134
167
186
143
109
81
65
34
33
27
22
7
22
47
54
78
101
161
148
98
48
67
64
45
34
37
9
8
32
38
61
64
132
132
92
80
53
60
50
44
34
28
20
9
14
34
45
59
88
139
156
102
65
59
61
23
21
18
8
10
12
34
47
57
69
77
162
100
64
53
45
54
41
32
7
11
58
44
51
53
59
64
60
61
62
55
53
45
41
37
33
12
43
50
60
68
72
71
67
64
64
57
54
45
42
34
40
13
10
44
70
92
98
141
158
134
92
103
98
120
156
73
8
14
12
10
90
177
104
133
137
109
77
79
71
78
44
34
27
15
- 8
- 18
22
77
231
134
142
207
168
79
57
74
50
45
31
16
32
42
51
74
134
122
97
62
65
88
103
64
29
23
- 8
17
32
44
55
68
143
151
129
131
77
41
43
42
35
31
14
18
- 27
- 8
49
174
143
110
182
190
130
129
110
115
70
38
12
19
12
40
58
57
120
85
71
68
62
59
55
45
38
21
20
20
21
22
23
[138
123
57
17
21
21
[17
28
49
88
82
77
98
97
121]
[68
44
31
44
9
44
19
40
23
38
41
40
52
79
209
230
184
199
70
49
24
1
33
67
82
64
71
142
118
87
51
73
93
61
47
82
25
- 2
18
20
157
143
168
130
248
112
117
84
72
71
42
31
26
9
43
71
82
83
79
83
82
101
75
60
43
38
34
13
27
- 1
22
29
45
112
101
183
137
54
68
62
44
55
23
23
28
1
18
59
93
94
75
68
61
70
55
47
44
42
37
33
29
30
50
21
92
82
82
105
81
68
68
67
53
33
32
30
30
33
58
70
79
79
65
71
73
69
67
59
45
37
29
20
31
Mean ....
1919
38
31
57
84
103
115
112
117
74
45
68
67
38
21
22
21
34
52
87
117
123
126
118
85
81
68
60
50
36
25
Jun 1
33
51
57
69
80
77
80
67
64
64
53
45
43
37
30
2
39
54
69
82
112
122
118
90
72
64
54
45
40
32
28
3
12
34
88
147
179
181
179
140
93
68
43
43
33
25
19
4
23
44
47
79
79
87
90
89
78
70
58
49
42
29
4
5
37
37
53
60
67
68
69
72
65
72
57
52
45
43
23
6
34
40
45
120
123
103
100
77
68
68
49
42
34
23
20
7
12
44
60
83
53
149
124
88
[79
68]
57
53
27
22
21
8
33
42
43
69
78
90
71
79
77
64
49
45
35
25
19
9
38
57
69
68
84
101
92
75
71
67
77
54
33
79
5
10
23
61
57
87
146
268
309
257
190
148
79
15
33
11
1
11
12
13
1
35
50
112
167
123
112
90
129
77
57
34
34
23
13
33
38
54
122
112
174
212
154
[126
95
67]
36
27
14
- 1
14
15
Ifi
[12
21
68
77
131
126
92
79]
[88
71
60
67
39
57
35
42
20
24
14
17
37
42
60
78
81
115
157
101
75
17
15
38
58
84
134
156
134
127
123
71
54
43
34
11
- 7
18
12
23
39
77
79
83
79
77
94
101
82
23
37
37
39
19
37
54
67
67
83
144
160
122
77
59
48
45
43
45
33
20
44
50
58
47
58
65
59
57
57
63
61
57
48
44
34
21
[34
45
57
68
88
77
83
83
77]
22
23
[59
38
51
23
32
17
31
14
32
15
0
65
73
103
100
170
223
178
143
99
24
- 21
- 21
12
120
134
236
182
257
246
132
107
83
69
32
31
25
26
27
[ 1
27
57
67
82
98
93
105
90
65]
[54
67
50
65
33
50
14
44
12
34
12
23
20
38
69
89
82
91
75
74
68
28
31
44
64
92
93
122
122
101
72
59
49
44
38
35
34
29
[35
27
64
95]
[60
53
33
12
1
30
Mean ....
10
25
49
79
90
81
81
68
68
67
55
43
35
33
24
23
41
56
88
101
128
129
111
97
78
60
45
38
31
19
[ J = Not used in the mean.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 385
October S, 1918, to August 9, 1919— Continued
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Day
15>>-16h
let-i?'
17»-19>
i8>>-i9h
igh_20b
20>>-21l>
21&-22''
22l>-231>
23h-24l>
Magnetic
character
Mean
Maximum
Minimum
Range
1919
/
/
/
/
-
>
>
i
/
i
h m
t
h m
/
/
May 1
23
23
15
14
30
25
11
7
19
1
42
4 58
148
22 50
- 5
153
2
12
1
3
- 8
7
- 77
65
- 69
- 57
2
29
21 27
468
21 07
-176
644
3
78
60
25
- 28
- 37
14
8
- 77
- 7
2
85
4 50
415
22 45
-139
554
f
4
21
31
22
15
34
15
30
_ o
- 24
1
55
6 00
308
23 15
- 72
380
5
38
21
- 21
- 19
- 97
- 10
3
10
29
2
67
4 12
412
19 18
-166
578
6
- 1
- 11
1
23
9
- 15
- 19
0
1
1
50
5 32
232
20 32
-117
349
7
1
13
27
23
27
23
30
28
32
1
51
5 51
192
16 20
- 13
205
8
10
12
23
33
34
38
31
29
9
1
47
5 15
174
23 51
- 10
184
9
2
14
10
13
33
31
23
12
20
0
44
6 10
169
18 26
- 2
171
10
9
4
- 12
- 13
- 51
- 39
1
- 10
23
1
32
6 34
198
20' 06
-170
368
11
32
31
34
34
43
38
37
35
42
1
46
0 04
139
16 25
27
112
12
22
17
12
11
0
3
- 13
- 9
- 2
0
36
5 55
79
23 28
- 46
125
13
- 10
- 29
- 9
12
- 10
- 42
- 39
- 27
14
2
52
12 00
197
20 52
-182
379
14
15
- 27
- 36
14
- 28
- 96
- 9
25
15
2
44
3 30
281
20 18
-224
505
15
18
- 8
9
22
23
11
- 57
1
1
2
55
4 51
559
1 15
-152
711
16
14
18
12
12
18
8
57
- 6
20
1
47
4 20
168
22 18
-134
302
17
19
28
10
14
5
8
-102
- 35
- 35
1
40
5 02
210
21 39
-206
416
18
4
7
12
0
5
5
34
45
30
2
65
3 04
540
20 36
- 36
576
19
20
22
20
21
32
13
- 10
- 10
7
1
39
4 32
134
22 00
- 32
166
20
21
22
23
23
30
30
22
34
40
33
9
17]
21
35
31
34
34
33
22
25
20
3
29
- 27
22
- 19
37
- 21
38]
1
2
59
6 12
234
20 10
- 77
311
24
57
33
- 10
- 16
-132
-159
-121
- 79
17
2
28
6 55
179
20 26
-237
416
25
1
14
8
- 29
12
1
- 17
10
- 32
2
57
7 27
363
23 45
-172
535
26
12
20
15
- 56
-106
- 99
-144
-108
- 62
15
8 09
130
21 31
-177
307
27
22
12
- 25
- 10
- 44
- 6
- 10
- 5
5
37
6 47
231
20 18
- 75
306
28
22
3
- 9
38
13
- 5
20
- 12
- 20
35
4 27
104
23 01
- 90
194
29
28
25
30
34
30
32
34
27
28
48
6 12
137
23 06
10
127
30
17
20
14
23
23
22
0
23
14
0
42
4 07
93
21 30
- 13
106
31
Mean. . . .
1919
14
12
13
23
22
34
12
13
22
0
48
5 26
142
21 30
- 16
158
19
14
8
8
- 4
- 9
- 6
- 7
4
46.3
237
- 97
334
Jun 1
22
22
5
8
13
14
27
18
27
0
42
4 32
101
18 14
0
101
2
22
14
13
14
11
19
17
14
39
0
49
5 55
166
17 58
- 22
188
3
21
15
14
21
22
27
31
25
25
1
62
6 57
200
17 09
11
189
4
31
23
23
23
24 ■
28
28
21
22
0
45
7 12
107
14 36
- 19
126
5
23
23
23
30
34
34
24
18
1
0
43
7 38
85
23 27
- 13
98
6
11
21
19
14
12
17
- 10
15
5
0
44
3 26
147
21 40
- 24
171
7
23
12
21
23
34
52
15
21
22
0
48
6 00
171
21 36
9
162
8
24
27
32
32
27
27
33
32
33
0
45
5 34
110
14 42
9
101
9
0
13
21
- 15
- 5
- 11
- 60
- 46
- 10
1
36
5 04
127
21 55
-111
238
10
— 22
- 9
14
- 7
- 35
- 58
- 21
- 11
4
1
64
6 48
495
20 33
-114
609
11
1
- 20
- 1
- 9
35
- 19
- 13
- 13
- 11
1
42
4 08
265
20 56
-121
386
12
13
14
15
16
0
19
- 28
- 3
1
- 1
0
- 9
- 45
- 9
— 55
- 17
- 28
— 5
8
81
1
1
47
6 26
279
20 42
-289
568
11
22
- 5
23
31
17
14
15
13
28
11
32
3
32
11
23
21]
9
0
51
6 32
183
23 40
3
180
17
— 6
10
21
13
21
1
0
1
2
0
47
5 27
190
21 22
- 30
220
18
30
24
29
34
34
43
35
29
40
0
49
10 45
123
11 48
18
105
19
23
23
27
24
31
31
34
34
32
0
56
5 47
178
15 17
14
164
20
21
22
23
23
26
28
24
21
23
22
28
31
0
43
r, 48
69
21 08
14
55
32
4
31
14
27
18
21
- 34
25
- 10
22
23
32
19
33
- 25
- 15]
- 24
2
52
5 58
387
19 05
- 59
446
24
25
26
27
- 12
- 9
- 13
- 10
12
— 5
- 12
- 30
- 16
2
63
5 20
368
21 40
- 52
420
22
23
23
20
8
22
- 7
31
11
31
9
32
- 3
18
21
12
38]
0
0
45
4 04
97
23 45
- 13
110
28
31
22
23
21
21
28
29
34
34
0
52
6 30
153
16 40
3
150
29
30
Mean. . . .
- 1
22
9
20
— 5
23
2
22
- 22
28
- 42
25
- 45
22
- 66
27
- 52]
33
0
43
4 00
108
21 12
17
91
14
13
17
12
16
14
11
11
14
48.6
187
- 35
222
[ ] =Not used in the mean.
386
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 17— -Hourly Values of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin,
[26° East Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
Oh-lh
lb_2h
2h-3h
3h_4h
4h_5h
5">-6h
6b-7h
7h_8h
8b-9>>
9h— 10*
10h-llh
llb-121"
12k-13h
13h-14>>
l4h_i5h
191.9
1
r
-
t
>
-
/
/
-
-
,
/
/
/
;
Jul 1
8
9
[32
39
49
77
70
64
65
68
69]
26
50
67
75
96
181
166
161
87
60
64
52
42
30
13
10
16
28
66
83
113
194
226
103
61
78
63
41
36
27
17
11
- 17
28
50
72
92
87
84
64
66
66
41
28
28
27
22
12
33
44
46
90
133
150
130
115
93
61
61
44
27
22
14
13
4
38
71
93
112
140
97
97
83
68
40
37
27
26
27
14
- 4
15
24
46
139
162
111
90
72
66
58
47
41
25
25
15
37
40
45
70
85
125
116
72
72
(66)
37
39
37
33
25
16
39
47
45
51
69
58
58
70
68
63
58
44
38
34
29
17
21
28
52
80
81
126
113
97
78
59
45
47
57
25
- 8
18
- 57
- 27
37
63
137
237
218
130
108
112
101
49
44
- 8
2
19
37
44
70
74
126
141
159
114
114
81
59
44
40
34
25
20
21
[50
54
48
42
39
29
33
10
25
28
2
25
84
67
94
102
92
82
72
(63)
22
30
35
42
56
66
101
197
177
86
57
53
46
33
28
10
23
- 37
- 14
67
63
97
86
115
108
175
114
75
99
46
19
12
24
32
39
54
91
97
123
162
121
68
76
62
49
45
44
29
25
8
45
63
74
84
91
133
125
86
62
42
38
40
34
34
26
27
30 -
42
114
112
97
75
76
77
42
28
23
16
17
16
27
8
2
10
45
78
84
64
58
50
46
52
47
29
17
- 2
28
9
30
27
62
86
86
55
53
53
53
42
30
20
16
8
29
19
30
46
54
52
53
63
62
58
39
13
31
19
20
12
30
2
20
42
66
100
99
101
97
54
44
31
29
22
24
19
31
Mean ....
1919
35
36
44
51
63
67
75
69
(61)
54
37
36
31
21
20
12
28
50
70
96
118
119
97
79
65
51
43
34
24
17
Aug 1
19
17
42
65
91
60
60
46
46
59
54
12
14
15
2
2
3
4
[- 7
15
19
57
82]
[15
45
35
37
26
32
26
25
4
20
32
46
71
113
159
106
66
54
49
49
5
35
43
64
82
89
139
92
63
51
55
46
37
26
21
20
6
30
49
49
26
115
220
227
140
62
52
43
46
41
36
25
7
13
34
80
96
126
85
60
60
57
54
47
46
36
26
19
8
4
29
62
83
138
138
130
193
82
51
49
37
26
24
21
9
Mean ....
[26
34
40
68
88
122
114
90
85]
22
36
61
78
120
125
106
93
58
53
47
36
29
24
18
( ) = Interpolated. [ ] = Not used in the mean.
Table 18 — Mean Monthly Values of East Declination at Cape Chelyuskin
Month
1918
October
November
December
1919
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
Means and sums:
October to March .
April to August. . .
All days
Mean declination (26° + . . )
All
days
57
50
53
47
54
50
46
46
49
39
36
52
45
49
Days with character-number
55
46
45
42
47
43
42
42
47
32
45
42
43
58
47
48
46
49
49
46
42
50
44
36
49
43
46
56
58
63
55
59
52
53
54
58
35
57
53
56
Number of days
All
days
16
21
23
25
28
31
28
28
22
22
6
144
106
250
Days with character-number
1
5
4
6
6
4
6
4
15
26
33
59
9
9
10
13
7
12
16
14
5
13
6
60
54
114
6
7
9
6
15
15
6
10
2
1
0
58
19
77
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 387
October 3, 1918, to August 9, 1919 — Concluded
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Day
is11-^
w^-n^
17b-181'
18b-19h
igh_20h
20l>-21!>
21l>-22>>
22t-23b
23h-24>>
Magnetic
character
Mean
Maximum
Minimum
Range
1919
1
i
I
1
/
-
/
-
/
/
h
m
/
h
m
'
/
Jul 1
8
9
[— 9
- 6
13
- 8
- 2
- 5
3
- 3
- 9
5
- 28
- 20
- 28]
0
6
- 20
1
47
5
32
299
17
05
- 73
372
10
20
16
20
16
4
4
14
38
- 3
1
53
6
09
299
23
52
- 18
317
11
14
- 6
23
15
25
16
- 4
- 12
- 17
1
33
5
28
112
23
08
-107
219
12
13
10
2
5
2
- 28
4
13
2
1
45
5
30
204
20
10
- 44
248
13
25
16
10
4
4
- 7
- 2
- 28
- 16
1
40
5
32
172
22
18
- 47
219
14
13
3
7
- 37
- 15
13
18
26
27
1
40
5
10
214
18
33
- 65
279
15
23
25
25
23
23
21
25
31
33
0
47
6
18
170
20
43
14
156
16
18
7
25
4
0
- 27
- 19
12
23
0
34
4
20
80
21
03
-101
181
17
7
14
12
8
- 16
- 12
- 45
- 45
- 42
1
33
5
52
140
23
54
- 97
237
18
4
- 19
3
- 26
2
- 38
- 10
- 10
10
1
44
5
50
315
0
30
-115
430
19
24
24
24
25
31
25
15
25
(3D
1
58
6
34
181
21
45
12
169
20
21
30
29
27
33
24
29
23
23
23
19
20
20
14
24
- 3
26
7]
30
1
45
4
30
126
20
02
15
111
22
- 14
- 37
- 36
- 27
- 1
- 26
- 17
- 27
- 32
1
33
6
53
251
16
24
- 58
309
23
12
- 3
- 25
- 34
- 31
- 28
- 50
- 44
19
2
35
8
02
277
21
40
- 95
372
24
- 3
25
8
- 31
16
- 3
8
13
6
1
47
6
30
224
18
21
- 50
274
25
42
34
18
19
25
19
18
7
5
1
48
6
42
186
22
20
- 34
220
26
17
8
- 11
- 14
2
18
7
9
2
0
35
3
42
142
18
10
- 36
178
27
- 26
0
- 11
- 3
3
- 1
- 12
0
3
0
23
5
03
105
17
07
- 28
133
28
6
6
- 4
6
19
3
2
10
24
0
29
5
00
108
17
18
- 14
122
29
5
- 18
- 14
- 16
- 64
- 24
- 22
- 16
12
0
17
7
00
67
19
16
-135
202
30
17
20
10
- 2
- 2
- 4
- 13
1
- 2
0
32
7
05
154
21
02
- 39
193
31
Mean ....
1919
9
8
_ 2
_ 2
29
29
22
24
30
0
35
6
22
84
18
00
- 25
109
12
7
5
_ 2
3
- 2
- 1
2
7
38.9
178
- 52
230
Aug 1
2
3
4
- 24
- 20
- 26
- 40
- 9
- 9
- 13
- 17
- 5
1
18
4
30
115
23
11
- 74
189
- 7
10
13
13
1
7
2
11
- 9
24
- 15
5
- 27
4
- 25
- 40
4]
- 13
1
39
5
51
190
22
48
- 68
258
5-
15
- 7
- 30
- 40
- 31
- 44
- 77
- 11
15
1
27
5
19
182
21
16
-142
324
b
25
29
31
24
23
19
11
11
4
1
56
6
27
323
23
33
- 7
330
7
- 5
- 7
- 1
- 18
- 29
10
19
10
- 3
1
34
4
00
161
19
15
- 79
240
8
9
14
1
- 7
- 7
- 26
- 18
- 40
- 33
19
1
40
7
09
268
23
49
-129
397
Mean ....
6
2
- 4
- 12
- 8
- 6
- 16
- 13
3
35.8
206
- 83
290
( ) = Interpolated.
[ ] = Not used in the mean.
on the days which are most disturbed and the smallest on quiet days. This feature is
repeated in every single month in which days of all character-numbers are represented
except in October and July, but in October there is only one quiet day and in July only
one which is very disturbed. For the whole period November to June we find in every
month the same relation between the mean value of the declination and the magnetic
character of the day, namely, a decrease of the easterly declination accompanies a
decrease in the violence and magnitude of the magnetic disturbance. It may also be
noted that within each group there is still less evidence of an annual variation than in the
means of all days.
According to the right-hand part of Table 18, containing the number of days within
each group for every month, the months of February and March appear to be the most
disturbed and June and July the least disturbed months.
(6) DIURNAL VARIATION OF DECLINATION
When dealing with the diurnal variation of the magnetic declination, it is customary
to publish the mean hourly values derived from all days of the month and referred to both
L. M. T. and G. M. T. and also for every month to give mean hourly values referred to
G. M. T. from five selected quiet days and five selected disturbed days, preferably from
those which are known as the international days and listed in the publications issued by the
De Bilt Observatory. The observations at Cape Chelyuskin are, however, too incomplete
to be treated in this way, but it is possible to bring out the characteristic features of
388
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
the diurnal variation and the influence of the disturbances by first discussing the mean
hourly values derived from all days and then grouping the days according to the mag-
netic character-number 0, 1, or 2. All values will be referred to L. M. T. only, but as the
time difference from Greenwich is very close to 7 hours (7h 02 m 40 s), the L. M. T. can be
changed to G. M. T. with sufficient accuracy by subtracting 7 hours.
When discussing the diurnal variation of the declination at Cape Chelyuskin, the
general lines will be followed which C. Chree has selected for analyzing the magnetic
observations of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition of 1911-14.3
Table 19— Diurnal Inequality of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin (hourly departures from mean values for all days)
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Month
0h-lh
1h_2h
2h-3h
3h-4h
4h-5h
5h-6h
6h-7h
7h-8h
8h-9h
9h-10h
10h-llh
llh-12h
12h-13h
1918
October
4
12
-11
+ 1
-20
-14
-10
-25
-26
-27
-21
-12
7
21
11
- 5
- 3
1
5
-12
- 8
-11
- 6
0
27
21
22
14
15
21
13
6
7
11
16
20
32
33
26
28
28
30
37
41
39
31
36
35
/
46
39
57
33
38
43
51
71
52
57
56
52
56
53
65
36
47
65
60
77
79
79
73
67
59
47
42
35
48
59
58
80
80
80
76
66
45
16
21
23
37
50
47
72
62
58
55
45
f
9
- 1
4
8
31
37
31
39
48
40
34
25
/
- 5
-11
- 6
- 6
7
17
21
35
29
26
17
6
- 4
-13
-16
-13
-10
1
12
22
11
12
10
3
- 8
-14
-18
-19
-18
- 6
4
14
- 4
4
2
- 3
-11
-15
-20
-18
-19
-15
-11
4
-11
- 5
- 6
- 8
November
December
1919
January
February
March
April
May
August a
September °
October-March. .
April-September .
- 5
-20
-12
5
- 5
0
20
12
16
30
36
33
43
56
50
54
72
63
48
73
61
32
56
44
15
36
25
0
22
11
- 9
12
1
-14
3
- 6
-16
- 6
-11
Month
13h-14h
14h-15h
15h-16h
16h-17h
17h-18h
18h-19h
19h-20h
20h-21h
21h-22h
22h-23h
23h-24h
Range
Average
departure
1918
October
t
-16
-15
-17
-17
-22
-20
-15
-10
-18
-15
-14
-15
-15
-12
-17
-17
-24
-25
-24
-21
-30
-22
-22
-18
-19
- 6
-13
-13
-21
-23
-27
-27
-35
-27
-26
-21
/
-21
_ 2
- 7
-11
-18
-23
-31
-32
-36
-32
-30
-25
-24
- 8
- 9
-13
-16
-27
-30
-38
-32
-34
-32
-26
-27
-12
-20
- 8
- 1
-23
-26
-38
-37
-41
-38
-32
-20
-20
-12
- 4
- 9
-21
-33
-50
-33
-36
-37
-30
-43
-25
-19
- 9
-10
-38
-25
-55
-35
-41
-44
-40
-36
-33
-10
- 7
-20
-40
-34
-52
-38
-40
-42
-38
-19
-28
-22
-14
-26
-40
-34
-53
-38
-37
-38
-33
- 7 '
- 7
-25
- 1
-24
-16
-27
-42
-35
-32
-28
-21
i
102
86
90
55
74
105
94
135
118
121
120
1,07
23.3
19.8
20.4
14.7
21.8
27.2
27.8
38.2
34.3
33.2
31.6
26.7
November
December
1919
January
February
March
May
July
September °
October- March. .
April-September .
-18
-14
-16
-18
-23
-21
-16
-27
-22
-14
-31
-22
-16
-32
-24
-15
-35
-25
-14
-36
-25
-24
-40
-32
-24
-41
-32
-25
-39
-32
-13
-31
-22
79
114
95
20.3
31.6
25.1
" Interpolated.
(7) DIURNAL VARIATION DERIVED FROM ALL DAYS
Table 19 contains the mean hourly departures from the mean of the month derived
from all days of the ten months October 1918 to July 1919. The values have not been
corrected for non-cyclic changes, and these are not entered in any tables, because the
observations are too incomplete to allow computation of the non-cyclic changes for every
3 C. Chree, Analysis and Discussion of Magnetograph Curves,
tific Reports, Series B, Vol. I, Part II.
Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14. Scien-
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 389
month. Almost every month contains days on which the curve has faded out around
midnight. While it is possible to determine or extrapolate the value for the last hour of
the day, yet it is not possible to extend the extrapolation to the first hour of the follow-
ing day, which must be known in order to compute the non-cyclic change. This, how-
ever, is found to be very small in the few complete months, and for this reason the
knowledge of the value for every month scarcely would be of any importance. The few
values in August have been omitted, but instead mean hourly departures have been
interpolated for the two missing months August and September in order to obtain monthly
values for a complete year. The interpolation has been made graphically by plotting
the ten observed monthly values for every hour and drawing a smooth curve representing
the annual variation of the departures for every hour. From these curves the values
for the missing months were read. The process is somewhat arbitrary, but the inter-
polated values are undoubtedly sufficiently accurate to fulfill their purpose. The last
two columns of the table contain the ranges and the average departures. Quantities
with a minus sign are hourly departures to westward, others are to eastward.
A
H
e
H
1 1 I2H
1
16
>H
2C
)H
+ 80
>-
^x
i
/
*
o
\
V
/ .
+
X
+ 4C
)'
1
f4
•
•
\ >
\
■J/*
►
• V
•
•
•
i
\
X
Si
JMfV
ER
/
(APR
IL -
SEPT
EME
ER),
1919
1
• 1
•
i
V
¥
" / 1
fl
•
<
•
'<
\
' VI 7
• A
/ ' 0
r x
/
•
•
•«f
/
WIN
TEI
3(0C
:tob
ER-
MAR
/
CH),
1918
-191
•+..
V
V"
,.+••
..+*•
• • • •
*v.
+
• -
A
EA
?.
•
•
y
y
*H
*o<
0
s^
S-.
' *
4C
)'
~x—
— x«.
"V»
"x^,
S
^""^
-x«
Fio. 20 — Diurnal variation of magnetic declination at Cape Chelyuskin, mean for April 1918 to March 1919
and means for summer, April to September 1919 and winter, October to March 1918-19
The diurnal variation shows great irregularities from month to month as could
be expected, considering the very great variation of the declination which occurs at this
station. The irregularities to a great extent are smoothed in the means for the winter
October to March, the summer April to September, and the year, which are entered at
the bottom of the table. These mean values are represented graphically in Figure 20, in
which curves which have been computed from the results of the harmonic analysis are
entered. We find in both seasons a rapid increase of the declination between midnight
and 6h, when the pronounced morning maximum is reached, a rapid decrease between
6h and llh, and later a more or less irregular decrease until the minimum value is
reached between 21h and 22h. In winter, however, the morning maximum is reached
390
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
somewhat earlier than in summer, and, furthermore, we find in winter a secondary maxi-
mum and minimum at about 18h and 14h.5, but these secondary extremes in summer
are suppressed by a stronger development of the primary extremes. An inspection of
the values from the single months leaves no doubt as to the reality of the features, which
will find further confirmation when the diurnal variation at this station is compared
with the variation at neighboring stations.
From Table 19 we find that the ratio between summer and winter range is 1.44 and
between summer and winter average departures is 1.56.
Table 20 — Diurnal Inequality of Declination at Cape Chelyuskin on Days of Different Magnetic Character-Numbers
(hourly departures from mean values)
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Magnetic
character
Period
Ot-ih
lh_2h
2b-3*
3h_4h
4h_5h
5>>-6>>
&>-7*
7h_gh
8h-9h
9i>-io>>
10h-llb
Hh_12h
12^-13''
0
1
2
All days..
[Oct to Mar
\ Apr to Aug
[Oct to Aug
Oct to Mar
• Apr to Aug
Oct o Aug
[Oct to Mar
j Apr to Aug
[Oct to Aug
Oct to Mar
Apr to Aug
Oct to Aug
/
2
-13
- 6
- 7
-20
-13
- 9
-37
-16
- 7
-21
-13
/
6
- 3
1
9
- 3
4
- 1
-20
- 6
4
- 6
- 1
/
9
9
9
22
15
19
21
0
16
19
10
15
12
29
22
27
36
32
39
57
43
29
37
32
t
15
39
29
39
63
50
58
87
65
42
59
49
/
21
49
37
48
83
65
74
93
79
53
73
62
t
20
46
35
40
85
62
69
89
74
48
73
58
/
9
36
24
29
61
45
47
96
59
32
59
44
/
7
26
18
13
36
24
25
65
35
16
38
25
/
l
19
11
0
23
11
3
53
15
1
27
12
/
- 2
10
5
- 4
13
4
-16
29
- 5
- 8
14
1
/
- 4
1
- 1
- 9
0
- 5
-23
24
-11
-14
4
- 7
- 6
- 6
- 6
- 3
- 7
-10
-25
2
-18
-17
- 6
-12
Magnetic
character
Period
lS^l^
14h_15h
lsi'-ie"'
16h-17b
17t-18''
18i"-19i>
191>-20''
20h-21>'
21b-22i>
22i-23h
23h-24b
Range
Average
departure
0
1
2
All days..
[Oct to Mar
JApr to Aug
[Oct to Aug
[Oct to Mar
■j Apr to Aug
[Oct to Aug
[Oct to Mar
•j Apr to Aug
[Oct to Aug
Oct to Mar
Apr to Aug
Oct to Aug
/
- 7
-13
-10
-14
-15
-14
-28
-14
-24
-19
-15
-17
/
- 8
-19
-14
-17
-26
-21
-26
-26
-26
-20
-24
-21
/
- 9
-23
-16
-14
-30
-21
-23
-34
-25
-17
-29
-22
/
- 9
-24
-17
-15
-33
-24
-15
-45
-23
-15
-33
-22
- 9
-26
-18
-17
-33
-24
-19
-50
-26
-17
-34
-24
/
- 6
-25
-17
-19
-36
-27
-13
-53
-23
-15
-36
-24
- 7
-23
-16
-19
-36
-27
-12
-75
-28
-15
-39
-25
/
- 7
-21
-14
-20
-40
-29
-34
-69
-42
-24
-40
-30
/
-10
-27
-19
-22
-45
-33
-33
-60
-39
-25
-42
-32
f
-10
-25
-18
-21
-45
-32
-42
-61
-43
-26
-42
-33
/
- 9
-21
-16
-11
-37
-23
-24
-49
-30
-16
-35
-24
/
31
76
56
70
130
98
116
171
122
79
115
95
r
8.5
22.2
15.8
18.7
34.2
25.5
28.3
49.3
31.3
20.8
33.2
25.2
(8) DIURNAL VARIATION ON DAYS OF DIFFERENT MAGNETIC CHARACTER
In order to examine the influence of the disturbances upon the diurnal variation,
Table 20 has been prepared; here, as in Table 19, hourly departures to the westward are
indicated by minus signs. All complete days have been divided into three groups,
according to the magnetic character-numbers, and within each group the hourly mean
values have been computed for the two intervals October to March and April to August,
as well as for the whole period. Corresponding mean values derived from all days are
entered at the bottom of the table. Comparing the last-named values with those in
Table 19, we find that the direct means in Table 20 of all observations from October to
March agree well with the mean of the monthly mean values in Table 19, and so on. We
may, therefore, regard in Table 19 the mean values from the interval October to March as
representative for the winter, the values from April to August as representative for the
summer, and the values from the whole period as valid for the year.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 391
4H
8H
1
1
OCA
12
EAN
n
I6H
20H
4
•*s
*
-
1-40'
/
m.
\
x\
f
+
\
k.
CHARACTER
0
•*'
► • • •
•••.
*•.
X
\
>
xx
.V
.*-'
♦
X
•h
%
v
.J
J"
X
™»1
•*.
••».
•#.
•♦.
•■f •
.•♦•
•»•
••+».
,„•'
" u
s
/
r
\
k
*\
V
y
/
\
X
*
s*»
„ X
-x-
—X"*
»x—
V
X
-k"
^*
1
*
*
L
/
• <
'•,
\
\
-40'
1
•
•
•
<
♦ /
*3r
+
•
•
•
\
C
HAF
AC"
fer
1
.1?
' /
4
•
V
•
\
\X
V
/
r
•
1
•
•
\
'V
•
•
V
/
i
X
'V
\
X
•".
'..
*1
" 0
4
/
i
x.
\
\
*•<
•♦.,
H
***
.*.
» •+,»«
•*•
.-k
^1
4.'
t
/
t
i
1
r
.*•
•.
1
\
\
• 1.
.♦•
1 +
/
•
•
•
•
•
<
■
\
**.
«#-
-x-
"**'
'*%
*
01
•
•
•
•
1
1
'".
»i-
+
+%
1.'
•
\
-40'
■
r
i
•
•
\
\
C
HAR
AC
"ER
2
•
♦•V
•
»V
V
•
4
1
\
\
\
•
•
•
1
1
•
•
0*-
\
X
t
•**
■4-
1*
1
1
•
•
•
\
\
V
— u
•
•
•
i
•
>
t«
v.
+
/
/
'+.
••►.
•v-
\
.-*'
•
4
•
•
•
V
•
i
x/
t
+ •
'.?.,
•
••
-40'
f
x •
— 5
- Wl
< su
MTEI
MME
3 (OC
R(AP
TOBEP
RIL-
-MAF
5EPTE
CH)
MBER
x^
x
+
)
x
i
\
•
\
^.
,«'
^X
X
Fig. 21 — Diurnal variation of declination at Cape Chelyuskin, days with magnetic character-numbers
0, 1, and 2, for winter and for summer
392
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
In Figure 21 the winter and summer values for the three groups and all days have
been plotted and curves based on the harmonic analysis have been drawn. All curves
have the same appearance, but the range of the diurnal variation in each season is much
larger on disturbed than on quiet days. In winter the ratio between the ranges on dis-
turbed and quiet days is 3.74; in summer it is 2.21. The corresponding ratios for the
average departures are 3.33 and 1.74, respectively. These figures show that the influ-
ence of kthe disturbances is almost twice as large in winter as in summer. Within each
group we find that the range increases from winter to summer, and this increase is most
prominent for the quiet days. If we form the ratios between the summer and winter
ranges, we find for the groups 0, 1, and 2, respectively, 2.46, 1.71, and 1.45. Corre-
spondingly, we find the following ratios between the average departures: 2.61, 1.83, and
1.74. From all observations we find smaller values, namely, for the ratio between the
ranges, 1.46, and for that between the average departures, 1.60. This is partly due to
the fact that in winter we have a greater number of disturbed days than in summer, and
this tends to increase the winter range derived from all days and to decrease the summer
range, thus reducing the ratio.
A
H
8
H
I I I2H
TIM^
\(
-H
2
3H
I
o.,
t
i
28°-
•
•
/
0
•
•
k
•
•
/
X
\
•
•
•
t
f
•
.*••*
*
•
•
. 1
i
27°-
l-
<
if
1
•
•
•
\
\
•
c
HAF
AC1
■ER
1
Z
4
f'
'
•
1
. — ^-
1
O
<
*
•
*
•
.-»•'
• ••
'*..
•
•
\
z
f •
•
s
*+\
> \
•
•
y
\
•
V
•
4
W
r
\
HAf
3AC
TER
0-
**v
:^
r
HAF
IAC
rER
p
#'
k.
***
'**.
o»*
J*'
u
r
•*•
• *+■• <
• at*
*•
+
• ••
> t^* i
»•+•'
&
X*'
'•**.
0«»
sS..
*
**
Fig. 22 — Diurnal variation of declination at Cape Chelyuskin, days with magnetic character-numbers
0, 1, and 2, for mean of year
From Figure 21, furthermore, it is seen that the secondary maximum and minimum,
which are found in winter, are characteristic features of the disturbed days in winter.
The secondary extremes are indicated on all the six curves of Figure 21, but are
conspicuous only on the winter curve of the very disturbed days. Only within this group
is present a marked difference in the appearance of the summer and winter curves.
Whether this feature is real or not, however, can not be decided from observations
extending over less than one year.
The three curves in Figure 22 represent the diurnal variation of the declination for
the whole year for all days and for the days with character-number 0, 1, or 2. In this
figure the actual declinations and not the deviations from mean have been entered in
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 393
order to bring out the fact that on the disturbed days the morning maximum is far
more pronounced than on the quiet days, while the difference in the development of
the late afternoon minimum is but small. The very great values of the declination in
the morning hours of disturbed days are responsible for the higher average value of the
declination found on these days.
(9) FOURIER CONSTANTS
The computation of the Fourier constants has been carried out to the fourth term
of the formula
D=D+ /y c„ sin (nt+an)
where the time t is reckoned from 0h L. M. T., and where Ci and ai represent amplitude
and phase-angle of the 24-hour term, c2 and a2 of the 12-hour term, c$ and a3 of the 8-hour
term, and d and a4 of the 6-hour term.
The resulting amplitudes and phase-angles are entered in Tables 21 and 22. From
Table 21 it is seen that the values vary more or less irregularly from month to month,
but a few rules nevertheless are evident. We find that the amplitude of the 24-hour
wave shows an annual variation with a maximum in summer and a minimum in winter,
while the phase-angle of this wave reaches a minimum in summer and a maximum in
winter. The amplitude of the 12-hour wave shows no annual variation, but the phase-
angle reaches a minimum in summer and a maximum in winter. The variations of
the higher terms are too irregular to be considered trustworthy.
Table 21 — Fourier Constants for Mean Monthly and Seasonal Values, L. M. T., at
Cape Chelyuskin for All Days
Month or season
1918
October
November
December
1919
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August (interpolated).
September (interpo-
lated)
October to March ....
April to September . . .
Year
Cl
36.0
25.9
27.1
20.6
27.8
41.0
41.6
60.0
51.7
51.1
48.8
41.8
29.3
48.7
38.6
oi
4.4
11.4
12.9
22.1
2.7
354.1
352.7
341.3
349.4
346.5
349.0
354.1
6.4
348.2
355.4
Ci
15.2
21.0
21.4
13.4
20.5
17.5
13.6
18.5
20.5
18.2
17.4
17.0
17.0
17.1
17.1
0-2
307.2
317.8
296.1
281.1
267.4
275.0
276.6
283.2
263.2
272.5
283.8
294.3
291.2
278.7
284.8
Ci
5.0
0.6
6.8
4.3
3.0
1.0
3.5
6.1
6.0
7.9
6.4
5.3
3.0
5.6
4.3
at
166
83
220
196
248
129
253
217
204
198
200
196
198
209
205
Ci
7.2
6.0
2.4
1.2
3.4
4.2
2.2
5.4
2.4
3.6
4.3
4.7
3.2
3.6
3.6
04
75
76
150
80
348
52
76
106
66
104
93
86
71
88
82
Turning to Table 22, we find that these rules apply to the constants within every
group of magnetic characters 0, 1, or 2, except the rule that the amplitude of the 12-hour
wave remains constant throughout the year. We find that this amplitude increases
from winter to summer on the quiet or moderately disturbed days, but decreases on the
very disturbed days. If we form the ratio of the amplitudes of the 12-hour and 24-hour
waves (Table 23), we find that this ratio decreases from winter to summer within every
group, and, furthermore, that in winter it increases with increasing disturbance, while
in summer it remains practically constant. In Table 23 the ratios for the whole year
and for the means of all days have been entered also.
394
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 22 — Fourier Constants for Complete Days, L. M. T., at Cape Chelyuskin
Magnetic
character
Period
Cl
ai
Oi
a-2
C8
03
c4
a4
0
1
2
All days. . .
< April to August
[October to August
(October to March
i April to August
/
12.4
33.8
24.2
27.6
53.2
39.4
38.9
76.5
46.9
29.6
50.9
38.0
0
7.8
351.4
355.0
5.5
348.2
355.1
4.1
340.3
355.0
5.1
347.2
354.7
i
5.4
9.9
8.4
13.3
20.5
16.4
27.2
20.2
25.1
17.1
17.4
17.3
o
278.0
268.7
276.9
297.2
278.7
286.6
286.0
274.9
281.7
288.5
275.9
283.0
r
1.1
4.1
2.1
2.8
6.5
4.6
3.0
6.9
4.4
2.6
5.7
4.0
o
255
234
241
208
213
210
194
202
196
206
214
208
1.6
0.8
0.9
2.1
5.0
3.4
5.0
5.4
3.9
2.9
3.1
2.9
o
38
114
75
86
75
73
61
152
85
69
101
78
[October to August
[October to March
■ April to August
October to August
("October to March
(October to August
Comparing the values from group to group in Table 22, we find that the amplitudes
of all terms increase with increasing disturbances, but the phase-angles remain practically
constant.
Table 23 — Ratio c%\t\
Season
Group
0
1
2
All days
Winter. . .
Summer. .
Year
0.44
0.29
0.35
0.48
0.29
0.42
0.70
0.27
0.54
0.58
0.34
0.46
(10) ABSOLUTE DAILY RANGES AND DAILY MAXIMA AND MINIMA
The absolute daily ranges at the Cape Chelyuskin station reached unusually high
values, ranges exceeding 10° being frequent and the greatest range on March 21, 1919, be-
ing not less than 18° 40'. Thanks to the very large scale-value, the trace was only twice
incomplete on account of excessively great variation, and in both cases the trace had the
form of a distinct peak, the top of which could be extrapolated with considerable certainty.
Table 24 — Absolute Range for Number of Days, L. M. T., when Range was between the Limits Stated at Cape Chelyuskin
Month or period
0°-l°
l°-2°
2°-4°
4°-6°
6°-8°
8°-10°
10°-12°
Greater
than 12°
Sum
1918
October
0
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
2
2
4
5
2
6
2
0
4
6
3
10
8
6
8
9
10
12
1
5
7
5
6
2
4
6
5
0
5
4
1
3
6
1
6
* 9
6
5
3
3
1
2
3
3
0
6
2
0
5
1
0
0
4
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
4
1
4
1
0
0
0
0
16
21
23
25
28
31
28
28
22
22
6
November
1919
March
May
5
2
7
9
15
24
37
40
77
29
20
49
26
18
44
16
6
22
13
4
17
9
1
10
144
106
250
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 395
The wide limits within which the absolute ranges vary are seen from Table 24,
which gives the number of days when the absolute range lay between certain values.
According to this table, the range was less than 1° in only 2.8 per cent of all cases and
larger than 10° in 10.8 per cent of all cases. Furthermore, it is seen that the very large
ranges are absent in summer.
Table 25 contains the mean, the maximum, the minimum absolute range for every
month excluding the six days of August 1919, and the ratio between the mean absolute
range and the mean diurnal range.
Table 25 — Absolute Daily Ranges, L. M. T.,for All Complete Days at Cape Chelyuskin
Month
Mean
Maximum. . .
Minimum. . .
Ratio
Sunspot-
numbers. .
1918
1919
Mean
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
/
391
716
120
342
626
153
334
696
21
/
332
762
61
341
847
41
400
1120
64
/
272
772
48
/
334
711
106
222
609
55
/
230
430
109
/
320
729
78
3.83
96.9
3.98
93.2
3.71
66.6
6.04
51.1
4.60
79.5
3.81
66.5
2.89
52.4
2.48
83.5
1.88
109.9
1.90
67.8
3.37
75.1
The series is too short to warrant drawing definite conclusions regarding a possible
annual variation in the occurrence of disturbances. The values in Table 25 indicate,
however, that the disturbances are most violent in the equinoctial months and least
violent in the summer. The next to the last line in the table contains the ratios between
the mean absolute range for every month and the range of the mean hourly values. If
this ratio is taken as a measure of the violence of the disturbances, the winter appears
to be decidedly the most disturbed season. The last line contains the mean sunspot-
numbers derived from the days of every month from which the other means in the col-
umns have been computed. These values do not reveal any relation between the abso-
lute ranges and the sunspot-numbers in the individual months, and the variation of the
sunspot-numbers can not account for the annual variation of the disturbances which is
indicated by the absolute ranges. This variation is actually in good agreement with
the results from long series of observations at other stations showing maxima in. the
equinoctial months, corresponding to a term depending upon the declination of the Sun,
and giving higher values in December-January than in June-July, corresponding to a
term depending upon the distance between the Earth and the Sun.
Tables 26 and 27 show the number of cases in which the daily extremes occur
in given time-intervals of two hours. Comparing the summer and winter values within
each table, we find that the extremes show a much wider scattering in winter than in sum-
mer. In winter the maximum occurs between 4h and 8h in only 33 per cent of all cases,
but in summer it occurs in 79 per cent of all cases. The minimum occurs in winter
between 20 h and 24 h in 60 per cent of the cases, but in summer it occurs in 66 per cent.
This difference between winter and summer again indicates the winter as the most
disturbed season.
The distribution of the daily extremes over the day indicates that the night hours
from 18h to 10h are the most disturbed, while the hours from 10h to 18h are the most
quiet. An inspection of the individual records verifies this conclusion. No great dis-
turbances are ever found in the day. A special study of the diurnal variation of the dis-
turbances will not be attempted.
396
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Aurora borealis occurred very frequently at Cape Chelyuskin, where the displays
occasionally were of magnificent brilliancy. We did not. keep a night-watchman and,
therefore, have no records regarding the occurrence of aurora during the night. A num-
ber of notes dealing with displays before 22 h and after 7h were made, but these were
among the papers which were destroyed not far from Port Dickson. An investigation
of the relation between aurora borealis and magnetic disturbances at Cape Chelyuskin
therefore can not be undertaken.
Table 26 — Number of Days when the Minimum Declination Occurred between Stated Hours at Cape Chelyuskin
Month
0h-2h
2h-4h
4h-6h
6h-8h
8h-10h
10h-12h
12h-14h
14h-16h
16h-18h
18h-20h
20h-22h
22h-24h
1918
October
November
December
1919
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
October-March .
April-August. .
October-August
2
1
5
7
5
1
1
1
0
1
0
21
3
24
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
3
0
0
5
4
9
1
0
1
2
1
4
5
2
3
4
0
9
14
23
3
0
3
4
2
2
5
1
11
14
25
7
11
4
4
7
7
14
10
7
1
35
39
74
3
6
9
9
12
12
10
9
3
51
31
82
Table 27 — Number of Days when the Maximum Declination Occurred between Stated Hours at Cape Chelyuskin
Month
0h-2h
2h-4h
4h-6h
6h-8h
8h-10h
10h-12h
12h-14h
14h-16h
16h-18h
18h-20h
20h-22h
22h-24h
1918
October
November
December
1919
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
October-March .
April- August . .
October- August
1
3
3
8
3
2
2
1
0
0
0
20
3
23
1
3
2
1
4
6
4
2
1
1
0
17
8
25
3
3
6
4
5
5
11
14
12
11
4
26
52
78
5
2
0
3
5
6
5
8
8
9
2
21
32
53
0
0
0
0
2
2
1
1
0
1
0
4
3
7
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
0
0
2
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
9
1
10
3
6
4
2
3
4
2
1
0
0
0
22
3
25
1
3
5
5
3
4
2
0
0
0
0
21
2
23
Records of Declination Off Four Pillar Island, December 1924 to May 1925
(1) instruments and observatory
When the Maud Expedition left Seattle on June 3, 1922 (see narrative, p. 519),
the photographic recording declinograph by Max Toepfer and Son was again included
among the scientific instruments. The declinograph, as expected, could not be used dur-
ing the two years in the drift-ice, because movements of the ice made a permanent
orientation impossible. Attempts to determine the diurnal variation of the declination
by eye-observations when the ice was apparently at rest also failed, because the turning
of the ice-fields was even then great enough to make the results extremely doubtful. Our
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 397
opportunity for using the declinograph came, however, when the Maud, returning along
the Siberian coast in the beginning of September 1924, was stopped by unfavorable ice-
conditions and winter-quarters had to be established off Four Pillar Island, a small island
of the Bear Island group.
Ice, which had accumulated around the island, prevented us from getting close to
the shore. We had to stay 5 miles off the island in a very exposed position where the ice
at any time might break up and carry the ship away. The ice actually broke several
times during September and October, but our position each time was changed by only
a short stretch and from October 20 to July 13 we remained in the same place. In Octo-
ber and November several 24-hour observations of the declination were taken to deter-
mine the diurnal variation, and in the latter part of November we thought that we might
safely mount the declinograph. We had to place it on the ice at a suitable distance from
the ship, because the distance to the shore (5 miles) was too great. We had, however, no
materials left with which to build on the ice a non-magnetic hut of convenient size. Dahl,
therefore, built a light-tight case with a sack opening, through which the observer could
put his arms and change the paper on the drum. One side of the case could be entirely
removed if the instrument had to be adjusted or the torsion determined. The case
was provided with four legs which were dug in and frozen fast in the ice inside of an ob-
serving tent supplied by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. The whole ar-
rangement was very primitive and the records show, therefore, numerous breaks. Some
of these were caused by the difficulties in keeping the clock running which drives the
drum, and these were not overcome until after the original spring of the clock had been
replaced by a stronger one. Most of the breaks, however, were caused by the formation
of frost on the lenses, which became very troublesome inside the small case, where the
burning lamp supplied moisture. In May, when the temperature rose close to the
freezing-point within the case, the formation of frost became so great that the records
had to be discontinued.
Dahl attended daily to the instrument, changing the paper at 17h, making a time
break at 9h, and wiping off the lenses if necessary. He also developed the traces, on
which the writer entered the hour-marks, and read the values of the ordinates for every
hour. The majority of the absolute observations for determining the base-line values
were taken by F. Malmgren, but a few were also taken by the writer, who also took
the necessary astronomical observations.
(2) declination scale-values
The scale-value for the declination is given by the formula4
cot
ed—
where
jgtiy / \
2R \f-h)
m I c
R-D-3~Z~S
where D is the distance from the back of the lens of the declinograph to the sensitive
paper, and where m, I, and c are the thicknesses of the movable mirror, the lens, and
the cylindrical lens, respectively. The measured distance from the front of the lens
to the sensitized paper was 566 mm., and this distance may be regarded as equal to
R, neglecting the small difference between the quantities I and ~ f m-f-Z-f c J. Introducing
this value of 2?, we find
ed = 3.037 j^-r
4H. M. W. Edmonds, "Formula for scale-value determination of declination variometers." Year Book No. 22,
Carnegie Inst. Wash. (1923), p. 252.
398
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
The torsion of the quartz fiber originally belonging to the instrument was determined on
November 17 and 20, giving
/
f-h
= 1.622 and ed = 4.936
The eye-observations of declination through 24 hours had shown, however, that the
diurnal variation of the declination was very small at this station, and for this reason it
would be desirable to increase the sensitivity of the instrument as far as possible. The
heavy quartz fiber, therefore, was replaced by a phosphor-bronze fiber, grade "heavy,"
Table 28 — Declination Base-IAne Values at Four Pillar Island
Date
L.M.T.
Base-line
Date
L.M.T.
Base-line
Date
L.M.T.
Base-line
1924
h
O 1
1926
h
o /
1925
h
o /
Nov 25
11.5
1 27.3
Jan 21
12.8
1 18.4
Mar 17
14.7
1 11.5
26
12.6
26.9
22
12.6
17.1
18
15.6
10.1
Dec 1
9.8
25.4
23
12.5
17.1
24
12.7
11.5
24
26
12.0
14.8
15.8
15.4
25
26
10.6
12.4
10.8
11.9
Dec 3
12.8
1 19.2
4
12.8
18.3
27
11.0
16.5
27
12.8
14.2
5
12.8
16.9
28
10.0
13.5
28
9.8
13.4
6
10.0
17.7
29
14.9
17.1
30
12.3
13.0
6
12.4
16.4
30
11.4
15.0
31
15.0
13.8
8
12.7
18.8
31
9.8
13.5
Apr 1
11.6
14.6
9
12.6
20.2
31
12.0
16.2
3
14.9
14.0
10
12.8
17.2
Feb 2
14.7
15.7
4
10.6
12.4
11
12.2
20.2
3
11.6
16.2
6
12.5
12.1
12
12.7
14.3
4
12.6
18.2
7
15.7
11.6
13
12.9
17.8
5
12.8
19.2
8
9.4
11.9
15
12.5
15.3
6
12.8
18.8
9
12.4
13.4
16
14.7
16.2
9
12.3
19.5
11
11.7
12.9
17
18
12.5
12.8
16.4
19.2
10
11
9.5
12.6
17.1
16.0
Apr 14
11.8
1 07.6
19
12.9
16.1
12
12.8
18.1
14
16.7
07.5
13
18
14.7
10.9
15.6
17.9
16
17
9.5
9.9
06.7
09.4
Dec 20
12.3
1 11.2
22
12.1
14.1
18
11.1
16.1
18
9.6
08.1
23
25
26
12.8
12.9
12.7
' 16.3
14.4
14.7
19
11.9
15.5
18
11.7
06.7
Feb 20
9.9
1 10.7
Apr 20
12.8
1 38.2
27
12.4
15.9
20
11.9
11.2
21
12.3
42.1
29
12.8
16.8
21
12.8
07.2
22
12.8
44.1
30
12.4
15.2
23
16 5
06.0
24
17.6
45.5
31
12.6
15.0
24
12.2
09.3
25
8.9
45.5
1925
25
12.9
10.1
27
17.0
47.6
Jan 1
12.4
15.1
27
12.6
09.0
29
10.5
43.7
2
12.6
14.6
28
10.0
07.8
29
12.4
45.6
3
11.5
15.6
28
12.2
07.7
30
12.5
42.6
5
6
12.4
12.4
15.2
15.1
May 1
2
11.2
9.4
42.7
Mar 2
12.7
1 14.3
41.5
7
12.3
16.4
3
12.6
16.8
2
11.4
42.0
10
11
12.4
12.5
15.8
15.1
4
5
12.7
12.4
15.3
16.1
4
9.6
42.7
13
12.1
15.1
May 6
8.8
1 21.1
14
15
10.8
12.9
14.2
16.9
Mar 10
11
8.9
9.6
1 12.5
11.2
8
8.9
23.4
17
12.9
15.3
12
12.8
08.8
May 11
8.9
1 15.2
19
12.2
15.0
13
15.2
10.5
12
14.8
15.2
20
12.9
16.2
14
9.6
09.6
13
8.8
16.2
14
11.6
12.1
14
10.0
13.0
16
14.9
12.6
14
15
18
12.0
8.8
15.2
16.2
12.8
15.9
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 399
which proved to be very satisfactory. The coefficient of torsion was small and remained
absolutely constant, as is evident from the following determinations of j^t'
November 21 , 1924 1 . 1092
November 24, 1924 1 . 1092
December 19, 1924 1.1096
April 20, 1925 1.1090
Mean 1.1092
With this value of the coefficient of torsion, we find ed = 3'369
(3) base-line values
The base-line was changed by small amounts on several occasions, partly by accident
and partly because the instrument had to be readjusted. The latter was particularly the
case in April and May, when temperatures above freezing-point within the tent caused
melting which shifted the instrument out of level.
The absolute observations of the declination are given in the Table of Results
(p. 361), and the computed base-line values are given in Table 28. Horizontal lines
indicate a change of the base-line. The values are entered to 0.1 minute, but the accur-
acy of a single determination is generally not better than 1'. The ordinate of the curve
could not be read with a greater accuracy than about 0.2 mm. corresponding to 0'6 of
declination, and an error which might easily be introduced in the time-scale, on account of
its smallness, might produce an error of V or more in the base-line, because the ordinate
of the curve did not correspond to the observed declination. Considering these circum-
stances, the base-line determinations generally agree well. Table 29 contains the
adopted base-line values for the periods in which the instrument remained unaltered.
These adopted values are also entered to one-tenth of a minute and probably have no
greater error than ±0'5.
Table 29 — Adopted Base-Line Values at Four Pillar Island
Period
Adopted
base-line
From
To
Date
L.M.T.
Date
L.M.T.
h
h
o /
Dec 1,
1924
0
Dec 3,
1924
9
1 25.5
Dec 3,
1924
9
Dec 19,
1924
17
17.5
Dec 19,
1924
17
Dec 31,
1924
24
14.9
Jan 1,
1925
0
Jan 31,
1925
24
15.6
Feb 1,
1925
0
Feb 19,
1925
17
17.2
Feb 20,
1925
10
Mar 2,
1925
9
08.8
Mar 2,
1925
9
Mar 7,
1925
24
15.6
Mar 8,
1925
10
Apr 13,
1925
17
12.2
Apr 14,
1925
10
Apr 18,
1925
17
07.7
Apr 20,
1925
10
May 4,
1925
14
43.4
May 5,
1925
10
May 9,
1925
7
22.2
May 9,
1925
17
May 18,
1925
17
14.9
(4) HOURLY VALUES OF DECLINATION
In the field, hour-marks were entered on the traces and the ordinates for every full
hour L. M. T. were read. In the final scaling the mean hourly ordinate centered on the
half -hour was read, using a glass scale and adjusting to equal areas. The curves were
generally smooth, so this adjustment could be made with an accuracy of 0.1 mm. and the
mean ordinate could be read with an accuracy of about 0.2 mm. The accuracy of the
400
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 30 — Hourly Values of Declination at Four Pillar
[0° West Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
0h-lh
lh_2h
2t-3t>
3h_4h
4h_5h
5h-6h
6°-7>>
7h_gh
8b-9>>
9h-10"
10h-llh
llk-12''
12h-13>>
131»-141'
14h_15h
1924
'
/
/
/
/
>■
>
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
Dee 1
12.5
12.9
14.9
13.9
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.5
14.5
14.9
15.2
15.6
15.2
15.2
14.9
2
12.2
11.5
12.5
12.5
12.2
11.2
9.5
11.8
14.9
14.9
14.9
15.9
16.6
15.6
14.5
3
8.8
5.5
8.5
8.8
9.8
11.5
11.8
11.8
11.8
16.5
16.5
17.2
17.5
17.8
16.5
4«
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.8
13.1
12.1
12.8
12.8
13.5
13.5
14.1
17.5
17.2
16.5
14.8
50,6
12.8
12.8
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.8
13.1
13.1
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.8
14.5
14.1
13.5
6a,b
12.8
11.1
13.1
10.4
10.1
10.8
11.4
12.1
13.1
13.1
13.5
13.8
14.1
14.1
13.5
7
[12.4
12.4
12.4
12.8
12.8
12.8
13.1
13.1
13.5
13.5
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
8
[13.1
13.5
14.1
16.2
15.1
15.8
9
[14.1
23.6
13.1
13.5
9.7
13.8
12.8
12.8
13.1
13.5
13.1
13.8
14.5
15.8
16.1
10
[14.1
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.8
11
[13.1
13.5
14.1
15.1
13.8
12
[10.4
13.8
10.8
9.4
9.7
9.7
9.7
10.4
10.4
9.4
16.2
26.8
20.2
19.5
16.5
13
[12.4
13.5
13.5
15.1
16.2
14.5
14"
11.1
11.8
11.4
10.8
9.7
9.7
10.1
10.1
10.1
10.4
17.2
16.2
16.5
13.1
15"
10.8
10.8
10.1
9.7
10.5
9.4
9.4
6.7
10.1
9.7
10.4
10.8
12.8
12.8
12.4
16''
9.4
10.1
11.1
10.1
9.7
10.1
4.4
- 0.4
6.0
8.4
13.1
14.1
14.5
13.5
11.4
17"
10.1
11.1
10.4
" 10.8
11.1
111
11.4
11.8
11.4
10.8
12.4
13.5
13.1
13.1
13.1
18
3.8
8.7
9.4
9.7
11.8
10.1
6.7
9.7
6.7
11.8
20.2
20.5
19.5
14.8
13.5
19
10.1
12.1
11.8
12.4
11.1
10.8
10.4
10.4
10.1
11.1
12.8
12.8
13.1
13.5
13.1
20«
11.0
11.0
12.7
10.3
12.0
12.7
9.0
12.3
12.7
13.7
14.4
15.4
15.7
14.4
13.0
21
12.4
13.7
11.7
12.3
10.7
19.4
7.6
2.6
12.0
46.0
29.4
22.8
20.1
22.1
16.1
22
15.7
10.3
8.6
10.0
13.0
15.7
13.0
10.0
12.0
13.4
13.7
15.4
15.7
15.7
16.1
23
20.4
12.0
13.0
13.0
12.3
12.7
12.7
13.0
13.4
13.7
14.0
14.4
18.7
18.7
15.0
24
9.3
15.4
13.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
13.5
12.3
13.0
12.0
12.7
14.7
14.0
15.4
15.4
25
12.7
13.0
12.7
16.1
16.1
15.4
12.0
12.3
12.0
12.7
13.4
14.7
14.4
13.4
13.7
26
12.7
13.4
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.3
12.0
12.3
12.3
12.0
12.7
12.7
13.4
14.4
14.4
27
13.0
13.4
11.3
12.7
12.7
12.0
9.3
9.7
11.3
12.7
13.7
14.4
14.4
14.0
13.4
28
10.0
12.7
9.3
12.3
11.3
12.7
11.0
10.3
12.3
13.3
12.3
15.4
18.1
16.4
16.7
29«.'
13.0
12.7
13.4
13.4
12.7
12.3
12.3
11.7
12.0
12.7
14.0
14.4
14.4
14.4
13.0
20°.'
11.7
11.0
10.0
12.7
12.3
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.3
12.7
13.0
13.7
14.7
15.0
15.0
31
Mean
Mean"
Mean6
1925
Jan 1
12.7
14.4
12.0
11.7
12.3
12.7
12.7
12.3
12.7
12.7
13.0
13.4
15.0
16.1
17.1
11.8
11.9
11.7
11.9
11.9
12.3
10.9
10.6
11.8
14.0
14.4
16.2
15.5
15.3
14.3
12.0
11.9
12.0
11.7
11.7
11.6
11.4
11.6
12.1
12.2
13.2
14.3
14.6
14.5
13.6
11.9
12.0
11.6
11.7
11.7
12.0
12.3
12.4
12.6
12.6
13.0
14.0
14.4
14.2
13.3
12.7
12.0
10.5
11.3
11.3
11.7
11.7
12.0
12.3
12.3
13.3
15.0
14.3
14.7
14.7
2
12.0
6.2
14.3
11.6
12.3
12.0
10.0
12.0
14.0
12.7
14.0
14.7
15.0
14.3
13.3
3
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.6
12.0
12.0
11.6
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.7
14.3
14.7
14.7
14.3
4°.l>
14.0
11.6
12.0
11.6
11.3
11.3
12.0
12.0
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.0
14.3
14.0
13.3
5
15.0
14.7
14.3
12.0
11.6
11.6
10.3
11.3
11.6
12.0
12.3
14.3
15.4
15.4
12.3
6
8.6
16.0
5.6
11.3
9.0
9.0
9.6
10.3
11.0
13.3
13.7
14.0
14.3
14.3
14.3
7
11.6
12.3
12.0
11.6
10.0
10.6
10.6
12.0
12.0
13.0
14.3
13.0
14.3
13.3
11.6
8
11.6
11.0
10.3
9.0
8.3
8.3
11.3
14.0
14.0
14.7
14.0
14.3
14.3
14.3
13.7
9"
11.6
12.0
11.6
11.6
11.6
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.7
12.7
12.0
12.0
10°.&
11.6
11.6
12.3
11.6
12.0
11.3
11.0
11.6
12.3
12.7
12.7
12.7
13.0
12.7
12.7
11°
8.6
11.0
11.6
11.3
13.0
12.0
12.7
13.3
13.7
13.7
13.7
14.0
13.7
13.0
13.3
12M
13.3
11.6
12.3
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.7
14.3
14.0
13.7
13.3
13
12.0
12.0
12.7
11.3
11.6
12.0
11.6
11.6
11.6
13.0
12.7
13.3
13.7
13.3
13.0
14
5.9
8.3
18.7
8.6
10.3
12.0
11.6
9.3
12.7
15.0
16.0
16.0
15.7
15.7
15.0
15°
12.7
13.3
13.3
13.7
14.0
12.0
11.0
11.6
13.7
14.3
14.7
15.7
15.4
15.0
14.3
16°
14.3
14.7
14.3
14.0
13.3
12.7
12.7
13.0
13.7
14.3
15.0
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.4
17
15.0
13.7
12.0
11.3
8.3
2.5
12.0
- 8.9
1.9
22.8
21.1
17.7
18.1
32.2
34.6
18
14.7
15.4
11.6
11.6
11.3
11.6
7.6
11.3
15.4
15.7
22.4
22.8
22.1
20.1
21.4
19
16.0
18.7
22.1
28.8
14.3
11.6
13.0
18.5
17.7
24.4
19.1
22.1
34.9
28.2
22.4
20
15.7
32.2
82.7
-20.0
-31.8
-27.0
59.1
79.3
50.7
28.8
33.5
22.1
25.5
24.8
19.4
21
15.7
16.0
19.4
21.4
17.3
14.7
14.7
14.3
16.5
15.5
16.0
16.7
17.5
18.0
22.1
22
7.9
15.0
13.7
14.7
15.0
18.0
14.7
14.7
15.7
15.4
14.7
16.4
17.0
17.0
17.4
23
14.7 .
16.0
13.3
11.6
10.0
13.0
14.7
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.7
15.7
15.4
15.7
16.0
24
15.0
15.4
18.0
- 2.2
10.0
11.6
11.0
3.6
21.7
17.0
22.4
21.4
18.7
13.7
15.0
25''
55.8
7.9
10.0
18.7
21.7
15.0
15.7
15.7
14.7
13.7
14.7
14.7
15.0
15.0
15.4
26«
12.7
12.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.7
14.0
13.3
13.7
13.7
13.7
14.3
14.7
15.0
15.4
27
14.7
12.0
11.0
8.6
5.6
12.7
15.0
12.7
12.3
12.3
14.0
14.7
15.0
15.4
14.3
28°.°
11.6
12.0
11.3
14.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.6
12.0
12.7
14.7
15.7
16.4
16.0
15.7
29«
13.0
7.9
9.6
13.0
14.3
13.3
15.4
14.3
14.0
14.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
16.4
30
12.3
12.0
15.4
12.3
14.7
13.0
15.4
13.3
13.0
13.0
14.3
15.0
16.4
16.4
15.7
31
Mean
Mean"
Mean6
15.0
14.7
14.3
15.4
13.0
12.3
12.3
8.9
15.4
18.0
14.7
14.7
16.0
16.7
16.0
14.1
13.3
1.3.4
11.6
10.8
10.7
13.8
13.8
14.6
14.9
15.6
15.7
16.4
16.4
15.9
12.3
11.8
12.3
12.8
12.8
12.3
12.5
12.5
13.0
13.3
13.6
14.4
14.5
14.4
14.2
12.5
11.4
12.6
12.7
13.2
12.7
12.9
12.9
13.1
13.1
13.3
14.2
14.5
14.1
14.0
[ ] = Not used in the mean.
■ Ten least disturbed days, means on basis L. M. T.
6 Five international quiet days, means on basis G. M. T.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 401
Island, December 1, 1924, to May 18, 1925
(The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time)
Day
15h-16i>
16°-17°
17h-18°
18°-19°
19°-20h
20°-21h
21h-22h
22°-23°
23°-24°
Magnetic
character
Mean
Minimum
Maximum
Range
1924
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
r
/
f
h m
/
h m
1
'
Dec 1
14.2
12.9
12.9
12.9
13.9
14.2
13.9
12.9
11.2
0
13.8
23 03
2.1
1 00
16.6
14.5
2
13.9
12.9
12.2
12.5
12.9
12.9
12.9
11.8
15.2
0
13.2
0 19
4.S
0 39
21.6
16.8
3
15.8
15.1
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.1
14.5
13.5
1
13.6
1 30
1.7
13 02
19.8
18.1
4°
14.5
14.1
13.1
10.9
10.1
12.1
12.4
12.8
12.8
0
13.5
5 46
9.1
13 10
19.2
10.1
5«,6
13.5
12.8
12.8
13.5
13.1
13.5
13.1
13.1
12.8
0
13.2
0 12
11.8
12 51
15.5
3.7
Qa.b
13.1
13.5
13.1
12.8
12.4
12.4
12.8
12.8
12.8
0
12.6
3 35
7.7
2 57
20.2
12.5
7
13.1
13.1
13.5
13.5]
8
15.1
15.5
13.5
15.1
15.1
13.1
12.4
11.1
12.8]
9
10
11
14.1
14.1
13.1
13.1
13.5
13.1
13.8
13.5
11.8
14.1]
14.8]
10.8
9.7
9.7
10.1
10.8
10.4]
12
13
14°
15.8
13.5
10.1
9.2]
12.5
10.1
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.4
9.7
10.1
10.1
10.4
10.4
10.1
11.4
10.1
11.1]
9.7
0
11.4
23 27
5.4
11 07
20.2
14.8
15°
10.1
10.1
10.1
10.1
10.1
9.7
10.1
10.1
9.7
0
10.3
6 57
5.4
12 17
16.8
11.4
16°
10.8
10.8
10.4
10.1
10.1
10.4
10.8
10.8
11.4
1
10.0
7 54
- 3.2
11 42
16.2
19.4
17°
12.8
12.1
12.4
12.8
13.1
10.8
10.4
10.1
8.7
0
11.6
23 24
3.3
11 58
13.8
10.5
18
13.8
13.5
11.4
12.1
10.8
10.8
10.1
10.8
10.4
1
11.7
1 02
3.7
12 00
23.4
19.7
19
12.8
11.8
13.0
12.4
13.0
12.7
18.1
4.6
7.6
1
11.7
22 33
- 23.3
21 34
33.9
57.2
20°
12.7
15.0
12.7
12.7
14.4
12.7
12.3
12.0
13.0
0
12.8
6 16
7.6
0 50
20.4
12.8
21
26.2
14.4
10.7
12.7
11.0
2.3
5.4
12.0
12.7
2
15.3
23 06
-51.3
23 32
76.0
127.3
22
15.4
14.0
13.0
12.3
12.7
13.4
13.4
11.7
12.7
1
13.2
2 46
2.6
0 02
47.0
44.4
23
14.4
14.0
12.7
15.0
14.4
15.4
4.3
15.7
12.3
1
14.0
21 42
- 15.9
21 30
53.1
69.0
24
13.7
13.0
12.7
7.3
12.7
12.7
13.0
13.0
12.7
1
12.9
18 24
1.9
1 10
23.5
21.6
25
12.3
12.7
12.7
12.3
12.3
12.3
13.0
12.7
12.7
1
13.2
6 55
9.3
4 21
22.8
13.5
26°
13.4
12.7
12.7
12.3
12.0
8.3
11.0
12.3
12.3
0
12.5
20 33
0.2
12 56
15.4
15.2
27
13.4
13.7
12.7
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
5.9
12.7
1
12.3
22 00
- 1.1
23 24
19.4
20.5
28
16.4
15.7
15.4
12.7
12.0
12.7
12.7
11.3
12.7
1
13.2
1 53
5.3
1 22
19.8
14.5
29°-°
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
13.4
13.7
13.0
13.0
13.4
0
13.1
7 02
10.3
13 28
14.7
4.4
30°.°
13.4
13.0
13.0
12.7
12.7
12.7
11.7
13.0
15.4
0
12.9
2 04
6.6
23 40
18.8
12.2
31
Mean
Mean"
Mean6 ....
1925
14.7
12.0
12.7
12.3
12.3
12.7
3.2
5.3
14.4
1
12.5
21 52
- 14.3
14 03
19.8
34.1
13.9
13.0
12.6
12.2
12.4
11.9
11.5
11.3
12.2
12.7
- 0.4
24.5
24.9
12.6
12.6
12.3
12.1
12.1
11.6
11.7
11.9
12.1
12.4
12.7
12.6
12.4
12.4
12.3
12.5
12.3
12.5
13.2
12.6
Jan 1
14.3
13.8
13.0
13.3
14.8
15.4
14.3
11.3
13.0
0
13.0
22 21
5.9
21 56
18.7
12.8
2
13.0
12.7
12.7
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.0
12.0
11.6
1
12.5
1 16
- 2.5
0 55
18.7
21.2
3
14.0
13.7
11.6
11.3
11.3
11.6
8.6
6.2
9.3
1
12.1
21 55
- 13.3
22 45
23.8
37.1
4°,f>
12.3
12.0
12.0
11.3
12.0
11.6
12.0
12.7
12.0
0
12.4
2 04
8.6
0 05
17.7
9.1
5
15.4
23.1
16.4
12.7
11.0
11.0
11.3
8.6
9.6
1
13.1
22 53
1.9
17 00
28.8
26.9
6
12.3
12.3
11.3
11.6
11.6
12.3
12.7
7.9
12.0
1
11.6
0 07
- 5.5
1 54
25.7
31.2
7
12.0
12.7
12.0
12.3
12.0
12.3
11.3
8.6
9.6
0
11.9
22 41
5.2
12.07
15.0
9.8
8
13.0
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.0
12.7
12.0
12.0
11.6
0
12.3
4 42
5.2
2 08
18.7
13.5
9°
12.0
11.6
12.0
12.7
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.0
12.7
0
12.1
23 17
5.9
16 58
15.0
9.1
10°.°
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.3
12.3
13.0
11.6
11.3
0
12.1
6 21
8.3
2 31
15.4
7.1
11°
13.0
12.7
12.3
12.0
12.0
12.7
8.6
12.7
13.3
0
12.4
21 52
1.9
1 17
15 4
13.5
12°.°
12.3
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.3
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
0
12.6
0 49
11.0
3 00
15.4
4.4
13
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.7
15.0
15.7
9.6
8.3
25.5
1
12.8
23 26
- 15.0
23 44
99.6
114.6
14
14.3
14.7
14.7
13.7
13.0
12.7
12.7
12.3
12.0
1
13.0
1 42
- 25.0
2 25
38.9
63.9
15°
13.3
12.7
13.3
13.7
13.7
13.0
14.3
14.3
14.3
0
13.6
6 13
10.0
22 53
18.7
8.7
16°
15.0
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.0
14.3
11.6
14.7
15.7
0
14.3
21 44
11.0
22 11
18.7
7.7
17
22.1
18.7
18.7
12.0
14.7
- 1.5
9.3
12.0
16.7
2
14.0
7 30
- 32.5
21 43
49.0
81.5
18
22.1
15.4
15.0
15.0
14.0
11.3
17.0
15.0
15.0
1
15.6
6 50
5.2
10 37
32 2
27.0
19
18.4
17.4
14.7
12.7
12.3
15.0
11.6
15.4
15.0
2
18.5
5 58
7.9
3 16
45.3
37.4
20
18.7
17.0
11.3
8.3
15.0
12.7
8.9
5.9
10.3
2
21.0
5 36
-112.8
7 37
214.1
326.9
21
19.7
19.1
19.4
18.7
15.4
14.7
14.0
13.7
7.6
1
16.6
21 57
5.2
2 52
52 4
47.2
22
17.4
15.4
15.4
15.0
13.7
14.0
15.4
15.7
15.7
1
15.2
0 13
- 11.9
1 03
32.2
44.1
23
16.0
16.4
16.0
17.0
13.7
16.4
15.0
14.0
8.5
1
14.6
23 24
- 25.0
20 23
19.4
44.4
24
18.4
18.0
15.7
11.6
15.0
11.0
- 6.2
21.1
15.0
2
13.8
2 35
- 51.7
22 08
35.2
86.9
25°
15.7
15.4
15.0
15.4
15.0
11.6
10.6
12.3
15.0
1
16.2
1 31
4.6
0 19
118.4
113.8
26°
15.4
14.7
14.7
14.0
14.3
14.7
15.0
14.7
14.3
0
14.3
1 00
10.6
14 06
15.7
5.1
27
13.0
13.3
13.3
14.0
13.7
13.3
13.7
13.7
13.3
1
13.0
3 06
- 0.1
3 52
22.1
22.2
28°.°
17.7
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.3
15.0
15.0
11.3
11.6
0
13.7
2 03
4.6
15 09
18.7
14.1
29°
15.7
15.0
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.0
15.4
13.7
0
14.3
1 16
4.6
13 53
17.4
12.8
30
15.0
15.0
14.7
13.3
13.0
15.4
15.4
12.0
14.3
0
14.2
22 46
5.9
2 26
25.5
19.6
31
Mean
Mean° ....
Mean°
14.7
13.3
13.7
14.7
15.0
15.4
15.4
15.4
14.3
1
14.6
7 32
8.3
9 12
29.4
13.1
15.2
14.7
14.0
13.3
13.4
12.9
12.1
12.4
13.1
13.9
- 5.3
36.2
41.5
13.9
13.2
13.3
13.3
13.3
13.4
13.0
13.2
13.2
13.2
14.1
13.4
13.3
13.1
13.1
12.6
11.8
12.1
12.6
13.1
[ ] = Not used in the mean. ° Ten least disturbed days, means on basis, L. M. T. ° Five international quiet days, means on basis, G. M. T.
402
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 30 — Hourly Values of Declination at Four Pillar
[0° West Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
0h_!h
lh_2h
2k-3h
3h_4h
4h_5h
S^*
6L_7h
7h_gh
8°-9°
9>>-10i>
10h-llh
llk-12>>
12«-13°
13>>-14i>
14h_l5b
1925
/
/
f
f
f
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
f
/
Feb 1
10.0
12.7
10.4
13.4
13.4
10.7
11.1
11.7
12.1
12.7
13.8
14.1
14.1
14.1
13.8
2
3.6
7.0
14.8
11.7
10.7
12.1
10.4
13.8
15.1
16.5
14.4
13.8
14.1
14.8
14.4
Z'fi
12.4
11.4
12.4
13.8
13.1
9.7
11.1
13.4
13.8
13.8
13.4
13.8
14.1
14.4
14.8
4<!,f)
13.8
13.8
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
11.7
12.4
12.7
13.8
14.1
13.8
14.4
15.8
15.8
5°
14.4
13.4
13.4
13.1
13.8
13.1
12.1
13.1
13.1
13.8
13.4
13.4
14.4
15.8
14.8
6
10.4
10.7
9.0
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.4
12.7
11.7
12.4
13.1
14.1
16.5
16.8
17.1
7
11.7
11.4
13.4
17.1
18.5
16.5
11.1
13.4
12.7
13.4
13.4
15.1
16.1
16.1
16.4
8°
13.4
13.8
13.4
13.8
13.4
13.4
13.8
11.1
11.1
13.4
14.1
15.1
14.8
15.4
15.4
9
13.4
11.4
7.4
6.7
3.6
7.0
0.6
4.3
13.8
22.8
46.8
53.5
40.0
30.3
30.6
10
16.1
10.7
10.0
14.8
5.7
6.7
7.0
19.5
12.4
13.8
15.1
17.8
17.1
18.8
17.1
11
14.4
14.4
14.1
14.8
14.8
10.4
11.1
12.7
11.7
14.4
17.1
17.8
20.8
17.8
14.8
12
16.1
14.4
13.4
12.4
10.7
6.7
8.0
6.0
6.7
10.2
15.4
17.1
18.8
19.8
17.1
13
18.8
11.1
7.0
13.8
13.4
10.4
17.1
16.5
12.4
11.1
13.4
17.1
16.5
16.8
16.8
14
16.5
8.7
7.7
10.7
9.7
10.0
4.0
13.4
18.2
13.4
13.4
14.8
17.1
17.5
17.8
15
10.4
7.0
11.1
10.0
15.4
6.7
10.7
13.8
10.4
11.4
12.4
13.4
15.4
16.8
16.1
16°
13.8
12.1
14.1
14.1
13.8
12.1
9.7
13.4
13.4
10.4
11.7
13.4
14.8
16.5
16.8
17
13.4
12.4
20.8
17.1
10.4
10.0
8.0
11.4
10.4
17.5
14.1
16.8
18.1
17.1
15.1
18
18.1
17.4
10.4
0.6
3.0
3.6
10.4
6.3
12.7
23.5
22.8
21.2
19.1
16.5
16.1
19
[13.8
12.4
13.4
10.7
10.4
11.1
10.4
10.0
13.4
13.4
14.1
15.1
16.1
17.1
16.8
20
21°.i>
[35.4
13.7
32.4
13.1
25.5
14.1
24.8
15.4
20.1
14.7
10.7
11.0
11.4
12.4
11.7
10.0
9.7
10.0
12.0
14.4
22".''
11.4
12.0
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
12.0
12.0
12.4
13.1
14.7
15.1
15.4
23°.°
11.4
12.0
11.4
11.7
11.7
11.4
11.7
11.7
11.0
10.7
12.0
12.7
13.7
14.4
14.7
24°
12.0
12.0
12.4
12.4
12.0
11.7
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.4
13.4
14.7
15.4
15.4
15.4
25
12.0
12.0
11.4
9.7
5.4
- 1.4
- 1.4
- 7.2
- 5.1
1.9
11.7
17.4
18.8
21.8
25.9
26
7.7
5.0
8.0
11.7
12.0
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
12.4
14.4
15.0
15.0
15.4
27°
12.7
12.0
12.0
11.7
12.0
12.4
12.4
12.0
11.7
11.7
12.4
13.4
15.0
' 15.4
15.4
28
Mean°
1925
12.0
12.4
12.4
12.0
12.0
11.7
11.7
11.4
11.4
10.4
11.7
11.7
12.4
14.4
15.4
12.7
11.6
11.8
12.2
11.5
10.2
10.0
11.2
11.6
13.2
15.1
16.4
16.7
16.8
16.7
12.6
12.4
12.6
12.8
12.7
11.9
11.6
12.1
12.3
12.6
13.1
13.6
14.5
15.4
15.3
12.6
12.6
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.3
11.8
12.2
12.4
12.5
13.1
13.3
14.2
15.0
15.1
Mar 1
10.4
11.4
9.3
9.7
10.0
11.4
12.0
5.0
3.3
8.7
8.7
12.0
16.4
18.1
19.8
2
5.9
9.6
12.0
12.0
12.4
12.4
12.0
13.8
9.3
10.4
10.4
14.7
15.1
15.4
16.8
3
1.9
8.3
8.3
9.6
8.6
8.3
8.6
7.9
8.3
8.6
9.0
9.3
11.1
12.7
13.7
4°
4.9
9.0
9.3
8.6
9.0
9.0
7.6
6.6
5.3
7.6
8.3
8.6
11.3
12.7
12.3
5
8.3
7.9
6.3
5.9
5.9
5.9
6.3
5.2
5.9
5.9
9.3
12.3
12.0
14.7
21.7
6
7.3
8.6
1.9
1.5
- 1.5
- 1.5
2.2
8.6
7.6
8.6
9.3
10.3
12.7
17.0
18.7
7°
8.3
8.6
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.6
8.6
8.6
7.3
7.3
11.3
12.3
14.3
14.3
13.0
8
9
10
[10.0
10.0
15.4
12.0
11.7
16.4
13.4
12.4
21.5]
15.0
14.7
15.0
13.4
15.0
15.4
[18.4
[9.0
20.8
[11.7
9.0
22. 1
18.8
18.4
— 1.8
5.9
11.7
13.0
11
12°
[12.0
7.0
12.7
7.6
15.4
13.0
15.7
16.1
18.8
18.8
9.3
8.6
10.3
11.6
14.7
11.0
7.6
7.0
8.3
13°
12.0
14.7
18.4
11.7
10.3
8.6
10.0
8.3
5.9
7.0
11.7
12.7
14.7
16.1
17.7
14°
7.0
9.7
11.3
11.3
10.0
9.0
7.0
5.3
5.3
6.6
11.3
12.7
15.7
16.1
17.4
15
8.0
6.6
9.3
10.7
9.7
9.3
8.3
10.0
6.3
4.9
5.9
10.3
11.7
13.0
15.7
16
76.1
- 4.8
- 1.1
6.7
8.0
11.7
8.6
1.9
8.3
4.9
5.3
8.6
10.7
14.4
16.4
17°
8.0
14.4
9.3
9.7
11.3
8.0
7.0
6.3
10.0
7.3
8.3
11.7
14.7
17.1
17.4
18
[8.6
10.3
11.3
10.3
12.7
12.0
9.0
6.6
10.0
11.7
11.7
12.0
14.7
15.7
16.7
19
23
24°
[8.6
9.3
[11.3
7.3
10.3
12.0
10.0
12.0
15.4
12.0
14.0
16.7
14.0
15.4
18.4
15.0
8.3
4.9
5.9
8.0
8.6
6.3
8.6
7.0
5.6
6.3
25°
10.3
7.6
18.0
7.6
5.9
6.6
5.9
5.6
5.6
5.9
8.3
11.3
13.7
15.7
18.8
26°
5.9
9.0
8.3
9.3
7.3
5.6
3.3
5.3
5.3
8.0
8.6
12.0
15.4
18.8
21.8
27
7.6
3.3
- 0.4
5.3
5.9
5.3
4.9
6.3
8.0
8.6
8.6
11.7
12.4
17.7
19.1
29
30
[15.0
17.1
15.4
14.4
10.7
8.6
12.4
11.3
4.3
- 4.8
- 4.5
2.2
4.6
7.6
12.7
18.1
17.7
31°
Mean
Mean°
8.6
9.0
12.4
8.6
9.0
8.0
5.6
4.6
5.3
7.6
11.3
13.7
16.4
18.1
17.4
11.5
8.2
8.4
8.8
8.3
7.3
6.8
6.6
6.6
7.3
9.1
11.9
13.8
15.7
17.2
8.3
9.6
10.2
9.5
9.4
8.0
6.4
6.5
6.4
7.1
9.4
11.8
14.3
15.9
17.0
( ) Interpolated. [ ] Not used in the mean. ° Ten least disturbed days, means on basis L. M. T. * Five international quiet days, means on basis G. M. T.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 403
Island, December 1, 1924, to May 18, 1925— Continued
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Day
ls^-ie11
i6>>-i7h
17h-18'>
i8i>-i9i>
19h-20h
20b-21h
21h-22l>
22fc-23b
23h-24h
Magnetic
character
Mean
Minimum
Maximum
Range
1925
/
,
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
i
h
m
f
h
m
/
/
Feb 1
13.4
12.7
13.1
13.1
12.7
13.4
12.4
8.4
3.3
1
12.1
23
21
- 6.5
1
38
17.1
23.6
2
13.1
12.4
12.7
13.4
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.4
11.4
1
12.7
0
50
-13.5
0
22
31.3
44.8
3=.»
14.1
13.8
13.4
13.8
14.1
14.4
14.4
14.1
13.8
0
13.4
5
36
7.0
3
09
22.8
15.8
4<i,(>
15.8
13.8
13.4
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
12.7
0
13.8
23
27
3.0
15
16
17.5
14.5
5"
14.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
14.1
14.1
13.8
14.8
11.4
0
13.7
23
29
8.7
4
42
17.1
8.4
6
17.1
16.5
14.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
10.4
11.7
13.1
1
13.4
22
00
- 9.8
1
21
28.9
38.7
7
15.4
15.1
13.8
14.1
14.1
14.8
15.4
15.1
11.4
1
14.4
23
11
6.7
4
50
23.1
16.4
8°
15.4
16.5
14.8
13.8
13.8
14.1
14.1
14.4
13.8
0
14.0
9
04
7.0
9
11
17.8
10.8
9
23.5
13.4
- 6.5
- 8.8
13.4
13.8
9.7
10.4
20.5
2
15.9
18
58
-50.6
10
54
63.6
114.2
10
17.5
16.8
15.8
14.8
16.5
14.8
14.4
14.1
13.8
1
14.2
5
55
0.9
0
07
37.3
36.4
11
17.1
17.1
16.8
16.8
14.8
11.7
16.5
13.8
12.7
1
14.9
5
51
7.7
12
38
25.9
18.2
12
16.8
15.4
16.1
15.1
14.8
16.8
16.5
14.1
6.3
1
13.5
23
42
- 3.1
1
39
21.2
24.3
13
17.1
17.1
14.4
16.1
17.5
18.5
16.8
13.8
13.1
1
14.9
4
38
- 4.1
4
08
48.1
52.2
14
16.8
16.5
15.1
15.1
13.1
12.1
13.4
13.1
7.3
1
13.1
23
45
- 6.5
8
15
23.9
30.4
15
16.5
14.2
15.8
14.4
16.8
13.8
13.8
13.4
13.1
1
13.0
0
32
- 6.5
0
08
27.2
33.7
16"
15.8
14.1
14.1
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
14.1
13.8
0
13.6
6
58
8.4
2
27
20.1
11.7
17
17.1
17.1
17.1
16.5
14.1
13.4
12.1
10.7
13.1
1
14.3
23
25
5.7
2
58
35.0
29.3
18
14.8
15.4
14.8
13.8
13.8
11.1
13.4
13.8
13.4
1
13.6
4
03
-10.5
0
17
34.6
45.1
19
20
15.4
18.8
16.4]
20.5
17.1
14.7
12.0
8.7
11.0
8.7
9.7]
21«.°
13.7
13.7
12.4
12.7
12.7
13.1
14.4
13.1
12.7
0
12.6
7
40
9.3
13
10
15.8
6.5
220.4
15.1
14.4
13.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
7.0
8.7
•11.4
1
12.3
21
54
- 3.8
14
12
15.8
19.6
23°.*
14.0
13.1
13.1
12.0
12.4
10.7
11.4
11.4
12.0
0
12.2
21
49
8.7
22
30
15.4
6.7
24"
15.4
14.7
13.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.4
12.0
12.0
0
13.1
6
10
11.4
15
21
15.8
4.4
25
22.2
19.8
19.5
16.4
1.9
- 0.4
17.4
4.3
17.8
2
10.5
20
19
-25.7
20
58
69.3
95.0
26
15.4
15.0
14.7
14.4
14.4
14.1
13.7
13.7
13.4
1
12.7
0
50
-17.2
0
16
32.3
49.5
27°
15.4
14.7
13.4
13.1
13.1
12.7
12.7
12.4
12.4
0
13.0
8
00
11.4
14
30
15.8
4.4
28
Mean"
Mean6 ....
1925
19.1
20.5
18.8
12.0
12.7
12.0
11.0
- 4.8
9.0
1
12.2
22
48
-28.7
17
02
22.2
50.9
16.2
15.3
13.9
13.2
13.5
13.1
13.4
11.8
12.3
13.4
- 3.5
27.5
31.0
14.9
14.2
13.4
13.2
13.3
13.2
12.8
12.9
12.6
13.2
14.5
13.8
13.0
13.0
13.1
12.9
12.2
12.2
12.5
13.0
Mar 1
19.8
24.2
21.5
24.5
15.4
11.0
9.0
10.4
5.0
1
12.8
23
38
- 5.5
19
04
31.6
37.1
2
16.1
15.4
11.3
10.3
10.3
8.9
9.3
8.6
7.6
1
11.7
1
16
-13.2
14
52
19.8
33.0
3
12.3
11.3
10.0
10.3
8.6
8.9
8.3
6.9
4.9
1
8.9
0
47
- 7.6
14
26
15.0
22.6
4«
12.3
11.6
11.3
10.6
10.0
10.0
9.3
9.6
9.6
0
9.4
0
43
0.5
1
16
18.4
17.9
5
18.7
18.7
17.4
15.0
9.3
11.0
3.6
11.0
1.5
1
10.0
23
39
- 9.6
14
21
25.5
35.1
6
15.8
(14.7)
12.7
11.3
9.3
9.3
10.0
10.0
8.6
1
8.9
4
36
- 6.9
0
08
31.2
38.1
7°
12.0
(11.0)
10.3
9.0
8.3
8.6
7.9
(8.3)
(8.3)
0
9.6
9
28
1.9
14
19
15.4
13.5
8
15.0
14.4]
9
15.7
15.4
13.0
15.7
12.0
2.6
9.0
4.9
12.0]
10
14.4
14.7]
11
12"
21.5
15.7
12.4
15.0
12.0
12.7
14.4
11.7
12.4
9.3
11.7
6.7
8.6
11.3
11.7
11.0
11.7]
9.3
1
11.2
9
20
1.9
14
24
21.5
19.6
13"
15.4
14.7
9.3
11.3
11.7
8.3
5.6
11.7
3.9
1
11.3
23
50
- 4.8
2
16
25.5
30.3
14"
17.4
16.1
15.4
14.4
9.3
5.9
11.3
9.3
10.4
1
11.1
0
05
- 4.8
15
58
19.4
24.2
15
15.7
15.4
15.4
12.7
12.7
14.0
- 4.8
-10.2
14.0
2
9.4
22
12
-25.6
22
48
80.0
105.6
16
17.1
15.7
15.4
12.0
- 1.1
5.3
12.0
18.4
5.6
2
11.5
1
24
-35.1
0
58
190.5
225.6
17"
16.7
15.4
12.7
10.7
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
8.3
0
11.3
9
35
5.3
1
43
24.8
19.5
18
19
23
24"
15.7
15.4
19.4
13.9
15.4]
15.0]
20.8
12.4
18.8
11.7
12.0
11.7
8.3
11.3
1.6
11.7
5.9
10.0
13.4
9.7
2.2]
9.3
1
9.6
0
33
-27.7
0
22
22.6
50.3
25"
19.1
16.4
14.0
12.0
11.7
10.3
12.0
13.4
14.7
0
10.9
8
18
4.6
23
30
21.8
17.2
26"
18.8
17.1
15.4
14.0
12.0
8.6
11.0
11.3
9.0
0
10.9
0
02
- 2.5
14
32
22.1
24.6
27
17.3
(15.4)
13.4
11.3
11.3
11.0
11.3
7.6
6.6
1
9.6
1
56
-10.2
1
30
30.9
41.1
29
30
15.4
14.4
14.0
13.7
12.4
12.4
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.3
11.7
12.0
11.3
11.7
9.0
11.3
10.7]
9.7
1
10.0
5
01
- 8.5
2
43
35.6
44.1
31"
Mean". . . .
16.1
14.7
12.7
14.0
12.0
11.7
11.3
10.7
9.7
0
11.2
7
56
3.9
2
27
22.1
18.2
16.0
15.2
13.4
12.6
10.2
9.7
9.1
9.5
8.2
10.5
- 7.6
35.5
43.0
15.7
14.4
12.6
11.9
10.8
10.2
10.2
10.7
9.2
10.6
( ) Interpolated. [ ] Not used in the mean. " Ten least disturbed days, means on basis L. M. T. b Five international quiet days, means on basis G. M. T.
404
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 30 — Hourly Values of Declination at Four Pillar
[0° West Plus Tabular Quantities]
Day
Ob-lb
!h_2h
2b-3h
3h_4h
4h_5h
5h-6»>
6h_7h
7h_8h
8>>-9h
9h_ioh
10h-Hh
llb-12>>
12h-13b
13h-14h
14b_i5h
1925
/
'
'
/
t
/
/
f
/
/
/
t
/
/
/
Apr 1
2
3
[ 7.6
[18.8
9.3
4.6
11.0
8.3
10.3
1.9
9.0
2.2
7.6
4.6]
5.6
6.6
7.0
8.3
11.3
12.7
17.1
18.8]
[16.1
13.4
22. 1
28.2
26.8
18.1
4
22.8
18.8
28.9
22.1
21.5
35.6
18.0
4.6
7.0
9.7
10.3
17.1
18.1
5
8.6
9.0
8.6
8.3
8.3
7.0
6.6
5.3
5.3
5.6
8.0
11.3
15.0
18.8
18.8
6
4.9
4.9
8.3
4.9
1.9
4.6
5.3
8.6
8.0
11.3
12.0
13.7
15.0
16.1
17.7
7
15.4
12.0
20.4
10.0
16.4
12.0
7.0
7.0
6.9
12.0
12.0
15.7
18.8
20.4
18.4
8
7.3
8.3
8.0
8.3
8.6
11.7
8.6
5.6
5.3
11.7
18.1
13.0
18.1
17.7
18.8
9
11.7
8.0
8.0
6.3
5.3
4.6
5.3
5.3
5.3
8.0
7.3
12.0
18.1
22.1
19.8
10
12.0
11.3
8.0
7.3
8.0
7.6
5.6
5.3
11.7
16.4
21.8
25.1
22.1
14.7
8.6
11
9.3
9.0
15.4
16.4
5.9
9.0
8.3
12.0
14.4
14.4
18.8
20.1
18.4
15.4
18.4
12
10.3
9.7
9.0
9.3
12.0
12.0
3.9
8.6
8.0
8.3
8.6
12.0
15.0
22.1
18.8
13
[11.3
26.5
14.7
13.0
12.7
32.2
5.9
8.0
8.3
8.6
8.6
12.0
11.3
12.7
18.1
14
[ 6.7
10.4
14.8
16.5
18.5
15
9.4
9.1
9.1
7.8
6.4
6.1
5.7
3.4
4.1
5.7
7.4
9.8
12.8
17.2
21.6
16
5.7
6.1
6.4
9.8
9.8
22.6
- 2.0
16.2
22.9
13.1
3.0
9.8
13.5
16.5
19.9
17
5.7
6.4
9.1
6.4
6.7
6.7
5.7
2.7
3.7
5.4
6.4
9.8
13.1
16.5
18.9
18
[11.8
10.4
10.4
8.1
4.1
4.7
1.0
1.4
1.4
6.7
10.4
11.5
16.5
16.5
20.9
20
21
[ 5.4
7.8
4.4
9.8
8.4
15.2
12.1
20.9
17.9
17.5
5.1
7.8
19.2
15.2
- 9.4
1.0
- 2.0
2.9
7.8
5.1
22
[12.1
8.8
8.8
10.5
8.1
3.4
4.4
7.1
10.1
10.5
13.5
14.5
16.5
18.9
20.9
23
24
[13.5
17.9
15.1
20.7
18.5
22.6
21.2
24.6
10.8
11.1
10.5
8.8
7.8
7.4
7.8
8.4
10.8
13.2
14.5
25
11.1
13.8
14.5
10.8
8.4
8.4
8.1
7.1
8.8
8.1
11.1
17.5
19.6
22.3
25.3
26
14.2
14.2
11.8
10.8
9.4
7.8
5.7
7.1
7.4
8.1
7.4
14.5
20.2
22.3
24.6
27
7.8
23.9
14.8
11.1
10.8
7.8
7.8
7.1
9.1
11.1
14.5
18.5
21.2
23.9
24.3
28
13.8
13.5
14.5
17.9
7.1
- 1.7
7.4
4.1
7.8
7.1
11.1
14.2
14.5
17.9
18.2
29
14.5
12.5
11.8
10.5
8.4
7.8
7.1
7.1
8.8
8.4
14.5
18.2
24.6
23.9
24.9
30
Mean ....
1925
11.1
10.5
9.1
7.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
5.7
3.4
7.1
7.8
9.4
13.8
17.2
18.5
10.6
10.6
12.3
10.5
7.9
9.1
6.2
6.7
8.3
9.5
11.1
14.3
17.3
19.3
19.8
May 1
9.4
10.8
7.8
8.1
6.7
5.4
7.4
7.8
8.1
10.5
12.1
14.5
16.5
16.2
16.2
2
10.8
9.8
7.8
6.7
6.1
5.7
5.1
4.7
8.1
10.8
11.8
12.5
14.5
15.8
17.9
3
7.8
7.8
6.7
4.4
3.4
2.0
1.0
1.0
3.7
5.4
7.8
10.8
13.1
15.2
17.2
4
5
[ 7.8
7.1
4.4
1.7
0.7
- 0.7
- 0.3
2.0
4.1
2.7
5.1
[25.3
15.2
22.9]
21.6
22.2]
6
7
8
[26.6
[8.1
7.7
11.1
12.1
8.4
8.8
12.5
6.7
10.1
8.7
2.7
5.7
2.7
2.7
5.4
1.3
0.7
6.1
2.7
- 0.7
8.4
2.7
2.0
8.4]
2.7]
5.4
9.8
13.8
13.5
13.5
15.5
12.1
9
10
[15.1
22.1
7.4
22.1
8.1
15.4
2.7
22.4
5.4
9.0
2.0
10.0
- 1.4]
10.3
2.9
8.0
12.7
14.7
16.1
19.8
20.8
20.1
11
14.0
13.7
12.0
9.0
8.6
6.3
7.0
6.3
7.0
9.7
12.0
15.7
17.1
18.1
18.4
12
12.7
12.7
12.0
9.6
6.6
3.9
2.6
3.9
5.9
6.3
9.0
15.0
16.1
19.1
19.4
13
[12.3
11.3
12.0
11.7
9.3
5.9
3.9
3.6]
2.6
14
10.7
9.3
6.6
5.3
3.2
3.6
5.6
7.3
10.0
12.7
17.1
19.4
19.4
15
16
17
[11.0
9.6
8.6
5.9
3.2
2.9
2.6
2.6
4.9
5.6
9.3
13.0
15.7
16.1
18.4
9.0
7.6
5.4
3.2
1.6
- 0.5
- 0.5
1.9
3.6
7.6
9.7
12.0
12.0
12.7
13.7
18
Mean. . . .
[10.3
9.6
8.9
6.3
4.6
2.6
2.2
3.6
5.9
9.7
12.7
13.4
13.0
13.4
25.5
11.6
11.5
9.2
8.1
5.6
4.1
3.9
38
...
8.9
11.2
13.6
15.5
17.0
1
17.2
[ ] = Not used in the mean.
mean hourly declination is, therefore, of the order of 1', but when the curve has a ragged
appearance the accuracy is considerably less. In the tables the values have been entered
to one-tenth of a minute.
Table 30 contains the mean hourly values of the declination centered on the half-
hour and referred to L. M. T. The longitude of this station is 162° 30' east of Greenwich,
corresponding to a time difference from Greenwich of 10h 50 m 00". Disregarding the
difference of 10 minutes, the tables may be regarded as giving the mean hourly values
referred to G. M. T. by subtracting 11 hours from the time expressed as L. M. T.
Table 31 contains the results of eye-observations in October and November. The
values in this table are derived from readings which were taken during 10 minutes before
and 10 minutes after every half-hour. The braces indicate how the mean values
to the right have been computed. In computing the mean values at the bottom, the
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 405
Island, December 1, 1924, to May 18, 1925 — Concluded
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Day
15t-16h
l6h-l7i>
17h-181'
lsb-igi-
19h-20h
20b-21i>
21'>-22l>
22h-23h
23h-24>>
Magnetic
character
Mean
Minimum
Maxi
tnum
Range
1925
1
>
/
>
/
'
/
/
/
/
h
m
>
h
m
/
i
Apr 1
2
3
4
[15.0
[19.8
22.1
12.0
12.4
16.1
20.1
11.7
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.7
4.9
9.3
5.9
11.3
4.3
9.3
- 1.1
11.3
12.4
9.7]
34.9
11.3
11.7. .
25.5
16.4
19.8
15.0
16.7]
11.0
2
15.7
3
35
-42.2
3
04
82.8
125.0
5
17.4
15.4
16.1
14.4
13.0
-31.8
1.9
13.7
7.0
1
8.8
20
56
— 54.3
21
58
25.5
79.8
6
17.4
15.4
14.4
12.0
12.0
11.3
12.0
5.3
1.2
1
9.9
0
01
-57.0
0
06
42.3
99.3
7
19.1
12.0
19.4
8.6
1.6
12.7
11.7
9.3
8.3
1
12.8
19
04
-14,9
2
30
45.0
59.9
8
16.4
16.1
15.4
14.7
15.4
8.6
2.9
12.0
9.0
1
11.6
21
45
- 4.8
13
06
25.5
30.3
9
22.1
15.4
15.4
14.7
5.3
5.3
- 1.1
35.3
- 0.5
1
10.8
22
54
-36.8
22
22
117.1
153.9
10
14.1
18.4
16.1
12.0
8.6
5.3
7.3
12.0
18.4
1
12.4
21
05
0.0
11
04
32.2
31.6
11
18.8
14.4
16.1
14.7
11.0
7.0
- 4.2
18.8
8.6
1
12.9
21
43
-14.9
22
55
82.8
97.7
12
18.1
19.4
16.4
15.0
12.0
9.0
1.2
1.9
8.3
1
11.2
22
34
-15.6
13
15
25.8
41.4
13
14
15
18.8
19.9
21.9
17.1]
18.9
19.9
16.5
16.5
12.5
13.1
9.4
10.8
7.4
9.4
9.1
8.8
9.8
9.4
9.4]
6.4
0
10.5
8
07
0.3
15
00
23.3
23.0
16
19.5
19.5
17.9
10.4
9.4
- 2.4
13.8
9.8
9.8
1
11.7
20
55
-54.9
5
13
57.6
112.5
17
18.9
17.2
14.2
12.1
10.1
9.4
5.1
8.1
10.4
0
9.5
21
10
0.3
15
00
19.2
18.9
18
20
21
19.9
18.2
17.9
18.9]
17.2
17.9
17.5
17.9
14.5
16.5
11.5
15.5
10.8
14.2
5.4
11.8
8.4
14.5
7.1]
13.8
1
11.0
4
14
-31.0
3
12
42.5
73.5
22
23
24
21.2
21.9
24.6
20.9
20.9
23.6
17.5
17.9
19.2
14.5]
14.8
17.2
7.8
16.2
11.1
13.8
12.1
14.5
11.8
11.8
8.8]
11.8
0
14.6
5
45
5.8
15
48
26.0
20.2
25
24.6
22.6
18.9
17.2
14.5
14.5
12.2
11.5
13.8
0
14.4
7
37
2.7
14
40
27.5
24.8
26
24.3
21.2
17.2
14.5
14.2
13.8
14.2
12.1
11.8
0
13.7
6
35
4.4
15
00
24.6
20.2
27
23.9
21.2
17.9
14.5
14.2
14.5
14.2
14.8
14.5
1
15.1
0
44
- 1.7
1
39
44.8
46.5
28
18.2
17.9
15. 5
14.5
13.5
12.5
13.2
15.2
14.2
1
12.6
4
33
-37.0
4
00
42.1
79.1
29
27.6
21.9
12.8
15.2
11.1
13.8
10.5
14.2
11.8
1
14.2
19
43
5.8
18
50
33.0
27.2
30
Mean ....
1925
19.6
18.5
17.9
17.2
14.5
11.2
10.2
7.8
7.8
0
10.8
8
55
- 0.7
15
50
20.6
21.3
20.0
18.1
16.4
14.0
11.7
8.2
8.6
12.4
9.9
12.2
-17.3
42.0
59.3
May 1
16.5
16.5
15.2
14.2
10.8
6.7
12.8
10.5
10.8
0
11.3
21
05
1.0
21
13
24.6
23.6
2
17.9
17.9
14.5
12.8
9.4
8.1
7.8
7.8
7.8
0
10.5
6
04
4.1
15
20
18.2
14.1
3
4
5
17.9
16.5
12.5
10.8
8.4
8.1
8.1
7.8
7.8
0
8.6
6
04
0.4
15
30
18.2
17.8
[18.2
-14.2
12.5
-14.8
3 4
9 1
25.6]
9.4]
10.4]
- 4.7
6
[13.8
12 1
9.8
9.8
10 1
8 8
7
[13.8
8.1
10 8
10 1
8 8
1 7
8
12.1
11.5
9.4
9.1
6.4
5.0
7.1
1
7.4
23
19
-18.2
13
22
19.6
37.8
9
[12.7
16.1
7 6
8 0
9 3
13 0
15 4
15.4]
12.4
10
19.8
18.8
13.4
10.7
9.7
10.3
11.7
1
14.6
4
12
- 0.8
0
55
65.9
66.7
11
18.1
16.4
14.0
12.3
11.0
11.7
11.0
11.0
12.0
0
12.2
7
37
5.6
14
58
19.1
13.5
12
18.4
16.4
13.0
11.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.7
10.7
0
10.9
6
11
2.2
14
04
19.8
17.6
13
14
[14.0
13.0
12.0
10.3
11.3
11.0
9.7
10.3
9.7
9.7
10.7
10.0
'11.3]
11.7
17.8
16.1
0
10.6
6
52
2.2
13
17
20.4
18.2
15
16
17
16.4
15.4]
[ 9.7
16.1
8.6
13.7
6.3
13.4
6.3
12.3
6.3
12.3
7.0
12.3
8.6]
11.3
14.7
15.0
0
9.2
5
38
- 0.8
17
30
16.4
17.2
18
Mean. . . .
19.8
22.1]
17.0
16.1
13.6
12.0
10.3
9.2
9.6
9.8
8.9
1(1.6
0.5
24.7
25.2
[ ] = Not used in the mean.
two broken series of October 22 and November 14 have been omitted. The other tables
contain the results of the registrations. The mean values to the right and at the bottom
have been computed from the days for which complete data for 24 hours were available.
(5) mean monthly values of declination
The mean monthly values of declination are found in Table 32. The left part of
the table contains the mean declination derived from all days and from the days which
in each month have been given the character-numbers 0, 1, and 2, while the number of
days within the various groups are given to the right. No classification has been at-
tempted for the days in October and November, when the diurnal variation was deter-
mined by eye-observations, but the mean values from the days have been included in the
mean of all days.
406
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 31 — Hourly Values of Declination at Four Pillar Island for October and November 1924, from Eye-Observations, 0° West Plus
Tabular Quantities
[The tabular values are average values for 20 minutes at the middle of the hour as indicated local mean time]
Date
0h-lh
l»-2h
2h oh
3h-4h
4h-5h
5h-6h
6h-7h
7h-8h
8h-9h
9h-10u
10h-llh
llh-12h
12h-13h
1924
Oct 9
'
/
/
/
r
'
/
/
f
/
;
/
/
10
13
13.5
13.1
12.6
11.6
11.3
13.1
9.5
13.3
14.5
12.1
9.7
10.9
9.7
10.8
10.3
12.3
11.4
14.3
11.6
15.9
15.7
14
16
12.2
12.2
12.1
11.5
10.6
11.1
10.5
10.1
10.6
12.5
13.9
18.1
17
22
12.2
12.6
11.6
11.0
10.5
10.4
10.3
8.1
7.4
9.8
14.6
19.9
10.7
21.7
17.7
11.3
19.3
11.2
15.3
20.3
14.1
27
28
6.3
- 1.0
7.9
1.8
3.2
- 4.3
3.1
7.1
26.9
14.2
27.7
25.5
5
7
9.9
8.4
8.5
9.2
8.9
10.7
11.8
8.1
11.6
11.7
12.8
12.1
8
10. .. ...
8.4
8.1
7.5
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.7
8.7
9.3
10.7
10.9
12.2
11
14
1.7
1.2
7.6
4.5
6.7
2.9
1.1
6.4
16.3
11.9
17.8
19.3
20.2
19.5
33.2
Mean
9.2
7.8
9.7
8.1
8.4
7.3
7.7
8.8
13.8
11.3
15.3
15.6
16.1
Date
13h-14h
14h-15h
15M6h
16h-17h
17h-18h
18h-19h
19h-20h
20h-21h
21h-22h
22h-23h
23h-24h
Mean
1924
Oct 9
/
/
19.2
16.9
16.9
17.5
15.2
14.1
13.0
4.1
13.9
13.0
13.9
/
14.3
J 13.5
| 12.5
| 12.6
| 11.2
J 10.8
| 10.0
| 8.9
10
16.5
16.5
13
15.7
13.5
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.1
12.8
14.3
13.2
14
16
18.7
14.7
13.6
13.5
11.1
14.1
13.4
14.2
15.5
13.5
12.6
17
22
16.9
10.7
16.7
14.9
15.5
10.5
12.1
13.0
17.3
11.5
14.6
10.8
13.5
11.9
11.0
11.6
11.1
12.4
7.2
12.4
1.9
12.0
27
10.9
9.1
28
12.5
8.7
9.7
10.0
9.9
9.4
9.4
8.7
10.5
5
7
20.1
15.6
16.7
14.0
12.5
13.0
11.7
4.0
-1C.8
6.6
9.7
3.
10
12.9
12.7
10.1
9.3
10.8
9.2
11.7
9.4
3.9
- 9.2
6.6
11 .
14
18.0
15.7
13.7
14.1
Mean
15.9
14.6
13.9
12.2
11.7
11.9
10.8
10.8
8.0
8.4
10.9
11.2
Table 32 — Mean Monthly Values of Declination at Four Pillar Island
Month
Mean declination 0° west + . .
Number of days
All
days
Days with character-number
All
days
Days with character-number
0
1
2
0
1
2
1924
October-November. . . .
December
11.2
12.7
13.9
13.4
10.5
12.2
10.6
'
/
/
7
24
31
26
19
20
9
12.6
13.1
13.6
10.5
12.2
10.5
12.6
13.9
13.4
10.5
11.9
11.0
15.3
16.8
13.2
10.4
15.7
12
14
9
6
6
7
11
13
15
11
13
2
1
4
2
2
1
0
1925
January
February
March
April
May
Means and sums . .
12.5
12.3
12.5
14.6
136
54
65
10
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 407
The series is far too short to permit drawing any conclusion regarding annual varia-
tion of the declination or to give any information regarding the secular change. The
latter is, however, about —8' per year at this station, according to the results in the pre-
ceding report. The mean value derived from all daily means is, according to the table,
D = 0° 12:5 west for the epoch 1925.2.
The grouping of the days according to the magnetic character fails to reveal any
characteristic difference between the mean value of the declination for quiet and for dis-
turbed days. The mean value is 2 '3 more westerly for the disturbed than for the quiet
days, but this difference is too small to be given any weight, considering the small number
of disturbed days.
(6) DIURNAL VARIATION OF DECLINATION
The observations at the station off Four Pillar Island are still more incomplete than
those at Cape Chelyuskin and, therefore, must be treated more briefly. It is possible,
however, also, at this station to show the characteristic features of the diurnal variation
and the influence of the disturbances by discussing the mean hourly values derived from
all days and from days with character-numbers 0, 1, and 2. The discussion will be con-
fined to the diurnal variation referred to L. M. T.
(7) DIURNAL VARIATION DERIVED FROM ALL DAYS
Table 33 contains the mean hourly departures from the mean value of the month
derived from all days from October 1924 to May 1925. It may again be noted that the
values for October and November 1924 which are joined in one group are the results of
eye-observations on 7 days, while the values for the other months are obtained from
continuous records. From Table 32 it is seen that the number of days is fairly satis-
factory, except for May, which is represented by 9 days only. No corrections for non-
cyclic changes have been applied to the values in tables. The values, except for October-
November and March, are sufficiently complete to permit the computation of the non-
cyclic change which, since we are dealing with values centered on the half-hour, may be
defined as the algebraic excess of the value at 0h to lh on one day over the value 0h to
lh on the preceding day, or the mean of (0h — lh)2 — (0h — lh)i, where the indices 2 and 1
refer to two consecutive days. For the months from which a sufficient number of obser-
vations are available, we find the following mean values of the non-cyclic change:
Month
Dec
+0:07
Jan
-0:09
Feb
+0:i4
Apr
-0:18
May
-0:33
Non-cyclic change . . .
These values are so small that the correction for non-cyclic change is of no importance.
At the bottom of Table 33 are entered the mean values for the two periods, October
to March and October to May, the first representing the winter and the second the
entire period of the observations. In forming the means, the combined values for the
two months October and November have been given the same weight as the values
entered for the single months, because they are derived from very few observations.
The characteristic features of the diurnal variation are seen from the last line in
Table 33 or from Figure 23, in which the mean values for the entire period are repre-
sented graphically. The curve which is plotted in this figure has been computed from
the results of the harmonic analysis. We find a rapid fall of west declination between
2h and 6h to the morning minimum, which occurs at about 6h, and a rapid rise between
6h and 14 h. The primary maximum at 14 h is very marked and is followed by a secondary
minimum at 21 h and a secondary maximum at about lh.
Within the single months we find the same characteristic features and also an indica-
tion of the annual periodicity in the character of the diurnal variation. It is evident that
408
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
the extreme values are reached earlier in the winter than in the spring, and that the range
of the variation and the average departure have a minimum in winter. The change in
the range from month to month is so regular that it seems possible to derive the mean
summer and mean annual ranges and average departures even from this short series. In
A
H
e
H
1 1 12"
1 rsr At ucam
1
I6H
20H
+4'
o
o\
o
o
-o'-
'o
f°
-4'
Fig. 23— Diurnal variation of declination at Four Pillar Island, all days, October 1924 to May 1925
Table 33 — Diurnal Inequality of Declination at Four Pillar Island {hourly departures'1 from, mean values)
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Month
0h-lh
lb-2h
2h oh
3h_4h
4h-5h
5h-6h
6h-7h
7h-8h
8h-9h
9h-10h
10h-llh
llh-12h
12h-13h
1924
Oct-Nov
+2.0
+0.9
-0.2
+0.7
-1.0
+ 1.6
-1.0
+3.4
+0.8
+0.6
+ 1.8
+2.3
+1.6
-0.9
/
+ 1.5
+ 1.0
-1.5
+ 1.6
+2.1
-0.1
+ 1.4
+3.1
+0.8
+2.3
+ 1.2
+ 1.7
+ 1.7
+2.5
+2.8
+ 0.8
+ 3.1
+ 1.9
+2.2
+4.3
+5.0
+3.9
+0.4
+3.2
+3.2
+3.2
+3.1
+ 6.5
t
+3.5
+ 1.8
+0.1
+3.4
+3.7
+ 6.0
+6.7
+2.4
+2.1
+0.1
+2.2
+3.9
+ 5.5
+ 6.8
-2.6
+0.9
-0.7
+ 1.8
+3.9 •
+3.9
+ 4.4
-0.1
-1.3
-1.0
+0.2
+3.2
+2.7
+ 1.7
-4.1
-1.7
-1.7
-1.7
+ 1.4
+ 1.1
-0.6
-4.4
-2.5
-1.8
-3.0
-1.4
-2.1
-3.i0
r
-4.9
-2.8
-2.5
-3.3
-3.3
-5.1
-4.9
December
1925
January
February
March
April
May
October to March..
October to May.. .
+0.4
+ 0.4
+ 1.7
+ 1.3
+0.9
+0.8
+ 1.8
+ 1.8
+2.1
+2.8
+2.7
+3.3
+ 2.5
+3.5
+2.1
+3.2
+0.6
+ 1.6
+0.2
+0.7
-1.6
-1.1
-2.6
-2.7
-3.4
-3.9
Month
13h-14h
14h-15h
15h-16h
16h-17h
17h-18h
18h-19h
19>'-20h
20h-21h
21h-22h
22h-23h
23h-24h
Range
Average
departure
1924
Oct-Nov
-4.7
-2.6
-2.5
-3.4
-5.2
-7.1
-6.4
/
-3.4
-1.6
-2.0
-3.3
-6.7
-7.6
-6.6
-2.7
-1.2
-1.3
-2.8
-5.5
-7.8
-6.4
f
-1.0
-0.3
-0.8
-1.9
-4.7
-5.9
-5.5
-0.5
+0.1
-0.1
-0.5
-2.9
-4.2
-3.0
-0.7
+ 0.5
+ 0.0
+0.2
-2.1
-1.8
-1.4
+0.4
+0.3
+0.5
-0.1
+ 0.3
+0.5
+0.3
+0.4
+0.8
+ 1.0
+0.3
+ 0.8
+4.0
+ 1.4
+3.2
+ 1.2
+ 1.8
0.0
+ 1.4
+3.6
+ 1.0
+2.8
+ 1.4
+ 1.5
+ 1.6
+ 1.0
-0.2
+0.8
+ 0.3
+0.5
+ 0.8
+ 11
+2.3
+ 2.3
+ 1.7
t
8.8
4.9
5.5
6.8
10.6
13.8
13.4
2.45
1.26
1.30
1.72
2.76
3.54
3.37
December
1925
January
February
March
April
Mav
October to March
October to May. . .
-3.7
-4.6
-3.4
-4.5
-2.7
-4.0
-1.8
-2 9
-0.8
-1.7
-0.3
-0.7
+0.3
+0.2
+0.6
+ 12
+ 1.5
+ 1.7
+1.6
+ 1.2
+ 1.0
+ 1.2
6.4
8.1
1.68
2.12
r Plus sign indicates departure to eastward and minus sign departure to westward from mean.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 409
Figure 24 the ranges and average departures for the various months are entered and a
smooth curve drawn representing the annual variation, assuming that both range and
average departure reach a maximum in the latter part of June and a minimum at the end
of December. From these curves we find that the means of the monthly ranges for the
periods October to March and April to September are 7!5 and 13 '9, respectively, and
that the corresponding values for the average departures are 1 '. 9 and 3 ' 6. These values,
however, do not represent the ranges and average departure of the mean diurnal varia-
16'-
12'-
e'-
4'-
FE
B
AF
'R
jl
JN
AL
G
0(
IT
DEC
DIURNAL
F
.-INEQU^
<ANGE
c
vLITY
>
\
\
i
\Z^
V
0
s^{
>
4 -
2
AVER/
^GE DEP>
\RTURE
<
!-«-"**" — '
>
"~*».
--...
■ 0
.-■-"^c
)
Fig. 24 — Diurnal-inequality range and average departure of magnetic declination at Four Pillar Island, all
days, October 1924 to May 1925
tion of the periods, because these must be smaller than the means of the monthly ranges
and average departures since the time of the occurrence of the extreme values changes
from month to month. From the values in Table 33 it is thus found that the range and
the average departure for the period October to May are 8(1 and 2' 12, respectively, but
the means of the monthly values are 9'1 and 2 '34, respectively. The latter quantities
thus have to be reduced by about 10 per cent of their value in order to become equal to
the corresponding quantities derived from the mean hourly values for the whole period.
Reducing the mean values which were derived from the curves of Figure 24 accordingly,
we find the following approximate ranges and average departures :
Season
Range
Average departure.. . .
Winter
Summer
Year
6'.8
1.7
12:5
3.2
9'6
2.4
According to these figures, the ratio between summer and winter ranges at this
station is 1.84 and between summer and winter average departures 1.88.
410
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
(8) DIURNAL VARIATION ON DAYS OF DIFFERENT MAGNETIC CHARACTER
Table 34 has been prepared in order to examine the influence of the disturbances on
the diurnal variation of the declination. All complete days from December 1924 to May
1925 have been divided into three groups according to the magnetic character-number,
and the mean hourly values of the declination have been computed within each group.
No subdivision of the entire period has been attempted. Table 34 contains the hourly
deviations from the means, and Figure 25 shows a graphical representation of the diurnal
variation on quiet, moderately disturbed, and disturbed days. In the figure the hourly
4
H
e
H
!?
H
I6H
20H
L
.OCA
L M
EAN
TIML
.a'
/
+*
<
O
o
•
•
/
\
\*
i
/
fo
•
•
i
■
|
,<r[
•>..
•
•
i
\
•
•V'
y
'
\
•
o
\
•
0
4
•
f
0
JC—
\
X
X
X
**!*
9
•
1
\
"*•
• *--'
:ha
RAC
;te
3 C
1
1
J
.-"••"
•
*•
12'
/
/
•
•
\
\\
0/
1
A"
,*•'
■ T -
!
1
•
o
1
•
o
\
•
•
o
ft
\
•
•
•
I
> •
\
1
i
1
•
1
i
•
p
•
•
*•
** •
CV
\\
^r
<\C7
ER
i
•
1
Ifi'
•
/
\
\
•
•
•
•
V
•*.,
,_0*»<
ft
1
•
•
ID
I
\
»
•
•
s
•
<
'*•
X
y
•
•0
/
\
•
•
/
\
•
•
1
t
>
•
1 •
o*
V
•
i
20'-
o
•
\
\
i
•
\
HAF
AC"
rER
2^
0
0
•
•
t
•
f
c
•
i 0
o
p
V
•<
•
i +
1
Fig. 25 — Diumal variation of declination at Four Pillar Island, days of magnetic character-numbers 0, 1, and
2, December 1924 to May 1925
values of the declination have been entered instead of the deviations from mean, and
curves are drawn, based on the results of harmonic analyses. We find that the diurnal
variation is practically the same on quiet and on moderately disturbed days. The
primary and secondary extremes occur at the same hours, but the range is slightly larger
on the moderately disturbed days. On the very disturbed days we find that the secondary
maximum and minimum are so strongly developed that they become almost equal to the
primary, and the range of the variation is very great compared to the range on quiet
days. The morning maximum and afternoon minimum occur earlier than in the other
groups. The diurnal variation on the disturbed days, however, is derived from obser-
vations on 10 days only, but it can not be doubted that the strong development of the
secondary maximum and minimum is a characteristic feature of the disturbed days.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 411
Table 34 — Diurnal Inequality of Declination at Four Pillar Island on Days of Different Magnetic Character-Numbers
(hourly departures11 from mean)
[The tabular values are average values for successive periods of one hour as indicated local mean time]
Magnetic
character
0b-lh
]h_2h
2h-3h
3h-4h
4b-5h
5h~6h
6h_7b
7h-8h
8h-9h
9h-10h
lO^ll11
llh-12h
12h-13h
\
0
1
2
+0.9
+0.7
-6.0
+0.9
+ 14
+0.8
+0.9
+ 1.2
-5.6
f
+ 1.5
+ 1.1
+6.0
t
+ 1.9
+2.3
+8.6
+2.5
+2.6
+6.6
t
+2.8
+3.5
+0.9
+2.5
+2.8
+3.7
+ 1.9
+ 1.9
+ 1.2
+ 1.2
+0.7
-3.7
+ 0.2
-0.7
-6.0
-1.4
-2.3
-6.3
/
-2.6
-3.6
-7.0
Magnetic
character
lS^-U11
14h-15h
is11-^
16h_17h
17h-18h
is11-^11
19h-20h
20h-21h
21h-22h
22b-23h
23h-24h
Range
Average
departure
0
1
2
-3.4
-4.2
-7.3
-3.6
-4.0
-6.8
-3.1
-3.7
-5.3
-2.3
-3.0
-1.9
-1.3
-1.9
+ 1.9
-0.6
-1.0
+4.5
/
-0.2
-0.1
+3.9
+0.2
+ 1.4
+6.2
+0.3
+ 1.6
+7.1
t
+0.5
+ 1.0
+4.5
/
+0.5
+2.1
+0.7
/
6.4
7.7
15.9
/
1.60
2.03
4.69
" Plus sign indicates departure to eastward and minus sign departure to westward from mean.
(9) FOURIER CONSTANTS
The computation of the Fourier constants has been carried out to the fourth term
of the formula
D = D-\-£. c„ sin (nt-\-a.n)
where the time, t, is reckoned from 0h L. M. T. and where Ci and ai represent amplitude
and phase-angle of the 24-hour term, c2 and a2, of the 12-hour term, and so on.
The computed amplitude and phase-angles are entered in Tables 35 and 36.
Table 3.5 — Fourier Constants for Mean Monthly Values, L. M. T., at Four Pillar Island
Month or period
Q
a\
&i
02
cz
03
c4
04
1924
October-November .
December
r
3.62
1.54
1.62
2.50
3.73
4.65
4.66
o
64.9
71.8
72.5
46.6
29.3
37.1
28.9
r
1.46
1.04
1.03
1.35
2.37
3.51
3.41
o
260.5
241.0
244.0
238.4
194.2
186.3
221.1
t
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.5
0.3
0.4
0
180
99
221
131
346
270
221
t
0.2
0.3
0.7
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0
178
338
171
56
246
74
155
1925
January
February
March
April
May
October to March . .
October to May. . . .
Year
2.44
2.93
3.5
52.5
41.5
42
1.29
1.84
2.2
232.1
221.2
215
0.2
0.1
132
212
0.1
0.1
205
174
Table 36 — Fourier Constants for Complete Days, L. M. T., at Four Pillar Island
Magnetic
character-
Cl
01
C2
0-2
C3
03
c4
o4
number
/
0
/
0
/
0
/
0
0
2.33
32.2
1.27
215.4
0.2
25
0.1
115
1
2.88
44.0
1.63
210.5
0.2
131
0.0
345
2
4.23
79.5
4.96
242.2
2.1
228
1.2
192
412
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
From Table 35 it is seen that the amplitudes and phase-angles of the first two terms
vary more or less regularly from month to month. The values indicate clearly that both
amplitudes are subject to an annual variation with a minimum in December and a
maximum probably in June and that both phase-angles, which vary more irregularly from
month to month, reach a maximum in winter and a minimum in summer. Following
the procedure which was used when deriving an approximate value of the mean diurnal
range for the year, the approximate values for the constants of the two first harmonic
terms which are entered in the last column of the table have been computed. These
two terms will represent the diurnal variation for the mean of the year with sufficient
accuracy, because the higher terms are very small for the longer periods, running irregu-
larly from month to month. The mean range for the year computed by means of these
approximate harmonic constants is 9'. 2, and is thus in agreement with the range of 9' 6
which was derived by another method.
Within the groups of days of different magnetic character we find (Table 36) for
the first two terms that the amplitudes and phase-angles increase with increasing dis-
turbance. The constants for the higher terms run irregularly, but are large on the dis-
turbed days. This might be expected, since the disturbed days are represented by ten
cases only. Comparing the amplitudes of the first two terms with each other, we find
that the quiet and moderately disturbed days differ very little, but that the amplitude of
the second term is very large relatively to the first on the very disturbed days. The
ratios c2/ci for days with character-number 0, 1, and 2 are equal to 0.54, 0.56, and 1.17,
respectively.
(10) ABSOLUTE DAILY RANGES AND DAILY MAXIMA AND MINIMA
The absolute daily range at Four Pillar Island is generally less than 30', but during
magnetic storms it usually was more than 1° and on one occasion, January 20, 1925, it
reached 5° 27'. Table 37 gives for each month and for the whole year the number of
days on which the range was between stated limits.
Table 37 — Absolute Ranges for Number of Days, L. M. T., when Range was between Stated Limits
at Four Pillar Island
Month
0'-15'
15'-30'
30'-45'
45'-l°
1°-1?5
l?5-2°
Greater
than 2°
Sum
1924
December
12
14
8
1
0
2
7
5
7
8
7
5
2
5
5
7
3
1
1
1
4
1
2
0
1
3
0
0
3
1
0
2
2
1
3
0
1
1
0
1
2
0
24
31
26
19
20
9
1925
March
April
May
December to May
37
39
23
9
8
8
5
129
From this table we find that the range is less than 30' in 59 per cent of all cases,
between 30' and 1° in 25 per cent, and larger than 1° in 16 per cent.
Table 38 contains the mean, the maximum, and the minimum absolute range in
every month, the ratio between the mean absolute ranges for the month, and the mean
diurnal ranges as listed in Table 30, and also the final sunspot-numbers for the months
as published in the Journal of Terrestrial Magnetism.*
The mean absolute-ranges indicate a maximum of disturbance in the equinoctial
months, while the ratio between the mean absolute and the mean diurnal-range has a
maximum in winter.
6 Vol. 30 (1925), p. 86; vol. 32 (1927), p. 86.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 413
Table 38 — Absolute Daily Ranges, L. M. T., at Four Pillar Island
Year
Month
Mean
Maximum
Minimum
Ratio
Sunspot-numbers. . .
1924
1925
Mean
December
January
February
March
April
May
24l9
127.3
3.7
4i:5
326.9
5.1
3i:0
114.2
6.5
43:0
225.6
13.5
59:3
153.9
18.9
25:2
66.7
13.5
37:5
169.0
10.2
5.08
16.5
7.55
5.5
4.56
23.2
4.06
18.0
4.30
31.7
1.88
42.8
4.64
23.0
Tables 39 and 40 show the number of days in each month and for the whole period
when the daily extremes lie within given time-intervals of 2 hours. The frequency of
the occurrence of the extremes shows in both cases a double periodicity. The frequent
occurrence of the maximum between 6h and 8h and of the minimum between 14 h and
16 h corresponds to the normal diurnal variation, while the frequency of both extremes
between 20 h and 4h indicates that these hours are mostly disturbed. An inspection of
the records confirms this result.
Table 39 — Number
of Days when the Maximum Declination Occurred between
Stated He
mrs at Four Pillar Island
Month
0h-2h
2h-4h
4h-6h
6h-8h
8h-10h
10h-12h
12h-14h
14h-16h
16h-18h
18h-20h
20h-22h
22h-24h
192 U
December. .
5
3
1
5
0
0
0
0
0
1
4
0
1925
January. . . .
8
4
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
7
February. . .
3
0
5
4
1
0
0
0
0
1
4
8
March
8
0
2
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
April
2
1
3
2
2
0
0
0
0
2
6
0
May
Sum
0
0
2
a
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
26
8
16
22
7
0
0
0
0
4
19
27
Table 40 — Number of Days when the Minimum Declination Occurred between Stated Hours at Four Pillar Island
Month
0h-2h
2h-4h
4h-6h
6h-8h
8h-10h
10h-12h
12h-14h
14h-16h
16h-18h
18h-20h
20h-22h
22h-24'1
1924
December. .
6
1
1
0
0
4
6
1
0
0
2
3
1925
January. . . .
6
8
0
1
1
1
2
2
2
0
3
5
February. . .
8
3
3
0
2
1
2
4
1
0
1
1
March
6
3
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
1
0
2
April
2
4
1
0
0
1
2
6
0
1
1
2
May
Sum
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
1
0
1
0
29
19
5
1
3
7
14
24
4
2
8
13
Relation Between the Occurrence of Aurora Borealis and Magnetic Storms
During the drift we noted that the magnetic declination generally was changing
rapidly during a display of aurora. Our records are, however, too scanty to allow an
examination of the relationship between the two phenomena. At Cape Chelyuskin the
magnetic disturbances were recorded very frequently, but for this station we have no
corresponding notes regarding the occurrence of aurora. We kept no night-watchman
and, therefore, made no observations during the night, but the writer made extensive
414
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
notes regarding the occurrence of aurora before 22 h and after 8h. These notes were sent
home by Tessem and Knudsen in 1919 and were lost (p. 516). No copies exist and,
therefore, no data are available by means of which the relation between aurora and mag-
netic disturbances at Cape Chelyuskin can be examined. At Four Pillar Island, how-
ever, we have records of the magnetic declination and observations of the aurora for a
period of 4 months, December 1924 to March 1925, and here we can make an investigation
of this relation.
During the three winters from 1922 to 1925 regular observations of aurora were
taken by the night-watchmen, who were instructed at every even hour between 22 h
and 6h to note the intensity, form, and position in the sky of the auroral displays. Ob-
servations before 22 h and after 6h were taken by Malmgren or the writer. At Four
Pillar Island the observations of aurora were carried out from the end of September
1924 to the beginning of April 1925, when the nights became too bright for further obser-
vations. The observations do not permit a detailed investigation of the relations be-
tween the display of aurora borealis and the occurrence of magnetic disturbances, because
the notes regarding the aurora are too general and contain no information about time of
beginning and ending of displays, but a few compilations give an idea of the nature of the
relation. We may, at first, group the observed absolute-ranges of the declination ac-
cording to the maximum intensity of the aurora observed on the same day. The inten-
sity-scale of 1 to 4 was arbitrary, the classes being defined as follows: 1, weak; 2, moderate;
3, strong; 4, brilliant. The last description was used in two cases only, which in the fol-
lowing tables are included under intensity 3. For the period December to April, 71
days are available on which the range of the declination and the aurora both were ob-
served, including the cloudless days on which "No aurora" has been entered, but exclud-
ing all the overcast days. Table 41 contains the number of days on which no aurora or
aurora with intensity 1 to 3 was noted and on which the absolute diurnal range of the
declination stayed between the limits stated in the heading of the table.
Table 41 — Number of Days with Absolute Daily Range of Declination between Stated
Limits when Aurora of Different Intensities was Noted during the Day, with
Mean Ranges within Each Group and Number of Days of Magnetic
Character-Number 0,1, or 2, at Four Pillar Island
Intensity of
aurora
Absolute range
Magnetic character-
number
Mean
absolute
range
0'-15'
15'-30'
30'-l°
Greater
than 1°
0
1
2
No aurora
1
2
3
7
11
3
0
7
7
5
1
1
7
10
2
0
1
4
5
10
12
3
0
5
13
16
5
0
1
3
3
1418
22.7
43.8
103.9
The table also contains the number of days of character-number 0, 1, or 2, and
the mean absolute ranges corresponding to the various intensities of the aurora. From
the mean absolute ranges it is immediately seen that these increase with increasing
intensity of the aurora. From the other parts of the table the following conclusions can
be drawn:
(1) No severe magnetic disturbances occur in the absence of aurora, but small disturbances are
common.
(2) A weak aurora in more than half of all cases is accompanied by moderate magnetic disturb-
ances.
(3) A strong aurora is practically always accompanied by severe magnetic disturbances.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 415
The first of these conclusions is the most uncertain, because the observations of the
aurora were taken only at the even hours, and it is, therefore, quite possible that weak
displays may have occurred on nights when no auroras were noted at the even hours.
Fig. 26 — Magnetic correlation with auroral character
A closer inspection of the observations reveals that the altitude of the aurora above
the horizon is a factor of importance. We may divide the days into three groups, accord-
ing to the altitude of the aurora, then form the mean absolute ranges and count the num-
ber of days with character-number 0, 1, or 2 occurring within each group. The results
are represented in Table 42.
Table 42 — Mean Absolute Ranges and Number of Days of Magnetic Character-Number 0, 1,
or 2 when Aurora was Observed between Stated Altitudes at Four Pillar Island
Intensity
Altitude of aurora
Magnetic
character-
number
Altitude of aurora
0°-15°
15°-30°
Greater
than 30°
0°-15°
15°-30°
Greater
than 30°
1
2
3
20^3
15.3
2512
41.8
3518
56.5
103.9
0
1
2
12
11
1
3
6
0
0
17
6
It is evident from Table 42 that the intensity of the magnetic disturbances increases
with increasing altitude of the aurora. The very low auroras are frequently not accom-
416
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
panied by any magnetic disturbances, but the high auroras are always accompanied by
disturbances. It is also evident that during the brilliant displays the aurora always
spreads to greater altitudes above the horizon.
These results are confirmed if the single cases are inspected. In order to bring them
out still more clearly, we can give a magnetic character-number to the hours from which
observations of the aurora are available and correlate these character-numbers with the
observed auroras as has been done by C. Chree6 and Wright7 in their discussion of the
relation between aurora and magnetic character-number at Cape Evans.
For the period December 1, 1924, to April 6, 1925, there are 430 hours from which
both records of the declination and observations of aurora are available. The observa-
tions of aurora were generally made at every even hour, but the entries in the notebooks
on clear nights are frequently condensed, as, for instance, "0h to 6h, no aurora." In
these cases the observation "No aurora" has been entered on every second hour only
when comparing the notes with the records of the declination, viz, 0h, 2h, 4h, and 6h,
because the cloudiness was noted at these hours and, therefore, it is certain that no aurora
was observed at these hours, but it is not absolutely certain that the auroral observation
was taken at the odd hours between them. The hours at which auroral observations
had been taken were entered on forms, and the magnetic character 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, or 2
for these hours was estimated from the record and entered before the result of the auroral
observation was carried over to the form, in order to prevent prejudice when estimating
the magnetic character. If no aurora was observed, this was noted as 0. If aurora was
observed, the intensity, the altitude above the horizon, and the type of the aurora, whe-
ther quiet or moving, were entered. Arches and diffuse or cloud-like auroras were
regarded as quiet forms, while curtains, rays, and coronas were regarded as moving types.
A few cases had to be omitted because information about altitude or type was lacking.
Table 43 — Number of Hours of Stated Magnetic Character at Four Pillar Island
when No Aurora, Aurora of Different Intensity, Altitude of Aurora, and Type
of Aurora were Noted, with Mean Magnetic Character-Number of Each Group
Aurora
No aurora
Aurora of intensity:
1
2
3
Aurora at altitude above horizon
Smaller than 15°
15°-30°
Greater than 30°
Type of aurora:
Quiet
Moving
Hours with magnetic character-
number
131
43
1
0
41
3
0
43
1
0.5
89
50
15
1
46
12
8
52
14
17
32
14
3
22
8
19
31
18
1.5
9
4
3
1
14
5
13
Mean
magnetic
character-
number
0.28
0.55
0.98
1.56
0.44
0.80
1.24
0.56
1.08
Table 43 has been derived from this compilation of the observations. The table
contains the number of hours with character-number stated in the heading corresponding
to observations of no aurora, of auroras of different intensities, of different altitudes, and
of different forms. The mean magnetic character-numbers are found in the last column of
the table. From this column it is directly seen that the mean magnetic character of the
hour stands in close relation to the aurora. It is very small with absence of aurora, and in
the presence of aurora it increases with intensity, altitude, and movement of the aurora.
6 British Antarctic Expedition, 1910-1913. Terrestrial Magnetism, chapter XIV, p. 403.
7 Ibid. Observations of the Aurora, pp. 32-41.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 417
The magnetic character of the hour is smaller than 1 in 220 of the 241 hours at
which no aurora was noted. Regarding the 21 hours for which the character-number is
1 or 1.5 with absence of aurora, we find, when looking through the records, that in 14
cases, including the four when the character-number was 1.5, auroras were observed on
the same nights, but at different hours. Considering that the auroral observations were
taken once an hour only, it seems probable that aurora might have occurred even on the
nights containing the remaining seven cases. (See also Fig. 27.) We therefore find that:
(1) A magnetic disturbance of character 1 or larger occurred seldom if aurora was not present
at the same time.
(2) A magnetic disturbance of character 1 occurred very seldom if no aurora was observed
during the night, and a greater disturbance never occurred.
This is simply a statement of the conditions which we have observed, and not a general
conclusion.
Turning to the hours when aurora was observed, we find that frequently the weak
auroras were not accompanied by any magnetic disturbances and seldom by violent
ones, while the brilliant displays were accompanied always by disturbances which were
often violent. The same laws hold for low and high or for the quiet and moving auroras.
Grouping the auroras of different intensities and different types according to altitude,
we find the values in Table 44.
Table 44 — Number of Hours of Stated Magnetic Character-Number at Four Pillar
Island on which Auroras of Different Intensity or Type were Noted at
Different Altitudes above Horizon, with Mean Magnetic Character-Nwnbers
Aurora
Hour;
' with
magnetic character-
mini her
Mean magnetic
character-
number
Intensity
or type
Altitude
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
1
2
3
Quiet
Moving
(Smaller than 15°.
\ 15°-30°
40
3
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
39
4
0
1
0
0
38
8
4
8
3
4
0
1
0
38
7
7
7
5
2
18
4
10
4
3
7
0
1
2
18
6
7
4
1
13
3
1
1
0
0
9
0
0
4
3
0
2
0
1
12
0
1
4
0
2
1
0
0
4
0
2
4
0
1
5
0.42
0.42
1.13
0.62
1.06
1.17
Greater than 30°.
(Smaller than 15°.
jl5°-30°
[Greater than 30°.
[Smaller than 15°.
jl5°-30°
0.75
1.60
0.42
0.71
1.08
0 . 62
0.88
1.31
[Greater than 30°.
Smaller than 15°.
O5°-30°
[Greater than 30°.
Smaller than 15°.
O5°-30°
[Greater than 30°.
The figures in Table 44 bring out the fact that the altitude of the aurora is of greater
importance than the intensity or the type, because the differences between auroras of the
same intensity or type in different altitudes is greater than the difference between auroras
at the same altitude but of different intensity or type. We therefore find that :
(1) A low aurora is frequently not accompanied by any magnetic disturbance at the same hour
and never by a violent disturbance.
(2) A high aurora is always accompanied by a simultaneous magnetic disturbance and fre-
quently by a very violent one.
(3) The intense and rapidly moving auroras are accompanied by greater magnetic disturbances
than weak and quiet auroras occurring at the same altitude above the horizon.
The relationship between the displays of aurora and the magnetic disturbances
which the present investigations show at Four Pillar Island is much closer than the rela-
418
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
tionship which C. Chree and C. S. Wright found at Cape Evans, on the Antarctic Con-
tinent. Wright finds there no relation between the altitude of the aurora and the mag-
netic character at the hour of observation and only a slight relation between the brilliancy
of the aurora and the magnetic disturbance. In this connection, it is interesting to note
that at Cape Evans the middle of the day is mostly disturbed magnetically, but that the
frequency of the aurora shows a maximum in the night hours. At Four Pillar Island,
however, both the maximum of magnetic disturbance and the greatest frequency of
aurora occur around midnight.
Fig. 27 — Auroras and magnetic disturbances
The significance of the results regarding the relation between magnetic disturbances
and aurora at Four Pillar Island becomes clearer when the situation of the station
relative to the zone of maximum intensity is taken into account. The station was
located about 6° of latitude south of the zone of maximum frequency of the aurora. Dur-
ing the drift, the Maud was very close to this zone and the aurora was then very fre-
quently observed near the zenith; an arch extending from horizon to horizon and passing
above our heads was a common form. At Four Pillar Island the most frequent form of
aurora was, on the other hand, a low arch only 5° to 20° above the northern horizon,
probably corresponding to a quiet and narrow display of aurora in the zone where the
aurora generally occurs in the zenith. We have no observations which directly show
that a display of this form was accompanied by magnetic disturbances directly under-
neath it, but the very great frequency of magnetic disturbances recorded at Cape Chelyus-
kin, which was practically within the zone of maximum frequency of aurora, indicates
that there the aurora practically always is accompanied by magnetic disturbances.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 419
However this may be, our observations at Four Pillar Island show that these displays
of aurora are only occasionally accompanied by magnetic disturbances, which are
recorded in a region in which the display is seen as a low arch a few degrees above the
horizon. If, however, the display becomes more vivid, broadens out, or is displaced to
the south in such a way that it appears high in the sky at the southern station, then it is
accompanied by magnetic disturbances at this station.
Comparison of Diurnal Variation or Declination at Neighboring Stations
It will be of interest to compare the diurnal variation at the two stations, Cape
Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island, with the corresponding variation at neighboring sta-
tions. Previous to 1918 this variation had been determined for a complete year at only
one station in the region visited by the Maud, namely, at the Russian polar station,
Ssagastyr, at the Lena Delta, which was occupied from November 1882 to June 1884. 8 A
short series covering the months of January, February, and March 1879 is available from
Pitlekai, where A. E. Nordenskiold's vessel, the Vega, wintered during the first circum-
navigation of Asia.9 The nearest stations outside of the region from which observa-
tions for about one year are available are Teplitz Bay in Franz Josef Land, which was
occupied by the Ziegler Polar Expedition from October 1903 to June 1904,10 and the United
States polar station Ooglaamie, near Point Barrow, which was occupied from September
1882 to August 1883. u Table 45 shows the geographic positions of these stations, the
mean inclination, and the magnetic latitude, \f/, computed by means of the equation
tan =^^tan I
where I is the inclination. The table, furthermore, contains the diurnal-inequality range
(difference between maximum and minimum hourly values) deduced from the mean
diurnal variation of declination for a year, except for Pitlekai, where the range, which is
derived from the observations in January, February, and March only, is placed in
parentheses, and finally the sunspot-numbers are given. These latter numbers are only
approximate and are placed in parentheses at all stations where the observations extended
over less than one year. The stations have been arranged according to decreasing mag-
netic latitude. As the diurnal-inequality range, d, is known to vary considerably during
a sunspot-cycle, an attempt has been made to give in the last column of the table the
values, d0, reduced approximately to sunspot-number zero by means of the following
relation,12 in which S is the Wolf- Wolf er relative sunspot-number:
d = d0 (1+0.7 5)
From Table 45 it is seen that the diurnal-inequality range does not decrease regu-
larly with the magnetic latitude, as regards Ssagastyr, Four Pillar Island, and Pitlekai.
The magnetic latitudes of Teplitz Bay and Ssagastyr are nearly the same, but the range
at Ssagastyr is about half the range at Teplitz Bay.
In order to compare the character of the diurnal variation of the declination, the
first four Fourier constants representing the variation have been compiled in Table 46,
8A. v. Tillo. Beobachtungen der russisehen Polarstation an der Lenamiindung. I. Theil. Astronomische und
magnetische Beobachtungen 1882-1884 bearbeitet von V. Fuss, F. Mueller, und N. Jiirgens. 1895.
9 A. E. NordenskiQld. Vega-expeditionens vetenskapliga iakttagelser. Vol. II, pp. 429-504, Observations magne-
tiques faites pendant l'expedition de la Vega 1878-80, par A. Wijkander.
10 W. J. Peters and John A. Fleming. The Ziegler Polar Expedition, 1903-1905, Scientific Results. Washington,
D. C, 1907.
11 C. A. Schott. Discussion of magnetic observations at the United States polar station at Ooglaamie, Alaska.
Report of Superintendent of U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1883, Appendix No. 13, p. 347, Washington, D. C, 1884.
12 The coefficient of S, namely 0.7, while it applies strictly to the diurnal inequality, for all days, 1890-1900, at Pavlovsk,
Russia, appears to be fairly representative for a large region of the globe (see Encycl. Brit., 11th Ed., Vol. XVII, Table
XXVII, p. 372).
420
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
where the stations again have been arranged according to magnetic latitude. The
harmonic constants for the year at Teplitz Bay are published by W. J. Peters and John
A. Fleming, but the constants for the two half years have been computed from the
published hourly values. The computations of the constants for Ssagastyr, Ooglaamie,
and Pitlekai have also been made from the published hourly values.
Table 45 — Magnetic Stations in High Latitudes from. Franz Josef Land to Point Barrow, Alaska
Station
Period
Lat. north
Long, east
Incl'n
north
Mag'c
lat.
Diur.-
ineq.
range
Sun-
spot-
number
do
Cape Chelyuskin.
Teplitz Bay
Ssagastyr
Ooglaamie
Four Pillar Island
Pitlekai
Oct 1918-Aug 1919
Oct 1903-Jun 1904
Jan 1883-Dee 1883
Sep 1882- Aug 1883
Oct 1924-May 1925
Jan 1879-Mar 1879
0 /
77 33
81 47
73 23
71 18
70 43
67 06
o /
105 40
57 59
126 36
203 20
162 25
186 29
o /
85 32
83 12
83 09
81 24
79 08
77 01
O f
81 07
76 35
76 29
73 10
69 00
65 15
95
50
26
40
9.5
(6.6)
(75)
(38)
64
60
(23)
(0.5)
62
39
18
28
8.2
(6.6)
The diurnal variation at these stations for the mean of the year, excluding Pitlekai,
has been represented graphically in Figure 28, where the curves are computed by means of
the Fourier constants given in Table 46. In making a comparison between these
curves, not only the varying magnetic latitude should be kept in mind, but also the fact
that the curves apply to different sunspot-conditions (see Table 45).
Table 46 — Fourier Constants at Six Arctic Stations
Season
Station
Cl
ai
C2
a-i
Ci
a-i
a
a4
Winter . .
Summer .
Year. . . .
Cape Cheluyskin. . . .
Teplitz Bay
29.3
15.35
5.14
13.61
2.44
(1.18)
48.7
28.26
11.37
17.09
38.6
21.11
8.21
15.15
(3.5)
0
6.4
15.1
2.4
343.4
52.5
(312.6)
348.2
354.8
351.4
338.3
355.4
1.8
355.0
341.0
(42.0)
/
17.0
6.87
5.84
8.62
1.29
(0.91)
17.1
6.95
6.82
9.54
17.1
6.90
6.23
9.05
(2.2)
o
291.2
309.2
284.6
245.7
232.1
(210.2)
278.7
303 . 8
261.1
232.5
284.8
306.4
271.5
238.6
(215)
3.0
1.0
2.0
r.6
0.2
(0.4)
5.6
2.8
1.2
2.7
4.3
1.8
1.7
2.2
0
198
137
252
142
132
(342)
209
193
260
130
205
179
259
136
3.2
1.0
0.5
2.0
0.1
(1.2)
3.6
2.4
0.4
2.4
3.6
1.6
0.4
2.0
o
71
60
265
268
205
(264)
88
100
338
323
82
89
309
302
i Ssagastyr
Ooglaamie
Four Pillar Island . . .
(Pitlekai)
Cape Cheluyskin ....
Teplitz Bay
Cape Chelyuskin ....
Teplitz Bay
Ooglaamie
[(Four Pillar Island)..
Comparing the winter and summer values, we find that the amplitude of the 24-hour
terms at all stations is larger in summer than in winter, while the phase-angle is smaller.
The amplitude of the 12-hour wave at Cape Chelyuskin and at Teplitz Bay remains
almost constant from winter to summer, but increases slightly at Ssagastyr and Oogla-
amie. The phase-angle for the 12-hour wave at all stations is less in winter than in sum-
mer. The variations of the higher terms are more irregular, but we find that both
amplitudes and phase-angles generally increase from winter to summer. The ratio
between the amplitudes of the 12-hour and 24-hour terms varies from station to sta-
tion, but with remarkable regularity if the stations are arranged according to geographic
longitude. From the mean values for the year we find that the ratio c2/ci for Teplitz
Bay, Cape Chelyuskin, Ssagastyr, Four Pillar Island, and Ooglaamie, are respectively
0.33, 0.44, 0.76, 0.63, and 0.60. According to this, the ratio shows a maximum in the
vicinity of Ssagastyr.
Declination Recoeds, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 421
4H
8H
12
;H
I6H
20H
L
OCAL MtAIN
TIML
+40'
t
+20
-CA
PE
1
CHE
918-
:lyi
1919
JSK
M
N
-o'
-20'
+ 20'
'
ri
T
:pl
190
ITZ
3-19
BA
04
Y
+20'
sc
;ag/
18
83
YR
/
"20
-0'
»
«
-20'
+20'
OOOlmmivii
1882-1883
E
c!
iisk
■■'■(J
FC
)UR
PIL
192
LAf
4-19
* IS
25
LAN
ID
-20'
= o'
+ 10
-0'
-10
+10
=0
SA
RJA
HA
RB(
>R
1900- IS
01
<
SEA
a.
iV
^
s
1901-1902
Fig. 28 — Diurnal variation of magnetic declination at some Arctic stations
422
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Summing up, we find a good agreement between the main features of the diurnal vari-
ation at these stations as well as a regularity in the differences. The most outstanding
discrepancies are the large phase-angle of the 24-hour term at Four Pillar Island and the
small ranges at Four Pillar Island and Ssagastyr.
It is of interest to examine more closely the relation between the diurnal-inequality
range of the declination at these stations and the magnetic latitude. This relation, ac-
cording to L. A. Bauer,13 can be expressed approximately by the equation d = k sec2 ty,
where d is the range of the mean diurnal-variation for the year, \f/ the magnetic latitude,
and k a coefficient varying with sunspottedness. Using the diurnal-inequality data for
these stations compiled by W. J. Peters and J. A. Fleming14 and the final, corrected
sunspot-numbers, and then reducing all values of d to zero sunspot-number by means
of the approximate relation on page 419, the following preliminary expression is obtained
by the method of least squares:
do =1.80 sec2 yp (sunspot-number 0)
E. V. Krakau15 has recently made the relation between the diurnal range of the decli-
nation and the magnetic latitude subject to an extensive investigation and finds the rela-
tion:
d = (4:92+0^024 r) (0.6+tan #)
Where r is the sunspot-number and where d at polar stations represents the mean diurnal
range on quiet days. We can apply the formula of Bauer to the five stations for which we
have approximate values of the mean range (the first five stations of Table 45), but apply-
ing the formula by Krakau, we can use only the observations from Cape Chelyuskin and
Four Pillar Island. The diurnal-inequality range on quiet days at Cape Chelyuskin is
56' according to Table 20, and at Four Pillar Island it is approximately 9'. Data for
the quiet days are not available for Teplitz Bay, Ssagastyr, and Ooglaamie. We find
the following values as given in Table 47.
Table 47 — Observed and Computed Diurnal-Inequality Ranges of Declination
Station
Range (All days)
Range (Quiet days)
Observed
Computed
(Bauer)
Observed
minus
computed
Observed
Computed
(Krakau)
Observed
minus
computed
Gape Chelyuskin . . .
Teplitz Bay
95
50
26
40
9.5
114
43
48
30
16
-19
+ 7
-22
+ 10
- 7.5
56
47
+ 9
Ooglaamie
Four Pillar Island . . .
9
17
- 8
The number of stations is far too small to allow any comparison between the two
formulas, and such comparison is not intended by the writer, especially as the form-
ulas depend on different data and magnetic conditions. The intention of this and
the preceding discussion is to show that the diurnal variation at Cape Chelyuskin is of
the usual character, because the range corresponds to what might be expected from the
magnetic latitude, and the phase-angles of the various terms agree with the phase-
13 Terr. Mag., vol. 2, p. 70, 1897.
14 See footnote 10. The following final sunspot-numbers should be substituted for the published preliminary ones:
Teplitz Bay, 38.5 instead of 80; De Bilt, 24 instead of 60; Zikawei and Colaba, each 3 instead of 10; Buitenzorg, 42 instead
of 80. Owing to these changes, the values of k, given on p. 302 of the publication cited, no longer apply to the tabulated
mean sunspot-numbers.
16 E. V. Krakau. Etudes sur l'amplitude de la variation diurne de la declinaison magnetique en connexion avec la
latitude magnetique locale. /. Oeophys. Met., Leningrad, vol. II (1925), pp. 89-120.
Declination Records, Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island 423
angles at neighboring stations. The diurnal variation at Four Pillar Island is, however,
of an unusual character, because the range is much smaller than expected from the mag-
netic latitude, and the phase-angle of the 24-hour term deviates much from the corre-
sponding phase-angles at neighboring stations. This result is substantiated by the fact
that the ranges at the two stations (Ssagastyr and Pitlekai), which are nearest to Four
Pillar Island, are unusually small. The general conclusion to be drawn from the preced-
ing discussion is, therefore, that in northeastern Siberia we find a region where the
range of the diurnal variation of the declination is very small.
Hourly observations of the magnetic declination were also taken at two stations in
the region with which we have been dealing by E. v. Toll's Russian Polar Expedition of
1900 to 1903, namely, at Sarja Harbor, southwest of Cape Chelyuskin, and at Seal Bay,
halfway between Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island. These observations, which
were published in 1926 by the Commission for the Exploration of the Republic Yakutsk,
were not received before the above discussion had been completed,16 but must be briefly
mentioned here, because they add interesting information and confirm the conclusions
in the preceding section. The hourly values at both stations were determined by eye-
readings. Table 48 gives the periods of occupation of the stations, their geographical
positions, the magnetic latitudes, and the mean observed values and ranges of the decli-
nation. The latter were derived from the mean diurnal variation for the whole periods,
which was computed from the published values.
Table 48— Stations of E. v. Toll's Russian North Polar Expedition, 1900 to 1908, giving Hourly Observations of the
Magnetic. Declination
Station
Occupied
Number
of days
Lat.
north
Long.
east
Inclina-
nation
north
Magnetic
latitude
Declination
Sunspot-
number
Mean
value
Mean
range
Sarja Harbor
Dec 1900 to Apr 1901
Nov 1901 to Apr 1902
136
171
0 /
76 08
75 22
o /
95 04
137 10
o /
84 02
83 54
0 /
78 12
77 56
0 /
29 29 . 9
3 51.1
27
8.6
1.5
3.6
The diurnal variation at these two stations is represented graphically in Figure 28,
for which the curves have been computed by the Fourier constants compiled in Table
49. Comparing the curves in Figure 28 with the curves for the diurnal variation of
the declination at the previously discussed stations, we find that the diurnal variation
at Sarja Harbor deviates greatly from the variation at the two nearest stations, Teplitz
Bay and Cape Chelyuskin, the chief maximum occurring about four hours earlier than at
these stations. This is expressed in the Fourier analyses by the difference of the phase-
angles of the various terms from the corresponding values at the neighboring stations.
At Sarja Harbor we evidently meet a new type of the diurnal variation, but this station
lies in a region from which no previous observations are available and for which no con-
clusions regarding the character of the diurnal variation have been drawn.
Table 49 — Phase-Angles and Amplitudes for E. v. Toll's Stations of North Polar Expedition of 1900 to 1908
Station
Period
Cl
on
C2
a-2
a
as
Ci
«4
Sarja Harbor..
Dec 1900 to Apr 1901
Nov 1901 to Apr 1902
10.9
2.9
0
52.0
17.9
/
5.6
2.2
0
34.5
254.8
/
2.2
0.4
o
8
280
1.0
0.4
o
66
312
16 Travaux de la commission pour l'etude de la republique autonome sovietique socialiste Yakoute, Tome II: E. W.
Stelling, D. A. Smirnov. N. V. Rose. Recueil d'observations magn6tiques, faites en Yakoutie. Leningrad, 1926
424 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
The station Seal Bay, on the other hand, lies almost exactly halfway between
Cape Chelyuskin and Four Pillar Island and to the northeast of Ssagastyr. At this
station the diurnal variation is of the same type as known from Ssagastyr and Four Pillar
Island; the phase-angles of the two large terms have values between those found at
these stations, and the amplitudes are, considering the magnetic latitudes, still smaller.
The ratio between the amplitudes of the first two Fourier terms, c2/ci = 0.76, has exactly
the same value at Seal Bay as at Ssagastyr, where previously a maximum of this ratio
was found. The values of the amplitudes at Seal Bay confirm strongly the conclusion
that in northeastern Siberia there is a region where the range of the diurnal variation of
the declination is very small.
Part IV— OBSERVATIONS OF THE ATMOSPHERIC ELECTRIC POTENTIAL-
GRADIENT, 1922-1925
By H. U. Sverdrup
Instruments and Methods
(1) general remarks
When discussing the plans for the atmospheric-electric work of the Maud Expedi-
tion at the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism in 1922, it was decided to confine this
work to observations of the potential gradient on account of the extensive scientific
program and the limited personnel of the Expedition. The time before the departure was
too short for the construction of a suitable recording instrument and, accordingly, the
Expedition was equipped with instruments for eye-readings only. This circumstance
made the observations rather strenuous, because observations of the diurnal variation
of the potential gradient were the most important and these had to be obtained by eye-
readings through 24 hours. After the first winter we found that a recording instrument
would be so desirable that we constructed a recording electrometer on board the ship.
This electrometer will be described later.
The instruments which were supplied by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism
consisted of two electrometers, Wulf bifilar quartz-fiber electrometer 3537 and Gunther
and Tegetmeyer leaf -electrometer 1443, two 100-cell chloride-of-silver batteries, four
ionium collectors, two collector-posts with protected insulators, two wall-insulators with
protective caps on both ends, and various accessories, including an ample supply of
drying material. When constructing the protective caps of the collector-posts and the
wall-insulators advantage was taken of the experience from the Antarctic, which Dr.
G. C. Simpson1 has described in his discussion of the observations of the potential
gradient at McMurdo Sound. For further information reference may be made to the
figures which are published in Dr. Simpson's report.
(2) CALIBRATIONS OP ELECTROMETERS AND TEMPERATURE-EFFECT
The two electrometers were calibrated before the departure of the Expedition and on
numerous occasions on board the Maud. The latter were made in the laboratory, using
a voltmeter for determining the potential, which was applied to the fibers or leaf, and
during the winter of 1922 to 1923 also on deck without voltmeter, because the chloride-of-
silver batteries which were used could not deliver any current at the low temperatures.
The temperature-coefficient during the last named calibrations was applied to the
potential of the chloride-of-silver batteries. All calibrations of quartz-fiber electrometer
3537 were in perfect agreement with each other, and no temperature-effect could be
discovered. The electrometer remained absolutely unchanged until the middle of May
1925, when the observations were to be concluded. Then the shellac, fastening the
quartz bow to which the lower ends of the quartz fibers are attached, loosened. The
bow was brought back to approximately the old place, but the readings of the electro-
meter were changed considerably.
During the winter 1922 to 1923, when used for field observations, the leaf -electro meter
1443 was calibrated, together with electrometer 3537. The first, in contrast to 3537,
showed a marked temperature-effect, the sensitivity being smaller with low temperatures.
The potential corresponding to a given reading of the electrometer at — 26° C was about
6 per cent higher than the potential corresponding to the same reading at +15° C. This
temperature-effect was taken into account when converting the readings to potentials.
1 British Antarctic Expedition 1910-1913. Meteorology, vol. I, Discussion, p. 302.
425
426 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
(3) methods of observing during the winter 1922 to 1923
The ordinary observations of the atmospheric-electric potential in the winter of
1922 to 1923 were taken in the ice-house, which was built in October 1922. A collector-
post bearing the collector at an altitude of 180 centimeters above the surface was frozen
fast in the ice at a distance of 3.7 meters from the wall of the house. When drift-snow
accumulated around the house, the collector was shifted higher up, thus keeping
constant the distance from the surface to collector. A wall-insulator which was pro-
tected by a wooden tube was built in the wall when the house was constructed. The
electrometer could be attached directly to the inner protecting cap of the wall-insulator,
while the auxiliary batteries, watch, and recording forms could be placed on a small table.
The electrometer and the batteries were never left in the ice-house, but after each obser-
vations were carried back to the ship, because the ice might break at any time and instru-
ment left on the ice might be damaged or lost.
G. Olonkin, chief engineer, received instructions in taking the potential-gradient
observations and took all the daily observations. During the 24-hour series he was
assisted by F. Malmgren, assistant scientist, and by the writer. Malmgren during this
winter also made the field observations for determination of the reduction-factor.
At the beginning of October 1922 the following program was decided upon: Obser-
vation of the potential gradient, 20 readings in 20 minutes, were to be taken regularly
once a day at approximately the same Greenwich hour. Simultaneous observations
with electrometer 3537 in the ice house and with electrometer 1443 at a field station for
determination of the reduction-factor were to be taken in sufficient number. Observa-
tions throughout 24 hours for diurnal variation, consisting of readings during 20-minute
periods, centered on the Greenwich hours, were to be taken, if possible, once a week. The
last part of the program could not be carried out to the desired extent, mainly on account
of the weather conditions. The potential would become disturbed as soon as the wind
was strong enough to cause a slight drift of the snow along the surface and would always
increase to values far beyond our range of measuring when the drift became dense. Con-
sequently, weeks passed in which no 24-hour series could be attempted and on several
occasions a series had to be discontinued on account of increasing wind and drift. At the
end of May the increasing amount of fog made the observations very difficult, because a
satisfactory insulation could not be maintained for any length of time. The dampness of
the air became still greater in June, July, August, and September, frustrating all attempts
to make atmospheric-electric observations during this period.
A number of successful 24-hour runs were obtained from October 1922 to April 1923,
showing a diurnal variation which, referred to Greenwich time, was in perfect agreement
with the variation found over all the oceans, according to the observations taken during
the cruises of the Carnegie, thus confirming the conclusion that this variation follows
universal time.2 We found that it would be very desirable to confirm this result by a
large number of series, but we could not increase the number of 24-hour eye-readings
without straining the observers beyond reasonable limits. We would need a recording
instrument, and the writer, therefore, asked our aviator, O. Dahl, whose skill as an
instrument-designer and maker was invaluable to the Expedition, to construct a recording
quadrant-electrometer.
(4) RECORDING QUADRANT-ELECTROMETER
All details of the complete instrument are shown in Figure 29, which was prepared
by Dahl in November 1923. The main part is an ordinary quadrant-electrometer with a
2S. J. Mauchlt. Note on the diurnal variation of the atmospheric-electric potential-gradient, Phys. Rev., N. S.,
vol. 18 (1921), pp. 161-162 and 477; also, Recent results derived from diurnal-variation observations of the atmospheric-
electric potential-gradient on board the Carnegie, Bull. National Research Council No. 17 (1922), pp. 73-77.
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
427
T»£ neCORD/HG AHO £L£CTfiOM£T£ff W/TS
A6C BO Ttl R£MOvA£L£ £fiOM 3M£L T£f? ffor
CONH£CT/NG TEKM//VALS
Fig. 29— Plan and elevations of recording electrometer for atmospheric potential-gradient registrations
(All dimensions given in milimeters)
428 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
long arm provided with a pen attached to the lemniscate. A contact-watch closed an
electric circuit every fourth minute, and by means of an electromagnet, operating a lever,
the pen was pressed down to the paper on a revolving drum, making a mark with ink.
The drum revolved once in 24 hours with a time scale of 11 mm. corresponding to one
hour. A further description does not appear necessary, nor is it necessary to detail the
many difficulties which had to be overcome and the many experiments which were
undertaken before the instrument worked properly, but a few may be mentioned. The
arrangement of the quadrants, of the damping, and of the connection from the collector,
and the construction of the recording unit did not present great difficulties, but such
arose when perfect electrostatic insulation was to be insured and suitable sensitivity was
to be provided. We had no supply of amber for insulation and an amber pipe-stem was
sacrificed and cut up into the necessary pieces. However, these pieces could not be
shaped so that they could be placed where they could be cleaned easily. This circum-
stance proved to be a great drawback and caused considerable inconvenience, because
the instrument had to be taken apart and reassembled frequently in order to clean the
insulating parts.
The sensitivity could be regulated either by changing the potential applied to the
quadrants or the suspension-fiber of the lemniscate. Using a bifilar silk-fiber suspension
and applying a potential of about 110 volts to one quadrant-pair, the sensitivity was ad-
justed to make 1 mm. correspond to about 6.5 volts, thus making the recording range
about 550 volts. The potential on the quadrants was supplied by a battery composed
of flash-light dry cells. The chloride-of-silver batteries were entirely destroyed by the
moisture during the summer of 1923, but fortunately we had a great number of dry
cells of the type which had to be filled with electrolyte before being used. These dry
cells in 1918 were presented to the Expedition by the firm Hellesen Enke and V. Ludvig-
sen, Copenhagen, and were originally intended to be attached under a pilot-balloon
during night ascents to provide current for a flash-light lamp which could be followed by
theodolite. However, small paper lanterns were found far more practical for this pur-
pose, but the dry cells became invaluable for the atmospheric-electric work.
(5) INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF THE RECORDING ELECTROMETER
The experiments with the new electrometer were made in August and September
1923, and in October 1923 it was ready for use. It was installed in an unheated room on
deck to which connection from the collector was brought through one of the wall-insu-
lators. It was evidently of advantage to have practically the same temperature in the
recording room as outdoors, because no deficiency of the insulation due to temperature
differences between the two ends of the wall-insulator arose. On the other hand, the
observer was subject to some discomfort when attending to the instrument at low tem-
peratures, when changing the paper on the drum, or when cleaning the inconveniently
placed insulating parts of the electrometer. The collector was placed on top of a build-
ing which extended out from the side of the ship and was 6 meters above the ice. This
distance was so great that a small change in the immediate surroundings of the ship
caused by accumulation of snow did not affect the potential. In the fall of 1924 the col-
lector was so placed that it reached farther out from the side of the ship, and for this
reason the reduction-factor became smaller during the winter 1924 to 1925 than during that
of 1923 to 1924. The battery which supplied the potential on one quadrant-pair was
placed in the laboratory with one terminal connected to earth and the other leading to
the recording electrometer. The potential on the quadrant was checked twice a day by
connecting this terminal to electrometer 3537. The atmospheric-electric potential was
also read from two to six times a day by means of electrometer 3537 in order to keep the
scale-value of the recording electrometer under control. A linear relation between
the potential and the ordinate of the curve was found over the whole range.
Plate 7
3
Potential-Gradient Equipment Used on "Maud" Expedition
String and leaf electrometers with accessories
Post-insulator with cover removed
Insulator mounted in jig for recasting
sulphur insulation
Inner and outer members of baffle-chamber
Aluminum-leaf electrometer and protecting
cap
2 Assembly of electrometer, baffle-chamber,
and wall-insulator
7 Assembled post-insulator
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925 429
In order to obtain a record of the base-line, an alarm clock was attached to the
inner protecting cap of the wall-insulator. The hour-hand of the clock was provided
with an arm which once an hour touched the connection from the collector and earthed
this for a period of such length that two or three points corresponding to collector to
earth were recorded. This device was later changed so that the collector was con-
nected to earth once in four hours. A contact-watch, which was placed in the laboratory,
closed the electric circuit which operated the electromagnet of the recording device every
fourth minute.
The capacity of the whole recording system was so great that it was found necessary
to combine three ionium collectors in order to get the system loaded to the potential of
the air in a reasonably short time. This collector was sufficiently active as long as it
remained free of frost, but the least deposit of frost reduced the activity very much.
Presence of frost became evident on the records by the slow rise of the potential after the
collector had been earthed. Generally it could be kept clean by taking it indoors for
drying twice a day, but occasionally the formation of frost was too rapid and the record
was spoiled.
The reduction-factor was determined by observing the potential gradient with elec-
trometer 3537 over smooth ice at a sufficient distance from the ship for a period of 20
minutes and scaling the recorded potential for the same period.
The recording electrometer was in operation during two periods, from October 1923
to the beginning of May 1924 and from November 1924 to April 1925. No records
could be obtained during the period May to September on account of the great dampness
of the air. Technical difficulties delayed the beginning of the recording in the fall of 1924
and warm weather brought the temperature above the freezing-point in the recording-
room during the latter part of April 1925, making the maintenance of proper insulation
impossible. The records show in these periods a large number of breaks, partly due
to mechanical imperfections of the recording electrometer and partly to the weather
conditions. With strong winds accompanied by snow-drift the potential always
increased so much that the pen went off the drum and, during nights with excessive frost
formation, the activity of the collector was reduced or the collector was short-circuited
by ice-crystals forming on the protecting cap of the insulator to the supporting rod.
The number of successful records in spite of these breaks is so large that the time devoted
to the construction of and attendance to the recording electrometer has been well invested.
During the winters 1923 to 1924 and 1924 to 1925, G. Olonkin took all observations
for reduction-factor at the field station, while the writer attended to the recording
electrometer.
(6) REDUCTION-FACTORS
In order to convert the observed or recorded potentials to potential gradients in volts
per meter, it was necessary to determine the reduction-factors by observing the potential
gradient over smooth ice. These observations were carried out in the ordinary way by
suspending at a measured distance from the surface a collector on an insulated wire,
which was stretched between two poles. The poles were placed in carefully selected
locations where the surface of the ice was almost level and where the distances to the
nearest pressure-ridges, which were 2 to 3 meters high, were from 30 to 100 meters. The
locations were 200 to 400 meters removed from the ship. In the winter of 1922 to 1923
the reduction-factor was determined by simultaneous observations of the potential with
electrometer 1443 at the field station and 3537 in the ice house, both instruments being
read once a minute for a period of 20 minutes. During the winters of 1923 to 1924 and 1924
to 1925, the reduction-factor was determined by observing the potential gradient at a field
station for a period of 20 minutes with 3537 and comparing the average value for this
period with the potential recorded simultaneously by the quadrant electrometer.
430
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
The observed potential gradients and potentials and the computed reduction-
factors are shown in Table 50 for the three periods of observation. For the first period,
winter 1922 to 1923, eight series of observations are available, of which six agree very well,
while two give apparently high values. For this period the simultaneous variations of
Table 50 — Observations of the Reduction-Factor
Date
Time
G.M.T.
Potential
gradient
Observed
or recorded
potential
Reduction-
factor B
Weight
1922
Nov 3
6
16
23
1923
Feb 6
21
Apr 11
21
Weighted
h in
22 12
22 26
0 10
23 57
1 01
0 01
22 45
0 22
vim
120
98
120
128
108
120
132
105
198
123
149
214
192
185
223
166
0.61
0.80
0.81
0.60
0.56
0.65
0.59
0.63
2
1
0
3
2
3
2
2
0.62
Oct 25
Nov 19
20
21
30
Dec 5
7
10
1924-
Feb 25
Mar 10
14
20
25
26
29
Apr 12
0 48
1 25
0 07
0 01
0 44
1 14
0 38
1 10
0 46
23 22
23 04
23 12
23 34
5 20
0 v40
0 20
112
100
82
83
86
88
115
116
102
124
91
121
100
77
111
100
138
118
94
99
104
113
153
138
131
130
122
169
141
105
188
139
0.81
0.85
0.87
0.84
0.83
0.78
0.75
0.84
0.78
0.95
0.75
0.72
0.71
0.73
0.59
0.72
0.78
Nov 12
14
30
Dec 3
4
14
1926
Jan 19
23
26
29
Feb 19
24
Mar 3
Apr 8
30
23 08
0 00
23 50
0 46
0 06
23 30
0 40
23 49
23 36
1 04
1 04
0 34
23 40
1 00
23 46
77
99
57
82
87
81
57
73
63
50
88
114
106
80
94
134
181
86
138
148
150
101
126
89
59
166
176
172
166
180
0.57
0.55
0.66
0.59
0.59
0.54
0.56
0.58
0.71
0.85
0.53
0.65
0.62
0.48
0.52
0.60
the potential at the field station and at the observatory were compared by plotting the
values for every minute on coordinate paper. The factors were then assigned weights
and entered in the table according to the agreement between the variations, assuming
that this agreement indicated identical conditions at both stations.3 The observation
3 J. P. Ault and S. J. Mauchly. Atmospheric-electric results obtained aboard the Carnegie, 1915-1921, Res. Dep.
Terr. Mag., vol. V (1915-1921), pp. 195-209.
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925 43.1
of November 16 was excluded, because there was no agreement between the variations.
On November 6 the agreement was only fair, but on the other days it was good or excel-
lent. Thus the weighted mean value, 0.62, has been adopted as the reduction-factor for
the winter 1922 to 1923.
It may here be noted that the collector-post was placed 3.7 meters from the ice
house on level ice. The collector was 180 cm. above the surface and the height of the
house was about 2 meters. Supposing the house to be absent, we should have found
the reduction-factor equal to 1/1.80 = 0.56, but this value is increased by 10 per cent
to 0.62, owing to the presence of the house. We may get an idea of the increase which
should be expected by applying the formulae which C. H. Lees4 has developed for the
potential in the vicinity of the middle of long walls. Considering the ice-house as a
long, thin wall of height 2 meters and at a distance of 4 meters from the collector-post,
we find that the measured potential has to be multiplied by 1.11 in order to be reduced to
undisturbed conditions, that is, the reduction-factor r is equal to 0.56X1.11 =0.62. Con-
sidering, on the other hand, the ice-house as a long retaining-wall, we find that the
measured potentials must be multiplied by 1.24, giving r = 0.70. The latter value is
obviously too large, because the ice-house was of short length compared to the distance
to the collector. The first value may be more nearly correct, because, though the house
is short, it has a certain depth. Considering these circumstances, the agreement be-
tween the observed values and the computed values must be regarded as satisfactory.
In the next two periods no discrimination between good and bad observations was
possible, because the potential at the observatory was recorded every fourth minute
only and because the small time-scale made the identification of corresponding potentials
difficult. The observed reduction-factors for these periods show greater scattering, which
is due, at least partly, to the imperfections of registration, namely, small time-scale and
uncertainty as to base-line. The mean values 0.78 and 0.60 which have been adopted
for the two periods, the winter 1923 to 1924 and the next winter, respectively, are prob-
ably correct, however, within 5 per cent, because the probable errors of these values are
±1.8 per cent and ±2.6 per cent, respectively.
The difference in the values for the two winters is explained by the circumstance
that the collector during the winter 1924 to 1925 extended farther out from the side of
the ship than during the preceding winter. The potential recorded at the same altitude
above the surrounding, ice, therefore, would become higher and consequently the reduction-
factor smaller.
It may be noted that it is not possible to detect any definite departure from a linear
relationship between observed or recorded potential and potential gradient. Further-
more, no material seasonal change in the value of the reduction-factor is present. A
seasonal change might be caused by an accumulation of snow near the ship, which would
be accompanied by an increase of the reduction-factor. The observations seem rather
to indicate a decrease, but this is too small and uncertain to be taken into account.
(7) TABLES OF RESULTS
Table 51 contains the results of the daily observations from October 11, 1922 to May
30, 1923. In the first part is given the Greenwich date, the G. M. T. of the observation,
and the potential gradient in volts per meter. The last part contains an abstract of the
meteorological observations, namely, the true direction of the wind, the wind velocity in
meters per second, the temperature of the air in degrees centigrade, the amount of cloudi-
ness on a scale of 10, and statements regarding occurrence of fog or precipitation. The
barometric pressure has not been entered, because it is a factor of small importance in the
4 C. H. Lees. On the shape of the equipotential surfaces in the air near long walls or buildings and on their effect
on the measurement of atmospheric potential-gradient, Proc. R. Soc, A, vol. 91 (1915), pp. 440-451.
432 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 51 — Simultaneous Values of Potential Gradient, Wind-Direction and Velocity, Temperature, and Cloudiness while in the Drift-ice
Wind
Temper-
Wind
Temper-
Date
G.M.T.
Potential
ature,
Cloudi-
Date
G.M.T.
Potential
ature,
Cloudi-
gradient
centi-
ness
gradient
centi-
ness
True dir.
Velocity
grade
True dir.
Velocity
grade
1922
h m
v/m
m/sec
o
1922
h m
v/m
m/sec
o
Oct 11
21 36
108
NE
3.1
-12
9
Nov 3
22 12
123
NW
2.5
-23
1
12
21 10
130
NE
6.4
-15
1
4
22 10
92
WNW
4.0
-23
1
13
21 10
102
ENE
9.3
-10
10
5
22 00
' 85
0.0
-22
10
14
21 00
230
E
7.6
- 9
9
6
22 14
77
NW
2.9
-20
10
15
22 02
142
NNW
2.0
-13
5
7
22 11
76
N
2.0
-20
10
16
21 28
132
W
4.9
-16
7
9
22 24
92
W
7.8
-26
10
17
22 06
103
E
3.1
-16
8
10
22 13
99
NW
1.2
-32
1
18°
21 05
86
E
4.7
-14
10
11
22 30
177
ENE
7.3
-25
10
19
22 09
38
ESE
6.1
- 6
8
12
22 11
83
ENE
4.7
-23
10
20
22 21
62
SE
6.4
- 5
8
13
22 00
75
S
2.5
-21
10
216
22 09
81
E
3.6
-11
10
14
22 20
83
E
2.4
-25
10
22
22 19
67
E
5.4
-16
10
15
22 16
112
SE
1.5
-21
10
23
22 16
99
ENE
5.0
-15
4
16
0 07
92
ENE
0.0
-23
24
22 00
122
NE
6.9
-22
2
16a
22 21
130
ENE
4.2
-23
10
25
22 15
104
E
5.9
-23
0
17
22 09
57
E
3.5
-25
1
26
22 17
128
E .
3.8
-19
1
18
22 11
83
SE
2.3
-24
1
27
22 14
105
S
3.5
-15
10
19
22 07
66
NE
4.2
-29
1
28
22 15
45
ESE
5.6
-17
10
20
22 00
109
N
2.4
-24
10
29
30
22 35
22 13
E
ESE
8.8
6.4
-18
-17
3
8
21
22
22 08
22 07
116
123
NW
WNW
3.8
3.1
-22
-29
10
2
123
23
23
22 14
23 57
165
132
NE
NE
2.4
2.4
-33
-33
1
1
h
24
22 15
258
N
3.7
-26
10
Mean . . .
22.0
106
For all
25
22 46
251
NE
6.1
-19
10
Mean . . .
22.0
100
For wind-velocity
less than 6
0 meters
26
22 11
113
SSE
4.4
-30
2
per second
27
22 00
148
E
2.0
-34
2
28
29
22 25
22 10
249
165
E
NE
7.8
-18
-27
5
3.7
1
Mean . .
h
22.2
122
For all
Mean . .
22.2
111
For wind- velocity less than 5 . 0
meters per second
1922
h m
v/m
m/sec
o
1923
h m
v/m
m/sec
O
Dec 2
22 10
93
S
2.2
-32
2
Jan 1
22 22
87
ENE
3.7
-33
1
3C
22 05
99
NE
3.2
-20
10 '
2
20 00
228
ENE
5.7
-32
2
5
22 22
93
SW
3.8
-28
1
5
22 17
138
wsw
2.2
-33
6
7
21 40
126
WNW
4.1
-21
10
6
22 59
143
NW
1.9
-32
7
8
22 11
84
E
4.3
-24
10
7
22 32
137
E
3.5
-29
10
10
22 30
68
ESE
5.0
-19
7
8
22 00
150
ESE
0.7
-31
8
11
22 00
135
ESE
4.1
-21
0
9
22 41
128
ENE
2.4
-27
JO
12°
22 22
160
N
1.6
-19
10
10
22 14
127
SSE
1.0
-36
1
13
22 10
95
ENE
4.8
-24
5
11
22 10
106
SW
1.6
-40
1
16
22 25
116
E
4.9
-25
1
12
22 26
100
N
1.8
-41
7
17
22 20
133
E
3.8
-25
1
13
22 33
107
0.0
-41
1
18
22 00
119
E
2.2
-27
2
17
22 23
107
ESE
4.1
-36
10
19
22 04
137
E
1.0
-26
4
22
22 56
81
SE
2.8
-37
4
20°
22 08
94
NNW
0.9
-22
10
23
22 00
143
ENE
1.6
-42
1
22c
22 21
126
WNW
2.0
-25
10
24
22 26
128
N
0.6
-42
1
23
22 24
130
NW
2.0
-33
1
25
22 30
169
ssw
3.4
-37
2
26d
22 30
153
NE
1.5
-27
10
27
22 39
83
SW
3.4
-29
9
27
22 25
97
NW
3.4
-32
6
28
22 36
85
NNW
1.0
-31
10
29
22 29
76
N
2.8
-32
3
29
22 34
171
ENE
5.7
-37
1
30
22 25
90
N
2.6
-28
5
30
22 36
75
E
6.0
-39
1
31
22 30
73
NE
2.3
-32
10
31
22 17
157
E
7.0
-36
1
Mean . . .
h
22.3
109
For all
Mean . .
h
22.4
126
For all
Mean . . .
22.3
109
For wind-velocity
meters per secoi
less than 5
ad
.0
Mean . .
22.6
119
For wine
meters
l-velocity less than 5
i per second
.0
" Fog. h Snow. c Mist. d Heavy fog. ' Light snow.
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
433
Table 51 — Simultaneous Values of Potential Gradient, Wind-Direction and Velocity, Temperature, and Cloudiness while in the Drift-ice —
Concluded
Wind
Temper-
Wind
Temper-
Date
G.M.T.
Potential
ature,
centi-
Cloudi-
ness
Date
G.M.T.
Potential
gradient
ature,
centi-
Cloudi-
ness
gradient
True dir.
Velocity
grade
True dir.
Velocity
grade
1923
h m
v/m
m/sec
o
1923
h m
v/m
m/sec
0
Feb 1
22 41
135
ENE
7.0
-34
10
Mar 1
22 45
107
SSW
1.9
-24
10
2
22 35
102
NE
2.9
-36
5
<>
22 43
98
w
3.5
-28
2
3
22 55
117
wsw
2.5
-35
7
3
22 30
151
sw
2.9
-30
2
4
22 15
88
ssw
3.4
-31
10
10
22 51
92
s
1.5
-36
0
5
22 00
127
ssw
1.2
-37
1
11
22 14
124
ENE
5.5
-34
10
6
22 20
110
ssw
4.7
-28
4
12
22 52
119
NE
2.9
-32
5
7
22 21
83
ssw
2.8
-28
2
14
21 58
159
W
2.2
-35
0
8
22 28
74
SSE
2.0
-31
1
15
22 35
123
SSE
1.5
-33
0
13
22 33
47
SSE
3.0
- 9
10
16
22 15
141
ESE
0.9
-33
0
14
22 30
147
w
2.0
-21
2
17
22 49
140
SE
2.3
-34
0
15a-6
22 14
104
NNE
3.2
-20
10
18
22 35
123
SE
2.0
-34
4
16
22 24
136
E
1.5
-27
2
19
22 30
186
SE
1.8
-34
0
17
22 37
93
E
4.8
-29
2
20
22 45
135
ESE
4.8
-30
5
19
22 46
84
S
3.8
-17
2
22
22 19
135
ESE
2.8
-33
3
20a
22 00
117
sw
1.2
-28
10
24
22 15
116
ESE
6.8
-24
10
26
22 01
159
sw
3.6
-35
2
27
22 10
128
SW
3.5
-26
0
28
22 15
125
WNW
4.4
-21
9
28
22 27
120
0.0
-24
1
Mean. . .
h
22.4
109
For all
Mean . .
h
22.5
129
For all
Mean . . .
22.4
107
For wind-velocity less than I
meters per second
».o
Mean . .
22.5
130
For wind-velocity less than 5
meters per second
.0
1923
h m
v/m
m/sec
O
1923
h m
v/m
m/sec
O
Apr 6
23 33
140
E
6.0
-21
2
May 1
22 43
116
ESE
8.0
-20
3
7
23 28
139
ESE
4.8
—21
7
4«
22 26
85
SSW
3.6
-13
10
8
23 13
169
S
2.4
—18
3
5
22 30
151
WSW
2.9
-18
1
9
23 00
181
SW
1.8
-20
1
6
22 39
115
WSW
0.9
-14
10
11
23 46
145
WSW
2.4
-22
1
7e
22 50
127
ssw
1.1
-17
10
12
23 22
151
sw
2.0
-22
2
8
22 44
158
E
5.3
-11
5
13
23 27
154
NW
0.6
-19
10
9s
22 37
102
ENE
4.4
-10
10
15
23 00
150
N
0.9
-25
2
10
22 48
159
NE
7.2
—15
1
16"
22 16
153
SSE
1.2
-25
10
146
22 00
71
ENE
7.3
-11
10
17
22 01
137
SE
4.7
-27
1
16
22 32
203
NW
6.8
-13
3
18
22 10
139
E
4.8
-27
2
19
22 38
125
N
5.5
-13
8
19
22 25
140
ESE
3.4
-25
0
21
22 08
147
SW
6.8
-13
0
21
00 22
103
NW
0.9
-23
2
23
22 00
123
NW
1.6
-14
o
21
22 39
86
NW
1.7
-23
2
24
22 28
106
NW
0.7
-12
1
22'
22 18
91
NNW
2.2
-22
10
25
22 22
105
E
3.7
-11
10
23
22 24
62
WNW
2.9
-19
10
26
22 36
93
E
2.9
- 6
10
24
22 01
94
E
1.3
-24
6
28
21 58
96
SE
2.9
— 7
1
25
22 02
97
E
8.0
-21
2
29
22 15
123
SE
3.2
- (i
2
30
22 09
124
SE
0.4
- 0
1
Mean . . .
h
22.2
130
For all
Mean . .
h
22. 5
123
ForaU
Mean. . .
22.2
131
For wind-velocity less than 5
meters per second
.0
Mean. .
22.5
111
For wind-velocity less than 5
meters per second
.0
Means
October 1
922 to May 1923 at 22h.4, 119.
1 volts pe
r meter; day
s without
drift at 22l
.4, 114.5 volts per meter
■ Fog. b Snow. c Mist. d Heavy fog. e Light snow.
434
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
study of the potential gradient and because possibje relations between atmospheric pres-
sure and potential gradient will not be discussed in the present paper. The relative
humidity has also been omitted, because reliable measurements of this quantity are
very difficult at low temperatures and are not available for the winter 1922 to 1923.
F. Malmgren succeeded later on (fall of 1923), in developing a method by which the rela-
tive humidity could be measured with great accuracy at very low temperatures.5 Some of
his results will be utilized when discussing the observations of the two winters 1923 to 1925.
Table 52 contains the results of the 24-hour series of eye-readings for determining the
diurnal variations. The potential gradients are entered for every Greenwich hour and
Table 52 — Hourly Values of Potential Gradient in Volts per Meter
Day
lh
2h
3"
4h
5»
6»
7h
8h
9h
10h
11"
12h
13h
14h
15"
1922
Oct 17
18
24
25
Nov 5
6
13
14
21
22
27
28
Dec 11
12
18
19
192S
Jan 7
8
23
24
Mean. .
Feb 5
6
20
21
25
26
Mar 4
5
13
14
Apr 9
10
16
17
24
2"5
May 14
15
22
23
Mean. .
102
110
112
110
116
94
93
88
104
90
114
(125)a
(136)
98
101
[164
110
104
108
199
60
47
41
40
57
46
35
55
72
78
58
104
97
91
58
113
71
76
63
85
63
(65)5
(65)
66
62
89
92
90
97
117
81
78
73
67
64
89
104
109
98
78
90
89
107
116
124
120
118
115
122
123
136
127
115
108
116
121
104
144
111
149c
[104
97
98
92
112
105
122
116
130
114
157
111
121
112
113
104
130
101
199
110
250
125
161
125
148
130
221
131
104
108
106
97
1.20
112
[ 76]
100
119
77
79
77
90
73
127
89
156
97
166
100
135
113
160
138
154
141
198
146
204
158
98
104
99
97.5
90.5
89.8
89.0
94.1
89.2
90.1
95.8
99.2
98.6
102.5
112.8
121.5
126.8
134.6
84
100
105
100
100
88
98
97
115
126
118
119
121
126
115
110
111
116
101
141
81
84
77
50
103
84
102
90
100
95
107
97
104
109
95
91
96
78
72
92
103
129
160
176
108
[120
120
123
117
126
106
114]
147
134
118
125
133
130
138
126
141
122
152
125
150
154
155
143
134
157
144
148
152
166
164
175
193
193
187
136
134
136
[110
107
109
109
102
116
126
136
131
100
85
62
71
55
50
[ 65
23
8
102
92
89
98
91
120
82
125
79
125
91
158
70
154
65
147
38
141
19
101
4
25
6
14
178
157
141c
98
120
141
100
101
108
91
100
96
82
87
89
99
104
76
66
127.4
123.4
116.2
110.0
113.4
104.6
107.9
109.4
104.6
107.4
106.8
105.9
103.5
108.2
111.0
( ) = Interpolated. [
6 Studies of humidity and hoar
] =Not used in the mean. a Mist. b Fog. c Snow,
frost over the Arctic Ocean, Geofysiske Publikationer,
d Light snow.
Oslo, vol. IV, No. 6 (1926).
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
435
are obtained as the mean of 20 readings at intervals of one minute, centered on the hour.
The right part of the table gives notes regarding the meteorological conditions, namely,
the maximum and minimum mean hourly wind-velocity during the period of observation,
the general wind-direction, and the maximum and minimum amount of clouds. The
footnotes show snowfall and the occurrence of fog and haze. The meteorological data
are too condensed to show some of the relations which will be discussed in the follow-
ing section. For more detailed and complete information, reference must be made to
the forthcoming complete publication of the meteorological observations of the Maud
Expedition.
from Eye-Readings ^October 1922 to May 1923 {Greenwich mean time)
Day
16h
1 17"
18b
19h
20h
21h
22h
23h
24"
Mean
Wind
Clouds
Max.
Min.
True
direction
Max.
Min.
1922
Oct 17
18
24
25
Nov 5
6
13
14
21
22
27
28
Dec 11
12
18
19
1923
Jan 7
8
23
24
Mean. .
Feb 5
6
20
21
25
26
Mar 4
5
13
14
Apr 9
10
16
17
24
25
May 14
15
22
23
Mean..
156
132
162
132
146
106
104
93
94
m/sec
3.2
5.3
2.3
4.1
4.2
7.4
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.0
m/sec
0.0
4.8
0.0
0.0
2.3
1.7
0.9
2.2
0.0
1.6
W, E
NE
N
SW, E
NW
NE
SE, NW
E
E
E
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
4
10
o
1
2
1
7
0
0
0
0
3
0
[118
120
123
188
99]
99
86
69
58
66
64
84
92
97
108
94
76
66
51
136
148
113
115
137
113
109
90
87
135
134
140
«132
172
154
148
142
118
157
143
123
141
[135
141
135
116
107]
162
130
95
134
144
93
149]
136
135
136
119
101
102
122
126
190
149
177
181
156
190
175
161
150
165
149
148
150
143
138
123
139.9
139.1
132.6
135.5
138.8
124.9
116.9
102.8
94.8
110.8
144
130
108
116
132
147
128
132
131
2.2
4.3
3.1
4.9
2.8
2.4
4.7
7.0
7.3
0.0
0.0
O.ti
1.0
1.1
0.0
1.2
0.0
1.1
W
NE
S
NE
W
SW
SE
E
SE
2
10
2
10
2
2
10
10
10
0
2
0
10
0
0
4
2
0
118
[101]
121
115
83
120
108
110
97
103
127
[147]
122
[136]
204
205
190
201
187
167
160
[171
130
177
180]
110
163
197
200
191
210
182
236
189
234
185
234
171
207
159
182
[135]
96
47]
60
4
6
[160
146
82
37
138
94]
98
72
126]d
92
22
19
4
17
31
11
906
35
10
233
77
30
100c
144
119
[126]
130
58
25
118
126
106
138
119
112.0
113.0
123.0
127.6
131.0
131.5
129.5
124.8
126.4
115.8
( ) = Interpolated []=Not used in the mean. "Mist. b Fog. c Snow. d Light snow.
436
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 53 contains the potential gradients which are derived from the continuous
records during October 4, 1923 to May 5, 1924, and from November 1, 1924, to April 29,
1925. The published values represent hourly mean values centered on the full hours,
G. M. T. It is the practice of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism to publish mean
hourly values which are centered on the half-hour; the scaling of these records, however,
was carried out by the writer on board the Maud, following the method which is com-
Table 53 — Mean Hourly Values Centered on the Hour of Potential Gradient in Volts
Day
It
2b
Si-
41
5*
6>"
71,
81-
9h
10>>
Hi-
12*
13>>
14*
15>>
16*
192S
Oct 4
(121)
124
US
107
141
104
115
124
137
150
129
124
153
156
<*161
187
5
[102
94
*( 85)
75
94
91
91
113
125
107
■3110
107
91
134
134
145
6
129
129
"135
109
117
132
117
117
103
109
106
106
113
111
131
129
7
53
74
37
42
63
(78)
(85)
(93)
95
101
<*103
101
101
109
113
127
8
106
108
127
140
148
130
113
81
75
75
84
88
108
113
127
116
9
83
86
88
88
78
92
100
95
111
133
«133
127
127
148
159
139
10
141
135
124
113
99
118
115
109
109
101
104
109
107
124
<*116
104
14
[107
115
118
105
70
47
26
31
28
15
28
53
86
128
136
158
18
(95)
(90)
87
81
85
93
93
87
85
85
90
105
117
134
134
152
19
(112)
(112)
109
106
106
109
112
118
118
76
88
97
109
100
112
112
20
[128
126
129
112
112
112
94
100
100
106
130
135
159
212
165
141
21
112
117
117
124
114
114
114
112
112
109
112
112
127
130
135
130
22
83
71
65
65
62
59
47
47
53
59
47
77
77
179
107
131
23
[102
96
93
90
99
112
121
121
121
124
130
139
148
158
194
258
24
121
134
141
134
121
121
115
110
105
99
105
122
147
124
115
120
25
Mean. .
1923
[129
139
134
145
115
145
134
102
107
107
150
150
132
161
172
214
105.1
107.3
103.9
100.8
103.1
104.6
102.4
99.4
100.3
99.7
100.1
106.2
116.9
129.8
128.2
131.6
Nov 9
[111
100
94
97
108
111
111
111
117
127
127
134
147
150
138
167
10
[ 92
81
( 81)
( 85)
101
106
129
115
106
109
124
124
135
(149)
180
195
11
[104
110
110
104
104
102
111
126
104
102
121
148
(181)
187
(192)
192
10
[230
154
154
154
165
176
181
121
110
99
110
104
121
132
132
143
17
63
48
v 48
56
72
82
82
80
80
82
91
88
101
109
109
112
18
102
110
102
88
88
99
99
88
107
110
115
120
163
183
195
241
19
123
110
88
99
95
102
88
94
105
94
94
102
135
110
115
126
20
78
78
•70
63
63
95
•95
88
84
84
•78
115
126
118
•110
110
21
74
85
74
90
88
85
74
53
53
58
63
77
95
106
112
106
23
[ 76
152
84
70
65
65
78
73
76
76
89
94
94
92
92
94
24
92
95
95
92
89
81
68
76
67
58
63
47
42
89
84
84
25
69
69
69
71
74
76
76
82
76
74
79
87
101
117
117
111
26
79
74
74
71
71
74
74
76
79
82
87
90
90
110
110
117
27
77
77
68
63
58
68
98
82
85
90
79
95
106
95
138
132
29
68
37
53
37
45
58
45
47
47
60
63
92
106
95
90
90
30
Mean. .
1923
78
73
64
70
75
70
73
70
64
73
81
97
102
110
108
106
82.1
77.8
73.2
72.7
74.4
80.9
79.3
76.0
77.0
78.6
81.2
91.8
106.1
112.9
117.2
121.4
Dec 3
126
117
126
134
109
111
106
94
99
109
109
109
109
109
112
112
4
[(113)
(96)
(85)
76
79
79
85
85
88
93
85
102
113
113
119
•116
5
85
93
96
104
99
113
118
•118
102
93
93
•102
96
96
102
107
6
79
79
82
85
90
93
96
99
96
96
102
107
113
116
113
119
7
116
129
113
•107
124
131
135
133
124
133
124
•138
145
147
147
161
8
[149
127
130
(130)
(130)
(130)
(130)
130
127
124
130
145
156
156
159
147
9
110
104
104
113
110
110
124
121
127
127
134
129
141
158
147
152
10
107
107
107
113
121
127
130
130
124
121
127
133
138
147
152
150
11
96
93
112
116
121
118
124
124
121
101
95
95
107
113
118
118
12
126
120
115
124
129
124
124
126
124
129
126
129
132
143
143
146
13
102
95
107
102
102
95
99
113
113
110
99
•99
113
129
129
(141)
14
124
124
127
•116
116
133
130
138
130
119
133
147
164
167
147
•147
18
84
78
84
89
92
98
95
89
84
73
84
95
106
101
112
129
19
104
113
107
104
107
110
113
113
113
116
119
122
127
141
147
156
21
96
110
99
99
107
113
124
130
124
119
124
119
124
127
131
124
26
[183
163
124
<U18
120
115
87
95
92
98
98
106
118
129
129
135
27
[166
141
117
136
117
111
99
97
117
72
99
111
133
141
141
161
28
[111
83
83
85
83
85
120
108
99
83
85
94
111
189
189
189
29
74
60
60
68
66
60
55
52
52
60
71
63
66
66
74
77
30
Mean. .
[ 85
82
74
63
66
68
74
79
77
82
85
d 88
118
143
115
159
102.1
101.6
102.8
105.3
106.6
109.7
112.5
112.9
109.5
107.6
110.0
113.4
120.1
125.7
128.1
131.4
() = Interpolated. []= Not used in the mean. "Mist. » Fog. 'Snow. d Light snow. "Haze.
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
437
mon in meteorology, and it was not thought necessary to undertake new scalings center-
ing on the half-hour. The "electric character-number" has been assigned in an arbi-
trary manner which is not in agreement with the scheme generally used, because a
negative potential-gradient occurred only once, so that all days except one should have
received character-number "0". The character-number here used depends only upon
the appearance of the curve, 2 meaning a very ragged, 0 a very smooth curve.
per Meter from Electrograms, October 1923 to April 1925 {Greenwich mean time)
Electric
character
Wind
C louds
Snow-
drift
Day
17k .
181"
19>>
20b
21b
22b
23b
24b
Mean
Temper-
ature
Max.
Min.
True
direction
Max.
Min.
1923
m/s
m/s
°C
Oct 4
166
164
<*139
145
129
129
118
107
1
135.1
6.1
2.4
W
10
2
-15
0
5
174
193
171
168
174
171
145
145]
2
126.6
7.0
4.8
SW
10
10
-12
1
6
121
106
116
113
101
117
50
58
o
111.5
5.0
0.9
sw
10
10
-12
0
7
138
146
146
132
120
106
108
106
1
99.0
4.0
2.4
w
10
10
-13
0
8
127
146
140
124
118
73
<*75
(81)
1
109.3
6.0
0.0
s
10
2
-15
0
9
145
156
'159
150
138
145
[144]
(140)
1
123.5
6.7
2.4
SE
10
3
-16
0
10
107
124
"•70
79
90
95
V105
102
1
108.3
7.9
3.1
SE
10
0
-16
0
14
189
163
168
184
199
216
234
239]
1
118.5
12.4
4.5
NE
10
10
- 8
1
18
161
164
161
161
153
125
130
124
0
116.3
5.3
2.1
NE
10
3
-13
0
19
88
(100)
112
120
118
130
127
135
1
109.4
6.1
3.0
NE
10
0
-13
0
20
135
106
165
168
153
141
112
124]
2
131.9
8.0
4.8
NE
10
10
-13
1
21
124
127
135
138
132
106
95
83
0
118.0
7.2
1.9
N
10
2
-18
0
22
125
119
127
125
125
113
106
99
1
90.3
5.3
3.5
NW
10
9
-16
0
23
273
224
321
181
163
145
145
127]
2
153.5
9.8
5.4
NW
10
4
-17
1
24
145
157
179
190
155
120
107
118
1
129.4
6.1
0.7
N
10
10
-18
0
25
Mean. .
1923
214
241
226
209
209
198
174
131
2
159.9
5.6
0.9
SE
10
10
-17
1
131.6
137.2
134.9
134.3
125.4
114.4
105.9
104. S
113.7
Nov 9
177
(177)
(170)
(161)
(150)
(134)
(117)
(106)]
1
130.9
4.4
1.2
NW
10
0
-23
0
10
195
195
180
172
135
132
95
95]
1
129.6
5.6
2.5
NE
10
0
-25
(0)
11
192
181
170
168
146
99
99
66]
1
134.1
6.1
3.1
NE
10
0
-26
(1)
16
132
132
115
104
104
104
83
69]
1
130.4
5.9
0.0
E
10
0
-23
1
17
115
120
112
117
128
125
118
105
1
93.5
2.8
1.0
SE
7
0
-29
0
18
178
173
199
157
152
126
"(118)
HI 10)
2
134.4
2.3
0.7
NE
3
0
-30
0
19
137
137
120
124
95
94
68
70
1
105.2
2.9
1.7
N
3
0
-32
0
20
137
139
141
157
84
78
(80)
77
1
97.8
1.9
0.0
N
10
3
-32
0
21
120
1Q6
112
101
99
95
(93)
(85)
1
87.7
4.5
0.9
NW
10
1
-26
0
23
105
118
118
113
110
105
100
95]
1
93.1
6.1
1.9
S
9
0
-29
1
24
100
100
106
126
116
110
116
69
1
86.0
2.5
1.5
SW
10
0
-27
0
25
113
129
124
164
117
102
101
95
0
95.5
3.1
1.8
NW
4
0
-30
0
26
124
121
127
121
117
90
82
77
0
92.4
3.1
2.0
NW
10
1
-30
0
27
159
143
■*143
127
117
103
121
85
1
100.4
4.7
1.9
NW
10
10
-22
0
29
100
100
100
95
95
100
73
70
1
73.6
2.2
1.0
E
10
0
-27
0
30
Mean. .
1923
97
108
108
110
102
86
97
110
0
88.8
2.5
1.0
E
0
0
-33
0
125.4
125.1
126.6
127.2
111.1
100.8
97.0
85.7
95.9
Dec 3
113
106
94
91
77
•85
119
124
1
108.3
3.7
1.6
E
10
0
-31
0
4
133
133
136
•127
113
110
90
•90]
1
102.5
2.9
1.9
E
10
0
-32
0
5
113
119
129
129
119
107
93
85
1
104.6
3.0
1.3
NE
2
0
-34
0
6
130
148
156
•167
159
135
113
•(113)
0
111.9
2.9
1.5
NE
2
0
-35
0
7
181
187
190
178
176
167
141
152
0
145.0
3.7
1.1
N
4
0
-35
0
8
141
150
141
138
135
113
102
107]
1
134.5
2.4
1.7
N
2
0
-36
0
9
162
164
162
170
152
162
141
159
1
136.8
3.0
1.7
N
5
0
-36
0
10
147
141
145
145
136
116
99
99
0
127.6
3.0
1.9
NE
3
0
-39
0
11
124
118
124
113
118
118
146
135
1
115.3
4.1
2.2
NE
10
0
-38
0
12
163
166
149
149
141
132
113
110
0
132.6
4.7
2.3
NE
6
0
-36
0
13
(160)
163
152
147
138
135
L35
•124
1
120.9
4.0
1.0
E
3
0
-35
0
14
161
152
164
•156
145
133
128
•128
1
138.7
4.2
1.5
NE
4
0
-35
0
18
115
146
152
•157
(148)
134
(119)
113
1
107.4
4.9
2.0
SE
2
0
-38
0
19
161
147
156
145
113
120
119
121
1
124.8
4.4
0.6
NE
5
0
-35
0
21
■ 141
145
145
145
136
124
107
(100)
1
121.4
2.4
0.0
NW
6
0
-38
0
26
157
140
129
163
157
118
126
161]
1
127.5
4.7
0.0
SW
10
0
-29
1
27
134
172
156
156
133
125
106
88]
2
126.2
4.8
3.5
SW
10
0
-33
1
28
152
156
206
278
156
195
117 '
71]
2
130.3
4.5
3.2
S
7
0
-35
1
29
90
85
66
82
82
88
99
85
1
70.9
3.6
0.6
SE
10
0
-35
0
30
Mean. .
127
152
165
•127
124
127
104
173]
2
106.5
3.5
1.8
N
10
0
-31
0
140.1
141.9
141.7
141.0
131.4
125.4
129.4
117.7
119.5
()= Interpolated. [] = Not used in the mean. "Mist. b Fog. « Snow. d Light snow. 'Haze.
438
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 53 — Mean Hourly Values Centered on the Hour of Potential Gradient in Volts per
Day
ll>
2h
3t
4h
5k
6">
7b
8h
9b
10>>
lib
12*
13h
14h
15>>
16h
1924
Jan 5
81
70
70
54
62
70
76
81
84
98
98
101
109
127
120
117
6
90
81
81
81
79
87
87
81
87
84
87
92
98
103
109
112
7
81
76
70
60
70
70
60
62
79
98
109
123
136
147
145
'125
9
[196
120
95
87
79
87
87
87
98
120
131
141
134
127
156
169
11
[109
109
103
103
114
131
133
117
114
138
159
174
185
207
210
207
12
131
125
120
120
114
120
136
191
169
158
169
182
180
174
191
182
13
[109
109
106
101
101
109
117
117
131
136
141
138
158
166
174
'229
14
103
103
114
103
(103)
103
98
98
98
120
136
147
141
138
145
147
15
70
73
76
76
76
87
95
98
114
109
136
147
131
125
136
147
16
114
92
70
76
81
84
98
92
103
81
70
92
98
112
120
'109
17
92
90
90
87
84
92
92
109
109
101
103
127
147
134
127
131
20
[145
92
81
95
87
92
114
103
103
95
125
123
120
103
114
106
21
70
65
57
60
65
73
73
79
87
87
87
103
106
101
114
106
22
104
88
82
77
82
82
79
77
82
77
88
96
115
120
132
126
23
[157
308
320
157
106
115
106
112
112
92
101
106
112
115
123
123
24
[(94)
(88)
80
(74)
74
68
74
80
85
85
82
117
132
126
149
143
26
[103
1Q2
88
<>99
79
120
96
113
116
102
113
119
156
159
265
'232
27
141
135
121
«99
90
85
90
96
85
104
79
104
141
110
124
124
28
79
79
93
107
85
87
96
96
67
79
85
85
90
85
107
130
29
70
67
56
67
56
65
104
79
85
67
65
85
96
99
113
119
30
116
104
102
92
96
107
93
87
102
98
96
"93
119
121
124
113
31
Mean. . .
1 924
85
90
88
88
85
88
102
107
99
110
113
119
113
122
138
136
95.1
89.2
86.0
83.1
81.9
86.7
91.9
95.5
96.7
98.1
101.4
113.1
121.3
121.2
129.7
128.3
Feb 2
112
112
124
132
141
138
132
«126
115
109
121
'138
124
135
129
'124
3
78
67
62
"62
64
73
75
«73
75
87
81
"90
90
95
84
'90
4
67
73
70
70
73
84
87
95
92
92
90
101
112
112
115
129
6
[219
213
216
169
121
118
115
124
129
121
124
134
129
129
143
140
7
124
117
117
112
109
106
104
106
106
104
106
101
115
109
112
118
8
[ 73
78
87
118
115
112
118
118
118
112
106
112
118
105
112
'118
9
[ 95
87
90
106
115
121
112
126
126
112
129
129
146
143
152
148
12
[ 95
107
127
119
119
124
187
65
65
59
107
'113
79
85
90
85
13
[ 88
107
91
'96
82
79
85
85
96
85
119
119
221
267
294
'273
14
[145
145
145
170
181
150
170
164
145
130
170
167
141
130
205
159
15
[122
102
107
99
107
113
124
124
121
124
147
150
153
147
145
153
16
[312
312
233
'295
290
283
198
'255
269
244
159
<*182
156
166
187
^187
17
[136
127
122
122
127
131
124
124
119
105
96
108
119
124
122
136
18
85
96
91
91
102
116
102
131
136
148
148
141
148
156
159
170
19
136
119
116
105
102
127
113
136
139
131
116
96
110
113
120
122
20
65
85
76
73
88
88
85
90
73
79
107
• 85
73
96
102
107
21
67
67
73
67
73
79
79
62
70
79
67
62
76
79
85
81
22
85
73
79
90
90
96
102
105
102
102
113
113
113
133
135
141
23
107
102
102
102
96
96
79
102
90
79
88
85
85
102
113
135
24
176
216
204
181
141
113
131
107
74
70
82
85
70
85
90
96
25
[102
93
90
90
90
93
85
79
79
88
96
96
121
135
141
187
26
[227
297
190
124
99
93
90
99
102
102
141
159
113
111
147
138
27
[153
141
161
119
107
88
93
90
96
102
96
90
105
113
127
99
28
[ 96
96
90
90
99
102
136
131
141
175
141
124
113
136
153
130
29
Mean. . .
88
85
90
96
96
107
116
119
119
116
124
138
130
141
147
150
99.2
101.0
100.3
98.4
97.9
101.9
100.4
104.3
99.2
99.7
103.6
102.9
103.8
113.0
115.9
121.9
() = Interpolated. [] = Not used in the mean. "Mist. ''Fog. 'Snow. d Light snow. 'Haze.
The abstract of the meteorological data is similar to that in Table 52. It may be
noted that from April 1925 only the wind-velocities which were estimated every fourth
hour were available when preparing this report, the records for the last months in the
ice not having been scaled.
Discussion
The discussion of the results has been concerned largely with (1) relations of the
electric potential-gradient of the atmosphere to meteorological factors, (2) monthly and
diurnal variations of the potential gradient, (3) harmonic analyses of the results, (4)
relation to auroral phenomena, and (5) comparison with results of other observations.
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
Meter from Electrograms, October 1923 to April 1925 {Greenwich mean time) — Continued
439
Wind
Clouds
Day
17b
ISt
19h
20h
2ih
221"
23h
24h
Electric
character
Mean
Temper-
ature
Snow-
drift
Max.
Min.
True
direction
Max.
Mm
192 %
m/s
m/s
°C
Jan 5
131
152
138
134
131
117
106
98
1
101.0
7.2
0.0
S
1
0
-29
0
6
106
106
101
114
131
131
92
(81)
1
95.9
4.7
0.0
SW
0
0
-32
0
7
136
141
160
•174
180
156
138
125
1
113.4
4.4
0.9
N
2
0
-33
0
9
174
190
162
147
147
141
133
131]
1
130.9
8.2
4.3
NE
2
0
-29
1
11
199
210
207
210
191
191
177
147]
0
160.2
6.4
3.7
E
9
0
-30
1
12
180
193
188
'166
196
196
163
131
1
161.5
4.9
3.2
NE
1
0
-32
0
13
207
196
166
147
145
147
136
125]
2
142.1
5.7
4.7
NE
0
0
-30
1
14
152
152
156
141
136
120
98
81
0
122.2
7.0
3.7
NE
0
0
-30
0
15
141
160
163
«141
131
152
131
125
1
118.3
4.4
1.2
N
1
0
-32
0
16
109
123
1,23
98
101
98
98
98
1
97.5
2.6
0.0
NE
10
0
-32
0
17
134
112
114
127
103
81
76
98
0
106.7
4.5
2.6
NE
10
5
-25
0
20
106
103
103
95
90
84
65
70
1
100.6
6.9
3.7
E
2
1
-29
1
21
98
92
92
98
106
109
99
104
0
88.8
3.7
1.3
E
2
0
-29
0
22
120
109
109
101
104
88
90
106
0
97.3
4.8
2.4
NE
1
0
-31
0
23
117
117
129
123
126
112
100
(97)]
1
132.8
5.3
1.8
E
2
0
-29
1
24
131
134
114
114
97
97
92
85]
1
100.6
2.3
0.0
W
8
1
-30
0
26
272
221
170
«141
147
170
187
-159]
2
147.0
1.3
0.0
N
10
4
-32
0
27
130
118
113
110
102
104
85
82
1
107.2
2.2
0.0
S
10
3
-32
0
28
99
104
113
99
119
93
92
82
1
93.8
1.5
0.0
NE
10
2
-33
0
29
124
138
134
131
124
131
121
127
0
96.8
3.6
1.9
W
10
0
-31
0
30
124
127
124
121
116
107
90
88
0
106.7
2.8
1.3
SW
7
0
-34
0
31
Mean.. .
192 %
116
113
127
122
116
107
110
96
0
107.9
3.5
1.2
W
3
1
-38
0
126.7
129.3
130.3
125.7
126.4
119.3
105.9
101.4
107.7
m/s
m/s
°C
Feb 2
126
120
«112
112
112
101
78
'78
0
118.8
4.3
1.6
s
5
0
-41
0
3
90
(90)
(87)
<84
78
73
70
"67
0
78.5
3.5
0.0
SE
3
0
-42
0
4
140
134
138
135
135
124
(115)
(105)
0
103.7
4.1
1.7
SW
1
0
-40
0
6
143
146
152
157
157
140
134
124]
1
145.7
6.0
2.5
SW
1
0
-33
1
7
109
115
124
117
106
95
89
67
0
107.8
6.2
3.8
SW
1
0
-37
0
8
124
126
101
98
98
104 •
103
92]
1
106.9
7.2
1.9
w
10
0
-36
1
9
141
133
132
140
166
194
265
280]
1
141.2
8.2
0.0
SW
1
0
-39
1
12
81
79
102
95
110
116
96
88]
2
99.7
7.9
1.6
SW
10
10
-27
1
13
238
187
227
244
182
187
167
150]
2
157.0
7.2
0.0
NE
10
2
-33
1
14
159
182
176
184
176
266
255
141]
2
169.0
5.9
1.7
SW
1
0
-38
1
15
167
179
204
227
273
216
198
■=306]
2
158.7
6.8
1.2
NE
10
1
-34
1
16
147
141
124
153
216
221
238
182]
2
214.6
8.6
4.2
N
10
4
-28
1
17
131
133
124
116
116
124
119
96]
1
120.9
5.6
1.2
SW
10
0
-31
1
18
176
181
176
170
162
153
159
131
0
138.7
5.7
0.0
NE
10
0
-28
0
19
113
107
113
122
138
107
88
79
1
115.3
1.3
0.0
E
2
0
-28
0
20
105
124
170
147
147
96
85
73
2
96.6
2.3
0.0
NW
10
0
-28
0
21
85
102
107
96
85
81
85
88
1
79.0
1.8
0.0
NW
2
0
-31
0
22
130
141
130
124
118
113
113
121
0
110.9
3.0
1.2
sw
7
0
-28
0
23
124
116
119
127
130
130
153
210
1
111.3
3.8
1.8
SW
7
1
-26
0
24
104
113
119
109
96
102
108
102
2
115.5
3.8
2.3
w
7
0
-32
0
25
193
216
290
255
278
290
300
278]
2
156.9
5.5
2.8
SW
10
2
-30
1
26
141
159
136
113
164
261
210
153]
2
148.7
6.6
3.8
SW
10
1
-28
1
27
108
121
96
85
90
90
113
96]
2
107.5
4.7
0.0
w
5
0
-37
1
28
164
127
119
113
110
107
113
107]
2
121.4
4.8
1.8
NE
2
0
-39
1
29
Mean.. .
136
145
145
147
116
135
121
112
1
121.6
4.9
0.0
N
6
0
-41
0
119.8
124.0
128.3
124.0
118.6
109.2
105 . 3
102.8
108.2
( ) = Interpolated. [ ] = Not used in the mean. " Mist. h Fog. c Snow. d Light snow. « Haze.
(1) RELATIONS BETWEEN METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS AND ATMOSPHERIC-ELECTRIC
POTENTIAL-GRADIENT
The meteorological relations studied include those concerned with snow-drift,
charge on drift-snow, wind-direction, fog or haze, cloudiness, relative humidity, temper-
ature, and meteorologically undisturbed days.
(a) Potential gradient and snow-drift — When observing the potential gradient in the
Arctic on the Maud Expedition we found, as Simpson6 found in the Antarctic, that
as soon as the wind became strong enough to cause snow-drift the potential gradient be-
came very high and positive. However, in contrast to Simpson, we observed a negative
gradient only once, on November 5, 1924, from 10h 40 m to 11 h 10 m G. M. T. The
6 British Antarctic Expedition, 1910-1913, p. 306.
440
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 53 — Mean Hourly Values Centered
on the Hour of Potential Gradient in Volts per Meter
Day
V-
2'
&
4b
5t>
&
7t
8*
9>>
10h
lib
12b
13b
14b
15b
16b
1924
Mar 1
129
95
84
89
95
84
79
98
89
101
112
106
131
106
126
120
2
93
90
79
<*79
73
79
73
73
76
73
84
90
99
113
116
118
3
[248
273
276
276
260
200
226
200
209
259
265
265
245
187
180
209
4
[ 95
85
79
93
85
81
90
107
107
118
132
203
248
288
277
259
5
[269
259
280
<*274
214
164
187
159
195
234
288
203
147
135
(158)
158
6
[170
172
175
141
223
152
152
237
183
175
206
198
198
183
209
<*191
7
[(107)
(102)
99
93
99
90
109
109
121
79
79
93
124
169
220
158
8
105
93
96
91
85
85
88
91
85
91
91
93
102
113
119
119
9
[107
90
93
202
198
124
93
170
150
119
175
177
210
278
283
283
10
[204
96
96
102
93
90
88
93
90
79
82
102
116
119
136
136
11
86
86
86
86
74
78
81
69
63
66
74
86
103
103
106
109
12
[ 95
93
93
107
110
117
118
120
137
143
121
138
151
146
160
173
13
113
99
79
96
111
109
113
143
143
143
158
143
158
163
123
128
14
77
77
87
92
95
87
85
85
87
85
96
107
121
124
127
109
15
[ 85
77
74
74
70
74
74
79
89
92
114
«104
127
139
154
«161
16
89
85
89
92
95
95
92
•89
89
95
92
104
99
89
117
«114
17
(88)
(91)
(93)
96
99
104
104
107
109
109
120
129
134
149
127
120
18
110
99
97
92
99
99
97
99
99
99
99
115
127
132
150
140
19
[ 93
90
100
90
98
100
102
98
98
100
90
106
129
145
158
175
20
[193
170
130
120
117
135
107
82
92
98
107
90
115
140
121
135
21
[104
99
104
102
97
99
104
117
89
89
94
112
121
139
139
141
23
[118
116
116
113
103
99
96
96
83
91
103
93
93
101
103
113
25
[(173)
(151)
124
«116
118
(124)
(118)
"(1161
(HI)
(106)
103
118
133
159
167
158
26
104
94
88
84
84
79
94
69
79
79
79
134
153
. 148
163
<*158
27
129
124
134
129
141
137
134
139
145
149
166
170
172
174
170
172
28
135
110
118
115
113
110
110
118
120
135
151
163
166
166
180
160
29
[141
147
137
127
127
124
117
106
91
76
81
111
119
111
131
152
30
[177
152
(137)
(124)
(112)
(101)
(91)
81
81
83
86
101
124
141
149
127
31
Mean. .
1924
81
(85)
(95)
110
110
110
116
106
103
100
90
85
116
120
126
131
103.0
94.5
94.2
96.2
98.0
95.8
97.4
98.9
99.0
101.9
108.6
117.3
129.3
130.8
134.4
130.6
Apr 1
[ 85
78
78
78
90
97
109
118
123
121
121
127
141
175
147
149
2
120
104
132
152
138
132
127
132
127
118
113
123
140
147
145
152
3
118
109
102
97
104
109
113
133
133
124
124
124
142
161
166
156
4
98
101
95
95
98
113
115
115
122
108
115
122
127
137
132
139
8
[134
124
152
150
143
143
143
148
126
129
141
152
152
157
157
157
9
[129
117
124
119
121
124
124
124
124
119
124
119
117
121
121
129
11
134
115
120
•115
115
110
106
108
110
110
139
141
134
144
153
<U63
12
124
109
112
102
102
107
92
90
98
98
100
107
112
117
122
129
13
[113
101
94
101
119
99
104
101
101
128
128
124
156
148
173
*168
14
[127
113
138
143
163
182
152
<*152
167
157
172
192
187
192
197
182
19
143
127
123
123
116
113
113
118
118
123
138
143
155
172
172
172
20
[127
103
101
99
108
123
113
103
138
133
136
133
143
157
143
138
21
113
108
103
110
108
88
103
108
101
113
127
138
148
197
189
184
22
138
133
133
110
108
103
101
113
133
143
145
138
157
163
182
177
23
108
103
96
88
84
88
103
113
123
110
103
110
113
123
120
156
24
123
132
123
123
123
132
135
135
140
142
152
160
172
180
182
187
25
127
112
102
122
136
102
120
127
136
176
151
185
191
198
200
198
26
150
135
128
138
124
121
113
96
82
87
96
106
119
145
163
160
27
131
121
124
117
117
128
131
119
106
111
111
117
128
145
152
156
28
96
89
96
106
89
74
94
96
101
113
96
78
104
120
120
dill
29
101
101
120
111
131
116
116
116
116
135
131
150
150
140
155
155
30
Mean. .
1924
[124
116
106
102
106
116
106
138
135
131
140
159
138
131
126
126
121.6
113.3
113.9
113.9
112.9
109.1
112.1
114.6
116.4
120.8
122.8
129.4
139.4
152.6
156.9
159.7
May 1
198
205
201
201
198
203
205
198
205
205
164
135
139
139
143
156
2
106
102
96
90
98
94
94
106
110
94
102
117
135
137
135
135
3
94
98
61
53
61
41
49
70
123
94
184
&201
203
191
184
6172
4
124
95
82
«74
70
68
66
62
68
86
99
105
115
124
126
132
5
95
88
74
70
56
74
70
72
67
86
90
111
121
135
140
135
( ) = Interpolated. [ ] = Not used in the mean. " Mist. b Fog. c Snow. d Light Snow • Haze.
wind- velocity on this day had been very high between 0h and 9h G. M. T., accompanied
by heavy drift and high positive potential-gradient, but when the gradient was reversed
the wind was not very strong and the drift had almost ceased, but snow was falling.
The occurrence of a negative gradient during snowfall represents nothing unusual and,
therefore, does not give rise to further discussion. However, it is remarkable that
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
from Electrograms, October 1923 to April 1925 {Greenwich mean time) — Continued
441
( ) = Interpolated. [ ] = Not used in the mean. « Mist. b Fog. c Snow. <* Light snow. • Haze.
this case was the only one in which a negative gradient was observed. With the excep-
tion of this single case we found that snow-drift always was accompanied by high, posi-
tive potential-gradient.
We have not a very great number of observations of the potential during strong
winds, because the potential invariably increased beyond the range of the electrometer.
Wind
Clouds
Day
17b
18h
19*
201"
21*
22*
23h
24!>
Electric
character
Mean
True
direction
Temper-
ature
Snow-
drift
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
1924
m/s
m/s
°C
Mar 1
118
123
126
103
84
89
113
95
1
104.0
1.0
0.0
SE
10
0
-39
0
2
118
124
124
141
146
141
163
136
1
104.2
3.8
0.0
S
7
0
-38
0
3
177
184
152
141
130
121
107
107]
2
204.0
6.6
3.6
SE
1
0
-40
4
226
269
288
<*298
265
254
243
M271]
2
185.9
6.6
1.0
N
10
3
-34
5
152
163
152
180
158
147
175
237]
2
195.3
7.8
2.0
N
10
3
-29
6
191
198
191
<*175
158
135
(122)
(113)]
2
177.0
4.7
1.6
N
10
10
-27
7
169
152
146
158
135
130
141
117]
2
125.0
5.6
0.0
SW
10
0
-30
8
122
131
136
136
133
105
102
141
0
106.4
5.5
1.3
s
0
0
-33
9
273
273
249
159
278
255
202
232]
2
194.7
8.4
4.9
SE
9
0
-30
10
124
119
119
122
102
90
98
98]
1
108.1
6.2
0.0
S
5
0
-31
11
103
(109)
(109)
109
98
95
104
93
0 •
90.7
1.9
0.0
SW
0
0
-32
0
12
141
135
135
=120
126
160
183
•109]
1
130.5
3.2
0.9
S
2
0
-32
1
13
120
103
88
103
96
99
99
92
1
117.6
4.8
1.7
SW
7
0
-30
0
14
112
102
102
99
95
97
106
92
0
97.8
4.8
1.9
SW
0
0
-31
0
15
190
137
(132)
(128)
(124)
(120)
104
92]
2
108.9
2.2
0.0
SW
3
0
-31
2
16
120
134
124
107
99
87
(87)
(87)
2
98.8
4.1
1.9
S
10
3
-31
0
17
109
121
121
139
141
137
140
132
0
117.5
4.5
0.0
SE
7
1
-33
0
18
150
148
140
=137
127
115
120
102
0
116.3
4.5
2.2
E
8
3
-33
0
19
206
292
266
297
282
287
265
220
2
162.0
6.0
3.0
NE
10
1
-31
1
20
115
92
110
124
140
124
121
107]
2
120.2
6.8
0.0
E
10
2
-26
1
21
139
139
152
195
164
146
175
158]
1
125.8
5.0
2.9
SE
1
0
-33
1
23
121
128
143
135
158
187
(160)
=(140)]
1
117.0
3.5
0.0
S
2
0
-31
3
25
156
148
145
138
138
128
117
HI]
1
1.32.3
3.8
0.0
W
8
0
-28
0
26
163
173
183
178
158
144
145
132
1
123.5
0.0
0.0
—
8
0
-28
0
27
174
164
164
154
156
159
151
143
0
152.1
3.1
0.0
SW
3
0
-30
0
28
135
141
120
110
125
120
134
152
0
133.6
3.0
0.0
w
1
0
-28
0
29
167
137
177
•167
172
192
155
155]
2
134.2
1.9
0.0
NE
1
0
-27
4
30
121
155
137
141
137
117
78
81]
2
118.1
4.1
0.0
NE
2
0
-29
0
31
Mean. .
1924
123
126
120
108
93
88
90
90
2
105.1
4.8
3.0
E
10
0
-28
0
128.2
130.7
127.5
124.9
119.3
113.5
119.5
114.4
112 9
Apr 1
175
(161)
(156)
(152)
(145)
(138)
147
149]
1
127.5
0.7
3.2
E
4
0
-28
1
2
154
159
149
145
138
120
127
127
1
134.2
4.1
0.0
SE
7
0
-28
0
3
147
120
124
128
128
109
106
106
1
124.3
3.0
0.0
S
2
0
-26
0
4
139
134
132
( 117)
95
95
100
98
1
114.2
4.4
0.0
SE
5
1
-26
0
8
'150
150
145
145
143
134
138
134]
1
143.6
7.4
5.4
E
0
0
-26
1
9
134
129
119
117
114
105
106
120]
0
120.8
7.5
5.5
E
1
0
-27
1
11
151
148
151
141
137
139
131
117
1
130.5
5.3
2.4
SE
10
1
-24
0
12
137
132
124
120
120
122
118
124
0
113.3
3.0
0.6
E
10
0
-23
0
13
168
153
163
178
171
173
172
163]
2
137.5
5.6
2.6
E
10
4
-21
1
14
177
180
172
165
145
143
128
125]
2
160.5
6.2
5.1
E
10
0
-21
1
19
172
177
184
177
163
155
148
152
1
145.7
5.5
2.8
N
6
6
-23
0
20
143
167
163
165
198
143
113
118]
2
133.7
6.0
1.5
NW
7
0
-21
1
21
184
182
189
195
195
177
135
123
1
142.4
3.8
0.0
NW
0
0
-21
0
22
167
163
160
152
148
140
120
116
1
139.3
1.7
0.0
N
0
0
-19
0
23
158
156
163
158
148
140
140
138
1
122.9
5.0
0.0
E
9
0
-22
0
24
184
172
163
216
191
167
151
146
2
155.5
4.2
0.0
E
1
0
-24
0
25
222
200
191
187
171
158
143
135
2
157.9
1.8
0.0
W
2
0
-22
0
26
167
167
170
150
150
138
152
156
0
133.9
4.1
2.2
SW
1
0
-21
0
27
156
158
143
131
131
135
124
106
0
129.1
5.4
1.5
sw
2
0
-21
0
28
106
106
111
155
133
118
124
<*96
2
105.5
3.0
0.0
SW
10
2
-18
0
29
155
159
164
140
135
140
140
131
2
133.7
4.4
0.0
NE
10
10
-18
0
30
Mean..
1924
150
172
174
164
159
159
148
179]
2
137.7
6.3
3.8
NW
10
0
-18
1
159.9
155.5
154.5
154.1
145.5
136.9
130.6
124.7
132.1
May 1
148
156
156
156
148
139
121
117
2
168.2
11.9
6.7
w
8
1
-16
1
2
139
131
131
129
123
119
115
110
1
114.5
7.3
0.0
w
8
1
-17
0
3
160
156
148
H48
156
172
165
140
2
130.2
3.6
0.0
NE
10
5
-17
0
4
140
156
148
142
132
115
113
111 '
0
106.4
4.9
3.0
NE
8
1
-15
0
5
144
106
134
125
117
107
104
102
2
101.0
6.4
2.5
NE
10
1
-13
0
442
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 53 — Mean Hourly Values Centered on the Hour of Potential Gradient in Volts per Meetr
Day
lb
2h
3b
4h
9>
6I>
7b
8b
9b
10b
lib
12b
13b
14b
15b
16b
1924
Nov 1
[ 41
41
37
40
114
134
114
69
59
57
62
69
69
79
59
69
2
[ 60
(59)
(59)
(59)
59
60
62
65
71
65
76
89
93
93
83
89
4
[138
97
100
98
83
90
97
97
95
93
93
90
90
100
104
128
5
[180
93
100
169
193
210
172
131
104
86
<*,069
169
104
83
55
55
6
[ 67
93
152
190
225
225
225
172
34
38
66
69
34
36
36
41
7
72
76
74
96
100
59
45
38
45
59
65
69
65
69
69
79
8
[ 73
97
100
89
67
62
69
157
160
79
79
99
115
145
132
132
9
[ 86
79
77
86
91
91
70
79
82
84
89
86
77
65
86
92
10
97
101
105
88
90
95
103
101
98
98
109
109
105
109
109
109
11
70
66
64
74
80
76
78
78
73
74
82
82
82
85
88
85
12
(73)
73
65
58
58
61
61
51
58
65
70
70
75
72
82
87
13
77
84
89
91
101
101
98
82
79
80
84
91
92
112
119
129
17
72
74
63
74
59
63
67
67
70
68
68
76
91
89
98
122
18
[ 62
59
52
56
62
70
74
70
61
59
61
70
64
76
80
74
19
[167
156
102
86
109
86
76
80
73
86
90
85
82
80
80
85
20
61
52
59
59
59
67
62
58
58
59
62
62
62
62
66
66
21
45
(45)
45
45
55
59
62
61
66
62
71
70
82
73
83
90
22
67
64
75
75
79
99
75
79
72
75
82
75
79
103
91
97
23
95
70
60
58
58
72
74
80
67
55
52
67
77
72
65
67
25
57
53
53
50
52
57
64
70
70
72
75
87
87
87
89
95
26
[ 53
52
52
53
59
67
84
87
90
107
•167
106
191
191
200
207
27
Mean. . .
1924
[ 85
70
91
117
83
85
95
80
67
87
92
107
167
134
191
197
71.4
68.8
68.3
69.8
71.9
73.6
72.6
70.4
68.7
69.7
74.6
78.0
81.6
84.8
86.8
93.3
Dec 3
79
73
73
83
74
64
64
64
70
66
'72
86
98
102
106
106
4
89
86
79
76
83
86
96
91
94
79
■*81
91
106
121
121
128
5
88
88
68
76
86
76
74
76
76
95
<*99
114
108
118
125
122
8
97
99
88
86
74
73
73
86
76
70
73
86
95
97
94
90
12
[110
103
67
58
62
73
124
86
73
65
58
64
67
77
80
80
13
t 71
71
73
66
68
62
<*58
83
161
120
113
154
109
100
^82
73
14
73
60
60
68
68
71
75
83
83
98
109
94
107
110
115
118
17
88
105
100
105
109
91
80
88
85
76
97
88
89
91
91
110
18
112
116
124
106
95
89
97
101
104
106
<<120
127
110
147
<*124
135
19
94
96
73
69
71
85
*104
77
79
104
■*107
90
104
107
123
119
20
82
82
78
78
76
80
82
82
78
82
89
97
99
101
109
109
22
[ 64
58
70
74
64
55
56
74
70
74
70
70
124
191
178
187
23
[ 66
66
70
62
58
70
70
62
58
58
58
71
67
79
73
73
24
[147
(118)
98
85
82
76
79
85
83
82
87
110
107
110
107
103
25
[134
134
122
132
134
118
92
97
92
100
92
84
92
109
122
110
26
Mean. . .
1925
[ 76
82
94
73
71
80
<90
76
76
68
73
92
95
92
100
100
89.1
89.4
82.6
83.0
81.8
79.4
82.8
83.1
82.8
86.2
94.1
97.0
101.8
110.4
112.0
115.2
Jan 5
[(64)
59
64
67
67
57
53
47
23
33
76
119
137
137
125
115
10
118
163
106
114
131
141
136
124
141
145
176
169
159
157
165
165
13
[224
139
"97
101
120
163
116
116
116
114
114
124
136
122
131
131
14
98
85
85
85
100
104
101
114
124
124
100
100
116
124
112
127
17
81
81
82
70
71
68
68
77
54
54
66
70
77
79
93
(104)
18
57
59
55
51
55
51
49
47
39
41
39
51
51
53
53
(57)
20
58
50
54
56
58
58
60
62
56
54
58
62
65
70
74
72
21
60
56
62
66
64
60
54
52
50
38
52
62
66
72
85
108
22
[179
203
°207
191
211
163
^169
124
80
64
64
73
78
82
<*86
88
23
102
82
73
73
70
73
70
63
61
59
53
57
57
83
83
90
25
67
64
<*58
59
56
67
<*72
72
67
67
79
91
100
103
112
107
26
78
74
71
73
65
62
71
71
62
67
65
71
59
62
74
80
27
53
49
59
59
55
63
63
71
57
67
75
91
96
103
98
104
29
61
55
43
49
52
52
61
53
63
63
63
65
71
77
83
89
30
Mean...
55
53
67
67
100
91
104
98
94
92
92
110
108
94
98
118
70.0
64.4
64.4
64.4
67.8
68.1
70.3
70.9 *
66.1
66.0
67.4
75.4
78.7
82.7
87.7
96.0
()= Interpolated. [] = Not used in mean. "Mist. ' Fog. cSnow. * Light snow. 'Haze. ° There was negative potential-gradient between 10h 40m and llh 10™.
Grouping the potential gradients according to the velocity of the wind, we find from the
eye-observations, 1922 to 1923:
Wind-velocity, meters per second
Potential gradient, volts per meter
Number of observations
0-1.0
1.1-2.0
2 . 1-3 . 0
3.1-4.0
4.1-5.0
5.1-6.0
6.1-7.0
7.1-8.0
118
16
126
30
114
33
110
28
110
22
124
10
134
12
149
8
It does not seem necessary to undertake a corresponding grouping for the two
periods from which continuous records are available, because the relation between wind
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
from Electrograms, October 1923 to April 1925 {Greenwich mean time)— Continued.
443
Day
17>-
18*
19b
2<fi
21i
22*
23h
24b
Electric
character
Mean
Wind
Clouds
Temper-
ature
Snow-
drift
True
direction
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
1984
m/s
m/s
°C
Nov 1
52
127
76
79
83
72
59
59]
2
71.7
5.7
1.0
SW
10
1
-18
1
2
97
91
76
73
76
89
<*83
98]
0
76.0
5.6
1.2
E
10
0
-23
1
4
141
158
(150)
(140)
128
173
166
190]
2
118.3
8.6
1.2
W
9
0
-22
1
5
38
50
66
55
83
86
■*69
66]
2
103.6
14.1
1.9
SE
10
2
- 7
1
6
46
48
62
69
57
69
62
66]
2
90.9
12.9
1.8
SW
10
0
-17
1
7
81
86
86
86
83
59
69
76
2
71.1
3.0
0.0
W
10
2
-20
0
8
136
149
158
116
119
96
<*89
75]
2
108.0
7.6
1.7
SW
10
2
-18
1
9
109
119
127
130
113
103
97
95]
1
92.2
5.5
2.4
w
10
2
-16
1
10
110
109
115
115
105
98
80
80
1
101.6
4.4
3.0
w
9
1
-21
0
11
76
88
82
78
78
74
76
(73)
1
77.6
3.7
0.0
w
10
1
-19
0
12
101
116
110
107
99
75
80
77
1
76.8
3.2
0.0
NE
10
10
-17
0
13
152
151
154
152
148
133
122
109
1
109.6
4.1
1.7
E
10
2
-20
0
17
115
107
105
118
88
86
66
52
2
81.6
2.3
0.0
NE
10
3
-22
0
18
74
90
85
94
135
170
177
173]
2
85.3
5.3
0.0
SW
10
3
-25
1
19
92
73
80
80
62
57
62
59]
2
87.0
5.7
1.9
SW
10
1
-27
1
20
73
85
80
62
52
43
43
43
1
60.6
2.6
0.0
SW
4
0
-31
0
21
96
96
96
96
86
82
70
72
0
71.2
1.3
0.0
SE
4
0
-33
0
22
106
116
<*137
143
137
96
60
73
1
89.8
4.0
0.0
w
10
3
-30
0
23
77
74
65
60
55
50
74
70
1
67.2
3.4
1.0
SW
8
2
-34
0
25
90
100
83
75
77
62
(57)
53
1
71.5
3.4
0.7
SW
1
0
-37
0
26
177
227
'214
200
197
194
181
121]
2
136.5
4.5
1.1
E
9
1
-33
0
27
Mean.. .
1924
204
204
144
121
107
85
87
77]
2
115.7
5.0
2.0
NE
10
8
-25
1
97.9
102.6
101.2
99.3
91.6
78.0
72.4
70.7
79.9
Dec 3
107
106
111
109
91
91
87
77
1
85.8
6.1
1.0
SW
10
3
-10
0
4
136
138
132
128
116
109
<*112
101
1
103.3
4.5
0.0
SW
10
0
-21
0
5
106
103
88
103
121
106
<*76
83
2
94.8
3.4
0.0
NW
10
10
-20
0
8
94
90
"105
90
101
86
'67
65
2
85.6
2.6
0.0
E, SW
10
5
-25
0
12
80
71
<*67
75
71
67
60
64]
2
75.1
6.1
0.6
SW
10
2
-24
1
13
75
73
83
90
90
83
96
86]
2
89.2
4.5
1.3
w
10
2
-26
1
14
105
100
113
109
100
100
90
90
0
91.6
3.1
0.0
SE
1
0
-33
0
17
109
113
<*110
101
97
94
85
81
95.1
4.3
0.0
w
10
10
-24
0
18
163
163
170
(158)
(143)
(124)
<*107-
94
122.2
4.0
0.0
SE
10
10
-21
0
19
112
100
96
107
104
106
101
88
96.5
5.9
0.6
w
10
4
-24
0
20
101
109
'113
109
94
82
'97
83
91.3
4.0
0.0
N
10
6
-24
0
22
183
187
167
144
140
148
116
77]
110.0
8.6
0.0
NE
10
0
-18
1
23
89
70
70
81
104
116
151
132]
78.1
5.9
1.1
SW
10
2
-12
1
24
104
110
110
97
112
131
<*134
145]
104.2
5.4
0.0
N
10
2
-24
1
25
97
95
86
84
88
69
73
63]
100.8
5.3
0.0
NE
10
0
-20
1
26
Mean. . .
1925
88
92
95
97
92
113
<*95
119]
88.7
4.4
0.6
W
10
0
-24
1
114.8
113.6
115.3
112.7
107.4
99.8
91.3
84.7
96.3
Jan 5
129
125
<*141
123
123
119
(110)
(100)]
1
92.2
7.6
4.1
SW
10
10
-16
1
10
173
157
153
145
137
124
114
90]
2
141.8
5.4
1.7
w
10
7
-31
1
13
120
109
101
95
100
118
102
116]
2
121.9
5.6
0.9
SW
10
1
-30
1
14
154
135
130
151
151
143
119
104
2
116.1
2.9
0.9
w
10
1
-31
0
17
(112)
(116)
112
108
97
91
70
67
1
82.0
3.4
0.9
SE
2
0
-37
0
18
(62)
62
59
55
55
47
55
62
1
52.7
3.6
0.0
S
2
1
-36
0
20
70
68
66
62
(58)
55
54
54
0
60.6
3.4
0.9
SW
2
0
-34
0
21
124
124
114
116
108
91
95
124
1
79.3
3.0
0.0
s
4
0
-35
0
22
84
124
128
128
167
96
102
146]
2
126.5
5.4
0.0
s
10
2
-29
1
23
98
102
98
98
98
94
85
79
1
79.2
3.8
0.0
w
10
0
-36
0
25
113
103
103
103
97
91
90
86
1
84.5
4.1
1.1
E
10
0
-26
0
26
71
74
67
78
82
71
55
51
1
68.9
2.9
0.7
SE
10
0
-24
0
27
103
103
115
110
91
83
63
53
0
78.5
2.3
0.0
NE
10
10
-23
0
29
93
103
93
87
91
79
73
55
0
69.8
3.6
1.1
SW
10
1
-30
0
30
Mean. . .
130
130
98
106
91
79
63
57
1
91.5
4.0
0.0
NW
10
3
-27
0
102.7
101.8
95.9
97.6
92.6
84.0
74.7
72.0
78.4
()= Interpolated. [ | = Not used in mean. "Mist. 'Fog. 'Snow. d Light snow. 'Haze " There was negative potential-gradient between 10b 40m and llh 10m.
and gradient can be brought out clearly enough by grouping the mean potential-gradient
of the day according to the maximum hourly wind- velocity during the day. We find :
Maximum wind-velocity,
meters per second
1 Q23-24 /-P°tential gradient, v/m
) Number of cases
1024-95 /Potential gradient, v/m
\ Number of cases
0-1.0
1.1-2.0
2 . 1-3 . 0
3 .1-4.0
4.1-5.0
5.1-6.0
6.1-7.0
Greater
than 7.0
114
2
117
9
86
5
110
24
86
15
112
21
90
22
119
42
104
20
134
20
128
9
131
19
80
2
140
18
111
8
0
444
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 53 — Mean Hourly Values Centered on the Hour of Potential Gradient in Volts per Meter
Day
lb
2b
3h
4h
5h
6b
7b
8b
9b
10h
lib
12b
13b
14b
15>>
16b
1925
Feb 1
69
73
74
80
86
88
88
92
94
96
96
101
104
111
104
107
2
61
61
61
65
63
63
61
61
69
69
69
88
85
82
<*69
(82)
3
61
61
61
63
77
88
84
84
84
80
84
96
96
92
84
104
4
68
72
67
72
64
64
68
57
57
55
53
67
68
72
76
82
5
80
78
76
78
68
80
76
76
78
68
74
78
82
84
92
95
6
76
73
84
120
145
146
122
129
122
131
118
112
110
145
148
145
7
114
110
73
68
85
57
63
76
53
42
42
53
49
48
57
61
8
[ 52
65
65
70
72
80
89
103
103
104
110
110
114
124
130
126
18
[142
180
154
149
74
88
84
100
107
100
100
111
111
117
111
113
19
100
92
90
80
77
77
94
92
96
88
92
69
67
88
92
100
22
94
70
82
82
82
94
117
82
72
82
94
105
123
130
113
101
23
128
109
107
95
100
105
105
105
109
109
113
125
140
152
139
130
24
100
108
108
131
131
127
112
115
115
121
119
135
142
150
152
150
25
[110
106
93
89
88
78
76
78
68
63
68
78
82
89
91
91
26
Mean. .
1925
[236
247
«224
175
168
133
152
95
93
97
/101
99
104
110
120
110
86.4
82.4
80.3
84.9
88.9
89.9
90.0
88.1
86.3
85.4
86.7
93.6
96.9
104.9
102.4
105.2
Mar 1
94
89
89
91
91
98
98
98
102
102
«98
102
109
115
120
128
4
92
89
85
87
78
82
89
91
96
98
105
109
114
114
107
103
12
79
83
86
76
68
66
64
76
78
80
84
92
92
95
<*102
91
13
85
80
73
70
73
70
°73
98
93
88
80
98
94
91
94
102
14
93
88
84
83
70
66
'62
84
79
91
noo
95
88
80
<*80
80
15
[ 91
(86)
(80)
(75)
70
84
88
86
95
80
70
58
55
66
77
84
18
70
62
84
97
124
91
102
102
113
115
109
109
116
133
142
142
20
85
84
91
88
91
97
106
109
102
102
93
97
109
116
106
120
23
[110
104
106
136
128
106
121
125
115
165
161
169
180
191
209
198
24
132
106
98
89
95
91
95
98
98
93
104
121
146
143
152
128
. 25
115
95
92
88
85
80
90
88
82
103
99
110
121
134
<*143
148
26
103
100
89
85
82
80
80
92
94
111
102
107
144
139
133
133
28
82
63
87
67
76
65
70
72
79
87
102
115
122
118
116
126
29
[100
94
86
86
83
86
85
81
90
103
116
120
120
129
138
151
30
[120
136
137
176
210
153
106
106
110
110
126
141
153
168
170
168
31
Mean. .
1925
[116
103
88
88
100
103
110
115
103
124
145
184
157
180
160
138
93.7
85.4
87.1
82.8
84.8
80.5
83.6
91.6
92.4
97.3
97.8
105.0
114.1
116.1
117.6
118.3
Apr 2
70
61
63
56
52
49
46
52
66
70
68
77
82
92
101
133
3
87
87
87
79
63
59
59
51
63
64
77
91
104
110
126
112
4
74
61
66
58
51
49
54
56
67
60
80
95
98
105
108
110
8
94
91
87
84
80
(84)
(86)
(89)
(94)
98
101
115
121
112
<*121
124
9
[ 89
96
94
89
68
(66)
64
64
62
57
62
79
93
110
120
125
16
85
(85)
84
77
75
81
82
80
85
92
<*103
119
119
140
155
178
17
110
103
91
86
83
81
100
92
103
89
100
134
154
156
165
166
20
74
71
89
95
94
116
114
74
76
89
102
116
136
146
146
151
21
96
96
(96)
(96)
(96)
98
103
109
119
125
125
130
140
147
143
136
22
[ 98
95
103
95
97
88
95
112
115
122
125
132
137
145
142
145
29
Mean. .
(129
116
112
106
98
112
102
102
89
86
92
92
109
116
104
«104
86.2
81.9
82.9
78.9
74.2
77.1
80.5
75.4
84.1
85.9
94.5
109.6
119.2
128.0
133.1
138.9
( ) = Interpolated. [ ] = Not used in the mean. " Mist. h Fog. c Snow. d Light snow. e Haze. / Very light snow
It is evident from these compilations that the potential gradient generally increases
when the wind-velocity becomes greater than about five meters per second, the snow-
drift generally beginning at this wind-velocity. Simpson found the same limit for the
beginning of the drift in the Antarctic. Whether the decrease of the potential gradient
with wind-velocities smaller than 3 to 4 meters per second represents a real feature
or not is doubtful (see Fig. 30).
A direct comparison between the records of wind-velocity and potential gradient
reveals a much closer connection between the two factors. A few curves have been repro-
duced in Figures 31 to 34 to demonstrate this. The curves for the potential gradient are
traced directly from the records, but the wind-curves are drawn by means of the scaled
mean hourly wind- velocities and appear, therefore, very smooth. On February 13, 1924,
the wind- velocity was too small to cause any drift until 12 h G. M. T. A rapid increase
Atmospheeic Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
from Electrograms, October 1928 to April 1925 {Greenwich mean time) — Concluded
445
Wind
Clouds
Day
17*
18*
19*
20*
21*
22*
23*
24*
Electric
character
Mean
True
direction
Temper-
ature
Snow-
drift
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
1925
m/s
m/s
°C
Feb 1
111
109
104
104
96
79
65
63
1
91.4
4.5
2.2
NE
10
2
-26
0
2
92
85
<*85
92
85
69
73
77
0
73.6
2.8
0.0
NE
10
4
-29
0
3
104
116
122
126
100
88
70
72
1
87.4
1.5
0.0
N
10
0
-36
0
4
91
95
98
103
98
83
82
89
0
75.0
2.3
0.0
W
2
1
-40
0
5
103
107
115
118
109
103
80
84
0
86.8
2.6
1.6
W
4
4
-40
0
6
122
133
149
131
135
146
104
95
1
122.5
3.5
2.3
w
6
1
-40
0
7
80
85
80
78
68
57
46
49
1
66.4
2.8
0.0
w
3
2
-42
0
8
126
133
137
163
(157)
152
129
120]
1
109.8
4.5
0.0
NE
3
0
-44
1
18
119
107
103
103
96
85
107
100]
2
110.9
8.4
2.2
E
2
0
-27
1
19
(111)
123
130
109
88
75
<*65
65
2
90.0
3.6
0.0
NE
10
2
-22
0
22
105
107
107
93
91
70
86
136
2
96.6
4.4
0.0
N
10
0
-27
0
23
142
144
150
148
142
140
«124
108
1
123.7
3.5
1.8
NE
3
0
-34
0
24
139
129
*131
139
131
115
104
112
2
125.7
2.5
0.7
NE
10
0
-35
0
25
89
103
103
103
148
171
/187
205]
2
102.4
3.8
0.0
NE
10
0
-36
0
26
Mean. .
1925
110
141
137
129
133
118
145
125]
2
137.6
4.1
0.0
NE, SW
10
1
-30
0
109.1
112.1
115.6
112.8
103.9
93.2
81.6
86.4
-
94.5
Mar 1
131
137
129
133
124
106
101
121
0
108.6
4.5
1.5
NE
10
0
-34
0
4
103
103
116
118
105
94
101
104
0
99.3
3.5
0.0
NE
2
0
-34
0
12
91
95
93
93
95
93
91
88
0
85.5
5.0
0.0
NE
10
2
-16
0
13
111
109
106
106
100
95
• 107
97
1
91.4
2.8
0.0
NE
10
1
-18
0
14
84
89
<*70
80
91
95
95
95
1
84.2
2.8
0.0
NE
10
1
-21
0
15
91
89
109
120
116
102
-156
146]
2
90.6
4.1
0.0
N
10
1
-23
0
18
142
139
120
122
116
102
113
102
2
111.1
4.5
0.7
W
10
0
-24
0
20
120
111
116
135
116
109
93
77
1
103.0
3.5
0.7
NW
10
1
-22
0
23
205
205
194
176
176
154
157
124]
2
154.8
11.4
5.5
W
10
1
-22
1
24
131
146
146
143
146
136
132
127
2
120.7
5.7
2.0
NW
2
0
-34
0
25
145
148
141
139
141
139
129
111
1
115.2
4.1
1.0
S
10
1
-32
0
26
133
124
139
152
159
144
130
135
2
116.2
2.3
0.0
NW, E
0
0
-33
0
28
137
141
139
141
141
133
118
112
1
104.5
1.8
0.0
N
3
0
-30
0
29
147
160
155
158
162
136
137
183]
1
121.1
3.5
0.0
NE
3
0
-32
1
30
168
174
168
180
168
153
145
130]
2
144.8
4.7
0.0
E
10
3
-30
1
31
Mean. .
1925
158
145
140
130
180
130
130
130]
2
131.5
6.0
0.5
E
2
0
-31
1
120.7
122.0
129.6
123.8
121.3
113.3
110.0
106.3
103.6
Apr 2
143
141
141
145
126
119
104
98
1
89.8
5
4
E
10
2
-26
0
3
133
143
147
133
133
131
108
88
1
97.3
5
3
W
10
1
-27
0
4
103
102
105
114
105
105
(95)
(85)
1
83.6
3
1
W
2
0
-30
0
8
124
131
125
125
125
112
103
106
1
105.5
3
1
NE
10
5
-20
0
9
96
71
•124
151
130
110
110
141]
2
94.6
3
1.5
NE
5
2
-25
0
16
144
150
155
147
140
127
120
106
2
113.7
3
0
E
10
0
-22
0
17
155
155
165
127
172
137
116
103
2
122.6
3
0
W
10
1
-27
0
20
146
143
143
126
133
122
113
96
2
113.0
5
o
NE
3
1
-24
0
21
123
119
119
118
113
109
112
101
1
115.4
4
2
NW
10
1
-25
0
22
149
152
145
142
270
270
205
178]
2
139.9
6
3
W
6
2
-23
1
29
Mean .
109
141
146
"133
153
170
<U29
119]
2
115.4
5.5
3
E
10
8
-11
1
133.9
135.5
137.5
129.4
130.9
120.2
108.7
97.9
105.1
( ) = Interpolated. [ ] = Not used in the mean. « Mist. b Fog. c Snow. <* Light snow. e Haze. / Very light snow.
of the velocity then produced a snow-drift which immediately caused a rise of the poten-
tial gradient, which remained high during the rest of the day. On February 16, 1924, the
potential gradient showed a reversed diurnal-variation, with maximum at about 4h
and minimum at about 18 h G. M. T. However, the course of the curve for the gradient
follows closely the curve for the wind-velocity, which was strong enough to cause snow-
drift, except for a period between 16 h and 18h, when there probably was no drift or a very
small drift, so that the potential dropped to approximately the normal value. On March
21, 1924, the wind during most of the day was below the limit at which drift may occur,
but the wind-curve shows two peaks at which the limit might have been passed and in
both cases the increase in wind-velocity is followed by sudden increase of the potential
gradient. The diurnal variation of the potential is normal, except for these peaks. On
February 22, 1924, the wind-velocity was below the critical limit, and we find, therefore,
446
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
no correlation between this and the potential gradient, which plainly shows the typical
diurnal-variation, which will be discussed later. Numerous examples of the types here
described can be found among the records. We find, however, that the critical limit of
the wind-velocity is subject to great variations, especially in the fall and the spring, when
a higher wind-velocity is required to cause snow-drift than in winter. This can be
explained easily by the conditions of the surface in the various seasons. In the fall the
surface is formed by coarse snow or frost crystals and in the spring it is hardened under
the action of the Sun, but in winter it is frequently covered by very light snow or frost
crystals, which are whirled up by a very moderate wind. But even in winter the surface
is constantly changing, and we may find, therefore, that on one day a wind of a velocity of
4.5 meters per second is accompanied by drift, while on another the velocity may increase
to 6.0 meters per second without causing drift. We also find that the drift generally
continues until the wind-velocity is smaller than it was when the drift began.
c
140
>
;
Wl
> ;
MD-VELO
:ity IN ti
METERS
b <
PER SEC
OND
7 8
•
a.
Id
130
id
2
of — .
Id
a
120
J
o
/DRIFT BE6UN USUALLY
/ AT FROM 4 TO 5 M/SEC
>
MO
Fig. 30 — Snow-drift and atmospheric potential-gradient, Maud results, winters 1922-24
[Smoothed means — (a + 2b + c)l%\
(b) Sign of the charge of the drift-snow — Discussing the cause of the high potential-
gradients which are found during snow-drift, Simpson arrives at the conclusion that
(1) "the electricity which affects the recorded potential-gradient during drift is not asso-
ciated with the driven snow, but (2) with the air above the drift, and (3) the separation of
electricity takes place when ice-crystals collide, the ice becoming negatively charged and
the air positively charged."
Simpson assumes that the positive charge of the air is carried to considerable
altitudes by the irregular (turbulent) movement of the air, thus producing a positive
space-charge above the collector and strengthening the normal electric field. Occasion-
ally the eddy-motion may be so small that the major part of the positive charge remains
below the collector, and in this case the normal electric field may become reversed close
to the surface. This assumption serves to explain an interesting case in which negative
gradient was observed.
i
Plate 8
1 Ice-crack through Observatory
4 Ice near vessel, June 1924
7 Observing atmospheric potential-gradient
Views on the "Maud" Expedition
2 Atmospheric-electric station on ice
5 Personnel of the Maud Expedition during
1922 to 1925 (Dahl, Malmgren, Wisting,
Sverdrup, Olonkin, Hansen, Kakot)
8 Recording electrometer and housing, show-
ing frost conditions
3 Potential-gradient collector and "solar
observatory"
6 Declinograph and housing
9 Electrometer and tripod
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925 447
Table 54 Mean Hourly Values on the Hour, Greenwich Mean Time, of the Diurnal Inequality of the Potential Gradient in Volts Per Meter
Month or period
1 922-1 92S
October-April
192S
October
November
December
1924
January
February
March
April
1923-1924
November- January
1924
February-April
1923-1924
October-April
1924
November
December
1925
January
February
March
April
1924-1925
November-January
1925
February- April
1924-1925
November-April . . .
lh
-11.6
- 8.6
-13.8
-17.0
-12.6
- 8.9
- 9.8
-10.5
-14.4
- 9.9
-11.8
- 8.5
- 7.2
- 8.4
- 8.1
- 9.9
-19.0
- 8.0
-11.6
- 9.8
-16.9
- 6.4
-18.1
-17.5
-18.5
- 7.1
-18.3
-18.8
-18.0
-15.2
-15.4
-11.1
- 6.9
-14.4
-12.1
-18.2
-23.3
-10.9
-17.3
-14.1
-17.1
- 9.8
-22.7
-16.3
-21.7
- 7.8
-18.6
-18.2
-20.0
-15.3
-16.7
-11.6
-13.7
-14.4
-14.2
-16.5'
-22.3
-13.0
-17.2
-15.1
-19.8
-12.9
-23.7
-13.8
-24.6
- 9.7
-16.6
-18.2
-20.4
-15.2
-17.2
-10.1
-13.3
-14.4
- 9.6
-20.8
-26.3
-12.4
-17.8
-15.1
-15.5
-10.6
-21.5
-12.5
-25.8
-10.2
-14.8
-19.2
-19.9
-15.1
-16.7
- 8.0
-14.5
-10.6
- 5.6
-18.8
-31.0
-10.8
-17.2
-14.0
6h
-21.6
- 9.1
-15.0
- 9.4
-21.0
- 6.2
-17.0
-23.0
-15.2
-15.8
-14.8
- 6.3
-16.9
-10.3
- 4.6
-23.1
-28.1
-10.8
-17.6
-14.2
7k
-19.7
-11.3
-16.6
- 6.4
-15.8
- 7.7
-15.3
-20.0
-12.8
-14.9
-13.6
- 7.3
-13.5
- 8.1
- 4.5
-20.0
-24.7
- 9.4
-15.3
-12.3
8h
-18.7
-14.3
-19.9
- 6.2
-12.2
- 3.8
-13.9
-17.5
-12.2
-12.3
-12.5
- 9.5
-13.2
- 7.5
- 6.4
-12.0
-29.8
-14.7
-12.3
9b
-16.7
-13.4
-18.9
-11.0
- 8.9
-13.8
-15.8
-12.6
-13.1
-13.0
-11.2
-13.5
-12.3
- 8.2
-11.2
-21.1
-12.2
-12.8
-12.5
10b
-15.0
-13.8
-17.3
-11.5
- 9.6
- 8.4
-10.9
-11.3
-12.4
-10.4
-11.7
-10.2
-10.1
-12.4
- 9.1
- 6.3
-19.3
-10.9
-10.8
—10.9
ll^
-11.0
-13.6
-14.7
- 9.1
- 6.3
- 4.5
- 4.2
- 9.3
- 9.6
- 6.3
- 8.6
- 5.3
- 2.2
-11.0
- 7.8
- 5.8
-10.7
- 6.4
- 7.8
- 7.1
12b
- 2.5
- 7.4
- 4.1
- 5.7
+ 5.4
- 5.2
+ 4.5
- 2.7
- 1.1
-1.1
- 1.9
- 1.9
+ 0.7
- 3.0
- 0.9
+ 1.4
+ 4.4
- 1.5
+ 1.3
- 0.1
13b
+ 6.9
+ 3.2
+ 10.2
+ 1.0
+ 13.6
- 4.3
+ 16.5
+ 7.3
+ 8.3
+ 6.8
+ 7.0
+ 1.7
+ 5.5
+ 0.3
+ 2.4
+ 10.5
+ 14.0
+ 2.3
+ 8.5
+ 5.3
Month or period
14^
15b
16b
17b
18b
19b
20b
21b
22b
23h
24b
Mean
value of
potential
gradient
Number
of days
1922-1923
October-April
1923
October
November
December
1924
January
February
March
April
1923-1924
November— January
1924
February-April
1923-1924
October-April
1924
November
December
1925
January
February
March
April
1924-1925
November- January
1925
February-April
1924-1925
November-April . . .
+ 15.0
+ 16.1
+ 17.0
+ 6.6
+ 13.5
+ 4.9
+ 18.0
+20.5
+ 12.1
+ 14.9
+ 13.8
+ 4.9
+ 14.1
+ 4.3
+ 10.4
+ 12.5
+ 22.8
+ 7.7
+ 14.0
+ 10.8
+ 20.8
+ 14.5
+21.3
+ 9.0
+22.0
+ 7.8
+21.4
+ 24.8
+ 16.8
+ 18.7
+ 17.3
+ 6.9
+ 15.7
+ 9.3
+ 7.9
+ 14.3
+27.9
+ 10.4
+ 15.5
+ 12.8
+26.3
+ 17.9
+25.5
+ 12.3
+20.6
+ 13.8
+ 17.6
+27.6
+ 19.0
+20.2
+ 19.4
+ 13.4
+ 18.9
+ 17.6
+ 10.7
+ 14.7
+ 33.7
+ 16.5
+ 18.2
+ 17.3
+ 27.8
+ 17.9
+29.5
+21.0
+ 19.0
+ 11.7
+ 15.4
+27.8
+22.6
+ 18.9
+20.4
+ 18.0
+ 18.5
+ 24.3
+ 14.6
+ 17.1
+28.7
+20.4
+ 19.3
+ 19.8
+22.0
+23.5
+ 29.2
+ 22.8
+ 21.6
+ 15.9
+ 17.9
+23.4
+ 24.2
+ 19.3
+ 21.9
+22.7
+ 17.3
+23.4
+ 17.6
+ 18.4
+ 30.3
+ 21.4
+ 21.3
+ 21.3
+25.4
+21.2
+ 30.7
+22.6
+22.6
+ 20.2
+ 14.7
+22.4
+24.9
+ 19.2
+ 21.9
+ 21.3
+ 19.0
+ 17.5
+21.1
+ 16.0
+ 32.3
+ 19.3
+22.2
+20.7
+ 26.1
+20.6
+ 31.3
+21.9
+ 17.4
+ 15.9
+ 12.1
+22.0
+22.8
+ 16.9
+ 19.9
+ 19.4
+ 16.4
+ 19.2
+ 18.3
+20.2
+ 24.2
+ 18.5
+ 20.6
+ 19.5
+ 15.7
+ 11.7
+ 15.2
+ 12.3
+ 18.7
+ 10.5
+ 6.5
+ 13.4
+ 15.6
+ 10.2
+ 12.7
+ 11.7
+ 11.1
+ 14.2
+ 9.4
+ 17.7
+25.7
+ 12.5
+ 16.8
+ 14.6
+ 6.2
+ 0
+ 4
+ 6
+ 11.
+ 1.
+ 0.
+ 4.
+
+ 2.
+ 4.
- 1.
+ 3.
+ 5.
- 1.
+ 9.
+ 15.
+ 2.
+ 7.
+ 4.
8.0
+ 1.2
- 7.8
+ 1.1
+ 0.3
- 1.8
- 2.8
+ 6.7
- 1.5
- 0.2
+ 0.7
- 0.7
- 7.5
- 5.0
- 3.7
-12.9
+ 6.4
+ 3.7
- 5.4
- 1.4
- 3.4
- 6.9
- 8.9
-10.2
- 1.4
- 6.3
- 5.3
+ 1.6
- 7.4
- 5.3
- 3.9
- 5.2
- 9.2
-11.6
- 6.4
- 8.1
+ 2.7
- 7.3
- 8.9
- 4.0
- 6.5
108.1
113.7
95.9
119.1
107.7
108.1
112.8
132.1
108.4
118.7
113.6
79.9
96.3
78.4
94.5
103.6
105.2
84.1
100.7
92.3
13
11
11
14
15
12
13
15
40
40
91
11
9
11
11
11
8
31
30
61
448
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
FEBRUARY 13, 1924
FEBRUARY 16, 1924
FEBRUARY 22, 1924
200
100
I \ \
MARCH 21,1924
Figs. 31 to 34 — Atmospheric potential-gradient and wind-velocity records for Greenwich days,
February 13, 16, 22, and March 21, 1924
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925 449
It may here be noted that we never observed negative gradients during drift, though
the drift often was far below the collector, which during the winters of 1923-24 and 1924-
25 was 6 meters above the ice. This can be explained, assuming Simpson's theory to be
correct, by the fact that the movement of the air was very irregular on account of the
roughness of the ice, so that the positive charges were always carried to considerable
altitudes.
Regarding his results, Simpson says: "These conclusions are based entirely on the
observed potential-gradients, and it is obvious that the only satisfactory test would be to
examine the sign of the charge of the drift-snow itself. If this were found to be negative
the conclusion would be proved beyond doubt. It is to be hoped that the simple experi-
ment will be carried out by the first observer who has the opportunity."
A. Staeger has investigated the sign of the charge on snow-crystals. In his first
paper7 he concludes that in snow-drift the large particles become negatively charged
and the very small particles become positively charged, and states that his results are in
agreement with Simpson's conception if Simpson's terms "ice-crystals" and "air" are
replaced by "large" and "small" particles. However, in his second paper, Staeger8
concludes that "the negative charges are bound to the small, light, floating snow-particles,
while the positive are bound to the heavier." Considering these contradicting results
further investigation seems desirable.
On board the Maud, F. Malmgren and the writer carried out an experiment in order
to determine the sign of charge of the snow. The result of this experiment can not be
regarded as conclusive evidence for the correctness of Dr. Simpson's conception, but
undoubtedly substantiates his view. Before describing the experiment a few experi-
ences will be mentioned which are of interest in this connection.
We found that the wireless antenna always became charged with electricity when
the snow-drift was so high that it passed over the masts of the ship. In the wireless
room it was possible to draw long sparks from the connection to the antenna. The
phenomenon was observed in winter only when the insulation of the antenna was very
good. Examining the sign of the charge, it was found to be negative. The collector-
post was found to be charged in a similar way. In a few cases when the drift was so high
that it was well above the collector, the collector was removed. As long as the collector
was in place the electrometer recorded a high positive potential, but as soon as it was
removed the system became charged with negative electricity. These observations can
be explained in two ways: (1) the negative charge of the drift-snow is deposited on the
isolated antenna or collector-post, or (2) by the collision of the drift-snow with antenna
or collector-post electricity becomes so separated that the negative charge remains on
the antenna or collector-post while the positive charge remains on the snow.
The first explanation is in agreement with Simpson's conception, but according to
Staeger the second explanation is correct. These experiences, therefore, can give no
information as to the sign of the charge of the snow. In order to determine this, it
would be necessary to place an insulated vessel or tray so that the drift-snow would
accumulate on it, and examine the sign of the potential to which it might be charged.
It is a common experience that, wherever a cavity is formed in a bank of drift-snow, this
cavity will be filled very rapidly. We took advantage of this fact to perform an experi-
ment, the arrangement for which is shown in Figure 35, in which S represents a cut
through a snow-bank, which was 110 cm. high and had been formed 3 meters from the
side of the ship, on the southwest side. At the edge of the snow-bank a cavity, C, was
formed and a wall-insulator, I, consisting of a brass rod inside a wooden protection and
insulated with sulphur and hard rubber, was so placed that it extended from this cavity
7 Experimentaluntersuchungen ilber Kontaktelektrizierung u. s. w. Ann. Physik, vol. 76 (1925), pp. 49-70.
8 Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Kontaktelektrizierung u. s. w. Ann. Physick, vol. 77 (1925), pp. 225-240.
450
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
To E
to the level ground below. The upper end of the wall-insulator was protected from the
drift-snow by baffle-caps, but the lower end was unprotected, because the air here was
free of drift-snow. The brass rod of the wall-insulator carried a tray T at the upper end
and to the lower end the electrometer E was connected.
The experiment was undertaken on January 9, 1925, when a fresh southwest wind,
accompanied by dense but low drift was blowing. The drift-snow began immediately
to accumulate in the cavity and on the tray. Watching the accumulation, it looked as
if by far the greater amount of snow which
struck the tray actually remained there,
but a small amount was blown off. During
this process the potential of the electrom-
eter increased in steps corresponding to
gusts of wind which brought a greater or
smaller amount of snow down on the
tray. The increase was independent of
whether the tray was covered with snow or
not. In a few minutes the potential was
on the point of exceeding the maximum
scale-value, 200 volts. Disconnecting the
electrometer, the sign of the charge was
found to be negative. The experiment
was repeated several times during half an
hour and always with the same result,
which points strongly to the conclusion that the snow-particles were charged with
negative electricity. However, the evidence, as already stated, is not conclusive,
because the possibility that the observed charge is due to the collision of the snow-
particles with the tray was not entirely eliminated. Our many duties unfortunately
did not permit us to subject the question to a more elaborate study, as would be
desirable in order to verify Simpson's theory, which explains all the abnormal potential-
gradient observed on the Maud Expedition.
(c) Potential gradient and wind-direction — In order to examine whether a relation
exists between the potential gradient and the direction of the wind, the observed poten-
tial-gradients have been divided into four groups, as in Table 55, reckoning wind from
northwest to northeast as wind from north, wind from northeast to southeast as wind
from east, and so on. Using a grouping of this kind implies some smoothing, because all
values corresponding to wind from northwest, northeast, southeast, and southwest will be
entered in two columns. For the first winter the potential gradients observed at 22 h
G. M. T. were grouped according to the simultaneous wind-direction and for the last two
winters the mean daily potentials were grouped according to the average wind-direction
of the day.
Table 55 — Potential Gradient and Wind-Direction
Fig. 35 — Diagrammatic sketch illustrating method of
determining electric charge on snow
Period
Wind-direction
NW-NE
NE-SE
SE-SW
SW-NW
Potential gradient at 22h, October 1922-May 1923
v/m
117
117
95
v/m
112
114
93
v/m
116
110
80
v/m
122
112
88
Mean daily potential-gradient, October 1923- April 1924
Mean daily potential-gradient, November 1924- April 1925. . . .
During the first two winters, when far off the coast, the differences between the
potential gradients for the various wind-directions are so small that they are without
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
451
significance. During the last winter the gradient seems to be smallest for southerly
winds, which means winds blowing from the mainland toward the ice. This result may
represent a real feature, connected with a different ionization of the air coming from the
land as compared to the air blowing from the sea-ice. However, the result needs further
confirmation. It may be noted that the combined results from the two winters in the
drift-ice show a small effect in the same direction. The fact that the potential gradient
was considerably smaller close to the coast than farther out in the ice, and that this
difference increased with wind from land, also indicates that the influence of the land
tends to lower the potential gradient.
(d) Potential gradient during snowfall — It has already been stated that the only
negative potential-gradient which was observed occurred during snowfall and slight
drift. With the exception of this single case, the gradient was generally normal, but
subject to large and rapid variations, making eye-readings difficult and giving the
recorded curves a ragged appearance. From the three periods, 65 observations of the
potential gradient are available from hours when snow was falling and when the wind
velocity was too small to cause snow-drifts. The mean value for these hours can be com-
pared with the corresponding mean on meteorologically undisturbed days, which will be
defined later. The influence of the diurnal variation and the station-difference must be
eliminated, and this is easily done by entering the "normal" value of the gradient for
the given hour and station beside each observed gradient during snowfall and by taking
the mean of both columns. We find that the mean potential-gradient during snowfall
on calm days was 106 volts per meter, while the corresponding mean value on meteoro-
logically undisturbed days was 103 volts per meter.
It is seen that the two mean values are nearly the same. It may be added that
excessively high or low values deviating more than ±50 per cent from the normal value
of the hour were never observed during snowfall.
(e) Potential gradient during fog or haze — During fog or haze the potential gradient
was normal in most cases, but occasionally very high. Eighty-seven hourly values are
available with fog or haze present and with light wind blowing. Computing the mean
values in the same way as above, we find that the mean potential gradient during fog or
haze on calm days was 120 volts per meter, while the corresponding mean value on meteor-
ologically undisturbed days was 112 volts per meter.
The mean values agree again rather closely, but, examining the single cases, we find
that excessively high values of the gradient occurred seven times during fog or haze.
(/) Potential gradient and cloudiness — Grouping the potential gradient, observed with
light wind at 22 h G. M. T. during the period October 1922 to May 1923, according to
the simultaneously observed cloudiness (scale 0 for clear, to 10 for overcast) we find:
Amount of clouds 0-2
Potential gradient, volts per meter. . . . 106
Number of cases 61
According to this, it seems that overcast sky is accompanied by a higher potential-
gradient. However, if we examine the mean diurnal-values observed on clear days dur-
ing the winters 1923 to 1924 and 1924 to 1925, we find that the mean values for these
days come very close to the mean of the days on which the sky has been partly overcast.
We find:
3-7
8-10
118
121
22
48
Period
Potential gradient in volts per meter for
Clear days
(Cloudiness less than 5)
Partly overcast days
(Cloudiness greater than 5)
Winter, 1923 to 1924
Winter, 1924 to 1925
115 (42)
87 (19)
112 (49)
95 (42)
452
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
The results are discordant; during one winter we find a lower potential on clear than
on partly overcast days, during the other a higher. The conclusion, therefore, is that
there is no outstanding relation between the amount of clouds and the value of the
potential gradient but that the latter has a tendency to be higher when the sky is
overcast.
(g) Potential gradient and relative humidity — F. Malmgren has made an interesting
investigation of the relative humidity of the air over the Arctic Sea. He finds that this
quantity is subject to very small variation. If the relative humidity is referred to the
vapor-tension over ice, the air is always found to be nearly saturated; in cold, calm weather
with clear sky the relative humidity (ice) will be somewhat over 100 per cent, while
with wind blowing it will be a little below 100 per cent. Considering the small varia-
tions, no outstanding relation between relative humidity and potential gradient can be
expected. The number of observations is too small to permit definite conclusions,
but they confirm the opinion that there is no marked relation. By far the greater
number of observations of the humidity were taken about 23 h G. M. T., and utilizing
these only it becomes unnecessary to eliminate the diurnal variation. In 42 cases the
potential gradient was undisturbed by drift or fog, and from these we find :
Mean relative humidity referred to ice, per cent 96 104
Mean potential-gradient, volts per meter 107 101
Number of cases 20 22
From these data there does not appear to be any marked relation between the two
phenomena.
(h) Potential gradient and temperature — Discussing the relation between potential
gradient and temperature, we will utilize the observations from the periods November
to February only, because the gradient had nearly the same mean value during these
months, so that a possible relation between gradient and temperature is not influenced
by the annual variation. The observations of the potential gradient at 22 h G. M. T.
from November 1922 to February 1923 and the diurnal mean values from the next two
winters are grouped according to the temperature at 22 h and the mean diurnal temper-
ature in Table 56.
Table 56 — Potential Gradient and Temperature of the Air
Period
Temperature limits
Greater
than
-26° C
-26° C
to -30° C
-31° C
to -35° C
Less
than
-35° C
Potential gradient at 22h, November 1922-February 1923
101
117
91
123
106
85
114
108
88
118
117
82
Mean daily potential-gradient, November 1923-February 1924. . . .
Mean daily potential-gradient, November 1924-February 1925. . . .
Unweighted mean
103
52
105
42
103
52
106
34
Total number
This investigation shows no relation between temperature of the air and potential
gradient during the period November to February, when the temperature ranged between
-20° and -40° C.
(i) Selection of meteorologically undisturbed days — The above discussion of the rela-
tion between meteorological phenomena and the potential gradient leads to the conclu-
sion that definite evidence of such a relation is found only for snow-drift caused by
sufficiently high wind-velocities and occasionally for fog and haze. To eliminate the
cases when disturbed values of potential gradient could be referred to a definite meteoro-
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
453
logical cause the following procedure was adopted. The curves of the potential gradient
were compared with the hourly values of the wind-velocity. Whenever a rise of the
potential occurred simultaneously with an increase of the wind-velocity to values greater
than four meters per second, it was assumed that the increase of the potential was due to
snow-drift and the day was regarded as disturbed. The remaining days were then
inspected, and when again abnormal high values of the potential occurred on days when
fog or haze had been noted, these days were excluded. On the remaining days, 91
from October 1923 to April 1924, and 61 from November 1924 to April 1925, a few
irregularities occurred which might be associated with haze or fog that had disappeared
at the time of the meteorological observations or which may represent disturbances
which have nothing to do with the meteorological conditions.
The selection of the undisturbed days upon which the study of the periodic varia-
tions was based was undertaken at an early stage as a result of preliminary investiga-
tions, and in the preceding discussion extensive use has been made of the values from
these selected days. In Tables 52 and 53 the selected days are those which are not
inclosed in brackets.
(2) VARIATIONS OF THE POTENTIAL GRADIENT
The data obtained, while necessarily limited in period for reasons as stated, seem
sufficient for some investigations of monthly and diurnal variations of the potential gra-
dient, the results of which follow.
(a) Monthly variation — The observations unfortunately do not cover the whole year,
but only eight, seven, and six months respectively, so that they do not give complete
information regarding the annual variation, but we may discuss the variation from October
to May. Table 51 contains the monthly mean values of the potential gradient at about
22 h G. M. T. as determined from eye-readings during October 1922 to May 1923. The
observations for diurnal variation show that the value of the gradient at this hour is
about 6 per cent above the mean value for the day, so that these values have been
reduced by 6 per cent to obtain daily mean values. For the two other periods when a
recording electrometer was operating, the monthly means of the diurnal means on undis-
turbed days are entered in the tables. All values are arranged together in Table 57.
Table 57 — Mean Monthly Potential-Gradients on Meteorologically Undisturbed Days
Period
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Mean
1922-1923. . .
1923-1924 . . .
1924-1925. . .
v/m
114
v/m
104
96
80
v/m
102
119
9G
v/m
112
108
78
v/m
100
108
94
v/m
122
113
104
v/m,
123
132
105
o/m
107
v/m
108
113
93
By means of Table 57 we can express each monthly value in per cent of the mean
value for the period and take the mean for all three periods as Table 58.
Table 58 — Mean Monthly Potential-Gradient on Meteorologically Undisturbed Days, Expressed
in Per Cent of the Mean for the Periods
Period
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
1922-1923
1923-1924
1924-1925
87
101
96
85
86
94
106
103
104
96
84
93
96
101
113
100
112
114
117
113
99
Mean
94
89
101
95
97
108
115
99
454 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
In none of the three series do we find indication of an annual variation, with maximum
potential-gradient around December and January, as has been found at numerous stations
in both the northern and the southern hemispheres.9 All three periods combined give
a maximum in April and a minimum in November. Within each period the greatest
value found was in April. Hoffman10 finds a maximum in April at Ebeltofthafen, Spitz-
bergen, but ascribes it to snow-drift, even though he has left out the cases in which the
potential was very disturbed. The influence of snow-drift has been carefully eliminated
from the present data, and therefore can not be made responsible for the high values in
April. April also was a month in which fog and haze always were rare. We can only
accept the result and await further evidence.
(b) Diurnal variation — Recent investigations have shown that, for the study of the
diurnal variation of the potential gradient, it is of great advantage to utilize only days for
which complete observations through 24 hours are available. In the Arctic Sea it was
possible to obtain a fairly large number of complete daily records in all seasons except the
summer, when prevailing fog and great humidity caused insulation difficulties, which we
did not succeed in overcoming. The only meteorological factors which disturbed the
potential gradient were snow-drift and occasional fog.
From October 1922 to May 1923, eighteen series for diurnal variation were obtained
by eye-readings through 24 hours. Of these a few have to be eliminated, namely, Decem-
ber 11-12, 1922, and the last four series at the end of April and in May 1923. On
December 11-12, 1922, the potential was very disturbed, but for reasons which could
not be associated with meteorological conditions. If a great number of observations
had been available the writer would not have eliminated this day, but considering the
small number of days, he feels justified in leaving out a day which does not show the
characteristic diurnal-variation which appears on all others.
The last four series have also been eliminated, because they show a diurnal variation
which is practically the reverse of the ordinary. In these cases it seems very likely that
the insulation was very poor during the local night hours from 10 h to 19 h G. M. T., when
heavy frost formation took place. Unfortunately, the insulation was not tested during
these hours, but our later experiences regarding the effect of the frost formation and the
fact that later we never recorded a reversed diurnal variation in April or May make it
very probable that the night values of the series we are discussing were erroneous. For
the period October 1922 to April 1923 there remain thirteen series. For the periods
October 1923 to April 1924 and November 1924 to April 1925, 91 and 61 complete daily
records are available, respectively. Table 59 shows how these complete days are dis-
tributed through the various months and also gives the geographic positions.
The mean hourly values for the days which are suited for examination of the diurnal
variation are entered at the bottom of Tables 52 and 53. The values for the winter
1922 to 1923, however, have to be reduced, because the mean potential-gradient on the
13 days with complete observations through 24 hours is 120.5 volts per meter, while the
mean gradient derived from the mean monthly value for the same period (Table 54) is
only 108.1 volts per meter. The mean hourly values at the bottom of Table 52, there-
fore, have to be multiplied by 0.894 in order to be reduced to the mean value for the
period. For the other periods no such reduction is necessary.
Table 54 contains the departures from the mean hourly values of the potential
gradient. For the winter 1922 to 1923, only the mean result from the thirteen series has
been entered, but for the two other periods mean values for the months, for the winter,
for the spring quarter-years, and for the whole periods are tabulated. It is seen that
9 L. A. Bauer. Sunspots and annual variation of atmospheric electricity. Res. Dep. Terr. Mag., vol. V, pp. 359-384.
10 K. Hoffman. Bericht iiber die in Ebeltofthafen auf Spitzbergen in den Jahren 1913-1914 durchgefuhrten luftelek-
trischen Messungen. Beitr. z. Physik. d. freien Atmos., vol. 11 (1923), pp. 1-19.
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
455
G.M.T.
4h
8K
I2h
I6h
20h
130
1 10
90
100
eo
00
70
no
00
OCT 19
LAT.
22- APR
73!7Ni
1923 (13
LONG. 1"
DAYS)
M?9E
OCT IS
LAT.
(23 -APR
75?2 N:
1924(91
LONG. I»
DAYS)
>a?8E
NOV It
LAT.
24 -APR
70^7 N;
1925 (61
J3NG. 16
DAYS)
2?4E
QUAF
l<
TER YEAR (NOV-JAN)
»23-l924 (40 DAYS)
19
24-I92S
(31 DAY
S)
LAT.
70.7 N;
LONG. H
2.4 E
\
QUAF
LAT.
ITER YEAR (FEB-APR)
1924 (40 DAYS)
75?4 N LONG. 157.3 E
"\
\
LAT.
1925 (
70°7 N;
30 DAYS
LONG. 1
52?4E
%
Fig. 36 — Diurnal variation of atmospheric potential-gradient, basis of Greenwich mean time,
meteorologically undisturbed days for winter and for quarter-years centering on Decem-
ber and March
456
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
the diurnal variation has the same characteristic in all months and all periods; the mini-
mum value is always found between 2h and 8h G. M. T., the maximum between 15 h and
20 h. Comparing the mean diurnal variation for the three periods, we find a remarkable
agreement, which is best shown by Figure 37, in which the mean potential-gradient has
been represented graphically. The agreement goes still further, as for the two winters
from which registrations are available we find that the diurnal variation agrees astonish-
ingly well for the two periods November to January and February to April, respectively
(Fig. 36). Considering this, it seems justifiable to conclude that the diurnal variation
of the potential gradient as represented in Figure 36 is quite typical for the whole
region off the coast of northern Siberia between longitudes 150° and 180° east of Green-
wich, and free of local characteristics, in the limited sense of the word. Since all obser-
vations are taken under similar conditions, it is possible that they show features which
are characteristic for this region, but none which is associated with the conditions at
the individual stations.
Table 59 — Number of Complete Daily Records of Potential Gradient and the Mean Geographic Position for Each Month
Winter and position
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
Whole
period
Nov,
Dec,
Jan
Feb,
Mar,
Apr
Winter 1922-1923
East longitude
Winter 1923-1924
North latitude
East longitude
Winter 1924-1925. . . .
1
o
72.9
177.2
4
O
73.3
174.0
1
O
73.5
171.1
2
O
73.6
170.6
3
O
74.1
170.2
1
O
74.2
169.8
1
O
74.3
168.6
13
O
73.7
171.9
11
0
74.9
163.4
11
0
75.1
160.3
14
O
75.3
158.7
15
O
75.1
157.4
12
0
75.2
158.5
13
O
75.2
158.5
15
O
75.7
154.8
91
O
75.2
158.8
40
O
75.2
158.8
40
O
75.4
157.3
11
9
11
11
11
8
61
31
30
North latitude
East longitude
70°
162
43'
25
(3) RESULTS OF HARMONIC ANALYSES
The mean values for the three periods and for the two quarter-years of the last two
winters have been analyzed and the Fourier constants computed according to the formula
P.G.=P.G.+2" c» sin N+a»)
where t means G. M. T. reckoned from midnight, are compiled in Table 60.
Table 60 — Fourier Constants for the Diurnal Variation of the Potential Gradient
Period
Cl
Oil
C2
«2
cs
«3
d
Qf4
Oct 1922-Apr 1923 . .
Oct 1923-Apr 1924..
Nov 1924-Apr 1925..
Nov 1923- Jan 1924..
Feb-Apr 1924
Nov 1924-Jan 1925. .
Feb-Apr 1925
v/m
24.4
20.1
18.5
22.0
19.1
16.2
20.9
o
184.7
187.6
186.9
187.6
189.6
186.2
187.5
v/m
4.4
3.9
4.1
4.7
3.0
5.5
2.8
0
287.3
271.4
264.8
248.1
294.2
270.5
253.3
v/m
1.6
1.6
1.4
2.0
1.5
1.1
2.1
0
195
181
232
179
166
273
212
v/m
1.1
1.5
1.3
1.8
0.8
1.3
1.3
o
295
354
2
8
342
12
350
As we must expect from the agreement of the curves, we find a very good agreement
between the harmonic constants. For the entire period the agreement is excellent for
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
457
150-
'
*
3 NOON 16
GREENWICH' MEAN HOUR
20
130-
\^
IOO
"CARNEGIE'; ALL OCEANS, 59 DAYS, 1915 TO 1921
Ld
h tin
1 1 u
UI
100
U
Q_
"MAUD'.' DRIFT-ICE ARCTIC OCEAN, 13 DAYS., WINTER 1922-1923
</)
*v 1 PD
>
"MAL
JD: DRIFT-ICE ARCTIC OCEAN, 91 DAYS, WINTER 1923-1924
i i n
100
Qn
an -
"MAUD',' ARCTIC COAST, 61 DAYS, WINTER 1924-1925
Fig. 37 — Daily variation of atmospheric potential-gradient, showing simultaneous predominant 24-hour wave
for the Carnegie results, all oceans, 1915-21, and for the Maud drift-ice and Arctic-Coast observations,
three winters 1922 to 1925
458
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
the first two terms, but it is noteworthy that, comparing the results from the two winters
with registrations, we also find a remarkable agreement in the fourth term. For the
quarter-years we find that the phase-angles of the first and the fourth terms not only
agree at both stations, but that they also show the same change from winter to spring.
The phase-angles of the second term agree fairly well, but change in opposite directions,
while the phase-angles of the third term deviate considerably. It seems as if the 24-,
12-, and 6-hour terms are necessary to give an analytical expression of the diurnal varia-
tion, but whether the 8-hour term is essential or not is doubtful. In the above cases it
may represent accidental deviation.
Attention may also be drawn to the fact that, in the last two winters, we find a
decrease of the amplitudes of the 12-hour term from winter to spring. During the greater
part of the periods November to January the Sun in both years was below the horizon
and the meteorological elements, temperature, wind, and cloudiness, showed in this sea-
son a negligible diurnal-variation as compared to the corresponding diurnal-variation in
February to April. This circumstance points to the conclusion that at least part of the
12-hour term is not associated with the diurnal variation of the meteorological elements.
It is of interest to examine whether the agreement between the phase-angles would be
improved if referred to local time.
Table 61 — Phase-Angles Referred to Local Mean Time
Period
on
Oil
ai
«4
Oct 1922-Apr 1923 . .
Oct 1923-Apr 1924
Nov 1924- Apr 1925
Greatest difference when
referred to L.M.T
Greatest difference when
referred to G.M.T
o
356.6
346.4
349 . 3
o
271.1
229.0
229.6
o
350
297
359
0
263
278
297
10.2
2.7
42.1
22.5
62
52
34
66
From Table 61 we find that the difference between the phase-angles referred to
L. M. T. is greater than the differences when referred to G. M. T. for all phase-angles
except the fourth, and that the discrepancy is relatively greatest for the dominating
term. We find the best agreement when we refer the variation to G. M. T.
(4) RELATION BETWEEN THE POTENTIAL GRADIENT AND THE AURORA
The question of a possible relation between the potential gradient and the aurora
has been answered in different ways by different observers. A few maintain that a
definite correspondence between simultaneous variations of the potential gradient and
the aurora is present, while others have been unable to detect any connection. The
experience from the Maud Expedition is that no connection can be found. Several
series of eye-readings for diurnal variation of the potential gradient in the winter 1922-23
were taken during brilliant displays of aurora, but no correspondence between the varia-
tion of the aurora and the potential gradient was observed. During the following winters,
1923 to 1924 and 1924 to 1925, when the potential was recorded continuously, the writer
frequently watched the recording electrometer during displays of aurora without discov-
ering anything of an unusual character in the behavior of the potential.
The preliminary result at which we arrived in the field, namely, that there is no
relation between the potential gradient and the aurora, is confirmed by a statistical
investigation based on the data from 1923 to 1925. When discussing the observations
of the aurora, we introduced an "auroral character-number, " as defined in the following
Atmospheric Potential-Gradient, 1922-1925
459
part of this discussion of the Maud results. This character-number is a measure for the
amount and the intensity of aurora during the night between 22 h and 6h or, referred to
Greenwich time, from about 10 h to 18 h of the date on which the observations of the night
began. The mean daily values of the potential gradient referred to Greenwich time, the
absolute daily-ranges of the hourly values, and the electric character-numbers, which are
measures for the magnitude of the short, periodic electric disturbances, have been grouped
according to the auroral character-number, resulting in the values compiled in Table
62. All data regarding the potential gradient refer to conditions on meteorologically
undisturbed days.
Table 62 — Relation on Meteorologically Undisturbed Days between
Potential Gradient and Aurora
Period
Auroral
character-
number
Potential gradient
Electric
character-
number
Number
of
cases
Mean
value
Diurnal
range
1923-24
1924-25
1.6
7.1
14.1
20.5
1.6
6 4
v/m
111
122
108
110
93
75
v/m
78
70
63
66
53
48
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.3
0.8
0.7
15
12
14
8
18
7
The observations during the winter of 1923-24, which are the most complete, indicate
no marked relation between the atmospheric potential-gradient and the aurora, even
though the intensity of the auroral display varies within wide limits. Both the mean
value of the gradient and the diurnal range show a tendency to a decrease with increasing
auroral character-number, and this tendency is found also from the observations in the
winter of 1924 to 1925 at a more southerly latitude. The displays of the aurora at this
latter station were generally weak and the statistics, therefore, cover only a small
range. Apparently no relation exists between the intensity of the minor disturbances
of the atmospheric potential-gradient and the aurora.
The writer, therefore, concludes, on the basis of the experiences in the field and of the
final examination of the various records, that no relation exists between the minor dis-
turbances of the atmospheric potential-gradient and the auroral displays, but that an
increase of the intensity of the aurora appears to be accompanied by a decrease of both
value and diurnal range of the potential gradient. The last conclusion, however, is based
on too few data and concerns a subject which needs further examination.
(5) COMPARISON WITH OTHER OBSERVATIONS
From the observations of the potential gradient over the oceans, carried out on the
cruises of the Carnegie from 1915 to 1921, S. J. Mauchly11 has concluded that the principal
part of the diurnal variation of the potential gradient follows universal time in such a
way that the maximum value of the gradient is reached simultaneously over all oceans
at about 18h G. M. T. in the mean for the whole year. Karl Hoffman12 has concluded
independently that the diurnal extreme values of the potential gradient are reached at
the same universal time, both in the Arctic and the Antarctic regions. None of the sta-
tions he considers is far from 0° of longitude. He therefore adds that an important test
of this conclusion could be obtained by records of the potential gradient extended over
one year at a station in the Arctic not far from the one hundred and eightieth meridian
of longitude.
11 See footnote 2.
12 See footnote 10.
460
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Our observations in the Arctic Sea far from land or close to the coast near the
one hundred and sixtieth meridian of east longitude give positive confirmation of the
conclusions by Mauchly and Hoffmann. It seems unnecessary here to enter upon a dis-
cussion of the evidence for the universal characteristic of the diurnal variation of the
potential gradient from the many stations which have been compiled by Mauchly, but it
will be appropriate to compare our results in detail with the corresponding results from
the oceans which Mauchly has discussed.
Table 63 contains the phase-angles and the amplitudes expressed in per cent of the
mean gradient for the two periods November to January and February to April as derived
from our observations over the Arctic Sea and from the Carnegie observations over all
oceans. However, it must be remembered that the Carnegie values are based on only 18
and 12 series, respectively, and therefore can not claim any deciding importance.
Table 63 — Phase-Angles and Amplitudes in Per Cent of the Diurnal Variation of the Potential Gradient
Period
Locality
Phase-angles
Amplitudes, per cent
«i
«2
a3
en
Cl
C2
Ci
Ci
Nov-Jan . . . <
Feb- Apr . . . j
Arctic Sea, Maud
All Oceans, Carnegie
All Oceans, Carnegie
o
187
202
189
197
0
259
224
274
279
0
226
242
189
317
0
10
4
346
337
19.8
15
18.4
19
5.4
2
2.6
4
1.6
1
1.7
1
1.6
1
1.0
o
Comparing these values, we find agreement between the phase-angles of the 24-, 12-,
and 6-hour terms not only as to absolute value, but also as to change from one season to
another, except for the first term, for which the seasonal change is very small from winter
to spring, but that the 8-hour term is not in agreement. This result confirms the view
that the 24-, 12-, and 6-hour terms are necessary to express the universal part of the
diurnal variation. The relative values of the amplitudes are in good agreement and
the small value of the 8-hour term, which is the only one which can not be attributed
to a universal characteristic, shows that local conditions are of very small importance.
These conclusions are in good agreement with Mauchly's result, except that he has found
evidence for a 6-hour term of local character, but he draws attention to the fact that a
far greater number of observations is necessary in order to reach definite results.
The main results of the above discussion of the potential-gradient observations on
the Maud Expedition 1922 to 1925 can be summarized as follows: (1) The atmospheric
electric potential-gradient over the Arctic Sea is remarkably undisturbed by local con-
ditions, the diurnal-variation having the same character over a wide region; (2) the
observed diurnal-variation confirms strongly the conclusion that this variation is of uni-
versal character, the extreme values being reached simultaneously over the whole Earth.
Part V— OBSERVATIONS OF THE AURORA, 1918-1925
By H. U. Sverdrup
Introduction
Observing and photographing the aurora took an important place in the scientific
program of the Expedition. The equipment included two of C. Stormer's cameras, two
field-telephones, telephone wire, and stock of photographic plates and chemicals. Thus
we had equipment for establishing two stations, from which photographs could be taken
simultaneously for computation of the height and the position in space of the aurora.1
However, the irregular movements of the drift-ice made work from two stations impos-
sible, and even at the winter-quarters on the coast we had, mainly on account of the
limited personnel of the Expedition, to give up the plans for establishing two stations
and to confine the work to one station. The photographs we took of the aurora, there-
fore, can not serve to determine the height or the position of the display, but only to illus-
trate typical forms. Several circumstances reduced the number of successful photo-
graphs below that we had hoped to obtain. When wintering at Cape Chelyuskin during
1918 to 1919, 13 pictures of brilliant aurora were taken, but at that time it was thought
best to save the photographic plates for use in the drift-ice, which we hoped to enter in
1919. However, as it developed, it was unnecessary to economize with the plates at Cape
Chelyuskin, since we did not succeed in entering the drift-ice, but had to spend the two
following winters of 1919-20 and 1920-21 on the coast. During the winter of 1919-20
there was no opportunity to take any photographs, because the writer was away from
the ship. In 1921 it was found that the sensitivity of the plates had decreased so much
that no satisfactory pictures could be taken of the weak displays which were character-
istic at the station where the vessel wintered from 1920 to 1921.
During 1922 to 1924, when in the drift-ice, 82 successful auroral photographs were
secured through the efforts of F. Malmgren, assistant scientist, O. Dahl, aviator, and
the writer. The plates at our disposition during this time were considerably less sensi-
tive than those which had been procured in 1918 and used at Cape Chelyuskin. For this
reason only the most brilliant or the most quiet auroras could be photographed; this
circumstance greatly reduced the number of successful pictures.
In the winter of 1918-19 the photographs were taken with exposures varying from
3 to 20 seconds; during 1922 to 1924 the time of exposure had to be from 20 to 90 seconds.
Selected photographs giving a good idea of the various forms of the aurora are repro-
duced on Plates 9 to 12.
Besides obtaining photographs showing the characteristic forms of the aurora, valu-
able information regarding the aurora can be secured by eye-observations from one
station. Such observations must be taken during the whole dark period of the day
and carried on systematically for a long time if laws for the periodicity of the aurora
and the character of the displays are to be found by statistical methods. Constant night-
watches are evidently necessary to secure sufficient information. During the three win-
ters from 1918 to 1921, when the Maud wintered on the Siberian coast, night-watches
were not established and the notes regarding the occurrence of aurora before 22 h in the
evening or after 8h in the morning are too scanty for satisfactory discussion. The most
extensive notes were made at Cape Chelyuskin, but they are no longer available, as
they were lost when Tessem and Knudsen met their tragic death (see p. 516).
When the Maud entered the drift-ice in 1922, night-watches had to be arranged
because the uncertainty of surroundings made constant vigilance imperative. The
1 See C. Stobmee: Rapport sur une expedition d'aurores boreales a Bossekop et Stors Korsnes pendant le printemp
de l'annee 1913. Geof. Publ., vol. I, No. 5, Kristiania, 1921.
461
462
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
night-watches were kept also during the winter of 1924 to 1925 at Four Pillar Island, mainly
to secure continuity in the records. The watchmen were instructed to take meteorologi-
cal observations at certain hours and make extensive notes regarding the auroras. These
notes in condensed form are given in Tables 64 to 69, which show the detailed data used
in the discussion. All members of the Expedition took part in the night-watches and
deserve the greatest credit for their conscientious observations and their unfailing interest.
The observations of the aurora may be further extended at better-equipped stations.2
There investigations of the auroral spectrum and of the distribution of colors and inten-
sity along auroral streamers may be undertaken and possible relations between the
aurora and the intensity of radio signals studied. We had no opportunity of examining
these questions, though it may be mentioned that our radio operator, G. Olonkin,
repeatedly reported that he could not notice any influence of brilliant auroral displays
on the conditions for reception of radio signals.
Classification of Aurora
Since the observations of the aurora were to be taken by untrained observers, it
was necessary to adopt the simplest possible classification of this variable phenomenon.
The following classification was decided upon:
(1) Glows — Large or small patches of aurora with indistinct limits, quiet but occasionally of
pulsating brightness.
(2) Arches — Quiet bands, generally crossing the sky from horizon to horizon.
(3) Curtains — Rapidly moving forms, frequently similar to an arch or a fraction of an arch,
but characterized by wave-like appearance of the lower rim and by varying intensity.
(4) Streamers — Isolated rays, generally changing rapidly.
(5) Corona — Streamers or curtains converging to a point near zenith, that is, the radiation-
point.
This classification happens to be identical with the one used on the British Antarctic
Expedition 1910 to 1913,3 but was obtained by simplifying the classification given by L.
Vegard in his valuable monograph.4 The relation between the groups used by us and by
Vegard is evident from the following compilation:
Maud Expedition
Vegard
Form
(1) Glow
(2) Arch
(3) Curtain
(4) Streamers. . . .
(5) Corona
[Glow
• Quiet
- Moving
\Pulsating aurora
/Quiet arch
\ Quiet bands
/Curtain-like arches ....
\Curtains
Streamers
Corona
Photographs of Aurora
Some typical forms of the aurora are seen in the photographs reproduced on Plates
9 to 12. The white spots in these photographs are, in general, stars, but in some cases
are flaws in the negatives. The constellations can generally be recognized by close
inspection of the original plates and serve for exact location of the aurora on the sky. In a
2 See C. Stormer: The importance of taking aurora photographs, etc. Geof. Publ., vol. I, No. 4, Kristiania, 1920.
3 C. S. Wright. Observations on the aurora. British Antarctic Expedition 1910-1913, London, 1921.
4 L. Vegard. Bericht uber die neueren Untersuchungen am Nordlicht. Jahrbuch d. Radioaktivitat und Electnroik,
vol. 14, Dec. 1917.
Plate 9
43
I
eh
M
£
g
43
ft
43
o3
43
ft
43
>
03
5=
O
hh>
H
CO
be
d
o3
Eh
o3
Eh
Eh
O
'So
XI
Eh
Eh
o3
-4^>
3
43
'$
53
d
d
'el
Eh
d
o
Eh
43
o3
43
o
O
ccf
d
o
53
i-.
e3
„
Eh
0
P,
43
o
Eh
^_
Eh
43
S3
d
73
C
'p.
=
'3.
—
>>
Eh
>>
co
E-i
09
H
Eh
43
T3
d
'p.
o
-f
o3
E_
c
CM
OS
>.
~
r- 1
-O
+3
—i
43
CO
G3
43
OB
P.
0
3
^H
Eh
o
>
d
HH>
43
«T
hO
0
T3
-
d
bo
ce
X
'3
rt
Eh
03
43
CO
Eh
eh
Ph
p.
h
d
•""•
0
CD
CO
43
S
bo
a
d
d
.2
■«
0
'oS
'—
0
'>
4J
in
3
+J
O
B
o
O
a
43
o
PJ
CO
t-
O
£
d.
b
k^
CO
O
a
03
cu
Eh
43
s
H
03
B
43
Eh
■<
a
4J
CO
M
'3
O
o
Eh
-*
e
o
a
d
o
is
3h
bo
*a
05
d
>
CH
_4)
d
'5
><
63
O
-4H)
Eh
J-3
hi
-
o
0
<
"o3
'S.
43
i
03
43
43
>
*3
H
bo
trl
4J
CO
o
O
bo
a
|5
O
CO
43
P< CO *43
Pi Eh
d d
o
S o
o -^
M g
43
OO
d
d
CO
fl co o3
s B "£
-|h> 03
d h
3
O
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 463
few of the photographs reproduced, well-known constellations are plainly visible. The
exposures are all so short that the stars appear as points at the central part of the pic-
tures, but as streaks in the outer part because of distortion. The space-angle covered by
each picture is about 42°; this affords an idea of the extension of the auroras which are
shown.
The following descriptions contain information about when and where the photo-
graphs were taken and also about the direction toward which the camera was turned.
The direction is indicated in most cases by naming the star or constellations which, if
nothing else is mentioned, are to be found in the central part of the picture.
The various figures of Plates 9 to 12 are described in detail below, with indication of
the person who made the exposure. Unless otherwise stated, the times are local mean
times.
Plate 9, Fig. 1 — Photograph taken by O. Dahl 40° under Ursa Major, January 11, 1923, at
22 h 50m in 73° 34' north latitude and 170° 11' east longitude. An intense glow which in the upper
part shows transition to curtains.
Fig. 2 — Photograph taken by 0. Dahl toward Coma Berenices, October 11, 1922, at 19h 45m
in 72° 42' north latitude and 179° 53' east longitude. A typical waving curtain with a weak streamer
to the left,
Fig. 3 — Photograph take by H. U. Sverdrup toward Hercules, December 4, 1923, at 19h 35m
in 75° 15' north latitude and 159° 07' east longitude. A curtain moving so rapidly during the ex-
posure that the picture is blurred; a faint glow to the right.
Fig. 4 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Pegasus, February 26, 1919, at 21 h 10m
at Cape Chelyuskin in 77° 33' north latitude and 105° 40' east longitude. Shows typical curtain
with the wave-like structure very well developed; very brilliant, with the lower rim of red color;
weaker aurora of forms between curtains and glows to the left.
Fig. 5 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Cygnus, February 24, 1924, at 23h 54m
in 75° 04' north latitude and 159° 15' east longitude. Curtains which tend to form ellipses.
Fig. 6 — Photograph taken by F. Malmgren toward Perseus, January 11, 1923, at 20h 30m in 73°
34' north latitude and 170° 11' east longitude. A curved curtain with weak streamers to the right.
Fig. 7— Photograph taken by O. Dahl toward Leo, December 14, 1922, at 23h 35m in 73° 22'
north latitude and 172° 54' east longitude. Curtains which appear as concentric ellipses; in this
case only part of the ellipses is seen; in other cases the ellipses were completely developed.
Fig. 8— Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Ursa Major, March 3, 1923, at 23h 12m
in 75° 06' north latitude and 159° 39' east longitude. This is a typical corona; the converging
streamers are seen in the lower part of the photograph, but in the upper the aurora has the form
of bands. Auroras of this type with only part of the corona well developed were by far the most
frequent. (Note the five stars of Ursa Major to the left of the center.)
Plate 10, Fig. ./—Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Serpens on October 11, 1922,
at 22h 04m in 72° 42' north latitude and 179° 53' east longitude. Arches and curtains.
Figs. 2, 3, and 4 — Photographs taken by O. Dahl toward Corona Borealis of Ursa Major and
under Gemini, December 14, 1922, at 20h 40m, 20h 42m, and 20h 45m, respectively, in 73° 22' north
latitude and 172° 54' east longitude. Three photographs of the western end, the middle part, and
the eastern end of an arch on the northern sky with a sharp lower boundary but an indistinct upper
which is a typical feature. Ursa Major is plainly visible in the middle picture, while Gemini are
found in the upper part of the view of the eastern end. Note that the eastern end itself disappears
behind clouds.
Fig. 5— Photograph taken by O. Dahl toward northwest, January 6, 1924, at 22h 25m in 74° 57'
north latitude and 158° 45' east longitude. Curtains moving so rapidly during the exposure that
they appear blurred.
Fig. 6 — Photograph taken by F. Malmgren above and to the left of Gemini, March 12, 1924, at
lh 55m in 75° 12' north latitude and 158° 42' east longitude. Glow with tendency to formation of
bands (arches).
Fig. 7 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward west, November 10, 1918, at 20h 58m
in 77° 33' north latitude and 105° 40' east longitude. The western part of a narrow arch.
Fig. 8 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Cetus, October 11, 1922, at 21h 35m in
72° 42' north latitude and 179° 53 east longitude. A very narrow but intense curtain with a weak
corkscrew- shaped curtain to the left.
464 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Plate 11, Fig. 1 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward north, November 10, 1918, at
20h 18m in 77° 33' north latitude and 105° 40' east longitude. Middle part of arch and a curtain
under the arch.
Fig. #— Photograph taken by O. Dahl toward Arcturus, November 18, 1922, at 21 h 05m in
73° 16' north latitude and 173° 53 east longitude. Lower part of broad arch.
Fig. 3 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Andromeda, February 26, 1919, at
20h 51m in 77° 33' north latitude and 105° 40' east longitude. Rapidly moving curtain.
Fig. 4— Photograph taken by F. Malmgren, November 14, 1923, at 20h 05m in 73° 14' north
latitude and 174° 28' east longitude. Arch, tending to moving curtains.
Fig. 5 — Photograph taken by F. Malmgren toward Arcturus, March 12, 1924, at 22h 35m in
75° 12' north latitude and 158° 37' east longitude. Curtains.
Figs. 6, 7, and 8— Photographs taken by F. Malmgren toward Venus, March 12, 1924, Figure
8 at 23h 30m, Figure 7 at 23h 32m, and Figure 6 at 23h 36m, respectively, in 75° 12' north latitude and
158° 42' east longitude. Pictures of curtains taken at intervals of two and of four minutes, showing
the rapid changes. Figure 6 is blurred on account of the movement of the aurora during the
exposure.
Plate 12, Fig. 1 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward west, February 26, 1919, at
21h 20m in 77° 33' north latitude and 105° 40' east longitude. Glow; to the right the western end of
an arch.
Fig. 2 — Photograph taken by O. Dahl under Ursa Major, January 6, 1924, at 22h 27m in 74°
77' north latitude and 158° 45' east longitude. Lower ends of broad arches.
Fig. 3 — Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Arcturus, March 11, 1924, at 22h 12m in
75° 12' north latitude and 158° 42' east longitude. Corkscrew-shaped curtains.
Fig. fy— Photograph taken by O. Dahl toward Aldebaran, December 14, 1922, at 20h 35m in
73° 22' north latitude and 172° 54' east longitude. Corkscrew-shaped curtain.
Fig. 5 — Photograph taken toward Pegasus, February 26, 1919, at 21h 22m in 77° 33' north
latitude and 105° 40' east longitude. Arch and glow.
Fig. £— Photograph taken by F. Malmgren, November 14, 1923, at 21 h 00m in 75° 11' north
latitude and 160° 17' east longitude. Curtain.
Fig. 7— Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward west, November 10, 1918, at 20h 53m
in 77° 33' north latitude and 105° 40' east longitude. Western ends of arches (bands).
Fig. 5— Photograph taken by H. U. Sverdrup toward Altair, October 11, 1922, at 22h 00m in
72° 42' north latitude and 179° 53' east longitude. Curtains of elliptic form.
Methods of Observation
The greater part of the auroral observations was made during 1922 to 1925, as
already mentioned, by the night-watchmen. The night-watches were arranged in the
following manner: There were four watches of 2 hours each from 22 h to 6h by four watch-
men who took " turning" watches. The man who had the watch from 4h to 6h on one
night would on the following night have the watch from 2h to 4h, and so on. The system
of "turning" watches was evidently of advantage for auroral observation, because the
hours in which one man observed were distributed thus over the whole night and personal
differences of opinion as to the correct description of many forms or estimates of direc-
tions or altitudes would be averaged out.
During the first winter the morning "watch from 6h to 8h was taken by the writer and
later by Captain O. Wisting, the writer relieving the other watchmen five times a week.
Notes regarding displays of aurora in the evening before 22 h were made by F. Malmgren
and the writer, but unfortunately not as systematically as desirable.
All observations of aurora were made in the months October to March. In the
summer we had continuous daylight and in the late spring and early fall only a few hours
in the middle of the night were dark. However, in the period October to March the day-
light or twilight did not interfere with observations of the aurora between 18 h and 6h,
except from the middle to the end of March, when only brilliant aurora could be seen
before 20 h and after 4h on account of the extension of the daylight.
The night-watchmen were instructed to observe the following procedure: (1) Make
notes regarding occurrence of aurora at least at every full hour; (2) describe the aurora
Plate 10
•« K
i-
o °
|3
<D
o
cc «
T^
S -d a)
©
^ g -p
7v
g w Is
#5
CD . o
&
a .sp s
W fe £
.A
-f
a
w
fe
o>
o
e>
1—4
^
OS
00
73
!S
Q;
r^
o
i-H
a
—
<T
3
a
«
«M
tw
h
o
o
-
-t-
-t^>
m
43
I*
cj
Ti
oj
0
Ph
M-i
£
<D
;n
<D
■<
■5
-4->
o
r^
&
{/}
—
«
M
C—
O
fc
En
(a
C
f/3
O
pj
Q
«
o
W
&
X
O
H
a.
—
:_
<;
CQ
O
K
—
0
^3
o
O
S3
H
S-.
O
ci
>.
a
Oh
O
o
C
CD
T3
02
Ed
F0
■*
£
5
e
T3
o3
4J
a>
CO
i5
-
tffl
Xfl
£
o
'V'
<u
bJJ
;
> fcn O
bo
fl
'33
2
0j
o
03
CI
-.
+3
OT
h
s
p
o
'3
+3
—
on
—
o
■r~*
i ^
T3
cd
el
s
XI
oi
CD
< K 2
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 465
by noting the form, the brightness, any conspicuous color, and the state of movement;
(3) indicate the part of the sky covered by aurora and always note the true directions
to bottom ends of arches and the maximum altitude of the arch above the horizon; (4)
direct special attention to the occurrence of coronas by noting the exact time and draw-
ing a sketch showing the position of the radiation-point relative to the stars.
The auroral classification adopted has been described above. Brightness was noted
only when the aurora was unusually faint or brilliant. The true direction to the aurora
was given in points and the altitude was measured roughly using the simple rule that,
when the arm is stretched out and the thumb and forefinger spread as far as possible,
then the angle from the eye between thumb and forefinger is approximately 15°.
These instructions could have been improved, and the writer wishes to draw atten-
tion to a few points which should be considered in future work of this kind. The instruc-
tions did not ask for definite note as to there being no aurora for clear sky. For this
Expedition it may safely be assumed that if the observations of the cloudiness show
that the sky was clear during the night and no notes regarding aurora were made, then
no aurora occurred at the full hours, but a positive statement would have been of value,
especially because it would have facilitated the discussion. The scale for the brightness
could have been more detailed. The direction to and altitude of the aurora were obtained
by rough methods which could give approximate values only. It is possible to provide
a simple arrangement by means of which horizontal and vertical angles could be measured
quickly and accurately; such apparatus is recommended to increase materially the value
of the single observations. This applies especially to the observations on arches. Sup-
posing that the lower rim of the arch is about 110 kilometers above the surface of the
Earth, then the position in space of the arch can be computed if a number of corresponding
directions to and altitudes of the lower rim are measured. Our observations were not
accurate enough to allow our investigation of individual cases, but, judging from their
good mutual agreement, the mean values appear to be reliable.
Tables of Results
The observations of aurora borealis are given in condensed form by Tables 64, 66,
and 68. The original notes are frequently very extensive and are accompanied by
sketches, but with careful study Malmgren and the writer found it possible to put
them into tabular form, with any necessary additional information being given by foot-
notes. The columns of the table contain: (1) Date (changed when passing the one hun-
dred and eightieth meridian) ; (2) local mean time, generally correct within five minutes
(a notation of the form 18h-22h refers to observations at the full hours from 18h to 22h);
(3) form, according to the classification on page 462, using the abbreviations 0 for no
aurora, G for glow, A for arch, C for curtain, S for streamer, Co for corona, As for arches
(without indication of numbers), 2 A for two arches, and similarly for glows, curtains,
and so on ; (4) brightness, using the scale of 1 for faint, 2 for average, 3 for strong, and 4
for brilliant; (5 and 6) position in sky and altitude.
The notations regarding the position in the sky and the altitude depend somewhat on
the form of the aurora. For a glow, the direction to the glow, if of small extent, or the
part of the sky covered by the glow are given. For instance, G, 1, NE, 15°, means there
was a faint glow in northeast 15° above horizon, while G, 1, E-sky, 0-30°, means
that the eastern sky was covered with a faint glow from the horizon to 30° above the
horizon. When an arch was observed, the directions to the end-points and the great-
est altitude of the lower rim are noted. If the arch passed through the zenith, this is indi-
cated by the letter Z between the directions to the ends, as also by the entry of an alti-
tude of 90°. For example, A, 2,. SE-Z-NW, 90°, means an arch of average brightness
466
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1923
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
1922
h m
o
1922
h m
o
Sep 26
21 00
G
2
NE-NW
. Low
Oct 17
19 00
G
1
NE
26
22 45
C
2
SE-Z-NW
90
17
19 30
\ C,Ss
3
E-NNW
25
27
1 00
2A
2
SE-Z-NW
90
2
E-NNW
ca40
27
1 30
G
2
Ssky
8-90
17
19 40
A
2
E-NNW
25
27
2 00
G
2
Ssky
0-90
17
20 30
A
1
E-NNW
25
27
3 00
G
1
NE
15
17
21 00
A
3
E-NNW
27
20 30
3C
2
E-W
90
17
21 30
(3A
I A
O
O
2
E-N-NW
20,30,40
27
21 00
0
2
F/-S-WSW
60
27
27
27
22 00
23 00
23 45
A
A
C
2
2
SE-Z-NW
SE-NW
SE-S-NW
90
90
18
19
21 00
19 00-1
JL-J kj 11 U 1?
2
60
19
22 00 J
28
28
0 00
1 00
Cs
C
2
Ssky
SE-W
0-90
20
0 00-1
0
3
45
20
2 00 J
28
2 30
1 c
2
E-W
ca30
20
3 00
c
2
E-Z-W
90
X G
2
NNW
25
20
3 30
c
2
E-Z-W
90
28
22 00
G
1
Esky
0-30
20
4 05
\ Ss
1
SE-S-NW
80
28
23 45
C
4
SE-Z-NW
90
2
N sky
29
1 30
{°o
2
1
E-Z-W
SE
90
20
20
4 15-1
5 00 /
0
Oct 2
22 40
C
1
SE-Z-NW
90
20
19 15
G
2
ENE
30
5
20 40
c
3
N sky
20
19 30
/ A
2
E-NNW
40
1 Coa
1
1 G
2
E
Low
5
20 45
\ Cs
3
N sky
<60
20
20 25
)c
1
NE-NW
40
5
20 50
Cs
2
Nsky
<45
J2A
X G
2
E
5
5
21 00-1
21 25 /
Cs
1
20
21 10
2
2
ENE-WSW
NNE
40,60
5
21 30
C
3
E-N-W
30
20
21 30
2A
1
ENE-WSW
40,60
5,
21 40
0
/ A
\2A
2
E_Z-W
90
8
20 00
c
1
SE-N-NNW
ca40
20
22 00
2
ENE-WSW
40,60
8
20 30
0
20
22 30
A
3
E-Z-W
90
8
21 00
0
20
23 00
G
2
SE
30
8
21 30
0
( A
2
E-Z-W
90
8
22 00
0
23
3 45
X G
2
N-NW
20
8
22 40
A
1
ENE-NNW
50
23
4 00
\A
1
ESE-Z-WNW
90
8
23 00
0
X G
1
NW
15
12
12
12
12
19 00 \
20 00 /
21 00
21 30
c
c
5C
2
2
2
SE-N-NW
SE-Z-NW
ESE-Z-WNW
25-50
90
40-90-40
23
23
23
24
4 30
5 00
22 00
1 00
G
O
O
G
1
NW
1
W,NNW
30
12
22 00
Cs'
3
All sky
0-90-0
24
2 00
G
1
NNW
20
12
22 15
f Cs
3
N skv
24
19 30
A
2
E-NW
35
1 Ss
2
Ssky
24
21 00
/ A
2
E-Z-NW
90
12
22 30
(Cs
3
Nsky
X c
2
E-N-NW
70
\ Ss
2
Ssky
24
22 30
A
1
E-S-W
30
12
12
12
23 00
23 30 \
23 45 /
0
2C
24
24
25
23 00
23 55
0 30
O
c
/ c
2
SE-S-NW
40,60
3
3
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
90
20
13
0 10
Cd
3
ESE-NW
50
X Ss
2
NW
20
13
0 40
/ A
1 Ss
2
1
SE-W
ENE,N,NW
15
25
1 00
j G
X Ss
2
2
Z
NW
20
13
1 15
I A
1 Ss
2
2
SE-W
NE,N,NW
15
10-30
25
1 30
I G
X Ss
2
2
Z
NW
90
1 A
2
SE-W
15
25
2 00
1 A
1
E-Z-WNW
90
13
1 45
c
2
E-Z-W
90
\ Ss
2
NE
1 Ss
2
NE-N-NW
10-30
25
2 00-1
4 00 /
O
13
2 15
) A
2
SE,S,W
30
25
\ Ss
2
Nsky
25
4 30
G
2
E
20
13
13
2 45
3 50
0
Cs
25
25
22 30
23 00
C
\20
1
3
E-Z-WNW
E-S-WNW
90
70,80
2
SW-N
16
2 05
Ss
2
E-NW
0-90
\20
3
E-N-WNW
ca80
16
17
23 50
0 15
! A
I G
G
1
E-Z-W
90
25
23 30
Cs"
3
All sky
2
2
WNW
NE,N
20
0,90
26
0 15
1 Cs
\ C
3
2
SSE-E-NW
ESE-Z
ca80
0-90
17
0 45
G
2
NE,N
0,90
26
n Qfi
f Ss
2
W.SWsky
17
1 10
0
0 30 i ...
4
N,Esky
a Very weak; radiation-point 15° below 5 Ursae Majoris; uncertain observation. b Lower rim red; rapidly moving. c Lower rims red;
rapidly moving. d Strongly yellow in NW. e Lower rim red. s Of a yellow-green color. " In several places forming spirals with
bright center; color white- green.
Plate 11
<
«
a
z
H
O
k
H
K
O
-
•"-
3
44)
to
0
—
w
bi
o
tj.
fi
3
be
£
-C
o
£
05
r^j
O
O.
^_
P
e3
C3
Sh
o
be
O
be
be
4->
O
£
—
—
'?
z.
P*
O
^H += =3
c .a
<1 Ph
B 3
05
0
44>
a
-f
<M
05
i — i
g
00
<N
— *
a
a*.
'3
4-3
^
i-
—t
«l
£3
*v
s
o
cS
00
w
be
be
«
B
o
bo
4^
cc
o
o
e
o
a
ft
cS
fel
>.
_B
—
CO
*tf
'3
6
o
C3
4J
3
CO
4^
« o
a
«
CO
t~
O
fc
fa
95
fa
(15
is ■*
IB
o
OS
£ be
in >-; _,
rt r~l B
~B 2
* | s
i-5 O ^
<M tfi
o
B
'3
o
a> B
Auroeal Observations, 1918-1925
467
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1928 — Continued
Date
1922
Oct 26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
29
Nov 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
L.M.T.
h m
1 00
1 20
2 00
3 00
4 00
4 30
5 00
5 15
5 30
00
30
17 00-
21 50
21 50
22 05
22 10
0 00
00
00
00
15
30
00
00
15
30
00
30
00
6 15
6 30
7 00
18 00-
18 30
18 00-
22 00
22 45
0 00
15
45
22 00-
0 00
17 30
00-
00
2 15
2 30
16 45
19 30
19 55
20 10
21 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
0 00
0 30
0 45
1 00
1 50
3 00
Form
A
C
A
Cs,G
3A
Ss
2A
( c
\ Ss
o
c
G
O
c
o
c*
s
o
o
A
G
O
C
G
O
O
G
3C
3C
G
A
C
O
O
o
o
G
O
O
Ss
o
o
Ss,G
G
O
G
A
As
As,C
As
c
c*
G
G
3A
A
A
3A
2A
O
Inten-
sity
Position
SE-S-SW
NE-N-W
SE-S-SW
All sky
E-Z-W
E,Z
NE-S-SW
E-N-NW
S
w-z
N
E-NE
NE
E-Z-W
NW
SE-N
N
F 7
ESE-Z-WNW
ESE-Z-WNW
N
SE-W
Z
NNE
N-Z
W
W
NE-N
E-NNW
E-Z-NNW
ENE-NNW
ENE-NNW
E-Z-WNW
E-Z-W
E
E
ENE-NW
ENE-NW
ENE-NW
ENE-NW
E-Z-W
Altitude
ca50
ca80
50
90
35-40
50
0-90
25
90
35
90
10
25
40
80,90,80
80,90,80
45
60
90
25
0-90
0-60
30
calO
15
10,90,10
ca 15-00
90
90
25
25
25
45
90
Date
1922
Nov 11
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
L.M.T.
4 15
4 30
6 00
6 25
7 00
23 45
0 00
4 00-
6 00
18 00
21 00
22 00
22 20
23 00
23 15-
23 30
23 45
23 55
0 00
00
00-
00
18 30
22 00
22 30
23 00
00
00
3 00
4 00
17 30
21 20
21 25
21 30
22 00
22 30
0 30
0 45
00
00
30
00-
6 00
17 20
20 00
22 00
23 30
23 55
0 30
1 05
1 30
2 00
30
35
45
00
30
Form
I A
\ G
O
O
As
G
A
O
O
A
A
A
A
Ss ■
O
c
G
C
C
O
O
A
A
O
G
2C
O
0
o
c
A
Ss
Ss,G
A
A
A
O
Ss
Ss
o
o
A
G
A
2.4
G
C
G
A
G
A
Ss
A
C
c
Ss
A
A
A
A
Inten-
sity
Position
E-Z-W
N
ENE-WNW
N
N-NW-W
ENE-WNW
E-N-W
E-N-W
E-Z
E-Z
NE-SW
NNW
E-NW
E-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
E-WNW
E-WNW
E,NW
E-NW
E-Z-W
ESE-Z-W
ESE-Z-W
WNW
WNW
E-NW
N
E-N-W
E-Z-W
ENE
ESE-Z-W
ENE
ESE-W
NE
ESE-W
NW-Z
ESE-W
NE-NW
E-N
NW-Z
E-N
SE-S-W
E-N-W
SE-S-W
Altitude
90
40
0-60
8
20
45
45
0-90
35
15
60
60
30
30
90
90
80
80
90
90
90
0-90
0-90
25
10
20
90,80
15
90
calO
80
80
0-90
80
45
80
0-90
ca45
50
30
30
* The curtain rises above the east horizon like a torch to 15° ; continues rising, spreading towards NE.
* Lower rim red, upper green.
468
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1923 — Continued
Date
1922
Nov 18
18
IS
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
L.M.T.
m
45
4 00
5 00
0 00
18 30
21 25
21 40
22 00
22 30
23 00-
23 30
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
3 15
6 00
17 00-
18 00
21 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00
2 15
3 15
00
30
5 (10
20
5
30
20
0
00
20
6
30
20
18
00
20
22
00
20
23
00
21
0
00
21
2
00
21
2
15
21
2
45
21
3
00
21
4
00
21
22
00
22
1
30
22
2
00
22
3
15
22
3
45
Form
Ss
/ G
{ Ss
Ss
G
O
! c
c
c
G
Cs''
Cs
G
Cs
I A
Cs
A
Cs
A
C
A
Ss
Ss
G
{ A
G
0
A"
Cs
A
Cs
A
Cs
C
C
Ss
'2A
C
G
'2A
C
G
G
G
C
Ss
c
G
G
As
Ss
O
A
O
G
G
0
G
O
2A
Ss
Ss
Inten-
sity
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
Position
W-Z-E
N skv
W-Z-E
W-Z
W
E-WNW
NE
ENE-WNW
Z
E-N-W
E-N-W
NE-NW
ENE
SE-S-NW
NE-NW
SE-S-NW
NE-NW
E-S-W
N sky
E-S-W
S-W
NNE
ENE-WSW
ENE
ENE-NE
E-Z-WNW
E-Z-W
E-NW
E-Z-W
E-NW
E-Z-NW
E-Z-NW
E-W
E-W
NNE-Z
WNW
E-W
NNE-Z
WNW
N
N
E-Z-W
E
E-Z-WNW
N
N,Z
ENE-N-W
NW
E-Z-W
E
E
N.NNE
E-Z-W
N-Z
E-Z
Altitude
0-90
0-90
0-90
80
30
60
90
ca80
0-15
45
70
45
70
30
15
30
ca45
0-70
ca85
ca30
ca30
90
90
ca45
90
45
90
90
45
60,70
40,55
60,70
40,55
0-45
0-45
90
20
90
90
20
30
90
Date
1922
Nov 22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
L.M.T.
h m
4 15
5 00
5 35
5 40
21 15
22 00
0 15
0 30
1
1
2
3
4
5
4
4
5
5
00
30
00
00
15
30
6 00
00
15-
00
20 40
22 00
23 00
0 05
0 30
25
0
45
25
1
00
25
2
00
25
3
00
3 45
15
30-
00
30
0 00-
00
30
00
30
00
00
_1
22 15
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1
2
2
3
5
6
6
6
00
00
30
00-
30
00
10-
30
6 45
7 00
7 15
7 45
Form
O
G
G
A
O
M
A
A
A
3A
A
Cs
Cs
Cs
A
O
A
As
Cs
Co1
Ss
3A
A
Inten-
sity
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
Position
N
E-Z-W
E-WNW
E-Z-WNW
ENE-NW
E-Z-WNW
E-Z-NW
E-Z-NW
E-Z-NW
ENE-N-NW
E-Z
ENE
E,NNW
E-Z-W
S,NNW
E,W
ENE-NW
N sky
NE-N
E-Z-W
ENE-NNW
E-Z
E-Z-W
N-W
NNE
E,NNW
W
E-NW
W
N-W
ENE-NW
NE
E,NE
ENE-NW
ENE-NW
E-S-W
ENE-NW
E-S-W
E-Z-W
E-W
ENE-NW
NE
NE
NNE-W
E-NW
E-Z-W
N.Ssky
NW
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
Altitude
40,90
40
90
40
90
90
90
90
ca30
calO
cal5
90
30
15
25
90
30
90
cal5
25
ca40
30
15
30
20
20
10
ca80
10
80
80,90,80
ea80
45
25
50
30-90-40
90
90
90
' Rapidly moving; form for short time 4 closed ellipses around a point 5° east of Polaris. * Appears as part of arch with maximum altitude in
NE. ' Fragment of corona; radiation-point near /3 Ursae Majoris.
Plate 12
CN
'3
-J-3
3
S
o
O
-d
—
0}
_o
&
£3
o3
a.
CO
&
"»
cd
co"
co
G
CO
'3
M
4J
(h
u
O
"Z
C
o
t— !
^
CO
a>
«r
CD
xi
o
Ed
CO
CD
a,
03
08
/
02
^
_
co
£
0
CD
0
•-
w
CO
—
CD
o
o
O
CD
—
H
-
CO
t^
O
fe
fc
h
O
Q
U
a
Oi
«<i
■/I
0
<D
o
o
H
o
3
S3
nS
0-,
O
V5
a
^
-
>H
co
H
T5
j
CD
a
<!
OS
0
3S
CD
is
'3
J o
si
CD
0
z
CO
CD
3 $ <
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
469
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1.923 — Continued
Date
1922
Nov 28
28
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
2
2
3
5
Dec
9
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
13
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
L.M.T.
h m
20 50
22 00
16 30
21 35
21 45
22 00
22 15
22 30
23 00
23 30
23 45
0 00-
2 00
2 30
3 00
30
00
00
8 00
00
00
50
22 00
23 00
0 45
2 00-
6 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 00-
0 00
0 30
1 00
30
00
22 00
7 30
16 00
17 00
20
00
21
30
22
00
22
20
23 30
0 00-
8 00
4 45
0 00
2 00-
8 00
22 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
Form
Am
Ss
Cs,Ss
A
C
Cs,A"
O
A
( C
I G
O
c
c
Cs,Ss*
Ss
A
Ss
A
Ss
G
O
G
G
G
Cs,Ss
/ Cs,Ss
I A
G
O
C
Cs
Cs
Cs
Cs
Ss
Cs
\ Ss
Ss
o
o
G
G
O
A
2A«
Ss
C
I G
\ Ss
G
O
CT
G
O
A,Cs
Cs
A.Cs
G
A
C
Inten-
sity
Position
E-WNW
N
NE.NW
N sky
E-SSW
All sky
E-S
E-N
W
N
E-Z
All sky
Ssky
NE-W
S sky
SE-S-SW
E,SE
NE
NE
NE
Wsky
E , N sky
E , N skv
E-Z-W
sw
NE
E-NW
E-NW
E-NW
NE-NW
E
NE-NW
E
Nsky
NW
ENE
E-WNW
E-N-WNW
NE
NE-N
W
E-Z
NNE
NE
N sky
E-Z-W
E,N
Ssky
All sky
E-Z-W
NE-N
Altitude
40
ca5
ca45
cal5
20
15
15
60
20
10-70
0-90
ca30
cal5
90
calO
45-60
45-60
45-60
ca45
ca45
calO
ca30
30,80
60
ca20
30
60
90
30
90
ca20
Date
1922
Dec 15
15
15
.15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
21
23
L.M.T.
h ?n
1 00
1 30
2 00-
0 00
22 00
22 30
23 30
0 00
0 00-
2 00
2 30
00
30
4 00
6 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
0 00
0 30
1
9
00
00
3 00-
00
00
22 00
22 30
23 00
0 00
0 45
1 40
2 10
00
3 30
00
30
00
00
22 00
23 00
0 00
00
00
00-
00
30
00-
00
00-
00
0 00-
2 00
3 00
0 15
Form
A
G
Ss
O
A
G
A
C
A
C
G
Cs"
Cs,Ss
A
A
.4
/ C
\ Ss
G
O
A
A
A
A
O
C
o
G
A
A
A
G
A,Cs
Ss
! A
A
G
A
A
G
A
G
G
Cs
Cs
G
A
O
c
Ss
A
A
O
G
O
A
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-SSW
SE.W
E
E-S-W
NNE
ENE-N
SSE-WNW
W
E
Nsky
W,NW
S-WNW
30°SE-Z-W
30°SE-Z-W
NW
SE
E,W
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE-W
NE
NW
E-N
E-N
E-NW
E,N
E,N
NE-Z
E-Z-W
E-S-W
NE
E-Z-W
E-S-W
NE
E-Z-W
NW
N
NE-NW
NE-NW
NNE
Nsky
ENE-WNW
E,W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
N sky
E-Z-W
Altitude
ca80
40,50
ca30
ca20
ca50
ca70
ca85
ca45
ca40
0-90
0-90
ca20
90
90
ca45
20
30
30
30
30
0-30
10
10
cal5
cal5
0-90
90
85
20,35
90
85
20,35
90
30
ca30
20
20
30
20
90
90
90
m Reddish. " Rapidly moving curtains colored red, yellow, or green. ° Lower rim red. p Very varying; frequently reddish
curtains. 9 On the lower arch are bright, glowing spots moving rapidly from W toward E. r Visible 3 minutes only. ' The
curtains were generally directed E-W but at lh 30m one was going in slings from the north horizon to zenith.
470
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 192S— Continued
Date
1922
Dec 23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
L.M.T.
28
28
28
28
28
h m
0 45
1 30
00
00
30-
00
30
00
22 00
23 45
0 00-
00
30
00
30
00
20 00-
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
3 30
20 00-
21 00
21 30
22 00
22 30
23 00
0 00
1 00-
6 00
1 55
30
00
4 00
22 00
23 00
23 30
28
0
00
28
0
30
28
1
00
28
1
30
28
2
00
28
2
30
3 00
3 30
4 00
5 00-
8 00
Form
O
Inten-
sity
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
2
1
3
2
2
2
2
Position
E-Z-W
NE
ENE-NNW
E-S-W
NE
NE-WNW
NE-WNW
NE-WNW
E-N-W
ENE-NNW
ENE-NNW
NE-NW
NW
NE
ENE-N-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
E
ENE-WNW
E-Z-W
ENE
N
ENE-NW
E-S-SSW400
E-N-WNW
E-S-SSW400
E-N-WNW
NNE
NE-Z-SW
Ssky
E-Z-W
ESE-Z-WNW
E
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
E-Z-W
E-Z-W,
E-Z-W
SE-Z
E-Z-W
S sky
E-Z-W
E-N-W
E-S-W
E-N-W
NW
E-Z-W
Altitude
90
25
50
ca60
45
45
45
40,80
30
30
15
20
20
35
35
20
60
20
0-60
25
ca60
30-60
60
30-60
15
90
90
60,90,60
60
ca20
ca20
ca20
90
90
90
0-90
90
70,90,70
80
60
25
20
90
Date
1922
Dec 29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
31
192S
Jan 1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
7
7
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
L.M.T.
h m
17 00-
21 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
0 00
00
00
30
00
00-1
00 f
00
16 00
17 00
18 30
21 00
22 00
22 30
16 00-
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 20
0 40-
8 00
22 00-
8 00
22 00
22 30-
24 00
1 00
3 00
3 30-
8 00
22 00-
24 00
0 30
1 00
1 50
2 00-
8 00
00-
00
0 00-
2 00
23 30
0 30
1 00
1
2
3
4
6
30-
00
00
05
00
22 00-
00
00
Form
O
A
A»
A
G
C
G
Cs
Cs
G
O
O
A
A
A
Csw
As*
A
C
Aw
0
A
C*
G
A
A
O
O
A
O
O
/ Cs
I C
o
o
A
O
c
o
o
0
G
Ss
A
O
G
Cs
O
0
G
Inten-
sity
Position
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
E-Z-W
NE-NW
NE-N
NW
Near Zenith
E,N
NE-N.NW
E-Z-W
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
E-WNW
E-WNW
ENE-WNW
NW
ENE-NW
ENE-WNW
NW
NE
NE-NW
NNE-NNW
NE-N
NW-N
E-Z
E-S-W
E-N
NW
E-Z-W150
NE-NW
N sky
Z-W
Altitude
25
50
90
10-30
7
90
90
30
30
10-90
30
20
40
30
30
20
10
30
ca60
0-90
ca80
ca40
20
90
20
90
90
' Very rapidly changing; slings are moving slowly in east and west but are whirling around near zenith; lower rim deep red, color changing
through yellow to green. "Of very white color. "Very broad; in ENE the arch approaches a curtain in appearance; lower rim red.
w Lower rim red. * In NW a glow which is narrowed to an arch toward east. * Lower rim red, higher up of a brownish-yellow color.
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
471
Table 64. — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1923 — Continued
Date
19 23
Jan 11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
L.M.T.
h m
3 00
4 00
4 30
5 00
5 30
6 00
6 20
6 30
7 00
7 30
8 00
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 15
1 00
1 30
2 00
2 30
3 00
3 30
30
00
00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 30-
2 00
3 00
4 00
6 00
18 00
22 00-
0 00
14
1
00
14
1
30
14
2
00
14
3
00
14
4
15
00
30
55
15
00
22 00
22 30
23 00
Form
Cs,Ss<*
O
Inten-
sity
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
Position
E-N-W
E-Z-W
ESE-Z-NNW
W
ENE-WNW
WNW
ENE-WNW
ESE-S-W
ENE
All sky
All sky
NW.E
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E,W,N
E-Z-W
E-W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-WSW
ESE.N.W
W
NW-N
E-N-W
E
ENE-WNW
E,W
E-SW
E-Z-W
NNW
E-Z-W
NNW
E-NW
E-NW
All sky
ENE-Z-WSW
N
ENE-Z-WSW
ENE-NW
E-Z-SW
E-Z-NW
E-SW
E,S
N-NW
NW
NNE-NW
NE-S
NE-Z
WSW.S
SE.S.SW
All sky
NE-N-NW
N sky
E-WNW
E-WNW
Altitude
55
90,80,70
90
60,90,80
30
20
30
40
20
Date
10-90-75
10-90-75
10-90-75
90
90
25
30
40
ca20
20,25,35
60,90,80
ca60
ca60
90
ca30
75,90
30
90
90
ca60
5-80
ca35
ca70
90
ca20
ca30-90
0-60
0-60
1923
Jan 15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
L.M.T.
h m
0 00
1 00
2 00-
2 50
3 00
4 00-
6 00
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 15
0 30-
00
00
30
00-
00
45
00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30-
0 00
1 00
1 30
00
30
6 00
7 00
22 20
2 00
30-
00
00
0 00-
4 00
0 30
00-
00
30
6 00
6 15
7 00
7 30
20 30
22 15
22 30
23 00
23 30
2 00
2 30
3 00
18 00
18 30-
22 00
Form
G
Co*
O
c
Ss
o
o
Cs
Cs
C
0
A
A
O
A
A
A
A
G
O
A
A
C
Cs
G
G
A
O
A
A
G
O
A
O
G
O
A
C
A
Ss
9A
C
As
O
A
Ss
2A
A
O
G
G
0
A
A
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-NW
Near zenith
W-S
E,NE
E,NE
N
NE-N
E-W
E-W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE
E-Z-WNW
E-Z-WNW
N-WNW
NE-NW
N sky
NE
NE-NW
NE-NW
E-Z-W
N,NW
E-NW
NE-W
SE-S
NE-N
ENE-Z-WSW
E-Z
E-Z-WSW
ENE
E-Z-WSW
ESE-S-NW
SE-Z-NW
SE-Z-NW
E,N
z,sw
SE-S-SW
NE-NW
NE-NW
Altitude
ca30
ca40
20
15
ca40
70
60
90
90
30
30
25
90
90
30
20
ca40
90
30
cal5
ca25
ca70
90
0-90
30-90-0
0-90-0
30
90,40
90
ca60
ca40
20
20
aa Very varying; the curtains appear to develop from glowing bands; in east 3 curtains, each 10° wide, over each other and surrounded by
auroral glow. ** Western part moving toward N. « Shifting curtains and streamers over the whole sky; the curtains form occasionally
closed circles at various points of the sky. dd Radiation-point: 5 =63°, a =12h 00m (5 = declination, a = right ascension). M Exact place
of radiation-point not noted.
472
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1923 — Continued
Date
19S8
Jan 23
23
23
23
24
0
35
24
2
00
24
3
00
24
4
00
24
24
5
00
24
6
00
24
22
00
24
23
00
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
30
30
30
30
31
Feb 3
3
3
L.M.T.
h m
22 15
22 45
23 10
23 40
4 15
0 00
0 30
00
30
00
30
00
30
4 00
00
00
22 00
22 30
0 00-
00
00
22 00
22 35
23 00
0 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00-
6 00
22 00
23 00
Form
A
C,Ss
3A
Cs
Ss
A
C
Ss
Csff
A
C
C
c
A
A
G
Ss
Cs
A
Ss
A
Ss
A
A
C
G
C
G
A
A
G
O
A
A
G
O
A
Ss
A
Cs
Ss
2A
A
A
Inten-
sity
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
9.
Position
NE-NW
E
E-Z-WNW
E
E
E-Z-WNW
N
E
ENE-WNW
E-N-W
NE-NNW
ENE-WNW
N
ESE-WSW
ENE-WNW
Ssky
w-z
N
SE-S-W
Ssky
SE-S-W
Ssky
E-Z-W
NE-NW
E-SW
N
N-Z
NE
ESE-S-WSW
ENE-N-WNW
NE
NE-WNW
NE-WNW
ESE-Z
Ssky
E-Z
E-Z-W
N,NW
Near zenith
N,SW
E-NW
E-NW
ENE-NW
E-N-W
All sky
NW
E-Z-NW
E-N
NE-W
NE-W
W-Z
NE-W
W-Z
E-Z-WSW
NE-N
Altitude
20
30,90,45
90
10
CO
ca20
30
20
30
30
ca20
0-90
ca30
ca80
ca80
90
40
ca55
ca6()
ca70
ca30
ca30
ca30
0-90
25
90
20
30
30
30
45
ca3
90
10
ca35
ca35
90
ca35
90
90
70
Date
1923
Feb 6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
L.M.T.
h m
0 00
1 00
00
30
3 00
3 45
00-
00
22 00-
2 00
2 00
00-
00
00
30
3 00
3 30
4 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00
2 45
00-
30
40
00
30
00-
00
22 00
0 30
00
30
00
30-
00
0 30
00
30
00
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 20
00
30
2 00
30
00
30
30
00
Form
C
Cs
Ss
C
Cs
C
C,A
O
O
G
Ss
o
Cs,Sshh
Cs,Ss
i Ss
\ c
o
G
A
Cs
A
O
Ss
C
c
A
C
O
Ss
A
As
O
Cs
G
A
A
3A
0
Qii
2C
O
A
A
A
2C
Cs
2A
C
Ss
c
G
C
C
C
C
A
A
Ss
Inten-
sity
Position
E-WNW
ENE-NW
NE
ENE-WNW
E-N-W
45°E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E
W
All sky
All skv
Z-W
E
N
E-N-W
NE
E-N-W
E,Z
NE
NW
NE-Z-W
N-WNW
E-Z
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
N
N sky
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-S-W
E-WNW
E-N-WNW
E-Z-NW
E-N-W
E-N-W
NW
E-Z-W300
E-S-W
NW-W
N
NNE-N
All sky
E-S-WNW
E-S-WNW
E-Z-W
E-S-WNW
E-S-W
E-S-W
NW-Z
Altitude
40
20
30
30
90
60-90
90-0
10
5
10
0-90
10
15
90
40
90
60-90-60
30
90
90
85,80,70
45
30,60
90
35
35
10
90
75,60
ca85
70
40
40
90
40
30
45
U The curtains form for a while an ellipse with horizontal axis extended over 30° lying between 7° and 30° above the horizon. 9a A ring
of aurora is suddenly formed near zenith ; from which aurora spreads toward east and west in a few seconds. For 5 minutes the sky is covered
by vivid curtains and then the aurora disappears, except a weak arch. hh Curtains and streamers all over the sky, radiating from point in
Cancer : color vivid green. '* Color strong green.
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
473
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1923 — Continued
Date
1938
Feb 17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
• 26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
L.M.T.
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 30
00
30
00
00
6 00
6 10
0 30
00
30
00
15
22 00
22 40
0 00
0 30
1 00
30
00
2 30
3 00
4 30
5 00
19 15
19 45
22 00
22 30
23 00-
23 30
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
1 50
2 00
2 30
00
30
18 00-
22 00
23 00
0 00
20
00
Form
O
C
G
C
Ss
C>
G
Cs,Ss
Co11
G
A
A
Cs
O
Csmm
Cs
2C
2A
A
Inten-
sity
2
3
1
4
3
2
1
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
9
Position
NNE-NW
SW
ENE-N-WNW
ENE-N-WNW
E-Z-W
N-W
E-Z-W
E-N-WNW
E-N-W
E-S-W
NW
E-S-W
NW,W
NW,W
N sky
All sky
All* sky
E-S-W
Ssky
E-Z-W
NE
E,NW
F1
E-Z-W
N
E,Z
N sky
■pi
N-NW
E-ESE
N-NW
N-NW
E-S-W
E-S-W
E-S-W
Ssky
NW
E,Z,W
E-NW
SE-Z-NW
E-S-SSW
NE-Z-SW
NE-Z
N
E-S-W
NE
E-W
NE
All sky
Z
N
E-N-W
E-S-W
SE.NW
All sky
All sky
E-N-WNW
SE-S-W
SE-S-NW
Altitude
25
85
85
90
10
90
30
50
45
ca60
10
10-70
90
10
cal5
cal5
90
25
ca40
35
ca40
35
35
ca80
ca80
ca60
45
ca70
90
ca50
70
calO
15
10
20,30
30,10
30
Date
1923
Feb 2
Mar
4
4
4
6
7
9
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
L.M.T.
h
m
4
25
2
00
3
00
3
15
3
45
4
30
5
00
22 00
22 30
23 00-
23 30
4 00-
6 00
22 00
22 30
1 00
23 30
2 00
2 30
00
00
00
45
22 00
23 00
0 00
00
00
23 00
23 40
0 30
00
30
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 45
0 00-
1 00
1 35
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
22 00
22 30-
23 30
0 00
0 30
2 15
Form
A
O
C
A
A
O
3A
3A
O
O
Cs
C
C
C
A
C
Ss
c
o
2C
C
Ss
c
c
c
G
C
2A
A
A,
C
A
O
c
c
o
! c
A
Cs
Cs
Conn
C
As
G
A
Cs
Cs
C
G
C
C
G
C
C
Cs
Cs
Cs
A
C
A
G
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-S-SSW
E-N-W
ESE-S-SSW
SE-S-SW
E-N-W
E-N-W
Near zenith
E-NNW
NW
NE-N-NW
E-Z-W
E-Z-NNW
SE-Z-NW
W
ENE-Z-NW
NE
E-Z-W
E
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
S
NW
NE-N-WNW
E-Z-W
E-N-W
SE-S-W
NE-N-NNW
E-N
E-N
E-N-W
ENE-Z-W
E-WNW
E-N-WNW
E-WNW
All sky
ESE-Z-WSW
E-WNW
ESE-Z-WNW
All sky
Ssky
ESE
NE-N
S sky
ESE
NE-N
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-S-SW
N sky
ESE-S-SW
N.NNE
Altitude
ca75
30
30
ca20
ca20
30
ca20
50
90
90
90
15
90
90
ca30
90
90
ca45
calO
50,60
90
0-70
70
40
25
25
90
40
90
30-90-30
15
10
15
10
90
90
90
10
35
30
»"»' Radiation-point: 5 = 63°, a = 120°. ** The sky is from 19h 15m, to 19h 40m covered with curtains moving generally from SE to NW; at
19h 45m develops a weak and variable corona with radiation-point: 8 = 61°, o =4h 40m. '" At lh 50m corona with radiation-point: 5 = 57°, a=12h
5Qm_ mm Curtains are frequently forming closed ellipses with axis E-W both on N and S sky. nn Corona formed by closed curtains with
center near Vega, 5 = 39°, a = 18h 35m. (Observation doubtful.)
474 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 64 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1922 to March 1923 — Concluded
Date
1923
Mar 16
16
4
00
16
6
00
16
22
00
17
0
00
17
0
30
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
L.M.T.
3 00
1 00
2 00
22 00
22 30-
23 00
23 30
22 30
23 00
0 30
00
30-
00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1
4
6
00
00-
00
1 50
00
30
00
Form
[a
o
5C
Cs
Cs
G
Ss
Cs
C
c
c
G
A
G
O
C
G
Cs
Ss
Cs
Ss
Cs
G
Cs
G
O
C
G
Ss
Ss
G
Inten-
sity
2
2
2
1
2
Position
NE,Z
ssw
E-Z-W
All sky
All sky
NNE
ESE
E-W
E-WNW
E-WNW
NE-NW
E-Z-WNW
NE
E-Z-W
N.NE
E-S-W
N sky
E-N-NW
F— Z
E-N-NW
E-Z
E-N-WSW
E-Z
E-Z-W
N sky
E-S-W
NE
NNW
NNW
NW
Altitude
40-90
30
35
35
30
90
20
90
calO
45
20
20
15
80
30
30
Date
1923
Mar 21
21
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
29
L.M.T.
h m
3 30
22 00
22
0
00
22
0
30
22
1
00
22
2
00
22
22
00
22
22
30
22
23
00
22
23
30
23
0
30
23
1
00
23
1
30
23
23
00
23
23
30
24
0
00
24
1
00
22 00
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 10
25
00-
00
22 00
22 00
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00
22 00
1 30
Form
G
C
A
A
G
O
A
As
As
As
C
Cs
C
Cs
C
C
o
Co00
C
Co,Cs
Cs
G
Co™
Ss
Co,C
O
c
A
A
C
O
c
G
C
A
Inten-
sity
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
5>
Position
NW
SE-S-SW
ENE-N
E-Z-W
W
E-N-WNW
E-Z-W
E-S-WSW
E-S-WSW
E-Z-W
E-N-W
E-N-W
E-W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-Z
E-Z
E.NNE
NNE
All sky
All sky
ENE-Z-WSW
ENE-N-WNW
SSE-S-SW
SSE-S-SW
E-Z-W
E
NE
E-Z-W
E-N-WNW
Altitude
80
60
90
60
60-90
80
80
90
80
90
90
70
10
10
90
20
25
90
60
00 Radiation-point: S = 64°, o = 10h 10m.
pp Weak but well defined, 5 = 63°, a = llh 0n
from southeast through zenith to northwest. If the arch did not pass through the
zenith, the summit is indicated in the northern or the southern sky. If nothing else is
noted, the arch has passed over the northern sky. For example, A, 3, E-WNW, 50°, means
a strong arch passing from east to west-northwest over the northern sky, the greatest
altitude of the lower rim being 50° ; an arch passing over the southern sky is indicated
by inserting the letter S between the directions to the end, as, for instance, S E-S-W.
When a definite number of arches were observed, it was frequently found that they have
the same end-points, but varying maximum altitudes; in such cases the altitude column
contains several numbers, each referring to one arch. At times some of the arches pass
over the northern sky, one through zenith and some over the southern sky; the altitudes
entered to the left of 90° refer, then, to the arches in the northern sky, the altitudes to
the right of 90° to the arches in the southern sky. For example, 3 A , 2, E-W, 70°, 90°, 80°,
means three arches of moderate brightness from east to west, one over the northern sky
at maximum altitude of 70° above horizon, one through zenith, and one over the southern
sky at maximum altitude of 80° above horizon; As, 2, E-W, 10°, 90°, 10°, indicates
that the whole sky from 10° above horizon in north to 10° above horizon in south was
covered with arches of moderate brightness extending from east to west. The position
of curtains is indicated in the same way as the position of glow or arch, depending
upon the extension of the curtains. If several curtains pass through zenith and both
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 475
Table 65 — Cloudiness on Scale 0 to 10 and Geographic Position September 1922 to March 1928
Local mean
time in hours
Observed geographic
position
Date
2
6
10
14
18
22
L. M. T.
Lat. north
Long, east
1922
h
o /
o /
Sep 26
1
10
8
10
2
10
10
73 00
186 00
27
3
8
8
7
8
8
10
73 00
185 16
28
5
3
0
0
1
4
12
73 01
184 50
29
30
Oct 1
2
3
10
10
10
4
10
7
10
10
10
10
6
7
10
10
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
9
12
72 59
9
72 56
183 49
3
4
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
9
10
10
10
21
72 52.3
181 36
6
7
8
9
10
10
10
10
9
6
10
10
8
6
8
10
10
9
10
10
3
12
72 51
20
72 47.1
180 23
9
11°
12
7
9
10
10
10
7
10
10
9
9
10
2
9
10
1
10
10
10
19
72 40.8
179 43
13
14
15
0
10
10
1
10
10
1
10
9
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
8
12
72 42.0
20
72 52.0
178 00
16
17
10
3
10
9
5
7
3
1
10
2
10
1
19
72 48 . 5
177 36
18
19
10
10
10
10
8
10
7
9
10
3
1
8
19
72 51.4
177 14
20
7
8
8
8
3
2
19
72 57 . 8
177 10
21
22
23
10
10
10
10
10
1
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
10
10
0
19
73 04.9
176 33
24
3
9
4
5
2
3
18
73 05.4
176 19
25
26
2
0
2
0
2
0
1
1
10
1
10
1
18
73 06.4
175 55
27
2
10
1
1
1
10
18
73 05.7
175 52
28
29
30
31
Nov 1
2
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
8
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
9
10
10
10
10
10
6
18
73 34.9
174 31
4
9
1
1
1
1
2
18
73 32 . 3
174 25
5
3
3
1
1
1
3
18
73 28.8
174 26
6
7
8
9
1
1
10
10
1
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
1
10
10
8
18
73 21.1
174 16
10
2
1
10
2
o
2
17
73 15.0
174 28
11
0
0
1
2
2
8
18
73 13.8
174 28
12
13
10
10
2
10
10
10
10
2
10
1
10
2
18
73 14.4
174 04
14
1
10
10
10
7
7
18
73 14.6
173 52
15
10
10
10
7
2
3
18
73 13.5
174 08
16
1
10
10
2
1
0
17
73 15.0
174 04
17
1
0
10
0
0
1
17
73 14.9
174 01
18
0
0
1
1
2
0
18
73 15.8
173 53
19
0
0
1
0
0
0
17
73 16.2
173 54
20
21
0
0
0
10
1
10
1
10
1
6
0
0
20
73 12.5
173 41
22
23
24
10
0
0
0
0
2
10
2
1
10
3
2
5
10
1
1
10
0
17
73 11.8
173 50
25
26
27
0
0
10
0
10
10
10
10
2
10
10
0
1
9
0
10
10
0
9
73 12.8
173 40
28
0
0
2
1
0
0
16
73 13.5
173 39
29
10
10
5
2
0
0
16
73 14.8
173 32
30
0
2
1
1
0
0
16
73 14.4
173 32
October 10 omitted because passed 180 meridian.
476 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 65 — Cloudiness on Scale 0 to 10 and Geographic Position September 1922 to March 1928 — Continued
Date
Dec 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1923
Jan 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Feb 1
2
3
10
4
3
10
10
0
10
10
0
10
10
5
10
5
5
2
0
0
4
3
7
10
5
0
0
2
5
0
10
0
10
1
0
0
0
10
10
9
10
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
4
10
0
3
5
3
3
1
0
0
10
1
10
10
0
0
0
0
0
Local mean time in hours
10
4
3
2
10
0
10
10
0
10
5
0
5
3
5
9
4
0
1
4
10
10
10
0
5
2
6
1
7
0
10
0
0
0
0
9
8
10
10
7
5
2
0
2
0
0
10
6
2
10
3
4
3
0
0
2
10
10
10
10
3
0
0
0
10
10
7
10
2
10
10
1
10
10
10
10
7
0
10
5
10
1
1
1
2
4
10
10
10
1
5
10
10
6
3
3
5
10
1
2
1
10
6
7
10
8
10
1
1
7
1
1
10
8
10
10
10
10
2
4
1
1
2
2
9
10
1
1
1
10
5
14
10
10
10
10
1
2
10
10
10
10
3
0
10
3
10
2
1
0
1
5
10
10
6
1
2
10
10
4
1
2
3
1
0
1
1
3
5
10
10
10
10
1
1
3
0
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
2
1
1
8
8
1
10
1
1
10
10
2
18
22
10
10
1
4
10
0
0
2
1
0
10
1
10
1
0
0
1
1
7
10
1
0
2
10
8
10
2
0
3
0
0
1
1
3
3
10
10
3
2
0
0
0
0
1
10
1
2
3
2
3
1
0
2
0
7
5
7
1
0
0
10
1
2
10
10
10
10
1
10
0
0
1
10
0
10
10
0
5
0
0
0
10
5
10
10
5
0
4
10
0
10
0
1
0
7
0
0
9
10
10
10
6
10
10
0
0
0
0
2
10
1
10
4
2
2
1
0
0
2
10
10
10
0
0
0
0
1
1
Observed geographic position
L. M. T.
h
18
9
18
16
16
16
9
17
15
18
18
17
16
15
16
9
18
16
17
17
17
17
17
18
16
17
Lat. north
73 12.6
73 12.6
73 13.9
73 13.0
73 24 . 9
73 28 . 3
73 21.9
73 27.8
73 33 . 0
73 31.6
73 30.8
73 26
73 24 . 4
73 24 . 6
73 25.2
73 27.4
73 33.4
73 34 . 6
73 34 . 2
73 34.4
73 35.7
73 32 . 7
73 38.8
73 39.0
73 42.0
73 41.6
73 50.3
Long, east
173 26
173 57
173 44
173 34
173 12
173 05
172 54
172 19
172 05
172 08
172 11
171 53
171 48
171 44
171 39
171 07
170 24
170 06
170 11
170 10
169 38
169 58
170 51
170 58
171 25
171 16
170 39
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 477
Table 65 — Cloudiness on Scale Oto 10 and Geographic Position September 1922 to March 192S — Concluded
Date
Local mean
ime in hours
Observed geographic
position
2
6
10
14
18
22
L. M. T.
Lat. north
Long, east
1923
Feb 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Mar 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1
10
0
3
4
0
0
10
5
10
0
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
10
10
10
10
0
0
10
0
0
2
10
6
10
3
10
2
1
0
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
2
10
10
1
0
10
10
3
4
0
5
5
1
2
10
7
10
9
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
7
10
10
4
1
0
10
10
1
2
1
2
5
10
10
10
5
0
2
8
2
0
0
2
10
0
0
10
10
0
0
8
10
10
3
10
10
10
7
10
1
4
2
1
10
6
10
10
10
2
10
2
2
2
10
2
10
10
3
0
2
2
8
9
10
2
2
1
10
2
10
10
0
0
10
5
1
0
0
0
0
4
0
5
10
3
0
10
10
10
0
1
10
10
1
2
1
10
2
1
10
9
9
9
10
4
10
1
2
9
10
2
10
10
1
0
0
6
10
1
10
1
2
1
0
10
4
10
10
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
2
2
2
10
0
0
10
2
10
0
1
10
9
4
2
0
2
2
1
10
8
9
10
10
10
0
0
2
2
0
10
10
10
1
0
0
10
10
0
10
0
1
10
1
9
10
10
10
2
0
2
0
0
1
1
1
10
4
10
1
0
2
10
0
2
1
9
10
10
8
2
0
10
10
0
10
7
9
10
10
5
0
0
0
10
0
10
10
10
8
0
0
10
10
0
3
1
1
10
0
10
0
2
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
9
1
0
2
10
3
3
0
10
10
10
h
o /
0 /
17
73 52.0
170 38
17
17
9
73 53.8
73 54 . 2
170 40
170 49
IS
74 05 . 5
170 16
20
74 03.5
170 10
20
18
74 12.7
74 16.9
169 55
169 59
20
74 05.4
170 06
20
73 59.4
170 38
20
74 00 . 6
170 47
19
74 01.9
170 28
21
74 10.0
169 52
16
74 08 . 6
170 13
16
74 09 . 7
170 04
16
74 10.2
169 51
16
74 10.1
169 49
16
74 10.4
169 38
16
74 11.7
169 46
16
74 12.9
169 43
16
74 24 . 0
169 04
16
74 26.6
168 56
478
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1928 to March 1924
Date
Oct
1928
Sep 26
26
26
26
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
Oct
9
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
L.M.T.
h m
22 00
22 20
22 50
23 20
21 05
21 45
0 00
00
10
30
00
35
22 00
23 00
23 50
30
00
0 15
0 45
10
35
55
30
00
30
4 00
20 00
23 30
00
30
00
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 15
0 40
1 00
1 20
1 45
20 00
20 35
21 15
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
20 00
21 30
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 20
0 40
1 20
1 45
2 25
2 45
Form
O
Cs
Cs
O
Cs
A
Cs
Co"
A
O
o
G
A
G
A
Cs
Cs
Cs
Cs
G
A
A
C
0
O
O
0
G
O
O
O
2A
A
C
I A
\ G
As
As
/ As
A
Overcast
Cs
O
O
A
A
C
A
C
o
Cs
O
O
Cs
Ss
Cs*
Cs
o
c
A
O
C
C
c
c
c
c
Inten-
sity
Position
ESE-E
ESE-S-WSW
NW
S-WNW
ESE-S-WNW
N sky
•ne-z-sw
NNE
ESE-Z-WNW
All sky
E-W
NNE-W
NNE-W
E-N
E-N
NW
ESE-WNW
ESE-WNW
ESE-WNW
Esky
E-Z-WNW
ENE-NW
ENE-NW
E-Z-W
WNW
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-S-W
N
E-Z-W
NE-NNW
NE-NNW
Near zenith
NE-NNW
Near zenith
60°NE-Z-S
E
E-W
Ssky
Ssky
N sky
E-Z-W
E-S-W
E-Z-W
E-N-W
NE-N-NW
E-Z-W
SE-S-SW
Altitude
10
10-25
25
30-90
90
90
35
20
20
25
25
15
30
30
90
40
40
90
40-90-40
40-90-40
90-0
25
90
20
20
80
20
80
90
80
90-0
90-0
30
90
30
90
30
30
90
30
Date
1928
Oct 11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
16
16
18
18
18
19
19
22
22
22
29
29
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
Nov 1
L.M.T.
h m
3 15
4 00
23 00
23 30
23 55
1 30
2 00
22 10
2 35
3 00
1
0
15
1
0
45
1
1
10
1
1
30
30
00
18 30
20 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 30
00
30
22 00
22 30
18 30
19 30
20 15
0 00
0 30
0 00
4 00
4 30
3 30
4 00
18 00-
22 00
22 35
22 50
23 00
23 30
23 55
0 10
1 50
2 00
Form
Ss
O
Csc
C
Cs
c
c
c
c
G
G
G
Ss
A
G
C
Ss
A
G
Ss
G
O
O
C .
G
As
Cs
As
Cs
As
Cs
Ss
A
Cs
A
A
C
c
G
A
\ *
G
G
A
Ss
Ss
Cs
Cs
O
Cs
Ss
c
Cs
0
C
Co?
c
c
c
c
o
c
Ss
Cs
Ss
Inten-
sity
1
4
2
1
1
1
Position
E-Z
E-Z-W
S sky
E-Z-W
Ssky
E-Z-W
NE-N
NE-N
Near zenith
NE.Z
Around horizon
E.ENE-Z
ESE
sw-w
NW
NW.W-Z
ESE
SW-W
NW.W-Z
Around horizon
E-NNW
SE
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
All sky
All sky
E-S-WNW
NE-NW
NE.NW-Z
E-S-WNW
N,NW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
All sky
SE-S-SW
SE-S-SW
E
E
N
NE
NE
W.WNW
W.WNW
NNE
N-S
Z
E
SSE-NNW
SE-W-N
NW
NW-N
N
N
NW
Z
NW
Z
Altitude
0-90
90
20
90
20
90
15
30
20
0-90
30
30
15-30
50
60-90-60
60-90-60
15
0-90
25,30
50
90
90
20
10
10
10
15
25
10
15
15
" Northern half of a corona; radiation-point not observed,
aae intensely violet at lower rim. d Lower rim red.
o = 2h 20m; lower rims of curtains red.
6 Rapidly moving; vividly colored. c Rapidly moving; the curtains in W
Forming half of a corona, radiation-point not noted. 'Radiation-point: 5 = 66°,
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1928 to March 1924 — Continued
479
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
1928
h m
o
1923
h
m
o
Nov 1
16 00- \
23 00 J
17 30
0
C
Nov 10
20
00
O
1
2
3
ESE-WNW
10
11
22
0
00
40
0
A
2
E-Z-W
90
2
18 00
C
2
Near zenith
11
3
00
Cs
1
E-N-W
20
2
20 00
C
2
SE-Z-NW
90
11
3
30
Ss
2
NE
3
3
18 00
18 55
A
C
2
2
E-NW
E-NW
20
15
11
12
3
1
55
30
0
c
1
E-N-W
35
3
20 00
3C
2
E-NW
10
12
2
00
G
2
N sky
3
21 45
C,Co"
2
ESE-S-WNW
30-90
12
2
30-\
00 /
0
3
22 00
c
3
E
30
12
b
3
23 00
0
1 Coh
2
N
30
4
0 00
c
1
E
15
13
5
45
2
Near zenith
4
0 30
c
2
E
10
13
6
00
j Ss
2
N-Z
4
1 00
0
A
2
SE-WNW
30
4
4
1 30
2 00- \
4 00 /
A
o
1
N
10
13
13
18
20
00
10
0
A
3
ESE-NW
45
4
13
21
10
A
2
ESE-Z-NW
90
4
4
4 30
5 00
0
c
13
13
22
00
30
C
{ C
3
3
ESE-S-WNW
ESE-Z-WNW
50
90
1
E-N
15
4
5 30
0
\ c
As,Cs
As,Cs
2
ESE-S-WNW
5
5
0 00
0 30
G
A
1
1
13
13
23
23
00
30
3
3
ESE-WNW
ESE-WNW
60
60
S-NW
5
1 00
0
{ Cs
1 c
1 A
2
E-NW
45
5
1 30
0
2
W,S
5
2 00
0
14
0
30
I
SE-W
20
5
17 00- \
21 00 /
0
Ss
2
ESE
5-90
5
[ Cs
2
E-NW
30,45
5
22 00
c
2
NE-NW
14
1
00
A
1
SE-W
20
5
22 30
c
2
NE-NW
Ss
2
ESE
5-90
5
23 00
c
2
NE-NW
14
00
1 A
1
E-S-W
25
5
23 30
c
2
NE-NW
\2C
2
NW
6
6
0 00
0 30
c
2
2
3
NE-NW
NW
E-NNW
15
14
14
14
4
4
5
00
35-\
00 J
0
A
1
E-S-WSW
30
6
6
1 00
1 30
ic
2
NNW
10
14
5
30
G
1
WNW
11
2
1
2
E-NW
z-w
90-60
14
14
14
17
18
19
00
00
30
O
O
G
1
Near zenith
90
6
2 00
0
14
21
00
A
3
ESE-NW
6
6
18 00- \
20 00 /
0
14
22
00
\i
1
2
E-N
NW
15
20
6
22 00
c
2
E-NNW
15
14
22
30
G
1
ESE-NW
15
6
22 30
A
1
SE-NW
30
14
23
00
G
1
ESE-NW
15
6
23 00
i 2A
2
ESE-S-WNW
80
15
0
00
G
1
ESE-NW
15
\ A
2
ESE-N-WNW
80
15
2
00
A
1
NE-N
20
6
7
23 30
0 00
c
! A
3
3
SE-N-NW
SE-N-NW
35
35
15
2
15
1 G
\ Ss
1
2
WNW
\ c.
2
W-NW
ca45
15
3
00
Ss
2
WNW
4
7
1 00
2 00
Cs
G
2
2
E
Near zenith
45
15
15
3
4
15
00-1
15 /
0
G
NW
7
2 15
A
1
E-W
40
15
4
1
7
2 45
A
2
E-W
40
15
22
30
Cs
1
Nsky
0-90
7
3 00
A
2
E-W
40
16
23
50
G
2
N sky
7
3 30
A
2
E-W
30
17
0
30
(Ss
3
Near zenith
7
4 00
A
2
E-W
30
\A
2
SSW-NNW
50
7
4 30
/ A
\ A
2
2
E-N-W
E-S-W
40
50
17
1
00
) c
\ A
3
3
SE-N-NNW
SSE-S-NW
30
5 00
/ A
2
E-N-W
40
17
1
30
As
2
E-W
60-90
\ A
2
E-S-W
50
17
2
00
As
2
E-W
60-90
.7
5 30
O
(• A
2
SE NW
25
7
6 00
O
17
2
30
\ Cs
9
E,SE,N
E.SE
0-80
8
23 00
A
1
E-S-W
30
{ Ss
2
10
3 00
A
1
E
17
3
00
c
2
NNW
30
10
4 10
G
2
All sky
0-90
17
3
30
A
1
E-Z-W
90
10
4 30
O
17
4
00
G
I
NW
30 ,
10
5 00
O
17
18
00
O
« Radiation-point: 5 = 66°, o =lh 00°
h Radiation-point: 5 = 67°, o = 9h 30m.
480
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1928 to March 1924 — Continued
Date
1928
Nov 17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Dec
L.M.T.
h m
20 00
22 00-
0 00
0 30
1 00
' 1 30-\
2 00
18 00
23 00 /
4 00-
6 00
16 00-
24 00
00-
00
0 00-
2 00
22 00
22 35
22 50
10
30
3 20
18 20
0 00
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 45
1 15-
2 00
19 35
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
3 10
3 25
00-
00
22 00
23 30
23 55
1 00-
2 00
18 00
19 30
20 00
20 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
2 15
2 45
3 15
4 00
Form
O
O
O
0
O
0
c
c
c
0
s
A
c
c
c
A
G
G
O
0
Cs
Cs
Cs
O
C
c
o
o
c
A
Cs
O
O
A
A
A
C
A
A
Cs
Cs
Cs
[3C
A
Ss
C
A
G
G
G
Inten-
sity
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Position
NE-NNW
SE-NE-NW
E-NW
E-Z-W
E-NW
E-Z-W
E-NW
E-N-WNW
E-N-WNW
N
NE
ESE-NW
N
AUskv
NW
NE-Z-NW
Near zenith
Near zenith
ENE-NNW
E-S-W
AUsky
ENE-N
NE
NE-N
NE
E-N-W
ENE-N-NW
ENE-N-NW
ENE-N-NW
ESE-NW '
E-Z-W
E-NW
NE-NW
N-NNE
N.NNE
NW,N,E
E.S-W
E,SE-Z
W
E-S-WSW
E-S-WSW
E-S-WSW
E-S-WSW
Altitude
10
30
15
90
15
90
15
35
15
15
30
0-90
20
90
30-90-30
80-90-80
30
80
0-90
10
0-?
10
15-18
o
7
10
15
90
18
30
30
10,25,15
20
0-90
15
5-70
5-60
5-90
Date
1923
Dec 4
4
4
4
4
4
L.M.T.
h
4
2
2
3
3
3
m
30
18 25
19 15-
19 35
20 00
21 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
2 00
2 30
3 00
3 30
4 00
30-
00
0 10
0 30
1 00
1 30
00
30
00
30
40
4 00
4 30
5 00
5 30
6 00
22 15
22 35
23 30
23 40
23 50
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30-
2 00
2 20-
3 00
4 00
0 30
00
00
30
4 10
30
00
22 00
Form
G
2A
A
C
Cs
3C
2C
Ss
Cs
Ss
A
Cs
Cs
Ss
Cs
Ss
A
A
A
O
O
A
A
O
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
Cs
Cs
C
G
2C
G
C
G
G
G
Cs
G
G
O
A
As
As,C
Cs
Ss
C
Ss
G
O
A
O
G
C
C
G
O
A
Cs
Inten-
sity
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Position
F
ENE-N-WNW
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
SE-W.SE-N
NE-Z-SW
ENE-N
NE-NW '
E
ESE-NW
All sky
E.S
E.S
N,E,S
E,S
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
SSE
E-Z-W
SSE
N sky
N sky
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
WNW-Z
E-Z-W
E-S-WNW
All sky
All sky
All sky
NE-NW
S sky
N,E
Around horizon
NE-NW
Ssky
E-SE
N sky
WNW-N
Z
N sky
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-W
E-Z
E-NW
E-NW-W
All sky
All sky
ENE-NNW
E-NW
N
NNE-W
All sky
Altitude
10,30
90
90
30
60,90,60
10,18
0-90
15-30
45
15
30
60
30
60
90
90
5
90
5
20
30
90
90
70
90
70
0-90
0-90
0-90
10
10-80
15-20
15
20
10
35
90
70-90-70
70-90-70
0-90
0-90
30
N
E-N
75
30
30
0-90
20
10
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1928 to March 1924 — Continued
481
Date
L.M.T.
1928
Dec S
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
1]
11
11
1]
1]
11
1]
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
4 00-
6 00
23 00
0 20
1 00
30
00
2 30-
3 30
8 00
20 00
22 00
22 35
23 00
23 30
23 55
0 30
00
30
00
2 30
00
30
4 00
4 30
5 00
5 30
6 00
6 30
7 00
7 30
8 00
16 00
18 00-
20 00
21 15
22 00
22 30-
23 00
0 00
0 30
00
30
Form
O
Cs
G
G
C
O
Cs
C
c
c
G
G
A
Cs , Co
Cs
Cs
G
C
Ci
c
c
c
c
Cok
G
2C
G
G
G
A
C
G
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
G
A
G
A
G
A
G
G
A
O
A
C
2A
C,Ss
C,Ss
A
C
G
Cs
A
A
Inten-
sity
3
4
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
Q
Position
N,E
SE-Z
Z
ENE-N
N
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-S-W
All sky
N sky
N
ESE-S-W
E-W
NE-NNW
Z
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NNW
NNE-Z-NNW
SE-Z-NW
All sky
All sky
ENE-NW
E,S,W
Eskv
E-S
E-S-W
NE
Nsky
E,W
ENE-Z-WSW
E-S-SW
ENE-Z-WSW
E-S-SW
ENE-Z-WSW
E-S-SW
N sky
ENE-Z-WSW
N sky
ENE-Z-WSW
N sky
ENE-Z-WSW
N sky
All sky
E-Z-W
NE-W
NE
E-NW
E.NW-Z
E.NW-Z
SE-S-SW
NE-NW
W
SE
ESE-Z-NW
ESE-Z-NW
Altitude
15
0-90
90
10
35
90
90
80
0-90
90
28
20-25
20
20
20
35
90
90
10
30
20
60-70
10
90
10
90
10
90
10
60-70
90
90
0-90
90
60
20,45
0-90
0-90
30
15
Low
90
90
Date
1923
Dec 12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
L.M.T.
h in
2 00
4 00-
6 00
18 00
20 00
22 00
22 30-
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 45
2 05
2 30
3 00
3
4
30
55
30
00
30
00
6 30
7 00
23 00
0 00
0 30
00
30
2 00
2 30-
30
30
5 00
5 30
6 00
6 30
7 00
20 00
22 00
23 00
23 30
0 00
2 30
3 00
3 30
4 00
22 00
22 30-
23 30
0 00-
2 00
3 00
3 30-
6 00
19 00-
23 30
0 00
0 35
Form
A
O
A
A
( C
c
Cs
\ G
G
{ Cs
A
G
Cs
(A
I G
G
C
G
A
G
A
G
G
G
C
G
C
o
G
O
Ss
G
G
G
G
G
C
G
/ c
\G
G
A
A
G
A
C
O
O
A
O
o
A
A
Inten-
sity
Position
E-S-W
N
SE-NW
E-NW
ESE-SSE
NE-NW
E.Sskv
N,Eskv
NE-W
SE-S-WSW
E,Z
E.N.Z
E-S-W
N skv
Nsky
W
N sky
E-W
N sky
E-S-W
All sky
Z
All sky
NE-WNW
S.Esky
NE-WNW
E
W
Ssky
Ssky
Ssky
All sky
Ssky
E-NNW
Sskv
NE
Z
Z.Ssky
E-S-W
E-S-W
NE
E-S-W
E
ENE-NW
E-N-W
N
Altitude
60
45
30
25
25
15
0-90
20
20
0-90
0-90
60
25
25
25
25
20
60
20
' Lower rim violet.
k Radiation-point: 8 =67°, a =6h 00n
482
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1923 to March 1924 — Continued
Date
1923
Dec 18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
23
23
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
1924
Jan 1
1
L.M.T.
m
00
20
00
30
00
30-
6 00
18 00-
1 30
2 00
2 30
3 00-
4 00
18 00-
22 00
22 30
4 10
4 30
18 00-
24 00
1 00
00
30
00-
00
22 30
1 00
22 00-
24 00
22 00
23 00
0 00-
00
30
00
30-
00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
23 55
0 25
1 oo-l
4 00 /
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
2 30
00
30
50-
6 00
22 00
23 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
Form
O
A
O
0
Cs
C
O
o
A
G
O
C
C
O
O
C
c
o
c
Cs
o
Cs
O
G
A
G
! Cs
\ G
G
C
I G
\ Ss
O
c
S c
\ c
c
' c
c
c
G
c
o
c
o
c
G
Cs
A
Inten-
sity
Position
NNW
ESE-Z-WNW
NW
E-N-W
NE
E-Z-W
NW
E
NNE
W,NW
SE.W.SW
E,W
ENE
E-Z-W
N sky
SW
E
ENE-N-W
W
NE
SE-Z-NW
SE-NW
NE-NW
E-N-W
N E-Z-W
s-w
s,w
All sky
NNW
E-NNW
E
All sky
W,NW
W,NW
NE-NNW
Altitude
85,90,85
80
70
40
90
45
30
15
10-15
10-25
90
35
40
90
75
30
35
90
15
60
15
15
30
Date
1924
Jan
3
20
00
3
22
00
3
22
30
3
23
10
L.M.T.
3
4
m
00
30
00
30
00
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 30
1 10-
2 30
3 00
30
30
5 00
5 30
17 00
18 00
23 50
00
15
22 00-
24 00
0 30
00
30
00
30
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00
2 35
00
30
55
15
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 30
00
30
2 00
2 30
00
00
4 30
Form
O
A
C
A
G
C
Ss
G
G
G
G
Cs
A
A
A
A
C
Cs
G
C
G
Cs
Cs.Co1
C
Cs
As
Cs
A
A
G
O
O
A
/ A-
C
Cs
A
C
A
A
lA
I A
G
G
C
C
A
Cs
G
C
G
C
G
Ss
G
A
A
A
G
Inten-
sity
Position
E-Z-W
E-S-W
E
NE-NW
All skv
E-N-NW
E-N-NW
Near zenith
All sky
S sky
S.Esky
S,E sky
NW
E-N-NW
N
E-N-W
ENE-NNW-W
N E-Z-W
NE-W
All skv
NE-W
Z,Ssky
N,W,E
All sky
W
ESE-Z-WNW
ESE-Z-WNW
NE-N-NW
E-S-NW
E-S-NW
NNE-NW
NE-WNW
NE-WNW
E
E.NW
N-WNW
ENE-NW
ENE-NW
N
E-Z-WNW
NE-WNW
N sky
N sky
NW-NE
N
N
ENE-N
N
N
Z
NE-W
NE-W
NE-W
NE-W
E-NW
S-WNW
E sky
Altitude
90
60
30
33
33
10,30
15
10
60
30
90
30
35
90,60
90,60
10
15
15
20
20
30
20
20
30
20
90
30
60
60
45
10
20,50
25
90
20
0-90
0-90
35
15
1 Radiation-point: 5 = 66°, o = 7h 10"
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
483
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora
Borealis,
September
- 1928 to March 1924-
—Continued
Date
LM.T.
Form
Inten-
Position
Altitude
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
Position
Altitude
sity
sity
1924
h
m
0
1924
h m
0
Jan 7
5
00
U
2
2
S-WNW
Esky
15
Jan 11
11
1 00-1
1 30 J
G
2
Ssky
7
7
5
6
30 1
00 /
G
1
Esky
11
2 00
j As
\ A
3
2
E-S-W
SE-S-SW
90-60
10
7
22
00
A
2
E-Z-WNW
90
11
2 30
/ As
3
ESE-Z-WSW
60-90-60
7
22
30
I A
2
E-Z-WNW
90
\ Ss
3
N sky
\ C
3
NE
11
3 00
A
1
ESE-Z-WNW
90
C
2
NE-SW
35
11
4 00
{%
2
ESE
7
23
00
\ Co
1
Near zenith
2
ESE-Z-WNW
90
0
2
E
11
4 30
Ss
9
ENE-Z
7
23
30
1 A
\ Ss
2
2
ENE-NW
Ssky
20
11
11
5 00-1
6 00 J
G
2
E-S
7
8
8
23
0
1
55
00-\
30 /
G
A
1
1
Nsky
SE-Z-NW
90
11
12
12
22 00
1 30 1
2 00 /
0
C
2
ENE-WSW
8
2
00
C
1
SE-Z-NW
90
12
2 30
Cs
2
S,Wsky
8
8
2
4
30-\
00 /
G,Ss
2
SE-S-NW
45
12
3 00
\ Cs
2
2
E-WSW
W.NW
10
8
8
4
4
15-
30 /
As
2
E-S-W
90-0
12
12
3 30 1
4 00 1
A
2
E-WSW
10
8
8
8
5
5
6
00
30 \
00 /
0
G
12
12
12
6 00-1
7 00 /
8 00
O
G
1
NW
15
2
s-sw
8
22
00
As
2
SE-N-NW
GO
12
22 00-1
8
22
30
G
1
E
12
22 30 /
A
ESE-NW
45
8
8
23
23
00- \
30 /
0
12
12
23 00 \
23 30 /
As
1
ESE-N-NW
60-90
9
0
00
C
1
NE-Z-SW
90
13
0 00
C
2
E-NW
40
9
0
30
C
2
E
20
( A
2
NE-NW
30
9
1
00-\
0
13
0 30
?
2
W
9
00 J
[ G
2
SE-Z
0-90
9
3
00
G
1
E
13
1 00
A
1
NE-NW
30
9
4
00
0
\ Cs
3
E-Z-W
90
9
4
30
G
1
W
13
1 30
2
NW
9
5
00
As
2
E-S-W
90-30
13
2 00
C
2
E-WNW
35
9
9
9
9
9
6
8
20
22
99
00-\
00 /
00
00
30
As
0
A
it
1
E-S-W
90-30
13
13
13
13
13
3 00
4 00 1
4 35 J
5 05
5 35
G
G
O
A
2
2
NW
All sky
2
2
E-S-W
E-S-W
45
45
1
NE-N-WSW
60 ,
2
ENE.N
0-90
13
6 00
G
1
NE
9
23
00
A
2
E-S-W
45
13
.0 30
{ G
1
NE
9
?,3
30
(A
2
E-Z-W
90
I o
1
W
Low
10
0
00
\ A
1
2
2
NE-NW
E-Z-W
NE-NW
20
90
13
13
7 00
22 00-1
o
0
£t
20
14
8 00 j
h
1
ESE-S-WSW
NE-N-W
20
14
15 00—1
0
10
9
00
3
20
14
24 00 j
10
30
G
1
Ssky
S skv
15
2 00 1
0
1
15
2 30 j
10
3
00
0
15
3 00
c
2
WNW
10
3
30
C
S c
2
E-W
NE-NW
40
15
3 30-1
0
10
4
00
1
25
15
6 00 |
I G
1
Ssky
15
16 00-1
0
10
4
30 1
15
20 30 /
10
b
00
15
23 00
A
1
NE-N-WNW
30
10
5
30 ■
G
1
N,E,Z,S
15
23 30
c
1
ENE-N-W
60
10
6
00
16
0 00
C
2
ENE-Z-W
50-90-50
10
8
00 J
16
0 30
G
9
NNE.WNW
10
?,?,
00
< Cs
2
All sky
16
1 00
Ss
1
WNW
\ As
2
All sky
16
1 30
Cs
2
N sky
10
23
00
j Cs
\ As
1 c
2
2
All sky .
All sky
ENE-SW
16
16
2 30
3 00-1
4 00 f
C
O
1
NE-NW
15
11
0
10
3
70
16
\2A
/ c
1
ENE-SW
10,15
16
5 00
C
1
Z
11
0
35
2
W
16
6 00
As
2
E-Z-W
90
\ G
2
484
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1923 to March 1924 — Continued
Date
1924
h
m
Jan 10
G
30
10
7
00
16
8
00
10
18
00
16
20
00
16
22
00
10
22
30
16
23
00
10
23
30
17
17
17
17
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
L.M.T.
0 lit)
0 3D
1 00
1 30-
2 00
0 15
0 45
30
00
35-
00
16 00-
22 00
0 40
1 30
00
30
00-
00
30
22 00
22 10
22 35
23 05
23 35
23 55
0 20
0 55
SO-
SO
00
30
00
22 00-
24 00
4 30
20 00
22 30
23 00
0 00
18 00
20 00
21 00
Form
34
Ss
As
/ As
I G
O
3C
3C
Ss
Qm
c
Con
c
C"
c
Ss
c
A
O
\Ss
Ss
c
c
0
o
c
Ss
c
\ Ss
C
C
o
c
A
f c
Ss
2A
C
C
A
G
C«
C
Ss
c
o
Ss
c
A
O
G
C
A
C
Ss
O
0
Inten-
sity
Position
E,N,W
Z
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
All skv
Altitude
10
90
90
40-90-40
ENE-N-WNW
ENE-N-WNW
N
N
ENE-N-W
Near zenith
NE-NW
40°S-Z-NE
W
o-z
NE-E
NE-WNW
E
Z
NE
NW sky
NW
E-WSW
O-Z
E-WSW
w
w
ENE-Z-WNW
WNW
ENE-Z-WSW
N
N
E-N-W
NW
Z
NE-NW
All sky
All sky
N
wsw
w
ENE-2
NW
E-SW
NE
E-N-NW
E-N-W
E-Z-W
S,E,Z
E-N-NW
25-65
25-65
5-10
8
60
10
90
10
90
Low
15
10
Low
30-90
30
30
90
30
15
90
15
90
15,35
20
40
15
10
0-90
15
30
35
90
30
Date
1924
Jan 27
27
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
1
1
1
1
1
1
Feb
L.M.T.
h m
22 00
23 00
22 00
22 30
23 30
20 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00
2 00
2 15
2 30
3
3
4
5
5
00
30
00
10
30
6 00
18 00
20 00
22 00
0 10
0 35
1 00
1 30
1 55
2 30
3 00
4
4
5
5
6
7
00
30
00
30
00
00
22 00-
23 30
0 00
0 30
00-
00
30
30
4 00
18 00-
20 00
22 00-
24 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
5 30
Form
G
A
G
A
A
A
A
A
G
C
G
G
G
A
A
A
G
G
G
O
c
G
O
Cs,Ss
C
s
A
A
Cs
Cs
( Cs
X G
o
G
Inten-
sity
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
Position
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
N
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-W
E-N-W
NE-N-W
SW.Sskv
NE,NW
All skv
All sky
N,E,Z
SE,N,E,Z
SE
ESE-S-WSW
E-N-W
E-N-W
WNW
E-Z-WNW
NE,W
Around horizon
Z
Z
E-N-W
All sky
E-S-W
NNE
E-S-W
N NE-N-W
E-Z-WNW
E-S-SW
NE-NNW
ESE
N-Z
All sky
E,N,W,S
S
ENE-N-W
E-Z-W
NE-NW
ENE
E-S
E-W
Altitude
ESE-WSW
All sky
N sky
NW
NW
E-Z-W
ENE-N-WNW
NE-WNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
ESE
N sky
90
90
30
90
30
15
30
20
80-45
60
60
30
90
30
35
35
35
90
20
25
0-90
60
90
60
30
50
15
90
20
60
15
15
red.
Lower rim red. " Radiation-point : 5 = 69°, ct = 3h 20m.
r Radiation-point: 8 = 63°, o = 12h 50m.
' Lower rim red. p Intense colors; red, green, and white. q Lower rim
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 485
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1923 to March 1924 — Continued
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
1924
h
m
o
1924
h
m
o
Feb 2
2
22
24
00-1
00 /
0
Feb 7
2
00
A
f A
2
2
E
E-S-SSW
20
4
0
00
A
2
E-W
30
7
2
30
C
2
NE-W
20
4
0
30
A
1
E-W
30
U
2
Z
4
1
00
{S
1
NE
7
3
05
Cs
2
All sky
2
ESE
25
7
3
35
C
2
N
35
4
1
30
A
1
SE
15
7
3
55
A
2
NNE-W
30
4
2
00
Ss
2
W
S As
1
E-S-W
90,30
4
2
30
C
1
ENE-W
7
4
30
G
2
S
30
4
3
00-1
30 /
0
[c
2
WNW
5
4
3
7
o
00
3A
1
E-Z-W
5,90,30
4
4
4
4
4
5
00
30
00
c
/ Cs
\ Ss
A
2
2
ENE-Z-WSW
NE,E
90
7
7
5
6
30 1
00 /
A
1
ENE-N-W
30
2
1
NE,E
E-S
20
7
7
8
18
00
00
O
A
2
E-N-WNW
20
4
4
5
6
30-1
00 /
0
7
21
20
U
2
2
E-N-WNW
E
35
Low
4
22
00-1
Cs
2
E-N
7
22
00
2A
1
N
35
4
23
30 /
7
23
00
2A
1
E-Z-W
90
5
0
00
C
2
E-N
8
0
00
C
3
NNE-WSW
30
5
0
30
C
2
ENE-W
35
8
0
30
Cs
1
All sky
5
1
05
C
1
E-NW
20
8
1
00-1
30 J
O
5
1
35
c
1
E-NW
20
8
1
5
2
00
G
1
E
8
8
2
2
00
30-1
00 /
O
1
E-S-SW
20
5
2
30
\ Ss
2
2
ENE-W
E-Z
30
2
NW
5
3
00
2A
1
E-S-W
90,75
8
3
5
3
30
A
2
ENE-S-W
60
8
3
30
C,Ss
2
E
10
5
4
00
u
2
ENE-S-W
60
8
4
00
/ C
1
SE-N
30
2
ENE
15
\ Ss
2
ENE
Low
5
5
00
As
1
E-Z-W
70-90-30
f A
2
E-S-W
15
5
5
30
G,Co>
2
All sky
8
4
30
A
1
E-Z-W
90
5
6
00
G,Co
1
Z
G
2
S sky
5
18
00-1
00 /
o
{ Ss
2
E
5
20
8
5
00
A
2
E-S-W
15
5
22
00
A
2
E-N-WNW
60
f A
1
E-S-W
15
5
5
22
24
30-1
00 /
Cs.Ss*
2
All sky
8
6
00
\i
1
1
E-Z-W
Ssky
90
r c
2
ENE-N-W
15
8
23
00
S
2
ENE
6
0
30
i c
2
E-Z-W
90
8
23
30
A
1
E-Z-W
90
I A
2
SE-S-W
30
9
0
00
C
2
NE-W
40-90
6
1
00
/ c
\ A
2
2
ENE-S-W
SE-S-W
60
30
9
9
22
23
oo-i
00 /
C
2
ENE-WNW
6
1
30
Cs
2
N.NE
9
23
30
Cs
2
ENE-WNW
30
6
2
00
G
2
S sky
10
0
30
Cs
2
NE-W
6
9
45
{S
2
Z-E-Z
20-90
10
1
00
Cs
2
NE-W
20-30
2
ESE-S-SW
10
10
1
30
2A
2
/ENE-NW
\ENE-Z-W,60°
30
6
4
00
G
2
All sky
90
6
4
15
\ Ss
2
2
Ssky
E-Z
12
10
2
00
u
2
2
E
S.Wsky
10
6
4
55
\G
2
Ssky
10
3
00
c
1
N
30
\ Ss
2
E-Z
10
4
00
c
1
NW
25
6
5
30
G
1
Ssky
25-90
10
6
00
A
2
E-W
60-90
6
6
00
As
1
E-Z-W
15-90-40
14
2
45
C
2
SE-Z-NW
90
6
6
8
18
00
00
0
A
14
4
00
I G
2
2
N
All sky
40
2
E-N-WNW
15
6
6
6
20
22
22
00
00
30
0
\ Cs
c
14
14
4
5
30-1
30 /
O
2
E-S-W
35
2
E-NE
E-Z-N-WSW
15
14
18
00 — 1
O
2
14
23
30 /
6
23
00
c
1
E-Z-N-WSW
15
0
00
A
1
E-N-WNW
30
6
23
30
lA
2
E-S-W
40
15
1
15
Cs
1
NW
\ G
1
N sky
15
2
00
C
2
N
45
7
0
00
\c
\2A
2
E-S-WSW
NE-N-NW
30
15
2
30-1
00 /
O
2
15,30
15
6
7
1
00
A
2
N
15
18
1
00
Cs
1
E
15
' Bands of bright spots, arranged in circles; from the bands go streamers, forming a corona with radiation-point: 5 ■■
1 Very variable ; the curtains occasionally form concentric circles with center near Polaris.
63°, a = 13h 10™.
486 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1923 to March 1924 — Continued
Date
L.M.T.
192 %
Feb 18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
m
30
22 30-
23 00
23 30
0 00-
6 00
18 00-
20 00
22 00
0 00
0
30
1
30
2
00
2
30
4
00
18 00-
20 00
23 05
23 35
0 00-
0 30
0 40-
0 50
1 30
2 00
2 30
3 00
3 30-
4 00
18 00-
20 30
22 00
22 30-
24 00
0 30
0 50-
2 00
23 00
23 30
0 00
22 00
0 35
1 30
2 00
20 00
20 40
22 00
22 45-
22 55
23 30
0 00
18 00
21 35
21 40
21 55
Form
O
C
c
o
o
A
Ss
A
I A
O
/ Ss
I c
o
o
G
G
C
G
C
C
C
G
A
G
A
Ss
Ss.C
O
c
o
c
o
c
c
c
G
C
G
c
s
o
o
A
/ Cu
I A
c
A
C
O
O
c
c
A
C
A
Ss
Inten-
sity
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
9
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
Position
E-N-W
NW
ENE-W
W
ENE-W
E Z-W
NE
NNW
NE-Z-W
N sky
NE-N
NNW
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
ENE-W
S
E-S-W
E.Nskv
E-S-SW
wsw
All sky
ESE-Z
W
E-Z-W
Z
E-N-W
Z.SW
NE-Z-SW
Z
z
E,W
E-Z-W
N
E-Z-W
NE-N-WNW
E-Z-W
E-N-WNW
ENE-W
ENE-W
E-Z-W
ENE-W
E-Z-W
E
Altitude
45
Low
30
30
90
15
90
15
10
90
90
30
0-20
15
15
0,90
15
90
25
90
90
0-20
90
15
90
10
20
20
90
20
90
Date
1924
Feb 25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
Mar
L.M.T.
00
30
h m
22 00-
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
1
1
2 00
2 30
3 00
3 30
4 00
18 30
20 00
2 15
3 00
3 30-
4 00
18 00-
20 00
22 00
23 00
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 35
2 00
Form
30
00
35
00
30
00
3
3
4
4
5
18 00
20 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
1 00
30
00
30
15
00
00
1
2
2
3
4
5
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
18 00-
24 00
2 00
30
00-
00
O
C
G
G
O
G
O
A
As
O
G
O
C
c
A
As
O
O
A
G
C
G
C
G
G
A
C
A
A
G
O
O
Ss
c
c
c
G
A
C
O
A
O
c
G
C
c
c
A
A
C
O
O
A
G
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-NW
NNE
Z.Wsky
E
E-N-W
E-S-W
SSE
Altitude
30
60
30
30,45
30
SE-NW
ENE-NNE-NW
E-S-W
E-S-W
N
N
ESE-N-W
N
All sky
Z
E-S-SW
ENE-N-W
E-S-W
E-S-W
S.Wsky
ESE
NE-NW
NE-NW
NNE-NW
N sky
N
N
ENE-N-WNW
NE-NW
NNW
ENE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-N-NW
NE-N-NW
N
NNE-SW
40
30
90-30
50
15
15
70
30
30-60
30-60
10
30
30
10
30
30
45
30
30
15
15
45
25
" The curtains are forming concentric ellipses with an horizontal extension of 90°
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
487
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1928 to March 1924 — Continued
Date
1924
Mar 2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
L.M.T.
h m
23 00
0 30-
00
30
00
30
00
3 30
4 00
19 30-
19 55
21 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00
2 00
2 30
3 00
3 30-
4 00
4 15
4 35
22 00
0 00-
2 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
20
25
20
45
22
00
22
30
23
00
23
30
0 00
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
2 30
3 00
3 30
4 00
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 45
Form
C
C
A
C
A
O
C
A
Cs
C
Ss
A
Cs
A
C
A
Cow
C
C
C
A
Cs
A
Cs
o ■
I C
\ G
O
G
O
A
C
A
C
A
C
A
Cs
I G
A
As
3A
Cs
C
C
C
c
2C
C
( Cs
\ G
G
Cs
O
C
c
c
Co*,C
Inten-
sity
Position
N
N sky
N
E-S-W
NW
E-S-W
E-S-W
NNE-Z-W
NNE-N-W
E-N-WNW
NE.NW-Z
SE-S-W
E-W
S
E-WNW
S
All sky
N
Around horizon
N
E-S-W
NE-NW
E-S-W
NW
NNW
s-sw
N
NNE-WNW
NE-N-NW
E-S-SW
NE-Z-NW
E-S-SW
NE-N-NW
E-S-SW
N,NW
S sky,NE-Z
E-N-W
E-W
E-W
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
E-S-W
E-Z-W
ENE-N-WNW
ENE-N-WNW
N skv
NE-Z-NW
S sky
S sky
NE
ENE-N-WSW
ENE-N-WSW
All sky
Altitude
45
15
15
50
90
20
0,90
7
60,90,45
65,90,60
7
15
15
15
20-30
15
10
15
30
20
90
20
45
20
70
30-90
60-90
60-90-80
90
60
90
40
30,40
15-30
Date
1924
Mar 9
9
0
55
9
l
30
!•
2
00
;»
21
00
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
L.M.T.
h m
0 30
22 00
22 30
23 00
23 30
0 00
1 00
2 00
2 45
3 15
00
10
30
21 00
22 00
23 15
0 05
0 30
00
30
00
30
00
30
22 00-
22 25
23 00-
23 20
23 45-
23 55
23 50-
23 52
0 12
0 30
0 50
2 30
3 00
22 00
22 30
0 30-
1 00
1 30
2 00
3 00
22 00-
23 30
0 00
2 05
2 35
3 15
20 30
21 30
0 05
Form
Cs
Cs,Co
Cs
Cs
O
A
Ss
A
A
G
A
G
C
G
G
C
G
O
G
O
C
G
C
G
C
C
A
C
A
G
C
Ss
o
Co»,Cs
Cs.Ss
Cs,Co*
Cs.Co
Cs,Ss
Cs
Cs,Ss
o
C
Cs
Cs
G
C
Ss
Cs
Cs
o
o
A
Ss
o
o
o
c
Inten-
sity
Position
S.Wsky
All sky
E-S-W
N,NW
NE-NW
E
NE-NW
N E-N-W
ENE-Z-W
N
ENE-Z-W
N
E-Z-W
All sky
Ssky
ENE-N-WNW
Ssky
E-Z
E-S-W
N sky
NE-Z
All sky
N
ENE-Z-W
S
ENE-N-WNW
S
Ssky
E-Z-W
WNW
E-WNW
All sky
All sky
All sky
All sky
All sky
W
All sky
E-Z-W
NE-N-NW
Z.Ssky
NE-N-NW
S.Esky
NE-Z
NW,N
EN E-N-W
E,N,NW-Z
E
Altitude
60
10
15
30
90
10
90
10
90
25
0-90
30
Low
Low
60
60
10-90
90
90
90
15
15
60
Low
* Forming closed circles with center 45° above N horizon. w Radiation-point: 5 = 67°, a = 9h 50m; lower rim of curtains red. x Radia
tion-point: d = 65°, a = 10b 30m; streamers of bright green color. " Radiation-point: S =66°, a = 10h 15m; curtains of strong red or green color
2 Radiation-point: 8 = 68°, a =llh 00"".
488 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 66 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1923 to March 1924 — Concluded
Date
L.M.T.
1924
Mar 15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
19
19
h m
0 30
00
30
00
00
21 00
22 00
22 30
23 10
23 55
0 30
00
30-
00
22 00-
30
00
00
22 00-
24 00
22 00
22 30
Form
O
Ss
O
o
3A
A
A
G
c
o
o
Cs
Cs.Ss
o
A
A
Inten-
sity
Position
E
E-Z-W
E-NNE-NW
E-Z-WN
E-NNE-NW
S
N
NE-NW
ssw-w
z
E-Z-W
E-Z-W
Altitude
90
50
30-90
50
10
30
15
90
90
Date
1924
Mar 19
19
20
21
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
27
28
28
28
28
28
29
31
31
L.M.T.
h m
23 00
23 40
0 00
23 00
0 00
0 10
0 30-
4 00
22 40
23 10
0 30
23 30-
24 00
23 30
0 00
0 30
00
30
00
21 45
0 30
20 00
Form
C
Coaa,Cs
c
o
A
Cs
G
C
O
C
Cs
C
G
O
A
C
G
G
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
E
Wsky
ENE-Z-W
Z.Wsky
NE-NW
E-S-W
NE-N-W
Z
N
ENE-WNW
E-S-W
NNW
E,Z
E-Z-W
ENE-NW
Z
Z
aa Radiation-point: 5 = 65°, a = ll* 45m. M Lower rim red.
north and souttTof zenith, the altitude to the left refers to those north of zenith and
the altitude to the right to those south of zenith. Occasionally the following notation
is found: Cs, 2, E-W 30°, 90°, meaning curtains of moderate brightness from east
horizon to 30° above west horizon, passing through zenith. The abbreviations for the
position of streamers or corona follow the same general plan.
The remarks give information about conspicuous coloring and movement, the oc-
currence of unusual forms, and, when the radiation-point of a corona was observed, the
coordinates of this point by means of the^declination, 8, and the right ascension, a, the
latter expressed in hours and minutes.' &
Tables 65, 67, and 69 contain the results of the observations of cloudiness, which are
necessary because notes regarding absence of aurora were not always entered on clear
nights. The amount of cloudiness is given on a scale 0 to 10 omitting, however, indica-
tions regarding density of clouds. During the first winter the amount of cloudiness was
recorded every fourth hour and, later, every second hour.
These tables also contain the results of the astronomical observations for geographi-
cal position in the form of observed latitudes and longitudes at stated local mean hours.
By means of these data the positions can be found for the observations entered in the
preceding auroral tables.
Discussion
(1) auroral character-number
For some of the following investigations it will be of advantage to introduce an
auroral character-number to serve as a measure of the intensity and duration of an
auroral display during a night. For this purpose only the observations between 22h and
6h were used, because these are systematic, while observations before 22h and after 6h
frequently are lacking. Furthermore, the character-number is defined for clear nights
only, that is, nights on which the amount of cloudiness has not exceeded 4 at the hours
of observation, thus insuring that the character-number will not be influenced by the
10
15,90
90
90,60
20
40
20
15
90
80
30
90
45
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 489
Table 67 — Cloudiness on Scale 0 to 10 and Geographic Position September 1928 to March 1924
Date
Local mean
time
in hours
Observed geographic position
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
L.M.T.
Lat. north
Long, east
19 28
Sep 26
27
28
29
30
Oct 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Nov 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
10
9
4
10
3
3
10
10
10
4
10
10
10
10
6
0
10
0
10
10
10
10
10
4
10
10
3
10
9
10
10
10
10
0
10
10
1
10
10
0
4
4
0
10
10
10
10
0
10
0
0
10
4
0
0
10
4
10
10
10
10
1
9
10
10
10
2
10
10
2
10
3
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
10
0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0
10
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0
10
10
3
3
0
0
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
10
2
0
1
3
6
10
3
9
10
2
9
10
10
10
4
10
10
4
10
6
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
6
2
10
10
9
2
10
10
10
1
10
10
0
10
10
0
10
10
0
1
0
10
0
3
10
0
0
0
2
10
10
9
3
10
1
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
10
9
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
8
10
10
10
10
4
9
10
10
2
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
10
0
10
1
0
10
10
1
10
10
4
2
10
1
10
1
10
1
3
0
2
10
10
1
0
10
3
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
8
1
10
10
10
6
10
9
10
9
8
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
2
10
10
10
10
10
6
10
10
10
1
10
9
2
4
10
1
10
7
9
3
10
10
10
3
10
0
5
1
3
10
10
4
0
3
2
9
10
10
8
10
10
10
10
10
4
2
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
2
8
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
4
10
10
10
10
10
5
10
1
10
0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
5
10
0
3
3
3
3
10
10
3
4
2
10
10
10
4
3
9
8
10
10
2
10
10
10
10
2
9
5
9
1
10
10
10
10
1
7
6
10
10
7
9
10
10
10
10
5
10
5
10
0
1
10
4
10
10
10
10
7
8
4
10
10
4
7
10
0
0
0
2
9
9
9
0
3
2
10
10
10
2
4
9
5
10
10
3
2
10
10
10
2
3
3
10
1
10
10
10
10
2
6
0
10
10
9
9
10
10
10
10
6
10
8
10
0
10
3
5
10
10
10
10
8
6
3
10
10
5
8
10
0
0
0
3
1
10
1
0
0
3
10
10
9
9
3
9
5
10
10
3
3
10
10
10
10
4
6
10
0
10
10
10
10
3
3
7
10
10
9
9
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
0
10
2
10
6
10
2
10
0
8
4
10
10
2
6
5
3
0
0
3
10
10
9
8
0
1
10
10
10
10
10
8
7-
10
10
8
10
10
10
10
10
5
1
10
0
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
10
2
10
10
2
0
1
0
5
3
0
1
10
10
10
3
10
1
0
5
10
7
0
0
4
10
10
9
10
0
1
10
10
2
6
4
2
3
10
10
4
10
10
10
10
10
3
0
10
2
10
10
10
10
10
7
10
10
10
10
4
10
10
9
10
2
10
10
1
0
3
0
4
6
0
0
10
3
2
0
10
0
0
10
10
0
0
0
4
10
4
8
10
0
3
10
10
2
7
6
3
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
8
10
1
10
10
1
1
10
0
10
7
0
10
10
10
1
0
10
0
0
7
10
0
0
2
5
9
3
9
10
0
5
10
10
h
o /
0 /
16
75 13.5
163 55
12
74 58.3
12
74 49.2
21
74 37.5
165 40
18
74 50.1
165 42
18
75 04.9
162 55
17
17
74 53.7
74 48.9
162 10
162 23
19
74 58.2
161 15
18
75 01.4
161 48
18
75 03 . 1
161 40
18
75 02.2
161 46
17
75 11.0
160 13
9
75 16.8
159 16
16
75 14.8
159 11
9
75 14.8
159 31
16
75 11.6
; 159 42
1
490 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 67 — Cloudiness on Scale 0 to 10 and Geographic Position September 1923 to March 1924 — Continued
Date
Local mean time i
n hours
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
10
0
8
0
3
10
4
2
1
1
2
10
3
10
9
2
2
0
2
2
2
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
10
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
2
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
4
4
2
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
1
1
1
3
3
2
3
0
0
4
3
5
2
3
3
3
0
1
1
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
2
2
5
3
5
2
0
0
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
0
2
4
0
1
1
3
5
10
3
0
0
0
2
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
4
1
0
0
0
5
3
3
9
10
10
10
10
10
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
0
0
2
5
8
4
2
2
1
2
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
2
0
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
0
0
6
3
0
0
0
0
2
1
1
2
4
7
10
10
0
3
10
10
10
7
3
1
1
1
3
9
3
9
10
10
10
9
8
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
7
10
10
10
2
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
8
8
6
9
10
10
7
10
9
0
2
2
1
1
1
0
2
1
2
7
8
2
2
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
0
0
3
10
10
10
10
0
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
3
1
0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
3
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
• 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
7
10
3
10
10
2
3
2
0
0
0
0
2
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
1
0
2
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
2
5
4
8
9
9
2
1
1
2
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
6
5
7
6
5
0
0
0
1
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
4
3
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
4
5
.4
6
6
7
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
3
2
1
1
2
4
5
5
10
10
10
8
8
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
8
10
10
10
9
2
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
8
10
10
10
8
4
6
8
10
10
10
2
2
1
0
0
1
10 j
6
4
3
2
1
2
6
7
Observed geographic position
L.M.T.
Lat. north
Long, east
1928
Nov 29
30
Dec 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1924
Jan 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
9
9
15
15
15
13
13
12
16
15
12
10
9
9
15
18
9
15
15
15
9
18
75 08 . 2
159 39
75 13 . 5
159 14
75 15.7
75 15.2
158 59
158 57
75 13.3
159 02
75 12.9
75 12.3
159 02
159 01
75 14.0
158 46
75 18.7
75 18.1
158 29
158 38
75 21.9
158 00
75 23 . 0
158 03
74 56 . 0
74 54 0
158 07
158 47
74 56 . 1
74 57 . 6
74 57 . 0
158 42
158 46
158 22
75 08 . 4
157 30
75 09 . 5
75 09 . 6
157 23
157 20
75 09 . 5
157 21
75 16.0
156 46
75 17.7
75 18.9
156 28
156 22
75 15.6
75 13.0
156 30
156 36
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 491
Table 67 — Cloudiness on Scale 0 to 10 aivd. Geographic Position September 1923 to March 1924 — Concluded
Local mean
lime
in hours
Observed geographic position
Date
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
L.M.T.
Lat. north
Long, east
19U
h
O 1
o
/
Jan 31
0
0
1
0
0
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
9
75 12.7
156
32
Feb 1
2
2
0
3
0
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
0
4
0
5
0
2
0
0
9
75 12.7
156
45
3
4
0
2
5
3
3
1
2
0
1
6
1
1
1
2
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
18
75 12.0
156
57
5
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
18
75 10.5
157
38
7
8
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
18
75 11.1
157
39
9
10
11
12
13
0
0
10
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
10
0
10
7
10
2
0
10
9
10
1
0
10
10
10
1
1
10
10
10
1
2
10
10
10
1
6
10
10
8
0
10
10
10
6
0
10
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
10
18
75 11.0
159
00
14
15
10
0
10
0
3
0
6
0
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
10
18
75 11.3
158
59
1G
17
18
19
7
6
0
0
3
4
4
3
2
10
5
0
10
10
10
2
10
10
10
•>
10
8
10
*>
10
5
10
10
2
10
*>
10
4
10
•>
10
6
3
1
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
18
75 04.8
159
01
20
21
22
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
3
1
0
2
1
0
2
1
1
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
18
75 06 9
159
00
23
24
25
2
10
3
7
7
7
4
8
0
6
5
0
5
1
1
4
1
2
8
0
3
4
1
2
5
0
2
6
0
8
7
0
2
8
0
2
20
75 03.7
159
22
26
27
1
10
4
3
0
4
6
8
8
9
10
10
10
3
6
5
1
1
1
2
1
0
10
0
20
75 05 . 9
159
39
28
29
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
1
10
1
5
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
3
0
0
0
20
75 05,1
159
28
Mar 1
2
3
1
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
0
5
3
1
6
7
0
9
6
1
10
4
1
2
5
1
1
4
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
20
75 06.1
159
27
4
5
6
7
0
10
0
10
0
4
10
10
0
10
8
10
0
10
10
8
1
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
5
3
10
10
5
3
10
1
3
3
10
3
20
75 03.7
159
01
8
9
10
7
0
0
2
0
4
2
1
2
1
0
7
1
0
3
0
0
9
0
0
8
0
0
5
0
0
4
0
1
2
0
1
0
0
1
0
20
75 12.3
158
47
11
12
0
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
20
°75 11.4
158
37
13
14
1
0
0
0
2
1
0
7
2
9
2
2
9
0
1
0
2
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
20
75 11.5
158
38
15
16
17
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
2
1
0
3
4
0
4
5
0
3
5
0
4
5
1
4
4
1
6
2
1
10
1
1
6
2
0
10
3
12
75 11.3
15
75 12.6
158
45
18
19
2
6
4
6
8
4
7
3
1
3
2
5
2
2
6
1
4
1
5
1
5
1
8
0
15
75 15.6
158
35
20
21
22
0
10
0
3
10
0
10
10
1
10
10
1
10
3
0
10
2
0
10
1
0
9
1
0
9
1
0
10
1
0
10
1
0
10
0
0
15
75 15.4
158
16
23
24
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
7
0
10
0
10
0
8
16
75 18.0
158
04
25
26
3
2
10
3
10
1
10
1
10
1
10
0
8
1
0
2
5
5
8
2
10
5
4
8
16
75 16.7
158
15
27
28
4
1
6
3
2
1
2
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
16
75 16.8
158
05
29
30
31
1
0
1
1
0
2
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
2
16
75 17.4
158
01
a At 12t. the latitude was 75° 11 '. 6.
492
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 68 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1924 to April 1925
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
1924
Sep 29
29
30
30
30
Oct 4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
12
12
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
29
29
30
30
30
30
h
22
24
0
1
2
20
22
24
1
2
2
20
21
22
20
22
0
2
3
4
0
1
1
2
3
4
4
20
22
0
1
4
19
23
0
2
18
20
22
0
2
2
3
4
5
6
20
21
22
0
0
1
1
2
3
4
4
20
22
0
1
2
2
m
00-1
00 /
35
00
30
00
00
00
00
00
30
00
30 1
00 /
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
30
00
00
00
45
00-1
00 J
40
30-1
00 /
00- \
00 /
00-\
00 /
00
00
00
00-1
00 /
20
00
00
00
00
00
15
00
15
40
00
30
00
00
00
30
45 \
00 J
00
00
00
30
0
Co",Cs
G
0
0
A
As
\ Cs,Ss
As
G
0
C
0
G
A
A
0
G
C,Ss
c
C.Ss
{Ao
c
0
0
A
0
0
0
As
{S
A
A
G
0
A
A
0
4A
As,Cs
A
G
G
G
A
A
A
A,Cs
0
0
A
A
A
A
o
1924
Oct 30
30
31
31
Nov 1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
14
14
14
15
15
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
h m
3 15-1
6 00 j
20 00
22 00
0 00
1 00
2 00
16 00-1
20 00 /
22 00
18 00-1
21 00 /
21 30
22 00
22 40 1
23 00 /
0 00
0 40
1 00
1 40
2 00
3 00
4 00
1 00 1
2 00 /
20 00 1
21 00 J
22 00
0 00 1
1 00 /
1 30-\
4 00 /
18 20
2 45
22 00
0 00-1
2 00 /
21 00-1
2 00 /
0 00
1 00-1
2 00 /
0 20-1
1 00 /
21 00
22 00
0 10
1 00
1 30-1
2 00 J
3 00-1
4 00 |
18 00
18 30
20 00
21 00
22 00
0 00 1
1 00 /
2 00
18 00-1
20 00 /
21 00 1
22 00 j
0
0
A
G
G
G
0
A
0
A
A
C
A
A
U
0
A
A
2A
G
0
A
A
0
A
0
0
0
0
c
0
0
A
A
{i
G
G
A
0
A
0
A
C
A
0
0
A
o
2
1
E-S-W
Ssky
70-30
1
1
2
1
NE-NW
NE
NE
NE-N
10
10
10
10
2
1
1
2
1
1
ENE-NW
E-NW
E-Z-W
N-W
E-Z-W
N
15
0-90
90
ca30
0-90-0
1
NE-NW
8
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
NNE-NW
NNE-NW
NNE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
WNW
10
12
15
12
12
12
15
2
NE-N-NW
20
2
1
1
1
1
NE-N-NW
WNW
NNE-WNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
ca8
15
8
15
15
1
1
1
1
NNE-NW
NNE-NW
NNE-NW
NE-NW
15
10
10,15
10-20
1
2
2
3
2
2
1
NE-NW
E-W
W
W-Z-E.W-N
E-Z-W
W
W
20
90,10
30
15
90
1
1
NE-NW
NE-NW
10
10
1
N
10
1
NE-NW
15
3
4
2
2
1
1
E-Z-W
E-S-W
E-W
ESE-S-W
E-Z-W
NNW
30-90-45
70
30-90
60
90
3
NE-N-NW
30
1
1
2
3
2
2
1
1
SE-N-NW
NE-NW
E-S-W
NW
ENE-NE
All sky
E sky
Ssky
8
10
40
30
1
1
N-WNW
NE-WNW
25
30
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
E-Z-W
E-W
E-WNW
All sky
All sky
N-NW
N
N
E-WNW
E-NW
15-90-70
15-90
20,90
30
15
20-30
1
NE-NNW
7
2
2
1
NE-NNW
NE-NNW
NE-NNW
8
12
15
2
1
1
1
ENE-NW
ENE-NW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
8
12
20
20
1
NE-NNW
10
° Radiation-point: 5 = 58°, o = 0h 37111.
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 493
Table 68 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1924 to April 1925 — Continued
Date
1924
Nov 22
22
22
22
22
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
27
27
27
29
29
30
30
30
30
Dec
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
L.M.T.
h m
0 00
3
4
5
6
00
00
00
00
22 00
0 00-
00
00-
00
18 00
20 00
22 00
0 10
1 00
1 30
2 00
00
00
30
00
30
55
00
00
18 00-
20 00
22 00
20 00-
22 00
0 30
00-
00
20 00-
21 00
0 00
18 00-
21 00
22 00
0 00-
20 00
22 00
0 00
00
00
00-
6 00
0 10-
00
00
00
Form
A
A
A
A
A
A
O
0
A
A
A
C
G
A
G
A
Ss
A
Co
C
Coh
Co
G,Cs
Cs
Cs
Co"
A
C
Ss
0
A
O
A
A
A
G
O
A
A
A
A
O
G
G
O
O
A
A
A
A
0
0
A
A
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-NW
N
NE-NW
NE-WNW
NE-WNW
NE-N
NE-NW
NNE-NW
ENE-NNW
E-W
N
All sky
E-W
N
E-W
NNE.NW.Z
E-W
N-Z
N
N-Z
N-Z
E.Ssky
E-S
E-S
N-Z
NE-NW
wsw
NW
NE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
ENE-NNW
NE
NE-NNW
NE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NNE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-N
ENE-NNW
Altitude
8
10
15
15
18
10
15
10
15
20
25
20
20
0,90
15
30
0-80
25
45
0-30
10
10
10
15
10
10
15
12
15
15
5
10
10
10
15
9.?.
Date
1924
Dec 5
5
5
6
6
7
7
11
11
13
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
24
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
31
31
31
1925
Jan
L.M.T.
h
4
5
m
00
00-
6 00
18 00-
21 00
00-
00
20 00-
22 00
22 00
18 00-
4 00
18 00-
22 00
0 10
1 00
2 00
5 00
16 00
IS 00
20 00
22 00
0 00
1 00
2 00
00
00
00
4
5
6
16 00-
22 00
2 00
0 10
0 15
1 00-
4 00
18 00-
20 00
22 00
00
00
00
00
00-
00
3
4
5
6
3
4
16 00-
20 00
22 00
23 00
0 00
00
00
00-
6 00
0 15
1 00
18 00-
20 00
22 00
0 00— \
0 30 /
1 00
2 00
4 00
Form
A
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
C
0
A
A
A
A
A
Cs
A
\ Cs
o
c
A
A
A
C
O
A,C
G
A
O
O
G
A
A
G
G
0
O
A
A
A
A
A
G
O
O
A
G
G
A
A
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-NW
ENE-WNW
NE-NW
N
ENE-NW
E-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
NNE
ENE-WNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
N
NE-NW
NE-N
N
E
F
NE-NW
ENE-WNW
NE-N
NE-NNW
NE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
ENE
NNE-NNW
NW
NE-N
NE-N
NE-NW
NE-NW
Altitude
25
10
8
15
8
10
8
15,30
6
15,25
15
35
10
10
10-50
10
30
10
8
10
10
10
10
12
20
15
6
0-20
10
10
15
12
b Radiation-point: 8 =60°, a = 9h 00m.
c Radiation-point: 5 = 53°, a = 9h 30™.
494
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 68 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1924 to April 1925 — Continued
Date
L.M.T.
1925
Jan
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
h m
5 00
6 00
18 00-
20 00
22 00
0 00
1 00
2 00
3 00
00
30
00-
30
00
00
00
00
6 00
7 00
22 00
22 00
0 15
0 30
1 00
1 30
2 00
2 30
3 00-
3 30
2
3
4
5
6
18 00-
20 00
21 00-
22 00
0 00-
2 00
20 00
21 30-
22 00
0 00-
3 00
4 00
4 30
18 00
20 00
22 00
0 00
1 00
2 00
30
30
00
00
00
Form
18
00-\
0
22
00 /
0
1
15-
00 /
G
2
00
A
3
00-\
A
4
00 /
5
00
A
6
00
o
A
A
O
A
O
C
A
A
A
A
O
A
A
0
G
A
A
O
A
A
O
Cs
o
Cs
o
0
o
o
A
0
A
A
A
A
Cs,Ss
2A
2A
Ss
A
A
lA
{ c
A
A
O
2A
O
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-NW
NE-NW
NNE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
S-E-NW
NE-NW
NE-N
NE-NW
NE-NW
N
NE-NW
NE-NW
ENE-NW
ENE-N
Nsky
ENE-WNW
NE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
ENE-Z-WNW
NE-NW
ENE-Z-WNW
NE.NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE.NW
NE-W
NE-W
Altitude
NE-NW
E
NE-WNW
ENE-WNW
ENE-WNW
15
15
20
ca20
10-15
12
15
12
12
10
10
8
20
25
0-90
20
10
10
15
15
10
10
20,90
8,10
50,90
0-40
10
15
25
ca30
20
20
10,20
cal5
15
10
Date
1925
Jan 19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
29
29
29
L.M.T.
h m
18 00-
22 00
0 10
1
o
3
5
15
00
00
00
00-
00
00
18 00
20 00
22 00
0 00-
3 00
00
00
00
00-
00
18 00
22 00
2 00-
00
00-
00
6 30
7 00
8 00
3 00
4 00-
7 00
0 00
0 35
1 15
00
00
00
00-
00
00
00
22 00-
24 00
00
00
00-
00
18 00-
20 00
21 00
22 00-
00
30
00
10
3 00
4 00
5 00
18 00-
0 00
1 00
2 00
Form
0
A
Cod,Cs
Co,Cs
G
G
G
Coc,Cs
A
A
G
O
G
G
A
O
A
A
A
O
A
G
A
O
A
O
C
Cs
A
C
Cs
Cs
Cs
o
A
A
G
A
G
O
0
A
O
C
C
A
A
G
G
O
O
A
A
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-NW
All sky
All sky
All sky
All sky
All sky
N sky
NE-NW
NE-NW
NNE
All sky
N
NE-NW
NE-N-NW
SE-S-SW
NE-NW
NE-NW
W
w
NNE-W
E-NNW
E-W
ENE-N
NE
NE-W
N sky
N sky
NE-NW
NE-NW
E-NW
E-NW
E-N
NE-NW
NE-N
NE-N
NE-NW
NE-NW
N sky
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
Altitude
10
0,90
0,90
0,90
0.90
0.90
10
10
ca5-12
10
15
10
30
10
15
10
25
ca60
40
15
20-50
15-60
20-40
10
10
5
20
15
12
7
10-70
5-60
15
30
''Radiation-point: 5=64°, a = 9h 40ra.
Radiation-point: 5 = 71°, » = 15h 20m.
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
495
Table 68 — Observations of Aurora Borealis, September 1924 to April 1925 — Continued
Date
1925
Jan 29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
1
1
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
Feb
8
8
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
L.M.T.
m
00
00
00
6 00
7 00
18 00-
21 00
22 00-
24 00
00
00
00
00
00
30
00
00
00
18 00-
6 00
18 00-
24 00
0 00-
6 00
18 00-
2 00
18 00-
4 00
18 00-
24 00
5 00
18 00
2 00
3 00
4 00
5 00-
6 00
18 00-
4 00
18 00-
2 00
00-
00
18 00-
23 00
0 00
00
50
00-
00
00
00-
00
18 00-
21 00
22 00-
24 00
1 00
2 00
30
15
00
00
6 00
Form
A
A
O
G
O
O
C
G
A
A
O
o
A
O
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
c
c
o
A
o
o
o
o
c
o
c
o
24
o
o
c
A
6
C
\G
G
A
A
G
Inten-
sity
Position
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-N
E-NNW •
ENE-NW
N
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-W
NE-NW
N-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
E-N
E-W
N
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
N
N sky
NE-NNW
NE-NW
ENE-NW
NNW
Altitude
15
15
18
15
12
28
30
30
20
20
80
40, 90
15
20
10
10-60
10
0-90
25
15
10
10
Date
1925
Feb 17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
20
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
L.M.T.
h m
18 00-
21 00
21 40
22 00
23 00
0 00
1 00
2 00
3 00
4 00
5 00
6 00
18 00-
19 00
20- 00
21 00
22 00
23 00
0 00
1 00-
2 00
00
00
3
4
21 40
22 00
23 00
0 00
1 00-
2 00
18 00-
20 00
21 30
22 00-
24 00
1 00-
2 00
00
00
3
4
20 00-
24 00
4 15
5 00
6 00
19 30
20 00
22 00
23 00
0 00
00
00
00
00
00
0 00-
5 00
18 00-
6 00
18 00-
21 00
Form
O
24
A
24
G, Ss
C
A
C
G
C
\ G
3C
/ A
I G
A
A
O
A
A
A
C
C
o
A
O
C
AS
A
A
O
O
A
O
A
0
O
G
A
O
A
Cs
I A
\ G
Cs
Cs
G
Cs
G
A
G
O
O
O
O
Inten-
sity
Position
NNE
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
ENE-NW
E-Z-W
NNE-NW
E-Z-W
N
NE-Z-W
E-W
E-Z-W
N
E-Z-W
E-N-W
ENE-NNW
NE-NNW
NE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NNE-NW
NW-Z
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
ENE-N
ENE-NW
E-NW
ENE-N-WNW
NE-N
SE-S-SW
SE-Z-NW
SE-Z-NW
NE-NW
E-Z-W
N
NE-NW
N
Altitude
10
6
8, 15
0-45
15-45
90
20
90
15
90
iO , 90 , 80
90
15
90
30
10
10
10
10
10
15
10
8
10-30
10
15
5-90
6
45
90
90
20
90
10
8
' Lower rim red.
496
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
Table 68 — Observations of Aurora Borealis,
September 1924 to April 1925-
-Concluded
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
Date
L.M.T.
Form
Inten-
sity
Position
Altitude
1925
Feb 28
28
28
Mar 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
h
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
18
22
23
0
1
2
3
4
22
23
0
2
3
4
18
2
18
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
771
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00-1
00 /
00
00
00
00
00-1
00 /
00 — \
00 J
00
00
00
00
00-1
00 /
00-\
00 J
30
00
00
00
00
00
A
Cs
C
A
C
A
A
0
C
0
C
G
0
0
C
A
A
0
0
0
A
Ss
A
A
0
2
o
1
1
1
1
2
ENE-N-WNW
E-W
ENE-N-WNW
NE-W
E-NW
NE-NW
NE-NW
0
15
10, 90
25
25
20
15
30
1925
Mar 6
6
18
19
19
19
19
20
21
21
21
23
24
24.
25
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
30
30
Apr 2
4
4
6
h m
3 00-1
4 00 J
22 00
0 00
1 00
2 00
3 00
23 00
0 00
1 00
2 00
22 00
0 00
22 00-1
4 00 /
0 00-\
2 00 /
18 00-\
23 00 J
0 00
1 00
2 00
0 00
18 00-1
24 00 /
0 00
18 00-1
24 00 /
0 00
0
G
A
(1
C
0
2A
C
C
0
C
C
O
0
0
c
A
Cs
G
0
Cs
0
Cs
o
1
1
1
1
2
NE
NE-NW
NE-NW
NNE-NNW
NNE-NW
10
12
6
10
2
2
1
NE-N-NW
NE-N-NW
E-NW
15,20
10
45
1
NE
10
1
N, E, S, Z
N, Z
0-90
0-90
3
2
SE-N
E-NW
40
60
1
1
1
NE-NNW
NE-NW
NE-NW
8-15
6
6
2
1
1
1
SE-NW
NE-NW
N sky
NE-N
15
20
0-90
10
1
1
1
1
E-N-W
N
N
ENE-N-WNW
15
10
10
15
2
NE
15
4
E-N-W
40-80
1
1
E-W
N
60
10
i
fABLE 69
— Cloudiness on Sc
ale 0 to 10, September 1924 to March 1925a
Local mean time
n hours
Local mean time
n hours
Date
Date
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
1924
1924
Oct 1
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
7
10
Oct 26
3
3'
2
1
10
10
6
8
10
1
2
10
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
3
1
10
10
10
27
10
10
3
3
3
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
28
10
10
10
10
10
4
3
8
10
10
10
8
4
10
10
10
10
10
9
7
8
4
3
3
1
29
4
6
4
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
5
4
6
5
10
8
6
3
2
2
3
2
1
30
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
7
10
10
10
10
6
10
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
2
1
1
31
10
10
10
10
9
10
2
1
1
1
0
0
7
0
0
0
1
9
10
8
10
10
10
10
10
Nov 1
1
4
10
10
10
10
10
4
3
1
2
10
8
5
0
0
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
4
1
2
10
10
10
2
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
9
1
1
1
3
9
6
3
3
2
3
1
3
3
4
10
5
10
10
10
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
2
4
4
2
6
7
4
5
4
0
2
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
2
1
0
0
11
2
2
7
6
7
10
4
2
2
2
1
1
5
0
3
0
3
7
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
2
2
1
1
4
6
3
3
7
7
4
4
6
10
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0
0
0
13
3
3
2
5
7
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
2
0
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
10
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
10
10
10
4
6
2
10
6
10
10
6
2
15
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
7
6
2
7
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
10
16
10
10
10
10
9
9
9
10
9
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
2
2
6
4
9
10
6
7
7
17
4
8
3
1
2
8
9
10
10
10
10
9
11
3
1
1
1
2
1
4
3
2
1
8
7
18
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
19
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
10
10
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
20
10
10
10
10
4
10
7
1
2
2
1
1
14
8
5
8
2
1
2
10
10
10
2
1
2
21
4
10
10
10
10
2
1
2
9
1
2
10
15
1
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
10
10
22
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
16
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
23
10
10
10
10
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
17
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
3
10
24
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
1
1
18
10
10
8
3
10
10
10
10
10
2
3
3
25
2
1
2
0
3
6
3
2
1
1
1
1
19
9
5
8
5
10
10
10
10
3
2
3
2
° During this entire period, observations were made at the winter-quarters in latitude 170° 43^2 north and in longitude 162° 25 '0 east.
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
Table 69 — Cloudiness on Scale 0 to 10, September 1924 to March 1925 — Concluded
497
Local mean time :
in hours
Local mean time in hours
Date
Date
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
1924
1926
Nov 20
2
1
3
8
3
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
Jan 25
10
6
2
1
1
5
10
10
10
10
3
0
21
2
4
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
0
0
0
26
0
0
0
0
1
10
10
8
6
5
2
0
22
0
0
5
1
6
4
4
10
10
10
10
10
27
0
0
0
2
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
23
10
3
5
3
4
4
10
8
6
3
3
3
28
10
10
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0
24
3
2
4
2
2
6
6
10
2
2
2
2
29
0
2
0
0
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
25
2
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
30
0
0
0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
26
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
8
9
1
1
31
10
10
9
3
9
4
6
3
4
4
10
10
27
0
0
2
2
10
9
9
10
7
9
10
10
Feb 1
10
10
10
3
8
7
8
8
10
10
10
3
28
8
10
10
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
4
6
4
2
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
29
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
8
3
10
5
5
4
8
9
10
5
4
3
10
10
30
8
10
10
10
9
9
10
1
1
1
0
0
4
6
3
2
0
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
Dec 1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
10
10
10
5
1
2
2
2
1
2
3
3
3
3
2
0
2
8
10
1
3
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
4
7
5
5
1
3
10
10
10
10
10
8
7
7
2
4
4
4
7
2
5
6
3
3
6
7
3
2
3
4
3
4
2
3
7
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
4
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
1
1
5
2
2
2
0
3
10
10
10
10
10
5
10
9
1
2
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
2
1
1
10
10
10
0
0
0
0
1
3
4
3
3
2
3
1
7
10
10
3
2
9
10
2
10
6
2
10
10
11
0
0
0
0
2
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
8
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
8
7
12
1
3
2
3
3
1
1
1
4
3
4
2
9
10
5
4
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
1
2
2
1
8
10
3
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
10
10
3
9
9
9
8
8
7
3
5
3
15
10
10
9
2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
4
10
1
2
4
4
7
3
2
2
8
10
16
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
1
1
13
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
10
5
2
17
1
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
7
10
10
3
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
18
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
15
0
1
6
0
0
0
2
1
1
0
0
0
19
0
2
0
1
1
1
9
10
10
2
10
10
16
0
0
0
1
1
1
8
6
10
10
10
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
10
17
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
21
4
3
10
10
10
10
4
8
10
10
10
10
18
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
22
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
7
8
9
10
0
19
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
10
10
10
10
23
0
3
7
10
10
10
10
3
1
1
1
0
20
10
8
10
4
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
6
24
0
0
0
1
2
3
8
4
10
10
3
0
21
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0
0
1
25
0
4
0
3
9
6
1
0
0
0
0
0
22
10
2
10
2
9
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
26
0
0
0
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
10
23
10
3
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
10
6
27
1
1
1
4
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
24
7
10
8
5
6
10
9
10
3
7
6
5
28
0
0
0
2
10
10
10
2
5
10
2
1
25
2
2
2
10
10
10
8
6
10
10
10
10
Mar 1
1
0
0
1
0
0
6
10
6
2
3
3
26
7
3
0
1
10
0
8
2
2
2
1
0
2
4
0
0
3
10
5
2
1
0
0
1
0
27
3
3
1
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
0
0
1
2
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
28
10
10
2
4
4
4
2
2
1
0
0
1
4
5
9
8
10
10
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
29
1
1
2
0
1
3
10
10
10
10
10
8
5
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
30
4
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
0
0
2
3
10
10
2
10
3
3
2
3
31
6
4
5
9
1
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
7
8
3
4
4
6
7
4
8
10
10
10
10
1925
8
5
2
3
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Jan 1
0
0
9
2
1
2
2
2
1
0
0
1
9
1
8
7
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
2
1
2
3
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
10
10
10
6
8
8
9
4
1
1
3
8
5
4
3
10
1
1
3
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
10
8
10
9
9
5
8
10
10
10
10
10
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
10
10
5
9
8
6
8
7
9
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
10
10
10
2
2
8
4
10
10
10
10
2
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
10
8
9
10
2
1
1
1
2
10
10
10
7
10
10
10
8
4
3
8
9
10
10
10
10
15
10
10
10
10
10
7
5
8
10
10
10
10
8
10
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
8
10
16
10
10
8
1
1
6
10
10
2
1
1
10
9
10
10
10
10
10
8
10
6
10
10
10
10
17
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
6
1
1
2
10
10
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
10
10
18
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
10
10
1
11
10
10
9
7
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
19
1
0
10
10
10
1
3
2
4
8
10
10
12
10
10
10
4
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
2
2
1
13
10
10
10
10
9
6
10
10
3
10
10
1
21
1
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
8
10
10
14
1
1
0
0
3
2
1
2
1
1
0
0
22
2
6
4
5
10
4
6
10
10
7
8
4
15
8
10
10
8
10
10
3
6
3
3
4
3
23
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
7
8
1
16
0
0
8
4
10
10
10
10
5
3
2
0
24
1
10
10
10
10
10
3
1
0
0
0
0
17
3
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
25
0
0
0
1
1
2
2
1
10
10
4
3
18
5
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
0
1
26
5
2
4
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
19
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
0
0
0
27
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
20
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
2
1
1
0
0
28
2
o
2
10
3
3
10
3
0
0
0
1
21
0
0
0
0
1
1
2
3
1
0
0
0
29
1
0
2
1
2
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
22
0
0
0
2
0
4
10
10
10
10
10
10
30
0
2
0
3
0
0
1
2
3
3
3
3
23
10
10
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
0
31
3
3
3
10
9
5
2
2
1
1
0
0
24
0
1
10
2
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
498
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
amount of clouds. A few nights of cloudiness 10 are included, however, among the
"clear nights" discussed, these being cases where the original notation is 10*, meaning
that the sky was covered with very thin clouds through which aurora generally could
be seen. The adopted character-number is best illustrated by an example. The
brightness of each of the forms, glow, arch, curtain, streamer, and corona (the last two
considered as one group) was entered for every hour of the night as in Table 70. The
total of brightness thus entered represents the character-number for the night; thus, for
example, the character-number for the night of January 2-3, 1924, as shown in Table
70, is 19.
Table 70 — Example to Show Definition of Auroral Character-Number
Brightness of form observed, January 2 to I-
., 1924,
at local
mean
time hours
Form
Sum
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
G
0
0
2
0
0
1
2
2
0
7
A
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
C
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
0
8
Ss, Co
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
2
Total = auroral character-number
19
Evidently this character-number is very complicated, because it takes into account
the number of forms, the brightness of the forms, and the number of full hours at which
Table 71 — Auroral Character-Numbers on Clear Nights
Date
Half-year
1922 to 1923
1923 to 1924
1924 to 1925
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
1-2
2-3
3-4
4-5
5-6
6-7
7-8
8-9
9-10
10-11
11-12
12-13
13-14
14-15
15-16
16-17
17-18
18-19
19-20
20-21
21-22
22-23
23-24
24-25
25-26
26-27
27-28
28-29
29-30
30-31
31-32
0
3
1
0
0
6
2
0
9
0
10
20
29
19
14
16
4
2
13
19
7
4
• 3
19
17
14
19
19
7
13
25
6
13
0
2
9
5
15
16
16
20
5
7
7
25
15
25
10
5
0
1
9
0
0
0
5
0
11
13
0
3
19
3
11
18
13
15
18
6
4
4
5
0
0
6
0
0
5
9
1
0
0
0
8
9
10
2
5
11
3
2
0
1
15
17
16
9
8
4
18
16
8
18
17
7
17
9
0
5
4
5
6
24
20
25
2
0
3
10
6
16
4
3
5
19
9
8
15
23
7
1
2
2
1
4
16
26
7
11
0
0
4
11
0
6
6
11
2
1
9
17
1
8
11
13
4
6
11
0
5
4
21
20
18
1
1
4
14
4
7
4
13
10
10
4
7
6
5
4
2
2
12
0
10
0
0
4
1
0
0
0
0
10
21
17
5
8
8
9
23
1
1
5
0
11
17
2
14
9
7
6
0
0
0
6
16
17
4
5
6
7
22
0
7
1
1
2
0
4
7
6
6
9
9
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
499
auroras were observed during the night. However, it serves well as a rough representa-
tion of the total intensity of an auroral display during a night. Table 71 contains these
auroral character-numbers for every clear night of the three half-years from which obser-
vations of the aurora are available.
(2) CHARACTERISTIC FEATURES DEPENDING UPON THE GEOGRAPHIC POSITION OF THE
OBSERVING STATION
An examination of the auroral observations reveals characteristic differences from
year to year, especially between the observations from the first two winters on the one
hand and the last winter on the other hand. These differences appear to be so closely
related to the differences in the geographic latitude from winter to winter that they un-
doubtedly show the variations of the auroral displays with latitude in the region around
160° east of Greenwich. However, it is well to bear in mind that the observations are
not simultaneous and that, therefore, variations from year to year may also be included
in the figures which are to be discussed.
The observations were made from a fixed station only during the winter of 1924-25.
During the two winters of 1922-23 and 1923-24 the Maud was drifting with the ice
and the position was changing from day to day. During these winters, however, the
drift was always slow, except in the month of October. No material error will be intro-
duced by regarding the observations as taken from the points represented by the average
positions for the periods. These average positions for the two winters in the drift-ice
and the fixed position of the last winter-quarters are entered in Table 72.
Table 72— Geographic Positions during Periods with
Auroral Observations
Period
North
latitude
East
longitude
October 1922 to March 1923
October 1923 to March 1924
October 1924 to March 1925
0
73.6
75.1
70.7
o
172.2
159.5
162.4
In the following tables all data are arranged according to the geographic latitude
and not chronologically.
(3) AURORAL FREQUENCY
A measure for the frequency of the aurora can be found from Table 71, containing the
auroral character-numbers. From this table we find for each winter the total number of
clear nights and the number of clear nights with aurora, whence we find the auroral fre-
quency defined as the percentage-occurrence of clear nights with aurora referred to the
total number of clear nights. The numbers and frequencies thus found are compiled
in Table 73, in which also the mean auroral character-numbers for the three winters are
entered. From the table it is seen that the auroral frequency and the character-number
Table 73— Auroral Frequency and Character-Numbers in the Periods October to March
North
latitude
East
longitude
Number
of clear
nights
Number of
clear nights
with aurora
Auroral
frequency
Auroral
character-
number
o
75.1
73.6
70.7
o
159.5
172.2
162.4
90
78
66
81
69
45
per cent
90
88
68
9.3
8.8
4.7
500
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
decrease with decreasing latitude. The difference between the two most northerly
latitudes is not marked, indicating that the observations in these latitudes were taken
not far from the zone of maximum frequency.
Fig. 38 — Auroral variations with latitude off north coast Siberia
It is of interest to note that the character-number decreases more rapidly with
latitude than the frequency, because this shows that the auroral displays become less
intense when going south.
(4) PERCENTAGE-OCCURRENCE OP AURORA OF THE DIFFERENT GRADES OF BRIGHTNESS AND
OF DIFFERENT FORMS
An examination of the auroral frequency of the various grades of brightness accord-
ing to the arbitrary scale used shows that the brightness decreases with latitude. The
number of occasions expressed in per cent of the total number of observations on which
the brightness was indicated as faint, moderate, strong, or brilliant show the values as
entered in Table 74.
Table 74 — Percentage-Occurrence of Aurora of Different Brightness
North
latitude
East
longitude
Brightness
Faint
Moderate
Strong
Brilliant
o
75.1
73.6
70.7
o
159.5
172.2
162.4
per cent
28.6
31.4
66.2
per cent
62.0
60.4
26.4
per cent
8.2
7.4
6.3
per cent
1.2
0.8
1.1
It is evident that the aurora becomes more and more faint the farther south we move
within this region, but again we find that the difference is not very marked between
the two most northerly locations.
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
501
Notes regarding remarkably colored forms are not frequent. For latitude 75? 1
there are 13 notes, for 73? 6 there are 19, and for 70? 7 there is only one. Rapidly moving
forms were noted apparently still more rarely, namely, 3, 14, and 0 times, respectively.
However* it must be remembered that the terms "unusual color" and "unusual move-
ment" are so vague that they leave everything to the judgment of the observer.
It is characteristic that most notes of this type were made during the first winter in
latitude 73? 6, when the brilliant auroral displays were yet novel to most of the ob-
servers, who, therefore, at that time would call phenomena "unusual" which later they
would regard as ordinary.
There is also a very marked variation with latitude in the relative frequency of
the various forms of the aurora, which is evident from Table 75.
Table 75-
-Percentage-Occurrence
of the Auroral Forms
North
latitude
East
longitude
Type
Quiet
forms
Moving
forms
G
A
c
S
Co
o
75.1
73.6
70.7
o
159.5
172.2
162.4
per cent
19.8
21.2
17.5
per cent
28.6
31.4
55.3
per cent
42.2
34.5
22.4
per cent
7.5
11.6
2.5
per cent
1.9
1.3
2.3
per cent
48.4
52.6
72.8
per cent
51.6
47.4
27.2
The striking feature is that with decreasing latitude the number of quiet forms
increases, while the number of moving forms decreases; at the two northerly locations
the aurora curtains are dominating, but at the southerly the arches are by far the most
frequent. This result is in good agreement with observations from still more southerly
stations in the same region. At Pitlekai, in north latitude 67° 06' and east longitude
186° 29', where the Vega wintered from 1878 to 1879, A. E. Nordenskiold describes the
typical aurora as a low arch to the north, and at Cape Serdze Kamen, 50 miles east of
Pitlekai, where the Maud was in 1920 to 1921, a low arch to the north was frequently
seen, while other forms seldom occurred.
(5) OCCURRENCE OF AURORA IN THE SKY
The occurrence in the sky also shows characteristic variations with latitude. In
order to examine this, the sky was divided in five segments, one called zenith, correspond-
ing to the central part of the sky from zenith to 60° above the horizon, and four from alti-
tude 60° to the horizon, representing the north, east, south, and west sky, respectively.
The number of cases in which auroras were observed within any of these segments at the
full hours between 22h and 6h on clear nights was found from the tables of observations
and expressed in per cent of the total number of observed auroras. The results are
shown in Table 76, in which', for instance, 72 per cent in north segment in latitude 75°
means that 72 per cent of the auroras observed at the stated hour were seen in the
segment called north.
Table 76— -Percentage-Occurrence of Aurora Within Five Sky-Segments
Segment
Difference
North
latitude
N
E
S
W
Z
N-S
E-W
o
per cent
per cent
per cent
per cent
per cent
per cent
per cent
75.1
72
81
45
74
40
27
7
73.6
69
81
31
73
44
38
8
70.7
89
84
11
77
17
78
7
502
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
The most interesting result of this investigation is that the auroral display in the
southern sky decreases rapidly with decreasing latitude, while the displays in the east
and west remain constant. It also appears that auroras are most frequent in the east
and west of the two northerly locations, but most frequent in the north at the-'southern
station. With a broad generalization, the figures in Table 76 may be interpreted to the
effect that the auroras in the region concerned have the character of a band extending
from east to west or, since the frequency is somewhat greater in the east than in the
west, a band which is perpendicular to a direction directed slightly east of north. The
band has a great width in north-south direction, but appears at the southerly station in
latitude 70? 7 so low that it passes across the northern sky. Proceeding to the north,
it rises more and more above the horizon, until in latitude 75?1 it approaches the zenith.
It may be assumed that at the zone of maximum frequency the auroras occur just as
often on the southern as on the northern sky. From the values in Table 76, a rough extra-
polation indicates that the difference between occurrence in the north and in the south
segment will disappear between latitudes 77° and 78°. It may be concluded, therefore,
that the zone of maximum frequency in longitude 160° east of Greenwich falls between
latitudes 77° and 78° north.
(6) CHARACTERISTICS OF ARCHES AND CORONAS
We shall finally examine the orientation and altitude of the arches and the positions
of the radiation-points of the coronas. For each winter the arches were tabulated in four
groups, according to the altitude of the summit reckoned from the north horizon, namely,
of altitudes less than 60°, between 60° and 90°, between 90° and 120°, and more than 120°.
The last two groups comprise the arches which pass over the southern sky. For each
group the mean altitude of the summit of the arch and its azimuth reckoned from the
south were computed.
Table 77 — Altitudes and Azimuths of Su?nmits of Arches
Altitude
Latitude and longitude
75?
1 N, 159?
5E
73?6 N, 172?2 E
70?
7 N, 162?
4E
No.
Alt.
Az.
No.
Alt.
Az.
No.
Alt.
Az.
Less than 60°
112
99
18
64
O
27
83
111
156
O
184
183
180
180
110
116
29
29
O
30
86
107
150
O
188
183
182
183
164
15
2
4
O
14
88
115
160
O
182
180
186
186
From 60° to 90°
From 90° to 120°
More than 120°
Totals and means. . .
293
79.9
183
183
284
72.9
187
187
185
24.1
182
180
Only the observations which give the directions to the end-points of the arches and
the altitudes of the summits were utilized. Most of the arches cross from the eastern
to the western sky, but a few run from a point on the eastern sky to the north or south or
from the north or south to a point on the western sky. Not a single one is found entirely
on the eastern or the western sky. Therefore, it is always possible to discriminate
between the eastern and the western end-points of the arches, and the mean directions to
these points were computed for each group as the arithmetical mean of the single direc-
tions, reckoned in degrees from the south through west. The azimuth of the summit was
defined as the mean of the azimuths to the end-points. The altitude represents the mean
altitude over the northern horizon.
Atjkoral Observations, 1918-1925
503
Table 77 shows that the number of arches in the southern sky decreases with
decreasing latitude and also that the azimuth of the summit of the arch is practically
independent of the altitude of the summit. From the mean of all observed arches it
appears that a greater number of arches were observed at the two northerly locations and
that the mean altitude of the summit decreases rapidly with decreasing latitude. The
mean azimuth to the summit is practically the same at all locations, but shows a small
variation from one location to another in agreement with the variation of the magnetic
meridian. From the azimuth of the north magnetic meridian it is seen that the arches
run practically perpendicular to the magnetic meridian at all locations.
The number of coronas which were observed is surprisingly small. A corona was
noted twelve times in 1922-23, twenty times in 1923-24, and eight times in 1924-25. On
these occasions the radiation-point could be determined with any certainty only six,
twelve, and five times, respectively. The radiation-point was observed by making a
sketch of the position of the point relative to known stars, the declination and right
ascension of the point being determined later from a star-chart. Knowing the time of
observation, the hour-angle of the radiation-point could be computed by means of the
right ascension. It was found at numerous stations that the radiation-point lies close
to the magnetic zenith, denned as the direction toward which the south end (upper end)
of an inclination-needle points when orientated in the magnetic meridian. The mag-
netic zenith is not a fixed point, but varies according to variations in inclination and
declination. However, these variations are small, and we, therefore, should expect that
the declination and the hour-angle of the radiation-point were subject to small changes
only, but the observations show for all three periods a wide range which probably arose
from errors of observation. Mean values were derived for each period by plotting the
observed points on a stereographic polar map and determining the mean point graphi-
cally. From the mean declinations and hour-angles the altitudes and azimuths of the
radiation-point were computed as shown in Table 78, together with the altitudes and
azimuths of the magnetic zenith. It appears that the radiation-point always lies below
and to the west of the magnetic zenith. This is in agreement with what has been found
at other stations, though the differences appear to be greater in the region we deal with
than elsewhere. However, our observations are few and the single values scattered, for
which reason no great weight can be attributed to the magnitude of the observed differ-
ences. The 12 values for latitude 75? 1 show the smallest scattering and, therefore, are
probably the most trustworthy; the four values for latitude 70?7 disagree considerably
among themselves and are probably the least trustworthy.
Table 78 — Altitude and Azimuth of the Radiation-Point and of the Magnetic Zenith
North
latitude
Radiation-point
Magnetic zenith
Number of
observations
Altitude
Azimuth
from south
Altitude
Azimuth
from south
0
75.1
73.6
70.7
o
81.0
78.7
77.8
o
10.8
23.8
36
o
82.6
81.6
79
0
2.7
7.6
0
12
6
4°
° Omitting one observation marked doubtful; if retained the means for radiation-point
altitude and azimuth are 80 ?4 and 25°, respectively.
(7) PERIODICITY OF THE AURORA
(a) Annual period — The observations of aurora were naturally limited to the winter
half-year and can not give, therefore, any conclusive information regarding an annual
period of the aurora. However, we can examine the evidence for such a period which is
504
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
contained in the half-year's observations. From Table 71 the numbers of clear nights
in every winter month and the numbers of clear nights with aurora were compiled as in
Table 79. This table also contains the percentage of clear nights on which auroras were
observed and the mean auroral character-number for the clear nights.
Table 79 — Variations of the Aurora during the Winter
Description
North
lat.
East
long.
Month
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Number of clear nights
O
75.1
73.6
70.7
75.1
73.6
70.7
75.1
73.6
70.7
75.1
73.6
70.7
o
159.5
172.2
162.4
159.5
172.2
162.4
159.5
172.2
162.4
159.5
172.2
162.4
1
4
7
1
4
4
100
100
57
9.0
13.2
3.1
11
15
10
8
13
9
73
86
90
6.6
11.1
6.6
20
13
7
20
13
6
100
100
86
9.8
8.5
5.7
21
16
13
19
13
12
90
81
92
10.7
7.6
5.9
18
14
16
17
11
9
94
79
56
11.0
9.1
5.4
19
16
13
16
15
5
84
94
38
7.4
6.8
1.3
Clear nights with aurora
Percentage of clear nights with aurora. . . .
Mean auroral character-number. . .
From this table it is seen that there is a marked difference in the frequency of the
aurora in the two northerly locations and the southerly. At the northerly location there
appears no systematic variation of the auroral frequency from month to month. In both
winters the aurora was observed in the average on nine of ten clear nights. However,
in the southerly latitude (70? 7 north) a pronounced maximum of the auroral frequency
occurs in the middle of the winter. In November, December, and January the frequency
was as great as it was farther north, but in October and in February and March it is much
smaller. The auroral character-numbers show similar features. In the northerly lati-
tudes the mean character-numbers run irregularly from month to month, averaging 9.3
and 8.8, respectively, but at the southerly station the greatest values were around mid-
winter, with an average for the whole period of 4.7 (see Table 73). It may be noted that
the character-numbers in midwinter are much smaller at the southerly station than at
the two northerly ones, though the frequency is equal. This again shows that the dis-
plays farther south are less brilliant and last a shorter time.
(b) Variation of the auroral frequency during the night — When the variation of the fre-
quency during the night is to be discussed, there is the difficulty that the observations
were taken systematically only between 22 h and 6h by the regular night watchmen. It
would not be advisable to extend the examination of the frequency beyond 6h, because
at the end of March the Sun rose about this hour and even in October and February the
twilight made doubtful auroral observations after 6h. However, it would be desirable to
have had complete observations from 18 h to 6h, but the notes regarding the aurora
between 18 h and 22 h are not as systematic as desired. These observations were taken by
F. Malmgren and the writer, but other duties frequently interfered. This circumstance
makes the investigations more difficult. It is necessary to examine separately the nights
from which observations only from 22 h to 6h are available, the "incomplete" nights,
and the "complete" nights on which notes were made after 18h. The results from the
latter can be used for amplifying the results from the former. An investigation of the
variation during the night has to be confined to conditions during clear nights. The
rule was followed that if an observation was lacking at the full hour, but taken within
25 minutes from the full hour, then this observation was used. During the "complete"
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
505
nights the hours 19 and 21 were omitted, because observations had often been taken at
18 h and 20 h only, and during the last winter the record at 23 h was left out, since our
native cabin-boy had the watch at this hour for a period.
1
3
2
0
2
2 | MIDNIGHT
LOCAL MEAN
2
HOUR
4
(
60 ■
DO
40
</)
1-
X
z
<
UJ
_)
DRIFT-ICE OCT 1923 TO MAR 1924: 75.°l N, I59.°5 E
o
° fin
2 50
(0
z
UJ
UJ
cr
u.
Ul
5
DRIFT-ICE OCT 1922 TO MAR 1923: 73°6 N, I72°2 E
z
Ul
o
<*■ AC)
UJ w
Q.
">n
WINTER -QUARTERS OCT 1924 TO MAR 1925: 7tf7N, I624E
Fig. 39 — Variation of auroral frequency at night off Siberian coast, three winters 1922 to 1925
[Smoothed means — (a + 2b + c)/4]
Table 80 contains the percentage frequency of the aurora on clear nights, the upper
part being derived from the "incomplete," the lower from the "complete" nights. The
numbers were derived by first determining the frequency on clear nights when aurora was
observed and then multiplying the number for latitudes 75?1, 73?6, and 70?7 by 0.90,
0.88, and 0.68, respectively, these factors representing the ratio between clear nights
with aurora and the total number of clear nights (see Table 73). The values are shown
graphically in Figure 39. From the table and, still better, from the figure, it is seen that
there is a pronounced variation of the frequency during the night, the greatest number
of aurora occurring between 22 h and 2h. The number of auroras between 22 h and 6h
is apparently smaller at the uneven hours than at the even. This is undoubtedly so
because the observers occasionally omitted the observations at the uneven hours, which
was not the case at the even hours because the watch was changed then.
506
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
The frequency between 22 h and 2h decreased from north to south. In latitude
75 ?1 it averaged 59 per cent, meaning that on clear nights aurora was seen at any time
between 22 h and 2 h in 59 of 100 cases, in latitude 73? 6 it is 54 per cent, and in latitude
70?7 it is 40 per cent. The frequency at 18h and 16h remains almost constant, about 20
per cent, in such a way that the range of the variation during the night decreases from
north to south. The fact that the maximum frequency falls near local midnight is in
agreement with Vegard's conclusion, namely, that the maximum frequency occurs near
magnetic midnight because the magnetic and the astronomic meridian almost coincide
in the region of observation.
Table
80—
Percentage-Variation
of Auroral Frequency during the Night
Description
North
lat.
East
long.
Local mean time in hours
Number
of nights
with
aurora
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
"Incomplete" nights..
"Complete" nights...
O
75.1
73.6
70.7
75.1
73.6
70.7
0
159.5
172.2
162.4
159.5
172.2
162.4
55
55
39
51
56
46
59
46
(40)
54
42
(45)
67
54
41
63
46
44
53
56
38
54
60
40
59
57
44
72
70
50
44
37
33
39
37
37
35
29
35
39
42
42
22
14
21
27
18
31
20
19
18
18
28
26
81
69
45
30
19
31
24
23
13
(24)
(28)
(13)
24
32
13
(37)
(44)
(30)
Table 81 — Variation during the Night of the Percentage-Frequency of the Various Forms of Aurora
Forms
North
lat.
East
long.
"Incomplete'
nights
"Complete" nights
Local mean time in hours
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
18
20
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
Glows
O
75.1
73.6
o
159.5
172.2
7
5
12
13
11
11
10
19
17
13
14
6
17
11
8
1
12
13
0
0
0
0
3
9
12
19
12
19
12
19
18
19
12
5
18
9
3
0
6
23
70.7
162.4
8
11
11
11
5
9
3
6
0
0
7
4
11
9
7
9
4
9
75.1
73.6
159.5
172.2
23
23
18
18
20
15
12
17
16
18
18
17
14
15
13
4
8
9
21
9
18
19
24
14
15
19
24
5
15
28
30
28
15
19
15
28
18
5
12
5
70.7
162.4
35
26
26
30
27
27
18
9
11
13
32
29
24
33
29
33
24
13
75.1
73.6
159.5
172.2
35
32
42
24
48
43
37
29
34
34
16
19
11
5
3
5
0
1
3
14
6
14
33
32
33
14
45
37
39
28
45
37
12
23
6
9
6
9
0
0
70.7
162.4
3
18
14
15
3
3
2
2
2
7
4
18
15
20
2
0
2
2
75.1
73.6
159.5
172.2
10
5
13
4
14
5
9
15
18
13
9
6
6
9
4
8
1
4
0
0
0
5
9
5
9
5
9
14
9
19
9
23
9
5
6
19
3
19
0
9
70.7
612.4
3
0
2
3
2
2
2
2
0
2
4
0
2
4
2
2
2
2
(c) Variation during the night in the frequency of various forms — It is of interest to
examine whether the variation of the frequency of the aurora as a whole is the same for
all forms. For this purpose Table 81 was prepared similarly to Table 80. The meaning
is, for instance, that on seven per cent of all clear nights glows were observed at 22 h in
latitude 75? 1, basing the computation on observations on "incomplete" nights, or on
three per cent, basing the computation on the results from "complete" nights. In the
table the observations of streamers and coronas are placed in one group.
From Table 81 it appears that the curtains show a very marked variation of the
frequency during the night with maximum between 22 h and 2h. The variation of the
other forms is generally of the same type, but it is noteworthy that glows were not present
during the early hours of the night, while arches are relatively numerous then. The
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925
507
variation in the frequency of the various forms appears to be independent of latitude.
However, it is characteristic that the frequency of the arches is greatest at the southerly
station, while the curtains here are far less frequent. The lack of curtains at this station
is evidently responsible for the much smaller range in the variation of frequency as a
whole, as previously noted (p. 501).
TYPE-OCCURRENCE, 100 NIGHTS OF AURORAL DISPLAY
Fig. 40 — Type-occurrence and type-variation of aurora off Siberian coast
[Smoothed means — (a + 2b + c)/4]
Since the variation appears to be independent of latitude, a clearer picture may be
obtained by combining the observations from all locations, utilizing the observations on
the even hours only. The results are represented by Table 82 and Figure 40. The
table shows that at midnight a glow was observed on 10 of 100 clear nights, an arch on
22 of 100 clear nights, and so on. From the table and the figure it is clearly seen that
508
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
the occurrence of curtains is subject to a very great variation during the night, with
maximum between 24 h and 2h. The occurrence of arches and of streamers and coronas
shows a similar but smaller variation, while the glows are most frequent in the later part
of the night.
Table 82 — Variation during the Night of the Percentage-Frequency of the
Various Forms of the Aurora (Mean of all)
Form
Local mean time in hours
18
20
22
24
2
4
6
Glows
0
14
5
0
0
16
8
2
6
28
20
6
10
22
31
6
14
31
32
10
14
26
4
7
13
11
1
3
Arches
Curtains
Streamers and coronas .
The percentage-occurrence of the various forms, that is, the number of cases in
which aurora of a given form was noted when aurora was seen, is also of interest. The
variation in the percentage-occurrence during the night is the same at all stations and,
therefore, it is sufficient to give the mean results for all. These are given in Table 83
and represented graphically in Figure 40. The numbers in the table mean, for example,
that in 100 cases when auroras were observed at midnight, glows were seen 20 times,
arches 43 times, and so on. We find that glows were relatively dominant in the later
part of the night, arches in the early part, curtains had a maximum of percentage-
occurrence at midnight, while streamers and coronas occurred in about the same propor-
tion throughout the night.
Table 83 — Percentage-Occurrence of the Various Forms of the Aurora (Mean of All)
Form
Local mean time in hours
18
20
22
24
2
4
6
Glows
Arches. .
0
74
26
0
0
76
38
10
12
56
40
12
20
43
61
12
22
50
51
16
33
62
10
17
54
46
4
13
Curtains
Streamers and coronas .
Table 83 and Figure 40 give a good idea of the general character of the course of an
auroral display. It begins in the late afternoon with an arch and perhaps a few curtains.
Between 20 h and 22 h the display increases in intensity, curtains become more frequent,
and streamers and glows appear. Around midnight the display is most brilliant and the
moving forms predominate. These disappear in the later part of the night, and in the
early morning hours we frequently find only a glow or an arch left. This description of a
display is very generalized; a single display may have a widely different course.
{d) Movement over the sky — Table 84 shows the percentage-occurrence of the aurora
within the five sky-segments previously defined for every hour of the night. The table
shows, for example, that in 75? 1 north latitude 86 of 100 auroras were seen in the segment
called east at 22 h, and so on. The fact that the sum of every column far exceeds 100
means that the auroras generally covered a number of segments. A close inspection of
these tables reveals that at the two northerly locations the aurora shifted toward the
south during the night. The percentage-occurrence in the northern sky decreased during
the night, while the occurrences in the zenith and south increased. No perceptible shift
from east to west was found, though the occurrence in the east shows for latitude 73? 6 a
Atjrokal Observations, 1918-1925
509
small decrease during the night. At the southerly station no general movement during
the night can be detected.
Table 84 — Percentage Occurrence Within the Five Sky-Segments
Local mean time in hours
Position
Sky-seg-
ments
18
20
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
75? 1 N
"Incomplete" nights
159.5 E
N
E
S
w
z
86
94
32
76
36
83
87
47
81
49
75
82
45
72
38
75
79
35
73
40
62
68
36
66
36
72
75
52
80
35
69
84
66
84
34
45
85
65
65
40
44
78
44
50
56
"Complete" nights
N
88
100
82
83
95
83
71
54
62
44
50
E
75
100
88
83
100
67
75
62
85
89
100
S
0
38
41
56
62
28
42
54
46
56
67
w
75
100
65
83
90
61
71
92
69
67
83
z
12
0
35
56
38
33
33
31
46
44
67
73.6 N
"Incomplete" nights
172.2 E
N
E
S
w
z
84
93
26
70
40
67
89
14
75
44
69
90
24
67
48
75
75
34
77
45
67
73
38
69
44
59
76
31
86
38
78
74
39
74
57
36
73
45
73
64
53
67
47
73
27
"Complete" nights
N
60
100
92
56
90
62
73
75
90
25
67
E
60
100
92
78
100
77
73
62
80
75
67
S
20
57
25
11
30
46
40
62
50
25
33
w
60
100
92
67
70
77
73
100
80
75
50
z
20
43
42
44
40
54
47
12
60
100
33
70.7 N
"Incomplete" nights
162.4 E
N
89
73
83
86
94
87
92
93
100
E
82
73
90
93
81
78
80
93
83
S
7
9
17
10
3
17
12
13
8
W
75
64
83
79
75
74
76
87
75
Z
11
18
17
21
19
13
20
13
17
"Complete" nights
N
83
100
86
100
85
100
100
88
89
71
83
E
83
100
76
78
90
100
87
88
84
71
67
S
17
17
5
0
5
11
4
18
11
7
8
w
83
100
67
67
80
89
83
82
84
64
67
z
17
33
10
11
10
22
30
24
32
7
17
These conclusions are best seen from Table 85, showing the differences between the
percentage-occurrence in north and south and those in east and west, as based on data for
"complete" and "incomplete" nights.
510
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
(e) Variation of characteristics of arches — Table 86 contains the total number of
arches observed at every bihourly interval from 18 h to 6h, with the mean altitudes and
azimuths of summit and the corresponding values for the two six-hour intervals 18 h
to 24 h and 0h to 6h. No importance can be attributed to the apparent variation of the
number of arches during the night, because observations, as already stated, were taken
less frequently before 22 h and, in latitude 70?7, also for the interval 22h to 24h. How-
ever, the other characteristics of the arches show remarkable features. The altitude of
the summit increased at the two northerly locations constantly from 18 h to 6 h so that
at the most northerly location the arches on the average appeared in the southern sky
after 2h. The increase was somewhat smaller on the second northerly than at the most
northerly station, while at the southerly station there was, on the contrary, a small
Table 85—
Differences in
Percentage-Occurrence
Position
Local mean time in hours
Lat.
north
Long.
east
18
20
22
24
2
4
6
18
20
22
24
2
4
6
Difference, north minus south
Difference,
east minus west
o
75.1
73.6
70.7
0
159.5
172.2
162.4
(88)
(40)
(66)
(62)
(43)
(83)
51
60
82
31
48
72
27
30
92
7
40
80
-4
14
84
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
20
18
9
9
25
8
2
3
6
4
0
2
25
0
4
decrease. This result is in good agreement with the fact that the aurora, as a whole,
appeared to shift during the night toward the south at the two northerly locations, but
that no such shift could be detected at the southerly. It may also be noted that the
altitude decreased from north to south for all time-intervals except between 18 h and 20 h.
The azimuth of the summit changes in a remarkable way. At all locations it turned
counter-clockwise during the night at the rate of approximately 1 degree per hour. The
fact that this systematic turning was found at all three locations is a strong evidence that
the feature was real and not due to errors of observation.
i
rABLE 86
— Altitudes and Azimuths of Sum
mit
?f Arches Observed Between Stated Hours
Position
Local mean time in hours
Lat.
Long.
18-
20
20-
22
22-
24
0-2
2-4
4-6
18-
24
0-6
18-
20
20-
22
22-
24
0-2
2-4
4-6
18-
24
0-6
18-
20
20-
22
22-
24
0-2
2-4
4-6
18-
24
0-6
north
east
Number of arches
Altitudes of summit
Azimuths of summit
o
o
o
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
o
O
O
O
O
O
O
0
75.1
159.5
16
41
73
07
52
44
130
163
27
73
70
86
96
106
65.3
94.3
188
189
185
184
178
178
187
180
73.6
172.2
13
42
72
70
61
26
127
157
38
54
70
76
83
89
61.5
81.4
203
189
184
186'
181
178
188
183
70.7
162.4
19
42
18
49
38
19
79
106
39
19
30
24
22
20
26.5
22.4
183
188
184
183
177
179
186
180
C. Stormer, in his report of 1913, draws especial attention to a case in which the
mean directions to the end-points of an arch which were observed throughout the night
turned counter-clockwise during the night.5 Further confirmation of this phenomenon
would be of great value.
(/) Periodicity of the aurora corresponding to the period of rotation of the Sun — It is
well known that a brilliant aurora is frequently followed by another one about four
6 C. Stormer. Exp6dition d'aurores boreales de 1913. Geof. Publ., vol. I, No. 5, p. 129, Oslo 1921.
Auroeal Observations, 1918-1925
511
weeks later, corresponding to the period of one solar rotation. Fritz found 27.68 days
as the length of this period. In order to determine whether our observations gave any
indication of a period about this length, the following procedure was adopted. In
Table 71, showing the auroral character-numbers on clear nights, all days with character-
number 20 or more were sought and named zero-days. The character-number on the
twenty-sixth day was, if present, entered on a form together with the number on the cor-
responding zero day; when the twenty-sixth day had been cloudy, both were omitted.
In the same way a series of corresponding zero-days and twenty-seventh days were
found, and so on. From these data corresponding values of the character-number on a
number of zero-days and twenty-sixth days, zero-days and twenty-seventh days, and so
on, were computed. The mean character-number on the zero-days would vary slightly
from group to group, because in many cases observations were available for only one of
the days between the twenty-sixth and the thirtieth, and this variation was found to be
too small to have any appreciable influence on the result. In the same way the days
with character-number 9 or less were sought and corresponding values for the character-
number on the following twenty-sixth to thirtieth days found. The result of this investi-
gation is represented in Table 87 and the smoothed means (a-\-2b-\-c) /(4) in Figure 41.
Table 87— Auroral Character-Number on the 26th to 30th Day after Days
with Unusually Large or Unusually Small Character-Number
Auroral character
zero-day
Character-number for zero-day and days following
0
26
27
28
29
30
23.0
4.0
12.3
7.7
13.9
7.2
15.3
6.8
12.3
7.2
12.4
8.8
Weak
It is seen that a strong display was followed by relatively strong displays in the whole
interval between the twenty-sixth and thirtieth days after, while a weak display was
followed by a number of relatively weak displays, and that the strongest and weakest
auroras in this interval occur about the twenty-eighth day. However, the display was
strong also on the twenty-seventh day; thus this study indicates a period of the aurora
which is somewhat shorter than 28 days, perhaps 27.8 days. This result is in excellent
agreement with the period of 27.7 days found by Fritz.
Attention may here be drawn to the results obtained by W. J. Peters and C. C.
Ennis6 (see also Fig. 41) regarding a possible periodicity of earth-currents corresponding
to the period of rotation of the Sun. These investigations found well-established evi-
dence for a period of 27 days, which is almost 1 day shorter than the period here found
for the aurora. Whether this discrepancy is a real feature or results from insufficient
data is a question the answer to which must await the accumulation of more data.
Summary of the Results
The results of the discussion of the auroral observations on the Maud Expedition
in the years 1922-1925 may be briefly summarized as follows:
The zone of maximum auroral frequency for the years 1922 to 1925 and in longitude
160c east of Greenwich was found to be approximately between latitudes 77° and 78°
north. Near this zone, in 75° north latitude, auroras were observed on 9 out of 10 clear
nights from October to March, but 6° to 7° to the south of the maximum zone, in 70? 7
north latitude, auroras were observed on less than 7 out of 10 clear nights. Farther
south the aurora occurred more and more seldom in the southern sky. Near the maxi-
6 Terr. Mag., vol. 31 (June 1926), pp. 57-70.
512
Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
mum zone the moving forms predominated, but farther south the quiet forms became
predominant and in 70? 7 north latitude the most frequent form of aurora was a low arch
in the northern sky. The average direction of the arches was found in all latitudes to be
nearly perpendicular to the direction of the magnetic meridian, but the average altitude
from the horizon to the summit of the arch decreased rapidly with decreasing latitude.
The radiation-points of the coronas were found to be under and to the west of the mag-
netic zenith.
</>
cr
iij
ID
2
Z
cc
111
I-
o
<
a.
<
i
o
<
cr
o
ir
<■
18
16
14
12
I N +1 +2
I
V
PRIMARY
- - 4-24 +26
DAY FROM N-DAY
EARTH -CURRENTS, E
+28
+30
BRO OBSERVATORY
SPAIN, 922 TO 1924
POLAR LIGHTS, "MAUD" EXPEDITION
OFF SIBERIAN COAST, 1922 TO
SECONDARY
+32
Fig. 41 — Auroras off Siberian coast, 1922-25, and 27-day recurrency earth-currents at Ebro Observatory, 1922-24
[Smoothed means — (a + 2b + c)/4]
Near the maximum zone no systematic variation from month to month could be
found in frequency during October to March, but in latitude 70? 7 north the frequency
showed a decided maximum around midwinter. Evidence was found for all three
winters of the existence of a period in the intensity of auroral displays of between 27.5
and 28 days, corresponding approximately to the period of rotation of the Sun.
The frequency of the aurora varied during the night and showed in all three mean
latitudes a maximum between 22h and 2h, but the range of the variation decreased with
decreasing latitude. The variation was different for the different forms, the curtains
showing the midnight maximum very well developed, the arches and streamers less, while
the frequency of the glows was greatest in the latest hours of the night. The decrease
Auroral Observations, 1918-1925 513
in the relative number of curtains with latitude accounts for the decrease in the range
of the variation during the night, which was found when going southward. Close to
the maximum zone the aurora moves southward during the night, but in latitude 70? 7
north no such movement was detected. In agreement with this it was found that near
the maximum zone the mean altitude to the summit of arches increased during the night,
but farther to the south it showed a tendency to decrease. The direction of the arches
turned counter-clockwise during the night from 18h to 6h; this turning was apparently
independent of the latitude and amounts to about one degree an hour.
It would be of great interest to compare a number of these results with corresponding
ones from other regions, but such a comparison would go far beyond the scope of the
present publication.
Part VI— NARRATIVE OF THE EXPEDITION, 1918-1925
By H. U. Sverdrup
Expedition of 1918-1921
The "Maud Expedition" left Norway in July 1918 with a total personnel of ten
men. Captain Amundsen's plan was to follow the Russian and Siberian coasts eastward
to about 165° east longitude, to penetrate as far north as possible in this longitude, let
his vessel, the Maud, which was especially built for this expedition, freeze in there, and
then let the vessel be carried by the drifting ice across the Polar Sea until it was released
from the grip of the ice between Spitzbergen and Greenland, where the vast ice-masses
from the Arctic are drifting slowly south to the Atlantic Ocean. The main object of the
Expedition was to study the physical conditions of the Arctic Ocean, but along with the
oceanographic work a number of other observations of interest to geophysics were to be
carried out; these included, among others, meteorological, aerological, and magnetic
observations. Most of the observational work was intrusted to the writer, but Captain
Amundsen himself planned to make the magnetic observations.
The magnetic instruments (see pp. 315 to 316) were supplied by the Department
of Terrestrial Magnetism and consisted of theodolite-magnetometer 8 and dip circle
205. The accessory equipment included observing-tents, a good assortment of tools
and materials for repairs, forms, computing tables, books, complete instructions for the
manipulation of the instruments, and general directions for the magnetic work. This
equipment arrived in Christiania at the beginning of June 1918 in perfect condition. In
addition to the above-mentioned instruments, the Expedition had also a land dip circle
by Dover (No. 154) and a photographic registering declinometer by Max Toepfer and
Son. In the drifting ice it is not possible to use photographic registering instruments, on
account of the continual movements of the ice, but the declinometer was taken along for
possible use in case the Expedition should be forced by circumstances to winter some-
where on the coast. On account of the war, a stock of new photographic paper for this
instrument could not be obtained and, therefore, an old stock procured in 1913 had to be
used.
The equipment included also three sextants, five theodolites of different sizes, three
chronometers, and fifteen watches, of which three were supplied by the Department of
Terrestrial Magnetism.
The Maud left Vardo, Norway, July 18, 1918. Ice was met a few days after, but
it did not form any considerable obstacle before Jugor Strait, which is the southern
entrance to the Kara Sea, was reached. The Strait was filled up with ice, and the Maud
had to stay at the western entrance until August 17. During this period two magnetic
stations were occupied, one on Vaigach Island on the north side of the Strait, and the
other at the small Russian trading-place Khabarowa on the south side. The last-
mentioned station is the one which was occupied by Scott-Hansen on Fridtjof Nansen's
north-polar expedition in 1893.
After going through Jugor Strait, the Maud met with heavy ice in the Kara Sea
and was delayed so long that Dickson Island, north of the Yenisei River, was not reached
until August 31. A supply of crude oil was take on board here, and during this work
magnetic observations were carried out. As a steamer with supplies for the wireless
station on Dickson Island was expected daily, copies of the magnetic observations were
left there, to be sent to the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. They
were received January 2, 1919, and the results are published in Volume IV of the "Re-
searches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism." (The results are also included
in the tabulation in this report, see pp. 332 to 336.)
514
Narrative, 1918-1925 515
The Maud left Dickson Island September 4, 1918, but again encountered great ice-
masses September 6, west of Nordenskiold Archipelago. The Maud succeeded, however,
in passing through the Archipelago, in rounding Cape Chelyuskin, the north point of the
continent, and in proceeding about 25 miles farther east, but here the progress of the
vessel was absolutely stopped by the ice September 13. There was no harbor, so the
Maud had to anchor in an open bay about 200 meters from the shore-line. New ice
formed rapidly. The Maud was frozen fast in a few days, and preparations for the winter
had to be made. Although this would mean a prolongation of the Expedition for at least
one year, it was generally greeted with enthusiasm, because a wintering here would
afford opportunity to carry out a number of investigations in a place hardly touched by
former expeditions.
Captain Amundsen selected at once a place for a magnetic observatory close to the
shore-line, under a small hill. The wooden building (see p. 372) was started about
September 20, and October 1 it was so far ready that the first observations were taken
in it.
As stated above, it was Captain Amundsen's intention to make the magnetic obser-
vations himself, but on September 30, when the magnetic observatory was ready for
use, he had the misfortune to fall and break his right arm close to the shoulder. The
magnetic observations up to the end of November were made, therefore, by the writer,
at which time Captain Amundsen was able to take over a part and, later, all of them.
It may be mentioned that systematic observations of the northern lights were not
carried out, because there was no regular night-watch. Every display of northern
lights between 8h and 22h was, however, noted. Only a few photographs of the aurora
were taken, mostly as experiments, because it was necessary to save the plates for regions
farther north. It may also be mentioned that attempts were made to measure the
potential gradient of the atmospheric-electric field and the conductivity of the air, but
the equipment secured during the war was not satisfactory, the main reason being that
satisfactory insulation could not be maintained. The atmospheric-electric observa-
tions, therefore, had to be given up for the years 1918 to 1921.
During April and May 1919 a number of journeys with dog sledges were planned
in order to explore the most northerly peninsula of the continent. Hanssen and Wisting
were to undertake the longest trips, and they therefore received, during February and
March, instructions from the writer in making magnetic observations with the dip circle.
Wisting especially showed himself an able observer, and he was for that reason intrusted
with carrying out the magnetic observations on the sledge- journeys. Hanssen and
Wisting were out on two sledge-journeys. On the first they were away 23 days, following
the coast west and southward for about 150 statute miles and returning the same way.
On the second, they at first followed their old route, then crossed overland from the west
to the east coast of the peninsula and came back on the twenty-sixth day after a round
trip of 352 statute miles. Wisting had then observed at nine stations along the coast or
inland, the average distance between the stations being about 45 miles. The observations
on the journey in April were made under very trying conditions, as they had to be carried
out in the open air at low temperatures, a snow-wall affording the only protection against
the wind. Unfortunately, the observations comprise only inclination and total intensity
and not declination, because neither observer was sufficiently familiar with the necessary
astronomical observations.
At the end of April a party of four was sent to Crown Prince Alexei Islands, lying
40 miles north of the Maud's winter-quarters. They observed the inclination at two
stations with dip circle 154.
Early in the spring of 1919 Captain Amundsen resolved to send home by way of
Dickson Island all observations obtained during the first wintering. He hoped that the
516 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
ice-conditions would permit him to begin the drift in 1919, and thought it would be best
to let two men take the results of that year's work to civilization as soon as possible,
mainly because the observations might be lost if the Maud were crushed in the ice. For
that reason, in the middle of August all the observations were packed in three packages
and sewed up in oilcloth. One of the packages, containing all original magnetic obser-
vations and registrations, information necessary for the computations, maps, and
sketches, was addressed to the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. A
notebook was kept on board in which all the magnetic observations had been copied.
The observations were condensed as much as possible in order that they might all be
entered in a small book of practically no weight which could easily be taken along in case
the ship had to be abandoned. No copies were made of the registrations, and no attempt
had been made to tabulate hourly values from them.
After a hard struggle against the ice, the Maud was able to leave the first winter-
quarters September 12, 1919. The two men, Tessem and Knudsen, who had been
selected to take back the observations, were left behind. They had built a house on
shore, and were equipped with tent, sledge, five dogs, provisions and fuel for about one
year, rifles, ammunition, maps of the coast, compasses, watch, and theodolite. They
were instructed to start, if possible, for Dickson Island in the fall as soon as the ice
was trustworthy, but if in their own judgment it was not advisable to go during the fall,
then to wait until the next spring. Between Cape Chelyuskin and Dickson Island, three
caches with supplies of provisions and fuel had been laid out in 1915, and the greatest
distance between any two caches was only 250 miles. The plan seemed perfectly safe,
and, in addition, both men were experienced in arctic traveling and were good hunters.
However, they failed to reach Port Dickson. A searching expedition, sent out by the
Norwegian Government in 1920, brought no information as to their fate, but in 1922 a
Russian Expedition found the body of Tessem. At some distance from the place where
the body was discovered, a cache was found, where Tessem had deposited his belongings
and the packages which had been intrusted to him. The cache had evidently been visited
by wild animals, because the packages and Tessem's belongings were scattered all over
a small mound and one package was torn to pieces. The package which had been
addressed to the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism was, however,
undisturbed. It was forwarded, together with other relics, to the Norwegian Govern-
ment and was received by the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism
through the Norwegian Minister in Washington, Mr. H. H. Bryn, March 31, 1923.
It soon became apparent that it would not have been necessary to send Tessem and
Knudsen home, because the Maud did not succeed in penetrating the drifting ice of the
Polar Sea, as hoped. In the vicinity of Cape Chelyuskin and across Nordenskiold Sea,
the Maud met much more ice than earlier expeditions have encountered in the same
season, and on the east side of the New Siberian Islands there was only a narrow lead of
open water between the heavy pack-ice and the coast. An attempt to penetrate to the
north here soon had to be given up, and under these conditions nothing was left but to
seek new winter-quarters on the coast. Captain Amundsen resolved to go to Chaun
Bay, but when Ayon Island was reached, at the entrance of the bay, further progress was
absolutely blocked by the ice. A strip of old ice 2 miles broad was found along the coast.
The Maud was forced in some hundred yards among the old ice-floes, where she stayed
perfectly safe during the whole winter.
When the Expedition came to Ayon Island, a number of natives of the Chukchi
tribe were living there. These natives are reindeer nomads who spend the winters in the
timbered inland, but the summers on the coast. It was soon noticed that they were so
primitive that it would be of interest to learn as much as possible about their customs.
For that reason, on Captain Amundsen's suggestion, the writer went with the natives
Narrative, 1918-1925 517
when they left the coast and stayed among them for seven and one-half months until they
came back to the coast the following spring. Besides making notes of ethnological
interest, the writer carried out magnetic observations inland, using theodolite-magneto-
meter 8 with tripod, Dover dip circle 154, a small astronomical theodolite (Hildebrandt,
Freiburg, 4474), and an observing-tent. The time before the departure was so short and
so much had to be done to provide for the different observations which were to be taken on
board during the winter that no time was left for magnetic observations.
It was rather trying to travel with the natives, because they moved so slowly. They
took two months to cover the 170 miles from the coast to the inland where they stayed
during the winter. On the days when they were moving, most of the time till noon was
consumed in preparations, taking down the tent, lashing the sledges, and catching the
reindeer; they were then able to cover 8 to 10 miles, but generally much less. It often
happened that, after spending hours and hours in getting ready, they stopped after the
first mile.
In this season conditions were very unfavorable for observations. The daylight was
short, and much bad weather made astronomical observations impossible. Observa-
tions were made, therefore, at only one station, but no astronomical observations could
be secured. From the end of December 1919 to the beginning of March 1920 the natives
lived in the same place, and magnetic observations were usually secured once a week, but
the low temperature in the observing-tent sometimes was a hindrance. The observations
with the dip circle once had to be interrupted because frost formed so rapidly on the
agate bearings of the dip needle that the movement of the needle was not free a moment
after it was placed on the agate planes.
At the end of March 1920 a number of natives were going to the yearly market at
the Russian settlement Panteleika, close to the Kolyma River, to exchange their furs for
tobacco and tea. The distance was about 100 miles, and most of the natives did not
travel with all their belongings, as they did when they moved with their reindeer herd,
but used only their small personal sledges drawn by two reindeer, by means of which they
were able to cover the distance in two to three days. The writer was anxious to go with
them, partly in order to see the Russian settlement and partly in order to extend the
magnetic observations as far west as possible, but it was difficult to transport the instru-
ments under the circumstances. After some trouble a sledge with two deer was obtained
for the instruments, but it was necessary to leave the instrument trunk-cases behind to
reduce the weight. The settlement was reached without mishap, and two sets of mag-
netic observations were made there.
On the way back the reindeer which were pulling the sledge with the instruments
were worn out and on the verge of breaking down. A stop was made at a Chukchi tent
halfway between Panteleika and the winter-station to wait for families who were coming
with tents and all belongings to join the group with which the writer had spent the winter.
The interruption was utilized for making magnetic and astronomical observations. The
Chukchi group already on the way back to the coast was rejoined by the end of April.
Two more stations were then occupied. The conditions were at that time very favorable
for observations; there was continuous daylight and very often brilliant sunshine during
the day, the temperature in the tent rising several degrees above the freezing-point. The
writer left the natives May 15, 1920, and, traveling by dog-sledge, reached the Maud
May 17. Magnetic and astronomical observations had been made at five stations at an
average distance apart of about 50 miles. A station on Ayon Island was occupied in
the middle of June.
During the writer's absence, Wisting had made several observations with dip circle
205 on the ice a short distance from the Maud. On December 1, 1919, Hanssen
and Wisting left the vessel with two dog-teams. Their instructions were to reach the
518 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
nearest wireless station either at Nome or Anadyr, to send information about the Expedi-
tion, and to secure new equipment of different kinds to be sent to Nome, where Captain
Amundsen had decided to call in July 1920. Among the telegrams which were to be sent
was one to the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism in which Captain
Amundsen asked for two pairs of intensity-needles for dip circle 205, because one pair
seemed to have been damaged in some way during the inevitably rough transportation
on the sledge- journeys at Cape Chelyuskin. Wisting was also instructed to carry out
on this journey magnetic observations along the coast with dip circle 205 and to occupy
stations at an average distance apart of about 50 miles. Travel along the coast in mid-
winter was extremely hard, and Wisting had the same experience as the author, namely,
conditions very unfavorable for carrying out magnetic observations while traveling in
this season. Wisting and Hanssen reached Cape Deschnew (East Cape) at Bering
Strait early in February. From here Hanssen proceeded alone to Anadyr, where,
through the courtesy of the Russian officials and officials in the United States, he suc-
ceeded in sending the telegrams, including the one to the Director of the Department of
Terrestrial Magnetism, who received it March 29, 1920. In the meantime, Wisting
stayed with a trader living in the native village of Kain-ge-skon at the south entrance to
Bering Strait. At this point he made a number of magnetic observations in a snow-hut,
which he built for that purpose. Hanssen returned from Anadyr in the middle of May,
and together they covered the 700 miles from Bering Strait to the Maud in 28 days.
During the last 14 days traveling was very difficult, because the snow had melted on the
land and they had to keep on solid sea-ice. At the mouths of the numerous rivers the
sea-ice was often covered with fresh water to a distance of several miles from the shore,
and they had to make great detours to avoid the water. In some places it could not
be avoided, and they were forced to walk miles in water almost knee-deep. In spite of
the short time and the hardships incident to fast traveling, Wisting carried out his
instructions completely. He observed at eleven stations along the coast, the average
distance between them being about 60 miles, and he brought the instrument back in
perfect condition. However, his observations were, as before, restricted to inclination
and total intensity.
The Maud left Ay on Island July 6 and anchored at Nome July 27, 1920. Here the
Expedition learned that no news had been received in Norway of Tessem and Knudsen.
The copy of the magnetic observations for the winter 1918 to 1919, together with all the
original observations for the next winter and copies of the astronomical and meteorological
observations as far as they were of importance for computations, was therefore sent to
the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, who received them September
22, 1920. While at Nome, a package was received from the Department of Terrestrial
Magnetism containing two pairs of intensity-needles for dip circle 205, in compliance with
Captain Amundsen's wireless request from Anadyr.
After a short stay, the Maud again left for the Arctic August 8, 1920, to make a third
attempt to penetrate the large drifting ice-fields of the north. The attempt failed once
more. Even in Bering Strait heavy ice was encountered and it was only with great
difficulty that Cape Serdze Kamen, 70 miles west of the Strait, was reached. Further
progress was absolutely impossible, and accordingly winter-quarters for 1920 to 1921 were
established at Cape Serdze Kamen. In the last struggle against the ice the propeller was
broken and the shaft was damaged. The following summer (1921) it was necessary to
proceed to Seattle for repairs to the vessel.
Before departing from Nome, the personnel of the Expedition was reduced to four,
four having left at Nome because the Expedition would last several years more than any-
one thought when the start was made in 1918. This had, of course, an influence upon the
scientific work, which also was hampered by the severe weather conditions during the
Narrative, 1918-1925 519
first part of the winter. The ice broke up close to the shore several times in October and
November, and it was not until the end of November that the Maud was frozen fast. At
the end of November a snow-hut, where a few observations were made, was built on the
shore north of the vessel. Captain Amundsen himself acted as cook and was for that
reason prevented from observing. During a severe 1 4-day s' snow-storm in the first part
of December, the snow-hut was buried by the drifting snow and the roof was broken
down. Fortunately the instruments had been removed as soon as the storm started.
During January 1921 a number of observations were made in an observing- tent, which
was set up on a low mound close to the shore west of the Maud.
On January 31 the writer and Wisting left the Maud with two dog- teams to follow
the coast to Holy Cross Bay, thence if possible to Anadyr, and on the return to cross
overland from Holy Cross to Kolutchin Bay. The object was to make magnetic obser-
vations and to collect information of ethnological interest. The instrumental outfit con-
sisted of dip circle 205, theodolite 4474, and two watches. The coast followed has a very
bad reputation among traders and natives on account of numerous blizzards; the east
and south coasts of Chukotsk Peninsula are in this respect much worse than the north
coast.
The party was absent from the Maud 69 days and covered 1,200 miles, but on
23 of the days could not proceed on account of blizzards. An attempt to cross overland
from Holy Cross Bay to Kolutchin Bay failed. The snow was so deep and soft that the
daily travel was very small, and the party had to turn back owing to scarcity of dog-feed.
During February and March magnetic observations were made at eleven stations, but
on account of the bad weather astronomical observations could be secured at only a
few of the stations.
After the return, the writer took a short trip to Pitlekai, a native village about 50
miles west of the winter-quarters, where A. E. Nordenskiold had made magnetic obser-
vations during the Vega's wintering in 1878 to 1879. A wooden pole driven into the ground
had marked the place of his observations, but according to the natives nothing was now
left of this pole. An old woman, who remembered the Vega, however, indicated the
approximate place where Nordenskiold's ice-house had stood, and the tent was set up
there and a series of observations was made with dip circle 205. The magnetic obser-
vations of this winter were closed on April 26, 1921, by simultaneous observations with
magnetometer 8 and dip circle 205 at Cape Serdze Kamen.
The Maud left her winter-quarters July 1, 1921, and reached Seattle August 31.
Since it was Captain Amundsen's intention to start out again in 1922 and try once more
to get into the drifting ice, the Maud was overhauled in Seattle, and equipped again for a
number of years. While these repairs were in progress the writer took the magnetometer
and the two dip circles to Washington, where they were compared with the standards
of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. He reported at Washington in the latter
part of October 1921 and continued there until March 1922.
In April 1922 he returned to Seattle, taking with him the same instruments whicli
previously had been used by the Expedition. In addition, the Department of Terrestrial
Magnetism had also provided instruments for measuring atmospheric-electric potential-
gradient, consisting of two electrometers, four ionium-collectors, collector-posts, wall-
insulators, batteries, and accessories.
Expedition of 1922-1925
The Maud left Seattle again June 3, 1922, sailing for Nome, Alaska, where Captain
Amundsen himself joined the Expedition. He intended to leave the Maud again at
Point Barrow, Alaska, accompanied by the aviator, Lieut. O. Omdahl, in order to
attempt a flight in a Junker all-metal airplane across the Arctic Sea to Spitzbergen. After
520 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
having landed the party and the airplane, the Maud was to proceed to the vicinity of
Wrangell Island under the command of Oscar Wisting, to be forced into the drift-ice and,
if possible, to be carried by the drifting ice-fields across the Arctic Sea to the region north
of Spitzbergen. The drift was expected to take from three to five years and the time
was to be devoted to scientific observations of interest to various branches of geophysics.
The program included magnetic observations, as on the previous cruise, and, as a new
addition, observations of the atmospheric-electric potential-gradient, both to be taken
in cooperation with the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Carnegie Institu-
tion of Washington.
From Nome the Maud crossed to East Cape (Kain-ge-skon) on the Siberian side of
Bering Strait, where dogs and fur clothing were taken on board. During the brief stay a
magnetic station was occupied close to the station of 1920 and 1921 (see p. 370). The
Maud then returned to Alaska and remained for two weeks at Deering, Kotzebue Sound,
the season being not far enough advanced for proceeding to Point Barrow. Opportunity
was taken to carry out magnetic observations. The results of these and of the observa-
tions at East Cape were mailed to the Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnet-
ism in July 1922.
While at Deering, Captain Amundsen decided not to take the Maud to Point Bar-
row, because this place, on account of the ice-conditions, probably could not be reached
before the middle of August, thus leaving Captain Wisting too short a part of the "open
season" for penetrating the drift-ice. The Junker airplane, therefore, was transferred
to a trading-schooner bound for Point Barrow and on July 28 Captain Amundsen and
Lieutenant Omdahl went on board this vessel at Point Hope, Alaska. On the same date
the Maud proceeded toward the drift-ice.
The party on board the Maud consisted of eight men: Oscar Wisting, captain; H. U.
Sverdrup, in charge of scientific work; G. Olonkin, chief engineer; F. Malmgren, assistant
scientist; K. Hansen, mate; S. Syvertsen, second engineer; O. Dahl, aviator; and Kakot,
Siberian native, cabin-boy. During the drift every man on board took part in the
scientific work, which was greatly facilitated through Captain Wisting's interest and
appreciation.
The ice was met at a short distance from Point Hope, but Captain Wisting succeeded
in penetrating to the vicinity of Herald Island, where the Maud was closed in by the
ice August 8, 1922, in latitude 71° 16' north and longitude 184° 54' east. We did not
succeed in drifting across the Polar Sea, but on August 9, 1924, after two years, were
released from the drift-ice in latitude 76° 15' north and longitude 143° 12' east, north
of the New Siberian Islands. e
Our zig-zag drift was determined by frequent astronomical observations, the position
being observed on 297 days during the period August 3, 1922, to August 8, 1924. The
magnetic work began August 5, 1922, with observations of the inclination and the total
intensity taken on the ice without any shelter. During August and September several
stations were occupied on the ice under the open sky, but unfortunately the number of
observations in September was small, because the writer was ill for a short period and
because the others were too busy with preparations for the winter to take part in the
scientific work.
The building of an observatory of ice, primarily for magnetic and atmospheric-
electric observations, was begun October 2 and was completed October 9. It was
built of ice-blocks about 18 inches thick, cemented together with water, and was covered
with a roof of light canvas. At the entrance a frame for the door was frozen fast and a
wooden door was fastened to the frame. Copper or brass nails were used for all fasten-
ings. Inside the ice-house a tripod, the legs of which were buried 6 inches in the ice,
was placed for use during the magnetic observations.
Narrative, 1918-1925 521
Arrangements for observations of the atmospheric-electric potential-gradient were
made in the northeast corner of the house. Through the northwest corner three lead-
covered cables connected to resistance-thermometers, which were buried in the ice 30
feet from the observatory, were brought in and connected to a switch. This corner also
was arranged for measurements of day and night sky-radiation. It was ascertained that
no parts of the permanent arrangements had any magnetic effect. The instruments for
measuring ice-temperatures and radiation, however, were magnetic, for which reason the
measurements could never be taken simultaneously with the magnetic observations.
The ice-house was at a distance of 60 meters from the ship, beyond the influence of the
magnetic iron masses on board.
The canvas roof and the ice-walls of the house let so much light through that no
artificial illumination was needed as long as the daylight prevailed, but electric light,
supplied by current from storage-batteries on board the ship, was nevertheless installed
at once. No magnetic effect of lamps and leads could be detected.
The difficulties which were caused by the movements of the ice and the precautionary
measures taken to overcome them have been described in the discussion of methods of
observation.
From the end of October the magnetic observations were carried out as routine work.
Captain Wisting observed the inclination and the total intensity with the dip circle
regularly twice a week, while Malmgren observed the declination with the magnetometer
simultaneously with the writer taking astronomical observations for position and azimuth
of mark. The writer occasionally observed the horizontal intensity with the magnetom-
eter at a few stations, simultaneously with observations of inclination and total intensity
by Captain Wisting, and also took a few of the other observations.
In November the conditions in the ice-house were improved by installing a non-
magnetic "stove," partly to lessen the discomfort of the observer and partly to reduce
the formation of frost on eye-pieces, verniers, pivots, and bearings. The "stove" was
a copper case inside of which a Primus stove was kept burning. It was placed in a corner
of the house after it had been ascertained that no effect on the magnets could be detected
even when brought close to the instruments. The stove proved to be of great advantage,
primarily because the air in the ice-house was kept dry.
The atmospheric-electric work was begun October 14, 1922, and the daily observa-
tions of the potential, which were taken at about 10 h local mean time (L. M. T.) were
intrusted to G. Olonkin, who had received the necessary instructions. Our program
included also observations of the potential gradient through 24 hours in order to deter-
mine the diurnal variation. Olonkin, Malmgren, and the writer took these observations,
dividing the 24 hours among them. During the winter of 1922 to 1923, complete 24-hour
series were secured on 18 days, but in several cases the attempted series had to be dis-
continued either because the wind-velocity became great enough to whirl the snow, cover-
ing the ice, up in the air, thus disturbing the conditions, or because the insulation could
not be maintained on account of fog. When the ice -began melting in June the dampness
of the air became so great that it was impossible to maintain a satisfactory insulation.
For this reason no atmospheric-electric observations were carried out in the summer
months. During the winter, observations had been taken simultaneously in the ice
house and at a field station, situated on smooth ice, in order to determine the factor by
means of which the potentials observed in the ice-house could be reduced to volts per
meter.
Our immediate surroundings remained unchanged during the entire first winter,
making it possible to follow the program which had been decided upon, without any
breaks for more than six months, but in June 1923 our observatory gradually melted
until on June 27 it broke down. An observer's tent was erected on the ice July 3 for
522 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
use during magnetic observations. Captain Wisting made the tent spacious and con-
venient by omitting the central inside pole, using instead four long outside poles, lashed
together 3.1 meters above the ground, and hoisting the top of the tent up under the point
where the poles were lashed together.
From the middle of June until the end of the first week of July it became imprac-
ticable to observe the declination after the adopted method, because the snow covering
the ice was melting so rapidly that the astronomical theodolite could not be kept level
during the observations. The astronomical observations, therefore, had to be taken on
board and observations of the declination were carried out on the ice, using the compass
of the dip circle. In July the hard surface of the ice was exposed and it became possible
to return to the old method, but even then the melting made leveling difficult. The
number of observations was reduced on account of prevailing fog. The great humidity
of the air threatened to cause damage to the dip needles by rusting. The needles had
to be handled very carefully and had to be wiped and dried after each observation.
During the first three months of the drift we had been carried rapidly to the west,
but in November and December 1922 we remained in practically the same position,
which is evident from the accumulation of the magnetic stations in latitude 73° 15'
north and longitude 174° east (Fig. 9). From January to September 1923 we drifted
mainly toward west-northwest, describing many circuits, and September 8 were in a
favorable position, apparently on the point of crossing the drift-route of the Jeannette,
1879 to 1881, which until then we had paralleled on the southern side (Fig. 7). We
hoped to cross this route, pass on the northern side of De Long Islands, and be carried
across the Arctic Sea in a higher latitude than that reached by the Fram during Fridtjof
Nansen's famous drift of 1893 to 1896.
We were, however, bitterly disappointed. Prevailing northerly winds carried us 100
miles to the south, and the winter of 1923 to 1924, from November to April was spent
in latitude 75 '3 north and longitude 158° east, which is again evident from the large ac-
cumulation of the magnetic stations in that region (Fig. 10).
In the summer of 1923 we lost one of our comrades, S. Syvertsen, who died July
10 from inflammation of the brain. His body was buried in sailor's fashion, being lowered
between the ice-floes.
During the summer the aviator, O. Dahl, had constructed a recording electrometer,
which proved to be a highly valuable addition to our scientific equipment, because by
means of this instrument we could obtain continuous records of the atmospheric-electric
potential. The 24-hourly eye-observations had given such interesting results that we
wanted to increase the amount of data as far as possible. However, as there were so
few observers, we could not increase the number of 24-hour series without abbreviating
other parts of our program, for which reason a recording instrument would be very desir-
able. The writer, therefore, asked Dahl to attempt the construction of a recording
quadrant-electrometer. The instrument itself, which recorded the potential according
to the same principle as the Benndorf electrometer, presented no difficulties other than
those encountered when a perfect electrostatic insulation was to be insured. Amber is
generally used for insulation, but we had no supply of amber. The difficulty was finally
overcome by the sacrifice of an amber pipe-stem.
The recording electrometer was completed in September 1923, but several minor
difficulties had still to be overcome, so it was not put into successful operation before
October 1923. It was placed in an unheated room on deck, where it gave very satisfac-
tory records until the beginning of May 1924, when the great dampness of the air again
impaired the insulation. The instrument was attended to by the writer, while frequent
eye-observations on smooth ice were taken by Olonkin in order to determine the reduc-
tion-factor.
Narrative, 1918-1925 523
At the beginning of the second winter, end of September 1923, a new ice-house was
built, but as provision for measurements of radiation and registrations of the atmospheric-
electric potential had been made on board, no arrangements for these observations were
now necessary in the ice-house. The leads from the ice-thermometers, which had been
buried in a new place, were taken into the house as during the previous winter. The
new ice house, however, did not last very long. During a tremendous ice-pressure
October 28 the ice-floe in which the Maud had been lying solidly frozen fast for 13 months
was crushed to pieces and the ice-house disappeared. The ice-thermometers were lost,
but the loss was not serious, because a spare set was at hand. A few days later the
movement of the ice was repeated with still more violence and the Maud was subjected
to a crucial test, which she stood splendidly. She was not caught in the jam, but lifted
out, because the ice could not get a hold on her round hull.
On account of the unsettled conditions which followed, we decided to refrain from
building a new ice-house, and to make the magnetic observations in the tent, which
easily could be taken on board if the ice broke. The ice-thermometer could be read
under the open sky ; thus the magnetic observations were the only ones for which a shelter
on the ice was required, and for these the tent was entirely satisfactory in its new and
more convenient form. During the winter the ice actually broke close to the ship
several times and the tent had to be taken on board, but no serious interruptions of the
magnetic work occurred. On two occasions cracks opened so rapidly that the tent
could not be brought to safety and it undertook independent drift-expeditions, the
floes on both sides of the crack being displaced relatively to each other. On the last-
occasion we thought that the tent was lost. The ice broke on Thursday afternoon, May
8, and the tent rapidly disappeared between hummocks and pressure-ridges. Searching-
parties looked in vain for it on Friday and Saturday. On the following Sunday, Mr.
Hansen, the mate, and the writer took a walk, following a lane covered with young ice
on which walking was easy, and going in the direction opposite to the one in which
the tent last had been seen. Our surprise was great when we came across it at a distance
of about 2 miles from the ship.
In May and June only a few magnetic observations were made, because the ice was in
such rapid moton and our immediate surroundings subject to such frequent changes that
we had opportunity only occasionally to place the tent on a solid floe. In July the con-
ditions for magnetic work were still more unfavorable, the Maud being carried back and
forth by rapid tidal currents in the shallow water north of the New Siberian Islands, where
the ice had been piled up in fantastic pressure-ridges, remnants of which were grounded
in 10 fathoms of water and between which the broken summer-ice was grinding and
jamming. Fortunately, the small spaces of open water, characteristic of this season,
left the ice so much freedom that no violent pressures occurred, but in the fall or in the
winter this region would have been extremely dangerous even to a ship like the Maud.
In July 1924 it was possible to make a few magnetic observations under the open sky
on large ice-floes.
On August 9, 1924, the Maud was so close to the edge of the drift-ice that we could
work our way out and proceed under the vessel's own power after having been carried
by the ice for two years. On February 17, 1924, Captain Wisting had received a wire-
less message from Captain Amundsen, requesting him to try to get out of the drift-ice
and return through Bering Strait. When released from the ice, we were near to the
place where the Fram was closed in during 1893 and had we remained we would probably
have repeated the drift of that vessel, spending three or perhaps four additional years
in the drift-ice. It is doubtful whether the increase of the scientific results would have
been proportional to this long period and the inevitable mental strain. Captain Wisting,
however, had to follow Captain Amundsen's instructions and return through Bering Strait .
524 Maud Expedition Results, 1918-1925
After an unsuccessful attempt to get around the eastern side of the New Siberian
Islands, we had to turn around and follow the western side of these islands to the Siberian
mainland. After passing Laptew Strait, separating the New Siberian Islands from
the mainland, we found ice lying close to the coast, but, after numerous delays and with
considerable difficulty, we reached the bay off the Kolyma River August 28. Here every
attempt to make progress was definitely stopped. No leads could be found, either close
to the coast or at greater distances from shore, and, after a week of futile attempts,
winter-quarters of comparative safety were sought close to Four Pillar Island of the Bear
Island group. We did not succeed, however, in getting closer than 5 miles to this small
island, and on this account our position remained very much exposed. We were afraid
that the ice might break and the Maud might be carried off the coast, but fortunately
only a few short displacements occurred in September and October.
From October 20, 1924, until the beginning of July 1925 our surroundings remained
so undisturbed that the conditions for magnetic work were practically the same as on
solid ground. Therefore, at the end of November we installed our photographic record-
ing declinometer in a light-tight case within a tent and thus obtained registrations of the
magnetic decimation for a period of almost 6 months, ending in the middle of May,
when the melting of the ice threw the instrument out of level. The ordinary magnetic
observations presented no particular difficulties. They were begun and ended with
intercomparisons between the magnetometer and the dip circle.
The atmospheric-electric potential was again recorded by means of the electro-
meter made by Dahl and the reduction-factor determined by eye-observations, which
were made on smooth ice at a sufficient distance from the ship.
The ice broke around the Maud July 13, 1925, and progress toward Bering Strait
was resumed. We were now all longing to get out of the ice, because another winter on
the coast would be very trying and would not add materially to the value of our scientific
work. The three weeks from July 13 to August 6, during which we were forcing our
way through the ice or impatiently awaiting a change in the wind to scatter the ice,
therefore, were filled with anxiety, hopes, and disappointments. Finally, on August 6
we saw the last ice-floes disappear in the fog behind us and for the first time in more
than three years we were sailing in open water. Our party now consisted of six men,
our cabin-boy, Kakot, having left us on his native coast in Siberia, and all had to be
sailors, every hand being needed for maneuvering the ship. Previously every one had
taken part in the scientific work. Lack of lubricating oil caused a delay on the Siberian
side of Bering Strait. Our cruise in the Arctic was ended when the Maud was lying peace-
fully anchored off Nome on August 22, 1925.
In concluding this narrative the writer wishes to take opportunity to thank his
comrades for their unfailing interest and enthusiastic cooperation, which made possible
the accomplishment of the results represented in the preceding reports.
Plate 13
i*1'
o
-
-
<
w
X
r
foo. &*jj. r<ssi, ^*fr, rH, ^ 4 ifi
^kUJUX, sisQ, si^ru X&* %.0s*.cLi^s
tnnrvnm.c**r>. ol ct^y^r t£A
04sf~
«K8SMSSSS$!SSSS!SSSSS
»i
WotSnwXwS
„ ISil
SssswssssSW
■I
lilll
Bliilliiilii
11
Wti
SSSSSSSNSKSSSSSN
itit
HH™
■■HH
v^^^^f-:,'-/-;.;,^:.-; :■■■■■.. ■ ■ .>■.■: . ■■-, ^
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11